An hundred, threescore and fiftene Homelyes or Sermons, vppon the Actes of the Apostles, written by Saint Luke: made by Radulpe Gualthere Tigurine, and translated out of Latine into our tongue, for the commoditie of the Englishe reader.

IOHN. 1.

Beholde the Lambe of God that taketh awaye the sinnes of the worlde.

Seene and allowed, according to the Queenes Maiesties Iniunctions.

Anno Domini. 1572.

[Page]

ECCLESIASTICVS .X.

The glory of the riche, of the honorable, and of the poore, is the feare of God.

In blasoning I haue no skill:
But yet I say thys of good will.
THE Poesie in the Garter set,
that closeth in your Armes:
Will keepe your friends, confounde your foes,
and shielde you from all harmes.
Perfourmde (my Lorde) for otherwise,
in Garters wryt alone,
And not in hart, what shamefull fruites
it yeeldes, we see echeone.
If worthies erst, now wofull wightes,
had marked well the same:
They might haue sit in honors seate
which nowe haue lost their name.

TO THE RIGHT HONORABLE and his verye good Lorde, Fraunces Earle of Bed­forde, Knight of the most Noble order of the Garter, and one of the Lordes of the Queenes Maiesties most hono­rable priuie Counsell: Grace and peace from God the Fa­ther, with all encrease of temporall digni­tie and honor.

MY VERY GOOD LORD, sundry menne haue sundry mea­nings in dedycating their studyes and traueyles to such men of ho­nor as you are. Some seeke their friendshippe and good will, some augmentation of lyuing, some au­thoritie to commende and sette foorth their woorkes and labours, some one thing, some an o­ther. And I haue herein beene ledde with none of these consi­derations. For your honors beneuolence and friendship, I long sithence well founde and prooued, which gaue me the best part of that exhibition, wherby I lyued in Italie three or foure yea­res togither, and whereby also I lyue at this daye the better: I meane the experience and knowledge which I learned in that space. And mannes allowaunce or authoritie, the maiestie of the matter that I offer vnto your honour needeth not, which (for that it is the worde of God almightie) is so farre from ta­king any authoritie of man, that rather man should haue no au­thority at all, if it were not, & especially men in authority such as you are, of whome God sayth, Per me Reges regnant. &c. Otherwise in respect of mine owne simple handling thereof, I must plainelye confesse, that it hath neede of the meanest and simplest mans allowance that is. As for lyuing I haue not hy­therto greatly gaped after, as knowing I haue more than eyther [Page] I euer made great suite for, or can well deserue: my small suf­ficiencie, and the great charge of Ministerie committed vnto me, being well weighed. Mine onely intent in this simple la­bour of mine was, to shewe my selfe some maner of wayes not vnmindefull of your Lordshippes liberalitie so longe agone be­stowed vpon me, nor of that great humanitye which the same vsed about a nine yeres past, twise in one Lent at the Court, be­ing then at White Hall, towarde so poore a man as I, preuen­ting my bashfull nature and slackenesse of speach towarde my superiors, with such curteous affabilitie, that among the mani­folde experiments which I had eftsoones before seene in you, of a noble and gentle nature, I iudged this not one of the least. For true Nobilitie consisteth not somuch in the goodes of fortune, gorgeous apparell, and prowde and hauty lookes and behauior, as in courteous countenance, and other vertuous qualities of the minde, the verye true implementes and furniture of a right Courtier. And in whom soeuer these qualities are to be found, he may truely be called Nobilis. But peraduenture your Honor will say, my gift is the lesse thankeworthy, the longer your good desertes towarde mee, haue bene forgotten. Verilye, my good Lorde, it was alwayes no lesse truely, than commonly sayde, of such exercises and enterprises, as this of mine is, Sat cito si sat bene. And to forget a benefite or good turne, of all other vn­kindenesses is the woorst. For vnkinde he is that denyeth a good turne receyued. Vnkinde also he is that will not acknowledge it: & further, he is vnkinde that doth not requite it if he be able: But of all other, he is most vnkinde that forgetteth it. And for proofe that I neuer forgat your honors good will & friendship, I could shewe you the three bookes of Machiauelles discourses translated by me [...]ut of Italian into Englishe, more than four­tene [Page] yeares past, which I thought to haue presented vnto your Honour, but was stayed therefrom, partly bicause I hearde the worke inueighed against at Paules crosse, as a treatise vnwor­thy to come abroade into mennes handes, and partly for that I hoped still to haue some other matter more plausible and accep­table to gyue vnto the same. Albeit to confesse a truth, I heard no such stronge reasons alleaged against the booke, but they myght (as I thought) with ease ynough haue beene answered, although the Inueigher was himselfe a discourser. In deede I suspected mine owne rude and vnripe translation, and therfore I was the easlier induced to suppresse it. Therfore with such men of Honor as you are, which (as Seneca sayeth) vse to keepe no kalender of the benefites that they bestowe, and as Christ sayth, let not their left hande knowe what their right doth, but looke for their reward in the world to come: these fewe words I hope, or rather I am sure, may suffise for answere. Albeit, I see not but as the same Seneca sayth also, beneficium reddidit, qui li­benter debet. And for my parte I shall alwayes gladlye con­fesse, that I am more bounden vnto your Honor, than I am lyke at anye time to make satisfaction for. This booke which I haue here translated, shall for many skilles I trust, be welcome vnto your Honor. First, bicause it is the Actes of the Apostles, which conteyne in them the infallible and vndoubted wordes of lyfe and saluation, and a true hystorie of those thinges which the Apostles did and taught after Christes ascention. Secondly, for the wryters sake which was S. Luke, whose praise is in the Gos­pell. Thirdlye, for his sake to whome Luke did dedicate it, which was Theophylus, a noble manne and of authoritie, but (which commendation farre passeth all other) a sincere louer and faithfull setter forth of Gods true religion and honour. I would make comparison betwene you, if I spake of your Honor [Page] to others and not to you, for so perhaps shoulde I not incurre so much suspition of flatterie, as to prayse you to your face. Last of all, for his sake which by his learned commentaries vpon diuers partes of the scripture, hath deserued so well of all vnfeyned Christians, but specially in these Homelyes of his, written vpon the Actes, wherein he hath both most plainly and soundely ope­ned the greatest misteries, and controuersies of these dayes, most meete and necessarie for euerye true Christian to knowe. Of whome I will speake no further, least in pervsing the worke, your Lordship may finde, howe farre his desertes shall passe all praise that I am able to giue him: and considering that the re­uerende Father in God the Bishop of Norwich nowe liuing, hath made certaine learned Verses in Latine, which are prin­ted in the forefront of his booke, in commendation of the same. Why your Lordship should accept it, bicause it is by me trans­lated, there is no cause. For I am, inutilis seruus, and haue done but my duetie (if happily I haue done so much) in respect eyther of the seruice I owe vnto our Englishe Church in gene­rall, or to your Honor in perticular. And therfore being so ma­ny wayes bounde vnto your Honor as I am, I finde no remedie, but to desire I may yet further be bounde vnto the same. And this is as Tullie interpreteth the matter, I will speake it in his woordes, animi ingenui, cui multum debeas eidem velle pluri­mum debere. Hereby therefore shall your honor binde mee the more vnto you, if you accept and thinke well not of the worke for my sake, but contrary wise of me for the workes sake, and for my poore good willes sake, which finde my selfe so estreighted with the consideration of your merites towardes mee, and with the slender amends that I am able to make againe for the same, that I am driuen to Aeschines shift, sometyme Scholler vnto Socrates. He being of himselfe but a pore yong man, & not able [Page] worthily to recompence Socrates for the learning that he had gotten by him, and perceyuing diuers other of Socrates Schol­lers did gratifie him wyth sundrie riche and sumptuous pre­sentes: Sir (sayth he) I haue no meete or worthie thing to present your worship with, and hereby most of all perceiue I, how poore I am, therfore I giue vnto you that onely thing that I haue, which is my selfe. This I beseech you (sayth he) take in good part. Nowe surelye (quoth he) what else can this be, but a verie great present and gift, vnlesse perhaps thou make little or no account of thy selfe. Thus trusting my poore pre­sent shall be none otherwise receyued, at your honors hande, than was Aeschines at Socrates. I most humbly com­mende mee vnto the same, beseeching almightie God for Christ his sake, to giue you a lyfe wherein you maye long defende and maintaine his honour and glory.

Your Honors most bounden, Iohn Bridges Vicare of Herne.

¶The Translatour to the Christian Reader.

AMonge the manyfolde and subtile policies that the newe broched Diuines (I meane such as haue crept out of the schoole of Thomas Aquinas, Iohn Duns, Occham, Dorbell, and such other Doctors) haue deuised for the maintenance and vpholding of their kingdome, there was neuer any one of more efficacie and force for that purpose, than to haue the people kept from reading the holye Scriptures of God in their owne pro­per tongue and language. And yet bicause they shoulde haue o­ther matter ynough, to occupye their heades and eyes vppon, they inuented a booke called the golden Legende, the authour whereof vndoubtedly had both a leaden mouth and an yron face, as Lodouicus Viues a learned Spaniarde did very well perceyue and testifie. To this they ioyned their Festi­uall, and such like bookes, (or to vse their owne terme more truely than they doe) bible babble, stuffed with most monstrous and impudent forgeries, some of them so dishonest, that it woulde and did abhorre manye christians eares to heare them. And to this ende also they sette vp in euerye Church and Chappell such blockishe and stony schoolemaisters, as coulde and did teach nothing else but lightnesse and vanitie, lyes and errours. And to be briefe, whatsoeuer mannes ydle braine coulde deuise, whatsoeuer anye Monke or Friers grosse Minerua could forge or inuent, though it were no better than Amadis de Gaule, the foure sonnes of Amon, the tales of Robin Hoode, and such other like fables, yet were they thought very trimme and gaye geare to occupie the peoples eares withall. Yea, had they bene more fabulous than these (if more might haue bene) they shoulde haue bene borne and suffred, rather than the holy Scriptures in such a tongue as the people might haue vn­derstoode. For this cause, whosoeuer in consideration that the people were thus led about in the blinde mases of mannes inuentions, woulde haue translated any péece of Scripture or other fruitefull treatise into the Englishe tongue, for their vtilitie and edification, he and all his wrytings were iudged to be burned as Hereticall. For (say they) the laye people had bookes good ynough for them set open in euerye Church, meaning their carued and painted Puppetrie, and woulde suffer them to reade vppon none other. Then also were hatched and maintained such straunge paradoxes and opinions as these: Ignorance is the mo­ther of deuotion: The Scriptures make heretikes: The Church cannot erre: The laye folke must not medle with Scriptures: We will beleue as our forefathers haue done, meaning those that liued not past thrée or fower ages before, and such as had bene fedde with like acornes and swill, as they had bene vsed to, and had neuer tasted one morsell of the swéete breade of Gods eternall and liuely worde. And although these things be well ynough knowne vnto the learned, so that they néede no such slender remembrances as these of mine are, yet for the vnlear­neds sake, for whose cause I chiefely tooke paines to put this booke in Englishe, I will shewe (by Gods helpe) both by Scriptures, apparaunt reasons, and auncient Doctors, that these newe Doctors in this doing wrought altogither agaynst Gods forbode. And yet woulde I haue no man to looke that I shoulde fully shewe and declare all the testimonies that might be brought for proofe of any part of my triple diuision. For so might I write not an aduertisement for the vnskilfull, but a worke and treatise, which in quantitie might match or excéede the translation it selfe. As touching Scriptures, the newe Doctors and we also agrée herein, that whatsoeuer is in eyther of the Testaments, the olde or the new, concerning good maners and holy conuersation, it all serueth indifferentlye, for all times and ages. Therfore of consequence it must also serue for vs. But in the olde Testament the fathers taught their children and families the lawes and rules of both the Tables, that is to say, their duties aswell vnto God, as vnto man. Ergo, we also must doe the like. Mo­ses receyued the commaundementes to teache them to the people, which he faithfullye and trulye did, appoynting them to trayne and bring vp their youth and posteritie in the same, not onely making them to learne them by rote, like Dawes, Pyes, and Popingayes, but opening and declaring vnto them the sense and meaning aswell of their Feastes and ho­lye [Page] dayes which God did institute, as of their sacramentes of Circumcision and Passeo­uer. These be his wordes: Harken ô Israel, the Lorde our God is Lorde onely. Thou shalt loue the Lorde thy God with all thine hart, and with all thy soule, and with all thy might. And these wordes which I commaunde thee this daye shall be in thine heart. And thou shalt shewe them vnto thy children, and shalt talke of them when thou art at home in thyne house, and as thou walkest by the way, and when thou lyest downe, and when thou risest vp, and thou shalt binde them for a signe vpon thine hande, Deut. 6. and they shall be as frontlets betweene thine eyes, and thou shalt wryte them vpon thy postes, and vpon thy gates. And in y e same chapter it foloweth further: And when thy sonne asketh thee in time to come, saying: what meaneth these testimonies, ordinaunces, and lawes, which the Lorde God hath commaunded you? Then shalt thou saye vnto thy sonne: wee were Pharaos bondmen in Egipt, and the Lorde brought vs out of Egypt with a mightye hande. And the Lorde shewed signes and woonders great and euill vpon Egipt, vpon Pharao, and vpon all his housholde, before our eyes. And brought vs out from thence to bring vs in, and to giue vs the lande which hee sware vnto our fathers. &c. The holy prophet Dauid also spea­king of the same commaundement of God declared by the mouth of Moses, sayth: Heare my lawe, ô my people, enclyne your eares vnto the wordes of my mouth. I will open my mouth in a Parable, I will declare hard sentences of olde. Which we haue hearde and knowne, and such as our fathers haue tolde vs. That wee shoulde not hide them from the children of the generations to come, but to shewe the honour of the Lorde, his mightie and wonderfull workes that he hath done. He made a couenaunt with Iacob, Psal. 78. and gaue Israel a lawe, which he commaunded our forefathers to teach their children, that their posteritie might knowe it, and the children that were yet vnborne. To the intent that when they came vp, they might shewe their children the same. Here mayst thou sée, O good Reader, that the true Christians and faythfull among the Israelytes, as they were commaunded, euen so they taught and instructed their families and children in the wayes and works of the Lord. So that of them it coulde not be verified as yet, that they had shut vp the kingdome of heauen from menne, Math. 23. neyther [...]ntring in themselues, neyther suffring other that woulde, Math. 15. neyther th [...]t they were blinde leaders o [...] the blinde. For those broodes of Phariseyes, Saduceyes, and Essenes, They began in the dayes of Ioannes Hircanus high Bishop of the Iewes about an hundred and thirtie yeares before Christ was borne. were not hatched till many hundred yeares after, which when Christ came, had turned godlynesse into gaine, and religion into rechelesnesse, as the like swarmes of religious (commonly called, but in déede most superstitious) did amongst vs, and yet doe where they are still suffered. And bi­cause they feare that the Lord in his zeale wil whip such wicked merchants as they are, out of his Church in all places, as it appeareth very well he doth dailye, his name be glorifyed therefore, this maketh them to storme, fret and fume, and to take counsayle against the Lorde, and against his annointed. This maketh them stirre coales, and to play Rex, this causeth them to imprison, to hang, to drawe, to drowne, to burne, to cut mens tongues out, to gagge them that they shall not speake, to banishe and proscribe, séeing they can no lon­ger prescribe, but verily all in vaine, for as much as there is no wisedome, counsayle, Prou. 21. or deuise that can preuayle against the Lorde. But let vs returne to the holy prophet Dauid, whose sayings and testimonies (bicause they haue alwayes bene of such worthy estimation in the Church of God) let vs bring yet furthermore to confyrme the truth of our assertion. In the .lxxxj. psalme he bringeth in God thus speaking to the people of Israel: Heare ô my people, and I assure thee ô Israel, if thou wilt hearken vnto mee, there shall no straunge God. &c. If God speake here to all the people in generall, high and lowe, riche and poore one with ano­ther, then of congruence belongeth it to all people in generall to hearken and carie awaye what is sayde. But howe shall they heare, if they haue not his worde, marke his saying: If thou wilt harken. And it must be vnto him we must harken. For whosoeuer speaketh not as he doth, must not be hearde, though it were an Aungell from heauen, as Paule sayth: Galat. 1. yea, if Christ woulde come and preach any other Gospell, than he hath already preached, we ought not, as some of the olde writers saye, to heare him. Howe much lesse then ought we to harken what these newe Gospellers say, who speake [...], Actes. 20. contorted wre­sted and peruerse things, altogither repugnant to Gods worde and saying. The prophe­tes also in all their sermons and writings, crie vnto the people, audite verbum domini, heare the worde of the Lorde. Loe here is no state, or degrée, no age, or sexe excluded, but all must heare. For populus and turba, as is often read, in the olde and newe Testament comprehende promiscuam multitudinem, the whole multitude one with another. Math. 15. Ther­fore no sort is excepted from hearing. But me thinketh I heare what one of these new Di­uines [Page] replyeth: Sir (sayth he) when did we forbid any kinde of persons from hearing our Sermons? No in déede, but when men came to heare you, they coulde not heare the worde of the Lorde, Math. 15. but doctrines that were the preceptes of men, wherewith Christ sayth, you worship him in vaine. It had bene somewhat tollerable, to haue forbidden men the reading of the Scrip­tures, so that you had taught them nothing but the scriptures, as you ought to haue done. But to preach your owne fantasies and inuentions, and to forbidde men to search the scrip­tures, which Christ so earnestly commaundeth them to doe, was too too presumpteous for a seruant to doe against his Lordes commaundement. Howbeit, you saye Christ and the Pope haue but one Consistorye, and therefore bicause he commaundeth it, you thinke you may safely doe it. But S. Paule aunswereth all these pretie obiections at once, saying: Bee yee not the seruants of men. 1. Cor. 7. Math. 16. Howbeit, hereto you will say the Pope is not purus homo, a pure man. And that I am sure all that knowe what he is, will easilye graunt you. Surely, S. Paule was so little offended that the Thessalonians searched the Scriptures, Actes. 17. 1. Thes. 12. to sée whe­ther his preaching agréed therewith, yea or no, that he rather much liked and commended them for their doing. But you in no poynt resemble Paules condicions, but in persecuting Christ his Church. The same Dauid likewise in his .xix. Psalme, hath matter ynough, though there were none other any where else both to prooue howe necessarye the worde of God is for all men to knowe, and also to aunswere the obiections of all our newe Diuines. The lawe of the Lorde (sayth he) is an vndefiled or perfite lawe conuerting the soule. The testimonie of the Lorde is sure, and giueth wisedome vnto the simple. He calleth the lawe perfyte, to aunswere those controllers which saye the Scriptures are not sufficient, and therefore haue for­ged a sort of vnwritten verities, (so they call them) which they haue matched in authoritie with the Scriptures, and haue commaunded men payne of death to receyue and beléeue them before the Scriptures. He sayth, i [...] con [...]erteth or turneth the soule, that is to say, it maketh him that readeth them a newe man, a repentant person, a faythfull beléeuer, and a godly liuer, So farre it is from peruerting or corrupting any godly student thereof. He calleth it a sure and faithfull testimonie of the Lorde, whereas mannes policies, councels and deuises are alwayes vncertaine, chaungeable and vnsure. It giueth wisedome vnto the simple. Why then shoulde they be kept from it. Uerily this hath bene Gods practise in all ages, as appeareth by all hystories, that he hath reuealed his worde and will to no kinde of people sooner, than vnto those that are simple, as may be séene by those thankes that our Sauiour Christ gaue to God his father in the behalfe of his Disciples being but simple Clarkes, saying; I thanke thee O God, Math. 11. Luc. 10. fath [...]r of heauen and earth, for that thou hast hidden these things (verilye the vnderstan­ding of his kingdome) from the wise, that is to saye, the great Doctors, in their owne con­ceyte, and in the worldes iudgement, and hast reuealed them vnto the simple, that is, to the vn­learned and despysed wightes of this worlde. For so doth Chrysostome expounde the wordes: Rusticall people and Ideotes (sayth he)▪ were illuminated, persons of small account in the worlde, or in the knowledge of God, but not of obstinacie but ignoraunce. If our new Diuines would admit these sayings of Christ, and Chrysostome, they shoulde soone perceyue how vnchri­stianly they speake, and also howe vnlyke the olde Doctors, whyle they raue and fare so fowle wyth poore Artificers and Craftesmen, whome it hath pleased God in these dayes, so to enriche with his spirite, that when they haue bene called before these our newe Rab­bines, they haue shewed more true Diuinitie, than all the whole Sinagoge of them were able. I report me to Eusebius Ecclesiasticall hystory, and to our owne, entituled the Actes and Monumentes of the Church. But Dauid goeth on saying: The statutes of the Lorde are right, and reioyce the heart: the commaundement of the Lorde is pure, and giueth light to the eyes. The feare of the Lorde is cleane and endureth for euer: the iudgementes of the Lorde are true and righteous altogither. More to be desired are they than golde, yea, than much fine golde: sweeter also than hony and the bony combe. Moreouer, by them is thy seruant taught. What? I warraunt you, this olde Di­uine Dauid neuer ment that they taught eyther heresie or error. In diuers other places of his Psalter, maye be séene the earnest exhortations that he maketh to all the people, to heare the worde of God, as in the .xlix. Psalme, O heare ye this all ye people, ponder it with your eares, all ye that dwell in the worlde. High and lowe, rich and poore, one with another. What shoulde they heare? euen that that immediately followeth, howe his mouth shall speake of wisedome, and his heart muse of vnderstanding. Here are none excluded from hearing what Dauid shall say, [Page] but such as dwell in Vtopia. The Diuines therefore that will barre any dwellers in this worlde from hearing or reading of Dauid, must there go preache this doctrine. Agayne, Wherewithall shall a yong man clense his waye? euen by ruling himselfe after thy worde. Againe, Psal. 119. Thy worde is a lanterne to my feete, and a light vnto my pathes. Againe: When thy worde goeth forth, it giueth light and vnderstanding euen vnto the simple. Againe: Kings of the earth, and all people, Princes and all Iudges of the worlde, yong men and maydens, olde men and children, prayse the name of the Lord. Psal. 148. Here by an enumeration of al states and degrées, sexes and ages, may we sée that none are secluded from praysing the Lorde, which then is done moste acceptablye, when we sing prayse vnto him, as the same Dauid sayth, with vnderstanding, Psal. 47. which vnderstanding we can not haue without his worde. Infynite more places there be in the Psalter to this effect, as the diligent Reader thereof shall finde, whereof this is one verye notable, and therefore not to be omitted: Out of the mouthes of very babes & sucklings, hast thou ordeyned strength, Psal. 8. Math. 21. that thou mightest still the enimy and the auenger. It is the more notable, for that Christ alleageth it in the .xxj. of Mathewe, agaynst the Scribes and Phariseyes, in defence of the people, which so thankefully welcommed and receyued him into Ierusalem, in the same sense that it is here brought for. But let vs nowe come to the testimonies of the newe Testament. Our Sauiour Christ hauing to doe with those Iewes which of all other in the worlde at that time, most gloried in the knowledge of God and his religion, bicause they had Bishoppes, whose succession, they coulde shewe by order euen from Aaron, and therefore had antiqui­tie ynough, hauing Scribes, Phariseyes, Sadduceyes, Essenes, Nobles, Communes, and all the worlde on their side: yet did he plainly tell them that they erred, and were de­ceyued, for that they vnderstoode not the Scriptures. For to the Sadduceyes which al­lowed no part of the olde Testament, but the bookes of Moses, denying the resurrection, for that they imagined (if there were any) men shoulde knowe their wiues, as they had be­fore done in the worlde, as appeareth by their captious and foolishe demaunde, Christ aun­swered: yee erre, not vnderstanding the Scriptures and power of God. Math. 22. Marc. 12. Luc. 20. Where we maye plainely learne that ignoraunce in the Scripture is the cause of error, contrary to these newe Diui­nes assertion, that saye: Ignorance is the mother of deuotion. Whereas true deuotion cannot be without the true vnderstanding of Gods will, and his will by no meanes ordinary can be vnderstanded, but by his worde. Therefore to auoyde errour, it is moste méete that people haue the Scriptures to search and vnderstande the will of God by. Another time, hauing to doe with the Phariseyes also (as these two sectes of men were the greatest assay­lantes that Christ euer had, whereby we learne it is no newe practise that they most per­secute Christes Church, that challenge most authoritie and learning in the same) he bade them for that they séemed to haue such exact knowledge in the worde of God, and yet knew not that he was that Messias and Sauiour, that God had promised them, to search better in the Scriptures, and they shoulde finde that the Scriptures in all places, Iohn. 5. did testifye and beare witnesse that he was the same. Whereby Christ plainly giueth vs to vnderstande that without the Scriptures we cannot truly knowe him. These two places declare suffi­ciently howe necessarye the Scriptures are for all that will knowe Christ. We will adde two other testimonies to shewe howe profitable they are. S. Paule in his Epistle to the Romaines, sayth: Whatsoeuer thinges haue bene written afore time, Rom. 15. they haue bene written for our learning, that through pacience and comfort of the Scriptures, we might haue hope. They are not writ­ten for Monkes and Friers onely to pore vpon, but for our learning, that is, for as many as professe Christ, which thing being spoken by Paule of the olde Testament (for as yet the newe was not written) howe much more learning may we nowe receyue, hauing the writings of the Euangelistes and Apostles ioyned all togither? Likewise in his seconde Epistle to Timothie the thirde Chapter, he sayth: All Scripture inspired of God is profitable to teach, to reprooue, to correct and amende in righteousnesse, that the man of God may be perfite, instructed vnto all good workes. This epitheton or adiectiue, inspired of God, quite wypeth awaye all vnwritten verities, all mannes gloses, and traditions, all fayned visions and myracles, such as are to be founde in Gregorie the Popes dialogues, and throughout the workes of our newe Diuines. Since therefore the Scripture teacheth, reprooueth, correcteth and a­mendeth, maketh men perfite and furnished with all good workes, what thing then can there be deuised in all the worlde of more profite and vtilitie? Had I not bounde my selfe [Page] by a particion, to prooue by apparant reason also the truth of this assertion, I shoulde néede no further to trouble eyther my selfe with more writing, or you with more reading. But such promises as these we are bounde to performe. First therefore this is one reason verye euident & playne, that séeing our Sauiour Christ (as Paule sayth) woulde haue all men to be saued, and to come to the knowledge of the truth: 1. Tim. 2. and for that ende did and suffered whatsoeuer he did and suffred, while he liued here on earth: the meane whereby men shoulde attaine vnto that truth and saluation, which are Gods holy Scriptures, ought by no meanes to be kept from them. The practise of our Sauiour, admitting all men to his sermons and familiar communication, Publicanes, souldiors, artificers, Phariseys, harlots, strayed shéepe, & vn­righteous persons, yea, kéeping company most with such, abundantly prooue the same. And bicause the scriptures as teaching y e way to come vnto god best of all other things, are mée­test for such straglers, & all men by testimonie of the same scripture, of their owne nature & disposition are such straglers, therfore ought all straglers, that is to say, all men to haue the law & the scriptures, wherby they may both sée howe they haue strayed out of the way, and how to returne into the same againe. The Maior is prooued by Christ, Math. 22. Iohn. 5. & by the olde Doctors, as we shall sée when we come to the last part of our particion. The Minor God himselfe maketh Genes. 8. where he sayth: The imagination of mans heart is euill euen from his youth. The writings of the Prophetes and Apostles, doe inculcate and repeate nothing more. The places are infinite, therefore I quote them not. The commaundement of Christ a little before his ascention bidding his Apostles to go into all the world, and teach the gospell to all Nations, doth further prooue it, as their practise also declared, teaching the same somewhile to Tentmakers, somewhile to Tanners, somewhile to women that were Dyers, otherwhiles to Souldiers, yea, at all times, to all states and degrées of persons. And whereas Christ was borne, dyed and was buryed, rose againe, and ascended into hea­uen for all men, and shall come agayne to receyue all states and degrées of men, for with God there is no respect of persons, Actes. 10. Rom. 2. but in euery Nation, he that feareth him, and woorketh righteousnesse, is accepted of him. What are we that we shoulde withstande god, and kéepe this knowledge from any kinde of menne? What meaneth it moreouer that Christ will haue his light to shine throughout his house, Math. 5. Mar. 4. Luc. 8. that he will haue his worde preached on the house toppes, that the light of his gospell must not be put vnder a bushell? why doth he many times conclude his sermons thus generally: He that hath eares to heare, let him beare? Why doth god cry vnto the Prophets, Math. 19. Math. 11.13. Marc. 4. Esay. 58. bidding them to speake out, and exalt their voyces like to a Trumpet, and to tell his people their wickednesse? Christ suffred all men, Tinkers, Taylers, Carpenters, Coblers, Masons, and Bricklayers, to heare his voyce, and will these Comptrollers barre them from reading his bookes? But I wote what a newe deuine will saye. In the primi­tiue Church when the scriptures were extant for all men to reade, what a swarme of here­tikes bredde they which disturbed the whole church? What heresie hath there bene at a­ny time so absurde, but it hath had hir colour of maintenance out of the Scripture? Sir, by the way, I will take it for graunted, that you say the Scriptures were extaunt in the primitiue Church, for all men to reade, as in déede they were. And so was it gods will they shoulde be, and for that cause did the holy ghost mooue the Euangelistes and the Apostles, to wryte the gospels and the Epistles in the Gréeke tongue, which then was vniuersallye vnderstoode of most Nations, yet notwithstanding, these heresies bredde (as you say) the primitiue church neuer called the scriptures in, ne yet forbade any kinde of people the rea­ding of them. You haue done both without all example of the primitiue church, whereby may and doe appeare your newe proceedings. But nowe to aunswere question with que­stion: what heresie I praye you euer was there, but the same hath bene confuted by the scriptures? Bicause some men haue misvsed the scriptures, shall all menne be depriued of them? shall the Bées be kept frō gathering hony of the swéete flowers, bicause spiders make poyson of them? shall all they that can vse wine and breade to chéere and strengthen mans heart, giuing god thanks for them, taste or assay none of them, bicause a great many abuse them to surfetting & drunkennesse? Lay the fault where it is, in the men, not in the things that they misvse. What fault is in the money that lyeth and rusteth in the cofer of the co­uetous? what in the knife or sworde that killeth a bodye? Ptholomeus Philadelphus thought himselfe very well occupied (as in déede he was) when he caused y e bookes of Moses [Page] and the prophets to be translated into the Gréeke tongue by thréescore and tenne learned men, called the seauentie Translators or Interpreters, two hundreth thréescore and sea­uentene yeares before Christ was borne. An hundreth and fower and twenty yeares after Christes ascention, Aquila a Iewe, in the dayes of Adrian the Emperor, translated them againe. After him Theodotion in Commodus dayes. Then Symachus vnder Seuerus. Then was there an other translation founde at Hierusalem without anye name, called the common translation. After this againe Origene tooke great paynes to correct the sea­uentie Translators, adding of his owne where he thought they were not full, and taking from them where he sawe redundance and superfluitie. All these no doubt labouring to e­lucidate and make playner, as much as in them lay, the former translations. Yea, S. Hie­rome after all this, was not afrayde to translate the whole Bible againe, into the Latine tongue, which is perished. He translated diuers other treatises also out of Gréeke into La­tine, as Didimus worke touching the deitie of the holy ghost. Epiphanius bishop of Cy­prus Epistle to Iohn the Patriarch of Ierusalem, and diuers other such. And bicause none shall saye, what maketh this for the translating of the Bible into other more vulgar ton­gues, as into the Englishe. &c. For they can well admit the Hebrewe, Gréeke, and Latine tongues, and any other that the people vnderstande not, therefore S. Hierome translated the Bible into the Sclauonian tongue, that is to say, into his owne natiue countrie tongue. We haue therefore antiquitie ynough on our side for proofe of our diuers translations. Neyther did he euer feare or make account of such inconueniences, as these new Diuines pretende, spring of such translations, or any thing regarded the sharpe censure and checks of diuers Comptrollers, that founde fault with his doings, but helde on and continued to the ende translating, wryting, and endyting, sending his bookes onewhile to virgins, one other whyle to married women, sometime to widowes, but euer to one kinde of person or other, being still exercised and occupied in such doinges. And I marueyle why these men should be so offended, that euery Nation shoulde haue the scriptures in their owne tongue, séeing in some places of their writings they make the holy ghost the author of this opinion and iudgement. Doth not Aeneas Syluius which was afterwarde Pope, and called Pius secundus, tell vs, that when about the yeare of our Lord .900. there fell a great contention at Rome, whether the Hungarians shoulde haue their seruice in their owne tongue, yea, or no: that there was a voyce hearde from heauen, saying: Let euery thing that hath breath, Psal. 150. prayse the Lord, and euery tongue giue thankes vnto his holy name? Whervpon (sayth this Aeneas) the Councell brake vp, and the contention surceased. So that by this storye, whosoeuer de­nyeth Gods people Gods seruice in their owne proper tongue, resist Gods ordinance and commaundement. These men count it a great absurditie, that a woman, a childe, or an artificer, shoulde talke of the Gospell, or of the Scripture. And yet many times we may heare women, children, and artificers, vnderstande more of Gods holy mysteries, than a number of some ruddy Rabbines, that notwithstanding looke very high and lofty. Moses was not of this minde and opinion. For when Iehosuah his seruant would haue had him to forbid Heldad and Medad from prophecying, he aunswered, Numer. 11. woulde God that all the Lordes people coulde prophecie, and that he woulde giue his spirite vnto them all. Christ commaundeth little children to be suffred to come vnto him, and not to be forbidden. Marc. 10. But who maye not more iustly thinke it a greater absurditie, to heare women, children, and artificers patter their Pater noster in a tongue that they so little vnderstande, that Cardinall Ascanius Parot at Rome was as wise as they. Yea, the Crowe that saluted Augustus, coulde saye his Aue Caesar, better than they coulde their Aue Maria. And surely if the newe Diuines godly intention may not in this case helpe at a pinch, they may also saye and say truly, as an other Crowe did at another time, we haue lost all our labour. So little doth God allowe such godly intention. For he biddeth we shoulde not be like Horse and Mule, Psal. 32. in whome there is none vnderstanding. Then séeing we haue the Scriptures, aswell of the olde Testament as the newe, so full and whole on our side, séeing Christ commaundeth vs to search the Scriptures, séeing S. Paule sayth, they are written for our learning and instruction, séeing we haue thexam­ple of the Primitiue Church, permitting all men to haue and reade the Scriptures in all tongues, séeing we haue so many translations of the Scriptures, I meane of olde tyme, I speake not of those in the Englishe tongue, in Ethelstanes dayes, and in the Saxons [Page] tongue, ne yet of that gift of tongues giuen to the Apostles, to the intent that all Nations might heare the great workes of God in their owne language, séeing there is nothing in the Scriptures, eyther threatened or promised, but it appertayneth to all men in all ages, nothing done by Christ of olde, but the same in one respect or other is dailye done. For Christ is newly borne among vs euen at this day. There are Herodes that goe about to murther him in his Cradle euen at this day. Math. 2. Luc. 2. Math. 14.15. Luc. 5. He notwithstanding groweth in fauour with God and men euen at this day? He healeth all maner of maladies, Leprouse, Demoniacks, Dumbe, Blinde, Deafe, Dropsies, Palsies, bloudy Fluxes at this day, so that we say, sonne of Dauid haue mercy vpon vs, and Lord, if thou wilt, thou canst make vs whole. Yea, he rayseth men from death to life againe by the power of his worde euen at this daye? Math. 9.20. Math. 8. Luc. 5. Math. 21. Mar. 12. Luc. 20. Math. 26. Marc. 14. Luc. 22. Iohn. 18. Math. 27. Iohn. 6. He teacheth, threat­neth, promiseth, comforteth euen at this day. There are Iewes which will not suffer their vayled Moses to yéelde to his brightnesse in these dayes? He hath Scribes, Phariseys, and Sadduceyes, that lye in wayte to catch and entangle him in his talke euen nowe a dayes also. He hath more than one Annas and Caiphas to buye, and more than one Iscarioth to sell him at this daye. Herode, Pylate, and their Crewes want not to mocke, whip, and crucifie him, yea, to kéepe him downe also in his graue, that he rise not againe, euen at this day. And yet all this notwithstanding, he hath still also at this day his little flocke that doth and will depende vpon him, saying: Lorde, to whome shall we go? Thou hast the wordes of e­ternall life. Therefore whatsoeuer the newe Diuines say to the contrary, let vs still reade the Scriptures, and sticke to that olde Diuinitie. But bicause many men are ledde not so much eyther with reason or testimonies of Scriptures, as with authoritie of Doctors, to fulfill my promise, and somedeale to satisfye (if happily it may be) their preposterous zeale and peruerse iudgement, I will shewe also that the best and soundest of the olde Doctors, haue alwayes bene of this opinion, that all people at all times ought to haue the scriptures in their owne tongue. And if any man as delighting in a worke of supererrogation, that is to say, for a man to doe more than he hath bounde himselfe to, or néedeth, shall require so much. I will also by the olde Doctors aunswere the obiections of such as thinke the scrip­tures ought not to bee read of all men, bicause of the difficultie of them, and that varietie of translations cause and bréede errors. And first we will begin with the Doctors of the La­tine Church, not for worthynesse eyther of life or learning, that hath bene at anye time in them, more than in the Gréekes. For verily the Gréekes are able to shew as many worthy writers of their Church, as the Latines can by any meanes, if I say not more: but bicause perhaps some Romanist or Latine man may hit vpon this writing, which (if he be partial­ly affected toward the Latine Doctors) may first sée what the opinion of the Latine Church was in this poynt, by one of the most approouedst Doctors in the same Church. S. Hie­rome vpon these wordes of Paule to the Colossians, Colos. 3. Let the worde of Christ dwell plentifullye a­mong you, sayth thus: By this place it is declared, that euen the laye people ought to haue the woorde of Christ among them, not onely sufficiently, but also abundantly, and to teach and admonishe one another. Here besides that S. Hierome permitteth the lay people to haue the Scriptures, and that plenteously, he also suffereth them to teach and instruct one another, saying moreouer that it is their dutie so to doe. Chrysostome vpon the same place and wordes, sayeth euen the same thing, though in more large and ample maner: Harken (sayth he) all yee secular people, that haue charge of wife and children, howe the Apostle commaundeth you chiefly to reade the scriptures, and that not lightly and slenderly, but with great diligence. And a litle after that again: Lysten (sayth he) I pray you, all you laye people, Buye you the Bible, which is the medicine of the soule: Or if you will haue nothing else, get you the newe Testament, the Gospels and Actes of the Apostles for your continuall and diligent teachers. And by and by after he addeth: This (sayth he) is the cause of all euill, that the scriptures are not vnderstanded. Homely vpon the Epi­stle to the Co­lossians. Note well I pray you howe Chrysostome holdeth this as an vndoubted and infallible truth, that ignoraunce in the Scriptures is the cause of all e­uill. Our Countrie man Beda called worshipfull (as I suppose) bicause of his great lear­ning, and reuerende life and demeanor, is of the very same iudgement, as appeareth by that he hath written vpon the first Epistle of S. Peter the seconde Chapter. I might also here shewe howe the sayde Beda for more than nyne hundreth yeares past, translated the Gospell of Saint Iohn into the Englishe tongue, and howe Constantine so greatly com­mended for his godlynesse, caused infinite copies of the Byble to be written and sent a­brode [Page] into all the partes of his Empyre, long before that. But returne we to Chryso­stome, who many times chideth (as it were) with his hearers, for that they giue no better héede to his sermons, sometimes againe, he prayeth and desireth them, that they woulde come oftner to them, and reade and pervse the scriptures at home at their houses, more di­ligently than they had vsed. Otherwhiles he aunswereth the obiections they vsed to make for their excuse. But let vs heare his owne words. Tell me (saith he) I pray you, you that stand here present, which of you can say one Psalme without the booke, if it were required of you, or any other peece of the scripture? And he by & by maketh their obiection & answere. But (sayth he) this is your defence for all such faultes: I am (say you) no Monke, I haue wife and children, and charge of housholde, verily this is it, wherewith as it were with the plague, you [...]arre and corrupt all thinges, bicause you thinke the reading of scriptures belongeth to Monkes onely, where in deede it is much more necessary for you, than for them, for they that go abrode in the world, and daily receyue wounde vpon wound, haue more neede of Gods medicine than other men, Wherefore it is a more grieuous and heynous fault, to thinke the lawe of God to be superfluous, than to be ignorant in it, for these be wordes proceeding of a diuelishe cogitation. Hearest thou not Paule say, the scriptures are written for our correction? Thus much hath Chrisostome in his second Homelie vpon S. Mathew, & these words also to the like effect in the same place folowing. This sect (sayth he) is the working of the deuils inspiration, that will not suffer vs to loke vpon the treasure, least we should attaine to the riches therof. Therfore he perswadeth men that there is no profit ryseth by reading the holy Scriptures, bicause he woulde see no practise followe of the hearing. Againe, in his .xvij. Homelie vpon the Epistle to the Hebrues, he bringeth other like obiections, whervnto he also answereth: Thou wilt saye (sayth he) I haue not reade it, this is no excuse, but a fault. And in his .xxviii. Homely vpon the Genesis, he earnestly erhorteth and counsayleth all men to the hearing & reading of the scriptures. These be his words: I pray you (sayth he) come hither oftener, and harken more diligently to the reading of the holy Scripture, and not onely when you come hither, but at home also take the holy Bible in your handes, and receyue with great studie the commoditie therein conteyned. And a little after that againe. I pray you therfore (sayth he) let vs not lose so great a commoditie through our negligence, but let vs apply the reading of the holy scripture, euen at home also. Nowe if these newe Diuines, which haue gone so long disguised vnder the visar of antiquitie, will yet farther replye and saye, that the Scriptures are to difficult for all men to vnderstand, and that they are not sufficient to discusse all controuersies that may a­rise in the church, but that we must wayte for the Oire and determiner of counselles, or that diuersitie of translations bréede obscuritie and errours among the people: we will hereto also make them an aunswere, and that out of the doctors, that it may herein also appeare, that they doe but pretende doctors, seing they will not yéelde to the doctors, when they heare them speake, and make so expressely against them. First touching hardnesse and difficul­tie, wherewith they charge the scripture. Saint Augustine in his second booke of christian doctrine and sixe chapter, sayth thus: The holye ghost hath so honorably and wholesomely tempered and qualified the holye Scriptures, that it hath put hunger awaye by playner places, and lothsomnesse by darker. And againe in his thirde Epistle to Volusianus, he sayth: The maner of speech, wherof the holy scripture consisteth all men may easely come vnto, although verie fewe can pearce through it, vtte­ring the playner things therein conteyned, like a familiar friend without all coulour, to the heart aswell of the vnlearned, as learned. And those things which it hydeth in mysteries, it doth not set out with haul­tie elocution, fraying the slowe and vnlearned minde to come neere it, lyke as the poore man commeth vnto the riche, but allureth all men with lowlinesse of speeche, feeding them not onely with manifest truth, but exercising them with secret, hauing the verie same things in playner places, that it hath in harder. Cyrill in his seauenth booke against Iulian sayth: to the intent that the scriptures might be knowne to all men both small and great, they are so commodiously set foorth in familiar speache, that they passe nones ca­pacitie. Saint Hierome vpon the .xix. chapter of Esay sayth. It is the maner of the scriptures, after harder things, to set playner. Saint Austen in his .83. booke, and .69. question, affirmeth that circumstaunce of the Scriptures, openeth the sence and meaning. Tertullian in his booke a­gainst Praxeas prooueth, that the rather and selder places, must be expounded by the mo, and o [...]tener. And Chrysostome among many places, hath one verie notable in his first Homely vpon Mathew, where he sayth: The Scriptures are easie to be vnder standed, of the bondman, of the Plough­man, of the wydowe, of the childe, and of him that seemeth to be verie slender witted. Howbeit, though they will after a sort let passe other scriptures as vncomptrolled, yet Paules wrytings and [Page] Epistles of all other séeme very harde vnto them, and that they woulde séeme to prooue by Peters wordes in the thirde Chapter of his seconde Epistle, whereas God knoweth all o­ther scriptures, euen the easiest are alike harde to such as Peter speaketh of. For they be vnlearned and vnconstant and fickle persons, which peruert and turne them to their owne de­struction. But will you heare what Chrysostome aunswereth to this obiection, speaking of Paules Epistle to the Romaines, in his Preface vpon the same, that you maye sée there is none so pieuishe an obiection of these newe Diuines, but the same is aunswered by some olde Doctor or other, if they be well searched. Ignorance (sayth Chrysostome) is not the cause hereof (he meaneth that they vnderstoode not the Epistle to the Romaines) but that they will not continually haue in their handes the writings of this holy man. For that which we our selues knowe (if peraduenture we know ought at all) we know it not by the pregnancie and goodnesse of our owne wit, but for that we be so entirely affectioned to that man, that we neuer cease reading of him. For they that loue men, knowe more of their doings than other men, as being more carefull for their lou [...]rs than other are. And therevpon concluding he sayth: Wherfore if you also can finde in your harts, earnestly and diligent­lye to bestowe your labour in reading him, there shall bee nothing else required of you. For Christes say­ing is true, Seeke and you shall finde, knocke and it shall be opened vnto you. And surely Chrysostome spake not this to Priestes and religious men onely, but to all his Church of Constanti­nople, and vniuersally to as many as shoulde reade his workes. And he sayeth further in his .vij. homely to the Hebrewes, in reproofe of those that vsed not to looke vpon y e scriptures: No man will take heede (sayth he) vnto the Scriptures. For if we woulde marke them, we shoulde not only keepe our selues from errour, but deliuer other also that are deceyued out of the same, and pull them out of daunger. Moreouer, vpon the seconde of Genesis the .xiij. Chapter he sayth: Let vs come to the scope and marke of the holy Scripture, which expoundeth it selfe. And againe: The holy Scripture expoundeth it selfe, and suffereth not the hearer to erre. Tertullian also one of the first wryters next the Apostles, In his Apo­logie toward the ende. in his Apologie for the Christians, sayth: He that will harken to the Scrip­tures, shall finde God, and he that will studie to vnderstand them, shall be enforced to beleue them. These places of Doctors as well of the Latine Church, as of the Gréeke, are sufficient ynough to teach and perswade any reasonable bodye, the iudgement that the whole Church vniuer­sall had, both as touching the Scriptures to be had and read of all men, and also to prooue the facilitie and easinesse of them to be vnderstanded, and so consequently mine assertion, and howe Catholikely our Church doth, and like vnto the Primitiue Church, in permit­ting all persons indifferently to haue the Scriptures to looke and reade in to their instructi­on and vnderstanding. And if any of these newe Diuines will not herewith be satisfyed, but will yet vrge custome, authoritie of Predecessors, and such lyke weake instances, for their new Mumpsimus, rather than they will yéelde to this olde Sumpsimus: then let vs aunswere them roundly thus with the words of S. Hierome, vpon the .ix. chap. of Ieremie, saying: Neyther must the error of our parents nor forefathers be followed, but the authoritie of the scrip­tures, and the commaundement of God teaching vs. And though they crie out neuer so much, they haue the Scriptures, whereby to prooue their opinions, which God wote many a time they apply to their purpose as handsomely as the deuill did when he reasoned with Christ in the wildernesse, and as the olde and new Heretikes did and doe, which (as they say, so we like­wise affirme) doe accloy the Church in déede very much: then let vs aunswere them with Tertullian saying thus, in his booke of the fleshe or true manhoode that Christ tooke: Let all Heretikes (sayth he) vse his scriptures, whose worlde they also vse. This shall serue for a testimonye of their condemnation, that they decke and furnishe their blasphemies with his examples. And if they will haue Councels to decyde and controll all controuersies, whereof consist they, I pray you, not of men? What are menne, such creatures as cannot erre? Then shoulde they be no men. The best Doctors in the Church, haue erred in some part or other of their writings, or at least haue thought they might erre. I report me else to their owne sayinges in their bookes, to be founde in euery place, where they neuer arrogate to themselues anye such prowde priuiledge and immunitie from erring, as the late loftie Prelates of Rome hath done, but with all lowlynesse submit their writinges to the Scriptures, and to those that shall see or perceyue more in them than they haue done, yea, requiring men fréely to finde fault and correct, where they haue not attayned to the truth. This woulde they neuer haue done, if they had knowne or thought they coulde not haue erred. And what one of the [Page] Popes can we name in the Church for this sixe hundred yere or more, comparable eyther in life or learning with any one of these olde Doctors, which thus modestlye haue written of themselues? And shall we thinke better men than these Doctors haue met in the Coun­cels, since their dayes? I say no more, but I woulde there had mette so good. They will yet saye, Heresies haue bene alwayes confuted in Councelles, and I saye Heresies haue bene alwayes confirmed in Councels. Did not the Councell at Ariminum in Italie holde and conclude with the Arrianes? Did not the seconde Councell at Ephesus, holde with Entiches? Did not the Councell at Chalcedon so fowly erre, that they woulde haue gi­uen to Leo then Bishop of Rome, the title of supremacie, and vniuersall Bishop, which he refused, wherein surely he erred not? But what they since haue done, that by slaughter and murther, and other such vniust meanes haue vsurped it, both heauen and earth knoweth? The Councell also gathered by Cyprian at Carthage, did grieuouslye erre, enacting that they that were baptised by Heretikes, shoulde be baptised againe, before they woulde re­ceiue them into their Church. And the Councell at Constance, did moste abhomi­nably consent in error to robbe Gods people of the one halfe of Christes sacrament. What did the late Councell at Trent, being fouretéene yeares at the least in trauell, bring forth at length? Forsooth Horatius mountaines in Italie were great with childe, and after their harde trauell brought forth a Mouse. What one error or abuse in their Church, of so many, as all the worlde nowe séeth, and they (although they be impudent ynough) cannot denie, haue they refourmed? Surely neuer might that worthy Bishoppe of Nazianzum his saying be more truly spoken than of these Councels, If I must needes write the truth (sayth he) I neuer sawe any good ende or conclusion of these Bishops Councels, in his Epistle to Procopius the .xlij. Epist. And yet they shame not still to say, the holye ghost is President of their Councels, and that he is shut in the closet of the Popes breast. But I trowe it is not that holy ghost that Christ sayth, breatheth where it will, for that it woulde not be so partially tyed to the Popes bosome, or that appeared vpon Christ in likenesse of a Doue. It is I beléeue, that ghastly ghost the Owle, that sate so long in the Consistorie on a time ouer the Popes heade, a méete holy ghost I assure you for such a consistorie and closet. Lette vs therefore leaue them, and this president of their Councels, and marke what séemeth good to Gods holy spirite, and to the Euangelistes and Apostles, and f [...]llowe the same, considering as S. Augustine sayth in his seconde Epistle to S. Ierome, that no Scriptures are to be allowed, but the vndoubted Canonicall. And in his first booke and seconde chapter against the Epistle of Parmenian, he iudgeth it a rashe and presumptuous part to beleeue anye, that prooueth not that hee sayth by scriptures. And in his thirde booke and .vj. chapter against the letters of Petilian, he hold [...]th any thing accursed, that is beside the lawe and the Gospell. In his first booke of christian doc­trine, xxxvij. chap. he sayth: Our faith staggereth, if it be not vpholden by scriptures. In his .166. Epistle, he sayth both Christ and his Church is knowne by the scriptures. In his seconde booke of Christian doctrine and .vj. chap. he sayth the holy ghost hath caused the darker thinges in the scrip­tures, to be opened by playner. And Chrysostome in his seconde exposition vppon Mathewe, the .xxiiij. and .xxix. Homelies sayth, The true Church can no waye else bee knowne, but onely by the Scriptures, bicause whatsoeuer things else in the Church, Heretikes haue aswell as Catholikes. But now to that they saye, diuersitie of translations in Scripture bréedeth error, although the same be sufficiently ynough confuted before, by the example of the seauentie Translators or In­terpreters, by those fiue or sixe more that after Christes time corrected them, by Origen, by Hierome, by the Euangelistes and Apostles, writing in the Gréeke tongue: yet we will alleage one or two places out of olde Doctors for confirmation of the same. For touching all obiections that the aduersaries can make, they are so fully aunswered by the olde Doctors, as partly you maye haue perceyued, that it were but vaine further to tra­uell therein. S. Augustine which is one of the fower Cardinall and principall Doctors, that our aduersaries allowe, who impugne this opinion, sayth thus against them. They that haue translated the Scriptures (sayth he) out of the Hebrewe tongue into the Greeke, maye be numbred, but the Latine interpreters by no meanes. For in the beginning of the fayth, assoone as one had gotten a Greeke booke into his handes, and seemed to haue some knowledge in both the tongues, he tooke vppon him to interprete the same. Which thing did more further than hinder vnderstanding, so that the readers be not negligent. For the pervsing of diuers bookes hath often times opened the darker sentences. The place is [Page] in his seconde booke of Christian doctrine, and .xij. chapter. And Nicholaus de Lyra one of our aduersaries owne Doctors, sayth in his Preface vpon the Genesis: that Diuersitie of ex­positors stirreth vp attention: But to bring more testimonies in a matter so cléere as daye, is but impertinent, séeing that both Gods lawe and mans alloweth the truth, though testified but with two or thrée witnesses. Thus hast thou gentle Reader my promise made in the be­ginning, confirmed by authoritie of Scriptures, euident reasons, and testimonies of auncient Doctors, though not in such abundant wise as might be, yet in as large a sort as the lawe and rule of a Preface will permit. Let vs therefore addresse and prepare our sel­ues diligently, not onely to reade the Scriptures, but also to vnderstande them, and not to vnderstande them onely, and there to stay, (as I am afrayde too manye in these dayes make that their onely ende of reading) but also to frame our selues to expresse our vnder­standing in our liues and conuersation, least hauing the Gospell still in our mouthes, and shewing nothing thereof in our maners, and yet protesting a more sounde and exact know­ledge than others, we encrease at length but our owne punishment and damnation, know­ing that euery one that sayth Lorde, Lorde, shall not enter into the kingdome of heauen, but he that doth the will of the father which is in heauen. Matth. 7. Luc. 12. And howe the seruant that knoweth his maisters will and doth it not, shall be beaten with many stripes. Let vs remember that the temple of Salomon, and the writings of the lawes and Prophetes among the Iewes, little profited them, bicause they abused them, and woulde not leade a life aunswereable to such blessings of God. God spa­red not that stocke of the Iewes of so many hundreth yeares groweth, Rom. 11. verily no more will he vs, that are but Impes graft and set in the same stocke, if we doe not better than we doe, and they did. But againe, if we liue a repentant life as we ought to doe, and a thank­full vnto God for his innumerable benefites, and specially for the light of his worde nowe shining in our Church of Englande, so ordering our works that they may shine before men, and glorifie our father which is in heauen: Math. 5. then rage the worlde neuer so much by Gods permis­sion against his little flocke, for their proofe and triall, yet shall it neuer be able to take one of them out of his hand, Iohn. 10. but that he will ayde and assist vs with the presence of his spirite, and rule (as Dauid sayth) in the middle among his enimies, Psal. 110. Psal. 2. and bruse them with his yron rod, and breake all them in peeces like a potters vessell, that any maner of way without repentance molest and afflict his dearely beloued spouse and Church. Let vs not therefore feare any threates or en­terprises of this worlde, knowing that we shall ouercome in him that hath alreadye ouer­come the Deuill and the worlde, 1. Iohn. 4. Greater (sayth S. Iohn) (is the spirite) that is in you, than hee that is in the world. For there was neuer yet tyrant that rose against Gods Church, but some shamefull & horrible ende folowed him most cōmonly in this world. The ecclesiasticall story is full of examples, & of late God hath shewed some notable in this case, both here in our coū ­trie, and abrode, who list to marke and consider them. True it is that christians haue bene made away and murthered, vpon verye light and tryfling occasions, and are also at this daye, where tyrants doe reigne. For in Tertullians dayes, which liued about two hun­dreth and nine yeares after Christ: If the riuer Tybris at Rome had flowed vp to the walles, if Ni­lus the riuer in Aegypt had not watered their fieldes, if there had bene no raine, if there had bene anye earthquake, Apolog. dearth or plague, by and by the people would crye to haue the Christians throwne to the Lions. And all this was to ridde the countrie of them, and to deface their beliefe and doctrine. But what followed hereof? Uerily nothing lesse than they wéened. For Tertullian tolde them plainely: Torment, racke, condemne, and make vs awaye, and your vniust dealing with vs, is but a tryall of our innocencie. Therefore God suffreth vs to suffer this at your handes. The more ex­quisite your crueltie is towarde vs, the more it allureth to take our partes. And whereas they call vs Sectaries, as then they did the Christians, lette vs reioyce in that we see our quarrell and theirs, our slaunders and theirs so like, and tell them as Tertullian telleth Scapula the Romanes President: that this sect shall not fayle or decay, but the more it seemeth to be cut downe, the more let them be assured, it is builded vp. And considering what they be that are our condem­ners. Let vs also saye: Such and such consecrators of our condemnation we reioyce in. For as Ter­tullian sayde, whosoeuer knoweth him (meaning Nero) must needes vnderstande that of force it must be some singuler good thing that he woulde condemne: so may we as truely say, of Boner, Storye, and such like, that haue condemned our faythfull brethren and sisterne, that whosoeuer knewe what they were, how they liued and howe they dyed, must néedes know also that it [Page] coulde be none other than good that they woulde condemne. And therefore lette vs saye to them with Tertullian for a short aunswere: when you condemne vs, God pardoneth vs. Wher­fore let vs not feare them that can kill the body, but then can doe no more, ne yet that, but when God permitteth: but rather let vs feare him, that can cast both body and soule into the fire of hell, which is Iesus Christ our Sauiour, 2. Tim. 2. Math. 24. Marc. 13. knowing that he will crowne all those that striue lawfully, and continue vnto the ende: to him therefore with the father and the holy ghost, thrée per­sons and one eternall maiestie of godheade, all honor, power, and glory, be now and euer, worlde without ende. Amen.

To the Noble and honorable Consuls, and whole Se­nate of the famous Common weale of Zurich, his verye good Lordes and Maysters, Raufe Gualthere Tigurine, wisheth grace and peace from God the father, through Ie­sus Christ our Lorde.

IT is an olde custome, and confirmed by examples of holy Fa­thers that the professours of good Artes and learning, vse to dedicate the fruites of theyr studyes, eyther to theyr friendes, or to men of honour and authoritie, whereby to procure eyther their fauour and good wyll, or else to make them defenders of their labours and paynes. And where­as I haue thought good (most honourable Lordes and fathers) to de­dicate my labors vpon the Actes of the Apostles chiefly vnto you: many and weightie causes haue mooued me therevnto. For priuately your li­beralitie towarde mee, required the same, and publikely the continuall care that you haue to profite your countrey, and religion in generall, en­forced me to shew myne alleageance & good hart, towards you, with some dutie of gratitude & thankfulnesse. Wherby that feruent desire that you beare vnto godlinesse might be set forth with the publike testimonie of our Church, whose example now many yeres, diuers excellent states of common weales, haue not bene ashamed to ymitate. Howbeit, to tell you the playne truth, the chiefe cause of this my dooyng was, for that I perceyued the matter of this booke, and the conside­ration therof appertayned vnto you principally: For in this boke is conteyned, a most absolute paterne and forme of Christes vniuersall Church, which it behooueth all such as are in authoritie & beare rule, well to knowe and vnderstande. For those men that say temporall magistrates haue nothing to doe but with temporall matters, and woulde haue them vtterlye to abstaine from entermedling in ecclesiasti­call affayres, are in no wyse to be regarded? which men seeme to mee to be of opinion, that they would haue common weales exempt from Gods prouidence, without the which the verye Gentyles per­ceyued they coulde not stande or be preserued. And who knoweth not that sentence of the Godly and princely Prophete: Except the Lorde keepe the citie, the watcheman waketh but in vayne. Which also exhorteth kings and Princes to suffer themselues to be instructed in the word of God, and to kisse and reuerence Iesus Christ the sonne of God. But to what ende should kings be taught the word, if there be no vse of the same, in the administration of the common weale? And howe shall they kisse or reue­rence Christ, if they neglect his Church, which he esteemeth dearer than the apple of his eye, yea, than his life? And how can they neglect that body, whereof if they be not members vnder Christ their head, they can not be saued? We must hearken rather vnto Esaias, who prophecying of Christes Church, amonge other thinges sayth. Kinges and Queenes shall be thy Nurrices. In which wordes, he seemeth not so much to comfort the Church as to sette foorth the office and dignitie of Kinges and Rulers, which chiefly appeareth in this, that God doth vouchsafe to commit vnto them the care of his Church, which he hath redemed with the bloud of his sonne. In dede we must confesse that God hath herein no neede of mans helpe, if he would vse his absolute & perelesse power. Neyther deny we that many times Churches are increased and defended rather by the power and vnspeakeable councell of God, than by the industrie of man. But this commeth not so to passe bicause God disalloweth the care and dutie of Magistrates, but that it might appeare howe all prayse and glorie, is to be ascribed to him onely, bicause no man should thinke religion depended more vppon the will of man, than vppon Gods proui­dence. In the meane season such is the goodnesse of God, that he doth vouchsafe to take men to be hys coadiutors & helpers, by their ministery to regenerate his elect people through the word, & defendeth the same vnder godly magistrates, against y e rage of this world, in the midle of present daungers on euery side, that they may liue in peace & rest, as farre forth as is conuenient for their faith and saluation. And that this is the will of God, not only the scriptures testifie, but the whole consent of all nations doth likewise proue y e same. Certes in that golden world of the Patriarkes, we read that one man was both king and priest. But when God afterward vnder the law would haue these offices seuered, yet ordey­ned he a great coniunction and amitie betweene the kinges and priestes, least eyther the kings shoulde reigne without religion, or the Priestes by them not cared for, and regarded, might at the plea­sure of wicked men bee misused. Wherevnto also maye be referred, howe God when he first gaue his lawe vnto the Iewes, chose Moses and Aaron, which were brothers germaine, & committed to the one the charge of the Tabernacle, and Gods whole seruice, and to the other, the ordering of the common weale: therby teaching vs that then both Churches and common weales are in most safetye, when bro­therly concord and agreement is betweene both these administrations. This thing all those iudges and kinges well perceyued, which are commended in the Scriptures for their well gouerning the common wealth. Such as we reade chiefly, Gedeon, Samuel, Dauid, Iosaphat, Ezechias, and Iosias were, with whome, if a man would compare the residue that the holy ghost, hath noted as naught, he shall find this to bee the cause as well of priuate, as publike calamitie, that they haue thought the worde of GOD, [Page] and care of religion, hath eyther nothing belonged vnto them, or else that they might dallye and playe with the same at their pleasure. And if we will reade the Hystoryes of the Gentyles, it shall ap­peare they were woonderfullye deceyued in the knowledge of the true GOD, and that therefore they polluted the seruice of God with horrible errours. And yet they firmelye helde this as a generall rule and principle, that common weales coulde not be happely gouerned without the true worshippe of God, and knowledge of his will, which was the cause that they greatly reuerenced the Philoso­phers, as professours of rare and singuler wisedome, and in doubtfull affayres asked counsell at the Gods, and in erecting of Temples, Altars, and Images to them, spared no kinde of lauishe, and cost. Uerilye the people of Athens, whose Citie was compted as a publike vniuers [...]tie and schoole of wisedome, so thought the care of religion belonged vnto them, that amonge the articles of publike othe ministred to their Citizens, this was the chiefe. [...]. That is to say, for the Temples and seruice of the Coddes, I will fight both alone and in company. These menne thought that whosoeuer were desirous eyther of publike peace or priuate thryft, ought to haue a speciall regarde of Gods honor. Let no man therefore accuse me of temeritie, if I saye, that such are destitute of common sense, and blinder than the prophane Gentyles, which crie out, the care of the Churche and religion, belongeth not to temporall Magi­strates and rulers. And I thinke I shall not do much amisse, if I say that such are to be auoided, as the publike and open enimies of mankind. For take away religion from man, and what shal remaine wher­in he shall differ from the brute beasts▪ we see in them like motions of affections, as are in wild beasts. And if they were not bridled with the feeling of religion, they woulde burst out at euerye occasion, and the more they are armed with authoritie, and with the sword, the more harme they woulde doe. Ther­fore that we offende not through the bolde and preposterous wisedome of the flesh, it shall be verie pro­fitable to haue a true paterne and forme of a Church for men, to follow in their Councels, that desire eyther to mainteyne the Church, or else to reforme it being fallen in decay. This paterne the holy scrip­tures in euerie place set out vnto vs, and while the lawe endured, it did set forth vnto vs all the partes thereof vnder the figure of the Tabernacle, and in the time of the Prophetes, vnder the allegorie of a spouse, a flocke, a vineyarde, the Temple and Citie of Ierusalem. A most absolute and euident paterne or President of the Church, this booke comprehendeth, and setteth foorth vnto vs, declaryng that the same so grewe and increased, as the Prophetes once described it vnto vs, bicause none shall saye that we still had in our mouth such a Church, as neyther was euer vpon the earth, or euer shall bee, as wise men vsed sometymes to saye of Plato his common weale. For although wee shall hereafter see the accomplishment and full perfection of the church in heauen: yet doth this booke set before vs such a pre­sident therof, that whosoeuer frame themselues thereafter, shall be members of that heauenly and per­fite church, and shall also vnderstand what way is best to take in preseruing and reforming their Chur­ches, and shall be offended at no chaunces of aduersitie, nor yeelde to the dreames of such as obtrude vnto vs a straunge forme of Church, saying, our predecessours wanted many things, which holye fa­thers afterwarde ordeyned, and were receyued and established by authoritie of generall Councels. For where this booke conteyneth in it an Hystorie of about .xxvi [...]j. yeares, settyng out vnto vs the Actes done in the Church ouer all the worlde, besides the sermons of the Apostles, their Counselles, their sayings and doyngs, aswell publike as priuate, opened in a plaine and sufficient narration or discourse: who will not say but hee is impudent, that will affirme there are diuers other thinges necessarie vnto saluation, which wee knowe the true Christian Church in the Apostles tyme had not. Furthermore, what arrogancie were it to contende with the Apostles, whome the sonne of God appoynted to bee the teachers of all the worlde, and to be witnesses of his doings, as though wee were able of our selues to inuent or deuise a more absolute and perfite thing than they? It shall also be very profitable, to marke the trade and order of this Primitiue Church, as out at a loupe, or creuise, and the chiefe poyntes thereof, which Luke sayth, sprang first of the word of God, after Christ was ascended into heauen, and from thence had sent his holy spirite, through whose inspiration, the Apostles beganne to preach the Gospell vnto the worlde, and to bring disciples or beleeuers vnto Christ. Wherevppon wee gather that they which either will be members of Christes Church their selues, or bring other to the com­munion and felowshippe thereof, must beginne with the wholesome doctrine of the worde of God. For where by byrth we are the children of wrath, wee must needes be regenerated from aboue, to become the children of God. The seede of this regeneration is the eternall worde of God, which beeing prea­ched by the ministerie of man, but quickened in the myndes of the hearers by the power of the spi­rite, renueth the whole nature of man, so that his fleshe being mortified, he lyueth onely vnto GOD through Christ, who not long before being estraunged from God, lyued vnto sinne. And the Apostles taught but one vniforme doctrine of the worde in all places, the which worde Christ himselfe distribu­ted into hys partes, when he first commaunded repentaunce to be preached in his name, and then next forgiuenesse of sinnes. And although the Apostles had not alwayes one kinde of hearers, but such as seemed greatly to differ, both in vocation, conuersation, & nature: yet did not they thinke it good, for this cause, to chaunge or omit any thing in the doctrine of the gospel, being wholy busted, to bring many men vnto Christ, by duly & orderly dealing of his word. And vnto this doctrine of y e word, they ioyned y e vse of the sacraments, and those whome they perceyued to beleue, they tooke into the societie of the Church by baptisme with all their family, and deliuered to them the sacrament of thankesgiuing in such sort as [Page] Christ prescribed, the often receyuing whereof sealed to them the benefite of their redemption, and a thankefull commemoration of the Lordes death is therein celebrated, and the whole bodye of the Church is the more surely knitte togither with the bande of loue and charitie. And by these meanes, within the space of eyght and twentie yeares, it is euident the whole worlde was brought vnto the o­beysaunce of Christ, and that by the ministerie of such as were neyther of noble stocke, dignitie in cal­ling, nor of any estimation in learning. Therefore this was the verie working of God from aboue, wherein wee haue to reuerence his power, and to embrace his goodnesse, which so graciously prouided for the worlde, liuing oppressed vnder the tyrannie of the deuill. This booke setteth forth most dili­gently the exercises of the Primitiue Church. Great sinners and notorious wicked men, such as not long before, had wickedly enterprysed to shed the bloud of the only begotten sonne of God, embraced the doctrine of the gospell. And the same being brought to the consideration of their sinnes, openly confessed them, and trusting in the onely mercie of God through Christ, obteyned fauor and forgiuenesse. From thenceforth forsaking their former sinfulnesse, and taking a better waye and trade of lyfe, they forsooke their companie, by whome before they were polluted. And to their Godlye life, they ioyned prayers, wherein they were feruently occupied, both in consideration of their owne infirmitie, and by reason of dayly perilles and incombraunces, as many examples declare. And for that they woulde haue neyther doctrine nor the wholesome frequenting of the Sacramentes to cease, they had a speciall regarde that there might be Ministers, and Elders euerywhere appoynted, whome they placed in euery Citie, and with great diligence kept in dooing their dutye. And at length least the profession of Christ might seeme to consist onely in vaine contemplation, there sprang and grewe among them such feruent loue and li­beralitie, that we may in these dayes sooner woonder at the same, than follow it. For eche Church and congregation faythfully made prouision for their poore, and those Churches that were of best habilitie and ryches, relieued the want and pouertie of others further of, sending to them such collections of mo­ney as they had made and gathered for them. Well remembring vndoubtedlye our Sauiour Christ, which being readie to leaue the earth, appointed the poore in his place, promising to accept whatsoeuer benefite bestowed vpon them, as done vnto his owneselfe. And where being occupyed in such Godlye exercyses, all men ought to haue made much of them, and loued them: they yet founde on euery syde most grieuous enimyes. The Iewes, Scribes, and Phariseyes, and Philosophers of the Gentyles gainsayde them, whereby they were enforced to haue perpetuall conflicts with those, that had the chiefe commendation for wisedome, and learning, as well amonge the Iewes as the Gentyles. Moreouer, euen out of the Church it selfe arose false brethren, who both through their lewde conuersation hindred the growth of the Church now springing, and offended very manye with their craftie and deceyueable enterpryses: such as Ananias was among the Iewes, and Simon Magus amonge the Samaritanes. And certaine wicked persons giuen vnto vnlawfull sciences muche troubled the Apostles, and the o­ther godly. Bariesu, or Elymas the Sorcerer in Cyprus, a mayde possessed with a prophecying spirite at Philippi, and certaine exorcistes, or coniuring Iewes, at Ephesus. And when the deuill perceyued, he coulde nothing preuaile by any of these instrumentes, he began to styrre vp the Magistrates and Ru­lers, by them to keepe vnder the towarde croppe of the true and healthfull fayth. And this thing the Iewes first began, to bring Christes religion the more in suspicion, seeing that Nation where it first sprang, receyued not the same. Herevppon the Apostles were called before councelles at Hierusalem, were commaunded to silence, were beaten with roddes, and so being further threatned, were lette go againe. At length Stephen was stoned, the godlye driuen out of the Citie, and persecution raunged in euery place, neyther were the Apostles themselues spared. For Herod beheaded Iames, and thought for the Iewes pleasure to haue serued Peter likewise, if God had not after a myraculous sorte, deliuered him out of the present daunger hee was in. And the Iewes were not content themselues to reiecte Christ as none of their king and sauiour, but also they would not haue him to reigne among the Gen­tyles. Wherefore they mooued and procured vprores agaynst the Apostles in all places, as appeareth by the adoe that happened at Antioche, Iconium, Lystrae, Corinth, Thessalonica, and many other places. And finally they brought to passe, that the Apostles, and professors of the Christian fayth, were repor­ted to bee guyltie, not onely in matters of religion, but also to haue [...]oldelye transgressed and broken the Romayne lawes, and to haue troubled and distourbed the whole worlde. Wherevppon the mat­ter went so farre, that the Romaine Emperours also, whose power at that tyme stretched ouer all the worlde, drewe their sworde agaynst the Christians. But among all these so great and many daun­gers, and in so craftie and most cruell attempts of the enimies, there appeared a marueylous constan­cie of the Apostles and other beleeuers, whereby they both truely and plainely protested their fayth in Christ, and boldly defended and mainteyned the doctrine of truth, and neyther by flattrie or threats, coulde be brought to forsake the standing, wherein God had placed them. Therfore our faythfull God did not fayle them in so Godly a constancie, but declared by many and euident tokens, that he had a care of his Church. For being in bandes and prison he deliuered them out of the same, by the ministerie and seruice of Aungelles: he comforteth them with ioyfull [...]ightes and visions: he armeth them with the spirite of constancie: he giueth them a mouth and tongue which none of the enimies was able to re­sist: he confirmeth the doctrine and faith of his people with myracles: he effectually draweth the min­des of men to beleeue them: and to be short, he causeth the doctrine of the Gospell, dispite of the worlde and Prince thereof, through fire and sworde, luckily to spreade ouer the whole face of the earth. In [Page] these things is conteyned a perfite and an absolute paterne of a Church, wherevnto all things written any where else in the scriptures touching the Church, maye bee referred. This fourme or frame of a Church, it is euident, that you also (most honourable Lordes) haue followed. For where GOD did vouchsafe about .xxxix. yeares past, to illuminate our Countrey Heluetia, with the light of his word, and to call it from the darknesse of superstition into the brightnesse of his Gospell, you thinking there was no longer lingring to be made, began aduisedly and seriously to consider howe Christes kingdome might be restored in your common weale. Therefore you thought it good out of hande, to mooue the Bishoppes, and specially him of Constantia, to whose charge your whole Countrey belonged, to laye to their handes with you in abolishing of abuses and superstition, and to take order for the reforming of the Church with your aydes and assistaunce. But whyle they forgetting their vocation and dutyes, made delayes, you thought it shoulde be much to your shame and reproche, to see their negligence anye longer hinder the publike saluation and glorie of God, and therefore (for that you woulde not want of your duties) you were the Capitaynes and beginners of so godly an enterprice your selues: following the examples of Ezechias, Iosias, Constantine, and diuers others, which we reade in tymes passed did the like with great commendation, when the ministers and Bishops of the Church were founde slacke in their office. For appoynting a publike and generall assemblie of all the Ministers both in your Ci­tie, and whole territorie, you willed them to deliberate and conferre among themselues out of the word of God, touching the chiefe pointes and articles of fayth and religion. And there were, that earnestlye withstoode this your deuise, saying the determination of this matter belonged not to the iudgement of one common weale or Prince, but to the authoritie of an vniuersall, and generall councell. Howbeit their authoritie was of no such force with you, that it coulde make you looke behinde you, after you had once set your hande vnto the plough. And therefore your godly begunne enterprise did prosperouslye proceede. For in that disputation the truth had the victorie, and that in such sorte, that the greatest part of them that came to assault the same, yeelded therevnto of their owne accorde, and thought their greatest prayse and glorie to consist herein, that God had giuen them grace to bee so happely ouercome, and to follow Christes Chariot in triumph. From that daye forwarde you neuer ceased to deuise and doe all such thinges as you perceyued did appertaine to the glorie of Christes kingdome. For you purged and rydde your Churches of the drosse and filthinesse of Images and Aultares, and cleered Christes doctrine from the pernitious inuentions of mans traditions, enacting by publike authoritie that none shoulde eyther reduce and bring againe, the superstitions abolished, or else teach the flocke of Christ any thing disagreeable to the doctrine of the Gospell. The vse and administration of the Sa­craments, you caused to be brought to the fourme and order first instituted: you caused prayers aswell publike as priuate, to be duely ordered, and whatsoeuer other duetyes of true fayth, you caused to be exercysed according to the prescription of Apostolyke doctrine: yea, you caused your publike lawes, and discipline of maners to be refourmed after the rule of the gospell. And bicause no man should think you did these thinges eyther for desire of priuate lucre, or for that you delited in nouelties, you had a speciall regard that others might haue the whole fruite and auayle of the reformation, and your selues all the payne and labour in reforming. For you did not lyke sweepestakes rape and reue the Church goodes into your handes, nor put any man eyther of nobilitie or of the Church from theyr right. For those which were deceyued and caryed with the common sway of ignoraunce, you laboured to winne by friendly and brotherly instruction, and did not vncurteously cast them of. Wherby it came to passe, that they which were best witted amonge them, did afterwarde great good seruice to Christ and to his Church: and other whome eyther age, or dulnesse of wit hindered, you suffered paciently to enioy their goodes and reuenues, bicause they shoulde haue no occasion eyther to make complaint, or tumult. And whatsoeuer of those goodes fell to your administration, was appoynted partlye for the building and mainteyning of schooles, and partly for the sustentation and relieuing of the poore. For you vsed in li­berall wyse to mainteyne not onely the professors of sciences and tongues, but also certaine studentes of the same, to the number of fourescore, with continuall stipende and exhibition: insomuch that the most part of them which at this day preach Christ in your Citie, and Countrey, (which haue in them about an hundred and fortie parishes) are bounde and beholden to your liberalitie, for the rowme and place that they now are in. And such was your dexteritie in handling all these matters, wisedome in taking counsell about them, and modestie in executing them, that the thing which seemed impossible to be done, was easily brought to passe: insomuch that within short space of time, in a free nation, with­out any feare of publike tumult or sedition, with great approbation of the people, all these things that we haue spoken of were both taken in hand, and brought to an ende. For although they which thought Poperie was gainefull, and therfore coulde not well brooke the ouerthrowe thereof, attempted oftenti­mes many things: yet through the singuler benefite of God, their enterpryses were alwayes in vaine, and the tempestes by them raysed were chased away by the wholesome breath of our heauenly father. Where according to the precept of Christ, both the simplicitie of Doues, and wisedome of Serpentes, appeared in your deuyses. For as often as your aduersaryes went about eyther by flatterie and fayre promises, or by fearefull menaces to withdrawe you from your purpose, or at least woulde haue per­swaded you to haue left all controuersie in religion to the iudgement of the Bishops and Clergie: you still aunswered them both wisely and plainly after this sort: that you coulde not, nor woulde not denie or reiect such thinges, as you had learned out of Gods worde, were true, and that you were readie to [Page] render a reason of your beliefe to any man that shoulde demaunde it of you: yea that you woulde wil­lingly yeelde to any man that coulde conuince you of error▪ by the holy Scripture, and coulde teach you a better waye of saluation than you helde. Diuers your aunsweres of lyke kinde and tenour there are wherewith you stopped the mouthes of a great many, and wherein still maye be read that saying of the Apostles: Whether it be right before [...]od to hearken vnto you rather than God, iudge you. For we can­not choose but speake those things which we haue both seene and heard. Againe, We ought rather to o­bey God than men. Therefore the heauenly grace of the eternall God fauoured and prospered so godly enterprises: whereby it came to passe, that your common weale hath most happily escaped all kinde of tribulations, and at this day in the middle of the horrible and daungerous styrres and troubles of all Christendome, doth not only liue in peace hir selfe, but also is a most safe sanctuarie for forreyners and straungers resorting to hir from all places. Therefore great and weightie causes as me thinketh haue mooued me (most honourable and my especiall good Lordes) to dedicate this my labour and traueyle vnto you, wherein according to the grace of God bestowed vppon mee, I haue gone about to open and make plaine that booke, which describeth the fi [...]st countenaunce and looke of that Church that is called the primitiue Church, wyth the proceedings, encrease, and whole estate of the same, a president wher­of, I see you haue followed, with no lesse industrie and diligence, than good and happie successe. Which president if they shall follow which shall suceede you, in gouernement of the common weale, they shall both see howe you haue done nothing rashly, and on a head, and shall also perceyue themselues woonder­fully pricked forwarde, to obserue and keepe with all their power, that fourme and order of a refour­med Church and Religion, that they shall receyue of you. And surely it shall be verie profitable to me­ditate oftentymes, by what meanes and beginnings, our auncestours deuised such an order and fourme both of Church and common weale. For in so doing they shall neyther regarde slaunderers, which maliciously depraue thinges done well and godlily, neyther shall they be turned from the truth for anye stormes of persecution, or threates of the worlde that may aryse. It is also profitable manye tymes to talke of these thinges before the people, which as they are ledde most commonly with things present: so doe they easily forget thinges passed and gone, and verie seldome thinke of things to come. There­fore they allow not the deuises of the Magistrates, but when they see them ioyned eyther with present profite, or cleere of perilles and daunger. For as soone as daunger once appeareth, they finde fault and lacke of wisedome and equitie in those, whose councels they ought faythfullye to set forward and o­bey. But if they did vnderstande, that their rulers had God for the authour and guyder of their drifts and deuises, and that they did whatsoeuer they did, according to their duetie, then surelye they woulde learne more religiously to iudge of their rulers, and more easilye to obey them, and woulde not so so­denly bee mooued and turned at euerye rumour of daunger arysing. Surely this was the thing that I chiefly ment and intended, when I began openly to reade this booke to the flocke of Christ among you, and to publishe and set abroade that which I had openly spoken and declared. For I sawe that the state of this age waxing euery day woorse and woorse, was such, that it was most nedefull continually to per­vse the bookes of holy scripture, and to sette before the people, the examples of the primitiue Church, conteyned in the same, that they shoulde not be deceyued with the gloses of such as vnder a false colour and pretence of antiquitie, burthen vs with newe errours, and accuse those thinges of noueltie, which graue and godly menne haue restored vnto vs, out of the worde of God. Accept therefore, these my labours (mine honourable and good Lordes) with such fauour, as you haue manye yeares borne vnto the truth, and vnto mee, and manye other my fellowes and coparteners, euen from our childehoode. Continue your good will vnto the students of diuinitie: holde on your accustomed humanitie and gen­tlenesse toward the pilgrimes and banished for Christes sake, abide in the mainteyning of your lawes, and correcting of the peoples maners, in enhaunceing vertuous exercises, and in bridling wickednesse with iustice. In many places the horrible contempt of God reigneth. Diuers doe wickedly reiect the wholesome benefite of Gods worde, and the knowledge of Christ. Charitie in most men waxeth chill, and fayth fayleth euerie day by little and little. Iniquitie aboundeth, and newe croppes of naughti­nesse dayly encrease. God therefore being angrie▪ threatneth vs with punishment, and feareth the world with woonders, monsters, and horrible vprores of kingdomes. And yet will he neuer fayle them which abyde and continue in promoting his glorie, defende the Church of his Christe, and according to the measure of their vocation, perseuere in doing their duetie. He shall blesse your labours, and go­uerne your councels by his spirite: he shall blesse all your people, so that they shall of their owne accorde, obey your wholesome lawes, and moste happilye enioye the gladsome benefite of euangelicall peace. He shall blesse your whole Church, so that it shall go forwarde euerie day more and more in the doctrine of godlinesse. To him who is the onely Lorde of Lordes, the immortall and euer­lasting God, be blessing, honour, power, and glorie for euer. Amen. Giuen at Zurich, in your famous and chiefe Citie of Heluetia: the first daye of August, in the yeare of oure Lorde. 1557.

❧Ioannes Parkhurstus Anglus Episcopus Nordouicensis.

Multa relucenti debent haec tempora Lucae,
Et debet Lucas multa Rodolphe tibi.
Lux Lucae luxit totum diffusa per orbem,
Lux Lucae lucet nunc magè luce tua.
Ergo tibi Lucae tantum qui luminis adfers,
Christus cum Luca, lucida regna dabit.
Eiusdem aliud ad Lectorem.
Quae [...] fuerint Apostolorum
Qui ritus veteres apud (que) Patres,
Et quot: discere Lector, est ne cordi?
Huc adsis, auido legantur ore
Haec quae scripta vides pererudita,
Sacris eruta scripta quae (que) libris,
Aut è Patribus eruta Orthodoxis.
Quae multo peperit tibi labore
Gualtherus, pietate clarus at (que)
Doctrina, patriae decus, suae (que)
Praefulgens, celebres habendus inter
Scriptores: potes id negare Liuor?
Laudes quid memorare pergo, plures?
Vino vendibili haud opus virente
Est suspensa hedera: Liber loquatur.

¶ A Table of the chiefe wordes and things ex­pounded in these Homelies and Annotations.

A

A ante A.
AAron and hys chyldren cho­sen to be ministers.
Pag. 67.
A ante B.
Abelles fayth what it was.
Pag. 853.
Abnegation or denying of our selfe is the beginning of Christianitie.
Pag. 367.
Abraham is an example of the obedi­ence of fayth.
295.
Abraham pleased God wythout the ceremonialles.
293.
Abraham is in manye daungers af­ter he came into the lande of pro­myse.
297.
Abrahams faythe is stedfast, al­thoughe hee bee tryed dyuers wayes.
ibidem.
Abrahams singuler faythe is sette forth.
ibidem.
Abraham what GOD dyd with him after hee came into the lande of promise.
ibidem.
Abrahams faythe in all aduersities is vpholden by Gods promyse onely.
ibidem.
A ante C.
Actes of the Apostles instructe all states and degrees of men wyth examples.
Pag. 4.
Actes of the Apostles commende the truth and Maiestie of the prophe­ticall Oracles of vtility, necessitie, dignitie, and Maiestie.
2
Actes wherewith it begynneth the hystorie.
1.
A ante D.
Adam was a christian.
852.
Adams sinne depryued vs of lyfe.
Pag. 119.
Admiration of Gods workes is ne­cessary.
157
Admonitions out of Gods words are needefull daily.
583.
Aduersaries to Gods doctrine, who were in tymes passed.
4.
Whereof wee shoulde take comfort in aduersitie.
807
How we should vse the promises of God in aduersitie.
809.
Wee must confirme our fayth in ad­uersitie.
ibidem.
A ante E.
The deliuery out of Egypt, was a figure of oure saluation in Christ.
Pag. 298.314.
Aeneas sicke of the palsey is healed.
Pag. 418.
Acquitie in an Heathen Captayne.
Psal. 797.
The Aethiopian is conuerted.
376.
The Aethiopian is described.
377.
The Aethiopian teacheth vs that sal­uation, and all thing thervnto be­longing, commeth of the meere grace of God.
389.
The Aethiopians are vnder y e king­dome of God, according to the Oracles of the Prophetes.
376.
A ante F.
Afflictions remayne for them that ioyne them to the church.
325.
Afflictions what good they doe vn­to the godly.
101.
Afflictions ought to be an argument of ioy and comfort.
271.
Afflictions are ouercome wyth con­staunt fayth.
328
Affliction and aduersitie are not al­wayes tokens that God is an­grie.
ibidem.
Afflictions of the godly and wicked are not all of one sort.
102.
Which waye afflictions maye bee a­uoyded.
ibidem.
God seeth the afflictions of hys peo­ple.
328.
What the ende of Gods afflictions is.
151.
The causes of afflictions.
269.
The godlye haue warning of their afflictions.
744.
The afflictions of the godlye must offend no man as straunge.
263.
The afflicted, God assisteth.
308.
Wee must doe good to the afflicted.
Pag. 809.
A ante G.
Agabus telleth Paule he shoulde bee put in bandes.
766.
Agrippa and Bernice.
840.
Agrippa is skilfull in the Iewes affayres.
847.
Agrippa is a figure of such as in this worlde choake the seede of Gods worde with cares.
867.
A ante L.
Alexandria Schoole.
697.
Almesse is a woorke of mercy.
427.
What this worde almesse conteyneth in it.
419.
A ante M.
Ambition is a pernitious thinge.
Pag. 24.
Ambition in the Church, is moste pes [...]ilent.
370. and. 371.
Ambrose his constancie.
358.
A ante N.
Anabaptistes.
463.
Anabaptistes confuted, which thinke it vnlawfull to come in our Chur­ches or companie.
241.
Anabaptists are lyke to the Essenes.
Pag. 803.
Anabaptists keepe a perillous coyle, whyle they racke things belonging to straungers, and those of full age vnto christians children, keeping them from baptisme.
385.
Anabaptistes are barbarous peo­ple, despysing the knowledge of tongues, in a Mynister of the Church.
83.
The Anabaptists confuse and sediti­ous, comminiti [...] of goodes is im­proued and confuted.
147.
Anabaptistes dote in going about to condemne the baptisme of infants.
Pag. 367.
The Anabaptistes errour, which say it is not meete that a Christian should possesse anye thing of hys owne.
143.
The Anabaptists errour in the disor­dred cōmunity of their goods.
225.
The Anabaptistes disorder saying it is vnmeete for a christian to were a weapon.
432.
Anabaptistes are reprooued of obsti­nacie for that they wil yeelde no ac­count of their fayth before the ma­gistrates.
829.
The Anabaptistes temeritie forsa­king such Churches as seeme to haue any imperfection in them.
275
The Anabaptistes madnesse will not suffer the chyldren of the christians to bee receyued into the Church.
Pag. 185. and 135.
Ananias and Sapphira tempted the spirite of the Lorde.
236.
Ananias and Sapphiras consent in sinne, deserued to be punished.
237.
Ananias is a figure of such as robbe God of his honor.
230.
Ananias is a figure of false Christi­ans.
229.
Ananias lyed vnto the holye ghost.
Pag. 221.
Ananias is kylled by the worde of of Gods iudgement pronounced.
Pag. 233.
Howe great the sinne of Ananias was.
229.
What the holye ghost iudgeth of A­nanias sinne.
230.
Ananias punishment.
232.
Ananias is called to ordeyne Paule an Apostle.
399.
Ananias fearefully findeth delayes a­gaynst the expresse commaunde­ment of God.
401.
Ananias is encouraged of God.
ibidē.
Ananias calleth Paule brother.
405
Ananias layeth hys handes vppon Saule.
ibidem.
Ananias commended of Paule for hys godlynesse.
399.
Ananias obedience.
404.
Ananias boldenesse.
405.
Ananias discription.
788.
Ananias oration vnto Paule.
789.
Ananias called paynted walle of Paule.
800.
An Aungell of GOD is sent vnto Paule.
878.
Aungell of God calleth Moses.
325.
Aungels Ministery.
494. and 495
Angels are seruauntes and keepers of the elect.
246.
Aungels appearings.
38.
Aungels haue holpen men in visible wise.
36.
[Page]Aungels Ministery is an argument of Gods goodnesse.
428.
Aungels ministerie how [...] excellent it is.
376.
Antichrist sitteth in the Church of God.
282.
Antichristes spirite is in them that preache not Christ.
403.
Antioche Church referre their con­trouersie to the Apostles.
588.
Antioch Church commended.
508.
Antichristian Prelates pride.
256.
A ante P.
Apparitions of spirits or soules.
541.
Apostleship whence it hath authori­tie.
71.
The Apostles doctrine must bee re­ferred to the holy ghost.
20.
The Apostles storie must be ioyned with the Gospell, and for what cause.
9.
Apostles are ordeyned of God.
58.
The Apostles doctrine must bee be­leeued, bycause it is inspired of God.
9.
The dignitie and authoritie of the Apostles doctrine.
8.
The summe of the Apostles doc­trine.
407.
Who must be appoynted to the office of an Apostle.
63.
The profite that commeth of the or­dinaunce and calling of the Apo­stles.
58.
The profite of studying the Apo­stles.
711.
The Apostles receyue commaunde­mentes of Christ.
9.
The Apostles after they had recey­ued the holye ghost, spake wyth straunge and diuers languages.
82
The Apostles are accused of sedition and seducing of the people.
633.
The Apostles after their afflictions returne with more boldnesse to do their office.
579.
The Apostles had their authoritie of hym that sent them.
71
Apostles whypped and cast in pry­son.
634.
The Apostles after their whypping prayse God, and praye vnto hym.
Pag. 636.
How the Apostles were chosen.
66
The Apostles are Christes witnes­ses, and what the duetie of an A­postle is.
30.
The Apostles preach to the people of Cyprus.
200.
The Apostles refuse to obeye the counselles decree, and for what cause.
209. and 210.
The Apostles dyd all thing by the guyding and authoritie of the spy­rite.
620.
The Apostles are sette at libertie for feare of the people.
212.
The Apostles are the Preachers of Gods truth.
78.
The Apostles teache in the Sina­goge at Iconium.
560.
The Apostles commende the Chur­ches vnto the Lorde.
585.
The Apostles preach the gospel con­stantly.
251.
The Apostles beyng delyuered out of prison, are commaunded to ex­ecute their office.
246.
The Apostles exhort vs to perseue­raunce.
581.
The Apostles boldely wythstande the Iewes attempts.
550.
The Apostles flye from Iconium, and preach in an other place.
563.
The Apostles reioyce in slaunders and reproches, and why.
270.
The Apostles by their gestures re­pell godly worship.
570.
The Apostles retourne to Ierusa­lem.
42.
The Apostles what they doe beyng gathered togyther at Ierusalem.
Pag. 47.
The Apostles excommunicate incu­rable persons.
551.
The Apostles preache in the houses of the faythfull.
272.
The Apostles are called afore the Counsell.
197.
The Apostles purge them selfe of disobedience, new doctrine and se­dition.
258.
The Apostles go into Pisidia.
519.
The Apostles continue in prayers at Ierusalem, and in vnanimitie and perseueraunce.
47.
The Apostles remayne at Ierusa­lem.
357.
The Apostles did leade about no o­ther mennes wyues.
45.
The Apostles did thrust nothing in­to the church of their owne autho­ritie.
569.
The Apostles obey the angell.
248.
The Apostles perceyuing a grutch to aryse in the Primitiue Church, consult for a redresse in tyme.
276.
The Apostles acknowledge them­selues to be but felowes.
90.
The Apostles preach the Gospell at Perga.
585.
The Apostles haue taught vs fullye all thinges needefull to our salua­tion.
743.
The Apostles depart from Philippi.
Pag. 645.
The Apostles preache the worde of God.
512.
The Apostles are not to bee inuoca­ted bicause of the myracles they wrought.
892.
The Apostles are put in the com­mon Iayle.
244.
What the Apostles were before they receyued the holy ghost, and what after.
89. and 90.
What maner of God the Apostles preached.
163.
What the Apostles did at Pisidia of Antioch.
519.
The Apostles returne to the Cities from whence they were dryuen.
Pag. 580.
The Apostles referre all matters to the church.
214.
The Apostles are brought backe a­gaine to the councell.
252.
Why Christ chose rude and vnlear­ned men to be his Apostles.
204.
The Apostles boldly withstand the seditious.
564.
The Apostles giue the holye ghost vnto the Samaritanes.
368.
The Apostles appoynt Elders in euery church.
583.
The Apostles are Christes sworne witnesses, and whereof they must beare witnesse.
786.63.123.
The Apostles beare wytnesse of Christ in Samaria, and preach the worde of God in all townes and villages.
375.
The Apostles are despised persons of none account.
44.
The Apostles are beaten with rods.
Pag. 267.
The Apostles ascribe all thinges to God as to the author of them.
9.
The Apostles deedes after Christs ascention.
42.
The Apostles actes were done by the holy ghost.
9.
The Apostles equalitie.
64.
The Apostles authoritie in the church was equall.
70.
The Apostles communitie.
143.
The Apostles constancie.
209.257. and. 262.553.
The Apostles boldenesse in defen­ding the truth.
257.262.
The Apostles grosse question touch­ing the kingdome of Christ, the cause of their errour, and howe manifolde it was.
24.25.
The Apostles state when the holye ghost was sent.
76.
The Apostles saying, concerning the appointing of deacons.
277.
The Apostles doctrine was no new doctrine.
538.
The Apostles office and doctrine is the benefite of God.
9
The Apostles doctrine howe it was accepted of the worlde.
190.
The Apostles and Ministers due­tie.
64.
The Apostles fayth and trustynesse.
Pag. 124.
The Apostles enimies and authors of their persecution.
191.
The Apostles contynuance in prea­ching.
272.
The Apostles industrie and mo­destie.
368.758.
The Apostles render a reason whye they are sent.
 
The Apostles Sermons.
730.
The Apostles slippes and falles, is no derogation to their doctrine.
Pag. 55.
What the Apostles miracles were.
Pag. 891.892.
The Apostles modestie.
758.
The Apostles names, and why they are so often cyted.
44.
The duetie of the Apostles inioy­ned of God.
30.64.417.790.
Why the Apostles iourneys are so [...] described.
759.
The Apostles set wholy at lybertie.
Pag. 642.
The Apostles first woorke done in the Ministerie.
49.
[Page]The Apostles common exercyses.
Pag. 239.
The Apostles state while they prea­ched the gospell on earth.
4.
The Apostles testimonie, touching Christ and his resurrection.
537.
The Apostles wyues.
45.
The Apostles threatened w t death.
Pag. 262.
The Apostles are not suffered to to preache, before they bee well in­structed.
80.
A ante Q.
Aquilas is Paules hoste.
678.
A ante R.
Aristarchus.
870.
The argumentes vsed agaynst the faythfull of Christ.
772.
The armour wherewith Ministers must defende themselues agaynst the worlde.
211.
The armour wherewyth Christes kingdome is inlarged.
618.
A ante S.
Ascention of Christ maketh not care­lesse of saluation.
39.
Ascention of Christ is a comforta­ble thing.
36.
Ascention of Christ is the ende of the gospell.
7.
Ascention of Christ is no dispartion or vanishing away.
36.
What ascention is.
33.
Who ascended.
34.
Whether Christ ascended.
35.
The hystorie of Christs ascentiō.
33.
The storie of the ascention is briefe and playne, and why.
ibidem.
Circumstaunces of Christs ascentiō into heauen.
ibidem.
The ende of Christs ascention.
ibidē.
Christes ascention confirmeth hys victorie agaynst Sathan.
37.
The maner and causes of Chrystes ascention.
36.
What thynges followed after Chri­stes ascention.
42.43.
Christ opened to vs the gates of heauen by hys ascention.
ibidem.
Christ is prooued to be the Messias by his ascention.
123.
Astrologie iudiciall, and the abuse thereof.
28.
Astrologers and Soothsayers of all sortes.
28.29.
Assemblies at morning and euening.
Pag. 498.
Assemblies ecclesiasticall, why they were ordeyned.
145.146.
Assemblies of the faythfull
ibidem.
Assemblies ecclesiasticall, why they are necessary.
241.
The order of assemblies ecclesiasti­call.
529.
Wicked persons many tymes get in­to the assemblies of the godly.
282.
A ante T.
Athens praysed.
658.659.
Athenienses superscription.
[...]65.
Athenodorus counsell gyue [...] to [...] ­gustus.
[...]64.
A ante V.
Authors of the Apostles persecuti­on.
191.
Authors of sedition are the wicked, not the faythfull.
562.
Authoritie of man of what auayle it is in matters of religion.
666.
How true authoritie may be gotten.
Pag. 148.149.
Mannes authoritie gyueth no com­mendation vnto Scripture.
2.

B.

B ante A.
BAckstarters, y e authors of schisme and diuision.
589.
Backstarters not to be taken to soone into the ministerie.
519.
Backstarters shall be alwaye in the worlde.
ibidem.
Banishment is cause of ryfling of goodes and pouertie.
557.
Banished for their religion, must be comforted.
ibid. and 891.
Baptisme delyuered to vs by the A­postles, as Christ did institute it.
3
Baptisme or the fyre of Christ.
707
Baptisme an outwarde bonde of the church.
366.
Baptisme of Iohn distinguished from Christs baptisme, according to the signe & thing that is signed.
Pag. 22.
[...]aptisme of Iohn.
707.
Baptisme of Iohn and of Christ, both one.
22.
Baptisme is called the absolution, or assoyling from sinnes.
791.
Baptisme what it sealeth.
366.367.
Baptisme howe it washeth vs from sinnes.
132.133.
Howe baptisme is called the Foun­tayne of regeneration.
305.
Baptisme a seale of the promise of forgiuenesse of sinnes, in the name of Iesus christ.
23.
Baptisme is a signe of the purgati­on made by the bloude of Iesus Christ.
133.
The reason and dignitie of baptisme.
Pag. 791.
Baptisme, muste not bee neglected.
Pag. 640.
In baptisme what water ought to be vsed.
387.
To be baptised in the name of Christ.
Pag. 132.
To be baptised into the forgiuenesse of sinnes.
133.
Barnabas commendeth Paule.
412.
What maner of manne Barnabas was.
467.
Barnabas called Iupiter by y e peo­ple of Lystra.
567.
What Barsabas signifyeth.
72.
B ante E.
Beggers properties of our age.
152.
Beggers must not be suffred among the people of God.
152.
To begyn well profiteth not, with­out contynuing to the ende.
549.
Begynning of Paules sermon.
524.
Benefites of Christ towarde the in­habiters of Ierusalem.
50.
Benefites of God are then profyta­bly receyued, when men acknow­ledge GOD to bee the author of them.
155.
The remembraunce of benefites re­ceyued soone dyeth with Princes.
Pag. 315.
Berrhea lyghtened wyth the gospel.
Pag. 655.
The church at Berrhea disturbed.
Pag. 656.
B ante L.
Blasphemie is a deniall of the faith.
Pag. 856.
Blasphemous and filthy talkers are ledde with the euill spirite.
85.
Who are sayde to be blessed and hap­pye.
763.
Blessedfulnesse is to bee iudged of holynesse of place.
313.
True blessednesse discrybed.
119.120.
True blessedfulnesse is to bee most like vnto God.
757.
It is more blessed to gyue then to take.
ibidem.
To blesse is to bid farewell.
35.
The heyres of blesse.
187.
The maner of Christs blessing.
188.
Christ is the Mediator of blesse.
47.
Blessing what it comprehendeth in it.
ibidem.
B ante O.
The true marke of those that are borne againe.
138.
Bookes of the Byble belong to all men.
326.
B ante R.
The vtilitie of well bringing vp of chyldren.
615.
Breaking of breade.
140.734.
Brethren & kinsfolke of Christ.
48.
Brethren at Rome their kindenesse.
Pag. 894.
B ante V.
Burials must be reuerently vsed by christians.
359.
Burthens and yokes are all those things that are taught beside fayth in Christ.
608.
B ante Y.
Byshops could alwayes abyde to be reprehended of other Byshoppes.
Pag. 468.
Byshops of Rome make money of religion.
719.
Byshops accuse Paule.
818.
Byshops of Rome may erre.
198.
Byshops counselles what they are.
Pag. 240.
Byshops of Romes craft and tyra­nye in persecuting the truth.
191.
Byshoppe of Rome hys incurable impietie.
350.
Byshops which ought most to sette foorth Christes doctrine, greatest enimies thereof.
191.

C.

C ante A.
CAlamities of men directed to an ende by God.
 
Captiuity of Babilon.
343.
Care of God for vs.
832.
God careth most for his people, whē they are most destitute of mannes helpe.
349.
[Page]Carnall men what they seeke for in Christ.
26.
Causes of the calamities of thys worlde.
101.
Cause of all calamitie is the not be­leeuing, and gainesaying of the Gospell.
31.
Causes of calamitie are as well in the godly, as the vngodly.
101.
Causes of strife and contention.
550
Cause of saluation is fayth.
168.
Causes of the euilles of these latter dayes.
ibidem.
Causes whye Saule was cast of.
Pag. 528.
Causes of afflictions are to bee dili­gently considered.
269.
C ante E.
Centurion is Paules friend.
871.
Centurion gentlye obeyeth Paule.
Pag. 810.
Centurion and his souldiours fayth.
Pag. 882.
Ceremonies that y e Apostles taught are certaine.
3.
Ceremonies of the lawe are aboly­shed.
76.
Ceremonies in religion, howe farre they are lawfull.
349.
Ceremonies of the olde lawe, to what ende and vse they were.
292.
Certainetie and antiquitie of christi­an fayth.
175.
C ante H.
Chanaan lande a figure of our salua­tion, and of heauen.
294.
Charitie of the Apostles towarde their enimies.
561.
Charitie must be vsed, euen towarde the vnthankfull.
355.
Charitie is the cognizaunce of Chri­stes children.
77.
Charitie hath hir markes and to­kens.
ibidem.
Charitie and wisedomes examples.
Pag. 758.
What the nature of charitie is.
896.
Charitie is not suspitio [...]s.
769.
The propertie of charitie.
756.
Charitie in Steuen.
351.
The effect of Gods chastisement de­clared in Paule.
395.
The chastisement of God requyreth repentaunce.
ibidem.
The duetie of those whome God chastiseth.
491.
Chiliastes errour touching the dwel­ling on earth.
98.
Goddes children acknowledge hys iudgements, and amend by others examples.
 
Who be the children of God.
94.
Howe the children of GOD are knowne.
181.
The children of Iacob grieuouslye offende.
308.
Choyse of meates.
434. and .435.
Christian libertie must bee maintey­ned.
607.
Christian fayth doth not derogate from humanitie and ciuilitie.
293.
The beginning of the christian faith.
Pag. 202.
Christians nowe denie and betraye Christ as the Iewes did.
166.
Christian people may sometime saue themselues by flying.
411.
Who ought to bee called Christians.
Pag. 141.
Howe christians be ydolaters.
343.
Christes enimies.
100.
The begynning and vse of a christi­an name.
490.
Christians what they owe to theyr brethren, being in daunger for the testimonie of Christ.
491.
Christians must talke of the king­dome of God.
15.
Christians must increase, & go for­warde in fayth.
476.
What the markes and weapons of christians are.
227.
The duetie of christians.
879.793. and 761.
The sacrifices of christians.
ibidem.
Christians maye vse the lawe for their safegarde and succour.
838.
Christians maye possesse thynges of their owne.
143.
Christians maye seeke ayde of Ma­gistrates.
812.
Christians which waye they maye get themselues fauour and autho­ritie.
241.
Christians must boldely defend their cause.
500.
Christ is reiected of the buylders.
Pag. 202.
What Christs last comming teacheth vs.
41.
Why Christes second comming is so long differred.
175.
Howe Christ is the aungell of the great counsell.
326.
Christ instructed hys Apostles with commaundementes, before he left the earth.
8.
Christ is taken hold of by faith.
544
Christ is the head of apostolike doc­trine.
679.
Christ comforteth hys Apostles, be­ing in errour of an earthly king­dome.
30.
Christ descrybed of the Prophetes to be honourable.
2.
Christ called a Mountayne of the Prophets.
ibidem.
Christ is the Sauiour of all Nati­ons.
32.
Christ being preached, the kingdome of God is preached.
119.915.
Christ by his diuine power and o­peration is euery where.
40.
Christ is very God.
106.448.
Christ is the Lorde.
127.
Christ is the name of God, and the Image of hys father.
9
Christ is a priest.
127.
Christ is a man.
106.
Christ is a man approoued of God.
Pag. 107.
Christ is lyfe, and they that beleeue in hym haue lyfe.
12.
Christ is the lyfe and the resurrecti­on.
119.
Christ is an vniuersall sauiour.
127.
Christ dyed according to Gods ap­pointment.
109
Christ was a very man of the stock of the Iewes.
178.448.
Christ tooke hys humane nature in­to heauen.
35.
Christ appertayneth to the Iewes.
Pag. 184.
Christ is ascended into Heauen, the place of the blessed.
35.
Christ is ascended into that place, whyther our bodyes must also as­cende.
ibidem.
Christ gyueth light to his people in the myddle of darknesse.
494.
Christ was crucyfied, being inno­cent.
535.
Christ shall iudge the quick and the deade.
457.
Christ resembled to Moses.
179.
Christ seeth and careth for his sheepe on earth.
8.
Christ is the peacemaker betweene God and man.
448.
Christ the Prince and chiefe of all Prophets.
333.
Christ is y e Phisition for sinnes.
130.
Christ ouercame by death.
381.
Christ preached by Moses and the Prophets.
177.
Christ is the Prince or chiefe of the Prophets.
333.
Christ is a Prophet.
178.
How Christ must be acknowledged and confessed.
649.
How Christ must be preached.
ibidē.
How Christ perfourmed the office of a priest.
6
How Christ is a stumbling block to the Iewes, and foolishnesse to the Gentyles.
663.
Christ ruleth in the myddle of hys enimyes.
242.
Christ is declared a king by God his father.
2.
Christ is a king and a priest.
37.452
Howe Chryst fulfylled the office of a king.
6.
Christ is a victorious king.
126
Christ aduaunceth vs to saluation.
Pag. 576.
Christ is not euerye where in bodye
Pag. 34.35.
Christ ought to dye but once.
540.
If Christ bee still on earth, in hys body, then his Godhead is absent.
Pag. 39.
Christ was solemnly-declared to bee our teacher.
58.
Christ onely is to bee heard in the Church.
19.
Christ is the hope of Israel.
897.
Christ our high Priest is entered in­to the true sanctuary.
37.
Christ is set ouer Sion, that is ouer the Church of God.
11.
Christ ascended aboue the heauens, how it is to be vnderstanded.
35.
Christ verie God and man ascended, how it is to be vnderstanded.
34.
Christ being verye God, receyueth the holye ghost in hys humanitie.
Pag. 124.
Christ very God and man.
106.
Christ being a conquerour appeareth [Page] for vs in heauen.
37.
Christ the author of lyfe and salua­tion.
851.
Christ is called iust or righteous.
Pag. 794.
Christ is the annoynted of God.
127
Christes last act wyth his disciples.
Pag. 34.
Christes descention into hell.
117.
Christes comming visible and inuisi­ble after what sort.
41.
Christes soule in hell, was subiect to no torments.
118.
The knowledge of Christ is neces­sarie to saluation.
542.
The knowledge of Christ is reuea­led by God onely.
791.
Christes talke wyth Paule.
793.
Christes studye and care for hys church.
8.
Christes diuinitie ascendeth not.
Pag. 34.35.
Christes doctrine howe it ought to be considered.
3.
Christes departure from the earth.
Pag. 33.
Christ and Moses compared togy­ther.
179.
Howe wee bee made partakers of Christ and saluation.
458.
Christes ensamples is set before vs to follow.
113.
Christes trustinesse and loyaltie to­wardes God.
ibidem.
Christes fayth in hys promyse to­warde hys Apostles.
2.
Christes flying and auoyding.
324.
Christ what he did after his resur­rection.
10.
Christs enymies in stryuing against God, fulfill hys deuise.
218.
Christs enimies counselles must not be consented to.
579.
Christes manhoode is taken into e­ternall ioy and glory.
119
Christ Iesus his power.
367.
The true knowledge of Iesus Christ.
105.
Christes merite can not bee vanquy­shed by any sinne of man.
130.
Christes whole seruice consisteth in workes and teaching.
6.
Christs ministerie descrybed in fewe wordes.
259.
The abusers of Christes name for vauntage shall be punished.
710.
The indaungered for Christes name must not be forsaken.
826.
Under the name of Christ, y e whole gospell is conteyned.
361.
Christes obedience.
113.
Christes office.
188.
Christes workes and miracles what they were.
6.105.
Christes death and passion.
108.
Christes power in bringing downe hys enimyes.
785.
Christs promises are inuiolable.
4.
Christes kingdome is not of thys worlde.
[...]8.
Christes kyngdome belongeth as well to all Nations, as to the Is­raelites.
25.
What wee ought to seeke for in the kingdome of Christ.
94.
Christes aunswere to the curyous question of hys Disciples, touch­ing the carnall kingdome which they imagined.
27.28.
Christ by his resurrection is proo­ued to be God.
673.
Christs sacrifice p [...]rgeth our sinnes.
Pag. 455.
Christes spirite is the interpreteur of the lawe.
76.
Christes spirite what it worketh in men.
155.
Christes feruent desire of mens sal­uation.
397.
Christes power is inuincible.
350. and .351.
Christes visible comming serueth for our comfort and instruction.
ibidē.
Christes last company wyth hys A­postles, why it is so diligently des­crybed.
16.
They that followe Christs bydding forsake the sea of Rome.
784.785
To Christ we owe fayth and obedi­ence.
180.
Christ fulfilleth whatsoeuer the pro­phets foreshewed of hym.
123.
Christ and the deuill haue no fellow­ship togyther.
316.317.
Church meetings.
733.
The Church of God is the house of God.
68.
In the church is sure fellowship and saluation.
413.
Who are receyued into the church of Christ.
155.156.
Euery man must not bee suffred to speake in the church.
 
C ante I.
Circumcision teacheth vs that the begynning of our generation is corrupt.
545.
Circumcision doth not iustifie.
303.
Circumcision was vnprofitable to the Iewes, and why.
341.
Circumcision spirituall what it is.
Pag. 349.
Circumcision a signe or couenant of the Testament.
304.
The confidence in circumcision bea­ten downe by Steuen.
303.349.
Cities of Iurie, their vnhappye e­state.
18.
Ciuill or lawfull defence permytted to christians.
896.
C ante O.
Comfort must be vsed towarde the afflicted.
812.
The commendation of Paule and Barnabas.
607.
Companying with the wicked must be auoyded.
398.
What company is hurtfull to christi­ans.
406.
Godlye companye is the delyght of true christian people.
ibidem.
They that seke but their owne cōmo­ditie, of what spirite they are.
751.
The Communitie of the Apostles.
Pag. 143.
Communitie or liberalitie.
139.
Communities cause efficient is the loue of God.
146.
Example of christian Communitie.
Pag. 143.
The fountayne and order of Com­munitie.
224.225.
Communitie of goodes whether it be necessary.
143.144.
The true trade of communitie.
ibidē.
What communitie of goodes was in the begynning of Christes reli­gion.
226.
Communion of the Lordes supper how profitable it is.
140.
Commaundements of God fulfilled what a blessing it purchaseth.
 
Commaundementes of God trans­gressed, procureth infelicitie.
 
Conclusion of Paules sermon.
83 [...].
Concorde of mindes.
49.
Concord and vnanimitie is to be had in the church.
223.
What concorde is acceptable before God.
78.
Concorde and vnitie of mindes most necessary in setting forth the king­dome of God.
369.
No condition or degree of men neg­lected with God.
624.
Confession of the Aethiopian.
386.
Confession of Christ and fayth must go togyther.
85.86.240.
Confession of the faith in Christ.
133.
Confession of the fayth most besee­meth ministers.
824.825.
Confession of the fayth is no indiffe­rent thing.
86.
To confesse Christ boldely is an ef­fect of the holy ghost.
85.
When confession of fayth is requi­site.
829.830.
To confesse Christ is a gloryous thing.
765.
Confession of a true fayth in Ste­uen.
3 [...]2.
Confidence taketh holde euen of the godly.
101.
Confidence hypocriticall.
232.233.
The maners of those that are confi­dent.
881.
The disciples mindes confirmed by the Apostles.
580.581.
The confirmation of the Apostles oration, made to the people of Li­stra.
571.
Congregations howe they maye be edified.
 
Coniunction of mindes is the foun­tayne of liberalitie.
143.
Conscience in matters of religion, must be chiefely regarded.
801.
Cōsciences of men must not be snar­led.
612.
Conscience pricketh and molesteth euen the wicked.
251.
The terrours of conscience.
129.
The consent of the wicked endureth not long.
805.
Consenting vnto sinne deserueth pu­nishment.
236.
Consent of the Synode at Ierusa­lem.
604.
The consolation of Christs last com­ming.
41.
Arguments of consolation.
684.
Example of godly consolation.
ibidē.
[Page]The power of Gods consolation ap­peareth in afflictions.
636.
The effect of the consolation of the holy spirite.
416.
God confyrmeth hys consolation by deedes.
808.
Consolation in aduersitie, whence it must be set.
809.
Consolation wherewyth GOD strengthneth hys people.
113.
The maner of Gods consolations.
Pag. 807.
Constancie.
740.
Constancie and boldenesse in Paule.
Pag. 689.
An example of christian constancie and boldenesse.
792.21.22.
The heynous offence of the counsell of Constaunce agaynst the holye Martyr Iohn Husse.
245.
The contempt of the ministers pro­ceedeth of the contempt of Gods worde.
336.
Contempt of Gods word, is the be­gynning of all vngodlynesse.
ibidē.
Contentions of the Iewes with the Apostles.
550.
Contention about iustification be­fore the Apostles.
594.
Conuersion of Paule, whye it is so dyligently descrybed.
399.
The hystorie of Paules conuersion.
Pag. 857.
Conuersion what effect it bringeth.
Pag. 625.
Conuersion hath hir begynning of God.
786.
Conuersion cōsisteth in three points.
Pag. 625.
The maner of true conuersion.
787.
An example of true conuersion.
Pag. 375.
The duetyes of those that are con­uerted.
787.
Corinthe what manner of Citie it was.
677.
Cornelius compared with the soul­diours of our dayes.
427.
Cornelius obedience.
431.
Cornelius calling.
428.
Corne throwne into the Sea.
885.
Corporall absence of Christ hinde­reth not the faythfull.
124.
Corporall presence of Christ is none vpon the earth.
38.
Corporall presence of Christ, wrong­fullye maynteyned in the supper, confuted by arguments.
38.
No corporall presence of Christ vp­pon earth after his ascention.
ibidē.
No neede of Christes corporall pre­sence vpon earth.
8.
They that defende the corporall pre­sence of Christ in the supper, denie the veritie of his body.
11.
Correction in religion is necessarye.
 
Corruption of our nature.
531.
Man is subiect to corruption.
541.
Corpses why they were washed in tymes passed.
 
Counsell of the Priestes & Scribes.
Pag. 794.
An example of an antichristian coun­sell.
796.
The counsels decree agaynst the A­postles.
206.
Counsell gathered in the holy ghost.
Pag. 598.
A Paterne and fourme of a lawfull counsell.
250.
Counselles of the Pope descrybed.
Pag. 196.
Counsell called to wythstande the Apostles.
249.
The question asked in the Priestes counsell.
198.
What the Popes counsels are.
794.
Ministers must not bee commytted to antichristian counsels.
778.779
How Papistes deale with the fayth­full in their counsels.
598.
Counsell howe to make an vnitie betweene the Iewes and Gen­tiles.
601.
Counsell of the elders discussed.
771.
The ende of mannes counsell is not happie.
771.772.
The counselles of God are daunge­rous to search.
555.
The counselles of God can not bee hindered by mannes deuise.
251.
The counsels of men agaynst Christ are but vayne.
204.
The counsell of the souldyours to kyll the prysoners.
886.
Couetousnesse pulleth the mynde from God.
631.
Couetousnesse commonlye maketh men the enimies of truth.
631.
Couetousnesse in Ministers is to be condempned.
756.
Paule disswadeth from couetous­nesse by his owne example.
ibidem.
Couetousnesse in the Church, is a great euill.
804.
Couetousnesse howe hurtefull it is.
Pag. 631.632.
Howe couetousnesse robbeth God of his honor.
370.
Cowardly feare.
25.
C ante R.
Craft and subtiltie in Steuens accu­sers.
289.291.
Craft of the enimies of truth.
 
Craft of Sathan.
588.
Creple or lame man heareth the gos­ple and beleeueth.
565.
Creple from his mothers wombe healed through the power of God.
Pag. 151.
Creple miraculously healed.
566.
Creples state most miserable.
565.
Crosse must Christians beare after Christes example.
206.
The crosse and slaunderous death is no token of Gods wrath.
490.
The crosse is not one of the least notes of Christs church.
415.
The crosses standarde is the try­umph of the faythfull.
253.254.
The crosse must not offend vs.
647.
C ante V.
Curious and vnprofitable questi­ons.
27.28.
Curiositie a great euill.
27.
Custome of GOD in punishing of sinners.
59.
Custome must gyue place to y word of God.
442.

D.

D ante A.
DAmascus delyuereth Paule out of daunger.
411.
Day of refreshing.
174.
Day of restitution.
175.
What is the great day of the Lorde.
Pag. 97.
Dauyd prophecied of Christ, bicause he was a Prophet.
121.
Dauid reported to haue fulfilled all the wyll of God in what sence.
Pag. 529.
Dauids authoritie among y e Iewes.
Pag. 121.
Dauids prophecie touching Christs ascention declared.
125.
Dauids prophecie touching Christs resurrection declared.
123.
Dauids prophecie concerning christ.
Pag. 122.
Dauid praysed.
529.
Dauids sinnes reprooued by the worde of God.
129.
Dauids persecutions are figures of Christes persecutions.
59.
D ante E.
In what state the dead are.
541.
Deacons openly elected.
66.
Deacons of the Church dyd some­time Minister.
286.
Deacons who ought to bee, & what maner of men.
278.
Deacons vppon what occasion they were ordeyned.
274.
Deacons howe they were chosen at the begynning.
66.67. &c.
Deacons of the church.
280.
Deacons instituted in the Primitiue churches, haue three commodities.
Pag. 283.
Death is not the destruction of the fleshe and body.
116.117.
Death of Christ was voluntarie.
Pag. 380.
Death is a rest or quiet.
117.
Death hath no power vpō the soule.
Pag. 116.
Death is an enterance into the king­dome of heauen.
355.356.
Death is a ioyfull thyng.
116.
Decins after he had shed the bloude of the Martyrs, dyed in a barba­rous Country, with hys Sonne, where his body could not be found to be buried.
301.
Decree of the Synode apostolike declared.
608.
Decree renewed for the not preach­ing of Christ.
ibidem.
Deceyuers vse to chalenge godlye honor.
570.571.
Degrees of dignitie among christi­ans are not abolished.
292.
Deliuerie out of Egypt, cyted by Paule.
525.
The delyuered must ascrybe the glo­rie vnto God.
496.
The delyuered out of one trouble, must prepare them to an other.
Pag. 810.
[Page]The duetie of the delyuered out of daunger and trouble.
167.
Death of the godly, expressed by this worde sleeping.
355.
Death is but a sleepe.
356.
Death is a passage into heauen.
ibidē.
The causes of Christes death.
108.
The effect of Christes death.
111.
Death of Christ is included in hys resurrection.
64.
Death is to be considered.
541.746.
Death and the Deuill conquered by Christ.
381.
The rest after death is grounded vpon hope.
117.118.
Death must not be procured.
638.
Death of Christ must not offend vs.
Pag. 535.
Death must not offende vs.
381.
Deade Corpses must bee decentlye buryed.
358.
Deade men canonized deface the me­rite of Christ.
359.
Deuill what hee maye doe by Gods permission, but not of hys owne absolute power.
364.
Deuils notable pollicie.
809.
D ante I.
Diana called Multiniamia, or the nourisher of all thyngs.
722.
Dianas Image come downe from heauen.
726.
Difference betwene Saule and Da­uyd.
529.
Difference of the olde and newe Te­stament.
95.
Difference betweene Christ and mi­nisters.
22.
Difference betweene the doctrine of Iohn and Christ.
698.
Difference betweene the godlye and vngodly.
494.
Dignitie of the Ministerie of the church.
623.
Dignitie of all men is one before God.
601.
Dyligence of Herode in watchyng Peter.
490.
Dioclosian, Maximinian, and Ga­lerius persecuting the Church, are destroyed of God.
301.
Disobedience layde to the Apostles charge.
256.
Disobedience reprehended.
878.
Disobedience punished.
875.
Discipline in the Church, taught by the Apostles.
3.
Discipline in the church necessarie.
Pag. 150.
Discipline at the Table.
883.
Disciples of Christ, comforted by aungels.
41.
Disciples after hys ascension desyre styll his bodily presence.
38.
Disciples reprehended of the Aun­gels.
38.
Disciple what the name teacheth vs.
Pag. 419.
Disciples at Ierusalem, afrayde of Paule.
412.
Dissention workers.
588.
Dissentiōs no cause why we should doubt of our saluation.
588.589.
Dissention in religion, must not of­fende vs.
592.593.
Dissention betweene Paule & Bar­nabas.
612.
D ante O.
Doctrine of the Apostles.
139.
Doctrine is tyed to no place.
899.
Doctrine deuised by the holye ghost, must be taught in the church.
20.
Doctrine of Christ maye be learned out of the Prophets.
383.
Doctrine of the gospell succeedeth most luckily among the enymies thereof.
553.
Doctrine of faith is not against good workes.
640.
Doctrine is the chiefe thyng in the church.
280.
Doctrine of Paule accused.
773.
Doctrine of Paule out of the scrip­ture.
648.
Doctrine Apostolike which is true.
Pag. 407.
Doctrine of truth can neuer bee so wisely & modestly preached, but the world wyll seke to reprochit.
289.
Doctrine Apostolike hath Christ hir author.
8.
Doctrine apostolike whence it sprin­geth.
900.
Doctrine of Christ whereto it ser­ueth.
7.
Doctrine of Christ begynning and ende.
63.
Doctrine is chiefely to bee cared for in the Church.
139.
Doctrine how Paule vsed it.
648.
Doctrine taught of the Apostles is true.
3.
Doctrine of Christ contemned, brin­geth punishment.
547.
Doctrines that deface the merite of Christ are pernitious.
248.
Doctours of the Church called pil­lers.
345.
Doctours who be.
508.
Doctrine Apostolike disturbed by the Professours.
407.
Doctrine of Christ planteth not li­centious lyfe.
530.
Doinges of m [...]n must be examined after the rule of Gods worde.
 
Domitian a persecutor of y e Church, kylled by his owne men.
300.
D ante R.
Dronkennesse whereof it beginneth, and what euill is in it.
92.
D ante V.
Dutie of christian men in persecuti­tions.
491.
Duetie of them whome Christ hath lyghtened.
790.
Duetie both of Iewes and Gen­tiles, is to seeke the Lorde.
601.
Duetie of christians what it is.
180.
Duetie of seruauntes.
437.
Dust shaken of.
557.

E.

E ante D.
EDucation and good bringing vp of children, howe profitable it is.
617.
E ante F.
Effect of the Apostles sermon.
569.
Effect of Gods promisses.
846
Effect of Peters sermon.
129.
Effect of the Apostles counsell.
137.
Effect of the Apostles doctrine.
561.
Effect of persecution and banishe­ment.
557.
Effect of Gods worde in the elect, and their du [...]tie.
555.
E ante L.
Election or choosing is from euerla­sting.
554.
Election gratuitie, or free, the foun­tayne of all goodnesse.
525.
Electing of Ministers vnorderlye, what hurt it doth.
70.
Election lawfull, getteth Ministers authoritie.
ibidem.
Election lawfull confirmeth Mini­sters in their office.
ibidem.
Electing Ministers in the Church, asketh heede and dyligence.
281.
Election is not hyndred through our sinnes.
681.
Electing must be made openly in the sight of the church.
66.
Election and Predestination are cer­taine.
687.
Election what the ende and marke thereof is.
29.
Election of Ministers must be vsed as in the primitiue church.
68.
The elected bee n [...]t free from cōmon calamities.
420.
The elect acknowledge and receyue the worde of God.
548.
The elect easilye knowe the worde of God.
555.
The elect what their disposition is.
Pag. 138.
The elect are chosen out of all sortes of men.
509.
The elect God tryeth diuers wayes and delyuereth them when they looke least for it.
805.
Electing of Ministers in the Pri­mitiue Church.
66.
Eloquence a gyft of the holy ghost
Pag. 698.
Elymas the Sorcerer contendeth with Paule.
514.
Elimas contention wyth Paule, how it ended.
517.
Enemies of the truth must be bold­ly reprehended.
516.
Enemies of the truth, what wea­pons they vse.
833.
Enemies of the truth what craftes they vse.
192.245.
Enemies of the Apostles, who.
191.
Enemies of Christ and hys gospell, who.
ibidem.
Enemies of Christ depriued of all helpe and dignitie.
60.61.
Christes professed enimies must bee fledde.
136.
Enemies of Christ howe they shall be punished.
59.
Enemies of Christ are the persecu­tors of hys church.
393.
Enemies of Paule set at debate a­mong themselues by God.
805.
Enemies greatest to the truth, are Priestes.
191.244.
[Page]Enemies of the truth and of the Mi­nisters who.
244. &. 819.
Enemies of the truth are giuen vp into a reprobate sense.
287
The attemptes of Christes enemies are vaine.
242
The attemptes of the enemies of Christ.
218.
Enemies of Christe fight againste God, and yet execute his counsell.
Pag. 218.219.
What ende Christes enemies haue in their enterprises.
262.
Enemies of Christ conspired what their propertie is.
268
The enemies of Christes enterpri­ses are folish.
251.
The enemies of Christes enterprises easely disappointed as appeareth by examples.
394
The enemies of the Churches, en­terprises are nothing but mere con­ceipte and opinion.
856.
The enemies of Christ destruction.
Pag. 59.
The craftes of the enemies of the truth.
192.245.
The enemies of the truthes enterpri­ses defeated, and the godly defended
Pag. 246.
The enemies of the truthes impu­dencie.
833.834.
The enemies of the truth how they must be delt with.
199.
E ante P
Ephesus estate and condicion.
704.
Epicures.
26.
Epicures opinions.
660.
Epicurious lyfe shal raigne toward the later tymes.
661.662.
Epistle of Captaine Lysias, and the parts therof.
814.
E ante R.
Errours manifest and knowne, must not be denyed.
408.
Errour of the Apostles what como­ditie it hath.
25.26.
Errour of a carnall kingdome ima­gined by the Israelites, appeareth by scripture to be olde.
27.
Errours rooted are hard to be pulled vp.
ibidem.
E ante S
Essenes secte what it was.
803.
E ante V
Euangelists sincere, how they may be discerned from false.
ibidem.
His Baptisme dilygenly described.
Pag. 384.387
Eunuch complayneth not of Philips departure.
387.
Eunuche is zelous although ignorāt in many things.
382.383.
E ante X
Examples speciall make no rule ge­nerall.
143.
Examples of Auncestours excuse not errours.
673.
Example of godly persons preserued by the Lord.
233.
Excecation and blyndenes of the wicked is incurable.
252.
Execution or accomplishing the mes­sage sent to the Church at Antioch.
Pag. 610.
Execution of Lawes is the lyfe of them.
618.
Examinacion of Ministers necessa­ry to be had in the church.
15
Example of a christian boldnes.
90.
Example of an effectuouse power & working of the holy ghost.
ibidem.
Exercise of the Apostles.
611.
Exhortacions necessary to styrre vp the people.
521.
Exorcistes or Coniurers in y e church
Pag. 712.
Exorcistes of the Papistes.
713.
Externe, or outwarde religion.
640.
F ante A
FAce of god what is ment by it.
120.
To be gathered to y e fathers what it is.
541.
Fathers alwaies contemned Moses.
Pag. 321.366.
The vaine braggers in younger and later fathers.
164.
Fathers neuer obedient to gods commaundements.
343.
Fathers in the beginning pleased god by fayth onely, without the lawe & ceremonies.
292.
Fathers which are to be followed in religion.
162.
Affiaunce in Fathers, beaten downe by Steuen.
350
Fathers examples, how they are to be followed.
292.
False Apostles make their hearers vncertain of saluation.
606.
False Prophets seeke the frendship of great estates.
515.
False teachers, muste bee noted by name, and set out in theyr colours.
Pag. 516.137.
Faultes cōmitted by other men, can­not excuse vs.
519
False witnesses brought againste Steuen.
287
False teachers and their societie must be auoyded.
137.
False Apostles are nicked.
606.
False prophets seke nothing but how to turne men from the fayth.
137.
Fame of those y e deserue wel of mens saluacion must bee defended.
607.
Famine and persecucion vse to come togither.
487.
Familie well instructed, how com­modiouse it is.
431.
Familie brought vp in the feare of God.
427.
Faith of Christ no cause of calami­ties.
101.102.
Faith must not be dissembled.
385.
Faith is the gift of God.
566.
Faith belōgeth to the elect only.
553.
Faith is the meane wherby we take holde of saluation.
168.
Faith thinketh not baptisme in vain, or vnprofitable.
384.
Faith and religion must not bee iud­ged according to the successe it hath in this world.
385.
Faith commeth by hearing.
565.
Faith in Christ is the thing of most auncientie.
896.
Faith onely in Christ saued the Gen­tiles.
3.
Faith diuersly tryed.
879
Faith must not be iudged according to the numbre of followers.
51.
Fayth is not ydle.
419.
Faith letteth not, but that we muste pray.
47.
Faith of Paule.
823.
True fayth beleueth aswel the lyfe of the body, as of the solue.
12.
Faith of the fathers is most aunciēt.
Pag. 852.
Fayth ouercommeth the world.
142.
Fayth of the olde and new Testa­ment both one.
597
Faith which waye it is truly defen­ded.
854
Fayth must not bee iudged of accor­ding to the auctoritie of men.
43.
Faith of what certaintie and anti­quitie it is.
183. &. 122.
The chiefe articles of the Christian fayth.
105.108.111.
The whole summe of the Christian fayth.
823.
Fayth must be learned & confyrmed of Paule.
816.
Faithes effect taught by the example of the Apostles.
42.
An example of Faithe and charitie.
Pag. 679.
Faith and the Gospells fruites.
823.
Faithes fruites.
169
Faithes frutte and operation.
640.
Fayth how certayne and of what auctoritie it is.
122.
Faythes propertie.
138.889.
A great argument of fayth.
881.
Fayth to iustifie taught by the Pro­phets.
459
Faythes nature.
138.
Faithes dignitie.
538
Faythes obedience, strength and effi­cacie.
42.320.
Faithes woorke paciently to suffer discipline.
529.
Fayth in Moses singuler.
334
Fayth wyll not lye hydden.
384
Faythes state in this world.
853
Faythes force declared by the exam­ple of Abraham.
296.297.
Fayth can not be separated from cha­ritie.
641.
Faithe getteth saluacion proued by Steuen.
296.
Fayth onely is sufficient to mans sal­uation.
3.
Fayth of gods people tryed by him.
Pag. 557.
Faythe and constancie of his people how god doth exercise.
623.
Faith only whether it iustifieth men, or whether righteousnes of the law be necessary.
589
Fayth taketh holde of the forgiuenes of sinnes.
458.
Fayth taketh holde of gods promi­ses.
879.
Faythfull mynde heareth the worde of God willingly.
700.701.
Faythful prayer of what power and efficacie it is.
637.
Faythful haue god to reuenge theyr [Page] cause.
489
Faithfull are chosen in Christe, tho­rough the mere [...]auour of GOD.
Pag. 29
Faythfull what they abyde in this world.
800
Faythfull sometyme erre.
462
Faythfull what they seeke in Christ.
Pag. 26.27
Faythfull dye happely in euery place and they dye not in misery, that dye banished out of theyr Countrye.
Pag. 313
Faythfulls exercises.
461
Faythful in lytle safetie in this world
Pag. 212
Faythfulls estate on earthe.
299
Faythfulls persecutours, Christes persecutours.
789
Faythfulls surest marke is the faith­full keeping of the Apostles doc­trine.
139
Faythfull in daunger too bee layde wayte for of theyr own household.
Pag. 56
Faythfulls true marke, is mutuall loue and agreement.
223
Faythfulls condicion or propertie.
Pag. 298
Faythe of the Fathers of the olde Testament, and oures proued all one.
597
Faythfull are not destitute of gyftes of the holy ghoste.
134
Faythfull haue the effect of goddes holy Spirit among them indiffe­rently.
96
Faythfull what they are called in Scripture.
148
Faythfulls smal nombre must offend no man.
50
F ante E
Feastes instituted of God, and why.
Pag. 75
Feare what it comprehendeth in it.
Pag. 4 [...]6
Feare of the wicked is preposterous.
Pag. 475
Feare the worste Counseller that is.
Pag. 401
Feare forbydden.
681
Felix what he was.
814
Felix and D [...]usolla heare Paule.
Pag. 828
Felix the husbande of three queenes.
Pag. 815
Festus a president of suche as the woorde of God with a prophane mynde.
865
Festus, cause that Paule is herde with attencion.
846
Festus beareth Paul wytnes that he is innocent.
842
Festus admitteth Paules appeale though vnwillingly.
839
Festus oracion to Agrippa touching Paule.
841
Festus iniquitie and vnrighteousnes.
Pag. 837
F ante L
Flesh of Christ taken vp into Hea­uen, is a pledge that ours shall go thether also.
36
Flesh and bloud, in what sence it can not inherite the kingdome of Hea­uen.
38
F ante R
Frutes of sainct Paules Doctrine.
Pag. 649
Frute of fayth is Ioy of the consci­ence.
387
Frute of Apostolike study.
618
Frutes of true godlynes.
147.148
F ante Y
Fylthy communicacion what a sinne it is.
84
Fylthines or whoredome with I­dolles.
335
G ante A
GAlerius ende a persecutour of the Church.
301
Gamalils counsel.
264
G ante E
Gentiles called.
424
Gentiles fyrst called in Cornelius.
Pag. 425
Generatione how it is taken in the Scriptures.
381
G ante L
Glory of Christ what it is.
381
Glory gotten by aūcestrie but a vain thing.
307
Glorie in tytles and successione, but a vanitie.
606
Glorying in the Gospell and woorde of God but vaine oneles in deede we followe that is prescribed ther­by.
350
To glorifie the woord of God what it is.
555
G ante O
GOD of Abraham, Isaac, and Ia­cob, and of the Fathers.
163
God the auctour and fountayne of all goodnes.
575
God aduaunceth abiect and despised persons to honour.
330
GOD warneth vs of daungers and giueth vs Counsell in tyme.
Pag. 872
God prouideth for his Church by his prophetes.
483
God [...]ustifieth vs of fauour, through fayth in Christ
594
God may bee better knowen by his woorkemanshippe of the worlde, then by Images.
671
God scattereth the Councells of his enemies, and defendeth his ser­uants.
246
God defendeth his seruauntes in the myddle of wolues.
142
God mixeth aduersitie with prospe­ritie.
316
God punisheth no person, but fyrste he conuicteth him of his sinne, and maketh him vnderstande the cause of his punishment.
236
God is not worshipped with sacrify­ces.
667
God muste not be tempted.
236
GOD neglecteth not a mans state though he seeme to forgette him.
Pag. 807
GOD hath no respect of persons.
Pag. 446
God can be expressed by no Image.
Pag. 672
God is the maker and gouernour of all things.
573
God of the Fathers.
826
God, in what sence he is the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob.
Pag. 327
God muste be inuocated in Christe.
Pag. 103
God helpeth his people beyonde all theyr expectacion.
316
God resisteth them that withstande the Doctrine that hee reuealeth.
Pag. 805
God saueth his people euen in the pyt of destruction.
527
God deliuereth the Apostles, callinge vppon him.
637
God helpeth such as laboure fayth­fully.
561
God comforteth his people.
688
God delyuereth his people being in daunger.
860
God knoweth his seruaunts, and de­fendeth them in the mydle of the wycked, proued by Examples.
Pag. 17
God neglecteth not those that are his
Pag. 873
God neuer forsaketh his seruauntes in daunger.
349
God hath a rare of those that are his.
Pag. 834
God tryeth the faythe and pacience of his people.
297
God aydeth his seruaunts when they are afflicted.
308
Goddes singuler goodnes towardes men.
151
Gods knowledge where it muste be sought.
665
Gods counsell and vsage letting hys enemyes many tymes runne so farre, that it might seeme they had theyr purpose.
392
Goddes counselles cannot bee hin­dred.
266
God described of his Omnipotencie.
Pag. 320
God giueth vs whatsoeuer goodnes is in vs.
308
God alone is the auctour of mira­cles.
161
GODS wonderfull goodnesse.
Pag. 495.561.
[Page]Gods goodnes toward synners that repent.
761
Gods singuler goodnes speakinge frendly to his enemies.
790
Gods goodnes takinge Paule his cruell enemy [...] into fauour againe.
Pag. 359
Gods iudgements must not be to far waded in.
672
Gods vsage in punishing the wyc­ked.
207
Gods proper woork is to saue men.
Pag. 319
Gods wonderfull power against the wicked.
212
Gods power in delyuering his peo­ple.
643
Gods power is inuincible.
816
Gods power in defeating his enemies deuises.
318
Gods prouidence how it ought to comfort vs in daungers.
315
Gods prouidence preserueth the god­ly in daunger.
557
Gods prouidence stretcheth to all a­ages.
315
Gods seruauntes are not ignoraunt of the Lords will.
542
GOD can easely delyuer his peo­ple out of daunger, and make theyr enemies theyr defendours.
Pag. 261
God must not bee prescribed in any thing.
35
God must be let alone with the suc­cesse of all our doings.
583
How much we bee bounde to God.
Pag. 904
God onely must be worshipped and honoured.
891
Gods for defendours and patrones.
Pag. 668
Goddes can not bee made by men.
Pag. ibidem
New Goddes.
343
God Maozim.
666
God Remphan.
342
GOD'S right hande what it is.
Pag. 35
Gods right hand.
126
God deferreth his helpe, but taketh it not vtterly away.
497
Godhead of Christ abolisheth not his manhode.
39
Godhead and manhod of Christ, and the vse thereof.
107
Godlynes of the people of Berrhea.
Pag. 657
Godlynes commended.
613
Who are truly godly.
789
Godly morne at Paules departure.
Pag. 758
Godly and religious who be.
87.88
Godly men muste defende and dely­uer Ministers of the woorde.
Pag. 411
Godly men are not bounde by paci­ence to yeld to the vngodlyes plea­sure.
841
Godly liue not without glorye.
Pag. 758
Godly yelde vnto reason.
471
Godlyes estate,
493
Godly haue imperfections.
101
Godly are feared with the presence of Goddes maiestie.
426.427
Godlyes sayinges.
269
God directeth the tribulations of the godly to his glory.
841
God alwaye ioyneth with them that take part with the godlye in their daungers.
731
Godly being circumuented with false iudgementes, maye seeke meanes to escape, so it maye bee done without preiudice of the truth.
805
Goodes of monasteries wherevnto they ought to serue.
372.373
Good can wee none do, except we bee drawne of God.
320.
Gospelles excellencie of Doctryne
Pag. 247
Gospels ende in Preaching.
674
Gospels course hindred by Simon Magus.
363
Gospell is called the grace of God.
Pag. 549
Gospell no cause of publyke miserye and calamitie.
363
Gospell in what persones it bringeth foorth worthy frute.
88
Gospell first preached to the Iewes.
Pag. 532
Gospell no cause of dissension or ly­censiouse lyuing.
76
Gospell can not bee Preached with­out contradiction.
661
Gospell neuer Preached in vayne.
Pag. 649
Gospell teacheth vs our saluatiō per­fitly.
7
Gospell howe it is the kingdome of God.
870
Gospell can not bee preached without tribulation.
403
Gospell or preaching of Christe cal­led the wonderfull woorkes, of God, by the Apostles.
85.86
Gospell is called the woorde of lyfe of grace, of reconciliacion, and is beautified wyth dyuerse other names in the Scriptures. &c.
Pag. 247.248
Gospels course is most prosperous.
Pag. 763
Gospels worthinesse.
277
Gospell why it is euill spoken of
Pag. 194
Gospelles dygnitie and efficacie. &c.
Pag. 461
Gospell is set furth in the myddle of tribulacions.
553
Gospell is no new Doctryne.
852
Gospell howe it ought to be preached
Pag. 408
Gospelles ende and vse.
860
Gospells ende is the obedience of fayth.
297.298
Gospelles happie successe.
283
Gospelles enemyes reiected by gods iust iudgement.
427
Gospells greatest prayse what is.
Pag. 367
Gospell beginneth in Iohn.
450
Gospell begynneth with the rebu­king of sinne.
[...]08
Gospell preached is a stombling stone vnto men.
89
Gospel preached and confirmed with myracles by the Apostles of Christ
Pag. 149
Gospelles preaching what it compre­hendeth in it.
184
The right trade of the Gospell prea­ching.
900
Gospelles case or estate.
900.901
The summe of the gospell.
864
Gospell witnessed by the holy ghoste▪ and by the Apostles.
264
Gospell truely described.
413
Gospell called a light and a sworde, in what sence.
129
Gospelles vse and effecte.
79
Gospell must haue threates mixed e­mong.
546
Gospell despisers fall from grace.
Pag. 336
Gospell gaynesaying howe wicked a thing it is.
31
Gospell teacheth not libertie of the fleshe.
78
G ante R
Grace is gyuen vs in Chryst Iesu.
Pag. 543
Grace of god is not tyed to Sacra­ments.
463
Grace of god to miserable sinners.
Pag. 43
Grace of god and merite of workes, cannot stande togyther.
596
Grace or thankes gyuing is taught.
895.
Grace or thankesgyuing for goddes bountie and liberalitie.
Pag. 114. and 115
Gratitude or thankfulnes.
653
Gratitude or kyndnes of Lydia to the Apostles.
626
Gratitude or kyndnes of Christians.
Pag. 205
Gratitude in the people of Malta.
Pag. 892
Gratitude or kyndnes in Pharao.
Pag. 311
Greekes make a muttering, bycause their Widowes were not releeued wyth the Almes of the Churche.
Pag. 275
H ante A
HArtes must be purified.
595 and .596
Hatred of goddes worde how farre it proceedeth.
768
Hatred of truth is very bitter.
819
Who haue the Lorde before theyr eyes.
113.114
Who haue after the meaning of scrip­ture.
 
H ante E
Hearers of Paule.
841.842
Hearers of diuers kindes.
548
Hearers of all nations.
87
Hearers of Christes doctrine who bee meetest.
88
Hearers of Goddes woorde who.
Pag. 378
Hebrewes what they vnderstande by this worde Inferi or hell.
117
Herisie beginners sinne against the order of nature.
667
Heretike, who is, and who is not.
Pag. 823
Heretiks how they must be confuted.
Pag. 826
Henoches fayth-what it was.
853
Herordes Agrippa beginneth a per­secution.
488
Herod desireth to be worshippped as God.
505
Herode molesteth them that border vpon him.
503
Herode howe hee was affected at Gods miracle.
ibidem
Herode howe hee persecuted the Church.
490
Herodes destruction.
505
H ante I
Hierusalem why it serued to so godly a purpose beeing so wicked and neere destruction.
17
Hierusalem an ensample howe true Gods promises be.
17
Hieeusalem in glory and power excel­led all other cities.
16
Hierusalems sinne and destruction.
Pag. ibidem
At Hierusalem the Apostles receyued the holy Ghost.
ibidem
At Hierusalem beginneth the prea­ching of the Gospell.
ibidem
Histories of the Bible sett [...] out the contemplacion of the inuincible God.
1
The ende of the historie of the Apo­stles.
919
Historie of the olde and newe testa­ment commended.
1
H ante O
Holy Ghost the author of prophecy.
Pag. 484
Holy Ghost promised.
1
Holy historie hath fiue vses or com­modities
16
Honour is due to them that labour earnestlye to set foorth Gods glo­rye.
757
They that will be honored as Gods, what wee maye thinke of them
Pag. 570
Hope must be reposed in God, and not in men.
46
Hope of the promises made to the fa­thers consisteth in Christ.
848
Hospitalitye.
678.765.891
Hospitalitie hath rewards.
891
House of God is the Church or con­gregation.
122
House comprehendeth vnder it all sortes and degrees of men.
127
Householders that are diligent are commended.
427.431
H ante V
Humanitie or curtesie.
812.888
Humblenesse and obedience in Paule to be imitated.
395
Humilitie.
740
Humble & tractable minde in Paule.
Pag. 395
Humilitie how much is vnderstanded by it.
378
Hunger and persecution go togither.
Pag. 487
H ante Y
Hypocrites and lande leapers are eni­mies to the truth.
650
Hypocriticall boldenesse sette foorth in Sapphira.
234
Hypocrisie declared to be a greeuous euill by the example of the Iewes.
Pag. 795.796
Hypocrites how they must be estee­med.
228
Hypocrites are the slaues of Satan.
Pag. 231
Hypocrites arguments.
414
Hyppocrites conditions sette foorth in Ananias.
232.233
Hyppocrites properties.
797
Hypocrites tiranny reprooued.
801
Hypocriticall confidence.
235
I ante A
IAcob went downe into Aegipt. and why.
310
Iacob nourished through the libe­ralitie of his sonne whome hee mourned for so bitterly.
ibidem
Iames is slaine with the sworde.
Pag. 490
Iames subscribeth to Peters opini­on.
600
I ante C
Iconium.
559
I ante D
Idolatrie offendeth both God and Godly.
338
Idoles worship.
337
Idolatrie defendors.
100
Idolators ioye.
338
Idolatries beginning and encrease.
Pag. 336
Idolatrie among Christians howe euill it is.
344
Idolatrie popish described.
337
Idolatrie vnlawfull and abhomina­ble.
602
Idolatrie in the Israelites plagued
Pag. 341
Idolatrie is of three kindes.
342
Idolatrie in the Israelites deepelye rooted.
339
Idolatrie of men must not be wited to God.
ibidem
Idle and riotous persons cause of much euill.
651
I ante E
Iereboam renewed the superstition of the Calues.
340
Iesus is geuen vs of meere fauoure.
Pag. 530
Iesus is borne of the seede of Da­uid, according to the promises
Pag. ibidem
Iesus called Christ, that is to saye annoynted.
451.127
Iesus Christes name is hated of the wicked.
170
Iesus Christ his office.
330.331
Iewes howe grieuously they offen­ded in denying Christ.
164
Iewes being pricked in heart seeke counsell at Peter and the other A­postles.
129
Iewes worshippe not God.
823
Iewes beare witnesse of Paules in­nocencie.
896.897
Iewes desire to heare the Gospell.
Pag. 898
Iewes the children of the Prophets and of the Testament.
178 179
Iewes are Hypocrites.
795.796
Iewes delyuered out of Egipt tho­rowe fauour, and not through workes.
314
Iewes moued with the preachinge of Peter, and prycked in harte.
Pag. 129
Iewes Paules enemies.
774
Iewes incumerable malice and ha­tred.
798
Iewes howe they receyue the prea­chinge of Chryst.
423
Iewes weapons and sleyghtes a­gainst Christ.
551
Iewes fresh attempt against Paule.
Pag. 832
Iewes cōtention about the doctrine of the Gospell.
903
Iewes erroure touchinge Christes kyngdome.
24
Iewes destruction
59
Iewes importunate malice.
795
Iewes vnhappie estate.
843.681
Iewes indignation agaynst Paule.
Pag. 798
Iewes miserable condition.
678
Iewes what the name signifyeth.
Pag. 91
Iewes priestes in goyng aboute too hindre Christes kingedome set it forward.
219
Iewes crueltie coulde not hindre Christ.
165.166
I ante G
Ignoraunce how it excuseth.
170
I ante M
Image woorship what euill it hath bred among Christians.
339
Images woorking myracles.
726
Images condempned.
672
Images made of GOD, are lyes.
Pag. ibid.
I ante N
Inchauntments and magicall why God permitteth them.
0
Incarnation of Christ, and the consi­deration thereof.
178
Inconstantie and lightnes in Com­mons.
288
Incredulitie of the Iewes was wil­full.
901
Incredulitie or vnbeliefe what an e­uill it is.
31
Incredulities punnishment.
902
Increase of gods church.
148
Industrie or diligence of Paule.
Pag. 610
Industrie of Paule, Silas, and Barnabas, in setting forth the kingdom of Christ.
610.611
Industrie an example.
814
Ingratitude of the people ought to offend no man.
322
Ingratitude in sinning against Christ layde to our charge.
323
Ingratitude punished.
902.875
Ingratefuls punishement.
323
Innocencie of Christe, purgeth oure sinnes.
535
Innocentes muste not bee deliuered at the pleasure of the enemyes.
Pag. 838
Insolencie or pryde of men that see the examples of Goddes power e­uery day, and yet boldely holde on therein.
3 [...]3
Intercession of saintes ouerthrowne
Pag. 0
Integritie of the Prophetes and A­postles commended.
794
Intencions of mē must not be thrust into the church.
20.21
Inuocation must bee made with affi­aunce in gods mercy.
102.103
Inuocation is due to GOD onely.
Pag. 103
Inuocations fruite.
ibid.
Inuocations order.
102
Inuocation must bee vsed in the be­ginning and ende of all our doings.
Pag. 150
I ante O
Iobs fayth touching the resurrection of our bodies.
14
Iohn Marke withdraweth him selfe from the ministery of the gospell.
Pag. 518
Iohn Baptistes testimonie of christ.
Pag. 531
Ioye euerlasting.
115
Ioye of the godly what it is.
270
Ioye of the vngodly, what it is.
Pag. 115
Ioye of the spirit.
641
Ioye eternalles cause efficient is the beholding of god.
120
Ioye of the godlye howe great it is.
Pag. 125
Ioseph saued of grace and fauoure.
Pag. 307
Ioseph a figure of Christ.
308
Iourney of Paule and Barnabas to preache.
511
Iosephes loue and trustinesse. to­ward his maister.
311
Iosephes historie.
307
Ioses why hee was called Barna­bas.
227
Ioses liberalitie.
226
I ante S
Isaac & Iacobes fayth what it was.
Pag. 853
Israelites accused of Idolatrie by the Prophetes.
339
Israelites gyuen vp into a reprobate sence, by goddes iuste iudgement.
Pag. ibid.
Israelites the peculiar people of god.
Pag. 95
Israelles multiplication in Egypt, is to bee ascribed to gods fauoure.
Pag. 314
I ante V
Iudas the Galilean.
265
Iudas sinneth not alone in betraying Chryste, but the whole Nacion w t him.
59
Iudas fielde.
56.57
Iudas sorrowes.
57
Iudas horrible death.
ibid.
Iudas horrible ende.
56
Iudas offences, what they are.
55
Iudas who they bee that followe.
Pag. 230
Iudas punishements foreshewed by the Prophetes.
58
Iudas posterities estate.
59
Iudas first dignitie.
55
Iudgement of god against y e Iewes.
Pag. 60
The last iudgement.
457
The last iudgement is a tyme of re­freshing and restitucion.
175
The latter Iudgement.
674
Iudgementes of god muste bee dili­gently marked.
156.157
Iudgement and estimacion that men haue vs in, muste not prouoke vs to be proude.
72
Iudgement gyuen in haste for fauour of men, is an hurtful thing.
800
Iudgements of god how they ought to be vsed.
725
Iudgement partiall, is a pestilent thing.
838
In Iudgement both partes must be heard.
821
Iudge must haue two eares, one for the plaintif, an other for the defen­dant.
635
Iudges must heare causes withoute delayes.
842
Iudges in the Councell at Ierusa­lem are amazed, & wote not what to doe.
203
Iudges must follow the goodnes & bountifulnes of god.
234.235
Iudges what their dutie is.
851
Rashe Iudgements ende.
645
Iuliane the Apostata forsaketh the fayth.
301
Iuliane hys last wordes.
218
Iulius Maximinus, and hys sonne, raging agaynst the Churche, were destroyed of their souldiours, by y e iust iudgement of god.
300.301
Iustification of man through fayth in Iesus Christ, proued by nota­ble examples in the Actes of the Apostles.
3
Iustification of fayth taught by the Prophetes.
459
Iustifications order.
463
Iustifications reason.
595
Iustification attributed to woorkes is a greeuous offence.
596
Iustice and temperance are fruites of fayth.
829
Iustice of man can not stande in the Iudgement seate of god.
801
Iustice commeth not of merites of workes, but of fayth as Ste­uen teacheth through out his ora­cion.
298
K ante Y
Kyngs that are proude & ambiti­ouse, ruled manye tymes by their bondemen.
504
Kyngdome of Christ eternall and in­uincible.
381
Kyngedome of Christe is not of the earth.
24
Kyngdome of Christ by preaching of the gospell spred in all places.
3
Kyngdom of Christ spred to the bor­ders aboute Iurie, and howe it mikht further be spred.
242
Kyngdome of Christ what it is.
126
Kyngdome of Christe is spirituall.
Pag. 30
Kyngedome of Christe enlarged by preaching.
ibidem
Kyngdome of god.
710
Kyngdome of god by his appointe­ment [...]aryed to the Gentyles.
509. and 510
Kyngdome of god declared, and for what cause.
14
Kyngdom of god preached by Paule
Pag. 916
Kyngdome of god when it should be preached.
ibid.
Kyngdome of christ and of his word howe they differ.
381
Kyngdome of Christes beginninge, successe and increase in thys world.
Pag. 2
Kyngdome of Christes power & ma­iestie.
126
Kyngdome of Christes enlargement.
Pag. 506
[Page]Kingdome of Christe is peaceable.
Pag. 98
Kingdome of Christ bounded by the Prophetes.
32
Kingdome of God comprehendeth in it our saluation and redemption.
Pag. 13
Kingdome of the Iewes conferred vpon Dauid.
528
Kingdome of Christes estate.
30
Of Goddes Kingdome and heauen­ly glory, howe we are made parta­kers.
286
L ante A
LAbourers that are faythful must be holpen.
Pag. 579
Last dayes estate what it shall bee.
174
Last daye searchers.
29
Last dayes feare and remembraunce, what it causeth.
174.175
Laste daye Deriders and Iesters.
Pag. 100
Later dayes troublesome estate.
98
Lawes ceremoniall not necessary too saluation.
293
Lawfull defence permitted to y e god­ly.
644
Lawe leadeth vs by the hande vnto Christ.
75.76
Lawe cannot iustifie.
544
Law gyuen for them that came after also.
335
Lawe, wherein it is abrogated.
Pag. 334
Lawe howe it was published.
ibid.
Lawe is a mirroure or glasse.
544
Lawe sheweth vs the true way to attayne vnto lyfe.
334
Lawe howe it is called the lyuely woorde.
ibid.
Lawes preuayle not, onles they bee executed.
618
Lawe and ceremonies vse and ende.
Pag. 292
Lawe in Christ is ended.
76
Lawe begonne in the daye of Pente­cost.
ibid.
Lawe can not truly bee vnderstan­ded, but by the Spirit of Chryst.
Pag. ibid.
Lawe wherto it serueth.
545
Lawes publike are profitable to bee kepte.
797
Lawes auctoritie wherein it depen­deth.
ibid.
L ante E
Leuitie or gentlenes of God excuseth not our sinne.
525
Leuitie or lightnes in religion muste be auoyded.
789
Le [...]ites or Priestes offended wyth Christ.
227
Leuitie of commones, may bee seene in the Samaritanes.
362.363
L ante I
Liberalitie to the poore commended.
Pag. 144
Liberalitie in releeuing the poore.
Pag. 224
Liberalitie is a commendable thinge.
Pag. 760
Liberalities examples.
154
Liberalitie of God.
155
Libertie and free speeche in reprehen­ding of sinnes.
110
Libertie abused what hurt it procu­reth to the people.
816
Libertie who can vse best.
426
Libertie of Christ muste bee kept in­uiolable.
602
Libertines Colledge, the greatest e­nemies of Steuen.
286
Lightes whereto they serued in the Church.
734
Lighte gyuen vs in Chryst.
553
Lighte shyneth where Peter is in prison.
494
Licinius Ualerianus, a persecutoure of Christes Church taken by Sa­pores, king of the Persians, is fain to serue for a footeblocke for Sa­pores to gette on horse backe by.
Pag. 301
L ante O
Long sufferance of God exemplified.
Pag. 234
Looking in, what the woord contey­neth in it.
219
Lottery of twoo kyndes.
71
Lot is a part or porcion.
70
Lottes are in subiection to Gods prouidence.
72
Lottes which bee lawfull, and which not.
71.72
Lotterye vnlawefull and who abuse lawfull lottes.
ibid.
Lottes are an auncient vsage.
72
Lottes vsed in diuidinge of inheri­taunce.
ibidem
Lottes Matthias is choosen by.
Pag. 71
Lottes lawfull to vse.
72
L ante V
Lucius septimus Seuerus, persecu­ting the Church, was kylled in his flourishing estate.
300
Lucre sought in religion is not allowed of God.
720
Luke inspired of the holy ghost, wri­teth y e story of the gospel diligētly.
Pag. 2
Luke wrate of all thinges in what sence.
5.6.
L ante Y
Lyfe of man lyke a Pylgrimage.
Pag. 299
Lyfe eternall.
119
Lyfe eternall estate, moost happye.
Pag. ibid.
Lyfe of manne of what estate & con­dicion it is.
871
Lydia is an example of true conuersi­on.
624
Lydia causeth hir housho [...]d to be bap­tised.
626
Lydia howe and after what manner shee was conuerted.
625
Lystra dwellers how they were af­fected at Paules myracle.
890
M ante A
MAgistrates muste beware of brybes.
Pag. 831
Magistrates offended at the Apostles.
556
Magistrates by the sworde muste keepe vnder blasphemers, decey­uers, and false teachers.
233
Magistrates duetie too enquire oute matters diligently.
848
Magistrates must be carefull for the fayth and for religion.
849
Magistrates wycked.
643
Magistrates must bee diligent in the defence of God.
816
Magistrates must do no euill for fa­uour of men.
835
Magistrates must not hasten iudge­ment for mens fauour.
828
Magistrates muste not be defrauded of their honour.
119
Magistrates dutie.
32
Magistrate must ayde the godly, re­quiring it.
812
Magistrates opprssinge innocentes, howe they muste bee punished.
Pag. 801
Magistrates muste bee instructed with the power of the holy ghoste.
Pag. 20
Magistrates howe farre they muste bee obeyed.
274
Magistrate curteouse is a beautify­ing of his office.
816
Magistrates auctoritie howe it is preserued.
801
Magistrates wicked their manners.
Pag. 799
Magistrates must heare causes with diligence.
821
Magistrates inferioure, muste bee simplye obeyed without lookynge for further aucthoritie of Superi­o [...]r.
426
Maiestie and truthe of Chrystes Kingdome declared in the story of the Apostles.
2
Malta is the place where y e Knights of Saint Iohns order keepe their residence.
887
Malta people are an example of hos­pitalitie.
ibidem
Malta men an Example of humani­tie.
888
Malta menne take Paule for a god.
Pag. 889
Malta mennes kyndnes.
892
Mannes ende teacheth vs the woor­shipping of one God.
671
Mannes nature and condicion, as he is naturall.
396
Manne goyng about to deceyue vs, vnder pretence of Religion, howe w [...]e muste iudge and esteeme him.
Pag. 229
Manne what hee oweth vnto God.
[Page]Pag. 2 [...]0
Manne how hee must prepare him­selfe to receyue the Holy Ghoste.
Pag. 77
Manne how hee is called the vessell and instrument of God.
399
Mannes enterprises wee muste not passe much vppon, but study to please God onely.
818
Mannes power is nothing agaynst God.
875
Manne must haue a regarde of hys dignitie.
481
Mannes corruption may be knowen by the faultines in the Sainctes.
Pag. 26
Menne of three sortes burning [...] in hatred agaynst the truth.
208
Mannes infirmitie set forth in the example of Ananias.
402
Mannes redemption figured.
566
Mannes traditions can not saue vs.
Pag. 353
Mannes counsell or deuyse can not quayle Christes kingdome.
30
Mannes traditions and godly inten­tions are daungerous to bee thrust into the Church.
21
Mannes origene and beginning tea­cheth vs to worshippe one God.
Pag. 358
Manne for hys behoofe may eate all meates created of God.
406
Mannes naturall dulnes.
437
Menne of base degree and rascalles (called in this world) embrace and receyue the Gospel.
624
Menne are all sinners.
543
Manne destitute of the knowledge of God soone corrupted.
837
Maynteyners of free will confuted.
Pag. 790
Maynteyners of Popish merites cō ­futed.
428
Manaes a noble man and a Cour­tier.
509
Manasses a wicked Idolater.
340
Mary the moother of Christe com­mitted to the tuicion of Iohn.
Pag. 46
Mary the virgin mother of Chryste.
Pag. ibidem
Mariages with the wicked, prosper euill.
828
Maryners vnbeleefe and falsehoode.
Pag. 880
Martyres punishmentes muste bee weighed by Sainct Steuens Ex­ample.
351
Mathew had a wyfe as appeareth by the house hee kept.
45
Matthias chosen to bee an Apostle.
Pag. 72
Matthie the Apostle hys election.
Pag. 66
Matthie chosen into the rowme of Iudas.
44
Matthias auctoritie of vocation.
58
M ante E
Meanes ordeyned of God, must not bee rashly neglected.
814
Meane and indifferent things, when they cease to be indifferent.
616
Meanes lawfully vsed.
882
Meanes vnlawfull must none bee v­sed to come by commoditie.
870
Meates choyse or difference.
434 and 435
Mercie of God towarde Synners.
Pag. 790
Mercy in what sence it is vsed of S. Paule.
540
Merites of men how muche is to bee attributed to them.
429
M ante I
Ministery of Christe comprehended in two wordes.
6
Ministers are not polluted by ma­riage.
765
Ministers to be taken into y e church, what manner of men they shoulde bee.
63
Ministery outward is profitable too be duely administred.
399
Ministery of the woorde to bee pro­fitable, proued by Examples.
Pag. 400
Ministery Ecclesiasticall commen­ded.
429
Ministery Ecclesiasticalles partes.
Pag. 279
Ministery Ecclesiasticalles reason.
Pag. 508
Ministeries dignitie.
179
Minister of Christes woorde, be hee neuer so sclender and base, must not bee contempned.
397
Minister of the Churche, muste bee apt and fit to teache.
63.64
Minister of the Church muste haue a sounde and sure knowledge of Christ.
64
Ministers ought to bee suche as are lyke too perseuer and contyneue.
Pag. ibid.
Minister what thinges is requisite for him.
ibid.
Ministers are ordeyned of GOD.
Pag. 750
Ministers must bee desirous of hu­militie and agreement.
91
Ministers where they must preache Christ his name.
403
Ministers of the Church are a be­nefite of God.
49
Ministers of Christ must bee at vni­tie.
147
Ministers of the Church are Apo­stles.
70
Ministers of the Churche muste bee admitted to the ouersight of eccle­siasticall goods.
ibid.
Ministers of the Church muste not bee money gatherers.
756
Ministers of the Churche whether they may take stypend and wages.
Pag. 679
Ministers muste further and pro­cure the Saluation of all menne.
Pag. 740
Ministers of the Gospell muste o­beye Go [...]des commaundementes.
Pag. 19
Ministers must bee lawfully elected.
Pag. 66
Ministers must be referred and leaft vnto God.
68
Ministers of the Gospell are ney­ther robbers of goods honor, nor blasphemers.
727
Ministers what armour they muste do on, agaynst the assaultes of this world.
211
Ministers haue neede of Gods holy spirit.
19
Ministers dutie consisteth chiefly in teaching.
64
Ministers vnmeete muste not be [...] [...] ­ken into the Church.
[...]
Ministers [...] tyll they [...] lawfully called.
58
Ministers who bee lawfull, and who vnlawfull.
510
Ministers muste speake and not holde their peace.
683
Ministers must not ouer hastely for­sake the Church.
683
Ministers muste doo their dutie, al­though they profit lyttle.
746
Ministers howe they are not cul­pable of other me [...]nes faultes.
Pag. 682
Ministers must fight but with scrip­tures.
703
Ministers must be from the crime of sedition.
825
Ministers muste haue knowledge in Gods will, that will teache other the same.
794
Ministers must haue an earnest care to their churches.
150
Ministers muste haue a speciall care for their owne Nacion and Coun­try, after the Apostle Paules en­sample.
795
Ministers maye sometymes secke to escape by flying.
411
Ministers are not blameable for bea­ting downe superstitiō and a [...]iance in woorkes.
896
Ministers must praye for the salua­tion of the people.
793
Ministers what they must teache.
Pag. 794
Ministers howe vehemently they must rebuke those that deface the glory of God by seeking filthy lu­cre.
373
Ministers muste not seditiously di­sturbe euerye common weales.
Pag. 823
Ministers must be stout, & yet gentle to be spoken too.
405
Ministers admonished of their dutie by Paules example.
402
Ministers are men, and therfore sub­iect to mans infirmitie.
55
Ministers must reproue as well se­crete, as manifest faultes, commit­ted agaynst the truth.
230
[Page]Ministers faithfull haue diuerse and sundry chaunces folowing them as may be seene in Paule.
410.
Ministers at variaunce must not of­fend vs.
612.613.
Ministers in the Churche that haue bene couetouse what they haue don
Pag. 7 [...]6
Ministers true praise what it is.
474
Ministers described y t are false.
ibidē.
Ministers lawfully called a behofe­full thing.
753.
Ministers of the church whence they haue their auctoritie.
330.
Ministers of the woorde must paint out false teachers in theyr colours, and note them by theyr names.
136
Ministers muste accuse notorious wyckednes with bold speech.
109
Ministers faults must make no man [...] b [...]cke.
55.
Ministers ought law [...]lly to be cal­led.
789
Ministers of the woord must bee ze­lous.
375.
Ministers how much we are bounde vnto them.
895
Ministers may lawfully declare vnto theyr churches, what the enemies entend against Christ and his flock
Pag. 215.
Ministers haue neede of good bring­ing vp.
14.
Ministers muste boldly rebuke men.
Pag. 204.
Ministers must be innocent & harmeles.
838.
Ministers must be kindly and thank­fully vsed.
441.
Minis [...]ers must not be so cleued vnto that if god take thē away, we must thinke religion shall quayle.
387.
Ministers how they should be ordey­ned.
282.
Ministers must haue a regarde who heareth them.
678
Miracle of the Apostles.
239.
Miracle of the lame man healed.
565.
Miracle of the tounges what it ment
Pag. 80.
Miracle of the redde Sea.
332.
Miracles of the Apostles were the woorkes of Christ.
161
Miracles of Christ and the Apostles were perfect.
155.
Miracles why Christ wrought.
157.
Miracles of Moses in Egypte.
517.
New miracles must not be deuised.
Pag. 563.
Miracles of Moses in the wildernes
Pag. 332.
Miracles done by Philip.
361.
Miracles repugnant to gods woord no miracles.
563
Miracles which be true.
139.
Miracles taught by the Apostles do serue for two endes the cause effici­ent of them is Christ.
239.
Miracles of Peter described.
417.
Miracles don by y e Apostles to what ende they serue.
ibidem.
Miracles finall cause.
163.
Miracles are of two kindes.
159
Miracles negligētly considered what it hath done.
ibidem.
Miracles, what men consider moste in them.
ibidem.
Miracle greatest that euer Paule did
Pag. 917.
Miracles ende of the newe Testa­ment.
ibidem.
Miracles what their vse is.
161.162.
Miracles confirmed the preaching of the gospell.
151.
M ante N
Mnason hoste vnto Paule.
767.
M ante O
Mocquers, dogges and hogges.
88.
Modestie of Paule.
413.
Modestie in the Apostles.
158.
Moloch the god of the Ammonites.
Pag. 342.
Moloch amonge the Monkes.
343.
Monarches and absolute Princes can syldome suffer free states.
503.
Monkes ouerthrowne.
757.
Monkes succede the Stoikes.
662.
Moses taught those things that hee receyued of God.
330.
Moses a perswader of amitie & con­corde.
323
Moses beareth wytnes to Christe.
Pag. 177.
Moses saued and called too dignitie through the fauour of God, pro­ued by three arguments.
317.
Moses instructed in all maner scien­ces of the Egyptians.
318.
Moses a lawe maker.
334
Moses an example of modestie & cō ­stant faith.
325.
Moses a defendour of the people of Israel.
312.317.
Moses the prince and redemer of the people of Israel in what sence.
330
Moses a figure of Christ.
323
Moses age and the cause that mo­ued him to take care for the afflicted people.
320.
Moses auctoritie among the Iewes
Pag. 177.
Moses compared with Christ.
324.
Moses commended.
330.331
Moses dignitie.
334
Moses an example of Christe, and a figure of our redempcion.
323.
Moses faith.
853.
Moses fled.
323.
Moses red.
603
Moses miracles.
331.
Moses office, and how he discharged it.
330
Moses called, whan, by whome, and in what sort.
325
Moses despised of the fathers & not of Steuen.
319.320.
M ante V
Multitude maketh not a religiō good
Pag. 574.
Multitude murmuring & grutching.
Pag. 275.
Murmuring of the Greekes against the Hebrewes and why.
274.
M ante Y
Mysteries of Christ not vnknowne to the auncient fathers.
122.
Misteries of god reuealed by the pro­phetes.
98
N ante A
NAme of God, what it is, and why he is so called.
[...]03.
Narration of Paules sermon.
525.
Nature giueth place to the wil of god
Pag. 495.
Natures deuine & humane in Christ and their difference.
105
Nauigation of Paule long and per­illous.
760.
Nazarites vowe.
694.
N ante E
Nero, the firste persecutour of the Church pursued with the venge­aunce of God.
300.
N ante I
Nicolaites what they were and who was their auctour.
281.
Nicholas among the deacons, what maner of man he was.
281.
Nicholas example teacheth what a care men should haue that seeme to stande for feare of falling.
281.282
N ante O
Noahs sayth what it was.
853.
O ante B
Obediēce of faith is the ende of prea­ching the gospell.
[...]48
Obedience of faith the marke of the gospel.
181.
Obedience pleaseth & delighteth god.
Pag. 524.
Obedience the chiefe and principal ef­fect of fayth.
640
Obedience which the godly desyre to shew vnto God is the cause of per­secutions.
862.
Obedience vncounterfeyt.
42.
Obedience exemplifyed.
[...]48.431.
O ante C
Occasion of the contencion betweene the Iewes and the Apostles.
550
Occasione of the contencion betwene Paule & Elymas the sorcerer.
514.
O ante F
Offence must bee auoyded in thinges lawfull.
608
Offence of the Crosse put awaye by Paule.
533.
O ante L
Olde errours are hardly put awaye.
Pag. 27.
Olde Testament contemners, repro­ued.
77.
Olde Testament apperteyneth to vs
Pag. 325.
Olde Testament ought not to be des­pysed.
381.
O ante R
Oracle of God touching the bondage of the people of Israell in Egipt reherced.
[...]98.
Oracle of God is true.
886
Oracles of the Prophetes no defence for Astrologie.
319
Oracles touching the calamities of the later dayes.
98.
Order of the Apostles councel.
598.
Order in the Church must be obser­ued.
[Page]510.49
The ordeyned to eternall lyfe bel [...]ue.
Pag. 553
Order and pointes of doctrine E­uangelicall.
852
O ante T
Othe that God ioyned too his pro­mise concerning his sonne.
123
P ante A
PAlsey a figure of mans corrupti­on.
417
Pamphilia lightened with the Gospell.
518
Papistes errour confuted, denying saluation & fruition of God to In­fantes departed without baptisme.
pag. 136
Patiēce letteth not, but that we may defende the truth.
91
Patience of Christe in the agonie of death.
380
Patient wayting for Gods promises
pag. 79
Patience necessarie for the faythfull.
pag. 487
Patience howe farre it extendeth.
pag. 801
Patience and obediēce in bearing the crosse must bee learned of Chryste.
pag. 380
Patience exemplyfied.
868
Patience in Paule.
800
Patiently must those things be borne that cannot be altered.
838
Partes and argument of Paules sermon.
523
Patriarches dyed in Egypt by Ste­uens affirmation.
312.313▪
Patriarches saued through the mere grace of God, by fayth and not by the ceremonies of the Law.
313▪
Paules successe in preaching.
917
Paules effect of preaching.
408
Paule pulled awaye from the people of Asia.
760
Paule pleadeth his cause without feare.
848
Paule escapeth the handes of his ac­cusers.
826
Paule is called to bee an Apostle.
pag. 818
Paule appealeth to Cesar.
839
Paule exhorteth to take meate.
883
Paule sent to the Gentyles.
793
Paule called to the ministery of the worde.
791
Paule preacheth the Gospell to A­grippa.
863
Paule bytten of an Adder.
888.889
Paule is baptised.
791.405▪
Paule baptiseth▪ teaching vs that the vse of baptisme is not to be neglec­ted.
406
Paule goeth from Berrhe [...].
657
Paule refreshed after hee had recey­ued meate.
406
Paule confuteth the Iewes.
408
Paule comforted by God.
483
Paule obeyeth God against the de­crees of the priestes.
859
Paule had bene three dayes in prayer when Ananias came to him.
400
Paule in daunger among those that despysed God.
876
Paule brought to Rome by souldi­ours, among malefactours.
870
Paule would not flye when hee had very good oportunitie.
871
Paule permitted to preache.
915
Paule in daunger of his lyfe.
776
Paule giueth counsel and comfort in wofull cases.
877
Paule appointed to preache Christe.
Pag. 402
Paule desirous to bee ioyned too the Church at Ierusalem▪
413
Paule an elect or chosen instrument.
Pag. 402
Paule confuted Elymas.
314
Paule is taken going about to obeye God.
863
Paule raysed vp by Christe, which had throwē him down before.
858
Paule and Barnabas earnestly resist such as disturbed the church.
590
Paule and Barnabas preache in the Synagoges.
512
Paule and Barnabas howe they be­gan too preache to the Gentyles.
Pag. 511
Paule what hee dyd after two yeres expired.
917
Paule brought before Felix.
816
Paule persecuted at Ierusalem.
413
Paule is an example of humilitie.
[...]95
Paule is vnfearfull before the Coun­cell.
799
Paule is kept in an hyred house.
895
Paule in the entrye of his ministerye ioyned him with the faythefull that professed Christ at Damascus.
407
Paule to what ende God called him.
Pag. 796
Paule prayed in the Temple.
793
Paule valiaunt in bearing the crosse.
Pag. 403
Paule being in prison both preacheth and writeth.
915
Paule reproueth the Iewes of stub­bornesse.
90 [...]
Paule an example of Christian chari­tie.
412
Paule preacheth to the Iewes.
647
Paule preacheth boldly.
735
Paule defendeth his Ministery mo­destly and constantly.
866
Paule by a myracle became knowne to the people of Malta.
[...]88
Paule sheweth a token of christiā mo­destie whyle hee can patiently suf­fer re [...]ulse.
412
Paule sayled in an Idolatrouse ship.
Pag. 892
Paule commaundeth to stay the Ma­rin [...]s.
882
Paule taketh on a Nazarites vow [...].
Pag. 770
Paule a [...]monished not to go to Ie­rusalem.
761
Paule offendeth not in [...]ebuking the Byshop.
800
Paule resisteth to be set at libertie in hucker mucker.
643
Paule answereth them that suspected the story of his calling.
789
Paule confirmed with the meeting of the Brethren.
895
Paule is a debtor to all men.
864
Paule lawfully ordeyned an Apostle by the ministrye of Ananias.
789
Paule preacheth at Philippi.
6 [...]3
Paule preacheth Iesus.
407
Paule tooke Christes parte agaynste his will.
856
Paule calleth the chief of the Iewes togyther.
896
Paule forbidden to preache in Asia.
Pag. 619
Paule how hee was conuerted.
789
Paule returneth to Ierusalem.
792
Paule preacheth the kingdom of god.
Pag. 916
Paule sent to Ananias to bee further instructed.
789
Paule restored to his sight and bap­tised.
404
Paule defendeth him selfe by the Ro­maine lawes.
797
Paule accused of sedition, heresie, and polluting of the church.
820
Paule excuseth himself.
8 [...]2
Paule goeth to the Elders at Ieru­salem.
769
Paule professeth hee is a Phariseye.
Pag. 802
Paule was a sower of tentes.
756
Paule a prisoner two whole yeares
Pag. 915
Paule preacheth a whole daye togy­ther.
900
Paule desyreth ayde of the Captayne
Pag. 810
Paule tryed of God diuers wayes.
Pag. 764
Paule commeth to Ierusalem.
412
Paule brought out to preach in chay­nes.
845
Paule shaketh of the Adder without any hurt.
889
Paule commaunded to bee whipped.
Pag. 796
Paule called into Macedonia.
621
Paule in daunger of his lyfe.
776
Paules departure out of Asia.
758
Paules accusers are of great power and might.
818
Paules araynement before Festus the n [...]w President.
833
Paules singular feruencie in the of­fice committed vnto him.
760
Paules companions.
870.397
Paules commendacion.
815
Paules state or condition.
398
Paules confidence.
826
Paules counsell despysed.
871
Paules constancie.
646
Paules tyrannie agaynst the Church of Christ.
856
Paules dignitie.
878.879
Paules traunce.
793
Paule excused in forsaking y e Iewes religion.
784
Paule & Barnabas visite y e churches
Pag. 613
Paules doctrine and Companions.
Pag. 6 [...]7
[Page]Paule and Elymas the sorcerers first encounter.
514
Paules familie.
890
Paules fortitude.
844
Paules enemies fal out among them selues.
850
Paules notable prayse.
402
Paules innocency.
842
Paules taking vp into paradise.
398
Paules nauigation described.
870
Paule hath scales fall from his eyes.
Pag. 405
Paules office enioyned him of God described.
792
Paules oration to Agrippa, and the argument thereof.
848
Paules oration is interrupted.
794
Paule taken into the ministery.
402
Paules first acte after hee was Apo­stle.
406
Paules iourney into Arabia, amitted of Luke.
410
Paules wisedome.
812
Paules childhod & bringing vp.
849
Paules iourney to Rome.
894
Paules auctoritie in writing.
399
Paules passage into Macedonia
622
Paules vocation to preache too the Gentyles proued to be lawful.
793
Paules very christian wyfe.
868
Paule what happened to him before Felix the president.
816
Paule permitted to speake for him­selfe.
ibidem
Paules chaunce at Damascus.
410
Paule sent to Anania by Christe, and to what ende.
399
Paule being humbled, is receyued of Christ.
396
Paule called Mercurie by the people of Lystra.
567
Paule eased of hatred by the Elders.
Pag. 770
Paule accused by the Bishoppes and Iewes.
835.818
Paules pointes of his sermon before Felix.
831
P ante E
Peace is restored to the Churche.
Pag. 415
Peace must not be sought with the derogation of Christes glory.
591
Peace how it may be procured to the Church.
416
Peace in the Churche of what com­moditie it is.
416
Peace gyuen of God, how it was v­sed of the godly.
ibidem
Pentecost daye why it was appoin­ted to send the holy ghost on.
75
Pentecost feaste when it was insti­tuted, and what manner of thing it was.
ibidem
Pentecost and the ceremonies therof.
Pag. ibidem
Peoples reporte must not be trusted to much.
577
People of Israell saued and multi­plyed in Egypt, through the grace of God.
314
Persecution against y e Apostles
562
Persecution vniuer [...]al in the Church at Ierusalem.
357
Persecution rageth when famine & dearth ryseth.
487
Persecution raysed by y e Iewes.
555
Persecution attendeth on Chrystes ministers.
410
Persecutions auctors & causes.
488
Persecution how far it raigeth.
562
Persecutions of the Apostles what they teache vs▪
811
Persecutions in y e church were ten, & y e ende of the persecutors.
300.301
Persecutions of the primitiue church why so diligently written of Luke
Pag. 219
Persecution being ended, the fayth­full reioyce.
558
Persecution reignyng, the faythfull must call to mynde the oracles of God.
217
Persecuted must not by and by for­sake their standing.
360
Persecutors make men blaspheme God.
857
When Persecutions rage, what the Christians must do.
216
Persecutors are brydled by the hand of God.
410
Persecutors of y e church who be.
191
Persecutors of the faythfull, persecu­tors of Christ.
789
Persecutors of the truth who are al­wayes most lyke to bee.
245
Persecutors of Christ & hys Church lyuely portraictured.
856.857
Persecutors of the church, if their ex­amples be well considered, we shal see that none of thē haue escaped y e horrible vengeāce of god.
300.301
Persecutors incurable impietie.
207
Persecutors punished.
394
Persecutors haue their limites and boundes prescribed.
358
Perseuerance or continuance needful in religion.
549
Perseuerance in prayer of what force it is.
47
Persones respecte in iudgement is a great mischief.
837
Persones respecte with God is their none.
446
Peruers [...]nes of men in seeking their saluation.
585
Petitions and desires of them that beleeue.
220
Peter apprehended.
490
Peter lodged with Simon a Tan­ner.
423
Peter comforted by promises.
133
Peter will haue goddes benefyte set forth and declared.
501
Peter rayseth vp Dorcas.
422
Peter desirous to ioyn with y e church agayne.
497
Peter waked by the Aungell.
ibid.
Peter seketh his escape by flying▪
501
Peter maryed▪
45
Peter prayeth fasting.
432
Peter what hee did after hee was de­liuered.
496
Peter answereth the offence y t might be taken out of gods prouidence.
52
Peter quipped but with a light taun [...] constantly defendeth Christ and his Gospell.
91
Peter what hee taught in the firste sermon hee made.
127
Peter preacheth that Iesus is the Sauiour.
200
Peter after he receiued the holy ghost desired no supremacie emonge the Apostles, but to bee equall with them.
90
Peter is taught by a vision the voca­tion of the Gentyles.
431
Peter how hee was receyued of the faythfull.
499
Peter goeth through al the churches.
Pag. 417
Peters counsell giuen to the Iewes in his first sermon after hee recey­ued the holy ghoste.
130
Peters iudgement touching An [...]ni­as facte.
230
Pe [...]ters opinion touching iustifica­tion.
594
Peters counsel touching the waye of saluation.
130
Peters quiet and securitie beeing in prison.
493
Peters two miracles described.
4 [...]7
Peters traunce.
433
Peters exhortacion to the Church to place an other Apostle in Iudas rowme.
62
Peters expostulation with Symon Magus.
371
Peters playnes to the Priestes and Scribes.
136
Peters boldnes in rebuking sin.
108
Peters maner of deliuery.
494
Peters modestie.
423
Peters pouertie.
153
Peters patrimonie what it compre­hendeth.
ibidem
Peters supremacie and prerogatiue in the Churche, howe the papistes proue it.
51
Peters readinesse and good will too pleasure and benefite all men.
153
Peters demaunde of Saphira.
234
Peters answer in the councel at Ie­rusalem, and the effect therof.
203
P ante H
Pharao his wisedome and kyndnes.
Pag. 311
Phariseys errour what it was.
849
Phariseys secte what it was.
803
Philip baptiseth the Ethiopiane, af­ter hee had made confession of hys Fayth.
387
Philip the Euangelist.
764
Philip an ensample of an Euange­like pastor.
ibid.
Philip appointed to teache the Eu­nuche.
378
Philip an ensample of christian stout­nes.
364
Philip the Apostle of Samaria.
361
Philips affabilitie or courtesie.
383
Philips obedience.
376
Philips sermon wherby hee conuer­ted the Ethiopiane.
379
Philips doughters do prophesie
765
Philosophie whether it be necessary before the studie of Diuinitie.
665
[Page]Phora, what it signifieth.
33
Phrygia and Galatia conuerted.
Pag. 619
P ante I
Pilgrimage, superstitiouse.
665
Pilgrimage of the Apostles, howe it was vsed.
619
P ante L
Please all men, can no man.
467
P ante O
Poore commended.
145
Poore cared for and considered by the Apostles.
ibi.
Poore may haue no cause of impaci­ence ministred them by the godly.
Pag. 274
Poore how they muste bee holpen.
Pag. 145
Pouertie is not to be ashamed of.
153
Pouertie is alway puling and com­playning.
274
Posteritie of Christ is euerlastinge.
Pag. 381
Power of God is inuincible.
539
Power of this worlde nothing com­pared with Christ.
485
Power without feare of God, is a great mischiefe.
207
P ante R
Praying lowd, what it meaneth.
216
Prayer stirred vp by earnest medita­cions.
400
Praying with diligence, profitable.
Pag. 427
Prayer rightly vsed.
216
Prayers continuall.
47
Prayers commended.
763
Prayers feruent.
ibi.
Prayers offered to God in Christe, acceptable.
75
Prayers of the faythfull are hearde.
Pag. 221
Prayers of the godly are not vayne.
Pag. 500
Prayers ioyned to imposition of the handes.
369
Publike Prayers acceptable to God.
Pag. 141
Prayers require solytarines and go­ing asyde.
426
Prayers without faith vnprofitable.
Pag. 47
Prayers require sobrietie.
433
Prayer a token of faith.
76
In praying what gestures should be vsed.
758
Prayers power and strength.
54
Praying in publike commended.
758
Prayers are the wings whereby the church flieth vnto God.
215
Prayers had their appointed houres in old tyme.
150
Praying must bee instaunt and fer­uent.
400
Predestination certain.
687
Predestination searchers.
29
Preparation and watchinge for the comming of Christ, thinges neces­sary.
7
Prerogatiues without Christe, are vayne.
189
Preaching of the Gospell wherwith it must beginne.
108
How men ought to preache.
916
What men ought to preache.
383
Preface to the Actes of the Apostles expounded.
5
Presence of Christ vpon earth, howe it must be vnderstanded.
43
Presidentes of cōmon weales, what vertues should be in them.
311
Priesthode of Christ confyrmed with an othe.
123
Priestes ignoraunt in Christe, and in the Scriptures.
534
Priestes fulfilled the scriptures.
535
Priest auctours of the Apostles per­secutions.
191
Priestes enterprises hindred not Christ.
536
Priestes wicked, are shamed for e­uer.
63.64
Priestes and Scribes, an vntowarde generation.
136
Primitiue church not voyd of faults.
Pag. 274
Princes duties.
321
Princes studies.
377
Princes and Rulers called to beare office, ought to heare Ecclesiasti­call causes.
ibidem
Priuate order of a Christian lyfe.
Pag. 146
Prophetes agree with the Apostles.
Pag. 600
Prophets for shewers of Christ.
350
Prophets bear witnes to Christ.
182
Prophets interpretat prophesies
610
Prophetes foreshew things to come, but the end and meaninge of them, they often vnderstand not.
762
Prophets who were.
508
Prophets gods seruaunts▪ by whom he reuealeth his secret iudgements.
Pag. 99
Prophetes office.
120
Prophets begū vnder Samuel.
182
Prophetes testimonies concerninge Christ and his resurrection.
536
Prophesying what it comprehendeth in it.
96
Prophesying what the worde signi­fyeth.
ibi.
Prophesie how beneficiall and profi­table it is.
185
Prophets sermons are holy Scrip­tures.
54.55
Proposition and sum of the Apostles oraciō to y e people of Lystra.
571
Propertie of things lawfull in Chri­stian men.
143
Promise concerning y e holy ghost.
13
Promises of the old testament extend to the Gentyles.
134
Promise of the holy Ghoste made by Christe to the Apostles, belongeth to all men.
85
Promises of God made too Dauid, touching his sonne.
93
Promises of God must bee receyued by fayth.
879
Promises of God are not made fru­strat by y e wickednes of men.
17
Promises of God must be diligently thought on in aduersitie.
327
Promises of God are all ratified in Christ.
854
Promises of God must bee patiently wayted for.
79
Promises of god vnto the godly.
115
Promises of God made first vnto A­dam.
852
Promises of God how they must bee vnderstanded.
688
Promises of god are infallible.
870
Promises of God truliest performed when men hope least in them.
79
Promises touching the resurrection of Christ.
12
Promises of the holy ghost often re­peated and why.
73
Promises of the Gospell belongeth to euery man.
184
Promises made to the Fathers why they be so often repeated.
163
Promises of saluation belong to In­fantes.
134
Promises of Christ are true.
73
Promises of god certain & true.
328
Promises of God how they must bee vsed in aduersitie.
744
Promises of our saluation true, and inuiolable.
284 822
Promises of God to what vse they serue.
134
Prouidence of God.
437
Prouidence of God in gouerning the world wonderfull.
889
Prouidence of GOD must not bee rashly abused.
807
Prouidence of God foreknowen and decreed.
110
Prouidence of God howe it must bee vsed in aduersitie.
882
Prouidence of God excuseth not sin­ners.
53
Prouidence of GOD no defence for wickednes.
59
Prouidence of God comforteth sin­ners.
171
Prouidence teacheth vs the honour of God.
670
Prouidence of God hath all thinges subiect to it.
573
Prouidence of God exemplifyed in Iudas the traitor.
56
Prouidence of God, too what vse it serueth.
110
Pryde the cause of euill, and begin­ning of sinne.
374
Pryde how mightely God reuengeth it.
485
Prudencie muste bee vsed in the af­fayres of the church.
604
Prudencie an example.
812
Publike offices must bee committed to good and godly men.
311
Publius is a president of hospitalitie
Pag. 891
P ante V
Punishment of contemning Goddes Counsel.
875
Punishment of them that condempne Christ.
182
Punishment of Idolatrie and im­pietie.
343
[Page]Punishmentes of Christes enemies, what they are.
59
Punishment is not sent of god with­out warning.
674
Purification is by fayth.
596
Purification, god is auctour.
ibid.
Pu [...]eolane church.
893
Q ante V
Question made by the Apostles tou­ching Christes kingdom on earth.
Pag. 24
Question of the priestes in the coun­cell at Ierusalem.
198
R ante E.
REdemption in Christe, belon­geth to all men.
78
Redemptiō of mā how it was made.
455
Regarde muste bee had more of the church thē of priuate matters.
611
Reformation how it may truely bee made.
3
Reformacion may haue errours, and whereof they spring.
ibid.
Refutacion of such obiections as the people of Lystra might haue made against the Apostles.
573
Religion without knowledge of god is nothing.
665
Religion standeth not in outward ce­remonies, but in faith, wherby we take hold of the grace of god.
313
Religiō corrupted must be abolished and true planted.
572
Religion may be found in souldiours
Pag. 432
Religion is not subiect to councelles.
Pag. 818
Religion must not be estemed after y e multitude & auctoritie of men.
ibi.
Religion dependeth not on mannes Iudgement.
47
Religion belōgeth to god alone.
767
Religion is certen and not to bee sus­pected of obscuritie.
838
Religion must not bee iudged by the successe & falling out therof.
268
Religion can not man rightly walke in except hee be guyded by the spi­rit of God.
339
Religion muste the Magistrate haue care of.
690
Religions shewing vs any other sal­uatiō then in Christ, ar al false.
202
Reliques of Christ and of the fayth­full what they are.
422
Remission of sinnes is the benefyte of gods grace onely.
303
Remission of sinnes in the name of Christ.
458
Remission of sinnes is gyuen vs in Christ.
543
Repentance of the wicked.
642
Repentance muste bee vrged by feare of the latter day.
674
Repentance must be done as god ap­pointed by his woorde, and not af­ter our brayne.
788
Repentance after transgression, ope­neth the way to saluation.
131
Repentaunce what it is.
ibid.
Repētance wherof it consisteth
ibid.
Repentance and forgyuenes of sinne, preached in Christes name seemeth a thing intollerable to the worlde.
Pag. 270
Repentaunce cause efficient in man, what it is.
259
Repentance in hir partes.
131
Repentaunce, howe God gyueth it.
Pag. 472
Reprehensions without Christs spi­rit, are cold.
680
Reprobates can not heare the worde of Christ.
548
Reprobates manners and condicions and how they must bee dealt with.
Pag. 710
Resurrection of Christe, defended.
Pag. 536
Resurrection of Christ is the founda­cion of fayth and of doctrine Apo­stolike.
12
Resurrection of Christ a thing moste approued.
ibid.
Resurrection of Christ why it was so diligently confirmed.
11
Resurrectiō of christ the accomplish­ment of our redemption.
65
Resurrection of Christ why it is con­firmed with so many and so sounde argumentes.
111
Resurrection declareth the glory of the children of God.
540
Resurrection of the dead ought not to bee thought incredible.
854
Resurrection of the dead is vniuer­sall.
823
Resurrection proueth the certayntie and maiestie of Christes kingdome.
Pag. 11
Resurrectiō of al other articles most repeated of the Apostles.
223
Resurrection of Christ diligently de­fended.
12
Resurrectiō of the body what ample fruite it hath in it.
118
Resurrection scoffers what we maye iudge of them.
13
Resurrection scorners take away all fayth, and the misteries of mennes saluation.
13.14
Resurrections vse and meditacion.
Pag. 14
Resurrection preached what it com­prehendeth in it.
65
Resurrection is certayne.
117
Resurrection goeth before lyfe euer­lasting.
118.119
Resurrectiō of Christ ouercommeth sinne and death and restoreth salua­cion vnto man.
12
Resurrectiō proueth Iesus to be the Messias.
1 [...]3
R ante I
Rites of the primitiue Churche in choosing of Priestes.
584
Rites and order of the Lordes Sup­per must not be altered.
140
Riches of the wycked are accursed.
Pag. ibid.
Riche mennes dutie.
891
R ante O
Romayne church iustely forsaken of Christian men.
797
Romaine Church woorshippers are vnwoorthy to bee accompted of the Church.
188
Romish Prelates may lawfully bee spoken agaynst.
293
Romes destruction and misery.
60
Romanistes say, the church of Rome can not erre.
281
Romaine Antichrist must bee repre­hended for the merchandize hee v­seth in religion.
372
Romaine brethren go to meete Paul.
Pag. 894
Romaines diligence in administring of Iustice.
870
Romaine Bishoppes presumptuous­nes reprehended.
335
Romaine Bishops pryde.
468
Romaine Bishoppes Supremacie, ridiculous.
417
S ante A
SAbboth keepinge and breakynge.
Pag. 733.734
Sabbothes must bee reuerentlye kept.
521
Sabbothes how they should bee ob­serued and kept holy.
647
Sabboth obseruances and comming to the church.
521
Sacramentall speech.
304.791
Sacramentes instituted of god, must not be contempned.
291
Sacramentes are [...]eales of Goddes promises and benefites.
23
Sacramentall wordes and misteries how they ought to bee considered.
Pag. 304.305
Sacrament despisers.
463
Sacrament despisers, are destitute of fayth.
385
Sacramentes and the gifts of health are giuen vs by inuocation of gods name.
791
Sacramentes haue their efficacie, not of the woordes of consecration, but bicause of Christes institution.
23
Sacramentes truly vsed in y e church.
Pag. 348.366
Sacramentes and doctrine must goe togyther.
451
Sacramentes haue not grace tyed o [...] bound to them.
366
Sacrifice of Christe pourgeth oure sinnes.
455
Sacrifices of Christians.
667
Sacrifices how they are called pur­ging sinnes.
304.305
Sadduceyes doctrine and religion, what it was.
191.803
Saluation, the free gift of God must be obteyned by prayer.
102
Saluation dependeth vpon the meere grace and fauour of God.
133
Saluation consisteth in inuocation.
Pag. 102
Saluation in Christ onely.
202
[Page]Saluation belongeth to the Gentyls aswell as the Iewes.
423
Saluation hangeth vpon Gods pro­uidence.
585
Saluation in our selues.
578
Saluation and preseruation both of men and common weales depen­deth on God.
529
Saluation by what order we maye attaine to it.
393
Saluation and redemption of man confirmed with an oth.
123
Saluation & pardon for sinners.
170
To be a disciple of Christ is the first steppe to saluation.
419
Saluation by Goddes commaunde­ment caried to the Gentiles.
508
Saluation more plainely declared in the new testament, than in the olde.
Pag. 93
Saluation is giuen to men in none o­ther than in Christ.
897
Saluation by what meanes it is hindred and stopped.
181
Saluation of others we must reioyce in.
475
Samaria conuerted.
362
Samaritanes giue eare to Christ and beleeue in him onely.
393
Samaritanes embrace the Gospell.
Pag. 362
Samaritans obedience.
365
Saintes and holy men haue neede to be strengthned.
895
Saintes trustinesse in defending of Christ.
531
Saintes are ignorant in many things
Pag. 446
Saintes how they alleadge their in­nocencie in priuate causes.
799
Saintes how we must iudge of them.
Pag. 409
Saintes are subiect to mocions and affections.
613
Saintes giue all glorie vnto Christ.
Pag. 160
Saintes worship whereof it sprong.
Pag. 157
Saintes of all ages wherin they ho­ped.
823
Saintes singuler workes must bee ascrybed to God as to the authour of them.
613
Saintes flightes what they are.
307
Saintes zeale and condicion.
579
Saintes slippes and falles proue our corruption.
25.26
Saintes patience is no dastardlinesse
Pag. 481
Saintes labours are not in vaine
Pag. 696
Saintes estate in this worlde.
796
Saintes vertue is to obeye and bee­leue God.
113
Saintes companye how profitable it is.
879
Saintes how much wee must attri­bute to them.
161
Saintes are tryed with feare.
684
Sapphira maketh an impotent and bolde lye.
229
Sapphira ignoraunt of hir husbands death for a season and why.
232
Sapphiras wickednesse reproued by Peter.
ibidem.
Sapphira punished as was hir hus­bande.
237
Satan put men out of the waye of saluation.
576, 577
Satan can doe nothing against man, but by gods permission.
410
Satan hath his instrumentes euerye where.
576
Satan throwne out by the name of Christ.
629
Satan what traines he vseth to esta­blishe his kingdome among men.
Pag. 627
Satan howe hee is sayde to fill the heartes of the vngodlye.
230
Satan beareth witnesse to the truth.
Pag. 628.629.
Satans [...]lightes must be taken heede of.
577
Satans effectes in Hypocrites and in the wicked.
230
Satans propertie.
357
Satans pollicie.
576
Saule receyueth a two folde answere of the Lorde.
395
Saule persecuting the faythfull per­secuteth Christ.
790
Saule an example of a cruel tyraunt.
Pag. 390.359
Saule truely called a rauening wolfe
Pag. 357
Saule set forth for a peculiar exam­ple of Gods goodnesse and grace.
Pag. 394.395
Saule authorised by the Priestes to playe the Tyraunt.
390
Saule when he was conuerted.
392
Saule how he was conuerted.
ibidē.
Saule a president of tyranny.
390
Saules conuerting to Christ histo­rised.
392
Saules ende and purpose.
391
Saule the persecutor described.
390
Saule the persecutors punishment.
Pag. 394
Saules saluation must be attributed to the grace of God onely.
395
S ante C
Schisme beginners are the byshops of Rome.
194
Schooles foundations.
49.84
Schooles needefull.
509
Sclaunders wherewith Ministers are charged.
467
Sclaunders must Christians put a­way and defende their good name.
Pag. 91
Sclaunders maye lawfullye be aun­swered to.
ibidem
Sclaunder or offence.
ibidem
Scripture is of it selfe of credyte and auctoritie sufficyent.
867
Scripture is enspired of God.
54
Scripture conteyneth al thing neede­full for vs to beleue and obserue.
7
Scripture of the olde and newe Te­stamentes pertayneth to all them that loue God.
ibdem.
Scripture must be expounded.
647
Scriptures authoritie and certayne­tye.
897
Scripture must bee interpreted by conference of places.
127
Scripture with what minde men must reade it.
62
Scripture must be elucidated wyth interpretations.
398
Scripture containeth the knowledge of the true God.
571
S ante E
Sectes cause of discention among the Iewes.
803
Securitie or carelesnesse must bee a­uoyded.
269
Sedition described.
722
Sedition happily ended.
653
Sedition ended with ioye.
653
Sedicion soone appeased.
728
Sedition beginners who.
770
In sedicion what christians must do.
Pag. 725
Seditious persons but fewe in num­ber maye be authors of manifolde euilles.
724
Sermons ought to beginne and ende with prayers.
754
Seruers of tyrauntes turnes what they may looke for.
504
S ante H
Shipwrake described and the num­ber of them that were in the shippe.
Pag. 885
A true sheapeheardes example.
764
Shooes putting of what it meaneth.
Pag. 328
S ante L
Sleepinesse or drowsinesse of church­men.
733
Slouthfulnesse of men in our dayes.
Pag. 272
Slouthfull men reprehended.
890
Sluggishnesse and ydlenesse.
653
S ante I
Signes externe seale the interne and spirituall gyftes of God.
304.305
Signes visible of the presence of the holy ghost.
82
Signes that God sheweth must bee dilygently considered.
158
Signes externe are not sufficient to saluation.
305
Signes called after the names of the things that they signifie.
80.290
Signes haue muche lykenesse wyth the thinges that they signifie.
80
Signes are diuerse.
159
Signes to what vse they serue.
359
Signes must not haue to much attri­buted to them.
305
Sticking to signes is the beginning of ydolatrie.
158
Simon how he tooke Peters expo­stulation.
374
Simon Magus beleeueth and is baptised.
367
Simon Magus an example of an hi­pocrite and a deceyuour.
268
Simon Magus his sinne.
370
[Page]Simons of our dayes.
371
Simplicitie of the fayth.
672
S ante O
Solomon for his wiues sake that were aliauntes buylded Temples.
Pag. 340
Solomons wish.
20
Sole or single lyfe maintayners.
46
Soules of men vnder the protection of God.
119
S ante P
Spirites appearing what wee ought to iudge of it.
762
Spirite of Christ author of concorde and holynesse.
78
Spirite of Christe his efficacy how great it is in men.
155
Spirite of Christ in whome it raig­neth.
90
Spirites of the disseassed walke not.
Pag. 500
Spirite signified by the blowing of the winde and for what cause.
79
Spirite of Christ so delyuereth vs from fear [...] that wee dare boldelye confesse Christ.
86
Spirite of God is from euerlasting.
Pag. 74
Spirite why it was promised to the Apostles.
19
Spirite teacheth vs to reason of Gods doings, and to call vpon him for helpe.
84
Spirite of God wrought in the A­postles.
74
Spirite of God spake by the Apo­stles.
8
Spirite of Christ maketh men bolde in the confession of Christ.
85
Spirite of God altereth and enfor­meth tongues, and for what causes
Pag. 84
Spirite is the promise of the father.
Pag. 18
Spirite when he was sent.
75
Spirite what daye he was sent to the Apostles.
ibi.
Spirite how he must be receyued.
77
Spirite how he is giuen & to whom.
Pag. 94
Spirite how he is sent.
78
Spirite in what scence it is sayde to be sent to the Fathers.
18.19
Spirite often promised and where­fore.
74
Spirite where it was giuen.
ibidem
Spirite sent visibly & for what cause.
Pag. 78
Spirites effect in the Apostles, and their hearers.
82
Spirites effectes common to all be­leeuers.
96
Spirite how necessarie and to what vse in men.
78
Spirites inuincible power.
558
Spirites sending and Christes ascen­tion ioyned togyther.
124
Spirites sending called by the name of baptisme.
21
Spirite promised Christ confirmeth by an argument taken from baptis­me, and the argument explicated.
ib.
Spirites operation and giftes.
77
Spirites effectuous operation.
124
Spirites effectes in these dayes why they be so rare.
258
Spirite promysed serueth for our comfort and instruction.
19
Spirites power can not be compre­hended nor hindred by any man.
80
Spirite howe the Apostles are sayde to haue receyued.
74
Spirite must bee receyued of men with great preparation.
77
Spirite of Satan what it doth in vncleane persons.
85
Spirite of the olde and newe testa­ment is but one.
76
S ante T
Steuen accused of impietie, and stub­bornenesse, and vpon what occasi­on.
288
Steuen accused of blasphemye a­gainst God and his lawe.
292
Steuen by slaunders and false wit­nesse brought in hatred with all the people.
287
Steuen instructed by the holy Ghost sheweth himselfe a fine disputer and abolde.
ibid.
Steuen readye to yelde vp his lyfe, is comforted by a vision, and what that vision teacheth vs.
334
Steuen is without feare, though in daunger of death.
290
Steuen went not about to abrogate the lawe.
351
Steuen prooueth that the cerimoni­all lawe is abrogated.
ibid.
Steuen deserued the crowne of mar­tirdome.
357
Steuen what he did at his death.
355
Steuen no dispiser of Moses.
321
Steuen blasphemed not the Temple and holy place, nor the outwarde seruise.
345
Steuen falleth on sleepe.
355
Steuen set on by disputations.
287
Steuen oppressed and taken by sedi­tion.
ibid.
Steeuen dyeth full of the holy ghost.
Pag. 334
Steuens enimies and their enterpri­ses against him.
286
Steuens description.
285
Steuēs enimies rage incurable.
354
Steuens example in redinesse to dye must be followed.
355
Steuens enimies how they tooke his oration.
351
Steuens oration and answere made in the councell of the Priests with the argument narration and partes thereof.
292
Steuen being stoned how the fayth­full vsed him.
358
Steuen being readye to dye comfor­ted of God, and how and in what maner.
352
Stipendes of the Ministers.
676
Stipend must not be withholdē from the Ministers.
756
Stipende why Paule exacted not.
Pag. 756
Strangled and bloud.
603
Stubbornenesse a thing peculiar to the wicked.
268
Studious we must be of charity.
618
Studie to please the people cause of persecution.
489
Studies and desires of the enimies of truth.
656
Study we must to please God.
580
Starre worship, a thing common to the Gentiles.
368
Starres superstitiouslye obserued.
Pag. 342
S ante V
Supper of the Lorde howe it must be admynystred.
735
Supper of the Lorde called breaking of breade.
140
Supper of the Lorde a signe and to­ken of Christes death.
23
Supper of the Lorde with the righ­tes and cerimonies must not be al­tered.
140
Supper of the Lorde taught vs by the Apostles in what order and forme to be vsed.
3
Supremacie chalengers in the church confuted.
5 [...]
Superscription of a letter sent from the Synode.
 
S ante W
Swerde to keepe vnder the wicked commended.
233
Swerde must be drawne in defence of relygion.
ibid.
S ante Y
Synagoge fyt place for the Apostles to beginne to preach in.
512
Syn [...]cdoche a figure very much vsed in the scriptures.
761
Synode or conuocation at Miletum
Pag. 738
Synodes and conuocations howe commodious they are.
ibid.
Synne of those that forsake true re­ligion how grieuous it is.
516
Synners must be remitted vnto god
Pag. 373
Synners not punished but first they are warned.
642
Synners God disdaineth not.
510
Synners must be wonne rather than destroyed.
399
Synners which way God vseth to conuert them.
787
Synne of ignoraunce howe it maye be excused.
170
Synne agaynst the holy Ghost.
ibid.
Synnes of men must not be rashlye iudged of.
171
Synnes be they neuer so manye can not exceede Christes merite.
130
Synnes cause of all euill.
104
Synnes in preaching must be repro­ued.
127
Synnes are remitted of fauour.
Pag. 543
Synnes although they bee heynous ought not to make vs dispayre.
[Page]Pag. 130
Sinne how heinous it is declared by the worde of God.
790
Synne needefull to bee rebuked in the Church.
108.109
Synnes forgyuen in the name of Christ.
458
Synnes committed by thought and cogitation.
373
T ante A
TAbernacle was a figure of hea­uenly thynges.
345
Tabernacle caried into the land of the gentiles.
346
Tabernacle of witnesse what it was.
Pag. ibid.
Tabernacles vse among the Iewes
Pag. ibid.
Tabernacle had no resting place a long while.
ibid.
Tabernacle had not the honor of god tyed vnto it.
347
T ante E
Teachers office in the Churche re­quireth a deliget tryall.
14
Teaching in the Church how it must be ordered.
741
To teache which is the best waye.
Pag. 700
Temperaunce is a fruit of faith.
829
Temperaunce what effectes [...]he hath.
Pag. 148
Temple or church of God, who build it.
201
Temple hath not worship tyed vnto it.
345
Temples must not bee prophaned or defiled.
825
Temples by whome they are defiled and abused.
ibid.
Templary religion is a vaine thyng
Pag. 666
Temple or church commers in pom­peous and prowde aray, what may be thought of them.
844
Tertulous oracion.
819
Testament of God contayneth oure saluation.
186
Testament of circumcision gyuen to Abraham, what it is, and how to be vnderstanded.
303
Testamente the olde and the new are the law of of godly lyfe.
54
Testament olde and newe how they consent.
95
Testimonie of Dauid touching the resurrection of Christ.
113
Testimonie of the xvj. Psalme proo­ued.
121
Testimonies of the kyngdome of Christ.
33
T ante H
Thabita raysed againe by Peter.
419
Theophilus who is.
[...]
Theudas what he was.
265
Threates of the worlde must not feare Christians.
213
T ante I
Timothey circumcised.
616
Timothey borne of a Iewe and a Gentile.
617
Titles and styles abused.
664
Titles wherefore they ought to serue.
5 [...]3
T ante O
Tongue of the faythfull of all nati­ons is but one.
84
Tongue keeping a necessary thing.
Pag. 85
Tongues sitting vpon the Apostles heades, were tokens of the holye Ghost.
80
Tongues wherefore they serue.
82
Songue or speech of Canaan.
85
Tormentes must not be vsed of ma­gistrates without a good and iust cause.
815
T ante R
Traditions of manne must not bee thrust into the Church.
20
Traditions the Apostles thrust none into the Church.
580
Traiane persecuting the Churche felt the wrath of God.
300
Tribulations of our owne brethren must be thought to be our owne.
491
Tribulations ende is most ioyfull.
Pag. 587
Tribune delyuereth Paule againe out of the Iewes handes.
463
Tribune kept from his purpose by feare of lawe.
797
Tribunes readynes to succour Paul.
Pag. 812
Troublers of the Church.
589
Truth fought against by open force.
Pag. 166
Truth of god infallible.
538
Truth of gods promises.
ibid.
Truth of gods promises inuincible.
Pag. 886
Truth must be preached openly.
520
Truth with what colours it is assaulted.
193
Truth with what crimes it is char­ged.
633
Truth is not defended with railing.
Pag. 823
Truth of what effecte.
846
Truth Euangelicall, what enemies it hath.
191
Truth and gospel defendours comp­ted seditiouse of the wicked.
192. and 193
Truthes enemies must not be trusted
Pag. 834
Truth in what case in this worlde.
Pag. 853
Truth haters are paineful and hardy therin.
766
Truth hatred how much it is able to doe.
809
Truth hatred whereto it bringeth men at the length.
550
Truth hatred howe farre it procee­deth.
810
Truth haters who are most.
208
T ante V
Turkes doe not honour God.
823
Turkish Ambassadors saying against the ydolatrye of christendome.
340
T ante Y
Tyranny of clargie ouer the Church
Pag. 797
Tyrauntes can not doe alway what they list.
213
Tyrauntes haue miserably perished
Pag. 506
Tyrauntes sleyghtes set out in Pha­rao.
317
Tyrants properties set out in Saule.
Pag. 390
Tyran defenders are flatterers.
801
Tyrauntes state and condicion.
213
Tyre dwellers bring Paule on hys waye.
762
Tyre dwellers praye openlye.
763
Tyrus visited by Paule.
761
V ante A
VAlerius Aurilianus moouing persecution against the church being first feared with a thun­der bolte falling at his feete, and yet not repenting, was not long af­ter kylled of hys owne men, lying in waite for hym.
301
W ante A
WAntonnesse in children must be rebuked.
766
Waye to attayne to saluacion.
Pag. 393
Way of Christ.
694
Waye of lyfe made playne in Christ.
Pag. 119
Wayes of men are blinde in matters of relygyon.
575
Warfayring for money how it shall be rewarded.
300
W ante E.
Weakenesse of man acknowledgeth not goddes workes.
 
Wrake must not be yelded to in out­warde thinges.
 
Weakenesse of manne hath neede of Gods tuition.
 
W ante H
Whoredome.
 
W ante I
Wickednesse hath hir degrees.
682
Wicked meete in hell.
541
Wicked in subiection to Gods com­maundement.
834
Wycked stryue in vayne agaynst Christ.
536
Wycked keepe a countenaunce of e­quitye.
351
Wicked though they bee of sundrye opinions among themselues, yet they are soone agreede against Christe, and the truth.
805
Wicked then rage most when theyr ende draweth neerest.
315
Wicked laye all disturbaunces and troubles to the godlyes charge.
Pag. 562
[Page]Wickeds enterprises against Christ his kingdome are vaine.
285.390 and .812
Wickeds mindes vnquiet.
834
Wickeds craftes what they are.
809
Wickeds familiaritie must be shun­ned.
441
Wyckeds enterprises turned vpon the aucthors heades by God.
398
Wickeds estate.
493
Wickeds agreement lasteth not long.
Pag. 805
Wickeds propertie.
115.253.354
Wicked in the Church must bee con­futed.
703
Wickeds feare is preposterous.
644
Wickeds wordes and sayings.
253
Wickeds societye daungerous and hurtfull.
311
Wickeds good successe in a preamble of destruction.
504
Wickeds companions shall be puni­shed with the wicked.
397
Wicked amende not by Gods iudge­ments.
499
Wicked are suffred of God till the pit be dygged vp for them.
785
Wicked what power GOD gyueth them ouer his elect.
837
Wickeds number is the greater.
579
Witnesse how much it comprehendeth in it.
693
Witnesse what his dutie is.
30.31
Wisdome of christians must be boun­ded.
28
Wisdomes first degree is to acknow­ledge the corruption of nature, and how all ablenesse to doe well com­meth of God.
27
W ante O
Worlde cannot abyde Christ, and his Gospell.
208
Worlde rageth against christ in vaine.
Pag. 126
Worlde how it receyueth the doctrine of the Apostles.
190
Worldes ingratitue towards the mi­nisters.
825
Worldes troublesome estate forshew­ed by the Prophets.
98
Worldes force a vaine thing agaynst God.
311
Worlde what affection it beareth to Gods worde.
842
Workes and doctrine must ioyne and go togyther.
9
Woorkes that be good.
415
Workes haue none of the faythfull e­nimies to them.
420
Workes of Christ commended.
106
Workes of Christ considered what they teache vs.
ibid.
Workes of Christ to what ende they serue.
ibid.
Workes of God are needefull to bee considered of [...].
157
Workes of Gods maiestie euidentlye seene in Christ.
86
Workes righteousnesse ouerthrowne
Pag. 545
Worde of God is the father enlarged by the assaultes of the enimies.
555
Worde of God must bee so preached that the hearers may perceyue it be­longeth to them.
533
Worde of God preuayleth not wyth men led onelye with humaine rea­son.
547
Worde of God must be preached, not mans deuise.
899
Worde of God can not be bound.
903
Worde of God wherby it is hyndred.
Pag. 138
Worde of God how it must be harde.
Pag. 44.6
Worde of God must bee preached in the Church onely.
512
Worde of God neuer preached with­out fruite.
561
Worde of God contemned is an hey­nous sinne.
547
Worde of Gods efficatie.
233
Worde of God preached is not vaine.
Pag. 138
Worthynesse of Gods worde.
266
Worde of GOD must bee beleeued though preached but by a man.
368
Wordes of the supper vttered by a sacramentall speache.
40
Worshippers of Christ being persecu­ted, [...]hrist is persecuted.
397
Worshippers of Christ are taught of God.
50
Worshippers such as God riquireth.
Pag. 916
Worship of one God.
667
Worshippers of God truly how much hee regardeth.
818
Worshipping of Creatures ouer­throwne.
572
Worship is in vaine if it bee not done as God appoynteth.
342
Worshippings papisticall are prepo­sterous.
339.340
Worshipping of planetes and starres.
Pag. 34 [...]
Worshipping of [...]oloch.
ibid.
Worshipping of ymages.
343
W ante R
Wrath is the worst councellour that is.
264
W ante Y
Wyll of God conteyned and learned in Christ onely.
790.791
Wyshe of Paule.
868
Z ante E
ZEale preposterous in religion a­uayleth little vnto saluation as maye be seene in the example of Paule.
400
Zeale feruent is needefull in them that should set forth Christes king­dome.
549
Zeale of Godlynesse may not excuse thinges done against godlynesse and true religion.
391
Zeale is necessarie in the godly.
659
FINIS.

❧ A TABLE OF THE PLACES OF SVCH Scriptures as are expounded in these Homelies and Annotations.

GEn. 3. I will put enmitie betweene thee and the wo­man.
Pag. 650
3. Thy desyre shall be to thy husband, and hee shall haue the rule of thee.
236
4. Cain slewe Abell his Brother.
Pag. 306
4. Who made mee my brothers kee­per?
235
12. Get thee out of thy Nation, and from thy Fathers house.
294
15. Thy seede shall bee a straunger.
Pag. 299
17. Euery man childe among you, shalbe circumcised.
303
22. By my self haue I sworne.
123
22. In thy seede shal all the Nations of the earth bee blessed.
163 and. 185
26. I will perfourme the oth which I sware to Abraham thy father.
pag. 123
37. The Patriarches solde Ioseph their Brother.
306
45. God sent mee before you to pre­pare. &c.
310
46. Iacob goeth downe into Egypt with all his familie.
ibid.
50. Iacob is buried in Canaan.
312
EXodi. 1. Pharao commaundeth the men children to bee caste a­way.
315
2. Moses was borne when tyran­ny raged most.
316
2. Who made thee a Ruler ouer vs?
pag. 322
3 I am the God of thy Father, the God of Abraham.
327
3 And fortye yeares after the Aun­gell of the Lorde appeareth too Moses in the desert of Sina, in a bushe of fyre.
326
19. Yee shalbe vnto mee a kingdome of priestes and an holy people.
95
22. Yee shall trouble no wydowe nor fatherles childe.
329
32. Make vs Goddes to goe before vs.
335
LEuitici. 20. Whosoeuer hee bee of the children of Israell or of the straungers that gyueth of his children vnto Moloch.
342
35. The murtherer shall bee put to death.
350
NUmerorum. 1. Howe greatly the people of Israel was in­creased.
596
6. The Nazarites.
694
12. If there bee a Prophete of the Lordes among you, I will bee knowne of him in a vision.
333
DEuterono. 7. The grauen I­mages of their Goddes shalte thou burne with fyre, and co­uet not the golde and siluer that is on them.
602
15. There shall be no begger among you.
145.225
18. The Lord thy God wil stirre vp vnto thee a Prophet among you, euen of thy Brethren, lyke vnto mee, vnto him shall yee harken.
pag. 177. &c.
32. Uengeance is myne, and I will rewarde.
304
28. Thou shalt buylde an house, and an other shall dwell therein.
58
IOsue. 10. Be not afrayd of them.
pag. 681
1. SAmuell. 2. Them that woor­ship mee, I will woorship.
pag. 242.148
15. Hath the Lorde as great pleasure in burnt sacrifices and offringes, as when the voyce of the Lorde is obeyed?
529
SAmuel. 7. When thy dayes be fulfilled, thou shalt slepe with thy Fathers, and I will set vp thy se [...]de after thee.
122
7. Who am I, O Lorde God, and what is my house▪ that thou hast brought me to so great dignitie and honour.
529
15. Cary the Arke of God againe in­to the Citie, if I shall. &c.
530
16. Suffer him to cursse.
ibid.
24. I am in a wonderfull streight: Let vs fall now into the hand of the Lord. Agayne, I haue sin­ned, it is I that haue done wic­kedly. But these sheepe, &c.
530
1. REgum. 8. The Heauens of Heauens is not able to conteyne thee, and how should then this house doe it that I haue buylded.
666
2. PAralipom. 14. Lorde it is no hard thing with thee, to help with many, or thē that haue no power.
885
NEhemias. 13. Of the Sabboth.
pag. 736
ESaie. 2. In the latter dayes the Hill of the Lordes house shall be prepared.
2
6. Heare in deede. &c.
340
10. If the number of the people of Israell [...]cre as the sande of the Sea. &c.
901
23. After the ende of seuentie yeares shall the Lorde visite Tyre, and shee shall conuerte vnto hir re­warde.
761
29. They worship mee in vayne, tea­ching the doctrines of men.
342
30. Prophecie not. &c.
222
33. Wo to thee that destroyest, for thou shalt be destroyed.
306
40. The worde of our God endu­reth for euer.
335
42. I am the Lord, this is my name, & my glory will I gyue to none other.
571.1 [...]0
42. Beholde, this is my seruaunt v­pon whom I lea [...]e, myne elect in whome my Soule is pacified.
Pag. 20 [...]
48. The vngodly haue no peace.
207
49. It is but a small thing, that thou art my seruaunt to sette vp the kindreds of Iacob.
32
49. Will a woman forget hir owne infant.
48
52. O howe beautifull are the feete of the Ambasador, that bringeth the message from the mountaine and proclaymeth peace.
447
53. Who hath gyuen credence vnto our preaching?
50.89
53. Wee haue all gone a straye lyke sheepe, euery one hath turned his owne waye.
566
53. And in his mouth hath beene founde no guile.
350
53. This shalbe his name, by which they shall call hym the Lord our righteousnes.
459
55. Let the vngodly man forsake his owne wayes, and the vnrighte­ous his owne Imaginations, and turne againe vnto the Lorde
Pag. 132
55. The worde that commeth out of my mouth shall not turne a­gaine voyde vnto me, but shall accomplishe my wyll, and pros­per in the thing wherto I sende it.
138
55. Wherefore doe you laye out anye money for the thing that feedeth not.
589
58. Cry now as lowde as thou canst leaue not of, lyft vp thy voyce lyke a trumpet.
205
58. Wherfore fast we, and thou seest it not?
235
60. Euery people and kingdome that serueth not thee shall perishe▪
622
63. Abraham knoweth vs not▪ ney­ther is Israell aquaynted wyth vs.
541
64. God hath prepared such things for them that loue hym, as ney­ther [Page] eye hath seene, eare hearde, nor harte hath vnderstanded. &c.
Pag. 212
65. It shalbee that or euer they call, I will aunswere them.
685
66. Heauē is my seate, and the earth is my footestole.
35.347.66 [...]
IEremie. 1. Beholde, I putte my wordes in thy mouth.
21
1. Be not abashed at their counte­naunces.
685
1. Beholde this daye doe I make thee a stronge fensed Towne.
Pag. 750
2. My people hath committed two euilles: They haue forsaken mee the well of the water of lyfe. &c.
Pag. 589
4. O Israell, if thou wilt turn thee, then turne thee vnto mee.
131
10. Yee shall not learne after the ma­ner of the Heathen, nor be afrayd for the tokens of heauen.
343
12. How happeneth it that the waye of the vngodly is so prosperous.
Pag. 504
17. Blessed is the man that putteth his trust in the Lord, and whose hope is in the Lorde hym selfe.
Pag. 353
23. Behold the tyme commeth saith the Lorde, that I will rayse vp the righteous braunche of Da­uid.
6
23. I fulfill heauen and earth sayeth the Lord.
35
23. The Lorde our righteousenesse.
Pag. 350
23. The woorde of GOD is fyre.
Pag. 660
31. I will plant my Lawe in the in­ward partes of them, and wryte it in their hartes.
96
31 Turne vs, and wee shall be tur­ned.
786
48. Cursed bee hee that dooth the woorke of the Lorde fraudu­lently.
151
EZechielis. 3. The bloud of them that perish, I will requyre at thy handes.
17
3. Thou shalt heare the worde at my mouth and gyue them war­ning from mee.
21
3. When I shall saye vnto the wyc­ked, thou shalt surely dye.
560
3. Thou sonne of man, I haue made thee a watche man. &c.
683
DAnielis. 2. Of the Mountayne.
Pag. 2
HOsee. 4. Idoles robbe men of their hartes.
338
13. Death where is thy stynge?
Pag. 111
IOelis. 2. And it shall come to passe toward the latter dayes, I will poure out my spirit vpon al flesh.
Pag. 93. &c.
2. Turne you vnto mee with all your hartes.
131
AMos. 2. Prophecie not.
222
3. You onely haue I knowne of all the families of the earth.
Pag. 99
3. There is no euill in a Citie, but the Lord is auctor of it.
483
3. The Lord God hath spoken, and who will not prophecie?
683
5. Haue you offred vnto mee Sa­crifices and offrings fourty yeres in the wildernes?
341
7. I was neyther Prophet nor pro­phetes sonne.
69
9. The place of Amos. 9.
600
MIchee. 4. The hill of y e Lords house.
2
ABacue. 2. If he differ or put of, yet wayght still.
79
ZAcharie. 2. Who so toucheth you, toucheth the apple of myne eye.
Pag. 502
2. The apple of myne eye. &c.
300
9. His dominion shalbee from the one sea to the other.
32
9. Behold thy King shall come vn­to thee euen righteous, a Saui­our, and lowly.
199
11. Wo to the Idole sheepeherd that leaueth his flocke.
517
3. Aryse O thou swerde, vpon my Shepherd, and vppon the man that is my fellow.
106.107
MAlachie. 2. The Priestes lips shall keepe knowledge.
63
3. It is but vayne too serue God.
236
IObe. 5. He compasseth the wyse in their owne craftynes.
204
19. I am sure that my redeemer li­ueth. &c.
13
ECclesiastic. 3. Many haue bene deceyued through their owne vayne opinion.
28
35. The prayer of him that humbleth himself, goeth through y e clowds.
Pag. 637
PSalm. 1. Blessed is the man that walketh not. &c.
638
2. Of the kingdome of Christe.
Pag. 2
2. Aske of me, and I will gyue thee the Gentiles for thyne inheri­taunce.
35.201
2. Thou shalt bruse them with a rodde of yron.
126
7. They trauell with mischiefe and bring foorth vngodlynesse.
218
14. There is no God.
114
16. The wordes there are prooued ought to bee vnderstanded of Christ and not of Dauid.
113
22. My prayse shall be of thee in the great congregation.
116
27. Tarrye thou the Lordes leysure, be of good courage, and hee shall comfort thine heart.
79
27. When my father and my mother forsaketh mee, the Lorde taketh me vp.
308.520
34. Keepe thy tongue from euill.
85
34. The aungell of the Lorde cam­peth round about them that feare him.
548
34. The eyes of the Lorde are ouer the righteous.
497
37. I haue seene the vngodly in great prosperitye and flourishing lyke a greene baye tree.
505
48. The Citie of the great king.
18
50. Call vpon me in the time of thy trouble: I will heare thee and thou shalt glorifie me.
115.116
50. Thinkest thou that I will eate bulles flesh, and drinke the bloud of Goates.
545
51. washe me throughly from my [...]e iniquitie, and clense me from my sinne.
545
51. Renewe in mee a right spirite.
77
56. Thou ha [...]t numbred my flit­tinges, thou hast put my teares in thy bottell.
328.745
58. They are as venemous as the poyson of a Serpent, they bee like the deafe [...]dder that stoppeth hyr eares.
548
65. Blessed is the man whome thou choosest.
525
68. Thou wentest vp on high, thou hast ledde captiuity captiue.
124
69. The zeale of thine house hath euen eaten mee.
659
69. I will prayse the name of the Lorde with a songue.
461
72. His domynion shall be from the one sea to the other.
32
72. He shall delyuer the poore when he cryeth, the afflicted. &c.
321 and .453
76. In Iewrie is God knowne, his name is great in Israell.
91.95
80. Shewe the light of thy counte­naunce and we shall be saued.
120
89. I haue sworne once by my holy­nesse that I will not fayle Da­uid.
24
89. My couenant will I not breake, nor alter the thing that is gone out of my lyppes.
298
94. He that made the eye shall he not see?
300
94. In the multitude of the sor­rowes that I had in my heart, thy comfortes did refreshe my soule.
115
94. The Lorde seeth it not, neyther doth the God of Iacob vnder­stande it.
253
104. Thou that makest the clowdes thy charyot.
36
104. He watereth the hylles from aboue: the earth is replenished with the fruite of thy workes.
Pag. 575.
[...]05. Touch not mine annoynted.
142
106. They turned theyr glorye into [Page] the similitude of a Calfe that ea­teth haye.
337.574
107. Let them giue thankes whome the Lorde hath redeemed, and de­liuered out of the hande of the enimie.
496
110. The Lord sayde vnto my Lord: sitte thou on my right hand.
266 and .119.33
110. Thou art a priest for euer, after y e order of Melchisedech
37.168.122
110. Rule thou in the myddle among thine enimies.
98
113. Hee lifteth the simple out of the dust.
330
116. Right deere in the sight of the Lorde is the death of his saintes.
Pag. 475
116. What rewarde shall I gyue vn­to the Lorde for all the benefits that he hath done vnto me.
461
118. The Lord is the strength of my lyfe.
253
118. The same stone which the buil­ders refused.
200
119. It is better to trust in the Lord.
Pag. 254
119. It is good for mee that I haue beene in miserye.
101
121. I will lyft vp mine eyes vnto the hylles▪ from whence my helpe shall come.
353
123. Beholde euen as the eyes of ser­uaunts looke vnto the handes of theyr maysters. &c.
113
132. I will not enter into the taber­nacle of my house.
346
141. Set a watche O God before my mouth.
85
146. Put not your trust in Princes.
Pag. 317
147. Hee declares hys worde vnto Iacob, his statutes and ordinan­ces vnto Israell.
95
147. Hee couereth the heauen wyth clowdes, and prepareth rayne for the earth.
575
1 PRouerb. The beginning of knowledge is the feare of the Lorde.
416
2. If thou seeke after wisdome as after golde thou shalt finde hyr.
Pag. 88
6 The Lord hateth a false witnesse that bringeth vp lyes.
354
16. Lottes are cast into the lappe, but the ordering thereof standeth in Lorde.
72
25. He that searcheth the maiestie of of God, shall be depriued of the glorie.
28
MAtthei. 1. Thou shalt call hys name Iesus: for he shall. &c.
Pag. 168
3. Repent.
130
3. And say not we haue Abraham to our father.
350
3. This is my beloued sonne, in whome I am well pleased.
202 and .449.103
5. Blessed are the poore in heart: for they shall see God.
120
5. The Citie of the great King.
18
5. One iote or one title of the lawe shall not scape.
335
5. If thou bringest thy gyft to the aulter, and there remembrest.
48
5. You shall be perfect euer as your father which is in heauen is per­fect.
512
5. He maketh his sonne to aryse. &c.
Pag. 638
6. Where your treasure is there will be your heart also.
632
7. Seeke and you shall finde.
88
7. With what measure you meate it shall be. &c.
301
7. Not euerye one that sayth vnto me, Lorde.
94
7. Depart fro me, yee that worke iniquitie.
351
8. Follow me and let the deade bu­rye the deade.
511
9. Thy fayth hath made thee safe.
Pag. 168
10. A mans foes shall be them of his owne housholde.
56.563
10. Whosoeuer shall confesse me be­fore men, him will I also confesse before my father which is in hea­uen.
86
10. He that receyueth you, receyueth me.
9.161
It is not you that speake, but the spirite of your father that speaketh in you.
9
10. Be you wise as Serpents.
657
10. Feare ye not them which kill. &c.
Pag. 685
10. If they persecute you in one Ci­tye. &c.
[...]01
10. Goe not into the waye of the Gentiles.
533
10. Hee that loueth father or mother more than me.
591
10. It shal be gyuen you in that same hower, what to speake.
780
10. Come vnto mee all yee that la­bour sore and are laden.
7
11. No man knoweth the father, but the sonne.
566
11. I thanke thee O Father, bicause thou hast hidde these things from the wise.
45.625
12. How can one enter into a strong mans house and spoyle. &c.
 
12. Out of the abundance of the hart the mouth speaketh.
85
13. The secrets of the kingdome of Heauen.
641
15. Euery planting which my hea­uenly father. &c.
342
15. It is not meete to throwe the Childrens breade vnto dogges.
 
15. Nothing that goeth in at the mouth &c.
608
15. In vaine doe they worship mee, teaching doctrines, preceptes of men.
589
16. The gates of hell shall not pre­uayle against it.
298
17. This is my beloued sonne in whome I am well pleased heare hym.
449
18. Where two or three are gathered togither in my name.
 
20. Who so will be cheefe among you Let him be your seruaunt.
39.70 and .141
21. The kindome of God shall be ta­ken from you. &c.
683.552
22. I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac.
327
22. Giue vnto Cesar those thinges which are Cesars: and vnto god those things that are Gods.
211
23. All whatsoeuer they bidde you obserue, that obserue and doe.
56
23. Hierusalem, Hierusalem, thou that killest the Prophetes.
16
24. Heare is Christ or there.
8
24. Ye shall heare of warres and ru­moures of warres.
99
25. The parable of the talentes.
308
25. Enter into the ioye of thy Lord
Pag. 119
25. I was harbourlesse and yet toke me in.
557
27. If hee be the king of Israell, let him nowe come downe from the crosse.
269
28. I am with you vntill the ende of the world.
879.327.520
28 All power is gyuen too mee in Heauen and in earth.
35
28. Teaching them to obserue all things what soeuer I haue com­maunded you.
335
MArc. 8. who so euer shall bee ashamed of mee and of my wordes. &c.
591
10. No man that forsaketh house. &c.
Pag. 891
16. Goe yee into all the worlde and preache▪ &c.
133. [...]10
16. Hee that beleeueth and is bapti­sed, shalbe saued.
458
16. Hee that beleeueth not, shall bee dampned.
182
16. When the Lord had spoken vnto them, hee was receyued into hea­uen.
33
LUc. 1. Hee hath put downe the mightie from their Seates, and exalted them of lowe degree
Pag. 330
6. Woe vnto you that nowe laughe, for you shall wayle and weepe.
Pag. 115
7. Thy sinnes are forgyuen thee.
Pag. 181
9. Who so euer will not receyue you when you go out of that ci­tie.
549
9. No man that putteth his hande to the plough and looketh back, is apt to the kingdome of God.
Pag. 549.612
10. Hee that heareth you, heareth mee, and hee that despyseth you, despyseth mee.
592.608
[Page]10. Into whatsoeuer Citie you en­ter.
549
11. Happie are they that heare the wordes of GOD and keepe it.
Pag. 351
12. Let your loynes bee gyrte about and your lightes brennyng.
8
12. Feare not little flocke, for it is your Fathers pleasure to gyue you a kyngdome.
50
13. It can not bee that a Prophete perishe any other where then at Hierusalem.
16
26. The children of this worlde are wyser then the children of light.
Pag. 192.657
17. As it chaunced in the dayes of Noe, so shall it bee in the dayes of the sonne of man.
661
18. There was a Iudge in a certain Citie.
499
21. I will gyue you a mouthe and wysedom agaynst the which. &c.
Pag. 175
22. Yee are they which haue abyd­den with mee in my temptacions
Pag. 171.557
22. I appoint vnto you a kingedome as my father hath appointed vn­to mee.
538
22. You bee come foorth as vnto a theefe with swordes and stanes.
Pag. 491
23. To daye thou shalt bee with mee in Paradise.
118.
23. Father forgyue them, for they wote not what they doe.
171
24. Ought not Christ to haue suffe­red these things. &c.
27
24. That all must be fulfilled which were written of mee in the lawe of Moyses and in the prophets, and in the Psalmes.
676
24. Handle mee and see, for a spirite hath not fleshe and bone as you see mee haue.
10
24. Repentāce & remission of sinnes muste bee preached in his name, among all nations.
133
IOan. 1. Hee came amongest hys owne.
309
1. In him was lyfe.
538
1. No man hath seene God at any tyme, but the sonne. &c.
552
1. Beholde the Lambe of GOD.
Pag. 544
2. Tho zeale of thyne house hath e­uen eaten mee.
659
3. Hee that beleeueth not the sonne, shall not see lyfe.
182
3. So GOD loued the world. &c.
Pag. 184
3. The wynde bloweth where it li­steth, and thou hearest the sounde thereof, but knowest not whence it commeth and whether it goeth
Pag. 79.138.195
4. Whosoeuer drinketh of the wa­ter that I shall gyue him, shall neuer be more a thirst.
7.665
4. The true worshippers shal wor­ship the Father in spirite and in the truth.
328
4. Ye worship you wote not what.
Pag. 665
5. The woorkes that my Father hath gyuen mee to finishe, beare witnes of mee.
7
5. Hee that heareth my worde and beleeueth in him that sent mee▪ is escaped from death vnto lyfe.
Pag. 563
5. The houre shall come in y e which all that are in the graues, shall heare his voyce.
117
6. No man commeth vnto mee ex­cept the Father drawe him.
135. and 586.620
6. This is the will of him that sent mee, that euery one whiche seeth the Sonne, and beleueth on him.
12
7. Hee that beleeueth on mee▪ out of his belly shall flowe ryuers of water of lyfe.
19
7. Doth any of the Rulers beleeue on him?
45
8. Abraham sawe my day and was glad.
122
8. Hee that is of God, heareth the worde of God.
181
10. If I doo not the woorkes of my Father beleue me not.
7
10 My sheep heare my voice.
181.320
No man shal pluck them out of his hande.
196.353
10. I haue other sheepe also whiche are not of this folde.
554
11. This infirmitie is not vnto death but for the glory of God, that the sonne of God might be glorified thereby.
165
11. It is expedient for vs that one man dye for the people.
633
12. Where I am, there shall also my minister bee.
12
12. When I am lifte vppe from the earth, I will drawe all men vn­to mee.
2
13. Who so receyueth whom soeuer I sende, receyueth mee.
9
By this shall all men know that you are my disciples, if you loue one another.
223
13. You ought also to washe one an­others feete.
328
14. I am the waye, the light and the truth.
538
14. No man commeth vnto the Fa­ther but by mee.
107
14. In my Fathers house are many dwelling places▪
35
14. I will not leaue you comfortles.
Pag. 308.327.520
14. I will come agayne and receyue you euen vnto my self.
12
24. I will praye the Father, and hee shall gyue you an other Comfor­ter.
[...]9
15. Without mee yee can do nothing.
Pag. 110.270
15. If they haue kept my sayinge, they will keepe yours also.
550
15. Nowe are you cleane thoroughe the wordes which I haue spoken vnto you.
596
16. Yee shall leaue mee alone, and yet am I not alone.
308.520
16. Nowe yee haue sorrowe, but I will see you agayne, and your harte shall reioyce.
115. and 558
16. In the worlde yee shall haue tri­bulation.
98
17. I haue glorified thee vpon earth
Pag. 113
17. Father I will that those whiche thou hast gyuen mee, be with me where I am.
12.36
17. This is life euerlasting▪ that they might knowe thee.
542.552
18. My kingedome is not of thys worlde.
98
19. Wee haue no kynge but Cesar.
Pag. 179
19. It is finished.
118
20. These things are written, that you might beleeue.
0
ROman. 1. Which was declared to bee the Sonne of GOD with power.
540
2. Whosoeuer hath sinned without lawe, shall also perishe withoute Law.
675
3. What though some of them dyd not beleeue?
17
3. Therefore wee holde that a man is iustified by fayth.
595
3. All men haue sinned and are de­stitute of the glory of God, but are iustified freely thorough hys grace.
458.544
4. Not in circumcision, but in vn­circumcision.
294.297
5. That where sinne abounded, there myght grace also raigne.
Pag. 512
7. The lawe is spirituall, but we be carnall.
155
7. O wretched mā that I am, who shall deliuer mee from the body of this death.
613
8. If God bee with vs, who can be against vs.
13.298
8. You haue not receyued the spirite of bondage to feare anye more.
Pag. 85
8. Those which hee knowe before, those also dyd hee predestinate.
Pag. 554
8. The spirit of adoption by whom wee crye Abba father.
538
8. Neyther death nor lyfe can sepe­rate vs from the loue of GOD.
Pag. 328
9. It is not of the will or industrie of man, but of the mercie of God.
Pag. 135
10. With the harte man beleeueth vnto righteousnes, and with the mouth confesseth vnto saluation.
Pag. 86
10. Whosoeuer shall call on the name of the Lorde shalbe safe.
665
10. How shall they call on him, on [Page] whome they haue not beleeued?
Pag. 509.665
10. How shall they beleeue without a Preacher?
509.665.49
10. Howe shall they preache without they be sent?
49.510.58
10. Hearing commeth by the worde of God.
625
11. The giftes of God are without repentance.
29
11. For if God spared not the natu­rall braunches.
547
11. O the deepenesse of the ryches. &c.
29.111
12. He that doth mercifully, let hym doe it cheerefully.
147
12. In gyuing honour▪ go one before an other.
293
12. Reioyce with them that doe re­ioyce, and weepe with them that weepe.
491
13. Princes are not fearefull to them that doe well, but to them that do euill.
321
14. I knowe and am perswaded by the Lorde Iesus, that there is no­thing common of itself.
603
15. Whatsoeuer thinges haue beene written afore time were written for our learning.
3
16. The mysterye kept secret since the worlde begonne.
674
1. COrinth. 1. Wee preach Christ crucified: vnto the Iewes a stumbling blocke, and to the Gentyles foolishnesse.
664
1. But vnto them which are called both of the Iewes and Gentiles we preach Christ the power of God, and the wisdome of God.
Pag. 538
2. The naturall manne perceyueth not the thinges of the spirite of God.
308.554
3. Paule fed the Corinthians with mylke.
680
3. We are the Ministers of God by whome you haue beleeued.
566
4. disposers of the secrets of God.
Pag. 9
4. What hast thou that thou hast not receyued.
308.270
4. In Christ Iesu through the Gospell haue I begotten you.
Pag. 509
6. Whoremongers and adulterers shall not inherite the kingdome of God.
181
9. Woe vnto mee, if I preach not the Gospell.
212
10. Ye cannot bee pertakers of the Lordes table.
602
10. God is faythfull and will not suffer vs to bee tempted aboue our strength.
578
11. There must bee sectes that they which are tryed among you, might be knowne.
590
13. Nowe we see in a glasse euen in a darcke speaking: but then shal we see face to face.
175
14. The spirites of the Prophetes are subiect to the Prophets.
70
15. This corruptible must put on incorruption.
541
15. O death where is thy sting.
23
[...]. COrinth. 1. All the promyses of God in hym are yea▪
537
1. As the afflictions of Christ are plenteous in vs. &c.
637
3. Of our selues wee are not suffici­ent to thinke. &c.
620.320▪
5. Wee are messengers in the roome of Christ.
71
5. Euery man shall receyue accor­ding as hee hath done in bodye.
Pag. 175.675
5. God hath made him to bee sinne for vs, whiche knewe no synne.
Pag. 535
9. GOD loueth a cherefull gyuer.
Pag. 485
1. GAlath. 1. I maruell that you are so soone turned frō Christ
Pag. 589
1. If an Angell from heauen preach any other Gospell.
607
3. This onely woulde I learne of you, whether you receyued the spirite by the deedes of the Law.
Pag. 184
3. Though it bee but a mans Te­stament, yet if it bee proued, no man. &c.
186
3. Hee sayeth not, to the seedes, as of many: but to thy seede, as of one.
ibidem
3. The Lawe is our Schoolemay­ster vnto Christ.
334
3. There is neyther bonde nor free, neyther Male nor Female.
293. and 656
4. Bycause you are Sonnes, God hath sent the spirite of his son. &c.
Pag. 85
4. When the full tyme was come, GOD sente hys Sonne. &c.
Pag. 448
5. If you byte and deuoure one an­other.
146. [...]24
5. Would GOD they were cut off, which trouble you.
606
5. I testifie to euery man whiche is circumcised.
589
EPhesi. 1. Accordinge as hee had chosen vs in him before the foū ­dacions of the world were layd.
Pag. 294.525.202
1. Christ worketh all thinges in vs.
Pag. 201
1. God hath made Christ sit on his right hande, in heauenly places.
Pag. 36
4. Christ is ascended vp aboue all heauens to fulfyll all things.
38. and 51
4. When hee went vp on hy [...], hee ledde captiuity captiue.
37
4. Hee gaue some Apostles, some Prophetes. &c.
10
6. Watch with all instancie and sup­plication.
205
PHilipp. [...]. In the name of Iesus euery knee should bowe.
309
2. God woorketh in vs both to wil and to doe of good will.
270. and [...]54
3. Our conuersation is in heauen.
Pag. 37
4. I can doe all thinges thoroughe Christ.
169
COlos. 2. Hee hath spoyled al prin­cipalitie and rule, and made a shewe of them openly.
37
3. Filthie communication.
15
THessalon. 2. How they kylled the Lord Iesus.
556
4. The Lorde himselfe shall des­cend from heauen in a showte, and in the voyce of the Archan­gell.
35
5. Reioyce euer: praye continual­ly.
115
5. Examine all thinges, holde faste that is good.
655
1. TImoth. 2. One Mediatoure.
Pag. 107
2. God would haue all men to come too the knoweledge of the truth.
561.655
3. A Bishop must bee the husband of one wyfe.
765
4. Meates are Sanctifyed by the woorde of GOD and prayer.
Pag. 147
5. Bee not partaker of other mens sinnes.
15
6. Wee brought nothinge into this worlde: and it is certayne, wee maye carry naught awaye. &c.
Pag. 299
2. TImoth. 2. To deuide the word of Truth rightly and dulye.
Pag. 680
3. Applye thy reading.
15
3. Thou hast perceyued my Doc­trine.
578.592
3. All scripture is gyuen by inspira­tion of God.
5 [...]2
4. Bee instant in season and out of season.
351
HEbreor. 1. Aungels are mini­string spirits.
246
2. Hee tooke not on him the Aungels, but the seede of Abra­ham.
105.178
4. Wee haue not an hyghe Priest, that can not bee touched with the feelinge of oure infirmities.
Pag. 107
[Page]4. The woorde of God is a twoo edged sworde.
660
9. Christ came to be an hyghe priest of good things to come.
37
10. The bloud of Oxen and Gotes can not [...]ke away sinnes.
545
11. Faith is the grounde of thinges that are hope [...] for.
295
11. Without [...]ith it is impossible to please God.
47.341.665
11. By fayth Moyses when he was great, refused to bee called the S [...]nne of Pharaos Daughter.
Pag. 320
13. Forget not to doe good and to distribute.
139
13. Remember thē that are in bonds euen as if you were bound with them.
491
IAmes. 4 [...] The friendship of thys world, is enimitie with GOD.
Pag. 26
1. [...] ▪ Christe was ord [...]yned before the worlde was made.
Pag. 109
4. The tyme is come, that iudge­ment muste beginne at the house of God▪
269
5. God resisteth the proude.
506
2. PE [...]r. 3. Where is the promise of his comming?
66 [...]
1. IOan. 2. Let the same abyde in you, which you heard from the beginning.
129.588
3. Now are we the sonnes of God and yet it doth not appeare what wee shall bee.
540
4. Greater is he that is in you, then hee that is in the world.
353
4. Here in is loue, not that wee lo­ued God.
531
APocaly. 3. The Epistle to those of Laodicca.
660
14. Blessed are the dead whiche dye in the Lord.
313
20. The Sea shall gyue vp hir dead which are in hir.
313
21. There shal bee new Heauens and a newe earth.
175
22. Woorship God.
260
FINIS

The first chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The first Homelie.

‘IN the former treatise (deare THEOPHILVS) we haue spoken of all that IESVS began to doe, and teach, vntill the daye, in which hee was taken vp, after that hee through the holye Ghost, had giuen commaundements vnto the Apostles whom he had chosen.’

GReat is the prayse of Hystorie, The commē ­dation of the holy History, or Scripture. though but prophane, for that the wysest men haue called hir the witnesse of tymes, the light of truth, the life of remembrance, the Maystresse of lyfe, and the Messenger of Anti­quitie: yet certaine it is, that these titles may be applyed to no Hystorie more deser­uedly, and truely, than to the Hystorie con­tayned in the Bookes of the olde and newe Testament, which the holy Ghost hath de­liuered vnto the Church. For this Hystorie bringeth vs, an exact, & an infallible account of the tymes, from the first beginning of the worlde, vnto the birth of Iesus Christ, which account, with other wry­ters is founde vncertayne, and deceytfull. This Hystorie, is not onely the light, but also the touchstone, whereby the writinges, and credite of all o­ther Hystoriographers, ought to be tryed. This Hystorie conserueth vs the memorie of things done in very deede, and which in very deede appertayne to our [...]aluation. And those things which lye hidden, in the [...]ecrete closets, of reuerend antiquitie, she most truely reporteth vnto vs, and maystresse of life, shee onely, and none other ought to be called. For she layeth before vs the examples, not onely of vices and vertues, and the chaungeable occurrences of the worlde, by the which we may learne how to [...]rame this present life, but taking hir flight yet higher, she giueth preceptes of eternall saluation of the soule, shee reuealeth the holy will of God, shee layeth before vs presidents of Gods promises, and threates, shee describeth the iudgement of God against the disobedient, and declareth his protection and tuition, wherewith hee de­fendeth those that worship him. And to conclude, shee setteth before vs, to be­holde as in a glasse, all the nature and propertie of God, that euery man may see, what an one he vouchsafeth [...] be [...]o vs, & what maner of ones he requi­reth vs againe, to be towardes him. Which things vnlesse we imprint in our mindes, we traueyle in all other hystories but in vaine, which may delight vs with vaine ioye, but are not able to enflame our mindes, with the loue of true vertue, and holy religion.

But amongst the volumes of holy Scripture, The commē ­datiō and ar­gument of the Actes of the Apostles. that make mention and report of things done: I thinke there is none extant, the reading and know­ledge whereof, is eyther more profitable, or necessarye, than this, which is entituled, the Actes of the Apostles. For to say nothing of Luke, the Author [Page 2] hereof, whose prayse is in the Gospell, which was present almost at all the things done (for the holy scripture inspired of God, needeth not the authoritie or prayse of man) such is the dignitie and maiestie of the things comprised in this Booke, that if the same be not able to allure & mooue any man, to esteeme and loue the woorke: in vayne shalt thou go about, by humane reason, to per­swade him. Amongst the which thinges, we will intreate presently, of those, which containe the argument & summe of the whole narration or discourse.

The King­dom of christ, is this world.And first of all, Luke descrybeth the beginning, proceeding, and successe, of that kingdome, which Christ hath in thys worlde: whereof appeareth in the Prophets, many things foreshewed and tolde. For Dauid testifieth, that Christ is declared a King by God his Father, Psalme. 2. &. 27. whose inheritaunce (sayth hee) are all the Nations of the earth, and who also shall rule the Islandes. Za­charie prophecieth, Zachar. 9. that the boundes of hys kingdome should stretch from sea to sea. Daniel. 2. In Daniel, it is called the Mountayne, that shoulde fill the worlde, wherevnto all the thinges are to be referred, written in other Prophetes, by these wordes: Esaye. 2. Mich. 4. In the latter dayes it will be, that the hill where the house of the Lord is buylded, shall be the chiefe among hilles, and exalted aboue all little hilles.

I passe ouer diuers things for prolixitie, which might be alleaged to this purpose. But if thou wouldest search these thinges, in the Hystorie of Iesu Christ, written by the Euaungelistes, thou shouldest finde little or nothing, answerable to such honorable Oracles. For they describe Christ to be lowly, poore, and subiect to the iniuries, and reproches of euery man, and who after an infinite sort of calamities, abode most shamefull death on the crosse. Fur­ther, they shewe the borders of his kingdome, to haue bene very narrow and straite: for that the misteries of the same, were vnderstanded but of very few. But if thou wilt pervse this Booke, by & by whatsoeuer the Prophets, haue prophecied of the same, shall appeare to be most true: For he that seemed des­pised, and a man of no estimation, by his glorious ascention into heauen, hath triumphed ouer the Deuill and all his enimies, sitteth on the right hande of hys father, from thence sendeth the holy Ghost, before promysed to his Apo­stles: wherewith they being inflamed, beginne to preache Christ, and not content within the borders of Iurie, are dispersed amonge the Gentiles, and amongst them, by the playne, and simple preaching of the Gospell, spredde the kingdome of Christ, both farre and neare, so that Christ stretcheth his kingdome from sea to sea: and the Islandes of the sea beginne to acknow­ledge him to be theyr King, and by the ministerye of the Apostles, it com­meth to passe, that all nations and people, flocke vnto this Mountayne, ex­alted aboue all Mountaynes, yea, reigning in heauen, which thing, Christ a few dayes before his death, prophecied should come to passe, in these wordes: When I shall be lyft vp from the earth, Iohn. 12. I will drawe all people vnto mee. And this is so euident an argument, of the kingdome of Christ, and of his power, that there can be none more euident. For no Prince, were he neuer so migh­tie, coulde so quickly chaunge, the fashion of the whole world, as the Apostles in few yeres did, being but abiects and contemned persons, and by the spirit of Christ woorking in them, graffed in the hartes of men, a newe, and before that time, vnknowne desire of fayth, and christian religion. Except therfore this Booke were extant, the truth of the kingdome of Christ, and the maiestie therof should appeare, eyther none at all, or at leastwise, might seeme obscure and vncertaine.

[Page 3]Beside this, The forme of the Church primitiue, and rule of refor­mation there­after. there is one other thing very profitable and necessary to be knowne, that is to say, what maner of countinaunce, the Primatiue Church had, which was founded by the Apostles, according to the which, the Church in all ages ought to be refourmed, when any errors or abuses shall happen. Touching which thing, as all men dispute therof in these daies, so shall a man finde very fewe, which wil take the straight way, opened by the Apostles, to a­mende the same. Wherby it commeth to passe, that we put newe errors in the place of olde, & driue away olde superstitions with new, as pieuish & noysome as the olde. Whereas if we would obserue the thinges written by Luke, wee should haue a certaine & an infallible rule, aswell of doctrine, as ceremonies, which the Apostles left vnto the church. They taught one Iesus Christ, to be the onely Auctor of our saluation, and, that men which by nature are sinners, and in daunger of damnation, are by no other meanes iustified & saued, than by faith in Iesus Christ. Yea, this booke aboundeth with most notable exam­ples, wherewith the principall and chiefe article of our christian fayth (as I sayd eare whyle) is warranted and confirmed, against all the cauillations of Sophisters and Phariseis. For, what other did euer the Apostles require, of the vncleane Gentiles, and straungers, from the common weale of the people of God, but to leaue their olde superstition, and to beleeue in Christ? Did they not preache saluation and forgiuenesse of sinnes to them, turning from their open ydolatrie? Did they not most stoutely stande against those blinde Bayardes, which would burthen the Gentiles with the woorks of the lawe? as though Christ had not beene of power to saue, but those which pre­pared themselues to him by the deedes of the Lawe? Wherfore, if the faith in Iesus Christ, was once sufficient for the Gentiles, and they not to be charged with the workes and ceremonies of the lawe, published by God: I pray you what shall let, why the same faith and beliefe shal not suffise vs in these daies? Or shall we say that the traditions of men, are more profitable and necessary to the attaynement of Iustification and saluation, than they which God once ordayned, to remayne till the time of correction? As touching ceremonies, & outwarde rytes, the Apostles thought it vnlawfull to charge the Churches with any thing, vpon their priuate authoritie. Baptisme, the order wherof, they receyued of Christ the Lorde, they haue most sincerely deliuered. The vse and maner of the Lordes Supper, as Christ did institute it, they thought good to retayne. In other matters of the Church, this was their chiefe care, to haue a Discipline, wherewith Christ woulde the naughtye disposed to be kept vnder, and that the poore shoulde be honestly prouided for, whose case and condicion, the Lorde did vouchsafe so earnestlye to commende vnto vs. The thinges which besides these now a dayes, vnder the name of the Apo­stles, and Canons of the Apostles are obtruded, wee can not acknow­ledge for Apostolyke: neyther can any good man blame vs therefore, foras­much as Luke maketh no mention of them, whose diligence and labour, the holy Ghost thought good to vse, in writing the Sermons and Actes of the Apostles. Surely, I will neuer thinke, the holye Ghost eyther so vnwyse, as to take a negligent wryter of so high matters, or else so forgetfull, as to let passe any of those things, the knowledge and obseruation whereof, was so necessarie in hys Church. I would speake of euery thing more at large, but that they recourse in the treatise of the Hystorie, where they will be more commodiously handled. Let it suffise for this time to haue shewed the great [Page 4] vtilitie of this booke, in that it ministreth to vs, a true and an infallible rule of reforming the Church, which except they obserue, which will be called and counted reformers, they may well reioyce in their reformations in y e iudge­ment of the fleshe, but they shall neuer giue vs Churches, that any man, but meanely trayned in the holy Scriptures, shall acknowledge in all pointes, for sincere, and true Apostolike Churches.

Howbeit, this booke sheweth vs not only a forme & paterne of the Church of Christ, The con­dition, or state of the Church in this world. but also it plainely teacheth vs, what the state and condicion of the Church is here in earth, which to know is both profitable and necessarie, as­well for doctrine and information, as also for the comfort that thereby com­meth vnto vs. For we shal see the Apostles in euery part of the world, finde it true that Christ foreshewed, touching their Crosse and afflictions. For God would not so worke by them, as that the things both supersticiously, and wic­kedly maintayned, in the worlde, till that daye, shoulde yeelde of their owne accorde, to their preaching: but he would invre them with labours and con­tentions. And in euery place there were founde, that woulde withstande theyr doctrine, and those not of the rascall and common sorte, but they, which for their learning and godlynesse, the worlde woondered at: such as were the Scribes and Priestes amongst the Iewes, and the Philosophers of the Gentyles. Neyther was the matter decyded wyth wordes. For so great was the authoritie of the enimies of the truth, that the Magistrates tooke their partes: so that they were fayne to pleade their cause before them, and to contrarie their commaundements with hazarde of their lyfe. Thus be­ing banished their natiue Countrie, they felt the smart of exyle, they were in perill by sea and lande, they laye bounde in Prisons, euerye man hated them, and rayled vpon them: and finallye, they ended their charge of prea­ching the Gospell, with their death and bloudsheading. These thinges if wee consider, wee shall perceyue, what we haue to hope for nowe a dayes, neyther shall wee be offended, eyther wyth the authoritie or power of men, striuing against the Gospell, wyth such rage and furie as they did. And on the other side, the loyaltie and truth of Christ shall marueylously comforte vs, whom the Apostles founde so true in his promyses. For he promised the ayde of his holy Spirite, present counsell in aduersitie, and his safegard and defence against all men. All which he so perfourmed, that they hauing the vpper hande, despite of the world, and Prince therof, obtained their purpose, and were able with good successe, to perfourme their vocation. Let no man therefore feare the threates of tyraunts in these daies, let no man be afrayde of Sathans enterpryses, let no man be abasshed at the stormes & tempestes of this worlde. For Christ liueth still, and the truth of his promyses is in­fallible, which as they once were made to his Apostles, euen so they are con­tinued to all men, which beleeue in Christ, according to their doctrine. And surely, Iohn. 17. if there were no other vtilitie of this booke but this one, there is no man but seeth, how necessary the knowledge therof is, in these dayes: where wee see euery where such horrible attemptes, against the Church of Christ, and such vnhappy disturbances and troubles in the same.

Yet besides all these, the examples, whereof this Hystorie is full, bringeth vs no small fruit of learning and godlynesse. Examples for men of all degrees and conditions. For in this stage, as it were of the Church, may wee see the Apostles, and Apostolike persons, by whose ex­ample all the ministers of Christes Church, may learne, with what trust and [Page 5] prudencie they ought to handle Christs cause, with what constancie and truth they may defende the same, with what puritie of maners they shoulde leade others, and with what courage and pacience, they should vanquish all aduer­sitie. Here are set forth Magistrates, both good and bad, by whose counsel and doings, they that be in office may take a president of their gouernment. Here want examples neyther of riche nor poore. Here haue men of whome they may learne, and here are remembred the notable deedes of certaine women, of whom all womanhood may take an example to lyue by. To be briefe, there is no degree or state, eyther of the laytie or spiritualtie, but this booke instruc­teth it with many & peculyer presidents. And although it be but little, which I haue spoken in commendation thereof, yet I suppose it appeareth therby, that God ment to enriche his Church with a singular iewell and treasure, whan it liked him by the mynisterie of Luke, to haue the storie of the Apo­stles, and primitiue Church, to be written. It behooueth vs to acknow­ledge his goodnesse, and to follow the diligence of the holy Ghost, in searching for the thinges comprysed in this holy writing, which Luke beginneth with these woordes: ‘In the former treatise (deare THEOPHILVS) we haue spoken of all that IESVS began to doe, and teach. &c.’

Before hee entreth into the discourse of the Actes of the Apostles, he rehear­seth the thinges that Christ did with his Apostles, a little before his Ascen­tion. He vseth a little short and plaine Preface, in the which as it were, by re­hearsall of thinges done before, hee continueth and ioyneth this booke, with his first, entituled the Gospell of Iesu Christ written by Luke, and therwithal sheweth what he purposeth in thys his other booke. For the sense of hys woordes seemeth to be this. In the first booke, I spake of all those thinges, which Iesus Christ the Sonne of God, did here on earth for our sakes: but now in this, I am purposed to discourse of the thinges, which he would haue done by the mynistery of the Apostles, after hys departure in body out of the worlde. And he doth dedicate his booke to one Theophilus, Who Theo­philus is. whom most men do thinke to haue bene some speciall friend of Lukes, and singular in the fayth. In deede the addition which he putteth to hys name in the Preface of his Gospell, calling him [...] (that is) most noble, or excellent, is vsed chiefely to great men in authoritie. And afterwarde wee shall heare how he attributeth the same to Festus and Foelix, presidents of Iurie. He was there­fore some godly man of authoritie, such as God vseth alwayes to appoint in hys Church, to succour and ayde the same, beyng in strife and contention. And yet no man may hereof gather, that the same booke appertaineth not aswell to vs all. But rather let all men endeuour to shew themselues to be Theophili, that is to saye, louers of God, and thinke that Luke speaketh no lesse vnto them, than to this auncient Theophilus. And truly, as many as be­leeue in Christ, being reconciled by him vnto God, loue him, with all theyr harte and powers. But touchyng this opinion, it mattereth not much, since it is playne ynough, that all the doctrine both of the olde and newe Testa­ment, appertayneth chiefely to all them that loue God, so that thereout they may haue both learnyng and comforte. Rom. 15. It shall be profitable to examine these fewe woordes of the Euaungelist somewhat more diligently.

And first is to be considered, how he professeth to write of all the thinges. How Luke is to be vnder­standed, say­ing he hath written of all things. For Luke may seeme to repugne with Iohn, which about the ende of the [Page 6] Gospell written by him, saith: There be also many other things which IESVS did, which if they shoulde be wrytten euery one, I suppose that all the worlde coulde not contayne the Bookes that should be written. But these places may be easily reconciled. For Luke saith not, he hath written euery thing perticu­larly, but he testifieth, that he hath spoken of all things necessary to be knowē for the attaynement of our saluation, and which may instruct vs with suffici­ent knowledge of Iesus Christ. For albeit the Euaungelistes rehearse not all the doings and sayinges of Christ, yet is Christ neuerthelesse to be belee­ued, neither was it needefull they should declare all things. For it is euident that Christ, which is the selfe truth, gainesayth not him selfe in anye place, but he obserueth one ende in all his sayinges. It is manifest that all his do­ings tende to one marke and purpose. Wherefore, though the Apostles had let passe none of them all: yet should we haue knowne none other Christ, nor learned any other fayth than that wee haue learned, by the writinges ex­tant. This doth Iohn witnesse, when he saith: Many other signes truely dyd IESVS in the presence of his Disciples, which are not written in this Booke. These are wrytten that yee might beleeue, Iohn. 20. that IESVS is Christ, the Sonne of GOD, and that in beleeuing, yee might haue lyfe thorough his name.

IOHN witnesseth that wee attayne vnto life through beliefe in Christ. And forasmuch as this beliefe may fully be learned and perceyued by the thinges written of Christ: I thinke no man, but he that is past shame, can denie, but that all thinges concerning the perfect doctrine of our sal­uation and Christian fayth, is comprehended in the writings of the Euaun­gelistes. Therefore Luke in these woordes reprooueth the impudent arro­gancye of the Sophisters of these dayes, who being tried and conuict to haue thrust many thinges into the Church, without authoritie of holy Scripture, would fayne slippe away with this slye shift, saying: that all the thinges ne­cessarie for vs to beleeue and obserue, are not contayned in the Scripture. Which if wee graunt, then must wee confesse, that eyther the Apostles & Pro­phetes, haue not taught vs the faith in Christ perfectly, or that this faith is not sufficient to saluation: neither of which is tollerable for Christian eares.

All Christs ministerie consisteth in works, and doctrine.Furthermore, Luke comprehendeth all Christes office and ministery here on earth, in two woordes, that is to say, in Woorkes, and Doctrine. Wee will not here speake of the dutie of a teacher, of whome, it is well sayde, that hee should teach the people with good example. For the Euaungelist meaneth not in this place, to describe the properties of a teacher: but to propose and set forth such thinges, as are to be considered of Christ. And he giueth Woorkes the first place, whereby he meaneth not myracles onely, but whatsoeuer thinges else, hee did for our saluation, as Kinge and Priest. For the Scrip­ture teacheth vs in euery place, Psalme. 2. and .110. that hee is gyuen to vs a King, and a Priest, but chieflye Dauid. So as he was King, he gaue vs Lawes of lyfe euerla­sting, and made his expedition, as it were, into this worlde, to fight against Sathan, the common enimie of mankinde, ouercame him, and set vs at liber­tie, which were tyed fast in the chaines of our sinne. Furthermore, of his libe­ralitie, more than royall, he abundantly enriched all that beleeue in him, with the treasures of the kingdome of Heauen. Moreouer, by his Priesthood, he taught vs, he prayed for vs, and for al them which hanged him on the Crosse, and he offred his body & bloud, which he tooke of vs to be a sufficient sacrifice, and acceptable to God for our sinnes: Hereunto serued the myracles, by the [Page 7] which he thought to bring men to the obedience of faith, and to teache the sim­ple thereby how to know him. The other place he assigneth for Doctrine, wherin the reason of all the things done by Christ, is declared. In the meane season, we must not thinke Luke in vaine, to haue ioyned Workes, and Doc­trine togyther, comprehending in these twoo woordes, all that concerneth Christ. For he teacheth, that in the consideration of Christ, these twoo must needes be ioyned togither. For except wee consider hys doctrine with hys woorkes, they shall no more auayle vs, to the knowledge of saluation, than the thinges done by any other, liuyng a thousand & fiue hundred yeares past and more. But if we consider his doctrine, we shall vnderstand that all these thinges, were wrought for our sakes, that saluation might happen to vs, through the benefite of Christ our Redeemer. Also, the consideration of hys woorkes, shall bring credite and authoritie to his doctrine, forasmuch as they beare, most manifest witnesse of hys diuine power, and Godhead, as Christ him selfe teacheth, saying: Iohn. 5. the woorkes which the Father hath giuen mee to finishe, the same woorkes that I doe, beare witnesse of mee, that the Father hath sent mee. And againe: If I doe not the woorkes of my Father, beleeue me not, Iohn. 10. but if I doe them, and if you beleeue not mee, beleeue the woorkes, that yee may know and beleeue that the Father is in mee, and I in him. With these woordes, are the counterfait Christians of this worlde impeached, who beleeue all the workes of Christ, and furnished with an Hystoricall faith, vse to praise all the things, that euer he did or suffered: but when it commeth to the poynt to be­leeue in one Christ, and the saluation obtayned by his onely merite: then as though they had forgotten theyr former fayth, they turne an other way, and seeke infinite meanes besides Christ, to attayne to saluation by. These men doe as they, which being allured with the testimonye of common reporte, of friendship, or familiarity, greatly extoll the Science of Phisicke: but when they fall sicke, refuse to vse the same, thereby plainely declaring, that they di­strust, both the Arte and knowledge of Phisicke. Euen so, that which these men, confesse of Christ with theyr mouth, they denie in deede. The cause of this hurtfull wauering, is none other but this, for that they consider Christes bare woorkes, whereby they are mooued, somewhat to marueyle at them, but that marueyle endureth not, forasmuch as it wanteth the proppe of doctrine, and is ignorant of the ende of them. Whereas if they would heare Christes teaching, they should perceyue, that these myracles were wrought and descri­bed, to the intent, that in him onely, wee should repose all hope of our salua­tion. For this is his saying: I am the waye, the light, and the truth. Iohn 4. No man commeth to the Father, but through mee. Whosoeuer drinketh of this elemen­tall water, drawne by his owne strength, shall thirst againe. Iohn. 4. But whosoeuer shall drinke of the water, that I shall giue him, shall neuer be more a thirst. Math. 11. Come vn­to mee, all yee that labour, and are laden, and I shall refreshe you.

Furthermore, it is to be considered that Luke maketh Christes ascention, The ascentiō of Christ, is the ende of the Gospell. the very ende and bounde of the story of the Gospell. For he saith that he hath spoken in the first Booke, of all the things, that Christ both did and sayde, vn­till the same daye, that he was taken vp into Heauen, after he had giuen commaundements to his Apostles, whom he had chosen. Hereby we gather, that Christ by his glorious ascention into Heauen, hath perfourmed all the poyntes of our redemption and saluation. For wee haue shewed before, that in the Gospell is perfectly contayned the thinges, which concerne our salua­tion. [Page 8] Bicause therefore the Ascention of Christ is placed last, it is cer­taine, that it was the last ende of all the thinges, necessarye to our saluation. This if wee holde, it shall appeare as cleare as may be, that wee henceforth neede no more bodily presence of Christ in the earth. For what should he doe in earth, which longe since hath faithfully and fully perfourmed the things, he had here to doe. Wee haue neede of the Spirite, the Grace, the Meryte, the Doctrine, the Counsell, and protection of Christ, which he neuer with­holdeth from his, and after this sorte as he promised, He is with them vntill the ende of the worlde. Math. 28. Math. 24. He him selfe also forbiddeth vs to beleeue them, which shall say, hee is any where corporallye present. But bicause wee haue a more commodious place, to speake of these thinges a little after, where the Hysto­rie of the Ascention is handled, let these fewe woordes suffice for this present.

The care and studie of Christe, for his Church.This is now to be obserued, that Christ would not leaue the earth, before he had giuen commaundementes to his Apostles. For I vnderstande not this place of that one commaundement, where he badde they should not de­parte from Hierusalem, till they had receiued the promised holy Ghost, but Luke seemeth to speake vniuersally, of all the thinges, which Christ meant to admonish his Apostles of, and chiefly those which concerned the office of their Apostleship, of the which a little after followeth more to be saide. This is ve­ry comfortable, that Christ although absent in his body, ceaseth not yet to care and prouide for his Church. For here he fulfilleth the dutie of a good and faithfull Householder, which goyng into the countrie, committeth the charge of his familie, to his trusty friendes, and in the meane season, telleth eche of his housholde, what they shall doe, while he is absent. Euen so Christ ascen­ding into Heauen, commended the care of his Church to his Apostles, whom he testifieth in the Gospell, to take as his friendes. He instructeth them with commaundements, least they through rashnesse or vnfaithfulnesse should of­fende. The Parables in the .xxiiij. and .xxv. of Mathew, make for the expo­sition of this place. Let no man therefore thinke that he is in such daunger of Tyraunts, and deceyuers, that he is left destitute of the ayde of Christ, and so lieth open to theyr pleasure, & crueltie: For he that hath redeemed his sheepe with the pryce of his owne bloud, and gaue such charge of them, to his Apo­stles goyng out of this worlde, he vndoubtedly beholdeth them still, and will not suffer any of them, to be taken out of his hande. In the meane while this also serueth for our purpose, Iohn. 10. that he that gaue commaundements, when he went forth, declareth thereby plainely, that he will one day come agayne. Let vs therefore prepare our selues against his commyng, beyng alwayes mindefull of the woordes of Christ, where he sayth: Luke. 12. Let your loynes be gyr­ded aboute, and your lightes brennyng, and yee your selues like vnto men, that wayte for theyr Lorde, when he will returne from the weddyng: that when he commeth and knocketh, they may open vnto him immediatly: happy are those s [...]ruaunts, whom the Lorde, when he commeth shall finde wakyng, &c.

The autho­r [...]ie of the Apostles, and of their Doctrine.But before wee ende our Sermon, some thinges remayne to be discus­sed, which commend vnto vs the dignitie and authoritie of the Apostles doc­trine. The first is, that he sayth they were chosen of Christ: He speaketh of a speciall choyse and election, whereby they were taken not onely into the number of them that shoulde be saued, but were also appoynted for such an ende and vse, that they should be Preachers of the grace conferred by Christ, and as Paule sayth, Stewardes of the mysteries of God. Furthermore he saith, [Page 9] they receyued commaundementes of Christ. 1. Cor. 11. For as Princes make for their Ambassadours letters of commission, which wee call instructions, in the which not onely is contayned the remembrance of thinges, they haue to doe, but also the credite and authoritie they be put in: euen so Iesus Christ, would instruct his Ambassadours with commaundementes, that it might appeare what they had to doe. But bicause many consider Christ, but as he were man onely, and perceyue nothing in the Apostles, passing the condition of common persones: therefore Luke addeth, that these commaundementes, were giuen by the holy Ghost. If wee would lay all these thinges togither: it should appeare, that they were no humane, but diuine affayres, that were committed to the Apostles. It shall appeare also, that theyr doctrine is to be referred to Christ, as to the Auctor thereof. For they are Christes mes­sengers, as Paule sayth: 2. Cor. 5. And they are commended with the testimonie of Christ, saying: He that receyueth whom so euer I sende, receyueth me. Againe, Iohn. 13. He that receyueth you, receyueth mee, and he that receyueth mee, Math. 10. receyueth him that sent mee. It is our partes therefore (Brethren) to iudge well of the of­fice and doctrine of the Apostles, and thankefully to acknowledge the vn­speakeable benefite of God, giuen vs by theyr preachyng, and to imbrace it with true faith. For so shall it come to passe, that wee being borne againe, of the immortall seede of his diuine Woorde, shall leade a life woorthy the chil­dren of God, and beyng deliuered, out of the horrible tempestes of this worlde, shall liue for euer in Heauen with the Sonne of God, Iesus Christ, our onely Lord and Sauiour: to whom all prayse, honour, glory and power, are dewe for euer. Amen.

The seconde Homelie.

‘TO whom also, he shewed himselfe aliue after his passion, and that by many tokens, appearing vnto them fortie dayes, and speaking of the kingdome of God.’

WHyle Luke, The Actes of the Apostles, are to be con­tynued and ioyned to the Gospell. in writyng the Actes of the Apo­stles, goeth aboute to ioyne that discourse with the story of the Gospell, as I tolde you yesterday: he doth it not at al-aduentures, but admonished and instructed by the holy Ghost, who meaneth thereby, to teache vs some excellent pointe of learnyng. For hereby it appeareth, that the story of the Apostles, should by no meanes be seuered from the story of the Gospell, and that whatsoeuer the Apostles did in setting forth the Gospell, and kingdome of Iesus Christ, is aswell to be referred to Christ as the Auctor of it, as the thinges he did in his owne person, while he was here on earth. For it is plaine that the Apostles did nothing of theyr owne head and power, but were mooued and inspired thereto, as Christes chosen instruments, by his holy spirite. This thing the woordes of Christ teach vs, saying: It is not you that speake, but the spyrit of my Father that speaketh in you. Math. 10. And in an other place, he promiseth his holy spirite, to instruct them with all truth, and to giue them counsell what to doe. Iohn 14. Wherevnto Paule had a respect saying vnto the Corinthians: 2. Cor. 13. Seeke you experience of Christ that speaketh in mee? The knowledge hereof is not in vaine, bicause it serueth both for our learning and consolation. For by these testimonies wee are taught, that wee [Page 10] may safely beleeue the doctrine and writinges of the Apostles, not onely bi­cause they are the Ambassadours of Iesus Christ (for wee see that Ambas­sadours sometime doe their message falsely) but also for that they be instruc­ted with his spirite, and as he inspyreth and directeth them, doe their office. It is no small consolation, that wee know Christ hath a care of his Church. For he that departing from vs in his bodie, left vs Apostles, by whose mynistery, his Church might be gathered togither, hee distributing the giftes of his holy spyrite in all Ages, giueth vnto his Church, some Apostles, some Prophetes, some Euangelistes, Ephe. 4. some Shepheardes, and Teachers, to the edifiyng of the Saintes, to the woorke and mynistration, euen to the edifiyng of the body of Christ, &c. But bicause Luke in yesterdaies Sermon, made mention of Christs Ascen­tion into Heauen, he taketh occasion thereby, to intreate of the last thing that Christ did, a little before his Ascention, bicause it serueth well to the purpose of his discourse or story. And in this place he speaketh of two thinges, wher­of Christ intreated with his Disciples. The one is a diligent proofe of his Resurrection: the other an instruction, touchyng the Kingdome of God. Of both which, we will speake asmuch, as the Lord shall put in our mindes.

And touching the proofe of his Resurrection, he vseth but fewe woordes, but they very pithie. The proofe of Christes resurrection. For the same Iesus, saith hee, which before hee suffered, did and taught many things vpon the earth, the very same after he had suffe­red & was dead, shewed himself aliue againe to his Disciples, euen the very self same person & none other, neither in any other body, but euen in the selfe same, in the which he suffered. Neither shewed he himself to them as it were by chaunce, but prooued by many arguments & infallible demōstrations, that he was truely risen againe, in the very same body wherein he liued, while he was here vpon the earth. And here Luke speaketh of those things, which he more largely in the Gospel, describeth that Christ did after his Resurrection. And amongst those things first are his apparitions, as when he appeared to Mary Magdalene in the Garden by the Sepulchre, Iohn. 20. like a gardener, where shee knewe him. And a little whyle after, meetyng other women also, commyng from the graue, Math. 28. hee saluteth them, and biddeth them shewe his brethren, and namely Peter, Marc. 16. howe he was rysen againe. Againe, he falleth in company with twoo Disciples goyng to Emaus, and after a longe communication, beyng set at the table, Luke. 24. declareth and openeth himself to them. And after diuers like ap­pearings, 1. Cor. 15. at length he shewed him selfe, to more then fiue hundred brethren at once, as Paule witnesseth. But bicause the eies are many times beguiled, & the deuils legierdemaines are too well knowne, wherby he many times with false apparitions, deceiueth the vnwary: the Lord therefore suffered himself not onely to be seene, but also to be felt and handled. For, fearyng least they might be deceyued, with some ghost or illusion of Sathan: Beholde (saith he) my handes and my feete, Luke. 24. how it is I my selfe. Handle mee, and see: for a Ghost or spyrite, hath not flesh and bones, as you see mee haue. Therefore Christ ry­sing from death againe, tooke not onely a semblaunte and shewe of his for­mer bodye, but the verye same substaunce, members, fleshe, and bloude. And for a more certaine proofe thereof, not onely suffered him selfe to be handled, but for auoyding of all scruple and doubte, called for meate, and did eate in the sighte of his Disciples. Not to the ende wee shoulde thinke, that bodies glorified, had neede to be refreshed with meate and drinke, after the resurrection, (for where they are quite free from all corruption, they haue no [Page 11] neede at all of generation) but for that he would declare to all men, that he still did retaine all the partes of a naturall and perfect body: For the glorifying or clarifying of the body, taketh away neither the substaunce, nor partes of the body, but it taketh away the corruption and affections rising in the body, by reason of sinne, and according to the saying of Paule, that that was corrup­tible and mortall, it maketh to rise againe incorruptible, immortall, glorious, 1. Cor. 15. and a celestiall body. The circumstance of time, maketh also for the proofe of Christes Resurrection. For he did not these thinges for one or two dayes, amongst his Disciples, but he was conuersaunt with them still fourty dayes togither, and euery day shewed such proofes of his Resurrection.

These things were the more largely and diligently to be entreated of, A bodie glo­rified, is not euery where. (be­loued in Christ) bicause there haue bene in all Ages, which haue gone a­bout, either to call Christs resurrection into doubt, or else somewayes to ble­myshe and extinguishe the truth of his body raysed againe. Neither want wee in these dayes, which affirme that Christes body, by reason of the glorifi­yng thereof, is so altered and chaunged, that it now can not be conteyned in any one place, but is present in euery place: And, other grounde of theyr opi­nion haue they none, but bicause they would maintaine Christes bodily pre­sence in the Supper. Neither perceyue they through theyr contention, that while they defende his bodily presence, they denie the veritie of his body, and so by themselues, ouerthrow that which they fight for, as for life & death. For if Christ be corporally present in the Supper, either his body must be conteyned in a place, or else it is there none otherwise, but as it is in euery place. And how can it be, that that which is conteyned in one certayne place, can be at once in many places togither? Therfore Augustine vnderstoode these things much better, who perceiued well that space of place could so little be se­perated from bodies, that if we tooke space away, then were they no more to be called bodies. Take away (saith hee) space or limitation of place from bodyes, and the bodyes shall be no where, and forasmuch as they shall be no where, In his Epi­stle to Dar­danus. there shall be nothing. Take away from bodies, qualities, and properties of bodies, and there shall be no where for them to be in, and therfore of necessity, they can haue no be­yng at all. The same Augustine aunswereth them marueylous well, that in this case flie to Christs godhead, and omnipotencie, where he saith: Wee must beware that wee so defende not the godhead of the man, In the same Epistle. that wee take awaye the truth of his body. But of these thinges wee shall speake more otherwheres. Now let vs come to declare what causes mooued Christ, so many wayes to prooue the resurrection of this body.

The first me thinketh was the Maiestie and certaintye of the kingdome of Christ, which was necessary by his resurrection to be prooued. Christes Resurrection prooueth his Kingdome. For where it was manifest that Iesus Christ was dead and buryed (which the Iewes also confesse) vnlesse it should appeare as manifest, that he was for a truth ri­sen againe from death, all y e testimonies of his kingdom should haue bene ta­ken as friuolous and vaine. For who would beleue that he was appointed to be king ouer Mount Sion, that is to say, ouer the Church of God, whom he was sure to haue bene dead, and wist not whether he were risen againe from death yea or no? who would beleeue that he sitteth at the right hand of the fa­ther, and vseth his enimies as his footestoole, whom he knew not whether he were aliue or no? Except therfore the resurrection of Iesus Christ, were most certaine to vs, we could neither acknowledge him for our King, nor yet looke [Page 12] for any ayde or helpe in his kingdome. And it is no doubt but the Apostles ouercame all the threates of the worlde through this affiaunce, and fulfilled theyr course and mynistery with such constancie, for that they acknowledged him, to be the conquerer of death, and were fully certified, that he which made them mynisters of his Gospell, raigned in Heauen.

The second cause of so diligent a proofe, I thinke was the doctrine and office of the Apostles, Christes resurrection prooueth the truth of the Apostles doctrine. the certayntie whereof, was needefull to be strongly de­fended, against the iudgement of the world. Now what more effectuous and stronge proofe hereof could be founde, than the glorious, and euident resur­rection of Christ, whome they preached, who was well knowne to all men? whereas if they had preached some obscure & vnknowne person to men, they might worthily haue bene, suspected. But nowe who can doubt of theyr doc­trine, which preach and teach him, who by his mighty resurrection, hath van­quished the power of death, & hauing conquered all his aduersaries, hath ob­tayned an euerlasting kingdome in Heauen? This thing considered shal easi­ly perswade vs, to beleeue, that Iesus Christ spake by his spirite, in the Apo­stles, & to imbrace with all our hartes, the thinges that they haue taught vs.

The Re­surrection of Christ, is the stay of oure saluation.Thirdly, it behooued Christes resurrection to be well testified, bicause in it consisteth all the strength and force of our redemption, and saluatioin. For, wee reade that he promiseth vs in his Gospell oftentimes, resurrect [...]on, and life euerlasting. He that heareth my woorde, and beleeueth in him that sent mee, Iohn. 5. hath life euerlasting, and shall not come into iudgement, but hath passed from death vnto lyfe. This is the will of him that sent mee, that euery one which se­eth the Sonne, and beleeueth in him, hath lyfe euerlastyng, and I shall rayse him vp agayne in the last day. Iohn. 6. And in an other place he saith: I am the resurrection and the lyfe: he that beleeueth in mee, though he were dead, yet shall hee lyue, and euery one that lyueth, Iohn. 11. and beleeueth in mee, shall not dye for euer. What needeth many woordes? There is none other cause of our beliefe in Christ, but for that God promiseth vs, euery where in him, the life both of body and soule. But who would beleeue, to finde life in him, which was not able to restore him selfe to lyfe againe? Therefore, least wee beyng offended at Christes death, should doubte in his promises, he was reuiued againe, the thyrde day after his death, and being raysed againe in his true body, declared that he had power and authoritie, to rayse againe our bodies likewise. For he that beyng truely dead and buried, touchyng his manhoode, coulde rayse him­self againe, shall he not now much more being aliue, and in his kingdome, be able to restore our bodies, from death to lyfe againe? Hereunto belonge other promises of Christ, prouyng his resurrection. For he sayth: Where I am, there shall my mynister be. Iohn. 12. And in an other place: I will come againe, and take you to my selfe, Iohn. 14. that where I am, there may you be also. Againe: Father, those that thou hast gyuen to mee, Iohn. 17. I will that where I am they shall be with mee, that they may see my glory. And what else could these fayre promises declare vnto vs, but death, vnlesse Christ being risen againe from death, liued nowe in Hea­uen? For thus we must of necessitie conclude: where Christ is, there must also his ministers be, which beleeue in him: but Christ being dead and buried, re­mayned in death. Ergo, his ministers also remayne in death. Now, Christes resurrection doth moste stronglye confute, this so desperate an argument, and teacheth vs, to reason agaynst the threates of death, and terrour of Hell on this sorte. Where Christ is, there must also his mynisters be. But Christ [Page 13] is risen from death, ascended into Heauen, and sitteth on the right hande of God the father. Ergo, The mynisters of Christ shall ryse from death, and shall with Christ theyr king raigne in Heauen for euer. Which thinges if the faithfull deepely consider in theyr mindes, they shall straight way, being boldened with this confidence, be able to triumph ouer death, and all theyr enimies, and say with Paule the Apostle: Death, where is thy stinge? Hell, 1. Cor. 15. Rom. 8. where is thy victory? If God be with vs, who can be agaynst vs? For they are fully perswaded, that neyther death, nor lyfe, can seperate them from the loue of God, which is in Christ Iesus our Lorde. Besides this, death which is the reward and punishment of sinne, could by no other meanes be conquered, but by his resurrection. For as longe as death helde them that were departed thys life, hir power & strength could neuer seeme subdued. And it behooued that death should be subdued, to set mankinde at libertie, and to deliuer him from sinne. For who could be certayne of remission of his sinnes, and reconciliation with God the father, as long as death raigned, which God in his wrath appointed for the punishment of sinne. It was therefore necessary that Iesus Christ should take away the yoke of sinne, and rise againe from death, that it might appeare howe death was subdued, & that sinne, the sting of death, was taken away, and saluation restored to mankinde againe. Therefore, it was not without a cause, that Christ thought it good, to haue the truth of his Resur­rection with so euident argumentes to be confirmed. This is the chiefe cause that the auncient Prophetes mooued with the spirite of Christ, prophecied the same aswell otherwheres, as in the Psalme. xvj. and in Esay. liij. is to be seene. Surely wee learne that this was the chiefe hope, and greatest article of con­fession and beliefe, wherby the true Catholikes & woorshippers of God, were alwaies knowne & tried, as may appeare by thexample of Iob. For, when he was accused by his importunate friendes, of breach of faith and religion, he prooued him selfe, this way onely to be faultlesse, for that he firmely beleeued the roote and foundation of religion. I know (saith he) that my redeemer lyueth, Iob. 19. and that I shall ryse out of the earth in the last day, and shall be couered agayne with my skinne, and shall see God in my fleshe, and I my selfe shall beholde him not with other, but with the same eyes. This hope is layde vp for me in my bo­some▪

This place teacheth vs, what wee should iudge of those mockers, Agaynst the scoffers at the Resurrection. which Hystories mention to haue bene in all Ages, and the Apostles foreshewed should raigne in the later age. And now a dayes we may euery where here the prophane and wicked voices of such, 2. Peter. 3. as thinke themselues iolly compani­ons, and pleasantly conceyted, when they can with scurrilitie, scoffe and deride that, which we holde and beleeue of the last commyng of Christ, and of the resurrection of the bodye. But they can by no argument more euidently, prooue themselues voyde of all religion, than by this. For in this Article, all the pointes of our beliefe and religion so agree, that who so denieth this, ta­keth away at once, all the beliefe and mysteries of mans saluation. Wee ga­ther this sense out of Paules woordes, which writyng against such among the Corinthians, as denied the resurrection, amongst other thinges, saith: If Christ be preached how that he rose from the dead, how say some among you, that there is no resurrection of the dead? If there be no rysing againe of the dead, then is Christ not rysen againe. If Christ be not rysen againe, then our preachyng is in vayne, and your fayth is also in vaine, and you remayne in your sinnes. Ther­fore [Page 14] they that are fallen a sleepe in Christ, are perished. If in this lyfe onely wee beleeue on Christ, 1. Cor. 15. then are wee of all men most miserable. &c. Therefore such wicked scoffers must be put away from vs, and haue no place permitted to them, in well ordered common weales. For what will they leaue vnassayde, which will go about so boldely, to ouerthrowe the foundation of our health, and as it were, with one blowe, cut of the heade of all faith and religion, as much as in them lieth?

Let vs learne to haue a right thought, and cogitation of the resurrection, that the same may serue both to gouerne our life, The medita­tion and vse of the Re­surrection. and to comfort vs. For this is a most effectuall preseruatiue, against the intisements of flesh & the world, oftentimes to call to remembrance, & set before our eyes, the shew and coun­terfaite of the last iudgement, set out to vs in the scripture. Againe, there can happen no greater comfort to man, than while he is in this body, to thinke of the ioyes of heauen, which he shall enioy in the resurrection of the dead. Not­withstanding he is now depressed with infinite greefes, cares, and sorrowes. Uerily Paule exhorteth the Christians, one to comforte an other, with such things as are written in Scripture touching this article. 1. Thes. 4.

What the kingdome of God is.It remaineth, that we speake of that other thing which Christ treated of w t his disciples, at his last being amongst them. He spake, saith Luke, of the king­dome of God. It is the cōmon vsage in scripture, to call the affaires of our re­demption and saluation, by the name of the kingdom of God, or of heauen, bi­cause the ende and scope thereof is, that as long as we liue here, we should be gouerned with the spyrite of God, and being taken out of this life, should liue and raigne with God in Heauen. What thinges so euer therefore pertayne to the mysteries hereof, Christ hath diligently and in order expounded them. The beginning hereof springeth of vs. For before all things it behooueth vs, to know, in what kingdome wee are borne and lyue, before Christ hath illu­minated vs. For except wee were borne sinners, and by reason of sinne, were in daunger of the Deuill and Hell, wee shoulde neede no restoryng to the kingdome of God. But bycause our state is so miserable, it was neede­full the Sonne of God should be giuen, which takyng our sinnes vpon him, should pourge them, with the sacrifice of his body and bloud, vpon the Aulter of the Crosse, and through the operation of his holy spirite, should regenerate vs to be the sonnes of God, by the immortall seede of his woorde, which rege­neration bringeth forth the mortification of the olde man, and conuersion of the whole life, and causeth them which before were ledde with the sug­gestions and corrupt affections of Sathan, to be brought to the obedience of fayth, & to depend all togither vpon God & his woorde. And this is that king­dome of God, which he hath restored vnto vs through his sonne, & for whose increase wee pray as Christ hath commaunded vs, saying: Let thy kingdome come. And truly it was needefull that the mysteries of this kingdome, should diligently bee declared to the Apostles, bicause that being deceyued with the common errour of the Iewes, they imagined a worldly kingdome in Christ, wherein they hoped for honours, Mat. 18.20. ryches, victories, and peace in the worlde, as theyr often striuings for the supremacie, Luke. 22. abundantly declare.

The Mini­sters haue neede to be well instruc­ted before they preach.Furthermore, wee ought earnestly to obserue thexample of Christ, which would with such diligence and traueyle, teache and instruct his Apostles, ap­pointed to the preachyng of the Gospell, and mynistery of his Church: And yet wee reade that they were conuersant with him whole three yeres, were [Page 15] at his sermons, sawe all his myracles, and at length were sent abroade to preach. The Lord therefore would admonish vs, that the office of teachyng in the Church, is not vnaduisedly to be taken vpon vs, neither that it ought to be cōmitted to any person, without a diligent tryall. For if things of pryce, the custodie whereof is difficult & daungerous, are not committed to euery man, neither doth any man that is wise, rashly take charge of them: how much more care and studie ought to be in this thing, where the charge of Christs Church, and the soules which the Sonne of God hath redeemed with his owne bloud, is taken in hand? Is there any more precious thing to be found than these? How great and perilous a charge the ouersight of them is, none can be igno­rant of, which knoweth the infirmitie of our flesh, the entisements of y e world, and the subtill sleightes of our common enimie. And it is the voyce of God, which once beyng spoken to Ezechiel, appertayneth to all the mynisters of the Church: I will require the bloude of those that perishe, at thy hande. Ezech. 3.33. This thing should they often remēber, which beyng studious of Diuinitie, meane at any time, to take this charge vpon them, that they may the more earnestly applie the studie of holy scripture, that they labor continually in searching the myste­ries of the kingdome of God, least being deceyued through ignoraunce, they commit perhaps some error, in theyr office. Paule well remembring the great daunger in this case, earnestly vrgeth Tymothe, 2. Timo. 3. who he confesseth had euen of a childe learned the scriptures, busily to apply his reading. They also which in the Church haue authoritie, to choose and ordeyne ministers, 1. Timo. 4. ought well to re­member the same, least they disorder the Church, by admitting such as be vn­meete, which thing they must diligently take heede of. For it is no small error y t herein is committed, bicause they are both Auctors of disorder in the Church, and also partakers of other mens faultes, as Paule plainely declareth. 1. Timo. 5. Would to God they would well consider this thing, which thinke the ministery of the Church, to be a sanctuary for pouertie, & enter into the same, for their priuate lucre and bellyes sake, or without any mature aduise and deliberation, but drunken with blynde affections, thrust vnfit persons into the Church, and sometimes knowne naughtie packes, and despisers of all good discipline.

Last of all, we learne by the example of Christ, what, and what maner com­munications, Christians ought to vse, that is to say, godly, The talke of Christians ought to be of the kingdome of God. and such as make for correction, and amendement of maners. For Christ talketh of the king­dome of God, with his Apostles. Let vs after his ensample common and reason oftentimes, of the kingdome of God, and of our saluation obteyned by Christ. Let vs diligently do away the corruption of our nature, and let vs en­deauour that other may see and perceyue the same. Let vs haue our mind on Christs benefits, and often and willingly, set forth the same: let vs remember the benefit, wherby he hath bound vs all vnto him: let vs auoyd filthie com­munication, which corrupteth good manners, remembryng Paules saying: which numbreth dishonest talke among the thinges, for the which the wrath of God, commeth vpon the children of disobedience. Colos. 3. And let vs alway be mindefull of that saying of Christ, which affirmeth, we shall giue an accompt, Math. 12. in the day of iudgement, for euery ydle woorde. God graunt that wee abi­dyng in the meditation of his kingdome, may learne to dispise thinges earth­ly, loue thinges that be heauenly, may die in the fleshe, and liue in the spyrite, that hereafter wee may liue & raigne in Heauen, with Iesus Christ, to whom be blessyng, honour, glory, and power, for euer. Amen.

The thirde Homelie.

‘AND gathered them togither, and commaunded them that they should not depart from Hierusalem, but to wayte for the promise of the Father, wherof (sayth he) you haue heard of me. For Iohn truely baptized with wa­ter▪ but you shall be baptized with the holy Ghost, after these few dayes.’

The Argu­ment and vse of this pre­sent place. BIcause Christ chose his Apostles to thende that through theyr mynisterye, the doctrine of saluation should be sowne amongst all nations: It was needefull that first they should be well instructed, in all the thinges that belonged to theyr office: wherein as Christ who was most desirous of our saluation intermitted nothing: so S. Luke setteth forth very diligently, his last conuersation and doyngs with his Apostles, partly for that wee might perceyue, the ende­uour and good will of Christ towards vs, and partely to declare what things are chiefly necessary, in the mynisters of his woorde. And first of all, he proo­ueth the veritie of his Resurrection by many arguments, sixe weekes togy­ther. For whereas this is the ground of our saluation, whosoeuer wel vnder­standeth & knoweth not the same, he shall nothing preuayle in preachyng the Gospell. Secondly, he expoundeth & openeth the mysteries of the kingdome of God, both bycause he would put out of theyr mynde, the opinion conceyued by common error of the earthly kingdome of Christ, and also bycause they should perceyue after what order and sorte they ought to handle the businesse of our beliefe and saluation, by preaching of the Gospell. And vnto these two adhereth a thirde point, that is to say, the promise of the holy Ghost, which he both now repeateth, & confirmeth the truth thereof by graue testimony, least by his sodaine departure from the earth, they should be all amazed, & admo­nisheth them also of the place when & where they should wayte for the same. This is a notable place, seruing much both to our instruction, & consolation.

The Gospell is begunne, to be preached at Hierusalem.First, of the place he admonisheth them, commaundyng them that they departe not from Hierusalem, but to wayte there for the promise of the Fa­ther. Here the Citie of Hierusalem is appointed, to the singularest affayres and purposes, that euer happened in the world. And as the sonne of God, by the sacrifice of his body and bloud, in this Citie restored mankynde againe to his saluation: so in the same place, he would first haue his Apostles illumina­ted with his holy spyrite, and beginne the preachyng of the Gospell. And here is that thing that would make vs to marueyle, if wee consider the state and condition of the Citie. For this is that Citie, vpon which Christ pronounced such terrible and horrible thinges should fall. Against this Citie is spoken that, that is in the .xxiij. chapiter of Mathewe. Hierusalem, Hierusalem, that kil­lest the Prophetes, and stonest them that are sent vnto thee: how often woulde I haue gathered thy chyldren togyther, as the Henne gathereth hir chyckens vnder hir wynges, and thou wouldest not? And while he was in Galyley, beyng told how Herode layde wayte for him, he aunswered it coulde not be that a Prophet shoulde dye in any other place than at Hierusalem: Luke. 13. not onely hereby declaring how sinfull the Citie was, Mat. 23.24. but also many times denouncing the ouerthrow and destruction of the same. Luke. 19. What shall wee thinke then was the cause, that [Page 17] mooued Christ to appoint so wicked a City, and so neare hir destruction, to so holy an vse and businesse? Surely, none other than the infallible truth of God, whose promises cannot fayle. It was once prophecied by the Prophe­tes, that the preaching of saluation shoulde spring from thence. In the latter dayes (sayth the Prophetes) the hill where the house of the Lorde is builded, Esay. 2. shall be the chiefe among hilles, and exalted aboue all little hilles. And all Nati­ons shall prease vnto it, and the multitude of people shall go, speaking thus one to another: vp, let vs go to the hill of the Lorde, Mich. 4. and to the house of the God of Iacob, that he may shew vs his way, and that we may walke in his pathes. For the lawe shall come out of Syon, and the worde of the Lord from Hierusalem. Where it seemeth me good, not to pretermit that whereof Suetonius, though an heathen Auctor, and enimye to the Christians, maketh mention in the life of Vespasian, saying: See Corne­lius Tacitus also, concer­ning the same opinion in his xxi. booke. that there was an olde and common opinion in the East countrie, affirming that it was their destenie, which should come from Iurie, to be conquerors of all the worlde. Which Oracle, he as an Ethnicke and Gentile, vnderstandeth of Vespasian, who by reason of his valiaunt­nesse▪ and courage, shewed in the warres with the Iewes, made an entrye thereby for himselfe and his children, to climbe vnto the Empire. We may more truly expounde the same of the Apostles, which being borne in Iurie, beganne to preach the Gospell in the Citie of Hierusalem, afterwarde filled all Iurie with their preaching, and at length dispersing themselues out of Iurie into all nations, subdued and brought all the world to the obedience of Christ. Nowe bicause Christ was not ignorant, that these things were decreed by God his father, therefore he bade them they shoulde not depart from Hierusalem.

In the meane season, the consideration of these things, The wicked­nesse of the multitude, doth not fru­strate Gods promises. serueth muche both for our consolation and instruction. For hereby it appeareth that the promises of God, through the wickednesse and impietie of a fewe persons, cannot be frustrated and made vaine. What (sayth Paule) though some be­leeued not? Shall their vnbeliefe make the promise of God of none effect? God forefende. Naye let God be true, and all men lyers. Roma. 3. This ought deepely to bee layde vppe in our memorie, bicause we see it commeth often to passe, that while we consider the great want of beliefe, and wickednesse in man, we vtterly dispayre, as though the wickednesse of other should be our losse and hinderance, which is a most grieuous temptation, and as it accuseth God, eyther of to much seueritie, or of vnrighteousnesse: so it hindreth and stop­peth vs most in the race of godlynesse. For who woulde holde on in good­nesse, that were once perswaded in his minde, that he must perishe with the multitude of the vngodly? Here therefore it is necessarye that we be armed against such temptations. And stronger armour we cannot put on vs, 2. Tim. 2. than if we thinke that God knoweth his, be the multitude of the wicked neuer so great. And in the Prophet he confesseth he beareth to vs such affection as mothers vse to beare vnto the children borne of their owne bodies. Esay. 49. And bi­cause he is the iust iudge of the earth, Genes. 18. he will not destroy the godly with the vngodly, as Abraham the father of the faithfull well considered. Againe, bi­cause he is most wise and omnipotent, he can easily discerne betweene the godly and vngodly, and can punish the one as they haue deserued, and with fauour defende the other. Herevnto is to be referred that fanne which Iohn the Baptist attributeth to Christ, wherewith he shall purge his floore, Math. 3. and se­parate [Page 18] the chaffe from the corne. Hereof wee haue in euery place examples. The Lorde knewe Loth in the middest of Sodome. He had a care of the Patriarches lyuing among the Chananites, although by Gods appoynt­ment they were ordayned to be destroyed. So in this place he knoweth his Apostles, and whosoeuer in Hierusalem are of the number of his elect. Nei­ther doth the corruption and wickednesse of other, more in number and au­thoritie than they, preiudice or hinder them. After the same sorte, will hee know vs in these dayes for his people, and will saue vs, so that we will de­part from iniquitie, and in our lyfe expresse Christianitie.

The dignity or preroga­tiue of aun­cestry, doth nothing a­uayle the wicked.It maketh for amendement of life, that we learne by the example of the Hierosolimytes, that no glory, authoritie, or prerogatiue of auncestrye can defende them against the iudgement of God, which continue in their wickednesse and vnthankfulnesse to God. For if euer there were any Ci­ties notable, for power and glory, Hierusalem will in that poynt easily haue the superioritie. For to omit, that for the space of foure hundred three score and seauentene yeares, there was among the people of God, the seate of the kyngdome and Priesthoode, that the kingdome stretched to the riuer Euphrates, that it brought forth most valiant kings, most holy Priests, and most diuine Prophetes: this one thing farre passeth all the glorye of the worlde, that God did vouchsafe to make it a president, and a patterne of the Church of Iesus Christ. For this cause is she adorned with such prayses in the Prophetes, and in the Psalmes. Therfore is Christ sayde to reygne in Syon. Psalm. 2. Psal. 48. Math. 5. Therfore the Scriptures call hir the Citie of the great King. Besides this glory, the Apostles receyue in hir the holy ghost, and with good successe doe there begin the helthfull preaching of the Gospell. But coulde all this glory, deliuer hir from the hande of God, being angrye with hir, and from imminent destruction, when she had forgotten the benefits of God and his commaundementes, and followed not the vertues of hir forefathers, nor shewed hir selfe thankfull and obedient to God? Naye, but where they chose rather to follow the multitude of such fathers, as brake both Gods lawes and mans, & shed the bloud of the Prophets: neyther the godlynesse of Dauid, which first builded there his pallace and temple, neyther the wise­dome of Salomon, neyther the integritie of Iosaphat, neither the valiantnesse of Ezechias, neyther the zeale of Iosias, neither the sermons of the Prophets, which rang in euery place of hir, neyther the myracles done by Christ and his Apostles in hir, neyther the Gospell begonne there to be preached, could let but that within fourtie yeares she was vtterly destroyed, and being ra­ced and layde euen with the grounde, hath scarce any marke or monument there left of so famous and noble a Citie. And that we saye happened to Hierusalem, Math. 11. both Capernaum that peculiar Citie of Christ, and Corozain and Bethsaida, notable by reason of the Apostles dwelling there, felt euen the same. Let them cease therefore to glorye in the vertues of their forefa­thers, and in the olde benefites of God, that cease not with vnthankful­nesse and disobedience, to prouoke the wrath of God. For vnlesse the hea­rers of the worde of God, be aunswereable to Gods benefites, they shall haue the same lot and porcion, with the vnhappy Cities of Iurie.

The holye ghost is the promise of the father.Furthermore, to return to the purpose of Christ, let vs see what y e Apostles haue to do in the citie of Hierusalem. He biddeth them to wayte there for the promise of his father, by the which he meaneth y e holy ghost, which he calleth [Page 19] the promise of the father, both for that he is truely promised and giuen of the father only, and also for that he had promised sundry times by the Pro­phetes, that in the comming of the Messias, he would plentifully poure forth his spirit vpō men, as Peter afterwards declareth out of Ioel. In the meane season he putteth them likewise in remembrance of his promises, which ap­peare euery where in the Gospell. Iohn. 7. If any man beleeue in me (sayth he) as the Scripture sayth, riuers shall runne out of him, of the water of lyfe. Which wordes are to be vnderstanded of the holye ghost, whom they that beleeued in Christ should receyue, as the Euangelist there teacheth. And in another place he sayth: I will praye vnto my father, Iohn. 14. and he shall giue you another com­forter, which shall abide with you for euer, euen the spirite of truth, whome the worlde cannot receyue. Againe. That comforter, which is the holy ghost, whom the father shall sende in my name, he shall teach you all things, and shall put you in remembrance of all things, which I haue sayde vnto you. And againe. Iohn. 15. When the comforter shall come, which I will sende you from my father, the spirite of truth, which proceedeth from the father, he shall beare witnesse of me. And a little way after. When he commeth, which is the spirite of truth, Iohn. 16. he shall bring you in­to all truth. Bicause therefore the father once promised by his Prophetes this spirite to the worshippers of his sonne Iesus Christ, and Christ hath obtayned vs the same, according as hee is our Mediator and intercessour, therefore it is well called the promise of the father.

Here is to be considered, that Iesus Christ suffreth not his Apostles, Let the Mi­nisters of the Gospell, ob [...]y the commaū ­dement of God. ap­pointed long before to the office of preaching, and a great while by him faith­fully instructed, to leape sodeinly into the ministery, but requiring obedience of them, cōmaundeth them to waite for the spirite, promised of his father. We are taught by this example of Christ, that obedience to Christs commaūde­ments, is chiefly required in the ministers of his word. For it is very meete, that they, which should bring other to the obedience of faith, 2. Cor. 10. Roma. 1. which is the ende of the preaching of the Gospel, should first be obedient to the same themselues, and that they should doe nothing, without the appoyntment and commaun­dement of their Captayne. For so shall they not onely by their doctrine, but also by their owne example, perswade their hearers the better to obedience.

Moreouer, this place admonisheth vs, The Mini­steres of the Gospel, haue neede of the holy ghost. that it is not ynough for Mini­sters of the word, to be furnished with knowledge and learning, except they haue also the gift of the holy ghost. For where no man commeth vnto Christ without hee be drawne by his father, they that haue the gouernaunce of the Church, shall in vayne teach and admonish men, vnlesse the holy ghost work with their studie and industry. Paule the Apostle well perceyued this mat­ter, which calleth the Church the tillage of God, and confesseth that neyther he that planteth, neyther he that watreth is any thing, 1. Cor. 3. but ascribeth all the glo­rye and successe of this matter to God onely, which alone can giue increase. Therefore the Ministers haue neede to be prepared by the holy ghost, least while they vndertake such a charge without his guyding, they procure dis­pleasure and losse, not onely to themselues, but also to the whole Church. Neyther shall he euer be meete for this roume, which feeleth not the effectu­ous motions of the holy spirite within his hart. Hereof proceede those pre­parations of the Prophetes, which we reade in Scripture, such as Esay, Hieremie, Ezechiel and other had before they preached, which seemeth to be the cause that Paule forbade that yong Studentes shoulde not be chosen to the [Page 20] ministery of the Church, bicause such for the most part cannot be verye sure of the operation of the holy ghost, and his present ayde. But that we speake of the ministers of the worde, is to be referred to all men, which are ap­pointed to great charges and offices in the common weale. In which num­ber Magistrates are not last to be placed, who being the expositors and in­terpreters of Gods iudgements, are in scripture called Gods. For what can they eyther well foresee or iudge, vnlesse through the power of the holy ghost the affections be bridled that would carye them awry? Or what safe­tye can there be of publike weales which are not led with the spirite of God, but with fleshly wisedome. Whereas it is manifest that all good successe and felicitie dependeth of God? Salomon the wysest of all men, well marked this thing, who hauing choyse giuen him of God, to aske those thinges that are in greatest price amongest men, despising all other, craued of God the spirite of wisedome, and of that true wisedome, which he describeth in his booke of Prouerbes, whose beginning and roote is the feare of the Lorde. And woulde to God they woulde often remember this, that are Rulers in the Church and in the common weale. For the same woulde both kindle in them an ardent desire to prayer and godlynesse, and woulde make them more listen to the worde of God, wherevpon coulde not but ensue, a true and perfite safetie of the people committed to their charge.

The doctrine of the Apo­st [...]es procee­deth from the holy ghost.But before we depart from this place, two things remayne to be dis­cussed, which may profitably be gathered of the promise of the holye ghost, made to the Apostles. For first it hereby appereth that the holy ghost was y e auctor of the Apostles doctrine, and therefore the same ought to be esteemed as proceeding from God, and not from man. For where they tooke vppon them to preach, after they had receyued the holye ghost, which according to Christes promise taught them all truth, surely all their teaching must be referred to the same spirite. So wee must holde the dignitie and authortie thereof as great as Christ maketh it, which sending forth his Disciples to preach, Luke. 10. sayth: He that heareth you, heareth me, and he that despiseth you, des­piseth me. With the which argument Paule seemeth to be encouraged to say: If an Angell from heauen teache you anye other Gospell beside that which wee haue preached, Galath. 1. let him be accursed. For how great soeuer the maiestie and the glory of Angels is, yet if the same be compared with the holy ghost by whom they were created, it is of no value. We haue therfore in this place what to aunswere to them, which hearing vs reiect and condemne the traditions of men, crye out, that the Apostles were men likewise, and thinke hereby to prooue, that eyther the Apostles doctrine, must likewyse be reiected, or else some place is left in the church for mans traditions. And in deede we are not ignorant that the Apostles were men. But bicause they spake not as men, nor in their teaching declared not the cogitations of men, but according as the holy ghost inspired their harts, shewed the mysteries of saluation, and of the kingdome of heauen: therfore their opinions by no meanes must be reckoned amongst the traditions of men.

Wee muste teach nothing but that the holye ghost prescribeth.Secondly, this place teacheth vs, that nothing ought to be taught and preached in the Church, but that that is deliuered by the holy ghost. For the Church is the house of God, in which the onely voyce of the goodman of the house is to be hearde, and according to his prescript, all things ought to be ordered. And as the Bryde obeyeth the onely voyce of the Brydegrome, [Page 21] and is not iudged chaste, if she giue eare to the entysements or promises of shamelesse suters: so where the sonne of God hath espoused to himselfe the congregation of the faithfull, washed with his owne bloud, and hath made vs partakers of all his goodes, (whch is the proper ende of mariage) we may not follow any other voyce than that whereby Christ the Bridegrome calleth vs vnto him. Further, for that Christ hath made vs the sheepe of his pasture, and hath redeemed vs with the losse of his owne bloude, Iohn. 10. it behoo­ueth vs to follow his voyce, and not to harken to the voyce of any straunger or hyreling. Neyther is their opinion to be receiued, which thinke it an er­rour worthye of pardon to chaunge and alter somewhat in the doctrine of faith and saluation, so that in all things God onely might be worshipped. For to graunt that such haue a zeale of God, yet bicause they want the knowledge of the truth, they can no more please God than did the Iewes in time past, which being inflamed with the zeale of God, went about to es­tablishe their owne righteousnesse, and reiected that righteousnesse which God offreth vs in his sonne to be imbraced by faith. And surely, if our zeale had bene sufficient in so weighty a matter, it had bene but vaine for the A­postles to haue looked for the sending of the holye ghost: why did they not therfore steppe forth to preache, and according to the godlye intent of their minde, teach the people what they thought belonged to the honor of God, and glory of Christ? But Christes commaundement stopped them, Math. 10. and 28. who as he elsewhere appointed them to preach the things he taught them, so with­out the conduct of the holye ghost, he will they shall not take vppon them to preach, least that being beguiled with the counsell of mans wisedome, or seduced by corrupt affections of the flesh, they should swarue from the right way. And we reade that the olde Prophets were bounde by the same com­maundement also, 1. Pet. 1. in whome the Apostle plainely testifieth that the spirite of Christ did speake. It is sayde to Hieremie: Ieremie. 1. Behold I haue put my words in thy mouth. And God sayth to Ezechiel: Ezech. 3.33. Thou shalt heare woordes from my mouth, and shalt warne them from me. Therefore it is a wicked and mon­strous temeritie of some men, which thinke they haue authoritie to coyne newe articles of the faith, and to thrust into the Church traditions inuen­ted by mans brayne. And who I praye you woulde thinke him a faithfull friende of the Bridegroomes which woulde not feare to intice and inuegle the Bryde to his lure and purpose? Let them therefore which teach in the Church, receyue all their doctrine at the mouth of God. He speaketh vnto vs in the Scriptures by his holye spirite. Let them therefore reade them, and they shall not erre.

But let vs returne to Christes wordes, from whence we digressed. The confir­mation of Christes promise by an argument taken from baptisme. For he going about to render a cause of his commaundement, sayth: Of whom, you haue hearde of mee. For Iohn truely baptised with water, but you shall be baptised with the holy ghost, after not many dayes. These words haue a con­firmation of promise, and consolation very necessary. For as there were di­uers other things which might make the Apostles carefull in the considera­tion of their office: so there was no little cause to feare them, least some in­commoditie might arise of the stay and tariaunce of the holy ghost. There­fore to take awaye all feare, hee repeateth his promises, not in the same words, that are in the Euangelists, but with such as might bring to their remembrance Iohn the Baptistes saying touching this matter, which was [Page 22] verye needefull to be done, by reason of the great authoritie, that Iohn had amongst all men. Neyther ought it to seeme an absurde thing, that Iesus Christ which otherwheres receyueth no testimonye of man, Iohn. 5. woulde prooue his promise by an argument taken from the authoritie of Iohn and his bap­tisme. For this is the guise and maner of God to accommodate himselfe to our capacitie, & for that he would haue it appeare that Iohn spake by the ho­ly ghost. This therfore seemeth to me to be the meaning of Christes words. If you remember with your selues, both the things which I haue sundry times promised you, and which you haue heard of Iohn my forerunner: you can no longer doubt of the sending of the holye ghost. For when he baptised those that came to him in Iordane, he gathered the people not to himselfe, but to me, whom he truely confessed, to be more excellent than himselfe, and she­wed them what I would giue them that beleued in me, euen the holy ghost, which is the spirite of adoption and earnest of saluation, & kindled in the be­leeuing people, a great desire of my kingdome. The water of baptisme was a figure of this benefite, which afterward I should bestow vpō them. Which seeing ye haue receyued of Iohn, not without the inspiration of God, doubt not of the things which he hath promised you. For as Iohn hath discharged his dutie towardes you, and hath receyued you being sprinkled with water, into the felowship of my body, which is the Church: euen so wil I not fayle, truly to accomplishe that that belongeth to my charge, that is, to poure out my spirite most abundantly vpon you, the signe whereof, you haue already receyued. This sense (I say) seemeth of all other most agreeable to Christes purpose. Neyther ment Christ here to make a difference betweene his and Iohns outwarde baptisme. For it is plaine that Iohns baptisme and Christs was all one, forasmuch as Christ would be baptised of him. He rather ma­keth a difference betweene the signe, and the thing signified by the signe, and betweene his and Iohns office. He calleth the sending of the holy ghost, by the name of baptisme, by an allusion, and bicause of the proportion that is perceyued to be betweene the outwarde signes, and the things signified. But we haue in these wordes two things most worthy to be considered.

Wee muste make a diffe­rence betwene the ministers and Christ.First, that we ought to make a difference betweene the Ministers and Christ, whose Ministers they are, least we attribute to them that, that be­longeth only to Christ. Iohn baptiseth with water, but Christ giueth the ho­ly ghost. So the Minister is occupied about outward things while he prea­cheth the word, admonisheth, exhorteth, rebuketh, comforteth, prayeth for the congregation, & ministreth the sacraments. But they themselues be subiect to Christ, which according to his good will, quickneth the seede of the word in them by his holy spirit, worketh holy motions, cheereth them with comfort, and to conclude, reformeth and frameth them after the image of God, ney­ther mattereth it that all these thinges sometimes be attributed to the Mi­nisters, and that Paule sayth, he had begotten the Corinthians in Christ, and that he traueyleth againe with the Galathians. For where God hauing no neede of vs doth vouchsafe to vse men as his coadiutors, bicause he would haue the Ministery by him ordeyned, in the more authoritie, therefore vseth he to adorne it with such titles. For the which cause the same Paule sayth vn­to the Corinthians, whom he perceyued too much addicted to the Ministers: What is Paule, what is Apollo, but Ministers by whom you haue beleeued, and as the Lorde hath giuen to euery man? I haue planted, Apollo hath watred, but [Page 23] it is God that giueth the increase. So neyther is he that planteth any thing, ney­ther he that watereth, but God which giueth the increase. If these thinges be obserued, both we shall worthily esteeme of the Ministerie, and giue all the glory of our saluation to Christ, for the which, his spirite euery where in the Scriptures so earnestly laboureth.

Secondarily, it is very worthye the consideration, The sacra­ments seale or confirme the promises of God. that Christ taketh an argument from baptisme, to prooue to his Apostles the truth of his pro­mise. Wee are taught hereby that the Sacramentes doe so seale the pro­mises and benefites of God, that wee neede no whit to doubt of the same. For, God mocketh vs not with vaine shewes and promises, but whatsoe­uer he promiseth in worde, and sealeth with sacraments, the same hee vseth to perfourme in deede. He promiseth vs by the preaching of the gospell for­giuenesse of sinnes, in the name of Iesu Christ, and the spirite of adoption, whereby we are made the children of God. He addeth as a seale to his pro­mise, baptisme, where we being visibly washed, are receyued into the out­warde societie of the Church, or children of God. Therfore whosoeuer be­leeueth the promise of the Gospell, hee is so certayne of the forgiuenesse of his sinnes, of his adoption, and the possession of the heauenly inheritance, as he is certayne hee is washed with baptisme. By a lyke reason are we taught in the Gospell, that the flesh and bloude of Christ were gyuen and offred on the aultar of the crosse, for the lyfe of the worlde, that the sinnes of the worlde should be purged with the sacrifice of the immaculate lambe: Christ hath ioyned to this promise his supper, the remembraunce of hys death, in steade of a seale therof. Therefore whosoeuer beleeueth the Gos­pell, is as certaine that Christes body and bloude was offred for his sinnes, and is as surely fedde with the merite of Christes bodye and bloude, vnto lyfe euerlasting, as hee is sure that he receyueth part of the breade and wine at the Lordes table, according to Christes institution. And after this sort the sacraments are sayd to seale the righteousnesse of fayth, and to confirme and feede our fayth: not that the outwarde elements conceyue anye secrete vertue or power, by the wordes of consecration, for that efficacy and power must be attributed to all that holy businesse, by reason of Christes instituti­on: which institution if thou take away, alter, or breake, thou prophanest and ouerthrowest the sacrament vtterly. Therfore our myndes must be lift vp, that the thing we testifye by outwarde action, wee may perfourme by fayth, which only apprehendeth Christ, and the benefites which he hath be­stowed on vs, and gathereth vs into the number of those which shall raigne with him in heauen, to whom be blessing, honour, glory, and power for e­uer. Amen.

The fourth Homelie.

‘WHEN they therefore were come togither, they asked of him, saying: Lorde, wilt thou at this time restore againe the kingdome to Israell? And hee sayde vnto them. It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the father hath put in his owne power. But yee shall receyue power after that the holy ghost is come vpon you. And you shall be witnesses vnto me, not onely in Hierusalem, but also in Iurie, and in Samarie, and euen vnto the worldes ende.’

[Page 24] The Argu­ment and vse of this place. AFter Luke with great diligence hath de­clared how our sauiour Iesus Christ instructed his Apostles, whō he would haue to be teachers of al the world, with all those things, the knowledge and vse wherof was necessary in the ministration of their of­fice: at length he commeth to the hystory of the glori­ous ascention of Christ. But first he declareth the last talke that Christ had with his Disciples, wherein he comforteth them, and reasoneth with them more ful­lye, and at large, touching their office, which they hytherto seemed not very well to vnderstand. And the Disciples gaue the occasion to Christ to dis­course hereof, while they vtter their grosse ignorance of Christes kingdome, with a very foolish and an absurde question. And bicause this place contay­neth much knowledge of things very necessary, no man ought to be weary of the studye or tyme, that is to be spent in the consideration of euery part therof. First, we will see the Disciples question, and then how Christ aun­swered the same.

The cause of the Apostles errour.The question they propounde in fewe wordes, but such as argue great ignoraunce and rudenesse: Lorde (saye they) wilt thou at this time restore a­gayne the kingdome to Israel? They aske of an earthly and carnall king­dome, such as the common people amongst the Iewes, misvnderstanding the Prophetes sayings, thought woulde nowe come forth. For the Lorde had sayde to Dauid: 2. Sam. 7. When thy dayes be fulfilled, thou shalt sleepe with thy fa­thers, and I will set vp thy seede after thee, which shall proceede out of thy body, and will stablishe his kingdome. And thine house, and thy kingdome shall endure without ende after thee, and thy seate shall bee stablished for euer. Agayne: I haue sworne once by my holynesse that I will not fayle Dauid. Psalm. 89. His seede shall endure for euer, and his seate is lyke as the Sunne before me. He shall stande fast for euermore as the Moone, and as the faithfull witnesse in heauen. And againe: Beholde the time commeth (sayth the Lorde) that I will rayse vp the righteous braunch of Dauid, Ieremie. 23. which king shall beare rule, and shall prosper with wisedome, and shall set vp equitie and righteousnesse againe in the earth. In this tyme shall Iuda be saued, and Israel shall dwell without feare. &c. I omit diuers other things to this purpose, which are euery where to be seene in the Prophetes and in the Psalmes. Nowe bicause the Disciples vnderstoode these things according to the letter, they beleeued that some earthly king shoulde ryse of Dauids posteritie, which should deliuer the people of Iurie from the tyranny of the Romanes, and restore to them their auncient libertie, and should set vp a kingdome flourishing in victory, and triumph, such as was in Dauid and Salomons dayes. With which errour, the Iewes being blinded yet till this daye, despyse Iesus Christ the true sonne of Dauid, and looke vaine­lye for such a Messias, as we haue already declared vnto you. The same er­rour, bicause it had infected the mindes of the Disciples also, maketh them to propounde so pieuish a question, both out of time and place, giuing vs a notable lesson, what happeneth to such as beeing negligentlye occupied in scriptures, sticke in the very barke, and endeuour not earnestly to come to the pith and kirnell.

The Apo­stles errour is ma [...]ifold.But let vs examine all the circumstaunces, that you maye see almost as [Page 25] many errors in this question, as there be wordes. First, it is a notable error that they enquire of an earthly kingdome, where as Christ so often had ad­monished them of bearing the crosse. They hearde him saye: If anye man will follow me, let him denye himselfe, and take vp his crosse and follow me. Math. 16. Be­holde I sende you forth as sheepe among Woolues. For they shall deliuer you vp to the counsayles, and shall scourge you in their synagoges. And you shall bee brought to the heade rulers and kings for my sake, in witnesse to them, Math. 10. and to the Gentyles. If they haue persecuted mee, they will also persecute you. They shall excommunicate you. Yea, the tyme shall come, Ioh. 15.16. that whosoeuer kylleth you, will thinke that he doth God seruice. Againe: Luk. 21. Possesse yee your soules by pacience. These I saye, and many such like they had hearde of Christ, yet forgetting them all, they dreamed of a worldlye kingdome, in which they hoped likewyse they shoulde be Lordes. This thing prooueth that they were both ambicious, and had a cowardly feare, where through they abhorred ad­uersitie, and present affliction, and desired to beare rule in the kingdome, before they lyke good souldiers had fought for the kingdome.

Further, they are in this to be reprehended, that enquiring after the king­dome of Christ, they make mention of Israel onely, nothing carefull for the health of other nations. But the olde Testament teacheth vs, that Christ the sauiour shal not beare rule in Israel only, but also in all the world. For to him it is sayd. I haue set my king vpon my holye hill of Syon. Aske of me, and I shall giue thee the heathen for thine enheritance, Psalme. 2. & the vttermost partes of the earth for thy possession. Of him are also to be vnderstanded the things read in the Psalme. 72. His dominion shall bee from the one sea to the other, and from the floud vnto the worlds ende. They that dwell in the wildernesse shall kneele before him: his enimies shall lycke the dust. The kinges of Tharsis and of the Isles shall giue presents: the kings of Araby and Saba shall bring gifts. All Kings shall fall downe before him: all nations shall doe him seruice. &c. Is not then the blinde­nesse of the Disciples notable, that enquire only but of the kingdome of Is­rael? For thus they derogate much from Christ, whose kingdome they driue into such straightes: and are very iniurious to other nations, whose salua­tion they ought to haue helde full deare.

To this if we adde the beginning of all this euill, and see what mooued them to aske this question, we shall yet perceyue in them a very great fault, which Christ not long after findeth in them, that is to saye, curiositie, which no man without great offence to Godwarde can follow, neyther can any man satisfie it without great hazarde of his soule health. For they en­quire not onely of the restoring of the kingdome, but they would also know the very time when the kingdome, which they doubted not but would come, should be restored. But how many other things were there, the ensearching whereof, had bene for them both more profitable and necessary? Why rather aske they no questions touching their office, and forasmuch as they thinke Christ should raigne on the earth lyke a Prince, why aske they not howe they shoulde behaue themselues in their charge, in the kingdome? Why doe they not cheerefully offer their industrye, care, studye, labour, and tra­ueyle, to the setting forth of his kingdome? But this is the propertie of curi­ositie, that being very carefull about the things which belong not vnto vs, we easily neglect the things, wherin consisteth the chiefe weight of our duty.

We are thus diligent and prolixe, The falles of holy men doe prooue our corruption. in finding out the errour of the Apo­stles, [Page 26] not for that we delight with contempt, to depraue or defame them, whose labour and loyaltie afterwards shined very bright, in the setting forth of the kingdome of saluation, and to whome they owe immortall thankes, whosoeuer through their doctrine haue attayned to knowe Christ. But our meaning is, that men should learne to knowe the inclination of our corrupt nature and flesh, which is the first steppe vp to holesome and true wisedome. And to that ende, the Scripture vseth oftentimes to remember, the horrible falles of most holy men, that in them might appeare, howe easie it is for vs to fall into sinne and damnation, vnlesse we were holden vp, by the faythfull and continuall care, and leading of Gods holy spirite. For what shall he hope more of himselfe which beholdeth the adultery and cruell murther of Dauid, a man after Gods owne minde, the multitude of Wiues that Salomon the wisest of all kings had, being to much wedded to his Wiues, the foule fall of Peter, and here the great error of all the Apostles gathered togither? we must needes confesse, that we are not able of our selues, so much as to thinke one good thought, much lesse to doe well, but that all our sufficiency to doe well commeth of God, 2. Corin. 3. Philip. 2. who worketh in vs both the will and the deede, ac­cording to his good will.

Furthermore, it appeareth by this example of the Apostles, with what minde they imbrace Christ and his doctrine, What carnall folke seeke in Christ. which are not led by his holye spirite. For as these men little minding Christes heauenly kingdome, looke after an earthly kingdome, and in the same conceyue great hope of riches, power, glorye, and pleasures: so you shall see diuers likewyse affected in these dayes, when the merite of Christ, and the libertie gotten vs by him is preached, which looking onely vppon the goodes of the worlde, seeke vnder the pretext of Christ, honors, riches, outward peace, and such like: in the meane whyle little regarding the heauenly and euerlasting goodes, which Christ hath purchased vs through the merite of his bloudshedding. To say nothing in the meane season of those filthy hogges of Epicures herde, who professing a Christian faith, doe yet nothing else but followe licentious sin­fulnesse, casting aside all discipline and care ofholy lyfe. Surely, euen they which in these dayes goe for the best men, vnder the faire pretence of peace and concorde, swarue many times from the simplicitie of faith, and both say and doe many things, for fauour and pleasure of men, which are most con­trary to Christs commaundements. As though the friendship of this world, might stande with the true worship of Christ, and were not rather as Iames sayth, Iacob. 4. enmitie before God. This is the strong poyson of fayth and religion, whiche though it lye hidde manye times vnder a fayre shewe and colour, yet at the length it bursteth forth with the horrible losse of saluation, and of­fence of a great many, for of this roote spring these tymetakers, which are to soone ripe, whome the Lorde in Mathew likeneth to the stony grounde. For as this grounde receyueth in deede the seede, and causeth it soone to spring, but cannot bring it to rypenesse for lacke of moysture, to defende it against the parching heate of the sunne: so these men when they perceiue any hope of priuate commoditie by the Gospell, they will seeme marueylous fauou­rers of the same, they will haue Christ still in their mouth, and will crake that they are ready to fight with any man in the defence of Christes glorye. But if that hope deceyue them, and otherwise than they hoped, the crosse come, and banishment, pouertie and daunger on euery side appeare: then [Page 27] as though they had espide a Snake, they leape backe, and laying away all their faith, and counterfeiting of faith, they spare not to say they were wic­kedly deceyued, and so degenerate into open enimies of the truth, being a little before stoute defenders of the same. Least therfore the lyke might hap­pen in vs, it behooueth vs to haue a right opinion of Christ and his doctrine. Let vs seeke in him heauenly goodes, which serue to eternall saluation. As long as we lyue here, let vs looke for the crosse and all kinde of afflictions. So shall it come to passe, that neyther we shall be deceyued of our hope in heauen, neyther be offended with the crosse and tribulations, which wee so long before prepared our selues paciently to suffer.

Yet is there one other vtilitie of the Apostles errour. To abolishe olde errours is a difficult thing. Their example teacheth vs, how difficult and laborious a thing it is, to pull out of mens mindes olde growne errours, wherein their selues haue lyued, and bene confirmed, by open example of others. For as was declared a little before, this errour of the Iewes, touching the earthly kingdome of their Messias, was an olde and common errour, in taking awaye of the which Iesus Christ traueyled more, than almost in any one thing else. For as often as the Apostles, deceyued by this errour, stroue for the supremacie, so often Christ admonisheth them of humilitie, and sheweth them that his kingdome is of a farre other fashion. See the .xviij. & .xx. of Mathew, and Luke the .xxij. Neither fell it out to reason of this matter so few times as one, after his re­surrection. For where this erronious opinion, gaue occasion of offence, to the twoo Disciples going to Emaus, and they lamented that he was crucified and deade, whome they hoped shoulde haue bene the Redeemer of Israel, Christ aunswered: Luc. 24. O ye fooles and slowe of heart to beleeue all the thinges that are written in the Prophets. Was it not needefull that Christ should suf­fer all these things, and so enter into his glorie? Furthermore, Luke sayde before, that Christ was conuersant fourtye dayes with his Disciples, and reasoned with them concerning the kingdome of God, and all the mysteries of his kingdome. Whence commeth it therfore, that an opinion so often and so strongly confuted, shoulde againe be reuiued? Surely, of none other cause, than of the disposition of our corrupt nature, which as it easily drin­keth in error, so it always holdeth fast the same. And as the Ethnicke Poet sayth: Driue Nature forth with a forke, yet will shee returne againe? So the Israelites in times paste, vsed to the Idolatrie of the Egyptians, fell to the worshipping of a calfe: notwithstanding, they had heard the terrible ma­iestie of God, renounceing and forbidding all vse of Images, not manye dayes before. Hereof came that long retayned superstition of hill aultars, in the bookes of Kings, which the most godly kinges could not wholy abo­lish. And woulde God there were not examples in these dayes, that plain­ly prooue that we say to be true. This consideration therefore serueth part­ly for vs to learne, how needefull it is in all reformations, cleane to roote and rippe vp all things, whatsoeuer haue neuer so small occasion of error, and partly to cause vs to be the lesse o [...]fended with them, which continually fight against olde superstitions, knowing by the example of all ages, that there can in this matter be no diligence to much, nor no endeuour or labour to superfluous.

Nowe seemeth it time to declare what Christ aunswered. Christe re­iecteth the curious que­stion of his Disciples. And his an­swere contayneth two poyntes. First, he reiecteth the Apostles demaunde, [Page 28] as pieuish and vnworthy the answering. Secondly, he openeth more cleere­ly the maner of his kingdome, and in such sort, that he both comforteth the fearefull Apostles, and declareth after what sort in his kingdome they must minister their office. To the first poynt these wordes appertaine: It belon­geth not to you to know the times and seasons, the which the father hath re­serued in his owne power. And in the beginning he sayeth nothing agaynst their false opinion of his kingdome, both for that other times he had spoken much of the same, and the comming of the holy ghost was at hande, which should teach them all truth. His wordes sounde as though hee shoulde saye thus much. I haue many times intreated of my kingdome, and hytherto, as I perceyue, I haue profited nothing. But admit that I shoulde set vp such a kingdome amongst the people of Israel, as you dreame, yet is your curiositie to be reprehended, that woulde knowe the verye time, whereof you neuer hearde me saye any thing, and which it had becommed you in pa­cience and hope to haue looked for, and not through vnprofitable and bolde temeritie, to haue preuented the time that God woulde reueale.

The bounds of Christian wisedome.These wordes of Christ are diligently to be obserued. For with them he bridleth the bolde curiositie of mans wit, and appoynteth vs certaine boun­des of Christian wisedome, whiche it is vnlawfull for vs to passe or go be­yonde. For where the Disciples are reprehended, for that they would ouer curiously enquire for such things as God had reserued to his owne power onely: it appeareth sufficiently that hereby we are prescribed how farre our wisedome must extende, that we should continually be occupied in the sear­ching and consideration of those things that God hath vouchsafed to reueale to vs in his Scriptures, and not to knowe those things which he hath re­serued to himselfe alone. And what things he would haue hid from vs, and vnknowne, to leaue them to his power, wisedome, and iudgement, vnto that daye, in the which we shall not knowe in part, but shall face to face be­holde the mysteries of the kingdome of heauen. 1. Corin. 13. The same the wise man ad­monisheth, whose words would to God were written in the harts of many curious persons. Seeke not (sayth he) after the things that be aboue thee, and search not foolishly for the things farre aboue thy strength. Ecclesias. 3. Studye the things commaunded thee of God, and be not curious in many of his workes. For it is not needefull for thee to see with thine eyes the things that are secret. Make not to much search in superfluous things, and be not curious in many of his works. For many things are shewed vnto thee already, which be aboue the capacitie of men. The medling with such hath beguiled many a man, and tangled their wittes in vanitie. Wherevnto is to be referred the saying of Salomon: He that searcheth the maiestie shall be depriued of the glory. Prou. 25.

Here therefore are confuted and condemned by this sentence of Christ, all the soothsaying Artes of Mathematicals, All Astro­logers and Soothsaiers confuted. amongst which Iudiciall A­strologie beareth the bell. For Christ forbiddeth to enquire after the times and seasons, that is, what ought to be done at euery time, and what tyme is appoynted for euery thing. And herein is the chiefe vse of Astrologie, to foreshewe the successe of euery thing in his time. For when they knowe the houre of ones natiuitie, by & by they looke vpon the Horoscope or ascendent and figure of heauen, and so pronounce of the course of his whole life. And not content with the things belonging to the body, & goodes of fortune, they take vpon them to iudge of the soule also, as though the vertues and vi­ces [Page 29] of man, and so by consequent eternall saluation, depended vppon the Planets. After like sort they write Prognostications of the things that shal happen euery yeare. In which (as if they were Oracles of Apollo) they rea­son of warres, of sicknesses, of dearth and scarcitie of things, and what vy­ces and naughtynesse shall raigne all the yeare following. And what doe these men else, but that that was reprehended in the Disciples, which yet went not about to learne such things by any Arte forbidden of God, but to know it at Christes mouth, whom God hath made vnto vs wisedome. Nei­ther let them obiect the example of the Prophetes, whose prophecies are extant of things that were to come, and who did sometimes appoynt the times of things afterwarde to followe, as is plaine that Hieremie and Daniel chiefely did. For these men vttered that thing for the instruction and comfort of man, which they receyued by Gods holy spirite. And God often­times vseth to foreshewe things to come by his Prophetes for mans health sake. But he hath in no place taught vs soothsaying Artes, whereby mans industrie can trye out thinges to come, but he hath condemned them, and shut out the students of them from his kingdome and people, as is to see in Deut. 18. and Mich. 5. Chapter.

There is also condemned in this place the curiositie of such as going far­ther, dare search for the latter day and ende of Christes comming, Searchers for the lat­ter daye. which Christ hath so appointed in his fathers power onely, that he sayth, it is vn­knowne to the Aungels, and to himselfe as he is man. Marc. 13. Whatsoeuer things is meete for vs to know, they are abundantly declared in the scripture. We are admonished of the signes that go before that daye, not that we shoulde dispute of the verye time of his comming, but that being awaked from the sleepe of sinne, we should lift vp our heades, Luc. 21. that the day of our redempti­on approching, we mought be founde faithfull and diligent seruants.

In lyke maner me thinketh they are here reprehended, Waders in Predesti­nation. which wade to farre in the secretes of Gods eternall predestination and prouidence, while they search what number is of the elect, and call to account of mans reason the iudgementes of God, whereby hee chooseth or refuseth men, which, as they farre passe mans reache and capacitie: so can they not without great daunger be sought out. But the things in this matter which serue both for our comfort & instruction, God hath vouchsafed to reueale. For it is playne that the faithfull are elected from euerlasting in Christ Iesus only, through the meere fauor of God, without respect of our workes or merites. It is playne that this election is firme and stable, whereof God (as Paule sayth) cannot repent him. Rom. 11. It is playne that faith is the infallible signe of this electi­on, whereby we apprehende Iesus Christ, and in him righteousnesse and saluation. It is playne that the ende & marke of our election, is to lyue holy & blamelesse in this life, that when we be taken from this lyfe, we may lyue in heauen with Iesus Christ. These things God hath reuealed: Ephes. 1. and with these we ought to be content. In the things which can not be attayned too, nor perceyued by mans reason, it becommeth vs with Paule to marueyle with godly confession of our ignorance, and to crie out: O the depth of the riches, and of the wisedome of God: how vnsearchable be his iudgementes, Rom. 11. and his wayes vnfindeable, for who hath knowne the minde of the Lorde, or who hath bene a counsell with him, or who hath first giuen to him, and it shall be gi­uen to him againe. For of him, and by him, and in him. &c. Nowe let vs see [Page 30] the other part of Christes aunswere, wherein he repeateth such thinges of his kingdome, as serue for this present purpose. Hee so handleth this mat­ter (as I sayde before) that he both marueylously comforteth the Disciples, and admonisheth them of their dutie. For he sayth: You shall receyue power, when the holy ghost shall come vpon you, and you shall be witnesses to me, not only in Hierusalem, but in all Iurie and Samarie, and vnto the worldes ende.

First, he repeateth the promyse of the holy ghost, wherwith he comfor­teth the Disciples, The king­dome of Christ is spirituall. and describeth the state of his kingdome. I woulde not (sayth he) haue you abashed, where you heare, you are appointed to the set­ting forth of my kingdome among the Gentyles. For this thing will not bee compassed by mans strength, which I perceyue in you to be very small, and little regarded. Here needeth heauenlye and diuine strength from aboue, which I haue often promised you shal not want, and now againe I promise you the same. For the holy ghost shall come vpon you, which shall giue you courage and strength, that shall make you able to fulfill your office. We are here admonished that Christes kingdome (as hee confessed before Pylate) is not of this worlde or earthly, Iohn. 18. but spirituall, neyther consisteth in the power, Roma. 14. honour, glory, triumphes, riches, and pleasures of this world: but in righteousnesse, peace, and ioy in the holye ghost. Wherevpon we gather further, that it is not set foorth and defended with carnall weapons, and strength of Princes of this worlde, but with preaching of the worde, wher­with the spirite of God worketh effectuously in the harts of men. This tea­cheth the wordes of Paule, where he sayth: Though we walke in the fleshe, yet warre we not after the flesh. 2. Corin. 10. For the weapons of our warfare are not carnall, but mighty in God, to cast downe strong holdes, wherewith we ouerthrowe coun­sayles, and euery high thing that exalteth it selfe, against the knowledge of God, & bring into captiuity, all imagination to the obedience of Christ. &c. Therfore they labour in vaine which go about by mans counsell, leagues, fight, fa­uour, and amitie of Princes, and such lyke meanes to set vp the kingdome of God. For Christes kingdome is in the mindes of men, which by no mans strength can be forced, but with the power and operation of the holye ghost. It becommeth both Kings and Princes to be the nurses and maintayners of the Church, as Esay sayth, but they shall neuer with outwarde power and strength set forth the kingdome of Christ. And the examples of all ages plainely teach vs, that whatsoeuer man went about, by his counsell and strength that way to bring it to passe, neuer happily succeeded.

The office of the Apo­stles is to beare witnes of Christ.Moreouer, he expressely teacheth, what the Apostles haue to doe, in their office in this kingdome: You shall be my witnesses, sayth hee. This shall bee your kingdome, your office, your dignitie, to beare witnesse of my doctrine, life, myracles, passion, death, buriall, resurrection from death, and ascen­tion into heauen, and briefly of all the things, which I haue done and suf­fred for mans saluation. Neyther shall you expounde the hystorie of things by mee done onelye, but declare the ende and vse of them, that all nations maye acknowledge mee their onelye teacher, sauiour, and redeemer. Christ thought good in this place to vse this worde witnesse, as also in Iohn the .xv. to admonish as well the Apostles, as the hearers of their dutie. For the A­postles and their successors, learne by the dutie of a witnesse, how to preache the Gospell of Iesus Christ. In a witnesse the looue of truth is chiefly re­quired, Prouer. 6. and a lying witnesse God hateth. Againe, it is the part of a witnesse [Page 31] to speake nothing but that he knoweth, which he hath so certainly seene and heard, that he doubteth nothing of the truth of them. Further, he must haue no corrupt affections, least of hatred, feare, or fauour, he put to, hyde or con­ceale any thing, but plainly confesse the thing he knoweth. Such witnesses, we reade that the Apostles were. For whatsoeuer they heard Christ teach, or sawe him doe, they truely preached it, neyther feared they the threates of their enimies, as appeareth in all hystories. Neyther confirmed they their witnesse of Christ with words onely, but with their life, with death, and with their bloud. It becommeth the Ministers of the worde to imitate their truth and constancy, who if for fauour of man, or feare of daunger they chaunge, or at least dissemble any thing in the quarrell of Christ, they pollute them­selues with an horrible crime, and are in daunger of Christes sentence: Whosoeuer is ashamed of me in this naughty and adulterous world, Marc. 8. him will I also be ashamed of, when I come wirh the holy angels in the glory of my father.

Againe, How wicked a thing it is not to beleue the Gospell. the hearers of the Apostles and Apostolicall doctrine are here admonished, what an heynous offence it is, not to beleeue the holye gos­pell, or to gainesay it. For it is not a simple preaching of Christ, or an hy­storicall and bare narration, but a testimonie which the Apostles, as sworne witnesses, brought into the worlde by the very sonne of God, gaue not on­ly before the common people, but also before the Bishoppes, and Priestes, Kinges, and their Counsell. But he that in the lawe, giueth no credite to sworne witnesses, and openly denieth their testimony, bringeth himselfe in daunger of lyfe. What shall we saye then of those▪ which feare not to speake against the Apostles, being Christes witnesses? For they accuse not only the Apostles of lying, but also Christ himselfe, as much as in them lyeth, yea, they woulde cause God the father to be suspected, as though he would bring forth false witnesses, and obtaine his sonnes cause with suborned witnesses. This sawe that beloued Disciple of Christ, when he sayth: If we receyue the witnesse of men, the witnesse of God is greater. 1. Ioan. 5. For this is the witnesse of God which he bare of his sonne. He that beleeueth the sonne of God, hath the wit­nesse in himselfe. He that beleeueth not God, maketh him a lyer, bicause hee be­leeueth not the witnesse that God beareth of his sonne. &c. These things if we consider (brethren) we shall finde the chiefe cause of the euils of these daies. For where we take it for a ieast and pastime, to call in question and doubt the things written by the Apostles of Iesus Christ, yea many wickedly de­ny them, and persecute that testimony of Iesus Christ with fire and sworde: it can not be but God must be angry with the world, and therfore it floweth with all kinde of euill. For Iohn the Baptist sayth: The father loueth the sonne, and hath giuen all things into his handes. Hee that beleeueth the sonne, Iohn. 3. hath lyfe euerlasting. He that beleeueth not the sonne, shall not see lyfe, but the wrath of God remayneth vpon him.

Last of all, Christ describeth the boundes of his kingdome, The boundes of Christes kingdome. which they thought extended not beyond Iurie. For where he sayth, the Apostles should be his witnesses to thende of the worlde, he plainely declareth that his king­dome stretcheth to all nations of the worlde. He manifestly and by name re­hearseth certaine places, & that not without a cause. For where the Citie of Hierusalem, by reason of their great and horrible offence, committed agaynst the sonne of God, seemed vnworthy the wholesome testimonye of the grace of the Gospell: it behooued to name hir also, that they might knowe how the [Page 32] beginning of preaching the Gospell should be there, where iniquitie most a­bounded. Againe, where the Iewes of an olde and ingenerate hatred, could not brooke the Samaritanes, therfore he maketh expresse mention of Samaria, least the Apostles, folowing the common opinion of the Iewes, should think they ought not to come at them. Now how needefull it was, to comprehend all other Nations, within the boundes of Christes kingdome, the example of Peter sufficiently prooueth, who when the countrie of Samaria had receiued Christ, abstayned from companying with other Nations, vntill hee was instructed by a vision from heauen. Actes. 10.

Howbeit, Christ appointeth none other limits of his kingdome in this place, than the holye ghost long before had described by the Prophetes. For it is knowne what is contayned in the Psalmes, Psalme. 2. and .72. whereof I made men­tion before. Moreouer, Zacharie speaking of Christ in the ninth Chapter. His kingdome shall reach from sea to sea, and from the riuer vnto the worldes ende. But that saying is most euident of all other, that Esay hath in the .xlix. Chapter: It is but a small thing that thou art my seruant to set vp the kinredes of Iacob, and to restore the destruction of Israel: for I haue made thee the light of the Gentyles, that thou mayst be my helth vnto the ende of the worlde. There are diuers other testimonies as is to be seene euerye where of them that reade the Prophetes. Christ is the indifferent sauior of all Nations. This is full of all comfort, that we see Ie­sus Christ is the common Sauiour of all Nations, in whome as Paule and Peter sayth, there is neyther Iewe nor Gentyle, Barbarous, nor Scythian, bonde nor free, Galat. 3. Coloss. 3. Actes. 10. man nor woman, but in euery nation, he that feareth him and worketh righteousnesse, is accepted of him. They also are here admonished of their of­fice and dutie, whom Christ hath appointed to be Preachers of the Gospell, that they seeke not the saluation of one nation onely, but that as much as in them is, they sowe the knowledge of Christ Iesu, and of saluation, as well by teaching, as writing (as we reade the Apostles did) thorowout the whole worlde. And it belongeth to all men, to imbrace Christes goodnesse, which so liberally offreth vnto al, the saluation purchased by his bloud. Let vs receiue therfore with thankfull mindes this kingdome of saluation, that hereafter we maye reigne with Christ in heauen: to whom be blessing, honour, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The fift Homelie.

‘AND when he had spoken these things, whyle they behelde, he was taken vp on high, and a Clowde receyued him vp out of their sightes. And whyle they looked stedfastly vp towarde heauen as he went, beholde two men stoode by them in white apparell, which also sayd: ye men of Galiley, why stand you gasing vp into heauen? This same Iesus which is taken vp from you into heauen, shall so come, euen as you haue seene him go into heauen.’

The Argu­ment and vse of this place. BIcause LVKE mooued by the holy ghost purposeth to intreat of the Actes of the Apostles, he begin­neth very aptly to tell of those things, which our Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christ, now being readye to leaue the earth, did with the Apostles. For thereby it may eui­dently be gathered, that the Apostles did nothing of their priuate authoritie, or vnaduisedly, but that they were ex­ecutors [Page 33] of the things enioyned them by Christ, and therfore their doctrine was not to be taken for mans doctrine, but to be acknowledged and recey­ued as Christes. Nowe at length followeth Christes departure from earth into heauen, which Luke describeth with great diligence, and wee ought to consider the same with as much earnestnesse: bicause in the description ther­of, two notable articles of our Christian faith are comprehended, in the which, the chiefe hope of all Christians is grounded. That is to say, Christes ascention into heauen, and his returne, which shall be in the ende of the worlde, when he shall come in the clowdes, to iudge both the quicke and the deade. It shall behooue vs to consider euery thing in such order as Luke des­cribeth it.

In this place he briefly dispatcheth the hystory of Christes ascention. The hystorie of Christes ascention. For when hee had thus sayde (sayth he) he was taken vp on high, they looking on, and a clowde receyued him out of their sight. The cause of this breuitie maye seeme to be, both for that afterwarde he reporteth the sayinges of the Aun­gels, which more expressely declare all the matter, and also for that himself about the ende of his Gospell, had more at large set forth the same. For there he sayth: Iesus ledde his Disciples forth into Bethany, and lyfting vp his handes on high, he blessed them. And it chaunced, that as hee blessed them, hee was taken from them, and caried into heauen. To the which, let vs ioyne the things that are written in this wise: Mar. 16. The Lord after he had talked with them was taken vp into heauen, & is set downe on the right hand of God. The summe of all is, that Iesus Christ, which hytherto liued on the earth, hath taken his body out of this worlde, and hath placed it on the right hande of God his father, according to the saying of Dauid: The Lorde sayde vnto my Lorde, Psalm. 110. sit thou on my right hande, vntill I make thyne enimies thy footestoole. Although, such is the playnesse of this Hystorie, that it is put euen in the same wordes almost, in the articles of our Christian faith, or Apostles Creede, wherein our forefathers would all things should be so plaine that it shoulde be per­ceyued and vnderstanded of verye children: yet let vs discusse diligently e­uery circumstaunce thereof for their sakes, which in these dayes dare exte­nuate the same, while of his ascention they make but a disparition or vani­shing out of sight, and leaue vs nothing, but a vaine and bare fantasie or imagination therof, which men are gone so farre, that they appoint a locall, and substantiall presence of Christes body, in the breade of the Lorde. But being led and bewitched with the desire of contention, they marke not how they leaue him no place in the supper, whyle they denie that his body can be contayned in any place. Let vs therfore see what is properly to be vnder­standed by his ascention: next, who ascended, then after what maner, and into what place he ascended. And vnto these afterwarde we will adioyne, the cause why he ascended, and what commoditie and profite commeth to vs by his ascention.

They properly are sayde to ascende, What ascen­tion is. which go from a lower place vnto an higher. Wherfore ascention is a moouing or carying (the Greekes call it [...]) from one place to another, and that from a place beneath, vnto a place vpwarde. And that euen here, there is such a motion or moouing, none (but he that is most contentious) can denie. For this is it that Luke mea­neth in the beginning of this booke, where he speaketh of Christes ascenti­on, saying [...], that is, he went vp or ascended, and in this place [...], [Page 34] that is, he was taken vp. Both which wordes signifie a taking or carying away from a lower place vnto an higher. Neyther admit we their cauillati­on, where they expounde these wordes, the clowde that conueyed him out of their sight, thereby feyning their disparition or vanishing out of sight. For euen there it is sayde of the clowde [...], that is, it caried him or tooke vp on high: that in the meane season I saye nothing, how Christ must needes be in a place while he was in the clowde, vsing it as an instrument whereby to ascende. Beside that, the Apostles behelde him with their eyes, as hee went, and sought him not looking this waye and that, as one conueying himselfe inuisibly away. For, [...], that is, as he went (marke the locution, whereby is euidently declared a moouing from a place to a place) the Apostles behelde him looking vp into heauen. But what needed they to lift vp their eyes to heauen, if the Lorde were not caried into heauen? Why did they not rather looke hither and thither for him into the ayre, as after one that sodeinly vanished away? And the Aungels afterwarde reprehend not the Apostles, for that they vainelye supposed he was gone vp into the element, but they rather confesse it to be true, and plainely entreate of his comming backe againe. Ascention therefore is a moouing from a lower place to an higher, whereby Christ was caried vppe into heauen. For vn­lesse we confesse this, the holy ghost must be accused, who without cause, in rehearsall of a plaine hystorie, which all men ought to knowe, woulde of purpose beguile vs with needelesse wordes.

Who as­cended.It followeth next to see who is ascended. But the storie is of Christ Iesu, which being raysed from the deade, prooued the veritie of his bodye fourty dayes togither, by many argumentes. But when the Scriptures speake of Christ, the distinction of natures, whereof he consisteth as the Scripture teach vs, must be verye well obserued. For he which from e­uerlasting is very God, of the same maiestie and glory with the father, yea of one substance with him: he in the time appoynted (as Paule sayth) was made man of a woman, that is, tooke vpon him manhoode, or the nature of man. Wherefore in one and the selfe person of Christ, are ioyned two na­tures, to saye, the diuine and the humane. And yet by reason of the vnitie of person, the natures be neyther confounded nor chaunged, but the pro­pertie of eche nature remayneth whole and distinct. And by vnitie of person it commeth to passe, that that which is proper to one nature onely, is attri­buted to whole Christ, and Christ is sayde to haue done or suffred that, which is peculiar to one nature onely, which thing, the fathers vsed to call the communion or comixtion or likenesse of properties of speache. It apper­tayneth to the diuine nature, that Christ is sayde to be from euerlasting, and before Abraham was borne: who notwithstanding, after his humane nature was borne afterwardes in a time appointed. And the sonne of God is sayde to haue suffred and dyed, where his diuinitie can neyther suffer nor die. And yet it is trulye sayde. For he that was truely the sonne of God, wherein he was able to die, dyed. According to the same reason, the sonne of man was sayde to be in heauen, when he was vppon the earth, bicause the same touching his godheade pierced the heauens also, although accor­ding to his body, hee was in the earth, and there commoned with Nicode­mus. Which things if we obserue in this place, it shall appeare, that Iesus Christe tooke his humane nature, which he receyued of the virgins bodye, [Page 35] into heauen. For it can not be vnderstanded of his diuine nature, whereof it is saide: I fill heauen and earth Againe: Heauen is my throne, Hiere. 23. Esay. 66. and the earth is my footestoole. And whereas the Godhead is not mooued from place to place, but is infinite & immeasurable, ascention by no meanes agreeth there­with. And yet we truely saye that God ascended, bicause Christ who is very God, ascended in his manhoode. And yet we deuide not Christ into partes, or denye the vnitie of person, as did one Nestorius, but we make a difference betweene the natures of Christ, and their properties: as hee deuideth not man, that maketh a distinction betweene the actions of the soule, and of the bodye, which are knowne to be much different. And here that saying of Austen is to be well marked, Ad Dardanū. where hee forbiddeth vs to take euerye thing in God to be euery where as God. And Christ ment not to prooue the presence of his Godheade, by the extending of his body into all places, but by the o­peration of his holy spirite.

But the Scriptures shewe also the place into which he ascended. Into what place Christ ascended. And Luke sayeth, that he was taken vp on high. And the Angels afterwarde call it heauen, that it might appeare vnto vs, to what place he went. And Marke more expressely signifying the place in heauen, writeth, that he is set downe on the right hande of the Father. Wee knowe what a great manye holde and affirme of the heauens, which by them vnderstande the king­dome and presence of God. We knowe also that the right hande of God, maye be taken for the felowship of the diuine maiestie and kingdome, into the which, we confesse that Christ is truly taken, according as he sayth: All power is giuen to me in heauen and in earth. Math. 28. But we saye there is here a cer­taine place assigned, into the which, we one daye shall be receiued, to reigne with Christ for euer. And this sense we draw out of Christes owne words, speaking of his departure. In my fathers house bee many mansions, or dwel­lings, which if it were otherwise I woulde haue tolde you. Iohn. 14. I go to prepare you a place. And if I go to prepare you a place, I will come againe and take you vnto my selfe, that where I am, there may you be also. Coulde he more plainly and expressely declare a certaine place? Paule in the heauenly place and dwel­ling of the Saintes sheweth vs Christ, saying: Philip. 3. Our conuersation is in hea­uen, from whence we looke for a Sauiour, euen the Lorde Iesus Christ. Doth he not here appoynt the same place vnto Christ, into the which our bodies shall once be receiued? To this is to be ioyned, the describing of the maner and order of the resurrection to come, where he sayeth: The Lorde him­selfe shall come downe from heauen, 1. Thess. 4. with the noyse and voyce of an Archaun­gell, and trumpe of God, and the deade in Christ shall first aryse, and then wee that be on lyue which shall remayne, shall be taken with them in the Clowdes to meete the Lorde, and so shall we alwayes be with him. He sayth that Christ the Lorde shall come, yea descende from heauen, and that it might appeare of what heauen he meaneth, he sayth, that we shall be taken in the Clowdes to meete Christ in the aire. Therfore all these things are to be vnderstanded of some higher place in heauen, where both Christ sitteth and raigneth in his body, and into the which, all the elect shall hereafter be translated.

Howbeit, Luke is most diligent in describing the maner of his ascention. The maner and order of Christs as­cention. Where first he sayth, that holding vp his handes into heauen, he blessed the Apostles, that is, bade them farewell, and after the common maner of men departing one from another, commended them to the tuition and protection [Page 36] of God almightie. Afterwarde they looking vpon him, he was taken vp in­to heauen. Which one thing conuinceth them of vanitie, and errour, which saye Christ vanished away inuisibly. For if they herein saye true, how was he taken vp on high, the Disciples looking vpon him? Or would he there­fore seeme to ascende, bicause he woulde haue vs beleeue he were still con­uersant on the earth. Herevnto is to be added the ministerye or seruice of the Clowde, which as it conueyed him from the earth as in a chariot: euen so it caried hym higher than mans sight coulde reach to, and tooke him out of sight. He vsed the Clowde as a chariot, according to y t saying of the Psalme, which makest the Clowds thy Charet. Psalm. 104. For the Clowde was both a token of heauen, into the which he should ascende, and also bare plaine witnesse of his heauenly and diuine maiestie. Wherevnto also is to be referred the ap­pearing of the Aungels, which he would not onely haue witnesses, but also ministers of his ascention. For it was meete that he which vsed the seruice of Angels in his conception, natiuitie, temptation, death, and resurrection, should now likewyse vse the same ministers, when he woulde declare the greatest poynt of his maiestie. And it serued for our profit, bicause we might know the maiestie of our sauiour, and that although he were absent in bo­dye, yet that he would easily protect and defende vs, by his holye spirite and ministery of Aungels, whose power hath long since bene prooued by many examples to be infinite and inuincible.

The causes & commodities of Christes ascention.And although these be great tokens of Christes diuine maiestie and power: yet maye we receyue more comfort of the causes, mouing Christ to ascende into heauen. For by them appeareth the great vtilitie that commeth to vs. And first, it was requisite so to be, bicause of our redemption, and sal­uation, He openeth vs the gates of heauen. which otherwise coulde not be accomplished. For whereas by rea­son of sinne, the gates of heauen were shut vp, and such is the corruption of our nature, that Paule sayth fleshe and bloude, (that is, man ledde with corrupt and carnal affections) cannot inherite the kingdome of God: it was necessarye that the heauens shoulde be opened againe by Christ, that wee might take him for our sauiour and Redeemer. This did Christ most com­modiously, by bringing his fleshe which he tooke of the Uirgin into heauen. For who perceyueth not there is a waye made for our fleshe into heauen, when he heareth that Christes fleshe in all poyntes lyke vnto ours (sinne only excepted) is resident in heauen? To saye nothing in the meane season of the permutation and chaunge here made. For as Christ graffeth his spi­rite in our hartes, to thende it shoulde be to vs in this lyfe the earnest and pledge of our eternall saluation: so againe he caried into heauen our fleshe, which he tooke of the virgin Marie, that we myght be certified, as it were by this pledge, that we one daye should in our bodyes inherite the kingdome of heauen. Wherevnto Paule hauing respect, writeth: God which is rich in mercy, through the great loue wherewith hee loued vs, euen when wee were deade by reason of sinne, Ephes. 2. hath quickened vs togither with Christ (for by Grace are you saued) and hath also raysed vs vp againe, and hath also made vs sit with him in heauen. And Paule speaketh not these things in vaine, but hath Christ the warranter and Auctor of his saying, whose Testament as it were these words following are: Iohn. 17. Father I will that where I am, these also whome thou hast giuen me, may be with me. Wherefore that strong and inuincible trust through the consideration of his ascention, ought to bee in euerye mans [Page 37] minde, that Tertullian speaketh of: Be out of care, or be of good cheere, fleshe and bloude: you haue gotten both heauen, and the kingdome of God in Christ.

Furthermore, by Christes ascention into heauen, The conf [...]r­meth Christs victorie. as by a publyke tri­umphe, we are certifyed of the victorie that he hath gotten of the Deuill. For as the Princes of this worlde when they haue vanquyshed their enimies, returne home agayne with triumph, wherin the Captaynes of the enimies are led Captiues, and their ensignes displayed, all which, declare the victory to be verily gotten: so the sonne of God after he had made warre against the Deuill, the Prince of this worlde, and had vtterly subdued him, woulde after this solemne pompe, in the sight of his friendes, go agayne into hea­uen, that we might be assured the Deuils power was vanquished, and that we were deliuered from his tiranny. And to this ende Paule seemeth to al­ledge that saying of the .lxviij. Psalme. When he was gone vp on high, Ephes. 4. hee ledde captiuitie captiue, and gaue giftes vnto men. And in another place hee writeth: He made an open showe of rule and power, Coloss. 2. and triumphed ouer them in his owne person. Therefore as often as the power of Satan, sinne, and death, shall make vs afrayde, so often let vs flye to Christes ascention, wherein he hath giuen vs an euident signe, of victorye gotten of them, and hath sealed the affaires of our redemption, as it were with publike and so­lemne triumph.

Thirdly, Christ ap­peareth an intercessor for vs, in heauen. the reason of Priesthoode required that Christ shoulde enter into heauen, wherevnto Dauid witnesseth he was assigned, saying: The Lorde hath sworne and will not repent him: Thou art a Priest for euer, after the order of Melchisedech. But the high Priest was woont, once euerye yeare to enter into the holy place that was wythin the veyle, Psalme. 110. Leuit. 16. and that not without bloude, which bicause it was a figure of things, it behooued Christ shoulde enter once for all into that very Sanctuary, to saye, into heauen, with hys true body and bloude which he tooke of vs, that he might there appeare be­fore God for our sinnes, and appease the wrath of God. Hitherto appertay­neth it that Paule sayth: Christ is not entred into a sanctuarye made with han­des, but into heauen it selfe, that he myght appeare now before God for vs. A­gaine: Christ being an high Priest of good thinges to come, came by a grea­ter and a more perfect Tabernacle, not made with handes: that is to saye, Hebrues. 9. not of this building, neyther by the bloude of Goates and Calues, but by his owne bloud he entred in once into the holye place, and founde eternall redemption. Of the which, we gather that Christ after he had perfourmed the things he came to doe on earth, entred into heauen, to accomplish that which remay­ned there to be done, that is, to place himselfe there, a Mediatour, interces­sour, and aduocate for vs. Wherevnto all those thinges are to be referred that are written in the Scripture, touching the office of an Intercessor and aduocate. And here is no small fruite of Christes ascention. For as often as the conscience of our sinnes troubleth vs, and that we thinke heauen is shut a gainst vs by reason of our sinne: so often we may flie to the consideration o [...] the ascention, as to a most safe sanctuarye, and be assured that he is in heauen which maketh intercession for vs, who by reason of his merite, co­uereth our vncleanesse, and reconcileth vs vnto God. Iohn the Apostle tea­cheth vs the same in these wordes. Little children, 1. Iohn. 2. I write these thinges vnto you, to thende you shoulde not sinne: But if any man sinne, we haue an aduo­cate with the father, Iesus Christ the righteous. And Paule sayth: Who shall [Page 38] be able to charge the elect of God with sinne? It is God that iustifieth, who is it that condemneth? Roma. 8. It is Christ that is deade, yea rather that is risen againe, who is also on the right hande of God, and maketh intercession for vs.

The appari­tions of the Angels.Moreouer, bicause the Apostles as yet perceyued not these things, & ther­fore being astonied with Christes sodeyne departure looked wishely vp into heauen, & missed his bodily presence which they were woont to haue: it behoo­ued they should be more fully instructed. Therfore Angels clothed in white garments appeared to them, which spake to them on this wyse: You men of Galiley, why stande you looking vp into heauen? The same IESVS which is taken from you vp into heauen, Actes. 1. shall so come, euen as you haue seene him go into heauen. There is in these wordes first a reprehension, and then a singular comfort and consolation. Wee therfore will speake of ech of them, as much as this place shall require. The beginning of their saying seemeth to haue in it some reprehension: You men of Galiley (say they) why stand you looking vp into heauen? Here the Aungels accuse not onely the deede of the Disci­ples, but also the affection and ignorance of their minds. For the Apostles therfore lift vp their eyes into heauen, bicause they sawe Christ was taken vp in the Clowde. And the Aungels denie it not, but rather confesse that it so was. They were worthy of reprehension, that being so often admoni­shed of Christes departure, and instructed so often with promises that they should haue the holy ghost, would yet desire to haue Christs bodily presence, and seeke him both with minde and sight, & after a sort wayte, that he should come downe againe vnto them. This therfore the Angels reprehende, as if they should saye, what ignorance & grossenesse of hart is this of yours? why marueyle you still at Christes departure? Hearde you not before how he must thus depart? Hath he not promised you the holy ghost to be your com­forter and tutor? why therfore wayte you not for him, and let passe this bo­dily presence, vntill the daye he shall come in the glory of the father, to iudge the quicke and the dead, as you may remember he tolde you before this?

Against the corporall presence of Christ, on the earth.And if we conferre the wordes of the Aungels, with the things spoken a little before, in the storye of the Ascention, it shall appeare as cleare as day, that there ought no such bodilye presence of Christ Iesu to be established on the earth from henceforth, as they feyne, which saye that the body of Christ, which was borne of the virgin Marie, which honge on the crosse, which was buried, is eaten in the supper corporally, & substantially, and really handled with the hands of the faithful. They see that the hystory of the ascention, ma­keth against this grosse opinion, and therefore they make of it a disparition or vanishing away, as before I sayde. Further, they abuse the places of the Scripture. First, they alledge the wordes of Paule, Christ is ascended aboue 1 all heauens to fulfill all things. Ephes. 4. Wherevpon they gather that the condicion of his body being chaunged, is spred ouer all places, as well supernall as in­fernall, and so he filleth all things with his body. Then flying to his diui­nitie, 2 by reason thereof, they saye it must needes be, that his humane nature should be euery where likewyse, bicause it is vnited and knitte with the Di­uine. And they thinke they haue founde Gordius knot, whyle they say: such is the coniunction of the natures, that it can not be sundred by death, howe 3 much lesse then can this grosse distance of places separate it? They haue al­so the promises of Christ, whereby they thinke their opinion confirmed. For these be his wordes: Math. 18. Where two or three bee gathered in my name, there [Page 39] am I in the middest of them. Agayne: Math. 28. I am with you vntill the ende of the worlde. They ioyne to these the wordes of the supper, and crie out till they 4 be hoarce againe: This is my body, which they make also wordes of pro­mise, as though Christ by them, had promised a reall and substantiall pre­sence of his bodye. But the answere is easie to all these.

As touching the place of Paule, we will not dispute of the heauens after the maner of the Philosophers. The .iii [...]. to the Ephe­sians. We knowe that Aristotle appoynteth no place without the compasse and circle of the heauens. But it is not lawfull to rest vpon the authorite of an heathen man, when matter of fayth is in question. Paule speaketh of the heauens that be aboue vs, and bicause they be accounted among the parts of the world, and shall melt in the fire of the last day, he sayth, that Christ is ascended aboue them, to testifie that he is now out of the circuite of this corruptible worlde, and taken into that place, which from euerlasting was appoynted for the elect, and is subiect to no decay or destruction. Therfore the more they vrge that Christ is ascended aboue all heauens, thereby it appeareth the more, hee is gone forth of the worlde. Paule addeth: to fulfill all thinges, which they expounde of Christes body, bicause they will shew themselues grosse and foolishe inough. For who seeth not a foolish and more than childish consequence herein? Christ hath ca­ried his body aboue the heauens, and all the partes of the worlde visible. Ergo, the bodye of Christ filleth all the worlde corporally and substantially. And this is their maner of reasoning. But Paule in this place speaketh of the Prophe­cies of the olde lawe, or (as some other saye) of the power and maiestie of Christ. Other expounde it of the spirituall grace and giftes, which Christ after he had receyued all power, shed vpon men, as Ioel before prophecied. But whether of these it is, here is appointed no corporall presence of Christ vpon earth. Christ had fulfilled all the things prophecied before, Luke. 24. of his in­carnation, passion, death and resurrection. Nowe remayned his ascenti­on, whereof there were prophecies, and where through the businesse of our saluation (as we afore declared) shoulde be perfited and ended. He there­fore ascended, that herein nothing shoulde be left vnfulfilled. And if anye man will haue it vnderstanded rather of the maiestie and power of Christ, which he declareth by the bestowing of his heauenly gifts, I will not con­tende with him. For thereto the sentence commeth, bicause Christ hauing consummate and finished our saluation in his manhoode, sayth, Math. 28. hee hath re­ceyued all power in heauen and in earth. And then he sayde hee woulde send his holy spirite, when he went from this worlde vnto his father. Yea, he sayde: Iohn. 14. It is expedient for you that I go: for if I go not, that comforter will not come vnto you.

It is no lesse pieuishe where they reason from Christes diuinitie to his humanitie. Christes Godheade drowneth not hys man­hoode, ney­ther caryeth it through euery thing. We confesse surely that these two natures are ioyned togy­ther in Christ, and that Christs person by reason of them ought not to be de­uided, & we say not that they be disioyned or seuered by reason of his death. But that which no godly man will denie was done in hys death, that here also is to be obserued. In his death the distinction of the natures and pro­perties remayned whole and safe. For his humane nature suffred death, which the diuine coulde not. His humane nature suffred the crosse and di­uers dolours, which cannot happen to the diuine nature. And he, which as he was very man, dyed vpon the crosse, and being deade was buried: the [Page 40] same as verye God, shooke the earth, tooke the light from the sunne, and wrought effectually in the mindes of men, and shewed most euident tokens of his godheade. If the same be here considered, this matter shall be easily perceyued. For Christ touching his diuine nature is euery where, and hath his operation euery where. The same concerning his humane nature, is contained in a certaine place of heauen, which is the eternall dwelling of all those that be blessed. And for all this we separate not the diuinitie from the humanitie, when we say it filleth all places, and is euerye where pre­sent. In his Epi­stle to Dar­danus. But we follow the rule of Augustine, who sayth: We must beware that we doe not so defende or affirme the diuinitie of his manhoode, that wee take a­waye the veritie of his bodye. &c.

The pla­ces of Ma­thewe .18. and .28.By these also we are taught, in what sense Christes promises are to be taken, where he sayth, he will be present with vs vnto the ende of the worlde. For wee expounde them of the presence and power of his Godheade. For Christ is present with those that be his, by his diuine power, and by opera­tion of his holy spirite, whereby he ruleth, guideth, keepeth safe, and de­fendeth them. He is with them by his grace and merite, that they fall not into the snares of Synne and Satan, but stande fast in the fauour and friend­ship of God the father. As touching his bodily presence, by other his words, where he doth inculcate diuers times, that he must go out of the worlde, and that he can tary no longer in the worlde, Ioan. 14.16. we learne that in these wordes he speaketh nothing concerning the same. And if it lyke them to expounde these former promises of the presence of his body, then where he sayth in another place he shall no longer tary in the world, that must needes be vnderstanded of his godly presence. For without we reconcyle these places so diuers in them­selues, by making a difference of his natures, & enterchaunge of properties of speach, we shall be in much perplexitie and vncertaine. What shall these men therefore get, but while they contende about his bodilye presence, be­reue themselues of his spirite and diuine protection, and as Terence the Poet sayth, with reason become madde? Neyther admit wee here their colde and shamelesse refuge, whereby they would creepe away, vnder the inuisible conuersation of Christes body here on earth. For Christ speaketh not of the maner and qualitie of the thing, but of the thing it selfe, and denyeth that he tarieth any longer in the worlde. But with what reason should he so say, if he taried in the world inuisibly? And in the .xxiiij. of Mathew, he biddeth vs not to beleeue them which shoulde saye, towarde the ende of the worlde, he is here or there, in the Closet, Spence, or Buttry.

The wordes of the supper.Of these things nowe may be easily gathered, how the wordes of the supper are to be vnderstanded. We knowe that Christ reached breade to his Disciples and sayde: This is my body. But we say, it is a sacramentall kind of speach, whereby (as is commonly seene) the name of the thing signified, is attributed to the signe. After which sort, Circumcision was called the co­uenant, and the Easter feast the Passeouer. Neyther obserue we this in this matter without cause, for so the verity of Christs body enforceth vs, wherof we haue already spoken. And Christ himselfe in the Gospell of S. Iohn wil­ling to take the grosse opinion of his flesh from his Disciples, sendeth them to his ascention, that there they might learne, how his body coulde not sub­stantially & really be eaten, but that they must vnderstand a spiritual eating, which was by faith. Looke the .vj. of Iohn. I passe ouer many other things [Page 41] that might be sayde, bicause I would not be to long in wordes. It is our part to holde fast the plaine hystory of the ascention, and with our harts lif­ted vp by faith, to seeke Christ in heauen, that wee may be fed euerlastingly, with the vertue and merite of his flesh and bloude.

But let vs returne to the Aungels, A comfort of the last comming of Christ. whose wordes haue in them a mar­ueylous comfort. For as they blame the grosse opinion of the Disciples, de­siring the bodily presence of Christ: so they comfort them with the promise of his last comming. This same Iesus (say they) which is taken vp from you, shall so come as you haue seene him go hence. The Aungels promyse a visi­ble comming of Christ. And any comming inuisible, beside that, which is by his holy spirite, the Scripture knoweth not. That is a visible comming, which we professe in the articles of our faith, in which he shall come, to iudge the quick and the dead. Many things are saide in the scripture touching this comming, as we may see in Daniel. 7. & .12. And Christ diligently describeth the same. Math. 24.25. &. Iohn. 5. He would also the Apostles shoulde be ad­monished hereof in this place, bicause the remembraunce thereof, serueth much both for our instruction and comfort. For if, according to the saying of the sonne of Syrach, the remembrance of death bridleth the desire of sinne. How much more shall it be restrayned, if wee consider in our minde the ymage and counterfaite of the last iudgement, where we all shall stande before the iudgement seate of Christ, to receyue euery one of vs, 2. Corin. 5. Rom. 14. according as he hath done in this body, whether it be good or bad. What shall it then profite a man, to haue gayned all the worlde, if he shall lose his soule. Agayne, Math. 16. there commeth to vs by remembring of that daye, marueylous consolation. For hee that shall come to be a reuenger of all euill, and a punisher of the wicked, shall appeare the Redeemer of his people, whom he shall make partakers of his kingdome and table, glorifying them both in bodye and soule. Wherefore speaking of the signes, that shall go before the latter daye, he sayth: When these things beginne to come to passe, lift vp your heades, Luke. 21. for your redemption draweth neare. And Iob speaking of Christ comming to the iudgement, saith: I knowe that my Redeemer liueth. &c. It behooued therfore, Iob. 19. that the Apostles shoulde be admonished hereof, that being boldened with this hope, they might passe and ouercome, the present daungers, and grieuous troubles that were to come. In the meane time let vs thinke, that it is our dutie of­ten to thinke vpon the same, whereby we may both represse the naughtye desires of the fleshe, and haue a good courage in the middest of daungers and distresse, and so happily finishing the race of this lyfe, may liue for e­uer with Iesu Christ our Lorde: to whom be blessing, honour, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The sixt Homelie.

‘THEN returned they vnto Hierusalem, from the mount that is called Oli­uete, which is from Hierusalem a Sabboth daies iourney. And when they were come in, they went vp into a Parlour, where abode both Peter and Iames, and Iohn and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Barthilmewe and Mathewe, Iames the sonne of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Iudas the brother of Iames. These all continued with one accorde in prayer and supplication, with the wo­men, and Mary the mother of Iesus, and with his brethren.’

[Page 42] The argu­ment and vse of this place. ALthough our Lorde and Sauiour Ie­sus Christ, hath taken his bodye from earth into heauen by his glorious ascention: yet may we not thinke that he therefore hath cast aside the care of our saluation. For it cannot be that that good shepeheard can forget them, whome he did vouchsafe to redeeme with the price of his bloude. This appeareth aswell by manye other arguments, as specially by this that happened in his ascention, as wee saw erewhile. For whyle the Apostles, abashed with his sodeyne departure, stoode looking vp into heauen, not knowing what to doe: he sendeth his Aungels by whose ministerye, they are not onely instructed concerning his ascention, but also they heare a marueylous comfort touching his comming againe. Which comfort we see was effectuous, by that which fell out therof. For Luke goeth on with his hystorie, and sheweth what the Apostles did after Christ was taken from them, we will speake of eche of these things in order, to thende the more learning, instruction, and consolation maye come vnto vs therby.

The Apo­stles returne to IerusalemFirst of all, they returne againe into the Citie. For after they had wor­shipped, as Luke sayth: they returned againe to Hierusalem, and being ga­thered togither in the vpper storye of the house, which was appointed them to be in, Luke. 24. they waited for the spirite promised of God the father, and Iesus Christ. It was from Mount Oliuete whence Christ ascended into heauen, into the Citie a Sabboth dayes iourney, which after the authoritie of Hierome, is counted a two myles.

An example of the obedi­ence of faith.Here in these thinges we haue a singular example of the obedience of faith, which it becommeth vs well to followe. For the Apostles go agayne into the Citie, not of their owne head and counsayle, but as the Lord com­maunded them, which (as wee perceyued in the beginning of this booke) charged them not to depart from Hierusalem, nor to seperate themselues one from another, before they had receyued from heauen the holye ghost. And yet there were diuers thinges, that might haue perswaded them the contrary. Amongst which, the feare of present daunger and hostile entrap­pinges of the Iewes, seemeth not to be eyther lightest or least. And who coulde thinke to be safe in such a Citie, as had bene vsed to slaye the Pro­phetes, and whose handes were yet embrued, with the bloude of the sonne of God. Againe, the small commodiousnesse and vnhandsomnesse of the place, might haue turned the mindes of diuers awaye. For in one house, yea in a peece of one house, (as may be gathered by y t that followeth) about an hundred and twentie persons dwelled togither, which coulde not be without great trouble, as any wise man maye vnderstande. Beside yet a more grieuous temptation, cloked with the pretext of fayth and religion, that is to saye, that they knewe the holy ghost, for whose cause they shoulde tarie in the Citie, Iohn. 3. was tyed to no one place, but (as Christ sayth) breatheth wheresoeuer it will. So that they might thinke it not onely in vayne, but also a foolishnesse to wayte in such a daungerous place, for the sending of the holye ghost, which might as well be giuen them in another place as there. And surely it is lyke that diuers such thoughts arose in them, seeing there is no man ignorant how many things they that be in feare vse to cast [Page 43] in their mindes. But they ouercome all these things with the fayth onely that they gaue to Christes wordes, and despising all aswell perill, as coun­sell of mans reason, they purpose to obey the commaundements of Christ. Neither wanteth that holy obedience a most happy successe. For they be both safe in that bloudy Citie, and they also, not many dayes after receiue the ho­lye ghost, as Christ had promysed. Of this example we ought to make a ge­nerall lawe and rule, that is to saye, that we must walke in the vocation of God, and in whatsoeuer his commaundements obediently, and that wee suffer not our selues, for any reasons that the fleshe can make, to be pulled from our dutie. For whereas our God is holye, and a most louing father to mankinde, he commaundeth nothing but that which is both holye, and healthfull for vs. For all his iudgementes are righteousnesse and truth, and as Paule sayth, this is the purpose and ende of Gods will, that all men should be saued. And bicause he is omnipotent, 1. Timoth. 2 he defendeth and maintay­neth them that walke in his vocation, and keepe his commaundementes, and suffreth no hurt to happen vnto them. The holy worshippers of God are sometimes tempted, bicause it is necessary their fayth shoulde be exer­cised and tryed. But bicause God is faythfull, hee suffreth them not to bee tempted aboue their strength, 1. Corin. 10. but in their temptation maketh a waye that they may beare it. There are infinite examples hereof beside this▪ that wee haue in hande. Abraham is called out of his natiue countrie, and is commaunded to go into a straunge countrie, which he knoweth not, inhabited with wic­ked dwellers. But bicause he obeyeth Gods calling, all thinge succeedeth luckily, and he is increased and instored there, not only with riches, but al­so hath the friendship of the mightiest in the countrye. His posteritie dwell there also, and bicause they walke in Gods vocation, they liue in safetie a­mongst them, whom the destruction of the Citie of Sichem, myght seeme with iust desire of reuenge to arme against them. But God is their fayth­full protector, which caused this saying to sound in the mindes and eares of the Chananites. Touch not mine annointed, and doe my Prophetes no harme. Let all men of what state or degree soeuer they be, Psalm. 105. applye the considerati­on of these things vnto themselues, and let them remember that there is a most large blessing, and an infallible promise of Gods helpe, ioyned to the commaundementes of God, which vndoubtedlye they shall enioy, that will endeuour to obey them. See touching this blessing, Deuter. 28. and Leuit. 26. But chiefly we must take heede, that we admit not the counsell of mans witte in the things, which we see expressely by Gods worde bidden or forbid­den. For this is a most present plague, which caste [...]h aside all endeuour of obedience, and maketh all our lyfe to be hatefull before God. For there is no commaundement of God so holy, so easie, so healthfull, wherein our fleshe will not finde some difficultie, and daunger, yea, and some colour of vn­righteousnesse and iniquitie. Obedience of fayth is required, which as Paule sayth, doth captiuate all mans vnderstanding, 2. Cor. 10. beateth downe all the coun­sell of mans reason, and bringeth whole man to the obedience of God and his worde. Hereunto is to be referred that, that God prescribeth in the law by these wordes. Thou shalt not seeke after thine owne heart, Numer. 15. or thine owne eyes, after the which, you vse to go a whoo [...]ing, but you shall remember rather, and doe all my commaundements, & be holy vnto your God. And againe: Ye shall adde nothing to my worde which I haue cōmaunded you, Deut. 4.12. nor take nothing [Page 44] therefrom. And if anye man require examples of them which haue euill thriued by breaking of Gods commaundement, he shall finde both other­wheres, and in the hystory of Saule, diuers. See. 1. Samuel. 13. &. 15. But let vs haste to the reast.

The names of the Apostles.In the seconde place, Luke rehearseth the names of the Apostles, and that not without a great purpose. For besides that they, whom Iesus Christ appoynteth to be the teachers of all the worlde, ought well to be knowne, least naughtye deceyuers might chalenge to them, the office and authoritie of the same: it was necessary that we might knowe surely howe they after their foule forsaking of Christ, were restored againe to their former place and dignitie. For all men knowe how shamefully they yeelded, when Christ was taken by the souldiers, and by the high Priestes seruaunts. For then they all fled and left him. And Peter which presumed so much of his owne strength, committed the grieuouser offence bicause hee three times denyed him. Therfore men might doubt, not without some cause, whether the Lord had taken such as they were into his fauour againe, and whether such co­wardly slydebacks might be beleeued. Therfore to put all doubt out of our mindes, and that we shoulde not thinke their foule fall at the first, shoulde preiudice the truth of their doctrine: the holye ghost woulde haue them a­gaine by name to be rehearsed ( Iudas onely excepted) that were appointed before Christes death, to preache the Gospell vnto all the worlde. And if you conferre the nameroll of this place with the things written, Math. 10. Marc. 3. and Luke. 6. you shall finde no maner of difference or disagreeing.

An example of the good­nesse of God.Nowe this is a singular example of the goodnesse of God, which not only would forgiue so dishonest a forsaking of him, but also woulde restore such as they, to their former office and dignitie. Here truly as Paule sayth, Grace abounded where trespasse abounded. Roma. 5. Iohn. 21. For Peter which had three times de­nyed Christ, heareth Christ three times againe say vnto him, feede my shepe. Hereof let them take comfort whose consciences are grieued with sinne; that they dispaire not, eyther bicause of the heynousnesse or multitude of their sinnes. Zach. 1. Ezech. 16. Turne vnto mee (sayth the Lord) and I will turne vnto you. As sure as I liue, I will not the death of a sinner, but rather that he returne and liue.

This also is worthy the considering, that in this nameroll, the names of none, The Apos­tles are men despised, and of no repu­tation. but suche as were the most vylest, and contemned persons in the iudgement of the worlde are rehearsed. For first he reckeneth Peter, Iames, Iohn and Andrewe, who before that time we reade were rascall fishers. Here is also numbred Mathew the Publicane, a defamed person, by reason of his former trade of liuing. As touching the nobilitie, riches, or honours of the other, there is nothing any where mentioned. But the sonne of God which hath power ouer the mindes of men, might haue brought to his obe­dience the sonnes of the Princes, and high Priestes, to haue spred abroade the Gospell by the ministery of those, who were of authoritie and power in the worlde, but it pleased him to choose base and despised persons, both for that we should knowe that God despiseth none in the worlde, bee he ne­uer so vile and contemned, and also for that wee shoulde learne to iudge of matters of faith and religion, not according to mans authoritie, but after the knowledge of the truth and worde of God. For a most grieuous and pe­rillous errour are they in, which when they should pronounce of matters of the faith, turne their eyes to the authoritie of men: as though faith and re­ligion [Page 45] depended of the iudgement of men, and not rather of the onely word of God. Tertullian a most auncient writer derideth the Romanes, bicause they consecrated or allowed their Gods, after the appoyntment of the Se­nators, and woulde admit none for Gods, but such as lyked the Senate. And so doe they in these dayes, which pronounce of faith and doctrine accor­ding to the renoume and authoritie of men, which kinde of people, are day­lye euerywhere seene. And for this cause our faith and religion is chieflye condemned of our aduersaries, bicause it hath fewe Emperors and Kings, fewe Popes, Cardinals and Bishops, that followe it. But howe fowlye these men are deceyued, the example of the Iewes declareth, whome we reade to haue stumbled at the same stone. For when they perceyued the doc­trine of Christ somewhat lyked their ministers, by and by they beginne to oppresse them with the authoritie of men, saying: Are yee also deceyued? Iohn. 7. doe any of the Princes beleeue in him, or of the Phariseyes? But this people that know not the lawe are accursed. Let vs therefore consider the counsell of God which (as Paule sayth) vseth to choose the foolish, contemned and vile things, 1. Corin. 1. and of no reputation in the worlde, to confounde all wisedome, power, and au­thoritie of the worlde. And thus doth he not without cause. For hereby it ap­peareth that we ought to glory or reioyce in nothing, but in God alone. Let others obiect vnto vs Emperours, Kings, Bishops, Cardinals, Councels and Uniuersities, Doctors in Scarlot, and our Maisters illuminate, and whatsoeuer else in the worlde is glorious, by pretence of wisedome and ho­lynesse, and on the other side, let them scorne and mocke the miserable and despised state of them in this worlde, which haue professed the Gospell, and we will aunswere with Iesus Christ our sauiour and doctor: Wee thanke thee, O father, Lorde of heauen and earth, Math. 11. bicause thou hast hidden these things from the wise and prudent, and reuealed them to the little ones, euen so father, was it thy good will and pleasure.

But Luke writeth that there were women also in the company of y e Apos­tles, The Wyues of the Apos­tles. which some thinke were they only that came with Christ when he came last out of Galiley to Hierusalem. But as I will not denie but some of y t num­ber might abide with the Apostles: so I thinke this place may be very well vnderstanded of the Apostles Wyues. For the Gospell plainely expresseth that Peter had a wyfe. And if we affirme the same of Mathewe, we doe it not in vaine, seeing it plainly appeareth he both had a dwelling of his owne, and also kept a familie and housholde. And Paule manifestlye testifyeth, that the Apostles led about their Wiues when they preached the Gospell. 1. Corin. 9. Although I am not ignorant how the maintayners of vnchaste singlenesse, expounde that place of certaine faithfull women that followed the Apostles. But the pieuish men perceyue not what iniurie they doe vnto the Apostles, whyle they thus saye. For what excuse is left for the Apostles, if they leaue their owne Wyues, and carie about other mens. God defende therefore that we shoulde thinke such absurditie, pieuishnesse and dishonestie in the most holy Legates and Ambassadors of Iesus Christ. I surelye beleeue that the A­postles Wiues came from Galiley with their husbandes the Apostles, for whom it was not lawfull to depart from the Citie, vntill this present daye. For where they were ordayned to take part with the Apostles, of all their traueyles and daungers, it was requisite, that they shoulde be prepared and strengthned, with some speciall gift of the holy ghost. They that contend [Page 46] and affirme that single lyfe, is of necessitie to be enioined vnto persons eccle­siasticall, are more foolish than whom we neede much to confute, in so great light of the Gospell, considering as it is playne vnto all men: that wedlocke is honorable in all persons, Hebrues. 13. and the bed vndefiled.

Marie the Uirgin, mo­ther of ChristAmongest these women also was the holy Uirgin, the mother of Iesus Christ, and certaine brethren of Christes, whom according to the custome of the Hebrew tongue, wee vnderstande to haue bene his kinsmen. Christ a little before his death, had committed the tuition of hir to Iohn the belooued Disciple, which tooke the charge of hir vpon him, & most faithfully kept hir. And here is the last place, that the Scriptures make any more mention of hir. Nicephorus writeth that she dyed in the daies of Claudius the Emperour, when she had liued fiftie and nyne yeares. Eusebius in his Chronicles sayth, she was assumpted or taken vp into heauen, but he confesseth this to be an vncertaine doctrine or tradition, bicause he addeth: as some write it was re­uealed vnto them. In the dayes afterwarde sprang vp certaine Monkes, who were not ashamed to fayne a whole storie of hir Assumption, whereof the olde writers knew nothing, as appeareth by Epiphanius, writing against the heretikes called Antidicomarianitae: If some seeme to haue erred, let them seeke the steppes of the Scripture, and they shall finde neyther the death of Mary, neyther whether she died or died not, neyther whether she were buried or not bu­ried. And a little way after: I saye not that she remained still on lyue, neyther affirme I that she dyed. For the Scripture passeth the mynde of man, and leaueth the matter in suspence, bycause of that precious and most excellent vessell, least any man might suspect any carnall things of hir. To the which I adde that it seemeth incredible, the holy ghost would haue so marueylous an Assumption concealed, if there had bene any, seeing he caused the translation of Enoch and Ely, so diligently to be written. The things that after Christs ascention hap­pened to hir, he would should vtterly be forgotten, least they might giue any occasion of superstition, which he knewe would growe about the worship­ping of hir. And surely it is marueyle the holy ghost, would haue the things that concerned his mother, to be kept in silence, and the doings and doctrine of the Apostles, to be written with such diligence. But we are hereby admo­nished, y t we should not be so occupied, about the supersticious worshipping of them that had bene men, as about the doctrine of the Apostles. In the meane season it shall profite vs, to marke howe Christ Iesus, appoynted to his beloued mother and deere kinsfolke, so weake a succour and safegarde. For if we consider the Apostles after the iudgement of the worlde, they had no power, no riches, no authoritie, no armour, whereby to defende that most holy vessell, of the grace and glory of God, against the assaultes of the world. Why therefore doth he not rather commende hir, to the trust of some mightie Prince, whose mynde and will he myght easily encline, to take the charge of hir? But he that hath mens harts in his rule, needeth no fleshlye succors for the defence of his beloued. Therfore the charge that Iohn had of hir, was sufficient for the blessed Uirgin. Let vs also learne to put all our trust, not in mans helpe, but in the protection of the most highest, neyther let vs be discouraged, if being forsaken of great personages, wee haue none to fauour vs but only such as are strengthlesse, and whose selues haue neede of Patrones and defenders, and are subiect to all mens iniuries. For it behooueth vs to saye with Dauid: The Lorde is my light and my saluation, [Page 47] whom then shall I feare? The Lorde is the strength of my lyfe, Psalme. 27. &. 118. of whome then shall I be afrayde? The Lorde is on my side, I will not feare what man doth vn­to mee.

Last of all, the Euangelist declareth what the Apostles did, What the Apostles be­ing gathered togither did. whyle the sending of the holye ghost was deferred. For if we number the dayes, we shall finde it tenne dayes after Christes ascention, before the holye ghost was giuen. For Christ was fourtie dayes still conuersant with his Disci­ples, and prooued the veritie of his resurrection, by manye argumentes. And the fiftye daye after the feast of Passeouer, Luke in the seconde Chap­ter following, sayth, the holy ghost was sent. In the meane season, they a­bode with one consent in prayers and supplication. And although the ar­gument or matter of the prayers which they made, be not expressed: yet of the circumstances it may easily be gathered what they prayed. For what else should they praye for, which knewe their owne weakenesse, and sawe such a burthen layde on their shoulders, then that God woulde hasten the sending of his holy spirite, and vouchsafe to defende them from falling? For they had learned by their first sliding back, how vaine and of no value mans strength is in Gods affayres, except we be vpholden by the present ayde of his diuine grace.

Let vs here obserue how Luke sayth, Faith is no let why wee shoulde not pray. they were continually occupied in prayer and supplication, which otherwyse were furnished with most large promises, and were endued with great fayth. For if we reade in Iohn what Christ did with his Disciples a little before his death, we shall see the holye ghost so often promised, that it was almost tedious. And being risen from death againe, he put them diuers times in remembrance of the same. And that they beleeued the promises of Christ, it appeareth plainely by their re­turne into the Citie. For vnlesse they had beleeued that Christ would be as good as his promise, they would neuer haue gone backe againe into so blou­dy a Citie, and where such daunger was. Therefore, faith is no let why we should not perseuer and abyde continually in prayers and good workes. I know there are diuers, that cauill about the thinges spoken of fayth, which only iustifieth and saueth, as though it made prayer vnprofitable, and ex­tinguished, or at least, much hindered good workes. But these men so farre swarue from the truth, that there is no more effectuous prouocation to good workes, than that that springeth in our mindes of fayth. Naye, if we be not furnished with fayth, wee can neyther praye profitablye, nor be fer­uent in good workes. For, Rom. 10. howe shall they call vpon him in whom they be­leeue not? sayth Paule. And how shall God accept our prayers, except we conceyue sure confidence of his good will towardes vs? Last of all, where as we naturally abhorre from good workes, it cannot be, that we shoulde gyue our selues wholy therevnto, vnlesse we be sure, that they please God the father, for Iesus Christes sake. To saye nothing, Hebrues. 11. Roma. 14. howe it is impossible to please God without fayth, and howe, whatsoeuer is not of faith is sinne.

The Apostles and they that be with them, In prayers must be vna­nimitye and perseuerance. ioyne two thinges to their prayers, without the which, our prayer is of no force or auayle before God, that is to saye, vnanimitie and perseuerance. Unanimitie or agreement is needefull, bicause wee be the children of one father, as we professe in the Lordes prayer, saying: Our father which art in heauen. &c. But what father is so retchlesse and carelesse, to suffer his children to be at discorde among [Page 48] themselues. And the law of nature teacheth vs, that they that be one mans children, and of one inheritance, should looue and agree togither. But as many as by faith are grafted in Christ, are borne of the same seede, to saye, the incorruptible and immortall seede of Gods worde, to be the children of God, and heyres of his kingdome in heauen: yea, to saye more, they are made members of one body, and acknowledge one heade, and are quicke­ned with one, and the same spirite. Is it possible therefore that such, can be voyde of loue▪ & concorde among themselues? Doe they not through hatred and enmitie, seperate themselues from the body of Christ, and commit hor­rible hypocrisie, while they dare lyke true children of GOD, at com­mon prayer, appeare in the sight of GOD? Therefore in our prayers ought that thing chieflye to haue place, that Christ requyreth of them, which come to doe sacrifice, saying: If thou offer thy gyft at the aultare, and there remember that thy brother hath ought agaynst thee: leaue there thy gyft before the aultare, Math. 5. and go and bee reconcyled vnto thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift. For if we must take heede, that our brother haue no cause of hatred against vs, how much more must we beware, that we swell not in hatred agaynst our brother. We must haue no lesse consideration of per­seuering or continuance in prayer, forasmuch as God manye times, defer­reth long the helpe he promiseth vs, and almost seemeth to haue no care at all of vs: which thing caused the holyest men to burst forth into these say­ings: Psalm. 13. Habac. 1. How long wilt thou forget me, O Lorde, for euer? Howe long wilt thou hyde thy face from me? how long shall I crye and thou wilt not heare? But in such cogitations we must remember, that God cannot forget vs, nor cease to care for such, as he hath vouchsafed to redeeme, with the bloud of his sonne. For he sayth in the Prophete. Can the mother forget hir yong Infant so, that she will not haue pittie, vpon the babe of hir owne body? but admit they be for­getfull, Esaye. 49. yet will not I forget thee. Behold, I haue grauen thee in both my hands. And Dauid sayth: Thou tellest my flittings and puttest my teares in thy bott [...]ll. Are not these things noted in thy booke? Psalme. 56. Therefore when God deferreth the help we looke for, he doth it for this only cause, to try our faith & pacience, and yet (as I sayd before) hee suffreth vs not to be tempted aboue our strength. Wherefore, euen then must we chiefly, bende all the force of our faith, & call for his helpe, praying continually. And of what force this perseuerance or importunitie is before God, Luke. 11. &. 18. Iesus Christ hath taught vs in very fitte para­bles: therfore let vs diligently doe, that the Apostles did whyle they way­ted for the holy ghost. For we also haue neede of the holy ghost, to bridle the desires of the fleshe, and to strengthen vs in hope and faith. Let vs make our selues ready to receyue him with obedience, vnanimitie, and perseue­rance in prayer, that being quickened and illuminate with him in this pre­sent worlde, we may leade a lyfe acceptable to his diuine Maiestie, and at length lyue in heauen with Iesus Christ our Sauiour: to whom be bles­sing, honour, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The seuenth Homelie.

‘IN those dayes Peter stoode vp in the middes of the Disciples, and sayde: (the number of names that were togither, were about an hundred and twen­tie) ye men and brethren, this Scripture must needes haue bene fulfilled, which [Page 49] the holy ghost through the mouth of Dauid spake before of Iudas, which was guyde to them that tooke Iesus. For he was numbred with vs, and had ob­tayned fellowship in this ministration. And the same hath nowe possessed a plot of grounde with the rewarde of iniquitie, and when he was hanged, hee burst a sunder in the middest, and all his bowels gushed out. And it is knowne to all the inhabiters of Hierusalem: insomuch that the same fielde is called in their mother tongue Acheldama, that is to say, the bloudy fielde.’

SAint LVKE hitherto, hath declared what the Apostles did in their owne priuate case, after Christ departed from the earth, attributing to them true obe­dience, vnitie of mindes, and continuance in prayer. And these verily are wholesome exercises, wherewith we must prepare our selues duely to receyue the holye ghost, who entreth not into a frowarde soule, and whome the worlde cannot receyue, but contemneth and derideth such cogitations and studies. Nowe in this place he beginneth to declare what the Apostles first did, how they settled themselues to the publike ministery of the Church, which was committed vnto them. And this was the substitution of Mat­thye, in the place of Iudas the traytour and reprobate. For where Christ would haue the Apostles to be twelue in number, whom hee ordayned to be Iudges of the twelue Trybes of Israel, it was requisite the same num­ber should be fulfilled, least the falshoode of Iudas should any way hinder the ordinaunce of Christ.

In the meane season the example of the Apostles admonisheth vs, The chiefe care in the Church, must be for fitte Ministers. that the chiefe care of the Church ought to be in prouiding to haue fitte & meete ministers. For, how shal they beleeue in him (sayth Paule) of whom they haue not hearde? howe shall they heare without a Preacher, howe shall they preach except they be sent? And the same Apostle in another place, sayth, Rom. 10. that him­selfe, Apollo and Cephas were the ministers of God, by whome the Corinthi­ans beleeued. For although it belonge onely to God, to giue fayth, 1. Cor. 3. and hee worketh the same in the mindes of men, by the vertue of his holy spirite, for which cause the worshippers of Christ are called by the Prophet, the taught of God, Esaye. 54. yet for our sakes he witteth safe to vse the outwarde ministerie of the worde, the vse and dignitie whereof must be defended and retayned in the Church. Which thing is the cause, why the Prophetes account fitte tea­chers, among the chiefe benefites of God, and Christ teacheth his Apostles to praye vnto God, to sende worthy and faithfull workmen into his vineyarde. Math. 9. And Paule in another place sheweth the maiesty, and great care of Christ for his Church, by this one argument, chiefly that he sendeth from high, giftes of his holy spirite, and giueth some Apostles, some Prophetes, Ephes. 4. some Euaunge­lists, some Pastors and teachers, to the increase of the Saintes, in the woorke of administration, and to the building vp of his bodye. They ought well to re­member this, that take vppon them in these dayes authoritie ouer the Church of Christ, whether they be Bishops or secular Magistrates, that they fayle not in this most necessary poynt, to see to the Church, but that they order euery thing in such sort, that they maye leaue to their posteritie, presi­dents of sounde and true doctrine. Whervnto chiefly belongeth the appoin­ting of schooles, and bringing vp of youth, which the Prophetes in the olde [Page 50] Testament had a great care of, and after that, the Christian Emperours likewyse. Which things whosoeuer eyther through negligence, or wasting of the Church goodes consume, they ought to be taken for the greatest eni­mies of the Church, and shall one daye buy such their heynous offences full deere at Christes hande. But to addresse vs to the declaration of this pre­sent place Luke with great diligence rehearseth this hystorie, declaring how the chiefe vse thereof is for vs to learne by example of the Apostles, what to obserue and followe in choosing and appoynting ministers of the Church.

The small company of the Church primitiue.He beginneth with the description of the Church that was at that time. In those dayes (sayth he) when they being gathered togither with one ac­corde: looked for the comming of the holy ghost: Peter stoode vp in the midst of the Disciples, and proposed a matter which indifferently appertained to them all. The number of them that beleeued, when they were rehearsed by name, was about an hundred and twentie. Here both the small number of beleeuers in the Primitiue Church, and Peter the Apostle, are diligently to be considered.

The small number of beleeuers, must offend no man.For touching the number of them that professed Christ, I thinke there is no man, but marueyleth that there was no more founde in so famous and populous a Citie, that professed and followed Christ. For what had Christ left vnassayde in that Citie? For to omit the teaching, aduertise­ments & exhortation of the Prophets, if a man consider but the things done in that Citie, from the time that Christ came among them, he shall perceyue an incredible hardnesse of heart and frowardnesse in that nation. Iohn the Baptist went before Christ, & by reason of the plainnesse of his doctrine, and straightnesse of his lyfe, had bene able to haue mooued anye kinde of men. But howe smally he profited, the proofe very well declared. Then by and by vpon, followed Christ, who to his doctrine (which he framed and pre­paced all maner of wayes to winne them with) added myracles of such force and efficacie, that they were able to make the verye enimies to confesse the truth. Iohn. 3. Uerily Nicodemus confessed, that no man but he that was sent of God coulde doe such things as they sawe him doe euery daye. And manye openlye sayde: Iohn. 7. Shall Christ when hee commeth, worke more myracles than this man hath done? I let passe the signes and woonders which partlye went before Christes death, and partly followed, which were able to mollifie the harts of the most cruell souldiers. And yet after all these thinges, there are no more but sixe score persons reckened among all that beleeued, by Lukes te­stimonie, who was a most faithfull and true witnesse. In this appeareth the great power of Iesus Christ, which of this smal remnant, as the Prophets afore times tolde, was able to multiplie and encrease his Church, that in fewe yeares it was spred ouer all the worlde. Wee maye learne also the vntowardnesse of mans nature, and acknowledge almost an incurable naughtinesse in him, and not to be offended, though we see but fewe in these dayes that beleeue the doctrine of the Gospell. For this did Esaias long ago foresee, & therfore minding to preach of the redemption that should be made by Christ, crieth out: who hath beleeued our preaching, & to whom is the arme of the Lorde declared? Isaye. 53. And Christ speaking to his flocke, sayth: feare not little flocke, Luke. 12. for it hath pleased my father to giue you a kingdome. And himselfe spea­king of the last times, declareth that such shall be the fashion and condicion of the worlde, Luke. 18. when he commeth that he shall finde no faith, or truth vpon [Page 51] the earth.

Therfore great is the errour of those which iudge of faith and doctrine, Wee must not iudge of fayth accor­ding to the multitude of folowers. according to the multitude or fewnesse of them that followe it, which is a common thing nowe a dayes. For such was the state of the Church euen in the verye beginning, that the smallest number embraced the doctrine of truth. Noah only with his familie in that auncient worlde followed a di­uers faith and religion from the residue of the people, all the world besides being fallen to superstition and Idolatrie. But neyther the paucitie of his houshold was able to bereaue him of saluation, nor the multitude of his ad­uersaries to condemne him: yea, where al the world beside perished, he was saued, and hath God both to allowe and defend his faith. The same we may say of Loth liuing among the Sodomites. Besides this, Elias onely setteth himselfe aswell against al the Priests of Baal, as against king Achab, & al his Courtyers, in the quarell of faith and religion. 3. Reg. 18. And Micheas alone encoun­treth with three hundred false Prophetes, 3. Reg. 22. whome the king fauoured and maintayned. Therfore it is meete that we regarde rather the very doctrine of truth, which comming from the mouth of God, is contayned in the holye Scripture, than the authoritie of men. Forasmuch as all men are lyars, Roma. 3. and God alone true in his saying.

It is profitable also to consider what Peter doth, Against the desyrers of supremacy, in the Church. who rising vp a­mongst the Disciples, proposeth this thing to bee entreated of, openlye a­mongst them all. Herehence the Bishops of Rome seeke the defence of their supremacie, or rather tyranny, as also of other places that seeme to attribute any prerogatiue of superioritie to Peter. They seeme to mee to doe as men, which are in daunger, in deepe gulfes and ryuers. For as they vse to catch holde of euery thing that commeth next to their hande: so these men snatch at euery thing, whereby to defende the dignitie of their supremacie, so bat­tred nowe and shaken, that it threatneth the catholyke and vniuersall ruine therof. By this meanes they challenge to Peter the keyes of the kingdome of heauen, which yet were giuen to all the Apostles at once, as is euident to be seene in Iohn the .xx. Chapter. So they contend that the charge of Christs flocke is committed to Peter onely, as to the chiefe, & consider not what iniu­ry they doe to the residue of the Apostles, as though Christ had made them feeders of swyne and Asses, and not of his sheepe. After lyke maner, where they nowe heare howe Peter speaketh first in the congregation, by and by they make him Christs Uicar, the head of the Churche and the chiefe of the Apostles. And going farther, they take all this honor to themselues, as to the lawfull and ordinary successors of Peter. But howe vayne and friuo­lous these things are, the matter it selfe declareth. For Peter prescribeth no­thing of his owne heade, as any ruler of the Church, or Lorde ouer the o­ther Apostles, but being in the middest of the Disciples, as his equals and fellowes, proposeth a matter of great weyght, to be intreated of indifferent­ly amongst them all. In the which treatie, hee leaueth to euery man free li­bertie, according as God should put in their harts by his spirite to saye or to doe. And that he speaketh first, was done by the speciall instinct of the holy ghost, which by this meanes would make the example of grace that Christ shewed in Peter, being receyued againe into fauour after his foule fall, more euident and manifest. Furthermore, in that the other paciently heare him speake, it is a token of vnanimitie, which Luke before attributed to [Page 52] them, and is not done so much for superiorities sake, as for order, with­out which, nothing in the Church or common weale can continue in safety. Wherfore Paule commaundeth all things in the Church to be done comely and in order. 1. Cor. 14. As touching the state of the Apostles, he maketh them all fel­lowes and equals, and where in one place he calleth himselfe the least of the Apostles, hauing respect to the vnworthynesse of his former lyfe, the same speaking of the ministery, feareth not to match himselfe with Peter, saying: He that was mighty in Peter in the Apostleship ouer the Circumcision, Gala. 2. the same was also mighty in me among the Gentyles. And meaning to roote out from amonge the Corinthians, the sectes of them that helde of Paule, Peter, and Apollo, 1. Cor. 3. he sayth: What is Paule, what is Apollo, but ministers by whom you haue beleeued, euen as the Lorde gaue euerye man grace? Peter himselfe ac­knowledgeth the same, who within a little after, speaking of Iudas, witnes­seth that he had receyued a part in the ecclesiasticall ministery. And if Iudas had a part therein, what ignorance shall it be, to ascribe and pull the whole vnto Peter? Unlesse perhaps wee will saye that Peter for fauour flattered the wicked traytour, and woulde transferre to the childe of perdicion, that which belonged onely vnto hymselfe. But whereto vse wee so manye wordes, Math. 18. &. 20. Luke. 22. Iohn. 13. seeing it is plaine that Iesus Christ, diuers times rebuked with great seueritie, the ambicious desire of supremacie, that was among his Apostles. It is knowne what is written of this matter. And Peter ear­nestly admonisheth the pastors of the Church, to beware that they take vp­on them no Lordship ouer the Church, 1. Peter. 5. which is called Christes patri­monye and the lot of his enheritance. For whome shall we thinke to be of such great authoritie, to be worthy to haue rule and dominion ouer that pre­cious flock, that is redeemed with the bloud of Christ? And if no man must beare rule ouer the Lordes flocke, lyke as Princes of this world vse to doe, how much more absurde shall it be for them, which haue but one maner of charge in feeding the flocke, to arrogate any Lordshippe or rule vnto them­selues. Therfore what else doe the Bishops of Rome by their so greedye de­sire of supremacie, but forget the preceptes of Christ, and bewraye them­selues to be nothing lesse, than Peters lawfull and true successors? But let them passe, and come we to Peters Oration. And that consisteth of two parts.

The Argu­ment of Pe­ters Oration.First, he pulleth that stumbling blocke out of the waye, which myght trouble the mindes of the more simple and vnlearned sort. For when they sawe that Iesus Christ was betrayed by Iudas, and afterwarde perished himselfe most miserablye both body and soule: it was an easie matter for them, eyther to doubt whether Christ knewe all thinges, or else to suspect all the sort of the Apostles togither with their doctrine. Therfore Peter doth not without a cause aunswere this great inconuenience, in the beginning of his Oration. On the other side, he exhorteth the Disciples that they will ap­point some other in Iudas roume, least his falling from the fayth, myght any thing preiudice Christes institution.

Peter put­teth offences away by the prouidence of God.The first part he beginneth with the testimony of holy scripture, wher­in he plainly vttereth the euerlasting purpose of Gods prouidence: which is a most strong reason to put awaye offences, that is, to beleeue that no­thing commeth to passe by chaunce, but by the decree and will of God. Wher­fore he sayth: ye men and brethren, it behooued thys Scripture shoulde be ful­filled, which the holy ghost spake before by the mouth of Dauid, touching Iudas, [Page 53] which was guide to them that tooke Iesus. The sense of which words, seemeth me to be this: I would not (O brethren) haue any of you to be offended, at the cruell deede of Iudas, and his horrible ende, as though these things hap­pened by hazarde, or that the sonne of God, betrapped by a wicked man, had not bene able to haue escaped his crafts and deceytes: I would not al­so that any should so take these matters, as though the falshoode of so wic­ked a man should derogate any thing from our order and holy function, which we are in, by Christes appoyntment. For it seemed good vnto God, that these things should so come to passe, whose counsayle and purpose it was, that his belooued sonne shoulde be betrayed by one of his entire Disci­ples. And he woulde not haue vs ignorant hereof. For it is knowne what is read in the Psalme. 41. which Christ himselfe repeated in his last supper, saying: He that eate breade with me, hath layde great wayte for mee. Iohn. 13. Nowe I tell you before it come to passe, that when it is done you may beleue that I am he. Wherfore cast your eyes vpon Gods prouidence, reuerence his goodnesse and truth, and let not the thinges offende you, that are done by his deter­mination and iust permission.

Yet let no man so vnderstande these things, The prouy­dence of God excuseth no sinner. as though Peter went a­bout to excuse Iudas heynous offence, and to laye all the faulte thereof in God. For that is not the meaning of the diuine prouidence which gouer­neth all thing, that we shoulde make God the Autor of our sinne, bicause whatsoeuer men doe that is naught, they doe it not to fulfill Gods pur­pose, but to satisfie the cogitations and desires of their owne wicked will. It is playne in deede that it was Gods determination, that his sonne Ie­sus Christ shoulde be betrayed, through the craft of his Disciple, and should come into the hands of his enimies, and being condemned to death, should be nayled to the crosse where he shoulde purge the sinne of the worlde by the Sacrifice of hys bodye. But if a man consider Iudas, the worker of this treason, he in so mischieuous a deede, had nothing lesse before his eyes than Gods purpose, and the redemption of mankinde, but being blinded and wounded with couetousnesse, first polluteth himselfe with theft (as Iohn sayth) & afterward with treason. The same reason is to be made of Annas, Iohn. 12. Cayphas, Pylate, & all those other whom the Gospell testifieth to haue bene seekers & executioners of Christs death. The bookes of the holy Scripture are full of examples of the lyke kynde, whereby we are aduertised howe grieuously men sinne, in committing those things which God in deede will haue done, but yet they doe them, being mooued thereto through y e blinde and inordinate affections of corrupt nature. I praye you who is so dull headed to thinke that Ioseph came into Egipt without the speciall counsell of Gods prouidence, whereas we reade that God aduertised Abraham himselfe long before, of the going downe of his posteritie into Egypt? who lykewise ac­knowledgeth not the marueylous wisedome of God in all this businesse, which gouerneth al things most prudently and profitably? Shall we ther­fore excuse Iosephs brethren, which being mooued with enuye, solde awaye their brother, that deserued better of them? yea, we will expounde all thys businesse by Iosephes owne wordes: yee thought euill agaynst me, but God turned it to good, to bring to passe as it is this daye, Gene. 50. and to saue much people a­lyue. Yea, we haue dayly experience of lyke occurrences and examples. For who will saye the theefe killeth the wayfaring man, without the prouidence [Page 54] of God, Psalme. 90. Math. 10. considering we knowe that the dayes of our life, and the heares of our heade are numbred before God? But bicause the murtherer committeth such an heynous offence, being mooued with wicked affection, therfore is he in all the fault, and shal iustly be punished for the same. Let no man therfore seeke excuse for his wickednesse in Gods prouidence, nor make God the Autor of his sinne, but by the consideration hereof, let vs seeke comfort whereby to arme and strengthen our selues, against the horrible chaunces of this life. And that Peter had a respect hereto, it is euident, by hys words, wherein followe other things to be considered.

Of what force, pray­ers bee.And first, we are taught by a notable example, of what efficacye and strength godlye prayers be. For Luke shewed vs aboue, that the Apostles continued with one consent in prayers, wherby what was brought to passe, is now perceyued. For Peter, which a little before was ignorant of the right maner of Christes kingdome, and among the reast had put forth a foolishe question, touching the very time of restoring the same: by and by beginneth to preach of the Scriptures which he alledgeth most aptly, and expoundeth most syncerely. Iacob. 1. So true it is that the Apostle sayth: If any of you lacke wise­dome, let him aske of him that giueth, that is of God, and it shall be giuen him.

We must ap­point nothing in y e Church, without scrip­ture.Further, we are taught by the example of Peter, that nothing ought to be appointed in the Church, without the authoritie of the Scripture. For as in well ordred common weales, there are certaine lawes, yea, rather an authentike Code of lawes, from the which, no man of his owne heade, hath authoritie to take anything, or to put to any thing, or else to appoynt anye thing in the common weale, beside the prescript thereof: euen so Christ hath deliuered to his Church the bookes of the olde and new Testament, where­in are contayned the mysteries of the kingdome of heauen, and the lawes of eternall lyfe. Therefore out of them must be taken all counsell, and the Argumentes of all the sermons that are to be made in the congregation. Neyther is there any man of such roume and ordering, that must thinke he hath power, to ordayne or appoynt any thing, contrarye to the same. This booke in the beginning was deliuered to the Kings, not to thend they should thinke they had iurisdiction ouer y e same, Deuter. 17. but for that they should drawe forth of the same good lawes, whereby to rule the people well. And the Prophets were bounde by this commaundement, Ezech. 3.33. to take their sermons from Gods mouth. Which thing we can interprete to be none other but the Scriptures, bicause by these, as by a certaine mouth, God reuealeth vnto vs the myste­ries of his will. And Christ himselfe oftentimes preacheth forth of the scrip­tures, and disdayneth not to turne the holye bookes, and to expounde cer­taine places of them vnto the people. An example wherof, he shewed in the schoole at Nazareth. Luke. 4. Therfore Peter following the example of his mayster, taketh the beginning of his sermon out of the Scriptures, whome woulde God they woulde imitate, which highly glorying, in the succession of Peter, dare yet thrust into the Church, diuers thinges repugnaunt to the Scrip­tures, onely vpon mans authoritie.

The holye Ghost, the Auctour of scripture.Furthermore, Peter adourneth the scriptures with an excellent prayse, where he sayth, the holy ghost is Autor of them, which woulde vtter these thinges by the mouth of Dauid. The same he confesseth in another place, where he sayth, 1. Peter. 1. 2. Peter. 1. that the Prophetes were inspired with the spirite of Christ, and prophecied by the instinct of the same spirite. And Paule meaneth the [Page 55] same, where he sayth, the Scripture is inspired of God. 2. Timo. 3. The vses of these places be, that we acknowledging the dignitie and authoritie of the Scrip­tures, might take whatsoeuer is sayde in the same to be the worde of God, and that we should not thinke it lawfull for vs by any meanes, to gainesay his commaundementes.

The Apostle goeth forth with the first part of his Oration, The dignitie that Iudas had at the first. and decla­reth diligently the dignitie of Iudas, which he had aswell as the other Apo­stles, before he fell. For he sayth: which was numbred with vs, and had ob­tayned fellowship in this ministration. For some man might thinke Iudas was in deede accounted amongst the Apostles, but for none other cause but to make vp the number, being otherwise a vayne man & of no estimation. But Peter aunswereth this obiection, saying, he was not onely of the number of the Apostles, but had obtayned fellowship in the administration. The Euangelists beare witnesse of the same, accounting him with them which Christe sent forth to preache whyle he was here on earth, Math. 10. Marke. 3. Luk. 6.9. &c. and which had power giuen them to worke myracles, & which returned to Christ, and told him the good successe they had in the time of their Ambassage. And so little is Iudas seperated from the number of them in any place, that euen then the Euangelists saye he was of their number, Mark. 14. when they tell of that heynous deede which he committed in betraying of Christ.

And what shall we saye is the cause, We must not be offended at the faultes, of the ministers of the worde. that so often mention is made of this matter both before, and is nowe agayne by Peter repeated? Would the holy ghost eyther flatter wicked Iudas, or stayne the order of the Apostles with this blot? No. Yea, he teacheth vs another thing both most worthy and necessary to be marked, that is, that wee should take no offence at the faults of excellent men, and that bicause of their falles we should not rashly con­demne all other of their vocation, which manye vse foolishlye to doe in the faultes of those of the ministerie. For, when they see some great fall in such as before they woondred at, by reason of their syncere doctryne, ioyned with wisedome and constancie, not contented to be offended at their vyces only, they open their mouth against the whole order of the ministerye, cry­ing out that they are all dissemblers, and knaues: and goyng yet farther, feare not to call their doctrine in question and doubt. Therefore Iesus Christ foreseeing that the ministers of his worde were men, and myght sometymes greuously fall, by reason of humane fragilitie, least any man be­ing offended at their vyces, shoulde vtterlye condemne the doctrine of the Gospel, he would forwarne them by certaine faults of the Apostles, & chiefly by y e horrible fall of Iudas. For if the Apostles had bene cleere of al faults, we shoulde not without a cause in these dayes doubt of their doctrine, whom we see oftentimes greeuously to fal. But forasmuch as neyther the crime of am­bicion, which Christ many times reprehended in them, nor the fowle fall of Peter denying his mayster, nor the heynous offence of Iudas betraying him, derogateth any whit from the doctrine of the Gospell: hee is surely verye foolishe, which is so offended at the vices of the ministers, that for the vices sake, he will accuse the doctrine of truth, of falshoode. Yea, there is no vo­cation of men, but hath both good and badde in it. And if nothing were wanting in the order of the Apostles by Iudas fall (for it is supplyed by Matthias succeeding) how much lesse by his fall shall any thing be deroga­ted from the Apostles doctrine. Neyther saye I this, for that I woulde [Page 56] open any gappe to Ministers to lyue euer the more lycentiously. For wee knowe that the greater their offence is, the more grieuous shall their pu­nishment be. But we giue counsell to the weake, that they throwe not a­waye the wholesome doctrine of the truth to their great daunger, with the naughty life of the Ministers, wherof Christ gaue vs a warning, speaking of the Iewish Scribes in this wise. The Scribes and Phariseys sit in the chayre of Moses. All thinges therfore that they commaunde you to obserue, that ob­serue and doe: Math. 23. but doe not ye after their workes, for they say and doe not.

The faithful are betrayed by them of their owne housholde.Moreouer, the consideration of these things put away an other stum­bling blocke. For this is the common case of the faithfull of Christ, and of all the Church, to be most in daunger of their owne acquaintance. Godlye Abell was slaine by his owne brother of father and mother. Ioseph was sold by his owne brethren. And Moses findeth his brethren the Israelites, (for whose sake he forsooke the riches & pleasures of Egypt,) more vnkind almost than the Egyptians. Psal. 55.41. &c. Math. 10. Dauid also complayneth most of their lying in waite, which sometymes were of his most familiarest friendes. And wee daylye finde that saying of Christ true: A mans enimies be they of his owne house. And these thinges offende many a man, being grieued that their owne friendes mindes be estraunged from them, and then begin they wrong­fully to deny many things of the doctrine by them preached, supposing it to be the chiefe cause of such discention and diuision. To speake nothing in the meane season of them, which thinke the condicions of the godlye, to be so harde and sharpe that a man cannot long continue friendship with them. And this one example aunswereth all these men, where wee are taught howe the sonne of God, the singular patterne of all myldenesse and humili­tie, was betrayed of his owne familiar and domesticall Disciple. Why therefore shall wee promyse our selues anye thing of mans propertie and condicion? Or shall we thinke it vnmeete to be in the same state, that the sonne of God was in for our sake?

The horrible end of IudasBut let vs returne to Peter, who as he hath set forth the former dignity that Iudas had, and his heynous offence: so he liuely paynteth out his hor­rible ende, and as it were, setteth it before our eyes to looke vpon and be­holde, not thereby to satisfie his minde, as one burning in hatred with the remembraunce of so wretched a man, but for that he woulde kindle in all mens mindes a certaine feare of God, and a desire of true godlynesse, by making mention of so horrible an example. And it was to a good purpose to make mention hereof, seeing they consulted about choosing a newe A­postle: to thende they shoulde be brought to a diligent consideration of their office, and to a feruent desire of accomplishing the same. Therfore he sayth: And he truly possessed a plot of grounde with the rewarde of iniquitie, and when he was hanged, burst a sunder in the middest, and all his bowels gushed out. And it is knowne vnto all the inhabiters of Hierusalem: in so much that the same fielde is called in their mother tongue, Acheldama, that is to saye, the bloudy fielde. It behooueth to consider all these things in such order as they fell out. For as the Euangelistes write, when Iudas sawe Christ deliuered vnto Py­late, being stricken with repentaunce of his wicked fact, he returneth to the Priests, confesseth his offence, and rendreth back the money which was the rewarde of his wicked treason. But being mocked of them disdainefullye, and reiected, he hurleth the money downe in the temple, and getting him [Page 57] from thence, throtleth himselfe with an halter. The Priestes bicause they coulde neyther with honestye, let the money lye scattered in the Church, nor durst put it among the treasure of the Church, knowing it to be the pryce of bloude, they buye with it a Potters fielde to burye straungers in, hereby meaning cleane to wype out the wickednesse, whereof they were not long before autors. Howbeit, by this meanes they purchase to themselues, the perpetuall shame of so wicked an acte, whyle by Gods prouidence it com­meth to passe, that the fielde called after the name of the money, that was the pryce of bloud, beareth perpetuall witnesse of their wicked offence. This fielde Peter sayth, Iudas himselfe tooke possession of, both bicause it was bought with his money, and for that the greatest part of so slaunderous a memory belonged vnto Iudas. Furthermore, in these things let vs marke first in Iudas, the sorrowes of a boyling conscience, which is playne, were most cruell and more intollerable than the paynes of hell, bicause they were able not only to make him set naught by his money, but also being other­wise a most couetous caytife, made him hate the same, and brought him to the confession of his fault, which Christ at his supper aduertised him of in vaine, and made him weary of this present life. Adde herevnto his horrible kind of death. He knitteth the halter about his owne necke: he is his owne hangman, and dispatcheth himselfe out of life. And for a more aggrauati­on of his cruell death, he brast a sunder in the middest, and all his intralles gushed out. For he well deserued to haue his intralles poured forth, which feared not to sell Christ the onely Autor of true lyfe for filthye lucre. And yet the rigor of Gods iudgement here ended not, but the remembrance of so heynous an offence endureth for euer. So it commeth to passe that the vn­happy childe of perdicion neyther enioyeth his lyfe long, nor yet the money which he helde dearer than his lyfe. Let them set the eyes of their minde vpon this glasse, whosoeuer vse for filthy lucre sake, and for priuate gaine to betraye Christ, to denye the truth, and shamefullye to mocke the Church of Christ. Let whosoeuer lyueth by bloude, well weye these things, and such as thinke it a most worthye commendation, to bee enriched by wages for their warring, and testifie their welth by gorgeous building, by trimming their sarmes, by costly housholde stuffe, by braue apparell, and sumptuous­nesse in all their doings. For what doe these else, but openly bewraye them­selues to be bloudthirsty, and leaue after them the monuments of a lyfe led in cruelty? But whereas some poyntes pertaining to this matter, remaine to be spoken in the things that followe. Let the vnhappye ende of Iudas, warne vs to mortifie & slaughter our sinnes with the syncere feare of God, that we may imbrace Iesus Christ with sure fayth: to whome be blessing, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The eyght Homelie.

‘FOR, it is written in the booke of Psalmes: His habitation be voyde, & no man be dwelling therein. And his Byshopricke let another take. Wherfore of these men, which haue companied with vs all the time that the Lord Iesus, had all his conuersation among vs, beginning at the baptisme of Iohn, vnto that same day that he was taken vp from vs, must one be ordayned to be a witnesse with vs of his resurrection.’

[Page 58] BIcause our Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christ, woulde haue his Apostles witnesses of our re­demptiō, which he hath purchased vnto vs by his merite: it shal not be superfluous to consider the more diligently, the things that are sayde of their calling & ordering. For except we well knowe these things, their authoritie shall be of no such weyght with vs, as it ought to be. Which thing, is the chiefe cause that their vocation, whom Iesus Christ chose while he was here on earth, is written with such diligence by the Apostles, that no man can doubt but they were ordayned by God. But bicause the autho­ritie of Matthie shoulde not seeme the lesse, which after Christes ascention succeeded in the place of Iudas, & was numbred with the Colledge of the A­postles: Luke therfore so describeth his election, that it may appeare he was no lesse appoynted to the administration of this office, by Christ, than y e other Apostles. For he neither ran of his owne head, nor Peter which propounded this matter to the congregation to be consulted of, doth any thing of his pri­uate authoritie, but falling to prayer with the residue of the Church, leaueth al the matter to the ordering of God, as in the next Homely shal be declared. By which example wee learne that Ministers must wayte till they be law­fully called, Let Mini­sters wayte till they be orderly cal­led. neyther that anye man must be permitted, eyther to thrust himselfe or any other, into the Ministery ouer hastily and vnaduisedly. For in the Prophete, they are grieuously reprehended which runne of their owne heade, Hiere. 23. Roma. 10. not being lawfully called of the Lorde. And Paule sayth: How shall they preach except they be sent? Yet Paule was not ignorant that there were many that preached, Galat. 2. not sent of the Lord, whom in some place hee cal­leth false brethren▪ which crept in being not lawfully ordayned, but he affir­meth that such can not discharge their office duely: yea, Christ himselfe tooke not vppon him the office of teaching, before he was solemnely declared by God the Father, Hebrues. 5. to be the teacher of all the worlde, whereof the Autor of the Epistle to the Hebrewes maketh mention. Which order, if it be not obserued, neyther can the people take them for Gods Ministers, of whose calling they are vncertaine, neyther can the Ministers vse them­selues in their office with such credite and constancye as becommeth them. For with what weapons shall they arme themselues against the threates of the world, the attemptes of tyrants, & perils on euery side, which knowing in their conscience how vniustlye they haue vsurped, can conceyue in their mindes no hope of Gods ayde or assistaunce?

Prophecies of Iudas pu­nishment.But let vs returne to Peter, who in the beginning of his Oration, as wee sayde yesterday, taketh away the offence, that might ryse of Iudas fall, by re­ferring or sending them to y e decree of Gods prouidence, which the holy ghost many yeres past (& gone) reuealed to vs by Dauid. And bicause he had made mention of the holy scripture, now he bringeth forth certaine testimonies of the same. And omitting the testimonies wherein Iudas transgression (which before was sufficiently declared) was prophecied, he rehearseth onely those that are extant of his horrible punishment. And he ioyneth two testimonies togither, wherof the first is taken out of .lxix. Psalme, & the other out of the Cix. Psalme. It is written (sayth he) in the booke of Psalmes: let his habita­tion be voyde, and no man dwelling therein, and let another take his Bishoprick. [Page 59] And it maketh no matter that in all those Psalmes Dauid speaketh of his enimies. For where in the persecution which he suffred vnder Saule the ty­raunt, he bare the figure of Iesu Christ: whatsoeuer thinges are spoken of his enimies, are to be referred to Christes enimies, and specially to Iudas, which was as it were of all other the standarde bearer.

But before we speake of his punishmentes, The prouy­dence of God doth not war­rant wicked­nesse. this is not to be passed o­uer, that the holy ghost woulde not onely prophecie of the treason that Iu­das committed, but also of his horrible punishment. For where Iudas be­trayed Christ, being prouoked with couetousenesse, & not for that he would further the redemption of mankinde, according to Gods ordinaunce, hys transgression can be excused by no meanes, but deserueth grieuous punish­ments. And this is the trade of all the wicked, which if we obserue, it shall easily appeare, that Gods prouidence defendeth them not, nor that our sinnes ought to be layde to Gods charge: forasmuch as men sinne of their owne voluntary accorde, who vnlesse they be borne agayne, of the effectuall power of Gods spirite and grace, can of themselues doe nothing else but sinne. Yet bicause it is euident that all things are ordred by his prouidence, sinnes may not be exempt or taken from his gouernaunce, vnlesse we will denye the omnipotencie of God, and attribute vnto man, power to doe any thing against the will of God. The prouidence of God stayeth not in the sinne of man, but going further, prescribeth due paynes for sinnes, and ap­pointeth diuers executours of the same paynes, according to his owne plea­sure. Therefore let vs acknowledge God for no autor of our sinnes, but rather an aduenger, and by the consideration of his prouidence, wee shall by and by perceyue, that all his iudgements are righteousnesse and truth.

But let vs see the paynes, The punish­mentes of Christs eni­mies. wherewith God in times passed both puni­shed Iudas treason, and also vseth to reuenge the wickednesse of all his eni­mies. These are both manye and sundrye, whereof Dauid maketh large mention in the places aboue rehearsed. But Peter in this place is contented with twoo, which are both euidently perceyued in Iudas, and comprehende in them almost all other. The first is expressed in these wordes: Let his habita­tion be voyde, and no man dwelling therein. Here he threatneth them with de­struction, Destruction. and that they shall be driuen out of their owne houses and dwel­lings. These thinges seeme to agree with that curse of Moses: Thou shalt builde an house, and another shall dwell therein. For where he sayth: Deuter. 28. Let no man be dwelling therein: it appeareth it is to be vnderstanded of the poste­ritie of the wicked, which deserue with their fathers to be driuen out of their dwellings, and to be scattered abrode. And this is a most grieuous punish­ment, if a man well weygh it. For it comprehendeth all the aduersitie, that a man can suffer eyther in body or goodes. For warre, and whatsoeuer mis­chaunces warre bringeth with it, goeth before destruction. After that com­meth pouertie, famine, labour, care, thought, shame, and a continuall en­tercourse of calamities, which is not finished, but with consumption and pi­ning awaye, and many times leaueth behinde it a shamefull memorye of wickednesse. All which things, no man can doubt but happened to Iudas. For although it may seeme hee escaped the long and tedious calamities of this life, by speedy hanging of himselfe: yet his posterity could not escape the iudgement of God. And what calamitie they suffred, may easily be gathe­red by the vniuersall destruction of the Iewishe nation. For Iudas alone is [Page 60] not in all the blame, that Christ was betrayed and crucifyed, but the whole Nation also with him, the chiefe heades wherof, hyred Iudas to take so wic­ked an enterprise in hand, and with their whole consent allowed the counsell of those heades before Pylate the President, Math. 27. crying: Crucifie him, crucifie him, his bloude be vpon vs and vpon our children. And the iustice of God cea­sed not long, but required the innocent bloude of his sonne at their handes. And that that Christ many tymes threatened them, not long after came to passe. For Christ thus threatned them. Hierusalem, Hierusalem, which kil­lest the Prophetes, and stonest them that are sent vnto thee. Howe oft woulde I haue gathered thy children togyther, as the Henne gathereth hir chickens, and thou wouldest not? Math. 23. Beholde thy house is left vnto thee desolate. And againe: There shall not be left here one stone standing vpon another, Math. 24. which shall not be destroyed. In another place also he declareth, & that with teares, the destruc­tion of the vnhappy Citie, saying: The dayes shall come vpon thee, that thyne enimies shall cast a banke about thee, and compasse thee rounde, and keepe thee in on euery side, and make thee euen with the ground, and thy children which are in thee, Luke. 19. and they shall not leaue in thee one stone vpon another, bycause thou hast not knowne the time of thy visitation. If a man would compare the hy­storie and state of the Iewes at this day, being scattered ouer all the world, with these sayings: he should see those things most truely fulfilled, which the Lorde before prophecied. Rome many tymes spoy­led & ryfled. The same iudgement of God felt the Citie of Rome lykewise in times passed. For where after the subuersion of the Iewes, she drew the sworde against the Church of Christ, & all to embrued hir selfe with the bloude of the Saintes. God at length requited hir. For within an hundred thirty and nine yeres space, Rome taken seauen times within .139. yeares. shee was taken seuen times, and came into the hands of barbarous nations. First the Visigothes, hauing Marychus to their Captaine, tooke the Citie and ryfled it, the yeare of our Lorde, foure hundred and twelue. Then foure and fourtye yeares after, the Vandali, vnder the conduct of Genserichus tooke hir, and in the ryfling of hir, spared no kinde of outrage that the most couetous enimye vseth in the spoyle of a Citie. After them, followed a people called Heruli, which hauing one Odacre to their generall, entred and tooke hir, the yeare of our Lorde. CCCC.lxxj. At which thing, Theodoricus king of the Easterne Gothes, ha­uing indignation, tooke hir likewise. And when Bellisarius about a fiftye yeares after, had recouered hir againe, within twelue yeares after that, Totylas an Easterne Gothe got hir by treason, spoyled and set fire on hir, dis­armed hir of hir holdes, and rased euen to the ground, more than the thirde part of hir, and set fire on the Capitole, with many other publyke and pri­uate buildings. And so returning from Rome, suffred not one man or wo­man to remayne alyue in hir, insomuche that the same Citie, which was sometimes, Lady Maystresse of the worlde, was left cleane destitute of a­nye man dwelling in hir. And although Bellisarius, the yeare following re­payred the same againe: yet being called backe to Byzantium, he was faine to leaue the Citie to Totylas to be taken and sacked againe. Infinite exam­ples of this sort myght be shewed, which testifie, that most certaine destruc­tion hangeth ouer the heades of the enimies of Christ and his Church.

No dignitye, or other pre­heminence cā delyuer vs from Gods iudgement.The other kinde of punishment is: And his Byshoprick let another take. By the which wordes he declareth that such kinde of men by no maner dig­nities, or other excellent priuiledges that they enioy, can escape the immi­nent [Page 61] iudgement of God. For whatsoeuer excellent and singular gifts they haue obtayned through the goodnesse of God, bee taken from them and gy­uen vnto other: as Iudas hereof is a most manifest example: He was cal­led to be an Apostle, and therewithall was (as it had bene) the stewarde of Christ. Therefore great was his dignitie, and such as passed the dignity both of king & Emperour. Herevnto is to be added his continuall conuer­sation with Christ, and that he sawe and hearde many things with the other Apostles, which many Prophets and righteous men (although they great­ly desired the same) coulde neyther see nor heare. But all these coulde not helpe this vnhappy body, which deserued through his falshoode to be beree­ued of them all. For he departeth this world with an horrible ende, and the dignitie of his Apostleship is cast vpon Matthie. The like iudgement of God is seene in Saule, who was so bolde as to persecute Dauid, bearing a figure of Christ. For as soone as he had once purposed that thing in his minde, the good spirite of God was taken from hym, & the euill spirite of Sathan entred in his place, wherewith he was continually haunted, vntill that both he killed himselfe, & left the kingdome to Dauid, to possesse. Hereto is the sen­tence of Christ to be applyed: To euery one that hath, shall be giuen, Math. 25. and from him that hath not, shall be taken euen that he hath. For, they by Christs iudge­ment are sayde to haue, which being indued with the giftes of God, acknow­ledge them in themselues, and vse them with all their power, to the glorie of God, and the saluation of many. And God of his liberalitie and bountie in­creaseth his gifts euery daye in them, and maketh them more and more to appeare. But they which neglect them, as though they had receyued none at Gods hande, and applying their owne businesse, haue no regarde to that that appertayneth to the glorye of God, they are at length so punished for their negligence and contempt, that they are depriued of all their graces, they become infortunate, despised, and vtterlie shamed. For that sen­tence shall remayne for euer, neither shall it be broken with any force of the worlde, which God speaketh among other things to Hely the Priest, in his wrath, shewing him how he shoulde be punished: I will honour those that honour mee, and they that despyse mee, shall come to shame. 1. Samuel. 2 And in another place he threateneth extreme ignominie and shame to the wicked, which re­garde not the glory of God: I will (sayth hee) sende a curse vpon you: Deuter. 28. and will curse your blessinges: yea, curse them will I, if you doe not take heede. Be­holde, I shall corrupt your seede, and cast dunge in your faces, Malach. 2. euen the dunge of your solemne feastes. I would we did often consider these things in these dayes, and then would we not marueyle how all they haue lost their autho­ritie and estimation in the Church & common weale, which ought to be re­uerenced. The Bishops complayne of this misfortune, & can not tell where the authoritie of the Church is become. But they should cease to complayne and marueyle, if they would remember the counterfeyting of true doctrine, their buying and selling of holye thinges, the corruption of maners, the co­uetousnesse, and pryde, & many such other lyke, brought into the Church by their meanes, whereby they haue abundantly declared themselues to bee rather the successors of Iudas, than of Peter. The teachers of the Gospell also complayne of the contempt of their office and ministery, saying, that the au­thoritie of ecclesiasticall disciplyne, is vtterly extinguished. And it is no mar­ueyle, considering that in their number also, a man maye see verye manye [Page 62] of small habilitie to set forth Gods glorye, and other some, vnder the fayre colour of Euangelike doctrine, giuen to couetousnesse, fraunching and fee­ding, to pamper their bodies, and to satisfie their lust. Therefore the digni­tie and authoritie due to the Ministery, is of right taken from them. Who­soeuer therefore will keepe and maintaine, the degree and authoritie wherin God hath set him, let him principally haue a care to set forth the glorye of God, let him vrge that, and, in despyte of the world study with all his power to aduaunce the same, and not swarue one nayles bredth from his vocation and dutie.

Peter exhor­teth to ap­point ano­ther in Iu­das roume.Nowe let vs come to the other part of Peters Oration, wherein he ex­horteth the congregation to choose another in the roume of Iudas. Where he deduceth his arguments aptly out of the Oracles of the Scripture afore­sayd. For he seemeth thus to say: bicause the holy ghost (long time since) pro­phecied that Iudas should betraye Christ, and after his horrible ende of life, shoulde leaue his Bishopricke and Apostleshippe to another: we must seeke one to succeede him out of the number of them, which haue continued with vs, and haue seene all the thinges, that Christ did whyle he was here on earth. And Peters argument is very worthy to be considered: which being made in fewe wordes, is this in effect: Another must haue Iudas Byshopricke according to the Oracle of the holy ghost: Ergo, it is our partes to prouyde a worthye and meete successor in his place. And at the first sight this seemeth to be an absurde consequence. For, be it that another must haue Iudas Bis­shopricke, shall it therefore follow that the Apostles and they that were ga­thered with them, must choose him, that shoulde haue his Bishopricke? But all this countenance of absurditie quickly vanisheth away, if we consider the office that the Apostles sustayne by reason of Christes office. For Christ being readye to leaue the worlde, Math. 24. commended the cure of his Churche to them, and they were of the number of them, which should giue meate to the Lordes family, as we reade Math. 24. Therefore, where it is chiefly requi­site for conseruation of the Church, that there be worthy and fit Ministers appoynted: Peter not without a cause, gathereth, that it appertayned to them to ordayne a newe Apostle, bicause there was a manifest Oracle of the holy ghost apparaunt, touching the placing of another in Iudas roume.

Howe wee should reade y e scriptures.We are taught by Peters example, howe we shoulde be occupied in rea­ding of holy Scripture. For here must we alwayes haue our vocation be­fore our eyes, that whatsoeuer belongeth thereto we should thinke spoken to vs. Roma. 15. 2. Timo. 3. For the Scriptures are giuen of God for our learning, as Paule wit­nesseth. Therefore great is their error, which reade the holy bookes with no more heede, than if they were prophane wryters, hauing their mindes as they read, occupied with other cogitations, as though the reading of scrip­ture, were appoynted but for delyte, or to passe the time away. Let vs ther­fore well marke, what commaundementes and examples belong to our vocation, that we maye continue in the same, and declare our industrye towarde GOD. For in thus doing, a minister of the worde shall thinke, whatsoeuer things are spoken by the Prophetes or Apostles, touching the administration of the same worde, to be sayde vnto him. And they that be Magistrates, let them thinke whatsoeuer is sayde in the Scriptures, tou­ching y e dutie of Officers, with examples of auncient Magistrates, whether they be good or badde, to be spoken vnto them. The same shall priuate men [Page 63] also doe, of what state or condicion so euer they be. So shall it come to passe that with a certayne godly delight and pleasure of minde, they shall receyue incredible profite by reading of the Scriptures.

Let vs examine the wordes of Peter, wherein two things most apper­tayning to this present purpose, are handled. First, he teacheth what maner of person should be chosen to the roume of an Apostle. Then he defineth the office or dutie of an Apostle. And of these two he so disputeth, that they may serue to the institution of all Ministers, of the word, & of the congregation.

To the first part appertayneth this saying: What maner of men should be chosen into the ministery. Wherefore of these men which haue companied with vs, all the time that the Lorde IESVS had all his conuersation among vs, beginning at the baptisme of Iohn, vntill that same day that he was taken vp from vs, must one be ordayned. &c. Peter requireth here two things of great weyght. The first is a sure and sounde knowledge of Iesus Christ, and of all the things he did, whyle he was amongst his Dis­ciples. For vsing an Hebrewe phrase by two contraries, that is to saye, of going in, and comming out, he includeth all things that euer Christ did. Yet least any man should take occasion hereof, ouer curiouslye to inquire after euery thing, he compasseth this knowledge within certaine boundes, that is to saye, the baptisme of Iohn, and the glorious ascention of Christ into heauen. For before Christ was baptised of Iohn, Luke. 2. Mark. 6. he led a priuate life in Na­zareth of Galiley, behauing himselfe obediently to his Parents, and exerci­sing the Carpenters craft, as maye be gathered. But the thinges that concerned our redemption, and belonged to the office of the Messias, he then went aboute when hee had bene baptised of Iohn, and was autho­rized by the visible annoynting of the holy Ghost, Math. 3. and by the testimonye of the father which was hearde from heauen. For which cause, the Euange­lists contented with the describing of his incarnation, touching his nonage and childehoode, haue written very little. For the holy ghost ment hereby to bridle the foolish curiositie of mans wit, which not many yeares ago vttred and set forth it selfe by no simple writers I warrant you: who haue compy­led vs the lyfe and whole chyldehoode of Christ, to the great mockery & open scorne of the Christian profession. Howbeit, Peter thinketh the knowledge of these things sufficient and inough which Christ did, after he was so solemn­lye admitted and put in office. And this knowledge was necessary, bicause Christ ordayned his Apostles to be faithfull witnesses of his doings. Se­condly, he requireth a certaine and euident signe of perseuerance and conti­nuance. For he woulde haue none chosen out of that number, which were yet but nouices and newly entred into Christes religion, but such as began to follow Christ, from the beginning of his conuersation amongst men, and so continued with him, being neyther feared with daunger of persecution, nor offended with the crosse and his [...]launderous death. And these thinges should now a dayes be obserued, in choosing & ordering of Ministers, if they had any care of the Church, which chalenge greatest authoritie ouer y e same. For it is playne that the chiefe dutie of the Minister standeth in teaching, as God sayth by the Prophete: In the Priestes lippes should be the sure know­ledge, that men may seeke the lawe at his mouth. Malach. 2. For hee is the messenger of the Lorde of hostes. But how shall he teach who is vnlearned and rude him selfe? Surely, Paule in a Bishop requireth this thing chieflye, that he be a­ble to teach, and that not only the playne doctrine of truth, to the more trac­table [Page 64] sort of men, but also that he be able to refell and conuince such as shall gainesay and contrary the same, 1. Timo. 3. Titus. 1. whereof there is alwayes a great multi­tude. Therefore in a Minister of the worde, the knowledge of Christ and his misteries is necessary, with al the things that concerne the articles of the Christian fayth, and the dutie of the faythfull. There is required of him diligent reading of the Scripture, wherein hee ought to be well exercised. He hath neede of the knowledge of the tongues, that in reading the Scrip­tures he depende not vpon the sense of others, and be constrayned to looke with other mens eyes, and to go with other mens feete. Furthermore, it is meete he be furnished with the Artes of speaking, that hee maye perceyue what to propounde, in what place, and after what sort and order. All which, are of such weyght, that Paule not without a cause exhorted Timothy, to con­tinue on still in reading, who yet he confesseth of a childe had learned the Scriptures. Moreouer, whereas infinite daungers hange ouer the functi­on of Ministers, boldenesse of minde is requisite, least being ouercome with feare of perill, hee drawe backe or sticke in the middest of his course. But this shall chiefly be perceyued by perseuerance or continuance, where­of no doubt he had giuen manifest tokens. The same hath Paule obserued likewyse, where he sheweth vs that a Byshop shoulde not be a yong scho­ler or Nouice, 1. Timo. 3. least being puffed vp with sodaine dignitie, he commit some thing dishonest or vncomely, and giue occasion to the aduersary to reprooue him. Yea, and Christ himselfe at his last supper commendeth his Apostles, whom it is plaine, Luke. 22. were subiect to many faultes and infirmities, chiefely for this cause, that they abode with him in all his temptations.

The office of Apostles and Ministers of the worde.But let vs see Peters last wordes, where he defineth the office or dutie of an Apostle. Let one be appoynted (sayth he) which may be a witnesse of his resurrection. First, he will haue a partner or fellow ioyned with the eleuen, not a seruant whome the reast at their pleasure might commaunde. For he knewe that equalitie was needefull to be amongst Christes Ministers. Then he calleth him a witnesse, which name Christ called them by a little before he went from hence. And the often repeticion and diligent conside­ration of this name, is not a little profitable. For hereby, the worthynesse of the Christian fayth, and certaintye of the doctrine euangelicall may be per­ceyued, bicause Christ had not onely preachers of the things he did, [...]ut also sworne witnesses, which wrate and deliuered to vs the fayth in him. Last of all, he sheweth whereof hee shoulde beare witnesse: namely, of his resur­rection. Which is not so to be vnderstanded, as though the Apostles should preach of nothing else but Christs resurrection, but he thought hereby to ex­presse the chiefe article, wherin al the other be contayned: yea, which plainely teacheth whereto all the other are to be referred. For verilye the preaching of his death, is of necessitie included and ioyned to the resurrection. For how shall he teach that Christ is risen from death, which first teacheth not that he died. But if any man will teach that Christ dyed, he must first speake of that nature of Christ, in the which he was able to dye. He must teache therefore that the sonne of God, which is of one euerlastingnesse & substance with the father, at y e tyme appoynted, tooke mans nature in the virgins wombe, in the which, after many and diuers troubles of this life, at length he suffred bitter death vpon the aultar of the Crosse. Therefore he that will be a Preacher and witnesse of the resurrection of Iesus Christ, must omitte none of the [Page 65] things that went before the same. But there is another cause also, why Peter would make mention of the resurrection. For this is the ende & accomplish­ment of our redemption, as Paule sheweth at large in the first Epistle to the Corinthians, the .xv. Chapter. For sinne is the sting & power of death, wher­vnto all men were subiect. But that death is ouercome and vanquished, the resurrection of Christ doth manifestly declare. Wherefore sinne also, by meanes whereof death had power ouer vs, by the meryte of the same Christ, must needes be taken awaye. And if the guylt of sinne be taken a­waye, & death spoyled and vnarmed, then who seeth not how the Serpents heade is all to crushed, and the tyranny of the Deuill vtterly subdued? In deede he rageth yet, and maketh an horrible adooe, but Christian mindes are not afraide of his terrors. For how shoulde he be able to hurt vs, who ha­uing the dartes of sinne and death taken from him, is all naked and of no force? But this Christ hath taken away, whyle he purged the sinnes of the worlde, vppon the aultare of the Crosse, and by his glorious resurrection hath killed the force of death. Therefore, syth Peter will haue him, which must be taken into the number of the Apostles, to be a witnesse of Christes resurrection, he appoynteth him the same office that the residue had, to whome it was sayde: Go yee into all the worlde, Marke. 16. and preache the kingdome of God vnto all creatures. Whosoeuer beleeueth and is baptized, shall bee saued. In the meane season, they that in these dayes, will be called and taken for successors of the Apostles, are admonished of their dutie. For although no man can require of them, to be such witnesses as sawe Christes resurrecti­on, yet their office is, truly and boldly to beare witnesse of Christ, and of all those things that he aswell did, as suffred for vs: that all men may vnder­stande, howe the redemption and saluation of mankinde, is contayned in Christ onely. For whosoeuer will be taken for Apostolykes, being puft vp onely with the bare name thereof, and neyther can nor will preache: they are not the right successors of the Apostles, but foolishe Pastors, such as are described in Zachary, the .xj. Chapter. And on them, that sentence of Paule may truly be spoken: Woe vnto mee, if I preach not. 1. Corin. 9. It is our partes to ac­knowledge the goodnesse of God, which woulde haue his sonne to dye for our sinnes, and to ryse agayne for our iustification, and hath also gyuen vs most faythfull witnesses, of Christes most profitable resurrection. Let vs therefore beleeue their testimonye, that being borne agayne of the seede of the immortall worde, wee maye be made the heyres of God, and coheyres with Iesus Christ: to whome be blessing, honour, glorye, and power for euer. Amen.

The ninth Homelie.

‘THEN they appoynted two, Ioseph which is called Barsabas, whose sur­name was Iustus, and Matthias. And when they prayed, they sayde: Thou Lorde which knowest the hearts of all men, shewe whether of these two thou hast chosen, that he may take the roume of this ministration and Apostleship, from which, Iudas by transgression fell, that he might go to his owne place. And they gaue forth their lottes, and the lotte fell on Matthias, and hee was counted with the eleuen Apostles.’

[Page 66] The choo­sing of Mi­nisters must be done du­ly & orderly. AS the Church hath great neede of Mi­nisters of the Worde, by whose meane it may be in­structed and confirmed in the knowledge of God, and mysteries of the true fayth: so it behooueth that the same be duely & truely chosen and ordayned, that all men may perceyue they be chosen and appoynted of God. Which thing was the cause, that in the elec­tion of a newe Apostle to be put in the roume of Iu­das, the primitiue Church proceeded with so great cir­cumspection & deliberation. And the holy ghost would haue all this hystory diligently described, for that a sure rule and president might be left to them that came after, whereby to order the election of their Ministers. The first thing herein to be obserued, is, that S. Peter referreth all the matter to the congregation, to be discussed by their whole consent and counsell. We are taught hereby, that nothing ought to be appointed or decreed in the Church, by any one mans priuate authoritie. 1. Cor. 3. Roma. 1. 1. Timo. 3. Math. 24. For where the Church is, as Paule sayth, Gods building, and Gods husbandry, yea the housholde and familye of God. No man must take vpon him so much authoritie, as to thinke he hath power giuen him, to prescrybe any thing of his owne heade. And although the rashnesse of some go so farre: yet he shall little profite amongst the true sheepe of Christ, Iohn. 10. which vse to harken and follow the voyce of Christ onely. But let vs returne to the narration of the hystory begoon by Luke, who ha­uing recited Peters oration, now rehearseth the election of the new Apostle, which we must diligently expende in euerye poynt. First, he sheweth that two be openly named, and set in the sight of the whole congregation. Then with godly and deuout prayer they commit the election it selfe vnto God, whose will and pleasure they seeke to enquire by religious lottes.

Then they appoynted twoo (sayth he) Ioseph which was called Barsabas, whose surname was Iustus, and Matthias. Although the order howe this was done, is not expressed: yet it is likely it was done by common consent of all the congregation. For where Peter referred the matter to the whole Church he coulde not pretermit the iudgement of the Church. It seemeth therefore euerye mans sentence was asked, and that they named all those to the Church, whom they thought meetest for the office of an Apostle. And here the Church at length agreed, that eyther Ioseph or Matthy should be chosen to that roume, as men who excelled the others in all kinde of vertues. And both of them vndoubtedlye was such, that whether had had the place, the lot coulde not seeme to haue erred. When they were named, they were bid­den stande forth, that all men might looke vpon them and know them.

Let Mini­sters be cho­sen openlye, before the cō ­gregation.And this example of the Primitiue Church is very notable, wherby wee are taught that the election of Ministers of the worde and of the Churche, shoulde not be done in corners secretly, and within the house by a fewe per­sons, but shoulde be done openly in the sight of the congregation, and before all the people. 1. Timo. 3. For if a Bishop must haue the testimony of them that be with­out, as Paule sayth, how much more ought he to be well knowne to them o­uer whom he is put in charge? Which thing if it be not obserued, or be neg­lected, eyther obscure or vnknowne persons, eyther else wicked and infect with corrupt maners, shall be appointed ouer the Church. And they shall be [Page 67] ouerseers of the Church, which deserue not the lowest roume in the Church. This we are taught by the rytes of the olde Testament, where, Leuit. 8. Numer. 30. by Gods commaundement, Aaron and his children were openly chosen into the holye ministery, all the people looking on. Neyther let it trouble vs, that Paule see­meth to giue authoritie to Titus and Timothie to choose Bishoppes. For he woulde not haue them of their priuate authoritie to doe any thing, but ac­cording to the dutie of Superintendentes, to take heede that such as were worthy and meete, might be chosen for Ministers. And it is not likely, that they had more graunted to them, than the Apostles had, which without the Churches counsayle, woulde neuer doe any thing in this matter. For not long after they chose Deacons openlye before the congregation, Actes. 6. & 14. cap. and Paule and Barnabas by election ordayned Elders in euery congregation.

Hereby is reprooued, that most corrupt and pernicious vsage of choosing of ministers, which many yeares hath borne all the rule in this matter. Where manye times some one person, in many Churches vseth to choose and order Ministers of his owne authoritie. Wherein chiefly, Abbots, Bishops, and Prouostes, be to blame. And many of them also that glory in the name of the Gospell, & will be taken for reformers of the Church, handle not the matter much better. For whyle they put Monkes and Bishops out of their vsurped possession (as right is) yet they restore not to the Church the libertie, which by tyranny they tooke from it, but at their owne pleasures administrate the things vsed before time, vsurped by the same Bishops and Monkes. And hereof in many places sprang that preposterous order, for such to choose and order Ministers of the Church, as neyther well knowe the Ministers, nor yet the Churches, ouer which they are set. And bicause manye naughty af­fections are ioyned with ignorance, they are manye times therewithall so ledde out of the waye, that without all regarde of religion in so weyghtye a matter, they seeme to minde none other thing, but to shewe the power they haue ouer Churches, with as great pride as the Bishops and Monkes did before them. Which euill and inconuenience, vnlesse it be shortly repressed, it will bring vs forth both Simonie, & the deadly confusion of all ecclesiasticall discipline. And all this we are bound to the Bishops of Rome for, which haue extorted from the Emperors, by bloudy warres, that they alone might haue authority to giue Bishopricks, and al other whatsoeuer ecclesiasticall Bene­fices. There be yet in Germany not a fewe places, which can remember these battayles, & the Christian bloudshed about the [...]ame. Certes it is manifest, that Henrie the fourth being Emperour, both for this & diuers other causes, ioyned battayle and fought with the Popes in open fielde threescore and two times. And at length through the craft and counsayles of the Bishops, The yeare of oure Lorde 1122. Looke the Chroni­cle of Vrspur­gensis. had his owne sonne as an enimie, sent by them against him into the field, who at length perceyuing their subtiltie and sleyghtes, beganne to withstand them, but being ouercome with their importunitie and boldnesse, graunted to Ca­lixtus the second all his authority: since which time, the liberty of the Church pining away, as of a deadly disease, is at length vtterly lost, which libertie, whosoeuer will haue restored againe, be they Ministers or Magistrates, they must knowe that they ought all to labour, to haue the auncient vsage of choosing Ministers to be restored againe.

Nowe to come to the exposition of this present hystory: when they had set two before the congregation, Ioseph and Matthy, men furnished and en­dued [Page 68] with all kinde of vertues: yet none of the Apostles woulde take so much vpon him, as to pronounce whether of them should be Apostle: naye, they thought it not safe to commit so weighty a matter to the number of voi­ces, but turning to deuout prayers, referre all the successe of the matter to the infallible iudgement of God. For they saye: Thou Lorde that knowest the hartes of all men, shewe whether of these two thou hast chosen. &c. This is a singular document of godly mindes, and of such as will not ouer bold­ly chalenge to themselues any thing in Gods causes. Which example if they would with lyke religion imitate, which nowe a dayes haue the handling of Church matters and affayres, many things vndoubtedly would succeede more happily than they doe.

The choo­sing of Mi­nisters must be ascribed to God alone.Hereof we gather that the election of Ministers dependeth of God a­lone, and must be referred to him. We thinke it the dutie of the Church in this case, being lawfully assembled, to laye aside all priuate affections, & to search out such, as to whom the function of the Church, may safely and con­ueniently be committed. And here we principally require a feruent desire of religion, wherevnto fasting was woont to be ioyned, that their prayers might be the more ardent and earnest. Act. 13.14. And when there are any found, that are thought worthy of so great a charge, yet must we not then attribute to much to the iudgement of men. But the most commodious and safest way is, to referre all the successe of our counsayles to the iudgement of God. Al­though I am not ignoraunt, that we finde certaine places of Scripture, wherby Ministers myght seeme to be chosen by the iudgement of men, 1. Timo. 3. and .5. Titus. 1. and the matter appeareth not to haue bene determined by lottes, as here it was, wherevnto these sayinges seeme chieflye to be referred, which are written. 1. Timoth. 3. &. 5. Titus. 1. But I suppose mention is there made only of such things, as are requisite in this case for men to doe, as ministers and guides, the order and president of the Primitiue Church standing still in force, the which for diuers and weightie causes, is necessary to be obserued still in the Church. For, first it is euident that the Church is the housholde and family of God (as was aforesayde) wherein the Ministers be as it were Bay­liffes and Stewardes. Math. 24. 1. Corin. 4. Howbeit, none that is wise taketh so much vppon him in another mans house, as to prescribe at his pleasure eyther the most vnderlyng seruant or else the Stewarde of the same. What absurditie ther­fore shall it be for any man, to be so bolde in the house of God to doe it, and to commit a matter of so greatweyght, to the iudgement of our blinde rea­son? Further, in the choosing of Ministers, no man will denye, but that the chiefest regarde ought to be of the minde. For in the minde is the residence of such vertuous qualities, as the holy ghost requireth in a Minister. But I praye you what man iudging of another mans mynde can be sure of hys iudgement? Must we not confesse, that men herein are deceyued euery day [...] since at length we finde by euident tokens, howe naughtye they are, whom before we tooke for very perfect persons? The Apostles may herein be ex­amples vnto vs, who were ignorant a great whyle what Iudas was, al­though he were a theefe, & such a one as robbed God of his honor. But God is of such propertie & condicion, that he can be beguiled with no craft or dissi­mulation. For he seeth not only what is without vs, but searcheth the harts and reynes, yea, he foreseeth the thoughts and counsayles of men, long be­fore they aryse in their myndes. Therefore all this matter can be to no body [Page 69] more safely committed, than to his iudgement. Which thing chiefly mooued the Apostles in this businesse, to saye: Thou Lorde which knowest the harts of all men, shewe whether of these twaine thou hast chosen. &c. In the which words they plainly confesse, what mooued them to runne to the iudgement of God. Uerily, for that they were not able to see into the hartes of other men. Whereas we therfore cannot but confesse the same likewise, in our choosing of Ministers: we must needes seeme ouer rashe, if we will make our selues Iudges in a matter, where the minde is chiefly to be considered. Last of all, the maner & order of election which the Apostles vsed, both getteth the Mi­nisters no small authoritie in the minds of the hearers, & encourageth them also against the manaces and attemptes of the wicked, and other daungers hanging ouer them. For thus it commeth to passe, that the verye enimies (if they will confesse a truth) cannot suspect the Ministers eyther of teme­ritie or falshoode. For who can be thought to haue crept into the Ministery by vnlawfull meanes, or through fauour and authoritie of men, which is declared a Minister by the iudgement of God? Or who with a safe conscience dare eyther contemne or hate him, whom he knoweth to haue bene elected and ordayned by his owne praiers, & the praiers of the whole congregation? In like sort these things animate and embolden the Ministers, a thing very necessary for them, against the threates and attemptes of this worlde. For where they knowe they are not elected by the counsell and fauour of man, but by Gods ordinance: they may assure themselues of Gods ayde and as­sistance, if they will be faithfull in their office. They knowe it is sayde vnto them: Be not afrayde of their faces, for I am with thee to deliuer thee, sayth the Lorde. Agayne: Hiere. 1. they may be sure they shall finde God a reuenger and pu­nisher, if they be slothfull, wicked and vnfaithfull in their office. For they knowe that it is sayde to all Ministers which is spoken to the Prophet: If I saye vnto thee, concerning the wicked man, that (without doubt) he must dye, and thou giuest him not warning, nor speakest vnto him, Ezech. 3. and .33. that hee maye turne from his euill way, and so liue: then shal the same vngodly man die in his owne vnrighteousnesse, but his bloude will I require of thine hande. The considera­tion whereof me thinketh gaue such boldenesse to the Prophetes and Apo­stles, that neyther the flatteries of false brethren, nor the threates of wicked enimies, could daunt or discourage them. For after this sort Amos the Pro­phet deluded the crafty counsell of Amasias. For where he exhorted the Pro­phete to flye awaye, least Ieroboam the King shoulde laye holde on him, for his sermons that were so full of threates and rebukes, and so come in daun­ger of aduersitie: he aunswered on this wise: I am neyther Prophete, nor sonne of Prophete, but a keeper of cattell. Amos. 7. Nowe as I was breaking downe Mul­beries, and going after the cattell, the Lorde tooke me and sayde vnto me: Goe thy waye and prophecie vnto my people of Israell. &c. By the which wordes the Prophet meaneth that he did nothing of his owne head or priuate coun­sell, but went about the office enioyned him of God, and that therefore he coulde not giue ouer the charge, that God had layde vppon him. The same Amos in the thirde chapter sayth: When the Lyon roareth, Amos. 3. who will not be a­frayde? Seeing then the Lord God himselfe speaketh, who will not prophecy? Hereto are to be referred, the things, that the Apostles did with lyke cou­rage, before the counsell at Hierusalem. For when they were forbidden to preache any more in the name of the Lorde Iesus, they aunswered: Wee [Page 70] must rather obey God than man Agayne: Whether it be right in the sight of God to harken vnto you more than God, Actes. 4. &. 5. iudge yee. But for what cause had it bene lawfull for the Apostles thus to saye, if they had not certainely vnder­stoode, they were called and chosen to this office by God. And surely in vayne shall a man looke for such boldenesse of speach, and affiance in doing, in those which through fauour, and by vnlawfull meanes, creepe into the Ministery before they be called. For knowing in their conscience how they come in by craft, and being in their daungers, by whose meane they come to such pro­motion, they dare doe no notable thing in setting forth the truth and glorye of God, but playing the egregious tryflers, studie to please both God and man: yea, at the length casting aside all feare of God, they giue themselues wholy to hunt for worldly praise, & so lyke rattes perish by bewraying them­selues, Galath. 1. bicause (as Paule sayth) they be not the seruantes of God, but men pleasers. Therefore whosoeuer woulde haue in the Churche the auncient authoritie of discipline, and the boldenesse of the Prophetes and Apostles in the Ministers: and to be short, the olde integritie and soundnesse of the whole Church: let him labour to reuoke and call agayne this auncient or­der of choosing of Ministers, shewed vs by the example of the Apostles.

The lotte of Ministerie, or Apostle­shippe.But before we goe from this matter: it is requisite to see with what wordes, they describe the office of the Apostles. They call it the lot of the Ministery and Apostleship. By this worde lot, they allude to the maner of casting lottes, whereby a litlte after, they meane to enquire Gods minde and pleasure. But in the diuision of things, a lot is oftentimes taken for a part or portion of any thing that falleth to vs by lot. In the which sense, they here call the lot of the Ministerie or Apostleship, a part of the same. Ther­fore they oftentimes acknowledge and confesse an equalitie of state and condicion among the Apostles. For if Matthias receyued a part of that Mi­nistery, which was as well committed to Peter as others: then none of them obtayned the whole, whereby he might be called the heade or Lorde of o­thers. Neyther coulde Peters authoritie in preaching the Gospell, be grea­ter than eyther Iohns or Matthias, bicause they all receyued but one and the same commaundement of the Lorde Iesus, as is playne. Againe, they ioyne the names of Ministerie and Apostleship togither, both to withstand ambition, and to fortifie the worthynesse of the office. For where it is a Ministerie that is here entreated of, it is foolishnesse and great absurditie, vnder colour thereof to seeke reuerence of the people, or to exercyse tyran­nicall Lordship ouer them. But rather it behooueth vs to obserue the rule of Christ: Math. 20. Whosoeuer will be great among you, let him be your minister, and who so will be chiefe among you, let him be your seruant. And for this cause Paule shoulde be preferred before many ofthe Apostles, 1. Cor. 15. 2. Cor. 11.12. bicause he laboured more than all the other in the Church of Christ. There is a preposterous order in the Church in these dayes, where they are counted the first and chiefe, that labor least in the ministery of the Church, that liue most pompeously of all others vpon the Churches goods, and which heape vp treasures to them and their posteritie of the same. Agayne, least the name of Ministerie might seeme to signify any vile or base condicion, & that the contemners of the Gos­pell should take no occasion of vngodlynesse thereby, nor y e Ministers them­selues esteeme euer the worse of their office, they make mention also of an Apostleship. By the which worde we are taught that they are the Ministers [Page 71] of Christ & his Church which are occupied in that ministery. For an Apostle signifieth as much as a Legate or one that is sent. But he is no Legate that runneth of his owne heade, and handleth his owne matters, but he that is sent from a more excellent and superiour, and is appointed for the intreatie and discussion of publike affayres. In so much that Legates are not estee­med with wise men, so much for their owne persons sake, as they be for his worthynesse from whome they are sent. And the Apostles were sent from Iesus Christ, as we hearde before, who would haue them to be witnesses ouer all the worlde, of the redemption and saluation of mankinde, which he had purchased by the merite of his incarnation and death. Such there­fore ought they to be esteemed, and not to be contemned bicause of their out­warde port, which is vyle and abiect in the sight of the worlde. For it is Christes saying: If any man receyue whomsoeuer I sende, hee receyueth mee. And whosoeuer receyueth me, receyueth him that sent me. Iohn. 13. And Paule to the same purpose sayth: We be messengers in the roume of Christ, 2. Cor. 5. euen as though God did beseech you thorowe vs. Therefore euen as in the Apostleship the ministery must be considered, least the Ministers puft vp with ambicion, aspyre to Lordship and bearing of rule: so in the ministerie let both the Mi­nisters and hearers remember the Apostleshippe, least eyther the hearers contemne the Ministers, or the Ministers thinking to slenderly of the mi­nistery, forget their dutie and dignitie.

Now let vs come to the last part of this place, wherein is declared, Matthias, is chosen by lottes. how they sought the will and pleasure of God by casting of lottes. They gaue out their lottes (sayth he) and the lot fell on Matthias, and he was counted with the eleuen Apostles. Here we first haue to speake of lottes. For there are places of Scripture not a fewe, wherein soothsaying Artes, and curiositie of mans wit, in searching for secretes and things to come, are earnestly condemned. See Leuiticus the .ix. and Deuter. viij. Chapter. And the Prophete Esaye in the .viij. Chapter, calleth all men to the law and testimonie, & as for all other meanes of seeking Gods counsayle, he forbiddeth with great authority. And Micheas in the fifth Chapter excludeth out of the kingdome of Christ, all soothsayers, and such lyke rabble of men. Unlawfull lottes. But we must marke how there is two kindes of lotteries or casting of lottes: the one lawfull, the other vnlawfull. That is vnlawfull, when they go about after the curiositie of mans brayne, by sciences condemned of God, to search out secrets, and what is to come, the knowledge whereof belongeth not vnto vs. This the Astro­logers vse which wryte Prognostications of the course and successe of yeres to come, according to the Clowdes, the Planets, and influences of heauen. Which kinde of men reigneth nowe a dayes amongest Christian men, not without the great shame of christian religion. To these may we ioyne those, that when they haue the houre of ones Natiuitie, looke vppon the Ascen­dent, and according to the position and figure of heauen, pronounce of the course of his whole life, of the nature, condicions and disposition, and come to such impietie, that they put man the excellentest creature of God, yea, Geomantie is a kinde of profession, consisting of circles and figures made on y e ground. and Lorde of all the things that God hath created, vnder the rule and gouer­nance of the Planets and starres. To these appertaine they which are gi­uen to the studie of Geomantie, and thinke they are able to foretell the suc­cesse and effects of all thinges. And as manye as by any Art forbidden by God, search after secret matters and things to come. For where these men [Page 72] of a curious audacitie go about to pierce into Gods secrets, their boldnesse must plainly be iudged to be wicked. Lawfull lottes. The lawfull kinde of lottery or draw­ing of lottes is, when the successe of a thing lawfull, yea, necessary, and be­longing to vs, is committed by lottes to the iudgement of God. And this is vsed commonly, for the more authoritie of thinges in hande, and for the a­uoyding of contentions, which men, ledde with hatred or priuate lucre, vse for to seeke. And this kinde of drawing lottes Salomon sheweth vs, where he sayth: Prouer. 18. The lot pacifieth variance, and parteth the mighty a sunder. The v­sage of this kind of lottery is very auncient, and the very Ethnicks thought it not irreligious or vnlawfull. Homere writeth that the Greekes in times past vsed it, when they chose any out of the number of the valiaunt Cap­taynes, to fight with Hector, demaunding the combate. The Romanes vsed the same, when they sent forth their Magistrates to beare rule abroad in the Prouinces, bicause they shoulde not seeme to take authoritie or beare office, without the Gods appoyntment. The Israelites also were commaunded to deuyde or distribute the lande of Chanaan by lottes. Numer. 33. And the vse of lottes in the deuiding of inheritance, hath bene vsed amongst vs, & may be retayned without hurt of Christian religion, so it be not corrupted with anye other kinde of superstition. Therefore the Apostles in this doing, take no vngod­lye thing in hande, but are onely carefull to vnderstande Gods will, and to that ende make their harty and faythfull prayer before. And it is plaine by Salomon, that men in these dayes also should not offende, if they would vse lottes with the lyke godlynesse or religion, in the lyke case. For he separa­teth them farre from things chaunceing by casualtie, and putteth them vn­der the gouernance of Gods prouidence, Prouer. 16. saying: The lottes are cast into the lap, but the ordering thereof standeth all in the Lorde.

Matthias is chosen Apos­tle, and Bar­s [...]bas refused.But Ioseph is pretermitted or put backe, and Matthie appoynted to suc­ceede Iudas, in the roume of an Apostle. But as farre as maye be gathered by this place, Ioseph to mans iudgement seemed the meeter and better man, who beside the surname of Barsabas (which signifieth the sonne of an othe, that is to saye, one most faythfull and true of his worde) was also called Iustus. And as touching Matthias, there is nothing mentioned in the Scrip­ture, beside his bare name. Yet he in the iudgement of God, is preferred be­fore the other. This thing serueth both for our instruction and consolation. For it teacheth vs not to be prowde of the iudgement of men, and of the great estimation they haue vs in. For as men maye be deceyued in their iudgements: so they oftentimes chaunge their iudgements, as they see mens fortune vseth to chaunge. And there are examples in all Nations, which teach vs that they haue bene throwne into extreeme ignominie, which not long before, that many headded beast the people, extolled aboue the starres. Let vs therefore seeke to stande vpright in Gods iudgement, who as he cannot be deceyued, so whome he once fauoureth, hee neuer casteth of, if that they continue in their dutie. Againe, this example comforteth vs, when we see our selues charged with y e vniust preiudices of men, or rather altogi­ther reiected. For then we must not thinke, that therfore God also contem­neth vs, forasmuch as he dependeth not vpon mans authoritie, but many times chooseth the despisedst among men, to the weyghtiest and greatest af­fayres, to thende that all glory may be giuen to him, and that no flesh should eralt it selfe in his sight. See 1. Cor. 1. Moreouer, we must not pretermit [Page 73] to consider in this place how neither Ioseph, nor yet those that fauoured him murmured or grutched when they hearde Matthie admitted by the Lorde. Neyther is it lyke that Ioseph was discouraged therefore, forasmuch as he knewe there were diuers other states and callings, wherein he might de­clare his obedience and seruice vnto God. Let vs folowe the example of so great modestie, and being content with our estate, let vs not couet to climbe any higher, least we rashlye accuse the iudgement of God, and whyle we thinke our selues worthye of greater honor, be founde vnworthye of that place that God hath set vs in. There be many implements in a well stored house, and also great diuersitie among the same. The chiefe roume the A­postles are worthy of, which they obtayned through the meere fauour of God. They continued in the same roume and place with constant faith, contemnyng themselues lyuyng innocently, and charitably, whose steps whosoeuer will followe, they shall liue an immortall and blessed life with them in Christ Iesus our sauiour: to whom be blessing, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The seconde chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The tenth Homelie.

‘WHEN the fyftie dayes were come to an ende, they were all with one ac­corde togither in one place. And sodeinly there came a sounde from hea­uen as it had bene the comming of a mighty winde, and it filled all the house where they sate. And there appeared vnto them clouen tongues, lyke as they had bene of fire. And it sate vpon eche one of them. And they were al filled with the holy Ghost.’

AMongst the promises where­with our Sauiour Iesus Christ vseth of­tentimes to comfort his Apostles, there is none more often repeated, than that pro­mise touching y e sending of the holy ghost. For where he sayth they should be faine to pleade, their causes before Princes, and Rulers, he putteth all feare out of theyr myndes, in that he sayth, they should haue the holy ghost to counsell them, who should furnishe them with Argumentes, and all kinde of vtteraunce. And when he was neere vnto his death, he iterateth the same promise of his spirite three or foure times, which he sayth, should be vn­to them a Comforter, a Counceller, and a guide in all they should go about. Finally, when he was risen from death, he both admonisheth them againe of [Page 74] his promise, and commaundeth them to wayte for the same holye Ghost at Hierusalem. And this so diligent a repetition of his promise must not bee thought superfluous. For it serued both for the instruction of the Apostles, least eyther they should runne vnprepared to the function of so high an office, or else through feare of daunger should be dismayde or discouraged. And it is very profitable for vs in these dayes, for we may gather hereof, that the Apostles doctrine is inspired from God, and may not without manifest im­pietie, be dispised. But least any obscuritie or ambiguitie of so great a matter might remaine, it behooued that the spirite so often promised, should not come into the mindes of the Apostles, by any secrete maner of inspiration, but vi­siblie, and not without publike miracle. Which thing, Luke sheweth both was done, and howe it was done, in this place he declareth diligentlye, and wyth great perspicuitie. It is an Hystorie verie worthie, whose circumstances eue­rie one, should be throughly considered.

After what sort the Apo­stles receiued the holye Ghost.Before we enter into the Euangelistes wordes, something must be sayde touching the holy ghost, that we may well vnderstand what the Apostles re­ceyued. First, we must not imagine, that before this tyme, eyther there was no holy ghost, or that the Apostles were wholy destitute of him. For, that he is from euerlasting, of the same substaunce that God is, it is plaine by manye testimonies of the olde Testament. Dauid verily confesseth, that all the hostes of heauen were made by the breath of the Lordes mouth. And Peter teacheth vs that the Prophetes in tymes past, Psalm. 33. were inspired with the spirite of Christ, by reuelation of which spirit, they prophecied long before, both the afflictions that Christ should suffer, 1. Pet. 1. and also the glorie that he should haue. Also the Ar­changell Gabriel promiseth that Marie the Uirgin should conceyue and bring foorth, Luke. 1. through the operation of the holye ghost. As touching the Apostles, there is no man will affirme, that is in his wittes, that they vtterlye lacked the spirite of God, vntill this day of Pentecost. For although their weaknesse and imperfection was great: yet they both knewe Iesus Christ, and plainly confessed, Math. 16. Iohn. 6. that he was the promised Sauiour of mankinde, which thing, as Christ testifieth, they coulde not doe, without the reuelation of the holye ghost. Neyther must we expounde thys Hystorie of the substaunce of the holy spirite, as though the thirde person in Trinitie (as auncient writers call it) had come downe and bene inclosed in the mindes of the Apostles. For this person can be contayned in no one place, but (which is a sure and certain note of Godheade) entereth through all things, and filleth all places both in heauen and in earth. To the which thing Dauid had a respect where he said: Whither shall I go from thy spirite, or whether shall I go from thy presence? If I climbe vp into heauen, Psalm. 133. thou art there: if I go downe into hell, thou art there also. &c. Therefore it is manifest, that all this Hystorie ought to be expoun­ded, of the operation and giftes of the holy ghost. And the Apostles are sayde to receyue the holy ghost, bicause the same (which otherwise is incomprehen­sible) wrought effectually in them, and endued and furnished them with all maner of gyftes, as was meete to the execution of so weightie an office. After which sense euery where in the Scripture, they are sayde to haue God, and the spirit of God present in them, in whom he woorketh, and who suffer them­selues to be guided and directed by him: and they lacke God and his spirite, which withstand his woorking, and rather giue themselues to the vnruly de­sires of the fleshe, and the worlde, than vnto the gouerning of the holy ghost. [Page 75] Yet these thinges shall appeare more plaine by the context of the Hystorie, wherein first we will note the tyme, then the Apostles persons, and last of all the maner of this sending, all in order.

Luke beginneth with the discription of the tyme, The holye Ghost was sent at the feast of Pen­tecost. not so much for Hysto­ricall order sake, and to purchase and get credite to the thing that was done, as to aduertise vs of verye great mysteryes, whereof the diuine prouidence had chiefly a consideration. It was the day of Pentecost, which otherwheres the scripture calleth the feast of weekes, or of newe corne, bicause on that day the Shewbread of newe corne was offered. It tooke the name of Pen­tecost amongst the Greekes, of the number, bicause it was celebrated the fif­teth day after Passeouer or Easter. He that will see the Ceremonies obser­ued on that day, may looke them in Leuit. 23. and Deut. 16. Leuit. 23. Deut. 16. The chiefe thing here to be considered, was the remembraunce of the lawe, which the Scrip­ture sayth, was giuen that day and vttered by the mouth of Gods Maiestie. It shall appeare that this day, was appoynted by God for this businesse, not without a cause, if we consider the number of people which vsed to be present at this feast, and well marke Christ to be the truest, and best expositor of the olde lawe. For it is euery where seene that God vseth to notifie and pub­lishe to all men, the things that concerne our saluation. For he would haue (as Paule sayth) all men to be saued, and to come vnto the knowledge of truth. 1. Tim. 2. It was therfore most commodious, that the preaching of the Gospell should begin vpon one of the greatest holy dayes, and amongst the greatest number of people, that both the more people might be instructed, and also that the mi­racle of the holy ghost, which should shortly be published to diuers nations, might after a sort prepare for the Apostles, the way of preaching. And the Lorde obserueth in the Apostles, that thing which we reade him selfe ob­serued, while he was on the earth. For as he chose publike places alwayes to preach in: so was he woont on the holy dayes to go to Hierusalem, that aswell his doctrine as miracles might be knowne to the more people. Yea, he would be crucifyed at the feast of Passeouer, that the knowledge of his death being so profitable, might the sooner, and the wyder be published abroade. It shall be profitable for vs diligently to marke the tokens of Gods goodnesse, which teach vs, that the redemption made by Christ Iesus, is offered of God to all men, and appertayneth to all men, neyther can we haue any surer consola­tion, any where in our temptations. Uerily Sathan will not lightly denie, that Iesus Christ is a Sauiour and a Redeemer. But he vseth this pollicie in assaulting our fayth, that the redemption which is by Christ, appertayneth not vnto vs, and teacheth vs to measure the merites of Christ and the limits thereof, according to our worthinesse or vnworthinesse. And it cannot bee chosen, but here our fayth must quayle, forasmuch as there is no man, but findeth himselfe most vnworthie of saluation, when he throughly hath consi­dered his owne nature. But the consideration of those thinges, which teach Christ to be the vniuersall Sauiour of all them that beléeue in him, and a most bountifull Author of health, that is glad to benefite most men, doth most strongly prop and beare vp our fayth thus faltring. But the other cause is more diligently to be searched, where we sayde that the spirite of Christ was giuen in Pentecost, bycause of the lawe once published on that day. It is ma­nifest that all the things which happened to the Iewes, were shadowes and figures of things to come, to the accomplishment and performance whereof, [Page 76] Iesus Christ from euerlasting was ordayned, and appointed. Therfore Au­gustines obseruation seemeth to me neyther superfluous nor curious, who in the consideration of this present Hystorie, compareth it with the figure of the olde Testament, touching the setting foorth of the law, where there is a great likenesse of all circumstances, and a iust proportion or measure of mysteries on both sides to be obserued, which we haue thought good to expounde by Austens wordes. A sheepe is slaine (sayth he) the Passeouer is holden, and with­in fiftie dayes after, the lawe written with the finger of God, is giuen to make vs feare. The Epistle to Ianuarye. 119. Christ is slaine, who like a sheepe was led to be offered, as Esay witnesseth. The true Passeouer is celebrated, and within fiftie dayes after, the holye ghost which is the finger of God, is giuen to make vs to loue. &c. Yea, Paule the A­postle diligentlye compareth the preaching of the Gospell, which began at Pentecost, 2. Corin. 3. with the publishing of the law, and by that comparison prooueth the authoritie of the Gospell. And the Scripture sheweth that Christ is the ende of the law, Math. 5. whereof he professeth himselfe to be a true interpreter. Therefore there could be no fitter tyme chosen to sende the holy ghost in, than the fifteth day after Easter, which by reason of the law then published was very nota­ble. For hereby we are taught, that there is but one spirit of the olde and new Testament, and not two diuers as the Manychies in tyme past dreamed. For Christ would not take vpon him to haue interpreted the lawe, if it had beene published with any other spirite than the spirite of God, neyther would haue commended and celebrated the memoriall thereof, with so wholesome a my­racle. Further, we are taught that the true sence of the lawe can be gathered of none other, than of the spirite of Christ. For where Christ onely hath sa­tisfyed the lawe, to whome the lawe led vs as a guide and Schoolemayster: they shall in vaine traueyle about the vnderstanding thereof, Galat. 4. which are desti­tute of the spirit of Christ, and faith in Christ, which he worketh in vs. Which thing is the cause that Paule sayth, the Iewes haue yet the vayle before their eyes, 2. Corin. 3. by reason whereof they cannot looke vpon Moses face, that is, they can­not vnderstande the true and plaine meaning of the lawe. Therefore the Iewes and false Christians, the mainteyners of mans righteousnesse, ob­iect to vs in vaine the lawe, and workes thereof, whereas Christ is both the ende of the lawe, and without him there is no true knowledge of the lawe. But in the meane season the contempners of the olde lawe are reprooued, who thinke there is no more vse of the same to be had among the Christians. As though the will of God were not the same nowe, that it was woont to be, and as though we also had not neede to be led by the hande of the lawe vnto Christ, that distrusting our owne righteousnesse, we might learne to take holde of the righteousnesse of God, that commeth by fayth in Iesus Christ. In deede we confesse that the Ceremonies of the law are abholished, bicause all figures are fulfilled in Christ: yet the vse of the lawe remayneth whole and sounde, whose duetie it is to teach vs our vnrighteousnesse, and corrup­tion of nature, and all our satisfaction for the same to be in Christ.

Furthermore, it behooueth to consider the persons of the Apostles, that we may vnderstande what they were dooing at this tyme, The state and condition of the Apo­stles. where certaine things are to be repeated out of the first Chapter. First, we heard howe they obeyed the commaundement of Christ, being nowe readie to ascende into heauen, who bade them returne to Hierusalem, and there to wayte for the spi­rite which he promised them. Therefore they returne thither and there abide, [Page 77] vnto this day in the which the spirit is sent, as a little after we shall see, where Luke sayth plainly, this happened at Hierusalem. Moreouer, he attributeth vnanimitie and concorde to them. For they went not dispersed vp and downe the Citie, neyther was there such brawle and contention betweene them, as was woont to be, but they taryed with one accorde, all togither in one place. Adde vnto these a thirde poynt, whereof mention also is made before, howe they continually persisted in praier. For it is not to be thought that they were become euer the slacker in praying, seeing they were compassed about wyth daunger on euery side, and (as appeareth by choosing of Mathias) prepared themselfe diligently to the administration of their office.

These things serue for the publike instruction of vs all. For they teache vs howe they ought to prepare themselues, Howe men must prepare themselues to receiue the holy ghost. which desire to haue the holye ghost giuen vnto them, and to haue his giftes increased in them. Hereof we haue neede by reason of our inwarde and naturall corruption, wherewyth, onlesse we be borne againe, we shall not see the kingdome of God. We haue neede of the same spirite, bicause of the worlde and the desires of the fleshe, wherewith we be many tymes reuoked from the way of saluation. Iohn. 3. We haue neede also of the same by reason of temptations, wherewith Sathan often­tymes goeth about to bring vs in doubt of the certentie of our saluation and redemption, and would easily ouercome vs, except we were confirmed wyth the spirite of Christ, which (as Paule sayth) is the sure earnest, and pledge of our saluation. But the same spirit entereth not into a froward soule. 2. Corin. 1.5. Ephes. 1. There­fore we haue neede to prepare our selues, that we may be meete to receyue him. First therefore obedience is requisite, whereby it behooueth vs to be in subiection to the will of God, and to his precepts: yea, euen in those things that to our reason seeme daungerous, hurtfull, or superfluous. For, by what meanes shall we thinke, it will come to passe that they shall haue the spirite of God giuen them, which are not ashamed to rebell, agaynst God? Psalm. 50. God can not abide that they shall glorie in his lawe, and in his worde, which runne on in disobedience. Howe much lesse will he vouchsafe, to giue his holy spirite to such? Furthermore, it is meete that they be of one accorde, and in charitie togither, which shall receyue the holy ghost. Iohn. 13. For where God himselfe is cha­ritie, he requireth earnestly the studie thereof in those that be his: yea, Christ appoynted it as a Cognizance for his to be knowne by. And it cannot be that Christ will iudge them worthie of the spirite of Christian brotherhoode, that are deuided by hatred, enuie, contentions, and open enimitie, and so declare themselues, to be straungers from the bodie of Christ, which is the Church or Congregation. Moreouer, vnto the studie of concorde, and obedience, must be ioyned feruent and continuall prayers. For, although God promise his spirit freely, and giueth the same of his meere grace, he will yet haue vs to pray to him, and aswell doth the maiestie of God require we should praye to him, as the dutie whereby we be bound to him. Neyther can we declare any more manifest token of our fayth, than if we go aboute by prayer to obtaine those things, that belong to our saluation. Therefore we heare Dauid saye: Make me a cleane heart, O God, and renue a right spirite within me. Psalm. 51. Cast mee not away from thy presence, and take not thy holy spirite from me. And we say euery day as Christ commaundeth vs: Let thy kingdome come. Yea, Christ himselfe promiseth vs that we shall not aske God his spirite in vaine. Where he sayth: If you being euill can giue good gyftes vnto your children, Luke. 11. howe much [Page 78] more shal your father of heauen giue the holy spirit, to them that desire it of him. Therefore let vs in these dayes ioyne togither these three, obedience, vnani­mitie, and prayers, after the example of the Apostles, and then shall we per­ceyue in our selues a marueylous comming forwarde in true godlinesse, and a most wholsome increase of the holy ghost.

The spirite of Christ, is the Author of concord & holinesse.Furthermore, the consideration of the Apostles teacheth vs, that the spi­rite of Christ which worketh by preaching of the gospell, is a spirite of con­corde and holinesse, and not the Author of dissention and carnall libertie, as some in these dayes crie out, which by this meanes would bring the doctrine of the gospell in suspicion and hatred, bicause (say they) it is the seede of dissen­tion, and a planting of licencious liuing. But we may easily aunswere theyr slaunders. For as the Apostles being at vnitie and concorde receyued the holy spirite: so it is plaine that after they had receyued him, their concorde was not disturbed, but euery day more and more confirmed. And the same effect of the spirite is in all them that beleeue. For, it cannot be that he can be Author of discorde amongst them, whom, being knit togither in one head Ie­sus Christ, he maketh members of one, and the same bodie, and coheyres of the same kingdome. And as it is impossible, that the members of one bodie, quickened with one spirite can be at variance togither: so can they not striue amongst themselues, which are brought by the doctrine of the gospell vnto Christ, and are indued with his spirite. As touching that our enimies obiect to vs the libertie of the flesh, we denie it. For whosoeuer hath any taste of the doctrine of the gospell, shall confesse, that the preaching therof beateth downe the same. Neyther doth the spirite of Christ by outwarde worde onely op­pugne the same, but it also consecrateth the minds vnto God, that they, which a little while ago were the bondslaues of sinne, are now become the Tem­ples of the liuing God. In the meane season we denie not, but there are ma­ny which abuse the colour of the gospell, to sow dissention, and to plant liber­tie. But ought the gospell to be charged therewith? I pray you what wise man condemneth the Magistrate, bicause diuers vnder the colour thereof, haue become Tyrauntes, and oppressors of the libertie of their Countrie? Why doe we not rather marke the vse of the Magistrate, which is appointed for that ende, that the lust of priuate persons should be restrayned, and vio­lence and tyrannie be brideled. Euen so let vs confesse that the right vse of the Gospell and effect of the holye ghost is, onely to set vp true concorde, and holly honestie of life. Nay, if we shall confesse the truth, there is none other concorde acceptable before God, than that which is amonge the faythfull in Iesus Christ, which are borne againe of the worde and spirite of God. Ney­ther can there be any other true holinesse and innocencie, than that whereof Christes spirite is the Author. For that holinesse which men counterfaite without his spirite, is hippocriticall, and is not able to abide the iudgement of God, as straunge from the righteousnesse of Christ, which vseth to supplie all the defectes and wantes of the faythfull.

The maner how the ho­ly ghost was sent.Now to these aforesayde poyntes. Luke ioyneth the maner of his sen­ding, which was visible, both bicause the Apostles might conceyue, through presence of the spirite, the greater confidence and boldnesse to go about their office, and also for our cause, that it might appeare how Iesus Christ neuer forsaketh his Church, but defendeth it by his inuisible grace, which he decla­red by the sending of his holy spirit. For hereto serueth that notable promise: [Page 79] I will not leaue you comfortlesse. And againe. Iohn. 14. Math. 28. Beholde I am with you vntill the ende of the worlde. But touching the maner howe this thing was here done, three things remaine to be discussed.

First, there was sodainly a noyse from heauen. And it is not without a mysterie, that these things come to passe sodainly or vnlooked for. Suddenly a noyse came from heauen. For this is alwayes Gods vsage, that he then most truely performeth his promises, when we least looke for them, yea when there is no more helpe remayning in man. So he performeth his promise, in deliuering his people out of the bon­dage of Egypt, foure hundred yeares after the Israelites were bereft of all libertie, and were constrayned to beholde most horrible examples of Tyran­nie, in their newe borne babes, and haue nothing safely to trust vnto. So in this place he sendeth the holy ghost now sodainely, & when they least thought of it, whose comming he had deferred now a .xj. daies long. We are taught by these examples, paciently to wayte for the promises of God. For where God is truth it selfe, he cannot deceiue. And forasmuch as he is our Lord, & we his seruaunts, it becommeth vs to attende his leysure, and not to prescribe him any time. Tarie thou the Lordes leysure (sayth Dauid) be stronge and he shall comfort thine heart, and put thou thy trust in the Lorde. Psalm. 27. Habac. 24. And the Prophete sayth: If he tarie, yet wayte thou for him. For in verie deede he will come, and not be slacke. And such a noyse and sounde came from heauen, bicause wee might knowe, that the holye Apostles endued with an heauenly and diuine spirite, were become preachers of an heauenly and diuine doctrine, and not mans, the aucthoritie and credite whereof might be called in doubt. This ser­ueth to confute the foolishnesse of such, as with the ritche glutton, require tea­chers to come from an other worlde, from heauen, or from hell. And what­souer thinges are sayde of mans saluation and dutie, they reiect with this scoffe, saying: there was yet neuer none that came eyther from heauen or hell, to tell vs what is there to do. So they disclose how theyr wicked mindes are voyde of all religion. For onlesse these wicked men had vtterly put away all shamefastnesse, they would know that the sonne of God came downe from heauen into fleshe, and rose againe from death, and most faythfully declared vnto vs, the mysteries of the kingdome of heauen. They would know that the holy ghost came downe from heauen, and spake these things by the Apo­stles, which they haue taught vs, touching the meane of our saluation, and what our dutie is. But he that would require any newe kinde of learning, yea though an Aungell brought it from heauen, he ought not to be beleeued, Galat. 1. but accursed.

Secondly, a certaine blast or violent winde russhing in, A vehement winde filleth all the house. filled all the house where the Apostles dwelt. And that the spirite is signifyed by blast or winde it is no doubt, bicause the very name of spirite is a borrowed speache, and the diuine power is so called, for that it pierceth and by his power conserueth all things. And the Hebrues vse this worde Ruach, which is as well vsed for the winde, as for the spirite. Christ woulde in this place therefore vse the to­ken of winde, to set before our eyes as it were, the strength and efficacie of the holy spirite, which is incomprehensible to mans capacitie, and can be attayned to, by no power of man. It is better to here himselfe interpretate the same thing. For reasoning with Nicodemus, of the operation of his spirite, by the which, they that beleeue are borne againe, he sayth: The winde bloweth where it will, and thou hearest the noyse thereof, but knowest not whence it commeth, Iohn. 3 [Page 80] nor whither it goeth. For as the wit of man coulde not hitherto shewe vs, for a certayntie, the causes and begynnynges of the wynde, although they haue long and much searched for the same: so the operation of the holy spirite, farre passeth the capacitie of man, although we effectuallye feele the same in our hartes. And euen as the blowyng of windes can not be let by any deuice, or force of men: so the spirite of Christ which worketh by the gospell, feareth not the strength of men, nor is not hindred therby to shew his power, where and when he wyll. Yea foolishe and ridiculous is the endeuour of them whosoeuer wyll striue with God, to bryng the spirite and worde of God to their bent, & wyl holde them within boundes of them appoynted. Examples hereof we haue euery where, but the Apostles examples of right, ought to haue the first place. They were commaunded of the Lorde, that they should fyll all the world with their preachyng. This seemed a thing impossible to be done, by simple vnlearned men, & despised persons. Yea, as many as were counted eyther of power or wisdome in the worlde withstoode them. Yet the spirite of Christe by the ministerie of the Apostles burst into all the worlde, which this vehement blast here did foresignifie, and in despite of the worlde, and Prince of the worlde, the doctrine of the gospell was published through­out all Nations. Let these thinges comfort vs against the vayne enterprises of the worlde and Tyrannes, which studie to stop the course of the gospell. For Christe lyueth styll, which from hygh derideth the counselles of them, and whose spirite bloweth where he wil, Psalm. 2. and is not ruled at mens pleasure.

Clouen tongues, as they had ben of fire.Thirdly, there appeare clouen tongues as it were of fire, which when they were settled vpon the heades of eche of them, they were all fylled with the holy ghoste. Wee sayde the wynde was a token or signe of the holye ghoste. But here commeth a visible signe also of the presence of the spirite, that there myght be no doubt at all thereof. For this is the maner and trade of God, to declare by outwarde tokens, the inwarde and spi­rituall giftes, which are conceyued by fayth only, and haue their beyng in the mynde. The which by reason of the proportion and infallible truth of God, wherof they are signes and seales, vse to be called after the names of the things that they signifie. By this meanes it commeth to passe that Luke reasonyng of the tongues which sate vpon the Apostles heades, so speaketh of them as though the spirite him selfe had syt on their heades. But it is euident that these tongues were neither essentially the holy ghost, nor yet had the holy ghost included in them. For who wyll say the substaunce of the holy ghost is of fire, except any man list to dote with the Persians, which worshipped the fire as a God. Who also wyll thinke the holy ghost whiche pierceth through all thinges, and whom the scripture teacheth to be euery where present, can be inclosed in so small a thyng, as a tongue? Besydes, Luke saith not that the holy ghost sate on their heades, but that their mindes were fylled with the holy ghost. And the holy ghost shoulde in vayne syt vpon our crownes, onlesse he entred into our mindes & shewed foorth his power and efficacie. Therfore the tongues were tokens of the presence of the holy spirite, neither coulde the name of holy ghoste for any other cause be ap­plyed to them, than by reason of proportion and similitude that is betweene them, as euen nowe was sayde.

Furthermore, as in all other signes whiche God accustometh to vse, there is perceaued to be a great lykenesse with the thinges that they signi­fied: [Page 81] so here also the presence of the spirite, coulde by no other signe haue bene more euidently and properly expressed. The lykenesse of tongues was most agreable with the Apostles office, whom God had appoynted to be preachers. The diuision of the same tongues represented the gift, which they chiefly had neede of, bicause they must beare witnesse of Christe in all Countries, and be vnderstanded of all men. And the element of fire signi­fied, that the voyce of the Apostles shoulde be effectuous through the wor­kyng of the spirite. For by this the spirite as by a bright brenning fire, con­sumeth all the thinges in vs that are carnall and earthly. By the same, the spirite kindleth the myndes of men with the loue of heauenly thinges, that leauing all earthly thinges behinde them, they may aspire to the onely eternall goodes of the heauenly kingdome. With this the holy ghost war­meth men that are benummed with sinne, and maketh them meete and nimble to all good workes, and to doe all thinges in Christe. And this fer­uencie and fierie zeale is the proper marke of them, which are led with the spirite of Christ: Which spirit who so euer feeleth to be quenched in him, let him ceasse to glorie in the spirit. I coulde here rehearse diuers other effects of Christes spirite, but that there is more commodious place to speake therof in the sermon folowyng, where it shall be declared what the spirite wrought in the Apostles. Let vs acknowledge the truth and goodnesse of Christ, wherby he would thus prouide for his Church. And let vs prepare our selues after the ensample of the Apostles, that we also may be endued with the spirite of Christe, and enflamed with the holye loue of God, that being founde stoute in the duties of Christian life, we may be taken for the true children of God, and Coheyres of Iesus Christ, to whom be blessing, honour, glorie and power for euer. Amen.

The eleuenth Homelie.

‘AND they began to speake with other tongues, euen as the same spirite gaue them vtteraunce. There were dwellyng at Hierusalem Iewes deuout men out of euery nation of them that are vnder heauen. When this was noysed about, the multitude came togither, and were astonied, bicause that euery man hearde them speake with his owne language. They wondred all, and marueyled, saying among themselues: Beholde, are not all these which speake of Galiley. And howe heare we euery man his owne tongue, wherin we were borne. Parthyans and Medes, and Elamytes, and the inhabiters of Mesopotamia and of Iurie, and of Capadocia, of Pontus and Asia, Phrygia, and Pamphylia, of Egypt, and of the parties of Lybia, which is beside Syren, and straungers of Rome, Iewes, and Proselytes, Greekes and Arabyans: we haue hearde them speake in our owne tongues the great workes of God. They were all amazed and wondred, saying one to another, what meaneth this? Other mocked saying. These men are full of newe wine.’

ALthough the promises of our Lorde and sa­uiour Iesus Christe, were first made to the Apostles, and may seeme to belong to them onely. Yet is it manyfest that the same are generall, and to be extended to all them that doe beleue. For as the Apostles, bicause of their imperfec­tion, and other faultes, had neede of the holy ghost, and with­out [Page 82] the helpe of him, could not discharge the office committed to them: euen so we haue neede of the same spirite, bicause if we be destitute of him, we can neither order our life christianly, nor holde the certainty of faith against the temptations of Satan. Therfore y e consideration of this present hystorie no man ought to thinke either vnprofitable or superfluous, which both strong­ly mainteyneth the aucthoritie of the Apostolike doctrine, & also instructeth vs many other wayes: For it teacheth vs howe we shoulde prepare our selues to receiue the spirite, & how we should iudge the spirites. As touching y e first, was spokē yesterday. The other may be learned by this presēt place. For Luke goeth on in y e discription of the hystory, & declareth the effectes of the holy ghost, which he wrought aswel in the Apostles, as in their hearers.

The gift of tongues.And beginnyng with the Apostles, hee attributeth two thinges vnto them, which they receyued by the operation of the holy ghost. The first is that by and by after they had receyued the holy ghost, they began to speake with straunge & diuers tongues. This is so great & wonderful a myracle, as I know not whether euer there happened a greater amongst men. For who is ignoraunt how much laboure and industrie is required euen from our childhood, to learne diuers tongues? We see that men growen in yeres, are scarse able to learne any one tongue, and the perfect vse thereof. But the Apostles, men of ripe yeres and well striken in age beyng, idiotes and vnlearned, which had spent their childhood and youth not in the studie of learning, but in handy occupasions, euen in a moment, became notable and excellent in the knowledge and vse, not of one tongue, or two, but of all tongues at once. Who here acknowledgeth not the euident worke of God? Who reuerenceth not the operation of the holy ghost? For what coulde the industrie, or dexteritie of mans wyt, haue done in so short a tyme?

Neither was this myracle superfluous, as seruing only for bare and vayne ostentation (as the thinges done by Iuglers are) but very profita­ble and necessarie for the Apostles, in discharging of their dutie and office. For where Iesus Christe had appoynted them to be teachers of all the worlde, that through their ministerie, the doctrine of the Gospell might be published among all nations: it was necessarie, they shoulde be vnderstan­ded of all nations. But howe coulde all men vnderstande them, if they coulde haue vsed but their owne tongue onely, in euery place? Yea I thinke they founde no greater lacke hitherto in their office, than that they percey­ued themselues destitute of so necessarie a knowledge of tongues. And so great was the incommoditie of the diuersitie of tongues, which the bolde enterprise of mans pryde (as Moses sheweth) brought in: that by meanes hereof it seemed the most wholsome doctrine of the Gospell was hyndred, and the passage thereof into diuers nations stopped. But God in one sounde, taketh away all this impediment and stoppell, and the Apostles euen in the first comming of the spirite, feele them selues eased of that diffi­cultie, which was thought woulde much haue hurt them. Hereof may be learned a common and generall comfort, that none walking in the voca­tion of God, dispayre of his helpe & fauour. God vseth to cast many thinges in the wayes of such, which seeme to be impedimentes, wherby they can not go through with their charge and calling. But God meaneth not so much to hinder them, as to trye their faith and patience. Therefore it behooueth vs with constant faith, and good courage, to set on the thinges that passe [Page 83] mans strength, and we shall finde God true and faithfull in the things that seeme impossible to vs to be brought to passe. So neither banishment, nor stuttyng tongue coulde let Moyses, from bringyng Israell out of Egypt: Yea when the red sea was in their way, and stopped their passage, whyle they followed Gods callyng it was taken out of their way, and dryed vp. I passe ouer infinite examples of lyke sort, which are to be seene euery where, aswell in holy, as prophane hystories. Whosoeuer therfore are ap­poynted teachers or magistrates to gouerne the people, let them remem­ber these thinges, & take vnto them good courage of minde. Let priuate men also be mindefull of them, and go forwarde with like constancie in their vo­cation. For God wyll finishe the worke he hath begunne in vs, so that we repent vs not of the labour that must be taken for his sake.

Let vs also marke in this place, The Apo­stles are not licensed to preache tyll they were well instruc­ted. howe Christ Iesus which chose ydiotes and vnlearned men to be Apostles, woulde not giue them license, to preach abrode in the worlde, tyll he had made them perfect, and learned in all thinges parteyning to the office of preachyng. For they which a litle before, vnderstoode none but the Syrian tongue, and not that neither so perfectly, but by the pronuntiation (as appeared in Peter) they were taken for Gali­leans: they nowe come foorth furnished with the knowledge of all tongues. Besides thexact vnderstanding of the olde Testament, which the same spi­rite taught them, as appeareth by their sermons. This condemneth the insolent barbarousnesse of the Anabaptistes, that step from the Plough, and Cart vnprepared into the Pulpet, and then thinke themselues very Apo­stolike felowes, when beyng destitute of all good learnyng and manners, they can contemne all kinde of knowledge, and peruerte the whole order of the Church. But so farre are they from beyng defended by the Apostles example, that rather the aucthoritie thereof, sendeth them to learne the things, that are needefull for a minister of the worde. Paule certes would haue the Rectour of the Churche, to be instructed with habilitie, and sufficiencie to teache, and requireth in him, not the bare knowledge of the Articles of faith and saluation only, but such a knowledge, as wherby he may be able to confute the aduersarie. Therefore he commaundeth Timothie whom he witnesseth, was brought vp of a childe, 1. Tim. 3. Titus. 1. in the studie of the scripture, to be diligent in readyng. We confesse in deede, there is no neede of all those tongues now, which the Apostles by myracle vnderstoode: nor it becommeth vs not, to require the same of God, who if he had neede of newe Apostles, coulde both easily finde them, and also furnishe them with meete giftes. But we require chiefly the knowledge of those tongues, without the which, the bookes of holy scripture can not commodiously and sufficiently be declared: I meane the Hebrue and the Greke tongues, the one hauyng the olde Testament written in it, and the other the newe Te­stament, published by the Apostles. And Paule in a certayne place saith, that the chiefe vse of tongues is, in the interpretation of the holy scripture. 1. Cor. 14. Which thinges whosoeuer lacketh, he shall neuer attayne to the certayne know­ledge of holy scripture. For whyle they depende vpon other mens interpre­tations, they become lyke vnto those that see with other mens eyes, heare with other mens eares, and go with other mens feete. There is needefull to the vnderstanding of these tongues, the knowledge of hystories, and spe­cially the science of vtteraunce, which whosoeuer lacketh, certes, I will say, [Page 84] he shall doe very little good in the ministerie of the Church.

Schooles.But bicause all these thinges are not bestowed vpon men myraculously, and that that we reade chaunced here to the Apostles, happeneth to fewe others, therfore our industrie, our labor, and continuance in studie is requi­site, where we may both perceyue howe necessarie Schooles and Uniuer­sities are and also, howe needefull it is to haue teachers to trayne vp youth for the ministerie of the worde. And I thinke there is none ignoraunt, what a speciall care was had alwaye of schooles amongst the people of God. For herevnto is to be referred, all the things written of the children of the Pro­phetes, and of the Colledges, wherof the holy Prophets Samuel and Elizeus had the rule and gouernaunce, with great care and diligence. And in the Prophete we reade howe they are greeuously reprehended which went a­bout with dissolute manners and conuersation, to corrupt the younge men, appoynted for the ministerie of the Church. Amoz. 2. Truely the godly Princes in tymes passed, perceyued of what profite it was, for the settyng foorth and maynteyning of religion, to haue Schooles duely and truely appoynted, who for the preseruation and continuaunce of them, thought good to prouide for them, both by their counsayle and aucthoritie, as appeareth easely by the foundations of most auncient Colledges: Ruffinus in the Eccles. historie, the first booke and chapter. Which after they had dege­nerated, that they were become the dennes of ydle men, giuen to the throte and belly, or of pieuishe supersticiouse: then sprong therof the horrible ruine and decaye of the Church. Which Iulian the Apostata, a subtyll and craftie man, well forespyed, who for this cause commaunded that the Christians should be kept from learning, that through ignoraunce and lacke of know­ledge, the subtyltie and mockerie of Philosophie, might take place. There­fore if Christian Princes wyll not be taken for folowers and fellowes of Iulian, let them knowe that the prouidyng and caryng for Schooles, be­longeth to them principally.

But let vs returne to the Apostles, who we sayde erewhyle were in­structed with the gift of tongues by the holy ghost. The holye ghost chaun­geth oure tongues, and teacheth them. For although this see­meth to haue come to passe in the Apostles onely: Yet is it further to be ex­tended: For this is alway the effect of the holy ghost, to chaunge and in­struct the tongues of the beleeuyng. For bicause the naturall man percey­ueth not the thinges belongyng to the spirite of God: therefore he can not reason of them as meete is. And as often as he goeth about to dispute of diuine matters, so often he bewrayeth his follie and infancie, which thing chaunced to the gentile Philosophers, as Paule saith. Besides, that man is delighted in vanitie, Rom. 1. and reioyceth in filthy talke, and oftentymes giueth the bridle of his tongue to blasphemie, as euery daye may be seene in the dayly communication of the children of this worlde. Ouer and besides these mischiefes, he cannot speake, no not when he would be taken for most religious. For when he goeth about by prayer to craue the helpe of God, his mynde is pulled away either by vayne thoughtes, or else he is troubled with the conscience of his sinnes, that he can not pray with sure affiaunce of mynde, and the prayer that is without faith can not auayle. But the spirite of Christ remedieth all these faults. For where he regenerateth the mindes of men, and powreth into them the true knowledge of the mysteries of sal­uation: he maketh vs able to reason of the nature of God, of his wyll, and of his iudgementes. And the tongues which were vsed to blasphemie, [Page 85] backbyting, raylyng, periurie, filthie talke, and all kinde of vncleannesse, he loseth them to prayse God & to giue him thankes, and maketh them speake those thinges that set foorth the glorie of God, and serue to the edifying of other, & to abstayne from those thinges that corrupt good maners. Againe, bicause he is the spirite of adoption, and beareth witnesse, that we certaynly be the sonnes of GOD. He is the aucthour that wee dare call vppon GOD the father, and distruste his good wyll and fauour no longer. And Paul expresseth this effect of the spirite, saying: You haue not receyued the spirite of bondage to feare any more: but you haue receyued the spirite of adoption, whereby we crye Abba, Father. And againe: Bicause you are sonnes, Rom. 8. Galat. 4. God hath sent the spirite of his sonne into our heartes crying: Abba, Father. Whereunto the large promises of Christ are to be referred, that promise them that pray to his father in his name to be hearde. Iohn. 14. &. 16. This spirite lyke­wise withstandeth the cogitations of the fleshe, and enflameth the minds, as they are praying with the desire of saluation & glory of God. Besides that, the spirite of Christ worketh here a newe myracle: For as hee deuided the tongues of the Apostles, that they might be able to speake the languages of all nations: so hee giueth to the faithfull of all nations, one and the same tongue, whereby in all partes of the worlde, they inuocate one and the same father, with one and the same sounde, and with one and the same faith. And so those tongues be knit againe in one, which the insolent and bolde presumption of man had deuided in sunder. And this seemeth to me to be that tongue of Chanaan which the Prophete sayde the Cities of Egypt, Esay. 19. and all nations should speake.

And if the holy ghost chaunge the tongues of men so that he maketh them to speake the thinges that are holy and godly, and which edifie many, Against blas­phemers and filthie tal­kers. and make them with sure confidence to aske helpe of God: then it easely appeareth with what spirite they are led, with vtter blasphemies, and cur­singes with open mouth, which breath out the poyson of slaunder, and cur­sed speaking, which offende the mindes of many, with their impure and filthy talke, hauing no regarde, neither of age nor sexe, and which in prayer are either altogither colde, or else inuocate creatures, and are not afrayde to ascribe to them, the glory due to God alone, or else are voyde of that sure trust and affyaunce, which they shoulde call vpon God with. For these are not the effectes of that holy spirite, but of that maligne and vncleane spirite. And Christ saith, The mouth speaketh of the aboundaunce of the hart. Math. 15. There­fore the hartes of suche are vndoubtedly possessed of the vncleane spirite of Sathan. Christ therefore doth not without a cause confesse, that we shall either be iustified or condemned by our sayinges. Math. 12. And Dauid among the pre­ceptes of lyfe, numbreth this very grauely as the cheefe: Kepe thy tongue from euyll, and thy lippes that they speake no guile. Adde hereunto, Psalm. 34. that Paul the Apostle commaundeth all scurrilitie of tongue and filthy communica­tion to be farre from the mouthes of Christians, Ephes. 4.5. Collos. 3. Psalm. 141. and numbreth filthynesse of speache in that roule, for the which the wrath of God commeth vpon the chidren of disobedience. Let Christian men therefore haue this prayer of Dauid often in their mouth: Set a watche O Lorde before my mouth, The holye ghost maketh men bolde in the confession of Christ. and keepe the doore of my lippes.

Let vs consider the other effect of the holy ghost, in the Apostles, which we may gather of the whole context of the storie. The same is a bolde con­fession [Page 86] of Iesus Christ, deuoyde of all feare. For they begyn openly, euery where to preach him to euery one that they meete, & with diuers languages they set forth the great workes of God, as they that hearde them beare wit­nesse. For they call the preaching of Christ or the Gospell, [...], that is, the great and wonderous workes of God: bicause that in Christe, the whole maiestie of God is most euidentlye, of all other thinges seene. And although there are many workes of God, whereby he sheweth vs his nature and power: yet amongst them all this worke that Christe did is the chiefest. For in him the rigour of Gods iustice was seene, who woulde not haue his owne sonne spared, to thende our sinnes shoulde be purged with due punishment. This also declareth the vnspeakeable fauour and mercie of God, wherewith he so tenderly loued vs, that he had rather see his owne sonne dye on the crosse, than that we all shoulde be condemned. Herein also appeareth the infallible truth of God. For he that woulde not then deceyue vs, when his sonnes lyfe was in hazarde, howe shoulde he deceyue vs in other thinges. This commendeth to vs besides, the inuinsible omnipoten­cie of God, which being couered with vile and mortall fleshe, was able to vanquishe Sathan, and all his power, togither with sinne, death, & the gates of hell. This is an argument of his vnsearcheable wisedome, whereby he coulde inuent such a remedie for the redeemyng of mankynde, which both serued to set foorth the mercie of God, and also satisfied the rigour of Gods iustice. To conclude, whosoeuer well marketh the thinges that fell out in Christe, he hath euidently perceyued the maiestie of God, as farre foorth as the same may be perceyued of vs, lyuyng in this prison of the fleshe. Ther­fore the Apostles are truely sayde, to haue set foorth the great woonders of God, when they preached Christ.

Nowe this other effect of the holy ghost is to be extended to all true be­leuers. For as the Apostles which forsooke Christ not many dayes before, by reason of feare, and kept themselues close for feare, with the doores shut about them, assoone as they were endued with the holy ghost, laying all feare asyde, begyn to preache Christ openly, and in that Citie that shed his blood, and where Christes greatest enimies bare all the rule, and feared not the multitude which was thyther gathered: so whosoeuer that spirite inspi­reth, he so boldneth them and freeth them from feare, in the confession of Christ, that they thinke it their duetie to be onely occupied in settyng foorth the glorie of Christ, neither will they yeelde to any man, which shal go about either by worldly entisementes, or threates, to bring them from their pur­pose. It becommeth vs to labour for this gift of the spirite, with all our possible power, since it is euident, that confession by no meanes can be sepe­rated from true faith. For it is the saying of Christ: Whosoeuer shall con­fesse me before men, him will I also confesse before my heauenly father. And agayne: Math. 10. Whosoeuer shalbe ashamed of me and of my words, before this adul­terous and sinfull generation, him shall the sonne of man be ashamed of, when he shall come in the glorie of his father with the holy Angels. Mark. 8. Out of the which wordes, Paule tooke this saying of his: To beleue with the heart iusti­fieth, Rom. 10. and to acknowledge with the mouth maketh a man safe. These sayinges the triflers of these dayes ought well to obserue, which accompt the confes­sion of faith, amongst thinges indifferent, as though it were sufficient to haue faith in the heart, and no further vtteraunce of it to be required. These [Page 87] men boast of their fayth, but they are vtterly ignoraunt of the force and pro­pertie thereof. For the holy ghost is of necessitie ioyned with fayth, which neither is idle himselfe, nor suffereth those whom he enspireth to be idle. And bicause he kindleth the mynde with the loue of Christe, men beyng led foorth with that loue, seeke Christ onlye, haue him onlye in their mouth, and folowe him onely through fire and water, as they say: therefore it were an absurde thing, that they shoulde deny the name of Christ, and fayth in him which haue tasted of his spirite. And yf these mens iudgement shoulde pre­uayle, then myght we iustly accuse all the Martyrs of follie and madnesse, which offered themselues to most cruell torments, wheras by dissembling, they myght (as these men woulde) haue escaped them. Sozomenus in the Hystorie Tripe [...]tite ▪ the booke sixt, and thirde Chapter. Howe much better dyd Iuliânus souldiers, who perceyuyng that through the craft of the Em­perour, they had vnawares burned incense to the goddes, published openly howe through ignoraunce they had erred and blemished fayth, and thought best to defende the glorie of Christe, which they seeme to haue preiudiced through errour with sufferyng of death. But these our hygh wytted men, thinke it a matter worthy pardon and commendation, yea to be the greatest poynt of wisdome, through their craftie dissimulation, to treade downe the fayth of Christ. Surely it were better they were altogither key colde, since they wyll not be whot. But bicause they are but warme, Apoca. 3. God wyll spewe them out of his mouth.

Nowe where we haue hytherto spoken of the Apostles, The hearers of the Apos­tles, were of all Nations. and of the things which the holy ghost wrought in them: it is meete at length we come vnto the thynges that happened among the hearers of the Apostles, of whom Luke saith there was a great multitude by and by gathered togither. There are many nations reckened, and they diuers, and farre distant one from an other, which maketh for the settyng foorth of the myracle, forasmuch as amongst so farre distant nations, there coulde be no affinitie of speache or language. To speake of the names, situation, originall manners of these nations, is not my meanyng in this place, bicause they may most commodi­ously be learned out of the Geographers, bookes, & tables. And of them all, it is sayde in generall, that they were amazed and astonied at this myracle, and bolde speache of the Apostles. This is a thyng commonly seene where the Gospel is preached. For both good and bad are afrayde at the preaching thereof. But this is an wholesome feare and amazednesse, bicause they giue eare and greedily embrace the doctrine of saluation. The wicked also are afrayde, but their feare endeth in a beastly kynde of giddinesse and dul­nesse, which afterwarde they go about to put awaye with wicked scoffes and mockeries. In this place we haue examples of both these kindes of amazednesse, bicause Luke writeth that both kyndes of these hearers were present. Therfore we wyll say somewhat of eche of them.

First it is sayde there were certayne godly and deuout men present, Godly and religious hearers. be­yng Iewes borne, but dwellyng dispersed among diuers nations. For it is euident by histories, that there were diuers occasions of the Iewes disper­syon in the captiuitie of Babylon, and from thence hytherwarde. For the greatest part of them remayned amongst the Assyrians, and would not vse the libertie graunted them by Cyrus to returne home. Those that returned home, the rage of Antiochus caused to scatter, and the tyrannie of others, of whome wee omit to speake any further. In the meane season, they that [Page 88] were most deuout, vsed to come to Hierusalem at the feast dayes, to be pre­sent at the sacrifices and holy assemblies instituted of God, by the ministerie of Moyses. Of which number there was not a fewe commen togither, to whom Luke ascribeth the prayse of godlynesse and religion, bicause they vsed godly meditations in the promises and preceptes of God, and looked for the promised sauiour of the worlde, with constant hope and trust. This is a great argument of Gods goodnesse, which amongst the Iewes scatte­red here and there by reason of their sinnes, Esay. 1.10. Rom. 10. woulde reserue some rem­nauntes of his elect to be saued, as he long before prophecied by his Pro­phete. And of these he bringeth not a fewe to Hierusalem, euen this day, that the holy ghost is giuen to the Apostles, that among the first they might be wonne vnto Christ, by the preachyng of the Apostles, as about the ende of this Chapter we shall heare. Nowe these men are astonied and woonder at the great myracle of God, which they see shewed in the Apostles, and they extoll it with many wordes, leauyng out nothyng that maketh to the set­tyng foorth of the same. For they both confesse the Apostles are Galileans, and they beare witnesse they heare euery one their owne proper phrase of speache, and they also recken vp the nations, whose tongues they heare them vse. Yet they stande not styll in this bashement, but goyng further, they seeke the ende and vse of this matter: saying: What meaneth this? We are taught by the example of these men, who are meete hearers of the doctrine of the Gospell, and in whom this doctrine bryngeth foorth worthy fruites. They are such which beyng not wholly destitute of religion, doe humbly marueyle at the myracles of God, and sticke not onely in the out­warde contemplation of them, but earnestly thinke of the ende and vse of them. God suffereth not these mens studyes to be frustrate, whose pleasure it is, that men shoulde come to the knowledge of truth. And we reade that Salomon sayde: Prouerb. 2. Math. 7. If thou seekest after wisdome as after money, thou shalt finde hir. And Christ saith: Seeke and you shall finde.

Now after these men follow another sort of men, whom Christ calleth by the name of Dogges and Swine, Scoffers, Dogges, & Hogges. and the scripture in other places calleth them scorners and mockers. For Luke saith, there were aswel that mocked the Apostles, as those that woondred at them, saying: These men are full of newe wine. The example of these men is set foorth, to shewe vs howe farre the wickednesse of such runneth, as haue once purposed to persecute the truth. For they become incurable, and can be reclaymed with no maner of wordes or deedes. For with what myracle wyll they be mooued, whom this myracle can not mooue, which was the greatest that euer was wrought a­mongst men. But they are so farre from being mooued therwith, that they take occasion rather to reproche and blaspheme it, and they attribute it to the detestable vice of drunkennesse, which of force they perceyue to be the workyng of the holy ghost. There are diuers examples of this sort appa­raunt, which serue all to this ende, to teache vs that we be not offended with the vniust iudgements of this worlde, concernyng the truth. For this is alway seene, that the doctrine of the Gospell is to some the sauour of lyfe vnto life, 2. Cor. 2. 1. Cor. 1. and to other some the sauour of death vnto death. And Paule teacheth vs, that Christ crucyfied, is a stumblyng block vnto the Iewes, and foolishnesse vnto the Greekes. Therfore let vs leaue such to the iudgement of God, and let vs frame our selues to the doctrine of the Gospell, that it beyng quicke­ned [Page 89] in our heartes by the woorkyng of the holy ghost, may bryng foorth wor­thy fruites by the which we may be knowne to be true beleeuers, and may enioy the euerlastyng promises of the Gospell in Iesus Christe, to whome be blessyng, honour, power and glorie for euer. Amen.

The .xij. Homelie.

‘BVT Peter stepped foorth with the eleuen and lyft vp his voyce and sayde: Ye men of Iewry, and all ye that dwell at Hierusalem, be this knowne vnto you, and with your eares heare my words. For these men are not drun­ken as ye suppose, seyng it is but the thirde houre of the day. But this is that which was spoken by the prophete Ioel. And it shalbe in the last dayes (saith God) of my spirite, I wyll poure out vpon all fleshe. And your sonnes and your daughters shall prophecie, and your olde men shall dreame dreames. And on my seruauntes, and on my handmaydes, I wyll poure out of my spirite in those dayes, and they shall prophecie.’

WHen Iesus Christ the sonne of God was newely borne into the worlde, and was brought by Marie his mother into the Churche, accordyng to the appoyntment of Moyses lawe: the holy and re­uerende olde father Simeon, by inspiration of the holy ghost, amonge other thynges sayde: Beholde, Luke. 2. this chylde is set to be the fall and vprisyng agayne of many in Israel, and for a signe which is spoken agaynst. Howbeit that which is spoken of Iesus Christ may be vnderstanded of the Gospell of Christ, preached by the Apostles. For although the doctrine ther­of be playne and simple, and sheweth also the true way howe to attayne to saluation: Yet shall men alwayes haue diuers iudgementes touchyng the same, and there shall be no small number of such as shall openly speake agaynst it. This dyd Esay the prophete see long agoe, who vtteryng a prophecie of Christe, and his doctrine, begynneth after this sort: Who hath giuen credence to our preaching? or to whom is the arme of the Lord knowne? Esay. 53. Iohn. 3. The Lorde declareth the cause of all this matter, where he saith, this world can not abyde the lyght, bicause the workes therof are euyll. The scriptures also set foorth many lyke examples, the ende and warnyng of all which, is, that we shoulde not be offended when the lyke happen in these dayes. A­mong which, this example that the Apostles prooued the first day they recei­ued the holy ghost, and went about to administer their office, is very nota­ble. For where they were indued with a singuler myracle, such as the lyke had neuer beene hard of tyll this day, which was the vnderstandyng of all languages, and preached Iesus Christe in diuers tongues, by reason of their hearers of diuers nations: by and by the vnconstant people were de­uided into sundry and diuers opinions. For the more godly sort, woondered at the worke of God, and diligently searched after the meanyng thereof. The wicked scorners accused them of drunkennesse. So true it is that Paule saith: that Christe seemeth foolishnesse to the wise of this worlde. But bicause we spake hereof in the last Sermon, let vs haste to the explication [Page 90] of this present place, where the fayth and courage of the Apostles is more cleerely and euidently to be seene. For they are so litle mooued or feared with the wicked slaunders of men, y t Peter rather taketh occasion hereof, to speak vnto them, and with a fruitfull sermon winneth many of them vnto Christ.

The effectual op [...]ration of the holy ghostBefore we go about to expounde Peters Sermon, let vs consyder what is sayde of hym, and the other Apostles. Peter (sayth hee,) stan­dyng with the eleuen, lyft vp his voyce. They stoode therefore without feare, and thought neither to flye, nor leaue their charge, although they were so vniustly iudged. And yet there seemed no small cause of feare and desperation. For what shoulde they thinke they coulde preuayle in wordes with them, whose wicked and frowarde mindes, so great a myracle as euer was wrought, could not mollifie and mooue? But they stoode vnfeared, and not onely remayne and tary by it, but also begyn to set foorth Gods quarrell and cause with great boldenesse. Therefore by their example we may see howe effectuall the operation of the holy ghost is. For they which not long before vsed handy craftes and occupations, being rude and vnlearned men, are nowe able to abyde the sight of such a multitude, and the diuers cla­mours of so vnruly a sort, with constant courage. And those whom before, euery lyght occasion made so afrayde, that they durst not professe the name of Christ, before a fewe of rascall segons: do nowe defend his quarrell most stoutly before a great assembly gathered togither of euery nation and de­gree: neither lacke they for the handes of tormentours to make them con­fesse the truth, but offer themselues freely to defende the same. Learne here­of howe we must trye and prooue whether the spirite of Christ raigne in vs yea or no. For vnlesse this zeale and stoute courage to defende Christ and his truth be seene in vs: We shall in vayne boast of his spirite. And yet nowe a dayes, amongst those that most bragge of his spirite, it is thought a commendable thyng for a man to stop his eares at the horrible blasphe­mies of wicked men, vttered agaynst Christ and the truth of his Gospell, as if they were but Sirenes songes. The Apostles shewe themselues in this place to be farre other maner of men, amongst whome, Peter mooued but with a very lyght taunt or quip (as it myght seeme) begynneth with bolde speache to defende Christes cause and the Gospels.

Further, it is not lyghtly to be passed ouer, howe Peter is saide to stande with the eleuen. The Apo­stl [...]s take themselues for equalles and felowes. This is an euident argument of equalitie, which the Apo­stles diligently conserued among themselues. For where Christ put them all but in one office, which they (now hauyng receyued the holy ghost) better vnderstoode then before: all that most vayne contention about superioritie, wherewith before they were enflamed, is vtterly quenched. Therfore Peter sytteth in no throne alone by hym selfe, the other standyng about him, as his seruauntes and garde. He is not separated from the other, but ioyned togither with them, and sheweth euidently that he is but one of their num­ber. And although he alone make the oration, yet he defendeth not his owne cause, but the common case of them all: so that herein Peter myght seeme rather the minister of the residue, than the prince and chiefe of them. Away therfore with them that by Peters example, challenge a supremacie to themselues in the Churche, and are puffed vp with pride of the Persians. Christ gaue his Apostles example of humilitie, which to followe, it becom­meth all Christian men, much more them whome he hath appoynted to be [Page 91] Sheepeheardes of his Churche. Hereunto is to be referred that place of Paule, which vsing great obtestations, vrgeth this one thyng, that they that will be accompted the ministers of Christ, must seeke after vnanimitie, and for humilitie, which is the mother thereof. Let nothyng be done (saith he) through contention or vayne glorie, but in meekenesse of mynde [...]et euery man esteeme another better than himselfe. Looke not euery man on his owne things, but euery man on the thinges that are other mens. Let the same mynde be in you that was also in Christ Iesu. See the place to the Philippians the seconde Chapter.

But let vs consyder Peters sermon, in which, The ar­gument of Pe­t [...]rs s [...]rmon. the effect and power of the holy ghost shall more clearely appeare. The begynnyng hereof is neither affectate nor ambicious. For the doctrine of the truth is simple, and hath no neede to be commended with vaynnesse of wordes, forasmuch as it com­mendeth it selfe sufficiently, in that it teacheth vs most playnely the way of saluation. Wherefore Peter only callyng vpon the men whome he purpo­seth to speake vnto, saith: Yee men of Iurie, and all yee that dwell at Hieru­salem, be this knowne vnto you, and with your eares heare my wordes. He vseth the name of Iewes to admonishe them both of their auncient glorie, and of their duetie. For God in tymes passed had chosen them, and made them Iehudim, that is Confessours, by whom he woulde be celebrated and worshipped. Wherevpon in some place it is sayde: God is knowne in Iurie. Psalm. 76. For the same cause he maketh mention of Hierusalem, which is often times called the holy citie, to shewe them that they ought to be mooued euen with the holynesse of the place, to listen diligently to the thinges which ap­pertayne to the glorie of God, and to their owne saluation. For he is not content to be hearde onely by the way, as of men that are otherwyse occu­pied, but diligently, and wyll haue it layde vp in their myndes. His oration consisteth of two partes. The first aunswereth the slaunder of the wicked scoffers, which accuse them of drunkennesse, a thyng which first of all be­hooued to be put away, bicause their sayings should haue bene of no auctho­ritie or credite, yf they had bene taken for drunkardes and blowboldes. The other part preacheth Iesus Christe, and comprehendeth all the order of mans saluation.

We are taught by example of the first, Christians ought to put awaye slaun­der, and to defende their good name. that it is lawfull to make aun­swere vnto slaunders, and to defende the honestie of our name and fame, agaynst slaunderers and detractours. For as Salomon saith: A good name and honest report is to be preferred before much riches. It behooueth them spe­cially which are in the ministerie to haue a regard thereof, bicause the slaun­ders whereby their name and estimation is impayred, Prou. 22. doeth not so much touch their owne persons, as God himselfe, to whose contempt they special­ly tend: 1. Tim. 3. which was the cause that the Apostle would haue a Bishop to haue the commendation of those that be abrode also. How much more ought he to take heede, that he be not contemned of those he hath the charge of. But bicause the naughtinesse of many goeth so farre, that they are not ashamed to charge the holy Ministers of God with false crymes, for that they may the more easily make the doctrine of truth to be hated, and suspected: there­fore excusations and purgations of themselues be both necessarie and law­full. For we reade that Christ manye tymes vsed them, thereby to bring his doctrine out of contempt. And Paule not so fewe tymes as one, plenti­fully [Page 92] and copiously disputeth against his aduersaries, touching his Apostle­shippe, his calling, and truth which he vsed in the same: bicause he sawe he coulde not be contemned, but his preaching of the Gospell also must grow out of regarde in the mindes of very many. Therefore Peter begin­neth his ora [...]on very well with purging of the crime, thereby to bring the Apostles out of all suspicion. Neyther are they to be regarded which in such case require sufferance. For Christian pacience letteth not but that we may defende Christ and his truth to the vttermost. And they that be of this opi­nion, to thinke all the slaunders that are ioyned with contempt of the Gos­pell, ought to be passed ouer as though we heare them not, deserue neyther the name of pacient nor modest men, but are to be counted rather warme­lings, and cowardly forsakers of the standing, and place that they are set in.

Howbeit in putting away the crime, he neyther vseth a bare deniall on­lye, nor waywardly retorteth slaunder for slaunder, but prooueth by argu­ments that it is false, that they layde to theyr charge. The first argument he taketh of circumstance of the time. These be not (sayth he) as ye suppose drun­ken, for it is but the thirde houre of the day. For the auncient fathers vsed to account twelue howers in the day, as may be gathered by the hystorie of the Gospell, and prophane wryters also. And bicause they beganne theyr count from the day spring or rising of the sunne, this thirde hower must be referred to the morning, and with vs in the summer time, it may be called seauen or eight a clocke in the forenoone. Peters argument therfore is of this sort. They that are giuen to drunkennesse begin to banquet and bouse to­warde euening, or the beginning of the night: But where it is nowe but morning, we cannot of right be accused of drunkennesse. But O happie state of those dayes, when men might reason after this sort. For although it be credible, that manye were giuen aswell to drunkennesse, as to other vices: yet such was the honestie of that time, that it was a shame to be drun­ken, and those that were giuen to such drinking, were drunken (as Paule sayth) in the night, for feare of open shame. In these dayes this argument should be of small force and authoritie, where as they euery where now rule the rost, which ryse earely to drinke wine as Esay complayneth of the vsage of his dayes. Esay. [...]. Yea, there be found amongst the Princes and Magistrates, which forgetting the saying of Salomon, ryse vp betymes to banquetting, and ryot. [...]cclesi. 10. But what speake I of Princes, seeing there be deuines, not free from this vice? I remember once, being at the Sessions Imperiall, where they went about to establishe a generall peace, and to appoynt an vniforme reli­gion through Germanie, howe I sawe a deuine of great name and fame, yea the standard bearer of the contrarie part, that sayde he woulde not dis­pute of so weightie a matter when he was sober. And he was so constant of his worde, that I sawe him not so fewe tymes as once well whitteled by one of the clocke. But would God there were not to be found, euen among them of our owne profession, which being infected with this publike and common euill of all Germanie, were not giuen to much to this quassing. And surely if there were none other argument apparaunt, this one were ynough, to reprooue the corrupt maners of these dayes. For who can denie but the dayes of Noah, and Lot be amongst vs, where with one mouth, all men talke of their cuppes, and to be drunken, is accounted with all states, and degrees, a commendable, and an honourable matter. This vice wee [Page 93] may thanke, not onely for corruption of good maners, but also for the ouer­throw of iustice and lawes, and the decay of religion, and oppression of the libertie of our countrie.

But returne we to Peters Sermon, The place of Ioel, second Chapter. who taketh an other argument of thinges spoken long before, to acquite the Apostles of suspition of drunken­nesse. For where euen the good also might iustly meruaile, howe vnlear­ned men shoulde sodenly come to speake such diuers languages, and to bee expert in them, and the wicked and mockers imputed it to drunkennesse: it was needefull the truth of the matter shoulde be more openly declared. Therefore Peter teacheth, that this was the worke of the holy ghost, the sending of whome he prooueth by the .2. of Ioel, to haue beene promised long before in the kingdome of the Messias. This Ioel prophecied in the time of Esay, and Micheas, and forewarned the people of the warres that Senna­cherib should make agaynst them. And least the godly should despayre, and thinke that God had left off to care for his people any more, he comforteth them, and sheweth how Israell shoulde not quite be destroyed, bycause the Messias should be borne of that people, whome God had ordeyned to be the Sauiour and redeemer of mankinde, and for the more comfort of them, de­scribeth in fewe woordes, the kingdome of the Messias. Which place Peter the more diligently and at large cyteth, for that he woulde accuse them of dol­tishnesse, and lacke of witte, which ascribed the most manifest effectes of the holye ghost, to drunkennesse. For this was a most filthie errour, not to marke and obserue so great a benefite of God, and that promised so long agone, and most diligently described, but to raile at it. This place giueth vs three things to consider. The first prophecieth of the plentifull and liberall pouring out of the holy ghost, which should be in the tyme of Christ. The o­ther describeth the troublesome estate of this worlde in the kingdome of Christ, insomuch that it reckoneth vp the punishments wherewith God will reuenge the vnthankfulnesse and incredulitie of the worlde. The thirde de­clareth the maner of saluation, and sheweth the way, howe men may escape safely all daungers. But at this present we will declare onely the first part.

This the Lorde in these wordes vttereth by the Prophete. The promise of the holye Ghost. And it shall come to passe in the latter dayes (sayth the Lorde) that I will poure out of my spirite vpon all flesh. And your sonnes and your daughters shall prophecie. And your yong men shall see visions, and your olde men shall dreame dreames. And on my seruaunts, and on my handmaydens, I will poure out of my spirite in those dayes, and they shall prophecie. These wordes are by themselues plaine and euident ynough, yet are they more deepely to be considered, by­cause of the things comprehended in them, seruing to our instruction.

The first thing to be obserued in them is, that where the Prophete prophecieth of the kingdome of Christ, The gift of the holye Ghost, is the greatest gift that GOD hath giuen vs. amongst the great and singuler be­nefites bestowed on vs by Christ, he chiefly commendeth the gift of the holy ghost. The cause thereof seemeth to me was, not for that the holy Prophete eyther was ignoraunt of other thinges, or despised them: but bicause next after Christ, there can nothing be giuen vs of God more excellent, than that spirite of Christ, which here is spoken of. For our heauenly father hath in­closed in Christ his sonne, all the treasures of his grace, and of our salua­tion. But men are regenerated by his holy spirite, to become the sonnes of God, and heyres of the goodes which Christ hath purchased vs. Which re­generation [Page 94] is so necessarie for vs, that vnlesse we be renued by the same, we cannot (as Christ testifieth) see the kingdome of God. Iohn. 3. The same spirite il­luminateth our mindes, to vnderstande the mysteries of the kingdome of heauen, and kindleth in vs the desire of them. Without the which light, the naturall man cannot perceyue the thinges belonging to the spirite of God. 1. Cor. 2. This spirite is a comforter, by whome we being incouraged, are able to a­bide, and ouercome whatsoeuer aduersitie in this worlde, betydeth vs for Christes sake. And he doth not onely the part of a comforter, but is also a most faythfull counsaylour. For he telleth vs what to doe, and when we be in perplexitie and doubt, he lighteth vs the torch of truth, by whose conduc­ting, we escape the daungers of fayth, and ofsaluation. Beside all this, he is the earnest, Iohn. 14. and .16. and sure pledge of our redemption and saluation. For as Iesus Christ taking vp into heauen the fleshe that he tooke of vs, would haue it there, to be a gage of our saluation: so he putteth his spirite in our heartes, in steede of a pledge, to imprint the confidence of saluation in vs, and to arme vs strongly agaynst temptations. Wherefore he is called of Paule, Rom. 8. Galath. 4. the spirite of adoption, because that being regenerated by him, we are assured by his testimonie, that we be the sonnes and heyres of God. There­fore it is not without a cause that the Prophete, taketh the gift of this holy spirite amongst all other, most to be commended. We are also here taught, what we ought chiefly to doe in the kingdome of Christ. In which place we may see the diuers and noysome errours of men, which while they followe carnall things onely, and vnder the coulour of Christ, gape after worldly goodes, vse many tymes to denie Christ in their life, whome they professe with their mouth. And to these shall be ioyned those, to whome hereafter it shall be sayde: Math. 7. Not euerie one that sayth vnto me, Lorde, Lorde, shall enter into the kingdome of heauen, but he that doth the will of my father which is in heauen. Christes kingdome is a spirituall kingdome, and not of this world. Therefore let vs desire the giftes of the spirite, wherewith if we be furni­shed, Math. 6. the other things that we haue neede of shall come of their owne accord.

Moreouer, it is conuenient we see the maner of this promise, and to whome it apperteyneth. After what sort and to whome the holy ghoste is giuen. He declareth the maner in this one word of pou­ring out, whereby he promiseth a large and plentifull grace of the spirite. As touching the persons to whome he will giue it, he treateth more at large saying: I will poure out of my spirite vpon all fleshe. Therefore this is an vniuersall promise. But he addeth for expositions sake, sonnes and daugh­ters, yong men and olde, to teach vs that there is no difference in the king­dome of Christ, eyther of age or sexe. For in Christ (as Paule sayth) there is neyther Iewe nor Gentyle, Galath. 3. neyther bonde nor free, neyther man nor woman. In the meane season, least any might thinke that the holy spirite was giuen to good and bad alyke, God restrayneth his promise to his seruauntes and handmaydens, to the ende we should vnderstande that it ought vniuersally to be expounded of them. For where he is the spirite of adoption, he can be receyued of none, but of them whō God doth vouchsafe to acknowledge for his sonnes. But they be sonnes of God which acknowledge him to be their father, and call vpon him, which serue him, which worship him, which please him, and honour him. And although they cannot performe the things that belong to the sonnes of God, before they be regenerated, by this spirite, through the free benefit of God, (and therforethey be oftentimes vnknowne [Page 95] to vs, before we see the effects of the holy ghost in them:) yet it is euident, that none be partakers of this spirite, but such as the Lorde taketh for his. And he knoweth who be his, and so knoweth them, 2. Tim. 2. Iohn. 10. that no man can take them out of his hande.

And here by the waye, commeth the difference of the olde and newe Testament to be considered. For although one and the same Christ, The diffe­rence of the olde and new testament. one and the same fayth, and way of saluation, one and the same spirite is set forth in both of them: yet there may be perceyued no little difference: wherein easily appeareth howe much greater our dignitie and felicitie is, than theirs of the olde Testament. This appeareth first in the number of the faythfull, and next in the maner of teaching. For in the olde Testament it is plaine, there were but a small number of worshippers, and the knowledge of sal­uation seemed to be compassed within the boundes of the people of Iurie. For the wordes of God be well knowne, which he sayth to the Israelites: Ye shall be mine owne aboue all Nations. For all the earth is mine. Ye shall bee vnto me a kingdome of priestes, and an holy people. Againe: Exod. 19. Amoz 3. You only haue I accepted of all the Nations on the earth. For which cause sake, me thinketh that is also spoken in the Psalmes. In Iewrie is God knowne, his name is great in Israell. At Salem is his Tabernacle, and his dwelling in Syon. Psal. 76. and .147. Hee sheweth his worde vnto Iacob: his statutes and ordinaunces vnto Israell. Hee hath not dealt so with any Nation, neyther haue the heathen knowledge of his lawes. But in the newe Testament, the spirite of the Lorde is poured vp­pon all fleshe, and the way of saluation is stretched to the farthest endes of the earth. There it is sayde, that they shall come from the East, and from the West, that shall sitte in the kingdome of God with Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob. Math. 8. There the Apostles receyue a commaundement, to preache the Gospell to all Nations. There Peter learneth vs howe, Marc. 16. there is no respect of persons wyth God, but in all Nations they that feare him, and worke righteousnesse, are accep­ted of him. Actes. 10. And here is fulfilled that which was spoken before by the Pro­phete: That the barren and desolate, should haue more children, Isa. 54. than shee that was maryed▪ Againe, though there be singuler examples, of the faythfull of the olde Testament, the like whereof you shall hardly finde in these dayes: yet is it plaine, that the way and meane of our saluation, is now much more manifestly taught, than it was woont to be in the olde Testament. Before the lawe was published, there were in deede large and liberall promises, but obscure ynough, if we waye them that liued in those dayes, which sawe them not as then fulfilled. In the lawe our saluation was shadowed with signes and figures, but such as whereof many tooke occasion to establishe the righteousnesse of workes. Then followed the Prophetes, and they de­clare the mysteryes of Christ, somewhere darckely, and somewhere more plainely and openly. And the thinges which seeme to vs most euident, in their writinges, seemed without doubt to them in those dayes, obscure and darke ynough. But in the new Testament, the vayle of darcknesse is rent, and that light brought in, which being come, Iohn. 1. giueth light to all men in the worlde. In the Gospell, the things are plainely taught, which before tyme were hidden and secrete. And there fishers and Publicanes see and heare those things, Math. 13. which many Prophetes and iust men desired in tymes past to heare and see. As touching this plentifull and bounteous gift of the holye ghost, and true light thereof, Ioel also prophecieth. The ende and vse of all [Page 96] these things serue to prouoke vs to consider our dignitie, & Gods liberalitie towards vs, to celebrate the goodnesse of God, & to shew our selues thankful for his gifts, which he so merciful a lord, so boūtifully hath bestowed vpō vs.

The effect of the holy ghost is c [...]mmon to all beleeuers.Last of all, Ioel rehearseth the effectes of the holye ghost, which are common to all them that beleeue. In which place he maketh mention of pro­phecie, the gift whereof he sayth both yong men and olde men, sonnes and daughters shall receyue. By prophecie, we suppose ought to be vnderstan­ded, not so much the gift of telling things to come, as the true and certaine knowledge of the mysteries of saluation, and chiefly the vnderstanding of the old Testament, 1. Cor. 14. according to the exposition of Paule which is to be seene. He addeth by way of exposition, visions and dreames, bicause that by those meanes God vsed in tymes past, to reueale his will vnto the Prophetes, as may be seene in the booke of Numbers. 12. Chap. For the Prophetes vse to set forth the mysteryes of Christ, with certaine phrases of speache, such as were knowne and in vse with all men in their dayes. Examples whereof may be seene euery where of such as reade their wrytings. So by thys worde prophecying, he promiseth the true knowledge or vnderstanding of Gods will, and that saluation that is common to all men in the kingdome of Christ, which also we read is promised in other places. Esay verily saith, that the earth shall be full of the knowledge and vnderstanding of God. Esay. 11. And the Lorde sayth. I will plant my lawe in the inwarde partes of them, and write it in their heartes: Hiere. 31. and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. And from thenceforth shall no man teach his neighbour or his brother, and say: Knowe the Lorde. But they shall all knowe me from the lowest vnto the highest, sayth the Lorde. &c. Iohn. 6. Esay. 54. And Christ out of the Prophete testifieth, that they shall bee all taught of the Lorde. Therefore the principall effect of the holy ghost, and which is common to all men, is a sure knowledge of the will of God, and an vnderstanding of saluation, and the mysteryes of the kingdome of God, and (as farre as is requisite for euery man) an intelligence both of the olde and newe Testaments. By this therefore we may iudge what they be, that set naught by the knowledge of the will of God, and where they vnderstand it not of themselues, will yet be taught of no man, whome this one place may prooue to want the spirite of Christ. To this may be ioyned the Lords ouer the fayth, and the Tyrantes of the Church, which driue the Christian people from the reading of the Scripture, and dare call that generall be­nefite of the holy ghost, which the Prophete so highly commendeth, the be­ginning and seede of heresies and errours. It is our partes (brethren) to acknowledge the gift of Gods grace, and to embrace the spirite of Christ, that we being borne againe by his operation, illuminated and made meete to all good workes, may enioy the eternall inheritaunce of the kingdome of heauen, with Iesus Christ, the sonne of God, to whome be blessing, honour, power, and glorie for euer. Amen.

The .xiij. Homelie.

‘And I will shewe woonders in heauen aboue, and tokens in the earth be­neath, bloud and fire, and the vapoure of smoke. The Sunne shall be turned in­to darcknesse, and the Moone into bloud, before that great and notable day of the Lorde come. And it shall come to passe, that whosoeuer shall call on the name of the Lorde shall be saued.’

[Page 97] THe Apostle Peter driueth his first sermon, which he made at Hierusalem, after he had receyued the holy ghost, to that ende, that the Apostles obserued in all their sermons, that is to say, to bring his hearers to the knowledge of Christ, and to winne them to the saluation that is in him. Which thing, that he might with the more ease, bring to passe, he by and by, in the beginning is well ware, that his doctrine be not reiec­ted, before it be knowne and heard. For he diligently before hande, aun­swereth all those thinges, which might giue his hearers any cause or occa­sion to mysiudge or suspect it. Among these there were some godly and de­uout: yet more that were vngodly, vntowarde and obstinate. And the reli­gious were holden with ignorance, so that they were astonyed at so great a myracle, and being in doubt, could not tell what to iudge or thinke of the matter. But the other were in farre woorse case and taking: for wyth ca­uils and slaunders they mock and delude all the meaning of the myracle, accusing the Apostles of drunkennesse, and those that hearde them, of foo­lishnesse. Therefore it was needefull some present remedy should be had, which he tooke out of the seconde Chapiter of Ioël. For by that place he teacheth, that here is nothing done eyther of error or affection of man, but that all this doing is the worke of God, and promised of God long a­gone by the Prophets. And he is very diligent in cyting the wordes of the Prophet, bicause the place not onely serued to confute their reproche, but also greatly made for Peters purpose. This place, as I sayde in the Ser­mon before goyng, hath three members or partes. The first comprehen [...]deth the bounteous and most liberall promise of the holye ghost: The se­conde describeth the troublous state of the worlde, which shoulde continue euen to thende therof in the kingdome of Christ, and so rehearseth the pu­nishments wherwith God woulde reuenge the contempt of his sonne, and the Gospell, which thing serued marueylously to make the Iewes afrayd, that they should not thinke they shoulde escape scot free, for contemning of Christ and his Gospell. The third sheweth the way how to auoide all these euils and mischiefes. The first part we declared yesterday. It remayneth that we nowe set forth the two later.

And bicause I see there is a doubt and controuersie touching this great and notable daye of the Lorde, Which, the great day of the Lord is. whereof the Prophet maketh mention in this place: First, it seemeth good to me to shew my iudgement concerning the same. There be that vnderstande it to be the daye of Christes resurrec­tion, and the signes and woonders which are here prophecied should come, they expounde to be the things that happened in the death and resurrection of Christ. Surelye their sense and meaning is godlye. But bicause of the prophecies of Iesus Christ, which he vttereth almost in the same wordes concerning the state of the later times, the ende of this daye is farther to be extended. Other thinke the whole time of the worlde after Christes birth is comprehended in the signification of this daye. But me thinketh the glorious and notable daye of the Lorde when he shall iudge the whole worlde, maye here be vnderstanded. For where he had made mention of the later time a little before, he sayeth the state and condicion of the time [Page 98] which he now describeth, should continue vntill the ende of that time drew neare when Christ appearing in the glorye of the father, and pronouncing a finall sentence vpon all flesh, shoulde appoint a full and absolute blisse to his faythfull deuoyde of all sorrowes, daungers and griefes, which they shoulde enioy both in body and soule.

The vse of the prophe­cies concer­ning y e trou­bles of the later dayes.It behooued therefore that this troublesome state of the worlde which shoulde alwayes remaine after the birth of Christe, and after he had fulfil­led the worke of our redemption, should be thus diligently described, least any man after this great promise of the holye ghost, and fauour of God, shoulde promise himselfe to haue all thinges in this worlde in peace and safetie, with which error we reade the Chiliastes in times past were bewit­ched. Chiliastae were suche as imagined that Christe and they after the generall doome should reigne perso­nally on earth 1000. yeres. And there want not in these dayes which hope for an vniuersall, and stable peace and tranquillitie ofall things vnder Christ, which bicause they see not as yet come to passe, they beginne to suspect all that is written of our faith and religion. They draw the cause of their errour out of the Pro­phetes descriptions of the kingdome of Christe, such as both otherwheres and also in Esay. xj. and lxv. Chapters are extant. But there are other pla­ces of Scripture which ought to haue bene ioyned with them, where wee are ab undantlye taught, that we ought to looke for no such thing in this worlde. Psal. 110. For Dauid sayeth: Christ shall reigne in the middest of his enimies. And Christe denyeth that his kingdome is of this worlde. Hee euerye where admonisheth his children of the crosse and bitter afflictions, Iohn. 18. which he would haue them prepared for. Iohn. 16. In the worlde (sayth he) you shall haue tribulation. They are therfore ridiculous in very deede, which contrarye to Christes saying, promise as well others as themselues, ease, peace, and tranquillitie in this world. And yet we denie not the things that are read in the Prophetes, touching a peaceable state of Christes kingdome. But we vnderstande them partlye of the tranquillitie of the minde, and of the spirituall ioye of the faithfull, and partly of the faithfull onely, and of the conuersation and fellowship which they onely haue one with another. For so they be truely at rest and certaine of their saluation, and dwell safely a­mong them, who (where before they might haue seemed Woolues and Li­ons) being conuerted to Christ, are become most meke sheepe and lambes. And yet manye stryfes and afflictions they shall abide, Math. 24. which (as Christe plainly admonisheth vs) shall be so much the more grieuous, Marck. 13. howe much nearer the vniuersall redemption of the godly approcheth: which when he commeth shall be cleane dispatched. Luke. 21. But to come at length to the woordes of the Prophete, two things in them seeme chiefly to be considered, wher­of one is the troublesome and vnhappie state of the worlde, which he sayth should be after Christ his comming in the fleshe: the other concerneth the causes of the euils and calamities which serue not a little aswell to comfort vs, as to instruct vs.

The state of the later days shall be verye troublous.He describeth the state of the later dayes in these wordes: I will shewe woonders in the heauens aboue, and tokens in the earth beneath, bloud and fire, and the vapour of smoke. The sunne shall be turned into darckenesse, and the moone into bloude. He maketh mention of straunge woonders, which bi­cause they be tokens of things to come, in considering of them, we must al­so comprehende in our minde the calamities and miseries which they por­tende. For it is not Gods propertie or custome to delude the mindes of [Page 99] men with vaine and ydle sights. And Iesus Christ in the gospel, repeating the same things, maketh mention of afflictions also, wherof these be signes and prognostications. Ye shall (saith he) heare of warres, and tidings of warres. For nation shall rise against nation, and Realme against Realme, Math. 24. and there shall be pestilence and hunger, and earthquakes in all places. The Prophet propo­neth diuers kinds of woonders, to make vs the more attent. He saith there shall be woonders in heauen, in the number whereof, blasing starres, fire­brands, flashings of light, flying Dragons, long starres like swordes and dartes, and what so euer such like maye be accounted, which although the Astrologers number amongst the things proceeding of natural causes: yet this place sufficiently teacheth vs that they be signes and tokens of cala­mities to followe. Furthermore he sayeth, there shall be also signes vpon the earth, amongst the which, earthquakes ought to haue the first place: whereby it is manifest great alterations of things haue many times bene portended. Herevnto appertaine the straunge inundations and ouerflow­ings of waters, monstrous births of children, the vncouth voice of beasts, springs of waters running with bloude, the straunge fruites of trees and plantes, with infinite others lyke, examples whereof we haue both in hy­stories and daily experience. But the Prophete returning agayne to hea­uen, maketh peculiar mention of the sunne and moone, whose brightnesse he sayth shall be obscured with horrible darknesse, and the terrible sight of bloude. The meaning of all which, is, that in the later daye such shall bee the countenaunce of the worlde, that whither soeuer wee turne our eyes, there shall appeare the horrible signes of Gods wrath and his iudge­ments, euen in those creatures, the vse whereof hath bene chiefly to sette forth the goodnesse of God, and to comfort man, amongest which, we take the sunne and moone to be the chiefe. Moreouer, if we compare the things here spoken with hystories, we shall see that all these things in sundry ages haue many wayes bene fulfilled. But what neede we runne to hystories? where in our owne dayes we haue seene many examples hereof, and may euery day still see newe. What age euer was there since the beginning of the worlde, wherein so many blasing starres haue bene seene, as hath ap­peared within these .xxxiij. yeres? I speake not of speares, swoords, darts, horses, sights of men, yea armed hostes, Lyons, and many other, which hauing bene seene in the Clowdes, haue feared the mindes of the lookers on. Who knoweth not of the [...]arthquakes and horrible inundations of wa­ters? The monstrous birth both of men and beastes brought forth with­in the space of this .xxx. yeares, no man can easilye number. Bloude hath sproong out of the earth, and runne, not in so fewe places as one. We haue seene in the eares of corne marueylous and straunge sights. The bearded grapes, and clusters hauing tuftes of heare growing out of them, haue vpbraided the Germaines with their drunkennesse, as it were men strong to drinke wine, as the Prophet sayth.

Here we must learne the continuall vsage of God which neuer punisheth man before he giue warning thereof by woonders, The vse of woonders. and that their seeing of these woonders should not be in vaine, he ioyneth most times his worde to the same. For where he woulde haue men to be saued, he doth nothing (as the Prophete sayth) except hee reueale his secretes before, Amoz. 3. vnto his seruauntes the prophetes. This may be prooued by the examples of all ages, from the [Page 100] first beginning of the worlde. Noah the preacher of righteousnesse went before the floud, by whose preaching the worlde might haue bene brought to repentance. Loth was sent by God vnto the Sodomites, by whose words and examples they might haue bene admonished. The Egyptians beside Moyses and Aaron sawe such horrible and monstrous tokens, that if there had bene any sense or vnderstanding in them, it might haue mollified their harts. Rachab the harlot testifieth that the Chanaanites had warning afore of the destruction to come. No man but meanly traueyled in the wrytings of the Prophetes, is ignoraunt howe many and faythfull aduertisements went before the captiuitie of Babilon. Concerning the signes and woon­ders that went before the last destruction of Hierusalem, and people of Iurie, Iosephus and Egesippus haue written most straunge and monstrous things. I let passe the things conteined in other histories, the truth wherof was always tryed by the effect falling out. By these let vs learne to know the goodnesse of God, and to iudge of the woonders and straunge signes of our days, least if we (like blind and deafe folke) neglecting them, be found despisers of God, and suffer grieuous punishment for our contempt.

But some man may maruell what shoulde be the cause of so vnfortu­nate and troublous a state, The causes of the trou­blous estate of the later dayes. seeing the sonne of God appeared in the fleshe, to make a loue daye betweene God and vs, at whose birth the Aungelles were hearde to sing: Glory be to God on high, peace vpon earth, and vnto men a good will. Where nowe God may seeme more angry and more of­fended with the earth, than before his sonnes incarnation. Surely here­of in tymes past, the enimies of Christian profession, tooke occasion to in­ueigh against Christes religion: as after whose birth, a whole sea of mis­haps burst into the earth, and ouerflowed all mankinde: whose slaunders Tertullian, Cyprian, Augustine, Arnobius, and diuers of the auncient wry­ters haue grauely and learnedly aunswered and confuted. Yea, we shall finde some among the professours of Christianitie, whome the considera­tion of these euils doth not a little dismay. Therfore to marke and search out the cause of these euils, is neyther vnprofitable nor superfluous, but two wayes to be obserued. For it is to be searched as well in the godly as the vngodly: and so it shall easily appeere that the cause of these calamities is in vs, and that the Christian faith and Christ himselfe is in no fault. In the vngodly needeth no great inquisition to finde the cause, whereas they dayly commit many thinges which deserue the wrath and punishment of God. For eyther there reigneth in them the lyfe of Epicure, and a carelesse contempt of God and all holynesse, or else superstition and idolatrie. Both these engender an hatred to the truth, and stirre vp persecutions agaynst the ministers of Christ, which by the light of the truth, reprooue licentious liuing, and accuse superstition. These things reigne in our dayes, yea they swarme in euery place, that there is no man so blind but may see them, nor none so impudent that can deny thē. We may heare euerywhere mockers, which (as Peter warned vs) with prety taunts can deride the day of iudge­ment, and call the resurrection of the deade into question, yea flatly deny it. And they that can brydle their tongues, yet with licentiousnesse of life testi­fie, that they are stained with the same impiety. Against these the professors of religion set themselues, but being superstitious and giuen to grosse ydo­latrie, they fight for their colde ceremonies, for mans traditions, for the [Page 101] painted righteousnesse of their owne workes, with no lesse vngodlynesse and waywardnesse, than the Iewes in times passed stroue for the righte­ousnesse of the lawe. Both these kindes of men consent in oppugning the truth, as once we reade the Phariseys dalied with the Herodians against Christ. And the matter is not concluded in wordes and argumentes, but with chaines, imprisonments, haulter, fire, and sworde. And vngodly­nesse in many places is gone so farre, that there is counted no more hey­nous offence, than purely to confesse Christ, and boldlye to defende the ve­ritie of the Gospell, and the synceritie of Christian faith. These thinges bi­cause they are daily committed, it needeth not further to search the cause of the calamities that are daily seene, considering how the same wickednesses caused Israel in times past to be led captiue to Babilon, and afterwarde vtterly to be rooted vp. Reade the second booke of Chronicles .xxxvj. Math. 23. Luc. 19. Chap.

But I knowe (thou wilt say) the wicked are auctors of euill, and that their doinges deserue more grieuous punishmentes, than they yet feele. The godlye also are cause of calamities But what maketh this to the godlye and syncere worshippers of Christ, who are wrapped in the same calamities, & whome we see are the first that feele the smart of them? Ought the impietie and frowardnesse of the vn­godly to preiudice them? Howbeit we must in the godly not only consider the truth of their doctrine, sinceritie of fayth, and integritie of religion, but also the imperfection and vices which cleaue vnto them by reason of the flesh, and then it shall appeare, that they are not faultlesse, and suffer not for others faultes. For in them many times the desires of this world shew themselues, and not seldome times vnder the cloke of Christ, they seeke with the sonnes of Zebedaeus their priuate honours, dignities and riches. Therfore it is necessarie that they also doe drinke of the cup of Christ, and being exercised with afflictions, learne that the kingdome of Christ is not of this worlde. Furthermore oftentimes, the godly are to bolde and confi­dent, through securitie, whereof they slippe into many enormities, which thing (as is manifest) happened to Dauid, and manye others. Therefore it behooued that that carelesnesse and securitie should be shaken of with afflic­tion, and with the Crosse, least they also shoulde grieuously offende, or that when they had offended, they might learne to saye with Dauid: Psal. 119. It is good for mee that I haue bene in trouble, that I maye learne thy statutes. My soule melteth away for very heauinesse, comfort thou mee according to thy worde. And bicause God considereth the contrite in heart, and Christ calleth them that traueyle and are heauie laden vnto him: it is necessary we be brought downe by afflictions, that when we feele our selues burthened and heauy loden, we maye go the gladlyer vnto Christe. Besides this: The seruaunt that knoweth his maisters will, and doth it not, shall be the sorer beaten. Luc. 12. And if we woulde iudge or accuse our selues, 1. Cor. 11. we shoulde not be iudged or condem­ned of the Lord. But bicause moste times we flatter our selues, and winke at other mens faultes, Gods iudgements are necessary, to shewe that he is no fauourer or allower of sinne. Last of all, the glorie of God requireth that where he punisheth the wickednesse of the worlde, iudgement shoulde beginne at his house, as the Apostle sayth, least he might seeme to beare and allowe in his owne folke, that he seuerely punisheth in other. 1. Pet. 4. If we consi­der well these things, we shall haue no occasion to complaine or finde fault [Page 102] with God. Great comfort we maye gather hereof, if we marke the diffe­rence betwixt the afflictions of the godly and vngodly. For the one, bi­cause they neyther can nor will repent, haue no ende of their afflictions, but eternall torments in hell remayne for them. But to the other, they be as the rod of a father, wherwith they are quickened to amende their liues, to bee zealous in fayth, to be feruent in godlynesse, and to be desirous of Gods worde, and the ende and vse of them, is that none should perish with the vnhappy worlde. 1. Cor. 11. So the things that are written touching the trouble­some state and calamities of the later times, serue for all ages. For they feare the wicked with threates, that they maye vnderstande what to hope for bicause of their contempt of Christ and his Gospell. And the godlye be admonished by them of their duetie, & hauing warning of his will, streng­then their mindes against the offence that riseth of such aduersitie. But re­turne we to the place of the Prophete.

The waye how to escape these calami­ties.In the thirde and last part of this place, he sheweth a remedie against these calamities, and the way how we may escape and auoyde them. And Peter would not omit that part, bicause the Iewes might see, that the same way of saluation in times past was shewed by the Prophetes, which he nowe preached. And this is a great argument of Gods goodnesse, which in the middest of aduersities so fauourably sheweth the way howe to auoyde them. For looke how terrible the things are which go before the state of the later dayes: so pleasant and comfortable are the things that follow after. For the Prophete sayth: And it shall come to passe that whosoeuer calleth on the name of the Lorde, Rom. 10. shall be safe. This is a most notable and verye e­uangelike sentence, the which Paule also vsed to beate downe the righte­ousnesse of the lawe and of workes. And in this present place Peter taketh occasion of the same sentence, more at large to discourse of Christ. We will briefely speake of such things as are to be considered in the same.

Saluation consisteth in inuocation.First he sheweth that there is saluation and deliuerye by inuocation, which the Scriptures with great consent teach to be due vnto God onely. Ergo, in our selues there is no hope of saluation or deliuerye. For if there were any strength in our selues to saue vs by, it were an absurde thing to seeke saluation otherwheres. And the saluation also which is shewed vs to be in God without our selues, we cannot attayne vnto through our owne power and abilitie. For we haue neede to vse inuocation and prayer, which are due to none but to him, in whose meere kindenesse and liberalitie we put our trust. For he that is perswaded he hath deserued any thing, vseth no intreatie or prayers, but law and right, in requiring those things which are due vnto him. It is manifest therefore that both saluation is to bee founde in God onely, and that the same is the meere and free gift of his li­beralitie, and that we must labour to obtaine the same by prayers and con­tinuall inuocation.

This done, he setteth forth the maner howe we shoulde inuocate him, wherein manye are perplexed and much in doubt. The maner of inuocatiō. For there be some that vnderstande well ynough how all saluation is in God onely. But they sup­pose by reason of their sinnes, they are debarred from the maiestie of God, and therefore eyther they abstayne altogither from inuocation, as vnpro­fitable and superfluous, or else they exercise it to coldely, and without faith. But to these, the Prophete proponeth not only the Lorde, but the name of [Page 103] the Lord to be inuocated. But what name of the Lord shall we say this is? Is it any peculiar name consisting of letters and sillables, wherby (as we see in the names of other things) the nature of God, his disposition, and all his properties be comprised? I will think no man so simple, as that he sup­poseth the euerlasting, incomprehensible, infinite and vnspeakable essence and nature of God, can be comprehended in a fewe of letters. Therefore that is called the name of God, after the maner of men, that setteth forth God to vs to be knowne, as farre as is possible. And hereto are to be re­ferred whatsoeuer things are spoken of his maiestie, veritie, iustice, good­nesse, wisedome, grace, power, mercye, and all his whole nature. And bi­cause these things be moste euidently seene in Christe onely, which is the expresse ymage of God the father, and the brightnesse of his glory coeter­nall with him and consubstantiall, therfore he may well be called the name of God, in whom all inuocation ought to be made. For he was seene in the flesh, and hath reuealed to vs whatsoeuer things are meete for vs to know concerning God. Iohn. 1. God also hath made him an Aultare and propitiatory for vs, in whome we offer to him prayers, and all kinde of worship. To him hath God borne witnesse from heauen saying: Math. 3.17. This is my beloued sonne in whom I am well pleased. And by him is there an entraunce for vs vnto the throne of grace, as the Apostle teacheth. Hebr. 4. Therefore all that will inuo­cate God, are sent vnto him, both that they might beleeue God to be suche an one, as he is declared in Scripture to be, and also desire of him to be saued, and hearde for Iesus Christes sake. This reprooueth our righteous­nesse, and teacheth vs that we are voyde of all merites before God. For if in our prayers we haue neede of anothers helpe, which (vnlesse they be of­fered by Christe) are not allowed of God, what hope shall be left vs all our life after, if Christ be taken from vs? But bicause he is comprehended by fayth, it is meete our prayers shoulde proceede of faith, and of such a fayth, as certainely beleeueth that we for Christes sake are accepted with God. Hereof sprang that auncient vsage of the Church, where all prayers for the most part are concluded with the name of Iesus Christ. For the ho­ly fathers well knewe the saying of Christ: Iohn. 14. No man commeth to the father but by mee. Also this same doth recreate with marueylous comfort, mens myndes that are afrayde with the conscience of their sinnes. For al­though we see our selues such as are vnworthy whom God should doe for, and whome he should mercifully heare: yet a most certaine and an infalli­ble trust riseth in our mindes, which maketh vs to think that Iesus Christ is ours, and that we shall be hearde of God, bicause of our faith in him. And this is that true inuocation which Christ himselfe teacheth to consist in the spirite and in truth. For fayth springing in vs of the holye ghost, Iohn. 4. lea­deth our mindes and spirites into the contemplation of God. And bicause it breedeth in vs a sure trust of the grace of God, our prayers cannot bee feyned, but are a most true testimony of our faith and hope.

Wherefore the Prophete promiseth vs a most excellent fruite in them, The fruite of inuocation. when he sayth: that he shall be saued that calleth vpon the name of the Lord. Where we may note a double consolation. First it is an vniuersall promise which promiseth saluation to all them that call vpon the name of the Lord. Ergo, here is a doore of saluation opened to all men, from entring into which, we are not kept backe, neyther by pouerty, nor infamy of the world, [Page 104] [...]yther by diseases, nor cruell torments, neyther by sexe nor age, neyther by difference of nation or kindred. Nay, we cannot be put by, neyther by sinne nor death, bicause in Christ we haue expiation of all our sinnes, and he hath ouercome death and the gates of hell. Furthermore, saluation is absolutely promised, so that we see they haue all things necessary to sal­uation that call vpon the name of the Lorde. Wherevpon we gather that they which feele no taste nor comfort of saluation by their prayers, call not vpon the name of the Lorde, that is, they are destitute of faith in Christe, which fayth will not suffer our prayers to be made in vaine. And this is the only way of saluation which the holy scriptures teach vs euerywhere. And Peter thought to make mention hereof in this place, to thintent the Iewes might vnderstand how they could none other wayes be deliuered from the imminent daungers, and the horrible iudgement of God, but by casting away all trust in their owne workes and righteousnesse, and tur­ning vnto the throne of grace, by the fayth that is in Iesus Christe. The same must we also in these dayes marke and consider. Whatsoeuer trou­bles or calamities the Lorde or his Apostles foretolde shoulde happen in the later dayes, they vrge and assault vs on euerye side. The wysest and greatest men consult in euery place, how to get a waye and remedye to bee saued. And the vnhappy successe of things in these dayes, teache vs howe vayne all counsayles be that proceede of mans deuyse. Let vs therefore holde this waye, which as it is the most simplest and playnest, and deliue­reth vs from many cares and troubles: so is it infallible and certaine, bi­cause it stayeth and resteth vpon the promise of God, which no force of the worlde can ouerturne. Wherfore, let vs acknowledge our sinnes, and in them let vs seeke the causes of the euils which we suffer. Let vs vse the acknowledging of our sinne, to beate downe the affiaunce in our owne righteousnesse. And then turning vnto God, let vs call vppon his holye name, who surely will heare vs, and deliuer vs for his names sake in Ie­sus Christ, to whome be blessing, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xiiij. Homelie.

‘YE men of Israell heare these wordes. Iesus of Nazareth a man approued of God among you, with myracles, woonders and signes, which God did by him in the middest of you, (as yee your selues knowe) him haue you taken by the handes of vnrighteous persons, after hee was deliuered by the deter­minate counsell and foreknowledge of God, and haue crucified and slaine him, whom God hath raysed vp, and loosed the sorowes of death, bycause it was impossible that he shoulde be holden of it.’

WE haue hearde the first part of Peters Ser­mon alreadye, wherein he cleareth the Apostles from the crime of drunkennesse, and teacheth how they were endued with the holy ghost. He vseth in the place of de­monstration, the testimony of the Prophet Ioël, which he so rehearseth, that therewith he declareth the horri­ble punishmentes remayning for the contemners of the Gospell, and teacheth the onely way of remedye and escape to be the fayth in Iesus Christe: which things bicause they were sufficient to feare them [Page 105] that were not altogither incurable: the Apostle passeth to the other parte, where he preacheth Christ, whome of late we sayde was the chiefe marke that the Apostles shotte at in all their doctrine. And least his preaching might be in vayne, he so proposeth the matter, that he stirreth vp their mindes with the conscience of their sinnes, to the ende that being feared therwith, they might with the more feruent fayth and greedinesse embrace Iesus Christ, in whom they heard saluation was preached. And his chiefe studye is to be short and playne, least any man might thinke, the know­ledge of Christ, and the way of saluation contayned therein, to be lyke the dreames of the Philosophers, which neyther can be explicated in infinite volumes, nor be discussed by any disputations, nor fully be comprehended of anye man. For he compriseth the chiefe articles of our fayth in fewe woordes: which whosoeuer vnderstandeth, he hath both attayned to the knowledge of Christ, and to all the waye of saluation. For first, he descry­beth the person of Christ, and teacheth vs what he is and howe we should knowe him. Secondly, he intreateth of the passion and death of Christ. Thirdly, he declareth his resurrection. Of these three we meane to saye so much as his spirite shall giue vs grace.

In speaking of Christes person, he handleth all things prudently, The person of Christ. and circumspectly, least they that were as yet weake, might take occasion of of­fence. For when he had gotten them to be attent, by a short kinde of exhor­tation, he bringeth them by little and little, to the knowledge of Christ, saying: Iesus of Nazareth, a man approoued of God amongest you, by myra­cles, signes and woonders, which God wrought by him in the middest of you, as ye your selues know▪ &c. In the which words he pronounceth of Christ two things. First, that he was a man: for he calleth him one of Nazareth, which name he had of Nazareth a Citie of Galiley, where he was brought vp, as appeareth by the storie of the Gospel. But bicause this seemed not sure and strong ynough, he calleth him Virum, that is to say, a man, which name a­greeth to none but him that is a very man in deede. And Christ is truly cal­led a man, bicause as Paule saith, he taketh on him no Angels nature, Heb. 2. or other heuenly essence, but the sede of Abraham. Furthermore, least any man might take him for some common person, he maketh a difference betweene him and other, adding: approoued of God amongest you with myracles. &c. And although he purposed to teache the diuinitie of Christ, yet he prudently as yet, dissembleth the name of God, which would haue seemed very straunge in the eares of the Iewes. He woulde haue them by his deedes to learne that he was very God, whome hitherto they thought to be onely but a ras­call and common person. It is as much as if he should saye: I preach vn­to you Iesus of Nazareth, which many of you iudge to be but a man only. But you ought to consider that God hath openly shewed in him many de­clarations of a diuine nature, the ende of all which, was to commend him vnto you, and to teache you, that he was that long wayted for sauiour of mankinde, which in tyme past he promised you. And the workes of Christ whereof God commended him, he adorneth with three titles. First, he cal­leth them powers, or vertues, least he might seeme to haue any affinitie with Iuglers. For the things which the Euangelistes write of him, he did verilye and in deede, and of his owne power, as Luke plainely testifieth, where he sayeth, Luc. 6. vertue or power went from him whereby the sicke were [Page 106] healed. And himselfe sayth in another place, power or vertue went from him, Luc. 8. when he healed the woman that was sicke of the bloudy fluxe. Then he calleth Christes workes woonders, bicause they exceeded the common course of nature, and drewe the mindes of the beholders into an admira­tion and amazednesse. But bicause the things whose causes we know not, are oftentimes taken for woonders, when in deede they portende nothing, at length he calleth the thinges that Christ did, signes. For the workes of Christ had a certaine ende, which was to beare witnesse of his Godheade, and of his office. For by them he was knowne to be both the sonne of God and also he that was promised to be the redeemer of the worlde. For the which cause he sent the disciples of Iohn to the consideration of his works. Math. 11. And oftentimes he inculcateth his workes to the Iewes, and vpbraydeth them, so that the fault of their incredulitie is the greater. The works (sayth he) that the father hath giuen me to finishe, the same workes that I doe, beare witnesse of me that the father hath sent me. Iohn. 5. Againe, If I doe not the workes of my father, beleue me not. But if I doe, and ye beleeue not mee, beleeue the workes, Iohn. 10. that ye may knowe and beleeue that the father is in me, and I in him. And againe: If I had not done among them the woorkes which none other man did, Iohn. 15. they should haue had no sinne. Therfore Peter doth very wel to call the workes of Christ, signes. He sayth these signes were done amongest them, and he calleth none other to witnesse the same but themselues, to whome he preached, which did see them. And so he quippeth their greate waywardnesse and ingratitude which coulde not be mollified and ouer­come with so many and so great benefites of Christ, being so marueylous and woonderfull. He also goeth about by the consideration hereof, to bring them to the knowledge of Christes diuinitie, wherof not long after, he dis­courseth more largely. For although he here say that God did these things by Christ, yet it derogateth nothing from the power and diuinitie of Christ, whereas he confesseth these workes are giuen him of the father, and that the father and he be all one. Iohn. 14.

In these things we are taught the true knowledge of Iesus Christe. He is very God and man in one vnseparable person. Christ is ve­ry God and man. Uerye God from e­uerlasting begotten of the father. Man made of a woman, when in the tyme appoynted he came into the worlde to be the redeemer of mankinde. And we must well marke the difference of the natures, to saye, the diuine and humaine, which neyther deuyde the vnitie of person, nor by reason of the vnitie are confounded among themselues. For the properties of bothe the natures remayne inuiolable, whole and sounde, according as the E­uangelists teach vs in euery place. For euen Christ himselfe which tou­ching his diuinitie, is all one with the father: speaking of his manhoode, confesseth his father to be greater than he. Iohn. 10. And Christ in his humanitie or manhoode dyeth: who in his diuinitie or godheade, is subiect neyther to death, ne yet to any other corruption. Such an one doth the holy scripture teach vs euery where that Christe is. For whome the Prophetes call the ofspring and sonne of Dauid, the same they vse also to call the father of eter­nitie our Lorde, Isa. 11.9. and our God. And whome they prophecie shoulde be borne in Bethlehem, Ierem. 23. his progresse and outgoing they confesse to haue beene from the beginning and from euerlasting. Yea, the Lorde himselfe speaking of Christ, Mich. 6. sayth: Aryse O thou sworde, vpon my shepehearde, and vppon the [Page 107] man which is my fellow, or (as some interprete it) my coequall. Zach. 13. In the which words the two natures of Christ are more cleerely to be seene than the day. For God calleth him Virum, that is, a very man, and also testifieth that he is his coequall. Manye other testimonies might be brought to this pur­pose, if neede so were, which they that reade the scriptures, maye euerye where see. On these things rest the first articles of our fayth and beliefe in Christ. For we protest that we beleeue in the onely begotten sonne of God, our Lorde Iesus Christ, which was conceyued by the holy ghost, borne of the virgin Marie, and so foorth. To the declaration whereof, all those things serue that are written in the Euangelistes concerning the mysterye of his incarnation. See Luke. 1. &. 2. Iohn. 1. Math. 1.

It shall be profitable for vs to holde fast the knowledge of both natures in Christ, bicause that vppon these dependeth the office of Christ, The vse of Christes di­uinitie and humanitie. and the certaintie of our saluation. For where it is manifest that he is both God and man, we certainly beleeue that he is a mediatour betweene God and man, bicause such ought to be the condition of a sequester, or mediatour, that he may be accepted of both the parties at variance. But the infirmity of man was not able to abyde the rigour and maiestie of Gods iustice, no more than the iustice of God alloweth mans righteousnesse, which is no­thing. Therefore Iesus Christ was founde out, who being the sonne of God, of the same eternitie and substance with God, was made man, and ioyned both the natures so togither in one person, that by his meane, we haue a peace renued with God, and a free entrance prepared to the throne of grace. His merite the father can not deny, bicause he is both his beloued sonne, and also free himselfe from all sinne and wickednesse. To him also maye we safelye trust, considering he hath experience of our infirmities, and knoweth howe to haue compassion on vs. Wherevnto Paule had a re­spect, saying: We haue not an high Priest which cannot haue compassion on our infirmities, but was in all poyntes tempted lyke as we are, Heb. 4. but yet without sinne. Agayne: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of fleshe and bloude, he himselfe also lykewise tooke part with them, that through death he myght vanquishe him that had Lordship ouer death, that is to say, the deuill: and that he myght deliuer them which through feare of death, Heb. 2. were all theyr lyfe time subdued vnto bondage. For he in no place taketh on him the Angels, but the seede of Abraham taketh he on him. Wherefore in all things it became him to be made lyke vnto his brethren, that he might be mercifull, and a faith­full high Priest in things concerning God, for to purge the peoples sinnes. For in that it came to passe that he himselfe was tempted, he is able to succour thē also that are tempted. The consideration of these things might teach men how they dote, which leaue this only mediatour Iesus Christ, and turne them vnto creatures, and thinke their causes must be relieued by intercession of Saintes. In which doyng they plainly testifie that they are voyde of the knowledge of Christe, forasmuch as they are ignoraunt of his office, and of the causes, for the which, he being God from euerlasting, would take ve­rye manhoode into the vnitie of his person. He surely sayth in the Gospell: No man commeth to the father, but by me. Iohn. 14. And Paule as he acknowledgeth one God, so he testifieth that there is but one mediatour betweene God and man, that is Iesus Christ. 1. Tim. 2. But bicause we shall otherwheres haue occasion to speake more largely of these things, let these fewe suffice for this [Page 108] present. And let vs take it for a great comfort that we see his Godheade, whome we reioyce in as our sauiour and redeemer, and after whose name we be called Christians, prooued by so many argumentes. Let vs now re­turne to Peters sermon, and to the explication thereof.

The passion and death of Christ.Secondarilye he setteth forth the passion and death of Christ, in suche sort, that he laboureth to bring them in feare, considering howe heynous a matter they had committed. For he sayth: This Iesus haue you taken by the handes of vnrighteous persons, after he was deliuered by the determinate coun­sell and foreknowledge of God, and haue crucyfied and slayne him. Three things are here affirmed concerning the death of Christ. First, he accuseth all the people of so horrible a murther. You (sayth he) haue crucified him, and slayne him. Yet Peter was not ignoraunt that the souldiours hong him on the crosse with their owne handes. And yet truly doth he lay this crime to all the peoples charge, bicause they did not only consent to his death, but also required with importunate and sedicious clamour to haue him cruci­fied, and with their importunacie ouercame Pylate which long withstoode them, as the Euangelists teach vs.

The prea­ching of the Gospel must begin with reproouing of sinne.By this example of Peter we are taught howe to beginne the preaching of the Gospell: verily with the rebuking of sinne, the which must be detec­ted, published, and accused. For except men acknowledge their sinnes, they will not care much for Christ, so long as they thinke they haue no great neede of him. For it fareth in this matter as in the diseases of the bodye. They that eyther perceyue not their sickenesse, or else go about to hide it, care not for Phisicke, neyther will they receyue the Phisition, though he offer himselfe. So, whosoeuer feele no conscience of their sinnes, or thinke their sinnes may be dissembled or purged by their owne satisfactions: they neyther seeke Christ greatly themselues, nor worthily receyue him, shew­ing himselfe to them in his Gospell, but standing rather vpon the affiance of their owne righteousnesse, feare not to withstande him. Whereof we haue manye examples in the Phariseys. For the which cause Christ pro­fesseth he is the Phisition of those that be sicke, Math. 9. and that he came not to saue the righteous, Luc. 5. but to call sinners to repentance. And speaking of the holy ghost, Iohn. 16. amongst his properties he first reckeneth, that he shall reprooue the worlde of sinne. Agayne, when he commendeth the preaching of the Gospell to his Apostles, Luc. 24. he will first haue repentance to be taught, next af­ter which, he will haue remission of sinnes to be ioyned. Therefore Peter doth not without a cause proceede in this order, that speaking of the death of Christ, he first prooueth his hearers to be guiltie, and to be the auctors thereof. And so were it necessary to haue Christes death preached in these dayes, that all men myght vnderstande the sonne of God dyed for their sinnes, and that they were the auctors thereof. For thus it shall come to passe, that men shall learne to be sorye in their heart for their sinnes, and shall embrace the saluation offered them in Christe with the more feruen­cye of fayth.

But least Peter might seeme to accuse the Comminaltie only, he addeth another thing, The bolde­nesse of P [...] ­ter in rebu­king sinne. whereby the heades and chiefe are accused to be the ring­leaders of so heynous a deede. For you (sayeth he) haue taken him by the handes of vnrighteous and slayne him. But who are those wicked and vn­righteous? The first among them is Iudas, sometime a disciple of Christ, [Page 109] and an Apostle, but afterward a capitayne to them that tooke Iesus. The next to him are the high Bishops, with all the Colledge of Scribes and Priestes, who brybed Iudas with money, and hyred him to doe so outragi­ous a mischiefe. In the same number may Pylate be reckoned, which sit­ting in iudgement as Lieutenant to the Emperour, pronounced sentence of death vpon him. And Herode is not altogither faultlesse, who when he myght haue set him at libertie, being sent vnto him, thought it better when he had mocked him, to sende him backe agayne. All these Peter comprehen­deth vnder the name of vnrighteous, whose power and authoritie was greatest in the Citie of Hierusalem. Howe daungerous a matter it was thus to saye, he shall easily perceyue that diligentlye considereth the state and degree of these persons. It is an heynous offence to saye the sentence of the Iudge condemning the guiltie, is vniust and vnrighteous. Yet Pe­ter boldly sayth so in a most populous Citie, where the remembraunce of Christ whome he so highly commendeth, was yet very freshe. Here there­fore (as in a glasse) we maye beholde howe stoute and bolde defenders of Christ the holy ghoste maketh them, whome he doth vouchsafe to inspire with his spirite. We are also taught what libertie and freedome of speach ought to be in the ministers of the worde to accuse publike offences, and how little they are to be regarded who require I can not tell what maner of modestie in the ministers. For we neede not thus to extenuate sinne, Psal. 36. which otherwyse of it selfe (as Dauid sayeth) vseth to flatter vs. Nor wee must haue no respect of persons, seeing the person or the auctor can not ex­cuse sinne: yea, howe much more of authoritie the offender is, so much more hurtfull is the offence. Besides, the minister is a publike person, to whose office and charge it is manifest all men are subiect. For Christ hath made him a stewarde of his housholde, wherein are riche, poore, Nobles, Math. 24. and Commons, Magistrates, and subiects. And that the Lord saith to Hie­remie, is spoken to all ministers: Beholde, this daye doe I make thee a strong fensed towne, an yron piller, and a brasen wall, against the whole lande, against the kings and mighty men of Iuda, against the priests and people of the lande. Ierem. 1. Therefore whosoeuer haue taken vppon them the office of teaching in the Church, let them regarde no reasons of the worlde nor of the flesh, wher­by to be made afrayde, but let them rather followe the examples of Iesus Christ, the Prophetes, and the Apostles, all which (it is plaine) vsed the like libertie in reprehending of sinne that Peter vseth in this place.

And whereas the things he spake of Christes death myght giue occa­sion of much offence, Christ dyeth by the ap­pointment of God. as though he had bene oppressed by the craft and power of men, and therefore myght seeme not to be God: Peter preuenteth this offence, saying he was deliuered into the hands of vnrighteous men, by the determinate counsell and foreknowledge of God. For this is as much as if he had sayde: let no man thinke that eyther Iudas the traytour, or the Priestes, or Pylate, had eyther so much counsell or power, as to doe anye thing herein which God knewe not, or suffered not to be done. For whatsoeuer chaunsed vnto Christ, came to passe by his foreknowledge and decree. Whervnto also he had a respect in his Epistle, where he sayth that before the worlde was made, Christ was ordeyned before hande for this ende. 1. Pet. 1. For demonstration sake, may be brought the promises of God made in the beginning of the worlde, and the Oracles of the Prophetes, which teache [Page 110] none other waye of our redemption and saluation, than that which is got­ten by the bloude of the sonne of God. Uerily Esay sayeth, that the Lorde hath brought to passe, Esay. 55. that the iniquitie of vs all is heaped vpon him. It was therefore the decree and worke of the same Lorde, that our sinnes by his bloude shoulde be pourged. This is a notable place to cause vs to learne rightly to iudge of Gods prouidence.

The proui­dence of God hath both counsell and prescience in it.Let vs marke therefore that he toucheth not only Gods prescience, as it were, by the way, but also maketh mention of Gods counsell or decree: Yea, he setteth it before Gods prescience, bicause he testifieth it was an ap­pointed and determined matter, which is as much as if he should saye in our maner of speach: all this businesse was concluded by the premedita­tion, and long before deuysed counsell of God. Here is confuted the glose of them, which imagine nothing in God almost but prescience or fore­knowledge: saying that God foretolde by the Prophetes, that he fore­knew shoulde come to passe, taking from him in the meane whyle all pro­uidence and administration of things. Which men seeme to me, to make God an ydle gazer vpon the worlde, and a slouthfull and sluggishe bodye, suffring many things to be done agaynst his will, and otherwyse than he had appointed. But Dauid instructeth vs farre otherwise, which sayth, that God beholdeth the things done in heauen and in earth, Psal. 113. and maketh him al­so to rule kingdomes, and to gouerne all things with his becke. And Pe­ter in this place sayth that God foresawe not only the falshoode of Iudas, the bloudy enterprises of the Priests, and the iniquitie of Pylate, suffring them to come to passe by a certayne ydle permission, but also deduceth all the suc­cesse of this businesse, from the certaine and determinate counsell or decree of God. And that that happened in the sonne of God, ought to be vnder­standed of the vniuersal gouernance of mankind, which God susteineth and wieldeth, vnlesse we suppose that God which is alway constant in himselfe, is swarued from his common order and vsage. But chiefly it is conuenient we consider the ende wherefore Peter alleageth the decree of Gods proui­dence: The vse of Gods pro­uidence. which ende bicause many obserue not, they by and by crie out that we make God the auctor of euill, bicause we say all things depende vppon his counsell and appointing. Howbeit Peter in this place neither excuseth Iudas nor his complices, nor yet chargeth God with that they wickedly & vniustly did. For where they sinned of their owne voluntary malice, and set before their eies neither the counsell of God, nor the redemption of mankinde, but folowed the naughty affections of couetousnesse, ambition, and hatred: the fault was in themselues, and iustly were they punished for the same. Peter maketh mention of Gods prouidence and decree, bicause he woulde put a­waye the slaunder and offence of the crosse, and teache vs howe to iudge of all Christes affayres and our redemption. The same vse of Gods proui­dence must we also set before vs, that it may serue as well to the instructi­on of our fayth and lyfe, as for our comfort in aduersitie. So by the decree of prouidence, the scriptures teache vs that our saluation dependeth vppon the meere grace of God, who before the worlde was made, ordeyned Ie­sus Christ to be our redeemer, and chose or elected vs in him. See Ephe 1. Rom. 9.10.11. &c. And thither doth Christ sende vs saying: you haue not chosen me, Iohn. 15. but I haue chosen you. Againe: without me you can do nothing. Therefore the consideration of predestination and Gods free election, only [Page 111] beateth downe the pryde of mans righteousnesse, & the perillous affiance that we haue therein. The same bringeth vs most strong comfort in ad­uersitie, when the wicked are in prosperitie and aloft. For why shoulde a man be offended at them, considering he is sure that he is vnder the tuiti­on of Gods prouidence, and that no aduersitie can happen vnto him with­out the will and pleasure of God? Therefore Christ sendeth vs to the flowres of the fielde and birdes of the ayre, in the which, Gods prouidence is most easily perceyued: and comforteth the Apostles agaynst the slaun­ders of persecution with arguments taken from them, saying: Are not two little sparrowes solde for a farthing? Math. 6. and .10. And one of them shall not light on the grounde without your heauenly father. Yea, all the heares of your heade bee numbred. If we examine these wordes after the capacitie of our reason, I know they seeme to exceede all truth. But if we consider the wisedome and omnipotencie of God, which farre passeth all mans reason, there can no­thing be sayde that maye seeme so farre to exceede the truth, but his force and power pierceth through it and passeth it. See what is written. Psal. 139 and .147. If we set these things before our eyes, the consideration of his prouidence shall yeelde vs much learning and comfort. And if any man wil go beyonde this, and passe his boundes, to him we saye as Salomon some­time said: He that will search out high things, it shall be to heauy for him. Prou. 25. And as Paule sayde: What art thou O man which disputest with God. &c. See the place. Rom. 9. Neyther was it without the will of God, that the Apo­stle which was rapt into the thirde heauen, and hearde wordes not meete to be vttered to man, disdeyning to answere curious questions about this matter of Gods prouidence and predestination, concludeth all that dispu­tation with an exclamation full of admiration and woonder, saying: O the deepenesse of the riches, both of the wisedome and knowledge of God. Howe vnsearchable are his iudgements, and his wayes past finding out: For who hath knowne the minde of the Lorde? or who hath bene his counseller? or who hath giuen vnto him first, and he shall be recompensed againe? For of him, and through him, and for him, are all things. To him be glory for euer. Amen.

Last of all, The resur­rection of Christ. Peter ioyneth the resurrection of Iesus Christ from the deade, in these wordes: whom God hath raysed vp, and loosed the sorrowes of death bicause it was impossible that he shoulde be holden of it. This also is a remedy agaynst the slaunder of the crosse, but rather it is to be referred to the order of our redemption and saluation, which he purposeth to in­treate of. But bicause he speaketh of the resurrection in the processe follo­wing, we will now be the shorter. Among other things, it is chiefely to be considered, that hauing described the person of Christ, omitting many other things, he maketh mention onely of his death and resurrection. The cause was, for that in these twoo, the whole summe of our saluation is conteyned. For by his death, he pourged the trespasse of our sinne, which otherwyse coulde not haue bene pourged. By his resurrection, he ouercame death, which was the punishment of sinne, and subdued the forte thereof, accor­ding to the saying of the Prophete, alleaged by Paule: Hose. 13. 1. Cor. 15. Death is swallowed vp in victorie. Death where is thy sting? Hell where is thy victory? The same thing Peter seemeth to meane, in this place, where he sayth that the sorowes of death were loosed by Christes resurrection, bicause it was impossible that he shoulde be holden of it. Neyther of the dolors of the body (which followe [Page 112] death,) can it be expounded, syth yet we feele them to be most bytter. But the powers of death are loosed, and the terrors taken away, wherewith in times past it tormented mens mindes. For it vsed sinne as a sting, the pu­nishment wherof, God appoynted this death: and therfore it must needes be terrible, seeing it was the punishment of sinne. And albeit Christ hath taken sinne away, yet death remayneth, whereby we passe out of thys life and worlde: but by the merite of Christ, it is made the doore of lyfe, and therefore it can no more feare them that beleeue, as Christ sayth: He that heareth my worde, and beleeueth on him that sent mee, hath euerlasting lyfe, and shall not come into damnation, Iohn. 5. but is scaped from death vnto lyfe. Ther­fore sayth the Apostle in another place, that Christ through death subdued him that had Lordship ouer death: Heb. 2. Which coulde not haue bene sayde, vn­lesse he had risen againe after death. Therefore these twoo must alwayes be ioyned togither: which thing Paule doth diligentlye obserue, where he sayth, Rom. 4. Christ was deliuered for our sinnes, and raysed agayne for our iustificati­on. Agayne: This is the worde of faith which we preach. If thou knowledge with thy mouth that Iesus is the Lorde, Rom. 10. and beleeue in thy heart that God rai­sed him vp from death, thou shalt be safe. Where he maketh mention onely of the resurrection: but he therein includeth death also, bicause a resurrec­tion without death can not be imagined. Let vs therefore learne to know Iesus Christ, who being verye God from euerlasting, became man for our sake, cleansed our sinnes by his death, ouercame the sorrowes and strength of death, Rom. 8. by his glorious resurrection, and being ascended into heauen, maketh intercession for vs. To him be blessing, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xv. Homelie.

‘FOR Dauid sayth of him: afore hande I sawe God alwayes before mee: for he is on my right hande that I shoulde not be mooued. Therfore did my heart reioyce, and my tongue was glad. Moreouer also, my flesh shall rest in hope, bicause thou wilt not leaue my soule in hell, neyther wilt thou suffer thine holy one to see corruption. Thou hast shewed mee the wayes of lyfe: thou shalt make me full of ioy with thy countenance.’

THe Apostle Peter in our yesterdayes Ser­mon, declared the chiefe articles of our Christian faith, shewing vs how Iesus Christe was very God and man, how he suffred death for vs, and rose againe from the deade. The ende and vse of all whiche, is to teache vs to acknowledge him to be the redeemer of mankinde that was promised. Howbeit the article of resurrection for many causes, might seeme very incre­dible among the Iewes. For besides that it seemeth doubtfull to mans reason, there was no small number of Saduceys which flatly denied it. And the souldiours being bribed of the Priestes with money, had bruted a false rumour how the disciples of Christ had stolne his bodye out of the graue. Yea, and Christ himselfe after his resurrection, did not shewe himselfe to all the people as before he vsed, but was conuersant onely with his disci­ples. Therefore it was necessarye that this article shoulde be both more [Page 113] plainly declared, and with more sounde arguments confirmed: especially for that the Apostles fayth was had in suspition of all men. Wherfore Peter flyeth to the authoritie of Dauid, the most notable king and Prophete a­mong the Iewes, by the testimony of whom taken out of the .xvj. psalme, Psal. 16. he prooueth that the resurrection of Christ ought to seeme neyther straunge nor incredible: forasmuch as the same came to passe according to y e counsell and ordinance of God, and was also long before prophecied by the Oracles of the Prhphets. And bicause Peter afterward confirmeth the authoritie of this testimony, and sheweth that it appertayneth only vnto Christ: it should be superfluous nowe to tarie long in proofe of the same. For the autho­rity of so great an Apostle ought to suffice vs, which the Iewes their selues to whome these things were spoken, were not able to refell. Let vs rather marke that Dauid so speaketh this in the person of Christ, that he himselfe also taketh comfort thereof, which comfort belongeth also to all them that woorship Christ, bicause the things spoken of the heade, must after a sorte belong also vnto the members. We must therfore diligentlye consider this place, which most absolutely comprehendeth in it all the reason of true re­ligion, with the most wholesome fruites of so holy a studie, amongst which, the resurrection of the bodies is mentioned, which the holy Prophet decla­reth diligently and at large.

He expresseth in one verse the whole summe of all godlynesse, The summe of godlynesse and religion. and ho­ly life, where he sayth: Afore hande I sawe God alwayes before mee. For he is on my right hande that I should not be mooued. Here are two things sayd. First he telleth what he doth, then wherefore he so doth. Touching the first he sayth: Aforehande I sawe God alwayes before me. Or as it is in the He­brue: I set God in my sight, or before mine eyes. Therfore Christ followed this rule of lyfe, to set the Lorde alwayes before his eyes, and to thinke he liued alwayes in his sight. This to doe, as it ought to be, twoo things are most worthy to be obserued. The one is the study & endeuour of obedience. For we vse to saye they set God before their eyes, which haue regarde to his preceptes, and being stirred vp with an holye feare of God, study to please him, from whom they know nothing is hid. Concerning this study of obedience, God himselfe speaketh, where he commaundeth Abraham to walke before him, or in his sight. The other is fayth, Gen. 17. whereby in aduersitie we looke onely to God, and seeke for helpe, succour, and deliuery from him onely. Hereof Dauid in an other place speaketh, saying: Beholde euen as the eyes of seruauntes looke vnto the handes of their Maisters, Psal. 123. and as the eyes of a mayden vnto the hande of hir Mystresse: euen so our eyes wayte vpon the Lorde our God, vntill he haue mercy vpon vs. Both these properties maye easily be seene in Iesus Christ. For so reuerentlye did he behaue him selfe towardes his father, that as Paule sayth, he was obedient to the death: yea, euen the death of the Crosse. Phil. 2. And such a diligent care and regarde had he of those persons that his father gaue him charge with, that going to his death, he coulde yeelde an accompt of them, saying: Those that thou gauest me haue I kept, and none of them is perished, but that lost chylde. Agayne: Iohn. 17. I haue glorified thee vpon earth, I haue finished the woorke which thou gauest me to doe. Furthermore as a very man, with firme and constant fayth, he set his eyes vpon God only, whom he only called vpon in all aduersitie, and thanked him onely for the benefites he receyued, as the hystorye of the [Page 114] Gospell teacheth. He might therefore by Dauid truely saye: I haue set the Lorde alwayes before me. By this example must all they which will be ac­counted the true worshippers and children of God, frame all their lyfe and dooings. And this was the only cause of all the vertues, which we reade flourished sometime in the Saints.

Seneca gaue counsell in times past that for the better auoyding of faults which vse to be done in secret when we be by our selues, In his thirde book [...] of Epi­stles, the .xxv. Epistl [...]. we shoulde sup­pose some seuere person, such as was Scipio, Laelius, or Cato, were pre­sent, as a beholder and witnesse of our doings. But howe much more pro­fitable woulde it be to thinke howe God alwayes beholdeth and seeth what we saye and doe? Bicause Ioseph did set God alwayes before his eyes, nei­ther coulde he be brought by his Mistresse entycements, from the tracke of right and honestie, neyther was he dismayed when he was in prison and aduersitie. Gen. 39. The lyke reason may we make of all other thinges. And here may we espie the great difference that is betweene the godlye and vngod­lye. For the vngodly when the worlde goeth well with them, set not God before their eyes, but (as Dauid testifieth) blinded with wicked folly, deny that there is any God. Psal. 14.36. Whereby it commeth to passe, that lyke wilde hor­ses, breaking their barres and reynes, they burst into all kind of mischief. For as it is sayde in another place, they are perswaded that God hath ney­ther eyes nor eares, Psal. 94. wherewith to see and heare their mischieuousnesse. But when God whome they will not set before their eyes, sheweth him­selfe to them to be angrye, and as it is sayde, reprooueth them to their fa­ces, Psal. 50. and punisheth their wickednesse, they runne to him agayne, but yet aske no helpe and succour (as the children of God vse) of him that correc­teth them, Esay. 9. but for a season stryue agaynst his iustice with their owne strength, whereby when they see they profite nothing, they turne and call vpon creatures, or else being vtterly at their wittes ende, rushe headlong into the pitte of desperation. There are infinite examples of such men, of which, this ought with vs to be the vse, to learne to set God before our eies, to whome we ought to approoue our selfe and our lyfe, and in whome wee ought to haue all our trust and affiance.

But Christ sheweth the cause of his so godly and holy an industrie, ad­ding: bicause he is on my right hande that I shoulde not be mooued. There­fore (sayth he) set I God before mine eyes, bicause he is present with me, what soeuer I doe. If I please him, he is at hande to ayde me, that I be mooued with no feare or terrour. If I neglect him, he is at hande to be­holde all my dooings, and in time to come, will be a most seuere iudge a­gainst me. For this cause, the worshippers of Christ are mooued to haue Christ before their eyes, as they many times professe themselues. Here­vnto belongeth that that we read Dauid & such as he was, sayd: The Lord is my light and my saluation, whome then shall I feare? The Lorde is the strength of my lyfe, Psal. 27. of whome then shall I be afrayde? God is our hope and strength, a very present helper in trouble. Therefore will not we feare though the earth be mooued, Psal. 46. and though the hilles bee caried into the middest of the sea, Againe: God is my strength and my saluation, he is my defence so that I shall not greatly fall. Psal. 62. Let no man thinke this a vayne tossing or repeticion of woordes. For this confidence of the Saintes stayeth vpon the promises of God, and vpon experience and dailye examples. For it is the worde of [Page 115] God: Call vpon me in the time of thy trouble, & I will deliuer thee. Againe: Bicause he hath set his loue vpon mee, therefore shall I deliuer him, Psal. 50. I shall set him vp, bicause he hath knowne my name. He shall call vpon mee, and I will heare him: yea, I am with him in trouble, I will deliuer him, and bring him to honour. These promises are confirmed by many examples, Psal. 91. such as in the holy Scriptures we reade of Ioseph, Dauid, Daniel, and his fellowes, Susanne, Ezechias, and many other. But we haue no neede of olde exam­ples, since we euery day haue experience of the truth of Gods promyses. For although there be many tribulations in this life, yet God deliuereth his children from them all, and his right hande, as it were, stayeth vs as we slippe, and he suffreth vs not to bee tempted aboue our strength. 1. Cor. 10. And as Dauid confesseth: In the multitude of our sorrowes, his comfortes refresh our soule. And this is that safetie of the godlye, Psal. 94. a farre other thing than that which maketh the wicked to looke aloft, while by reason of their riches and worldly glory, they thinke themselues out of daunger and gunshot, who must needes be deceyued, bicause all fleshe is grasse, and the glorye thereof as the flower of the fielde. Isa. 40.

But Christ proceedeth on, speaking in his spirite by Dauid, The fruites of godlynesse. and rehear­seth the singular fruites of this studie and endeuour. For this cause (sayth he) did my heart reioyce, and my tongue was glad: moreouer, also my fleshe shall rest in hope. Here are three thinges sayde, euery which of them farre passeth all the riches of the worlde, which as I sayde, must be considered both in Christ and his members.

First he speaketh of ioye, and of the ioye of the heart, Ioy of heart. to teache vs that that is a true, sounde and stable ioye. He meaneth the same ioye, which he afterwarde promiseth to his Disciples, where he sayth: Nowe ye haue sor­rowe, but I will see you againe, and your heart shall reioyce, Iohn. 16. and your ioye shall no man take from you. Paule speaketh of the same, bidding the Chri­stians alwaye reioyce Principally it is meete we consider the cause of ioye. 1. Thes. 5 Phil. 4. For this cause (sayth he) my heart reioyced, bicause the Lorde is on my right hande. Then the faythfull reioyce in the Lorde. The wicked also be glad and reioyce, and for ioye manye times become madde. But this they doe eyther bicause they haue riches and honors, and the fruition of the naugh­tie lustes of the fleshe, or else by reason of their wickednesse, Prou. 1. as Salomon sayth of some. But their ioyes are neyther sounde nor sure, but are ended in most grieuous sorrow. For Christes sentence in the Gospell was long ago pronounced against them: woe be to you that nowe laugh, Luc. 6. for you shall mourne and weepe. But the mirth or ioye of the godlye, bicause it stayeth vpon the Lorde, cannot quayle or be ouerturned. For they glorye and re­ioyce in afflictions, bicause that in all thinges they knowe they shall ouer­come, by him which loued them in Iesus Christ. Rom. 5.8.

The seconde fruite of godlynesse is the gladsomnesse of the tongue. Ioy of tonge. By this is expressed the greatnesse of the ioye which can not be kept within the minde, but breaketh forth by the tongue. For this tongue of the godly re­ioyceth not in light affections and ribauldrie, or in wanton talke, such as we maye see in the vngodly, but in godly giuing of thankes, and in setting foorth the name of God and his benefites. And surely this is a great glory of the godly, that they perceyue themselues euery day bounde vnto God, by new and fresh benefites, for the which cause they prayse his holy name. [Page 116] Many reioyce in the fauour of Princes, and thinke it a worthye matter when they haue any iust occasion offred them to prayse and commende the Princes liberality. But the glory of a christian man is farre greater, which euery day findeth most weightie causes & fresh occasions to commend and set forth the goodnesse of God. And herein consisteth not the least part of our dutie: For God will be magnified and extolled of vs, and requyreth none other thing of vs for his beneficence, bicause he hath no neede of any thing that is ours. Call (sayth he) vpon me in the time of trouble, so will I heare thee, Psal. 50. and thou shalt glorifie me. Hereof proceede those vowes of the Saints, which promise songs and hymnes vnto the Lord. Christ in one place in the person of Dauid, promiseth this thing to his father, saying: I will declare thy name vnto my brethren, in the middest of the congregation will I prayse thee. Psal. 22. My prayse is of thee in the great congregation: my vowes will I per­fourme in the sight of them that feare him. And Dauid where he asketh helpe of God, speaketh after like maner: I will prayse the name of God with a song: and magnifie it with thankesgiuing. This also shall please the Lord bet­ter than a bullocke that hath hornes and hoofes. Psal. 60. Hereto maye be applied the voyce of the godly spoken of by the Prophete: O forgiue vs all our sinnes, receyue vs graciously, Hose. 14. and then will we offer the bullockes of our lippes vnto thee. Here, by the way, may the infelicitie of our dayes be perceyued. For where there be very fewe whose tongues reioyce in giuing God thankes and in praysing his holy name, therefore is that true ioye also verye rare that is conceyued by faith, and holy exercise of obedience. By the which ar­gument we maye strongly conclude, that the exer ise of fayth and godly­nesse is also very rare.

Chearefull death.The thirde fruite of godlynesse is: My fleshe shall rest in hope. He spea­keth of death, whiche he promiseth him shall be ioyfull and without all griefe. Here, in the meanewhile, is shadowed out a moste absolute felicitie and blisse, which by death (as the Poete sayth, death is the last ende of all thinges) can not be let or hindred. By death, which for the most part com­meth sodainly, all things whereby this vnhappye worlde measureth feli­citie, vse to be disturbed. At the mentioning of death, rich men are amazed, ambicious men quake, voluptuous men tremble, and the most valiaunt men vse to be afraide. But Christ reioyceth herein, as in a rest full of great hope. So doe all the members of Christe, to whome aboue all other men it is giuen to contemne death, yea, to reioyce in death, whose propertie the Prophet in this place most liuely expresseth. First, he maketh mention on­ly of the fleshe or body, shewing that death hath no power vpon the soule, which is the chiefe part of man. For the soule departing out of the bodye, goeth to euerlasting life, as otherwheres we haue shewed, which was the cause that Paule desired to be loosed and to be with Christ. Then speaking of the flesh or of the body, Phil. 1. he threatneth it not with destruction, but sayth: My fleshe shall rest in hope. Therfore he promiseth a rest to the flesh, which the godlye in death finde to be most sure. All the whole race of our lyfe swarmeth with heapes of calamities and daungers. Trauell and paines are still at hande. Sorrowes and cares spring euery day still a fresh. And to be briefe, this short life is tossed with the continuall stormes and tem­pestes of combrances and traueyles, Psal. 90. so that the Prophete truly sayde: The dayes of our age are threescore yeares and tenne, and though men be so strong, [Page 117] that they come to foure score yeares: yet is their strength then but labour and sorowe. And in other places the Scripture sayth, that man is borne to la­bour, as the birde to flying. But in death is rest, and he that is deade, Iob. 5. hath escaped all the toyle of labours and care, sickenesse, and all other accidents of aduersities. And least any man shoulde thinke we had none other rest in death, than such as beastes and other liuing creatures haue, which haue no life after this: he sheweth that our fleshe resteth in hope. He meaneth the hope of resurrection, which is both certaine, and also the only cause of true comfort. For God putteth vs in this hope, in calling himselfe the God of them which are departed this life, as Christ teacheth of Abraham, Isaac, Math. 22. and Iacob. And in the Prophets he constantly promiseth there shal be a re­surrection. See Ezechiel. 37. Dan. 12. Isa. 26. &. 66. Christ reasoneth often­times in the Gospell of the same. The tyme shall come (sayeth he) when all they that bee in their graues shall heare my voyce, and shall come foorth. Iohn. 5. &c. Looke more touching this matter in Math. 25. Iohn 11. Iob speaking of this hope, sayth: I knowe that my redeemer liueth, and that I shall rise out of the earth in the last day, and shall be couered againe with my skinne, Iob. 19. and shall see God in my flesh: yea, and I my selfe shall behold him, not with other but with the same eyes. And doubtlesse the holye Martyrs being emboldened with this hope, ouercame all the sorrowes which they susteined, with great constancie of minde. Therefore it is not without cause that Paule biddeth vs out of these and such like places, to take argumentes of comfort, 1. Thes. 4. in the departure and burials of our friendes.

Furthermore, The article of resurrecti­on declared. bicause the Prophet tooke occasion to make mention of the resurrection, he more fully setteth forth the same, going on & speaking still vnder the person of Christ. For he saith: Bicause thou wilt not leaue my soule in hell, neyther wilt thou suffer thine holye one to see corruption. Thou hast shewed me the wayes of lyfe: thou shalt make me full of ioy with thy counte­nance. There be in these words diuers things, which are to be vnderstāded of Christ only, as Peter teacheth in the things folowing. Yet bicause the cer­taintie of our resurrection dependeth vpon Christes resurrection, whome Paule for that cause calleth the first fruites of them that sleepe: 1. Cor. 15. the fruites and effects of all those things that came to passe in Christs resurrection, apper­taine also to vs. Therefore it shall be profitable for vs diligentlye to consi­der the things here sayde. For as they set forth the resurrection of Christ: so they teach vs wherein to hope, and paint out the order and maner of our resurrection, with that true felicitie which followeth the same.

First he sayth: Thou shalt not leaue my soule in hell. The descen­tion of Christ into hell. The Hebrues take this worde Inferi (which we englishe hell) sometime for the sepulchre or graue, sometime for the deade and buried: in which sense the brethren of Ioseph saye: Thy seruauntes shall bring the graye heade of our father with sorow, ad infernum, siue inferos, that is to say, to the graue. The sense ther­fore of Christes words is, that y e soule of Christ should not tary long sepa­rated from the bodye, in the place where the soules of the blessed be, but should returne shortly to the body againe. Manye haue vnderstoode these wordes of the discention of Christ into hell, which we professe among the articles of our faith: whose iudgement me thinketh ought not altogither to be reiected. Great disputation hereabout hath bene kept among the aun­cient writers. And in our dayes haue certaine phreneticke persons starte [Page 118] forth, which haue sayde that the soule of Christ hath suffered in hell the tor­mentes of the damned. But Christe himselfe confuteth them: whiche, a little before he died, sayde vnto the theefe: This daye thou shalt be with mee in Paradyse. Luc. 23. Besides, being ready to giue vp the ghost, hee sendeth not his soule to hell, but commendeth it into the handes of his father. Furthermore, it is manifest, that he offered himselfe vpon the aultar of the Crosse for the sinnes of all the worlde, and did there fully accomplish the businesse of our saluation, Iohn. 19. so that he truely sayde: It is done or finished. Therefore it must not be suffred that any shall say, Christes soule suffered any thing after it departed out of his body. It was heauy and sadde, and felt the terrours of death at mount Oliuete, as he himselfe confesseth. It seemed also to haue felt the angrye countenaunce and wrath of his father, in punishing sinne, when he sayde vpon the crosse: My God, my God, why haste thou forsaken me? But bicause his death and passion was sufficient to purge our sinnes: it is a very absurde and vnchristian point to adde anye thing else thereto. Therefore Christes descending into hell may plainely be vnderstanded, if we saye eyther that he truely died, or that the merite of his death extended vnto them also which died before him, from the beginning of the worlde, as Peter in another place seemeth to meane, saying: that Christ preached vnto the deade which were in prison. 1. Pet. 3.4. This serued bothe to the greater com­fort of those which beleeued the promises made of him, and increased the paines and sorrowes of the reprobate which wickedlye contemned them. In the meane season, the vtilitie and profit of the things here spoken is de­riued vnto vs also. For as Christes soule was not forsaken: so our soules be in the protection and hande of God, Sap. 3. and shall retourne to our bodies a­gaine in the later day.

The resur­rection of the body.Secondly therefore he addeth: Neyther wilt-thou suffer thine holy one to see corruption. This after a sort perteyneth to the exposition of the first member. In the meane season, as he spake of the soule: so he sheweth what shall become of the body. He sayth it shall not see corruption, whiche afterwarde, at large he declareth to be vnderstanded of Christes body on­lye. And surely it is plaine that all our bodies are subiect to corruption, for the saying of God must of necessitie be fulfilled: Thou art dust and into dust thou shalt returne againe. Neyther doth the arte and industrie of man any thing preuayle, Gene. 3. going about to conserue the bodies of great men, with sweete odours, spicery and perfumes. But Christes bodye, bicause it was raysed againe the thirde daye, coulde not see corruption, much lesse be cor­rupted, but rose againe a glorious body, and voyde of all corruption. Here is the resurrection of our bodies proued. For although our bodies corrupt, & moulder to dust, yet by the power of Christ, when the last day commeth, they shall be restored againe, as we haue heretofore declared. For our mor­tall bodies (as Paule sayth) must become lyke vnto Christes glorified bodye. Neyther shall it be impossible for him to raise our bodies from the dust, Phil. 3. which made man at the beginning of claye, yea, all this great frame of the worlde of nothing. They maye here also be confuted which saye Christes body in the resurrection was vanished awaye, and had not the true pro­perties of a body, such as is to be felt and handled, to be conteyned in a place, to moue from place to place. &c. For if he sawe no corruption, howe coulde he lose those things, without the which a verye body cannot consist?

[Page 119]Thirdly he sayth: Thou hast shewed mee the wayes of life, that is, Life euer­lasting. thou hast brought me into life. And he speaketh of the heauenlye and eternall life, which only is worthye so to be called. Ergo, life euerlasting followeth after resurrection, which life, euen as Christ had, so shall we haue the same in him. This is well to be obserued where it is sayde, the waye of life is shewed to Christ. Adam by sinne deserued death, and the doore of Pa­radise after he was driuen out, God fensed and garded with a sworde of fire, least he shoulde returne thither and eate of the tree of life. Gen. 3. God signi­fied hereby that men of their owne strength and power could not enter in­to life. But in Christ the waye of life was set open againe, that euen as by one man sinne entred into the worlde, and through sinne death: Rom. 5. so by Christ only, righteousnesse and life shoulde be restored againe. Therefore the A­postle speaking of Christ, sayth that the life appeared to vs. 1. Iohn. 1. And Christ eue­rye where is called the breade of life, the light, and the waye of lyfe, and the resurrection, and the lyfe. Iohn. 6.14.1. [...]1. This commoditie therefore which the resurrecti­on of Christ hath gotten vs, is verye singular, bicause we shall be raysed to an heauenly and an eternall life, not to an earthly and mortall, such as we nowe liue, which may be trulyer called a death than a life. The meane hereto is in Christ alone, whome whosoeuer despiseth, he cannot attayne vnto life, as Christ sayth: No man commeth vnto the father but by me. Iohn. 14.

Last of al he addeth: Thou shalt make me full of ioy with thy countenance. The state of the heauenly life is m [...]ste blissefull. By these wordes is expressed the condicion of an heauenlye and eternall life, which is of a farre other sort, than the life we haue here on earth. For this life as was aforesayde, is full of traueyle, sorrowe, care, and trouble. The eternall life is full of mirth and ioye. For there God will wipe all teares from the eyes of hys faithfull. And there shall bee no more death, Apoc. 21. neyther so­row, neyther crying, neyther shall there be any more paine. And these being taken awaye, there can remaine nothing, but ioye. Therefore Christ, sayth he, will say to the faithfull seruant, enter into the ioy of thy Lord. Math. 25. This ioye in an other place Christ calleth the glorye, which he testifieth he had with his father before the worlde was made. Iohn. 17. Christes humanitie was ta­ken vp to be partaker of that ioye and mirth in that kingdome, which in his godhead he possessed from euerlasting. For so we read it was promised long agone, God saying: Psal. 110. sit thou on my right hande vntill I make thine eni­mies thy footestoole. In these wordes are conteined an article of our faith, where we confesse Christ is ascended into heauen, The ascenti­on of Christ. & sitteth vpon the right hande of his father omnipotent. In the meane while, we that by faith are graffed in Christ, and made his members, must beleeue that these things appertaine to vs likewise. For it can not be that the members can be pul­led from their head. And Christ promiseth: Where I am, Iohn. 12. there shall my mi­nister be also. And declaring this promise otherwheres in moe wordes, he sayth: In my fathers house are manye dwellinges: If it were not so, I woulde haue tolde you. I go to prepare a place for you: Iohn. 14. and if I go to prepare a place for you, I will come againe, and receyue you euen vnto my selfe, that where I am, there may yee be also. Yea, being ready to go to his death, when he had made and disposed of his will, as by waye of a testament, he sayth: Father, I will that they which thou hast giuen me, be with me where I am, Iohn. 17. that they may see my glory which thou hast giuen mee. Which thinges, for that they shoulde not be vnderstanded only of the Apostles, he plainly testifieth that [Page 120] he prayeth not for them alone, but also for all those which shoulde beleeue in him through their teaching. Therefore it is no doubt, but we also shall be filled with ioye, in that eternall and heauenly life, which shall follow the resurrection of our bodies.

Here must we not omit to marke how he sayth and sheweth the cause efficient of this ioy, The face or countenance of God. is the face of God. Which we must vnderstande to be the fauourable and mercifull countenance of God, wherewith he looketh chearefully vpon vs for Christes sake, so that there appeareth no token of the olde anger, which we deserued by sinne. For as the cherefull countenance of a king is life (as Salomon sayth) and by hys looking well about him, Prou. 16. and ▪ 20. all e­uill is driuen away: So in the looke of God all fulnesse of ioye is to be had, for them that beleeue, wherevnto me seemeth Christ had a respect, saying: Blessed be the cleane in heart, Math. 5. for they shall see God. And therefore the godly pray: Psal. 80. Shew vs the light of thy countenaunce, and wee shall be safe. Hereof maye we gather, howe great miserie they shall be in, which being secluded from the face of God, shall be throwen into vtter darkenesse. And thus hi­therto hath the Prophete in fewe wordes described all true godlynesse and true felicitie. Let vs learne to set God before our eyes, to reuerence him obediently, and to trust in him onelye. Of this endeuour shall spring true ioye, and we shall haue euery daye newe occasions to set forth Gods good­nesse, and when we depart this life, we shall rest in glad hope. And after that, shall followe a blessed resurrection, wherein the soules shall be resto­red to the body, and being taken into that true life, we shall be filled with all ioye, before the face of God, with Iesus Christ, our brother and co­heyre, to whome be blessing, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xvj. Homelie.

‘YE men and brethren, let me freely speake vnto you of the Patriarch Da­uid: for hee is both deade and buried, and his sepulchre remayneth with vs vnto this daye. Therefore seeing he was a Prophet, and knew that God had sworne with an othe to him, that Christ (as concerning the fleshe) shoulde come of the fruite of his loynes, and sit vpon his seate: he knowing this be­fore, spake of the resurrection of Christ, that his soule s [...]oulde not bee left in hell, neyther his fleshe shoulde see corruption. This Iesus hath God raysed vp, whereof we all are witnesses. Sythence nowe that he by the right hande of God is exalted, he hath receyued of the father the promise of the holye ghost, he hath shed foorth this gift, which you now see and heare. For Da­uid is not ascended into heauen, but hee sayth: The Lorde sayde vnto my Lorde, sit thou on my right hande vntill I make thy foes thy footestoole. So therefore let all the house of Israell knowe for a suretie that God hath made that same Iesus, whome ye haue crucified, Lorde and Christ.’

BIcause the whole order of our saluation is accomplished, as it were, in the resurrection of our bodies, therefore the scripture is greatlye occupied in proouing the same: which was the cause that Peter ar­gued so diligently of Christes resurrection, wherevpon it is manifest that our resurrection dependeth. For he is not contented simply and plainely to preache the same, [Page 121] but describeth all the order and maner thereof out of the ▪xvj. Psalme, the authoritie whereof he vseth, to prooue the same resurrection: to the intreaty whereof, this present place also serueth. For first, preuenting the obiection of his aduersaries by a preoccupation, he prooueth that this Psalme ought to be expounded of Christ. Then commeth he backe againe to Christ, and teacheth vs that whatsoeuer was prophecied by Dauid, is fulfilled in him. And at length, he concludeth his sermon with a graue obtestation, and be­seeching of them.

About the testimonie ofthe Psalme, Peter doth two things. First, The testimo­ny of the .xvi. Psalme is prooued. he tea­cheth them that it cannot be expounded of Dauid by any meanes. Then he prooueth that Dauid prophecieth of Christ. And bicause the authoritie of Dauid was verye great with the Iewes, he mollifieth the mindes of his hearers with a proper preface, lea [...]t they might thinke he spake any thing contemptuouslye of Dauid, yea, he citeth themselues as witnesses of the things that he meaneth to saye: Let me (sayth he) speake of the Patriarch Dauid to you, who I knowe are not ignorant in Dauids matters, and are earnest studentes of his prophecies. And bicause many would thinke that he spake these things which we haue cited, of himselfe, the matter must be the better marked, and then shall it appeare, that they are most manifestly deceyued in their opinion. For Dauid speaketh of one whose soule shoulde not abide with the soules of the deceassed, and which in his bodye shoulde suffer no corr [...]ption. But it is euident that Dauid is deade, and his tombe at this day is to be seene amongst you, 1. Reg. 2. wherin his body after the maner of all fleshe (as he sayeth of himselfe) is consumed into dust. Therefore the wordes of the Psalme cannot be vnderstanded of him. Howbeit though this be a firme and sure argument, yet was it not sufficient, vnlesse also he coulde prooue, it ought to be vnderstanded of Christ. Wherefore he ad­deth: Therefore seeyng Dauid was a Prophete, and knewe that God had sworne with an othe to him, 1. Pet. 1. 2. Pet. 1. that Christ (as touching the fleshe) should spring of the fruite of his loynes, and sit vppon his seate: he knowing this before. &c. By the which wordes, he teacheth vs that no man ought to marueyle that Dauid prophecied these things of Christ, which was promised to be the sa­uiour of the worlde. He vseth two kindes of argument. The first is ta­ken of Dauids person and of his office. For all men knowe that Dauid was a Prophete. But this was the office of all Prophetes, by the spirite of Christ to searche out his mysteries, chiefely his death and resurrection, as Peter in other places diligently teacheth. And if a man searche the bookes of the Prophetes, he shall there finde manifest and plaine prophecies of Christ, and of his kingdome, which thing Christ himselfe acknowledged, saying after his resurrection: It behooued that all the things shoulde be ful­filled which was written in the lawe of Moses and in the Prophets concerning me. Therefore what marueyle is it that Dauid being a Prophete, Luc. 24. prophe­cied of Christ? The other argument is touching the promises of God. God had promised by an othe vnto Dauid, that out of his loynes shoulde spring he that was promised to be the sauiour of the worlde, which shoulde esta­blishe the throne of his kingdome, and possesse it for euer. Therefore Da­uid ought and might easily expounde the mysteries of that sa [...]iour [...]o pro­mised. And the things here rehearsed, ought manifestlye to be vnderstan­ded of him, bicause they can not be meant of Dauid, nor of anye other. The [Page 122] promises made long ago vnto Dauid, appertaine to the explication of this place. Amongst which, the chiefe is that, that Nathan the Prophete by the spirite of God declared in these wordes, when Dauid consulted touching the building of the Temple: When thy dayes bee fulfilled, thou shalt sleepe with thy fathers, and I will set vp thy seede after thee, which shall proceede out of thy body, 2. Sam. 7. and will stablish his kingdome. Hee shall builde an house for my name, and I will stablish the seate of his kingdome for euer. &c. Which place as may easily be perceyued, can not be vnderstanded of Salomon, bicause he was borne, and set in his kingdome, Dauid being yet alyue, neyther was the seate of his kingdome continuall. But this promise is fulfilled in Iesus Christ, which many yeares after tooke fleshe of the stocke of Dauid, and appointed the house of God, that is to say, the congregation of all Na­tions and peoples, whose kingdome (as the Aungell testifieth) shall haue none ende. Luc 1. Besides this promise, to put all things out of doubt, he added an othe, whereof Peter in this place maketh mention, and which is expressed in the scriptures. For herevnto appertaineth that which we reade Psal. 89. I haue sworne once by my holy nesse that I will not fayle Dauid. His seede shal endure for euer: and his seate is lyke as the sunne before me. He shall stand fast as the moone, and as the faithfull witnesse in heauen. &c. And againe. The Lorde hath made a faithfull othe vnto Dauid, Psal. 132. and he shall not shrinke from it. Of the fruite of thy body shall I set vpon thy seate. And meete and conueni­ent it is that we should adde herevnto, that which is read of the Priesthoode of Christ, confirmed with the othe of God. For Dauid prophecying hereof sayth: The Lorde hath sworne and will not repent him: Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchisedech. Psal. 110. Where therefore Dauid was instructed with such and so manye promises of God, it is easie to perceyue, that this ought to be vnderstanded of the true Messias, which is the verye sonne of Dauid, bicause they are more excellent and high mysteries, than can fall out eyther vppon Dauid, or any of his children. But before we leaue this place, two things are to be noted.

The olde fa­thers were not vtterly voyde of the knowledge of Christ.First, we are taught that the auncient fathers were not altogither ig­norant of Christes mysteries, and specially those which concerne his death and resurrection: In deede we must confesse that a more full knowledge hereof was reserued vnto the time appointed. But to denye Antiquitie, the whole knowledge of Christ were to rashe a part, bicause we knowe Christ testifieth of Abraham, that he reioyced to see his daye, that he sawe it and was gladde. Iohn. 8. And as we sayde erewhyle, he sayth Moyses and the Pro­phetes prophecied of his mysteries. This might be prooued by authoritie of elder promises, and the bookes of the Prophetes abundantlye, if neede so were. But let it suffice vs to learne this, namely, that the bookes of the olde Testament appertaine to vs also: which thing manye nowe a dayes ouer boldly vse to denie. For it is euident, that in them the knowledge of Christ is conteyned. Therefore we must confesse that they appertaine to vs also, vnlesse we will reiect the knowledge of Christ, as nothing belon­ging vnto vs. How much better doth Paule who sayth: Whatsoeuer things are written before time, are written for our learning, that through pacience and comfort of the Scriptures we might haue hope. Rom. 15. Adde herevnto that which he sayth in the seconde Epistle to Timothie Cap. 3.

God swea­reth.The next thing worthy to be obserued in this place, is howe God doth [Page 123] vouchsafe with an othe to confirme and establishe our redemption and sal­uation, which only is included in Christ our Lord. Howbeit the credite and authoritie of Gods worde alone, farre passeth any othe that can be made. Howbeit that high God stoupeth downe to our capacitie, bicause he would haue vs nothing doubt of our saluation. And he bounde not himselfe on this wise to Dauid only, but also to Abraham, as Paule sayth. Heb. 6. For to him it is sayde. I haue sworne by my selfe (sayth the Lorde) bicause thou hast done this thing, and hast not spared thine onely sonne. &c. Gene. 22. Afterwarde this othe was repeated againe, where the Lorde sayd to Isaac: I will perfourme the othe which I sware vnto Abraham thy father. &c. Gene. 26. And herevnto appertaine those earnest and solemne contestations of God the father, wherewith he beareth witnesse from heauen that Iesus Christ is his beloued sonne, for whose sake he is reconciled vnto vs. Math. 3.17. And the sonne himselfe bindeth his promise to vs by an othe, as often as he repeateth that verilye I saye vnto you so much vsed in the Gospell. These things serue much for our comfort, and instruction, we are taught to make much of Christ, and not to despyse the saluation which commeth by his merite, and is offered vs by preaching of the Gospell, as he commaunded. In time passed (as Paule sayth) they which had transgressed the lawe of Moyses, dyed without mercye vnder twoo or three witnesses. How much sorer shall he be punished, Heb. 10. which treadeth vn­der foote the sonne of God, and counteth the bloude of the newe Testament as an vnholy thing. &c. And Iohn the Apostle admonisheth vs earnestly here­of saying: if wee receyue the witnesse of men, the witnesse of God is greater which he testified of his sonne. He that beleueth in the sonne of God, 1. Iohn 5. hath the witnesse in himselfe. He that beleeueth not God, hath made him a lyer, bicause he beleeued not the recorde that God gaue of his sonne. &c. But what can be more horrible than to accuse God of a lye, which is both eternall truth, and also may so easily reuenge the contempt of himselfe? Furthermore, these things comfort vs asmuch in the conflict of temptations. Satan many times goeth about to call the certaintie of our saluation into doubt. But if we con­sider howe the same is sealed and confirmed, as it were by an othe, our fayth can not wauer. For God is true, and his worde endureth for euer. Isa. 40.

But Peter returneth to Christ, and prooueth that in him whatsoeuer things Dauid before times prophecied of the Messias, are fulfilled. Whatsoeuer was prophe­cied of the Messias is fulfilled in Christ. The end of all his sayings, is that men shoulde vnderstande howe Iesus of Naza­reth was the sauiour of the worlde that was promised. And of a manye of things which he might haue alledged, he speaketh only of the resurrection and ascention, bicause these two sufficed his purpose, and serued chiefely for the present cause and controuersie, which rose by sending of the holy ghost. We shall speake of eche of them in order.

He reherseth the article of the resurrection to prooue Christ to be the sauior promised, which argumēt Paule vseth also. By the re­surrection Iesus is prooued to be the Messias. Rom. 1. Of Peters words we may frame this argument: Dauid a great while sithens, prophecied of the Messias, that neither his soule should long abide with the other soules of them that were departed, nor that his bodye should suffer corruption, bicause God woulde rayse him from death: But this prophecie is fulfilled in Iesus of Nazareth. Ergo, it is manifest that Iesus of Nazareth is the Messias and sauiour. Touching the Maior, there is no doubt. Therefore Peter laboureth in proo­uing the Minor, the veritie whereof he confirmeth by the common testimo­nye [Page 124] of the Apostles, of this thing (sayth he) wee bee all witnesses. Neyther might these witnesses in whome there were such euident tokens of the ho­ly ghost, and of Gods working, be easily reiected or contemned of men in their right wittes. The Apostles vse oftentimes to prooue Christ to be our sauiour by his resurrection, bicause Satan through death, which happened by reason of sinne, had the rule and Lordship ouer vs. Neyther coulde we safely acknowledge Christ to be our sauiour, except we were certaine that he had subdued the force of death.

In the meane season, we must diligently consider the loyaltie and trus­tynesse of Peter and the other Apostles. The Lorde chose them to be his witnesses, as we sayde in the first Chapter. They therefore perfourme the dutie of witnesses faithfully and boldly, without all feare of any perill. For in the citie of Ierusalem before a great assembly of people, they testifie that Iesus is risen againe from the deade, by the power of God, yet was there a farre other rumor spred abrode in that citie. For the souldiers, as is de­clared in the last of Mathew, being bribed with money by the Priests, bare witnesse that the Disciples by night had stollen the body of Iesus awaye. What a daungerous matter it was openly to gainesay these men, euerye one may easily iudge, seeing they had the authoritie of the Priests, and of Pylate the Romaine President to defende them. But the Apostles by faith in Christ, ouercame all feare of daunger, and left all men an example to follow, which haue the testimonie of Iesus Christ committed vnto them.

By the as­cention, Ie­sus is proued to be the Messias.The other argument whereby he prooueth Iesus to be the Messias pro­mised, he taketh of Christes ascention. And this argument it seemeth hee vseth chiefely, bicause of them which might thinke it a ridiculous matter to preach him to be a sauiour, which coulde be seene no where amongst men. Which also is the error of thē in these dayes, who thinke him not a sauiour, vnlesse he will shew himselfe bodily vnto them. But Peter speaketh on this maner: He being exalted by the right hande of God, and hauing receyued of the father the promise of the holy ghost, hath shed foorth this gift which you see and heare. This saying seemeth the obscurer, bicause for the breuitie thereof, it cannot be perceyued wherevnto it is to be referred. But the ob­scuritie is easily put awaye, if we ioyne therewith, the Oracle which Dauid vttered touching Christes ascention. For of this Oracle and those thinges that Peter sayth, we may frame an whole argument after this sort. Dauid prophecied that Christ shoulde not only rise againe from the deade, but al­so taught vs that he shoulde ascende into heauen. For so he sayth: Thou art gone vp on high, Psal. 68. thou hast led captiuitie captiue, and hast giuen giftes vn­to men. This thing as also the other before, is fulfilled in Christ. For he after he was risen againe, being exalted by the mighty right hande of God, ascended vp into heauen, we looking on, and poured vppon vs the spirite which he obteyned of God the father: which spirit hath wrought in vs these giftes of tongues, which you doe see and heare. Therefore it is manifest, that this is the Messias. Further, no man must be offended for that he saith Christ receyued the spirite of his father, as though he were not of lyke power with the father. For Peter speaketh this of Christs humanity, wher­in Christ confesseth that his father is greater than he. Although in an other place againe he saith, his father and he bee both one, that is to say, in respect of his diuinitie. And Christ himselfe very trimly looseth this knot, speaking [Page 125] of the sending of the holy ghost, in this wise: He shall glorifie me, for he shall receyue of mine, and shall shewe vnto you. Iohn. 16. All thinges whatsoeuer the father hath, are mine. Therefore sayde I vnto you, that he shall take of mine, and shew vnto you. &c. When the comforter is come whom I will sende vnto you from the father, euen the spirite of truth which proceedeth of the father, Iohn. 15. hee shall te­stifie of me. &c. But least any man might suppose that the things spoken of Christes ascention, were to be vnderstanded of Dauid, or would call them in question, he aunswereth them by another testimony, saying: For Dauid is not ascended into heauen, but he sayth: The Lorde sayde vnto my Lorde, sit thou on my right hande, vntill I make thy foes thy footestoole. This argu­ment consisteth of two pointes. First, Dauid ascended not into heauen: Er­go, these thinges ought not to be vnderstanded of Dauid. He denieth that Dauid is ascended into heauen, not bicause he thinketh him to be reckoned in the number of the damned, but speaketh of his bodye, which (as was beforesayd) was consumed into dust and earth. Touching the soule, this saying of Christ standeth in force: He that beleeueth in mee, hath lyfe euerlasting, and shall not come into iudgement, Iohn. 5. but is passed from death vnto life. The other argument standeth vppon the testimonye of Dauid, who sheweth that these things ought not to be vnderstanded of himselfe, but of Christ which shoulde be borne of his stocke. For in the Psalme .Cx. he sayeth: The Lorde sayde to my Lorde. &c. which place is so cleere and so vndenyable, that Christ thought good to vse it against the Scribes. Math. 22. In the meane season we are taught by Peters example that the Scriptures ought to be expounded by conference of other places, least, standing rashly vpon some one place, we gainesay many other, which thing is the cause of many errors in the Church.

It is to be marked how vnto Christes ascention into heauen, Christes ab­sence in body, is no do­mage to the beleeuing. he ioy­neth the sending of the holy ghost. This doth he very prudently, and in or­der. For hereby he teacheth vs that though Iesus Christ haue taken his body out of this worlde, yet ought he not to be contemned. For he hath not for all that, cast of the care of the Church, but by his spirite is present with the same, by the which spirit he woorketh more effectually in the mindes of those that be his, than before he did when he was conuersaunt with vs in body: wherefore he sayth vnto the Disciples, that it is expedient for vs that he leaue the worlde, and go vnto the father. For so place shoulde be giuen to the holy ghost, which we coulde not haue so long as we did sticke to his bodily presence. And surely, Iohn. 16. after that Christ had giuen his bodye vpon the aultare of the Crosse for the life of the worlde, and had by the raysing vp thereof againe, ouercome death, there was no more for his body here to doe vpon earth. It remayned therefore that by his glorious ascention, he should open the gates of heauen, which our sinne had shut against vs, and should become a pledge for vs in heauen, In his booke entituled, the prescriptions against here­tikes. whereby we might be assured of the inheritance & possession of heauen. Therfore Christ caried his body into heauen, and set it on the right hand of his father, & hath sent vnto vs being here on the earth (to vse Tertullians terme) his holy ghost to be his vicare or substitute. By the operatiō of him, Iohn. 3. 1. Peter. 1. Iohn. 14.15. 2. Cor. 1.5. Ephe. 1. he regenerateth vs through the immor­tall seede of the word of God, to be the sonnes of God. By him he teacheth vs and comforteth vs. The same is the earnest or gage of our saluation. Through the encouragement, we crie Abba father. By him it commeth to [Page 126] passe, Rom. 8. Gala. 4. that Christ dwelleth in vs, and we in him. All which things, sithens Christ worketh in vs most effectuallye by his spirite, there is no cause we shoulde complaine of the absence of his body, which is resident in heauen for our healthes sake. And they that require the presence of his bodye, and desire to haue it shewed on earth, seeme to me little mindefull of the admo­nitions which are read in the .xxiiij. of Mathew.

Also Peter describeth the kingdome of Christ with the wordes of Da­uid, What maner of kingdome Christes kingdome is. which it behooueth vs oftentimes diligentlye to consider. The first point herein is, how he sayth Christ is exalted by the right hande of God, and ascended into heauen. Therfore his kingdome is heauenly, not of this worlde, as himselfe confessed before Pylate. In deede all power is giuen vnto him in heauen and in earth, Iohn. 18. but not to rule after the maner of Prin­ces in this worlde, in whose reignes must needes fall out vncertaine and vnstable entercourse of matters, bicause they labour to obtayne king­domes by the vncertaine and vaine power of the flesh. We are also taught that we must not seeke for worldly goodes in the kingdome of Christ, suche as are riches, honors, pleasures, friendship of the worlde, and others of like sort. They are eternall, and celestiall goodes, which God the father hath giuen vs in Christ. Therefore we ought altogither to be busied in studying for them.

The right hand of God.Then he teacheth vs that Christ sitteth at the right hande of God: by the which phrase of speach, both a certaine place is appointed of beatitude and blisse, and also an equall power of kingdome or empire with God the father. Iohn. 3. For the father loueth the sonne, and hath giuen all thinges into his handes. He also commaundeth all men to honour the sonne, euen as they ho­nour the father. Iohn. 5. Wherevnto also this worde sitting belongeth, whereby is expressed the maiestie of Christ in his reigne, and the sure and vnmooue­able power of his kingdome. Last of all, he sayth, that all his enimies shall be subdued, and become his footestoole. Christ is therfore a victorious king, and an inuincible vanquisher of his enimies. Satan is the capitaine and standerdbearer of them all, who was threatened with death long sithens by the first promyse of saluation that was made in Christ, when God sayd: The seede of the woman shall treade downe the serpentes heade. Gene. 3. And Christ teacheth vs that he is alreadye iudged, and cast out. In like maner it is as playne that sinne is ouercome. Iohn. 12.16. For God (sayth Paule) sent his sonne, and hath condemned sinne by sinne, that is to say, by the sacrifice of his sonne, of­fred vpon the aultar of the crosse for sinne, he hath put awaye the guilt or trespasse of sinne, Rom 8. and hath taken awaye the power and force thereof, that it shall hereafter not hurt vs. But sinne being put away, it is euident that death also must be vanquished which fought against vs by none other wea­pon than the sting of sinne. 1. Cor. 15. Therefore all the power of hell is truelye sub­dued by Christ. He also ouercommeth the world, and tyraunts with all the [...]able of the reprobate. For we reade that it hath bene long since decreed by the father that they that will not be gouerned by the wholesome worde of his sonne, shall be brused and broken to poulder with his rod of yron. Nei­ther want there examples of dayes longe passed and nowe present, Psal. 2. which teache vs what notable victories and triumphes Christ atchieueth of the enimies of his Church. Let vs learne therfore to acknowledge this king, and not to feare this worlde, which when it rageth most, is nearest to de­struction, [Page 127] and is able to doe nothing against them whome Christ taketh charge of, against whome the gates of hell are not able to preuayle. Math. 16. And al­though we suffer afflictions in the worlde, let vs be encouraged with hys saying, where he promyseth that he hath ouercome the worlde, Iohn. 16. and that wee shall haue peace in him.

But let vs see the ende of this Sermon which Peter inferreth in these woordes: Therefore let all the house of Israell knowe for a suretie, The conclu­sion of Pe­ters sermon. that God hath made the same Iesus whom you haue crucified, Lorde and Christ. This is a very briefe, but yet a graue sentence, and verye Apostolyke, euerye worde whereof is able to minister an argument, and matter of a long ser­mon. But bicause we shall euery where haue occasion to speake more at large of these things, we will in fewe wordes note vnto you, what Peter meaneth by this saying. First he speaketh to all the house of Israell. In the name of the house, he comprehendeth all sortes and degrees of men, tea­ching vs that Christ is the vniuersall sauiour of all men, with whom there is no respect of persons. And this is no light or slender token of the good­nesse of God, that to a most corrupt people, and yet embrued with the bloud of Christ, he doth vouchsafe to promise all saluation in his sonne. Further­more, let them knowe for a suretie, sayth he. Ergo, our saluation in Christ is certaine, and such as a man may safely trust to, for he cannot deceiue, which is the very truth it selfe. Thirdly, he sheweth what all men ought to know: that God hath made this Iesus of Nazareth, Lord and Christ. He calleth him Lord bicause he is our redemer. For, who is ignorant that redeemers haue a certayne rule or Lordship ouer them, whome they haue eyther redeemed with their money, or with perill of their lyfe: For this cause he sayeth in the Prophete: I am the Lorde: This is my name, Isa. 42. and my glorye will I giue to none other. He calleth him Christ, that is to say, annointed, bicause he is a King and a Priest. For it is playne by the Scriptures, that in the old time, kings and priests were vsed to be annointed. And concerning the office of a King we spake somewhat before, wherevnto also belongeth the name of a Redeemer or Lord. Surely, Christ maketh lawes as a king: ac­cording to them he gouerneth the citizens of his kingdome, and defendeth & enricheth them most liberally with heauenly treasure. He is also a priest. For both in times past he taught, & at this day doth teach vs by the ministe­ry of that woord, wherof he is the Author in his Church. And he hath made a full satisfaction by the sacrifice of his body, once offered vppon the crosse, for the sinnes of all the world. And as whyle he was once vpon the earth he prayed for vs: Heb. 2. 1. Iohn. 2. so euen at this day he appeareth before God for vs a faith­full high Priest and an aduocate. Therefore he is in deede Christ, or the an­noynted of God. And it is euident that they commit horrible sinne, which reiect him, and appoint them other Lordes, Kinges, Priestes, and Re­deemers. But as Peter in the beginning of his treatie of Christ, admoni­sheth them of their wickednesse committed against him: so he concludeth his sermon with mention of him, declaring that he talketh of him whome they crucifyed. We may easily iudge the heynousnesse of the offence, by the things which he so singularly commendeth in Christ. And he vpbraydeth them herewith for none other cause, but for that he woulde enflame them, being pricked with the conscience of their sinne, to embrace Christ, & their saluation, as shall appeare by the successe thereof in the sermon folowing.

[Page 128] Luke hath giuen vs a viewe of the Apostles preaching. Peter compre­hendeth in these fewe woords all the articles of the Christian fayth. He hath spoken of God the father, creator of all thinges. He hath spoken of the sonne of God, which was made man of the stocke of Dauid, and therefore in vnitie of person ought to be acknowledged for verye God and man. He hath taught vs, that he died, was buried, descended into hell, rose againe, and ascended into heauen for vs, where he sitteth on the right hand of God the father, and shall come to be our iudge, what time hee shall put all his enimies vnder his feete: yea, he shall throwe them into the lake burning with brimstone. He hath shewed vs that the holye ghost is come, being sent from him to gouerne his Church and all the faithfull. Finally, he hath prooued that this Iesus is the Lorde and sauiour, in whome remission of sinnes, resurrection of the fleshe, and lyfe euerlasting is purchased for all beleeuers. Here is no worde spoken of our satisfactions, nothing of pri­uate absolution, auricular confession, pardons, purgatorye, and such like wares. Let vs therefore keepe the simplicitie of the Apostles doctrine, and let vs embrace Iesus Christ with stedfast fayth, that by him we maye be saued, to whome be all bessing, honour, power, and glorye for euer. Amen.

The .xvij. Homelie.

‘WHEN they hearde this, they were pricked in their heartes, and sayde vnto Peter, and the other Apostles: ye men and brethren, what shall we doe? Peter sayde vnto them: Repent you of your sinnes, and bee baptised euerye one of you, in the name of Iesus Christ, for the remission of sinnes: and ye shall receyue the gift of the holye ghost. For the promise was made to you, and to your children, and to all that are a farre of, euen as many as the Lorde our God shall call.’

THus farre hath Luke rehearsed the first Sermon of the Gospell, that Peter made at Ierusa­lem, after the receyuing of the holy ghost. The con­tent thereof was, that Iesus of Nazareth, whome the Iewes crucifyed, was Christ, and the promised redee­mer of mankinde. But where it was Peters purpose not only to teach that, but also (as he was once tolde) to catch men aliue, and to winne them to Christ, ther­fore he set the heynous wickednesse of their sinne against Christ plainelye before their face. For in the beginning of his treatise of Christ, he sheweth howe they crucifyed him, whome God by many myracles declared to be his sonne, and the sauiour which he had promised. After this, gathering all that he had spoken of Christ into a short summe, he sheweth agayne that they nayled him to the crosse, and leauing this in their mindes as a sting, he concludeth his sermon. Howbeit the successe of the matter declareth that these thinges were spoken by Peter, not of desire to reproche them, but for their health and saluations sake: which successe Luke now describeth, lea­uing also a notable example, wherein the true way of attayning to saluati­on by Christ, is perfectly declared. This place therfore is worthy to be dili­gently considered, for the more profite wherof to be had, we shall speake of [Page 129] euery part thereof in order. First the Euangelist speaketh of the hearers. And after that he declareth how Peter further traueyled with them.

Touching the hearers, he sheweth what effect Peters sermon had. The effect of Peters ser­mon. When they hearde this (sayth he) they were pricked in their heartes, and sayde vnto Peter, and the other Apostles: ye men and brethren what shall we doe? He at­tributeth two things vnto them. First, they are pricked in heart. He vn­derstandeth the terrours of conscience which rose in them by the acknow­ledging of their sinne, and by the feeling or feare of the wrath of God in them. With these must we beginne, if we will take any profite by preaching of the worde. For as long as we liue carelesse in sinne, and are touched with no feeling of our sinnes, nor feare of the iudgements of God: we can not earnestly thinke of the waye of saluation, as men that iudge the care thereof vnprofitable and superfluous. And bicause this faulte cleaueth to vs by corruption of nature, but being delighted with the enticementes of sinne, acknowledge not our selues for sinners: it is necessarye that our sinnes be reprooued, and accused by the worde of God, which thing Christ declareth to be one of the first workes of the holy ghost. By reason wherof, the worde of the Gospell is called a sworde and the light. For being shar­per than any two edged sworde, Heb. 4. Iohn. 3. it entreth through euen vnto the deuiding a sunder of the soule, and the spirite, and of the ioyntes and the marrowe, and is a discerner of the thoughts, and of the intents of the heart, and setteth them not only before our selues, but before others to beholde. And that this is a thing necessarye, we are taught not onely by the expresse worde of God, but also by the example of Gods elect, to speake nothing in the meane season of the filthye children of the world, which cannot repent. Surely Dauid, although he were a man euen according to Gods owne minde, yet did he not ac­knowledge his grieuous sinnes of adulterie, manslaughter, and manye such vices as followed them, till he was reprooued of the Prophete, by the worde of God. And then he beginneth to crie out: I haue sinned against the Lorde. Againe: I acknowledge my faults, and my sinne is euer before me. My bones are vexed, and my soule is also sore troubled. There is no health in my flesh bicause of thy displeasure: neither is there any rest in my bones by reason of my sinne. And such like as are read in the Psalme. lj.vj.xxxviij. and in o­ther places. And the lyke we may see euen in our own sinnes. There were now fiftie dayes and more gone, since the death of Christ. And how many were there at Ierusalem of them, that cried the bloude of Christ be on vs, & on our children, which shewed any token of repentance? But rather liued carelesse, & out of doubt had perished, if god had not shaken that carelesnesse of fro their mindes. For they being prouoked by Peters sermon, begin now at length to be pricked in their harts, to tremble, and to thinke of their sal­uation. We must saye the same euen of our selues, if we will confesse the truth. They therefore are greatlye deceyued, which will not haue sinnes rebuked by the worde of God, and crie out that it belongeth not to the du­tie of Ministers to be busied in reprehending of sinne. Such men finde sometime dumbe dogges, which frame their doctrine according to their lustes: but then is that saying of the Prophete fulfilled, that the sworde of the Lorde commeth vpon the carelesse, Ezech. 3.33. and the bloude of them that perish shall be required at the handes of the flattering preachers.

To this pricking of heart and terrour of conscience, Let the [...] h [...]rted, [...] counsell [...] worde of God. is added an other [Page 130] thing, that is to say, they séeke counsell at Peter and the Apostles, howe to be deliuered from their sinne, and to be restored againe to Gods fauour. And this is no lesse necessary than the first, whereof we spake euen nowe. For it is manifest that the verye wicked are compunct and stricken sadde with the worde of God, and the accusing of their sinne. But as all thinges worke to the best in the elect: so the wicked take occasion on euerye side to offende the more grieuouslye, as we see in this place it commeth to passe. For where their sinnes are openlye detected, eyther through impacient fiercenesse they rise against the worde of God, and will not seeme to haue sinned, wherof we haue examples in Achab, and afterwards in the Priests of the Iewes: or else turning them to their owne workes, they seeke by them howe to satisfie the iustice of God, and to auoyde his wrath. And when they can see nothing but the heynousnesse of sinne, and the horrible wrath of God, then begin they to crie out with Caine: My wickednesse is greater than can be forgiuen, and so at length with Iudas, come to an vnhappy ende. We must therefore after the example of these men, go farther, and not sticke in the bitter terrors of conscience. We must take counsell of the thing whereof our terrour riseth, that is to say, of the word of God, which (as Pelias did sometime with his Iaueling against Telephus) both woun­deth our consciences, and maketh them whole againe. Neyther must wee here be so afrayde with the grieuousnesse of sinne, that we must thinke our selues forlorne and past hope. For this sentence of God remayneth still in his full strength, Ezech. 18. which sayth: I will not the death of a sinner, but rather that [...]ee conuert and liue. And Christ our Lord doth not only promise, that they that seeke shall finde, but also professeth that he is a Phisition for suche as are sicke in conscience, Isa. 61. and in euery place biddeth them that traueyle and are heauy laden, Math. 11. to come vnto him. And we must thinke it was not with­out the secret instinct and working of God, that they whose handes as yet reeked with the bloude of the sonne of God, were the first that hearde the Apostle preach. For God in this doing woulde haue vs perswaded, that the merite of Iesus Christ, and the liberalitie of his goodnesse, coulde not be counterpeysed or outweyed with any sinnes, so that we woulde cleaue vnto him by faith. But let vs heare Peters short and sweete counsayle.

Repent you, and be you euery one baptized in the name of Christ, for the remission of sinnes: Peters coun­sayle. and ye shall receyue the gift of the holy ghost. For to you was the promise made. &c. He requireth of them three things, but we will entreate onely of two at this present, of the thirde we will speake in the sermon following.

The first thing he dispatcheth in one worde: [...] (sayth he) which the Latine interpreter translateth poenitentiam agite, Repentance. that is, repent ye. He beginneth with that which the Scripture euery where exacteth. Moyses verily sheweth them which shoulde be punished for their offences, and for transgressing of the lawe, Leuit. 26. Deut. 32. that their way to be saued, stoode only in repen­tance. That this repentance is that thing which the Prophets chief [...]y vrge, is more manifest than needeth to be prooued. Iohn the Baptist, the first minister of the newe Testament, beginneth his preaching with the same. And Christ when he begunne to preache, cryed: Repent ye, for the king­dome of heauen is at hande. Math. 3. The same he commaunded the Apostles to preach not so little as once, as may be seene Math. 10. and Luc. 24. There­fore [Page 131] Peter remembring his maister and the commaundement which he gaue, biddeth them also to repent, and declareth that all he had hitherto sayd, touching their iniquitie, was not to thende that he would haue them perish through dispayre, but that they should repent and be saued. Nowe, bicause the holy ghost woulde haue this counsell written and registred for our sake: something must be sayde of repentaunce, that we may learne al­so what is requisite for vs to doe.

The Latines saye that they doe poenitere, that is to say, repent, What re­pentance is. whom it yrketh or grieueth for that they haue committed, whereof is deriued this worde poenitentia, repentance. The Greekes call it [...] of this verbe [...], which signifieth the correcting or amending of the minde. For [...] with the Greekes signifieth that excellenter part of the soule, which the Latines call mens, the minde. Wherevpon the Greekes call that [...] which the Latines call vnderstanding or perceyuing with the minde. We saye therefore that he doth [...], that is to repent, which vnderstandeth his error, and beginneth earnestlye to thinke of amendement. The Hebrues call it Theschubach, which is as much to saye, as conuersion or turning. But bicause this conuersion (as the nature of the Greeke word signifieth) is referred to the minde, we maye briefely define repentance to be, a con­uersion or turning of the minde vnto God, from that which is euill and naught. The worde of God prooueth this definition, speaking thus by Hieremie: If thou wilt returne thee, ô Israell, then returne vnto me. Hierem. 4. And in other places the Scriptures saye, they are gone from God which haue sinned. Whereof it followeth necessarily, that repentaunce, whereby we renounce sinne, ought to be called a returning and conuersion vnto God. And the diligent consideration of this definition helpeth most grieuous errors. For there are some which when they haue sinned, vse to turne vn­to creatures, and to the workes of their owne hands, and so pollute them­selfe with a double fault, as the Lorde sayth, while they forsake the foun­taine of the liuely water, Hierem. 2. and digge themselues pittes that will holde no water. There are another sort that imagine penance, to be a game or stage playe, and thinke it sufficient, if after the maner of the Iewish hypocrites, they light waxe candles, burne incense, go barefooted, weare hearecloth, and doe such lyke exercises, the superstition wherof long sithens hath bene condemned, by the preaching of the Prophetes. See Esay. 1.58. Hos. 6. Mich. 6. Zach. 7. But we shall well vnderstand y t all these things doe little profite vs, if we consider that repentance is a conuersion or turning of the minde vnto God. Herevnto belongeth that which the Lord speaketh. Ioël. 2. Turne vnto me with all your heart, in fasting, weeping and lamentation. Rent your heartes, and not your garmentes, and turne to the Lorde your God. &c.

Also we may learne hereby howe manye parts of penaunce there be, The partes or braunches of repentance and wherein it consisteth. The chiefe poynt is the acknowledging of our sinne: for except we haue that, we can neyther be sorye for our sinne, nor turne from it vnto God. This knowledge is taken out of the glasse of the law, which doth not only detect open & notorious sinnes, Rom. 7. but also discloseth the nature of sinne that lieth hidden in vs, as Paule teacheth. Terror of con­science, sorrow of minde & contrition, follow the knowledge of sinne, wher­of we spake euen now. For it cannot be but he must altogither be afrayde, must sorow, & be contrite in hart, that beholdeth in the law the countenance [Page 132] of God, which is angry with the heynousnesse of his sinne. And suche is the force of this contrition and sorrowe, that it extorteth and forceth vs to confesse our sinne, not in another mans eare (whereof there is neyther commaundement in all the Scripture, nor example) but euen vnto God himselfe, that we be miserable and sinnefull wretches, as Iohn the Apostle teacheth vs in his first Epistle, and first Chapter. To confession is ioyned inuocation, which by no meanes can be seperated from it. Nowe, of all these springeth a feruent desire of amendment of life, and not of life onely, (but as much as maye be) of our whole nature. For nowe a man begin­neth to mortify his flesh, now he desireth to die to the world, and to be cruci­fyed with Christ. He is now wholy set on fire, with the desire of holynesse & innocencie. He burneth in the loue of righteousnesse and truth. He is wholy occupied in good woorks, the exercise wherof, he heareth cōmended of God, hauing in the meane whyle, no regard to them, which are prescribed by the superstitious traditions of men. Finally, bicause he knoweth, that all the fountayne of this euill, sprang of going from God and his worde, he la­boureth to addresse himselfe againe wholy to the worde of God, and to all his lyfe after the rule of God. And this is no purpose or intent for a fewe of dayes only, but a permanent and a continuall, such as by reason of our continuall slippes and falles, is n [...]edefull euery day to be renued. For, as the iust man falleth seauen times a daye, so hee vseth seuen times a daye to rise agayne. Prouer. 24.

Hereby it appeareth what Peter would haue them to doe: verily, to ac­knowledge their sinnes, to feare the iudgement of God, to be sory for their offences, to be contrite in hart, to confesse their faults vnto God, and to be­seeche him of his grace, and finally to labour to amende their lyfe, to mor­tifie the fleshe, to giue themselues to innnocencie, holynesse, righteous­nesse, and charitie. To this purpose the Prophete cryeth: Let the vn­godly man forsake his owne wayes, and the vnrighteous his owne imaginati­ons, Isa. 55. and turne againe vnto the Lorde. &c. Let euery man thinke this is spo­ken to him, and compare his lyfe with these things, and it shall easily ap­peare what wayes he ought to take, and what to refrayne.

To be bap­tised in the na [...] of Christ.The seconde thing that Peter requireth, he expoundeth in these wordes: Bee you euery one baptised in the name of Iesus Christ, for the remission of sinnes. This precept seemeth to conteyne in it two things. For first, in that he will haue them to be baptised in the name of Christ, he sendeth them to Christ, and sheweth them that saluation and forgiuenesse of sinne is to bee founde in Christ onely. So Christ commaunded them to preach, shewing them that remission of sinnes ought to be declared in his name. And it was necessarye, Luc. 24. bicause of the Phariseyes doctrine, which taught that men were iustifyed by their owne workes, which opinion also manye holde in these dayes. And surely if Peter had required nothing but penaunce, he might seeme to haue consented to their doctrine. But seeing he sendeth them that repent vnto Christ, he teacheth vs plainely that we must of dutie re­pent, and yet that al desert of iustification is to be had in Christ only. Ther­fore whosoeuer maketh no mention of Christ in teaching of repentance, of­fendeth against the example of Peter. And so be they cause to the ignorant, to establish their owne righteousnesse, wherin they can finde no certaintie, nor soundnesse.

[Page 133]Next, he speaketh of outward baptisme, To be bapti­sed for for­giuenesse of sinnes. which he commaundeth them to receiue, for forgiuenesse of sinnes. Which wordes are not so to be vnder­standed, as though outwarde baptisme washed vs from sinne: For it is e­uident that wee be clensed from all our sinnes by the bloude of Iesus Christ. This is attributed to baptisme, 1. Iohn. 1. bicause it sealeth in vs the benefite of pu­rification, which is gotten vs by the bloude of Christ. Which thing we may see in Circumcision. For where Abraham was iustified by faith, he receyued Circumcision, as a signe of the righteousnesse of fayth. Rom. 4. So they which are conteyned within the Testament of Christ, and be therefore iustifyed, re­ceyue baptisme for remission of sinnes: that is to saye, the righteousnesse of God which he hath giuen vs in Christ, is sealed in them by baptisme. Wherefore, Peter by this maner of speach, assureth them of their saluation, and comforteth them by an argument deduced or taken of the ende of bap­tisme. In the meane season, bicause we be taken into the Church of God by baptisme, and are become professors of Christ, as people which vnder his conduct must fight agaynst this worlde, and the Prince thereof: Peter requireth further of them, The confessiō of our faith in Christ necessary. a free and an open confession of their fayth in Christ. For Christ will haue no such worshippers as shall be ashamed of him. Howbeit the Iewes did openlye denye Christ, before Pylate, whyle they cried they had no King or Messias, beside Caesar. Ma [...]c. 8. Wherfore it was ne­cessary that they shoulde as freely confesse Christ, least they might be iudged stil to be of the number of the false runnagates. This could be done no way more commodiously than by baptisme, which Christ woulde haue admini­stred to the ende, to get and bring him disciples, as may be read. Math. 28.

Nowe, if a man will compare the things togither, The order of the doctrine of iustificatiō which haue hitherto bene sayde: it will appeare after what order Peter taught the way of iusti­fication and saluation. He began with rebuking of sinne, as we haue hard before. Then when he saw them pricked and contrite in hart, he requireth them to repent, by this meanes bringing them to some hope of grace and fauour. Then againe, least they should trust in the workes of penance, and leane vppon their owne righteousnesse: he sendeth them to the name of Christ, and to his merytes. At length he commaundeth them to professe Christ openly, and to ioyne themselues to his Church. This order of tea­ching we see the Apostles euerye where obserued, which they had learned of Christ their maister, as no man can deny. For thus he sayd a little afore his departure from hence: Luc. 24. Marc 16. Math. 28. It is necessary that repentance and forgiuenesse of sinnes shoulde be preached to all Nations in my name: Go ye therefore into all the worlde, preach the Gospell to all creatures, and bring me disciples from out all Nations, baptizing them in the name of the father, and of the sonne, and of the holy ghost. Which things if a man compare with auriculer confession, satisfactions, merites, pardons, yeremindes, purgatory, and infinite such like, exacted of those that should doe penance: he shall finde they are farre wyde a sunder.

Furthermore, Peter com­forteth with promises. bicause Peter had to doe with them which felt themselues guiltie of such an heynous wickednesse, as had not bene seene the lyke, he comforteth them with a double promise, as is the maner of the Gospell, for feare they should be swallowed vp of desperation.

First, you shall receyue (sayth he) the gift of the holy ghost. The gift of y e holy ghost. He seemeth to speake of a peculiar gift of the spirite, such as in the time of the primitiue [Page 134] Church, y e beleuers were endued with, either to speak with diuers tonges, or else to be notable in other myracles, as hereafter in the eight Chapter it shall appeare more plainely. For it behooued to haue the ministerye of the Apostles adorned with some singular giftes, to thende, men might the more easily be woonne vnto Christ. And although these gifts in these dayes for the most part be ceased: yet there remayne other more necessary effects of the spirite, through whose operation, the beleeuing are regenerated, mortified, renued, assured of their saluation, emboldened and confirmed in perils, so that they dare stoutly & without any feare, stand to the confession of the name of Christ. For it is the spirit of adoption which vseth to worke al these things in the children of God that they haue neede of in this world. This promise was able singularlye to comfort them whose consciences were afrayde by reason of sinne. For howe coulde they doubt to haue for­giuenesse of their sinnes, which heard they should haue the same spirit, that the Apostles had? In the meane season this promise serueth also for our instruction. For it teacheth vs that true beleeuers and Christians cannot vtterly be destitute of the giftes of the holye ghost. There are diuers operati­ons, and diuers gifts of the spirite (as Paule sayth) and we see that some excell other some therein. But there is not the meanest of them all that is vtterly voyde of the spirit, bicause they be not the members of Christ which haue not the spirite of Christ. Rom. 8. Therefore [...]aine is the profession of Christ, except we shewe and declare that we be quickened and gouerned by the spirite of Christ: Iacob. 2. Math. 5. which thing caused the Apostle to saye, that fayth is knowne by workes, and Christ commaundeth vs to followe his father in our doings.

Secondly, he alledgeth an auncient promise: To you (sayth he) was the promise made, The promise of the olde Testament. and to your children, and to all that be a farre of, euen as ma­ny as the Lord our God shall call. These things are to be vnderstanded of the couenant & promises which were made in the olde Testament, the summe wherof may be seene: Genes. 17. yet doth Peter extend the same promises to those that are a farre of, that is, to the Gentiles, which as yet were straun­gers and alienes from the societie of the people of God, bicause he woulde the easilier induce and perswade them. For they which were borne of A­braham coulde doubt no longer of Gods goodnesse, seeing they hearde the same extended also vnto the Gentiles. These things teache vs to what vse Gods promises serue, verily to confirme our wauering fayth in temptati­ons and all other aduersities. But before we make an ende of our sermon, two things in these wordes are to be noted.

The promise of saluation belongeth to infants also.First, he sayth the promises appertayne not to the fathers only, but al­so to the children. The wordes of the couenant teache vs the same, where the Lorde sayth thus: I will make my bonde betweene mee and thee, and thy seede after thee in their generations, by an euerlasting Testament, that I may be God vnto thee, Gene. 17. and vnto thy seede after thee. &c. Whereof we gather, that the infants of those that beleeue, whome we cannot exclude from the name of seede, are as well contayned within the couenant of saluation, as are the elders and fathers. For the obiection of those that say, the wordes of God are only to be vnderstanded of that posteritie of Abraham, which when it was of age, was able to professe their fayth, is nor ought to be of no au­thoritie. For it is euident that Isaac and Iacob were included in the coue­nant before they were borne, as maye be seene. Genes. 17.25. Rom. 9. And [Page 135] Paule doubteth not to call those children holye, which haue but one parent faithfull and a beleeuer. 1. Cor. 7. Christ also plainly teacheth vs that the kingdome of God belongeth vnto children. Marc. 10. Here the Papistes and Anabaptistes er­rors are confuted, whereof, the one deny saluation and the fruition of God to children that die without baptisme: and the other keepe children from baptisme, whome Christ commaundeth to be brought vnto him.

Then next, declaring the promise of saluation, The vocati­on of saluati­on, is of gods free mercy. he maketh mention al­so of Gods vocation and calling, least any man might thinke the children of God were eyther borne of the fleshe, or of the merite of their owne free will, and strength: for the children of the fleshe bee not the children of God, but the children of the promise. And it is not in mannes will or cunning, Rom. 9. but in the mercy of God. Saluation is set before vs in Iesus Christ, and as the parable of the Gospell saith, the time of mariage approcheth, and all things are ready. But it is needefull that men shoulde be called and bidden, that they may come vnto the feast. Therfore God sendeth forth the preachers of of his Gospell, whose voyce is gone throughout the worlde many yeares since. Howbeit, bicause they can doe nothing in the mindes of men, it is needefull they shoulde be drawne by God, and by the operation of his spi­rite, according to that saying of Christ: No man commeth vnto mee, Iohn. 6. except my father drawe him. And God according to his free and holy will worketh, and the winde bloweth where it will. By the which it is manifest, Iohn. 3. that our saluation dependeth vpon the meere fauour of God, which calleth whome he will, draweth whome he will, and maketh them like to the ymage of his sonne. In the meane season it is our dutie, being called, to aunswere, being drawne, not to pull backe, and being subiect to the Gospell, through the obedience of fayth, to make sure our vocation and election, 2. Pet. 1. as the A­postle teacheth.

This maye suffice for this time touching Peters counsayle of saluation, who sheweth them what waye to take, whose consciences are feared with the consideration of their sinnes. The residue behind remaining shal be in­treated of in the next sermon. Let vs folow the holy ghosts counsell, which spake by the mouth of Peter. Let vs repent vs truely, let vs seeke whatsoe­uer things belong to our saluation in Christ, let vs giue our selues wholy to him, and freely professe him. Let vs not breake our promise made to him in baptisme, but let vs liue a life worthye the name of Christ, and then we shall liue hereafter with him in heauen, to whome be blessing, honour, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xviij. Homelie.

‘AND with many other wordes bare he witnesse, and exhorted them, say­ing: saue your selfe from this vntowarde generation. Then they that gladly receyued his preaching, were baptized: and the same daye there were added vnto them about three thousande soules. And they continued in the Apostles doctrine and fellowshippe, and in breaking of breade, and in prayers. And feare came ouer euery soule. And many woonders and signes were shewed by the Apostles.’

[Page 136] THe Apostle Peter so ordred his fyrst Ser­mon of the Gospell, that he earnestlye vpbrayded his hearers with the grieuous and heynous offence that they committed against the sonne of God. But after they were ouercome with the conscience of their sinne, and sought counsayle howe to be saued, he gaue them both friendly and faithfull counsayle: shewing them that way of saluation, that all men in these dayes that are desirous to be saued, must likewise take. For he prescribed them to repent, and sendeth them to Christ, to be consecrated to him by externe and publike baptisme, that in his name they might obtayne remission of their sinnes, and the gift of the holy ghost. But bicause there were a grea [...] many, whose authoritie might pull them from the way of saluation, or at the leastwise greatly hinder them, he warneth them also of those persons, which is the first thing in this sermon, wherevnto afterwarde Luke ioy­neth the effect and fruite that followed of the Apostles counsayle, with an elegant president of the auncient and primitiue Church, all which are ve­ry worthy to be diligently considered. Of Peter, thus sayth the Euangelist: with many other woordes bare hee witnesse, and exhorted them saying: Saue your selues from this vntowarde generation. The admonition going before might haue seemed sufficient, and verily it comprehendeth all the order of true saluation. But bicause it might seeme an harde and weightie matter to forsake and cast away the auncient religion of their forefathers, and to embrace a new, hauing the example of many against them: it was neces­sary to vse other admonitions, wherein he sheweth that Peter vsed great earnestnesse, and passing vehemency. For he did not simply monishe them only, but also vsed many obtestations and exhortations. And this was the summe and ende of them all: To saue themselues from that vntowarde gene­ration. By this worde sauing, he admonished them, that their saluation is in perill, which they coulde not attaine to, except they woulde seperate themselues from such as they were.

The vnto­warde gene­ration are the Priestes and Scribes.First, let vs see of whome he speaketh. For although it might seeme he spake of the whole nation of the Iewes, which was guiltie of Christes bloudshed: and was polluted with the greatest crime that coulde be: yet chiefelye was this name due to the Priestes and Scribes, who as it is euident, were the chiefe authors of all the calamities that were amonge that people. They were puft vp with the pryde of their gorgeous and holy titles and styles. For besides that they chalenged the common name of the children of Abraham, they thought also they only had the knowledge of the lawe, and they were taken of euery man as guides of the blinde, lightes to them that walked in darkenesse, instructors of the vnwise, and teachers of the vnlearned, Rom. 2. as appeareth by Paules wordes. But Peter with great plainnesse calleth them a naughtie, peruerse, and vntowarde generation, following the example of Iohn Baptist and Christ, who before that, had greeted them by the same names. For Iohn called them the generation of vipers. Math. 3. And Christ plainely called them, a naughtye and adulterous genera­tion. Math. 12.16. Iohn 8. Let no man impute this to euill speaking, or rayling, a thing farre vnfit and vnseemely for the holy spirite: for diuers weightie causes vrged [Page 137] Peter to paint them out by these names. First, where they despised the faith of Abraham, which only maketh vs the children of God, and in the meane season chalenged to themselues, the names of his children: they ought not to be taken for any such. Next, bicause their authoritie was great with all men, for that they were in an office long before appointed of God, and glo­ried in that they successed most holye men: it was needefull they should be reprooued, and knowne vnto all men for swar [...]ers from them, least anye man should be deceyued with their glorious styles, and vaunt of their suc­cession. Therefore Peter doth wisely, godlily, and boldly, in calling them a naughty and peruerse generation. For in so doing, he both admonisheth vs, that they ought to be auoyded, and putteth the simple out of feare and doubt, which thought it an heynous matter openly to forsake them.

By Peters example, we also in these dayes are taught what to doe. A great many suppose a bare and simple knowledge of the truth, is suffici­ent, whereof they vse marueylously to glory▪ amonge those that are desi­rous of the truth. And yet they are still conuersaunt with the wicked, and with the professed enimies of Christ: yea, they keepe company with the au­thors of false doctrine, and can not abide that the Ministers of the Gospell should openly reprooue them. But it is plaine that Peter the Apostle was of a farre other iudgement: who would haue the faithful separate themselues from the wicked, and feareth not to note deceyuours, by the name of an vntowarde generation, contrary to the common opinion of all the people. Math. 7.15.23.24. Iohn. 10. &c He tooke example of Christ so to doe, which euery where biddeth vs to eschue false teachers, and teacheth vs that their company is pernicious and hurt­full. The same the other Apostles also did, as it is manifest, which thought not they had done their dutie, to point at the false teachers of their dayes with their fingers, but also warned vs of them, whome by inspiration of the holy spirite, they knewe shoulde come in the later age of the worlde, whereof we haue testimonies. 1. Timoth. 4. 2 Timoth. 3. and .4. 2. Thess. 2. 1. Iohn. 2. and .4. Therefore whosoeuer hath in these dayes the ministery of the Gospell committed to him, let him imitate the faithfulnesse and dili­gence of these men. Bicause it is euident the sheepe are so foolishe that they can scarse beware of the Woolfe when they are warned, yea, for hope of a little lucre, they will creepe into the mouthes of them: Let them therefore paint out in their colours, and terme by their true and proper names, all these deceyuers, and take no regarde to them which for priuate gaine, hold with them. Let other also learne to obey their faythfull aduertisementes, and to flie the professed enimies of Christ, whose company if they auoyde not, they can not be taken for the members of Christ. Let them at the least be mooued with feare of the daunger, which we knowe hangeth both ouer their heades and them that follow them. For they that refuse to come forth of Babilon, the mother of whoredome, Apoc. 18. shal taste of those plagues also which the Lorde hath ordeyned for hir.

We haue therefore Peters counsell touching the waye of saluation, The effect of the Apostles counsell. wherevnto Luke ioyneth the notable successe that followed thereof. For he sayth: that they that gladlye embraced his preaching, were baptized, and the same day there were added vnto them about three thousande soules. The god­ly writer in marueylous breuitie comprehendeth a great matter. For here is fulfilled that that Christ sayde vnto Peter, when he was called to be an [Page 138] Apostle: Luc. 5. Hereafter thou shalt take men on lyue. For he which a little before was but a rude fisher, letting slippe the nette of the Gospell, bringeth three thousande people vnto the obedience of the faith in Christ, who both glad­ly receyued his preaching, and willingly continued in the same. This place teacheth vs two things very needefull to be knowne.

The prea­ching of gods woorde is not in vayne.First, we learne that godly and faithfulfull ministers doe neuer preach the worde of God in vaine, although many things seeme to stoppe and hin­der the course thereof. This the Lorde witnesseth by his Prophete: Lyke as the rayne and snowe commeth downe from heauen, and returneth not thi­ther agayne, but watreth the earth, maketh it fruitefull and greene, that it maye giue corne to the sower, Isa. 55. and breade to him that eateth: so the worde also that commeth out of my mouth, shall not turne agayne voyde vnto mee, but shall accomplishe my will, and prosper in the thing whereto I sende it. We haue in this matter a moste manifest example hereof, where we maye also see things that might hinder the profite and fruite of Gods worde. A people of nature rebellious and stubborne, such as Moyses & the Prophetes describe and set forth. As many as were of any power & authoritie, w [...]e enimies to the doctrine. Great daunger and perill in receyuing the doctrine of the Gospell, Iohn. 9. bicause before this, as many as followed Christ, were excommu­nicated. The Apostles were rude, contemned, and despised persons, yet the worde of the moste high God driuen lyke a shower or storme with hys winde or breath (which as Christ sayth, bloweth where it liketh) bursteth through all these stoppes and impediments. Iohn. 3. This ought to comfort vs in this age, that we despayre not of Christes Church, and the successe therof, notwithstanding we see so diuers enterprises and attemptes, euery where busily bent, and ment against the same.

Next, we are taught what the nature of faith is, and what the proper­tie of Gods elect people is. The proper­tie of fayth, and of the elect. For here are two thinges ascribed vnto them. One is, that they gladly embraced Peters sermon. For where the mindes of those that beleeue, are drawne with the spirite of God, they streyght way knowe his voyce, Iohn. 10. and the chiefe shepeheards, and follow it. Neither haue they any greater pleasure than in the study of the worde of God, wherein they vnderstande that that most mercifull father, and the onelye author of saluation, talketh with them. The other is, that Luke sayeth, they conti­nued in the same, which is as necessarie a propertie as the first. For Christ sayeth: He that abydeth vnto the ende, shall be safe. But hee that setteth his hande to the plough, Math. 24. Luc. 9. and looketh backwarde, is not meete nor woorthy of the kingdome of God. If we compare these thinges with the maners of our age, it wyll easily appeare how vnhappy an age it is. For with many and continuall sermons can very fewe be woonne vnto Christ. And we maye see euen in them that haue professed Christ, eyther a negligent contempt of Gods worde, or else some detestable lightnesse, whereby vpon euery tri­fling occasion they dishonestly starte from the truth that they haue knowne and professed.

But let vs returne to Luke, which in fewe words setteth out the forme of the primitiue Church, The fourme and order of the primitiue Church. the maners, the rites, and the exercises of the same, the chiefe vse whereof is to learne vs to knowe the order of the A­postolike Church, and wherein the same is in these dayes decayed, to re­store and reforme it thereafter againe: They continued (sayth he) in the A­postles [Page 139] doctri ne and fellowship, and in breaking of breade, and in prayers. He rehearseth foure things, of euery which we haue something to say.

In the first place the Apostles doctrine: what that was, The doc­trine of the Apostles. it shall o­therwheres appeare. It was Christes commaundement, that they should teache all Nations, those things that they had before learned of him. Math 28. Luc. 24. He commaunded them to preach repentance and forgiuenesse of sinnes in his name. In the which articles it is plaine, the knowledge of the whole law and of Gods will, and all the maner of our saluation is contayned. A taste of this doctrine we sawe in Peters sermon gone before. And their writings abundantly declare, that they obserued this forme of doctrine in all places. Therefore the faithfull of the primitiue Church abode in that order and trade of doctrine which we see at this daye comprehended in the bookes of the Apostles: and in these is no mention made of any mans traditions, and inuentions. Luke placeth doctrine first, bicause by teaching, the Church is gathered togither, and by the same (as Paule declareth) commeth fayth, and all the beleeuing are borne againe of the immortall and eternal word: touching which point see Rom. 10. 1. Pet. 1 &c. Here we learne that the chiefe care in the Church ought to be for doctrine. For where through it (as was sayde euen nowe) we be gathered into the vnitie of fayth: it cannot be cho­sen, but they must fowly and miserably be scattered, that admit diuers and vncertaine doctrines. Those be diuers and vncertaine, which de pend and consist of the will of man. Wherefore it behooueth vs to holde and retaine the Apostolike doctrine, which they learned at Christes mouth, and which they being illuminated with the holye ghost, taught to all Nations vppon the earth. This doctrine is both certaine, plaine, per [...]i [...]e, and autentike, so that it needeth neyther mannes inuention nor authoritie, eyther to com­mende or confirme it. Iohn speaking of this doctrine, sayth: 1. Iohn. 2. Let that which you hearde from the beginning remayne in you. And Paule will not haue himselfe beleeued, no nor an aungell comming from heauen, if hee dare to preach anye other Gospell or waye of saluation, than the Apostles haue taught. This reprooueth the vnconstant wethercockes of these dayes, who haue a delight to dally with doctrine and religion, and dare euery daye al­ter and chaunge it at their pleasure, and for priuate lueres sake, as wee reade Ieroboam vsed to doe. As though the vse of religion and doctrine, 1. Reg. 12. were to none other ende, but to keepe men in awe, as it were, with vayne buggebeggers. Here are they also reprooued, which like children suffer themselues to be ledde with euery blast of doctrine, contrary to the precept of Paule. For the chiefe marke of those that be faithfull and true Christians, Ephe. 4. is a faithfull and constaunt keeping of the Apostles doctrine. Whosoeuer rashly forsaketh this doctrine, he must needes confesse that he knoweth not at all what the Church of Christ is.

Secondly he sayeth that they continued in communicating, Commu­nicating of goodes. he vnder­standeth the beneficence and liberalitie they vsed towarde the poore: accor­ding to that saying of the Apostle: To doe good, and to distribute forget not. Heb. 13. He ioyneth this next vnto doctrine, bicause that by it (as was euen nowe sayde) we are vnited vnto Christ our heade, as members of one bodye. Therefore they that be in this wise vnited togither, must count eche o­thers aduersitie, and prosperitie as their owne: wherevnto it seemeth Christ had a respect, where he shewed that loue was the cognisaunce and [Page 140] badge of his Disciples. Iohn. 13. And this is a singuler and worthy prayse of bene­ficence, to haue the next place vnto doctrine, among the exercises of the Church. Whereby we may easily perceiue what to thinke of them who are touched with no pitie of their needy brethren, but snorting in wealth them­selues, care not though all other want, so they may enioye the riches and delights of this world. But bicause we meane hereof to speake more here­after, let this little for this time suffice.

The brea­king of bread or receyuing togither.Thirdly, he reciteth breaking of breade: by the which he vnderstandeth the mysticall supper of our Lorde and sauiour Iesus Christ. He vseth this name, for that in the supper the breade is publikely and solemnely broken, partly to set forth the memorie of the Lordes death, and partly to put vs in minde, that we were the causers of the death of Iesus Christ, seeing it was necessary he shoulde suffer and die for our sinnes. He maketh menti­on onely of the supper, not for that he barreth baptisme out of the Church, but bicause he had spoken thereof before, where he sayde they were bapti­sed. And he speaketh of those which were alredy receiued into the Church, not of their children, and those that shoulde afterwarde professe Christ, wherof we gather that baptisme ought not to be yterated, bicause it is suf­ficient to be once receyued into the Church of Christ. Another reason why he spake of the supper was, bicause Christ ordeyned it to be a solemne me­moriall and remembrance of his death, which for this cause ought to bee the oftner celebrated. Marke here in the meane while, the simplicitie of the primitiue Church, which being contented with the rites and sacra­ments deliuered by the Lord, neither durst deuise any new, ne yet set forth the olde with any newe ceremonies, for feare of prescribing Christ. And although Luke expresse not the rytes, and order of the mysticall supper, as they vsed it: yet there is no doubt but they had a respect to Christes institu­tion, bicause Paule afterwarde confesseth, that he deliuered vnto the faith­full that order which he receyued of the Lorde, and reuoketh them which had swarued from the same to the obseruation and keeping thereof. These things ought they to haue marked, which glorying in the name of the Gos­pell, are so bolde as to chaunge and alter the maner of the Lords supper, ordeyned by Christ himselfe. For to saye nothing of the lightes, the riot in vestiments, the pieuishe gesturing, and infinite such like, which they (per­haps of a good zeale) thought to commende the authoritie of the supper the more with: this me thinketh, can not be pardoned, that they haue taken from the supper, the breaking of bread, whyles they make the peeces of the misticall bread rounde, before they come to the supper, and put them whole into the mouthes of the receyuers. If they take away this breaking, what will they leaue vs wherby to remember the death of Christ, or to admonish vs of our sinnes, and of repentance? considering the breaking of breade was of such authoritie in the primitiue Church, that vnder that name they comprehended the whole supper of the Lorde. Therefore we must holde fast the auncient simplicitie, which if any man dislyke, certes, he to boldly contemneth the authoritie of Christ, by whose institution the same was commended.

Praying.Last of all, he speaketh of prayers, which we suppose ought to be vn­derstanded of publike prayers. For Luke meaneth not to tell what euery man did priuately at home in his owne house, but what the publike exer­cises [Page 141] of the Churche were. He did not thinke it good to forget publyke prayers which Christ commended vnto vs by a notable promise, where he sayth: If two of you agree in earth, vpon any maner of thing, whatsoeuer they desire, they shall haue it of my father which is in heauen. Math. 18. And wee reade in Ioël the Prophete, that publike prayers are greatly commended in times of affliction. For where God reioyceth in the vnanimitie of the godly and faithfull, he cannot choose, but graunt the prayers of a great many which with one hart and mouth (as it were) burst in vpon him. And if we dili­gently consider the manifolde hazardes on euery side of vs, it shall appeere they are not without a cause commended vnto vs. Wherefore their blinde­nesse, and slouthfulnesse is greatly to be bewayled, which both priuately, in their owne house call very seldome vpon God, and openly despise and neglect the publike prayers of the Church, yea, rascallye deride the holye assemblies which the Church hath ordeyned, for preaching of the worde, and for publike prayers.

Here therefore we haue the exercises of the primitiue Church, which no man, I thinke, will denie to be both Apostolike and Christian. That Church continued in the Apostolike doctrine, by meane whereof it was gathered togither, and by baptisme. It did exercise mutuall and publike beneuolence and liberalitie towardes all Nations. It obserued the order of the mysticall supper, as Christ did institute it. It continued stedfastlye and dailye in praying. Whosoeuer endeuour in these dayes, thus to doe, ought to be taken for the members of the Church, and for Christians, al­though they be hated and despised of all the worlde beside. And whosoeuer we see estraunged & deuided from these wayes, it is impossible they should eyther be Christians or Apostolike. The worshippers of the sea of Rome, glory now a dayes in the title of the Church, & condemne vs of heresie, bi­cause we are departed from them. But they must first prooue that the name of the Church, ought to be with them. If they deserue the title of the Church, why neglect they the Apostles doctrine? why doe they persecute it with fire and sworde? why lode they them with newe traditions, whom Christ hath made free from the yoake of the lawe, by the price of his owne bloude? why doe they riotously spende the goodes of the Church, giuen by the liberalitie of Princes, and priuate men, to relieue the poore with, and for the most part bestowe them on ruffyans, iesters, and buggered boyes? why prophane they the supper of the Lorde, and turne it into a sacrifice for the quicke and the deade? why haue they in steede of publike prayers, brought in a roaring and yelling of an outlandishe tongue? These things might be dilated at large, so that all men might see they are most vnworthy the name of the Church. But it sufficeth to diligent hearers of the worde, to giue but an occasion to consider further hereof. In the meane season, let none amongst vs that glory in the name of the Gospell, thinke all is well at home, seeing that in vs also remaine many things to be amended. The doctrine of the Apostles soundeth in our Churches, but how little a great many set by it, the thing it selfe declareth. The studie of charitie and distri­bution is waxed colde. The vse of the supper with some is farre degene­rated from the primitiue simplicitie, with other some it is made little ac­count of. What negligence reigneth in publike prayers, maye be iudged by the Church assemblies, to the which verye fewe vse to come, and they [Page 142] seldome times. Wherefore we also must frame our selues better to the primitiue order, if we also will not in vaine bragge of the Church.

What defen­ded y e church.But some maye marueyle by what succour or defence the primitiue Church coulde liue in safetie among suche professed enimies in so bloud­thirstie a Citie? This Luke declareth, saying: feare came vpon euery soule, and manye woonders and signes were shewed by the Apostles. The myndes therefore of the wicked were bridled with a certaine secret feare. They saw the marueylous boldenesse of the Apostles, and their bolde libertie of speach. They sawe them who not long before were enimies of Christ so­denly chaunged. They saw signes and wonders wrought by the Apostles. They marueyle therefore and are amazed. Adde herevnto the spirite of Christ, which as he worketh in the elect, a childely feare, hope, fayth, and obedience, so he horribly troubleth and feareth the wicked with the consci­ence of their sinne. They feare therefore to beginne any thing against the greene springth of Christ. So God can defende his sheepe in the middest of the woolues. For we depend not vpon the will or power of our enimies, but vpon the counsell of Gods prouidence. With this we reade the Patri­arches sometime were defended among the bloudy Nation of the Chanaa­nites, the Lorde thundering in their mindes: Touch not mine annoyn­ted. &c. Psal. 105. With the same succour and defence is the Church garded also in these dayes, wherewith Christ hath promised alwaies to be present. These things ought to stirre vs vp, and to embolden vs. We haue professed in our baptisme to serue Christ. Let vs giue our selues to such things as become Christians, and let vs not feare the enterprises of the worlde. For fayth which is our victorie, 1. Iohn. 5. ouercommeth the worlde. With this, let vs embrace Christ truely, who being our Capitaine and Protector, we shall be able to ouercome. To him be blessing, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xix. Homelie.

‘AND all that beleued, kept themselues togither, and had all things com­mon, and solde their possessions and goodes, and parted them to all men, as euery man had neede. And they continued dailye with one accorde in the Temple, and brake breade from house to house, and did eate their meate togi­ther with gladnesse, and singlenesse of heart, praysing God, and had fauour with all the people. And the Lorde added to the congregation dailye, such as shoulde be saued.’

AS God woulde haue all the meane of our saluation comprehended in his onlye sonne Ie­sus Christ: so is it manifest that the same apper­tayneth onelye to them which be members of hys Church. For the Church is commonlye called his bodye, bicause it is by fayth vnited and knit to one heade which is Christ, which poureth into all hys members the spirite of health and life. And as it cannot be that a member deuided from the bodye, can feele any part of liuely spirite that commeth from the heade: so is it im­possible, that they can be quickened with the spirite of Christ, which are de­uided from the Church, which is his body. And bicause all sectes that euer [Page 143] were or yet be, chalenge to them the title and name of the Church of God: it is necessary to haue some exact knowledge of the true Church, least o­ther either deceyue vs, or we our selues, by a false and counterfeyt name of the Church. Which thing caused Luke, mooued by the holy ghost, so diligent­ly to describe the order and maner of the primitiue Church. For this is the ende and scope of this description, that we shoulde hereby frame a true and perfite patterne of a Church, according to the which, we might both iudge of others, and also rule our selues. Yesterdaye he beganne certaine prin­cipall and most generall pointes, of things appertaining to the same, de­claring howe the first beleeuers were gathered togither, by Peters prea­ching, and were taken by baptisme into the fellowship of Christ and his Church. Furthermore, he rehearseth their studies and exercises, suche as were of continuance in the Apostles doctrine, mutuall beneuolence, & hel­ping one another, the godly and syncere vse of the mysticall supper, and continuall prayers. But bicause in these pointes some things remayned, requiring a further declaration, he now adioyneth and supplyeth the same. And first he speaketh of the mutuall communion and distribution of their goodes. Then intreateth he of their publike assemblies and meetinges. Thirdly, he describeth the whole order of their life and conuersation. And at length sheweth how greatly they profited by these their exercises.

To the mutuall and common distribution of goodes, it appertayneth, Communica­ting of goods where he sayth: All that beleeued kept themselues togither, and had all things common, and solde their possessions and goodes, and parted them to all men, as euery man had neede. First he attributeth to them vnitie and coniunction of mindes, which is the verye spring and fountaine of a readye good will to helpe. For although the Greeke phrase [...] (that is, they were to­gither) may be referred to the place, yet it shall be more commodiously ex­pounded of the ioyning togither of their mindes, forasmuch as the things that followe abundantly shewe, that they dwelt not togither in one house, but in diuers. The knitting togither of mindes brought forth this commu­nion of goodes, and all kinde of benefites, which extended so farre, that many solde their possessions, and made their goodes common to all men, least the poorer sort through impaciencie or anye other occasion that might be giuen, shoulde fall from the truth.

It is diligently to be enquired what the maner and order of this com­munion was. For where the Anabaptistes and diuers such newfangled & factious fellowes vnderstand it not, they would bring in Plato his com­munion of all thinges, and saye, it is vnlawfull that anye Christian man should possesse any thing of his owne: whome we might shortly aunswere, that of a singuler example, no generall rule ought to be made. But for the simples sake it must be prooued by argumentes, that they are fowlye deceyued. First, the expresse commaundementes of God repugne against their opinion. For he hath giuen lawes, touching the ordering of families and housholdes, he hath prescribed rich men diuers dueties: which were needelesse, if it were not lawfull for a Christian, to possesse somewhat of his owne. Paule surely commaundeth riche men, 1. Tim. 6. not to forsake or cast awaye their riches, but to vse them godlily, and in holy works. 1. Tim. 5. He sayth that they which prouide not for their familie and house, are worse than Infidels. But what neede we of such care and prouidence to feede our owne folke, if [Page 144] we ought to possesse nothing of our owne, but may vse other mens goodes as common to vs with them: Likewise theft is forbidden by God, with all kinde of deceyte, fraude, and guile. But how can there be any theft where all things are common? But where our aduersaries contende by exam­ples, let vs by examples confute them. And we will easily prooue this was not the Apostles minde nor meaning, that all things shoulde be common without any propertie belonging to any man. Math. 27. Ioseph of Arimathea, which honoured the sonne of God with his buriall, was rich, and also a Disciple of Christ. We may say the same of Nicodemus, Lazarus and his sisters, and Simon the leprouse: who both kept their houses and goodes, and vsed them to the reliefe of such as belonged to them, and of Christ, and his dis­ciples. To these maye we ioyne the women, which also, as it is sayde in Scripture, ministred to Christ (not of other mens, and common goodes) but of their owne. Luc. 8. It is further manifest that our Lorde neuer vsed anye mans goodes against the will of the owner. For he tooke the Asse whereon he rode into the Citie, by request and intreatie: and the house where hee kept his last passeouer, hee obtayned by the leaue of the Goodman of the house. What iniustice then shall it be, for men to chalenge more right and interest in other mens goodes, than Christes example will suffer, to whom all power is giuen in heauen and in earth? And euen in this selfe booke [...]hal be rehearsed the examples of diuers, whose fayth is singularly commen­ded, which neyther solde their houses, nor made their goodes common. Of which number are Thabita, Lydia, Mary the mother of Marke, Symon the Tanner, Cornelius the Captaine, Philip, and diuers other. What shall we saye of Caius the hoste of all the congregation? What of Philemon, w hich had a seruant bought with his owne money: Rom. 16. which thing Paule so little re­prooueth, that he sendeth him backe againe his seruant which ranne away from him. But what neede we examples sette from other places, whereas this present place euidently prooueth a propertie and possessing of goodes? For first the Christians solde their possessions, and if it be a fault for one to haue anye thing of his owne, then caused they other men to offende, to whome they solde their goodes. Yea, they must be conuinced to haue vsed couine and deceyt, taking money for those things which by Gods lawe no man might keepe or holde as his owne. But doubtlesse they whose fayth, godlynesse, and religion, the holy ghost so greatly commendeth, were cleare and free from both these. Further Luke maketh mention here, of distribu­tion, whereby was giuen to euery man as he had neede. It was not law­full for euery man, to take at his pleasure. Besides that, no man was compelled to sell that he had, or to giue it, but all this distribution depended vpon eche mans good will, as we shall learne hereafter in the example of Ananias and Sapphyrae. Wherefore by this worde (common) is vnderstan­ded nothing, but a voluntarie contribution, whereby euery man gaue, as seemed him good, after his habilitie, to the reliefe and maintenance of the poore, least through impatiencie and pouertie they should take any naugh­tie wayes, or turne to their Iewish religion and superstition againe. The diligent consideration of the Communion which we haue in Christ, and the feruent desire of the loue of God, wherewith euerye man is inflamed when he seeth his brother in neede, enforced them thus to doe, which, as Iohn sayth, 1. Iohn. 3. cannot shut vp the bowels of pitie. Ouer and besides this, the [Page 145] first beleeuers were to be envred by this voluntarye contribution, to take the more paciently the losse of their goodes, which shortly after should en­sue, when persecution arose: seeing they had learned before to bestow them on others, and were contented themselues to liue with a little.

Therefore this place ministreth no example of confusion, whereby these phrenetike disturbers of common weales may be mainteyned: but only a certayne liberalitie towardes the poore is in this place commended, which God would haue alwayes to flourish in his Church. We know what God sayth, Deuter. 15. Let there be no begger at all amongst you. Deut. 15. Yet God was not ignorant there woulde be alwayes that shoulde be pinched with penurie. But that the same shoulde runne vagarant about, as publike spectacles of pouertie and beggerie, is most contrary to the nature of charitie, wher­vnto all Gods people are bounde. And there are diuers other lawes of God extant, Deut. 14.15.16.24. &c whereby an order is declared howe the poore may be commo­diouslye prouided for, that they neede not go begging from doore to doore. Hereof it commeth to passe, that the Prophetes in euery place commend the poore vnto vs. And Christ doth vouchsafe so to commende the care and helpe that ought to be taken for them, that he testifyeth, he will in the later daye reward them that haue done good to the poore for his sake, Mat. 25.26. euen as though they had done it to himselfe: which order and institution was of such force and authoritie with the Apostles, that they were not ashamed to make prouision for the poore. Yea, when Paule and Barnabas had declared the trade of their ministerie, to Iohn, Peter, and Iames: they thought good to admonish them of this one thing, Galat. 2. that they shoulde not neglect the poore whome they knewe Christ had so diligently commended vnto them. Be­sides that, Paule exhorteth the Corinthians, that they shoulde not onely see for the prouision of their owne poore, 1. Cor. 16. 2. Cor. 8.9. but also (where they were very rich) they shoulde helpe the needye brethren at Ierusalem, which were verye poore. And surely, it is euident that our predecessors had a great care herof, if we consider the donations, and foundations, both of Princes and priuate men, which with greater liberalitie had giuen their goodes to the Church, to the ende that both puritie of doctrine myght be preserued, and the poore and needy relieued and helped. But in these dayes religion is growne in­to such contempt, that they are very fewe and scant which will giue ought of their owne, but euery where there are ynough which wil rape and reue, and prodigally waste that which others haue giuen. They shall one daye prooue that Christ is a reuenger which will not contemne the crye of his poore, and will most seuerely reuenge the spoyle and waste of his Church. And it is to be feared least they shall leaue them to the wicked, enimies of the Churche, and fayth, to be rifled, bicause they disdaine to bestowe them on their euen Christians, the brethren of Christ.

But let vs returne to Luke, The congre­gation and meetings of the faithfull. which describeth the publyke and holy as­sembly of the Church, where he sayth they continued euery day in the tem­ple with one accorde. Then they came oftentimes togither in the temple, not for that they would be at the Iewes sacrifices, which they knew were abolished through the bloude of Christ: but bicause of the concourse of the people, that they might teach and winne the more vnto Christ. By this ex­ample, we are taught to seeke occasion on euery side, to set forth the king­dome of Christ: and for this cause the people ought oftentimes to meete [Page 146] togither, that there may be the greater number to heare the worde of God. For where the faithfull are gouerned by the light of the truth, they cannot be ashamed thereof, Iohn. 3. and seeke not darckenesse and corners, as they doe, whose workes be euill. Uerily we reade that Christ taught alwayes open­ly, Luc. 22. Iohn. 18. and thereby excused himselfe both when he was taken, and afterwarde also before Caïphas. And Paule the Apostle in his first Epistle to the Co­rinthians the .xj. and .xiiij. Chap. diligently describeth the publike assemblies and holy meetinges: which he woulde neuer haue done, if he had not vn­derstoode they had bene of much force to the setting forth of Gods true re­ligion.

Two thinges are ascribed to the primitiue Church: continuance togi­ther, and vnanimitie of mindes, which are needefull at all times, but spe­cially in assemblies and Churche meetinges. For where God (as it hath otherwheare bene sayde) hath commended them by a singuler promise: such an earnest studie and perseuerance in keeping the same, is meete for Christians. Againe, where these assemblies are made, both for doctrine sake, for publike prayers, and vse of the sacramentes, vnanimitie for this purpose is chiefly requisite. With this it becommeth Ministers of the word to be ioyned togither, least they be authors of partaking, and sectes, suche as we knowe were once in the Church of Corinth: but let them with one accord vrge & set forth the doctrine of truth, & labor to bring Disciples vnto Christ, as he commaunded in the .xxviij. chap. of Mathew. That vnanimitie in praiers, is of great weight before god, appeereth hereby, bicause mutuall loue is euery where commaunded, and Christ earnestly desireth of his fa­ther, Iohn. 17. that all the beleeuing may be one, as he and his father are one. The same reason may be made also of the sacramentes. For where they seale vnto vs the benefites of Christ, and are tokens and pledges of the fellowship and vnitie which we haue in Christ, by the vsing wherof we are taken into one body with Christ: it cannot be that they can vse them duly which are at enmitie amongest themselues. These things ought well to haue bene con­sidered in these dayes, where there is great faulte committed on all sides. For they that glorye in the doctrine of the Gospell, and haue enioyed the same a long whyle, waxe slacke for the most part, and are quite voyde of perseuerance, as though they had attayned already to perfection, and had now no more to doe. They are deuided into diuers and sundry sectes, and one of them excōmunicateth another. So that it must needes come to passe that Paule sayth: Galat. 5. If you byte and deuoure one another, take heede least you be likewise consumed one of another. And it is no marueyle that the Gospell doth no better succeede and go forwarde, considering those men are neither feruent in perseuerance, nor ioyned togither in vnanimitie, in whome the same of all other is chiefely required. Let who so will reade Eusebius pre­face, vpon the eyght booke of the Ecclesiasticall hystorie: and he shall finde a most liuely description of these times, and what we may looke for.

Unto these, Luke ioyneth the trade of lyfe that these first Christians li­ued in, Howe the Christians liued pri­uately. priuately among themselues: And they brake breade (sayth he) from house to house, and did eate their meate togither with singlenesse of heart, praysing God. And although this that he speaketh of breaking of breade, may after a sort be vnderstanded of the mysticall supper, as is declared in the Homely before going: yet for that he maketh mention also of com­mon [Page 147] meate, it seemeth this place commodiously may be wholy expounded of their priuate trade of lyfe, in bidding one another to their houses to meales and repastes. Luke teacheth vs that the richer sort did not only de­part with some portion of their goodes to the reliefe in generall, but also that they did exercise liberalitie towardes the poore, and others, of that which they had reserued peculiarly for themselues. And he therefore ex­presselye mencioneth houses, that it might appeare diuers of the number of the faithfull kept their houses and goodes still, wherby that confused and sedicious communion of things, which the Anabaptistes doe imagine, is most strongly confuted. But here such an order and trade of lyfe and con­uersation is expressed, as is full of benefites, loue, and mutuall helping one another. And bicause men offende much in immoderate and excessiue ryote and pride of feasting: Luke thought good chiefely to entreate hereof, saying they obserued three thinges therein. First, they feasted togither in gladnesse, according to that saying of Paule: He that sheweth mercy, Rom. 12. 2. Cor. 9. let him doe it with cherefulnesse: For God loueth a cherefull giuer. Therfore in their feasting, there was no disdainefulnesse, which causeth vs to yrke at our benefites, but they receyued euery man with glad and chearefull minde, and chiefely those whome they knewe wanted liuing. For so Christ com­maundeth vs to bid the pore, Luc. 14. which are not able to recompence and requite vs with benefites againe. Unto cherefulnesse he addeth singlenesse of heart, by the which he vnderstandeth sinceritie of minde, voyde of all de­ceyte and guyle, which is contrary to that vice, which will seeme to benefite others, and yet seeketh their own commoditie and gayne, little minding the vtilitie and profite of others. Thirdly he rehearseth thankesgiuing, wher­by they did set forth the bountie of God, who as he made all thinges: Psal 147. Math. 6. so is he the preseruer and nourisher of them all. And if a man ioyne these three togither, it shall easilye appeare, that they had a singuler care of tempe­raunce: for where this is not, there is no true cherefulnesse, and christian simplicitie, much lesse, giuing of thankes. Therefore christian men must drawe them a rule out of these things, howe to behaue themselues in their banquets. Let them knowe that the chiefe thing therein must be charitie and the benefiting of others. Let them studie to be harborous, and knowe that they are not appointed Lordes, but stewardes of the goodes that they haue. Let them be mery and cheerefull in giuing, bicause as Christ sayth: It is better to giue, than to receyue. Actes. 20. Herevnto let there be ioyned such a sin­glenesse of minde, and sinceritie, as becommeth Christians. Chiefely let them be mindfull of God: let them acknowledge him to be the author of all things belonging to our life: let them aske their necessaries of him, and thanke him for his gifts receyued. For through fayth and giuing of thankes (as Paule sayth) meates are sanctified. 1. Tim. 4. We haue in Christ an example here­of, whome we neuer read to haue broken breade, without blessing or gi­uing of thankes, as maye be seené Math. 14.15. Luc. 24. Iohn. 6. &c. These things teach vs what we maye thinke of their banquetting, which eyther vtterly despise the poore, or else giue them with an euill will, and forget­ting to giue God thankes, reioyce in scurrilitie, and kindle intemperancye by lowde singing and vnseasonable musick. Against these are the sermons of the Prophetes. Isa. 5. and Amos. 6.

Further, The fruite of true god­lynesse. least any man might thinke this feruent studie in godlynesse [Page 148] lacked his successe: Luke teacheth vs what commoditie ensued thereof, where he sayeth: They had fauour with all the people. And the Lorde added dayly. &c. He sheweth a double fruite hereof comming. First, they were in fauour and authoritie with all men of the wiser sort: For it is playne by that that was sayde before, that the wicked were afrayd of them. Wee are hereby taught, what thing getteth men true authoritie: verilye the studie and desire of Gods religion and glory. For it must needes be true that the Lorde sayde by the Prophete: I will honour them that honour me, and they shall be put to shame that despise me. 1. Sam. 2. Let the Rulers of the church and other Magistrates marke well this thing. The superintendents know that they haue neede both of authoritie and fauour, but they go not alwayes about to get it that wayes that they ought to doe, whiles some of them hunt for worldlye prayse, some studye to heape vp riches, other seeke to be aloft in worldly pompe, being little carefull in the meane while for the honor and glory of God. Where the feruent zeale and desire of Gods glorye is the most compendious way to come vnto glory. For God, which can turne the hartes of men which way it pleaseth him, and preserueth the remembrance of them that be his, as the Psalmist sayeth, will surely rewarde them for euer. An other fruite or commoditie therof is, that the Lord added dayly vnto his church such as should be saued. The church or congregation ther­fore encreased, and they that first entred into it, felt their fayth in them also encreased. No man therfore can labor in vaine in the vineyard of the Lord, so that he earnestly applye his vocation. Marke in the meane time howe all encrease of the Church is attributed to the Lorde. The Lorde (sayth he) added euery day vnto the Congregation such as should be saued. In deede the Apostles preached, and drewe men by preaching of the worde. But all the successe of their labour must be ascrybed to God onelye, who onely hath power vpon the harts of men. For Christ hath taught vs that no man com­meth to him, Iohn 6. except the father vouchsafe to drawe him. This thing Paule expresseth by an elegant parable of husbandrye, in the first to the Corinthi­ans the thirde Chapter. And the Lorde testifyeth by his Prophete, that he will write his lawes in the heartes of the faythfull, Iere. 31. so that they shall neede none other instruction. Wherevpon in another place the beleeuing are cal­led most properly [...], that is to saye, taught of God, or the Disci­ples and schollers of God. Isa. 54. And Christ himselfe sayth that his spirite shall be our counseller and maister to leade vs into all truth. Iohn 14. Here is the impu­dencie of them reprooued which gather themselues disciples, and call them after their owne name. And they also are as faultie, which acknowledge other maisters beside Christ, and reioyce in their names more than in the name of Christ, Math. 23. 1. Cor. 1.3. whome Christ and Paule most earnestly impugne and re­buke. Let no man take occasion hereby to be slouthfull. For euerye man must haue a respect to his calling, and walke in the same, and ascribe all successe, not to his owne industrie, but to the grace of God, which worketh in vs according to his good pleasure, those things that make for his glory, and for our and other mennes saluation.

Let these suffice, for declaration of the order of the primitiue Church. Let vs knowe it is our partes to be occupied in the same exercises, which they sometime were giuen vnto. Let the ende of them all be, the glorye of God and the saluation of manye, whome we must labour to bring vnto [Page 149] Christ. For so shall it come to passe, that we shall haue fauour and autho­ritie amongest men, and shall receyue plenteous fruite of our tra­ueyle in Iesus Christ: to whome be blessing, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The thirde chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .xx. Homelie.

‘PETER and Iohn went vp togither into the Temple at the ninth houre. And a certaine man that was halt from his mothers wombe was brought, whome they layde dayly at the gate of the Temple (which is called bewtifull) to aske almes of them that entred into the Temple. When hee sawe Peter and Iohn that they woulde go into the Temple, he desired to receyue an almes. And Peter fastened his eyes on him with Iohn and sayd: Looke on vs. And he gaue heede vnto them, trusting to receyue something of them. Then sayde Peter: siluer and golde haue I none: such as I haue, giue I thee. In the name of Iesus Christ of Nazareth, aryse vp and walke. And he tooke him by the right hande and lift him vp. And immediatly his feete and ancle bones receyued strength. And hee sprang, stoode, and walked, and entred with them into the Temple, walking and leaping, and praysing God.’

WE haue perceyued in the Ser­mon before going, what the trade, suc­cesse, and encrease of the primityue Church was. This thing of all other was notable, that the faythfull grewe in fauoure and authoritie with manye men, and caused the wicked to be afrayd of them. Among other things, mention was made of manye and diuers myra­cles, which Luke sayth, the Apostles did. Wherefore out of a number, he taketh one, which gaue occasion of a newe ser­mon, by the which Peter bringeth cer­taine thousands to the knowledge of Christ, as we shall see when we come to the place. Nowe, bicause this is so singuler a myracle: it is meete we di­ligently discusse all the circumstances therof, with as much regard as Luke hath penned them, who beginneth first with the occasion of the myracle, then he describeth the lame mannes person, on whome the myracle was [Page 150] wrought: and last of all sheweth what successe folowed of the myracle, and what the lame man did, after he was healed.

The occasion of the miracleThe occasion of the myracle was, that Peter and Iohn, about the ninth houre went vp into the temple, at what time this lame man was brought thither to aske almes of the people. The ninth houre of the day with them, was three a clocke at the after noone with vs, as maye be gathered of that we sayde in the seconde Chapter, touching the counting of houres. He cal­leth it the houre of prayer, bicause the people of God had certayne appoin­ted houres, when they made their publike prayers: as maye be seene as well otherwheres, as also in Daniel the sixt Chapter. And God had ap­poynted in the law the morning and euening sacrifice, which no man being in his wit, Exod. 29. Nume. 28. will saye was done without prayers. Touching the time of mid­day or noone, which also was appointed for prayers: we shall speake here­after in the tenth Chapter: where Peter at the same houre, being in Simon the Tanners house, went into the vpper storie thereof to praye. And it is not without a cause that the Scriptures make such diligent mention of the houres of prayers. For first we are taught hereby, that we ought to be­ginne, finishe, and ende all our doings, with calling on the name of God, bicause without his helpe and grace, it is impossible for vs to accomplishe any thing well. For as Salomon sayth: A man deuyseth a waye in his heart, but it is the Lord that ordreth his goings. Prou. 16. Wherevpon the Apostle S. Iames sharpely reprooueth them, which without respect vnto the will of God, so deliberate and appoint their matters, Iacob. 4. as though the successe of them de­pended of their owne power. Also we are admonished, that disciplyne is needefull in the Church, according to the which (as Paule sayth) all things appertayning to religion, and the honour of God, ought to be done decent­ly and in order. We confesse in deede, that it is the dutie of Christians, in e­uery place to lift vp pure and cleane handes vnto God, when and where we haue neede of his helpe, and that he may heare vs. Yet bicause Christ hath commended vnto vs publike prayers, by a peculiar promise: it be­commeth vs to haue a speciall care and consideration therof, and not with­out a cause to refraine from the holye congregation, which it is euident was instituted long agoe, for doctrine, and prayers sake. And though ma­ny things afterwarde grewe into superstition, yet ought that to be no im­pediment vnto vs. For the superstition ought to be taken awaye, and the primitiue and lawfull vse to be restored. Now there is nothing left but the iangling of belles, whereby we are called in the morning, at noone, and at euening, to prayers. The superstitious vsage whereof many accuse: but very fewe traueyle to haue the solemne houres of prayers, as they were at the first vsed, to be restored.

The Apostles are specially to be marked, who sayth Luke, went into the Church, at the houre of prayer. Which was not for the sacrifice sake, that then was offred, as was heretofore declared. But bicause they were desirous to praye, and also hoped to finde some occasion whereby to teache the people. And they would not bicause of the pieuishe superstition of the Iewes, which easily might be corrected, leaue their dutie vndone, and let slippe such an occasion and opportunitie to doe good. Whose example tea­cheth vs that we must seeke all maner of occasion to set forth the doctrine of the Gospell and knowledge of Christ. The dutie that we owe vnto Christ [Page 151] bindeth vs herevnto. For as he intermitted nothing belonging to our sal­uation, so must not we fayle of our duties, in enlarging the boundes and borders of his kingdome. 2. Cor. 11. This caused Paule to thinke the weight and care of all congregations laye on his shoulders. And in another place he re­ioyceth in the attemptes of his aduersaries, and yllwillers, Phil. 1. bicause he per­ceyued they serued after a sort, to the setting forth of the Gospell. Let vs be ashamed therefore of our negligence and slouth, who like sluggardes (to say no woorse) doe daily let passe the occasions that the Lord offreth vs. And here chiefely hath that saying of the Prophete, place: Iere. 48. Cursed is he that doth the worke of the Lorde negligently.

Secondly, Luke diligently describeth the lame mans person, The descrip­tion of the lame man. on whome the myracle was afterwarde wrought. In which description, the excellen­cie of the myracle, and the power of Christ the author thereof, doe euident­ly appeare. First he sayth, the man was lame from his mothers wombe, Halt or lame from his mo­thers wombe and so lame, that hauing lost the vse of all his limmes, he was fayne to be borne. Unto the which ioyne his age, taken out of the words that follow, ( for he was fourtie yeare olde) and thou shalt perceyue his disease coulde not be cured by any arte of man. For such are the diseases for the most part that cleaue vnto vs from our natiuitie, or else by long time and continu­ance of yeares, growne as it were into a nature, or custome: yet was the ende of all moste blessed. For those thinges that did aggrauate and in­crease the poore mannes calamitie, serued to the setting forth of Gods glo­rie: for it might haue seemed but a small glorie to Christ, for Peter to heale a disease curable by mannes arte and cunning. But wheras he whose helth no man euer hoped for, was healed by the name of Christ: it is euident that Christ is almightie & endued with diuine power, and therefore is ve­rye God. And to this ende commonly serue the greatest calamities which God vseth to take from vs, that by those things which no counsel or help of man can remedie, he setteth forth the glory of his name. Example where­of we haue both here in this place, Iohn. 9. and also in him that was blinde from his natiuitie. For the Disciples demaunding whether it was his fault or his parentes that he was borne blinde: Christ aunswereth: Neyther hath this man sinned, nor yet his father and mother: but that the woorkes of God shoulde be shewed in him. This serueth both for our instruction and conso­lation. For it teacheth vs that we must not rashly iudge of other mennes mishappes and miseries, as though they that were fallen therein had de­serued them through their vngraciousnesse. For many times it commeth to passe, that God suffreth vs to be afflicted for none other cause, but for that by vs he will set forth his name and glorye. Wherefore we must not be to hastie in iudgement, least we runne against the same rocke, that we reade Iobes friends once did: which of his calamitie gathered, that through his wickednesse and sinfull life he had deserued the wrath of God. Also let them take comfort hereof, whose calamities are so great, that there is no more hope or helpe for them in man: let them not therfore thinke they are forsaken of God. But let them yeelde themselues paciently to God, to doe his pleasure on them: and they shall shortly prooue that those things which they thought were tokens of his wrath, pertayned to the glorye of his name, and to their saluation, wherevnto Paule had a respect when he said: We knowe that for them that loue God, all things worke to the best. Rom. 8.

[Page 152] A begger.Besides this remedilesse disease, Luke testifieth he was poore. And it is a token of extreeme neede, that he was laid euery day at the temple gate, which by reason of the gorgeous building was called beautifull, to aske al­mes of them that went by, to finde him. But that this was against the law of God, appeareth by that was sayde in the last sermons. For Gods lawe is manifest, Deut. 15. forbidding any begger to be in Israel. And many thinges are commaunded of God for the relieuing of the poore, which he woulde haue so ordred, that our brethren shoulde not go abrode lyke publike stages and woondermentes of miserie, and beggerie, whereof they were little minde­full, as appeareth by example of this miserable creature, who was as it maye seeme by his bringing euery day to the Temple gate, one of Ieru­salem, and dwelling in a most welthye Citie. And yet he is compelled a­mongst his brethren, and among an infinite number of Priests, to begge for his liuing. Such other haue we described. Iohn. 9. and Marc. 10. This declareth the great corruption and degeneration of the Iewish nation. For hereby it appeareth, that the goodes which God had appointed to feede the poore with, were alienated from them, and through abuse transposed other wayes. So true it is, that there is nothing in right order among thē, which in Gods religion dare rashly dispence with any thing contrary to his word. And not long after, extreme destruction folowed such extreme corruption. Wherby we may iudge what we ought to looke for in these dayes, who are in lyke fault as the Iewes were. For we contrarye to the example of the primitiue Church, suffer those to begge, whome we ought to take and loue as our brethren. The true vse of the Church goodes is marred and depra­ued by the Papistes, and those thinges serue to the maintenaunce of ydle men, wherewith the poore of the Church ought to be found and nourished. And although they that bragge of the Gospell, haue put awaye superstiti­on and ydolatrie: yet all their reformations of the Church stop here, when they shoulde dispose the Church goodes truly, and relieue the poore Christi­ans, whereby it is manifest that a great many vnder the cloke of the Gos­pell, seeke but their owne gaine onely. But Christ which shall come in the later daye to reuenge the quarell of the poore, Math. 25. will not fayle of his dutie.

Last of all, this is to be considered in the lame man, that Luke sayth, he asked almes of the Apostles. But where he was daily layde at the gate of the Temple, it is not vnlike that he was ignorant what miracles they did euery daye. Why then did he not rather aske the health of his body? Shall we iudge of him according to the propertie of the beggers in our dayes, which cast themselues into diseases, and refuse to be healed, whereby to get the more by begging? God forbid. For so great a benefite coulde not haue light vpon so prophane a contemner of God and his grace. Me thin­keth rather it was for cause he was nowe vtterlye in dispayre to be cured of his disease. There were in deede diuers examples of many which Christ had restored to their former health, but he knewe of none borne lame from his mothers wombe that he had healed. Wherefore since he was out of all hope of hauing his health againe, he thought it in vaine to desire it of any body, and hauing none other care but for his liuing, he asked of the Apo­stles that, which thereto belonged. But he receyued more than eyther hee durst hope for, or aske. For he is deliuered from his sickenesse, and made a singuler instrument and vessell of Gods goodnesse, and glory: which he [Page 153] did vse to the saluation of manye. This is a singuler goodnesse of God to­wardes vs, which oftentimes vseth to preuent, and to doe beyonde all our hope and prayers, in so much that he giueth vs both more and greater things than we once coulde haue hoped for. Gene. 17. So he promiseth vnto Abra­ham being onely carefull for Ismael his life, a sonne also by Sara called Isaac. So brought he the people of Israel out of Egypt, Exod. 12. with all their owne sub­stance, and part of the Egyptians also, who scarce euer hoped to be deliue­red. Dauid prooueth the like goodnesse, and notably setteth it forth, where he is promised that the Messias shoulde be borne of his stocke, 2. Sam. 7. which thing he neuer once durst haue looked for. I let passe manye such other examples, bicause we trye and finde the like euery day, whereas we being carefull for things belonging only to the body, he promiseth vs of his owne accord, such blisse of his heauenlye kingdome in his sonne, Esay. 64. as passeth all mans vnder­standing and capacitie. Let vs therfore learne to put our trust in his grace and goodnesse, and let vs not despaire of his good will, which is more libe­rall and bountifull, than we can eyther wishe or desire.

Nowe let vs come to the thirde part of the hystorie, The report of the myracle which contayneth in it a diligent description of the myracle that Peter shewed: the circumstan­ces whereof we must as diligently consider. Peter beginneth with causing the lame man to take heede and be attent, saying: Looke on vs. He woulde by this saying, procure him to take diligent heede that he shoulde well ac­knowledge the author of that benefite, that within a whyle after, he should receyue: least he might suppose it was done either by chaunce, by mannes arte, or by magicke. For is euident that they onely fruitefully receyue the benefites of God, which consider God is the author of them, and ascribe all glory and thankes to him therefore. But they which neglect Christ, and looke onely vpon the Ministers, myracles are many times to such men a cause of superstition, as we may see in the men of our dayes, which defend worshipping of Saintes, chiefely by reason of the myracles that they wrought. This is a token of great modestie in Peter, that he speaketh not of himselfe alone, but sayeth, Looke on vs. He acknowledgeth therefore Iohn to be his partener and fellowe, farre from the pride of the Popes, which while they will be taken for Peters successors, doe imperiously Lord it ouer other Bishops, and chalenge to themselues, all power vppon the Church of Christ.

Then being not ignorant that the man looked to receyue some money of them, he putteth him out of that conceyte, The pouertie of Peter. and causeth him to hope for a better thing, saying: Siluer and golde haue I none▪ such as I haue, giue I thee. For the Apostles be the Stewardes of spirituall goodes, and of the myste­ries of God, as Paule sayeth, and not of money, wherewith the vngodlye moste times abounde, more than the godly. 1. Cor. 4. Peter professeth two thinges verye profitable to bee marked. The first is pouertie, and that hee hath neyther siluer nor golde. For he was one of that companye that had left all they had and followed Christ. Marc. 10. Therefore he coulde not haue the ri­ches of the worlde. Shall we therefore thinke him vnhappie and in mise­rie? God defende. Let no man therefore measure felicitie by the goodes and riches of this world. For he cannot be miserable that possesseth Christ, although he were bereaued of all his goodes, and with Peter had neither siluer nor golde. And if Peter lacked these goodes, howe come Peters suc­cessors [Page 154] by so great abundance? what maner of patrimonie, I praye you of Peters is it, and from whence commeth it, that nowe a dayes hath not on­lye the greatest reuenues of golde and siluer, but also whole countries and kingdomes? Surely we haue nothing in the scriptures written hereof, neyther doe credible hystories make any mention hereof. Onely of Iudas there is mention, which sought golde and siluer by vnlawfull meanes, which was the cause of his desperation and destruction. And of Antichrist there is a prophecie that he shoulde possesse the treasures of the earth. Daniel. 11. Let the Popes therefore stint to bragge of Peters patrimonie, whereas Peter so plainly reprooueth them of lying. But how shoulde they stinte which are beco me so impudent, that they feare not to make a laughing game of Pe­ters wordes, when their new Pope lift vp on high, in a stoole (of easement) whurleth amongst the people, a kinde of counterfeyt money, which is nei­ther golde nor siluer, Looke the Pontifical of the fathers, touching the Popes coro­nation. saying: Siluer and golde haue I none. &c. But within a while after, being remooued to another place, he casteth to his owne crea­tures golde and siluer, they crying: He hath scattred abrode, he hath giuen to the poore, his righteousnesse remayneth for euer and euer. I pray you what is playing and iesting with the worde of God, if this be not? Uerily Tho­mas Aquinas did feately quippe these godlesse menne, andforsakers of the truth. For where in the Counsell at Lyons, certaine reuenues and annui­ties were brought from Naples to Gregorie the tenth, hee was not ashamed to saye to Thomas: we cannot nowe saye, as Peter once sayd: Siluer and golde haue we none. But Thomas answered him: Neyther can you say, Arise and walke. For the learned man sawe that through couetousnesse of the Popes, both the Church was brought out of square, and the giftes of the holy spi­rite, wherin the Church did sometimes flourish, were vtterly extinguished. Many men perceyue the same nowe a dayes also, but such is the vnto­wardnesse of this time, that men will wittingly be deceyued. Let vs whose eyes the light of the Gospell hath opened, flie their snares and impudent tyrannie, and not suffer our selues anye longer to be deluded and robbed by them.

Secondly, Peter professeth a promptnesse and readinesse of good will to benefite, and to doe good, where he sayth: Such as I haue, giue I thee, which is as much as if he shoulde saye, if I had money I woulde giue it thee al­so. Howbeit I will giue thee that I haue. These wordes shewe an exam­ple of a well willing minde, which we also ought to haue in the exercise of beneuolence. For there be that professe an earnest good will, but they saye they wote not what, nor howe much they shoulde giue the poore. But the lawe of looue and good will, aunswereth all these questions, commaunding vs to looue our neighbour as our selfe. Whosoeuer thus doe, enquire not howe much they shoulde giue, but seeke what their neighbour hath neede of, and if they finde that they haue it, depart with it to their neyghbour li­berally. Wherefore if they haue money, they helpe the needy with money: If they haue plentie of victualles, they deale it amongest the hungrye: if they haue raymēt, they cloath them that they see go naked. And if they haue none of all these, at leastwise, they giue their heart to their poore brethren, the good will wherof they declare with friendly wordes, with counsell, and comfort, wherewith they reare and cheare vp the poore bodye that is afflic­ted. So, following the example of Peter, they giue whatsoeuer they haue. [Page 155] Wherevpon we gather, that they be voyde of charitie, and ledde with no affection of doing good, which aske what and howe much they should giue vnto the poore.

Nowe, what that was the Peter had, and gaue so liberallye vnto the poore, he addeth: In the name of Iesus Christ of Nazareth, Aryse and walke. And he tooke him by the right hande, and lift him vp. Then he giueth him perfite health of body: which power he had receyued togither with the o­ther Apostles of Christ. And he so giueth the same, that it may appeare to all men, that he doth it not by his owne power, but that Christ is the au­thor thereof, by whose commaundement, power, and operation, all the my­racle was wrought. Of the which thing afterwarde, he discourseth fur­ther before the people. Also many things concurre and fall out that make for the veritie and setting forth of the myracle. For Peter taketh the lame man by the hande, and lifteth him vp. And by and by his anclebones and feete receyue strength, so that he hath not much adoe to rise, as they whose limmes are weakened with long sickenesse, but starteth vp and leapeth. And it was no sodeyne moouing or pang onely for a season, such as theirs is who are phrenetike, or haunted with some spirite: but he standeth stea­dily on his feete, and walketh vp and downe. Besides, he goeth into the Church with the Apostles, springing and leaping, and declaring the bene­fite of God. Therefore this lame man was so healed, that there remayned no signe of his former infirmitie and disease. For Gods workes be perfite, and there is in them no poynt of craft, fraude or deceit. But before we con­clude our sermon, we must speake of two things, seruing to the institution of our fayth.

The first is a figure of our spirituall restitution, which the holy ghost thought good to set forth by this myracle. For touching the soule, A figure of the restituti­on of man­kinde. we be all in like case as is this lame man. He tooke his sicknesse euen from his nati­uity, which bereft him of the vse of al his limmes. So we be borne sinners from our mothers wombe: and such is the force of the sinne that naturally from Adam, our father, hath ouerflowne all his posteritie, that it hath left in vs no power whereby to fulfill the lawe of God, and to doe such things as belong to our saluation. For, the lawe of God is spirituall, Rom. 7. but we be car­nall, solde vnder sinne. Then, as the mercifull Lorde by his goodnesse pre­uented this lame man, being without all hope of helth: so God first sought for, and called our first father, which being feared with his sinne, fledde from the sight of God, Gene. 3. and comforted him with the free promise of salua­tion. And as the lame man is healed by the name of Iesus Christ, which Peter preached vnto him, and taking him by the hande, lifteth him vp: so through the merite of Christ haue we gotten saluation, and the preaching of the Gospell offreth vs the same: which when we haue receyued through fayth, straightwayes we feele Christes spirite effectually working in vs, which giueth vs the hande, lifteth vs vp, and maketh vs strong, to ouer­come the tiranny of sinne, and to be able to walk in the wayes of the Lord. For it is his work, to regenerate, to enflame with loue of heauenly things, to stirre vp affiance of saluation, Iohn. 3. Rom. 8. to certifie and make men sure of their a­do [...]tion, and to teach them to crye, Abba father: Besides, he lightneth our mindes with the knowledge of God and his will, Iohn. 14.16 he leadeth them into all truth, and comforteth them in all aduersitie. Therefore by his operation [Page 156] it commeth to passe, that we which before were weake and lame, are now able to do all things in Christ which comforteth vs. Phil. 4. And although the pro­pertie of the fleshe remayneth, which maketh vs sometime to slippe, and inuegleth vs with diuers temptations: yet alwayes Christes spirite ouer­commeth, and suffreth vs not to be tempted aboue our strength. For it is a perfite health which is gotten vs in Christ, which can be disturbed with no endeuour of the worlde, or Prince thereof.

An example of them that be restored.Secondly, the restored to health, are taught their duties by example of this lame man. He as soone as he hearde that health was promised him in the name of Christ, and was lift vp, by Peters hande, he springeth by and by. So, after that by preaching of the Gospell we haue health offred vs in Christ, and perceyue our selues to be quickened and stirred with the sug­gestion of the holy spirite: let vs rise by and by out of the puddle of sinne, and embrace the benefite of Christ with cheerefull minde. For they can lyue no longer in sinne, Rom. 6. whome the merite of Christ hath deliuered from the bondage of sinne, as Paule teacheth at large. Afterwarde he goeth with the Apostles into the Temple. Nowe it is plaine the Temple was a figure of Christ. Let vs therefore ioyne our selfe vnto him, and follow the Apostles, which shewe vs the waye howe we may be ioyned to Christ, and to his Church. And into the Church of Christ can we not be receyued, vn­lesse we first forsake the tentes of Satan, vnder whom it becommeth them to refuse to fight, which desire to be Christ his souldiers. Besides all this, it is sayd that he reioyced, and praysed God. Let vs also reioyce in the Lord, and let vs prayse his goodnesse, which it becommeth vs plainly to confesse, and to set forth. For they are in vaine redeemed and deliuered, who are a­shamed of Christ their Redeemer, and of the benefite by him obtayned. Therfore he requireth of vs euery where confession of our fayth, and hath dedicated a remembraunce of his death in his mysticall supper, which he would haue alwayes to continue in his Church. It behooueth vs therfore to labour for these things, that being truely graft in Christ, and quickened with his spirite, we may reigne with him in heauen: to whome be prayse, honour, glory and power, for euer. Amen.

The .xxj. Homelie.

‘AND all the people sawe him walke and prayse God. And they knewe that it was he that sate and begged at the beautifull gate of the Temple. And they woondred, and were sore astonied, at that which had happened vn­to him. And as the halte which was healed helde Peter and Iohn, all the people ranne amazed to them in the porche that is called Salomons. When Peter sawe that, he aunswered to the people. Ye men of Israell, why mar­ueyle ye at this, or why looke you so on vs, as though by our owne power and strength, we had made this man to goe?’

LVKE hath expounded the notable myracle whereby Peter healed the man, that was halt from his mo­thers wombe. The ende of this myracle was the same that is of all others, that is, that it shoulde serue to confirme the Apostles doctrine. Wherefore the Euangelist not contented [Page 157] to haue tolde the hystorie hereof onely, declared also what successe and ef­fect followed of the same. And first he sheweth how the lame man tooke the benefite of Christ, who (sayth he) ioyned himselfe vnto the Apostles, went with them into the Church, and openlye set forth the prayses of God. By this example is shadowed vnto vs, what they ought to doe whome Christ hath restored againe through the vertue of his merite. They must embrace the Apostles doctrine, and thereby be openly ioyned to the Church, and de­clare the benefite of Gods grace, that it seeme not to be bestowed vpon vn­worthy persons. But Luke passeth to other matters, declaring what effect this great myracle tooke among the people, and howe an occasion of prea­ching was thereby offered to Peter: where the proper and right vse of the whole hystorie sheweth it selfe.

The people (sayeth Luke) sawe the lame man walking and praysing God. And not only sawe him walking, How the peo­ple receyued the myracle. but knew certainly it was he that was woont to sitte at the gate of the Temple to aske almes. Which thing maketh for proofe of the truth of the myracle, least anye man might deeme there were anye craft or sleyght vsed in the matter. Then being rauished with admiration, they ranne thicke and threefolde to the Apostles, whome the lame man for ioye had not yet let go and forsaken. Here we haue two things to obserue, the one worthy of great commendation, the other of re­prehension, as more plainly shall appeare by Peters wordes.

First, being striken with marueylous admiration, To marueyle at the workes of God is ne­cessary. Luke sayth they were prouoked to runne to the Apostles, and to bethinke them of so straunge and vnwoonted a matter: which no manne can denye, but was well done of them, and not without a cause. For we ought diligently to consi­der the workes of God, and to marueyle at the excellencye of them, for the which ende some Philosophers, not altogither vnwittily, haue sayde, that God made manne. Bicause that obseruation and marueyling, stayeth not in a certaine blinde and amazed dulnesse of the minde, but is a cer­tayne preparation of the mynde, whereby we are drawne to the true knowledge of God. For God verily reuealeth himselfe and his will, in his worde, which being long since written, he hath commaunded alwayes to be preached in his Church. But such is the corruption of our minde, that vnlesse we be drawne by some forcible motion, we can neuer be brought from earthly things to the consideration of heauenly. Wherefore God ioy­neth to his worde many times certaine signes, and most singuler works, that they may awake our mindes out of that dull sleepe, and bring them to the consideration of his worde and will. And for this cause Christ often­times, eyther before his teaching, or in his teaching, vsed myracles, to make men the more ready to receyue his doctrine. Which myracles howe much good they did, appeareth by the example of Nicodemus and others, Iohn. 3.7. who by them came first to the knowledge of Christ. Nowe in all the myra­cles, iudgementes, and workes of God, this is the chiefe ende and pur­pose, that by them we shoulde take occasion to ryse higher to the better knowledge of Gods will and pleasure. But here the sluggishnesse of this age is to be bewayled, whereby it commeth to passe, that many are waxed so deafe, that they neyther can heare nor see anye of the thinges whereby God puncheth vs and waketh vs vp to acknowledge our saluation. The word of the Gospell is preached, andthe Lord commaundeth vs to watch. [Page 158] We see euery where horrible examples of Gods iudgements, wherewith he bridleth and punisheth the vncurable wickednesse of this world. There are signes, woonders, and tokens of all sortes and kindes shewed. To conclude, whatsoeuer thinges Christ prophecied shoulde come to passe in the later age before his glorious comming, Math. 24. Luc. 21. are dayly done in our sight and fulfilled. But we lying bolt vpright and snorting, regarde none of all these things, so that if there were none other signe or token, surely by the ouer great securitie and carelesnesse of the worlde, it maye be perceyued that these be the daungerous dayes wherof the Apostles many times haue ad­monished vs. 1. Thess. 5. 2. Pet. 3. But let vs awake (O brethren) and learne by this present example, the workes of God, that our marueyling at them, maye be an helpe for vs, to come to a more perfite knowledge of God.

The other thing in the people is to be reprehended. For although God pricked and stirred them vp by so notable a myracle, To bee too much addic­ted to myra­cles is the be­ginning of y­dolatrie. yet were their mindes and eyes still vpon the Apostles, whome they thought to be the authors of the myracle, whereas they ought to haue lift vp their mindes to the consi­deration of Iesus Christ, in whose name, and by whose power the myracle was wrought. This is the propertie of the fleshe, to sticke to the present and next causes, and to lift their minde no higher, to knowe the true and onely author of all things that are done. And this is no small errour, for of this, all superstition and ydolatrie tooke their beginning. For hereof it came to passe, that the Gentiles worshipped the Sunne & Moone, and the other planets as Gods. For in ascribing to them the benefites that God by them bestowed on mankinde, what other thing did they? The same errour mooued them to make these men Gods, which had be [...]e authors to them of any publike weale or pleasure. And this errour stayed not in men, but bicause of the benefites they receyued by beastes and other creatures, they thought there was a certaine kinde of Godheade in brute beastes, ri­uers, fountaines, trees, and herbes, and turned the glorye of the immor­tall God into the likenesse of men, flying fowles, and fourefooted beastes. Neyther did the ydolatrie vsed among the Christians, Rom. 1. spring of anye other occasion. For when the myracles wrought in times past by Saints, began (to doltishly) to be written by those that were vnlearned, & were also more foolishly preached and blazed in the pulpets, straight way the ignorant peo­ple thought them to be done through the vertue and power of the Saints. And so another errour sprang of that false opinion, and caused them that were sicke, or in other great daungers to make vowes to the Saintes, by whose helpe they hearde that eyther themselues, or other before had bene deliuered. And bicause God sometymes mainteyned the remembrance of his Saintes, by myracles wrought at their sepulchres, they thought some godly power was also in those places, whereof it came to passe, that they tyed worshipping and inuocation to places peculiar. And least anye thing shoulde be wanting to this superstition and ydolatrie, Sa [...]an beganne to beautifie the images of the Saintes, with signes and myracles, whereby the matter came so farre out of frame, that nowe the thinges due to Christ alone, were not only attributed to Saintes, but also to the Saintes ima­ges, which superstitions men had set vp against the commaundement of Gods maiestie. And it was not ynough to make vowes to the Saintes, but there must also be some famous place & ymage of the Saint wrought [Page 159] and carued. That these things were of a truth done, we are taught both by histories and examples of superstitious men, which shew vs in these dayes an infinit number of them. Wherfore where the negligent consideration of myracles, and the foolish admiration of them, hath giuen occasion of fowle error, and manifest vngodlynesse: we are warned that whatsoeuer myra­cles are done, without the doctrine of Gods worde, which teacheth vs tru­lye to iudge of them, they ought neuer to be regarded. Diuersitie of signes or mi­racles. For that duiers signes and woonders aswell true as false be wrought amongest men, we are taught by the holye Scriptures. They are called true myracles, when that thing is truly done, that is sayd to be done, and which beareth witnesse to the doctrine of truth, Marc. 16. Math. 10. such as were sometimes the myraculous workes of the Apostles done by Christes institution. They are called false which deceyue vs by some lying shew, as Charmers and Iuglers vse: or which call men from God, and from the faith and doctrine of the truth. Such as sometimes Iannes and Iambres shewed before Pharao. 2. Thess. 2. Math. 24. And such as are as­cribed to Antichrist, and to the deceyuers in the later dayes. And God suf­freth them otherwhiles to be done in the sight of his people, that in the elect he may trye the constancie of their faith, as Moses testifyeth, Deut. 13. and in the reprobate he maye exercise the seueritie of his iudgement: bicause through the efficacie of errour (as Paule sayeth) they are seduced, which woulde not admit the loue of the truth. Therefore myracles are neu er so to be taken, that we must clea [...]e onelye to them, or to their doctrine that worke them: but we must examine them, after the rule of Gods worde, that in those which beare witnesse to the truth, and teach vs to trust in god, we may acknowledge God to be the author, and reiect all other as false, by whose baytes, Satan vseth to lye in wayte against our faith and salua­tion. If this thing be not obserued, we shall through our owne default be deceyued, not onely by false myracles, but also by true, whereof God is the author, whyle we heeding the persons, regarde not the ende wherfore they are done. Whereof this place giueth vs an euident example, and another hereafter is written of the people of Lystra, Actes. 14. which tooke occasion to commit ydolatrie of a myracle done by Paule, as in his place shall appeare.

But let vs consider Peter which of the peoples amazednesse taketh oc­casion to preach. The argu­ment of Pe­ters sermon. Thinke you he abuseth the ignoraunce and errour of the people? Goeth he about by this meane to get himselfe and his fellowes au­thoritie, which he might easily haue done? No verily. Naye, he beginneth to preach Christ, and defendeth his honour and glorye. There are fower members or principall pointes of his sermon. First, he correcteth the igno­rance of the people, & sheweth them that there is nothing here done through [...]he power and vertue, or holynesse of men. Secondly, he declareth God to be the author of the myracle, who hath wrought the same by his sonne: where he also admonisheth them of their heynous offence committed a­gainst the sonne of God. Thirdly, he requireth of them repentaunce. Last of all, bicause the Christian religion did seeme to repugne with Moses and the Prophets, he teacheth them that they did set forth Christ, and that they must of necessitie beleeue Christ, vnlesse they will seeme grieuouslye to of­fende against Moses and the Prophetes. And therewithall he also teacheth that Christ which was promised to the fathers, belonged also to them, least they should be drowned in dispaire, through the conscience of their sinnes. [Page 160] But at this present we will speake but of the first part, onely purposing to intreate of the reast in thei [...] place and time.

Peter put­teth away er­rour and ig­noraunce.First he goeth about to remooue ignorance and error out of their minds. This is the right and most commodious waye of teaching the truth. For mans propertie and condicion is like to the earth whereof he was made. The earth yeeldeth thornes and bryers of it owne accorde, neyther brin­geth it forth good seede with any increase, vnlesse it be diligently clensed and ridde of them. So the minde of man corrupt with originall sinne, bringeth forth errors of it selfe▪ which except they be strongly repulsed, it neyther can suffer the doctrine of truth, nor receyue any fruite or commoditie thereby. Wherefore the Lorde commaundeth the Prophete to breake downe, and roote vp, Ierem. 1. before he builde or set. And Peter is not colde in this behalfe, as though he [...]hunned honour for ciuilitie and modestie sake, as ambicious folke vse, which hunt for glorye, euen then when they feyne to be contem­ners thereof. But framing his talke by an interrogatiue point, maketh it the more vehement, saying: Ye men of Israell, why marueyle yee at this, or why looke you so on vs, as though by our owne power and strength wee had made this man to go? These wordes sauour of some reprehension. I pray you (sayth he) what cause hath mooued you to conceyue such abashment of this myracle, wheras not long sithens many such were wrought by Christ? howe commeth it to passe you remember not them? And then it should ea­sily appeare who is the author of this. Surely in vaine you looke vpon vs: yea, your errour is so great that it may not be winked at. For our power or holinesse hath herein done nothing. But it is anothers woorke, who must haue all the prayse of that is done.

The Saints or holy men ascribe all glory to God.Let vs obserue in this place the modestye, and truth of the Apostles, whereby they so challenge vnto Christ, all honor and glorie, that they re­serue nothing to themselfe of that is due to him. This is the propertie of all the Saintes. For they acknowledge Christes voyce, saying by the Pro­phete: Esay. 42. I am the Lorde, this is my name. And my glorye will I giue to none o­ther. There are examples of this endeuour, not only in this place, but al­so otherwheares. The Baptist when hee was asked whether hee were Messias, Iohn. 1. the sauiour, he giueth all that prayse to Christ onely, whose fore­runner onely he confesseth himselfe to be. The same, before his Disciples which of a carnall zeale enuied Christ, testifyed that Christ was the bride­groome of the Church, to whome all men must be brought, and sheweth that all power and glorye was giuen vnto him from God the father, Iohn. 3. Math. 11. and sendeth his Disciples vnto him. And Paule had rather to be stoned, than he woulde receyue any godly honor, when they of Lystra offred it him of their owne free motion and will. Actes. 14. Of this minde, it is plaine, also the Angels are. For where Iohn being rauished with the excellencie of reuelations, would haue worshipped an Aungell, he sayde vnto him: See thou doe it not, for I am thy fellow seruant, Apoc. 22. and of thy brethren the Prophetes, and of them which keepe the wordes of the prophecie of this booke. Worship thou God. Where­vpon Augustine in his .xlix. Epistle, disputing of the honour due to God only, writeth of the Aungels, whom he calleth the spirituall creatures, on this wise: Howe much more godly it is, and in subiection to God, so muche lesse it doth vouchsafe it selfe of such honour, as it knoweth belongeth but to God. And a little afterwarde, comparing the euill aungels (who sayth he, [Page 161] ioy and are delighted in the errors of men) with the good, he addeth: where­fore euen as wicked pryde, whether it bee of men▪ or of Spirites, commaun­deth or desireth these diuine honours to be giuen vnto them: so, godly humili­tie, whether it be of men, or of holy Aungels, hath refused these thinges being offred them, and sheweth to whome it is due. Of these may be taken a sure rule, wherby to iudge as well of all apparitions, as doctrines. For who­soeuer teacheth vs to trust in God, and to serue him, and to worship one God in Iesus Christ, whether they be Aungels or men, they ought to be taken for the holy ministers of God, and we may safely beleeue them. But whosoeuer teacheth vs to take the glorye of saluation from Christ, and to conuey it to himselfe, or to other creatures, and seeketh health in mennes owne workes, accursed be he, yea, if he were an aungell from heauen. Galat. 1. All apparitions of spirites, counterfeyting the soules of men departed this life, and teaching that they must be redeemed with sacrifices of Masse, and such like workes, are put to flight by this dart. Likewise all false teachers which so abuse the simplicitie of men, that they chalenge to themselfe the glory of redeeming and forgiuing of sinnes. And Peter by his example con­demneth the Romishe Antichristes, which glory in the seate and succession of Peter, of which number it is reported one sayd: that there was nothing more profitable and plenteous than Christian religion. For by it, it came to passe, that he and his like, were Lordes of the world. So the saying of one of them rashly vttered, bewrayde the minde and opinion of them all.

We are also admonished by Peters wordes, God alone is the author of myracles. whome we should take for the author of all myracles. Wherein men for the most part respect two things: the power and holynesse of them, by whose ministerie they are wrought. But Peter teacheth vs that neyther of these is the cause efficient of these myracles, in that he reprehendeth the Iewes bicause they thought so great a thing was wrought by the power and godlinesse of the Apostles. And there want not reasons whereby to prooue Peters saying. For they are called myracles, that are wrought eyther against the course of nature, or beside it. But God only is the Lord of nature, Math. 28. Iohn. 3. which hath giuen all power to Christ in heauen and in earth. Wherfore it behooueth vs also to acknow­ledge him the author of all myracles. For what can men doe against the order of nature, which can doe nothing in the thinges wrought after the course of nature. It is a naturall thing, that by age mannes stature should encrease, vntill he come to a iust measure and proportion, and that when age commeth, he shoulde waxe gray heared. Now, what man is there that by his carefulnesse and industry can adde one cubite to his stature, Math. 6.5. or make one heare of his heade white or blacke? No, there is nothing here to be at­tributed to the holinesse of the person, as though that were the chiefe cause of the myracle, whereas we knowe there haue bene many holy men which coulde worke no myracles. For myracles are woont to be wrought, not for their sakes which doe them, but most commonly for the saluation of other. For the which cause God would many times vse the meane of wicked per­sons, that nothing shoulde be attributed to the merites of men. So we see Iudas numbred amongst them, to whome Christ committed the preaching of the Gospell, and gaue power to worke myracles. And Christ sayth in an other place, that many in the later day shall glory in their myracles, whom he sayth he will not cast of, for that they boast of a thing that is vntrue, Math. 7. but [Page 162] bicause they be workers of wickednesse. Therefore as myracles be not alwayes sure testimonies of the holynesse of men: so neyther must they be ascribed to the holynesse of them that doe them. For what can man doe con­trary to nature, which by reason of inwarde corruption, is vnworthye of the naturall and daily benefites of God? Therefore God onely is to be ta­ken for the author of myracles, of these I meane, that serue for confirma­tion of our faith and saluation. And he worketh these myracles, not bicause we deserue them: but for that he is carefull for our saluation. For they are testimonies of the truth of his doctrine, & stirre vp mens mindes to the con­sideration of him. That was also the meaning of them, which were woont to be done about Saints tombes. For the Lord by them ment to confirme their doctrine, and to testifie their immortalitie and blisse, which were cru­elly tormented by the wicked persecutors of the faith, that they which other wise shoulde be offended at their death might be comforted. Let vs there­fore hedge in and compasse all myracles with these limites, that all the glory of them maye be ascribed to God alone. Whosoeuer shall passe these boundes, they shall eyther deceyue others being not aware, with their my­racles, or else by others be deceyued themselues.

What we ought after a godly sort to beleeue of Saintes.Let no man yet so take our saying, as though we enuied the holye Saintes of God their honor, and glory. For we ascribe vnto them what­soeuer the holy ghost in the Scriptures attributeth to them. We acknow­ledge them while they were on the earth, to haue bene singuler vesselles and instrumentes of Gods glorye and grace: whose doctrine, whosoeuer will be saued, ought to holde with firme faith, and to imitate the example of their life. Math. 10. Iohn. 13. For we knowe that Christ hath sayde: Hee that heareth you, heareth me. &c. And we embrace this saying of Paule: Be ye followers of me as I am of Christ. And nowe we beleeue they are in heauen, taken from all the cares, 1. Cor. 11. labours, and griefes of this worlde, as the holy men testifye of Abraham and the other Patriarches in the Prophete. Esay. 63. In the meane sea­son whatsoeuer belongeth to the gouernaunce of this worlde, and to the businesse of our redemption, we teache it ought to be attributed to God, through Iesus Christ. For as in the creation of this worlde, he vsed the helpe and counsell of none other: so will he that none other shall be par­taker with him of the glory of our redemption. Wherefore let vs thinke it vnlawfull to take any thing from him, or to chalenge to our selfe, or any other, any maner of prayse therefore. But let vs constantlye trust in him, and cleaue onely to him, by his beloued sonne Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The .xxij. Homelie.

‘THE God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Iacob, the God of our fathers hath glorified his sonne Iesus, whome yee deliuered, and denied in the pre­sence of Pylate, when he had iudged him to be loosed. But you denyed the holy and iust, and desired a murtherer to be giuen you, and killed the Lorde of lyfe: whome God hath raysed from death, of the which we are witnesses. And his name through the fayth of his name, hath made this man sounde. And the fayth which is by him, hath giuen to him this health in the presence of you all.’

[Page 163] WE haue declared the first part of Peters ser­mon, wherein he confuteth the ignorance of the people, and sheweth that the myracle done on the lame man was to be attributed, neither to the power nor holynesse of men. Nowe let vs see the seconde part, wherein he maketh God the author of the myracle, and teacheth them to haue a respecte vnto Christ Iesus, in whose name it was done. And bicause this is the chiefe poynt of all the sermon, he handleth the same verye industriously and in apt order. First, he pro­poundeth the summe of the whole matter in fewe wordes. Next, he telleth them of their cruell wickednesse committed against the sonne of God. Then at last, returning to the purpose, he declareth plainely all the whole mea­ning of the myracle.

The summe of all the matter is: The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob, The author and finall cause of the myracle. the God of our fathers hath glorified his sonne Iesus. He comprehendeth in these wordes, both how God is the author of the myracle, and also howe the finall cause of the same was the glorifying of Iesus Christ, the sonne of God. And as at the first he shewed nothing was to be attributed to the power or holynesse of man: so nowe he teacheth that all is to be referred to God the only author, and to the glory or setting forth of his sonne. Where we haue two things to obserue.

First, howe in speaking of God, he calleth him the God of Abraham, The God of Abraham, Isaac, Ia­cob, and of the fathers. Isaac, and Iacob, and to be short, the God of the fathers, which title or style God himselfe vseth often in the olde Testament. And this is a great token of Gods loue, whereby he declareth to vs his goodnesse. The Princes of this worlde take to them names of the people and Nations that they haue vanquished and ouerrunne, and thinke it a great glorye to be called Parthians, Gothickes, Almanickes, Africanes and Numidians. But what o­ther thing doe men learne by these styles, but that they haue destroyed this people, and spoiled their countries with fire and sworde? God dealeth farre otherwise, which will be named after those men, whome of fauour, deser­uing no such thing, he hath bounde vnto him by an euerlasting couenant: and of whome he looketh neyther for great spoyle, nor any profyte, but such as himselfe bringeth forth in them. Yet Peter herein had respect to an high­er matter, and giueth those tytles to God which he thought were chiefely agreeing with the present matter in hande. For first where he nameth the fathers, he admonisheth them of the promises, which God in times past made to the fathers concerning Christ. For to Abraham it was sayde: Gene. 22. I will be thy God, and the God of thy seede after thee. In thy seede shall all the Nations of the earth be blessed. Gen. 26.28 Which promise we reade was repeated af­terwarde in Isaac and Iacob. To speake nothing of Dauid and the Pro­phetes, which are busilye occupied in setting forth the same promises. It was profitable, yea, necessary that those promises shoulde be repeated, bi­cause the Iewes a little before, had denyed them all, in the presence of Py­late, saying they had, nor looke for none other king but Caesar, as hereaf­ter we shall heare. Therefore bicause they shoulde not thinke themselues vtterly fallen from the couenant and promises, and premised to be past all hope of saluation: Peter sheweth them that the same God liued and reigned [Page 164] yet still which in time past made the couenaunt with the fathers, and had not forsaken Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob: but euen as in the beginning, so nowe also, he woulde be called their God, so that they woulde turne vn­to him. Furthermore, to auoide the suspicion wherwith the Apostles were charged, this title and style of God serued very much. For many suspected that they preached a newe God, a newe faith, a new religion, hitherto vn­knowne to the fathers, for the which cause many would not heare them, & many thought them worthy death according to the law of Moyses. Deut. 13. But Pe­ter vsing this title of God so openly, protesteth as it were, that he acknow­ledgeth none other God, than he which shewed himselfe in times past to the fathers, nor preacheth none other faith or religion, than that whereby the fathers pleased God, and were saued. To conclude, he teacheth them what fathers the Iewes ought to marke and followe, in faith and religi­on. They gloried in certaine fathers of a later time, such as after Moyses and the Prophetes, came in, and were the authors of manifolde supersti­tion. Whose traditions they obserued so straightly, that they had rather breake the lawes of God, Math. 15.23. &c. than chaunge or leaue vndone any iote or poynt of them: which thing Christ many times layde to their charge. Neyther did any thing more set them against Christ and his Apostles, than for that they did by their doctrine impugne the ordinances of the elders. Therefore Peter maketh mention of Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob, to declare that all fa­thers are not to be followed in religion. For as God alone is the father of all men, and Iesus Christ alone, the maister of all men, whom the father hath appointed to be the teacher of all the worlde: so must we onely follow their steppes, whose fayth and religion we knowe pleased God, and of whose faith and integritie God doth vouchsafe to beare witnesse. In the number of whome, Abraham is the chiefe, whome the Scripture therefore calleth a father of the beleeuing, and of many Nations, bicause as manye as embrace the faith of Iesus Christ, which was imputed to him for righ­teousnesse, Rom. 4. appertaine vnto him. Unto the same Abraham Christ beareth witnesse, where he sayth he reioyced to see his daye, and sayth, as many as shall come from the East and West into the Church of God, Iohn. 8. Math. 8. shall sit downe with him in the kingdome of heauen. Hereof let the men of our age learne what vanitie it is to bragge of those younger sort of fathers, which haue de­uised or followed a newe trade of saluation besides Christ. Except we be­come the children of Abraham by faith in Christ, we can be defended by no helpe or authoritie of others, no though they were kings and Emperors.

Secondly, let vs marke howe he sayth: The God of our fathers glori­fied his sonne Iesus. The purport or ende of the myracles of the newe Te­stament. Yet he speaketh of the myracle done vpon the lame man, the ende whereof he vttereth in these wordes, we are here taught that the glorifying of Iesus Christ, the sonne of God, is the marke and ende of all the myracles of the new Testament wherevnto al they also, which glo­rie in their myracles, ought to haue respect. The Euangelist by expresse wordes vttreth this ende, saying: Manye other signes did Iesus, which are not written in this booke. These are written, that ye might beleue that Iesus is that Christ the sonne of God. Iohn. 20. And Christ himselfe speaking of the power of working myracles, and of the iudgement giuen to him of his father, tea­cheth this to be the ende therof, Iohn. 5. that all men might honour the sonne, as they honour the father. And reasoning with his Disciples of Lazarus sickenesse, [Page 165] he sayeth: This infirmitie is not to death, but for the glorye of God, that the sonne of God may be glorified by it. Iohn. 11. Hereby it appeareth howe we shoulde iudge of those myracles and signes wherewith some men labour to seeke their priuate glorye, and to bring men vnder them as schollers and ser­uantes, whome Christ hath redeemed and sanctifyed with the pryce of hys bloude.

But bicause Peter had occasion to make mention of Christ, Hee telleth them of their wickednesse committed a­gainst Christ he admonisheth his hearers very aptly and commodiously, of the heynous trespasse which they committed against him. And this doth he not lightly, as one that doth but touch and go, but layeth all the heynousnesse thereof open before their eyes. For his Oration ascendeth as it were by certaine steppes, the ende whereof is, that they shoulde be striken with the consideration of so grie­uous an offence, and be enflamed with repentance, and desire of saluation in Christ. First he sayth, they deliuered the sonne of God to the Gentiles to be mocked and crucifyed. But it is an horrible offence to deliuer an inno­cent to death, and there are terrible iudgements of God against them that pollute themselues with bloude. Looke Numer. 35. But here is a greater and a more horrible thing. For where God had chosen and consecrated to himselfe the Iewes out of all Nations, none of them ought to haue bene deliuered to the prophane Gentyles, to be mocked and put to death, with­out a prophane contempt and treading vnder foote of God and his glorye. Which seemeth to me was the cause that Christ speaking of his death, Math. 20. Luc. 18. ma­keth mention so many times how they should deliuer him to the Gentyles. And that they thus did, not by chaunce and at all aduentures, but by the common counsell and consent of the Elders, Math. 27. Luc. 23. and with the lyking and allo­wance of the people which followed them vnto Pylates house, as the Euan­gelistes testifie. Besides this, in the seconde place he sayth: And yee denied him before Pylate. And he speaketh not of a certaine light and tryfling de­niall of him, but of such an one, as whereby they renounced all the promi­ses of God, touching their Messias, and king, that shoulde redeeme them, and denied the hope of the fathers, wherewith so many yeares, they way­ted for the comming of their Sauiour, as we reade they did. Iohn. 19. For where Pylate still repeated to them the name of their king, respecting no doubt the Messias promised, & which they all hytherto looked for, they with great impietie crie out: we haue no king but Caesar. Was then the promise made vnto Dauid, to be vnderstanded of Caesar, that of his s [...]ocke one shoulde be borne that should be a king for euer? And is it to be vnderstan­ded of Tiberius, that naughtie and wicked person, where it is sayd: Behold, thy king commeth vnto thee, euen the righteous, and sauiour, lowlye, and so forth? Therefore Peter chargeth them with such an impietie, as whereby they spoyled themselues of saluation, and all the promises of health and hope of saluation. And least they shoulde lay the fault on Pylate, as though they did it for feare of him, he sayeth they themselues did it where Pylate iudged him to be loosed, and gaue openly a testimonie of his righteousnesse and innocencie. Therefore he affirmeth the Iewes were in fault, who to fulfill all wickednesse and mischiefe, made both themselues and their chil­dren guiltie of his bloude, by publike and solemne protestation. These thinges be horrible, and yet the Iewes wickednesse did not herein staye or ende. For Peter addeth: you haue denyed that holy and righteous, and desi­red [Page 166] a murtherer to be giuen you, and haue kylled the author and Lorde of life. He chargeth them with so bitter hatred against Christ, and with such blind­nesse, that they were not ashamed to preferre a bloudye murtherer before Christ. And to make their wickednesse seeme the more heynous, he vseth a comparison. You denyed Iesus which was an holy person and a iust, and in whome neyther the Bishops (although they did what they coulde) nor Pylate, nor Herode, coulde finde any faulte. Furthermore, you stewe him which was the author of lyfe, yea the Lorde of lyfe and death, whome you ought to haue knowne by reason of his myracles, & the late raising againe of Lazarus. In the meane season you required a theefe, a murtherer, and a rebell, to be deliuered you and set at libertie. And where it was in your choyse, and election, whether you woulde haue, forgetting all the bene­fites of Christ, you were not ashamed to preferre a wicked theefe before him. What coulde be sayde more cruell, grieuous, and horrible? Yet Peter speaketh these things in that Citie, yea, in that Temple, where they bare all the swinge, that were the chiefe authors of this wyckednesse, and who he knewe as yet breathed hatred against Christ. Therefore we are here againe taught, with what libertie, open wickednesse should be reproo­ued, by them whome the Lorde hath appointed to be watchmen in his Church, to shewe the daunger, and sworde hanging ouer vs, least men shoulde perishe through their owne slothe and negligence. And there is no cause why we shoulde harcken to them, which saye there is no neede of such vehemencie in these dayes, forasmuch as there is none to whome such crueltie can be obiected. Nay, the Iewes onely haue not thus sinned, but there be euen in these dayes that sinne as grieuously, as euer they did. A number deliuer Christ vnto death, in that they euery where kill and burne the faithfull seruantes of Christ. Many denye him for feare, more for fa­uour, following the pleasure of men. And they sinne not of simplicitie and ignorance, as Peter herafter excuseth the Iewes. For we haue seene many which quite against their conscience haue denyed Christ. My heart trem­bleth as oft as I remember that heynous offence, that was committed by them, who not onely denied the truth themselues, but compelled those that belonged to them, to denie the same, and embraced a forme of religion, which the very author and inuentor thereof allowed not. The like impie­tie to that that was then committed, hath not bene hearde of. And God graunt they may all repent of their wickednesse, that were faultie therein. In the meane season we see howe these bloudye Barabasses euerye where reigne, flourishe, and are had in great price, which for money are hyred and vsed to shed bloude, and prouoke the wrath of God, and horrible de­struction against their countrie, through their vngodlynesse. Therfore such must be accused, and where these things be openly committed, and accoun­ted no more for wicked, there ought no modestie at all to be vsed. But oh impietie and vngraciousnesse. For nowe a dayes amongst the professours of Christianitie, it is not lawfull to saye that, that was lawfull for Peter to saye in the bloudie Citie of Ierusalem. Wee be therefore in this respect, woorse than Iewes, that where we committe the same offences that they committed, we cannot with like pacience abide to heare the worde of cor­rection as they hearde it.

The order of the myracle, and of oure whole salua­tion. Peter returneth to his purpose, to describe more plainly how God was [Page 167] the author of this myracle, and to shew all the vse therof. Yet first he prea­cheth the resurrection of Christ, both for that the reason of our saluation purchased by Christ, consisteth in it, and also for that it commodiously doth away the offence or slaunder of the crosse. You (sayth he) killed the authour of lyfe, but God hath raysed him from death, whereof wee are witnesses. It was needefull that these things shoulde be ioyned to the premisses, least a­nye man might thinke the wicked had ouer much power permitted them. For these things teach that their crueltie and iniquitie coulde derogate no­thing from Christ, as who being raysed from death, doth nowe liue and raigne in heauen. Herof we may take a generall comfort. For as the cruel­tie and tirannie of the Iewes could nothing hinder or let Christ: so whoso­euer doth imitate the Iewes impietie and tirannie, cannot hurt the mem­bers of Christ. In deede the Princes of the worlde ioyne togither, and de­sire to ouerthrowe the kingdome of Christ. But the Lord from high laugh­eth at their deuises, whose counsayle shall stande for euer. Looke the Psal­mes .ij. and .xxxiij. Let no man therefore be afrayde of men, who though they rage neuer so much, haue no power but on our goods and body, which otherwise is mortall and shall perishe. Yea, neyther haue they power ther­on farther than God permitteth, who hath all the heares of our heade numbred. But the soule being out of all daunger and hazarde trusteth, in Christ hir redeemer, and shall neuer be deceyued of hir hope. Math. 10.

But let vs see how Peter setteth forth the order of the myracle. His name through the faith of his name hath made this man whole, whome you see and knowe. It seemeth a darke kinde of speache, except a man marke the order of the wordes. And it deceyueth manye, bicause they thinke ( nomen) this worde name, is put in the accusatiue case, whereas all the order of con­struction plainly prooueth it to be the nominatiue. Thus must it be set in order and construed: The name of Iesus Christ hath strengthned and made whole this man whome ye see present, and that through the beliefe which hee hath in the name of Christ. And for the more playne vnderstanding, he ad­deth by waye of exposition: The faith which is by him, hath giuen to him this health in the presence of you all. The sense of all togither is, that Iesus Christ, through his name, that is, by his vertue, power, and merite, hath giuen helth and safetie to this lame man, bicause he hath beleeued in him. He repeateth the name of Christ, and faith of Christ the oftner, to the in­tent the glory of Christ might seeme the greater, in setting forth whereof, the Apostles thought they had neuer done ynough, as appeareth euerye where in their writings and sermons. These wordes surely are not light­lye to be passed ouer. For where we sayde that in this lame man was set forth to vs a figure of all mankinde: in the healing of him we may beholde all the order of our saluation. Here therefore is declared who is the true author of our saluation, then the meane, whereby we receyue saluation, and the ende wherevnto all these things serue and tende.

As concerning the author of saluation, Peter alleageth the name of Ie­sus Christ, whome a little before he called the author and Lorde of life. Christ is the author of sal­uation. That this worde name, is taken for power, rule, or merite, it is more eui­dent than needeth with many wordes to be declared. And where at first he excluded all power and holynesse of men from this businesse, and nowe maketh mention of Christ onely, by whose meane and power all this mat­ter [Page 168] is brought to passe: it easily appeareth that the origen and beginning of our saluation is to be referred to Christ only. For by his merite we are deliuered from sinne, and redeemed from death and the tirannie of the de­uill. And himselfe in the Prophete testifyeth, there is none other redeemer but he only. Esay. 43. But we shall haue occasion to speake more hereof in the fourth Chapter, where Peter testifieth there is none other name vnder heauen, giuen vnto man, by the which he may be saued. &c.

The meane whereby we apprehende saluation, is faith.Howbeit, it is not ynoughe to knowe that all saluation is contayned in Christ, vnlesse we vnderstande howe to attaine and take holde of the sal­uation in him. But Peter sheweth that also where he sayeth, this man was made sounde and whole by faith, that is, bicause of his fayth in the name of Iesus Christ. Againe: The faith which is by him, hath giuen to him this health. Therefore we take holde of saluation by faith: and beside fayth, there is nothing in vs whereby to take holde of it, bicause wee bee graf­fed in Christe none other waye than by fayth. Iohn. 6. Hee that eateth my fleshe, and drinketh my bloude, dwelleth in mee, and I in him. For where he is de­parted from vs in bodye, and dwelleth in vs by his Spirite, and liueth and reygneth in vs by his Spirite: it is onelye a worke of fayth, where­by we apprehende him, and the saluation in him. For the which cause oftentimes fayth is sayd to saue and to iustifie. So Christ sayth to the wo­man which was sicke of the bloudy fluxe. Math. 9. Thy fayth hath made thee whole. And he promiseth saluation to Marie Magdalen by the same wordes. Luke. 7. Christ onely in deede saueth and iustifyeth. For in him is life, and he is made vnto vs of God the father, wisedome, righteousnesse, satisfaction, sanctification and redemption. 1. Cor. 1. But bicause faith grafteth vs in Christ, and maketh vs parta­kers of the goodnesse that is in him: therfore saluation and iustification is not without a cause attributed thereto. Marke now the definition of faith, which Peter compriseth in these wordes, where he sayth: The fayth of hys name, and the fayth that is by him. For by these wordes he declareth that he speaketh of such a faith, as stayeth vpon Christ, and which acknowled­geth and beleeueth Christ to be such an one, as he is described in name to be. The name of the sonne of God incarnate, is Iesus Christ. He recey­ued the name of IESVS of the Aungell before he was borne, but in his Circumcision he tooke it againe, after the solemne vsage of the people of Iewes, which signifyeth a sauiour or Redeemer, as sayeth the Aun­gell: Thou shalt call his name IESVS, for he shall saue his people from their sinnes. Math. 1. This worde Christ with the Latines is asmuch to saye, as annoyn­ted, and signifyeth the maner of our saluation and redemption. For Kings and Priests in the old time were annointed, and for that cause were called Meschijm, and Christi, that is to saye, annointed. So it behooued the Sa­uiour that was promised shoulde be called, bicause he is that true King, whome God hath set ouer his holy hill of Sion, and whose kingdome is stretched ouer all the world. See the Psalmes. ij.lxxij. Zach. 9. For he like a faithfull king, hath deliuered his people from the tyrannye of the deuill, he ruleth and gouerneth them, defendeth and enricheth them moste boun­teously with the treasures of his heauenly kingdome. The same is a priest for euer, Psal. 110. according to the order of Melchisedech. For he taught in times past, and daily doth teach in his Church. And by the onely sacrifice of hys body hath purged all the sinnes of men. And nowe he maketh intercession [Page 169] for vs before his father, being a faithfull bishop, to performe all the things which remayned to be done for vs with the father. Therefore whosoeuer truly acknowledge the sonne of God to be a king and Priest, and the only sauiour of the Church of God, and staye vpon him only: they beleeue tru­lye in the name of the sonne of God, 1. Iohn. 3. which the Apostle teacheth to be the chiefe commaundement of God.

The ende or fruite of this faith is the wholenesse and soundnesse of all man, such as we see happened to this lame man and halt. The fruite of faith. Christ bicause of his faith bestowed on him perfite health of body, so that nowe he was able to walke, to leape and to skippe. And that his soule and conscience was likewise healed, appeared by that he praysed God, and ioyned himselfe to the Apostles. Therefore Christ hath made vs all perfitely whole by faith. And he deliuereth vs not from sinne and the punishment therof alone, but also regenerateth vs by the immortall worde of God, 1. Pet. 1. through the operati­on of his spirite. Whereby it commeth to passe, that we vnderstande the things that be heauenly, frame our selues to the will of God, resist the de­sires of the fleshe, and finally can doe all things in Christ, Phil. 4. which strength­neth vs. And after this life attayne to the perfite saluation and true blisse, which is prepared for vs in heauen. Into this blisse the soule departing this worlde, by faith is receyued, and commeth not into iudgement. And the bodie when it shall haue put of all corruption, Iohn. 5. 1. Thess. 4. being raysed vp in the later daye by the trumpe and voyce of an Archaungell, shall rise againe. Therefore this is a most large and ample fruite offaith, which also we can attaine to, none other waye, than by faith in Christ. Let vs therefore studie the worde of God, by the which God giueth vs faith. Let vs ioyne feruent prayers to our studie, that being quickened through this faith, we may at­tayne perfite health, both of bodie and soule, and come to the possession of heauen in Iesus Christ, our only sauiour, king and Priest: to whome be prayse, honour, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xxiij. Homelie.

‘AND nowe (brethren) I knowe that you did it through ignoraunce, as did also your Rulers. But God which before hath shewed by the mouth of all his Prophetes, howe Christ shoulde suffer, hath thus wise fulfilled. Repent you therefore and conuert, that your sinnes may be done awaye. When the time of refreshing commeth, which we shall haue of the presence of the Lord, and when God shall sende him which before was preached vnto you, that is to witte, Iesus Christ, which must receyue heauen vntill the time, that all things which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy Prophets, since the worlde beganne, be restored againe.’

THe Apostle Peter in the seconde parte of his sermon touching the myracle done vpon the lame man, hath so declared God to be the author thereof, that he hath also shewed the Iewes of their great wic­kednesse committed agaynst Iesus Christ the sonne of God. And where there was nothing more horrible and cruell than this fact of theirs: it is no doubt but a great number of them in their consciences were not a [Page 170] little wounded and feared. Wherefore it was necessary to shewe them the waye of repentance and saluation. This doth he in this place, which is the thirde member of his sermon, wherein he marueylously frameth himselfe to their disposition and capacitie. First bicause they seemed to stande vppon the pitte of desperation, he teacheth them that there is yet hope of pardon and saluation. Then sheweth he them the way of saluation, and exhorteth and mooueth them with most weightie reasons to take holde of the same. All which thinges being discussed, shall much serue for our instruction. For they teache vs that God will likewise pardon them which haue most grie­uously sinned: and they shew what way of saluation they must take, which will be reconciled vnto God, and are desirous to be saued.

He putteth them that killed Christ in hope of pardon and saluation.His beginning is very wittie and commodious, in that he teacheth them they be not yet past hope of saluation. For except sinners vnderstande this, in vaine shall we exhort them to repentance, bicause they will thinke it can­not profite them. And then it will come to passe that eyther they will be­come stubborne, and heape sinne vpon sinne, or else will be swallowed vp of desperation, as we reade Iudas was, which thing was the cause that the Prophetes among the grieuous reprehensions wherewith they accused the sinnes of the people, and threatened them punishment, did intermeddle promises and oracles of Christ our sauiour, that being feared with the con­science of sinne, they might lift vp their mindes againe through faith in the sauiour promised them, and learne to seeke saluation in him. Peter follo­weth the industrie of these Prophetes, which knewe it belonged to his du­tie, not to feare the people from Christ, by threatening woordes, but to winne them vnto him. Which ende and marke the Ministers of Christ in these dayes, ought to set before them. But let vs see the arguments wher­with Peter encourageth them to hope for pardon, and saluation.

First he mitigateth their offence by reason and pretence of ignoraunce. I knowe (sayth he) that you did it through ignorance, How pretence of ignoraunce excuseth. 1. Cor. 2. as did also your Rulers. For if they (as Paule sayth) had had knowledge, they would not haue crucified the Lorde of glory. Yet Peters wordes are not so to be taken, as though he woulde nowe extenuate or excuse their wickednesse, which before he so set forth & exaggerated. For so could he not do without suspicion of lightnesse. And ignorance of it selfe excuseth not the things that are committed against the glory of God: yea, ignorance is no small fault, considering we knowe that men are created to that ende, to knowe God, to worship him, and glo­rifie him. But he meaneth to make a difference betweene the Iewes sinne and the sinne against the holy ghost. This sinne is when men wittinglye and willingly cast away the knowen truth, and Christ whome they knew in their mindes, and so make warre with God, and his Christ, as is eui­dent Iudas the traytor, Iulian the Apostata, and such other whelpes of that haire, Math. 12. 1. Ioh. 5. did. Christ testifyeth that such mennes sinnes shall not be forgiuen. And Iohn forbiddeth vs to praye for it. The reason hereof the Apostle in the .vj. Chapter to the Hebrues, rendreth by a feate similitude taken from the earth. For as the earth being well husbanded, and watred from aboue, and yet remayning barren and fruitlesse, by that argument sheweth suffici­ently that it will neuer be good: so, if men be not mollifyed with the know­ledge of Iesus Christ, which only seasoneth the mindes of men to salua­tion, and maketh them fruitefull, but become the more sauage, and of pur­pose [Page 171] reiect and impugne the same: certes they plainly ynough bewray that they be of the number of reprobates, of whose saluation nothing is to bee hoped. Therefore Peter cleareth his hearers of this sinne to declare that they ought not despaire of the forgiuenesse of their sinnes, and of saluation, bicause they sinned not of purpose, but of ignorance. And it is lyke he had a respect vnto the prayers of Christ, which for this cause prayed for them that crucified him, saying: Father forgiue them, for they know not what they do. Luke. 23. This place is diligently to be considered, to thintent we may learne what that ignorance is, whereby sinnes are mittigated and excused. For in the Scripture we finde two kindes of ignoraunces. The first is of those that be wicked, and openly rebell against God, which we may call a wilfull ig­norance, bicause men will be ignorant of that they might know and learn. Example hereof we haue in Pharao, which sayeth he knoweth not God, notwithstanding long before he knew him by his wonders daily wrought, and desired his ministers to praye to God for him, and a little before his death, sayde: The God of the Hebrues fighteth against vs. See Exod. 5. and 14. Such was the ignoraunce of those Iewes, Iere. 44. which when they had asked counsell of Ieremie, tolde him to his face they woulde not obey his worde. Such is the ignorance of a number in these dayes, which excuse their su­perstition with the cloke of ignorance, and saye they were none otherwise taught. And in the meane season refuse the truth offered them, will not heare it, flie them that would teach them, and stoppe their eares lyke ser­pents. This is an ignorance inexcusable, bicause it damneth and stoppeth vp the way to amendement. Yea, Christ testifieth that this is the condem­nation of the worlde, that men flie the light, Iohn. 3. and wilfullye and wittinglye wrappe themselues in darkenesse, least their workes should be reprooued. There is another kinde of ignoraunce which springeth of a zeale of godly­nesse, and the glorie of God, whereby men persecute the truth, not for the truthes sake, but bicause they thinke the glory and worship of God is di­minished thereby. It is lyke that many sinned through this ignorance a­gainst Christ, bicause they thought him an enimie of Moses, and the lawe, of the Temple, and of all the seruice appointed by God. 1. Tim. 1. Phil. 3. And Paule sedu­ced by a like zeale, persecuted the Church of Christ. And thereby he sayeth diuers of the Iewes offended. This ignoraunce is worthye of pardon, Rom. 10. for none other cause, but for that it is contented to be corrected and amended, which if men refuse, then are they culpable of that first, and incurable kinde of ignorance. Let them marke well this difference, which now a dayes ey­ther flatter themselues or other men, vnder the pretence of ignorance. For it is euident that many offende of malice and frowardnesse.

Unto these things he addeth an argument taken from the prouidence of God, The proui­dence of God comforteth sinners. for the better perswading them that they should be pardoned and saued. God (sayth he) which before had shewed by the mouth of all his Pro­phetes, howe Christ shoulde suffer, hath thus wise fulfilled. The strength of the argument is in this, that God vsed their sinne to a good purpose, and that therefore they ought not to distrust the fauour of God. For it is as much as if he shoulde say: you can not nor ought not to denie but you haue committed an heynous offence. Howbeit you must not despayre therfore: but rather respect the ende wherevnto the great goodnesse of God hath di­rected all this your doing. Your meaning was to blot and wipe out all re­membraunce [Page 172] of Christ from amonge men. Bicause you thought he was an enimie to God and to true religion, ignoraunce blinded you, whereby it came to passe, that you were madde against the sonne of God. But the ende of all this tragedie was most ioyfull. For God by this meane (which thing no man euer hoped) hath fulfilled his eternall counsell of mannes redemption, and hath accomplished whatsoeuer in tymes passed was pro­phecied by the Prophetes. Why therfore shoulde you despaire of saluation which you heare is nowe obtayned and gotten? Why shoulde you mistrust the goodnesse of God, which in your wickednesse as you see, hath bene so mercifull? Surely God will neuer cast you of, bicause of this your sinne, which he hath so ordered and directed to your commoditie, so that you re­fuse not his wisedome, which nowe is declared vnto you. We are hereby taught againe how we should vse the prouidence of God: not to seeke ther­in a defence for our wickednesse, but the instruction of our faith and life, and the comfort of our mindes. For the Apostle so quiteth not the Iewes, that he chargeth God with the murthering of Christ, but sheweth that God di­rected the Iewes fact, to a good ende and purpose. So if we or others of­fende, let vs acknowledge the fault to be in our selfe, and not so excuse our selues, to make God the author of our wickednesse. And if anye goodnesse fall out of our wickednesse, yet then let vs not thinke we be altogither faultlesse, but let vs embrace the goodnesse of God, which turneth the wic­kednesse, that deserued damnation, to our saluation. We alleaged an example hereof before in the hystorie of Ioseph, which was solde away by his brethren, to the which if you ioyne this example also, you shall as it were in a glasse behold all the reason of this controuersie and matter. Fur­thermore, let vs not harcken to them, which saye we may sinne on hardly, seeing the glorye of God and our saluation, is aduaunced by our sinning. For as Paule teacheth vs, Roma. 3. we maye not doe euill that good may follow ther­of. Nay, the more arguments we haue of Gods goodnesse toward vs, the more we ought to be sorie for our sinnes, and to obey the will of God. Let vs also here marke that we must not rashly iudge of other mens sinnes. They must be examined by the rule of Gods worde. We must not hastilye thunder out the sentence of damnation, bicause we doe not alwaye knowe the counsell of Gods prouidence, which perhaps vseth him whome we of priuate and to hastie affection, ment to condemne, to the furtheraunce and saluation of manye a man. See what is sayde of these iudgementes. Mathew. 7.

Let vs now see the counsell that Peter giueth touching saluation, which he comprehendeth in fewe wordes, He giueth them counsell howe to be saued. saying: Repent you and conuert, that your sinnes may be done away. This saying contayneth in it both a com­maundement and a promise. The commaundement is the very same that he gaue to them before, that were pricked with the consideration of their sinnes. He vttereth one thing in two words. First, he commaundeth them to repent, which properly comprehendeth acknowledging of sinne, & con­trition of hart. Whosoeuer will giue men counsel how they should be saued, he must beginne alwayes with these twoo things. For vnlesse we acknow­ledge our sinnes, and be sory for them: we shall neuer thinke of anye a­mendement and reconciliation with God. But bicause the wicked some­time acknowledge their sinne, and be sorie for them (as we see Iudas did) [Page 173] he addeth an other worde, namely, that they must conuert. The conuersi­on or turning must be vnto that thing, from which by sinne they departed before. But that we depart from God by sinne, is more manifest than nee­deth any great proofe of wordes. Therefore it is sayde in the Scriptures, that sinners doe forsake the wayes of God. Therefore we must turne vn­to God by repentance. And we conuert vnto God partly by amending our life, and partly by faith in Iesus Christ. The one maketh vs to ceasse from sinne, whereby we prouoked the wrath of God: the other indueth vs with the righteousnesse of Christ, and maketh vs able to stande in his sight. For the doctrine of the Gospell teacheth vs, that God the father is reconcyled vnto vs by Christ. Of faith springeth the inuocation of God, and whatso­euer other fruites vse to growe of repentance. Therefore Peter sheweth the same waye of saluation here that he did before, which we must thinke belongeth no lesse to vs, than to the Iewes. We are the shorter in this place, bicause the things that might here be spoken, are sayd before, where he may see more hereof that listeth.

Unto this precept or counsell, he addeth a promise, The remissi­on of sinnes is of free gift to mooue them the more. He promiseth them forgiuenesse of sinnes, wherof it is credible they were chiefely carefull. But marke the maner of speach which he for great cause and consideration vseth. Conuert (sayth he) that your sinnes maye bee done away. He doth not attribute vnto them any glorie of merite or desert, as though by workes of penaunce they might put awaye their sinnes, or make satisfactiō for them. But teacheth them how they must be done away by another, that is to saye by God, against whome we sinne, and by sinne become debters vnto him. For it is a Metaphore, or translation taken from Creditors or lenders, who only haue power and authoritie to wype debtes out of their bookes of reckening, when eyther they are satisfyed by their debters, or else themselues of fauour and goodnesse will remitte and forgiue all the debt. And all they which sinne, become debters vnto God, according to that saying of Dauid. I haue sinned against thee, O Lorde. And verily, whatsoeuer is cōmitted against the will of the Lord, is sinne. Ther­fore vnlesse God wype out the [...]btes of our sinnes, there can none other deliuer vs from them. The wysest both of the Iewes and Gentiles, haue herein consented and agreed. For albeit the Gentiles attributed muche to their superstitions, yet they confessed they were in vaine, vnlesse some pe­culiar fauor of God were ioyned with them. Among the Iewes, the Pha­riseyes attributed much to their works: yet we read that they themselues confessed openly, that God onely had power to forgiue sinnes. Math. 9. He forgi­ueth them or putteth them awaye, not bicause it is in our power to purge them, and to make satisfaction for them (for before him no fleshe is iustifi­ed, and all our righteousnesses be as an olde, worne, and ragged clothe, Psal. 143. Isa. 64. which can neyther couer vs, nor keepe vs warme) but for that Iesus Christ the sonne of God hath pourged them vppon the aultar of the crosse, by the merite of his death, and by the price of his bloude hath cancelled all that, that hath made vs guiltie of death before God. The Lord in the same sense vseth this translation of doing awaye or wyping out in Esay the Pro­phete, cap. 43. and .44. And Christ declareth all the maner hereof by a feate Parable in the .xviij. of Mathew. Peter therefore admonisheth the Iewes hereof, to thende they might vnderstande that their sinnes were nowe all [Page 174] done awaye, so that they would with all their heart embrace Iesus Christ by whose merite they were put away. Nowe, that which is sayde to them, we must thinke spoken also to vs, who aboue all thinges must haue this care, that in our repentance we haue our eyes fast fixed vppon the onelye forgiuenesse of our sinnes, that through to wicked and ouer bolde a confi­dence, we chalenge not to our selues, or to the merites of our workes, that benefite which commeth of the only grace of God obtayned by the meryte of Christ.

He vrgeth them by feare of the last iudgement.Furthermore, as there is nothing more wholesome and necessary for man, than repentaunce and turning vnto God, wherevnto Peter in this place counselleth vs: so the fleshe will credit and beleeue anye thing, more easily than this. For such is the corruption of our nature, that we delight in sinne, and are so proude, that we are ashamed to confesse our fault, and to amende it. Therefore the Apostle vrgeth them standing wauering and in doubt, with most strong argumentes agreeable to this purpose. He set­teth before their eyes the remembraunce of the later daye, and the glori­ous comming of Christ our Iudge. His talke or phrase herein is some­what defectiue & not full, but may in this wise be easily supplied. It is not in vaine that I require you to repent and to turne vnto God. For the same shall be profitable and necessary for you, that you maye hereafter be able to stande sure, when the time of refreshinge, which we shall haue of the Lordes sight, commeth, and when he shall sende the same Iesus Christ which was before preached, whome the heauens must receyue, vntill the time that all things be restored againe. Out of the which wordes we may gather two argumentes. The one is taken of the time, the sense where­of is thus. This forme of the worlde shall not alway endure, neyther that trade of men and other creatures, that we now see. For there shall come a daye of refreshing and restoring of all things, when both the godly shall be deliuered, and restitution required of the wicked. &c. Therfore as your sal­uation is deare vnto you, so applie you busily that that day may bring vn­to you refreshing and saluation, and not feare, and tormentes. The other argument he taketh of the Iudges person▪ God will sende this Iesus Christ, of whome we now speake, to be a Iudge, before whose iudgement seate all men must stande, that there they may receyue in their bodies ac­cording to all their doings whether they be good or badde. Is it not there­fore necessarye that you shoulde get the fauour of this Iudge, before he come to punishe you for your offences? It seemeth that a thirde argument also maye be gathered of these wordes, in that he sayth, he whome he now preached shall come to be a Iudge. For so he taketh from them all pretence of ignorance, that they shoulde not thinke theyr former ignorance shoulde excuse them in the daye of iudgement. And of such weyght are the thinges here spoken, that if the consideration of them can not mooue any man, cer­tes in vaine will he be mooued with other argumentes.

The day of refreshing.Here we haue to consider the state of the later daye, which Peter ex­presseth in two wordes. First he calleth it a daye of refreshing, by a figure called Synecdoche. This perteineth only to the godly, which then shall feele refreshing, and be deliuered from all griefe and sorrowe. Then shall God wype away all teares from their eyes. Apoc. 21. And there shall be no more death, neyther sorrow, neyther crying. &c. Then also shall they be enriched with those [Page 175] goodes, which neyther eye hath seene, nor eare hearde, Esay. 64. nor can be comprehen­ded by any reason of man. Then as many as liued in the worlde, and suf­fered all kinde of griefes in the flesh paciently, Iohn. 19. shall (as Iobe sayth) see God in their flesh. For the which cause, Christ biddeth vs lift vp our heades when we see the signes going before the later daye: Luc. 21. for then our redemption draw­eth neare. For the sight of Christ our Iudge, can not be terrible to the god­lye, forasmuch as they vnderstand that he is their Sauiour and aduocate. And this is that great benefit that we haue by faith, and none otherwaies. For faith only maketh vs bolde and sure of saluation at the comming of Christ. Then shall they finde no helpe in riches, in honors, 1. Iohn. 2. nor friendship of the world, which while they liued on earth, despised this fayth in Christ. Therfore it behooueth vs to be armed with this hope, against all the temp­tations of this worlde when we be in aduersitie, and so shall we neuer be remooued from the waye of saluation.

Then he calleth it a day of restitution: The day of restitution. for then shall there be a restitu­tion of al things, & a perfite and immutable state of creatures. Which many looke for in vaine as long as they liue in this world. For this world is full of confusion, and breedeth new troubles euery day wherwith the kingdome of Christ sometime hath bene so assaulted, y t it might seeme vtterly to haue quayled. But in the later day this kingdome shall be so set vp as the Pro­phetes haue prophecied. For when all the power of our aduersaries shall be brought vnder Christes feete, there shall be nothing more to trouble the faithfull, and then shall be that ioyfull and peaceable state of all thinges, Esay. 9.11. Ierem. 23. Amos. 9. that the Prophetes many times make mention of. At that daye shall the bodies be restored againe, howsoeuer they haue perished. For the sea shall giue vp hir deade, and so shall death and hell. Apoc. 20. There shall be restored a ioyfull and blessed condicion of the worlde. And this engine and frame of the world that now groneth vnder the burthen of corruption, shal be deliuered, Rom. 8. and made such as it was, before it was accursed for the sinne of man. For there shall bee newe heauens and a newe earth, wherein righteousnesse shall dwell. Apoc. 21. 2. Pet. 3. Euery man shall receyue in his bodye according as he hath done, whether it be well or euill. Yea and Christ himselfe when he hath put downe all rule, 2. Cor. 5. and all things be subdued vnto him, shall be subiect vnto him that put all things vnder him, and shal deliuer vp the kingdome to God the father, 1. Cor. 15. that God may be all in all. To conclude, then shalbe such a restitution of all things, as we can now neyther vtter by woordes, nor comprehende by reason, for nowe our know­ledge is vnperfite, and our propheciyng vnperfite, but when that which is per­fite is come, then that which is vnperfite shall be done awaye. 1. Cor. 13. Nowe we see in a glasse, euen in a darcke speaking: but then shall wee see face to face. In the meane while the consideration hereof serueth to our instruction, that we being borne vp with the hope ofthis restitution, may paciently suffer what­soeuer aduersitie and miserie, and so order our conuersation oflife by fayth in Christ, that that great daye of the Lord may bring vnto vs also comfort and refreshing among other that be godly.

And so many it seemeth a marueyle that the Lord deferreth his com­ming so long. Why Christ deferreth his comming. And perhaps the Iewes might mooue some question here­of. For where we measure God after the propertie of our flesh, we cannot choose but marueyle at Gods tariaunce, and deferring of iudgement. But Peter aunswereth such questions, where he sayth, that Christ must remaine [Page 176] in the heauens, or reigne in heauen, vntill all things be restored and ful­filled, that the Prophetes haue prophecied. He hath on the earth fulfilled the affaires of our redemption. But there remained as yet certaine things to be done, long before decreed by God and foreshewed. For it behooued the Gospell shoulde be preached in all the world, and that the Gentiles should be brought into the fellowship of the Church, as all the Prophetes by one consent testifie. There remayned the mysterie of Antichrist, through whose tyrannie it was needefull the Church shoulde be tried, 2. Thess. 2. Apoc. 7. and the number of Christes martyrs fulfilled. Christ therefore hath giuen a place to these things, by his going into heauen, hauing receyued all power in heauen and in earth. Let no man therefore thinke he is vnmindefull eyther of vs or of his dutie, bicause he deferreth his comming, and daye of iudgement. For he knoweth what he hath to doe in all thinges. Let it comfort vs that we knowe he reigneth in heauen. There let vs seeke him with mindes lift vp by faith, without any care ofhis corporall presence in earth, vntill that great daye come, Math. 24. when like a lightning he shall appeare vnto vs sodenly. Woulde to God they would diligently examine Peters wordes, which now a dayes bicause they woulde ratifie a bodily presence of Christ in the earth, saye that his humaine nature by reason of the coniunction it hath with the godly, is so extended and so pierceth through all places, that it cannot be circumscribed or conteyned neyther within time nor place. Let them ther­fore looke what aunswere to make to Peter, who appointeth to him both a time and a place. Yea, he affirmeth it is so appoynted of God, that he should be taken into heauen, and shoulde sit there vntill that last day came, when he shall returne to be a iudge, and to bestowe fully vpon the godlye the re­stitution long agone promised. I knowe they iumble heauen and earth to­gither, and by this worde heauen, vnderstande the heauenlye glorye and conuersation that he is in here on earth. But as this glose cannot be proo­ued by scripture, so was it vtterly vnknowne to the learned antiquitie, and therefore it needeth no great confutation. Therefore leauing their quiddi­ties, let vs learne of this thirde part of the sermon, that in our sinnes we despaire not of Gods grace, but through repentance and true faith, let vs returne vnto God, and so let vs prepare our selues, that that daye on vs also may shine happie and ioyfull, when Iesus Christ shall come to deli­uer those that be his, and to condemne the wicked: to whome be praise, ho­nour, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xxiiij. Homelie.

‘Moyses truly sayde vnto the fathers: A Prophet shall the Lord your God rayse vp vnto you, euen of your brethren like vnto me: him shall you heare in all things whatsoeuer he shall saye vnto you. For the time will come that euerye soule which will not heare that same Prophete, shall bee destroyed from among the people. All the Prophets also from Samuell and thenceforth as many as haue spoken, haue in likewise tolde of these dayes.’

[Page 177] AFter that the Apostle Peter had grie­uouslye accused the heynous wickednesse of the Iewes, which they committed against the sonne of God, in the thirde part of his sermon, he gaue them counsell howe to obteyne saluation, as we declared in our last Sermon. He bade them repent and con­uert vnto God, which we partly doe by repentance, and partly by faith in Iesus Christ, through whose merite we be reconciled vnto God. But it was no small blocke that kept the Iewes from embracing of Christ. For where they were not yet come to the knowledge of him, a great many feared that if they shoulde receyue him, they shoulde offende against Moyses, and the lawe giuen them from God. And it seemed a weightie matter to them, to forsake the religion which God had giuen vnto them, and which they had helde so many yeares after that order, and according as they receyued it of their forefathers. Therefore the Apostle in the fourth part of his oration correcteth this errour, teaching them that both Moyses and the Prophetes direct the true worshippers of God vnto Christ, and that therefore they so little offended against the lawe, by beleeuing in Christ, that rather they disobey Moyses, and beleeue not the Prophetes truly, except they receyue Christ, of whome they beare witnesse. Againe, least they shoulde distrust the goodnesse of Christ, whome they nowe so oftentimes hearde they had offended by their great crueltie, he declareth that he that was promised to the fathers, belongeth to them also, and is their sauiour as well as the fa­thers, so that they woulde embrace him with true fayth. But at this pre­sent we will speake but of those thinges onely which Peter alledgeth con­cerning the mysterie of Christ, grounded vppon the bookes of the olde Te­stament.

He beginneth with Moyses, bicause he was of greatest authoritie among the Iewes. Moyses bea­r [...]th witnesse of Christ. Out of whome where he might haue brought diuers testimo­nies, he taketh one among a manye, whereby he teacheth vs that Christ was long agone appointed to be the teacher and schoolemaister of Gods people. Which thing serued much to this present purpose, bicause (as I saide euen nowe) many thought it a grieuous matter to forsake Moyses, who they knewe was appointed of God to be their lawmaker, and mai­ster. He sheweth therefore that it was not Moyses minde, that they should alwaye hang vppon him, but that he pointed them to another Prophete, which shoulde more perfitely teache them all things. The place is in Deu­teronomie .xviij. Chapter. In that place are prohibited all superstitious and soothsaying Artes of the heathen, whereby they go about to search out the knowledge of thinges to come, and the secretes of God, by diuination, by the wicked Mathematicalles, by the noise of birdes flying, by Necroman­cie, and such like kinde of diuinations. And Moyses doth aduertise them, that they shoulde forsake these things, and turne to the only worde of God, and wholy depend vpon the same. And bicause they should not thinke it an harde matter to finde out the meaning of Gods word, he sayth they should neuer want Prophetes, whome God would rayse vp from among them­selues, by whose ministerie they shoulde learne what the will of God was [Page 178] in all things they shoulde take in hande. And they are not deceyued which thinke that an vniuersall promise is conteyned in this place, whereby the gift of prophecie is established and confirmed in the people and Church of God. But Peter wittily applieth this generall promise vnto Christ, who, it is euident, is the chiefe of the Prophetes, and by whose spirite, as he sayth in another place, 1. Pet. 1. all the Prophetes were ledde and inspired. And that the things here spoken by Moyses belong vnto Christ, is more euident than needeth anye long demonstration. For he was both borne of the Iewes, and was sent of God, as appeareth by his doctrine and myracles, whiche we see in all pointes conformable to the doctrine of the Apostles. There­fore Peters argument seemeth most strong, whereby he laboureth to per­swade them to beleeue in Christ, according to Moyses saying, euen as if he shoulde say: Moyses so little challengeth to him selfe alone all authoritie of teaching, that he commaundeth vs to giue eare and credite to euerye Prophete, teaching the worde of God, and hath appointed all those that despise the Prophetes sayings, to be punished with death. Therfore, how much more ought you to beleeue Christ, who hath taught vs the will of God the father more plainly and perfitely than anye man, and in whome most truly are verified whatsoeuer Moyses sayth of that Prophete. And so Peter trimlye toucheth the ende and scope of his purpose, that is, to take out of their mindes that preposterous religion, which let and hindred them with the ouermuch reuerence of Moyses and the law, and their pieuish opi­nion, and woulde not let them to embrace Iesus Christ. Yet bicause both Peter and Steuen (as appeareth hereafter) expounde this place of Moyses, as ment of Christ: we also will here search out such thinges as maye en­struct vs in the knowledge of Christ. And first of all, Moyses doth elegant­lye describe vnto vs Christ our sauiour. Next, he teacheth vs what dutie we owe vnto him, and pronounceth sentence of death agaynst them that doe contemne him.

First, in the description of Christ, he sheweth of whome he shall spring, or be borne: Christ in his very man­hode, is borne of the Iewes The Lorde your God shall rayse him vp of your brethren. He must then be borne of the Iewes, which is an infallible argument of hys incarnation, and of his true manhoode: whereby they are conuinced which saye Christ brought his flesh from heauen, and tooke it not of the substance of the virgin, but came through the virgin into the worlde, as water run­neth through a conduite. Verily Paule testifieth that he tooke not on him the aungels nature, Heb. 2. or any heauenly creatures, but the seede of Abraham. And speaking of the prerogatiues of the Iewes, wherewith God aboue other nations did vouchsafe to endue them, among other things he maketh men­tion howe Christ touching the fleshe, shoulde be borne of them, which is God in all things to be praysed for euer. Rom. 9. Wherevnto the promises of the olde Testament, are to be referred, where often times he is called one whyle the seede of the woman, Genes. 3.22 Psal. 132. Esay. 11. &c another whyle the seede of Abraham and of Dauid. We must here obserue the singular goodnesse of God, who hauing appoin­ted his sonne to be our sauiour and teacher, woulde haue the same incar­nated and made man, least eyther we might be afrayde of his maiestie, or thinke he disdained our infirmitie, which Paule also considered. Heb. 2. &. 4.

Christ is a Prophete.Secondlye, he declareth the office of Christ, calling him a Prophete. Howbeit Moyses was not ignorant that Christ should be both a King, and [Page 179] the Redeemer of mankinde, and denyeth it not in this place, but maketh mention of his office, which for his purpose and matter in hand, was chief­ly to be required. Prophetes whether they shewe of things to come, or else by the worde of God admonish men of things present, are the interpreters and openers of Gods will. But bicause Christ shoulde be a Priest in the Church of God for euer, he must not abstayne from teaching, which is the chiefe poynt required in a Priest, as maye be seene Malachie. 2. Wherfore also in another place, he is described in the person of a Prophete or prea­cher, as in Esay. 61. Which place he himselfe expoundeth of himselfe in the sinagoge at Nazareth. Luc. 4. And he is not declared to be such an one in the olde Testament only, but God hath set him forth also being here on earth, by a very solemne and open authorisement, to be the vniuersall and vndoubted teacher of all the worlde. Whereas vpon mount Thabor before most cre­dible witnesses both of the deade and of the liuing, that is to saye, before Moyses and Elias, Peter, Iames, and Iohn, he pronounced that notable say­ing: This is my beloued sonne, in whome I am well pleased, heare him. Math. 17. And Christ himselfe followed the office of teaching with great studie and diligence, and openly confesseth that he was sent for that cause. Mar. 1. Luc. 4. Therefore it is not without a cause that Moyses and Peter calleth him a Prophet. And we are taught by this place, that it is not sufficient if we confesse Christ to be our sauiour and Redeemer, vnlesse we acknowledge him to be a tea­cher sent of God, and doe that dutie to him that schollers owe to a faythfull and trustie schoolemaister. Thou shalt moreouer consider, howe we ought to reuerence the ministerie, whereby the Gospell is preached. For where­by can it more singularly be commended, than by the example of the sonne of God, who both himselfe was a minister on the earth, and appoynted the ministerie to be alwaye in his Church, wherevnto Paule hauing a respect, sayth: that wee be messengers in the roume of Christ, and preache vnto the worlde the worde of attonement. Which woulde God both the hearers and ministers woulde alwaye remember, least the one sort thinke to contemp­tuously of the ministerie, and the other through their naughtynesse make it to be laughed at.

Thirdly is declared what maner a Prophete Christ should be: Christ is like vnto Moyses to saye like vnto Moyses. Which is not so to be taken, as though we shoulde ac­knowledge in Christ nothing of more excellencie than in Moyses, whereas Moyses was but a meere man and a sinner, and Christ was both God and man, & the author of our saluation. But this similitude or comparison must be referred to the office of a Prophete, and figure of Christ which Moyses bare: wherein many things both pleasant and profitable come to be con­sidered. First Paule testifieth of Moyses that he had rather to suffer sorrowe and affliction with the people of God, Heb. 11. than to be taken for Pharao his Ne­phewe, and enioye the treasures and delightes of Egypt. The same affec­tion we see in Christ, who being in the shape of God, humbled and abased himselfe, and taking on him the shape of a seruaunt, chose rather to be af­flicted with vs, and to die for vs, than to see vs any longer in misery. Fur­thermore, as Moyses was of his brethren moste vnworthilye refused: so when Christ came amongst his owne, his owne receyued him not, and be­fore Pylate they denyed him saying: wee haue no king but Caesar. Yea, Iohn. 1.19. and nowe a dayes also he is most vnworthily reiected of manye, to whome he [Page 180] offreth himselfe, and in himselfe eternall life and saluation through the Gospell. Thirdly, as Moyses deliuered the people of God from the cruell tyrannie of Pharao, brought them out of Egypt, and drowned them in the surges of the read sea: so the sonne of God hath deliuered mankinde from the power of the deuill, and brusting the bondes of sinne and death, hath slayne Satan the spirituall Pharao, with all his preparation, engines and armor, through the merite of his bloude. Fourthly, as Moyses lyke a faith­full shepehearde, ledde the people of Israell safely through the vnknowne wayes of the wildernesse: so Iesus Christ is that faythfull shepeherde that goeth before his sheepe, Psal. 24. Iohn. 10. and leadeth vs safelye through the deserte of this worlde, being full of all kinde of daungers, by the light of his worde, and guiding of his spirite. Fifthly, as Moyses gaue Manna to the people being an hungred, and gat springes of water out of the rocke for them, being a a thirst: so Iesus Christ feedeth our soules vnto life euerlasting by the me­rite of his flesh, & hath opened in his side a most plentifull fountaine of sal­uation, by the which only al thirsty drouthes of the soule are quenched. See Iohn. 6.4.7.19. Sixthly, as Moyses was the interpretor of Gods worde to the people, Exod. 20. Deut. 5. when they were not able to abide the maiestie of God spea­king to them: so where none of vs hath seene God, nor can see him as long as we be clothed with this mortall fleshe, the sonne of God which is in the bosome of his father, hath declared vnto vs, whatsoeuer behooueth vs to knowe of God, and prooueth by that argument that he taketh vs for his friendes, Iohn. 1.15. bicause he hath hid none of these things from vs, which he heard of his father. Seuenthly, as all the weyghtie causes which coulde not be discussed by the ordinarie Iudges, vsed to be referred and brought vnto Moyses, and he receyuing sentence from the mouth of the Lorde, declared it, and that was taken for vndoubted, and ought not to be countermaun­ded, as may be seene Exod. 18. and .33. Leuit. 24. Numer. 15. &c. so whatsoe­euer things eyther in the mysteries of faith and kingdome of heauen, or in the conuersation of our whole lyfe passe the capacitie of our reason, it be­hooueth they be referred to Christ onely, and we must stand to his sentence, so that we must subdue all our vnderstanding to the obedience of fayth, which Paule testifieth, 2. Cor. 10. Rom. 1. is the end and scope of the Gospell. Eightly, as Moy­ses alwaye made intercession so God for the people, as oft as they sinned, and did it so faythfullye, that for their sakes he desired to be wyped out of the booke of God: Exod. 32.33. Num. 11.12. So Christ when the sentence of damnation hoong ouer all our heades, made intreatie for vs, and woulde become accursed for vs, Galat. 3. to deliuer vs from the curse. The same also being made a mediatour betweene God and man, maketh alwayes intercession for vs to the father: And as manye as feele they haue deserued Gods wrathe through their sinnes, 1. Tim. 2. 1. Iohn. 2. must vse him for their aduocate and spokesman vnto God. Many other things might be alleaged, in the which it is manifest Christ was like vnto Moyses, or rather an absolute and perfite accomplisher of those thin­ges which by Moyses were prefigurated. But it sufficeth to giue occasion to them that list more deepely and exactly to search them.

We owe to Christ fayth and obedienceNow, vnto this description of Christ, he ioyneth what the dutie is that we owe him, for Moyses saith: him shal you heare in al things whatsoeuer he saith to you. The same, God the father commaunded vpon the hill of Thabor, as we declared a little before, saying: Heare him. Yet let no man thinke he hath [Page 181] fulfilled the cōmaundement of God, if he receiue the word of God but into his eares, as Iudas and the Phariseyes, Pylate and many others did. But first an earnest desire of the Gospell is required, bicause among manye thinges whereabout men be most vainly occupied, one thing is necessary, Luke. 10. as Christ teacheth vs. From the studie of the worde the beliefe which we haue in it cannot be secluded. For howe can we labour to get that thing, the credit and truth whereof we suspect? Obedience followeth beliefe, where­by we acknowledge Christ to be the teacher of fayth, religion, and director of our whole life, and to our power obey him. These markes of the chil­dren of God did he teach vs, where he sayth: Iohn. 8. He that is of God heareth the wordes of God. Agayne: My sheepe heare my voyce, and follow me. Iohn. 10. Wher­vpon we gather for a suretie, that they be not the children of God, nor the sheepe of Christ, which refuse to heare Christes voyce, speaking in the Gos­pell. Aboue all things we must note that whatsoeuer Christ speaketh, we are commaunded to heare it. For there be which heare Christ in deede, but they heare him but in those things only which like their fleshlye appetyte, against the which, if anye thing be spoken, they thinke that apperteyneth not vnto them. Of this number be they, which gladly heare, and maruey­lously embrace the promises of the Gospell, where the grace of God is preached, and free forgiuenesse of sinnes: but the same will not admit the doctrine of repentaunce which rebuketh and accuseth sinne. They be like vnto those which after a sort can suffer the doctrine of truth to be preached, but cannot abyde if a man reprooue the deceyuers, and Antichristes. And we see many so affected, that they will greatly extoll and commende what­soeuer is spoken of the kingdome of Christ, of his victorie, of the glorye of the elect, which they shall possesse in heauen: but yet they so abhorre the crosse & persecutions, that they can suffer no mentions to be made thereof. But these men are farre deceyued. For Christ is not deuided, neyther can the parts of Christ his doctrine be separated. For he that commaunded for­giuenesse of sinnes to be preached in his name, Luc. 24. the same requireth all men likewise to repent. And he that sayde to the woman that was a sinner and bewayled hir sinnes: Thy sinnes be forgiuen thee: Luc. 7. The same sayd vnto him that was sicke of the Palsey being nowe healed: Beholde, thou art made whole: sinne not againe heereafter, least a worse thing happen vnto thee. Iohn. 5. And afterwarde he sayde by Paule, that whooremongers and adulterers with­out repentance, shoulde not enter into the kingdome of God. Likewise, 1. Cor. 6. he that confesseth himselfe to be the light and the truth, Math. 7.24. and biddeth vs to walke in him: the same reprooueth false Christes and Antichristes, and biddeth vs beware of them. Againe, he that promiseth the treasures of heauen to those that be his: the same affirmeth constantly, Iohn. 15.16 that in the world they shall suffer tribulation. And he that gloriously rose from the dead, and with great triumph was taken vppe into heauen, a little before that, was despitefully hanged betweene two theeues. Therfore as we must embrace whole Christ: so is it necessary that we giue eare to his whole doctrine, vn­lesse we will wholy be depriued of him. A figure hereof went before in the Paschall lambe, which the Iewes were commaunded to eate whole, and the bones and other things which coulde not be eaten, were commaunded to be burned. So must whole Christ be receyued, and if anye thing seeme in him vntollerable, that same must be consumed and ouerpassed with the [Page 182] fire of fayth and loue of God.

The punish­ment of those that cōtemne Christ.Furthermore, bicause our fleshe herein maketh much resistance, which very vnwillinglye commeth to this yoake: Moyses vrgeth vs with grie­uous menace and threatening: It will come to passe (sayeth he) that euerye soule that will not heare that Prophet, shall be destroyed from among that peo­ple. This punishment comprehendeth the whole destruction of man, both body and soule. For what hope of saluation can remayne for him, which is secluded and cut of from the Church & people of God, which only is recey­ued into the fellowship and communion of all Gods goodnesse. But why shoulde he not be reiected from the fellowshippe of him, which refuseth to heare him whome God hath appoynted to be his maister, and the teacher of his whole Church? How much more grieuous punishment doth he de­serue, Heb. 10. which dare treade the sonne of God vnder his feete? Hereof are ta­ken those heauye threates in the Gospell, which seeme to manye too vehe­ment, and more cruell than reason woulde, such as is that saying of the Baptist: He that beleeueth not the sonne, shall not see lyfe, and the wrath of God abideth vpon him. Iohn. 3. And Christ when he had promysed eternall life to the beleeuers, addeth: He that will not beleeue shall be condemned. But Pe­ter thought to admonishe the Iewes hereof, Marc. 16. bicause they should not thinke the contempt of Christ and his Gospell to be a game and pastime, but shoulde knowe that the daunger of their soule laye thereon. And let vs thinke the same is sayde vnto vs. For such is the authoritie of Iesus Christ with his father, that no man can be accepted and welcome to him, except he be graffed in Christ. But the bare and emptye profession of a Christian name graffeth vs not in him, but a liuely faith, which maketh vs to obey his doctrine, and firmely to beleeue in him. See what is said of the true and counterfeite hearers of Christ, Math. 7. and Luc. 6. Chapters.

Although the authoritie of Moyses was great with the Iewes: yet bi­cause Peter will omit nothing, The Pro­phetes beare witnesse of Christ. he ioyneth hereto testimonies of the Pro­phetes, diuers of the which it is like he rehearsed. But here he taketh all, saying: All the Prophetes from Samuell, and thencefoorth as manye as haue spoken, haue tolde of these dayes. He beginneth the number of the Pro­phetes with Samuel, bicause before him was no Prophete after Moyses, whose writings are extant. Yea, before he prophecied, the worde of the Lorde was a rare and precious thing, as we reade 1. Samuel. 3. Which af­terwarde by many Prophetes began most clearely, both to be preached, and writen euery where. And as many as were from that time, haue pro­phecied of Iesus Christ, as may plainely appeare to all them which haue reade their sermons or bookes with diligence. It is a plaine and manifest oracle of God that Nathan telleth to Dauid of Christ, 2. Sam. 7. which should be borne of his stocke. There are manye other more euident than this, vttered by Dauid, such as appeare. Psalm. 2.22.89.119. &c. Of Esaye, what neede we to speake, which hath written so playne an hystorie of all the thinges which Christ shoulde doe, that (as S. Ierome sayth) he deserueth in many places to be taken for an Euangelist, rather than a Prophete. The lyke is to be affirmed of all the other Prophetes, whose sayings if we should re­hearce worde by worde, we might sooner finde howe to beginne, than to make an ende. Let it suffyce to tell you that there is no so small a thing in Christ, but the same may be proued by the oracles of the olde Testament, [Page 183] wherevpon we also gather, that the bookes of the olde Testament ought not to be condemned, as certaine phanaticall persons affirme, which crye they belong onelye to the Iewes. They sinne agaynst the industrie and goodnesse of God, which thought good all maner of wayes to confirme our saluation.

Therefore let vs marke here both the certaintie of the doctrine of the Gospell, and Christian faith, and also the antiquitie therof: The certain­tie and anti­quitie of the Christian fayth. for if we ioyne vnto the testimonies of Moyses and the Prophetes, the figures of the lawe, and the auncient promises made long before to the Patriarches, a man shall easily perceyue that there was neuer anye kinde of doctrine or religion, confirmed and set forth with so many testimonies. The first stan­deth vpon the promise, which was made in Paradise to our first parents, concerning the seede of the woman, which shoulde treade downe the ser­pents heade. Therefore great is the folly or rashnesse of them (to speake no worse) which eyther openly dare gainesay the doctrine of the Gospell, or else seeke other counselles, by authoritie whereof, to determine and rule our fayth, and religion. For what doe these men else, but reprooue God which spake by Moyses and the Prophetes, of lying, or at leastwise call his truth in doubt? Besides, they foolishly require the authoritie of men, Galat. 1. whereas we ought not to beleeue an Angell teaching the contrary. Ther­fore letting them go, let vs embrace Christ, whome one vniforme consent of Scripture setteth out to vs, in whome only all righteousnesse, sanctifi­cation, truth, and saluation is conteyned. To him be prayse, honour, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The .xxv. Homelie.

‘Ye are the children of the prophetes, and of the couenant which God made vnto our fathers, saying to Abraham: Euen in thy seede shall all the kinreds of the earth bee blessed. First when God had raysed vp his sonne Iesus vnto you, he sent him to blesse you, that euery one of you shoulde turne from his wickednesse.’

THe Apostle Peter so sheweth the Iewes the way and meane vnto saluation, that therewith al­so he remooueth all impedimentes which myght lette them from taking that waye: where we had two things chiefely to consider. The first was the prepo­sterous obseruance of Moyses, and their auncestries religion. For they feared if they embraced Christ, they shoulde offende agaynst the lawe and religion which God gaue vnto their forefathers. He teacheth them therefore that therein is no daunger, bicause both Moyses and the Prophetes directed and sent men vnto Christ. But that they rather offended against Moyses which dis­dayned to receiue Christ, whereas Moyses long before appointed that such as they were, shoulde be punished by death. There was yet one other stoppe, which was the conscience of that sinne which they had committed agaynst Christ. For where they had wickedly denied him (as Peter before tolde them) they sawe it was meete and conuenient, that Christ also should [Page 184] denye and forsake them, and not regarde or accept their repentaunce. And they coulde not be ignorant howe God by his Prophete reiecteth the pray­ers of such as woulde holde vp handes vnto him, Esay. 1. embrued with bloude. Wherefore Peter in this place remedyeth this inconuenience, and prooueth by strong argumentes that Iesus Christ appertayneth to them also, and will not put them backe, if they will turne vnto him with all their hearts: which is the principall state and subiect of this place, wherwith also he con­cludeth his sermon with very good successe.

The order of preaching the Gospell.Before we enter into Peters wordes, we haue an example in him to marke, which teacheth vs the right trade howe to preach the Gospell: That consisteth herein to make all men vnderstand how the promises of the gos­pell appertaine vnto them. For vnlesse they be hereof assured, they neither can make great account of them, ne yet surely trust vnto them. Which thing is the cause that Paule is so diligent in proouing the vocation of the Gen­tyles. For in vaine shoulde the Gospell haue bene preached to them, except they had knowne y t the saluation purchased by Christ, had aswell belonged to them as to the Iewes. For this cause all the promises of the Gospell, are vniuersall, and may be applied to all men, which with true fayth will embrace them. Math. 11. Come vnto me (sayth Christ) all ye that labour and are hea­uie laden. &c. So God loued the worlde, that he gaue his onely begotten sonne for vs, Iohn. 3. to thende that all that beleeue in him shoulde not perishe but haue lyfe euerlasting. And in another place he sayth, that he prayeth for all them that shoulde beleeue in him through the preaching of the Apostles. Iohn. 17. Wherevnto also is to be referred that that Iohn sayth, that is, howe all they which are sinners, 1. Iohn. 2. haue Christ for their aduocate, bicause hee hath giuen himselfe an at­tonement for the sinnes of all the worlde. And Paule oftentimes in the busi­nesse of saluation excludeth all respect of persons, and testifieth that all they that beleue in Christ, haue saluation giuen them of God in him. See Rom. 10. Galat. 3. Colos. 3. Ministers must so minde and remember these things, that they must debarre no man from the vniuersall promises of God, but must so deuide and order the word of the Gospell, that no man may doubt of the certaintie of his saluation, but maye vnderstande that the merite of Christ belongeth to them all indifferently. Now, after these premisses, let vs come to Peters saying, which with three arguments most strongly con­firmeth the Iewes fayth.

The Iewes are the chil­dren of the Prophetes.First, he admonisheth them of their auncient dignitie, and of their el­ders, saying: you be the children of the Prophetes: that is to say, you come of that people or nation, of whome the Prophetes came. Or rather, you be the children of the Patriarches, who, it is euident were most notable Pro­phetes, as by whome the promises of saluation were declared first vnto mankind. For the which cause the holy ghost long agone called them Pro­phetes. Psal. 105. Hereof Peter gathereth, that without doubt the promises long be­fore reuealed by the Prophetes, appertaine to the nation of the Iewes: if so be they will receyue them, and imitate the fayth of their progenitors. For Peter in this place doth attribute nothing here to carnall generation: which is of no effect in those that degenerate, and waxe wicked, as those graue expostulations of Iohn the Baptist and Christ doe plainely declare, where they seuerely and earnestly rebuke the Iewes glorying in the bare title of Abraham. Math. 3. Iohn. 8. But Peter by this argument confirmeth those that might [Page 185] dispaire, to the entent they might vnderstande their traueyle should not be in vaine, if they woulde follow their fathers the Prophetes, and embrace Christ the Sauiour, whome they foretolde was to come.

Marke how Peter going about to perswade the Iewes to hope for sal­uation, first maketh mention of the Prophetes. He knewe therefore that this was the chiefe argument of Gods fauour toward vs, to giue vs expo­sitors of his will, bicause that except we perfitely knew it, we could not at­taine vnto saluation. Therfore among the benefites of the olde testament, which God in time passed bestowed on his people, this is chiefely to be re­membred, that he furnished them with Prophetes, by whome they might be taught the will of God. See Mich. 6. Amos. 2. Psal. 107. 2. Paral. 36. Yea, Christ himselfe by this argument prooueth that he tooke the Apostles for his friendes, bicause he hid none of those thinges from them, which were shewed to him of his father. Whereof we gather howe great the ingrati­tude and wickednesse of them is, which dare contemne the worde of God, and hisse at the Prophets, by whose ministerie the same is preached. They shall one daye feele the sentence of Christ, when he most seuerely reuenge the contempt of his seruants, as he threateneth Math. 10.

Secondly, he calleth to their remembrance the vocation of the Iewes, The Iewes are the chil­dren of the couenant. and promise of God, alleaging the couenaunt or testament of God, made in the time past with Abraham. You (sayeth he) are the children of the coue­nant, which God made with your fathers, saying to Abraham: Euen in thy seede shall all the kinreds of the earth be blessed. He seemeth by an Hebrewe phrase to call them the children of the Testament, to whom the Testament belonged, and which were Heires written in the Testament of God. For so we reade they are called the children of wrath, or death, whome God in his wrath appointeth to death. Peter seemeth to make two argumentes. The first is of a thinge before denounced or shewed, saying: A pronun­ciatis. God in the Testament which he made with your fathers hath written you for heyres also. Ergo, the saluation contayned in the Testament of God, belongeth as well to you as to the fathers. The Antecedent needed no great proofe, with those who knewe the promise of God well ynough: I will be thy God, Gene. 17. and the God of thy seede after thee. Then alleaging the summe and effect of the Testament, he prooueth by an argument a comparatis, that is, A comparatis. of things compared or layde togither, that they cannot be excluded from the promi­ses. For thus God testified to their father Abraham, that in his seede all the Nations of the earth shoulde be blessed. And if the Testament of God ex­tended to forreine Nations, who I pray you will denye that it appertay­neth to them that be borne of the stocke of Abraham? Yet let vs alwaye re­member that Peter speaketh these things condicionally, and that saluation is promised to them which (by the faith that was in Abraham) take holde of Christ, least we attribute vnto carnall generation, that which dependeth vpon the meere grace of God, and his free election, as Paule at large proo­ueth to the Romaines, the .ix. Chapter.

By this place may the madnesse of the Anabaptistes be confuted, Against the Anabaptists. which will not admit the children borne of the faythfull into the societie and fel­lowship of Christes Church, yet none of vs denie but that saluation stan­deth in Goddes election, and not in carnall generation. In the meane whyle where as God in his Testament hath longe since included the chil­dren [Page 186] of the faythfull: it may seeme great rashnesse to denye them the com­munion of the Testament and Churche of God. Shall we thinke the con­dicions of the newe Testament more hard and grieuous for our children, than the olde were, Gene. 17. whan by Circumcision the eyght day they were taken into the fellowship of the people of God? Or shall the authoritie of Christ be of no force with vs, which attributeth fayth to little children, and affir­meth that the kingdome of heauen pertaineth to them? Math. 18.19 Marc. 10. Or what shall we saye to Paule, which speaking of vnlike mariages, feareth not to call those children holy, which haue but one parent onely, be it father or mother that is a Christian? 1. Cor. 7. Let vs therefore auoyde the headye audacitie of our iudge­ment, and constantly keepe the articles of Gods couenant, where it is ma­nifest, that saluation is promised euen to very children.

It is diligently to be considered that God woulde haue our redempti­on and saluation comprised in a couenant or Testament. Our saluati­on is contey­ned in the te­stament or couenant of God. Which thing as it begon in Abraham, so was it afterwarde many times renewed with Abra­hams posteritie & ofspring. Hereto appertayne the things spoken by Dauid. Psal. 89. and. 132. and also the things we read in Ieremy. 31. touching the new Testament of God. And God did not onely make a Testament, but con­firmed the same with an othe. For he sware vnto Abraham, and that by himselfe, Heb. 6. bicause he coulde sweare by no greater. These thinges serue to proue the certaintie of our saluation. For if no man reiect or breake a mans testament, after it is engrossed & lawfully prooued, then none hath so much authoritie, Galat. 3. as to infringe or violate the Testament of God. For Paule saith, the gifts of God are without repentance, Roma. 11. and his calling cannot be broken. God affirmeth the same Ieremie the .33. saying: If the couenant which I haue made with daye and night may be broken, that there shoulde not be daye and night in due season: then maye my couenaunt also be broken, which I made with Dauid my seruant. &c. And in another place he sayeth, that the natu­rall affections of the parents towarde their children, be not so sure and ve­hement, as the care he hath to keepe the truth of his Testament, and the certaintie of our saluation. Esay. 49.

It shall be profitable to marke diligentlye the summe of Gods Testa­ment, The summe of the Testa­ment of God. which is alleaged by Peter out of the .xxij. chap. of Genesis. In thy seede (sayth God vnto Abraham) shall all the kinredes of the earth bee blessed. In which wordes God comprehendeth three thinges. First, he sheweth what profite commeth to vs by his Testament. Secondly, he declareth the me­diator, by whome we shall receyue it. Thirdly, he teacheth to whome the inheritance of this Testament is to be extended.

First, God promiseth a blessing, which is set agaynst the curse, as ap­peareth in Deut. 27. and .28. A blessing. This blessing comprehendeth in it the whole and entire safetie of man, and specially the fauour of God which enricheth vs with all kinde of goodes. For it cannot be that he can want either in bo­die or soule, that hath God fauourable and mercifull to him. And it behoo­ued this thing should expressely be promised vs, bicause by nature, as many as are of the stocke of Adam, are accursed. For the Scripture euerywhere teacheth that the curse belongeth vnto sinne. And the lawe pronounceth him accursed, which fulfilleth not all the things that God commaundeth. Deut. 27. Therfore bicause we be all sinners, and destitute of the glory and grace of God, Rom. 3.5. we be subiect to his wrath and iudgement. And as through [Page 187] sinne all kinde of euill is come into the worlde, so God by blessinge pro­miseth all goodnesse. Therefore this is a most large promise, and compre­hendeth all mannes saluation.

And bicause enmitie was growne betweene God and vs, Christ is the mediator of blisse. by reason of sinne: we coulde not be reconciled vnto him without a Mediator, nor at­tayne vnto this blessing. God therefore sheweth vs this mediator, where he promiseth the blessing in the seede of Abraham. Which place Paule the A­postle with great plainnesse expoundeth of Iesus Christ, who wee reade tooke the seede of Abraham. For he writeth to the Galathians the third chap­ter: To Abraham were the promises made, and to his seede. He sayth not, and in his seedes, as of many, but in thy seede, as of one, which is Christ. Neyther doe we here regarde the cauilling Iewes, which expounde this worde seede (bicause it is a nowne collectiue) of the whole nation of the Iewes, and make a comparison, as though all people shoulde be blessed after the example of that nation. For where it is euident all mankinde standeth ac­cursed, Gods Testament shoulde be of no profite, vnlesse he appoynted some one which shoulde blesse them and deliuer them from the curse. But who that is, the Iewes can neuer shewe vs, if they refuse Christ, foras­much as in al Abrahams posteritie, many and great sinnes may be shewed. Whereby it is euident the curse cleaueth to them. For the Lorde truly sayd to them by Esaias. Thy first father offended sore, Esay. 43. and thy Rulers haue sinned against me. Onely Christ is he, in whose mouth was founde no guile, and which was able to saye to his enimies: which of you can reprooue or im­peach me of sinne. And he only is declared by God the father to be that man in whome we obtayne this blessing. For of him God sayde: Math. 3.17. This is my be­loued sonne, in whome I am well pleased. And he in his last supper openlye testifyed, 1. Cor. 11. that the accomplishing of the newe Testament consisted in his bloude. Through his bloude therefore be our sinnes purged, which caused the sentence of male diction to fall vpon vs. Whosoeuer therefore will ob­taine the inheritance of blisse, let them embrace Christ.

Howbeit, The heires of blisse. bicause this blisse or felicitie shall not seeme to pertayne to a fewe persons, or to one Nation only: he sheweth expressely howe farre it ought to be extended, including within the blessing that commeth by Christ, all the kinredes of the earth. For (as Paule sayeth) he that ordeyned these things, is not the God of the Iewes only, but of all Nations also. Rom. 3. And we are euery where warned, that touching our saluation there is no difference of nations before God, Actes. 10. but (as Peter afterward testifieth) in all people they that feare him, and worke righteousnesse, are accepted with him. Further, Christ himselfe sayth, that the saluation, whereof he is author, appertayneth to all men, where he testifyeth in the Gospell, that many shall come from the East, and from the West, and rest with Abraham, Isaac, & Iacob, Math. 8. in the kingdome of heauen. Whervnto this also appertaineth, where he giueth cōmaundement to his Apostles to preach the gospell ouer all the world, Marc. 16. Act. 1. For as the first promise of saluation was made to our first parentes: so God woulde haue the same emparted to all their issue and posteritie. Neyther is there any other reason wherefore Abraham can be called the father of many Nations, but for that all the faithfull of all nations ioyned togither in Iesus Christ, are made heyres of the promises of his sonne, and of the saluation set forth in Christ, by faith. The consideration hereof is both full [Page 188] of instruction and comfort. For it teacheth vs that we must rashly contemne no man, nor yet be prowde of the vaine prerogatiue of our nation, which most times dependeth of earthly men, and of their fonde iudgement: for­asmuch as Iesus Christ which is our saluation and glory, apperteyneth to all nations. Againe, it confirmeth vs in the temptations of our fayth, that we suffer not our selues to be secluded from Christ, in whome we heare that all the nations of the earth be blessed: by which argument Peter labou­reth here to perswade the Iewes the certaintie of their saluation.

Christ is first sent to the Iewes.Thirdlye, he comforteth them with the late benefite of God, and the present state and condicion of things. First, when God raysed vp his sonne Ie­sus vnto you, he sent him to blesse you, that euerye one of you shoulde turne from his wickednesse. He vnderstandeth not by this worde raysing vp, the resurrection of Christ from death, but he alludeth vnto the oracle of Moy­ses, which a little before, he cited. As though he should say: God hath per­fourmed that he promised, and hath raised vp that great Prophete and re­deemer of mankinde, one of your owne brethren. And he hath sent him be­ing thus raysed vp and incarnated, not to other nations, but vnto you, and willed him first to notifie & intreate of saluation among you. Neither can any man denye this. For Christ taught among you: he wrought my­racles among you: Math. 15. he vsed himselfe conuersantly with you: yea, he plainly confesseth that he chiefelye belongeth to the lost sheepe of Israel. Further­more, when he first sent vs forth [...]to preache, he badde vs we shoulde keepe our selues within the boundes and borders of your nation, Math. 10. and not to goe into the way of the Gentiles. And his last commaundement when he was ready to ascende into heauen was, that we shoulde beginne to preache the Gospell first at Ierusalem, Actes. 1. and so to publishe it throughout Iurie, and then to bring it to other nations▪ Wherefore, you haue no iust cause to doubt, vn­lesse you list to despise the present grace of God, and to doubt of these things which God (little lacking) offreth to you to feele with your handes. How­beit, he beguileth not men with vaine promises, he mocketh vs not with emptie bragges of benefites, but hath a pleasure to giue vs them in deede, and taketh no greater delight than in our saluation. We are here taught howe we also maye assure vs of our saluation by the preaching of the Gos­pell. For where it is the message of saluation, God truly offreth saluation to them, whome he calleth thereby into the knowledge and fellowship of his sonne. Neyther is there nowe a dayes any other way or meane, by the which God sendeth his sonne vnto vs, than by preaching the gospell which fully comprehendeth all the blisse of saluation.

Nowe, Peter in fewe wordes describeth the office of Christ, where he sayth he is sent of God to blesse vs. The office of Christ. Whereby also we perceyue that by the seede of Abraham, he vnderstoode none other but Christ, as before out of Paule we declared. Christ blesseth vs as he is a Priest. For it was the Priestes office to blesse the people, as Moyses teacheth Numer. 6. Although there is great difference betweene them & Christ, for they were ministers only of the figure and shadowe. Christ doth not only wishe vs good, but also giueth it, and in him God blesseth vs with all spirituall blessing, as Paule teacheth Ephe. 1. But Peter addeth the maner also of this blessing, saying: whyle he turneth euery man from his wickednesse. For where, of sinnnes the curse springeth, there can be no place for blessing, afore sinne be taken a­waye. [Page 189] Nowe Christ taketh them awaye: yea, he hath long sithence clen­sed them by the merite of his death: for which cause the Baptist calleth him the lambe of God that taketh awaye the sinnes of the worlde. Iohn. 1. He taketh not sinne away fo [...] one time only, but conuerteth all them frō their sinnes that beleeue in him. For where he giueth them his spirite, they be regenerated and renewed by him: so that they which before were giuen to the bondage of sinne, doe cast of the yoake of sinne, and liue vnto God, and beginne to serue him, in studie of innocencie, and charitie. Whereby we gather, that they are greatly deceyued, which imagine Christ to be a patrone of carnall libertie, and saye that by preaching of him, we plant carelesse lyfe in the mindes of men. Certainlye, 1. Iohn. 3. Christ came into the worlde to destroye the workes of the deuill. But among these workes, sinne hath the chiefe place as there is none that can denie. Nay rather, if we will confesse the truth, there can be in vs no true turning from sinne, but such as Christ is author of, through his spirite, according to that saying of Ieremie: Ierem. 31. Conuert thou me, and I shall be conuerted. Agayne: Thren. 5. Turne thou vs vnto thee (O Lord) and so shall we be turned.

Furthermore, before we make an ende, we haue to be obserued, All Prero­gatiues with out Christ be of no value. that the Iewes abounding in so many prerogatiues & dignities as both here and else where are declared in the .ix. to the Romaines, receiued no cōmodity by any of them all, but were forsaken of God, for that through stubborne incre­dulitie, they contemned Christ, and despised the preaching of the gospell, whereof Paule intreateth at large Rom. 11. Therfore all externe things are but vaine, except we embrace Christ with true fayth, who onely conuerteth vs from sinnes, purgeth our sinnes, reconcileth vs to God, and maketh vs inheritors of the kingdome of heauen. This Christ hath Peter in his ser­mon taught them, and sheweth them that in him the treasure of saluation is opened vnto them, notwithstanding it might seeme they were fallen from saluation and the grace of God. Let vs therfore thinke these things spoken also vnto vs, and labour to become the true mem­bers of Christ, and to be quickened with his spirite, that hereafter we may raigne with him in hea­uen: to whome be prayse, honour, glory, and power for e­uer. Amen.

The fourth chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .xxvj. Homelie.

‘AS they spake vnto the people, the Priestes and the Rulers of the Temple, and the Saduceys came vpon them, taking it grieuously that they taught the people, and preached in Iesus the resurrection from death. And they laide handes vpon them, and put them in holde, vntill the next day, for it was now euentyde. Howbeit many of them which hearde the wordes, beleeued, and the number of the men was about fiue thousande.’

HItherto Luke hath described the beginning and successe of the primi­tiue church. There haue we seene what the doctrine of the Apostles was, which they deliuered vnto the Church: also what the studies and exercises of the primitiue Church were. Nowe here­vnto is most commodiously adioyned, how the worlde receyued this doctrine: where we shall see howe the very same thing fell out, that Christ before that, shewed his Apostles of. For in Iohn he sayth: The seruant is not greater than his Maister. If they haue persecuted me, they will persecute you also. If they haue kept my saying, Iohn. 15. they will keepe yours. Againe: They shall deliuer you vp to the Councels, Math. 10. and shall scourge you in their sinagoges. And these things they (whom God had hitherto kept safe from the furie of their enimies, vn­till the beginning of his Church myght be stablished and settled a little su­rer) beginne nowe to finde true. But nowe most fierce enimies sodenlye rushe in vppon them, they take and cast them into prison, they bring them to examination before the Counsayle, and at length being vexed with long disceptation and reasoning, they dismisse them with grieuous threates. We must in all this narration, marke this one thing chiefely aboue all other, which shall serue much for our consolation and instruction: that is, not to be offended at the attempts of the wicked, wherewith in these dayes, they op­pugne the doctrine of Christ and his Church. For this worlde, whose pro­pertie it is to hate and persecute the light of the truth, Iohn. 3. bicause it bewrayeth their naughtie doings, vseth of olde thus for to doe. Here it behooueth vs to be armed with the constancie of the primitiue Church, that we leaue not our place when we are assaulted, but that we wayte for an happie ende and successe of such temptation with a stronge and inuincible fayth, which [Page 191] God graunteth vnto them, whome he seeth tried, 1. Cor. 10. and made the better vn­der the crosse. But bicause we shall haue occasion oftentimes to speake of these things, let it suffice vs to haue touched this little hereof, least we lose the marke, whereto all these things must be directed. Nowe we shall dis­cusse euery part and circumstance of the things that Luke hath sayde. He describeth who were the Apostles enimies, and authors of their persecuti­on, what craftes, and deceite they vsed, what cloke they had for their wic­ked and vniust enterprise, howe violently they layde handes on the Apo­stles, and howe vaine their attempt was, bicause through their furie the number of the faythfull were rather increased than diminished.

Among the enimies of the Apostles, The authors of the Apo­stles perse­cution. there are three kindes of men re­hearced. The first are Priestes, whome by the circumstaunces, we may easilye gather were the ringleaders and beginners of all this businesse. Howbeit it had bene their partes rather to haue taken vppon them the de­fence of the truth, and to haue preached Christ vnto the people, of whome Moyses and the Prophetes bare witnesse. After these followeth the Ruler of the Temple, who (by all likelyhoode) was some Capitaine of the Ro­maine souldiors. For where the Temple stoode in the most impregnable place of the Citie, and was well fenced with munition: I suppose the Ro­maynes gaue the Presidentes of Iurie a speciall charge thereof, least the Iewes vnder colour of religion and holy assemblies, shoulde mooue any insurrection or sedition. And vndoubtedly, the Capitaine of the Temple brought with him his garde or souldiors, which alwayes attended on his seruice, & were at his commaundement. There was a thirde kinde of men beside these, called Saduceyes, who plainely scoffed at all religion. For they denyed the resurrection of the bodye, and whatsoeuer else is written of the mysteries of eternall life, as may be seene Math. 22. and Actes. 23. And it can not be that any syncere religion coulde be in them, which durst denye these things, without the which, religion coulde not stande. And if we ex­pende the matter well, it shall appeare that the same men came against the Apostles, which were sent out to take Christ at mount Oliuete, Luke. 22. as Luke in his Gospell sheweth.

Let vs here marke, The enimi­es of Christ and his Gos­pell. who are alwayes like to be the greatest enimies of the Church, and doctrine of Christ, and authors of persecution. Uerily, the Priestes, that is to say, those which take vpon them the gouernance of doctrine, and of the whole Church. For as soone as they being ouercome with ambition and couetousnesse, beginne to seeke priuate honour, and chaunge religion into lucre (which the storie of the Gospell abundantly de­clareth those Iewish doctors did: Math. 7.23. Iohn. 5. &c.) it can not be cho­sen but they will be the first to withstand the truth, bicause they are the first that are reproued through the light of the truth. Hereof we see it commeth to passe in all ages, that these kinde of men haue procured most trouble a­gaynst the doctrine of truth. The times that the Prophets liued in, declare this to be true, against whome the Bishops and Priestes made most a do. The same, Iohn the Baptist prooued true, Iohn. 1. whose doctrine and Baptisme the Leuites sent from Ierusalem, beganne first to reprehend. And Christ had no sorer enimies than the Priestes, through whose deuises he was ta­ken, condemned, and nayled to the crosse. The Apostles nowe finde the same to be their grieuousest enimies. And those whom Pylate and the Ro­maine [Page 192] garrison hytherto suffred to preache Christ, are disturbed by them, whose fauour and defence they ought to haue had, in setting forth the king­dome of Christ. Let vs remember this geare, and not be troubled, though we perceyue those against vs in these dayes, which hitherto haue chalen­ged to themselues in the Church, the name of learning and holynesse. I meane the Popes with all the rable of Bishops, and Monkes. For where it is euident they are all ledde with couetousnesse and ambition, and haue long since obscured the doctrine of truth with mannes traditions, and haue made lucre of religion, it cannot be but they must hate the light of the truth, and wish the extinguishment thereof.

The craft of the enimi­es of truth.But let vs consider the craft which they vse in setting vppon the Apo­stles. First, they enter not into the Church alone, and so laye hande vpon the Apostles. For so all men woulde haue perceyued howe they had beene led with the desire of their priuate honor and lucre. And it was a daunge­rous matter for them to prouoke the furie and rage of the people against them. Wherefore they ioyne vnto them the ruler of the Temple, who was authorised by publike order, to see there shoulde be no businesse made in the Church: and so they woulde seeme to haue a regard of publike tranquilli­tie: where in deede they did it for none other purpose, but to vse the ayde of the officer for the defence of their tyrannie. Then ioyne they also vnto them the Saduceyes, men voyde of all religion, bicause they thought such, mee­test for their purpose. For such men as these, thinke it a poynt eyther of a foolishe, or a seditious minde, contrary to custome to alter any thing in reli­gion. Last of all, they rushe in vpon them as they be in their sermon, and that sodenly, bicause they would feare the people withall. Wherevpon we may thinke they had consulted hereof before, and that they did nothing at aladuenture or without deliberation. The like craft haue all they vsed a­gainst the truth, which nowe these many yeares haue conspired against the same. For Daniel attributeth to Antichrist the eyes of a man, that is to say, witte and wylinesse to foresee things. And Christ sayth, the children of this worlde are wyser in their kinde, Dan. 7. Luc. 16. than the children of lyght. And surelye if we well consider the hystories of the Bishops of Rome, we shall see they haue vsed the lyke wylinesse these many yeares, and that they haue then chiefely set forwarde their owne matters, when they haue seemed to do no­thing lesse, and being bolstred vp by the secular powers, haue clymed vp to such rule and tyrannie as nowe they exercise. So Boniface the thirde made Phocas embrued with the heynous murther of Maurice his maister the Emperour, Platina. Sabellicus. Carion. to thintent that he againe might make him the supreme head of the Church. So by the strength of the Lumbardes, they draue the Em­perors of Greece out of Italie, and when the Lumbardes seemed to them more intollerable, than the Greekes, they vsed the Frenchmens ayde to subdue the Lumbardes. Neyther made they Charles Emperor of the west Church (where the Romaines had bene without an Emperour more than three hundred yeares) for any other cause, but to haue a Captaine or ru­ler of the Church, whose ayde and helpe, they might vse to defende their vsurped power ouer the Church, and to brydle such as woulde speake a­gainst it. They most plainely bewrayed their meaning, when they conuey­ed the Empire to the Germaines, and caused the Emperours to sweare homage, and obedience to them, and reserued the authoritie of confirming [Page 193] and crowning the Emperour to themselues: least any other, than such as woulde doe after their pleasure, should ascende to such dignitie. They shall confesse that I say the truth, whosoeuer will reade the fourme of oth wher­with the Emperours are bounde, and which they haue put among the Ca­nons of their lawe, and also the Canon of Boniface the eyght concerning maioritie and obedience. For he speaking of two swordes, that is, of the ecclesiasticall and secular power doth expressely chalenge them both vnto the Bishops of Rome, in these words. Both are in the power of the Church, namely, the spirituall swoorde and the materiall. But the one to bee exer­cised of the Church, the other for the Church. The one by the hande of the Priest, the other by the hande of Princes and souldiours, but at the becke and sufferaunce of the Priest. &c. Let vs therefore acknowledge the truth of the olde President, when we see Bishops fight against the truth, with force of kinges. Let vs marke the subtiltie of this beast which compasseth hir matters by strength of others. Let vs consider hir continuall trauey [...]e in oppressing the truth, and not iudge of them according to our leysinesse. They wake when we soundly snort. Let vs therfore awake likewise, and according to Christes admonition, beware of men. Math. 10.

Howbeit, By what pretēce truth is assaulted. it might seeme a straunge and tyrannicall deede violently to carie men awaye without order of lawe. Therefore Luke sheweth what their pretence was: They tooke it grieuously (sayth he) that they taught the people, and preached in Iesus the resurrection from the deade. In these words he sheweth not only what grieued them, but also what things they layde to the Apostles charge. Uerily two thinges. First, it seemeth to them a thing intollerable that Peter and Iohn being rude and vnlearned men, which all their time before this, had gotten their liuing by fishing, and had taken none orders, shoulde teache the people▪ This seemed a thing tending to schisme, and to bring the people from the vnitie of the Churche. For the matter was come to that passe among the Iewes, that all administration of the Church was in the Priestes handes, which woulde admitte none to teache in the Church, but those that were sworne to them, which thing we see the Bishops of Rome haue done these many yeares, in whose Church (as Christ hath prophecied in his reuelation) no man may buye or sell, Apoc. 13. ex­cept he haue the marke of the beast. Yet we woulde not haue our meaning so taken, as though all men in the Church should be permitted to preach without exception. 1. Tim. 3. and .5. &c. For we know what the Apostles haue taught touching the ordering of Ministers. But we condemne the tyrannie of them, which challenge to themselfe onely all power, whereas they chiefely are authors of all the mischief in the Church, and deserue not to haue the lowest rouine and place in the Church. Secondly, they thinke this worthy of punishment that they preach Iesus to be risen from the deade. The Saduceyes who­ly condemned the doctrine of resurrection. But another thing grieued some of them more. For euerye man might gather of this rising againe, that Christ was the sonne of God, and the author of life, and vniustly con­demned of the Priestes and of Pylate, as Peter openly sayd in his sermon. But this was not only an intollerable slaunder, but also a sedicious mat­ter to charge the Apostles that they went about to rayse the people against the bloudy and vniust Iudges. The Apostles therefore are charged with two most heynous crimes: to say, with schisme in the Church, and sedition [Page 194] in the common weale: both which, not without a cause seeme to all good men both hatefull and detestable. But if we weygh and consider the intent of the Priestes and their condicions, we shall easily perceyue this was but a vaine pretence. For if they cannot abide schisme in the Church, why re­garded they the Saduceyes so much, who it is euident were not ashamed to denie the chiefe article of fayth and saluation, that is to say, the resurrec­tion of the body? Why suffer they the Essenes and Phariseys, men plainly of diuers sectes and opinions? If they abhorre the crime of sedition so much, why were they the authors that the people asked Barrabas a seditious felow and murtherer to be giuen them, and required that Christ might be cruci­fied? Therefore they are not so much mooued with daunger of schisme and sedition, as ledde with hatred of the truth, and it grieueth them that their naughtinesse and wickednesse is disclosed through the light thereof.

In the meane season we maye see with what pretence the wicked [...]tryue and contende against the truth. For it is euident in all ages, that the de­fenders of the truth were taken for schismatikes and sedicious persons. E­lias is charged that he troubleth all Israel. Amos the Prophete is accused to Hieroboam of sedition. 1. Reg. 18. Christ also before Pylate is called a deceyuer of the people, Amos. 7. and charged to affectate or aspire vnto the kingdome against Cae­sar. The same crimes also in times passed were layde to the Christians charges in the times of the Emperours, as appeareth by Tertullian, Cy­pryan, Arnobius, Lactantius, and others writings, wherein they make an­swere to the reproches and slaunders of the Gentyles. And in these dayes also the Gospell is for this cause chiefely spoken against, bicause it rippeth Christes coate without the seame, that is to say, the Church deuideth mens mindes, and kindleth warres. But the aunswere to these things is easie, and it is well knowne that it is a farre other thing, that wringeth and dis­quieteth these men. For if they will not haue the Church deuided, why I beseech you doe they so highly commend the rules and orders of Monkes, whereby they which only ought to professe the name of Christ, are deuided into most sundrye rytes, and factious names, why hearcken they not to Paule, 1. Cor. 1.3. which most grieuously condemneth such thinges? If they abhorre diuision so greatly, how commeth it to passe that the Bishops of Rome are the authors of all the warres that haue bene these many yeares? We may thanke them for the horrible schisme, and neuer ynough bewayled, of all Christendome, whereby the East Church was rent and deuided from the West, and at length subdued to the tyrannie of the wicked Turkes? who can iustly be named the author and beginner of the holye warre, whereby all Christendome most vnhappily was set by the eares, and riuers of mans bloud were shedde, but the sea of Rome? I appeale vnto hystories which shall beare witnesse that I speake the truth, and leane not to priuate affec­tion. See we not at this daye the Popes Legates in Princes Tentes, and in the Campe among souldiers? See we not howe they encrease through the discorde of Princes, and establishe tyrannie in the Church? And where the lyght of the Gospell reprooueth these things, by and by they accuse vs of schisme and sedition. Wherfore (O Christian Princes) acknowledge once their craft, and hauing so often bene warned, be wyse, and vse not crueltie against your brethren and Christes members, for their sakes, who, it is manifest, are the greatest plagues of all other vnto publike peace and [Page 195] tranquillitie.

But some men maye marueyle why the Apostles aunswered not the crimes layde to their charge. They fight agaynst the truth by open force. But Luke teacheth plainelye what the let therof was. For by and by they layde handes on them, and had them to pri­son, and that they did with the more haste, bicause they shoulde haue no ley­sure to make their purgation before the people. This is the propertie of the enimies of truth, with open force to proceede against the professors there­of, hauing alwayes an eye vnto this, that the faithfull shall haue no place or leysure to excuse themselues. For they knowe the force of veritie is such, that the light thereof will easily disclose all their attemptes, and they wote well howe they are in most safetie, when the people are in most ignorance. Therefore as they vse to spreade false accusations amonge the people, of such as are godly: so they labour all they can, that no man shoulde vnder­stande their innocencie. Therefore where they should by reasons and scrip­tures go to worke, they vse plaine force, halters, prisons, sworde, fire, and such other like. This is more euident than needeth any long proofe. Yet let them remember, as Christ testifyeth, that this is the power of darkenesse, and that with the Prince of darkenesse they shall one daye be punished, Luke. 22. for their tyrannie and vngodlynesse. We learne by the example of the Apostles who they be that are vnworthily recompenced of this vnkinde worlde, for their faithfull endeuour and godlynesse, and not to be offended if the like also fall out vpon vs.

But least we shoulde haue any iust occasion to be offended, the Euan­gelist teacheth vs how little the wicked with all their tyrannie preuayled a­gainst Christ and his Church: Many (sayth he) of them that heard the words, Through persecution the Church encreaseth. beleeued, and the number of the men was about fiue thousande. What shoulde we here first saye or marueyle at, O brethren? The vnspeakable power of God, or the woonderfull constancie and boldenesse of the faythfull of that time? Here appeareth the inuincible power of Christ, which doth not only scatter the counsell of his enimies, but also turneth it vpside downe: Psal. 2.33. which Dauid once prophecied he should doe. They go about to stoppe the course of the Gospell, and by feare to pull men from the Church of Christ. But they are so deceyued, that rather, maye be perceyued a marueylous fruite of the Gospell, and newe scholers are added vnto the Church of Christ. This is the perpetuall condicion of the Church, that by persecutions it encreaseth. The same came to passe longe agone in Babylon, what time the kinges of Assiria and Persia did set forth God and his religion. Dan. 3.6. Under the Romaine Emperours, the whoter the persecution was, the more there were that thought it a goodlye matter to confesse Christ with their bloude. This is it that Dauid sayth, Psal. 110. Christ shall reigne or beare rule in the middle of his eni­mies. Let vs followe the boldenesse of the primitiue Church, and not be feared with the crosse or rage of persecutors. Math. 10. They shewe crueltie but vp­pon our bodies, and that no further than God permitteth, but vppon our soule they haue no power at all. They binde the Preachers of the worde, 2. Tim. 2. and the faithfull hearers, but the worde of God cannot be bounde. For the spirite of the Lorde bloweth not where the worlde will, Iohn. 3. but where it selfe will. Further, he is greater that worketh in vs, Iohn. 12.16 than he that so rageth in the worlde. Christ worketh in vs, Phil. 4. Iohn. 10. through whose comfort we are able to doe all things. He is a strong and faithfull shepeherde, which will not suf­fer [Page 196] his sheepe to be taken from him. He hath prepared for vs a place in hea­uen, to the which it becommeth vs by the crosse and all maner of tribulati­ons to come, that we may liue with him, and reigne in the house of his fa­ther: To whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xxvij. Homelie.

‘AND it came to passe on the morowe, that their Rulers and Elders, and Scribes, and Annas the chiefe priest, and Caiphas, and Iohn, and Alexander, and as many as were of the kinred of the high priestes, gathered togither at Ierusalem. And when they had set them before them, they asked: By what power, or in what name haue you done this? Then Peter full of the holye ghost sayde vnto them: you Rulers of the people, and Elders of Israel, if we this daye be examined of the good deede that we haue done to the sicke man, by what meanes he is made whole: Be it knowen vnto you all, and to all the people of Israell, that by the name of Iesus Christ of Nazareth, whome you crucified, whome God raysed vp againe from death, euen by him doth this man stande here present before you whole. This is the stone which was cast awaye of you builders, which is become the chiefe of the corner. Neyther is there saluation in any other. For amonge men vnder heauen, there is giuen none other name, wherein we must be saued.’

ALthough our Lorde and Sauiour Ie­sus Christ according to his promises, neuer fayleth those which embrace him with true fayth, yet hee chiefly succoureth them when they are persecuted of their enimies, and finde no helpe in man, wherevn­to to leane. Math. 10. Marc. 13. Luke. 21. And then he comforteth them not onely with his spirite, but also sheweth them what to doe and to saye. This present hystorie giueth vs an ex­ample hereof, whyle the wyse men, and of greatest power in the world, after the worlds iudgement, be ouercome and shame­fully confounded by Christes Apostles, being but vnlearned men, and of no estimation. We haue seene howe the Apostles were had to prison, bi­cause they tooke vpon them the office of preaching, and taught howe Christ was risen from death, being not licensed thereto of the Bishops. But now Luke declareth how they handled Christes cause, before the counsell at Ie­rusalem: which place as well for many other skilles, as for this chiefely, is notable, bicause it containeth the craftynesse of the enimies of truth, and an example of a counsell of Bishops assembled against the truth.

The description of the counsel of the Rulers and Elders.He beginneth with the benche of the Iudges, which he painteth out with a diligent rehearsall of all them that were gathered togither, not only bicause we should vnderstande, who and what maner of men were assem­bled, but also that we might perceyue howe the enimies of truth trust more in the authoritie and power of men, than in any thing else. It came to passe (sayde he) that their Rulers and Elders, and Scribes of Hierusalem. &c. What­soeuer was of any excellencie or authoritie among the Iewes, he compre­hendeth in three degrees. They are Rulers to whome the Romaines had committed the gouernaunce of such thinges, as chiefely concerned the con­stitutions [Page 197] and rules of Iurie, wherein they differed from others. The El­ders were the state of the Senators, as appeareth by other places of the Scripture. The Scribes are they which attributed to themselues the knowledge of the lawe, and the Scriptures, and who had the keeping of the publike writings, and recordes. And not contented to haue rehearsed these degrees, he reciteth also the names of certaine other of most authori­tie amongest them, that is to saye Annas, who seemeth here to be the high Priest, not bicause he was then Bishop (for the hystories report that Cai­phas was this yeare Bishop) but bicause he had bene Bishop before, then Caiphas, Iohn, and Alexander, wherevnto afterwarde he ioyneth all those that were of the high Priests kinred. Now, if you consider well this bench, you shall perceiue there was nothing at that present of greater honour. For they whose power was of most authoritie with the Romaine Presidentes, were all assembled togither. They also were there, to whome the publike administration of the Church was committed. And they whose name and fame for learning and doctrine was greatest among the people, were there. But herein stoode the chiefe poynt of all others, that these degrees of men, were instituted of God, and commended for the succession, of about a thousande and fiue hundred yeares, if we count from the departure of the children of Israel out of Egypt, or from the time that Aaron was Byshop, vntill the dayes of Christ and his Apostles. And in deede they might call themselues the successors of Aaron, Eleazar, Abiathar, Iehosuah, and others, to whome there is no small prayse attributed in the Scriptures. With these men are the Apostles coped, yea, they are brought before them and accused, being at that time taken for the most abiect and despised men of all others: hauing neyther nobilitie of birth, renoume of succession, neyther any other worldly dignitie or honor, to commende them of: and at whome many men were offended, bicause of that slaunderous punishment of the crosse, which Christ their maister and teacher suffered. Yet the ende of this Tragedie sheweth howe they had the ouerhande of all these persons. And let no man thinke it straunge to see such a sort and such maner of men come togither a­gainst the Preachers of the truth, bicause the Euangelistes manye times shewe vs the reason thereof. For where they were ledde with the desire of ambition and priuate lucre, and had corrupted the doctrine of truth with the traditions of men, and had turned godlynesse into lucre and gaine, they were not able to abide the light of the truth, the hatred whereof had armed them before against Christ, and euen now pricketh them forward, to ioyne agaynst the Apostles, speedilye to make awaye with them, like men that would vtterly quench some great fire begūne in a Citie. The consideration hereof in the meane while, serueth for our instruction. For first we learne that no man ought to be offended at the power and authoritie of Christes enimies, so that he eyther dishonestly be afrayde of them, or else through any preposterous reuerence submit himselfe, and Gods religion, to their iudgement. For as God can easilye defende those that be his, against all the power of the worlde, so is there no dignitie of man, able to preiudice or countermaunde his worde. The Byshops of Rome in these dayes, chal­lenge such an authoritie vnto them, and imperiouslye inough require men to obey the decrees of their Counsels. Their chiefe argumentes are, that they sit in Peters chaire, that they succeede in the roume of the Apostles, that [Page 198] their power is confirmed by the authoritie of Kinges & Princes. And to graunt them these thinges (which yet they falsely chalenge to themselues) all these things we maye see here in the Iewes, as erewhile we declared. Yet for all that, the Apostles doe not yeelde to them, bicause they had long before swarued and gone out of kinde, in that they had both corrupted the true doctrine, made outwarde religion their priuate lucre, and had openly persecuted Goddes veritie and truth. Therefore where our case in these dayes is like, why may not we doe, as the Apostles did? Neyther are they to be regarded, which promise themselues, I wote not what great com­moditie of these mennes counsayles. An euill tree cannot bring foorth good fruite. And what goodnesse can they establishe which persecute the worde of God, and studie both daye and night to establishe their tyrannie? And who in their iudgementes haue longe agone condemned vs, and haue none whome they stande in awe of. They woulde haue the truth oppressed, the light whereof they cannot abide. Therefore whosoeuer woulde haue the truth betrayed, let him commit the iudgement of doctrine and religion to these men. But great is the blindenesse of our dayes, whereby it commeth to passe, that a great many both wittingly and willingly submit not onely religion, but also all their goodes and the libertie of their Countrie, to the insatiable lust of a sort of ambicious Prelates.

The que­stion of the counsayle of Priestes.But it shall be good for vs to consider the question which the Iewishe Priestes vse against the Apostles being brought before them. The same is comprehended in fewe wordes, for that they woulde seeme to speake with authoritie, and to fraye them with a vaine shewe of dignitie. For they say: By what power, or in what name haue you done this? These wordes seeme to haue some shewe of godly zeale. For they will seeme by vertue of their office, to demaund this thing, as to whom it belonged, to see that the people shoulde not be seduced, eyther with false doctrine, or false myracles. Now­beit in deede, they demaunde it, to trie if they coulde take any holde of their wordes, whereby to accuse them, which craft they many times also practi­sed agaynst Christ. For what neede had they to demaund that thing againe wherof the Apostles before in the temple, had rendred so euident a reason? or had they forgotten that Iesus Christ through his owne power wrought myracles, and the Apostles long before that, in his name? Therfore their desire was not to learne the truth, but subtillye by craft to circumuent the vnwarie. They are like the demaundes of them, which now a dayes, aske our men where they learned their newe doctrine, by what authoritie they sowe new opinions, and reforme their Churches? Nowbeit we haue long sithence rendred a reason hereof, whereof they are not ignorant. There­fore it is a farre other thing, than the desire of truth, that these men be ledde with: nay, their whole drift and fetch is, to catch some occasion, or holde of some worde, which might vnawares escape vs, to accuse vs of. Therefore we ought to suspect all such Counsels and deuises, and as Christ taught vs, to vse the wisedome of the serpent in auoyding them. And we must not be afrayde of their craft, seeing Christ hath promised vs his spirite, where­with Peter being prompted, aunswered with great boldenesse of minde.

Peters aunswere consisteth of two partes, whereof, the one answereth the Iudges question, Peters aunswere. and the other preacheth Christ. The first part he han­dleth with marueylous prudencie. For before he sheweth that Christ is the [Page 199] author of the myracle, he grauely reprehendeth their vnrighteousnesse and preposterous iudgement. Yet not defrauding them of the honour due vnto magistrates by Gods commaundement, least he might seeme to speake of corrupt affection, or of ticklenesse of tongue. Thus he sayth: Ye rulers of the people, and Elders of Israell, if we this daye be examined of the good deede that wee haue done to the sicke man, by what meanes hee is made whole: bee it knowne vnto you all. &c. He seemeth thus to saye: we marueyled trulye, wherefore we were yesterdaye caried to the prison, and what fault we had made, that you so earnestly searched for. For where it is the Magistrates dutie to enquire after malefactors and euill doers, and we by our selues knewe none euill that we had committed: we coulde not choose but mar­ueyle much at your doing. But as farre as we nowe can perceyue, we are called before you, for a benefite and good deede that we haue bestowed vpon a poore and pitifull man. This seemeth me to be the sense of Peters woordes. And in these thinges we haue painted out a plaine portraiture of the eni­mies of the truth, by whose iudgement they only are in fault, that only seeke to serue Christ. For howe many thinke we, were then in Hierusalem, which by craft, lying, slaundering, vsurie, extortion, open force, and manslaughter, had hurt and hindered a many of men? how many which through false doc­trine, superstition, blasphemie, and infinite other wickednesses had prouo­ked the wrath of God? yet none of them were called Coram. Neither could these notable Comptrollers espie any thing in these mennes conuersation. Naye, such as these, sate highest among them. Yet are the Apostles who hitherto had hurt no man, but profited a great many, cyted, examined, and commaunded to prison. So in these dayes where men burne in hatred of the truth, all men may freely be naught. But to preache Christ, and to call mennes mindes through his doctrine from superstition and ydolatrie, that is an heynous matter I warrant you. This is the olde corruption of the worlde, which neuer is afrayde of punishment for sinne, but abhorreth and hateth them most, which endeuour to bring them to God.

After Peter had reprehended their vniust proceeding, he answereth their question more apparantly, and testifyeth that Iesus Christ is the only au­thor of the myracle. Be it knowne (sayth he) to you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Iesus Christ of Nazareth, whome you crucified, whome God raysed agayne from death, euen by him, doth this man stande here present before you whole. He repeateth the same here againe that he sayde in the Church. For he so ascribeth to Christ only the glorye of the myracle, that therewith also he casteth in their teeth their wickednesse, committed a­gainst the sonne of God. He maketh mention also of Christes resurrection, to shewe them that they stroue against him in vaine, seeing he whome they thought to haue made out of the waye, had ouercomme death, and nowe liued in glory. Peters example is to be well marked, Howe wee must deale with the eni­mies of the truth. for thereby we are taught howe to deale with the professed enimies of the truth. He giueth them such honor, as God doth vouchsafe to giue vnto Iudges, as euen nowe was declared. Yet he abstaineth from all kinde of vile flatterie: yea, rather he freely and frankly vttereth those thinges, which make for the set­ting forth of Christes truth and glorie. For both he telleth them of their wicked deede, and sheweth them, that he whome they persecuted, liueth and reigneth. This waye must we also take, least eyther we suffer our tongue [Page 200] to runne at ryot, or else for cowardly feare or fauour, dissemble the truth For as it is not meete we should followe the children of this worlde in euill speaking: so the enimies of the truth are not worthy to haue their tyrannie and wickednesse spared. We haue other examples of this kinde, both in the Prophetes and in the Apostles. But it shall be best to followe the promp­ting of the holy spirite, which neuer fayleth them that are zealous towarde Christ.

The seconde part of Pe­ters answere.Howbeit, where the Apostles were chiefely appointed to preach Christ vnto the worlde, here Peter also forgetteth not his dutie, but taking occasi­on of the premisses, teacheth in fewe wordes, that all our saluation is con­teyned in Christ alone. But this seemed a great stumbling blocke, bicause Iesus Christ was condemned by them, which had power in the Church, by Gods appoyntment to teache and administer euery thing. Therfore he first remooueth this blocke out of the waye, alleaging the wordes of Dauid, out of the .Cxviij. Psalme, The place of the .118. psal. which wordes Christ also vsed, as we reade in the Gospell. For Dauid who was a figure of Christ, speaking of himselfe, sayth: The same stone which the builders refused, is become the heade stone in the corner. Which wordes Peter expressely expounding of Christ, and the Priestes of the Iewes, sayth: This is the stone which was cast away of you builders, which is become the chiefe of the corner. The sense of the wordes is this: I knowe that both you and also other marueyle greatly, why we as­cribe so great prayse and glory vnto Christ, and say that he liueth and raig­neth and is risen againe from death, whom you by shamefull death, would haue made out of the waye. But this ought to offende no man. Nay rather ye maye learne, that he is the same Iesus whome the Prophetes long be­fore sayde shoulde come: haue you forgotten that saying of Dauid, which tea­cheth vs that so God had appointed, that the Messias shoulde be reiected of them, which ought to haue builded vp Gods Church, and to bring all men vnto him? you your selues are those builders. For vnto you was commit­ted the office of teaching, and the whole ordring of religion. You haue reiec­ted Iesus, and would giue him no place in the Church of God. Him hath God raised from death, and made him the head of the corner, that is, a Lord and a sauiour, and the ruler of his Churche. And hath so inclosed in him only, all saluation, that without him, the same is no where else to be founde. For among men vnder heauen, there is none other name giuen wherein we can be saued. Peter therefore so preacheth Iesus to be a sauiour, that he therewith denieth all hope of saluation to them which disdaine to embrace him. Here are three things to be considered, the consideration whereof is no lesse profitable than necessary.

The first is, howe the holy ghost foresheweth, that Christ should be re­fused of those, Christ is re­iect [...]d of the builders. which by Goddes appoyntment were the chiefe among the people. This reprooueth the wicked pride of the Bishops of Rome, which say they cannot erre. For although it were manifest they were appointed of God: yet that they cannot erre shoulde neuer be graunted them, seeing they which were ordeyned by God haue so often erred. But while they saye they cannot erre, they bewray their follie, whereas now their errors are open, not onely to Barbours and bleare eyed, (as is in the Prouerbe) but also to boyes and children. The Pope erreth by his owne confes­sion. Looke also if you wil what Pla­tina repor­teth of Bene­dict the .ix. who appered after he was deade, and sayde he was damn [...], bi­cause he had liued lawles. They that liue lawlesse and are dam­ned must nee­des erre. Clement the seauenth, being Pope, confessed this grosse ignorance, or rather impudent lust of theirs to lye. For where at his [Page 201] table two Monks (as their maner is) were disputing whether y e Pope could erre or no: after many words to & fro, they agreed he might erre, as he was a man, but as he was Pope & Christes vicar on earth, he could by no means erre. Clement, offended with this most impudent & more than slauelike flat­terie, sayd to the Monke with angrie moode: nay I confesse, that euen as I am Pope, I both may and often doe erre. For whyle I bestowe benefices and other ecclesiasticall dignities (as I suppose) vpon good & godly persons: I find at length they be very knaues, & worthy of no honor. Let them listen to this oracle of their Caiphas, which now a dayes haue y e Popes in such ad­miration that they thinke it an heinous matter to swarue one nailes bredth from their decrees. Furthermore, this place teacheth vs not to be offended when we see Christ reiected of the states of the world, & of those which some men take for the pillers, henges & heads of the church. This is the auncient guise of y e world, which vseth to preferre darcknesse before light, which thing Esaias complaineth of, when in declaring of the mysteries of Christ, he saith, Esay. 53. there were but few that would beleeue him, & truly acknowledge the power of the Lorde. Math. 11. And Christ testifieth that these mysteries are reuealed to little ones, & hidden from the wise of this world. Yea, he preferreth Publicanes and harlots to the kingdome of God, before these, Math. 21. whome Peter here rea­soneth with. Let this comfort vs, that we knowe Christes honor remay­neth safe and sounde, howsoeuer the wicked worlde rageth against him. For of him hath God sayde from euerlasting: I haue set my king vppon my holy hill of Syon. I will preache the lawe whereof the Lorde hath sayde vnto me: Thou art my sonne, this daye haue I begotten thee. Psal. 2. Aske of me and I shall giue thee the heathen for thine enheritance &c.

Secondly, here is an Allegorie to be considered, The Mini­sters of the Church are resēbled vn­to builders. where the Rulers of the Church are compared vnto builders. For this thing both admonisheth them of their dutie, and setteth forth their whole office. The name of a buil­der is not a name of honor, but of charge and dutie, and there is nothing so vnsitting for a deuiser or builder, as ydlenesse. For he onely amonge o­ther that worke, laboureth not, but yet the whole charge and care of all the building, lyeth on his shoulders. And his ende is to haue a faire and sure house builded. Which ende that he may attaine vnto, he layeth a sure foun­dation, vpon the which, he setteth his whole frame, and his whole care is to haue it workmanly finished. 2. Cor. 6. 1. Tim. 3.These thinges the Ministers of the Churche must obserue, whome the Lord hath called to labours and cares. For they are builders of the house of God, which is the congregation, as Paule saith. To the building vp of this house, let them bring al that they are able, remē ­bring, that they haue receyued power to builde, and not to destroye. 2. Cor. 10. Let them laye no newe foundation, but builde vpon that which the Lorde hath layde, which Paule calleth the foundation of the Prophetes and Apostles, 1. Cor. 3. Ephe. 2. Esay. 28. 1. Pet. 2. Math. 16. which is Iesus Christ. This is that precious stone layd [...] the foundations of Zion. This is that rocke wherevpon, we liuely stones, must be builded, and against which, the gates of hell shall not be able to preuayle. Now, as the building must be begunne with this stone, so the same stone is the chiefe and headstone of the toppe or corner. For in him is our perfection, and he ioyneth togither two nations, the Gentyles and the Iewes, into one body of a congregation, as the corner stone ioyneth togither two walles. Ephe. 2. He pro­fesseth also he is the doore of this building. Iohn. 10. He is the true housholder which [Page 202] hath committed the charge of the house to the Ministers, and will one day require a reckonning how they haue vsed his house. Mat 24.25 Therefore let all Mi­nisters regarde this goodman of the house, and take heede that they bring no heye or stubble to this building, Math. 15. where mennes traditions haue naught to doe. As many as fayle in this poynt, they with the Iewes being buil­ders vpon a naughtie fayth, reiect Christ, on whome they fall, and procure destruction to themselues. After the which rule, if they be well examined, which nowe a dayes will be taken for builders of the Church, it shall easily appeare what they may be iudged to be.

Saluation is in Christ onely.Last of all, this chiefe principle of Christian beliefe must be deepelye layde vp in our mindes, wherein Peter ascribeth to Christ onely, the whole glory of our redemption, and saluation, saying: There is saluation in none other. That he prooueth by the decree of God, adding: For among men vnder heauen, there is giuen none other name, wherein we must be saued. For as in the world, euery thing must be brought to passe by those meanes, which god hath appointed therevnto: so is it impossible, that saluation can be attayned to, by any other meanes, than by the merite of Christ, whom God (which is the only author of mans saluation) hath appointed from euerlasting to this purpose and businesse. 1. Pet. 2. And where it is euident, Goddes decree can not be broken, Peter thought this one place sufficient ynough, to confirme his opi­nion, which otherwise had other infinite places, wherby to prooue the same. For no man can discharge the dutie of a Sauiour, but he that can take a­waye sinne, ouercome death, make intercession for vs before God, and giue righteousnesse and lyfe, to them that beleeue in him. That all these thinges be in the power of Christ onely, all the Scripture teacheth vs, and himselfe cryeth out in the Prophete: I am the Lorde: This is my name, and my glorye will I not giue to another. And of him onely the father bare wit­nesse from heauen: Math 3.17. This is my beloued sonne in whome I am well pleased. Of him he sometime pronounced by the Prophete: This is my seruaunt vppon whome I leane, Esay. 4▪2. mine elect, in whome my soule is pacified. In him is giuen vnto vs grace and veritie. Iohn 1. In him are all the treasures of knowledge, wisedome, and goodnesse of God opened vnto vs. Coloss. 1.2. He is made vnto vs of God, wisedome, righteousnesse, satisfaction, redemption and sanctification. He is to them that hunger, 1. Cor. 1. Ioh. 4.6.7. Math. 11. Iohn. 14. the breade of life, and to them that thirst, a fountaine of liuelye water. He promiseth to them that traueyle and are laden, refreshing, & giueth it them. He onely is the waye, which whosoeuer taketh not, hee cannot come vnto the father. He is the lambe of God slayne from the beginning of the world, through whose merite both the olde fathers were saued, and as many as beleeue in him, shall be saued, vntill the worldes ende. Finally, in him Paule testifyeth that we be chosen before the foundations of the worlde were layde. Ephe. 1. Therefore by this place all other religions which shewe vs any newe meanes of sal­uation beside Christ, are confuted. With this Rammer the Gentyles Ido­latrie, the Iewes righteousnesse in their lawe, the Phariseyes boasting and hypocrisie, the Popedome with all their market of pardons and me­rites, and all that confused Chaos of Monkish orders, are beaten downe, ouerturned, and brought to the grounde. For whatsoeuer is beside Iesus, can neuer saue vs. Therefore they condemne not vs, but Peter of heresie, which in these dayes excommunicate vs, bicause we cleaue to Iesus, our onely sauiour, contemning those things, which the superstition of man hath [Page 203] brought vp. But we easily contemne their iudgementes, which learne of Peter, that it is no marueyle, if manye of the builders reiect this precious stone. We embrace him with constant fayth, without whome there is no saluation, and which hath promised to all them that beleeue in him, saluati­on, and life euerlasting. To him be praise, honour, power and glory, for e­uer. Amen.

The .xxviij. Homelie.

‘WHEN they sawe the boldnesse of Peter and Iohn, and vnderstoode that they were vnlearned and laye men, they marueyled, and they knewe them that they had bene with Iesu: And beholding also the manne which was healed, standing with them, they coulde not saye agaynst it, but commaun­ded them to go aside out of the Counsell, and counsayled among themselues saying: what shall we do to these men? for a manifest signe is done by them, and is openly knowne to all them that dwell in Hierusalem, and wee cannot denie it. But that it bee noysed no further among the people, let vs threaten and charge them, that they speake hencefoorth to no manne in this name. And they called them, and commaunded them that in no wise they shoulde speake nor teach in the name of IESV.’

THe Apostle Peter so aunswereth the que­stion propounded to him and to Iohn, in the counsell at Ierusalem, concerning the lame man that was hea­led, that he teacheth them not onely that they enquire of, but also declareth to them after a compendious and briefe sorte, the whole effect and summe of saluation. We are taught by this example, so to traueyle with the professed enimies of the truth, as to laboure to winne them to Christ and to saluation. Which ende, Christ as it is manifest, set before him, as often as he had contention with his aduersaries. But nowe let vs see what effect ensued of Peters answere, which in so great vehemen­cie of speach and earnest ayde of the holy ghost, coulde be of no small force. Where we may see a marueylous confusion of mindes, which, that it might be the more perceyued, is so described of Luke, that first he declareth what an abashment it wrought in the counsell, then, what deuise and counsell they toke, concerning the Apostles: both which, we meane to entreate of in order.

First, they are filled with admiration, and amazednesse, They are amazed and wotte not what to doe. and wotte not what way to take, in so much, that they know not what to say against it. And least any man might thinke they were fooles, or at their wittes ende for feare, he sheweth the causes which made them so perplexed and in doubt. First was the confidence and boldnesse of speach in the Apostles, which they here perceyued did surpasse their expectation. For they knewe they were simple and vnlearned men, not brought vp in faculties or artes, beside their mother tongue. They knewe they were taken from fyshers craft to be the Apostles of Christ. And euen yet still did that olde opinion bewitch their mindes, which caused them once to saye, that none of the Scribes or Pha­riseys, but the accursed and rascall people, Iohn. 7. which were ignorant in the lawe and scriptures, helde with Christ. Therefore presupposing they shoulde ea­sily [Page 204] haue ouercome the Apostles, they could not choose but be amazed, when they see them aunswere with such discretion, to their question, reprooue their iniustice so boldlye, and defende Christes quarell with such wisedome and constancie. For they are compelled will they, nyll they, to acknowledge some power of God in them, and perceyue they are ledde with a farre other wisedome than the wisedome of the fleshe. And this was the chiefe cause, why Christ woulde choose ignorant and vnlearned Apostles, that the doc­trine of the Gospell might be acknowledged to be set forth by the power of God, and not through mans wisedome, eloquence, or authoritie, and that all the prayse and glorie thereof might redounde vnto God alone, whereof Paule disputeth at large in the first to the Corinthians the first Chapter. The other cause of their amazednesse, was the euident truth of the myracle wrought by the Apostles, which they are neyther able to call in doubt, nor yet to charge with any suspicion of Magicke, or enchauntment. For they see the man stande before them on whome the Apostles had bestowed this benefite of health, whether called by them, or of his owne accorde ioyned to them, to see the ende and successe of the matter, I wote not. Therefore they are in a perplexitie of minde, and haue not one worde to answere. So they which thought to haue ouercome and caught the Apostles in some trip, by demaunding of one question, are shamefully vanquished and confoun­ded. Here is fulfilled that which Christ promised, saying: I will giue you vt­teraunce and wisedome, Luc. 21. against which, all your aduersaries shall not be able to make resistaunce. It appeareth also howe vaine the deuises of men are a­gainst Christ. He knoweth their cogitations to be vaine, and bringeth the coun­sayle of the heathen to naught, but the counsayle of the Lorde endureth for e­uer, as Dauid sayd Psal. 33. and. 94. For it is he verily, who (as Elephas the Themanite sayth) destroyeth the deuises of the subtill, so that their handes are not able to perfourme any stedfast thing, Iohn. 5. he compasseth the wyse in their owne craftynesse, and ouerthroweth the counsayles of the wicked. The Gospell sheweth vs a like example in a blinde man, restored by Christ to his sight againe, who being both vnlearned, and a begger, doth marueylously hold the whole Colledge of Scribes and Phariseyes at a baye, that the more questions they aske of him, Iohn. 9. the more they vtter their foolishnes. Let no man therefore be afrayde, eyther of the power or craft of these enimies, where as God so easily turneth them both vpside downe. For it is not our cause that we haue in hande, but Gods, which will giue vs both a mouth and vtte­rance, nor it is not we that speake, but the spirite of our father which is in vs. But before we leaue this place, Math. 10. we must speake somewhat of two things, very worthy to be obserued.

First, it is not without a cause that Luke writeth the wicked enimies of Christ were so amazed, Boldenesse of speache doth moste confo [...]d the wicked. at the bolde and free speach of the Apostles. For by this example we are taught that there is nothing so effectuall to bridle the wicked, as is freedome of speach, where they are reprooued to their faces, and the truth which they withstand, is boldly defended. For such is the force of wordes, that they easily pierce the minde. But if the zeale of Gods truth and glorie be ioyned therevnto, it cannot be, but the consciences of the hea­rers must be wounded, howsoeuer▪ they many times dissemble the same. Whereby it commeth to passe, that although they alwayes do not truly re­pent, yet many times they counterfeyte repentaunce, and abstayne from [Page 205] doing euill, where of we maye see a manifest example in Achab, after that Elias had with such libertie as beseemed a Prophete, 1. Reg. 21. vpbrayded him with the vnworthy slaughter of Naboth. Againe, when the ministers of the word suffer their tongues to be brydled, or else of themselues keepe silence, to please the worlde, by and by we see the wicked are encouraged to runne in­to all kinde of licentious sinne, and fill vp the measure of iniquitie, and at length miserably perishe with their blinde watchmen and dumbe dogges. See Ezechiel the .iij. and .xxxiij. Chapters. For the which cause a franke and bold kinde of reprehension is euerywhere required in the Ministers. The Lorde sayth vnto Esaye, crye now as lowde as thou canst, leaue not of, Esay. 58. lift vp thy voyce like a Trumpet, and shewe my people their offences, and the house of Iacob, their sinnes. And the Lorde commaundeth Hieremie to stande a­gainst the Priestes, people, Princes, and Kinges, Ierem. 1. like a brasen wall with­out feare. Therefore Paule woulde haue sinners openly rebuked afore all men, that other thereby might be brought in feare. Yea, 1. Tim. 5. where being i [...] prison, he commendeth himselfe and his cause to the prayers of the con­gregation: Watch (sayth he) with all instancie and prayer for all the Sainctes and for me, that vtteraunce may be giuen vnto me, Ephe. 6. that I may open my mouth freely to vtter the secretes of my Gospell, whereof I am a messenger in bondes, that therein I may speake freely as I ought to speake. Therefore let the Mini­sters neuer suffer this boldnesse to be taken from the [...], for the which, they see the Apostle is so carefull.

Next, The lame man standeth with the A­postles. we must diligently consider how he writeth the lame man which was healed, stoode with the Apostles, when they pleaded their cause, and therefore was in daunger with them. This teacheth vs the slate and condi­cion of the godly in this worlde. Assoone as they haue receyued the benefite of saluation in Christ, they are vnder the perill and threates of the wicked. So Lazarus raised againe by Christ, was by and by in great hazarde, bi­cause the Clergie of the Iewes sought to make both Christ and him out of the waye. For as the wicked seeke to haue the glory of Christ extinguished: Iohn. 12. so can they not abide them, by whome the same is set forth and declared. This is diligently to be obserued, least while Christ offreth vs eternall sal­uation, we promise our selues the felicitie and friendship of this world, and being brought into a fooles paradyse, when tribulation afterwarde cōmeth, we fall away from him, as we see many doe in these dayes, with the daun­ger of their saluation. Also this lame man is an example of a Christian thankfulnesse and courage, bicause he forsaketh not his benefactors in their perils, but to his power, standeth with them and helpeth them. Yet there were diuers reasons wherewith he might haue excused himselfe, and haue obtayned pardon of the Rulers, for the benefite which he receiued of the A­postles. Yet we reade he vsed none of these things. His example reprooueth such as are glad to receyue the benefite of Christes saluation, but will a­bide neyther perill nor tribulation with him. Of whose number they al­so are, which are contented to haue all our saluation in Christ preached, but will not haue those thinges ioyned therewith, which Christ pronoun­ceth against Antichristes and deceyuers, bicause they see many in the world are offended therewith. To whome also they are lyke, which greedily em­brace the doctrine of saluation preached by the ministers, and reioyce that they are deliuered out of the entanglinges and caltroppes of errour. But [Page 206] when they see the worlde rageth and stormeth against the Ministers, they denie them all helpe and succour, yea, they shunne the sight of them, least they might seeme to holde with them. The worlde in these dayes is full of such men, and they may goe for the best, which openly rayle not at the mi­nisters when they be in daunger, and giue them not vineger to drinke, as they hang vpon the crosse. But let them remēber Christ cannot be deuided, but that we must altogither be without him, or else receyue him in such sort as he is giuen vs of his father. The Scriptures set him forth crucifyed, and teach vs that by the crosse, he is entred into the glory of the father. We must embrace him in such sort, and come by the same way into the glory of heauen. He calleth those that be his, to the bearing of the crosse, and promi­seth them no better condicion nor being in the worlde, Math. 16. Iohn. 15.16. than that which he tasted and founde in the worlde. He cannot abyde those disciples and ser­uantes, Marc. 8. which are ashamed of him, before this naughtie, adulterous and wicked worlde. Let vs therefore after the example of this lame man, be armed with a Christian stowtenesse, and saye euery one with Paule. I am not ashamed of the Gospell of Christ, Rom. 1. for it is the power of God vnto saluation, to all that beleeue in him.

The decre of the coun­sayle agaynst the ApostlesNowe, let vs come to the seconde part of this place, wherein is con­teyned what the Counsell decreed against the Apostles. For when they had commaunded them [...]o go aside, they begin to consult among themselues: where maye be seene a marueylous perturbation, and confusion of mindes in them. First, what shall we doe (say they) to these men? O foolish and pre­posterous question. Were they ignorant that Innocents ought to be set at libertie, and those to be rewarded which had done good? But this way they bewray their pretensed malice, seeking some meanes howe to vse crueltie against well doers, and those that were guyltlesse. But going yet further, they more and more vtter their selues, in that they confesse the truth of the myracle, saying: A manifest signe is wrought by them, and it is knowne to all the inhabiters of Hierusalem, and we cannot deny it. They are therefore wic­ked, bicause they yet conspire togither against Christ the author of the my­racle. They confesse also what chiefely vrgeth and offendeth them. For they make no mention neyther of God nor of Christ, but are only grieued that the matter is so knowne and spredde abrode among the people. Therefore they had more regarde of the people than of God, as who altogither de­pended vpon the estimation of the ignorant, and superstitious multitude, and had no care for the glorie of God: Iohn. 5. which thing Christ in one place sayth was the chiefe cause of their incurable vnbeliefe. At length they conclude what they will doe. The thing that was done coulde not be vndone. But perceyuing the daunger like to ensue by the peoples falling awaye from them, they thinke it good, that the matter be noysed no further abrode. So with obliuion and forgetfulnesse they thinke to burie all memorie and re­membraunce of Christ. And this they labour to bring to passe by threates and tyrannie, when they see they haue no reason therefore. Let vs threaten them (saye they) that they henceforth speake to no man in this name. And so they send for the Apostles, & with great grauity of words publish that godly decree of their sacred & oecumenicall counsel. oecumenicall, signi [...]eth vni­uersall or ge­nerall. What shal we here first either marueyle at, or detest, O brethren? Their impudencie & wicked tyrannie, or their dulheadnesse, and follye? They openly confesse that they cannot de­nie [Page 207] the myracle, and yet they woulde haue it kept close. And that that was in euery bodies mouth, they forbidde the Apostles to speake of. Further­more, they take vpon them to wrastle with Christ, whome they coulde not keepe in his graue when he was deade and buried with a garrison of ar­med men, and authoritie of the Romaine president, which sealed the graue­stone with his signet. And nowe he is on liue, and in his reigne the block­headed Disardes thinke with vaine bragges and threates to suppresse and extinguishe his glorie.

Let vs here consider wherevnto obstinate impietie of minde, The wicked­nesse of per­secutors is incurable. and ha­tred once conceyued against the truth, bringeth men. They are not able to cease from striuing against Gods counsayle and ordinaunce, no not when they perceiue themselues guiltie in their owne consciences. For surely there is no peace with the wicked, as the Prophet sayth. Esa. 48.57. And their mindes rage like the sea being troubled and tossed with the waues and sourges of affec­tions. We haue examples hereof euerywhere, and in these dayes we see very many. For who is ignoraunt howe the light of the Gospell is pierced so farre in our dayes, that the very Popes haue many times confessed grie­uous abuses in their Church? They knowe also that not only the learned, but also artificers, mariners, Carters, ploughmen, children and women, can reason and iudge of religion. They see euerywhere how they be reproo­ued in Sermons, by the ministers of the worde, howe the common people mocke them, howe in publike songes they are nicked and accused, and most liuelye set forth and portraytured in all kinde of pictures and payntinges. And yet they still chalenge all kinde of iudgement in the Church. Still they say, they cānot erre, forgetting vndoubtedly how they haue oftentimes con­fessed, diuers abuses to be crept into the Church. Yet they dare commaunde the Ministers to silence, being not ignorant, that though they holde their peace, the stones will preach, as these many yeares they haue prooued and tryed by their Pasquill. Yet they still thinke the crakes of their Bulles, and their vaine and counterfayte lightnings, are of sufficient power to oppresse the truth of Christ now reigning. O blinde and foolish people which see not so great light. O wicked and deuilishe men which in the sight of all the worlde, are not afrayde to striue against God? But they shall one day feele howe vnhappy an ende they shall haue, who being like vnto Saule, will not haue Dauid to reigne ouer them, and like vnto the Bishops of the Iewes, go about to put Iesus Christ the sonne of Dauid out of his kingdome. Psalme. 2.

Furthermore, we learne by the example of these men, Power with out the feare of God is pernicious. howe daunge­rous a thing it is to committe the rule and authoritie of the Church to men voyde of religion and the feare of God. There can be no wisedome in them, bicause the beginning of wisedome (as Salomon witnesseth) is the feare of the Lorde. Therefore they runne beyonde the compasse of all reason, Prouer. 1. into all kinde of licentious affections, and then thinke they haue well dischar­ged their office, if they can notifye to all men, that they are not vnder the checke eyther of Gods lawe or mannes. It would therefore be chiefely re­garded in all elections aswell of ciuill as ecclesiasticall gouernors, that they shoulde haue a speciall care what religion they are of, Exod. 18. as Iethro counsayled Moyses, whose aduise God well liked and approoued. And let them which are put in office thinke, that they haue not power giuen them to doe what they list, but that their authoritie is restrained within the boundes of Gods [Page 208] lawe and religion, Deut. 1. Psal. 82. and that they shall one daye giue an account vnto God, who in the Scripture is sette forth for a paterne and president of all true iudgement. If Magistrates consider not these things, then is their power but in the hande (as it were) of a madde man, and they shall be the destruc­tion as well of their common weale, as of themselues, where they ought to be the fathers and preseruers of their countrie. See the Psalme. 94. &c.

The worlde cānot brooke Christ and his Gospell.Finally, here may we behold, as in a glasse, the disposition and proper­tie of the worlde. Here are three sorts of men, all burning in hatred against the truth, and desirous to haue Christes name extinguished. The first sort be they, which chalenge to themselues the glorye of mans redemption and saluation, such as it appeareth the Priestes of the Iewes once were, when they had turned the Temple and worship of God, Iohn. 2. Mat. 15.21. into a most filthy Fayer and market place, as Christ vpbrayded them more than once. Their suc­cessors in these dayes, be those, which say the keyes of the kingdome of hea­uen belong only vnto them, and call sinners to kisse their feete, selling to them remission and forgiuenesse of their sinnes: saying it is in their power eyther to canonize men for Saints in heauen, or else to throw them downe headlong into hell. Who, while they go about to establishe their owne glo­rie, can by no meanes abide the name of Christ, which ouerturneth all their gaine and glory. The seconde sort is very like vnto these. They will not affirme they can saue others, but they thinke they are able to saue them­selues, and (as Paule sayth) going about with the Iewes to establishe their owne righteousnesse, Rom. 10. will not be vnder the righteousnesse of God, which he gi­ueth vs in his sonne. These men stande to their fastinges, holydayes, al­messes, Rosaries, lyings on the grounde▪ Mattens, Monkes, and Fri­ers, Cowles, hereclothes, shauings, pylgrimages, and an infinite num­ber of such like, wherin they both waste and weare their bodies, and spende much money. These also are the enimies of Christ. For they see that if we admit Christ, all their righteousnesse falleth to the grounde, and that they are to be laughed at, which wearie and toyle themselfe with such traueyle, and are at so great cost and charge in vaine. The thirde sort are openlye wicked, and hogges of Epicures hearde, which onely professe a name of religion, bicause they would not be taken for prophane and godlesse peo­ple. These men cannot abide the worde of God, bicause it reprooueth their sinne, Iohn. 3. and wickednesse, as Christ sometime sayde. For they perceyue that they must eyther chaunge their maners, or else go for naughtie packes a­mongst all that are godly. Yet can all the sort of them craftily dissemble their corrupt nature, and will not seeme to wreake their owne quarrell, they de­fame the doctrine of Christ, of vprore and sedition, saying, it is cause of all trouble, miserie, and calamitie. It is well knowne howe Achab sayd that Elias disturbed the whole Realme of Israell. 1. Reg. 18. Amos. 7. It is well knowne howe Amasias the Priest of Bethel said that Amos the Prophete conspired against the king, and that the countrie coulde not abide his sermons. Wherevnto also may be referred what the Iewes in Egipt charged Ieremy with, to his face, as we reade in the .xliiij. Chapter of his booke. And it shall appeare hereafter that this people had none other pretence in the .v. Chapter. Nay, woulde God they were content to doe but as the world in time past did, and woulde not shewe a worse nature in these dayes. It is good for vs to know these things, that it seeme no straunge matter vnto vs, when we heare how [Page 209] Christes wholesome doctrine is forbidden. Let vs follow the constancie of the Apostles, whereof shall be spoken in the next Sermon, that when we haue ouercome the menaces and attemptes of the worlde, we may attaine to true saluation in Iesus Christ: to whome be blessing, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xxix. Homelie.

‘BVT Peter and Iohn answered and sayde vnto them: whether it be right in the sight of God to harken vnto you more than to God, iudge you. For we cannot but speake that which we haue seene and hearde. So threatened they them, and let them go, and founde nothing howe to punishe them, bicause of the people. For all men praysed God bicause of that which was done. For the man was aboue fourtie yeare olde on whom this myracle of healing was shewed. As soone as they were let go, they came to their fellowes, and shew­ed all that the high Priestes and Elders had sayde.’

CHrist Iesus our Sauiour not without a cause, doth oftentimes preach of persecutions and afflic­tions before his Apostles, saying they woulde alwayes follow his disciples. And the ende of these admonitions is not, by feare to driue them from the faith, but his pur­pose is lyke a faithfull Captaine, to arme vs with faith and pacience against daungers foreseene. For the which cause he promiseth vs present ayde, and sayth, we shall ouercome all the pe­rils and attemptes of our enimies. The first trouble the Apostles were in, doth euidentlye shewe vs an example of the same, which is therefore the more diligently to be considered, bicause both so faithfull a defence of Christ succouring his belooued in their distresse, doth comfort vs, and the example of the Apostles admonisheth vs of our dutie, being in like case and daun­ger. We haue hearde how all they that were of any power or authoritie a­mong the Iewes, conspired against the Apostles: through whose tyranny, first they were cast in prison, then were they called before a counsell to giue an account of their faith and doctrine before most wicked Iudges: yet the truth ouercommeth, and that in such wyse that they are all amazed and wote not what to do, hauing not long before, promised themselues the con­quest and victorie. And they perceyue there is no waye left them, but by threates to discourage the constancie of the Apostles: wherefore, they commaunde them, that from thenceforth they make no more mention of Iesus Christ, nor preache his doctrine anye more. This is the conti­nuall vsage of the worlde, to oppresse the preaching of the Gospell, both with publike proclamation and open force. But with what constancie of minde, Christian people ought to withstande their threates, and enter­prises, the happy ende of this tragedie which Luke now declareth, teacheth vs: euery part whereof must be the diligentlyer discussed, that we may re­ceyue the more consolation and instruction thereby. The Apo­stles refuse to obey the Counsels decree.

The Apostles aunswere is here first to be placed, who plainely testifye that they neyther can nor ought to obey their commaundements. Yet least they should seeme frowarde, impudent, or rashe, they alleage such reasons [Page 210] as no man coulde easilye disalowe or disprooue. The first standeth vpon the authoritie of God, which is greater than ought to yeelde to any mannes commaundement, be he neuer so excellent. The Argument is on this wise: God must be more obeyed than men. But God commaunded vs to preach, and the commaundement of the sonne of God is: Mar. 16. Go yee into all the worlde, and preach the Gospell to all creatures. Againe: you shall be witnesses vnto me at Hierusalem, Actes. 1. and in all Iurie. Wherefore we may not obey you, com­maūding the contrary. The Maior they prooue by a figure called concession or graunting, leauing the matter to their owne iudgement, as men are woont, in such thinges as are cleare and out of controuersie. And surely it were an impietie more than deuilish, for any man to challenge to himselfe, more authoritie and reuerence, than is due vnto God, bicause it is euident, that he is not only Lord of priuate persons, but also of Kings and Princes, to whom we are all bound by publike sacraments. The other reason of the Apostles, is on this wise: we haue seene and heard all those things that we teach: Ergo, we may not keepe them in silence, but disclose them. The force of this consequence standeth in this point, for that they were not chosen & ap­poynted to be ydle beholders of the things that Christ did, but for witnesses as y e Lord saith: Iohn. 15. Therfore they might not conceale any of the things which they had seene and hearde, vnlesse they would incurre the daunger of false testimonie, Prou. 6. the which Salomon saith, God doth chiefely detest. Further­more, bicause the redemption and saluation of man cōsisteth in those things which were committed to the Apostles, as witnesses, that sawe the same to be preached: they might not suppresse or keepe close any of them, without the manifest detriment and losse of publike saluation, and Christes glory. For, as much as in them had bene, they shoulde haue suppressed by silence, the glory of Christ, and hindered the saluation of many a man, which by prea­ching of the Gospell, they might haue wonne vnto God. Therefore Peter reasoneth truly, and his arguments ought to haue bene of great force and weight with the Iudges, if they had not openly striuen against God, as af­terward Gamaliel plainely telleth them.

A right trade of obedience.This aunswere of the Apostles is verye notable. For first it declareth the right trade of obedience, wherein men vse diuersly and daungerouslye to erre. For as all men vnderstande, that obedience is necessary, both pub­likely, in common weales and in the Church, and priuately in all affaires: so for the most part, it is most rigorously exacted, in the decrees and consti­tutions of men, which is manye times the fountaine of most errours and wickednesse. For hereof it commeth to passe, that Princes and Magistra­tes dare by their proclamations commaunde menne to forsake the fayth of Christ, to denie the truth, and to embrace superstition & ydolatrie, and many for this cause, the easilier obey their commaundements, for that they thinke they owe them this obedience, and are out of all fault if they obey them. Of this fountaine it springeth, that children contract mariage with the vn­beleeuing, and soiourne and dwell with them, bicause they will not seeme to disobey their parents. And some deceyued with the same error, holde fast their professed Monkerie, and supersticiousnesse, wherevnto they bounde themselues by vowe of obedience. But Peter aunswereth all these, squaring obedience after the iudgement of God: whether it be right in the sight of God to harcken vnto you more than to God, iudge yee. Therefore we must not [Page 211] so much consider what seemeth right and good vnto men, as what God re­quireth of vs. To him we sayde erewhile, all men were bounde by the sa­craments. The Magistrate is his minister, as Paule teacheth. Rom. 13. Psal. 82. He is in the Scripture called a Iudge, and the President of all iudgement. To him shall our parents one day giue a reckoning, and as many as haue the rule and authoritie ouer vs. Therefore we must haue a singuler regarde vnto him, and thinke no mannes authoritie, so great, that we let our selues be drawne thereby from the obedience we owe vnto him. Herevnto appertai­neth that saying of Christ, which so teacheth vs to pay vnto Cesar the things that belong vnto him, Math. 22. that we also giue vnto God that which is due vnto him. True faith, syncere and sounde religion, studie of innocencie, and cha­ritie, inuocation, and such like, belong vnto God. Let vs not suffer these things to be taken from vs by any commaundement of man, whereby to shew our s [...]lues lesse obedient vnto God. Daniels fellowes through the con­sideration hereof, refused to obey Nabuchodonozers proclamation, wherein he commaunded an ymage to be worshipped, against the commaundement of God. And Daniel constantly helde on, in calling vpon the true God, a­gainst the Kings proclamation. God allowed and approued their obedience with rare and singular myracles. Dan. 3.6. There are infinite like examples in the Martyres, whome euery man must confesse to haue bene verye fooles, if Princes proclamations and commaundementes might haue prescribed Gods preceptes. The same ought we to obserue in the duties we owe to our parentes, as we are taught by the example of Christ, who being chyd­den of his mother bicause he taried in the Citie without the knowledge of hir and Ioseph, aunswered: Luc. 2. Wyst you not that I must be aboute my fathers businesse? The religion of Monkishe vowes is most foolishe, and causeth the obseruers of them to commit double offence. For while they vowe those things which partly they are not able to perfourme, and partly are contra­ry to the expresse commaundements of God, they doe grieuously sinne. And that done, bicause they would be taken for very religious persons, they ob­stinately holde on in the things they haue vngodly and foolishly vowed, al­beit, they be taught a better waye, being lyke vnto Herode, who bicause he woulde not seeme periured, ioyned murther vnto his vnaduised oth. Ther­fore the safest waye is, that we remember what dutie we owe vnto God, and promise, nor doe nothing for any mannes sake, that shall be against the sa [...]e. And if any thing escape vs vnawares, to acknowledge our fault, and not to performe our promises with more wickednesse, than we made them. And if any shall be founde so insolent and prowde that will haue their au­thoritie to be taken greater than Gods, to set our selues against their im­pietie with an holy and godlye boldenesse, as we see in this place Peter and Iohn did.

Also the Apostles aunswere teacheth vs, with what argumentes, the Ministers of the Gospell must arme themselues against the assaultes of the worlde. For we haue sayde before, how the worlde will alwayes hinder the preaching of the Gospell, and daylie experience teacheth it. Therefore first they must consider, that it is Gods commaundement the gospell should be preached, & that the ministerie of this preaching, belongeth to them, for that they are called and sent of God about this businesse. Therfore if should be a token of wicked and vngracious temeritie, to denye God their seruice, [Page 212] as Amos well sawe, which sayde to the people of his dayes that liked not his propheticall rebukes: Amos. 3. When a Lyon roareth, who will not bee afrayde? Seeing then the Lorde God himselfe speaketh, who will not prophecie? For he sawe howe vnhappily it succeeded with Ionas when he would haue shun­ned the office of preaching to the Niniuites. Therefore Paule cryeth out: woe to me, 1. Cor. 9. if I preach not the Gospell. Agayne, let them consider howe the testimonie of truth is committed to them, and of that truth which concer­neth the chiefe glory of Christ, and the saluation of mankinde. Therefore if they conceale anye thing for fauour of men, it can not be but they must committe treason against God, and be accounted the publike enimies of mankinde. Finally, let them remember howe they shall one day come be­fore Christ the Iudge, who will not onely punishe eternally the false em­basers and corrupters of the talent committed to them, but also them that hide their talent, Math. 25. and labour not as much as in them is, to win [...]e men vn­to Christ. These things must we set against the vaine terrors of the world, and then shall we not much passe for them, which neyther will haue the waye of saluation plainly taught, nor false Christians, to be reprooued, nor open malefactors to be accused.

The Apo­stles are let go free.Howbeit, this is much to be marueyled at, that Luke wryteth the Apo­stles were let go, when they had openly refused to obey them, considering there remayned still in the Iudges an obstinate will, to persecute the Gos­pell. For least any man might thinke the Councell yeelded to their reasons, he saith: They threatned them, and let them go. These things expresse the condicions of the wicked, and the great hatred they beare to the truth, wherewith being blinded, they can neyther giue place to anye reason, nor yet feare the iudgement of God. Neyther haue they any thing to answere Peters arguments. And yet they threaten still. And other colour of their doing haue they none, but that they thinke the Apostles vnworthy, wyth whome to haue any long disputation. In the meane time, this example teacheth vs, that the faithfull so ouercome not, that they enioye long anye rest or quiet, in this worlde. For the worlde continuallye breatheth [...]ute threates, and the enimies of truth once ouercome, are still prouoking to the fight. So Elias, although he had ouercome the Priestes of Baal in Car­mele, both by his doctrine, and myracle shewed by God, and had put them to death: yet Iesabel the Queene prepareth freshe persecution, and entrap­pings against him. Therfore let the souldiours of Christ, neuer gyue them to carelesnesse, although they perceyue they haue ouercome their enimyes, but let them remember their triumph must be vnder the Crosse, vntill t [...]ey be deliuered out of the pryson of the fleshe, and shall raigne with Christ in Heauen, where they shall haue no occasion, to feare Tyrauntes any more.

The Apo­stles are let go for feare of the people.But some man may marueyle, how the Apostles are let go free, from their most cruell enimies, considering their great power and authoritie. Luke therefore declareth the cause hereof, saying. They founde no way to punish them, bycause of the people. For all men praysed God, bycause of that which was done. For the man was aboue fourtie yere olde, on whome thys Myracle of healing was wrought. Here is the marueylous power of God to be considered, who so easily can bridle the wicked. They were of suche power and authoritie before, that they were onely taken for Lordes and Rulers, and stoode in awe of no mans power. But lo, they are afrayde of [Page 213] the people and coystrell Commones. So God which hath set the flytting and rolling sande for lymites and boundes against the sea, a most raging element, which the sea can not passe, except he permit it: doth set most times the people, the vnconstantest thing that is, against most mightie tyrants, or else bryd [...]eth them by other vnaccustomed and vnlooked for meanes: so that they are not able to doe that against the weake & succorlesse people, which they most gladly woulde, and seemeth most easily to be done. So he some­time defended the Patriarches in the middest of the lande of Chanaan, Gene. 35. Psal. 105. put­ting a certaine secret feare in the mindes of the Chananites. So he wyth­helde Saul from persecuting of Dauid, by the Philisteans, and through theyr helpe defended Dauid, being his greatest enimies. 1. Sam. 23. And now through feare of the people, keepeth the Priestes, that they lay not handes on the Apo­stles, which people before that, with a sauage & bethleem shoute required to haue Christ most shamefully crucifyed. There are infinite lyke examples, which teach vs that Tirauntes cannot allwaye doe what they list. These serue to encourage vs, that we be not afrayde at the vaine threates of the worlde, but to follow our vocacion boldely, and not to doubt of Gods de­fence, and ayde, who hauing nombred the heares of our heade, Math. 10. will suffer nothing to happen vnto vs, without his good prouidence, and pleasure. He defendeth those that be his in the middle of Babylon, and Egipt, as long as he seeth they serue to set fourth his glorie, and to bring other into the way of saluation. And when they haue finished their course, he calleth them vnto him. And although it may then seeme the wicked haue some power vpon them: yet is it none other, but that they ryd the godly out of this myserable dungeon of the flesh, whereas they themselues in the meane season fill vp the measure of their iniquitie, and be receiued into Hell among them which brought feare into the lande of the lyuing. Ezech. 32.

Furthermore, we may behold the state and condicion that tyrants are in, when they seeme to be of most power and authority: that is to say, The state and condicion of Tyrants. how while they go about to put many in feare they stande in feare of many. The same cōmeth to passe in them, that we see fal out among cruell beasts, such as are Beares, Lions, Panthers, & other like. These beasts are fierce against all they meete with, & are feared of all men. Yet men make taltrops, digge pits for them, and make engines to kill them: wherby it commeth to passe many times that that beast, which not long before, made an whole country afraid, is killed by the hande of some one man, the most cowarde, and fearefullest of al other men. Tyrants many times find, it so commeth to passe by them, and therefore they are still vexed wyth the preposterous feare, and dread of the people, and going about to make all men afrayde, liue in feare of them that are nearest about them, as Luke in this place saith these men did. Hence proceede those exquisite gardes that Tyrauntes haue about them for pre­seruation of their bodies, and lyfe. For this cause most times they wage souldiours, and armed men out of straunge Countries, and promyse them selues, more safety in the defence of straungers, than in their owne coun­trymen: bicause among straungers, they thinke there be none, that hope for any gaine by their death. ‘For this cause Masinissa King of Numidia, being both in amitie and league with the people of Rome, and hauing foure and fiftie children, garded his bodie with mastiues, and bande dogs, reposing in them a more sure succour and defence, than in men, whome he knewe hee [Page 214] had many times offended. Looke V [...]ler▪ M [...]x .ix. bo [...]e, and .14. chap. What shall we say of Dionysius, which caused his daughters to learne the Barbers craft, bycause he woulde not commit his throte to the handes of men. And after his daughters were mariagea­ble, woulde trust them no longer, nor neuer woulde company wyth any of his wyues, before they were dilygently searched and ransaked.’ But Histo­ries be ful of these examples, which may both comfort vs against tyrantes, and teach all men that be in authoritie, to doe iustlye and truely, and not to thinke their lyfe safe, through vnbrydeled authoritie. For the more they make afrayde, the more they prouoke to lye in wayte for their goodes and lyues. And whosoeuer be ledde wyth the feare of God, and thinke to fol­low his commaundements, and moderate their authoritie and power, after the same, although sometimes the wicked craftily laye wayte for them, yet shall they perceyue that God defendeth them, who can easily scatter the de­uyses of all that are seditious, as we are taught by the examples of Dauid, and Ezechias.

The Apo­stles declare all the matter to the congre­gation.Last of all, Luke telleth what the Apostles did after they were let gone, saying: They came vnto their fellowes and shewed them all that the highe Priestes and Elders had sayde. So they declare all the matter to the congre­gation, both for that they woulde mooue them to prayer, as the things fol­lowing declare, and also, that perceyuing the threates and attemptes of their enimies, they might all arme themselues with a christian valiantnesse and pacience, and as farre as they might without preiudice of religion, take heede of their ginnes and snares. By which example we are taught, that it is lawfull for Ministers of the Church to declare openly to the congrega­tion whatsoeuer the professed enimies of the truth take in hande agaynst Christ and his flocke. Which thing manye nowe a dayes thinke not onely superfluous, but also to haue in it some likelyhoode of sedition, when eyther the Popes Bulles, or the decrees of Synodes and Counsayles, and hor­rible threates of Antychrist, are recited before the Congregation. But by these mennes iudgement, both Christ and his Apostles shall be accused of sedition, who, it is euident many times thus did. Let vs rather remember that the Ministers of the Churche are appointed to be shepeheardes and watchmen. It is therefore their dutie to rebuke Woolues, and to warne the sheepe of daungers at hande. Iohn. 10. The ende of all these things is, that the faith­full shoulde turne vnto God by prayers, and amendement of lyfe, and be armed with Christian fortitude, and constancie of fayth, that when we haue ouercome all the attemptes of our enimies, we may be taken at length in­to the blessed kingdome of Iesus Christ: to whome be praise, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xxx. Homelie.

‘AND when they hearde that, they lift vp their voyces to God with one accorde and sayde: Lorde thou art God which hast made heauen and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, which by the mouth of thy seruaunt Dauid hast sayde: why did the heathen rage, and the people imagine vaine things? The kinges of the earth stoode vp, and the Rulers came togither against the Lorde, and against his annoynted: for of a truth against thy holy childe Ie­sus, [Page 215] whom thou hast annoynted, both Herode, and also Pontius Pylate, with the Gentyles & the people of Israel, gathered themselues togither, to do what­soeuer thy hande and thy counsell determined before to be done. And nowe Lorde, beholde their threatenings, and graunt vnto thy seruantes that with all confidence they may speake thy worde. So that thou stretch foorth thine hande, that healing, and signes, and woonders bee done by the name of thy holy chylde Iesus. And as soone as they had prayed, the place moued where they were assembled togither, and they were all filled with the holy ghost.’

AS our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ doth oftentimes make mention of the persecutions of the godly: so the holy ghost woulde haue Luke di­ligently to set forth the persecutions of the primitiue Church, not only for to maintaine the truth of Chri­stes sayinges, but partly for that we shoulde not be offended at the aduersitie and tribulation wherwith the church is now a dayes troubled, as at a straunge and vnwoonted thing, and partly for that we shoulde be instructed with the example of the primitiue Church, what to doe in time of persecutions. And to this ende principally, are all those things to be ap­plied, which hitherto haue bene sayde of the Apostles. They being brought before the counsayle, doe plainly and boldly confesse Christ. Then when the enimies had forbidden them to preach the Gospell, they protest with mar­ueylous constancie, that they can not obey so wicked a commaundement. At length when they perceyue that reason coulde not preuayle with these wicked Counsaylers, but that they were still threatened, they declare all the matter to the congregation, to thende that ech one being admonished of the daunger ensuing, might the more easily prouide for themselues. These proceedings let the Ministers imitate, as often as they perceyue the world raise stormes of persecutions against them. Let their stoute and bolde con­fession of Christ be an example vnto others. Let them not yeelde to the wic­ked commaundements of Princes. Let them faithfully premonish the con­gregation, least any mannes saluation stande in perill, through their sloth. Luke proceedeth on in his hystorie, and sheweth what the Church doth, be­ing thus admonished by the Apostles. By which example, it maye appeare what euery Christian hath to doe, both particulerly and in generall, when persecutions are stirring.

They (sayth he) when they hearde the Apostles, The Church flieth to God by prayer. lift vp their voyce to God with one accorde. And he telleth of the Church, howe they sought the suc­cour and helpe of God only by prayer. They were not carelesse therefore, nor did not set light, the daungers approching. Neither fledde they to mans wisedome, helpe, or counsayle, but sought all maner of ayde and succour by prayers. This is the sure sanctuarie of the Church, bicause God euery­where promiseth to be their defender that seeke their helpe of him. And that which he euerywhere promiseth, he hath by infinite examples perfourmed, so that none that is a true Christian can doubt of the truth of his promises. To this may be ioyned how he deliuered the Israelites, Exod. 14. enuironned with the hoste of the Egyptians, at Moyses entreatie and prayers. And after that, through the prayers of the same Moyses, Exod. 17. he gaue them victorie ouer the [Page 216] Amalechites. In the Psalmes there are infinit examples of them, which te­stifie how God hath bene fauourable and gracious vnto their prayers. Yea, Ioël the Prophete giueth this only counsell to the Church in distresse, Ioel. 2. that they shoulde all turne vnto God, and call vppon him for helpe, prescribing also such a forme of prayers as they shoulde openly vse. And that his coun­sayle was not in vaine, the successe of the matter prooued. For God sent his Aungell which in one night slewe the hoste of the Assirians, and deliuered the citie of Ierusalem from the great tyrannie of Sennacharib. Wherefore the primitiue Church coulde not doe better than to sue vnto God by praier, as they did. The corrupt condicions and maners of our dayes are by this example reprooued. For we see many with ouermuch carelesnesse contemne the daungers hanging ouer the Church, scoffe and deride all admonitions, and wholy giue themselues to all vntimely pleasures and exercises. But when they feele the fire of persecution burning, either they follow the coun­sell of the fleshe, dissembling their fayth, or else fortifye themselues in the league of Princes, and helpe of man. Which is the cause that the more they seeke to be out of daunger, the more grieuously they entangle and endaun­ger themselues.

The true trade of prai­yng. Luke also in fewe wordes comprehendeth the right trade and order of praying. First, they call vpon God, who is onely to be inuocated, as ap­peareth both by the couenant made with Abraham, by the first commaun­dement in the Decaloge, and by the order of the Lordes prayer. And it is manifest by many examples, that he only heareth vs euerywhere, and can deliuer vs. Wherfore, great & heinous is their error whosoeuer they be that make their prayers vnto Creatures. Psal. 12.56. Then they lift vp their voice and pray. And yet is it plaine that God heareth euen the groning onely of them that are afflicted, and their teares continually are in his sight. Howbeit, they woulde expresse the synceritie of their fayth, by lifting vp their voyce, and testifie that they were not ashamed of their prayers, and calling vpon God for helpe. For this is not the least poynt of the confession of our fayth, as we may perceyue Daniel well iudged, who hauing before prayed in secret, when he perceyued the King had commaunded God shoulde not be inuoca­ted, setteth open his windowes, and prayeth, as it were, in the sight of all men, bicause he woulde not seeme to like or allowe the wicked proclama­tion. Last of all, he attributeth vnanimitie or concorde vnto them, which thing, except the Church obserue, neyther shall their prayers be hearde, ne yet their selues be taken for the Church of God. For the Church being made one body vnder one head, which is Christ, is quickened with one selfe spirite, calleth vpon one and the same father, and hath one and the same in­heritance layde vp for them in heauen. And they that in these things agree, cannot in their mindes be deuided. Therefore let vs followe the trade of praying vsed in the primitiue Church, and we shall perceyue in our aduer­sities that Gods helpe will be most neare at hande. It shall be good to con­sider diligently the prayer that they made, which may be deuided into three partes.

They des­cribe God of his omnipo­tencie.The first conteyneth a description of God, wherein they acknowledge him for the creator of the whole worlde. They make mention first of the creation, that men might consider the omnipotencie of God, and his sin­guler power ouer all creatures, whereby they might conceyue the greater [Page 217] consolation. For thus they were aduertised that the wicked enimies of Christ neyther coulde hinder the worke of God by their enterprises, nor yet hurt them in any thing, without the deuise and sufferance of God. It behoo­ueth vs likewise to haue a consideration of Gods omnipotencie, that we ac­knowledge him not only for the creator, but also for the gouernour and pre­seruer of all creatures, who though he hath set his throne on high, Psal. 113. yet hee humbleth himselfe to beholde whatsoeuer is done, eyther in heauen or in earth. Which consideration as it is very profitable for the amendement of our life and maners: so in tribulations it bringeth comfort, and in our prayers chiefely confirmeth our faith, Iacob. 1. Math. 21. wherevpon the effect of prayer principally de­pendeth. And this is the chiefe vse of the first Article in the Apostles Creede where we professe we beleeue in God the Father, maker of heauen and earth. For it maketh for the confirmation of our faith, and taketh awaye all cause of distrust, which commonlye springeth by reason we thinke God eyther cannot or will not helpe vs. But what is impossible vnto him which hath made heauen and earth by his worde, and hath hyther to preserued all this worlde? Or is it like he will neglect men, whom he hath made Lords ouer all the things he hath created, which hath respect vnto things voyde of lyfe, and seeth them gouerned?

The seconde part contayneth the narration, The nar­ration. wherein they shewe vnto God, the attemptes of their enimies, and the present daungers that they be in, not that they thinke God is ignorant of them, but for that they would somewhat ease their mindes of care and griefe, by laying their complaints before Gods eyes, which thing was the chiefe cause of these complaintes, which the Saintes vsed to intermeddle among their prayers. Here maye we perceyue the goodnesse of God, whose eares be so easily opened to our complaintes, and heareth vs so mercifully when we complaine of our mi­series and distresse. They take the beginning of their narration out of the seconde Psalme, where Dauid inspired by the holy ghost, described the king­dome of Christ, and also the wicked enterprises of the worlde which fight against his kingdome. The sense of all their sayinge is thus. Wee finde it nowe true (O God) that thou once didst prophecie by the mouth of thy ser­uant Dauid. For truly, in this Citie of Ierusalem, which in times past was called both holy, and the seate of righteousnesse, Herode and Pylate haue conspired togither against thy sonne, the souldiers also of the Gentyles, haue gathered themselues togither, and the people of Israel which ought to haue serued thee. &c. And it is not for naught that they recyte this olde prophecie. For hereby they declare that there is no straunge and vnwoon­ted thing come to passe, and that therefore no man ought to be offended, with the wicked attemptes of Christes enimies. We are taught by their example, howe we also shoulde call to remembrance the prophecies of the scripture, when we be tossed with the tempests of persecution, and specially those where Christ testifyeth, there shall be perpetuall enmitie betweene the worlde and those that be his. Iohn. 15.16. If you were of the worlde (sayeth he) the worlde woulde loue his owne. But nowe haue I chosen you out of the worlde, and therefore the worlde hateth you. And Paule sayth, Persecution shall fol­lowe all them that will liue godly in Christ Iesus. 2. Timo. 3. Wherevnto chiefely belon­geth that which God prophecied in the first beginning of the worlde, that there shoulde be perpetuall enmitie betweene the Serpent and the seede of [Page 218] the woman, that is, betweene the deuill the Prince of this worlde, and Christ, who also includeth the Church, which is his body. The considera­tion of these things maketh vs not to be offended at persecutions, foras­much as we see it is so ordeyned of God, that the godly shall be tryed, as it were by fire, with the rage and furie of the world. Herevnto appertaineth that saying of Peter: 1. Pet. 4. Dearely beloued, marueyle not that you are prooued by fire, (which thing is to trie you) as though some straunge thing happened vn­to you, but reioyce, in as much as yee are partakers of Christes passions. &c. But it behooueth vs somewhat more diligentlye to marke, howe the holye ghost speaketh of the enterprises of Christes enimies, both by Dauid, and also by the congregation of the faithfull.

The enter­prises of Christes enimies.First he describeth their enterprises, saying: they rage, they ymagine, they stande vp and take counsayle togyther. These things expresse an ar­dent and earnest hatred against Christ and his kingdome, which they seeke by all meanes to ouerthrow. And he trimly describeth the maners and con­dicions of them. For where he numbreth Nations, People, and Kinges among the enimies of Christ, he attributeth to each of them their peculyar properties. The vnbeleeuing Gentiles rage, as who are ledde rather with furiousnesse of affections, than with counsayle. The people (whereby is vnderstanded the communaltie) ymagine or speake thyngs that be vayne, whyle amonges their Cuppes commonly they talke of ouerthrowing the kingdome of Christ. But Kings and Princes, tossed with the care of their kingdomes, ryse vp, ioyne togyther, and openly take counsayle, by what force and polycie, Christ may be oppressed. And yet (he sayth) they altogy­ther take in hande, Psal. 94. and muse vpon things that are but vayne. For what are mortall men, whose thoughtes and cogitations are but vaine, able to doe against the Lorde? Psalme. 7. Psalme. 33. They are conceyued with vexation, they traueyle with va­nitie, and bring forth lying. And God whose counsayle endureth for euer, doth easily bring the counsayle of the heathen to naught. Hereto belongeth the say­ing of the godly in the Prophet: Breake downe (ô you people) and you shall be broken downe. Muster you, and you shall be broken downe: Prepare you to battaile, and you shall be torne in peeces: take your counsayle togither, yet must your counsaile come to naught: Esay. 8. goe in hande wyth all, yet shall it not prosper, for the Lorde is with vs.

They that reade the Scriptures, and stories of the Church, may see euerywhere examples hereof, so that it needeth not greatlye to make re­hearsall of the same: yet is that one example of Iulian the Apostata or run­nagate most notable, who burning in hatred against Christ, & ready to giue vp his ghost, In the tri­partite histo­rie .vi. booke, & .xliiii. chap. was constrayned to say. Thou hast the victorie ô Galylean, thou hast the victorie. So that a certaine Christian very wittilye aunswered a wicked Sophister, asking him what the Carpentare of Galyley did: that he was making a Coffin, or Beere to beare Iulian to his Graue vpon.

Christes eni­mies warre with God.Afterwarde, he sheweth against whome these enterprises are made: They came togither against the Lorde, and against his annoynted. It myght haue seemed a light matter to contende or striue wyth Christ, by reason of his humble, and lowly porte of mannes nature which he tooke on him. But they are not Christes enimies onely, but also enimies of God. For as hee which disdayneth to acknowledge the Kinges onely sonne, to be the heyre and King of the Realme, and is a procurer of sedition against him, is wor­thily [Page 219] iudged to make warre against the king: so he that will not acknow­ledge the sonne God to be our king and sauiour, may well be sayde to be the enimie of God, who hath giuen to him only all the power of his kingdome, and all the glory of mans redemption, that all men might honor the sonne, Iohn. 5. euen as they honor the Father. Neyther can God be acknowledged and honoured otherwyse, than in his sonne. Wherefore of consequence, they neyther acknowledge, nor honour God, which doe not acknowledge and honour his sonne. And if they rebell, and mooue warre against the sonne of God, then like the wicked Gyaunts, they may be iudged to make warre a­gainst God also. This did Iohn the Baptist well perceyue, when he sayde. The Father loueth the Sonne, and hath gyuen all things into his hande. He that beleeueth in the Sonne, hath lyfe euerlasting. He that beleeueth not the Sonne, Iohn. 3. shall not see lyfe, but the wrath of God abydeth vppon him. And who can doubt, but he is the enimie of God, that prouoketh again [...] himselfe the ir­reuocable wrath of God? These things serue both for our instruction, that we defyle not our selues wyth lyke impietie, and also for our comforte, that we be not afrayd with the power of our enimies, when we see our selues to weake for them. For this is not our fight, but a battell taken in hande vn­der Gods conduct, who can most easilye subdue their force and attemptes. Which thing Iohn teacheth vs when he sayth, that he that is in vs, 1. Iohn. 4. is of more power, than he that is in the worlde.

Last of all, The enimies of Christ, ful­fill the wyll of God. the faithfull expresse more euidently the effect and ende of these mischieuous attempts, where they say: They gathered themselues to­gyther, to doe whatsoeuer thy hande and thy counsaile determined before to be done. Howbeit, the wicked consult not, nor meete not togither, to put Gods will and purpose in execution: but they declare vnto vs, how they are able to doe nothing, but that which God hath decreed to haue done, and that then they most further Gods purpose, when they most studie to hinder it. This shall appeare to be manifest, if we consider, what the Priestes of the Iewes dyd. They woulde keepe Christ oute of his kingdome. Therefore they mooued the Romane Presidents, and communaltie against him, and s [...]yn­ted not, vntill they sawe him vpon the Crosse, dead, and buried. But what other did they in all these things, but helpe Christ being the Sauiour of the worlde, according to the eternall purpose of his Father, to enter into his kingdome. And by the consideration hereof, the Apostles remooue out of the way, that blocke whereat such stumble as thinke the wicked are able to ouercome Christ by power and force. Here serueth the vse of Gods singu­ler prouidence, to make men vnderstande, that the enterprises of the wyc­ked can go no further, nor doe no more, than God hath appoynted. Here haue we to obserue, that they acknowledge in Gods prouidence, not one­ly his prescience and foreknowledge, but also his stable decree, and hande, whereby he doth execute at his pleasure, that which he hath decreed, that himselfe may be all in all. And yet the wicked are not therfore excused, bicause they respect not the decree and will of God, but followe their owne corrupt affections, as we haue alreadie many times declared. And although the primitiue Church, doth truely beleeue and professe the same, yet she pray­eth, and with feruent sute beseecheth God of his succour and ayde. There­fore the doctrine, that submitteth all things, and the successe of them vnto God, taketh not praying away: For God will be prayed to, and inuocated. [Page 220] And for this cause, the godly vse it the more ardently, for that they knowe all thinges are gouerned by his appoyntment. For they doe that which he commaundeth, and they search not ouer curiously after his secret coun­selles, but permit the successe of all things vnto him, whome they knowe to be faithfull, who will not suffer vs to be tempted aboue our strength, and bringeth all things to an happy ende, for all them that loue him.

The pray­ers of them that beleued.Nowe let vs see the thirde part of this prayer, which contayneth the peticions of those thinges, which they perceyued then they had most neede of. The first of them is: And now Lorde, beholde their threatnings. By this worde beholde, they meane iudgement and punishment, and it is as much to saye, as if they should desyre God to reuenge theyr cause. For who had more right to reuenge him than he, for as much as agaynst him this warre was made, as they had prooued by the wordes of the Psalme? Thys is the peculiar vsage of the godly, that when they perceyue they are hyndered in their vocation, or not able to make their parte good, to appeale vnto the iudgement of God, Psal. 7.17.26. and o­thers. as we see Dauid oftentymes dyd, when Saule perse­cuted hym, yet shall we neuer doe it wyth more affyaunce, than when the glory of God by the wycked is openly impeached. Thus Ezechias layde the blasphemous letter of the king of Assyria, Esay. 37. open before the Lorde, and be­seecheth hym, that he wyll defende hys quarrell. And it is no doubt, but he heareth them which be carefull for the glorie of his name, seeing he so mercyfully heareth the pryuate quarrels of those that be hys. But to the ende they woulde not seeme so to commyt thys matter vnto God, as to withdrawe themselues out of all daunger, they beseeche God also, to gyue them such grace, that they maye speake and declare his worde boldely, which thing chiefely is to be vnderstanded of the Apostles, and other Mi­nisters of the worde, who vnlesse they be boldened and guyded wyth the spirite of God, may easily be made afrayde with the threats and assaultes of the worlde, to intermyt their office. Which thing Paule, after hys mani­folde traueyles in the ministerie acknowledged, and therefore thought good to be holpen wyth the publike prayers of the congregations, that he might speake the worde of God freely and with open mouth. Ephes. 6. Yet is thys also to be referred to euery singuler christian, and it behooueth to pray for euery par­ticuler person, that they may confesse Christ boldely and stowtely, before thys naughtie and adulterous worlde. It is necessarie, that we vnderstand how this boldenesse is gyuen vs of God. For so shall we be prouoked, to pray oftentymes, for the increase of fayth, crying with the Apostles: Lorde increase our fayth. Luke. 17. Ma [...]. 16. Iohn. 14. Thirdly, they require that the power of working myra­cles may be increased, bycause God hath appoynted them as certayne pub­like seales and testimonials to the Apostles doctrine. And they desyre the same may be done by the name of Christ, to declare that theyr care is onely for Christes glorie. In thys place there shyneth a marueylous stoutenesse, and most ardent zeale towardes Christ, in the primitiue Church. They perceyued a little before, that the mindes of the Iewes were incensed with the doctrine and myracles of the Apostles, yet desyre they that the Apostles may haue more boldenesse graunted them, and their giftes of myracles to be increased: so little place doe they gyue to their enimies furie, though but for a season, which yet the men in our dayes wyll doer, who thinke that to be the best trade of teaching, that most pleaseth the professed enymies of [Page 221] truth, and seeke nothing but ydlenesse, and the peace of the worlde, being little or nothing carefull for the increase of Christes kingdome. These men thinke the Ministers are to feruent, and manye tymes also those that be scarce luke warme, which seemeth to me is the chiefe cause, that Christes kingdome is so little inlarged amongst vs.

To conclude, Luke sheweth what effect ensued of their praying. The prayers of the godly are heard. For God heard their prayers, which was declared both by a sensible signe, that is to saye, by the moouing of the house (which signified the presence of God) and also by most wholesome effectes. For they were filled with the holye ghost, that is to say, they perceyued an effectuall comfort of the holye ghost, and courage giuen them, where before this, the feare of daunger did some­what dismay them. And they to whome the ministerie of the Gospell was committed, preached the same with great constancie: so that a man might iudge them rather kindled and enflamed with the threats of their enimies, than made afrayde. Whereof more shall be sayde in the next Sermon. We are taught by this example, Psalm. 34. that God neglecteth not the praiers of the god­lye, but that his eyes be fixed vpon the iust, and his eares open vnto their prayers. Let vs follow the example of the primitiue Church in these dayes, where most cruell enimies euerywhere conspire togither against the truth, and turning our selues vnto God by prayer, let vs commit our whole cause vnto him: let vs beseech him of increase of fayth, and the holye ghost, that we be not ouercome with any daungers or terrors, but that after we haue happily ended the course of our life, we may be receyued into his heauenly kingdome, there to liue with Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honour, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xxxj. Homelie.

‘AND they spake the worde of God boldly. And the multitude of them that beleeued were of one heart, and of one soule. Neyther sayd any of them that ought of the things which he possessed, was his owne, but they had all things common. And with great power gaue the Apostles witnesse of the re­surrection of the Lord Iesu. And great grace was with them all. Neyther was there any among them that lacked. For as many as were possessours of lands, or houses, solde them, and brought the price of the things that were solde, and layde it downe at the Apostles feete. And distribution was made vnto euery man according as he had neede. And Ioses which was called of the Apostles Barnabas, that is to saye, the sonne of consolation, being a Leuite, and of the countrie of Cyprus, hauing lande, solde it, and layde the price downe at the Apostles feete.’

AS Luke the Euangelist hath diligently described the first persecution that was raysed a­gainst the Apostles: so reporteth he as diligentlye, what the faithfull did during the time of these whur­ly burleys. The ende of all which is, that we should learne what to doe in like case. First and foremost they gaue themselues vnto prayers, which they powred out before God with one feruent accorde of minde. To God likewise must we resort in our ad­uersities, [Page 222] and not to the vaine helpe of the fleshe. And we must aske of him not such things as serue the carelesnesse and ydlenesse of the fleshe, but such as concerne the setting forth of Christs kingdome. Now let vs see the other exercises of the primitiue Church, wherby it shall appeare, that they inter­mitted nothing that belonged to their dutie.

The Apos­tles constant­ly preach the Gospell.First, Luke speaketh of the Apostles, and all those who had the office of teaching committed to them. He sayth, they preached the worde of God with confidence, that is, boldly and freely: whervnto a little after is added: with great power gaue the Apostles witnesse of the resurrection of the Lorde Iesu. They accomplished therefore that which they protested they woulde doe, contrarie to the decree of the counsayle. Luke maketh mention only of the resurrection, not for that they only preached the same only, but bicause thereby Christ perfited and fulfilled the businesse of our redemption and saluation, and for that we shoulde not thinke the Apostles yeelded anye thing to the Saduceyes, which then were in greatest authoritie. And it is not without a cause that Luke maketh mention of doctrine first of all o­ther things, for therevnto a principall care must always be had. For where we are regenerate by doctrine, and by the same the Church is gathered to­gither: without the same, the Church cannot stande in hir full strength and vigour. Neyther was it without the prompting of the holy ghost, that Salo­mon in tune past sayde: When prophecying fayleth, the people go to hauock. And that this was truly sayde, the examples of all ages abundantly testi­fye. Wherefore, as before he sayde, the Church continued in the preaching and doctrine of the Apostles: so now also he testifieth the Apostles are most mindefull and earnest in their office. By which examples, Ministers are admonished, that they must not suffer the libertie of preaching to be taken from them, through feare of persecution, and threatning of enimies, nor when daunger approcheth, cease not to feede Christes sheepe with the word of doctrine, and comfort. For that is the propertie of hyrelings, as Christ sayth, Iohn. 10. and not of those which are readie to lay downe their liues, according to the example of Christ, for the sheepe committed to their charge. But bi­cause men are much faultie herein, it shall be profitable, diligently to dis­cusse this example, that hereby Ministers may learne what appertaineth to them to doe. And first, bold libertie of teaching, and vnfearefull affiance of minde is attributed to the Apostles. Which is necessary for all ministers, as it is plaine, bicause there will be alwayes some, that woulde haue them brydled and musseled. Iohn. 3. For Christ witnesseth, that the worlde cannot abide the light of the truth. The same worlde cannot abide to be aduertised and reprehended. So that there were in the olde time, which durst say vnto the Prophetes: Prophecie not to vs. Looke not out right things for vs: but speake faire wordes vnto vs: Amos. 3. Esay. 30. looke out errours, get you out of this waye: depart out of this path, and turne the holy one of Israell from vs. And Paule sayeth, there shall be in the later dayes, which shall not abide the worde of truth, but hauing the ytch in their eares, 2. Timo. 4. shal get them an heape of teachers, which shall bring doc­trine agreeable to their corrupt affections. And we see it is euerywhere true, that he prophecied. Here therfore is required an Apostolike liberty, & bolde affiance of preaching, whereby Bishoppes in the Church may applie their office in season and out of season, Ezech. 33. that they maye encourage others, of whom there is yet some hope remayning, and deliuer their owne soules, that the [Page 223] bloude of them that perishe, be not required at their handes. Furthermore, it is sayd they chiefely inculcated the article of resurrection aboue all other. And in deede this was the principall and chiefe article, wherewith the chiefe of the Iewes were most offended. For through this article they were con­uinced, partly of putting Christ vniustly to death, and partly the Saduceyes coulde not suffer the same to be preached, as who denied the resurrection. Yet notwithstanding, the Apostles boldly and stoutly preached the same, so that it maye appeare they had a great care of the same. This example tea­cheth vs, that those articles are chiefely to be vrged, which the aduersaries vse most to impugne. 1. Cor. 14. 2. Cor. 10. For all things in the ministerie of the worde must be directed to edification and profite. And the next care must be, that the thing which is edified or builded, must not fall downe againe. But he shall per­forme none of these prosperously, which most constantly resisteth not when the truth of doctrine is assaulted with the craft & tiranny of the enimies, and is moste in hazarde. They that are set to defende Cities and Castelles, vse to bende and bring al their force to those places, where the enimies strong­lyest assault them. Let them whome the Lorde hath appoynted gouernors and pastors of the congregation doe the like. Neyther are they to be heard which thinke those things ought to be suppressed, and not spoken of, which offende the aduersaries in our preaching. For the Lord hath appointed vs ministers of his word, & not maisters and iudges, vpon whose determina­tion and appointment his doctrine must depende. Therfore their boldnesse is most wicked, which dare take vppon them to prescribe the holye spirite, which is the only gouernour of the Church, and of doctrine.

Secondly, The cōgre­gation gyuen to concord. he sheweth howe the whole Church was giuen to vnitie and concorde. The multitude (sayth he) were of one heart and one soule. The meaning is, that they were all of one minde and will: the ende whereof vndoubtedly was none other than the enlargement of Christes kingdome. This likenesse and parilitie of will and minde bringeth forth true friend­ship and stable concorde. For they which haue this marke before them, to set forth the kingdome of Christ, are nothing desirous of their priuate lu­cre, which thing alone disturbeth all friendship. It shall appeare this was a singular worke of the holy ghost, if we consider that the multitude of the be­leeuers, in whom this concorde & consent so euidently appeared, were fyue thousand persons. This truly is the right marke and token of the faithfull, & such as they are neuer without. For they that acknowledge but one father in heauen, are receyued into one baptisme, be but one bodie vnder Christ the head, and are all quickned but with one spirit of Christ, it cannot be that they can be deuided among themselues. Therefore Christ appointed this, 3 Cor. 12. Ephes. 4. as a cognisaunce to knowe his by, saying: By this shall all men knowe that you are my Disciples, if you loue one another. And agayne, Iohn. 13. Paule by this ar­gument prooueth the Corinthians, as yet to be carnall, 1. Cor. 3. by reason of the en­uie, contention, and deuision that was among them. It is worthye to be considered, how after they had hearde the threates, and wicked attemptes of their enimies, they gaue themselues so earnestly to mutuall loue and v­nitie. That is the very propertie of loue, then most to shewe his effectes, when he seeth his brethren compassed about with daunger & necessitie, and to haue most neede of helpe. This example condemneth the guise of our daies, wherin men are destitute & voide of all vnity and concord. We heare [Page 224] amongest the professors of the faith and doctrine of the Gospell, the factious names of Zwinglians and Lutheranes: And so farre is this emulation spred, that where the one part is in daunger, the other forsake their brethren, and without any pittie or mercie laugh in their sleeues at them. Yea, many ti­mes, they declare their ioye by bitter tauntes, and offer the members of Christ hanging vpon the crosse, vinegar mingled with gall. To say nothing in the meane season of the contentions, raylings, vpbraydings, and slaun­dering one of another, that is among them. It is to be feared therfore, least while we bite one another, Galath. 5. we be bitten and destroyed one of another. Who soeuer in their distresses will haue any ayde or helpe of God, must first be ioyned togither in minde through charitie.

Beneuo­lence, and hel­ping of the poore.But least any man might thinke this ioyning of mindes stoode in bare and vaine affection, he sheweth in the thirde part, howe they declared the same, by their deedes. First, he maketh mention of beneuolence and hel­ping of the poore, the exercise wherof, they cannot omitte, whose mindes a­gree togither in Christ. And this place is moste worthye to be considered, both bicause of the Anabaptistes, who (as we declared before in the seconde chap.) go about by this place to establish Plato his communion of all things: and bicause of false gospellers, which intermit all exercise of Christian con­tribution. Therfore, for the more easie vnderstanding of this Treatise, we will first consider the summe of the matter, then the trade and order which the faithfull obserued in this case, and last of all, what the fruite and effect hereof was.

He comprehendeth the summe hereof in fewe wordes, where he sayth: No man sayde ought of the things that he possessed was his owne, but they had all things common. Here the propertie of things is not denied, bicause there is expresse mention [...]de of possession, but he expresseth the affection of minde which the faithfull had, who although they possessed houses, fermes, and such other like, yet no man was so wedded to them, that he thought they were giuen to him alone, but woulde haue them to serue the vse and necessitie of others also. Whereby we gather, that all thinges were com­mon among them by will, Goodes were common by wyll, not by lawe. but not by lawe. After which sort the Prouerbe sayth, all things are common among friendes. And in this place the true foun­taine of Christian beneuolence, and contribution is declared, that is to say, a minde which is not addict and tyed to the desire of riches, but which iud­geth truly of them, and the vse of them. For according to Paules saying, the vse of the riches of this worlde, consisteth onely in meate and drinke, and clothing, wherein howseroume also is vnderstanded, forasmuch as we be borne naked into this worlde, 1. Timo. 6. neyther shall we carie any thing hence with vs. But where the faithfull person vnderstandeth that mannes nature is suffised with few things, he cannot be drowned in ouer great desire of hea­ping riches togither, and he iudgeth not his treasure to consist in them, and although he seeth they multiplie & increase, Psal. 62. Math. 6. yet he setteth not his whole hart vpon them. But vnderstanding rather, that he is but a stewarde of them, he laboureth to make him friendes of the vniust Mammon, which may re­ceyue him when he shall haue neede, Luke. 16. into euerlasting habitations. The con­sideration hereof maketh the goodes of the faythfull to be common vnto other, although they keepe to themselues the right of propertie.

The maner and order of distribution.The maner and order which they obserued in thys distribution, maketh [Page 225] for the declaration of thys sense. For thereof Luke sayth: As many as were possessours of houses and landes, solde them, and brought the price of the things that were solde, and layde them downe at the Apostles feete. And distribution was made to euery man, according as he had neede. First, he sayth, houses and landes were solde, which euery man dyd not, ne yet they that did sell, solde all, and reserued nothing to themselues. For there are dyuers examples of many which had houses of their owne, and kept families, which Paule not onely permytted, but also as we may reade, 1. Tim. 5. he streightly commaunded the same. Therefore they solde as much as seemed requisite for the pre­sent necessitie of the Church, and it was at euery mans disposition, eyther to keepe, or sell his owne, as shall hereafter appeare by Peters wordes to Ananias. Further, they layde not the price or money downe for all men to take, but brought it to the Apostles, whome they thought good to haue the distribution thereof, vntill Deacons were ordeyned, by publike consent of the congregation to take that office vpon them. Actes. 6. Neyther did the Apostles so publishe the money brought vnto them, that euery man might take ther­of what he lysted, but distribution was made to euery man, according as he had neede. Therefore there was here no disordinate communion of goodes, no confusion of things, no vyolent vsurping of other mens goodes, such as the phrenetyke and seditious ymagine. And if we consider all the circum­staunces well, it shall easily appeare, that this contribution was ordeined to the ende, that the Church might haue some publike treasure to help to serue the poore, that they neede not be compelled through pouertie, to shrinke from the fayth of Christ, and the bodye of the congregation. And they had no part of these goodes, who eyther had goodes of their owne, or were able by any honest labour to get their lyuing. Here haue we to consider how Ec­clesiasticall goodes should be vsed. The beginning of them was such as is here declared. For as in the primitiue Church, those that were of the ry­cher sort, of their godly liberalitie, gaue their goodes to the Church: so came it to passe in the dayes afterwarde, that as the number of christians increa­sed, Kings, and Princes, and others, who had great wealth, following the example of these men, inriched Churches and Colleges, with yearely reuenues and tythes, as manye olde foundations testifye. Wylling that these goodes should be so vsed, that by them true doctryne might be conser­ued, and the poore maintayned, who they knewe were chiefely commended of Christ to his Church. Which vse were meete in these dayes also, eyther to be obserued in Churches, or beyng decayed, to be restored, if we wyll haue a forme and presydent of the primitiue Church remayning. But we may easilyer with sighing seeke thys vse, than call it agayne. For vngodly­nesse is come to such boldenesse, that a many are not afrayde to chalenge to themselues, those things which in tymes past our auncestours of their libe­ralitie gaue to the whole congregation. And here in thys poynt we haue seene all the reformations almost of the Churches, in our dayes stoppe: as though it had bene sufficient to haue taken from Monkes and Fryers, the administration of Church goodes, and not rather to haue restored them a­gayne to the auncient and right vse, wherefore they were first ordeyned and serued. Yea, it were better to leaue them still to those filthie hypo­crytes, than to stumble at the same stone with them. And if we ought, ac­cording to the example of the primitiue Church, to bestow our owne goods, [Page 226] vpon the congregation, if neede so requyre, then must they grieuously sinne, which gyuing nothing of their owne, openly bereaue men of that which other haue gyuen them. Hereof we see it commeth to passe, that both the poore are neglected, and Ministers the more rare and selde, and all religion decayeth.

The fruite or commodi­tie of contri­bution.But let vs see the singuler fruite of this christian distribution, whiche Luke intermedleth with this discription, that we maye hereby perceyue, what we haue in these dayes to trust to, which so easily neglect the exercise thereof. The Euangelist sheweth a double commoditie ensuyng hereof. First, it came to passe, that none among them lacked. Wherefore they ful­filled the lawe that commaundeth there shoulde bee no begger in Israell. Deut. 15. This seemeth nowe a dayes an impossible thing to many, while they consi­der the multitude of the poore. But they are confuted by the example of the primatiue church. For by what reason can it seeme impossible to them, that liue in rest and peace, seeing the godlye brought it to passe, in the midst of their enimies, in a bloudthirstie Citie? Were they able with theyr owne goodes to finde all their poore, and shall we, furnished with the helpe of rich donations, and great treasures, wherewith the Churches in tymes passed haue beene indowed thinke it impossible, for vs to doe? Let a meane be ob­serued, that euery one may haue according to his neede, and we shall per­ceyue we shall be holpen with the blessing of the Lord, and liberalitie of the godly in such wyse, that we shall find no such lacke herafter. That which we requyre, is both difficult and impossible, bicause the thing is handled pre­posterously, and out of order, For they haue least, which haue most neede: and on them is most bestowed, whose partes it had bene to giue their owne goodes to the Church. And if we would consider, what daunger, trouble, and discommoditie, both publikely and priuately vseth to ensue of the mul­titude of beggers and poore: we should see that the commoditie of this chri­stian contribution which the primitiue church receyued, was of inestimable value. But one other commoditie springeth of this, that great grace was with them, that is, they were in fauor, and accepted with all the people, and with those also, that as yet were not illuminated with the knowledge of Christ. For such is the force of liberalitie, that it draweth very enimyes to woonder at it, and loue it. And bicause the Lorde taketh it as bestowed on him, that is giuen to the poore in his name: he vseth to recompence them with this rewarde, that they shall be in fauour and authoritie with many men. If we would consider this one thing, w [...] should not marueyle, why they be hated and enuyed which professe the Gospell. For besides, that the worlde hateth the light of the truth, and God will haue vs exercised, and invred with the naughtinesse thereof, our stonie heartes, which neglect the christian pouer­tie, deserueth the same: to say nothing in the meane while of our naughti­nesse, whereby we hale to vs the goodes of the Church, vnder colour of re­fourming the Gospell: A number of poore in the meane while criyng out, to whose finding and reliefe the same should haue gone. Let vs compare the vsage of the primitiue Church with those thinges that we doe, and then if we be not ashamed of our selues, we shall worthily be called men, not onely without blushing, but also of more impudencie, than harlots.

The libera­li [...]i [...] of Ioses Barnabas.Howbeit, he addeth to thys treatise, a singuler example of beneuolence, and christian collation, that one Ioses a Leuyte of Cyprus shewed, who solde [Page 227] hys lande, and layde the price thereof downe at the Apostles feete, that is to be bestowed, as they thought good. It maye seeme that thys ex­ample is therefore first declared before the example of Ananias and Sap­phira, to the intent their naughtynesse mought be the more perceyued, who coulde not be mooued with so notable a Presydent. The holy Ghost also teacheth vs howe they ought to be commended, which shewe any no­table token of vertue, that the prouocation of their prayse, might stirre vppe the mindes of other of more towardnesse, to followe them. Twee thinges are tolde of Ioses, which make hym the more to be commended. For where he was a Leuyte, he was conuerted to the fayth of Christ, to whome the priestes were moste enimyes, bicause Christ greatly hindered and empayred their gayne and honor. But Gods spirite bloweth where it pleaseth, neyther must we dispayre of any mans health, bycause of his pro­fession and trade of lyfe. Further, where he was a Cypriote, he so looued the faythfull of Ierusalem, that on them onely he woulde bestowe, or shew thys liberalitie. For he vnderstoode without doubt, that in Christ all diffe­rence of nations was abolished, as otherwheres the Scripture teacheth. And his so great liberalitie wanted not a singuler commoditie. For his vertue is enrolled in perpetuall memorie, and the Apostles thought good to call hym Barnabas, that is to saye, the sonne of consolation. For he de­serued to haue so singuler a name, which by his liberalitie gaue so singu­ler comfort to so many. In the meane season we be taught, what names they deserue, which defraude the poore of Christ, by raping and reauing the Church goodes, and as much as in them is, let and hinder the religion and doctrine of Christ. These be in verie deede, the children of disturbance, and perdition, whose iudgement steepeth not, as the example of Ananias following, will teache vs. Let vs marke the exercises of the primitiue Church, and gyue our selues to the lyke, in thys most troublesome worlde, where Sathan euerywhere raiseth vp persecutours against the doctrine of truth. Let the preachers be armed with a bold liberty of teaching the word, and let them remember they are the seruants of God, whome no authoritie of man ought to mooue. Let them which professe the name of Christ, be at vnitie togither in Christ. Let them labour to shewe their vnitie and con­corde by workes of liberalitie, and specially by helping of the poore. These be the markes of Christians, and these be the strongest weapons, and de­fences of Christians. For by these they be knowne to be the Disci­ples of Iesus Christ, who is able easily to defende them against all the assaultes of the worlde, and shall at length de­lyuer them from all perill and daunger, and bring them to his celestiall kingdome: to him be prayse, honour, po­wer, and glorye for euer. Amen.

The fift chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .xxxij. Homelie.

‘A Certaine man named Ananias with Sapphi [...]a his wife, solde a possession, and kept awaye part of the price, his wife also being of counsell, and brought a certayne part, and layde it downe at the Apostles feete. But Peter sayde, Ananias, how is it that Sathan hath filled thine hart, that thou shoul­dest lye vnto the holy ghost, and keepe awaye part of the price of the lande? Pertayned it not to thee onely? and after it was solde, was it not in thine owne power? why hast thou conceyued this thing in thine hart? Thou hast not lyed vnto men, but vnto God. When Ananias hearde these wordes, hee fell downe, and gaue vp the ghost. And great feare came on all them that heard these things. And the yong men rose vp, and put him apart, and caried him out and buried him.’

THe Euangelist Luke hath de­clared what exercises and studies the primitiue Church was giuen vnto, in the most perillous time of persecution. We haue there seene all things belonging to a perfite and most absolute forme, and order of a Churche. For the Apostles taught the worde of God boldly and tru­lye. The people as meete was, receyued the same, as their vnanimitie, concorde, and earnest loue, abundantly declared. But the holy ghost was not ignoraunt, that there would be alwayes phrenetike and troublesome men, which herof would take occasion rashly to condemne all Churches, wherein all things were not answereable to the perfection of the primitiue Church. Wherfore he would haue the historie of Ananias and Sapphira to folow, which teacheth vs that Satan had in this holy society his bondmen, whose dissimulation at last burst forth and appeared. Wherefore nothing is in all poynts sounde and perfite. And they are not to be regar­ded which condemne whole congregations, bicause of a few of dissembling merchauntes, or voluptuous liuers that are founde in the same: conside­ring we reade of Iudas among the Disciples of Christ, and that he testifieth that as well badde as good be drawen by preaching of the Gospell. Math. 13. Before we beginne the historie, we must marke that as Iudas tooke occasion of his sinne by the goodes of the Church: so Ananias stumbling at the same stone, [Page 229] begunne the first disturbance in the Church. The holy ghost thought good to admonishe vs by these examples, that the managing of ecclesiasticall goods is a perillous matter▪ and that they manifestly put their saluation in ha­zarde that offende therein. Therefore whosoeuer glorye in the name of Christ and his Gospell, let them diligently take heede to themselues. But if they would weigh this one thing, they woulde neuer lyke hungrye Cor­moraunts, runne so greedily to the administring of them. The historie hath in it two partes. The first declareth what became of Ananias, and next, what of Sapphira his wife. But for the better vnderstanding of the first part, we will first consider Ananias facte, then Peters iudgement touching the same, last of all, the punishment which God layde vpon him.

Ananias deede is tolde with great simplicitie, [...] least we shoulde thinke the Apostles leaned any thing to their affections. A certain man named Ana­nias with Sapphira his wife, solde a possession, and kept awaye part of the price, his wife also being of counsell: and brought a certaine part, and layde it downe at the Apostles feete. Here is principally to be enquired what that fault was which the Lorde a little while after, punished with sodeine death. For after the iudgement of the fleshe here is no fault made, but we may thinke Ana­nias rather worthie of prayse and rewarde. For to sell his lande, it was no fault, bicause it was lawfull for him so to doe, both by Gods law and mans. And of any craft or collusion vsed in the bargaine and sale, here is no men­tion. Neyther hath the Lorde forbidden vs, to reserue part of our owne goodes for our necessities, bicause Paule sayeth, they be worse than Infi­dels, which looke not to their owne families. And he teacheth vs, 1. Tim. 5. that wee must not so giue almes, that our liberalitie be occasion to others of ease, 2. Cor. 8. and to our selues of want and distresse. Furthermore, it seemeth he is ve­rye beneficiall to the Church of Christ, that giueth but the halfe, the third, or fourth part of his goodes to the vse thereof. Also Christ testifyeth that he shall be rewarded that giueth but a cup of colde water to any of his Disci­ples in his name. Therefore we must consider the minde of Ananias, Math. 10. which we maye gather in the other part of the historie by the wordes of Sapphira, and so we shall see wherein he offended: to saye, in hypocrisie and counter­feyting of fayth and loue, wherwith he went about to deceyue as well God as the congregation. For the ambicious man sawe what prayse and glorye Ioses the Leuite had gotten through his liberalitie. Wherefore, he being desirous also to be extolled, thought good to doe lyke as he did, yet bicause he was couetous, meaning to prouide for ne [...]de that afterwarde might en­sue, he priuily withholdeth a part of the price for his, and his wiues necessi­ties, seeking yet to be accounted in the number of those which had giuen all they had vnto the Church. Many other things be annexed with this fault, which aggrauate the heynousnesse thereof. For, to saye nothing of the am­bicion and couetousnesse which tossed the vnhappy minde of this hypocrite, as it were, with contrarie waues: it is manifest that he was distrustfull, and altogither voyde of fayth, which is the beginning of all mischiefe. For he distrusted the promises of Christ, Math. 28.6. who sayth that he will alwayes helpe his Church, and will abundantly prouide those that be his, of meate, drink, and cloth. Which promises, if he had beleeued, he woulde neyther haue feared penurie following, nor by craft haue made prouision for the time to come. To this distrust was ioyned the great contempt of God, such as Da­uid [Page 230] ascribeth to them which in their harts say either, Psal. 14.94 there is no God, or else perswade themselues, he regardeth not what becommeth of men: and sup­posed he had only to doe with men, which is the propertie of all hypocrites. For it is not like that he durst thus haue done, if he had beleeued that God had bene the beholder of our thoughts and deedes. Beside this, he commit­ted sacriledge in his owne goodes. For where he woulde haue men beleeue that he had giuen all the money he receyued for his lande, to the Church: he thereby plainly confessed that it was due to the Church. Wherefore he cannot auoide the blotte of sacriledge. And where afterward all they which had giuen their goodes to the reliefe of the Church, were founde of the Church treasurie and money, it was a sacrylegall collusion, whereby hee ment to deceiue the Church, in ioyning himselfe to them, whom the Church gaue liuing vnto. So full of euill is distrust and vnbeliefe, and such newe vices spring therof continually. So Ananias is a president of all false Chri­stians, who meane so to professe Christ, that it shall neuer be to their losse or hinderance. For when they see Christ hath set vp his kingdome in any na­tion, and doubt of the continuance thereof, they will consent and agree to the present reformation, but they will well beware of giuing any such coun­sayle, as may be occasion of any losse to them when the Church fayleth or decayeth. They go about to serue two maisters, that is to saye, Christ and the worlde, Math. 6. which Christ himselfe sayth is impossible. Yet such men moste commonly haue the greatest prayse of wisedome and modestie. But in very deede they be Ananiases, whose heart is not right with the Lorde, al­though there appeare some benefites of theirs towards the Church. These kinde of men beare the swaye nowe a dayes, and woulde God they alone bare it. For there is almost a greater number of such, as beside they doe no good to the Church, waxe riche of the church goodes, and appropriate to them selues the things that other haue giuen, who followe the example of Iudas, Iohn. 12. which where he himselfe gaue nothing vnto Christ, vsed to imbecill and pilfer awaye that that other did giue. And not content with this wic­kednesse, betrayed Christ also, so that by his example, we may learne what to looke for of such as he is.

Peters iudgement touching A­nanias fact.Furthermore, where in these dayes, such men as these are in all places, and will be taken commonly for Nurses and refourmers of the Church: they go about by manye reasons to defende themselues, and for the most part, cloke their couetousnesse with the tranquilitie of the Church, and common weale, the lawes of man, feaultyes, donations, and many such lyke. But let vs heare the iudgement of the holy ghost, pronounced by Pe­ter the Apostle, that thereby it may appeare, what we maye iudge of them, which in these dayes be worse than Ananias. For Peter by releuation of the spirite, perceyued thys guyle, and howe great prayse so euer Ananias thin­keth to get by his subtiltie, yet he coulde not beguyle Peters spirite, so [...]rue the saying of Christ is, Math 10. that nothing is so secret, but it [...]hal be disclosed. And the Apostle cloketh not the fault he espyed, but most seuerely accuseth it. By which example we are taught, that Ministers must not onely, openly accuse manifest faultes, but also whatsoeuer the wicked go secretly about, against the truth, and church of Christ. For as it is the propertie of a good Capitayne, not only to resist the open attemptes of his enimies, but also to preuent and disclose their ambusshes, and lyings in wayte: so must Mi­nisters [Page 231] of the worde, fight wyth all encouragement agaynst all the enter­prises of the wicked. There is in Peters wordes, a marueylous vehemen­cie, and his saying ryseth (as it were) by certayne steps, to the ende Ana­nias heynous fault might appeare the more. First, he detecteth the roote and beginning of all this euill, saying: Ananias, how is it, that Satan hath filled thine heart? By the which wordes, he declareth that he is destitute of all beliefe, and a plaine reprobate. The godly and elect are also tempted of Satan, which runneth vp and downe alwaye, seeking whome he may de­uoure. But for as much as they resist hym, being strong in fayth, he can not fyll their heartes. The state of the wicked, is of an other sort, who af­ter they be once fallen from the fayth, are wholy possessed of Satan, so that there is no more place left for the holy ghost in them. We are also admoni­shed, that all hypocrites, and as many as vse dissimulation in religion, are the bondemen of Satan. For Christ teacheth vs that he is the father of lying, and by thys argument, prooueth the Phariseys, Iohn. 8. to be borne of the Deuill. Where vnto the example of Iudas also may be referred, into whom it is sayde that Satan entred, after he had gone about by hys rooted hypo­crisie to be guyle Christ, and the Apostles, as his last supper. Iohn. 13. Furthermore, Peter sheweth the effect of Satan, where he sayth Ananias was brought to that poynt, to lye vnto the holye ghost, which may be vnderstanded, two maner of wayes. For partly he falsely fayned, he was ledde by the holye ghost, and partly he went about to beguyle the Church, which he knewe hytherto by many arguments was endued wyth the holy ghost. Both these meanings argue an impudent boldenesse in hym, and declare howe farre men runne, if once they suffer Satan to haue power ouer their mindes. Thirdly, drawing nearer to Ananias fact, he accuseth him, for that he had withdrawne a parte of the price of his lande. Therefore he accuseth him of theft and sacriledge, which (as I shewed a little before) we may commyt in our owne goodes. And they are all partakers with Ananias, which co­uetously conuert to their owne vse, the goodes which they knowe are due to the poore, or else ryotously waste and consume them. We offende herein both particulerly and in generall. In generall, whyle manye conuert the Church goodes, as they are called to prophane vses, the poore in the meane season not onely pyning away for hunger, but also the Churches lying de­solate for want of faythfull and fitte teachers. We offende also priuately, when we glorie that God hath appoynted vs for stewardes of his goodes, and in the meane whyle we eyther make hauock of them, neglecting the poore, or else hoorde them vp at home, so that they neyther profite vs, nor others. Yet such menne as these, commonly complaine of the mulitude of beggers, as though it were impossible to helpe them all. But they are re­prooued of lying, by their prodigalitie: which to maintayne, they haue goods ynough, by the rust of their money, which with insatiable greedinesse they lay vp, and looke vpon in their Cofers: and by the abundance of their ap­parell, which they rather suffer mothes to eate, than they wyll gyue them, or the money they might make by selling them, vnto the poore, and so (as Iames sayth) they shall one day feele their damnation to be increased, by those verie thinges, wherevnto they haue bene so much giuen and addic­ted. But that Ananias should haue nothing to excuse hymselfe by, Peter she­weth he was forced by no necessitie to doe so wickedly, saying: Pertayned not [Page 232] thy lande to thy selfe onely? and after it was solde, was it not in thyne owne power? Thou mightest eyther haue solde thy lande, or else haue kept all the money therof to thy selfe, and no man would haue thought thee euer the lesse worthy the company of the Christians. Whereby it may euydently be gathered, that no man was compelled by any lawe to sell hys goodes, but that this was a free and voluntary contrubution, as was declared in the former Sermon, and yet Peter leaueth not here, but sheweth the heynous­nesse of thys offence to be so great, that a Christian man shoulde not once haue thought any such thing, much lesse haue done it. For he sayth: Why hast thou conceyued this thing in thy heart? For Christ requyreth so great sinceritie and vprightnesse in those that be his, that he will not onely haue their maners and outwarde conuersation pure, but also their mindes and cogitations voyde of all dissimulation. Last of all, he rehearseth the chiefe of all the matter. Thou hast not lyed to men, but vnto God. For thou hast not to doe with men onely, but also with God, which searcheth the hartes, and the reynes, who thou shalt perceyue will be a reuenger of thy wic­kednesse. Let vs marke in these thinges, howe to take them, which vnder the pretence of fayth and religion, go about to deceyue menne. Amongst whome, with Ananias, they be the chiefe, which haulting on both sides, so professe Christes religion, that although the kingdome of Christ fayle, or fall vpon the earth, they will prouyde for themselues well ynough. Next vnto these be those, which lyke vnto Iudas, robbe Christ and his Church, eyther by craft or open force, and at length betraye him with a kisse. Wher­vnto may be ioyned Ieroboamyshe princes, which vse religion to establishe their tyranny, whyle they prescribe such articles of fayth, and thrust in such rytes of religion, as they knowe are not commaunded by Gods worde, but depende vpon the meere traditions of men: and seeke none other thing, but to keepe men in awe and obedience, ouer whome they raigne, as we reade Ieroboam once dyd, 1. Reg. 12.13. the first author of tyranny among the Israelites. And as many as vnder the cloke of the gospell, and christian fayth, seeke to lyue licentiouslye, are lyke vnto them, whereof there is in these dayes a great number. And it is an easie matter, for all these, eyther to beguyle men, or else to put them so to silence, that they shall not bewray out their hypocrisie. But bycause they lye not vnto men onely, but also to God hym­selfe, Psalme. 5. Prou. 12. Apoca. 21. they shall neuer escape vnpunished. For as nothing can be hidden from hym: so vseth he most to hate and abhor [...]e lyers, of all others. And Christ testifyeth that such shall be shutte out of his kingdome. For who would thinke him an honest man, which would suffer other to be beguyled vnder the pretence of his name? Therefore what folly, or madnesse is it, to imagine God to be such an one, who is truth it selfe.

The pu­nishment of Ananias.But to returne to the history: doth Ananias fact seeme so horrible a thing to Peter onely? Nay, it is more horrible in Gods iudgement, as the suc­cesse thereof declareth. For as soone as he heard these wordes, he ended his lyfe by sodaine death, casting all them into a great feare, by his miserable ende, who heard of the same: whereof we will speake hereafter, when we shall entreate of the like destruction of Sapphira his wife. First, we haue here to consider the efficacie of Gods worde, which God will haue perfour­med, though it be vttered but by man. For the strength thereof dependeth not on mans authoritie, but standeth of, and by it selfe. Thys is to be vn­derstanded [Page 233] as well of the promises, as threates which are conteyned in the scripture. For whatsoeuer the preachers promise the faythfull seruaunts of God, they shall be as well fulfilled, as if God from heauen would thun­der them out. And whatsoeuer they threaten vnto the wicked, and pro­phane contempners of God, they shall vndoubtedly fall vpon them. The worde of Christ witnesseth the same, which sayth, Math. 16. Iohn. 20. that whatsoeuer his mi­nisters binde or loose on earth, shall be bounde, or loosed in heauen. And let no man here obiect vnto me, that God alwayes vseth not so present an execution of his iudgements, as we here see. For although the wicked take occasion hereby to mock, and make light all maner of threates: Yet shall they buye this carelesnesse full deare, when they shall here the voyce of Chryst their iudge, whome they shall not be able to abyde. Let vs rather acknowledge the long suffering of God, which therfore sometimes differ­reth his punishment, to giue vs a time to repent in. And sometimes againe sheweth some examples of his iudgement, to declare the truth and autho­ritie of his worde.

Furthermore, it is to be considered, how Peter slayeth Ananias by the worde and pronouncing of Gods iudgement, whervnto that is not vnlike that Paule did, when he strake Elymas the Sorcerer blinde, as we shall see in the .xiij. Chapiter. These things might seeme to haue beene vns [...]emely for such as had the Ministerie of lyfe and saluation committed vnto them. But the Apostles deserue no maner of reprehension, to whome amongst other giftes of the holy ghost, Paule teacheth the efficacie of powers was giuen, that is an effectuall power of perfourming the thing that they spake. 1. Cor. 12. Here also is the right and authoritie of the sworde prooued, which the Ma­gistrate hath to punishe malefactours by. For if Peter and Paule may be ex­cused for that they vsed the gift gyuen them of God agaynst Ananias and Elymas the Sorcerer: with what reason shall we accuse the Magistrate, who lykewise hath the authoritie of the sworde committed him of God? Rom. 13. And me thinketh there needeth no long disputation, agaynst them, which in matters of religion will haue the authoritie of the sworde altogyther to cease. For though we graunt them, that no man ought violently to be com­pelled to the fayth, for that it is the gift of God, yet is it the Magistrates duetie, by the sworde to keepe vnder both blasphemers, deceyuers, and false teachers, least for lacke of punishment, they doe, and speake agayns [...] the glorie of God, and publike tranquilitie. See the [...]aw. Leuit. 24. Deut. 13. Neyther seemeth Peter in thys present place, nor Paule afterwarde, to haue sought any other thing, than the defence of religion. In primis let vs beare in minde the chiefe poynt of this hystorie, and being frayde with the horri­ble example of Ananias, let vs flye dissimulation, let vs worship God in spirite and truth, and cleaue to Iesus Christ, with mindes burning in god­ly fayth: to whome be prayse, honour, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xxxiij. Homelie.

‘AND it came to passe, that as it were about the space of three houres after, his wyfe came in, ignorant of that which was done. And Peter sayd vnto hir. Tell me. Solde ye not the lande for so much? And shee sayde yea, for so much. [Page 234] Then Peter saide vnto hir. Why haue yee agreed togither to tempt the spirite of the Lorde? Beholde the feete of them which haue buryed thy husbande, are at the dore, and shall carie thee out. Then fell she downe streyte waye at his feete, and yeelded vp the ghost. And the yong men came in, and founde hir deade, and caryed hir out, and buryed hir by hir husbande.’

BYcause our Sauiour Iesus Christ was not ignoraunt, that there would be alwayes false bre­thren and hypocrites in the Church, which would be au­thors of great offences: he would therefore in the be­ginning and springth of the Church, haue some terrible example shewed agaynst them, whereby we myght learne what such as they be, shoulde looke for and trust to. We haue seene the first part hereof in Ananias, in whom the conditions of hypocrytes are trimly expressed. These men are destitute of true fayth, which thing is the fountaine & beginning of all euill. For hereof it commeth to passe, that they wickedly mocke and despise as well God, as his Church. Herevnto maye we adde incurable obstinacie, the accomplishment of all vice, wherby it commeth to passe, that a man may easilier conuert open syn­ners, than such as haue once purposed in theyr minde, to deceyue the con­gregation by hypocrisie and dissimulation. These things shall appeare the more plainely, if we consyder the other part of thys storie, which contay­neth as dolorous and lamentable an ende of Sapphira, which within three houres after, not knowing of hir husbandes death, came in vnto Peter, and the faythfull which were with him, as Luke reporteth. For commonly it so commeth to passe, that we knowe those things last, which it behooued vs first to knowe, bicause menne vse rather in our absence to disclose our faultes, than to reprooue vs to our face. Then also the affection of loue so worketh in the godly, that they vnwyllingly bring tydings of anye thing, which may giue occasion of griefe to their neighbours. Which seemeth me to be the cause that Sapphira as yet, knewe not of the death of hir husband. But to the ende we may receyue the more vtilitie by consideration of thys hystorie: first of all we will speake of the question wherewith Peter begin­neth with hir, and then of the ouer bolde confidence of Sapphira, and last of all, of the punishment, wherewith God was reuenged on hir.

Peters demaunde was neyther light nor superfluous. For thereby Sap­phiras impietie did appeare the playner, Peter reproo­ueth Sapphi­ras naugh­tinesse. which otherwise might eyther haue seemed ignoraunt of hir husbandes craft, or else to haue bene induced by hys authoritie so to haue dissembled. Therefore Peter requireth of hir a reason, of this their doing, saying: Tell me, solde you the lande for so much? Furthermore, where the successe of the matter declareth, that Peter did no­thing of priuate affection, but by the instinct of the holy ghost, it behooueth vs here to marke the order that God vseth in punishing the wicked. The incurable naughtinesse of Sapphira, could not be hidden from him, neyther coulde any man haue letted him, to haue punished the same by and by. But he woulde haue a time of repentaunce graunted hir, and hir minde to be tryed, and stirred vp by a straunge demaunde, least he might seeme ouer hastie to anye man by his seueritie. Such examples of Gods long suffe­raunce, are euerywhere extant. For he is well ware of vsing any crueltie [Page 235] against the guiltie, as Tyrannes doe, but will haue them vnderstande by what offences they haue prouoked his wrath and punishment agaynst themselues. Thus we read he did with our first parents, Gene. 3. and he gaue them that liued in the beginning of the worlde, an hundred and twentie yeares space, wherein to repent them, and did also vouchsafe to sende them Noah, Gene. 6. 2. Peter. 2. Gene. 15. the preacher of righteousnesse. Likewise he would not destroy the Chanaa­nites and Amorrhites, vntill he saw they filled the measure of iniquitie, and were become alltogither incurable. But what neede examples, seeing we haue plentie both in the holy & prophane hystories, to let passe those things whereof wee see experience daylie, both in others, and in our selues? Let vs rather apply these matters to our instruction, and first of all, let vs not abuse the long suffering of God. For he prouoketh vs to repentaunce. Let vs not therefore like reprobates, procure vnto vs the wrath of God, Roma. 2▪ by contynuing in synne without repentaunce, and waxe euery day woorse and woorse. For God is slacke in punishing, but this slacknesse, (as the heathen haue vsed to saye) he recompenceth with weight and heauinesse of punish­ment. Also let vs followe the goodnesse of God, Valerius Maximus 1. booke. 2. chap. and not be to hastie in our iudgement, although it appeare some haue deserued punishment. For where God euery where desyreth the saluation, rather than destruction of men, what boldnesse is it I pray you, to s [...]ryue to ouercome Gods iustice by our rigour and seueritie? which thing they haue chiefely to consider, which haue receiued power and authoritie from God to punishe other, least through their seueritie and hastinesse of iudgement, they bring the bodyes and soules of them in ieopardie, whose saluation they shoulde principallye seeke.

But let vs harcken to Sapphira, who boldly lyeth without all shame and feare of God. And she doth not simply affirme the thing, but vsing a signe of contestation, confirmeth as it were by an o [...]h, that which she knew to be false. For where euery man had libertie to giue what seemed him good, it was lyke hytherto that no man was required to giue account before the congregation what he receyued and layde forth. Therefore Sapphira should haue thought that it was not without some mysterie, that such a question was now mooued, especially knowing in hir selfe that she was guiltie. But where without all care, and boldly she dareth to lye, she prooueth by a strong argument, that she is altogither incurable▪ For what goodnesse may a man there hope for, where shame is banished, wherewith honest natures (as it were with a bridle) are kept in doing their dutie? In the meane season, Sapphira expresseth a confident audacitie, which is the peculiar propertie of hypocrites. For whome feare they, that haue minded to beguyle God, and are not afrayde of his sight▪ Wherefore the Scripture by many examples prooueth that that there is nothing more bolde and confident than hypocri­sie. And where open sinners for the most part fall downe at the first worde that God speaketh, and are afrayde to come in his sight: Hypocrites dare euen then vaunte of their integritie & perfection, when they feele their con­sciences wounded & layd open before the iudgement of God. Caine sheweth vs an example of this thing, who being asked for Abel his brother, durst ma­lapertly answere God & say: who hath made me my brothers keeper? Gene. 4. And in the Prophete, the Hypocrytes expostulate with God, as being to wayward, where they saye: wherefore fast we, and [...]hou seest vs not? wee put our liues [Page 236] to straightnesse, Esay. 58. and thou regardest vs not? Againe: It is but lost labour to serue God: what profite haue we for keeping his commaundementes, and for walking humbly before the Lorde of hostes? Malach 3. What shall we saye of Iudas the Traytour, who when he knewe Christ was not ignoraunt of his wicked­nesse, and perceiued he was grieuously rebuked and reprehended, yet with the other Apostles he dare to aske Christ, whether he suspect him of so great an offence? Math. 26. And Sapphiras confidence is as great, considering there were so many examples that declared the Apostles were inspired with the holy ghost. It is very profitable to marke well these thinges, that through their boldenesse and temeritie hypocrites beguile vs not, or by their wicked say­ings put vs of.

Ananias and Sapphira, tempted the spirite of the Lorde.But let vs returne vnto Peter, who by inspiration of the holy spirite vnderstandeth this fraude and guyle, and suffreth himselfe not to be moo­ued with this womanish and hypocriticall boldenesse, but pronounceth the sentence of God which the same spirite put in his minde, agaynst hir, which consisteth of two partes. The first accuseth and reprooueth hir sinne. For God punisheth no person, but first conuict of his sinne, that he may vnder­stande wherefore he is punished. Howe commeth it to passe that you haue a­greed togither to tempt the spirite of the Lorde? He amplifyeth the boldenesse and heynousnesse of the fact, by admiration and interrogation: and he sayth they haue conspired togither to tempt the spirite of the Lorde. But if a man woulde haue asked Ananias or Sapphira of this their doing: I beleeue they woulde haue earnestly denyed they had had any such meaning. But it ma­keth no matter what iudgement we haue of our sinnes, for they are exami­ned after the rule of Gods lawe. And bicause these two maried folke went about to beguyle the congregation, in whome the spirite of God is resident and reigneth: it cannot be denied, but through wicked temeritie they temp­ted the spirite of God. Therefore, by their hypocriticall wilynesse, they sin­ned against the lawe, Deuter. 6. which forbiddeth to tempt God. And they are lymed with the same fault which go about in these dayes to beguyle the Church of Christ with counterfayting of fayth and holynesse, who also shall well find that God will not let them go vnpunished for their tempting of him.

And least Sapphira might be excused by the authoritie and commaunde­ment of hir husbande, Consent in synne deser­u [...]th punish­ment. Peter first accuseth the consent that was betweene them, and by that argument taketh from hir all excuse. Where we learne that no man must consent to euill men, if he will escape the iudgement of God, no not to those which haue authoritie ouer vs giuen them of God. For the man had power giuen him ouer his wife, when it was sayde to Eue: Thy lust shall pertay [...]e to thy husbande, Gene. 3. Ephe [...]. 5. Colod. 3. and hee shall haue the rule ouer thee. And the Apostles commaunde wiues to be obedient vnto their husbandes. But Sapphira is blamed for this onely, that she consented to hir husbande, who craftily withhelde a part of the money which he woulde seeme to haue giuen to the church. Therfore the sinne that is committed against the lawes of God, can be excused by no authoritie or commaundement of man: bi­cause we must obeye God rather than man, as Peter before had sayde, and shall be repeated agayne in this Chapter. Nowe, if it be not lawfull to con­sent to their sin [...]es which haue power ouer vs, by the ordinaunce of God: what s [...]all become of those, which allowe and defende not onely with con­sent of minde, but by vnlawfull company and publike prayse, the wicked­nesse [Page 237] of them, whose companie they maye altogither forbeare, yea, which by the lawes of God they ought to forbeare? To say nothing of them which are companions with them in their traueyle and daungers, and helpe them forwarde in their mischieuousnesse.

The other part of Gods sentence pronounced by Peter, The punish­ment of Sap­phira, was the same, that Ananias had. conteyneth the punishment which Sapphira had with hir husbande. Beholde (sayeth he) the feete of them which buried thy husbande, bee ready at the doore, to carye thee out. And by and by, she fell downe deade at Peters feete, and was caried forth, and buried by hir husbande. This is the tenour of Gods iustice, that they which commit like fault, are punished with like punishment, as he te­stifieth in the Prophete, saying: Should I not punishe these things, and should I not be auenged of all such people as these be? Ierem. 5. Hereof ought a generall rule to be taken, which must extende to all sinnes and wickednesse. For he that in times past reuenged most seuerely the oppression of the poore, vniust vi­olence, tyrannie, vsurie, slaughter, adulterie, whoredome, and such like: he will punishe the same in vs at this day, except we repent as be commeth Christians. Yet the chiefe ende and meaning of this place is, that we should learne what remayneth for them, which vnder the pretence of Christ, seeke their owne lucre, and dare deceyue the Church. It seemeth sometimes that the worlde laugheth vpon them, but their felicitie is not stable, and they long enioye not their goodes wrongfully gotten. For, Iob. 20. the gladnesse of the vngodly is quickly ended, and the ioy of hypocrites continueth but the twink­ling of an eye. We haue also an example hereof in Iudas the Traytor, who when he thought he had best prouided for his owne behoofe, and seemed to haue bene in high fauour with the Bishops, feeleth in himselfe such seueri­tie of Gods iustice, that it driueth him to the halter, so that he coulde long enioye neyther his lyfe, nor his money, which was dearer to him than his lyfe. And God graunt that a number in these dayes, taste not of the lyke punishment, which vnder colour of the Gospell haue sought nothing else but the spoyle and possession of the Church goods. We haue seene these men turned out againe by Monkes and Bishops, and that they haue founde no helpe or succour in those goodes, which they had layde vp for that vse to defende the Church, by force agaynst the open enimies of religion. And better successe let them not looke for, which commit lyke offence. For if A­nanias and Sapphira deserued sodeyne death, who as Luke writeth, tooke nothing from the Church, but deceytfully put aside and withhelde part of their owne goods: what deathes and mischiefes doe not they deserue▪ which dare ryfle Churches by open force, and publike authoritie? Let vs in these things acknowledge the power of Iesus Christ, who, as he alwayes doth vouchsafe to be mercifull to his Church, so will he not suffer hir to be be­guiled, but will worthily punish both hir professed enimies and persecutors, and also all hypocrites and deceyuers, that the synceritie of true religion may be preserued: to him be prayse, honor, power, & glorye for euer. Amen.

The .xxxiiij. Homelie.

‘AND great feare came on all the congregation, and as many as hearde it. By the handes of the Apostles were many signes and wonders shewed among [Page 238] the people. And they were all togither with one accorde in Salomons porch. An [...] of other durst no man ioyne himselfe to them. Neuerthelesse, the people magnified them. The number of them that beleeued in the Lord, both of men and women grewe more and more: in so much that they brought the sicke into the streetes, and layde them on the beddes and couches, [...]hat at the least waye the shadowe of Peter, when he came by, might shadowe some of them. There came also a multitude out of the Cities rounde about, vnto Ierusalem, bringing sicke folkes, and them which were vexed with vncleane spirites. And they were healed euery one.’

WEe haue hearde the horrible example of Goddes iudgement, whereby Ananias and his wife Sap­phira were punished with sodeyne death, both for that they falsly counterfeyted a fayth in Christ, and al so went about to beguyle the Churche, in the goodes that were giuen for the reliefe of the poore. This example teacheth vs how great the seueritie of God is, in punishing of hy­pocrytes, who as he cannot be deceyued, so can he not but be grieuouslye offended with them that go about to beguyle him. We haue seene also what a feruent desire was in the primitiue Church, to conserue and mainteyne discipline, least eyther dissemblers or open malefactors shoulde creepe in, and cause the fayth of Christ eyther to be defamed or suspected. And to thin­tent all posteritie myght be enflamed to followe the same, this present place followeth, which rehearseth manye and singuler fruites of this ex­ample, whereto are adioyned the traueyles and exercises of the primitiue Church, to thintent we maye learne by them, what we haue in these dayes to doe, if we desire to haue the kingdome of God enlarged, or Christ to be fauourable vnto vs.

First, Luke sayeth: And great feare came on all the congregation, and on as manye as hearde these thinges. Discipline keepeth both good and bad in their duty. Then the Christians feared as well as straungers, to whome the report of this thing came. And this was no vn­profitable feare, for by it, the godlye were the more aware, and traueyled the more earnestly in Gods affayres▪ and the enimies durst doe the lesse a­gainst the Church, which they sawe had the spirite of God so manifestlye with them. This is the chiefe fruite of ecclesiasticall discipline, that it kee­peth the godly in doing their dutie, and feareth the vngodly. Now a dayes bicause all men may doe what they will, the Churches being disordered by licentiousnesse of lyfe, The vse of the iudge­mentes of God. become a praye to the enimies. Here must we also learne the vse of Gods iudgementes, which consisteth in this, that by them we learne Gods iustice, and being afrayde, amende our liues by the godly consideration thereof. God taught vs this vse▪ when he shewed Abraham the horrible destruction of Sodome, saying: I knowe that he will commaund his housholde, and his children after him, that they keepe the way of the Lord, and doe after right and conscience. Gene. 18. And for this cause woulde [...]e, that the presidentes of his iudgementes, shoulde be recorded in writing, and be reade in the Church both priuately and apertly, as Asaph testifieth: where he thus writeth: He made a couenant with Iacob, and gaue Israel a law: which he commaunded our forefathers to teache their children. Psalm. 78. That their posteritie might knowe it, and the children which were yet vnborne. To the intent that [Page 239] when they grew vp, they might shew their children the same. That they might put their trust in God, and not to forget the woorkes of God, but to keepe his commaundementes. And not to be as their forefathers. &c. Therefore this vse of Gods iudgement whereby Ananias and Sapphiras dissimulation is puni­shed, must also be now a dayes retained, that we may conceyue a true feare of God, and take heede of hypocrisie, and worship God in spirite and truth, as Christ hath commaunded vs, yea, let all men be excited with this exam­ple, and applye vnto themselues whatsoeuer any where in hystories is written of this kinde, that by other mennes examples they maye learne what they haue to doe, if they meane to auoyde the wrath of God.

Secondlye, it is sayde of the Apostles, The m [...]ra­cles of the Apostles. that by their ministerie many signes and woonders were shewed among the people. Wherby it appeareth the prayers of the faythfull were hearde also in this behalfe, which besought God that the Apostles might be endued with myracles, through the autho­ritie whereof they might be holpen in setting forth the kingdome of Christ. And they worke not only common myracles, but their power is extended so farre, that the diseased layde in the streete desire but the shadowe of Peter pa [...]sing by, and thinke that it will helpe them. Nowe beginneth that saying of Christ to be fulfilled: He that beleeueth in mee, the woorkes that I doe, he shall doe the same, and greater than these shall he doe. This is the second fruit of ecclesiasticall discipline, that God heareth the prayers of the Church, Prouer. 28. and encreaseth the gifts of his spirite, where contrarily, he abhorreth their pray­ers, which stop their eares at his lawe. This appeareth by histories, which euidently declare, that the rarer giftes of the holy ghost, and working of myracles, began then to cease, when discipline beganne to waxe dissolute, and corruption of maners encreased. Yet let no man thinke that superstiti­on is here defended, by that is written of Peters shadowe, no more than by that we shall afterwarde heare of Paules handkerchefe▪ Some vse thus to reason of this place. If Peters shadow helped many, how much more shall his rayment and bones? And herof springeth all that confused Chaos of su­perstition, which we see is in pilgrimages, & about Saints reliques, wher­of the most part be counterfeyted. But we say that these myracles were not wrought to testifie eyther of Peter or Paules power, but to confirme the prea­ching of the Gospell, whereof they were ministers. Therefore they serue to commende and set forth the Gospell, and sende men vnto Christ, whom vaine superstition hath hitherto entangled in trifles of no profite. Further­more, we may more firmely reason of Peters wordes which we heard in the thirde chapter. There is more regarde with God of vertue and godlynesse, than is of garmentes, or of all mannes bodye: yea, the vertue and godly­nesse of the Saints auayled nothing to the working of myracles. Therfore much lesse ought they to be ascribed to their garmentes, or to their bones. We will adde to this argument, how in an other place it is sayd, Luke. 6.8. that power went from Christ himselfe, not from his cote. But superstition will quickly fall, if we consider the ende and marke wherto all myracles are to be re­ferred, and directed, which is of two sortes. First, Math. 10. Mark. 16. it behooued that by them the doctrine of the Apostles shoulde be confirmed, as Christ himselfe tea­cheth. Wherevpon we gather that he is to be beleeued, and that nowe a dayes we neede no newe myracles. For if the Ministers preache the doc­trine of the Apostles, that doctrine hath long sithence bene prooued and con­firmed [Page 240] by miracles. And if they teach a doctrine not agreable with that, they ought not to be receyued, though they worke neuer so many myracles: for­asmuch as myracles are permitted to false and Antichristian teachers, to thende the fayth of the elect maye appeare the more manifest and euident. See Deuter. 13. Math. 24.2. Thess. 2. The other ende and vse of myracles is, to teach the knowledge of Iesus Christ, in whose name they were wrought by the Apostles, and Apostolike men. Diuers diseased with sicknesses and infirmities, are in Christes name healed, and with them some Demoni­ackes, whome the naughtie spirite of Satan did haunt. Therefore let vs acknowledge Iesus Christ to be hee, which as sayeth the Prophete, hath borne our diseases and infirmities, and he that healeth not onely our bo­dies, but also our soules. For we being borne againe of his spirite and word, Phil. 4. receiue fresh strength, so that we are able to do all things through his comfort. He only deliuereth vs from the tyranny of Satan. For he therfore came into the world as Iohn saith, 1. Iohn. 3. to destroy the workes of the Deuill. And the first promise of saluation teacheth vs, Gene. 3. that through his power and me­rite, the serpentes heade must be troden downe. Which to be done alredy, himselfe partly teacheth in the gospell, and partly the myracles wrought in his name, abundantly testifie. And Luke sayth they were all healed in the name of Christ that were brought vnto the Apostles to be healed. Where­vpon we gather, that he is an vniuersall Sauiour, who as he calleth all men vnto him that labour and are laden: Math. 11. Iohn. 6. euen so he excludeth none that come vnto him.

He adioyneth to the Apostles myracles, the publike exercise of the whole Church, The exerci­ses of the primitiue Church. where he sayth: they all continued with one accorde in Salo­mons porch. Which is to be vnderstanded of their holy assemblies, as ap­peareth by the ende of the seconde Chapter, where there is mention made of houses, in which they brake breade. The Euangelist by this place mea­neth none other thing, but that the faythfull had a speciall care to come vn­to the Church, and there to be vnited togither, not so much in bodies as in myndes, by fayth and charitie. Wherein they shewe vs an example of chri­stian stoutnesse and constancie, who being not ignorant of the threates and decrees of the Counsell, woulde not yet for all that, refrayne from com­myng among the congregation. Howbeit, it woulde haue sufficed mannes wisedome to haue kept their fayth in their myndes, and to haue commo­ned of Christ with their faythfull brethren, wythin their priuate houses. And now a dayes many excuse their dastardlynesse by these reasons, wher­by they account the confession of Christ amongest indifferent thinges, and suffer Princes by their decrees and lawes to wring and wrest it from them, yea, it is thought a poynt of prudencie in tyme of daunger to dissemble our fayth, to intermit comming to the Church, and all Sacraments, eyther vt­terly not to meddle with articles in controuersie, or else to make a shyp­mans hose of them, or else wholye to denye the fayth. But what yll ende the successes of this wisedome hath, the Church findeth not without great griefe, and the destruction of manye. They doe muche better which haue learned of Christs wordes, that confession can not be seperated from faith. For with the heart we beleeue vnto righteousnesse, but with the mouth con­fession is made vnto saluation. Rom. 10. And it is Christes saying: Whosoeuer shall be ashamed of me and my wordes in this adulterous and sinfull generation, of him [Page 241] also shall the sonne of man be ashamed, Marc. 8. when he commeth in the glory of his father, with the holy Aungels. Let vs consider that it is not without a cause that mention is so often made of comming to the Church. For, hereof we gather, that the Church can by no meanes stande wythout these assem­blies, both bicause of publike prayers, which Christ hath commended to vs, not without a peculiar promyse, and also to preuent false teachers, whose propertie Paule wryteth, is to go into houses, and to bring into bon­dage women laden with sinne, and all such as lye open to their craftynesse. 2. Tim. 3. And that no man shoulde take occasion to trouble or breake so necessary an order, Christ himselfe neuer shunned comming to the Church, but taught therein openly, and by that argument prooueth, Iob. 18. that he ought to be taken neyther for schismatike, nor false teacher. And for this cause it seemeth that the first beleeuers abhorred not the Iewes temple, bicause they had no more commodious place in all the Citie. The Anabaptistes are confuted by this example, a fanaticall broode and kinde of seditious people, which thinke it vnlawfull to come within our Churches, and in our congregati­on, and haue a great warynesse that they be not polluted with them, where notwithstanding it seemeth to them but a trifle, to make a schisme in the Church of Christ, which is the most horrible and detestable crime that is.

But let vs returne to the discipline, The maiestie of those that be vnfayned Christians. and exercises of the primitiue Church, amongst which in the thirde place is conteined a certaine maiestie, that made the enimies afrayde of them, and all the people to reuerence them. For Luke sayth: Of other durst no man ioyne himselfe vnto them. But the people magnified them. Which is to be vnderstanded of those which were not vtter [...]y godlesse, and voyde of all religion, and yet were ledde with the carke and cares of the worlde, and the fleshe. For when they had seene the horrible and vnhappie ende of Ananias and Sapphira, they were afrayde to ioine themselues to the company of those that punished hypocrisie so seuere­ly, their consciences well knowing their owne imperfection. Therfore the societie and company of the Church, was from thence forth the purer, into the which perhaps at the first, many such as Ananias was, had craftily crept in, yet these men in the meane season, had a good opinion of them, and pub­lished theyr prayses abroad, bicause they sawe a certayne kinde of heauen­ly and Aungelike lyfe shine in them. Diuers lyke examples of them maye we reade in hystories. And vnder Traian the Emperour, Plinius the yong [...]r in his epystles, Ter­tullian in hys Apologie for y e Christians, whome Euse­bius cyteth in the .iii. booke of his history cha. 32. &. 33. the Chris­tians lyfe was so vnblameable, that where he intended to persecute them, at the intreatie of Plinius Secundus, who was one of the iudges, they were let alone and not medled with. Thys place teacheth vs two things, most worthy to be obserued. First that the Church consisteth onely of faythfull persons, and such as are true christians, and that lying hypocrites can haue no place therein. For where Christ is the king of truth (as he testifyed be­fore Pylate) he can not abyde nor suffer lyers and hypocrites. And in the Gospell he sayth, they shall be put out from the maryage, which come in without the wedding garment. In an other place, Math. 22. he adiudgeth them to e­ternall damnation, with the fearefull and vnbeleeuing, and the abhominable, Adoc. 21. and murtherers, and whoremongers, and Sorcerers, and Idolators. Secondly, we learne what getteth christians authoritie and fauour with men, verilye when they aunswere to their vocation, Math. 5. and lyue a lyfe aunswerable to the name of Christ, whereby God our heauenly father may be glorifyed. For [Page 242] that that God sayde vnto Heli the priest, by his Prophete, shall alwayes stand firme and ratified. 1. Sam. 2. Them that worship me, will I worship, and they that despise me shall come to shame. Which things if we would diligently consy­der, it should easily appeare, howe it commeth to passe, that the name of the Gospell in these dayes is euerywhere enuyed, and the professours there­of for the most part are hated and slaundered. Our vnbrideled and dissolute lyfe deserueth it, whereby vnder a pretence of the gospell, we burst into all vngodlynesse, and we which would seeme holyer than all others, doe passe all other almost in lycentious lyuing. Let vs amende these things, and we shall quickly prooue the Church shall be reuerenced agayne, as she was woont. The Church is encreased by persecu­tions. Fourthly he sayth, that there was daylie added to the Church newe christians, as well men as women, which were indued with true fayth, and were moued thervnto by the holy ghost. Thys teacheth vs how vaine the attemptes of Christes enimyes are, seeing they that had the supremacy in the Citie of Ierusalem, were not able to hynder the growth of the Church nowe springing. For as Christ sayth: The winde bloweth where it will, Iohn. 3. and is subiect to no mans pleasure or appointment. And dyuers exam­ples teach vs, that the Church in tyme of persecutions alwaye increased, rather than diminished. For this is the propertie of Christ, to beare rule in the middest of his enimies. Psal. 110. Let no man therefore be feared, with the mana­ces of wicked enimies, as though it were in their power to ouerthrowe the Church. For it is buylt vpon Christ, against whome the gates of Hell cannot preuayle. Math. 16.

The king­dome of Christ sprea­deth to them neare vnto Ierusalem.Besides this, the kingdome of Christ beginneth to be spreade abroad in the Cities nigh adioyning. For the fame of these myracles being caried to and fro, caused a great manye to bring their sicke and demoniake people to Ierusalem, and by that occasion, they came to the knowledge of Christ. The chiefe vse of this place is to make vs in these dayes vnderstande, by what meanes Christes kingdome may be enlarged. Wherein they which vnder the cloke of the Gospell, follow carnall wisedome, and haue not yet subdued the same, to the obedyence of faith, take dyuers consultations. For there be some, that thinke it best for the faythfull to serue the time, to graunt many things, and to winke at other, vntill the worlde maye looke with an other countenaunce, and their mindes waxe calmer, which now hate the truth. Other agayne, turning to carnall defences, thinke good by confede­racie and fight, to bring the matter to passe. But the successe of things proo­ueth both these sortes to be farre wyde and deceyued. For this is Gods businesse, and can be brought to passe with none other power and strength than his: zach. 4. Neyther thorow an hoste of men, neyther thorow strength, but tho­rowe my spirite, as the Lorde sayth by his Prophet. And agayne: I will saue them in the Lord their God, and I will not saue them by bow, nor sword, nor by battayle, nor by horse, nor by horsemen. &c. We know in deede some­time that he vseth the ministerie of Princes and men, and warre, as the examples of the Machabees, of Constantine, and Theodosius doe testifie, but euen then he so moderateth the matter, that the power of his spirite, shew­eth it selfe in the middle of these thinges, and hath onely the prehemi­nencie. Therefore let as many as consult how to haue the Church main­teyned and the kingdome of Christ aduaunced, regarde him onely. For when they go about to bring the matter to passe by mans counsell and de­fence, [Page 243] there will not God worke any longer. Therefore let vs continue in the exercises of the primitiue Church, such as Luke hitherto hath rehearsed. Let the teachers constantly preach the doctrine of truth, & not suffer them­selues to be plucked from the same, considering it hath bene confirmed by so many myracles, let them that will be taken for christians, earnestly har­ken to the same, and let them ioyne contynuall prayers to the studye of the worde, for as much as without Gods secrete working, nothing can be brought to passe. Let the authoritie of Ecclesiasticall discipline be in force, that neyther hypocrites, nor open naughtie packes, may haue any place in the Church. Let the studie of loue, and liberalitie towarde the poore, raigne amongst vs, that the household of fayth through our couetousnesse, be not gased on, like publike stages of beggerie. Bycause these thinges nowe a dayes, are not onely neglected, but also peruerted, it is no marueyle, that we see so little fruite of the doctrine of the gospell. Let vs therefore settle our selues herevnto, with all our hartes, and our Lorde, and sauiour Iesus Christ wyll helpe our studies and endeuoures: to whome be praise, honor, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The .xxxv. Homelie.

‘THEN the chiefe priest rose vp, and all they that were with him (which is the sect of the Sadduceyes, and were full of indignation, and layde handes on the Apostles, and put them in the common prison. But the Aungell of the Lorde by night opened the prison doores and brought them forth, and saide: Goe and stande, and speake in the temple to the people all the wordes of this life. When they heard that, they entred into the Temple early in the morning, and taught.’

THat Oracle of Dauid the King and Pro­phet, Psal. 110. saying that Christ should reigne in the middest of hys enimies, is verye wonderfull. Hereof we ga­ther that Christ shall rule in thys worlde, yet so, as he shall neuer want those, that shall go aboute to subuert and ouerthrowe his kingdome. Examples hereof we may euerye where see in the Scriptures, and Ecclesiasticall Hystoryes. But most manifest­lye of all others, is it seene in thys present Booke, where, in the re­port of the Apostles actes and description of the primitiue Church, Luke alwayes ioyneth these two thinges togyther (that is to say) the successe of Christes kingdome, and the furious rage of the vngodly against the same. These thinges serue to the ende that we should neyther be offended at the Crosse and aduersitie, whereof Christ so often tymes hath gyuen vs war­ning, neyther hope for anye contynuall peace and tranquillitie of the Church in thys worlde, but that we should euen then prepare our selues to the crosse, when the Church seemeth to be most in safetie. Wherevnto thys present hystorie is chiefely to be referred. For Luke a little before, setteth forth vnto vs a flowrishing state of the Church, shewing vs what a [...]thori­tie it grewe in, and how it increased day by day, in so much that the Citie of Ierusalem was nowe to little to conteyne the kingdome of Christ, bi­cause [Page 244] it began to be caryed abroad among straunge Nations. But among these so many and prosperous proceedings, there foloweth a grieuous per­secution and great daunger, bicause Christ gaue his enimies such power that they layde handes on the Apostles and put them in prison, thinking al­so to put them vnto death. Yet these things serue more to comfort vs, than to feare vs, bicause the Lorde so presently helped the Apostles, being in daunger, for the glorie of his name. But that we maye receaue the more vtilitie and profite hereby, first we must consider the enimies of Christ and the Apostles. Then howe the Lorde did elude and frustrate their enter­prise. And last of all, we will declare what the Apostles did, after they were delyuered from the perill they were in.

The eny­mies & perse­cutours of the Church. Luke wryteth diligently of the enimies and persecutours of the church, and of their enterprises. For he sayth, the high priest rose vp agaynst the Apostles, and not he alone, but all his complyces and fellowes, and they that were his nearest friendes and familiars, and these (sayth he) were of the Sadduceyes secte, that we may perceaue what corruption raigned nowe among the Iewes, when they were supreame heades of the Church, to whome the resurrection of the dead (which is the chiefe article of our fayth and religion) seemed but a game and pastime, 1. Cor. 15. as we haue often tymes declared. And surely, if they had not bene vtterly voyde of all religion, ey­ther the sinceritie of the Apostles doctrine, or the reuerente maiestie of the congregation, or the wonderfull worthynesse of myracles, and so great con­cursse of all sortes of people to the kingdome of Christ, might haue moo­ued them lesse to haue raged. But Luke declareth also what incensed them. For he sayth they were full of zeale, that is, enuie and indignation. For they could not abyde them to be had in prise and estimation, by whose doctrine theyr honor and aduauntage was defaced. Yet is it no doubt, but they made the zeale of God, and the publike commoditie of all the people, to be the pretence of their priuate affections, as we reade Caiaphas and his comply­ces did before. Wherevnto came this zeale? so farre that they layde hands on the Apostles, and commaunded them to the common gayle, as breakers of publike peace, and open malefactours. These things must be applyed to our times also, bicause it is manifest al things are written for our sakes, that we may haue enstruction, Rom. 15. and comfort thereby.

First this example teacheth vs, who are alwayes like to be the grea­test persecutors of Christes truth. From the companie of the Priestes, come the greatest eni­mies of the truth. Truely, they which glorie in the tytle of Priesthoode, and will be taken for the chiefe heades of the Church, and ought chiefely to maintaine, and preach the truth. But as soone as vnder pretence of Religion, they beginne to seeke their owne gayne and lucre, then can they neyther beleue themselues, nor yet suffer the light of the truth whose brightnesse discloseth their naughtinesse, and deceit. And such for the most parte are these Sadduceis, yea the Hogges of Epicures hearde. For vnlesse they thought the thinges written in Scripture touching Heauen and Hell, the immortalitie of the soules, and the resurrection of the deade, more vaine than fables: they woulde neuer neyther so wickedly corrupte the scriptures, with their traditions, nor yet so impudently turne relygion into priuate lucre and aduantage. 1. Thes. 2. Therefore Christ and the Apostles, shewe vs how Antichrists place and Sea, 1. Iohn. 1. should be euen in the very church that we might perceyue from whence most daunger were to be looked for [Page 245] and feared. And if we well marke these tymes, it shall appeare they one­ly haue bene the enimies of the doctrine of the Gospell, and kingdome of Christ, which heretofore haue bene thought to be the chiefe heades of the Church. For it is euident that the matters attempted by Princes and Kings, were done for their sakes, and by their procurement and instigati­on. This thing offendeth many in these daies, and make them thinke that the doctrine in our Churches is not the truth, bycause the Popes and By­shoppes are enimies thereto. But great folly it is to be offended with that which hath bene the most vsuall and common thing, since the worlde be­ganne, as other whers hath bene declared.

But we must as diligently consider wyth what craft, The crafts of the enimies of truth. and wea­pons these men fight. Where first is to be noted howe egregiouslye they can counterfaite the zeale of God, whose glorie they lament to be troden vnder foote, and his Church to be so daungerously deuided. But this is but a corrupt zeale, as we see in Caiaphas, to whome the confession of truth which Christ vttered, seemed blasphemous and intollerable. So, nothing seemeth so impious and intollerable to these our heades, as that that tasteth of the truth of the Gospell, and is repugnant to their proude tyran­nye and aduauntage. And it appeareth euen by this place, that we ought to haue no better iudgement of the zeale of our enimies, bicause that as the Bishops of the Iewes, coulde beare with the madde errours of the Sadu­ceyes, so they woulde helpe to bring downe Christ: so these men can beare with the wicked sale and marte of holye things, condemned by the Popes owne Canons, with the scorcing of Gods doctrine, with horrible periurye, whoredome, and all kinde of vnbridled lyuing, so that those things that per­taine to their vaineglory, and aduauntage, might be left alone & vntouched. But to graunt them, that in deede, they haue a zeale to the glory of God, yet can they not be excused, but are lyke vnto the Iewes, Rom. 10. which as Paule sayth, had a zeale of God, but yet were voyde of all knowledge and truth. For GOD will not haue vs followe our owne zeale, but his woorde, which for this cause he hath witsafed to reueale to all ages, to the intent no man should followe the suggestions of the fleshe, and wisedome of man. But what maner of zeale these men had, may be iudged by the successe of the thing. For they that were Stewardes of the worde of God, and ought with argumentes of Scripture, to haue brought them that erred into the waye, and to haue conuinced the gaynesayers, as men hauing forgotten their dutie, turne vnto force, and shut them in the common prison, which as yet were conuicted of no fault or crime. And this is it that Christ layde to their charge, when they came out armed with swordes and Clubbes, Luke. 22. to take him whom they dayly hearde teaching in the Temple, where he ought to haue bene conuinced, Iohn. 18. if he had taught any thing repugnaunt to Gods truth. Naye, they vsed open force, euen in their Counsell, in that they suf­fer the high Priestes seruaunt to strike Christ on the cheeke without check. Histories declare howe they haue fought these many yeares with the same weapons, agaynst the doctrine of truth. Neyther neede we to heape many examples togither, bicause that one fact of the Counsell at Constance is suf­ficient, which the heades of the Romaine Church commytted agaynst that holy martyr of Christ Iohn Husse, whome neyther his safe conduyct, ney­ther the Emperours maiestie, neyther lawe of armes, neyther intreatie [Page 246] of the godlye, nor threates of the Bohemians, coulde deliuer out of their bloudy handes. And our maisters and Bishops in these dayes, vse no ar­gumentes more often against the Teachers of the truth, than to arme Princes against the same, and those that teache it, and then thinke they are notable defenders of the Church, when they persecute the true Church of Christ with fire and sworde. To speake nothing in the meane season of such as saye the examination and hearing of these matters, appertaine no­thing to Princes, and so hale they the martyrs of Christ to their execution, without hearing their cause, first cutting out their tongues, bicause they shall not declare their fayth and cause of their death, to the people looking on. But howe farre these men passe the tyrannie of the Iewishe Bishops: so much more grieuous shall that punishment be that Christ hath ordey­ned for them, whose kingdome can be oppressed by no force of man.

God dis­appoynteth his enimies purpose, and delyuereth hys.This doth the other part of the storie declare, wherein is shewed what the Lord did in the meane whyle, who myght seeme to haue cast of all care of his Church, and suffered his enimies to long. But he neyther sleepeth nor forsaketh those that be in daunger, for his sake. For the Aungell of the Lorde came, who neyther feared the authoritie of the Priestes, nor yet the lawe for breaking the prison, but openeth the doores, bringeth out the Apo­stles, and commaundeth them to returne to the Temple, & there to preach the wordes of lyfe, that is to saye, the Gospell of Iesus Christ, in whome only lyfe is to be had. These thinges teache vs, howe God hath a care for those that be his, and that his worde cannot be bounde, although his Mi­nisters lye bounde in prison. For the breath of God breatheth where it will, and is not subiect to the iudgement of the worlde. And Paule sayth that he lyeth bounde, but that the worde of God cannot be bounde. Let no man therefore be offended with the imprisonment of the Ministers of Goddes worde, 2. Timo. 2. no not with their death, seeing the setting forth of his worde depen­deth not of vs, but of the pleasure and power of God. It shall be good, more diligently to consider the maner and ende of this deliuery.

The Angels are the Mini­sters & kee­pers of the elect.In their deliuery this is chiefely to be obserued, that God would haue the prison doores opened, by the ministerie of an Aungell, which he myght many other wayes haue brought to passe. But God woulde this waye te­stifie and declare the great dignitie of his elect, whereas not onely the infe­riour and earthly creatures, but also the heauenly spirites and Aungels, are appoynted to doe them seruice. We are taught by manye places of Scripture, to gather a generall rule hereof. Paule verily teacheth vs that the Aungels are ministering spirites, sent out for the seruice of them, which shall be heyres of saluation. Hebr. 1. And that saying of Dauid is well knowen: The Aungell of the Lorde tarieth rounde about them that feare him, and deliuereth them. Psal. 34. And that which the malignaunt Tempter expoundeth of Christ only, is to be referred to euery one of his members, whome God hath commen­ded to the charge and custodie of the Aungels, that they shoulde not dashe their foote agaynst a stone. Psal. 91. And there wanteth not examples of them which haue bene holpen by the visible ministerie of Aungelles. Loth was deli­uered from the burning of Sodome by the aungelles. Iacob [...]eeth an hoste of Aungelles, Gene. 19. Gene. 32. 2. Reg. 6. Daniel. 6. and perceyueth himselfe in safetie by their ayde and succour. Whole armies of Aungels deliuer Elizeus out of the handes of the Assiri­ans. Daniel confesseth the Aungell of the Lorde did shutte the mouthes of [Page 247] the Lyons, that they coulde doe him no hurt. Dan [...]. 6. An Aungell many daies faith­fully serued Thobias sonne, in visible shape and likenesse. An Aungell smi­teth the first borne of the Egyptians, and guideth the people of Israel through the wildernesse. And it appeareth Ezechias was deliuered from the siege of the Assirians, by the helpe of an Aungell. Esay. 37. These examples and such other lyke, are rehearsed, not to thende we also shoulde require the ministerie of Aungels, in visible wyse, but that we shoulde not doubt of their ayde and helpe, although they appeare not to vs. We manye times finde this true, when we be deliuered from secrete daungers, and so escape vnknown ieo­perdies, without all counsell or helpe of man. Let vs therefore acknow­ledge the dignitie of our nature and condicion, wherein we be set through the benefite of Gods grace. Let the same serue for our comfort, that we des­payre not in aduersitie, and for our instruction, that we offend not through our impure and naughty life the Aungels, and so driue from vs so holy and necessary a succor and defence.

Furthermore, the Aungell sheweth the ende why they are deliuered, The ende of deliuerye. where he saith to the Apostles, being brought out of prison: Go and stand, and speake in the Temple, all the wordes of this lyfe to the people. He appoynteth them therefore to returne to the execution of that office and charge, that Christ had put them in, and co mmaundeth them to their vttermost power, to set forth the kingdome of Christ, whose ayde and helpe they nowe pre­sently had prooued. Psal. 50. This agreeth with Goddes commaundement in other places, that being deliuered out of any distresse, we shoulde glorifie him. For this was not spoken onely to the Apostles, but appertayneth indiffe­rently to all men. For God will haue all men diligently to applye their vo­cation, and being deliuered out of daunger, to returne therevnto with the more feruencie, the longer they haue intermitted it. Therefore their of­fence is grieuous, which being deliuered from sickenesse, or pouertie, or other kinde of calamitie, giue themselues vnto vice and naughtynesse, and pollute the name of God with impuritie of lyfe, who seeme vnto me to bee lyke those souldiours, which being sent out to take Christ, when they were cast to the grounde by his secrete power, yet when they were permitted to ryse agayne, layde handes on him, and bounde him. And their offence is not much lesse, who when they haue once or twyse bene in daunger for the name of Christ, as though nowe they had done all their dutie, shunne all daungers that after may ensue, and auoyde all trouble that maye betyde vs, for Christes sake. And yet there be that offende more grieuously than these, who to keepe themselues out of daunger, feare not to denye the truth. But we shoulde after Paules example finish our race and course. For it is not in our power to appoynt our selues an ende of our labours and traueyle, but we must abide the pleasure of the Lorde, who although he de­ferre his helpe for a season, Abac. 2. yet will he not fayle them that firmely and con­stantly trust in him. And he is not meete for the kingdome of Christ, which hauing once set his hande to the plough, looketh backe agayne, Luc. 9. Math. 24. but he shall be safe that continueth to the ende.

It is chiefely to be noted, The Gospell is the worde of lyfe. how the Aungell calleth the Gospell of Ie­sus Christ, the worde of life. It is adourned with diuers other names in the Scripture. For it is called the worde of grace, bicause it declareth the grace of God giuen vs in Christ. Paule calleth it the word of reconciliation, [Page 248] bicause of Christ, 2. Cor. 5. who hath reconcyled God the father vnto vs. He also testi­fieth, that it is the power of god vnto saluation. In another place it is called the worde of truth, Rom. 1. and saluation. But this is the excellentest name, where it is called the worde of lyfe, which is the proper and peculiar name belon­ging to it. 1. Pet. 1. Esay. 40. Iohn. 6. For both that immortall worde liueth and raygneth for euer, and giueth life to al men, which vouchsafe to embrace it with true faith. For it preacheth to vs Iesus Christ, which only hath the words of eternall lyfe. It sheweth vs and giueth vs in him all thinges necessarye for our lyfe. In him we haue forgiuenesse of our sinnes, satisfaction, righteousnesse, sanc­tification, pryce of our redemption, and whatsoeuer other lyke. And this worde doth not onely regenerate vs into the sonnes of God by fayth in him, but also giueth vs being nowe regenerated, the spirite of adoption, by whome we crye Abba father, Rom. 8. Ephe. 1. which is the infallible pledge of our saluati­on. And for this cause the doctrine of the Gospell, excelleth all the wisedome of the world, bicause it is the guide of eternall lyfe, where the professours of other sciences, cannot safely promise vs the safety of this present life. Ther­fore it is truly compared to a most precious pearle, and to an incomparable treasure, for whose cause all men that desire true saluation, ought willing­ly to lose and bestowe all their goodes. Agayne, bicause for Christes sake, who is lyfe and saluation, the Gospell is adourned with so singuler a title, all those doctrines ought to be reputed for deadly and pestiferous, that ob­scure the merite of Christ, and pull mennes mindes from the fayth in him. Which doctrines whosoeuer professe, they are theeues and murtherers, both for that they robbe Christ of his glorye, and also for that in steede of the worde of lyfe, they giue vnto the simple followers thereof, the deadly poy­son of mannes traditions.

But let vs returne to the Apostles, who as Luke writeth, obeyed the Aungelles commaundement, The Apo­stles obey the Aungell. and by and by in the morning went into the Church, and preached there. Yet many things might haue perswaded them the contrary, both bicause of the late daunger they had bene in, and the tri­ed power of their aduersaries, which they knewe woulde no waye sooner be prouoked, than with their preaching of the Gospell. Furthermore, by this fact of theirs, they myght seeme to bring all the congregation besides in daunger, in kindling their enimies rage with fresh matter. But so little are they hereby let from their purpose, that without further deliberation taking, they obeye the commaundement of God. Their obedience is sette forth for an example to vs. For it is a generall rule of God, that we doe not that which seemeth good in our owne sight, Num. 15. but that we fulfill his commaun­dement. And there is no greater nor more hurtfull plague, than to take our fleshe to counsell, where God hath expressed his will by playne commaun­dement: which thing, the example both of Saule and others, abundantly de­clare. And Paule many times witnesseth, that the obedience of fayth is the marke and ende of preaching the gospel. 2. Cor. 10. Rom. 1.16. Therfore whosoeuer cast this obe­dience away, and harken to the counsailes of the flesh, surely they glorie but in vaine in the Gospell and fayth of Christ. Wherefore, let vs applye the ex­ample of the Apostles to our selues, and let vs diligently execute that thing that God hath commaunded vs, not regarding the tyrannie of the world, and then Iesus Christ shall not fayle of his helpe and succour in our godly enterprises: to whom be praise, honor, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The .xxxvj. Homelie.

‘But the chiefe Priest came, and they that were with him, and called a Counsell togyther, and all the Elders of the children of Israel, and sent men to the prison to set them. When the Ministers came, and founde them not in the prison: they returned and tolde, saying: The prison truly founde we shut with al diligence, and the kepers standing without before the dores. But when we had opened, we found no man within. When the chiefe Priest, and the ru­ler of the Temple, and the high Priestes hearde these things, they doubted of them, wherevnto this woulde growe. Then came one and shewed them. Be­holde, the men that you put in prison, stande in the Temple, and teache the people. Then went the Ruler of the Temple with Ministers, and brought them without violence, for they feared the people, least they shoulde haue bene stoned.’

WHen that King and holy Prophete Dauid purposed to describe the kingdome of our Redeemer and Sauiour Iesus Christ, taking his beginning of the fu­rious attemptes of wicked enimies against the same, he sayth: why doe the heathen so furiously rage togither, and why doe the people ymagine a vayne thing? The Kings of the earth stande vp, and the Rulers take Counsell togither agaynst the Lorde, and agaynst his annoynted? Psal. 2. Let vs breake their bandes a sunder, and cast awaye their cordes from vs. He that dwelleth in heauen, shall laugh them to scorne. The Lorde shall haue them in derision. Then shall hee speake vnto them in his wrath, and vexe them in his sore displeasure. Whereby we are taught that the attemptes of Christes enimies, are not only vayne, but also ridiculous, and to no men more daungerous than to the authors, and beginners thereof. Many ensamples of such attempts might we bring forth, amongest which, this is one of the chiefe that our holye wryter Luke now proponeth. For the Apostles were apprehended at the counsell and in­stigation of the Bishoppes, and were put in the common prison, not onely vnder locke and keye, but also are safely kept with watch and warde. The next daye after in the morning, the Bishops come togither, and call an as­sembly or counsell, consulting which waye they maye quench the fire of the Gospell. But the Lorde from aboue laughing at them, and meaning to make all the worlde laugh at them, by the helpe of one Aungell, deliuereth the Apostles out of prison, and marueylously eludeth the counsell of their e­nimies, who thought themselues craftie and wyly ynough. But bicause it seemed good to the holy ghost, to describe all the partes of this hystorie: we also must thinke no studie or diligence to much, to search them out, bicause we maye receyue much profite by our traueyle therein.

First therefore, let vs consider the Counsell, They vse pretence of a Counsell a­gaynst the A­postles. to the which we sayd they busily addressed and hyed themselues: the circumstaunces whereof beyng considered, we shall perceyue all things declaring a shew and countenance of a lawfull Counsayle. The chiefe in the Counsayle is the high Priest, who in these cases was appoynted of God, to haue the highest authoritie, and who by Goddes apoyntment was most to be obeyed. For sentence of [Page 250] death was long ago giuen against them, Deut 17. which durst obstinately despise the Priestes saying. To him be adioyned the other Priestes, least anye man might thinke the Bishop did any thing of his priuate affection. And least a­ny man also might suspect the whole order of Priests, the Elders were also called, the institution of which order, was long before appoynted of God, and represented the forme of the whole Church. Num. 11. Furthermore, they take vnto them the Capitaine of the Temple, with the other publike Officers, that bicause they woulde seeme to doe nothing against the common weale. These things being thus ordeyned, what letteth nowe that this should not be a Counsell lawfully gathered togither? Surely touching outwarde ap­pearance, you can easily require none other thing. But if a man regarde the ende of all this doing, it shall appeare they were not gathered togither by the holy ghost, but by the instigation of Satan, and that therefore no good or godly person ought to obey or submit himselfe to them. For they as­sembled togither to oppresse the truth, and they go about to ouerthrowe the kingdome of Christ by conspiracie.

Thys place teacheth vs to iudge of counsayles, which are now a daies, in euery mans mouth, Of Counsels bicause manye suppose, controuersies of religion, can not be decyded wythout a generall counsayle. Touching whose opi­nion, as I will not nowe dispute, so it seemeth to me it would be very pro­fitable, if such a free and generall counsell might be obteyned, wherein all controuersies might be concluded, by the onely worde of God, such as was the Synode of the Apostles, whereof shall be spoken in the .xv. chapter, and such as we knowe, those olde counsayles were of Nicaea, Constantino­ple, Ephesus, and Chalcedon, and such other as the godly Emperours, by their authoritie gouerned and ruled, least the ambition of Byshops might kindle more cōtention. But whether we may hope for any such like, in these dayes, I can not easily tell, bicause I see, none of the contrary parte, con­tented to forsake their possession of the Church wrongfully vsurped, nor wylling to submyt themselues to the iudgement of others. Agayne, if we consider, what counsels haue beene, these many yeres, since the Bishops of Rome gate the supremacie, ouer the Church, no man that is in hys right wits, can looke for any goodnesse to come of them, bicause they obserue not so much as any outwarde shewe of a lawfull counsayle. For to beginne with the chiefe poynt. Their counsayles vse to be summoned and called, by the Byshops of Rome, whose supremacie is not ordeyned of God, and is most contrarie to the glorie of Christ. They also will be the chiefe rulers, Presidents and Iudges of the counsell, which ought rather to pleate their cause, and to gyue an account of their stewardship, which many yeres now hath bene requyred of them. They haue Bishops sytting which them, not such as Paule requyreth, but such as the God on earth vseth to create: from whome, if a man take their pieuishe and stage play apparell, and vayne names and tytles, they shall haue nothing left, that representeth any show of Byshoply duetie, or dignitie. And they onely haue authoritie to gyue sentence, which are not worthy, the lowest rowme in the Church, but are by Gods sentence, long since excommunicated. For the Prophet affirmeth, that the Chanaanites, z [...]ch. 12. Io [...]n. 2. Math. 21. Apoc. 21. that is to say, sellers of holye thinges, shall haue no place in the Lordes house. And such as they, did Christ long since dryue out of the Iewish temple. And Christ sayth in his reuelation, that Infidels, [Page 251] Murtherers, Whoremongers, Wytches, Idolaters and all lyers, haue their place prepared in the lake burning with fyre and Brymstone. And who I pray you, Apoca▪ 21. is so impudent, that will denie, but a many of them are polluted with these vyces, which yet haue onely the power and authoritie to iudge matters of religion. And although they vse to call Emperours, kings and princes to their counsayle, it skilleth not bicause it is euident, they haue all sworne o­bedience to the Pope, and are not accounted for Catholikes, onlesse they giue vp themselues wholy to the Sea of Rome. Wherfore, thys outward shewe representeth no lawfull counsayle, but with a vayne visure, beguy­leth the simple and vnwarie. And if a man marke the ende, wherevnto they referre all thing, it shall appeare more plainely, that they seeke onely the oppressing of the truth and the ghospell, than needeth with many words to be declared. For this doth the bloud of the Martyrs of Christ testifie, which they haue shed, and most greedily thirst after. The warres whereof they haue bene the first authors, agaynst the mainteyners of the true fayth, doe prooue the same. They confesse the same in their Bulles, wherby they summon and call counsellers. For they so burne in hatred of the truth, that where they are wholy couered with hypocrisie, and furnished at all points, to cloke and dyssemble all things: yet can they herein little or nothing dis­semble, their great hatred, but openly professe, that which they long ago, haue conceyued against the Ghospell. Therefore let them that desyre the o­uerthrowe of Christes church and kingdome, and will wittingly perishe, submit matters of fayth and religion to their iudgement. But whosoeuer hath a care of his owne saluation, of the glorie of Christ, and safetie of the Church, let him vnderstande, that this saying of Dauid chiefly belongeth to this place: Blessed is that man, Psalm. 1. that hath not walked in the counsell of the vngodly, nor stande in the way of sinners, and hath not sitte in the seate of the scornefull.

But let vs let passe these matters, and come to the priestes and Elders, God disap­pointeth the enterprises of his enimies. who hauing consulted, about the Apostles, sende their seruaunts to the pri­son, to bring them before the counsell. And here the Lorde agaynst whom they stroue, doth marueylously mocke and deryde them. For the seruaunts finde the Apostles deliuered out of prison. They returne to their maysters, and so declare the matter, that they manifestly set forth Gods helpe, and the myraculous deliuerie of the Apostles. For they say, they finde the pri­son close shutte, and the keepers diligently watching, and yet no man in the prison. What other could be hereof gathered, but that this was the worke of God? For who was able so to haue beguyled the keepers, and brought out the Apostles, without their knowledge? They are therefore not without a cause wonderfully vexed in their minde, and wote not what to doe. For they feele the prickes of conscience, which vse to take holde, euen on the wickedst. But there commeth an other message, that more mooueth and grieueth them. For there commeth one, that telleth them how the A­postles, are openly and boldly teaching in the Church, which could not but be occasion of great griefe, to such ambitious men, perceauing that their authoritie was neyther regarded, nor their power feared. This example teacheth vs, howe easie a thing it is for God, to frustrate the wicked at­temptes of his enimies. For who would haue thought the Apostles could haue bene brought out of the prison, without the knowledge of the keepers? [Page 252] But that which seemeth impossible to man, is as easie to God, as the dust to be scattered with the winde. For he is able to beguile them, whom it see­meth, no man can beguile eyther by sleepe, eyther by benumming of senses, eyther by giddinesse of head, or many other wayes. Furthermore, they haue them to witnesse and declare the myracle, whose helpe they thought to vse in oppressing the truth. Therefore the same thing happeneth here vnto them, that did at the first, when they sent their seruauntes to take Christ, and they returned agayne, not onely without him, but also gaue a notable testimonie of hys doctrine. Iohn. 7. Whervnto that testimonie was not vn­lyke, that the souldiours gaue of Christes resurrection, whome they there­fore hyred to watch his graue, Math. 28. bicause he should not rise agayne. Lyke ex­amples we reade euerywhere in the scripture. Pharao went about to op­presse and destroye the children of Israell. And yet he brought hym vp in his owne house, and set him on his lap, whome God had appointed to be the delyuerer and reuenger of his people. Afterwarde, when he set the Magitians agaynst Moses, Exodus. 8. he hearde them openly testifie, that the finger of God wrought by Moses. And this is also like where Balaam hyred by the king of Moabytes, Numer. 23. and .24. to cursse the people of Israell, was enforced, whether he would or no, to blesse them. What shall we speake of Achab, who most cruelly persecuting the Prophetes of God, cherished and reuerenced the most faythfull Patrone of the Prophetes, and the verye onely Mecaenas of those dayes, amongs the Lordes of his Court? I omyt infinite examples of lyke sort, which might be brought both out of later, and auncient hy­stories, besides those, whereof we haue daylie experience, I thought good to admonishe the faythfull seruaunts of Christ, by these onely, that they might diligently marke and obserue the lyke. For great and verie profitable is the vse of these examples. For first, they comfort vs in aduersitie, in that we see mannes power farre inferriour to Gods, and that mannes enterprises, can not hynder the purpose of God. Next, they profite vs to frame our lyfe after, that we rashely withstande not Gods prouydence and ordynaunces. For what is impossible to God, which in times past, so merueylous [...]y did frustrate and disappoint the attempts of the men in the beginning, with the wonderfull diuision of tongues, and not so fewe tymes as once, by the ministerie of one Angell only, made kinges and princes to be laughed at of all men. Wherfore, to humble our selues vnder his mightie hand, is both safest and profitablest for our helth and saluation.

The A­postles are brought back againe before the counsell.Further, let vs consider the priestes, and other that satte in thys coun­sell, which yet haue not learned to gyue place vnto God, and not content, that their folly is nowe opened to all men, shewe yet an incurable impietie of minde. For the Captaine of the Temple being sent by them, bringeth the Apostles without anye resistaunce, before the counsell, absteyning in deede from vyolence, not that the consideration of Gods woorke and myra­cle made them euer the meeker, but bicause they feared least the people would stone them. Here we haue to consider, not onely the priests and their complyces, but also God and the Apostles.

The blinde­nesse of the wicked is in­curable.In the Priestes and Captayne of the Temple, may be perceaued the incurable malice, and peruerse blindenesse of minde in the wicked. For it was sayde before, howe they were in doubt and perplexitie what to doe. Whervpon maye easily be gathered, that they were striken with some per­seueraunce [Page 253] of the thing that was done. But yet they go not on therein so farre, to acknowledge the myracle with their hart, and to yeelde vnto God. Nay, they returne to their purpose, and (as the things folowing declare) go about to kyll them, whome they sawe, God a little before, had so maruey­lously saued. Many examples prooue, that thys is the disposition of all wicked. Pharao many times ouercome with the maiestie of Gods myracles and griefe of plagues, confesseth the God of Israell, desyreth Moses to make intercession for him, and promiseth he wyll accomplish the commaun­dement of God. By and by, he falleth to hys olde vsage, being ready to re­sist God agayne a freshe. And euen as these men doe here, so did they be­fore in the resurrection of Christ. For when they knewe it by relation of the souldiours, they would neyther beleeue the truth, nor feare the inuin­cible power of Christ, but brybed the souldiours with money, and spredde false rumours amongst the people of him, as though Christes glorie could haue beene defaced by lying, whome the authoritie of the Emperours ma­iestie (in whose name the graue stone was sealed) could not keepe within the graue. And would to God, we had onely but olde examples of thys obstinacie, and founde not euery where nowe a dayes, such as neyther by the iudgements of God, nor testimonie of their owne conscience, are con­tent to yeelde to Christ and his truth. This is an infallible argument of re­probation, and a worthy punishment of the contempt of Gods word, which once by his Prophete, and afterwarde by Christ he threatned to his eny­mies, where he sayth: yee shall heare in deede, but ye shall not vnderstand, Esay. 6. Math. 13. ye shall plainely see, and not perceaue. Harden the hart of this people, stop their eares, and shut their eyes, that they see not with their eyes, heare not with their eares, and vnderstande not with their hartes, and conuert and be healed. These things ought to feare vs, that we contynue not in hatred of the truth, the ende whereof hath so euill successe.

We are further taught, The wicked can not doe what they list. that the wicked can not alwaye doe that they would, but that they many times are brydeled by the secret power of God. For hereof commeth it to passe, that the Captaine and his souldiours holde their handes, fearing least the people woulde stone them. So he that thin­keth he maye contemne God without controlment, feareth the common people. This is always the propertie of the wicked, that their iudgements and the godlyes be diuers. For the saying of the godly and faithfull person is this: The Lorde is my light and my saluation, whome then shall I feare? The Lorde is the strength of my lyfe, of whome then shall I be afrayde? Psal. 27.118. The Lorde is on my side, I will not feare what man doth vnto me. Psalm. 94. The voyces of the wicked be these: The Lorde shall not see, neyther shall the God of Iacob re­garde it. But these which haue cast from them the feare of God, are com­pelled to feare mortall men, and manye times their seruauntes, yea their owne children: and they which will not be ledde with the courageous feare of God, are vexed with the cowardly and slauishe feare of most miserable men. So God reuengeth his contempt. And this preposterous feare, is a worthy punishment for tyranny, set vp agaynst righteousnesse and truth. Which thing Magistrates desyring to continue in office with commenda­tion, ought diligently to beware of.

But some man may marueyle, The faythful triumph vn­der the ban­ner of the Crosse. why God would suffer his Apostles to be apprehended and brought before them agayne, whome a little before he de­lyuered [Page 254] by the ministerie of an Aungell, was he no more able to defende them? Or passed he no more on them, who so diligently obeyed his com­maundement? Not so. For their great constancy declared God had a singu­ler care of them. But God would hereby teach vs, that the Godly must tri­umph vnder the baner of the crosse. For where Christ hanging on the crosse, ouercame the world, with the Prince therof, and also synne, death and hell: it were vniust, that we should desyre an easier way of victorie, but wee must folow his steps, as Peter teacheth. This is a good remedy against the slouth­fulnesse and securitie of the fleshe, 1. Peter. 2. alwayes to be readie to beare the crosse.

And the Apostles shewe vs a singuler example of christian modestie, who being taken and caried awaye in the vocation of God, neyther mur­mur impaciently against God, The modesty of the A­postles. nor mooue the people to sedition against the magistrate. For they knewe God would order all things wisely, iustly, and to their behoofe and commoditie. They knew that Christes kingdome was not of thys world, nor to be defended with worldly weapons. They knew that God would assist them, if his glorie and theyr saluation so requyred. Therefore they commit themselues to his care and tuition, and wayte pa­ciently for his helpe. All they are reprooued by this example, which mutter against God, and dare ouer boldely reprehende his iudgementes. And as many also, as seeke to mainteyne themselues by vnlawfull sedition, as though it made any thing to the setting forth of Christes kingdome. We knowe in deede, that Tyrannes are sometimes punished by sedition, and that by Gods iust iudgement, it commeth to passe, that they be a pray for the seditious, bicause they are not contented to vse a moderate and iust kinde of rule towardes the godly. But we neuer read, that the godly were authors of sedition, 1. Sam. 24.26. from which it appeareth Dauid so abhorred, that he would not kill Saule his open enimie, bicause he woulde commyt no hey­nous offence against the annoynted of the Lorde. I speake of priuate men. For the Magistrates office is an other thing, which if they be christi­ans, must vse the sworde committed to them of God, chiefely for the de­fence of the godly and glory of Christ. And what Byshops and Ministers of the Church haue in such a case to doe, we are taught by the example of Ambrose, who when the Emperour commaunded him, to delyuer the Churches to the Arrians, and that therevpon, ensued not onely the distur­baunce of the congregation, but also an vprore of the whole Citie, he would neyther forsake the congregation being in perill, ne yet mooue or procure fight agaynst the Emperour. His wordes vnto the people amongst many others, were these: yee were afrayd, least I would forsake the Church, & leaue you, for feare of mine owne safegarde. But you may remember (he speaketh of the aunswere he made to the kings officers) what I haue sayde: that I can not forsake the congregation, bycause I more feare the Lorde of the worlde, than the Emperour of this worlde. Surely if any force should carrie me from the Church, Among hys Orations in the .v. boke of his Epistles, after y e .xxxij. Epistle. my fleshe might be put out of possession, but not my minde: that I am readye to doe as the Priest vseth to doe, if he purpose to doe as the Prince ought to doe. Why therefore are you troubled? willingly I will neuer forsake you: enforced, I knowe not how to resist. I may sorrowe, I may weepe, I may mourne: Against battayle, Souldiours, and the Gotthes, my weapons be teares, for such is the armour of a priest. Otherwise I ought not, nor may not resist: and to flye, and forsake the Church, I vse not. &c. And when he was bydden by [Page 255] the officers of the Gothes, to appease the people, he aunswered: In my po­wer it is not to incense or mooue them, but it is in the hande of God, In his .xxxiii Epystle. to appease them. I though good here in thys place to note these things, that ministers may learne constancie, ioyned with true and christian prudencie, by these things. In the meane season, it is euery mans dutie, constauntly to a­byde in hys vocation, paciently to suffer perils, faythfully to wayte for the helpe of God, and then Christ will not fayle vs, which hath promysed to be the defender of those that be his. To him be prayse, honor, glorie, and power for euer. Amen.

The .xxxvij. Homelie.

‘AND when they had brought them, they set them before the Counsayle. And the chiefe Priest asked them saying: Did not we straightly commaunde you, tha [...] you shoulde not teache in this name? And beholde you haue filled Ierusalem with your doctrine, and intende to bring this mannes bloude vpon vs. Peter and the other Apostles aunswered and sayde: we ought more to o­beye God than man. The God of our fathers raysed vp Iesus whome you slewe and hanged on tree. Him hath God lift vp wyth hys right hande, to be a Ruler and a Sauiour, for to giue repentaunce to Israel, and forgiuenesse of sinnes. And we are recordes of these things which we saye, and so is also the holy ghost whom God hath giuen to them that obeye him.’

ALthough God had deliuered his Apo­stles out of prison, by the ministery of an Aungell, yet he suffreth them to be apprehended and brought agayne before a Counsell of their moste cruell eni­mies. For hereby he woulde teache vs, that he is a­ble not only to deliuer vs from daungers towarde, but also to saue and preserue vs being in daunger. This doctrine teacheth vs, that we must not des­paire of our safetie and Gods helpe, whensoeuer he suffreth vs to be tempted with daungers and aduersities, and taketh not from vs that cuppe, which he once beganne to vs of, that we should drinke it vp after him. For he is out of daunger and safe, which dwelleth vnder the defence of the most high, and vnder the shadowe of the almightie, Psal. 91. although a thousande fall beside him, and tenne thousande on his right hande. Luke in this present hystorie giueth vs an euident example hereof, where he decla­reth what they did with the Apostles in the Counsell: wherein we shall heare, they were whipped, and so escaped the handes of their enimies. Yet before the Euangelist commeth therevnto, first hee describeth howe the Priestes accused the Apostles, and howe they aunswered and defended themselues. Hereof at this present we purpose to saye so much as the Lord shall giue vs grace and leysure for.

The Apostles are accused by the high Priest, The hyghe Priestes ac­cusation a­gaynst the Apostles. who also is the chiefe Iudge in this controuersie. Neyther doth he so accuse them, as though it were a matter doubtfull, wherein they had offended, but his intent is with great exaggeration of wordes to fraye them, and almost to ouerwhelme them, as persons conuicted of heynous offences. For he sayth: Did not we [Page 256] straightly commaunde you, that you shoulde not teach in this name? And be­holde you haue filled Ierusalem with your doctrine, and intende to bring this mannes bloude vpon vs. By which wordes, if they be well marked, we shall perceyue, the Apostles are accused not of one, but of diuers most weightie offences. For first, they accuse them of contumacie and disobedience, bi­cause they continued preaching, Disobe­dience. agaynst the manifest Edict and decree of the sacred Counsell. And this was no small offence, bicause the authoritie of the high Priest was of great account euen by Gods appoyntment, and it was death to resist him. Deut▪ 17. Furthermore, they might be called transgressors and breakers of Goddes constitution, in that neyther being called nor an­noynted, they tooke vppon them so boldlye the Priestes authoritie, and to teache as we reade Corah with those of his conspiracie did. Nu. 16. &c. And that the Bishops had a speciall care, that none shoulde thrust themselues into the roume of teachers, except they had taken their orders of them, after the ac­customed maner, appeareth by this, that they oftentimes demaunded of Iohn the Baptist, Iohn. 1.2.18 Math. 21. and of Christ, who gaue them authoritie to teach as they did. But the seconde crime is more grieuous, where they saye they had fil­led all Ierusalem with their doctrine. False doctrine. For this is as if a man would saye. It is an heinous offence that you haue thus continued teaching against the Counsels decree. But in that you haue spreade abrode yours, that is to say, a new and false doctrine, this is by no meanes to be suffered: forasmuch as God in the beginning appoynted them to dye, Deut. 13. that were authours of anye false doctrine. To these they adde yet a third offence, more heynous & grie­uous than the rest, Sedition. where they saye: you meane to bring this mannes bloude on vs. For by these wordes, they charge them with sedition, as though ther­fore they preached to the people that Iesus Christ was vniustly put to death, bicause they woulde incense and mooue the mindes of the people a­gaynst them, as open tyrauntes. But it is a marueylous matter that they nowe so much abhorre to be charged with Christes death, seeing before Py­late they tooke vppon them with solemne protestation, all the fault thereof. For when they perceyued Pylate somewhat slacke to pronounce sentence of death agaynst him, bicause it stoode not with his conscience, they cryed: His bloude be vpon vs, and vpon our children. And nowe as though they had for­gotten all this, they thinke they are much wronged to be counted the au­thors of such an offence. This is the perpetuall guyse of the vngodly, that although they glory in their wickednesse, (as the holye Psalmist sayth) and seeke prayse of their mischieuous actes, yet will they not haue them reproo­ued and accused by the worde of God.

The pryde of Antichristian Bishops.But chiefely we haue here to consider the tyrannie and insolencie of false and wicked Bishops, which when they haue gotten the supremacie in the Church, vnder the colour of Gods ordinance, dare exact and require what pleaseth them, and will haue men obey their commaundementes without further adoe. Hereof came it to passe, that they thought the Apostles had so grieuously offended, bicause they continued teaching contrary to their com­maundement. And would to God this tyranny had reigned but in the daies passed only, and did not in these days also beare to great a swinge. For since the Bishops of Rome haue persuaded the people, that they be the lawfull successors of the Apostles, and that it is sayd vnto them: he that heareth me, heareth you, I will giue you the keyes of the kingdome of heauen. &c. We see howe [Page 257] they are gone so farre, that they haue not onelye chaunged lawes and times (as Daniel prophecied long sithence Chap. vij.) but also they saye they are not to be reprehended, though they shoulde by heapes tumble mennes soules into hell. See the .xl. Distinction Chapter. If the Pope. O shame­lesnesse, O blindnesse. And yet euen in these dayes when they see their iug­gling and craft disclosed by the light of the Gospell, they dare require obe­dience of vs, and striue most egarly for them, where they ought with all di­ligence to defende both their owne libertie, and theirs which are committed to their charge, of which libertie Christ is the author.

Let vs also here marke what crimes the Ministers are commonlye charged with. For the worlde holdes his owne, What cry­mes are w [...]nt to be layde to the ministers. and striueth against the truth at this daye euen with the same weapons, and sleightes that it vsed at the beginning. Disobedience and contumacie was alwayes layde to the charge of Gods Ministers, and that they woulde be Lordes and Rulers, and obeye neyther Princes proclamations nor Counsels decrees. They were also called deceyuers and beginners of sedition, as men delighting in tumultes and vprores. There are many examples hereof in Moses and the Prophetes. 1. Reg. 18.21. Achab calleth Elias the disturber and troubler of the people of Israel, and sayth he is his enimie. He sayth also he hateth Micheas, bicause he prophecieth nothing but aduersities and troubles towardes him. 1. Reg. 22. Amoz. 7. Amos is accused to Ieroboam, for that the Citie and whole Countrie coulde not a­waye with his sermons. They laye to Ieremies charge, that he feareth the mindes of the souldiers with his sermons, Iere. 38.44. whose strength serued for the de­fence of the Countrie, and they openly saye he was the cause of all the ad­uersitie & trouble that they suffred. What things the enimies of Christ layde to his charge, are more manifest than neede greatly to be rehearsed. It is no marueyle therefore, if the Apostles be charged with the lyke, and as many as in these dayes followe their steppes. Let no man therefore to rashly be­leeue those which lay such faults to the Ministers charge, but let him search the truth, that he be not deceiued through to rash iudgement. In the meane season, let vs acknowledge the naughtynesse of the worlde, and the ingra­titude of the people, who being blinded, take them for their enimies, by whose ministerie the benefite of saluation is offred them. But let vs heare the Apostles aunswere, very Apostolike, and venerable, by reason of the grauitie thereof, which may be deuided into three partes. First they put a­waye the crime of disobedience. Secondly, The aun­swere of the Apostles. they aunswere the other two obiections briefely. And last of all, they declare the whole matter of Christs kingdome, if happily they might winne any of them vnto the same.

The fault of disobedience they excuse briefely, not denying they were forbidden to preache, but replying that they ought to obey God more than men. Which sentence they before also so propounded, that they made the Priestes themselues Iudges thereof, bicause all men endued with common reason and vnderstanding, might easilye perceyue the authoritie and truth thereof. But forasmuch as they perceyue the Priestes growne to such impudencie, that they sticke not to preferre their owne authoritie be­fore Gods, they boldlye and plainely repeate the same agayne. In these wordes we may learne the true trade of obedience. The true trade of o­bedience. For they deny not that men must be obeyed, to whome God hath giuen rule ouer vs, such as be our parentes, teachers, Officers, maisters, and Lords, but that we must [Page 258] obey God more than them. They therefore appoynt certaine boundes and limittes of obedience, within the compasse whereof they must walke, which shall prescribe others what to doe. For parentes haue left them their au­thoritie ouer their children. Magistrates haue their power reserued by doc­trine of the Gospell, ouer their subiectes. And that authoritie which God hath giuen to the Ministers of his worde, must not be broken or violated. And Peter in another place commaundeth seruants to obey their maisters, though they be vnreasonable and waywarde. 1. Peter. 2. The lyke reason is also of persons maried, and of all others whome God hath made superiours ouer other. But if they beginne to abuse their power and dignitie, and will take vpon them to commaunde things contrary to the lawes of God, and to the dutie that we owe him, we must then run vnto the rule of Peter, & not suffer the authoritie of man, and counterfayte shewe of Gods institution, to pre­iudice or derogate any thing from Gods commaundement. For assoone as they beginne to passe their boundes, and to resist God, they are but meere men, and not to be accounted as the ministers of God. But bicause we haue spoken hereof before, let these fewe wordes suffice for this time.

The doctrine of the Apos­tles is not newe.Secondly, they aunswere the other two crimes in one, saying: The God of our fathers hath raysed vp agayne Iesus, whome yee slewe and hanged on tree. In fewe wordes they dispatch two things. The first is, the God of our fathers hath raysed vp Iesus: that is to saye: we preache that Iesus and sauiour, which we haue not imagined of our owne heade, but which the God of our fathers once promised, yea, whome he from euerlasting or­deyned to be the sauiour of the world. Therfore no man ought to accuse our doctrine, 1. Peter. 2. eyther as new or false. And I see none other cause why they make mention of the fathers, but for that they woulde put them in minde of the promises reuealed to the fathers concerning Christ. Where by the waye, may be perceyued the antiquitie and infallible certaintie of the Christian fayth and religion. And we maye vse the same argument in these dayes, a­gainst them which accuse our doctrine of newnesse and falshoode. For why is it called new, which preacheth Christ that was promised from the begin­ning of the world? Why is it called false, which sheweth vs saluation in him that is the way, The Apos­tles be not se­ditious. the light and the truth? The seconde is, where he speaketh of Iesus, saying: whom ye slewe and hanged on tree. As though he should say: we go not about to bring vpon you y e blode of Christ, nor to charge you with his death. For you your selues were the authors & principalles of that hey­nous deede: you condemned him by your consents, & delyuered him to Py­late, you required him to be put to death when Pylate iudged him to be let loose. It was you that sayd: His bloud be vpon vs, & vpon our children. These things al men know, bicause they were openly done. And though we would holde our peace, yet the thing it selfe cryeth out, and will not be kept hid. &c. We learne by the Apostles example with what constancie and libertie, we must cope with the professed enimies of the truth. It behooueth vs boldly to defend the quarrel of y e truth. We must also freely reprooue their wickednes, that they thinke not men be afraid of them. For such is the nature of wicked Bishops, that y e more they be feared, the more fierce they waxe, bicause they think their craft is not yet espied. But if a man withstand them to their face, then their combe is cut. Hence springeth y t constancie of the prophets, wher­by they withstoode most mightie princes. For this cause Christ, which was [Page 259] the myldest of all other men, seemeth to thunder, when he hath to doe with the Scribes & Phariseis, whom he knew to be altogither incurable. Ther­fore their modestie is preposterous that now a dayes flatter Popes, & Bis­shops, who in deede are greater enimies of the truth, & worse than the Ie­wishe Priests. Howbeit, least they might seeme to neglect them, which per­haps might be woonne, they briefly set forth the whole hystory of Christ, and of our saluation, and confirme the same with most sure testimonies which is the thirde part of this Apologie or defence. For they say: Him hath God lift vp with his right hand, to be a ruler and a Sauiour, for to giue repentance vn­to Israel, and forgiuenesse of sinnes. And we be witnesses or recordes hereof. &c. In these wordes both Christ himselfe, and the maner and meane whereby he giueth vs saluation, is described. And they saye Christ is not onely a sa­uiour, but the Prince of saluation, exalted by the right hande and power of God. In the Scriptures, mention is oftentimes made, howe Christ is a King and Prince, chiefely in the Psalmes, and sermons of the Prophetes. For herevnto belong the things reade in the Psalmes. ij.xlv.lxxxix.cx. &c. Mich. 5. And the Aungell Gabriel seemeth to haue alluded herevnto, where he sayth: he shall sit in the chaire of Dauid his father, and of his kingdome shall be none end. Luc. 1. Thus the holy ghost teacheth vs that Christ is not only the mi­nister of our saluation, but is the author which by his owne power hath de­liuered vs from the tyrannie of the deuill: also that he is so mightie a saui­our, that no man is able to resist him. Neither did he by force take vnto him that honor, but when he had most lowly humbled himselfe, that name was giuen vnto him, that is aboue all names, Phil. 2. in the which euery knee shoulde bowe. &c. This serueth for our comfort in temptations. For where Christ is a mightie king, whome the right hande of God hath exalted, and to whome all power is giuen in heauen and in earth, Math. 28. Iohn. 10. it shall be an easie mat­ter for him to defende vs, neyther shall any man take his sheepe out of hys hande. And as the impious rage of the Priestes, coulde not let God from exalting him with his right hande: no more shall the wicked enterprises of Princes and the worlde in these dayes any maner of wayes hinder or em­payre his kingdome and glory.

They shewe also the waye and meane howe Christ giueth saluation, The waye of saluation. which all men must needes imbrace, that are desyrous of their saluation. This way or meane consisteth in two pointes, to say, repentaunce and for­giuenesse of sinnes, of both which it is written, Christ is the onely au­thor. That repentaunce is a conuersion and turning of the whole man vn­to God, hath manye times already beene declared. This conuersion vnto God, is necessarie for all men, bicause we all through sinne haue gone a­stray, and daylie swarue from the waye of saluation. But that this is no worke of mans power, or strength, we are taught not onely by the scrip­tures, but also by daylie experience, and no man can be conuerted, except he be conuerted of God. See Ieremie. 31. Lamentations. 5. This conuersion Christ onely, worketh truely in vs, while he makes vs newe men by the seede of his worde, and by the spirite of regeneration, illuminating vs with the knowledge of God, and enduing vs with a new and holy will, and gy­uing vs strength to doe that, which of our owne power, we should neuer be able to doe. They are here confuted, which hearing repentaunce requi­red, by and by, thinke the merite of their owne righteousnesse, is confirmed [Page 260] and extoll the power of free will. But what glorie we in our owne wyll, if Christ be the author of this conuersion in vs? And what I praye you shall we merite by our repentaunce, which are not able to repent, except Christ by his spirite stirre vs vp, and leade vs thereto. But although a man be conuerted vnto God, yet herein is not our saluation perfite and full. For where we be sinners, we haue neede also of forgiuenesse and satisfaction, that nothing want to satisfie Gods iustice. But where we sayde euen now, that we coulde not conuert vnto God, vnlesse we were regenerated by Christ, Math. 18. Luke. 7. much lesse can we satisfy for our sinnes. And Christ teacheth vs, that our sinnes be such a debt as we are not able to pay. Wherefore, as in the first part, Christ succoureth our infirmitie: so in this also he helpeth vs. For by the merite of his death, he both purgeth the debt of our sinne, and maketh vs iust in the sight of God, whyle he bestoweth on vs that beleeue in him, his iustice. For therfore he became sinne for vs, that we by his meanes should be that righteousnesse, 2. Cor. 5. which before God is allowed. And bicause both these things without the which no man can be saued, come by the benefite of Christ onely, we most strongly gather hereof, that without Christ, we haue no saluation, which is the cause that he comprehending the summe of the gospell in fewe wordes, teacheth, that repentaunce and forgiue­nesse of sinnes, Luc. 24. must be preached in his name. In the meane whyle, we learne also, how much they erre, which vnder a pretence of Christ, seeke to lyue lycentiously, or thinke he is any cause or occasion of dissolute conuersa­tion, where as he is the verie onely author of true and healthfull repen­taunce.

Furthermore, they confirme their preaching of Christ, by testimonies, where they say. The Apo­stles and holy ghost be wit­nesses of the Gospell. And we be witnesses of these wordes, and also the holy ghost, whom God hath giuen to them that obey him. And let no man thinke it rash­lye and insolently done of the Apostles, to alleage their owne testimonie, before them, of whome they were accused. For, where Christ appointed them witnesses of his dooings, Iohn. 15. Actes. 1. they might not refuse to doe their dutie in this behalfe. And hereby their doctrine was greatly authorised, which no man by any meanes ought to denie, except he will accuse Christ of false­hoode. But bicause the Apostles were not ignoraunt, that their testimonie should be of little weight, before the Priestes, they adde an other testimo­nie also, to witte, the testimonie of the holy ghost, which holy ghost God gi­ueth vnto them, which be obedient vnto Christ. And although all the belee­uing feele his testimonie within their mindes, and by the same be assertay­ned of their saluation: yet chiefely these wordes be to be vnderstanded, of the giftes and operation of the holy spirite, whereby he bare wytnesse in the primitiue Church, to the doctrine of the gospell. For by the power of the holy ghost, it came to passe, that the faythfull spake with newe tongues, that they sodainely became newe men, and that they wrought myracles, which things as we neede not in these dayes, for as much as the Apostles doctrine is sufficiently prooued: so, testimonie of the holy ghost ought to suf­fise vs, whereby we feele our minds confirmed, and through whose encou­ragement we crye Abba, father. But this is not negligently to be passed ouer, where he sayth: the holy ghost is gyuen vnto them that obey Christ. And yet it must needes be that they were endued before this with the holye ghost, bycause without hym, they neyther could beleeue, nor obey. But in [Page 261] them the gift es of the spirite were augmented and increased, as Chryst sayth: To euery one that hath shall be gyuen: Whereof we gather agayne, Math. 25. that they cannot haue the holye ghost which striue agaynst Christ. For he confesseth, that the holy ghost is such a thing, as the worlde can not receaue. Iohn. 14. Hereby it appeareth, why the operations and giftes of the holy ghost, be so rare and seldome in these dayes: for thys cause verily: bicause there be so fewe, that endeuour to obey Christ. It becommeth vs by these examples to be stirred vp, to the holy obedyence of fayth, that being indued with the holy spirite, we may go forwarde in all goodnesse, and atteyne to saluation in Iesus Christ: to whome be honour, prayse, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xxxviij. Homelie.

‘WHEN they heard that, they claue a sunder, and sought meanes to slay them. Then stoode there vp one in the counsell, a Pharisey named Gamaliel, a Doctour of lawe, had in reputation among all the people, and commaunded the Apostles to go a side a little space, & sayde vnto them. Ye men of Israel, take heede to your selues, what ye intende to doe, for before these dayes rose vp one Theudas bosting himselfe, to whom resorted a number of men, about a foure hundred, which was slayne. And they all which beleeued him were scattered abroad. After this man, was there one Iudas of Galyley, in the dayes of the tribute, and drew away much people after him. He also perished, and all (euen as manye as harkened to him) were scattered abroad. And nowe I say vnto you, refrayne your selues from these men, and let them alone. For if this counsell, or this woorke be of men, it will come to naught. But and if it be of God, ye can not destroy it, least happily ye be found to striue against God.’

THe Euangelist Luke yesterdaye declared vnto vs, what crymes the highe Priest obiected to the Apostles, and howe the Apostles aunswered them. Which hystory serueth chiefly to this purpose, that we myght vnderstande with what crymes, the wycked are wonte to defame the truth, and the Ministers thereof, and also what constancie and boldenesse, it behooueth vs to vse in the defence of the same. Where the first and chiefe care must be for the dutie, that we owe vnto God, that for any mans fauour or pleasure we offende not against the same. Then we must take heede, that through our fearefulnesse, our enimies waxe not the more insolent, as it appeareth their propertie is. Furthermore, we must con­stantly holde fast and keepe the confession of Christ, that we be not ashamed of him before men, who was not ashamed to become man and suffer death for our sake. Nowe it foloweth, what effect this aunswere or Apologie had, with the wicked enimies of Christ: which is a verie notable place, bicause it reprooueth both the incurable obstinacie of the wicked, and also teacheth vs, howe easilie God beateth downe theyr bloudy enterprises.

First, Death de­uised against the Apostles. speaking of those which had conceaued an implacable hatred a­gainst the truth, he sayth: when they heard that, they claue a sunder, and were [Page 262] as men ready to burst for anger. For it spited the prowde and ambitious men, to see their authoritie so little regarded, and it seemed a thing to them intol­lerable, to here the truth of Christ, so boldly and stoutely defended. Ther­fore in the verie presence of the Apostles, they consult, howe to put them to death. And it is verie lyke they rather vsed furious exclamations, than any graue deliberation. This example teacheth vs, that the wicked and repro­bate, which are hardned in the hatred of Christ, can no maner of waye be mytygated and mollified. For such can not receiue the holy ghost, who one­lye hath power to alter and chaunge the hartes, as we sayde in the last ser­mon. For although the outwarde worde of God pierce their mindes and touch their consciences, yet it hardeneth them, and maketh them the more fierce. And as great heate in the vpper region of the ayre, dissolueth not a colder matter, drawne vp thyther, but maketh it congeale into yse: Euen so the mindes of the wicked, the more they are vrged with the worde of God, the more fierce they wax, and hard hearted. Or else, as the heate of the sunne melteth the wax, but hardneth myre and claye: so the worde of God, wherewith the mindes of the vngodly are wonte to be taught and enfourmed, maketh the vngodly more stubborne and frowarde. Not that the fault is in the worde of God, but bicause the corruption of nature in the wicked is such, that it letteth & stoppeth the true effect of the word. Examples here of we haue in Caine and Pharao, in Saul, and Achab, in Iudas the traitor, and infinite others, wherevnto these men may also be adioyned, as the matter well declareth. Here let vs learne what to iudge of the men in our dayes, which manifestly vtter their [...]ankred hatred, against the worde, where we are further taught, what an heynous offence it is to persecute the truth, especially if it proceede not of ignoraunce, and of a foolishe zeale towarde God, but of the instigation of most corrupt affections. This thing deserueth, that we are made vnfitte, for the medicine of Gods worde, which onely is able to restore vs to health and lyfe.

The ende of Christes e­nimies at­temptes.Furthermore, thys example teacheth vs, what the wicked enimies of the truth, meaning and purpose is in their counsels: surely none other, but that the ministers of truth maye be made out of the waye, who alone they suppose hinder their desyres & wyshes. For this they all peculiarly thinke, that there is nothing more against them than the worde of God, which re­prooueth their wickednesse, whereby it commeth to passe, that they are not ashamed to shewe all their power against a fewe of simple men, and to striue with all their might and mayne against them, whome valiaunt men, and of haultie courage, would scarce vouchsafe to take any labour or paine about. But these men be of an other opinion, for they haue perswaded themselues, that then they are safe, when they be no more troubled with the painefull sermons of Gods worde. So Achab thought Elias onely was his enimie, and the disturber of the people of Israell, and promised him­selfe certaine victorie against the Assyrians, till he tooke Micheas to counsell, who as he was perswaded, delighted in nothing, but in telling of vnlucky tydings. Euen so these men beleeued they should then be free from the gylte of Christes bloude and in safegarde and sure, if the Apostles might be dis­patched out of the waye, that they could ring no more in their eares. And euen nowe a dayes, if a man happen to demaunde of some men, what it is that most grieueth them, they onely complayne of the Ministers of [Page 263] Gods worde. And hereof commeth it to passe, that this worlde so rageth a­gainst the preachers of the truth, that it beleeueth they onely are the distur­bers of all publike peace and tranquilitie, which thing since it hath in all ages beene done, let vs not marueyle at the vsage of our dayes, nor be offended at the attempts of the wicked, of whome Christ hath so often gy­uen vs warning. Let vs rather arme our selues with the spirite of con­stancie, fortitude, and pacience, Mat. 10. &c. let vs also walke warely and circumspect­ly in the vocation wherevnto the Lorde hath appointed vs, as Christ long agoe hath taught vs.

But some man may marueyle by whose helpe and intercession the A­postles were deliuered out of the handes of their most cruell enimies, Gamaliel deliuereth the Apostles from death. and from the perill of present death. Luke sheweth there stoode vp a patrone and defender of them, one of their owne bench and number, that is to saye, Ga­maliel, whose profession he diligently describeth. For he sayeth he was a Pharisey, which sect as it ascribed to it selfe a countenance of outwarde iu­stice: so was it most aduersary to the Christian faith and doctrine. Further, he was a doctor of the lawe, wherevnto it appeareth he gaue more studye than the residue of his profession, & his studie wanted not a profitable suc­cesse. Beside this, he was of great authoritie, which made all the people to loue him and reuerence him. And that was a thing in this matter verye commodious and auaileable. For where the residue of them feared the peo­ple, his authoritie they coulde not reiect, vpon whome they knewe all the Commons depended. He therefore being mooued with the importunate de­uises of his fellowe Phariseyes, and meaning to withstande their furious­nesse, commaundeth the Apostles for a little whyle to stande aside, that he myght the more freely intreate of this cause, declaring by this his doing, howe much more prudent and wyse he was than the residue, which in the presence of the Apostles so bewrayed the impotencie and rage of their min­des. Then by and by declareth he his iudgement, whereby he mittigateth their moodes, who iudged the Apostles to be put to death. But before wee declare Gamaliel his wordes, we haue to consider howe easie a thing it is for God to deliuer his people from daunger, seeing he can raise vp for them defenders euen from among their enimies; & by the counsell and authoritie of one man, can confounde the enterprises & attempts of a great many. For as euen now was sayd, Iohn. 12. no kinde of men were more bent against Christ and his doctrine, than the Phariseyes, who had a good whyle before this, pro­nounced sentence of excōmunication against all those that professed Christ. And yet of this Colledge also was Nicodemus, Iohn. 7. who before this defended Christes quarell. Now commeth Gamaliel out of the same Colledge, whose meanes it pleaseth the Lorde to vse, for the deliuerie of the Apostles. And this one man without any armour or weapon, only by prudent counsayle dasheth all the deuise of the whole counsayle. There are other examples of lyke sort, which teach vs to take a generall doctrine & consolation hereof. Herevnto apertayneth it that Ruben only, who also hated Ioseph in his hart, Gene. 37. yet afterwarde saued him from present death. To this maye we adde also howe the Philistines deliuered Dauid, 1. Sam. 23. Exodus, 2. being inclosed on euerye side wyth Saules souldiors. What shall we speake of Moyses the Capitaine of the peo­ple of Israel, whome the daughter of cruell Pharao saued from drowning in the riuer Nilus? But it woulde be very long, if we shoulde tarie in all the [Page 264] examples which might be brought. It behooueth vs rather to obserue the vse of them, which is, that we be not feared with the attempts of men, which the Lord can forthwith bring to naught, to whose seruice we all are bound. Which one thing if men as well in generall as particulerly woulde thin ke on, they woulde by no meanes suffer themselues to be pulled from fulfil­ling their vocation.

Gamaliel his counsell.Let vs marke Gamaliel his counsayle, full of wisedome in deede, yet such as wherein a man may perceyue diuers things wanting, which declare hee was not yet fully instructed in the truth. Yet it pleased the Lorde to vse his helpe, and it is to be thought that he afterward grewe to more godlynesse. His saying consisteth in three poyntes. First he vseth a pretie preface, wher­by he apeaseth the furious, and exhorteth them to do nothing rashly or vn­aduisedly: Take heede to your selues (sayth he) concerning these men, what you intende to doe. As though he shoulde saye: I heare that you determine they shall suffer death. But I feare your deuyse is to headie, and therefore to daungerous, I woulde therefore haue some diligent and sober delibe­ration taken, that in our wrath we commit not that which afterwarde wee may repent. This is a most profitable and in all ages, necessary admoni­tion, that in our anger we doe or appoynt nothing. For the auncient wry­ters sayde anger was an euill counsayler, as the which is a very phrenesie for the whyle. And what goodnesse or equitie maye a man hope for, of a madde man? Iacob. 1. wherefore Iames most truly sayth: The wrath of man worketh not the righteousnesse of God. And would God the authoritie of this sentence were as much in these dayes, as we reade it was among the Ethnickes. It is sayde of Augustus that he thought the companye of Athenodorus the Philosopher very necessary for him, Erasmus a­mong the A­pothegmes, or wittie say­ings of Au­gustus. Saint Ambrose vpon occasion of a great slaughter commytted by Theodosius cō ­maundement, at Thessalonica, en­ioyned him from thence forth▪ that sentence of death or banishment pronounced by him, should not be executed, till after .xxx. dayes following: that if wrath or furie had pronounced any thing vniust­lye, reason in the meane whyle might expende, and redresse the same. See Theo­dor. in the Tri­partite ix. booke 30. chapter. bicause vpon his departure from him, he admonished him that he shoulde decree or appoynt nothing to be done in his anger, before he had first recyted the Alphabet or names of the .xxiiij. letters. For the wyseman vnderstoode that wrath, by leysure, woulde coole and abate. And as notable is it that another of the Philosophers said to his seruant that had offended him: Thou shouldest be beaten if I were not angry. But now a dayes among Christians, many thinke, that men in their anger may doe what they list, and they go about vnder the cloke of anger, to ex­cuse most heynous offences. And in deede if God had made vs Beares or Lyons, their excuse might take some place. But forasmuch as we be men, who ought to be ruled with the bridle of reason, and word of God, we shall be inexcusable, as many as let our selues be caried and ruled with the lust of our affections. But chiefely men of authoritie and Iudges, must be myndefull hereof, least they being caried awaye with wrath, swarue from equitie and righteousnesse.

Gamaliel his saying also is worthye to be diligently considered: Take heede to your selues. &c. Why the Apostles case was in question, and their lyfe in daunger. But the wise man and diligent obseruer of Gods law, per­ceiued that Iudges commonly were more in daunger through giuing false iudgement, than they that were accused. For what thing can chaunce vnto them more acceptable than death, that chaunge this mortall lyfe for an im­mortall? But these Iudges prouoke the wrath of God against them, which sitteth in the middest of them, as is written Psal. 82. and will not suffer their boldnesse to go vnreuenged, which vnder the pretence of godly iudgement, [Page 265] exercise vnrighteousnesse. Therfore whosoeuer beare office, let them thinke this sayd vnto them, and take heede to themselues, that being blinded with affections, they stray not from the tracke of righteousnesse.

In the seconde part of his Oration, he intermedleth examples, out of the which a little after, he draweth the arguments of his sentence. He first alledgeth examples very prudently, and so telleth them, that at the first it appeareth not what he will conclude thereof, least eyther they shoulde not harken to his saying, or without expending of it, reiect it. Out of a great many he chooseth two specially, which as they were to all men knowne, so were they able most to mooue their minds: the one was of Theudas, Concerning Theudas and Iudas Galilae­us. See Iose­phus booke of the Iewishe [...]ntiquities, the .18. booke 1. chapter. And seconde booke of the Iewes wars, or else Eusebi­us in the hy­storie of the Churche. 1. booke. 3. chapter. the o­ther of Iudas of Galiley. Iosephus also maketh mētion of them, but touching the order of the storie, he much dissenteth from Luke, bicause he writeth Iudas was many yeares before Theudas, whome yet Gamaliel openly testi­fieth to haue risen long before him. But the authoritie of an holy writer, must be of more credite with vs than Iosephus, who it is euident, was de­ceiued in many other things also, & whose writings might easily be corrup­ted and peruerted. In the histories there is no difficultie, and Gamaliel his purpose is to teach none other thing thereby, but that none hitherto went vnpunished, that tooke vpon them the name and office of the Messias, but that they with all their sect perished, which vnder this pretence went about to seeke their owne profite and aduauncement, whereof afterwarde he ga­thereth, that the lyke woulde come to passe by the sect of the Christians, if Christ had bene a fraudulent and deceytfull worker, and that therefore they ought to abyde the iudgement of God. &c. We haue to obserue in the re­hearsal of these examples, what shal become of them which wil not embrace Iesus Christ the true Messias. For such men commonly as are authors and beginners of such mischiefe, become a praye for sedicious and wicked per­sons. For who seeth not here that saying of Christ fulfilled: I came in my fa­thers name, and ye receyue me not. If another come in his owne name, Iohn. 5. him you will receyue. Which thing we see cōmeth to passe also in these dayes. For the nature of the worlde is incurable, delighting and reioycing in seducers and deceyuers, and hating the Ministers of the truth continually. Therefore it commeth to passe by the iust iudgement of God, 2. Thess. 2. that they taste of effectuall elusion, and wittingly and willingly runne into destruction.

But let vs returne to Gamaliel, to see how he vseth these examples. A Dilemmas is a kinde of argument cō ­sisting of two propositions or partes, ey­ther of which whosoeuer graunteth▪ shall be cat­ched in a trip. For of these he gathereth the foundation of his sentence, whose proposition or cō ­clusion is, abstayne from these men, and let them alone. Which to perswade them, he bringeth his argument in fourme of a Dilemma, in this wise. This businesse wherof the Apostles (whome you iudge worthy to die) are mini­sters and stewards, is eyther of God or of man. But whether soeuer it be, I think it good you absteyne from shedding their bloud. For if it be of man, and is gouerned none other waies than by mans counsayle, it wil fall of it selfe, as the examples of Theudas and Iudas within these few yeres passed abun­dantly declare. Therfore what madnesse were it to incense and stirre vp the [...]urie of the Commons, to take that out of the waye, which within a shorte space though no man set hande to it, will fall to the grounde alone. But if it be of God, and be gouerned and ordered by him, it cannot quayle by anye force or counsayle of man. For what is man, being but dust and ashes, able to preuayle agaynst God? Now, the ende of this counsell must be diligently [Page 266] obserued, the which whyle manye neglect, they take occasion hereby of a most pernicious opinion, whereby (say they) no attemptes be they neuer so wicked, no errors be they neuer so blasphemous, are by force to be kept vnder. Whereof can followe none other thing, but the ouerthrowe of all discipline, aswell ciuill as Ecclesiasticall. For the Magistrate shall carie his sworde in vayne. And in vayne doth Paule appoynt such Ministers in the Church, as shall not onely teache the truth, but also be able to confute and conuince the gaynesayers. Who will thinke that this so wyse a man ment to loose all the sinewes of Ciuill and Ecclesiasticall gouernement at once? It appeareth rather he had this meaning, to saue the Apostles from the furie of the Iudges, and from present death, which he sawe he shoulde most commodiously doe, if he shewed them, that they could not without ma­nifest daunger conclude any extremitie agaynst them. For eyther they must fall in daunger to Godwarde, if the Apostles doctrine were true, and they the ministers of God, or else of the commons, whose rage they were better to auoyde, than to prouoke, speciallye in such a matter as coulde not long stande, if it were but mennes working. Furthermore, whether he vnder­stoode the truth or not, he yet seemeth ambiguous and doubtfull in his talke. Therefore their case is of a farre other sort, which being illuminated with the true knowledge of the truth, ought by office to defende it, and to roote out errors and wickednesse.

The counsels or purposes of God can not be letted.In the meane season this ought to be to vs as an Oracle, that we learne Gods counsels can be hindered by no force of men, but that mans counsell falleth of it selfe. For God is eternall and immutable, so is his worde eter­nall, Esay. 40. Psal. 33. and can by no meanes be infringed. And Dauid testifyeth that God scattereth the counselles of the Nations, but establisheth his owne coun­sayle for euer. We haue examples euerie where to prooue the same. Saul long stryued against the counsell of God, who had fully decreeed to make Dauid king of Israel. But the more he stryued, the lesse he perceyued, he preuayled, and founde an euill ende of his contending with God. But chiefely this thing is to be applyed to matters of fayth and religion. It is Gods counsell and decree that his sonne whome he begat from euerlas­ting, Psal. 2. should beare rule ouer his holy hill, that is to say, the church. To him it was saide: Psal. 110. Sit thou on my right hand, vntill I make thy foes thy footestoole. Satan from the beginning of the world, hath withstanded this deuise and counsell. And in Abel (whome for this cause, we may call the first Mar­tyr of Christ) beganne this persecution, which continued all the yeares following, and yet to thys houre endureth. But the kingdome of Christ and the Church endureth also, 1. Cor. 3. Math. 16. bicause it is buylt vpon that rocke, agaynst the which the gates of hell are not able to preuaile. And if on the contrary side, a man consider the vsage of the Gentiles, and that monstrous Chaos of ydolatrie, which most mightie Monarchies followed, confirmed by space of manye yeares, allowed by the consent, almost of all people and nations, assaulted at no tyme by force of any man: he shall see it is fallen downe of it selfe, and scattered abroade by the spirite and worde of Christ. The lyke reason is of the holy scripture, which the Apostle calleth inspired of God. For if a man consider the prophane wryters, their Bookes surely were in great estimation, and had no enimies to make them away, yet the most part of them are perished, and scarce are the names of those bookes [Page 267] extant, which in tymes past most riche kings sought with great diligence, and bought full dearely, as is reported of Ptolomeus Philadelphus, Irenaeus in his v. booke a­gaynst here­sies. And Eu­sebius in his ecclesiasticall historie .v. booke and viij. chap. and such other lyke. But the holy bookes of Scripture so many tymes burned, ba­nished, and hated of most mightie princes, are yet forth comming, and be­ing almost translated into al tongues, be in stead of maysters and teachers ouer all the worlde. Let these thinges therefore serue for our instruction and comfort, that we rashely doe nothing against God, nor feare not the threatning decrees and ordynaunces of the world and of tyrannes, against the kingdome of Christ. But let vs so acknowledge God for our reuen­ger and defender, that we may faythfully serue him in buylding vp of his church, according to our vocation, as Coadiutours of Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The .xxxix. Homelie.

‘AND to him agreed the other: And when they had called the Apostles, they bette them, and commaunded that they should not speake in the name of Iesu, and let them go. And they departed from the counsell, reioycing that they were counted worthy, to suffer rebuke for his name. And daylie in the Temple, and in euerye house they ceased not, to teache and preache Iesus Christ.’

BIcause it is so ordeyned, that all men of a certaine naturall instinct, are desyrous of helth & welth, it can not be chosen, but they must be much offended at aduersitie & tribulation, especially such as accustometh to ryse bycause of religion. For it commeth to passe most times, that men iudge of religion, according to the effect and successe therof, and accuse that religion of falsehood, whose professours they see exercised with persecutions and aduersities. Wherefore, it is not so profitable, as necessary, that we be well instructed agaynst all occasions of offences. Which thing is the cause that the holye ghost would haue Luke so diligently wryte the afflictions of the primitiue Church. Wherein chiefely is to be obserued, what hath alwayes beene the state of Christes Church in this worlde, and howe through the present and faythfull ayde of the Lorde, it hath in times past beene preserued in grea­test tribulations: that we neyther be offended at the calamities of our daies, as vnwonted, nor dispayre of Gods helpe, and preseruation of hys Church. Thys present hystory sheweth vs examples of both these things, the conclusion whereof the Euangelist nowe discribeth, and first he telleth what the coniured enimies of Christ did, and afterwarde, what the Apos­tles dyd.

Concerning Christes enimies gathered togyther in the counsell, The Apo­stles are bea­ten with rods Luke wryteth thus: They agreed vnto Gamaliel, and when they had called the A­postles, they bet them, and commaunded them, they should not speake in the name of Iesu, and let them go. He sayth, they obeyed Gamaliel his saying, when yet they did two things, which he counselled them not to doe. For they bette the Apostles with roddes, and renewed their first decree, where­by they go about to prohibite the preaching of the Gospell. Yet they here­in [Page 268] obey Gamaliel, that they put not the seruauntes of Christ to death, as they had minded to doe, yet could they not refrayne, but beat innocent men with whippes and roddes. Therefore it must needes be, that they were in a verie great rage, which when matters seemed done and past, was not yet quenched. But this is the verie propertie of the persecutours of Christ, that when they seeme pleased and appeased, yet secretly foster hatred and furie in their mindes, and seldome will let any of Christs ministers passe, without some marke of ignominie, or open punishment, least they might seeme vniustly to haue risen against them, and for that they would put those that followe them in feare. So Pylate, although he iudged Christ to be in­nocent, yet would he not let him go, before he had scourged him. It is yet verie comfortable, Luc. 23. that the Lorde so brydeled their rage by the onely per­swasion of Gamaliel, that they durst not put the guyltlesse to death, whereof we gather, that the wicked can not alwayes doe what they liste, but are ru­led euen against their willes, with the raynes of Gods prouidence. There are in this example diuers other thinges, the obseruation whereof, is also verie profitable for vs in these dayes.

No manne must be of­fended at the afflictions of the vngodlye as straunge. Iohn. 16.And first we are taught, that it is no straunge and vnwoonted thing, though the godly, and holy worshippers of Christ in these dayes, be subiect to the will and pleasure of the vngodly, and suffer afflictions. For Christ hymselfe gaue vs warning hereof long agoe, & tolde vs that a time would come, that whosoeuer kylled anye of his people, should thinke he dyd God seruice. He calleth those that be his to the crosse, and by his owne example teacheth vs, that we should not ho [...]e for any better state or condition, than he suffered. Math. 16. Iohn. 15. The Apostles nowe feele the same, and are not offended there­at, but rather oftentimes admonishe vs, that we be not offended, as at any straunge thing, if at any tyme we be tryed by fyre. See the first of Peter, the fourth Chapter. It shall be profitable for vs diligently to consyder and thinke vpon the same. For in so doing it shall come to passe, that we shall neyther vse our selues insolently in prosperity, nor yet be discouraged in ad­uersitie, bicause we haue foreseene them both.

Secondly, it is worthy of consideration, that the Apostles the elect in­struments of Christ, in a verie good and holy quarrell (which to defend they take vpon them, according to Christs commaundement) are ignominious­lye beaten. They are de­ce [...]ued that iudge of reli­gion and doc­trine, accor­ding to the afflictions. Whereof we plainly gather, how foule and shamefull an error they are in, which iudge afflictions, to be a token and argument of a naugh­tye and vnrighteous cause: of whose number are they which now a dayes, charge vs as causers of all kinde of miseries and calamities, whereby it ap­peareth (say they) how we erre in our beliefe and religion. But herby it ap­peareth howe destitute they be of wytte and reason, for that they perceaue not those thinges, wherein the verie Ethnike Poets gaue a better iudge­ment. For it is well knowne what Naso sayth:

I wyshe he may misse of successe,
That of the effect the deede doth gesse.

For if these mens iudgements preuayle, we shall finde fewe or none of the true worshippers of God, but they deserue likewise to be condemned, bicause a blinde man may see many of them, not onely molested with ma­ny persecutions, but also slayne by the handes of most cruell enimies. And that we should hope for no better, Christes worde, where he aduertiseth vs [Page 269] of the state of the latter dayes, aboundantly teacheth vs. Wherfore, who­soeuer iudgeth of religion, according to the falling out and successe of thys worlde, may be iudged lyke to the Iewes Souldiours, which gaue Christ hanging on the crosse, Uineger to drinke, and sayd. If he be the king of Isra­el, let him nowe come downe from the crosse, and we will beleeue him. Math· 27. Hee trusted in God, let him delyuer him if he will haue him, for he sayde he was the sonne of God. And surely what more tarte and eger Uineger can there be, than such vpbraydings, whereby both the glory of God, and the certaintie and truth of his worde, is called in question?

And yet we may not thinke, The causes of afflictions. that God hath no care nor prouidence of the worlde, when we see the true and holy seruaunts of God afflicted. For to say nothing of his secrete iudgementes, there are infinite other causes, wherefore God suffreth these things so to come to passe. For thys wayes God sometime pulleth downe the secret corruption and haultinesse of our flesh, which vnlesse it were tamed, would burst forth to the great inconueni­ence and dammage of his people. And we may not reply and say that God many times vseth to humble & bring downe those that otherwyse are lowly ynough, and neuer shewed any great signe of fiercenesse or pride. For God knoweth the naughtinesse of mans inclination, and wherof we haue neede, better and surelier than we can perceaue. Therfore he chastiseth vs in time, and some whyle preuenteth our naughtinesse, before it waxe strong, and make vs incurable, and to be condemned with the worlde. Furthermore he tryeth our fayth by this meanes, not that he is ignoraunt of any thing, but that both we may be an example to others, and also prooue what infir­mitie as yet remayneth in vs, and howe much we haue neede of the helpe and grace of God. Beside this, he wyll hereby shewe vnto the worlde, howe sinne displeaseth him, seeing he so seuerely correcteth the small faultes of his electes, yea their secret and hidden naughtinesse. And herevnto had Peter a respect where he sayth: The time is come, that iudgement must begin at the house of God. If it first beginne at vs, what shall be the ende of them, which beleeue not the gospell of God? And if the righteous scarcely be saued, where shall the vngodlye and the sinner appeare? Woulde God these people woulde marke well these things, which of our afflictions in these dayes (the consi­deration whereof, ought to serue for amendment of their life) take occasion of great impietie and blasphemie.

Thirdly, it is not to be neglected howe Christ delyuereth his Apostles from perill of death, but yet suffereth them to be beaten with roddes. We must be­ware of care­lesnesse. By which example he teacheth vs, to shake of carelesnesse from our mindes, least hauing escaped some one daunger, we suppose all things after to be safe and in quyet, but we must rather thinke there remayneth for vs other conflicts, wherevnto we must prepare and make readie our selfe. For the which cause, God euerie where exhorteth vs to watch and to pray. And we want not examples, that teach vs, how vnhappie an ende commeth of car­nall securitie and slouthfulnesse.

But let vs also see the other thing which they did otherwise than Gama­liel counsailed them. These wicked Bishops, & the other sitting with them, The decree which forbad Christ to be preached is renewed. renewed the decree, whereof mention was made in the chapter before go­ing, and commaunded the Apostles, that from thenceforth, they shoulde teache no more in the name of Iesus, that is, that they should not preache [Page 270] the Gospell. This is a great argument of stubbornesse, which is peculyar to the wicked. For where in all other things they are tossed to and fro with diuers affections, and are light and inconstant: yet they remaine most firm­ly in the hatred of the truth, and most earnestly vrge whatsoeuer thinges they thinke make for the ouerthrowe thereof. But let vs diligently marke the tenour and fourme of their decree, whereby they forbid them to speake in the name of Iesus. Thus the name of Iesus Christ is hated of the wicked. The worlde can after a sort, abide the doctrine of penaunce, and forgiuenesse of sinnes. For both in tymes passed, the wise men of the Gen­tiles wrate many thinges touching repentaunce, and pourging of sinnes, and in these dayes the Papistes much intreate of both these poyntes and Articles. And where as the thinges they say, come out of the closet of hu­mane reason, they easily admyt and allowe them, bicause they are wonte to be ledde with the reason of the fleshe. But assoone as repentaunce and remission of sinnes is preached in the name of Christ, according as he hath commaunded: this doctrine the worlde cannot away with all, bicause it is contrarie to the things which mans wisedome hath inuented, in matters of religion, and saluation, wherein men commonly vse greatly to glorie. For if Christ giue vs true repentaunce (as Peter before hath taught vs) and we be not authors thereof our selfe, then the libertie of our will is fal­len, mans power is dashed, and we haue no cause to glorie any more in our merites. Yea that is founde true that Christ sayth: without me you can doe nothing. Iohn. 15. Phil. 2. Likewise is that saying of Paule true. It is God that worketh in vs both the will and the deede. Againe: what hast thou that thou hast not re­ceyued? And if thou hast receyued it, why reioycest thou as though thou hadst not receyued it: 1. Cor. 4. Againe, if we haue remission of sinnes in the name of Christ, then is the glorie of our satisfactions quayled, and the trust in our owne workes is found vaine, & ridiculous, yea, an impious, and blasphe­mous Fayre or market of holy things, the which couetous men that thinke gayne good religion, haue brought in. Further, where the heynousnesse of sinne is such, that it could no way be taken awaye, but by Christes bloude onelye: it easily appeareth, howe earnestly and feruently we ought to la­bour, that we fall not agayne from that holynesse and libertie, into the which we be brought, by the benefite of Christ. And here are opened the springs of christian discipline, without the which the profession of a christi­an name, serueth more to damnation, than to saluation. Yet men of their corrupt nature and disposition, abhorre from all these things. Whereby it commeth to passe, that they can not paciently brooke and heare the doctrine of Iesus Christ. It is profitable to consider these things, least the ignorant suspect the doctrine of the Gospell, which we see the worlde so enuyeth and hateth.

Let vs passe from the wicked enimies of Christ, to his elect vessels the Apostles, and let vs see howe they here behaued themselues. Of whome Luke telleth specially two things. The Apo­stles reioyce in the repro­ches they suffer. First, that they went from the Counsell, reioycing that they were counted worthy to suffer rebuke for Christs name sake. The other is, that they ceased not daily, both in the temple, and in e­uery house to teach and preach Iesus Christ. Of both which we haue the more diligently to intreate, bicause they serue much to our comfort, and in­struction. The Apostles reioyce that they are in reproch beaten with rods. [Page 271] Let no man imagine the Stoikes indolency or want of affections in them, or that they were so farre out of their wittes, that they coulde not iudge be­tweene honor and shame. For it is both euident they were men, and also subiect to the affections that are in men, and such as had diuers times de­fended their good name agaynst the sclaunders of the wicked.

They reioyce that for Christes name sake, they were able to suffer shame. Where we see two weightie causes of ioye concurring togither. For first, it is euident all men are sinners, and that euen in the godlye remayne smatches of sinne, whereby they manye times grieuously offende, so that they deserue to be punished of God. But such is the goodnesse and clemency of God, that he sendeth such punishmentes vnder the name of Christ, and for the truth, which ought to be punishmentes for sinne. Which is, as if a Prince should deliuer a thiefe which had deserued hanging, from shame­full death, and woulde sette him in the fore fronte among the chiefe of his Court, to fight for the libertie and safetie of his kingdome. And it is verye lyke the Apostles had this consideration, who could not as yet forget what they had commmitted, partly by their fowle flying awaye, and partly by their fowle deniall when Christ was taken. And where their mindes hi­therto might be in doubt, nowe haue they an infallible argument of Chri­stes reconciliation, perceyuing that they are made partakers of his crosse and affliction. Herevnto is to be ioyned another cause proceeding of Chri­stes promises, whereby he promiseth the ioyes of the kingdome of heauen, to them which suffer persecution for righteousnesse, & his names sake. For he sayth: Blessed are they which suffer persecution for righteousnesse sake, for theirs is the kingdome of heauen. Blessed are you when men reuyle and perse­cute you, and shall falsly say all maner of euill sayings against you for my sake. Reioyce and be glad, for great is your rewarde in heauen. Againe: Luc. 22. you are they which haue abidden with me in my temptations, and I appoynte vnto you a kingdome, as my father hath appoynted to me, that you maye eate and drinke at my table in my kingdome. &c. Which promises bicause they sawe fulfilled and confirmed in Christ, which through the crosse triumphed ouer all the power of hell, and by death entred into the kingdome of heauen, they could not but greatly reioyce, when they perceyued that by these beginnings they hasted to the inheritaunce of the heauenly kingdome. And as these thinges were an occasion to the Apostles, to reioyce, so ought they to cause vs in af­flictions to reioyce and be glad. Rom. 5. For this is the propertie of all Christians (as Paule sayth) to reioyce and be merie in afflictions. And surely, there are notable causes, which in these dayes ought to stirre vs to the consideration of these thinges, forasmuch as we see these many yeares, the enimies of Christ swarming in Germanye, who for this cause most cruelly persecute vs, for that we haue chosen rather to obey Christ, than Antichrist. At whose victories and successe many are so offended, that they suspect, as it were, the doctrine of truth, and we haue seene many (more is the pitie) as touching the fayth, to haue made shipwracke. But if we would call to remembrance our sinnes, and woulde diligently consider the ingratitude whereby Ger­manie these many yeares, hath partly neglected the vnspeakable benefite of Gods worde, and Christian libertie, and partly betrayed it, and with vn­bridled licentiousnesse of lyfe, polluted the same: we shoulde see the won­derfull goodnesse of God towardes vs, who woulde haue vs in ieoperdie [Page 272] for the truth of his worde, and become witnesses of his sonne, and yet had deserued destruction through our sinnes and wickednesse. And that it might appeare, we stoode in daunger, and suffered not for our owne wickednesse, but only for religion and the truthes sake, he sent in among vs, such eni­mies, whose liuing and maners abundantly declare, that they were not so much prouoked with our sinnes agaynst vs, as with our onely confession of the truth. Therefore what more euident argument of Gods goodnesse and grace coulde be shewed vnto vs, than that he hath giuen vs strength, not onely to beleeue in Christ, but also to suffer for his names sake? For hereof we may conclude with Paule: If we die with Christ, we shall liue with him· 2. Tim. 2. If we suffer with him, we shall also reigne with him. Bicause manye see not this glory of the crosse, eyther they filthily fall away from the profession of the fayth, or else with vngodly reproches, vpbrayde vs with our fayth, and sclaunderously defame vs, which mourne vnder the crosse of Christ. As many truly, as consider these thinges as they ought, cannot choose but glory and reioyce in Christ, when they see his markes appeare in their bo­dies. Therefore greatly is their folly to be bewayled, who are offended at the afflictions and crosse of Christ, whereas they might rather gather ar­gumentes of comfort, and ioye of the same.

The perseue­raunce of the Apostles in teaching.Finally, Luke sayeth of the Apostles, that without any regarde had to this wicked decree, they ceased not to teache and preach in the name of Ie­sus Christ. And this they did openly in the Temple, as long as they coulde be suffred. But when the tyrannie of their enimies had driuen them out of the Temple, then beganne they to preache in the houses of the faythfull. For Gods truth is not bounde to any certaine place, but may be taught e­uery where, so that a regarde be had of order and comlynesse, as Paule tea­cheth. Thus they perfourme in very deede that which they protested in the Counsell, 1. Cor. 14. that is, howe God was more to be obeyed than men: and by their example confute them, which now a dayes affirme, that in matters of faith and religion, we must simply obey the magistrates. As though God had made himselfe and his religion subiect to mannes pleasure and appoynt­ment. But bicause we haue already intreated hereof, once or twyse, there needeth no more to be sayde at this time. In the meane whyle [...], the [...] con­stancie of the Apostles is woonderfull, which being scourged and bea­ten, doe boldly go on in the office that God appointed. The slothfulnesse of men in our dayes, is by this example confuted, who hauing suffred some­what for the truthes sake alreadye, thinke they haue nowe done all their dutie, and will henceforth suffer neyther paines nor daunger any more. In deede their doings might after a sort be borne with, if it were in our owne libertie to appoynt the boundes of our labour. But bicause we be seruants, it becommeth vs to wayte vpon the Lordes will, and to abide his leysure with silence. And Christ sayth they be not meete for his kingdome which loke backewarde, but such as continue vnto the ende. See Luke the .ix. Mathew the .xxiiij. Beside, it is the commaundement of God, that we being deliue­red out of daungers and distresse through his benefite, shoulde glorifie him. Which thing they cannot doe that leaue and forsake their standing, Psal. 50. and be­ing ouercome with feare of perilles, procure their ease and quietnesse. Wherfore, let euery man in his calling followe the constancie of the Apo­stles, but chiefely such as the Lorde hath committed the dispensation and [Page 273] ordering of his Church and worde to: and let them not distrust his ayde, who they see so long agone had such a care of his flocke. Whosoeuer can giue a iust account of their ministerye vnto him, shall be partakers of his kingdome. To him be bles­sing, honor, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The sixt chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .xl. Homelie.

‘IN those dayes when the number of the Disciples beganne to increase, there arose a grutch among the Greekes against the Iewes, bicause their widowes were despised in the dayly administration. Then the twelue called the multi­tude of the Disciples togither and sayde: It is not meete that we should leaue the worde of God, and serue Tables. Wherefore (brethren) looke you out a­mong you seauen men of honest report, and full of the holy ghost and wise­dome, to whome we may commit this businesse. But we will giue our selues continually to prayer, and to the ministration of the worde.’

THe Euangelist Luke thus farre hath set forth the beginning, proceeding, increase, and order of the primitiue Church. In the which we haue seene all things very wisely ordered according to the worde of God, and amongst the hor­rible persecutions and cruell attemptes of the enimies, with moste prosperous successe, administred. Howbeit, bicause the things there intreated, be somewhat generall, nowe at length the godly wri­ter descendeth to matters more speciall, declaring howe certaine peculiar per­sons employed their great traueyle to promote and aduaunce Christes kingdome. Among whome, bicause Steuen which was one of the Dea­cons, of whom no mention hath bene heretofore made, is the first, he begin­neth most commodiously his hystorie with the institution of the Deacons, and in this present place teacheth, vppon what occasion the order of Dea­cons was appoynted, and then sheweth after what order and maner those first Deacons were elected and ordeyned by the Apostles. And in this nar­ration, are many thinges, whereof in these dayes, the Church hath great neede. Wherefore we shall speake of ech thing diligently.

[Page 274] The cause why Dea­cons were or­deyned.The multitude of the beleeuers was the occasion and cause of this newe deuised order in the Church, by reason of a quarrell and grutch growne a­mong them. For at this time the Church of Christ grewe, and was mar­ueylously encreased, and the enterprises of the wicked Bishops, which la­boured to oppresse the Church, were vtterly vaine. Howbeit, bicause this Church was gathered togither of diuers kindes of people, it could not long agree. For there arose a quarrell or grutch among the Greekes, against the Hebrewes. He calleth them Greekes, or Proselites, eyther bicause they re­turned from their Gentilitie to Iudaisme, eyther for that they were borne of parents that were Iewes, and scattered among diuers nations. For it is euident that at this time the Gentiles were not as yet receyued into the fellowship of the Church, forasmuch as long after this, Peter was rebuked for hauing preached the gospell to Cornelius and his familie, men that were not circumcised, as appeareth hereafter in the .xj. Chapter. The cause of this grutch was, for that the Greekes widowes were neglected in the day­ly administration, that is to saye, in the distribution of the liuing delt euery day among the beleeuing. For it hath bene heretofore declared, howe ma­ny layde their moneyes togither, to be at the disposing of the Apostles, to giue thereof to euerye manne, as he shoulde haue neede. In this case it chaunced, that the Apostles eyther being ouercharged with multitude of businesse, ouerhipped some fewe amongest them, or else that they deemed they were despised, which things, these straungers (a suspicious kinde of people) aboue all other, bitterlye complayned of. And this thing was the cause why the accustomed order and maner of administration of this money hitherto, seemed nowe somewhat to be altered. But before we speake here­of, we haue here certaine other things to obserue.

And first is to be considered, howe euen the primitiue Church was not voyde of hir defectes and faultes, The primi­tiue Church not voyde of faultes. which hitherto yet seemed prosperous, and perfite in all poyntes. And they are no light faultes which are here re­cited, but horrible. For they obserue differences of Nations, where, in Christ there is none at all. (For in him is neyther Iewe nor Gentyle, Scithian, or Barbarous. Gallat. 3. Colloss. 3. and being factiouslye deuyded, they nowe beare not malice and grutch secretly in their hart, but vtter the bitternesse of their mindes with vniust complayning. We see therefore the primitiue Church infected with that fault, for the which we reade manye thousandes vnder Moyses were somtimes ouerthrown in the wildernesse, 1. Cor. 10. by Gods horrible iudgement. To this may be added a detestable ingratitude towards the Apostles, who they knewe were occupied in many other affayres, yea, who were once or twise before cast in prison, and who alone they sawe bare all the brunt and daun­ger almost of the whole Church. And where it is a great offence to haue a wrong opinion of those that deserue well of vs, and benefite vs, these by their murmuring call the Apostles credit into doubt, and giue occasion of sedition. And this they doe in a time of persecution, when it behooued them all to haue bene most carefull of mutual loue and vnity. By which example we are taught, that there can neuer be appointed so perfite a president of a church, but y t alway some thing may happen worthy to be amended, not that there is eyther such obscuritie in the worde of God, or such incertaintie, that nothing can be perfitely ordered therby, but bicause such is the corruption of our witte, that it alwaye seeketh occasion to infringe and breake the moste [Page 275] holy ordinaunces of God. Therfore, foolish and moste arrogant is the bold­nesse of those men, which thinke they haue attayned to the highest perfecti­on, and will abyde no kinde of admonishment. Furthermore, the rashnesse of them is here reprooued, which forsake those congregations, in whom they find or perceiue any blemishes or imperfections, & are the authors and cau­ses of schisme, wherin the Anabaptists commonly are guiltie. But if these mennes reason shoulde take place, then shall not the primitiue Church be iudged free, nor thought worthy, to whome a man may ioyne himselfe. Al­so where Christ hath chiefely commended to vs the keeping of vnitie, it ea­sily appeareth, with what spirite they are sedde, Iohn. 17. 1. Iohn. 2. which thinke it but a trifle to breake the vnitie of the Church.

Further it is to be obserued, Grutch in the multitude. that thys grutch arose when the number of christians increased, when they ought most to haue acknowledged Gods grace, and to haue imbraced vnitie. But this is all way seene where a mul­titude is, there is also murmuring and confusion, bicause it is impossible in such diuersitie and desyres of mindes, to satisfie all mennes wyshes. And nature hath so ordeyned, that they which are not pleased and content, seeke alwayes some occasion of puling complaint. That faythfull seruaunt of God Moses, whome the Israelites many tymes went about to stone, when they remembred theyr fleshe pottes in Egypt, founde thys to be true. The like now feele the Apostles, who notwithstanding in their administration of these things, vsed vndoubtedly all kinde of truth and diligencie. Let no man therefore thinke it straunge or wonderfull, nowe a dayes, though in that multitude of poore and needie, which we euerywhere see, murmurings and complaynings be heard, which as it is in al places vsed, so chiefely is it to be seene in Hospitals, and in such places where the poore are found and main­teyned. For though there be no cause else, yet pouertie of it selfe is alwaye whyning and complayning, which faulte for this cause chiefely deserueth pardon, bicause there chaunceth daylie dyuers occasions, which are able to mooue mindes, be they neuer so constant. Let them rather that haue the charge and ouersight of the poore, beware that they giue no iust occasion of murmure and complaint, whyles eyther they vnwyllingly distribute suche thinges as they haue neede of, or else wickedly conuey away that which is giuen for the finding of the poore. For it is no small or tryfling fault that they commit herein. For they contamynat themselues with great sacriledge and lye vnto the holy ghost, and also be occasions to the poore of no small of­fence in that they giue them causes to be angrie and mooued, which other­wise had neede to be comforted. Let it waigh with them howe the primi­tiue Church was troubled with none other encumbraunces, than such as sprang eyther of vniust, or negligent administration of ecclesiastical goods. For the scripture teacheth that Iudas stumbled at this block. Iohn. 12. We see also how Ananias and Sapphira made wracke of their saluation on this rock. And in thys place the Grecians take no other occasion of their seditious murmu­ring, than for that they thought, their Wydowes were neglected, in the publike distribution of the Church goodes. Which examples, the holy ghost would therefore diligently to be written, to declare what daungers chiefely they ought to shunne and auoyd, which purpose not vnprofitable, to bragge of their christian calling, but in their doings, meane to expresse the same. For it becommeth not them which eyther haue already forsaken their owne [Page 276] goodes, for the name of Christ, or else ought to forsake them, if necessitie so requyre, to bestowe the goodes of the poore fraudulently and guylefully. And it is an absurde, and neuer ynough punishable offence, to purloyne and imbecill away those things, which other men haue giuen to the reliefe of the poore, for the maynteyning of whome, we are commaunded to spend all we haue. But woulde God it were as easie a matter, herein to correct the vsage of our dayes, as we may not without great cause bewayle the same.

But what doe the Apostles, after this grutch is risen? Doe they rayle on them whome they heare thus murmure against them, The Apo­stles speedily consult of the redresse. for their vniust distribution? Doe they forsake these vnkinde murmurers, and leaue of in displeasure, all care of administration of the Church? Doe they of their priuate authoritie prescribe anye newe order to the Church? Or (which thing might haue had some shewe of charitie) doe they dissemble and make delayes, as though by delaying and winking at the matter, this mischiefe might haue beene qualified? Luke maketh no mention at all of anye suche thinges. For they see that mindes already to much incensed, are not to be more prouoked: neyther can they for a fewe of murmurers sakes, leaue of the care of the whole Church, which Christ had committed to them, ney­ther doe they of their priuate authoritie, as aspyrers to tyranny, prescribe Gods houshold or inheritance any such thing: neither do they thinke it good, to dissemble or negligently to passe ouer so apparaunt an inconuenience. But in time they prouyde a remedie, and calling all the multitude togither, they openly and friendly consult of some better order and way to be appoin­ted for the poore. This example or president, is not onely in all ages to be obserued, but also with great diligence to be followed, if we desyre the churches preseruation and safetie. 1. Peter. 5. For neyther must the pleasure of a fewe be so borne with, that they shall doe whatsoeuer lyketh them, and lyke Lordes prowdely beare rule ouer the church, neyther must open vices be winked at, especially such as giue occasion of murmurings and complaint. For both they gather strength, and creepe further with long tarryaunce, and so inflame the mindes, that that euill which at the beginning might ea­sily haue beene cured or remedied, becommeth incurable. It also commeth to passe, that hereby occasion is gyuen to such as be rashe and seditious, to inuade and vsurpe a rule and dominion ouer the Churche, and so at their pleasure to make and appoint newe orders and reformation. This thing ought they to haue consydered, which nowe a dayes bragge of their false succeeding the Apostles, and will be taken for chiefe rulers of the Church, who thinke it intollerable that the godly Magistrates, should appoynt any reformation in their Churches, as the complaintes of the whole worlde these many yeares, could not awake them, to take away, the manifest and horrible abuses, whereof they haue bene to long, both the authors and de­fendors. Yea and we also ought to haue consydered this thing, which glory in the name of the gospell, and wil seeme to haue refourmed our Churches. For who is so foolish, that heareth not the poore euery day, for the like cause murmuring and complayning? And would God the complaynts of poore were not more iust than theyrs, of whome it is here intreated. For in ma­ny places the Magistrates rape and reaue the Church goodes, and they are spent and consumed by such as neyther serue the Church, neyther are [Page 277] ledde with any desire of Euangelike truth, the poore in the meane whyle, and the ministers of the church also being in extreme beggerie, and ready to ster [...]e for hunger, Math. 26. whome Christ so diligently hath commended to hys church. To say nothing of the neglecting of studies, and wasting of schooles, the contempt of discipline and good maners, and infinite like mischiefes, all which we may thanke this wicked robbing of churches and Colledges of. Many wise men see these things and lament them. Diuers faythfull Pas­tours of Churches, reprooue them and desyre amendment. Many openly bewayle it, and there wante not which with seditious murmuring, testifie the indignation of their mindes. But what profite is there in all these wayes? There be men which thinke these murmurers, are to be brydeled, by threates and proclamations, and by punishments. And they that seeme to be the best, neglect and care nothing at all therfore. So no man thinketh earnestly of any reformation, bicause no man will be put out of possession of the Church goodes. But the Lorde will finde a way one day, and by his horrible iudgement, will awake these sluggardes, whome no admonish­ment of his diuine worde, nor complaintes of the poore can awake.

But where the matter is of great wayte, that is here intreated, The Apo­stles oration concerning the ordeyning of Deacons. Luke also reciteth the Apostles Oration, wherein they proposed this matter to be discussed of the church. The Oration is deliberatiue, and the state therof is, that Deacons must be ordeyned, to whome the distribution of the com­mon money, and care of helping the poore, may be committed. And the O­ration consisteth of three pointes. The first conteyneth a briefe excuse, wherein they both render a reason of their present doing, and modestlye put away the crime laide against them, by these murmurers: so that they take vpon them all the faulte, least any occasion of suspicion, or vpbrayding should remayne. For they say, It is not meete that we should leaue the worde of God, and serue at the table. The argument is deduced of impossibilitie. For they declare, that it can not be, that they can discharge both the offices, that they haue hytherto susteyned, wherefore, it is necessarie that one of them be committed to some other. They also declare that no man ought to take it grieuously, if they haue made any default, consydering the manifold affayres, wherein hitherto they had beene occupied. It is as much as if they should say. Bicause the money was taken vnto vs, which certaine godlye disposed had giuen to the churches vse, we gladly tooke vppon vs, the distri­bution of the same, least we should seeme anye waye to neglect the Chur­ches commoditie. But we learne by experience, that we are not able both to satisfie the place of teaching, and also this office of distribution, and we confesse that among so manifolde businesses, something might be ouerseene of vs. Wherefore we must lay aside the one or the other of these offices. But we may not intermyt the office of teaching, seing Christ hath commen­ded the same vnto vs, and hath appoynted vs witnesses of the thinges he hath done. Therefore, this other office, must be appointed to some other, that may serue at the table, that is to say, which may see to the thinges, be­longing to the helping and succouring of those that be poore.

We are taught in the first part of thys relation, how great the dignitie of the gospell, and worde of God is, The dignitie of the gospel. consydering the Apostles preferre the preaching hereof, before the ecclesiasticall distribution and helping of the poore, which yet is a most godly thing, & verie necessary. Neyther were they [Page 278] ignoraunt that the ministers of the Gospell ought by no meanes to despise the poore, seing afterwarde they so earnestly commended the care of them to Paule and Barnabas. Galat. 2. But when the matter came to thys point, that either the ministerie of the table, or worde must be intermytted▪ they thinke it vn­meete, to neglect the preaching of the worde, vnder the pretence of looking to the poore. Bicause greater respect is to be had of the soule, which is fedde with the worde of God, than of the body and bodily foode, as Christ hym­selfe teacheth: Math. 6. Seeke first the kingdome of God. &c. Yea Christ hymselfe pre­ferreth the studie of his worde, before all other dueties, which sometimes were done vnto hym. For he aunswered the woman, that sayde, blessed be the wombe that bare thee, and the pappes that gaue thee suck: yea blessed are they rather which heare the worde of God and keepe it. Luc. 11. Whervnto is to be re­ferred the storie of Martha & Marie, Luc. 10. Lazarus sisters, in the same Euangelist.

And Paule thought he ought to haue more regarde of the Gospell, than of the sacraments, where he sayth, he was not sent to baptise▪ but to preache the gospell. 1. Cor. 1. Furthermore the Apostles in thys place plainely teach, that the ex­cellencie and waight of his office is suche, that it requireth a peculiar man, voyde of all other cares and labours. Which was the cause that Christ would not haue his Apostles occupied in the administration of Empyres and kingdomes of this worlde. Math. 20. Luc. 22. Herein our counterfait Byshops in these daies are verie faultie, which will doe any thing rather than preache, and are oftener seene in the Courtes and Campes of princes, than in the Pul­pit, 1. Tim. 3. where Paule sayth the chiefe propertie in a Bishop is, to be able to teach. But would God they onely herein offended, and that we had not among vs, that eyther through immoderate desyre of ryches, or in vanities, to say, in banquetting, hawking and hunting, and sometime in dishonest exer­cises, spent not the greatest part of that tyme, that otherwise shoulde be employed to reading and teaching. They shall one daye feele the horrible iudgement of God, when the bloud of those which haue perished through their negligence, Ezec. 3.33. Math. 24. shall be required at their handes.

In the seconde part of the Oration, they shewe what is to be done, for the succouring of the afflicted Church, What maner of men must be chosen to be Deacons. where they saye: Looke out there­fore among you seauen men of approoued honestie, being full of the holy ghost and wisedome, wome we will appoynt for this businesse. They thinke it good to ordeyne Deacons or Stewardes, to whome this charge myght peculi­arly appertaine. And they will haue seauen to be chosen, bicause they sup­pose that number sufficient for that time, not that they woulde haue all Churches bounde to that number. Although this might seeme profitable to commit the charge of publike goods to no fewer, bicause many times com­meth to passe, that such eyther waxe the more insolent, or else seeke after their priuate gayne, vnlesse they be restrayned by the rule and authoritie of others. And though no such thing fall out, yet a fewe are sooner suspected, than many standing charged with one thing. But least they might erre in their election, they diligently declare what maner of men must be ordey­ned. First, they will haue them chosen out of the companye of the faythfull. Therefore none must be admitted therevnto, which is an aduersary of the fayth, or estraunged from it. Then, they requyre men of a tried honestie, to thintent that publike goodes might safely be committed to them. Thirdly, they looke that they be full of the holye ghost, not suche as are ledde and [Page 279] ruled altogither with filthy affections. Last of all, they will haue a respect to be had of their wisedome, that is, of their skill and dexteritie in handling of matters, bicause without this, the lawfull dispensation of such goodes cannot be exercised. 1. Tim. 3. Ioyne vnto these, the thinges that Paule requireth in Deacons, and it shall easily appeare, what in these dayes is to be obser­ued and followed. But as in other thinges, so herein also is committed great ouersight. For with the Papistes hath nothing remayned but the bare name of Deacons onely, yea, euen they that are called Gospellers, whether they bring the Church goodes to the publike Treasury, or conuert them to other vses, they commonly make such Stewardes as are straun­gers from the fayth, which hate the worde of God, and the Ministers ther­of, who when they haue wasted and consumed their owne goodes, seeke to enriche themselues by the Church goods, whome a man may see rather full of wine, than of the holye ghost, and not ledde so much with the spirite of wisedome, as with the impotent and vnruly perturbations of the minde. These men grieuouslye offende, but no lesse doe they offende, by whose voyces such men are chosen. 1. Tim. 5. For Paule testifieth that they are partakers of o­ther mennes sinnes.

In the thirde and last part, The duties of Ministers of the church. they declare what they themselues intende to do, least any man might suspect they sought their owne ease or ydlenesse. We (saye they) will giue our selues to prayer, and to the ministration of the worde. By this worde ( giue) they expresse an ardent and earnest industrie and endeuour, which all Ministers of the worde must haue that will doe good in their office. In two duties they comprehende the chiefe poyntes of Ecclesiasticall ministerie. The first is, doctrine or teaching, which, for that it must be taken from the mouth of God, we haue neede diligently to studie the holy scripture, in the which God speaketh to vs. 1. Tim. 4. Therfore Paule biddeth Timothie to applye his reading. Againe, bicause the same must be applyed to edification, we must take good heede that the worde of God be duely bro­ken and deuided, that it may serue as well to instruct as to comfort euerye man. But bicause the endeuour and diligence of the Minister is in vayne, except God giue the encreas: he must by continuall prayer be intreated, 1. Cor. 3. that he will vouchsafe to drawe and inspire the mindes of the hearers, by his holy spirite. Christ our Lorde ioyned both these togither, whose ex­ample the Apostles in thys case thinke good to imitate. Let as manye as be Ministers of the Churche followe the same, and they shall per­ceyue that they shall not labour in vayne. For Iesus Christ that true and supreme king of the Church, shall with the grace of his holye spirite pros­per their studies: to whome be blessing, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xlj. Homelie.

‘And this saying pleased the whole multitude, and they chose Steuen a man full of fayth and of the holy ghost, and Philip and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicholas a Conuerte of Antioch. These they set before the Apostles, and when they had prayed, they layde their handes vpon them. And the worde of God increased, and the number of the Disciples [Page 280] at Ierusalem multiplied greatly, and a great company of the Priestes were o­bedient vnto the fayth.’

AS Luke hath descrybed a sounde and moste perfite paterne of the primitiue Church: euen so he declareth with great diligence, the vice that sprang in the same. The beginning whereof was about the Church goodes, and howe manye wayes they offended of late, we perceyued. The Apostles erred of ignorance, and multitude of businesses, be­ing not able to discharge two offices at once. But of a little errour followeth a great offence. For certain conceiued and tooke occasion hereby of discention, and became murmurers, so that now the Church seemed in a farre other case than heretofore it was, when Luke sayde all the people were of one minde and will. The holy ghost ment hereby to teache vs, that no man should be offended; as at a straunge thing, though he perceyued some blemishe or vice to spring in any Church, or congregation. For what so much argueth vs to be men, as to erre, and to be deceyued? we must therefore studie howe to correct these things, that vices spreade not to brode, or by delayes become vncurable. The Apostles well noted these things, which calling the multitude togither, modestly ex­cused themselues, and also friendly gaue counsell what was best to be done. This is the ende and scope of their counsayle, that Deacons or Stewards may be chosen, to whome both the charge of publike goodes, and also the o­uersight of the poore in the congregation might be committed, and least they shoulde erre in their choyce, they diligently declare what maner of menne ought to be chosen. Then followeth what was done after the Church by their authority had allowed the Apostles counsaile. This is the second part of this present hystorie, wherein is described the choosing of the Deacons of the Church: In the consideration whereof it behooueth vs to be diligent, that we may vnderstande what we also ought to doe in these dayes.

The con­gregation choseth Dea­cons.First, he declareth by whome the Deacons were chosen. This saying (sayth he) pleased the whole multitude, and they chose Steuen. &c. Then the Deacons are chosen by the consent and authoritie of the whole Church. Therfore the choosing of Deacons, to whome the administration of Church goodes is committed, belongeth to all the Church. For where these goodes be consecrated to the whole Church, it must not be suffred, that a fewe shall haue the disposing of them at their pleasure, or choose the disposers of them. For so maye it come to passe, that those goodes, which the godly and faith­full of a godly and christian zeale, gaue for the conseruation of the Church, may be an occasion to haue the same spoyled. It is worthy of great com­mendation, that Luke sayth the counsell of the Apostles pleased them. For they perceyued it was right and necessary, that they whome Christ had ap­poynted to preach the Gospell, shoulde not be burthened with temporall af­fayres. They perceyued also that this institution agreed with the example of Christ, who had committed to Iudas the purse of his dayly expences, and care of the poore, for that he woulde haue neyther himselfe nor the other A­postles hindered in the ministerie of the worde. Therefore with one consent they agree to the Apostles saying. This is the right and proper marke of [Page 281] the true Church, that she harkeneth to the voyce of hir shepehearde, Iohn 10. and striueth not agaynst Christes counsell or example. And their frowardnesse is inexcusable, which will haue nothing to be altred or chaunged, bicause they woulde not seeme to haue erred, although they see the order and forme of the Church, altogither marred and corrupted. The Louianistes offende in this behalfe, who thinke this Maxima to be defended with tooth and nayle, that the Romaine Church cannot erre. &c. and will admit no reforma­tion, although they are neyther able to dissemble, ne yet to excuse great er­rors and abuses in the same. We see diuers Gospellers also stumble at the same stone, which, whyle they will not swarue one strawe bredth from the first reformation of their Churches, doe not onely mainteyne olde errors in some articles, but suffer newe also dayly to aryse. Let vs therefore fol­lowe the readynesse to yeelde that was in the primitiue Church, least while we seeke to be cleere from all suspicion of error, we become altogither dis­tayned with errours.

Secondarily, is declared who they were that the Church did choose. A scroll of the Deacons names. For there is rehearsed a scroll of their names, in the which as Steuen is the first, so is he commended with a singuler prayse, in that it is sayde he was full of fayth and of the holy ghost. The occasion of which commendati­ons, is partly bicause of the historie of Steuen following, and partlye for that we might vnderstande, what the Church chiefely obserued in this e­lection. For here is no yeelding to priuate affections, nor no admission of ambitious mens sleyghts & subtelties, who are ledde eyther with desire of priuate glory or vtilitie. But they iudge that such ought to be chosen as were able to aunswere the rule prescribed by the Apostles. Reade what Eusebius wry­teth of him, in the thirde booke of hys storie, and .29 chapter, citing Clemens A­lexandria in his thirde booke, [...] for the same. Yet among these was Nicholas rehearsed who (as the auncient writers saye) made his wife com­mon, and was the authour of the detestable sect of Nicholaites, whose workes Christ sayth he hateth. Apoc. 2. Neyther coulde the whole Church with the exhortation of the Apostles vse such diligence, but such a beastly and wicked man, was able to get into this most holy order. Which certain­lye was a thing both wonderfull and absurde, onlesse we were assured that aswell the affayres of all mankinde, as of the Church, were ruled by Gods prouidence. And the Lorde suffred him by his iust iudgement to obteyne this notable roume in the Church, bicause the same serued much for our instruction. For first we learne that wicked men manye times creepe, and get into the societie of those that are good and godly. For Satan ceaseth not to throwe and sowe taxes among the good seede, whyle men sleepe. Math. 13. So we see Iudas was reckoned among the Apostles, whome Christ knewe to be a Deuill and Traytor. Wherefore no man ought to be offended, Iohn. 6. if the like fall out in our dayes. For God will haue his people tried and exercised. And there must needes be heresies or sectes, that the chosen may be tried. 1. Cor. 11. Fur­thermore, he maketh vs attent to examine both our selues and other, that we eyther deceyue not our selues, or suffer others to deceyue both vs and the Church. Which thing in elections, is of all other thinges to be regar­ded. For if the primitiue Churche were deceyued in hir iudgement, being feruent in an holy zeale of Christ, what thinke we will come to passe, if the corrupt affections of the fleshe be taken to counsayle, or if iudgementes be rashly and vnaduisedly giuen? The example of Nicholas teacheth vs fur­ther, what a care and consideration they ought to haue which thinke they [Page 282] stande sure, 1. Cor. 10. least perhaps they fall. For as of nature we be proue to all kinde of vice, so the deuill our common enimie, is not ydle, but walk eth still vp and downe like a roring Lion, 1. Peter. 5. seeking whome hee maye deuoure. Neyther ought they to promise them selfe securitie and safety, which haue before their eyes the falles of so many holy men, Prouer. 24. and knowe that euen the iust man falleth seauen times in a daye. To conclude, they are reproued by this example, which vaunt themselues in the bare name of Predeces­sors and succession, manifestly offending agaynst the lawes of God. We see the Nicholaites which seeme to haue bene the beginners of the heretikes called Gnostici, the wickedst kinde of people that euer the worlde brought forth, had this Nicholas for their author, whome the primitiue Church thought not onely worthy to be of the number of the faythfull, but as farre passing others, chose him to be one of the Deacons. Paule sayeth that Anti­christ shall sit in the very Church. 2. Thess. 2. And Christ out of the Prophetes teacheth vs, that abhomination shall occupie the holy place. It is therefore foolishnesse to brag of succession, Math. 24. and holynesse of order, and not to endeuour to aun­swere our vocation.

The Dea­cons are pub­likely autho­rized.But let vs rrturne to the Deacons, whom we sayde were euen now elected, and let vs see what was furthermore done. For they enter not by and by into their office, but are first confirmed by common authoritie. And first they are set before the Apostles, as vnto whom belonged chiefely both the charge of the whole Church, and care of the poore. Wherby those new Deacons were taught, that they ought so to behaue themselues, in their office that they might be able to giue an accompt to the Apostles, whose se­ueritie in these affayres not long before appeared in the examples of Ana­nias and Sapphira. By thys example, the men of our dayes be reprooued, which thinke it meete, that Ministers of the worde and congregation, should be vtterly debarred, from the viewe and ouersight of publike goods, and that it is vnfit they should talke of the distribution and distributors of Ecclesiasticall goodes. Howbeit it is euident that they ought not to neglect the care of the poore, whome Christ hath put in charge with his whole church. For with what reason shall they neglect one peece, which are bounde to see to the whole? Therefore, these men must eyther denie, that the poore belong to the Church, or else they must needes let the Ministers haue a care and ouersight of them. And howe can they denie but the poore are a part of the Church, seeing Christ so tendereth them, that he taketh whatsoeuer is done to them, as done to hymselfe. But it is playne, what these men of oures hunt for, verilie euen this, that without all restraynt, and feare of discipline, and comptrolment, they may make hauock of the Church goodes, at their pleasure, which goodes were appoynted for the re­liefe of the poore. Therefore whosoeuer wyll faythfully and with commen­dation liue in the ministerie, must not stowpe or yeelde to this their tyran­nie. Secondarily, Luke maketh mention of prayers. These the Church with one consent, powred forth, for the Deacons newly chosen, that they might obteyne for them the giftes of the holy ghost, whereof they knewe, they had most neede. They commend vnto vs by their example, the studie and care of religion, which as in all other things, so in those things which belong to the publike administration of the church, it is chiefely to be re­garded. And they are not vnworthily iudged wicked, which contemptuous­lye [Page 283] neglect prayers, eyther priuate, or publike. Furthermore we are taught, that we should pray earnestly for all them, which are in any pub­like office. For as such men labour not for themselues onely, but are care­full and vigilaunt for the weale publike: so, if they offend in any thing, com­monly it is the occasion of some publike euill. Therefore we see howe the Church not long before, made their publike and common prayers, for the Apostles. And Paule commendeth himselfe to the publike prayers of the congregations, that he may preache the worde of saluation freely, and wyth open mouth. He commaundeth the christians, to pray for magistrates, Ephes. 6. and all other in authoritie, that they that are not able in other things, at least­wise with their prayers, myght helpe and promote the publike weale. Which was a thing so obserued in the primitiue Churche as Ecclesiasticall wryters testifie, that the christians daylie prayed vnto God for the Ro­maine Emperours, being yet infidels. And surely it is an argument both of an vnthankefull and blockishe minde, to haue no care of them, to whom the weale publike is committed. The thirde thing in their election, was the imposition of handes, which was partly a signe of their consecration, and partly of their commission. For as the priestes in times past, vsed to laye their handes vpon the sacrifices, thereby declaring they were consecra­ted vnto God, so did the Apostles vse to lay handes vpon the Ministers of the Church, to the ende they might knowe they were consecrated vnto God, and be the more assured of their vocation. And it was not a little needefull for them, to be admonished hereof by a publike ceremonie. For except a man certainely vnderstande, that he is called and ordayned of God, he shall doe his dutie no longer than he seeth all things proceede pros­perously. For if aduersity begin once to thunder, bicause he is vpholden with no hope of Gods helpe, he shall dishonestly forsake his tackle and standing. In the meane whyle let vs diligently obserue, that they ioyne prayers to the imposition of handes. For hereby the declare that the grace of the holy ghost is not tyed to the outwarde signe, but that it commeth from God, and is to be obteyned by godly prayer. And this is the most sincere way of ma­king Ministers and Deacons of the Church, which it is euydent the pri­mitiue church vsed many yeares. With the which if a man would compare the things that the Papistes obserue, he shall see the auncient simplicitie vt­terly worne out, and all the thinges which belong to the true worship of God, and which should admonishe men of their dueties, with most vayne and colde ceremonies, all to be blotted and blurred.

But least any man might thinke this ordeining of Deacons, The pro­fite ensuing of the errour corrected. and so di­ligent a correction of this errour, had beene superfluous or vnprofitable, Luke sheweth that great vtilitie ensued therof. For the word of God increa­sed, both for that it spread farther vnto others, and also for that it did bring forth more fruite in the mindes of them, which before had hearde and re­ceyued it. Then agayne the number of the faythfull, whome the chiefe By­shops and priestes desyred, not onely to haue diminished, but vtterly to be extinguished, was meruaylously increased, and that in Ierusalem, where the power and authoritie of the enimies was greatest. Furthermore, not onely the commons and those of the lay fee, but nowe also the priestes be­ginne to submit themselues to the obedience of fayth, and to professe Christ. These thinges haue in them marueylous consolation, if they be diligently [Page 284] considered. For they teach vs by what armor and weapons Christes church is most profitablie enlarged and conserued. Uerily, not with the counsailes of fleshly wisedome, or mens deuises, but with puritie of doctrine, and ho­lye discipline, whereof this ought to be the ende, that all outwarde things may aunswere to the doctrine of Christ, and that such errours as happen, may diligently be corrected. And the ende and marke of all togither must be the glorie of God, and the saluation of many. When these things be di­ligently obserued, the wiser sort (which before were feared with noueltie) beginne to giue eare to the doctrine and credite it. And no doubt, but there would be in these daies, better successe in church affayres, if we in this be­halfe, were not vtterly deafe. For as though the bare profession of a chri­stian name were sufficient to saluation, we stay ydlely in the same, and are mooued neyther with publike corruption of maners, and manifest errours, nor with the iust complaints of the godly, earnestly to amende the things, that ought to be amended. Therfore through our negligence and securitie, it commeth to passe that the gospell in these daies goeth no better forward. Againe, we are taught by an euydent example, howe vaine and forcelesse the enterprises of the wicked are against the kingdome of Christ. For the more they rage, the more it spreadeth: and nowe the christian fayth findeth place among the priestes, which fayth before was thought vnmeete to be suffered in the common people. The like thing happened while Christ was yet vpon the earth, when Nicodemus and Ioseph of Arimathaea beleeued in him, whome all the residue of that order wyshed out of his life. Yea whyle Nero by cruell proclamations, thundred against the Church, yet were there founde in his owne Court, which professed Christ, as Paule to the Philip­pians wytnesseth. This is also a singuler token of the goodnesse and mercy of God, that he doth vouchsafe to illuminate with the knowledge of hys truth, a many of that number, that had shed Christes bloud, and were ta­ken to be the chiefe procurers of his death. Who shall henceforth dis­payre in his sinnes, when we see these men haue founde forgiuenesse? Let vs rather hearken to Christ, which doth of his owne accorde, offer to syn­ners remission and peace, and did vouchsafe to pray for them, that crucified him. And yet this example serueth not onely for our consolation, but also for our instruction, that we also with like facilitie and readinesse must par­don them that doe vs iniurye. For so it shall come to passe, that we hauing the true spirite of the children of God giuen vnto vs, and being deliuered from all the debt of our trespasses, shall come to the inheritaunce of the heauenly kingdome, with Iesu Christ the onely begotten sonne of God: to whome be blessing, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xlij. Homelie.

‘AND Steuen full of fayth and power, did great wonders and myracles a­mong the people. Then there arose certaine of the Synagoges, which is cal­led the Synagoge of the Libertines, and Cyrenites, and of Alexandria, and of Cilicia, and of Asia, disputing with Steuen. And they coulde not resist the wisedome, and the spirite which spake. Then sent they in men, which saide, we haue heard hym speake blasphemous wordes against Moses, and against [Page 285] God. And they mooued the people and the elders, and the Scribes, and came vpon him and caught him, and brought him to the counsell, & brought forth false wytnesse which sayde: Thys man ceaseth not to speake blasphemous wordes against this holy place, and the lawe: for we heard him say: This Ie­sus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall chaunge the ordinaunces which Moses gaue vs. And all that sate in the counsell, looked stedfastly vp­pon hym, and sawe his face as it had beene the face of an Aungell.’

FOr as much as our Sauiour Iesus Christ, is entred into the kingdome and glory of God his father, by the bitter death of the crosse: the same lotte must all they abyde, that desyre to lyue godly, and to be partakers with him, of the heauenly kingdome. And forbicause we are of­fended with nothing, more than the crosse, God would haue vs instructed and confirmed, not onely with precepts, but also with the ex­ample of the primitiue church, that we should not be offended with perse­cution and aduersitie, as at any straunge and vnwonted thing: for as much as we see in times passed prosperous successes amōg horrible persecutions mixed, the church for al that, stil increasing. An example wherof y e story that we presently haue in hand shall shewe vs, if it be compared with the things that went next before. For Luke hath declared vnto vs the most prosperous proceedings of the gospell, and how not only the common people, but also many of the priestes, beganne to beleeue it. So that the church affayres, seemed nowe to haue bene in quyet and safetie, seing it was defended by so many and such singuler Patrones. But beholde a newe conflict beginneth more horrible and perillous than any yet before was, in the which Steuen by whose side the whole church of Christ was foyned at, was constrayned to defende Christes quarrell, not onely by wordes, but also by stowte pro­testation of his fayth and by his bloude. The vse of the hystorie, is chiefely in thys poynt, that we must not be offended, though grieuous tumults so­dainely arise, when all things seeme hushte, and when they whome we ho­ped to haue our faythfullest defendours, eyther are not able, or wylling to helpe vs. For God suffereth it so to come to passe, to take from vs the trust in carnall helpes, and for that we shoulde learne in deede, that Christes kingdome is not enlarged, neyther by hoste of men, nor by force, but by the spirite of the Lorde. But bicause diuers other things are here concurrent, which make both for our instruction and consolation, the whole hystorie with all the circumstaunces is diligently described of Luke. First, beginning with the discription of the person, he sheweth who Steuen was, and of what calling. Then he descrybeth his enimies, and their attempts agaynst him. Thirdely, he declareth howe Steuen behaued himselfe in this concertation, and his glorious martyrdome. Nowe will we speake of the thinges that belong to the treatise of this present place.

Luke in the beginning shewed how Steuen was the first in the number of the Deacons. The descrip­tion of Ste­uen. Nowe he addeth the things making for this present histo­rie. And first he sayth, he was full of fayth, doing vs to vnderstande, that he was syncere and no bragger or counterfaiter of the fayth, but endued with true fayth, and feruent in the zeale of Christes glory. He ioyneth po­wer to his fayth, whereby we vnderstande the gift of myracles, according [Page 286] to that treatise of Paule, touching the diuision of gifts, in the first to the Co­rinthians .xij. Chap. And as he declared his fayth by his feruencie of zeale, so he testified that other gifte of the holy spirite, by notable myracles and woonders. And although nothing is saide of his publike sermons, it appea­reth yet by order of the text, that he vsed to preach both often, earnestly and effectuously. Wherefore, we may here note by the way, that the Deacons in the primitiue Church were not wholye debarred from the ministerie of the worde, but although they were chiefely busied about distribution of the Church goodes, yet they bestowed their labour as farre as they were able in other seruices of the Church, that by this meane as Paule sayth, they might winne themselues a good degree. 1. Tim. 3. Heere chiefely is to be obserued the veritie of Christes promises, whereby he instructeth his faythfull and industrious seruauntes. Math. 25. For he sayth, they shall be set ouer great and many thinges, which are faithfull in small matters. He promiseth, that they that haue, shall receyue more. Steuen prooueth the same true, as this place teacheth. For where he well vsed the giftes of the holy ghost, which he had in the be­ginning, and did faithfullye administer temporall goodes, he is encreased with more giftes, and aduaunced to higher degree, yea being made match with the Apostles, he beginneth to distribute the eternall and heauenlye treasures of the Gospell, with great prayse and vtilitie, whome Christ hath vouchsafed to adourne with the crowne of martyrdome. Let vs therefore be stirred vp with the consideration of this example, & not suffer our selues to be pulled backe from well doing, with the consideration of our vnwor­thynesse, whereas we maye attaine to the increasing of the holy ghost, by fayth and diligence, and may prepare for our selues an entrance and degree into more excellent ministeries.

Steuens ad­uersaries.Howbeit this valiant and stoute souldiour of Christ, findeth by and by such as withstoode his godly purposes and enterprises. For there stoode vp men of diuers Nations, of the schoole or Colledge of the Libertines, which disturbed and troubled him. For where the citie of Ierusalem was ordey­ned to be a place both for outwarde religion, and for an vniuersitie and stu­die of the lawe: there were in it diuers Colledges of Iewes, which ey­ther for religion sake, or for studie, came thither from diuers nations: of the which number this Sinagoge of the Libertines was, who were the principall and chiefe Captaines of this conspiracie, deuised against Steuen. But howe this Sinagoge came so to be called, there are diuers opinions amongst the Interpreters. Howbeit, I lyke best their opinion, which sup­pose there was a certaine Colledge builded by those of Rome which were called Liberti, Libertie were such as had somtime bene bondmen▪ and after, [...]ding fauor in their Lordes sight were made free and ad­uaunced to great dignity wherein straungers were taught and instructed. For we knowe that these Liberti were of great power and authoritie, and that ma­ny of them went about to winne the fauour of the people, by such benefits, we learne by example of the Centurion, whome the Priestes for thys cause commended vnto Christ, bicause he had builded them a Sinagoge. But it is not without a cause that Steuen is resisted, by men of diuers Na­tions, and such as are learned, and of experience. For as the mysteries of the kingdome of Christ, are for the most part hidden from the wyse of the worlde: so the greater is the glory of the Saintes, which they get by such conflicts. This serueth also to comfort vs, that we yeelde not for feare, if at any time we see our selues assaulted by many and furnished enimies. Now [Page 287] it is profitable to consider after what sorte, and with what conueyances, these conspirators appoint their onset against Steuen.

Luke sayth they beginne with disputation, Steuen is set on by dispu­tation. the ende and drift wherof as appeareth, was none other but to catch & entangle him in his owne words, which thing the Scribes also many times assayed against Christ. For trus­ting in their wit & learning, they hoped easily to haue the victorie of a rude and vnlearned bodye, or at least such an one as yet had no great name of learning. But the matter fell out farre otherwise than they looked for. For he whome they supposed to be rude and vnprouyded, being instructed with heauenly wisedome, and prompted with the holy spirite, doth not onely an­swere the questions they propone, but vseth such plentie and force of argu­mentes, that they by no meanes were able to resist him. Whereby we see agayne, that Christ who is the very truth it selfe, neuer fayleth of his pro­mise. He promised his spirite to be a comforter and counseller, to lead those that be his into all truth. He promised them vtteraunce and wisedome, Iohn. 14. a­gainst the which, men shoulde not be able to stande. Luke. 21. He hath hitherto per­fourmed his promises, as we haue seene in the examples of the Apostles. And the treasure of this heauenly wisedome is not yet spent and drawne out, but Steuen also draweth out thereof such things as are necessary in this conflict. Let no man therefore feare eyther the wisedome or authoritie of the worlde, 1. Cor. 1. Coloss. 2. forasmuch as it is not our businesse but Christes that we haue in hande, who is made vnto vs of his father, wisedome, and in whome all the treasures of knowledge and wisedome are hidden. Let vs also consider that he is greater that is in vs, 1. Iohn. 4. than he which maketh suche a stirre in the worlde.

But doe these Sophisticall Libertines being ouercome by disputation, False wit­nesses are brought a­gainst Steuen. yeelde? No, but turning them vnto vnlawfull and craftie conueyances, they labour to oppresse him by lyes and false witnesses, whome they perceyued strengthned with truth, and therefore inuincible. They suborned men that had their tongues to sell, which through slaunders went about to bring the most faythfull Preacher of Christ in enuye of all the people. And of these we will speake a little hereafter. Nowe let vs consider how farre they vse to go, which nourishe hatred in their heartes agaynst the truth, and will not yeelde being yet ouercommen. Such men are giuen vp into a repro­bate sense, and become so blinde, that vnder the pretence of godlye zeale, wherein they wickedly glorie, they thinke they may doe what they will, and feare not moste manifest and heynous wickednesse. For these Libertines coulde not be ignorant of the lawe of Talio, appoynted by God, Talio, is when the doer suffreth such lyke damage and hurt him­selfe, as he doth to an o­ther. Looke the place. Deuter. 19. for false wit­nesses. And though there were no lawes anye where extant, yet common reason teacheth vs, that they commit grieuous a fault, which eyther beare false witnesse themselues, or else bring forth and alledge false witnesse. But they that burne in hatred of the truth, make no count of these thinges, and it commeth to passe by the iust iudgement of God, that they are bereft of common reason, and therefore pollute themselues with great wickednesse, chasing and driuing away the truth, after she hath shyned in their heartes. There are diuers examples hereof extant as well olde as newe, amongst which this one is very notable, which the Bishops of the Counsell at Con­stance vsed towardes Iohn Husse, agaynst all right and lawe, whome they were not afrayde with breach of their owne promise, and the Emperours [Page 288] safe conduct, cruelly to burne, hauing none other cloke to excuse their hey­nous fact, but that promise was not to be kept vnto heretikes. Let no man therefore marueyle, though he perceyue him vniustlye and vnworthily en­treated. In the meane season let vs learne in the beginning to quench the fire of hatred, glimering against the truth, least we also fall into the lyke blindnesse and incurable frowardenesse.

Steuen is oppressed with sedition and taken.Now, bicause the importunacie of a fewe coulde little or nothing preuayle agaynst the doctrine of the truth, these most subtill Sophisters labor ear­nestly to set al the people with the Elders & Scribes in Steuens top. And as may be gathered bythe circumstaunces, they rayse an open tumult in the ci­tie, meaning to apprehend him and bring him before the counsell. Which is an olde pollicie of Satan, meaning to make them away in an vprore or se­dition, whom they see armed with the defence of truth and lawe. But moste times it commeth to passe, that they which with seditious sleyghtes assault thetruth, do most miserably perish by sedition, as we may see it hath hapned to the nation of the Iewes. And here is set forth a notable example of the leuitie & inconstancie of the common people. It was declared before, how the Apostles and all the Church were in great estimation with the people, both for the notablenesse of theyr myracles, and also for the shew of an hea­uenly, and as it were, diuine maiestie that shone in them. But now a num­ber circumuented with the sleyghtes of these Sophisters, stande vp against the doctrine of truth. The lyke lightnesse in the people did Christ also finde, whome one whyle they woulde haue made a king, another whyle like mad men they cried out to haue him crucified. So the men of Lystra at the first cried out, Actes. 14. saying Paule was a God, but within a whyle after, they woulde haue stoned him. And many like doinges we reade in the histories of the Gentiles, the vse of all which is, that we hunt not for prayse of the people, nor studie not to please the worlde, but rather God, whose will is certaine, and remayneth stable and vnmooueable.

Steuen is ac­cused of im­pietie and ob­stinacie.Nowe let vs see what thinges they laide to Steuens charge by these false witnesses, whom Luke saith they brought before the Counsell. The summe of their accusation is: This man ceaseth not to speake blasphemous wordes a­gainst this holy place, and against the lawe. He is therefore accused of impie­tie, and not thereof only, but also of incurable obstinacie, which hitherto by no reasons coulde be perswaded. They make mention of the holy Citie and Temple by name, bicause it seemed to the Iewes an intollerable impietie to speake or intende any thing against these places, being commended by so many promises of God. Therfore this was chiefly laid to Hieremies charge, that he prophecied against the holy Citie and Temple. Hierem. 26. But bicause it behoo­ued the crime shoulde be prooued by witnesses, and that the blasphemies shoulde be declared more plainely what they were, they adde: for we haue hearde him saye, howe this Iesus of Nazareth shall destroye this place, and shall chaunge the ordinances which Moses gaue vs. Therefore where they thought both their religion and their Citie shoulde endure for euer, they iudged him that shoulde saye any thing touching the destruction thereof to be a wicked body. Furthermore, whence they tooke hold of this accusation, may easily be gathered of the Apostles doctrine. For they taught that men were iustified and saued by the mere grace of God, through the merite of Iesus Christ, and that nothing in the businesse of our saluation, was to be attributed ey­ther [Page 289] to mannes workes, or outward ceremonies. For the one were pollu­ted and imperfite, and the other were shadowes and figures of the redemp­tion in Christ to come, which Christ had put awaye in the sacrifyce of hys owne body, as might be gathered of the renting of the Temple, which hap­pened at the death of Christ. They also exhorted al men to cast away al their vaine hope in the righteousnesse of the lawe, and to embrace with sure faith the righteousnesse of God, offred them in Christ. The which thing, bicause they woulde the more easilye perswade them, they called to their remem­braunce the peril of present destruction, wherof Christ oftentimes had war­ned them. Therefore the craftie and most impudent sclaunderers, take oc­casion of their accusation hereof, saying: Steuen spake of the abolishing of their religion, and destruction of the Citie, but they craftilye conceale the causes moouing him so to saye. Yea, they so set forth the matter, as though Steuen shoulde seeme to haue threatened to set the temple on fire: and spea­king very contemptuously of Christ, they compare him as it were, with the glorye and magnificencie of the Temple, to make his doctrine to be the more despised. This place is with all diligence to be obserued. For as it teacheth vs that truth for the most part is assaulted with lyes: so it plainly warneth vs that Christes doctrine can neuer be so wysely and modestlye preached, but that the wicked world wil take occasion to sclaunder the same. We finde it to be true in these our corrupted dayes, wherein whatsoeuer the faythfull teachers of the truth say, is most vniustly carped at. For where we teach, that men are iustified by the meere grace of God, & that our strength and workes haue no prayse in the case of our saluation, by and by we are called the enimies of good workes, and mainteyners of carnall libertie. A­gayne, if we say, that whatsoeuer belongeth to our saluation, is conteyned in Christ onely, bicause he is the onely mediatour, aduocate, and interces­sor, appoynted betweene God and vs: streyght way we are condemned as wicked blasphemers of the blessed Uirgin, and Saintes. Item, if we go a­bout to deliuer the Church of Christ, from the intollerable yoke of humane traditions, to correct abuses, and to restore the auncient simplicitie of the primitiue Church, by and by there start vp, that crie out, we are aduersa­ries of religion, and the true worshippe of God, deprauers of the Sacra­mentes, and robbers of God of his honour. And if we declare vnto the worlde, drowned in the filthy [...]lowes of wickednesse, the imminent wrath of God, and the punishments long agone deserued therefore: then we are condemned and railed at, as disturbers of publike tranquillitie, and sowers of sedition. And to be briefe, nothing can be done so soundly, so godlily, and so modestly, that can escape the censure and checke, of the sclaunderous and enuious aduersary. But no man must be so mooued with these things, that he must leaue or forsake the charge committed to him of the Lorde. Let vs consider that this is the olde guyse of the world, agaynst the which we must both constantly & prudently striue and resist. Let vs likewise be encouraged with the testimonies of the Scripture, which promiseth that the godly are not forgotten with God, but haue layd vp for them in heauen, Psalm. 34. Math. 5. a most plen­teous rewarde. In the meane season, the worlde shall not scape scot free, for their shamelesse sclaundering, but as the Iewes were enforced with extreme miserie, to abide the horrible destruction of their Citie and nation, which they would not haue had the Apostles to speake of: so this is alwaies [Page 290] founde true, that they shall feele the smart of deedes that will not be amen­ded by wordes, and disdaine to be threatened.

Steuen in the daunger of death is not afrayde.But what sayth Steuen in all this adoe, which is snatched at of euerye one, lyke a sheepe in the middle of a sort of Woolues? Is he dismayed with feare? bewrayeth he his feare of heart with palenesse of face or trembling? Nay, rather he rendreth a reason of his fayth and doctrine with great bold­nesse and libertie, and sharpely reprehendeth their impietie, and incurable contending with God, as we shall see in the chapiter following. And least any man should ascribe his saying vnto rayling, it is declared, that there shyned in his countenaunce, a token of a couragious minde and conscience, reioysing in Christ. For where the Iudges (as is oft times seene) earnest­lye countenaunced him, they sawe his face, as it had beene, the face of an Aungell. This me thinketh is to be expounded of an vnaccustomed, and more than humane brightnesse, wherewith God would dazell the eyes of his enimies, to the intent they should perceyue, that such as he was, feared them not. And without all doubt, Steuen in the meane whyle, had some in­credible comfort of Gods spirite, rysen in his minde. Furthermore, God gaue him herein a token or taste of the glorye to come, thorowe the hope wherof, they may ouercome all aduersitie, that shall happen to be in daun­ger for the testimonie of his name. Examples wherof we haue many in the histories of Martyrs, amongst the which, one that was to be seene not farre from vs, aboue thirtie yeres past, is worthy for euer to be remembred. A certaine husbandeman of the countrie, for his profession of the gospell, was brought to the fyre to be burned. And where before, whyle he was in pri­son, he had shewed manye tokens of a christian stowtenesse: yet the neerer his death approched, the more euydent the same appeared. For being bounde to the Gybet, and ready to be let downe into the fyre, he sayde a­lowde, A notable hi­storie manye wayes to comfort the persecuted for religion. that he would fayne speake to the Iustice eare he dyed, to whome when he came (though the Iustice vsed many delayes to put him of) he said on thys wise: Sir quoth he, you haue this daye condemned me to be bur­ned for heresie. Howbeit though I confesse my selfe a sinner, yet I acknow­ledge no cryme of heresie in me. For I professe and imbrace with all my heart, that fayth which is conteyned in the Apostles Creede, and so recyted the articles thereof. Nowe good Sir (sayth he) I craue this last bowne or peticion of you, that you would lay your hande first on my heart, and then on your owne, and so testifie vnfaynedly vnto this people, here standing a­bout, whether your hart or mine, quake and tremble more for feare. I tru­lye with cheerefull heart, haste vnto Christ, in whome I haue beleeued. Nowe of what minde and opinion you be, see you to it. The Iudge had ne­uer a worde to say, but bade hast the execution: so yet that there was per­ceyued more pensiuenesse in his countenaunce, than in the Martyrs. This is a great glorye of our fayth, that euen then it most comforteth and chee­reth our hartes, when all things seeme most horrible and fearefull. Let vs therefore labour to keepe thys fayth with all diligence, that hauing passed the race of thys lyfe, and goulfe of persecutions, with merie mindes and cheerefull conscience, we may attayne to the ioy of the glory in hea­uen, promised vs in Christ Iesu: to whome be blessing, honour, power and glory, for e­uer. Amen.

The seuenth chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .xliij. Homelie.

‘THEN sayde the highe Priest, is it euen so? But he sayde: ye men and brethren, hearken: The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham, when he was yet in Mesopotamia, before hee dwelt in Charran, and sayde vnto him: Go out from thy countrie and from thy kyndred, and come into the lande which I shall shewe thee. Then he went out of the lande of the Chal­deys, and dwelt in Charran: And from thence after his father was deade, hee brought hym into thys lande, in the which yee nowe dwell.’

WE haue heard how the blessed martyr Steuen was accused of his enimi­es, through false wytnesses, that he was a blasphemer of God, & of the law giuen by Moses, & how he threatned both the ci­tie & the Temple with destruction. These things are set forth to thys ende, that we should vnderstande, how the first Mar­tyr of the Apostolike Church in the be­ginning, as well as all the other after­warde, were oppressed with false accusa­tions, and that we should learne hereby, what case the Ministers of the truth stande in, in this worlde, and all others which go about to promote the glo­rie of God, and the common saluation of all people. For such are iudged for wicked enemies of Gods glorie, and of publike tranquillitie, as Christ oftentimes admonished, and hath bene declared long sithence, by the exam­ples of many. Therfore the wronge iudgements of the men of our dayes, concerning the mynisterie and Ministers of the truth, ought not to offende any man, wherby he should lysten the lesse vnto Gods calling. But bicause we spake of these things in the last sermon, and at dyuers other times, we wyll nowe let them passe, and intreate of this present place, in the which Luke sheweth howe thys matter was handeled, in the counsell.

And first he beginneth with the highe priest and sayth, How y e wic­ked suffer Christes cause to bee entreated of in Councels. he demaunded whether these things were euen so as was declared by Steuens accusers, yea or no? Wherein is set forth vnto vs, a notable example of crafte and wylinesse, wherewith these counterfeyte Byshops vse to set on the Mini­sters and followers of the truth. For therfore doth he aske Steuen this ques­tion, and prouoke him to aunswere, for that he would vnder the visure of iustice deceyue the vnwarie, as though he gaue Steuen libertie to pleate [Page 292] and defende his matter, where it is euydent he ment nothing lesse. For as yet that wicked decree, whereby they had forbidden all men to preache in the name of Iesus, stoode with these men in force. And nowe he enquyreth not, touching the right or equitie of the deede, but simplie of the fact onely, as though it might seeme a sufficient accusation to all men, if Steuen shoulde haue bene founde to haue sayde any of the things, which were obiected to him by his vngodlye accusers. The lyke trade vse our persecutors in these dayes, neyther beginne they any other wayes with the true worshippers of Christ, than to know, by their owne confession, whether they haue spoken any thing, against their receyued superstition, abuses, and errors of Popish tyranny, yea or no. Which thing if once it appeere, by and by sentence of death is pronounced, neyther will they heare any reasons or argumentes, whereby they are able to defend their dooings. So that if any man confesse, he haue denied the intercession of Saintes, and hath spoken agaynst the superstitious worshipping of them, he is streight way condemned of here­sie, and not permytted to giue any accompt of his doctrine in that behalfe. Likewise he is iudged an heretike, that speaketh against the sacrifice of the Masse, against the fyre of Purgatorie, against the supremacie of the Sea of Rome, against selling of pardons, and diuers such lyke merchaundizes, and farther reasons of his doing or teaching, will they not heare. Let vs well note these thinges, that they beguile not the simple, when they see they giue vs free libertie in the counsell to pleate our matter. For there lyeth a Snake in the grasse: and they couet nothing else of vs, but the confession of the truth, which of all other things, they most hate and detest.

The argu­ment of Ste­uens oration.But let vs heare Steuens aunswere, which consisteth of a whole nar­ration or historie taken of the first Origene, and beginning of the Iewishe Nation, and comprehendeth in it, the chiefe benefites of God bestowed in times past, vpon the fathers, with the deedes done againe by them, eyther good or euill. What the ende and scope of the whole discourse is, may easi­lye be gathered of the poyntes of his accusation. The chiefe pointes wher­of were, that hee had blasphemed God and the lawe. Therefore he be­ginneth to purge himselfe of impietie, and least he might seeme to beguile them with vaine and trifling arguments, he doth vtterly protest, that he is altogither voyde of such impietie against God and his ordinances. His first argument consisteth herein, that he acknowledgeth and preacheth the same God that whylome wrought diuers things among the fathers, and whom they onely worshypped. Then prooueth he that he ought not to be iudged vngodly, for abrogating the lawe and the ceremonies, for as much as the fathers in time passed pleased God without the lawe and ceremonies, one­ly by the obedience of fayth, and that the same God liked not many of them, after the lawe and ceremonies were instituted. And thereof hee euidently prooueth, that the law and ceremonies had a farre other vse and ende, than that men could be iustified and saued by them: but rather that such a way of saluation was shadowed by thē as was at length, accomplished in Christ: and that therefore the ceremonies were to be let passe, and Christ to be em­braced by true fayth. And at length, for that he woulde driue them from their vaine affiaunce in the fathers, he setteth before their eyes, their stub­borne and incurable impietie, accusing them earnestly that they had lieffer to followe their Progenitors, than those auncient and holy fathers, which [Page 293] through fayth pleased God. And thys is the summe of all Steuens oration, wherein we are taught, after what sort, and howe boldly we ought to de­fende Gods quarrell, agaynst the enimies thereof. Here appeareth also a marueylous power of the holy ghost, which could instruct him with so per­fite a knowledge of diuinitie, and with so great boldenesse of minde, that being set in the middle of these Woolues, he could so wisely giue an account of his doctrine and faith, and so constauntly contempne his enimies. Which example ought to encourage vs, to thinke that the power of the holy ghost, can not be ouercome with the stowtenesse and frowardnesse of the wicked. Let vs see nowe the beginning of his oration, conteyned in thys place.

The beginning is briefe and short: For he sayth: The getting of attention and good wil. yee men and brethren hearken. He calleth them brethren, bicause of countrie sake, by which name the Iewes vsed often to salute one an other: and fathers for the dignitie and office sake which they were in, by Gods appointment, whose authori­tie he wyllingly acknowledgeth, although he knewe them to be very cor­rupt and wicked. Yet is he not so amazed at their dignitie, that he thinketh it vnfit, to dissent from them, but rather he plainely and freely speaketh his iudgement, and accuseth them of errour. By this example we are taught, that the christian fayth doth not abolishe the duties of humanitie and ciui­litie, which we owe vnto them that are in authoritie and dignitie aboue vs. For although touching the state of saluation, Gallat. 3. Col. 3. &c. there is no differences of per­sons in Christ Iesu (as Paule teacheth) yet the degrees of dignitie remaine, and Christ hath not abolished the lawe of God the father, which commaun­deth vs to honour our parents, and to rise vp vnto a gray head, and as the same Apostle witnesseth, it is the propertie of christian modestie, that one goe before an other in honor. Yet the chiefe care woulde be of Gods will, Rom. 12. and of the duetie we owe vnto him, least we dissemble the truth, for mans sake, the confession whereof, Christ euery where requyreth of vs. Ney­ther must we at any time, forget that Apostolike, and verie christian Maxi­ma or sentence that teacheth vs, we must rather obey God than men. As therefore by the example of Steuen, the barbarous vncurtesie of certaine frenetike persons is condemned, who to shew themselues christians, salute princes, and all others in authoritie, by none other name than brethren: so is the tyranny of them also confuted, which thinke it not meete, that any man should gainesay the Byshops of Rome, bycause their authoritie is con­firmed by prescription of so many yeares, and priuiledge of so many Prin­ces. But vaine and ridiculous is the glorying in mans authoritie, seeing it was lawfull for the Apostles, to dissent from them, whose power was or­deyned of God, and whome they acknowledged for fathers, by reason of Gods institution. The plainenesse and simplicitie of the gentile Philoso­pher is much to be commended, which sayde: Socrates is my friend, but truth is more my friend. What vnrighteousnesse is it therfore, to require of chris­tian men, that they should haue more regarde of the Antichrist of Rome, than of Christ, and his eternall truth?

But let vs returne vnto Steuen, Abraham pleased God without the ceremonies of the lawe. which beginneth his narration wyth Abraham the father of the Iewishe nation, bicause they did most glorie in him. And by his example, he prooueth, that the ceremonies of the law, are not necessarie to saluation, and that they are not to be thought wicked and blasphemous, which preach they are abrogated, bicause Abraham in time [Page 294] past pleased God without them. The circumstaunces of place and tyme, make for the amplification of the argument. For least they might thinke, that God had any respect to the lande of promise, he sheweth that God cal­led Abraham foorth, being yet in Chaldea or Mesopotamia, and that after Thares hys father was dead (by reason of whose age or sicknesse, it is lyke he stayed in Charran) he came into the lande of Chanaan, where he receyued the seale of circumcision. Howbeit bicause all things are written for our in­struction, we must applie the example of Abraham, not onely to this pre­sent cause, but also to our selues, and there shall no little profite ensue vn­to vs, if we well consyder the calling of God, and the fayth or obedience of Abraham.

God calleth vnto salua­tion.In the calling of God, whereby Abraham came out of Vr in Chaldaea, into the land of Chanaan, are two things principally to be considered. The first is, that he was called without any merite or desert of his before going. For Iehosuah in his .xxiiij. Chapter testifieth that he dwelt among Idola­ters, and worshipped straunge Gods. Yea, Epiphanius by report of aun­cient writers sayth that Thares Abrahams father was the first that made ymages of claye, In the begin­ning of hys first booke a­gainst he­resies. and that therfore he was punished of God with the death of Haran his sonne, who was the first among the auncient fathers, that of naturall death died before his father. Neyther coulde he be commended, bicause he was circumcised or was in the time of the Temple, whereof the one was built many yeares after, the other was a signe of the couenaunt made with him, Rom. 4. whereas the righteousnesse of fayth which he had alreadye attayned, was sealed and confirmed. The seconde is, howe all this calling dependeth vpon the bare worde of God. For he is commaunded to forsake his countrie and kindred, and seeth nothing that might cause him to looke or hope for any better state or cōdicion. For God promised him neither trustier friendes, nor fruitfuller countrie, but speaking directly, sayth: Come into the lande which I shall shewe thee. These things are worthy to be diligently obserued. For first they teach vs, that we are called to saluation, and to the heauenly countrie (whereof the lande of Chanaan was sometime a figure) through the meere grace of God, without respect of any our workes or de­serts in this matter. For what had we deserued, seeing we were chosen in Christ before the world was made? Ephes. 1. Or what can they bragge of, that haue nothing but that they haue receyued? 1. Cor. 4. And surely, if we consider the dispo­sition of our nature, it shall appeare that we are no more mindefull of the heauenly Countrie before we be called and drawen, than Abraham was of the land of Chanaan, whose name he had not heard of, yea, when the Lord calleth vs, we prooue the vntowarde nature of the fleshe stryueth agaynst Gods calling, which we can neuer be able to ouercome, except we be hol­pen by the effectuous drawing of the holye spirite. Furthermore, we are taught, that our vocation which offereth vs saluation, dependeth vpon the onely worde of God, and therefore can not be taken holde of by fleshlye sense, or mannes reason, but by fayth onely (which also is the gift of God) For the naturall man perceyueth not the things belonging to the spirit of God. Ephe. 2. And God hath prepared such things for them that loue him, 1. Cor. 2. as neyther eye hath seene, Esay. 64. nor eare hearde, nor yet hath entred into the heart of man. And here the power of fayth marueylously declareth it selfe, which only taketh holde of the promises of God, and most surely embraceth those things that [Page 295] farre exceede all sense and capacitie of mannes reason. Therfore Paule cal­leth it a sure confidence of things which are hoped for, Heb. 2. and a certeyntie of things which are not seene. These things ought well to be considered of them who thinke the doctrine of the iustification of fayth, so light a matter, as though it appoynted to easie a waye vnto saluation, and so mainteyned the securi­tie and licentiousnesse of the fleshe. For how can that be iudged a light and easie matter that surmounteth and passeth all the powers of man? Or shal we account it a matter of greater weyght before God, that men doe of their owne power, than that that cannot be done without the power of the holy ghost? Let vs compare fayth with all the workes of all the Monkes that euer were, and yet shall we finde more, yea, and perfiter workes among the Philosophers of the Gentyles: but fayth shall we be able to shewe in none, but in him that is borne agayne of the word of God, through the ho­ly spirite. Therefore our saluation and iustification is iustly ascribed to the greatest and exellentest thing that any man liuing can haue vpon the earth.

Nowe, Abraham, an example of the obedience of fayth. the beliefe and obedience of Abraham following the calling of God, is very woonderfull. There were diuers thinges which myght haue lette and hindred hi m. For to let passe all other, great is the force of our na­tiue soyle and countrie, and draweth men (as the Poet sayth) with a great desire and lyking, and still maketh them mindefull thereof. And it is no small authoritie, that kinsefolke and allyaunce be of, whome we then most vehemently loue, when we be ready to forgo them. The age also and infir­mitie of his father myght haue stayed him, whereof he dyed before he came to the borders of the Countrie promised. And it is also likely, that Abraham was in great honor in his countrie, such as he coulde not easily hope for, in a forreyne lande, among straungers. But none of all these things, coulde withholde that godly brest, but that without delaye he woulde followe the vocation of God, wythout any curious enquirie of the condicion and state of the Countrie. This is that obedience of fayth so oftentimes commended of Paule, and which he sayth is the ende of the lawe. 2. Cor. 10. Rom. 1. &. 16. This doth Christ require of vs, where he commaundeth vs to forsake father, mother, sister, brother, wife, children, and our selues, if we will be his Disciples. And the accom­plishment hereof is so difficult a thing, that it is vndoubtedly impossible for vs to performe it, except we be regenerate and borne againe of the holy spi­rite, as Christ teacheth, disputing with Nichodemus. Iohn. 3. Therefore let them that desire to be called Christians, examine themselues after this rule, least whyle they rashly bragge thereof, they become lyke foolishe buylders, Luke. 14. who go about to set vp some great building, before they haue cast the charges thereof. Let this consideration awake vs, incessantly to make our feruent prayers, for the increase of fayth, that after the losse of all these worldlye goodes, we maye come to the inheritaunce of the heauenly Countrie, with Iesus Christ our sauiour: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glorye for euer. Amen.

The .xliiij. Homelie.

‘AND he gaue him none inheritaunce therin, no not so much as one foote, and promised that he woulde giue it him to possesse, and to his [...]eede after, [Page 296] whereas yet he had no sonne. God sayde on this wyfe, thy seede shall be a so­iourner in a straunge land, and they shall make them bonde, and intreate them euill fower hundred yeares. And the Nation whome they shall serue, I will iudge sayth the Lorde. And after that they shall come forth and serue me in this place.’

BIcause Steuen was accused as a publike e­nimie of Gods glory and all religion, by reason of his doctrine of abrogation of the lawe and ceremonies, he appoynteth such a state and ende of his aunswere, as whereby he prooueth, that although he teache the cere­monies of the lawe to be abrogated, yet he ought to be iudged neyther impious, nor enimie vnto Gods honor. This he prooueth, not with vaine shewe and noyse of wordes, but plainely and in deede. For he recounteth diligently how God delt with the fathers in the olde time, partly to prooue that he acknowledgeth the true God, whome the fathers sometime worshipped, and partly to shewe that iustification and saluation is not tyed to the ceremonies of the lawe, bicause the fathers ser­ued God and pleased him without them, whereby he gathereth also, that he is no aduersarie to true religion, considering he beateth downe but those things which the fathers might well forbeare, and which were instituted to that ende, to signifie the true trade and waye of saluation, which is onely conteyned in Iesus Christ. And he fetcheth his beginning from Abraham, of whome they most bragged. And first he sayth, that when he was yet be­yonde the riuer, among such as worshipped straunge Gods, he was called of meere fauour into the lande of Chanaan, (which is a figure of the cele­stiall country) before the Temple was eyther builded, or the ceremonies of the lawes instituted. And he declareth that the Scripture sayth nothing of Abraham, but of the obedience of hys fayth, wherethrough he followed God, when he called him, and embraced the fauour and grace offred him. Wherby he goeth about to prouoke the chiefe of the Iewes, to forsake their superstitious obseruation of ceremonies, and to embrace Iesus Christ, the onely author of true saluation, by sure fayth. But bicause in the iudgement of the fleshe, fayth seemeth a thing not of so great weyght and force as can purchase vs saluation, Steuen busieth himselfe earnestly in setting forth the fayth of Abraham, to thende he woulde declare, that fayth is of such force, that it passeth all power and capacitie of mannes reason. For through thys faith, Abraham so ouercame the loue of his sweete Countrie, the familiaritie of his kinsefolke, the enioying of dignitie and honor, the laborious paynes and griefes of iourneying, sorrowes and cares, and whatsoeuer is eyther pleasaunt or yrkesome to the fleshe, that without any tariaunce or delay, he obeyed the calling of God. For declaration whereof this present place also maketh, where the notable fayth of Abraham is more fully sette forth, if by any meanes he myght kindle in them anye desire or loue vnto the same, which thing bicause we also stande in neede of, it shall preuayle vs to consi­der euery thing diligently.

Steuen goeth about to declare what God did vnto Abraham after he came into the lande of promise, Abrahams faith is set forth. and thus he sayth: And hee gaue him none inheri­tance in the same, no not so much as one foote, but promised he woulde giue it [Page 297] him to possesse, and to his seede after him, when as yet he had no chylde. In which wordes three thinges be conteyned, which make much to the setting forth of Abrahams fayth. First, when he came into the lande promised, and shewed him through many labors and perils, he founde it not emptie, but inhabited and possessed of the Chanaanites, a very fierce people. And he was so farre from the possessing of it, that he coulde not say, there was one foote of grounde there that was his. Yea, he felt euery daye more misfortunes than other. For he had scarce set vppe his Tentes, but he was constreyned through famine to flie in to Egypt. Then returning againe from thence, his Nephewe Lot and he which was an onely comfort among such despitefull people, brake company, and departed the one from the other, by reason of their heardmen and shepeheardes contention and falling out. And not long after he was wrapped in perillous warres agaynst the kinges of the East. And to let passe diuers other things, when Sara his wyfe died, he was fayne to buye of Ephron the Hethite, a place to burie hir in. Might he not there­fore thinke he was deceiued of his hope? This done, he sheweth what stay­ed and comforted Abraham in all these aduersities and troubles, verily the promise of the lande that God had made him. But howe vncomfortable a thing it is to trust a bare promise, without any further assurance or confir­mation, dayly experience teacheth, specially if the successe of thinges agree not with the promise, as we sayde erewhyle in this matter came to passe. But a thirde thing there is yet more grieuous than all the reast, which is, that Gods promise to mannes wisedome myght seeme ridiculous. For God promised this lande to Abrahams seede or posteritie, whereas he had no childe, and by reason of his age, was vnlyke to haue any hereafter, being an hundred yeares olde, and Sara his wyfe barren, and past bearing of chil­dren. Who therefore seeth not howe many wayes and howe strongly Abra­hams fayth was shaken and assaulted, and howe great occasions he had to distrust Gods promises? But none of all these things coulde vanquishe or quayle that godly hart. For he beleeued in hope beyonde all hope, and regarded not his owne body which was nowe deade, nor howe his wyfe Sarah was past chylde bearing: he stackered not at the promise of God through vnbeliefe, Rom. 4. but became strong in fayth, and gaue God the prayse, being full certified that hee which had promised the same, was able also to make it good. And this is that fayth which Moyses sayth was imputed to him for righteousnesse. Gene. 15.

Moreouer, as Steuen goeth about to stirre vp the Iewes vnto fayth, by the example of Abraham, so the consideration of the same example, God exerci­seth the fayth and pacience of those that be his. Roma. 4. must serue for our instruction. For as Paule sayth: These thinges are not written bicause of him onely, but also for our behoofe, to whome after like sort, fayth shall be imputed for righteousnesse, if we diligently follow the steppes of A­braham. It shall be verye profitable for the confirmation of our fayth, if we note howe God vseth to exercise his beloued, while he so ordreth things in thys worlde, that all the successe and effect of them seemeth contrarie to his promises, which thing in the hystorie of Abraham, is more manifest, than needeth to be prooued with manye wordes. Neyther was the state of Isaac his sonne, and afterwarde of Iacob any better. For when God had cast vpon Iacob the priuiledge of maioritie, or first begotten, and had am­plyfied the same with many and great promises, for feare of Esau his bro­ther, he was fayne to returne to the place, from whence his Graundsyre [Page 298] Abraham came, and there with his vnkinde and churlish Uncle serued like a bonde seruaunt, his brother Esau, whome God had reiected, flowing in wealth, and ruling like a king, all the meane season. We reade the same came to passe vnto Dauid also, who hauing receiued a promise of God to be king of Israell, before he was set in his throne, was banished his coun­trie, and proclaymed for a Rebell, and publike enimie of the kingdome and his countrie. And none other state be we all in, if we consider the case of our saluation, and the condition of Christes kingdome, into the which, through fayth we be grafted and receyued. To them that beleeue in Christ, is promised peace, safetie, ioye, saluation and victorie, against the world, and Satan the prince of the worlde. But if a man consyder the course of this worlde, he shall perceyue, that the faythfull are exercised with perpe­tuall troubles, aduersities and calamities, and be in subiection to the will and pleasure of Tyrannes: But shall we doubt of Gods truthe, whyle these things thus fall out, and complayne that we are beguiled wyth false promises? No. But let vs learne rather that Christes kingdome is not of this worlde, and that we must not iudge of it according to the outwarde shewe and appearaunce of it. Let vs also learne to extende the eyes of our fayth further, and to haue a regarde vnto the promyses of God, which will neuer fayle, notwithstanding this vnhappie worlde tosse and turmoyle ne­uer so much. For it is Gods saying: My couenaunt will I not breake, nor al­ter the thing that is gone out of my lippes. Psalm. 89. Psal. 2.33. He seeth the counsayles and deuises of Nations and princes, and not onely seeth them, but bringeth them to naught, but his counsayle standeth fast for euer. And thys is chiefely to be vnderstan­ded of the promises of our saluation, the truth whereof is inuiolable, bi­cause they are founded on Christ, against whom the gates of hell, are not able to preuaile. Math. 16. Who so shall constantly cleaue vnto him, according to the exam­ple of Abraham, shall prooue at the length, that they shall haue the ouerhand of the world and the Deuill. And shall see them throwne vnder their feete, which now so greedily gape after their liues. For they ouercome in all things by him, who hath loued them, and hath giuen his sonne for vs, so that wyth Paule they are able to say: Roma. 8. If God be with vs, who can be against vs? who shall be able to seperate vs from the loue of God?

The place. Gene. 15. Steuen goeth forth with his hystorie begunne, and rehearseth the Ora­cle of the bondage of the people of Israell in Egypt, which is declared in Genesis. 15. chap. And albeit he purpose hereafter also to speake thereof, yet thought he here to make mention of the same, least any man might thinke it came to passe, at all aduentures, and without the appointment of God. And thys place must be referred to that ende, wherevnto all the things be­fore be referred. For herein appeared the fayth of Abraham, that he quay­led not at this heauie newes and prophecie: and it also teacheth vs, that there was a Church sometime in Egypt, which God acknowledged for hys people, and which of his singuler benefite, he set at libertie, when they neyther had temple nor ceremonies leuiticall. Wherevpon any man maye gather, that the grace of God and our saluation, is not bounde to outward sacraments, but dependeth vpon the meere fauour of God, which can none other wayes be taken holde of, but by true fayth. For this was playne, that the deliuerie out of Egypt, was a signe of the saluation to come. And if the seruitude or bondage of the body could not be put away, but by the mighty [Page 299] hande of God, who seeth not, that mans merites and power can nothing auayle, in putting away the seruitude of the soule, without the helpe and grace of God? These things are to be applyed also to our enformation, bi­cause they set out to vs, the condition and state of Gods Church, to be be­holden, as in a Glasse.

First it is to be considered, howe in speaking of the seede of Abraham, The Church is as a Pyl­gryme in this worlde, and afflicted. to whome the inheritaunce of the lande of Chanaan was promised, he sayth: It shall be a soiourner in a straunge land, and they shall euill intreate them fower hundred yeares long. These things teache vs what case the faythfull be in, vpon the earth. For that they be the verie seede or children of Abraham, Iohn. 7. Rom. 9. both Christ and Paule testifieth. To these is promised the inheritaunce of the hea­uenly kingdome, as Christ beareth witnesse, saying. Feare not little flock: for it hath pleased the father to giue you a kingdome. Agayne: father, Luc. 12. Iohn. 17. I will that where I am, these be also with me. And agayne: In my fathers house are many dwellings. I go to prepare you a place. And I wyll come agayne, Iohn. 14. and take you vnto my selfe, that where I am, there may you be also. Wherevnto Paule see­meth to haue alluded, where he sayth: Phil. 3. Our felowship or conuersation is in heauen, from whence we looke for Christ our Sauiour. And although we be inheritours of the heauenly countrie, yet it appeareth not to the world that we shal so be, but in the meane season we be Pilgrimes in a straunge land, that is to say, in thys worlde, and haue nothing of our owne. And that this lyfe of oures is lyke to a pilgrimage, we are taught not onely by the ora­cles of scripture, but also by daylie experience, for as much as we come na­ked into this worlde, and depart hence naked. And we be not only Pilgrimes, 1. Tim. 6. but also manye wayes afflicted by the children of this worlde, which cha­lenge to themselues the rule and dominion of this worlde, so that the Pro­phet doth not without a cause compare the Church vnto a stone, to the rea­ring vp whereof, all people exercise their force and strength. Zach. 12. And Chroni­cles teach vs that euen since the beginning of the worlde, as many as haue giuen themselues to God by true faith, haue bene in daunger of persecution, which things we must beare in minde, 1. Pet. 4. that we be not offended wyth things that come to passe in our dayes as straunge and vnwoonted. Thys must we holde, as vndoubted true, that nothing happeneth to vs, by hazarde or chaunce, but according to Gods prouydence and ordynaunce, which gouer­neth all things rightfully. Neyther could thys worlde, or Satan the prince thereof doe any thing against vs, but through Gods permission and suffe­raunce. And he permitteth or suffreth him not as one that reioyceth in our calamities, or mourning, as Tyrannes vse, but bicause he seeth it good that the naturall corruption, growing and cleauing vnto vs, should thys waye be brydeled and punished, whereby it commeth to passe, that somewhyle we stande amazed at the consyderation of ryches, somewhyle at the pompe of honors and dignitie, somewhyle with the desyre of carnall pleasures and concupiscence, or else decline and swerue from the waye of saluation. Then therefore it is needefull, to haue thys noysome stupiditie shaken of, and the desyres of the fleshe to be quenched, with the crosse and tribulations, that we may learne to hate this worlde, and to be enflamed with the ardent loue of the heauenly Chanaan. And let vs promise our selfe no better state in thys life, bicause the worlde that can not abyde the truth, will alwaye be one, and our corrupt fleshe, howsoeuer it be corrected, wyll vpon euerye [Page 300] light occasion, fall to hir olde vsage.

The Church is defended by God.Yet this in the meane season ought greatly to comfort vs, that God here addeth: The nation whome they shall serue, I will iudge. For God is iudge of all the worlde, and will not fayle of his office, although he seéme sometime, neyther to see nor heare the fierce and cruell attemptes of the wicked, nor the afflictions of the Godly. For howe should he not see, that hath made the eye, Psal. 94. and howe should he not heare, that hath made the eare? For he beholdeth not the Theatre or stage of thys worlde, after the maner of ydle gazers, but vieweth and considereth all things in the worlde, as a iuste Iudge. And bycause nothing is more deere vnto him, than the church, which he hath redeemed with the bloud of hys sonne, therefore he letteth no man goe vnpunished that doth molest or afflict hir: yea, they are iudged to touch the apple of his eye, Zach. 2. that ouer boldely touch any of the faythfull Mi­nisters of God. There appeere horrible examples of Gods iudgementes against such persons: amongst which, this that hee shewed againste the E­giptians, as hee here threatened, is first to be numbred. The Assirians felt euen the same, which were grieuously punished for their tyranny against the people of God▪ Neyther did Antiochus long scape quyte, for his cruelty against them. What was shewed vpon Herode, is more apparaunt than needeth long rehearsall. And if a man consider the thinges that fol­lowed after Christes incarnation, he shall see none that euer persecuted the Churche, The ten per­secutions in the Church. escape the horrible hande of Goddes iustice. The first in this number was Nero, who perceyuing that the people of Rome tooke in euill parte the firing of the Citie, whereof he was authour, accused i. the Christians of that heynous mischiefe, and vsed all kind of punishment against them, Cornelius Ta­citus in his xv. booke. as Cornelius Tacitus reporteth. And God suffered the rage of the most cruell tyrant so farre to burst, that they say he also shed the bloud of Paule and Peter the Apostles. But shortly after, God reuenged the bloud of his Apostles with an horrible iudgement. For there ensued a pestilence, that consumed more than thirtie thousande of his people. After the pesti­lence the Romaine armie was ouerthrowne in Britaine, and certaine pro­uinces in Armenia fell from them, The Ro­maine Legi­ons brought into subiec­tion. and the Romaine Legions were con­strayned in shamefull wyse to yeelde to their enimies. And at length the vengeance of God caught the tirant himselfe, who being iudged by the Se­nators to be an enimie to his Countrie, first sought to saue himselfe, by dis­honest and shamefull flight, and at length, being disappointed of his hope, ii. killed himselfe. Domitian following and treading in the steps of Nero, felt Gods iustice also, being murthered by his owne men. Tra [...]ane although he iii. called in the cruell proclamations, set out against the Christians, yet tasted he of Gods wrath. For his golden house at Rome was burned, horrible famine and pestilence horriblye reygned in his dayes, and a number of Townes in Asia, Galatia, and Graecia were ouerthrowne and soonke wyth earthquakes. The fourth Emperour after Nero that rose agaynst the iiii. Churche, was M. Antonius Verus, not long after whome, rose the Ger­maines, and such a plague followed therevpon, that certaine townes in Italy with the infection thereof, were quyte left destitute of anye dwellers. v. The fifth persecution Lucius Septimius Seuerus beganne, who was both greatly vexed with ciuill warres, & being yong of yeres dyed in England vi. not farre from York. With whose examples bicause Iulius Maximinus was [Page 301] little mooued, but boldly raged agaynst the Church: it came to passe by y e iust iudgement of God, that he and his sonne were torne in pieces by their soul­diors, all men crying, that one whelpe ought not to remayne of so vngra­cious a Syre. And Decius had a death not much vnlyke, for after he had shedde the bloude of Christes martyrs, he and his sonne died in a barba­rous vii. Countrie, where their bodies coulde not be founde when they were sought to be buried. What shall we say of Licinius Valerianus the eyght per­secutor viii. of the Christians, who being taken by Sapores king of the Persians, was constrayned to laye his backe on the grounde like a blocke, for Sapo­res to get on horsebacke by. Valerius Aurelianus which woulde be the ninth ix. in this number, being first feared by a thunderbolt falling at his feete, and not repenting him afterward of his tyrannie, was slayne of his owne men. And when after all these, with greater adoe, Dioclesian, with Maximiniane, x. and Galerius Maximinus coparteners, armed themselues agaynst Christes Church, they euidently felt the hande of God reuenging the same. For we reade that many thousands of men were consumed with earthquakes. Di­oclesian and Maximinian of their owne accorde in one day resigned and gaue vp the Empyre, eyther for sorrowe that they sawe they coulde not bring to passe that they attempted, or else for feare of Constantine. And Dioclesian afterwarde, hearing that Constantine had killed and ouercome Maxentius, slewe himselfe. But Maximinian desirous to haue his Empyre againe, be­ing expulsed by Maxentius, fledde to Constantine his sonne in lawe, whom he laye in wayte to haue killed. But his daughter preferring hir husbands lyfe before hir fathers, disclosed the treason, and so he was killed at Massi­lia ▪ And this was the ende of two most cruell tyrants, which whole tenne yeares had cruelly afflicted the Church. Gale [...]ius being ouercome with the gryping panges of an incurable disease, called in, the bloudy proclamations which he had sent out agaynst the Christians. And all these things came to passe within the space of three hundred yeares, vnto the reygne of Constan­tine the great. And the Lord from this time yet was not in rest. For when Iulian the Apostata, both by open force▪ and also by craft and subtiltie, had vndermined the Church, being ouerthrowne in the fielde, and wounded with a Iaueling, he cryed out, Thou hast ouercome ô Galileyan, Histor. Trip. lib. 6. cap. 47 thou hast ouercome. For so had he vsed to call Christ in contempt. Infinite others myght be reckoned beside these, if it were nedefull. But there want not la­ter and freshe examples, whereby God hath in our age shewed the seueri­tie of his iudgement agaynst the persecutors of his Church. This therfore shall stande fast for euer, that God will by his iudgement, take vengeance on them, which enterprise to vexe his people by tyranny at any time. These things ought to serue both for our comfort and instruction. Let it comfort vs, that we heare God is a reuenger of his Church, that we thinke he neg­lect vs not, when we be afflicted. We are also taught to laye aside the ra­ging desire of priuate reuenge, and to commende all the iudgement of our enimies vnto God, who sayth: Vengeance is mine, I will recompence. Deut. 32. The same doctrine may also be stretched further, that we seeke not by any mea­nes violently to oppresse any man, knowing that God reuengeth the iniu­rie that is done to the weaker sort. For Christ sayth: with what measure you meate, with the same shall other measure to you agayne. Math. 7. And the Prophete cryeth: woe to thee that destroyest, for thou shalt be destroyed. Agayne: Esay. 33. woe [Page 302] be to him that buildeth the Citie with bloude: Abacuc. 2. wo be to him that heapeth vp o­ther mennes goodes. Wherevnto are to be referred the things which God in his lawe threateneth to the oppressours of wyddowes, of fatherlesse and straungers. See Exod. 22. In the consideration whereof woulde God they were more occupied, that thynke nowe a dayes the greatest commenda­tion of manhoode, and safetie of a commmon weale, standeth in waged warrefaring.

The deliue­red serue God.But it is not to be negligently ouerpassed, howe God speaking of the ende of their deliuery, sayth: And after that, they shall come foorth and serue me in this place. This is a generall precept, that they whome God hath delyuered, Psalme. 50. must serue hym: whereof we are also admonished. Thys must specially be considered in our saluation. We are deliuered out of the tyrannie of the deuill, and from the horrible bondage of sinne, by the singu­lar benefite of God, who hath vouchsafed to giue his sonne for vs. Let vs therefore come forth of Egypt, and casting away the desires of this wicked worlde, let vs serue God in holynesse, puritie, innocencie, fayth, and loue vnfeyned: touching which thinges, see what is sayde euerywhere in the writings of the Apostles. Rom. 6. Tit. 2. &. 3. 1. Thess. 4. &c. The same must they doe that are deliuered out of any other distresses. They that are reco­uered of sicknesses, let them thinke that spoken vnto them that Christ sayth to the man healed of the palsie: Iohn. 5. See thou sinne no more, least a woorse thing come vnto thee. Let them thinke likewise, that are deliuered from pouer­tie, hunger, pestilence, warres, or whatsoeuer like calamyties. In times past, the sacrifices, called [...], which God ordeyned to be offered to him for benefites receyued, admonished vs hereof, which also were vsed of the Gentyles, although they were straungers from the true worship of God. And to this ende did Christ institute his mysticall supper, which the aunci­ent fathers called Eucharistiam, that is to say, a giuing of thankes, bicause they knewe it was ordeyned in the remembraunce of Christes death. And their wickednesse is very worthy to be condemned, which glorying in the benefite of redemption, and feeling euery day the vengeaunce of God, yet will not serue him, but giue themselues wholy to serue sinne, and the de­uill. Let that principally sticke in our remembrance, that Steuen vrgeth so insta [...]tlye, that is, howe we be deliuered from the tyrannie of Satan and sinne, by the benefite of Gods grace only, and that therein nothing is to be attributed to our workes, and other colde ceremonies. Let vs therefore by fayth embrace this benefite, and serue God our Sauiour in spirite and truth, that with him we maye hereafter enioye the blisse of the heauenly Chanaan, through Iesus Christ our Lord: to whom bee prayse, honor, po­wer, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xlv. Homelie.

‘And he gaue him the couenaunt of Circumcision. And he begatte Isaac, and circumcised him the eyght daye. And Isaac begat Iacob, and Iacob the twelue Patriarches. And the Patriarches hauing enuie at Ioseph, solde him into Ae­gypt. And God was with him; and deliuered him out of al his aduersities, and gaue him fauour and wisedome in the sight of Pharao king of Aegypt, and he made him ruler ouer Aegypt, and all his housholde.’

[Page 303] THe godly Martyr Steuen was accused of impietie agaynst God, the lawe, the holy place, and all the lawes ceremoniall. His aduersaries tooke occasion to accuse him, for that he taught mē that these outward thinges were abrogated by Christ, and that they could not be iustified by them, but that iustification and salua­tion came by fayth onely in Iesus Christ, and that the ceremonies serued for none other vse, but to signifie the way of saluation which is conteyned in Christ, and to bring men vnto him. Wherefore, it behooued him to vse a kinde of earnest and graue defence be­fore them, whith stoode altogither vpon ceremonies. He so handleth there­fore and frameth his defence, that he prooueth by the matter it selfe, he is cleere from all impietie. For he diligently rehearseth whatsoeuer God did to the fathers in time passed, partly to declare that he acknowledged and kept the auncient beliefe of the fathers, and partlye for that the Iewes shoulde vnderstande howe the fathers in time past were iustified by faith only, without any ceremonies. Wherevpon euery man may easily gather, that there is no cause or let why men nowe a dayes also shoulde not be sa­ued without the ceremonies of the Leuiticall lawe by fayth in Christ, and that therfore they are not to be accused of impietie, which holde and affirme that they are abrogated. And beginning with Abraham, he diligently setteth out his fayth, in following the mercifull calling of God, without anye his desertes before going, to thende he might stirre vp the Iewes to follow his steppes. But bicause the holy martyr of Christ was not ignoraunt, that the Iewes did principally glorye in their Circumcision, and in the fathers, a­gaynst the grace of God giuen them in Christ, he continueth on in his Ora­tion begunne, bicause he woulde wype them cleane from both these glo­ryinges.

Of circumcision he briefely intreateth saying: He beateth downe the af­fyaunce in circumcision. And he gaue him the co­uenaunt of circumcision, and he begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eyght day. He confesseth that circumcision was instituted of God, but whyle he ioyneth it with the things going before, he thereby putteth it away, in that he sheweth it was giuen vnto Abraham, after all those things which hither­to had bene recyted. For after he was called out of Chaldea, and had de­clared his beliefe openly by many and notable signes, and was by his faith and beliefe iustified: God gaue him the testament of circumcision, that is to say, he made a Couenaunt with him, which was sealed as it were, and confirmed with circumcision. Whervpon it followeth, that he was not iusti­fied by circumcision, but that his circumcision was a seale of the righteous­nesse, which he had alreadie gotten by fayth. Which argument Paule also vsed in his fourth chapter to the Romaines. And as Abraham receyued the institution of circumcision simply and plainly, as the Lord did appoynt it, so he plainely obserued, and commended the same to his posteritie. For he circumcised Isaac the eyght day, according to Gods institution, without ad­ding of any other superstitious ryte, which thing none that is godly doub­teth, but that Isaac also did to Iacob his sonne, and he agayne to hys twelue children, which were the Patriarches of the people of Israell. And the holy Ghost would haue fewe things, nowe almost remembred, touching thys [Page 304] matter, that it might thereby appeare, howe the holy father s stacke not in these outwarde things, but rather had a regarde vnto Gods testament and couenaunt wherein was contayned the promise of saluation, than to the outwarde ceremonie. The things, we reade in the .xvij. of Genesis make for the better vnderstanding hereof. Genesis. 17. In the meane season, Steuen plainely reprehendeth the preposterours religion of the Iewes, which glo­ried so much in their circumcision, and were touched with no consideration of that healthfull couenaunt, that was sealed, and ratifyed by the merite of Christ.

Of Sacra­mentes, and sacramentall kindes of speech.And this place teacheth vs also to iudge of sacraments, and sacramen­tall loqu [...]tions, whereof certaine superstitious and contentious persons, take occasion nowe a dayes, of contynuall quarrelling, forasmuch as they still vrge the letter, and seeke for no deeper vnderstanding of the mysterie. Steuen sayth, that Abraham receyued the couenaunt of circumcision, and he sayth it not of his owne heade, but in respect of Gods worde, which once sayde vnto Abraham: This is my couenaunt, which you shal obserue betweene me and you, and your seede after you. Let euerye manchilde among you be circumcised. &c. Which wordes, if we vnderstande, according to the letter, then shall circumcision it selfe, be called the couenaunt, and vndoubtedly this thing deceyued manye in times past, who thought they had serued God throughly, when they were circumcised. But the thing it selfe declareth, it ought otherwise to be vnderstanded. Deut. 10. Iere. 4. Iere. 31. For first God requyred by his lawe and Prophetes, the circumcision of the heart. Then in Ieremie he sayth, that they which were circumcised, abode not in his couenaunt. Beside this, A­braham before he was circumcised, had obteyned the thinges, which God promysed in his couenaunt. For before thys, he obeyed God, when he called him: before this, he receyued the promises by fayth and beliefe: before this, had God imputed his beliefe vnto him for righteousnesse, and therefore he was grafted into Christ, without whome neyther righteous­nesse, nor saluation can come vnto man. Therefore circumcision is called the couenaunt, by reason of the proporcion and agreement, that is betweene the signes, and the things signified in the sacraments, and bicause God tes­tifyeth by this seale, that he acknowledge them for his confederates and heyres that truely fulfill and keepe the articles of his couenaunt. And as by circumcision they were receyued into the societie of Gods people: so the same confirmed their fayth in temptations, which fayth God would haue vnderset, and as it were shored vp, with outwarde proppes, bicause of the fleshes frayltie. The lyke or same reason, was of the sacrifices, which were woont in the lawe to be called sinnes, and expiation or clensing of sinnes. But if a man would here vrge or strayne the letter, he should heare the A­postle speak against it, saying. The bloud of Oxen, & Gotes can not take away sinne. And we knowe that God by his Prophets, reiecteth them as wicked and vncleane persons, which daylie gaue him offerings, and spared no cost nor labour. Shall we thinke therefore that God mocked his people, com­mending sacrifices by so goodly names? No. But there was a certayne and true meaning of them, that they signified Christ that true Lambe of God, which taketh awaye the sinnes of the worlde, in whome whosoeuer then trusted vnfaynedly, he was for his sake delyuered from all his sinnes. And when any vsed to doe sacrifice, wanting this fayth, God had no more [Page 305] regarde to their sacrifices, than if they had offered a Dogge or an Hogge, as in Esay he testifieth. And if we come to the sacraments of the new testa­ment, we shall finde the lyke reason in them also. For the Apostle calleth baptisme, the Lauer of newnesse or regeneration. But (alas) how many shall we finde, which after they are baptized, shewe any tokens of a bodye renewed or regenerated? And yet the holye ghost, commendeth not bap­tisme with false praises, but hath respect to the vse thereof: namely, bicause according to Gods institution, it effectually and truely sealeth in the elect, the inuocation and regeneration, whereof Christ himselfe is the Author. So in the mysticall supper, the breade is called the body of Christ, and the wine his bloude. Wherevpon many gather, that the true body and bloude of Christ, is eaten and drunken reallye and substantially, as well of the good, as of the badde. But we make Christ the Iudge of this controuersie, and reason after thys sort vpon the selfe same wordes. Whosoeuer eateth the fleshe of Christ, and drinketh his bloude, dwelleth in Christ, and Christ in him: But many that eate of the breade of the supper, and drinke of the Cup, neyther dwell in Christ, nor haue Christ dwelling in them: Ergo, the body and bloud of Christ are not receyued really and substantially in the mysticall bread and wine, nor bounde vnto these outwarde signes. No man can denie, but the Maior is of Christes making. And daylie experience prooueth the Minor: and would God it were not prooued by the examples of them, which herein sufficiently shewe, howe farre they be from Christ, in that they bring an horrible schisme and diuision into the Church by their contention, & cruelly persecute the true worshippers of Iesus Christ. Who seeth not therefore, that the words of the supper are to be vnderstanded sacramentally? yea, as the sacrifices in the olde tyme profited none but them, which were endued wyth true fayth, and brought Christ vnto them: euen so by the supper shall we receyue no fruyte, except we bring him by true fayth with vs, and ha­uing our mindes lift vp aboue the heauens, feede on him by fayth: Which fayth whosoeuer wanteth, are farre from Christ, & prophane and vnhallow the supper by their hypocrisie, and therefore eate and drinke vnto them­selues damnation. These thinges for this ende we must consyder, that we may learne it is a pernitious errour, to be tyed and addicted vnto outwarde ceremonies, and to seeke in them, that that belongeth onely vnto Christ, and through fayth onely is to be founde in him. So therefore must we vse the sacraments, that first we must acknowledge Gods goodnesse, which doth vouchsafe to confirme our fayth by outward signes and ceremonies. Then when we are mooued to vse and receyue them, we must reare vp our minds to the thinges signified by them, and chiefly we must perfourme those things which God prescribeth to vs by them. Herevnto serueth Augustines rule, which in his bookes of christian doctrine, is vttered in these wordes: The Lorde himselfe, and the Apostolike doctrine hath delyuered vnto vs, Third booke and .ix. chap. a cer­taine fewe of Sacraments, in steade of many, the same being verye easie to be done, verie singuler and excellent in meaning, and most pure and cleane in ob­seruation: such as is the Sacrament of baptisme, and the celebration of the bodye and bloude of the Lorde. The things that euery man receyueth, he being instructed or inspired, knoweth wherevnto they are to be referred: that he may reuerence them, not with carnall seruitude, but rather with spirituall libertie, for as to follow the letter, and to take the signes, for the things which are signified [Page 306] by them, is a token of seruyle weakenesse and infirmitie: so to interpretate and expounde the signes vnprofitably, is a token of wandring errour &c. And surely it is a miserable seruitude of the minde, to cleaue vnto outwarde thinges, and not to be able to lyfte vp our senses into heauen, that we maye enioye Christ sitting on the right hande of the father aboue.

Nowe, if the ceremonies instituted of God, can neyther iustifie, nor saue vs, yea, to vse them it is hurtfull, if they be done without fayth: how much more detestable is the errour of them, which will attribute to mans consti­tutions, and to the wearishe and colde ceremonies, that the bolde curiositie of brayne hath deuised, the glorye of iustification and saluation? For as the Lorde once vniuersally condemned all the traditions of men, so it is as cleere as the Sunne, Isay. 29. Math. 15. Roma. 10. that these ceremonies can not be ministred with faith, bicause fayth can rest vpon none other foundation, than the worde of God, as Paule teacheth. Therefore this onely Canone ouerthroweth all Pope­rie, which with all the rytes and ceremonies therof, is so mainteyned with the foolishe decrees of superstitious men, that it needeth no further demon­stration.

Steuen prosecuteth his narration begonne, and beateth downe the vaine affyaunce in the fathers, He beateth downe theyr affiaunce in the fathers. in whome they marueylously gloryed, as we to­fore haue declared. And to prooue that the fathers were iustifyed, neyther by circumcision, nor euer a whyt the better therfore, nor yet merited salua­tion by anye workes, but were saued through the meere and vnspeakeable goodnesse and fauour of God, he rehearseth the straunge & vnnatural deede, that they did against Ioseph their brother, which he toucheth in fewe words, but such, that it may easily appeare, how heynous a deede it was. For thus he sayth: The Patriarches hauing indignation, solde Ioseph into Aegypt. The storie is in Moses, Gene. 17. Gene. 37. chap. First, he sheweth the spring of this fact to be enuie, wherein they boyled, against their innocent brother, for none other cause, but for that they vnderstoode God had appointed for him great honors and dignities. They were in the lyke fault that Caine once was in. For he slewe his brother Abel, Gene. 4. blynded with the affection of enuie and hatred. For although the Patriarches shed not his bloude, yet were they guilty of murther, both bycause of their pretenced malice of mynde, the ful­filling wherof God stopped by meanes of Ruben, and also for that they solde their brother, Exodus. 21. to alyauntes, which was a thing that God afterwarde, ap­poynted to be punished with death. Adde vnto this, a number of other things concurring, in the doing of this deede, and it shall appeare, that by this one fact, they had deserued, to be cast of for euer: and therefore, that it was not to be ascribed to their righteousnesse, but to Gods goodnesse, that he did vouchsafe to make the nation that came of them, his owne people and inheritaunce. For they vpon a bolde and rashe impietie and vngodly­nesse, tooke vpon them to contende wyth God, whose deuise by thys meane they thought to stop and hinder. They were also vnkinde towardes their father, who they knewe well, had a great delight in Ioseph, and whose olde age they should rather haue comforted, than haue made sadde. Of theyr vngodlynesse towarde their brother, what needeth it to speake, whom (as much as in them laye) they went about not onely to kyll in bodye, but also in soule, whyles they sell him to Ismaelites into Egypt, miserably to serue a­mong such, as they knewe had no knowledge of God, nor his wyll. What [Page 307] punishmentes therefore, what Helles were sufficient, to reuenge suche a deede, if God would haue shewed his rigour rather than his goodnesse and mercie?

This place also serueth for our information, The glory is vayne that is sought in the vertue of aū ­cestrye. & teacheth vs that it is a vaine thing to vaunt or glory in the vertue of our auncestors. Not that we deny it is a singuler gift of God, if any man happen to haue famous and excellent progenitors, but we say we haue them not to thend to brag of them in Gods sight. For though our forefathers were neuer so good, yet had they that goodnesse of the fauour of God, and to vs commeth no profite by their ver­tue, vnlesse we endeuor to follow it, which thing is at large set forth in Eze­chiel the .xviij. Chapter. And it is manifest, that God neuer sharplier threat­ned the Iewes, than when they begonne to bragge of Abrahams vertue. For then Iohn calleth them Adders broode, and Christ, Math. 3. Iohn. 8. the children of the Deuill. And that that Steuen noted in the Iewes, the same is most euident to be seene in all Nations, as well particulerly as generally, For although there be some of their forefathers, which by reason of their vertues, and good deedes deserued some prayse amongst men: yet there want not diuers others, whose vngraciousnesse deserued not onely the destruction of the whole Nation, but also eternall damnation, and forsaking of the whole po­steritie, vnlesse God of his peculiar and fauourable sparing, woulde haue them saued. Let vs all therefore humble our selues in the sight of God, and let him that reioyceth, reioyce in the Lorde, who is mercifull, louing, pacient, and of great goodnesse, who dealeth not with vs after our sinnes, nor rewardeth vs according to our wickednesse. See the Psalme. 103.

And bicause Steuen is entred into the historie of Ioseph, Ioseph also is of fauour saued. whose cha­stitie, wisedome, righteousnesse, and godlynesse myght seeme to deserue to bring him to promotion and dignitie, and that for his sake all the Nation of the Iewes was honoured and benefited, he aunswereth this error also, and sheweth that euen Ioseph also receyued whatsoeuer he had, of Gods fa­uour, and not of his owne desert and merite. God (sayth he) was with him, and deliuered him out of all his troubles. Where Ioseph therefore suffred ad­uersitie paciently, that he was not ouercome with the whorish entisements of his dishonest mistresse, that he kept his fayth and trust to his maister vn­blemished, that he despayred not in the miserie of prison and captiuitie, all this was the benefite of God, which woulde not leaue him destitute of his grace. By his grace it came also to passe, that he being instructed with the spirite of prophecie, coulde giue the king wholesome counsell, and get hys fauour. Wherfore it is to be attributed neyther to Iosephes witte, neyther to Pharaos clemencie, but to Gods goodnesse, that Ioseph came to be gouernor of all Egypt. Adde herevnto howe God woulde haue all these things come to passe in a prophane Countrie, when the people of God had yet no tem­ple builded, nor ceremonies of the lawe as yet appoynted. Wherevpon a­gayne we gather, that the ceremonies which long after ensued, were not deliuered to iustifie by, but to shadowe to vs the true meane of iustification and saluation, which was giuen by promise in the beginning of the worlde, and was to be fulfilled by Christe, in the time thereto appoynted. What meane we therefore to contende for those thinges, without the which it is playne the fathers pleased God, and were saued? There remayne in the example of Ioseph certaine other pointes that serue for the information and [Page 308] teaching of euery man, whereof wee haue yet farther to speake.

God aydeth his people when they be afflicted.The first is, that he sayth God was with Ioseph. Then neyther the falshoode of his brethren, nor the shamefull slaunder of his mistresse, nor the rashe vnrighteousnesse of Putiphare, could depriue Ioseph a faythfull wor­shipper of God, of his helpe. And that that came to passe in him, falleth out in all those that be godly. Psal. 34. For the eyes of the Lord are ouer the righteous, and his eares are open vnto their prayers. And we maye also saye with Dauid: when my father and mother forsake me, Psal. 27. the Lorde taketh mee vppe. For as Christ sayde, he was not alone, though all his Disciples forsooke him: so can not they be alone, Iohn. 16. that are graffed in Christ by fayth, forasmuch as to them belong the promises of Christ, such as are: I will not leaue you com­fortlesse, Iohn. 14. Math. 28. I am with you euen vnto the ende of the worlde. In the meane whyle lette vs marke, that Ioseph was tossed with diuers calamities, al­though he was vpholden by the present helpe of God. For he is solde by his brethren, he is tempted by his mystresse, he is in daunger of his lyfe by meane of hir accusation. He is a long while kept in prison. Let no man ther­fore thinke that God is with him, but onely when he is in safetie and at li­bertie. Let no man also vpon presumption of Gods helpe, promise himselfe all kinde of rest and securitie of flesh. But let vs vnderstande that God doth not so defende and deliuer vs, but that sometimes we must beare the crosse, and yet that we be neuer more vnder Gods protection, than when we be most tried by afflictions. Psal. 56. For then he telleth our fleetings, and our teares are gathered togither as into a bottell.

Whatsoeuer we haue that is good, is of Gods gyft.Next, let vs note, howe Ioseph had wisedome and fauour giuen him. Ergo whatsoeuer good or excellent thing we haue, it is the gift of God. And it is his benefite, if we be able so profitably to vse the giftes that be in vs, that others accept or fauour vs the more for the same. For if we consider the nature of man, 1. Cor. 2. all things are corrupt in him. Our negligence percey­ueth not the things belonging to the spirite. Our will followeth but earth­ly things, Genes. 8. and is ruled after the desires of the fleshe, whose imaginations are euill euen from our youth. We haue no strength to doe good. Except ther­fore the Lorde regenerate vs, and endue vs with his spirite, there will be nothing sounde or whole. Agayne, except he cause vs and our doyngs to please others, we shall nothing preuayle. For what shall he be able to doe with others that is not able to teach and gouerne himselfe? As therefore it was Gods gift, that Iosephes counsell was well accepted with Pharao: so except God inclyne the hearts of men to lyke vs, all our doyngs shall be vnprofitable and vayne. Which thing Paule well marked in the ministerye of the worde, when he sayde: hee is nothing that watereth, neyther hee that planteth, but God that giues the encrease. The consideration hereof maketh vs not to be prowde of Gods giftes, and to vse them as we ought to doe. For what hast thou that thou hast not receyued? 1. Cor. 4. And if thou hast receyued it, why gloryest thou as though thou hadst not receyued it? And if thou hast re­ceyued it, surely thou shalt hereafter giue an account, of that thou hast re­ceyued and layde out, as Christ hath taught vs in the Parable of the Ta­lentes. Math. 25.

Ioseph is a figure of Christ.Last ofall, it shall not be vnprofitable, ifwe consider the figure of Christ which Ioseph purporteth, forasmuch as the ende and marke of all Steuens oration was, to bring the Iewes vnto Christ. For as the brethren would [Page 309] not acknowledge Ioseph for their Lorde and king: Iohn. 1. so when Christ came a­mong his owne, his owne woulde not vouchsafe to receyue him. As Io­seph was solde by his brethren: so Christ was solde by Iudas, and after­warde was deliuered vnto the Gentyles by the Iewes, which after the fleshe were his brethren. As Ioseph suffred many thinges with the Baker and Cupbearer, whereof the one was put to death, the other was saued, so we reade Christ suffered in the middle of two theeues, whereof the one through the grace of God was saued, the other damned. As Ioseph came vnto honor by manye daungers and horrible aduersities: so Christ by the bitter and horrible death of the Crosse, entred into the glorye of the father, and hath obteyned a name which is aboue all names, Phil. 2. whereat euery knee ought to bowe and obeye. I omyt diuers other thinges, which in their time and place may be more commodiously intreated. It is our partes wyth true faith to embrace Iesus Christ, whose figure Ioseph bare, and through the manifolde perils and hazardes of this lyfe, to aspyre to the inheritance of the kingdome of heauen. Which is prepared from euerlasting, for them that beleeue, and purchased with the precious bloude of Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xlvj. Homelie.

‘THERE came a dearth ouer all the lande of Aegypt and Chanaan, and great affliction, that our fathers found no sustenaunce. But when Iacob heard that there was corne in Aegypt, he sent our fathers first. And at the seconde tyme, Ioseph was knowne of his brethren, and Iosephs kynred was made knowne vnto Pharao. Then sent Ioseph a message, and caused his father to be brought and all his kinne, lxxv. soules. And Iacob descended into Aegypt, and dyed both he and our fathers, and were caried ouer into Sichem, & layde in the Sepulchre that Abraham bought for money of the sonnes of Hemor, the sonne of Sichem.’

THe godly Martyr Steuen goeth on in hys discourse of the thinges, done in olde tyme, touching the fathers, the chiefe ende wherofis to prooue, that he firmely holdeth the auncient religion of the fathers, who (as it is playne) without Temple and ceremo­nies pleased God, and were saued. Wherof he gathe­reth, that the temple nowe also is not necessarie, but that the people should haue respect rather, to hym that was prefigured thereby. And among other things, he treateth the hystorie of Ioseph diligently, bicause he (as I sayde in the last Sermon) was a fi­gure of Iesus Christ. And in the same hystorie, he noteth chiefely, howe Ioseph was solde into Egypt, and howe there through the fauour of God, he was not onely preserued, but also made Gouernour of Egypt. After this is declared, the going downe of the whole people of Israell into Egypt, whereof Ioseph hymselfe, is the occasion and author. And thys part of the discourse is to be applyed to the same ende, whervnto we sayde, the things gone before, were to be referred. For Steuens meaning is, to teache them that true religion, and the way of mans saluation did so little depend vpon [Page 310] that worship which Moyses appoynted, and was for manye yeares obser­ued in the lande of Chanaan, that the fathers in tyme past by reason of a great dearth were compelled to come from thence into Egypt, where a­bout a two hundreth and tenne yeares (for so many are reckoned from the children of Israels comming into Egypt, to their goyng out) were accepted for the people of God, although they neyther had Church, nor other cere­monies of the lawe. And that therefore nothing letted, why they might not at this daye also be saued without a Temple, yea, that it ought to be abro­gated with all the ceremonies leuiticall, forasmuche as it was playne, he was already come and exhibited, of whome all such things in tyme passed, were but signes and shadowes. The storie is written in Genesis. 42.43. and in other Chapters following: where at large are set forth those things which Steuen toucheth but briefely. But least we lose the commoditie ensu­ing of the discourse, it behooueth vs to note the chiefe points by themselues, and so to apply them to our instruction. Let vs examine therefore the cause that mooued the people to go into Egypt, then their going downe, and last of all, what is sayde of the Patriarches death and buriall.

The cause that Iacob went downe into Egypt, was a great dearth, wherewith he was troubled in the lande of Chanaan, The cause of the going into Egypt. and which he coulde by no meanes more commodiously auoyde, bicause through Iosephs coun­sell, Egypt onely had store of corne layde vp, for such vse. Here it is worthy to be well consydered, howe God suffreth Iacob a true worshipper of him, and a verie holye man, to be troubled and molested with famine. Thys might be imputed to his childrens naughtinesse, if we read not how the like had bene seene in Abraham and Isaac. Gen. 12.26. And there are manye examples that teache vs, howe the faythfull and true worshippers of God, haue bene af­flicted also with other aduersities, and calamities. Hereof we gather, that aduersities and afflictions, are not alwayes arguments of Gods wrath, and that we should not dispaire in them, as though we were quyte out of the fauour of God. For eyther God of a fatherly care hereby preuenteth our naughtinesse, and bringeth downe our hawtie courage, least we shoulde grieuously offende hym, or else lyke a father correcteth our faultes, and by correction bringeth vs into the waye, or else by thys meane, executeth hys secret iudgementes, not yet perceyued of vs, as in thys present hystorie, we see it commeth to passe. For Iacob with all his familie, is constrayned by famine, to come into Egypt, to make away to the Oracle, wherein God had sayde vnto Abraham, that his seede shoulde soiorne in a straunge lande, out of which, Gene. 15. after many afflictions, God should bring them agayne. And the daylie effectes of our afflictions, sufficiently teache vs, that God brin­geth many things to passe, by his iust and wholsome iudgement, which we before, had no vnderstanding of. But thys hath in it a singuler comfort, that as he would haue Iacob feele the smarte of famine: so he sent Ioseph be­fore into Egypt, and made hym ruler of all the countrie, that by his coun­sell and prouision, he and all hys familie should be fed. This goodnesse and trust in God, is set forth in the hundreth and fifth Psalme, where it is thus sayde: God called for a dearth vpon the lande, and destroyed all the prouision of breade: But he had sent a man before them, euen Ioseph, which was solde to be a bonde seruaunt. &c By him therefore, had Iacob most succour, in whom he supposed, he had greatest cause of sorrowe. For he had mourned and la­mented [Page 311] bitterly for Ioseph, whome he thought was deade, through whose liberalitie he is nowe notwithstanding mainteyned and cherished. Ioseph acknowledged thys counsell of God, where he comforteth his brethren, be­ing feared with the remembraunce of their wickednesse, saying: that he was sent before into Egypt, by Gods prouydence, for the benefite and pub­like vtilitie of many. And oftentimes it commeth to passe, Gene. 45. that the things that our enimies vniustly and vngently procure agaynst vs, serue to our benefite and commoditie. And yet their wickednesse is not to be excused therefore, bycause they in their doing, goe not about to fulfill Gods coun­sell or purpose, but to satisfie their owne vnruly lustes, as hath oftentimes already bene declared.

Also we haue here to consyder both Pharao and Ioseph: The wise­dome and thankfulnesse of Pharao. For Pharao de­serueth no small commendation of wisedome, and kindenesse, in that he maketh Ioseph, whome he seeth to be of more wisedome & counsell than his other men, gouernour of hys kingdome, although he knewe he was both a straunger and bonde man: and in that he saw things prospered according to his deuise and counsel, he liberally considereth & rewardeth both him and all his kinsfolke. Of which example men in authoritie may learne, not onely thankefulnesse, but also howe profitable a thing it is, to put them in office, that worship God truely, bicause the blessing of God followeth suche, and that which is done vnto them, God taketh as done vnto himselfe. Thys thing Putiphar before that, perceyued well ynough, whome God prospered in all his doings, whyle Ioseph was ruler of hys house, although he little considered the same. The same doth Pharao nowe finde, where, by Iosephs industrie and wisedome, he perceyueth himselfe greatly inriched, and all Egypt and the nations adioyning preserued and mainteyned. So after­warde in this booke, for Paules sake, as manye as sayled in his companye were saued from drowning. And as by the godly, great commoditie vseth to come vnto many: so oftentimes through a fewe that be wicked, if they be of authoritie and power, and may doe what they list, ensueth great incon­uenience and mischiefe. Iosua. 7. Achan onely through his sacriledge (as close as it was) was the occasion of a publike calamitie. And Ionas flying from Gods sight, endaungereth not only himselfe, but also the Mariners, and as ma­ny passengers as were in the shippe. So perillous and hurtfull a thing the company of the wicked is. What maye therefore be hoped for, where such are put in office and authoritie? Surely none other, but that they will be the cause of publike calamitie, and generall destruction. Whereof we haue an example in Manasses, through whose bloudye and cruell wickednesse, it came to passe, that God being greatly offended agaynst the Iewes, lette them be caryed to Babylon, hauing their Citie and Temple first destroyed by fire and sworde. Therefore in choosing of Officers for common weales, and the Church, the chiefe care must be, that they be godly, vnlesse we will haue destroyers reygne ouer vs, rather than benefactors. And surely the onely consideration of this place is sufficient to teache vs what the chiefe cause of the euils in our dayes is, seeing such are euerywhere put in office and authoritie, as are touched with no care of godlynesse nor religion.

In Ioseph we haue to consider the nature of loue, Iosephs loue tempered with iustice. tempered with the rule of equitie and iustice. For he acknowledged his brethren, who had handled him very naughtily and vncourteously, and giueth them foode most [Page 312] liberally, but yet he trieth their mindes with a certaine counterfaite a uste­ritie and sharpnesse of wordes, and would not make himselfe knowne vn­to them, till he sawe they repented and were sorie. Herein he followed the propertie of God the father, & of Iesus Christ his sonne, who in times past hauing suffered all kinde of iniuries at our handes, and yet dayly suffreth, cannot yet forget his loue and liberalitie, but acknowledgeth vs for hys brethren, and doth good euen to them that haue deserued a thousand deaths and crosses. Let vs imitate this condicion of God the father, if we will be called and taken for his children. Math. 5. Yet is there no cause why their sinnes shoulde not be reprooued and accused, who we see haue done and doe many things out of square. Nor we may not so pardon them who haue iniuried vs, that through our to much bearing they become the worse, but we must thinke this the chiefe poynt of charitie, if we can by anye meane call them from sinne and destruction, which as yet be voyde of godlynesse.

The com­ming of the children of Israel into Egypt.But let vs consider the seconde part of this place, where Iacob and all his familie and kindred commeth downe into Egypt. Here it appeereth none remayned in the countrie of Chanaan that were of the number of Goddes people, but they were all outlawes, and preserued there without any cere­monies, or rytes of the law, by the meere grace of God. And it is not wyth­out a cause that Steuen so diligently reckoneth the number of soules. For the consideration hereof setteth before our eyes the ineffable and inuincible power of God, which was able within two hundred and tenne yeares, to make so small a company so innumerable. For as Moyses testifieth, when they went out of Egypt, there were mounstred .vj. hundred thousand & three, fiue hundred and fiftie fighting men of the Israelites. With the which thing if we compare the tragicall attempts of Pharao which euery way went about to destroy and roote out this people, it shall easily appeare, that the promise of God made sometime to Abraham ( Genes. 15. &. 17.) coulde no wayes be hindered by any power or deuyse of man. This ought to be obserued for the instruction and comfort of vs all, that we feare not the threates and en­terprises of the worlde, seeing it appeareth the force thereof agaynst God is altogither vayne. Let vs compare this to Christ and his Church. God pro­mised him a kingdome which he possesseth, and shall for euer possesse, des­pyte of his enimies. He promised also that his Church shoulde be enlarged which thing we see is fulfilled, although one Pharao alone hath not sought the ouerthrowe thereof. Let euery body marke this in their temptations, that they suffer not their fayth to be ouerthrowne seeing (as Paule sayeth) there is nothing that can seperate vs from the loue of God. Roma. 8.

The Patry­arches dye in Egypt. Gene. 50. Exodus. 13. Iosua. 24.In the later part of this diuision Steuen sheweth how the fathers died in Egypt, and were afterwarde caryed to Sichem. And Moyses wryteth plainely of Iacob, that his corps was caryed into Chanaan. And the Scrip­ture lykewise sheweth, that the Israelites, brought Iosephes bones out of E­gypt, as he gaue commaundement. Concerning the other Patriarches, al­though Moyses write nothing, yet it is credible that their bones were also brought by their posteritie, bicause Steuen affirmeth it so boldly before them who he knewe were diligent markers of his wordes. Furthermore, that the writers haue erred in the name of Abraham, it is more plaine than nee­deth long declaration. See at the least what is written touching this field which Iacob bought of the sonnes of Hemor. Genes. 33. and Iosua. 24. He [Page 313] sayth the Patriarches dyed in Egypt, for that it may appeere, they dyed in that religion, which consisted in no ceremonies, but in the onely fayth, which embraced the promyses of God. Wherof may be gathered, that they were iustifyed and saued by fayth, through the meere grace of God, and not by the lawe ceremoniall. In the meane season we are taught that the faith­full dye godlily in what place so euer it be, and that they are not to be thought miserable which dye in exyle out of their countrie. For where this life wheresoeuer it is ledde, is but a Pilgrimage, and our countrie or Citie is permanent and abyding in heauen: he cannot dye in banishment, which hauing ended the race of his pilgrimage, is taken into the hauen of the hea­uenly countrie. For the Aungell calleth them blessed which die in the Lorde. Apoca. 14. Iohn. 5. And Christ testifieth that they which beleeue in him passe from death vnto lyfe. Furthermore, God is present euerywhere with his that are ready to die. And in the later daye, the earth, the sea, and all the parts of the world shall render agayne all those that euer they made awaye and consumed. Apoca. 20. Therefore, pieuishe and foolishe is the superstition of those, which measure beatitude or blisse by holynesse of places, and thinke it a great matter in what place a bodye is buried: whereas it is playne, that all the earth is the Lordes, whose power and grace can be included and bounde to no place. And let not these men obiect to mee the Patriarches, which wylled their bones to be caried out of Egypt into the lande of Chanaan. For they did not that, to thende to shewe they had any hope of saluation in the place of buriall, but this was a worke of fayth, which no feare of death coulde driue from them. And for that they woulde testifie to all menne, that they firmelye beleeued the promises of God which he had made vnto them tou­ching their posteritie to be possessors and inhabiters of the land, and would allure their ofspring to loue the same, therfore they would there be buried: so that euen at the poynt of death it may be sayde, they had an hope and be­liefe in the same. And that good cause thus to doe appeereth by the condici­ons and behauiour of their posteritie, who being deliuered out of Egypt by the singular myracles and woonders of God, had yet an eye still vnto the same, and despised the Countrie where their fathers were buried. What woulde they therefore haue done, if their fathers had appoynted their Se­pulture in Egypt? Therefore the example of these Patriarches, nothing helpe their superstition, which thinke so great an hope of mannes saluati­on and glory in the buriall place. Let vs rather marke the poynt of thys diuision, of Steuens whole oration, and leauing the obseruation of ceremo­nies, let vs keepe fast our hope and fayth, that we may fitte with the holye Patriarches in the kingdome of heauen, as Iesus Christ hath promised vs: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .xlvij. Homelie.

‘BVT when the tyme of the promise drewe nigh, which God had sworne to Abraham, the people grewe and multiplied in Aegypt, till an other king arose, which knewe not of Ioseph. The same delt subtilly with our kynred, and euyll intreated our fathers, and made them cast out their yong chyl­dren, that they should not remayne alyue. The same tyme was Moyses [Page 314] borne, and was acceptable vnto God, and nourished vp in his fathers house three Moneths. When he was cast out, Pharaos daughter tooke him vp, and brought him vp for hir owne sonne. And Moses was learned in all maner wisedome of the Aegyptians, and was mightie in deedes and in wordes.’

ALthough God taught our first fathers the fayth and waye of saluation, which is founded on the merite of Iesus Christ onely, and therefore his doctrine onely is most auncient and most true, yet euery where, it is accused of noueltie and falshoode. The cause is, that men more regarde such outwarde signes and shewes, as spring of their owne deuyse and brayne, than the worde of God. Therefore it commeth to passe, that whyle they looke onely to these externall things, they take them for authors of newe opinions, and enimies of Gods religion, which teache the contrarie, and labour to bring agayne the way of salu [...]tion, and true religion, that God hath ordeyned and instituted. This thing came to passe in Steuen, who teaching the gospell of Iesus Christ at Ierusalem, and sending the people from the ceremo­nies of the lawe, vnto Christ, was by and by accused, as one that deadly hated the temple, and true worshipping of God. He excuseth himselfe not in wordes onely, but also in deede. For gathering togither an hystorie of the fathers, he declareth that they followed none other waye of fayth and saluation, than that which is in Christ. He bringeth his historie from the ve­rie origine and beginning of the nation, vntill the comming of Israell in­to Egypt, and the death of the Patriarches. Nowe, he beginneth to declare the increasing and deliuerie of the people, wherin he vseth great diligence, bicause the deliuerie out of Egypt, was a figure of the redemption made by Christ, whereby we are also taught, what state the Churche hath bene in in all ages of the worlde, and shall be still. Now, the verie same scope and ende, aswell of this part, as of the things aboue rehearsed, is to shewe, that the Iewes were delyuered, through no merite of their workes or obseruaunce of the lawe, but through the singuler benefite of Gods fauour and grace, according to his former promises. Whervpon he gathereth, that the meane of true religion and saluation, consisteth not in outwarde ce­remonies, but rather in fayth, which taketh holde of the grace and promi­ses of God. But bicause we shall intreate of all these things, in theyr place, at thys present, we will speake of the increasing of the people, and of Mo­ses their delyuerer, both which things Steuen toucheth in the wordes alrea­die read.

The peo­ple were pre­serued and multiplyed in Egypt by the grace and fa­uour of God.The multiplication of the people in Egypt, he prooueth by two argu­ments, ought not to be ascribed to anye counsell or industrie of man, but vnto the goodnesse and fauour of God. The first argument, he taketh of the cause efficient: the seconde of the state and condition of the time. Assoone (sayth he) as the tyme of promise drewe nighe, which God had sworne vn­to Abraham, the people grewe and multiplyed in Aegypt. But that this pro­mise was of fauour, none will denie, for as much as it was made vnto the Iewes being not yet borne, and is manifest, that Abraham was chosen of meere fauour, and called out of Chaldea. Whereby is gathered that this [Page 315] people, was preserued by the grace of God, and grewe to such a multitude, Num. 1. as other wheres Moses reporteth.

It is verie worthy the consideration, that the godly Martyr, The prouy­dence of God comprehen­deth al times Genes. 15. appoin­teth a certayne time, to Gods promise, whereof he knewe mention was made in the worde of God. Where in the fourth generation, Abrahams posteritie is promised to be delyuered from the yoke of seruitude. The hy­storie agreeth verie fitly with the promise, where it teacheth that Moses the Captaine of the people, was the fourth from Iacob. For Iacob begat Leui, Leui begat Cahad, and of Cahad was borne Amram, who (as it is written) was Moses and Aarons father. We are taught by thys place, that not only the effects of things comming to passe among men, but also the causes and the circumstances are comprised within y e prouidence of God. For what can that euerlasting minde neglect, which both numbreth the heares of our heade, Math. 10.6. and hath also most exact knowledge of the flowers of the fielde and byrdes of the ayre. That he compriseth also all tymes and seasons, Christ himselfe testifyeth, where he reprehendeth hys Disciples, bicause they were inquisitiue of thinges, Acte [...]. 1. such as his father had reserued in hys owne power onely. The consideration of these things, must serue for our consolation, when we be in great distresse or trouble, and see God so deferre his helpe, that it might seeme, he had both forgotten vs, and his promises. Then let vs remember, that God hath appoynted a certayne time, when to per­fourme his promises, which God will neuer let so to ouerpasse, but he will helpe them that trust in hym. It is our dutyes, in the meane whyle, to wayte and abyde for the helpe of God, and to appoint him no time or order when or howe to doe hys pleasure. Psal. 27. Tarie thou the Lordes leysure (sayth Da­uid) put thy trust in him, and he shall comfort thine heart. Yea, it is sayde in other places, they haue tempted the Lorde, that haue prescribed him anye time to shewe his power or will, in suche as were those in the desert, that durst aske fleshe, and the Nobles of Bethulia, which sayde, Num. 11. Psal. 78. Iudith. 8. they woulde wayte but fiue dayes for the helpe of God. Let vs vse this Tryacle and Conserue against the impaciencie and waywardenesse of our fleshe, and thinke that God bringeth his affayres about, in their certayne times, and places, and yet in the meane whyle, Abacuc. 2. forsaketh not such as put their hope in hym.

The other argument is taken of the state of the tymes, wherein the people was increased. For it would haue seemed no great marueyle, if the people had multiplied among them, which remembring Ioseph and hys be­nefites, would haue cherished them, and done for them, as it appeereth the former kings of Egypt did. But the people of the Iewes grewe and mul­tiplied, euen agaynst the willes of the chiefe rulers, and they stryuing all they coulde, agaynst it. For there arose a newe king, which knewe not Io­seph, and had no regarde of the benefites before done vnto them. Thys king not onely neglected the people of Israell, but let all others misvse them, and craftily set vpon them, and made all Egypt to hate them and sus­pect them, and vsed such crueltie and tyrannie against them, that not con­tented to bereaue them of libertie alone, and to oppresse them with bon­dage, he caused their children at their birthe time, eyther to be kylled, or else after they were borne, to be throwne awaye, or else to be sought for by the ministers of hys crueltie, and other wayes to be made out of the way. [Page 316] See Exodus the first chapter. Yet this notwithstanding, the people grewe and increased exceedingly, & lyke a palme tree rose vp, despite of the tyran­ny that oppressed it and kept it downe. Who therfore doth not acknowledge this, to be a certayne singuler worke of Gods goodnesse, and that it ought not to be ascribed to anye ceremonies, seing there are none at thys tyme, as yet appointed?

God mixeth aduersitie a­mong pros­peritie.First let vs here consyder, howe when the tyme of promise drew nigh, God raysed vp such a king as oppressed his people with tyranny, and so in­treated them, that scarce they had any more hope, to be deliuered. Thys is Gods vsage of olde, to mixe aduersitie and prosperitie togyther, and then to suffer Tyrannes most to rage, when their destruction draweth nighest. By thys meane, he vseth to trye the fayth of his people, and is verie care­full that they by carelesnesse abuse not their liberty. There are euerywhere examples hereof in Dauid, Ezechiel, and infinite others. Hereto belongeth that that came to passe after the people returned from Babilon, about the restoring againe of the church, when neyther the authoritie of Cyrus could represse the attemptes of their enimies, and Cambyses his sonne follow­ing, encouraged the enimies of the church by his supportacion, insomuch that they that wrought vpon the walles of the Citie, were fayne to worke with one hande, Nehem. 4. and fight with an other. It is for our profite, diligently to consyder these things, that we be not to bolde in prosperitie, least we be en­tangled in securitie, but rather that we consyder howe we must tryumphe vnder the crosse, and that we therefore must prepare our selues vnto the same, howsoeuer all things seeme to laugh vpon vs.

Small is the remembrance of benefites receyued with Princes.Next we haue to consyder, that he sayth a king arose which knew not Ioseph. And if we searche the Chronicles we shall finde it to be scarce fiftie yeares betwene the death of Ioseph, and the raigne of this tyranne. For Ioseph at thirtie yeares of age, was made ruler of Egypt. Then followed the seauen yeres of plentie, and in the seconde yeare of the dearth he sent for his father Iacob to come vnto him. Wherefore, if we allowe them anye time to prepare for their iourney, and to iourney in, we shall finde that Is­raell, came into Egypt, not long after Ioseph was fortie yeres of age. Ioseph lyued yet after this, three score and tenne yeares, for Moses sayth he dyed, when he was an hundred and ten yeares olde. Now, the Israelites were in Egypt, two hundred and ten yeares, from which, if we take the three score and ten yeres of Ioseph, and the foure score yeares, that Moses liued, before he brought out the people, there shall but three score yeares onely remaine, betweene the death of Ioseph, and the byrth of Moses, from which yet must be taken ten yeares at the least, that Amram liued in matrimonie, in the tyme of persecution, before Moses his sonne was borne. For it is playne that Aaron was borne three yeares before Moses. And when Moses was founde by the ryuer side, his sister Marie was of that age, that she was a­ble to talke with Pharaos daughter, and to giue hir counsell, howe to saue and bring vp the childe. The consideration of these things teache vs, howe little remembraunce princes of this worlde, haue of good turnes, that men doe vnto them, seing the kings following within so little a space, are igno­raunt of Ioseph, through whose counsell, Egypt was preserued, and the kings power so greatly increased. For being drunken with prosperitie and good successe, they easily waxe prowde, and thinke it an heynous matter, [Page 317] to acknowledge themselues debters to any man. Therefore Dauid both truely and wisely sayth: Put not your trust in Princes, Psal. 146. Psalm. 118. nor in anye childe of man, for there is no helpe in them. Agayne: It is better to trust in the Lorde, than to put any confydence in Princes. We are also taught, howe hurtfull a thing it is, to forget or to be ignorant in the auncient actes, lawes, and pri­uiledges. For this place plainely testifieth, that this thing was the cause of most cruell tyrannie, and at length of most horrible destruction. Therfore, notable is the custome of the Persians and Medians, whose kings as Hysto­riographers saye, are contynually occupied in the reading of the Chroni­cles. For howe much profite ensueth thereof, Hester. 6. the onely hystorie of Mardo­cheus, aboundantly declareth.

Thirdlye, The wylynes of tyraunts. let vs consider the craftes that tyrauntes vse in oppressing their subiectes. For Pharao seemeth not to vse his absolute power, but craf­tily circumuenteth the people of Israel, and so vseth the matter, that he see­meth to haue great regarde both of publike tranquillitie and equitie: and yet in deede he cruelly persecuteth a people spoyled of their auncient li­bertie. For vndoubtedly, he complayned that it was not reason and right, that a straunge Nation shoulde be free, and haue more libertie than the E­gyptians. Furthermore, he sheweth that it was a daungerous matter, and to be feared, least they should ioyne with some forreyne Nation, and aspyre to the kingdome of Egypt. But if we consider the falling out of the matter, the ende was altogither couetousnesse, which taught the Egyptians howe to waxe rich, by oppressing and abusing the labor of others. Hereof follo­wed a crueltie passing all other, which the very infantes new borne coulde not escape. So lawfull thinke they it is, for them to doe all things, which once haue violated and broken all lawe and right, and haue tasted any pri­uate aduantage or profite thereby. Let vs marke these crafts, that we may learne the easilier to beware of thē. Yet let vs not be discouraged, forasmuch as it commeth to passe many times, that tyraunts enterprises, set forth the power & glory of God, who can most easily ouerturne the deuises of people as the godly prophet teacheth, and as appeereth, came to passe in this place.

Nowe, Steuen goyng forth with his narration, bringeth forth Moyses, in whome the Iewes, as in their Captaine, deliuerer, and lawe maker, Moses saued and brought to dignitie by the goodnesse of God. chiefely gloried. And he prooueth that he was preserued and aduaunced to so high a dignitie, through the singuler goodnesse of God, and had nothyng wherein to reioyce. Wherevpon it is easie for euery man to conclude, that they which were deliuered by his ministerie, and receyued the lawe of him, were much more bounde to the goodnesse of God. There are three reasons whereby he prooueth that that we haue sayde. First, arguing of the time, he sayth, he was borne when the tyranne most raged, Of the tyme. and when he coulde by none other meanes be saued, than by the secret working and goodnesse of God. He addeth another poynt, that euen when he was newe borne, there appeared manifest tokens of Goddes fauour, which surelye can be ascribed to no deserte of Moyses. In the meane season, we must note howe he was then borne to be their deliuerer, when there was almost no hope of deliuerie, and when himselfe was lyke to bee in daunger, before he coulde declare anye token of his valiauntnesse in deliuering of them. So God vseth to succour his people, when all hope is past, and (as Esaye sayeth) that he maye doe his worke, his straunge worke, Esay. 28. and to [Page 318] forget it (as it were) that he may execute it afterwarde with the more glo­rie. For it is Gods proper worke to saue men, which he then doth, when all hope and helpe seemeth to them quite past. The lyke thing fell out in Chri­stes natiuitie. For when the Iewes had lost their libertie, and were com­pelled to pay taxe and tribute to a straunge Prince, and an Ethnike, and euery man was ceassed by Cyrenius, then was that promised (and so long looked for) Sauiour of the world borne. Yea, he was borne of the stocke of Dauid, Esay. 11. where as it had lost all dignitie, and seemed as Esaye once sayde, a rotten and vnprofitable stocke. Therfore let no man despayre in imminent afflictions.

The seconde argument whereby he prooueth Moses to bee saued by the mercy of God, Of the cause efficient moo­uing his Pa­rentes. he taketh of his Parents, who brought him vppe three mo­neths, at home at their house, contrary to the kings commaundement. For this was (as Paule testifyeth and interpreteth it Hebr. 11.) a worke of fayth, whereby they respecting Gods mercie, and his promises, were so comfor­ted, that they durst breake the kings commaundement. But that fayth and boldenesse of minde, are the gyftes of God, is more euident, than needeth long proofe. So therefore must the fayth of Moyses parents be considered, that we encouraged by their example, must learne to contemne those wic­ked commaundementes oftyrauntes, which no man can obey with godly­nesse. For in such thinges must Peters rule be followed, which plainely sayth: we must rather obey God than men.

Of the ma­ner and or­der of his deliuery.Thirdly, he rehearseth the order and maner, howe Moyses was sa­ued, that the grace and power of God, may the more appeere. For Pharaos daughter tooke him, being cast out into the riuer Nylus, and brought him vp, as if it had bene hir owne sonne. Furthermore, being trayned vppe in the Court, in all maner of wisedome of the Egyptians, he became expert in all qualities belonging to a ruler and gouernour. Who will in these thinges attribute anye thing to mannes desertes or merites? Exod. 2. who will not acknowledge Gods singuler grace and fauour? Here is the power of God marueylous woonderfull, who disappoynteth and laugheth at tyrants enterprises. Pharao bringeth vp in his owne Court, and as it were in hys owne bosome, the Captaine and deliuerer of that people, which he sought most to oppresse. So whyle Achab persecuteth the Prophetes, and the Church, Abdias a most faythfull defender of the Prophetes, and true doc­trine, is in greatest honor, and authoritie in the Court. So vnder the Ro­maine Emperours, sometime the mainteyners of the true fayth, had grea­test charge in the fielde, although the Emperours would haue had the faith destroyed. And many other examples there are, which declare howe the greatest enimies of Christ haue furthered and set forwarde the Church. Who therfore will be afrayde of their attempts, which are ruled by the bri­dle of Gods power and prouidence? Let vs also consider howe he sayeth Moyses was brought vp in all maner wisedome of the Egyptians. Chri­stians therefore maye reade the workes of Gentyles and Philosophers, as it appeareth Paule did, by his writings and sermons, wherein he feate­ly placeth the sentences of the Ethnickes. Yet a meane must be obserued, least the mysteries of the worde of God, beginne to be contemned of those that delyght in Gentyle philosophie, and that we make not to much of those things in their writings, which openly impugne the prophecies of heauen­lye [Page 319] wisdome. This thing commeth to passe in Astrologers, and in the ouer curious searchers of naturall causes, which yet are not ashamed, to defend their vngodlynesse by Moyses example. But they ought rather to followe his modestie, who in the description of the frame and workmanship of this worlde, hauing great occasion to haue shewed and set out his Egypticall wisedome, comprehendeth all those things in marueylous playnenesse and breuitie, that the curious wittes of Mathematicalles, and Philosophers, haue wearied their braynes vnprofitably about, nowe these manye hun­dred yeares. For where he referreth the causes of things to God alone (as the Scripture euerywhere doth) he easily saw, that it was a wicked osten­tation of the wit, to spoyle God of any part of his glorye, and to bring the gouernaunce of the world in subiection and bondage to the course of Crea­tures. Therefore their foolishnesse and madnesse is detestable, which make Abraham and Moyses the authors of iudiciall astrologie. Let vs rather de­pende vppon Gods appoyntment and prouidence onely, who of his good­nesse chose both Abraham and Moyses, and hath by them promised vs hys sonne to be our Sauiour and King: To whome be all prayse, honor, po­wer, and glory. Amen.

The .xlviij. Homelie.

‘AND when he was full fourtie yeares olde, it came into his heart to visite his brethren the children of Israel: And when hee sawe one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and aduenged his quarrell that had the harme done to him, and smote the Aegyptian. For he supposed his brethren would haue vnderstande how that God by his hande shoulde deliuer them, but they vn­derstoode not. And the next daye he shewed himselfe to them as they stroue, and would haue set them at one agayne, saying: Sirs, yee are brethren: why hurt yee one another? but he that did his neyghbour wrong, thrust him awaye, saying: who made thee a Ruler and a Iudge ouer vs? wilt thou kill mee as thou diddest the Aegyptian yesterdaye? Then fledde Moyses at that saying, and was a straunger in the lande of Madian, where hee begate twoo sonnes.’

WHereas the blessed Martyr Steuen follo­wing the order and tracke of the storie of the fathers, is commen to Moyses, in whom the Iewes so greatly glo­rie, as in their deliuerer and lawe giuer, he diligentlye handleth his hystorie, partly bicause Moyses, touching their deliuerie out of Egypt, was a figure of Christ, and bare witnesse of Christ: and partly bicause he would not seeme to be a contemner of Moyses, as they accused him, in that he preached agaynst the Temple and Ceremonies of the lawe. And bicause he woulde quyte take from them, the vayne affiaunce they had in outwarde ceremo­nies, he sheweth that the fathers so little trusted in mannes righteousnesse, that Moyses himselfe had nothing whereof to reioyce before God, bycause through no helpe of man, but by the onely grace of God he was saued, and called to such honour as he had. Wherevpon it followeth, that whatsoeuer afterwarde he did, worthy of any singuler prayse and commendation, it [Page 320] was to be attributed vnto Gods goodnesse and grace. The same is more plainely set forth in this present place, where he declareth how Moyses be­ganne to vse his office, wherevnto God had appoynted him, and howe the fathers vnworthily despised the benifyte of deliuery giuen them, and very vncourteously reiected Moyses their reuenger and defender.

Moses stirred vp by God, taketh vpon him the office of a deliuerer.He beginneth with Moyses age, and with the cause that mooued him to take vppon him the charge of the people, being so grieuously afflicted, he sayth he was fourtie yeares olde, before he gaue anye token of the peoples deliuerie. In the meane time, liuing in the Court, among the Nobles of the Realme, he seemed to haue little regarde of the people, which thing Ste­uen manifestly teacheth, where he sayth, when he was full fourtie yeares of age, it came into his heart to visite his brethren? Who put that thought in his hart? Or else coulde it spring of it selfe, in such an one, as had bene brought vp in Courtly pastymes, and taught in the sciences of Egypt? No. Then it was the secrete motion of the holye spirite, which twitched Moyses by the eare, being as one in a sleepe, and awoke his mynde, with the consideration of auncient promises, making hym to ioyne himselfe to that people, of whose stocke he vnderstoode, that the Sauiour of mankinde shoulde be borne. Paule agreeth herewith, which attributeth Moyses doing vnto fayth, which fayth all the whole Scripture teacheth to be the gyfte of God. For he sayeth: By fayth Moyses when he was great (or in honor) re­fused to be called the sonne of Pharaoes daughter, and chose rather to suffer ad­uersitie with the people of God, Hebru. 11. than to enioye the pleasures of sinne for a sea­son, and estemed the rebuke of Christ greater riches than the treasures of Egypt. Also it appeareth very euidently by this place, that all the prayse of their deliuerye, is to be ascribed to God alone, who did not onely giue Moyses strength, but put a will thereto in his heart also.

Except we be drawne of God, we doe no good.This must in the meane season, serue for our learning, that Moyses tooke not on hym, the care of his brethren, tyll he was stirred vp by God. Hereof gather we an vniuersall doctrine, that they which are yet ledde with worldly and fleshely desyres, and ruled by worldly wysedome, can doe nothing that is good, or commendable in Gods affayres, vnlesse they be drawne, by the motion of the holy ghost: forasmuch as of our selues (as Paule sayth) we can not thinke well. 2. Cor 3. Iohn. 6. Cant. 1. And Christ teacheth vs that no man commeth to him, except the father drawe him. Wherefore the bryde in Salo­mon cryeth out, not without a cause: Drawe mee after thee. Wherevpon it foloweth agayne, that no prayse of merite, is due to our workes, but that whatsoeuer good thing we doe, it is of grace onely.

Also, Moyses example teacheth vs our dutie, that when God stirreth and draweth vs, Wee must o­bey God, cal­ling & draw­ing vs. Iohn. 10. we must yeelde thereto, and shewe our selues obedyent. For of such force is Gods calling with the faythfull, that it can not want ef­fect, for as much as Christ sayth, this is the propertie of his sheepe, to heare his voyce, and to follow it. Which thing they vse to doe, with such feruencie and zeale, that they despise all thinges, that might hynder their calling, as noysome, and but verie dunge, and againe thinke nothing intollerable, or to harde that is ioyned with Gods calling. Both these thinges we see in the example of Moyses. For as soone, as he heareth the worde of God spea­king in his heart, without anye delaye hee refuseth the delycacies of the Court, the pompe of the Realme, the dignities of publike authoritie, the [Page 321] friendship of greatmen, riches, ease, and whatsoeuer else like is to be had in the Court. In steade of these, he chooseth traueyles, pouertie, shame, and infinite daungers, wherewith he sawe the people of God euery daye vexed, vnder most cruell enimies. And that we see Moses did, the same we see in the Apostles, who although they forsooke not so great ryches, yet that little they had, they forsooke, with as earnest an affection and zeale as he did. Unto whome we may ioyne Zachaeus, and diuers other. With the ex­ample of whome, if we compare our owne sluggishe slouthfulnesse, who thinke it not meete nor reasonable, to lose or suffer any thing, for Christes sake, it shall plainely appeare, howe farre we yet be from a christian per­fection. For this is that forsaking and denying of themselfe, that Christ re­quireth of his Disciples. This is that obedience of fayth, that Paule euery where vrgeth, and without the which, the profession of a christian name, is vnprofitable.

But some will obiect: we confesse all that is here sayde of Moses, The deliuery of the fathers out of Aegypt was of grace. yet it is to be thought, that the fathers by their merites deserued, that God should appoint hym, to be their reuenger and defendour. Steuen therefore prudently preuenteth this obiection, and sheweth, that the fathers of the Iewes, in their delyuerie out of Egypt, deserued so little prayse or glorye, that rather they were worthy to haue bene perpetually in bondage, bicause they reiected the benefite of their redemption, offred them of God by Mo­ses verie churlishly and vnworthily. And for a proofe hereofhe alleageth the storie, written in the seconde of Erasmus, where he may see more, that thin­keth Luke in this place to briefe or short. The ende of all is, that the fa­thers despised the benefite of God, and Moses their deliuerer, wherefore their whole departure out of Egypt, was to be attrybuted onely to the fa­uour of God. Steuen also manifestly retorteth the contempt of Moses, wher­with they charged him, vpon their forefathers, and vpbraydeth them wyth their olde vngodlynesse and ingratitude, not with rayling in [...]ent, but to shewe them howe well they followed their fathers steppes, seeing with like contempt they reiected Christ, whom Moses long before commaunded them to heare, and to follow.

But that we omytte not such things, as serue for our erudition: The dutie of a Magi­strate. first of all Moses is to be consydered, and in him the dutie of a gouernour or Ma­gistrate. He is not ashamed of the people whose Shepheard and ouerseer God had appoynted hym to be. Therefore no man must be ashamed of the people committed to him of God, be he of neuer so great dignitie, in the worlde. For though the people be neuer so much despised in the iudge­ment of the worlde, yet in Gods sight they are verie deare, who hath vou­chedsafe to redeeme them by the death of his owne sonne. He also defendeth them agaynst open violence and tyranny with armed power, and protec­teth them, though wyth the daunger of his owne lyfe. For thus doth Salo­mon describe the dutie of a good Prince: He shall delyuer the poore, when he cryeth, the needie also, and him that hath no helper. He shall be fauourable vnto the simple and needie, and shall preserue the soules of the poore. He shall delyuer their soules from falshood and wrong, Psalm. 72. and deere shall their bloud be in his sight. And Paule teacheth vs, that God hath gyuen the Magistrate the sworde to thys ende to keepe vnder the frowardnesse of the vngodly, Roma. 13. and to defende the innocent and good. Therefore they greatly are deceyued, [Page 322] which being bragge but of a bare and emptie tytle, haue no care of the peo­ple, but let other tyrannes to misseintreate them. And these things chiefely consydered, be in religion, which Princes must see mainteyned among the people, that they be not drawne from God, by the superstitious traditions of men. Therefore Esaye calleth princes, the Nurrices of the Church, the glorie of which name, would God they would acknowledge, which suffer the people committed to their charge, to be in bondage of the cruell tyran­nye of Popes, and their wicked counsels and decrees. Besides this, he is a meane of concorde betweene his brethren, the maintenaunce whereof, it becommeth them aboue all things, well to see too, that will haue their com­mon weales in safetie. For this saying of the Romane hystory, is confirmed by the example of many kingdomes and nations: By concorde small things increase, through discorde great things come to decay. And no doubt but theyr ende is alwayes vnhappie, that are at contynuall discension among them­selues. And if we now compare Moses minde and doings, with those which now a dayes, haue the rule in christendome, we shall lesse marueyle at the vnhappie state of our age: bicause now such raigne euerywhere as are both ashamed of their people, and careleslye contemne them, or else with ouer great exactions, vtterly impouerishe them, and moreouer mainteyne diui­sion among them: and to conclude; thinke theyr greatest prayse to consist in warres rashely and vnaduisedly taken in hande, and in needelesse and vn­necessarie shedding of bloude.

Let no man be grieued at the ingrati­tude of the people.Let vs also examine what thankes Moses gotte of the Iewes, by his louing benefite. Steuen sayth it was verie little. For that naughty packe which feared not to doe his brother iniurie, of hys stowte naughtynesse, burst out agaynst him in all opprobrious maner, saying: Who made thee a Ruler and a Iudge ouer vs? wylt thou kyll me also, as thou diddest the Aegyp­tian yesterday? In which wordes, he vpbraydeth him, as though he tooke vpon him, to be a ruler, hauing refused and forsaken all rule and authoritie for their sakes. He also accuseth him of manslaughter, yea, of murther, which with the daunger of his owne lyfe, procured the safegarde of the peo­ple. And although there is but one noted of this naughty ingratitude: yet it appeareth, many were like minded, bicause none rebuked him for his saw­sinesse and malapertnesse, and not long after, Moses doing came to Pharaos knowledge, whereof no Egyptian was wytting. It must needes therfore be, that an Israelite was his accuser. And they were no whyt the better, after they were delyuered out of Egypt, and had learned by many signes and woonders, that he was sent of God to be their Captaine and defendor. For as oft, as all things fell not out, after their mindes, so oft they accused Moses of treason and falshood. And this is the property of the world on this sort, to recompence their best benefactors. And that that fell to Moses, came to passe also vnto Dauid, Ezechias, Iosias, and all the Prophets, & among the Gentyles to Myltiades, Phocion, Camillus, the Scypions, and infinite others. The consideration of whome serueth to teache vs that we be not grieued, with the ingratitude of the worlde, and that we leaue not our duetie and vocation, for any like cause. Let vs therefore, looke for recompence at hys hande, who is a most liberall rewarder. Let vs remember, that euen now is layde vp for vs in heauen a great rewarde, and that if we be faythfull in a little, we shall be appointed hereafter ouer much. See Mathew the fifth, [Page 323] and .xxv. chapter.

Moreouer, A figure of Christ and our redemp­tion. Moses example comprehendeth in it the mysteries of our re­demption, and vpbraydeth vs with our vnkindnesse toward Christ. For as Moses forsooke Pharaos court, & the riches of Egypt, visited his brethren, and tooke vpon him their defence: so Iesus Christ being in y e glory of his father, did vouchsafe to humble himselfe, & by his incarnation became our brother, Phil. 2. to take vpon him our quarrell & defence. Agayne, as Moses reuenged & de­fended the Israelite by killing the Egyptian: so Iesus vanquished and slue the deuil, & set vs at liberty. For he is that feede of the woman that was pro­mised, by whose merite the serpents head should be troden downe. And as Moses was the author and perswader of his brethren to concorde: so Iesus Christ prescrybeth to them, whom he hath set at libertie by the merite of his death, and made children and members of his body, none other thing, but precepts of charitie, Iohn. 13.15. and hath appointed charitie for a cognizance for his dis­ciples, whereby to be knowne. And as the Israelites were not afrayde, to murmure against Moses: so manye persons feare not to murmure most vnworthily against the lawes of Christ, and fewe there be that acknow­ledge him for their king and delyuerer, bicause the most part of men, ey­ther giue the glory, to creatures that he alone hath deserued, or else boldly robbing him, ascribe it to themselues, and to the merites of their owne workes. Therefore we are to impudent to charge the Iewes with the crime of vngratefulnesse, where we our selues, offende much more in the same against the sonne of God.

It shall be profitable, The punish­ment of the ingratefull Iewes. nowe to consyder the punishment that God vseth against vnkinde persons. Moses is dryuen awaye, and entertayned of Ie­thro in Madian, taketh his daughter to wyfe, by whome he hath two chil­dren, to comfort him in his exylement. In the meane season the Israelites lack their reuenger and deliuerer, and are fayne to feele the smart of tyran­ny fortie yeares longer, out of which they might now haue bene deliuered, but that they draue Moses away. So many times it commeth to passe, that our naughtinesse, is cause that God can not helpe vs according to the good­nesse of hys nature. This is like as when they came to the borders of the lande of Chanaan, and through their grutching and murmuring, Num. 14. deserued to be brought backe agayne, into the wyldernesse, and fortie yeares longe were afflicted with all kinde of miserie, and there dyed. Therefore they which are the authors of their owne aduersitie accuse God vndeseruedly. Let them marke this, which complayne of the diseases which they procure themselues, through their owne distemperancie, likewise they that can not away with pouertie, being through their owne ryotousnesse fallen into the same. The same is lyke also euen in the businesse of our saluation. For where many disdayne to imbrace the righteousnesse of God, which he of­fereth vs in his sonne, and dare set vp their owne righteousnesse, it com­meth to passe through their owne desertes, that they are able neyther to a­uouch their owne righteousnesse in Gods sight, Rom. 10. ne yet to be iustified and sa­ued by Christ.

Last of all, we haue to consider Moyses flight, How the god­ly may some­time flie. by whose example we are taught, that it is lawfull for vs sometyme to prouyde for our selues by flying, and to keepe our selues for more commodious seasons. For both we reade that Christ so did oftentimes, Math. 10. and commaunded his Apostles to [Page 324] doe the lyke. But here we haue neede to take good heede, and to be circum­spect, least vnder the pretence of Christes commaundement, we seeke a cloke wherewith to hyde our feare and dastardlynesse, and so by vnhonest flying leaue the standing wherein we are appoynted of God. Moyses fled, and yet is not to be accused therefore, bicause he vnderstoode by his vngen­tle repulse, that the time of deliuerie was not yet come, and that he coulde not as yet bring them out of Egypt, who so disdainfully cast him of. But as soone as they beganne to acknowledge that he was appoynted of God for their reuenger, and yeelded themselues to the calling of God, then could he by no threates of the Tyrant be discouraged to flie any more, neyther could he haue auoyded the name of a deceyuer, if nowe he woulde rather haue prouyded for his owne safegard, than obeyed God. So read we that Christ fledde, when he knewe his howre was not yet come. But when it was come, he went to his death pacientlye, and without feare. Therefore who­soeuer is in any publike office or charge, let them set this rule before them, and let them not thinke they may leaue them, whose mindes they see bent to persist in Gods vocation. But if the malice of the people be such, that they first forsake their dutie, and dishonestly reiect their magistrates, (be they se­cular, or preachers of the worde) faythfully doing their dutie, there is no cause, but that they maye as Christ hath commaunded, seeke their owne suretie by flying, and spare themselues for better times and oportunitie. Here the obedience of fayth tempered with the loue of God and our neygh­bour, shall be much profitable. For this shall cause that we be not blinded and deceyued with priuate affections. God graunt that we all being mind­full of his grace and good will, maye diligently defende our vocation, that being with right course come to the marke of blisse, we maye liue in hea­uen with Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xlix. Homelie.

‘AND when fourtie yeres were expyred, there appeared to him in the wil­dernesse of Mount Sina an Aungell of the Lorde in a flame of fire in a bushe. When Moyses sawe it, he woondred at the sight. And as he drewe neare to beholde, the voyce of the Lorde came to him. I am the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Iacob. Moyses trem­bled, and durst not beholde. Then sayde the Lord to him: Put of thy shooes from thy feete, for the place where thou standest is holye grounde. I haue perfitely seene the affliction of my people which is in Aegypt, and I haue hearde their groning, and am come downe to deliuer them. And now come, and I will sende thee into Aegypt.’

BIcause Steuen was accused by his aduersa­ries, that he had spoken wicked and blasphemous wor­des agaynst Moyses, and all the ceremonies of God, gi­uen by Moyses: therefore he comprehendeth in fewe wordes (yet with sufficient exposition) all the hystorie of Moyses, partly to shewe that he thought reuerently of him, and partlye to prooue that the saluation of manne, [Page 325] ought to be attributed to no ceremonies, bicause whatsoeuer good or ex­cellent thing was in Moyses, he had it through no desert of his, but by the meere grace and fauour of God. The principall scope and ende of all these thinges, is to call the Iewes from the vayne affiaunce that they had in the Ceremonialles of the lawe, and to trust in the onely grace of God, through Christ. And to this ende he declared Moyses maner of birth, his bringing vp, and first conuersation among the Israelites, shewing further, howe vnworthie their fathers declared them selfe to be, of such a deliuerer, seeing they reiected him with the greatest ingratitude that could be, in so much that he was fayne to liue like a banished man among the Madianites. Nowe fo­loweth the solemne calling of Moyses, wherby he was restored to his office agayne, in the which, that we may the more easily perceyue the tokens of Gods fauour, we will consider euery poynt thereof in order.

First the time is noted when Moyses was called. It was the fourtyeth yeare of his banishment in Madian, The time of Moyses calling. which came to passe in the fowrescore yeare of his age. Then he ioyneth the place where he was, and his kinde of lyfe. For he sayth he was in the wildernesse, where he kept the sheepe of Iethro his father in lawe, as may be seene Exod. 3. Nowe, if we consider all the time of these fourtie yeares, it shall appeare, Moyses serued God with­out anye Temple, or ceremonies of the lawe. Bicause it is playne these things were instituted afterwarde. And where he was in the meane while excluded from the company and common weale of the Iewes, it remay­neth, that it must be the onely and meere grace of God, that he was thus called. In the meane season we haue diligently to consider howe that as soone as he would haue ioyned himselfe to the church of God, he felt y e griefe of long banishment, and of a noble man came to be a keeper of sheepe. For hereof may be gathered a generall rule, teaching vs what we all may trust to, when we forsake the worlde, to be ioyned vnto the Church of God. We fall into diuers afflictions, bicause this worlde can neyther suffer that fal­ling from it, nor cannot abyde the light of the truth. And as Moyses found Iethro to be his hoste and father in lawe, but yet is made no more account of, than to keepe sheepe: so the godly with them that giue them houseroume, and seeme greatlye to fauour their part, liue yet but miserablye, and as it were in contempt. This is the greatest temptation of all other, and which sometime more woundeth the heart, than that that open enimies cruellye commit agaynst vs. Therefore Christ warneth vs that we rashly take not vpon vs, the profession of his name: but that we first trie our selues, whe­ther we be able (if neede so requyre) to suffer banishment, pouertie, infa­mie, persecution, or such other lyke, for his names sake. Luc. 24. And when these thinges come to passe, let vs followe Moyses modestie and constaunt fayth, which no doubt was sundry wayes tempted. Yet he ouercommeth through that fayth which before caused him to preferre the rebuke of Christ before the riches of Egypt. Let vs also by the same, ouercome the assaultes of temptation, and not be ashamed of the crosse of Christ, which he for our sake hath first vouchedsafe to beare. For so it shall come to passe, that he will not be ashamed of vs when he shall come in the glory of the father to iudge the quicke and the deade. Marc. 8. An Aun­gell of the Lord calleth Moyses.

Secondarily, Steuen sheweth who called Moyses, verily an Aungell of the Lorde, which he sayth appeared to him in the desert. Yet the same Aun­gell [Page 326] within a whyle after, sayth: I am the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Iacob. And againe afterwarde, he sayth, it wash e through whose working and power Moyses wrought signes and woonders in E­gypt, and which was guyde vnto the people by the way of the desert, whom Paule the Apostle testifieth to haue bene Iesus Christ that promised sauior of the world. 1. Cor. 10. Steuen therfore calleth this Iesus the Angell of the Lord, not for that he acknowledged in him, no greater thing, or of no more excellen­cie than in an Aungell, but as seeming to imitate Esay; who on a time called him the Aungell or messenger of the great Counsell, not in that he tooke on him a nature Angelicall (which thing Paule to the Hebrewes. 2. cap. expresse­ly denieth) but in that he was sent of God the father into the world, and ac­complished that great and eternall deuyse, and counsell of God concerning the redemption of mankind. For Paule teacheth, that we were chosen in him before the foundations of the worlde were layde. Ephes. 1. And Peter sayth, he was pre­destinate or foreordeyned from euerlasting, 1. Pet. 1. that we shoulde be redeemed through his merit. We must thinke it is not without a cause that he is sayd to haue appeared to Moyses. For hereby it is euident that Christ tooke not his beginning when he was borne of the virgin Marie, but that he was frō euerlasting: yea, and talked with the fathers in tymes past of such thinges as belonged to their saluation. For although he yet was not incarnate and made man, yet in his diuine power and goodnesse, he coulde not choose but helpe and deliuer them, of whom in the time appointed, he ment to take his manhoode. Iohn. 8. Therefore he sayth he was before Abraham, and that Abraham sawe him. And Daniel sawe in the Clowdes of heauen, a Iudge lyke vnto the sonne of a man, Dan. 7. which came vnto the olde aged. Furthermore, Peter plainly confesseth that the Prophetes in tymes past were inspired with the spirite of Christ, 1. Pet. 1. and so prophecied of things to come. Therefore great is the temeritie of those, which vtterly refuse all the olde Prophetes, and say their bookes belong not at all vnto vs, whereas both they were illumina­ted with Christes spirite, and diuers and sundrye wayes bare witnesse of him. See Iohn. 5. Luc. 24. Lette vs rather acknowledge the goodnesse of God, which in times past did vouchsafe to declare himself to the old fathers, and by this meane woulde set forth vnto vs, how to knowe the antiquitie and certaintie of our beliefe.

The fierye bushe.Furthermore, Steuen diligently teacheth vs, in what fourme and fashi­on, Christ appeared vnto Moyses. For he sayth, the Aungell of the Lorde, which was Christ, appeared to Moyses, in a flame of fire in a bushe. This is the auncient guise & vsage of God, to talke with men in times past, in some visible liknesse, which men were not able to abide his godly nature and ma­iestie. We haue examples euerywhere, in the hystories of the Patriarches and Prophetes. This causeth men to be attent and heedefull, and to be in admiration of God, which otherwise woulde carelesly contemne all godly­nesse: yet God for the most part tooke on him such formes and shapes, as were most agreeable, with the present affayres, times, and persons. Which thing we also see done, in this place. For he woulde by a fiery bushe, set be­fore Moyses eyes the condicion and state of his people, which were afflicted in Egypt. They burned being incensed with the cruell tyrannie of Pharao, but they were not consumed, bicause the sonne of God was in the middle of them, which at the time appoynted, shoulde take his manhoode of the po­steritie [Page 327] of them. And this is the state of the Church in all ages, in the con­sideration wherof, it shal be profitable for vs often to be occupied. It is like a bramble bushe, a weake & feeble flock: but such as cannot easily be scattred abrode, bicause thorowe faith it is most straightly knit and ioyned in Christ, the heade thereof. Therefore as husbandmen put fire vnto brambles and thornes, cleauing one to another, to burne them altogither: so this worlde putteth the fire of persecution to the Church, and with one fire goeth about to destroye it all at once. And Christ suffereth this fire to be kindled, bicause it is needefull this way to haue the fayth of his people, to be tryed, and the fleshe to be kept vnder and bridled: yet he suffreth not his Church vtterly to be consumed, but is himselfe in the middle thereof. For he sayeth: Iohn. 14. Math. 28. I will not leaue you comfortlesse. I am with you vnto the ende of the worlde. Hither­to belong whatsoeuer things God hath done for the defence of his Church, since the beginning of the world. Caine first set fire to it, who though he kil­led his brother Abel, yet he could not destroy his fayth, and much lesse hin­der God, from raysing vp a freshe spring of his Church in Seth. Neyther after that could the mightie men, which went before the floud, any thing let, but when they perished as they deserued, God could marueylously preserue certaine remnaunts of his Church, through the benefite of the Arke. This bushe burned often also in the time of the Iudges, but it was alwaye pre­serued by Gods aide and assistance. It burned in Babylon, from whence yet the Lorde brought it agayne, and deliuered it. It burned more than once, after their returne from Babylon, and at length, when Antiochus reygned, it seemed almost past recouerie, when God raysed vp the Machabees, who restored Gods religion, and brought the people to their libertie agayne. It burned after Christ was borne, whole three hundred yeares almost, vntill the time of Constantine the great. Yet God neuer fayled it, who is able to defende his people in the middle of the fire, as he sometime did Daniels fe­lowes. It burneth euen at this day, and there be euerywhere such as put firebrandes vnder it, and inflame the mightyest Monarches of the worlde with hatred agaynst hir. Yet shall they neuer preuayle so much as they woulde, but shall feele the wrath of Gods vengeaunce, in whose sight, the death of those that be his is precious, Psal. 116. and will not suffer the bloude of hys belooued, to be vnreuenged. Yea, whyle the persecuting tyraunts, put fire vnder the Church, they lyke drie woode are consumed with the fire of Gods iudgement, the Church in the meane whyle, abyding in the middle of the fire of persecution, lyke a Leade or Cauldron, where mettall tryers melt and get out golde and siluer. See what is sayde of these similitudes. Za­charie. 12. and .13.

But let vs come to his calling, whereby he is restored to the office, which he beganne to execute, fortie yeares before. Moses calling. This calling hath in it certaine pointes, the consideration wherof, is verie profitable. First, God declareth who hee is, least Moses might doubt any thing of the certainetie of his vocation. For he sayth to him, as he was amazed with the sight of the bushe burning. I am the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, the God of Iacob. It pleased God, among many of his styles, The God of y e fathers. &c. to vse this tytle chiefely, to call to Moses remembraunce, the couenaunt made with Abraham, and the promises made long before, vnto the fathers, declaring thereby, that he was not forgetfull of his couenaunt and pro­myses, [Page 328] although he hytherto suffered the people to be afflicted. By which example we are taught, that in aduersitie, we should chiefely haue respect, to Gods promises, which God can neyther forget, nor fayle to perfou [...]me. Yea, we see the truth of Gods promises so infallible, that God forsaketh not the deade, whome he hath once taken to his tuition. For hee is the Lorde both of lyfe and death. Rom. 8. Wherefore neyther lyfe nor death, can seperate vs from the loue of God. For whether we liue or die, we be the Lords. And to this ende it is that he sayth, he is the God of Abraham, Isaac, & Iacob, which yet were deade, long before, he thus spake. And Christ by the same reason, calleth Lazarus his friend, Iohn. 11. being both dead and buryed. Whervnto chiefely it appertayneth, that Christ out of this place, tooke a generall doctrine, to confirme the resurrection of the deade, Math. 22. and certaintie of eternall lyfe, a­gainst the Sadduceyes cauillations. Let vs therefore be occupyed in the meditation of this tytle, as oft as feare of death ariseth in vs, and we shall perceyue by and by, that we shall be delyuered, from all care and pensiue­nesse.

But whereas Moses feared aswell with the sight of the burning bushe, as with the voyce of God, The shooes must be put off. durst not come neere, by and by, he is tolde what he must doe. For God sayth moreouer: Put of thy shooes from thy feete, for the place whereon thou standest, is holy grounde. So he sayth, bicause of hys owne being there, and for that he had appointed that place to set forth hys lawe in. It is not without a cause, that Steuen maketh mention of this pre­cept, for hereby he meaneth to admonishe the Iewes, what God in tyme past requyred of Moses, and what he also requyreth of vs nowe a dayes, that is to saye, neyther temple, neyther leuiticall worshipping, no colde ce­remonies, whether it be the bloud of Oxen, or Goates, but that we should purge our minds from beastly affections, which are signifyed by the shooes, and should be wholy ioyned to him, by sinceritie of fayth, and puritie of mindes. For this is that true worshipping of God, which Christ other­wheres sayth, consisteth in spirite and in truth. And herevnto belongeth his precept of washing the feete, Iohn. 4. whereof we ought to haue greater respect, than of any outwarde things. We must also marke euery where, howe all the scriptures testifie vnto vs, Iohn. 13. that God is present in euery place, and how daylie examples aboundantly prooue the same.

God seeth the affliction of his people.Last of all, God openeth his intent and pleasure vnto Moses: I haue (sayth he) perfitely seene the affliction of my people in Aegypt, and haue heard their groning, and am come downe to delyuer them. Which words, serue most aptly to Ste ens purpose. For they declare, that there was no desert in the Israelites, for the which they ought to be delyuered, and that God regar­ded nothing in them, but their afflictions, wherewith they were miserably troubled, wherevpon it followeth, that all the benefite of their deliuerie, appertayneth to the meere grace of God. Wee are also taught, that God doth not neglect his people, although he sometime seemeth so to doe. He seeth their teares, Psalm. 56. which Dauid sayth, are put in a Bottle in his sight. He heareth not onely their crie, but also their groning, bicause he searcheth the heart and the reynes. And they that reade hystories, finde examples euery­where, whereby it may easily be prooued. Let this serue therefore, to com­fort vs, when we are forsaken, of false and vnkinde persons. Let it also serue, to instruct vs, that we vnaduisedly afflict not those, whome God [Page 329] hath so speciall a care of. Hereto appertayneth that that is written, Exodus. 22. con­cerning Wydowes, fatherlesse and straungers, crying vnto him. And that that is written in Zacharie, the second chap. He that toucheth you, toucheth the apple of mine eye. And chiefely let vs haue regarde, that we giue our se [...]es wholy to that God, which considering the miserie of all mankinde, hath giuen vs his sonne, Iesus Christ▪ to be our deliuerer and reuenger: to whome [...]e prayse, honor, glorye and power, for euer. Amen.

The .L. Homelie.

‘THIS Moses whome they forsooke (saying who made thee a Ruler and a Iudge?) the same did God sende to bee a Ruler, and a delyuerer by the handes of the Aungell, which appeared to him in the bushe. And the same brought them out, shewing woonders and signes in Aegypt, and in the redde Sea, and in the wildernesse fortie yeares. This is that Moses which sayde vn­to the children of Israel: A Prophet shall the Lorde your God rayse vp vnto you, of your brethren, like vnto mee, him shall you heare.’

ALthoughe Steuen taught none other waye of fayth and saluation, than that that is foun­ded vpon the merite of Iesus Christ, the promised Sauiour, to whome Moses and the Prophets beare witnesse: yet he is accused that he teacheth a newe fayth and an erronious, yea, that he is a blasphemer of Moses and the fathers, and goeth about, to abo­lishe the fayth which they obserued, and deliuered vs. The same state was the worlde in then, that in these daies it is, where they that follow the fayth deliuered by the Apostles, and sealed with the bloud of the Martyrs, are accused, as subuerters of auncient religion, and condemners of the olde fathers. But what we haue to doe, in thys case, Steuens example teacheth vs. He reasoneth diligently and at large, touching the beliefe of the fathers, chiefely he cyteth the hysto­rie of Moses, that by rehearsall therof, he might shew partly how reuerently he iudged of Moses, and partly prooue that he was no enimie to the aunci­ent religion of the fathers, although he taught them that those ceremonies were nowe to be put awaye, without the which, they well ynough serued God, yea without the which, Moses also pleased God, and was aduaunced to so high dignitie and honor. So the vnlearneder sort, nowe a dayes must be taught, what the beliefe and doctrine of the Martyrs was in time past, and howe they were saued without those things, whereabout now a daies, is such bytter contention. But after Steuen had brought his oration to the solempne vocation of Moses, then prosecuteth he the same at length, and entreth into the prayses of Moses, and first testifyeth that he acknowledgeth all things in Moses, that God bestowed vpon hym: Then prooueth he hys doctrine of Iesus Christ, by the testimonie of Moses, whose meaning he sayth, was not that the Israelites should stick in the lawe and ceremonies, gyuen by him, but that they should haue an eye, to that especiall Prophet, which God afterwarde should sende, of whome he was but a signe and fi­gure onely. This is a notable place, whereby we are taught, that we must [Page 330] thinke and speake so reuerently of the ministerie & vertues of the Saints, that yet we leaue Iesus Christes honor whole to hymselfe, who onely hath the preheminence in all those thinges, that concerne the true worshypping of God, and meane of our saluation.

Moses the ruler and de­lyuerer of Israel.First, he begynneth with the office of Moses, which was the most ex­cellent thing, that he could deuise. For he sayth, that God sent him, to be a ruler and delyuerer of the people of Israell. Thys thing he so proponeth, that he hytteth them agayne in the teeth, with the ingratitude of their fa­thers, which vnworthily refused Moses, laying to their charge, how they contemned him, in whome they so greatly bragged. For he sayth: Thys Moses whome they denyed, saying, who made thee a Ruler, and a Iudge, the same did God sende, to be a ruler and a delyuerer by the hand of the Aungel▪ &c. Nowe, bycause he acknowledged Moses to be a ruler and delyuerer of the people of God, thys one thing might haue bene sufficient proofe ynough, agaynst his aduersaryes, which complayned on him, as hauing spoken blasphemie, agaynst Moses.

God aduaū ­ceth the ab­iect and de­spysed.We haue here chiefely to consider, howe God maketh him the ruler and deliuerer of hys people, who was already hated of the Egyptians, refused of hys bretherne the Israelites, and had a long time bene in banishment. By which example we learne, that we should not iudge, neyther of our owne case, nor other mennes, according to the iudgement of the worlde: where oftentimes it falleth out, that they are in greatest fauour with God, whome the worlde contemptuously abhorreth and disdayneth. For thys is Gods propertie, to choose the humble and base, and by them to confounde the pryde of the worlde. And we reade in the hundred and .xiij. Psalme, how God taketh vp the simple out of the dust, and lyfteth the poore out of the mire, that he may set him with the Princes, euen with the princes of his people. Wherevnto that that the holy Uirgin singeth is lyke: Luke. 1. He hath put downe the mightie from their seate, & hath exalted the humble and meeke. Examples hereof we haue not onely in Moses, but also in dyuers others. So, God of an Assekeeper, made Saule a king, and Dauid he tooke from the sheepe­folde, and set hym vp in a Princely throne. Wherevnto may also be refer­red, that that was done in the Apostles, who being for the more part Fy­shermen, and of no authoritie in the worlde, were aduaunced so high, that they might be called conquerors of the whole world, which by preaching of the worde, they brought to the obeysance of Christ, within fewe yeres. Here may they that are despysed, and wythout glory, receyue comfort. Also they that be aloft and in hyghe degree, may learne to be humble, least presump­tion (as Salomon sayth) go before destruction. Prouer. 16.

After what sort Moses is sayde to be the delyuerer of the people.Furthermore, let vs see in what respect Moses is called the delyuerer of the people. For thys is not so to be vnderstanded, as though he dyd anye thing of his owne priuate power or authority: For Steuen plainly testifieth, that he was sent to be a delyuerer, by the hande of the Aungell, which ap­peared to him in the bushe: that is, that he did all that belonged to the dely­uerie of the people, by the appoyntment and commaundement of Iesus Christ, whome in the last sermon, we declared to be the Aungell. It is ma­nifest therefore, that Moses was but a Minister, and that all the glorye of their delyuerie is due onely to Christ. After which sense, all the places of Scripture, must be taken and expounded, wherein anye thing peculyer [Page 331] vnto God, is attributed to [...]n▪ For that is after none other sort, but by the waye of Ministerie, which they take in hande, at the commaundement of God. So it is sayde, the Ministers plant, buylde, wynne men vnto God, remyt sinnes, and keepe them vnremitted, not bicause they doe these thinges of their owne power, and at their pleasure: but bicause God doth vouchsafe to vse their ministerie, in bringing them to passe, who also euen wythout them, at his pleasure, is able to rule and gouerne all things.

But bicause he sayde Moses was made the Ruler and deliuerer of the people of God, he sheweth howe he vsed his office: He brought them forth, Moses ful­filleth the of­fice of a de­lyuerer. shewing wonders and signes in Aegypt, and in the redde sea▪ and in the wylder­nesse, fortie yeares. So that Steuen acknowledgeth in Moses no bare name of a delyuerer onely, but wyllingly confesseth that he faythfully discharged and fulfilled his office. And bicause he would seeme to conceale nothing that made for hys glory, he maketh mention of the signes and woonders, which God wrought by him. These woonders and signes be deuided into three sortes, and are diligently set out in Moses wrytings.

The first sort of them is those, that were done in Egypt, Moses my­racles in E­gypt. amongst which, those are first to be placed, which he wrought to purchase a credite to his vocation, such as was the turning of his rodde into a Serpent; which Serpent did eate by the Sorcerers roddes, which they by enchauntment had transformed into Serpents. Then followed the ten horrible and pro­digious plagues, wherewith God marueylously afflicted Pharao and the Egyptians. For all the Egyptians waters were turned into bloud, and were made not onely vnfyt for any vse, but also vpbrayded the Egyptians with their bloudy tyranny and babeslaughter. Then were there Frogges sent, which not onely in their fieldes, but also crawling in their houses, with their troublesome [...]oyse vexed their guiltie consciences. After them followed Lyce, more troublesome than the Frogges, bicause they stacke fast vnto their bodyes, eating into their fleshe. By and by after that, came dyuers swarmes of flyes, by heapes vexing both men and beastes. And bicause thys might perhaps seeme but [...]ea [...]ytings and tryfles, they had yet more grieuous than thys sent among them▪ For an horrible and contagy­ous rotte of murhen kylled vp their cattle both small and great. In the mennes bodyes rose filthy botches and sores vgly running. Monstrous hayle destroyed their whole yeares crop and increase. And that the hayle touched not, or sproong afterwarde out of the grounde, againe the Cater­pyllers deuoured lying in their fieldes, as thicke as bayle. And bycause wyttingly and wyllingly they persisted in their blinde and wilful ignorance of God, he sent among them fearefull and feeleable darkenesse. And at length, by an Aungell that strake them, all Egypt was fylled with the slaughter of all their first borne, so that no house was voyde of this horri­ble calamitie and mourning. The consideration of all which teacheth vs howe easie it is vnto God, to keepe downe and vanquishe, most mightie Tyraunts. For he is in deede the Lorde of hostes, which vseth to send forth as well the good Aungels as badde, yea and all the creatures of the world, against his enimies. And there is no creature so vyle or weake, which is not able ynough to vexe, yea and to kill man, if it please God to arme it therevnto. By his iustice and iudgement it came to passe, that Pharao was so troubled with Frogges, and so vexed with swarmes of Lice and Flies, [Page 332] who not long before, had prowdely re [...]ected [...] God of the Hebrues. So by Mice he reuenged the wicked contempt of his name, amonge the Phi­listines, when they had gotten the Arke of God into their handes, which was a sacrament and signe of his presence. And we reade how Antiochus, Sylla, Herode, and diuers other were eaten vp of Lice and vermine that bredde of their owne fleshe. Let vs therefore humble our selues in the sight of God, and not like mad men suffer our selues to be bewitched with the vaine hope and confidence of things temporall.

The myracle of the red sea.The seconde sorte of myracles wrought by Moyses, were those which came to passe in the red sea. For when the Israelites were inclosed with the chariots and horsemen of the Egyptians, and thought they must needes pe­rishe, eyther vpon their swordes, or else be swallowed vp of the sourges of the sea, sodeinly the sea stricken with Moyses rodde as God commaunded, deuyded it selfe in two parts lyke a walle standing on both sides, and the winde blowing roughly dryed vppe the myerie fourde, that the Israelites went through the middle of the sea on drie foote, whome when the Egypti­ans with deadly hatred pursued, sodeynly the heapes of waters ioyned to­gither agayne, and oppressed and swallowed them vp. By which myracle God euidently taught vs that he is able to helpe his people by those things which seeme to them most hurtfull and agaynst them, and that he can giue them a passage to escape through the middle of all the thinges that lye in their waye, that wa [...]ke in hys vocation. Agayne, he vseth to punishe his enimies by those things in which they haue their most hope and affiaunce: yea, he can blinde their eyes, and sende them the spirite of gyddinesse, that they shall runne into their owne mischiefe, and not be able to anoyde the daungers lying before their face. For it is certayne, the Egyptians tooke the redde sea for a sure bulwarke, and thought that the Israelites, their wiues and children shoulde pershe therein: yet Gods prouidence so ordreth all things, that the Israelites passe safely through, both body and goodes, and the Egyptians bee drowned, and of their owne heade enter into the middle of the sea, betweene the two mayne walles of water, notwithstan­ding they had so often before felt Gods heauye hande. Whereby we learne that we shoulde despayre in no aduersitie, nor put any trust or confidence in outwarde thinges, bycause God is able so quickly to turne all thinges vp­side downe.

The myra­cles in the desert.In the thirde sort, Steuen comprehendeth those that were done in the wildernesse, where the people had Manna giuen vnto them, which fedde them fourtie yeares togither, where Quayles fell rounde about their tentes, where Moyses opened the veines of quicke springs out of the hard rockes, where by godly prayer he gate a glorious victorie of the Amalechi­ [...]es: where God marueylously defeated the sleyghtes of Balaam: where the wicked murmurers perished with straunge plagues: where their garmen­tes in fourtie yeares space, neyther consumed with wearing, neyther dyd rotte for oldenesse. I omit diuers other things, which by Moyses are more diligently rehearsed. But seeing Steuen so willinglye acknowledgeth all these things, and so highly commendeth them, he abundantly declareth that they doe him no small iniurie to accuse him as a contemner of Moyses: And bicause he sendeth the Israelites from Moyses to Christ, he euidently shew­eth that al these signes serued but to confirme Moyses doctrine, and ought [Page 333] not to be racked, to the ende to cause the people to depende and hang vpon Moyses. And they are confuted by this place, which abuse the myracles wrought sometime by the Saintes, to pro [...]ue the superstitious inuocating and worshipping of them▪ whereas they [...] witnesse but of their doctrine, whereby we were brought vnto Christ.

And bicause he was not ignorant that his aduersaries chiefelye vrged him with this argument, that he ledde his hearers by this doctrine from the ceremonies of the lawe vnto Christ, and the beliefe in him: he prooueth that he doth not so in contempt of Moyses, but according to his example and commaundement. For this is that Moyses (sayeth he) which sayde vnto the children of Israel: A Prophete shall the Lorde your God rayse vp vnto you of your brethren lyke vnto me, him shall you hear [...] Wherevpon he gathereth, that it was not Moyses meaning, that the Iewes shoulde sticke in the cere­monies giuen by him, but that he promised them another Prophete, whose sayings they must all hearken vnto, or else perish both body and soule. This Prophete was Christ, 1. Pet. 1. whom the Scripture calleth the Prince of all Pro­phetes, & by whose spirite all other Prophets were inspired. Also he beateth backe their accusation of his contemning of Moyses vpon their owne hea­des, whyle he sheweth that they refuse Iesus Christ, whome Moyses so ear­nestly and with such authoritie commended. The place is in the .xviij. of Deuteronomie, vpon the explication whereof, we haue spoken more large­ly in the .xxiiij. Sermon, where we expounded the same place in Peters ser­mon, which brought the same text. Let vs learne that it is God the fathers will, that we shoulde heare Christ, and be obedient vnto him by true obe­dience of fayth, and so obteyne saluation in him: to whome be prayse, ho­nour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lj. Homelie.

‘This is he that was in the congregation in the wildernesse, with the Angell which spake to him in the Mount Sina, and with our fathers. This man recei­ued the worde of life to giue vnto vs, to whome our fathers would not obey, but cast it from them, and in their hearts turned backe agayne into Aegypt, saying vnto Aaron, make vs Gods to go before vs. For as for this Moyses that brought vs out of the lande of Aegypt, wee wote not what is become of him. And they made a Calfe in those dayes, and offered sacrifice vnto the ymage, and reioyced ouer the workes of their owne handes.’

BYcause the Iewes had all the trust of their saluation in outwarde ceremonies, and gloryed in kee­ping the fayth of their auncesters and forefathers: they accused all those which taught men to seeke saluation in Christ onely, of great blasphemie both agaynst God, agaynst Moses, and the fathers. This Steuen founde true, as before we haue declared: who for that he would the more easilye cleere himselfe hereof, breaketh forth into the prayse of Moyses, greatly extolling him and declaring how vnworthily their fathers intreated him. The ende of all which is to laye the crime wherewith they charged him, both vpon their fathers, in whome they so greatly gloryed, [Page 334] and also vpon themselues which stubbornely refused Christ, of whome he sheweth that Moses bare witnesse. Moreouer, he gathereth hereof that the fathers were saued through none of their desertes, but by the meere mercy of God, and that therefore they ought to put their hope and trust in none other. The same is the ende also of this present place, where first he rehearseth the setting forth of the lawe, whereof Moses was the minister: afterwarde he declareth the heynous trespasse of their fathers, in offending both agaynst Moses; and the lawe of God.

The lawe gyuen by Moyses.And in speaking of the setting forth of the lawe, he maketh mention of two other things, which were able to purchase no small credit vnto Moses ▪ First he sayth: he was in the congregation with the fathers in the wildernesse. In these wordes he comprehendeth fourtie yeares space wherein he suffe­red with so great fayth and pacience, the Nation of the Iewes, that there is to be founde in no hystories any to be compared with him. This is an ar­gument of a singuler fayth, which coulde be ouercome by no terrors, by no continuall labours, nor by no vnkindenesse of the people, but would stout­ly go forth with the charge giuen him of God. The seconde is, that he sayth he spake with the Aungell, which both appeared to him before, and after­warde was familiarly conuersant with him, when he appoynted him to be Gods interpreter to the people. Exo. 20.24. We declared before out of Paule, that thys Aungell was Christ. Wherefore Moses dignitie is here declared to be such, as wherein he excelled all the Prophetes of all ages. For thus we reade God sayde: If there be a Prophet of the Lordes among you, I will be knowne of him in a vision, Num. 12. and will speake vnto him in sleepe. My seruaunt Moses is not so, which is faythfull in all my house. Vnto him will I speake mouth to mouth. These things Steuen calleth to their remembraunce, to make them vnderstande howe great the authoritie of Moses and the Oracles which God gaue by him, ought to haue bene both with the fathers in time passed, and ought nowe also to be with them. And to that ende he afterwarde ad­deth: This man receiued the worde of lyfe to giue vnto vs. And it is not with­out a cause that he calleth the lawe the word of lyfe. For so he purgeth him­selfe from all cryme of contemning the lawe, and setteth forth in one word the effect of the lawe. For truly the lawe is a liuely worde or the worde of lyfe, although otherwheres Paule calleth it the strength of sinne, and ministe­rie or working of death. 1. Cor. 15. 2. Cor. 3. Leuit. 18. For it teacheth vs the rule howe to liue holily, and promiseth lyfe to all them that fulfill the same. Next, it leadeth men vnto Christ, in whome all the meane of saluation, yea, and very life it selfe is conteyned. For the which cause Paule resembleth it to a schoolemayster. And Moses sayth he had set lyfe before the Iewes▪ Galat. 3. bicause he had shewed them in the lawe the true way howe to attayne vnto lyfe. And these things it be­cōmeth vs to acknowledge in the lawe, if we will rightly iudge therof. But if we compare the corruption of our nature with it, it may worthily be cal­led, the strength of sinne, & ministery of death. For it bewraieth sinne, which otherwise lurketh in vs, vnknowne, and witnesseth that we haue deserued death. Furthermore, it teacheth vs, that we are so weake, that we are not able to fulfill the righteousnesse therof, nor of our owne power and merites to escape the wrath of God. Rom. 7.8. Moses deli­uereth the precepts he receyued of God. But of these things Paule entreateth at large.

We ought well to marke howe he sayth, that Moses deliuered not to the Israelytes the deuyses of his owne brayne, but the worde of lyfe which [Page 335] he receyued of God. Which thing it appeareth he perfourmed with such di­ligence, that without the certaine and expresse word of God, he neuer durst institute or decree any thing in doubtfull matters: as we may see in the case of the blasphemer, and of the man that brake the Sabboth daye, and of those which being polluted with touching of dead coarses, myght not come to the passeouer feast with the congregation. And that that Moses obserued, Leuit. 24. Nume. 15.9 that same the Prophetes and Apostles in time past were commaunded also to obserue, that they should teach nothing of their owne head, vnder colour of Gods name, but shoulde diligently set forth the worde of God, speaking in the scriptures. So God putteth his wordes into Hieremies mouth, and commaundeth Ezechiel to take the worde at his mouth that he should shew vnto the people. Hierem. 1. Ezech. 3. Math. 28. And the Apostles are commaunded to teache all Nations the things which before, they had learned of Christ. If they which bragge of their succeeding the Apostles, had with like diligence obserued the same, we shoulde haue in the Church more true godlynesse and fayth, and lesse er­rour and superstition. And if we consider Moses, the Prophetes, and Apo­stles, we shall finde the boldenesse of the Popes of Rome to be detestable, which arrogate to themselues power to make new lawes and newe Arti­cles of faith, through whose licentious lust it is come to passe, that the yoke of the christians is more grieuous & burthenous than the yoke of the Iewes.

Secondly, The law gi­uen also for them that came after. it is to be obserued how Steuen testifieth that the law was not giuen to the fathers liuing onely in Moses time, but also vnto their po­steritie: yea, he includeth himselfe and all others, that had nowe professed Christ in the number, to whome it was giuen. By which place the errour of them is manifestly confuted, which thinke the things done by Moses and the Prophetes according to Gods appoyntment, belong only vnto the fa­thers. Howbeit, it is euident that God is euerlasting and vnchaungeable. And therefore his will must needes be alwayes one vnchaungeable. And it maketh no matter though manye thinges be abrogated which sometime were appoynted for the olde fathers. For they ought to haue remayned but vntill a time of correction, and to be resemblaunces and shadowes of those things, the verity whereof was to be fulfilled in Christ. And in those things consisted not the worshipping of God, which ought to be spirituall, Iohn. 4. bicause God is a spirit. In the meane time the true points of faith & religion, which were first declared in the beginning of the world, and more fully afterward set forth by Moses and the Prophetes, remayne safe and sounde: where­vnto the Prophete had a respect, saying: Esay. 40. Math. 5. The worde of the Lorde endureth for euer. And Christ sayth, the worlde shall peryshe, but one tytle of the lawe shall not perishe. Let no man therfore beguyle himselfe through any false hope, as though the thinges deliuered to the fathers in time past were not also spoken to vs, seeing our fayth, lyfe, and all our deedes, must be tryed and examined according to the rule of the olde lawe.

But let vs returne vnto Steuen, The he y­nousnesse of Idolatry. Exodus. 32. whiche setteth agaynst the publication of the lawe, the ingratitude and naughtynesse of the fathers, vniustly re­iecting Moses and the lawe. And although he myght haue recyted diuers other naughty deedes of theirs, yet bringeth he but the sinne of Idolatrie onely, whereby it appeareth plainely, of howe small authoritie Gods law was with them, when contrary to his commaundement, they durst make an ymage of God, and appoynt newe kyndes of worshipping him, whereas [Page 336] not many dayes before; they had heard the terrible [...] of his diuine ma­iestie. The storie is in Exodus the .xxxi [...]. [...]ha. Steuen [...] [...]arke and ende here­in is to prooue that the fathers were alwayes [...] of Moses ▪ and that they present, trimly trode in the steppes of their frowardnesse▪ there­fore as the fathers in olde time were saued by grace onely: so there was none other hope of saluation for them, than such as was founded vppon the grace of God. It shall profite vs diligently to consider these fewe wor­des, wherein this heynous disobedience is comprehended, bicause they cunningly paynt out vnto vs the begynninges and proceedinges of Ido­latrye.

The begin­ning, and go­ing forwarde of ydolatrie.First, declaring the fountayne of all this euill, he sayth that the fathers would not obey the liuely worde of Gods lawe, but in their heart returned into Egypt. And by the name of Egypt, he comprehendeth the abhomina­ble superstition which raigned in that Nation, whervpon he sayth they set their myndes againe. And in this he noteth the execrable leuitie and in­constancie of them, which had so soone forgotten, both their grieuous serui­tude and bondage, and their woonderfull deliuerie, and would now imitate and folow them, whose names they ought in their harts to haue abhorred.

Contempt of the worde.This is the fountayne of all vngodlynesse, when in our hearts we turne from the worde of God, to the presidents and examples of men, and studie more to please them, than God. Forthence springeth that detestable vnsta­blenesse, which maketh vs not onely to forget the lawe of God, but quyte putteth out of our remembraunce, all the thrall and bondage that before tyme we haue bene in. We haue examples hereof in these dayes euery­where of them, who to please the worlde, followe the superstitiousnesse thereof: and the intollerable yokes of Antichristianitie, wherewith before they were oppressed, they extenuate and make verye light of, bicause they will not seeme to doe wickedly altogyther.

But after the contempt of Gods law, followeth the contempt of Mo­ses, Contempt of the Mini­ster. which they manifestly expresse in these wordes, where they saye: As for this Moses which brought vs out of the lande of Aegipt, we wote not what is become of him. They confesse then the benefite they receyued by Moses meane, but of him they wote not what is befallen. Yet they sawe him goe vp vnto the mountaine at Gods calling, he also bade them, to abyde hys comming. He appoynted them Hur and Aaron, to be his vycares and de­legates. Yet as though they had bene left doubtfull and vncertayne of all things, they dare to complayne them. Whereby it appeareth that Moses authoritie was very small with them, seeing they coulde wickedly cast the lawe of God from them. So alwayes where men in their hartes con­tempne the worde of God, it vseth to breede the contempt, and lothing of Gods Mynisters. For where Sathan knoweth that God hath set them as labourers and watchmen, through whose admonitions, we be kept ey­ther in doing well, or else be brought into the waye when we doe erre: he laboureth onely how to discredite them, and to bring them out of authoritie wyth men. And this place teacheth vs what to iudge of them which vse to scoffe and rayle at the Mynisters of the worde. Surely, by that argument they prooue they are the despysers of God and his worde, although they neuer so much denye the same. For as he vseth not to contempne the Le­gate or Ambasadour, which honoureth the Prince that sent him: so if they [Page 337] had not learned to [...]et [...]d light, they coulde not contempne his mynisters and Legate [...].

Of these fountaynes beganne Idolatrie to spring. Newe Goddes. For whyle they saye they [...]ote not what is become o [...] Moses, by and by they adde: Make [...] to go before vs Shal we thinke that they were become so madde as to iudge Goddes coulde be made by the handes of men? No. But they wou [...]e haue some visible signe or token of Gods presence, whereby they might be assured of Gods present helpe, and wherevnto they might dyrect the ceremonies of their outwarde seruice and worshipping. And bycause they had once swarued from the worde, to the deuyse of mans reason, they cause a golden Calfe to be molten, following the Egyptians, who worship­ped Apis their God in fourme of a Calfe, wherein they commit manifolde errour. For first they doubte of the presence of God, whose many and no­table signes they had hitherto seene. And now they neyther remember the woonders which he shewed in Egypt and in the redde sea: neyther regarde they the piller of clowde and fire that went before their campe, neyther are they mindefull of the dreadfull Maiestie that appeared in the mounte of Sinai. Next, contrarie to the commaund [...]ment of God, they make a mol­ten Image, wherein they go about to expresse the fourme or shape of God, and (as the Prophet sayth) tourne the Maiestie of their God, into the simili­tude of a Calfe▪ that eateth haye. Psal. 106. Therefore they doe God extreme disho­nour, and make new Goddes while they imagine God to be a farre other maner of one than in deede he is. This is the next step to Idolatrie, when men are not contented with suche meanes, as it pleased God to reueale himselfe by, but dare of their owne heades deuise newe meanes. God re­uealeth himselfe by his worde and Sacraments, by the frame and worke­manship of this worlde, and by his creatures, in all which there appeare euident tokens of his godlye wisedome, goodnesse, iustice, and omnipoten­cie. And to the intent that we seeing these thinges, might be stirred vp with the co [...]sideration of God and true godlynesse, there is nothing almost con­teyned in this worlde, but the holy ghost hath taken parables out of them, whereby he shadoweth out the mysteries of God and our saluation. Ther­fore our eyes on euery side beholde Images consecrated by the worde of God, to admonishe vs of our dutie. Whosoeuer despyse these Images and follow the reason of the fleshe, they can not choose but be polluted with the vice of Idolatrie. For that that herein came to passe vnto the Iewes, we reade the same also fell out among the Gentyles▪ Rom. 1. And that the Idolatry a­mong the christians sprang of the same cause, is more euident than needeth long proofe. Furthermore, we are taught howe requisite it is, that from our childehoode we be well instructed in religion, seing the Israelites after so many myracles seene, and hearing the worde of God, fall agayne to that kinde of Idolatrie, that they were vsed to in Egypt.

After thys newe God, foloweth worshipping. Wherefore he sayth, Wor­shipping of Idolles. They offred sacrifice vnto the Calfe. Howbeit, they woulde seeme to haue offered to the true God, that brought them out of the lande of Egypt. For they make mention of the true God, and Aaron as we reade proclaymed an ho­lye day, to the Lorde. But bicause this Calfe was neyther true God, nor the Image of God (for who will say God is like vnto a Calfe) they truely are sayde to haue done sacrifice to the Calfe. Here therfore thou [...]ast what [Page 338] to aunswere them, which vnder a [...] of godly [...] worshipping of Images maye be excused: and saye, that whatsoeuer we [...] in the [...] ­nour of him, is acceptable vnto him▪ although we sometime [...] from the rule ofhis worde. But the holy ghost speaking [...] Steuen, is [...] ther [...] and opinion. For all this worshippe resteth in the Images, and st [...]etcheth not vnto God, who [...] similitude they represen [...] [...] For [...] should Idols represent God, which is the truth it self▪ which Idols or Ima­ges▪ Habacuc. 2 the Prophet calleth lying Schoolemaysters▪ And if thou wil [...] say, [...]hys worship stre [...]cheth yet further: I will confesse, it is do [...]e in deede to the de­uill, who is both the father of lyes, and onely delyghted in lyes. Thys sawe Paule, when in the first Epistle to the Corinthians, the tenth chapter, he wr [...]te: The thinges that the Gentiles offer, they offer to Deuil▪ and [...] God.

Beside all this: they reioyced in the workes of their owne [...]. In these wordes is expressed partly a trust of minde, v. Reioycing of Idolaters. and ioye that [...]ringeth thereof, both which ought to be sought in God onely: and partly a kinde of outward reioycing, whereinto ydolaters vse to fall without all modestie or measure. The holye historie sheweth that both these things came to passe in thys place. For assoone as the Calfe was molten and grauen, with a great showte they cry: These be thy Gods (ô Israel) which brought thee out of the lande of Aegypt. Then being filled with the fleshe offred to the Idoll, they rise vp to play. Hos. 4. This is the propertie of Idolaters. For Idol [...] too men [...] their hearts, as the Prophet sayth. So it commeth to passe, that they which should reioyce in God onely, reioyce in Idols, and where they ought to be ledde and gouerned with the spirite of God, they rage in immoderate and vnseasonable pastimes. Nowe, if thou wilt compare the things hytherto spoken, with that is done in the Papa [...]ie or Popedome, thou shalt see them all one. For what other beginning canst thou alleage of ydolatrie, but that men leaue the worde of God, and turne agayne in their hartes▪ to the ab­hominations of the Iewes and Idolaters, from whence through the bene­fite of God, they were delyuered▪ This appeareth well, in that dyuers of our doings, agree with the rytes and ceremonies both of the Iewes, and Gentiles. By and by, after contempt of the worde, followed the contempt of the ministerie, which the ignoraunce and blockheadnesse of the priestes greatly set forwarde, which sent the simple people to dumbe ymages, there to learne what belonged to their saluation. Of these springes, issued out newe Goddes, some like men, some like women, some like oldemen, some like yong. Yea, beside the fourmes of men, were added fourefooted beasts, fowles of the ayre, wormes of the earth, and fyshes of the sea. I let passe the gastly fourmes and sightes of souldyours, the whoorishe prancking and decking of Images, which should haue represented the lykenesse of saints, and of God hymselfe. But new Goddes must haue new wayes and ma­ners of worshipping. Therefore in the honor of them were temples buyl­ded, aulters consecrated, offerings hanged vp, pylgrimages appoynted, lampes burning, holye dayes proclaymed, sacrifices offred, and nothing was left vndone, which heretofore was vsed in the sacrifyces of the Gen­tyles. And, as though men had bene cleane eased of the burthen of theyr sinnes▪ they greatly reioyced in the workes of their owne handes. And there wanted not libertie of carnall ioyes, which neuer raigned more than [Page 339] in the feastes and dedications of these Goddes. So grieuous & great was the blyndenes, from the which God hath deliuered vs by the light of his go­spell. Let vs therfore hereafter flee the inuencions of our owne witte, and the workes of our owne handes. Let vs serue God the father of our Lorde Iesus Christ in spirite and in truth: to whome be prayse, honor, power and glory. Amen.

The .lij. Homelie.

‘Then God turned himselfe and gaue them vp that they shoulde worshippe the hoste of the skie, as it is written in the booke of the Prophetes: ô yee of the house of Israell, gaue yee to mee sacrifices and meate offeringes by the space of fourtie yeares in the wildernesse? And you tooke vnto you the Ta­bernacle of Moloch, and the starre of your God Rempham, figures which ye made to worship them. Therefore I will translate you beyonde Babylon.’

AMongst many other things which Ie­sus Christ foretold should come to passe to y e faythfull Preachers of hys Gospell, this is not the least that he sayde the worlde shoulde persecute them, as pub­like enimies of true religion. This thing we see the Apostles founde true, euen in the first springth of the church, and among them Steuen chiefely, who while he goeth about to bring men vnto Christ, is accused, for that he had spoken blasphemy agaynst God, Mo­ses, the lawe, and all the ceremonies thereof. But he both boldly and wise­ly aunswereth these shamelesse sclaunders, rehearsing the auncient religi­on, whereby the fathers were saued, and diligently expounding the things done by Moses, declaring howe he receyued this worde of lyfe, of God, and deliuered it vnto the fathers. He sheweth moreouer, that the fathers were neuer obedient to Gods commaundements, but being addicted to outward ceremonies onely, feyned diuers things of their owne braine, contrary to true religion. And by this meane he goeth about to put out of their minds, the vayne trust which they had in their fathers religion, which is the moste daungerous impediment and let, that can be, to them that would come to the right waye of saluation. To this ende therefore he recyted the hystorie of the golden Calfe, whereby he conuinceth their fathers of great vngodly­nesse, shewing that they were saued of meere fauour, seeing they deserued destruction through that wicked Idolatry only. And he adioyneth herevnto this present place verye handsomely, declaring that they alone sinned not herein, but prooueth that their posteritie followed their steppes.

The rehearsing of the Idolatry of their posterity, The Idola­trye of the Israelytes is of cōtinuance seemeth to be as it were a preoccupation. For thence he preuenteth them, if any man shoulde make lyght of y e erecting this calfe, or should say that it were long ago expiated by the godlynesse of their successors. For there is no excuse left for them, bicause they were so lyttle the better, after their first fall, that it rather increased whole heapes of impietie following. For where they had once throwne a­waye the worde of God, and rushed into their owne destruction with myn­des bent to vngodlynesse, God which before tenderly fauoured them, tur­neth [Page 340] his back to them, and giueth them ouer into a reprobate sense, to wor­ship all the hoste of the skye, and with greedinesse to followe all maner su­perstition of the Gentyles. And in these fewe wordes, Steuen briefely com­prehendeth all that euer they afterwardes did, agaynst the lawes of God. For Salomon the first beginner of this euill, for his wyues sakes, that were Aliauntes and straungers, builded Temples vnto diuers Gods of the Sy­donians, 1. Reg. 11. Moabites, Ammonites, and other Nations. Ieroboam after that, brought in againe the superstitious worshipping of Calues. 1 Reg 12 13 1. Reg. 16. 2. Para. 25. 2. Para. 28. Achab brought in the honouring of Baal. Amasias of a madde counsell and deuyse setteth vp the Goddes of the Idumeans whome he had vanquished, to be worshipped. Achaz was delyted with the Gods and religion of the Assirians. At length Manasses following, which farre passed all the wickednesse of his forefa­thers, brought into Iurie whatsoeuer superstition or ydolatrie was to be founde any where among the Gentyles, and by force defended those religi­ons, agaynst the true worshippers of God, insomuch that we reade, Hieru­salem was filled with the bloude of the Saintes. 2. Reg. 21. Whose impietie tooke so déepe roote, that it coulde not be wholy pluckte vp agayne in Iosias dayes, as the sermons of Ieremie and Sophonie abundantly declare. And least any man might marueyle, howe these things came to passe, after God had gi­uen them his lawe, he sayth they were iustlye forsaken of God, and giuen vp into a reprobate minde, and vtterly blinded. And that this was the iust iudgement of God, may easily be gathered of the things before going. For their vngodlynesse and vnthankfulnesse deserued the same, whom neyther the worde of God, nor infinite other thinges, whereby it pleased God to reueale himselfe vnto them, coulde keepe in doing their dutie. They were worthy therefore, that euen seeing, they shoulde be blinde, hearing, they should be deafe, and should be hardened in their harts, as God threatneth by his Prophete. Esay. 6. Yet may we see in other Nations lyke examples of Gods iudgementes. Roma 1. Paule affirmeth the same of the Gentyles superstition. And would to God we sawe not the lyke, euen among them that glorye in the name of Christians. For after they had banished the authoritie of Gods worde from them, and that it lyked them to learne rather of dumbe yma­ges, than of the liuely worde of god, then ranne they on so farre in super­stition, that the very Iewes and Turkes laughed at them. And here com­meth to my remembrance that notable saying of a Turkishe Ambassador, who being in the Court of a great Christian Prince, and being asked why the Turkes so abhorred the Christian religion, and coulde not be induced to beleeue in it: aunswered, that no man being in his right witte coulde a­lowe or lyke that religion, which worshipped those for Goddes that were inferior, and of lesse power, than they that worshipped them. And what he ment therby, he after declared by our breaden god, and by the Idols which were worshipped in Churches, which being made by those that worship­ped them, did prooue sufficiently (sayde he) that the religion was preposte­rous, and contrary to common sense and reason. These thinges Christian Princes knowe, the Bishops and people in generall: yet no man is grie­ued at the great iniurie thereby done vnto Christ, so that wise men are not without a cause afrayde, that many euen in our dayes also are giuen vppe into reprobate mindes.

This place teacheth vs also, that no man can holde the right waye in [Page 341] religion, except he be first guyded by the hande and spirite of God. For the naturall man perceyueth not the thinges belonging to the spirite of God. 1. Cor. 2. Iohn. 6. Nor no man commeth to Christ, except the father drawe him. And for bi­cause he draweth by his worde, we must studie the same. For whosoeuer make light thereof, and cast it fro them, make themselues vnworthye of the grace of God. Wherefore God turneth his backe vpon them, and wrappeth them in darkenesse, deuoyde of all light and truth. Therefore it behooueth vs to haue a diligent care of the worde, and so to depende vppon the same, that being entred into the ryght waye, we swarue neyther to the right hande nor to the left. Deut. 4.12

And least any man should be so impudent, as to denye that the fathers thus did, Steuen alleageth a testimonie of the Prophete Amos, A place in A­moz the .v. ch. written in the .v. chap. There the Lord accuseth the people of Israell, as well for ma­ny other vices, as for this, that they abode not syncerely in his worde. And that the heynousnesse of their sinne might the more appeare, and that all men might see howe God doth not expostulate with them, without a cause, he sheweth that this is an olde impietie, begun somtime in the wildernesse, and afterwarde so increasing, that it is become incurable, and can not be taken awaye, but with the destruction of the whole Nation. It shall make much for our instruction, if we diligently consider euerye thing that is here sayde.

First, he speaketh of the disobedience and wickednesse of the fathers in the wildernesse, in these wordes: Gaue yee to me sacrifices and meate offe­rings, by the space of fourtie yeares in the wildernesse, ô ye of the house of Is­rael? By asking the question, he fortifieth his saying, and denyeth that the fathers gaue any sacrifices to him for fourtie yeres long. And yet it appea­reth they built a Tabernacle, according as God had appointed, and Alters vpon the which they offred all kinds of sacrifices vnto God, which brought them out of the lande of Egypt. But God denyeth that thing to be done in the honour of him, that is done for any other ende than he appointeth. For God appoynted that the ende of all their outwarde ceremonies, shoulde be resemblances of the Sauiour that was promysed, and that they shoulde admonish them of their dutie, as well in fayth and religion, as in the whole conuersation of their lyfe. But they forgetting this, were occupied in y e bare ceremonies, and thought that by them, they satisfied God, and purged their sinnes. Whereby it came to passe, that they abused all their Leuiticals, for a cloke and colour of licentiousnesse and wickednesse. Therefore God wor­thily refuseth all this worshipping, and sayeth it belonged not to him. And there be also other places of Scripture, wherein he constantlye affirmeth the same, and sheweth that the obseruation of those things, which he so di­ligently prescribeth in the lawe, is not profitable. Looke Psalm. 50. Esay. 1. and .43. Mich. 6. Hoseas. 6. Yea, when he sawe that they gloryed in their cir­cumcision, hauing no respect to the spirituall circumcision, he cryeth out that their circumcision is not auayleable. Ierem. 4. We are taught therefore by this place, that all that worshipping is in vayne, which is not done to that ende that God hath appoynted it. For it can not be that without the obedience of fayth, any kinde of worship can please God. Heb. 11. But where the worde of God is neglected, there remayneth no place for faith or obedience: therfore they are but as vncleane and prophane things, whatsoeuer they doe, although [Page 342] outwardly they appeare agreeable with the worde of God. What shall we then say of those ceremonies, which stande onely vpon mannes authoritie, and tradition? the Lord long ago with one word hath vtterly ouerthrowne them, saying: they worship me in vaine, teaching doctrines of men. Euery plant which my heauenly father hath not planted, Esay. 29. Math. 15. shall be pulled vppe by the rootes▪

The Lorde holding on in repeating the sinnes of the Israelites, re­hearseth what their posteritie did, after they were in possession of the lande of Chanaan: you tooke vnto you the Tabernacle of Moloch, and the Starre of your God Rempham, figures which you made to worshippe them. He compre­hendeth all sortes of Idolatrie vnder three kindes.

The wor­shipping of Moloch.The first was the worshipping of Moloch, which as it appeareth by the actes of Salomon, who first builded a Temple to him, was the God of the Ammonites. And it seemeth he was the God called on at mennes natiuities or byrthes, in the honour of whome, infantes were sacrificed in fire, as Manasse did, which sacrificed his sonne in fire. God had appoynted death for the punishment of this wickednesse, as is declared Leuiticus. 20. in these wordes: Whosoeuer hee be of the children of Israel, or of the straungers that dwell in Israel, that giueth of his seede vnto Moloch, let him be slayne, the peo­ple of the lande shall stone him. And I will set my face agaynst that manne, and will destroye him from among his people, bicause hee hath giuen of his seede vnto Moloch, for to defyle my sanctuarie, and to pollute my holye name. And though that the people of the land hyde their eyes from the man that giueth of his seede vnto Moloch, and kill him not: I will put my face agaynst that man, and agaynst his kindred, and will destroye him, and all that go a whoring after him, to commit whoredome with Moloch, from among their people. And yet coulde not the authoritie of this seuere inhibition, be of such weyght, but that this wicked kinde of sacrificing was common, as easily maye appeare by the prophecie of Ieremie in the .xxxij. Chap.

The God Rempham.The seconde kynde of Idolatrie was the worshipping of a Starre, that was consecrated to a God called Rempham, of whom we read nothing of certainty. Some thinke it to be y e Planet of Saturne, some of Venus, some of Mars. In deede the worshipping of starres was vsed amongst all Nati­ons, bicause the marueylous course of them, the brightnesse and fourme of them, easily perswaded the simpler sort of men, that there was some god­heade in them. And hereto are to be referred those places of Scripture, where it is sayde the Iewes worshipped the hoste of heauen. We haue here to consider that the worshipping of Starres cōsisteth not only in adoration and sacrifices, which were sometime vsed among the Gentyles, but also that they worship them, which thinke the successe of warres, peace, famine, plentie, sickenesse, tempestes, and such lyke thinges depende of them. For it is manifest, that all these things be gouerned by the rules of gods proui­dence, whose iudgements are not tied vnto the Starres, but are ordred by the rule of his worde, and his immutable will. Therefore whosoeuer at­tribute these things vnto the Starres, denye God his honour, and make man which is the excellentest creature of god, subiect to the course of the Planets and Starres. For the which cause the blindenesse of our dayes is much to be bewayled, which is gone so farre, that it consulteth with the Starres, for the enterprising of their greatest affaires, and hang in hope of them, eyther of good successe, or stande in feare of badde. Why doe we not [Page 343] rather lysten [...] the Prophete sayth▪ you shall not lear [...]e the wayes of the hea [...]en, and you sha [...] [...]ot be a [...]ayde fo [...] [...] tokens of heat [...] ▪ For the heathen [...]. Iere. 10.

In the third sor [...] it compr [...]hendeth figures or similitudes, Worshipping of Images. which [...] made to [...] to y ende he would [...] vs, y he [...] deuised for wor­shipping of [...] men [...]ill seeme to honour him. Such as where they [...] him, and his workes in Images, and where they [...] for the instruction of the ignoraunt and [...]learned. These men [...], in that they of theyr owne head and deuice, in [...]tute such th [...]nges in religion, as God no where hathe commaunded. God hath commended vnto vs the reine [...] of his be­nefites; in a fewe of sacramentes, yea, and th [...]se most easy to be obserued. For our instruction he hath appointed his worde, and when himselfe prea­ched, he would haue his voyce onely hearde; but no similitude or Image to be sene. Therefore let vs be contented with these thinges, Deut. 4. and bry­dle the wisedome of our vnruly fleshe, least while we will be wyser than is meete, we become fooles, as Paule sayth of the gentile philosophers. Rom. 1.

Last of all, he threateneth their incurable impietie, euery day waxyng worse and worse with punishment▪ saying: I will translate (or cary) you, be­yonde Babylon, Amos sayth, Damascus, bicause he would put out of the ten [...]e tribes myndes, the vayne affiaunce which they had in their league with the Assirians. But Steuen hauing more respect to the sense, sayth they shoulde be caried beyonde Babylon. For so it came to passe in deede. For Salmanazar kyng of the Assirians, after he had taken Samaria, ouerthrewe the kingdome of the tenne Tribes, and caried them captiue into Syria. And not long after, Senacherib miserably afflicted the kingdome of Iury. But whereas by Eze­chias counsell they turned vnto the Lord, and threw down their Idolles: a­gaine they were deliuered out of the hande of the Tyrant, by the helpe of an Aungell. But when vnder Manasse, they turned to their vomite agayne, and set vp all their abhominable superstition and Idolatry againe, and woulde not admit the reformation that Iosias begun, but would commit Idolatry secretly in their houses, as appeareth by the sermons of Sophony: then God sent Nabuchodonozer to destroy their Citie, to set fire on the temple, and to cary the remnaunt of the people beyonde Babylon, ouer all his kyngdome. Thus did God reuēge this incurable Idolatry, & prophane cōtempt of his holy name. And we reade that the like came to passe after that agayne. For when they were returned home from Babylon, & had made their Temple and religion a market of lucre and gayne, and a denne of theeues, & would not admit Christ to reforme it, nor heare his Apostles: God brought Ve­spasian and Titus to reforme them, who set fire on their Citie and Churche, and scattered the Iewes that were liuing, ouer all partes of the world. We ought in these dayes, diligently to consider these things. The horrible mis­chiefe of Idolatry is greatly increased among Christians. And we lack not Moloch that lyeth lurking amongest the Monkes, chalenging and burning those which by baptisme are grafted into Christ. Many are beguiled with the superstitious obseruasion of starres. Images made for vs to worship, and to learne of, stande euery where to be solde. And God hath these many yeares, by the preaching of his worde, required a reformation, but all in [Page 344] vayne. Wherefore [...] is to be feared, lea [...]t they [...] will n [...]t b [...] reformed, bi­cause they will not seeme to haue erred, shall [...]t length be destroyed. And surely their feare is not in vayne which suspect the Turkes shall make all [...] away. For it is [...]uident, that the [...]mpire of th [...] East was de [...]i­ded from the Wes [...], for Images sakes, and th [...] by this [...], the [...] of the Sarazens and Turkes is g [...]eatly increa [...]ed, [...]o tha [...] Go [...] may s [...]me to shewe vs plain [...]ly, who and what maner abolishers of Idolatry he hath long since appointed. And experien [...]e teacheth vs, what horrible examples God sheweth vpon obstinate Image worshippers, euery day by y e Turks. And surely we may thinke that it was not without the prouidence of God, that Soliman Emperor of the Turkes, not many yeares ago, when he h [...]d wonne Buda, See Paulus Iouius in the historie of his [...]yme, the .40. booke. the chiefe Citie of Hungary, would haue S. Maries Church, the chiefe church in the citie, cleane ridde of the Altares and all the Images in the Church, before he would yeelde thankes to God almighty, for the vic­tory giuen vnto hym. For hereby God woulde plainely testifye, that the Idolatrie, which is exercised vnder the pretence of Christ & hys Saintes, is the chiefest cau [...]e, of these our Turkishe ouerthrowes and calamities. Wherefore the tyme warneth vs at length, to awake, and casting from vs all vayne inuentions of men, to worship the God of our fathers, according to his prescript, in truth and in spirite, through Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be prayse, honor, power and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .liij. Homelie.

‘OVR fathers had the Tabernacle of witnesse in the wildernesse, as he had appoynted them speaking vnto Moses, that he should make it accordyng to the fashion that he had sene. Which Tabernacle also our fathers that came af­ter, brought in with Iosue into the possession of the Gentyles, whome God draue out before the face of our fathers vnto the tyme of Dauid, which found fauour before God, and would fayne haue founded a Tabernacle for the God of Iacob, but Salomon built him an house. Howbeit, he that is highest, dwel­leth not in Temples made with handes, as sayth the Prophete. Heauen is my seate, and the earth is my footestoole. What house will you builde for mee sayth the Lorde? Or which is the place of my rest? Hath not my hand made all these thinges?’

THe accusation against Steuen consisted of two speciall pointes: the one was, that he went about to abolish and put away the law: the other, that he had spoken blasphemye against the Temple, and all their rites and ceremonies. The first, he hath thus farre an­swered vnto, disputing both earnestly and reuerently, touching the lawe and Moses, the minister thereof. For he hath shewed, that it was giuen of god by Moses, and confesseth it to be the worde of lyfe, bicause it compre­hendeth in it the rule of life, and leadeth vs as a guide & teacher vnto Christ. Furthermore, bicause the Iewes gloried very much, in the name of the fa­thers, he declared that they were alwayes disobedient, so that it appeareth they were not saued, by the merite of the righteousnesse of the lawe, but [Page 345] through the benefite of Gods mercy and fauou [...]. This done, he passeth to the other parte of his accusation, and reasoneth of the holy place or Temple, wherin their chiefe hope of helpe consisted. And to be short, the ende of all Steuens saying is, to prooue that God and the right worshipping of hym, is not tyed vnto the Temple. Wherevpon it followeth, that they oughte not straight wayes to be taken for blasphemers of God, which speake agaynst the abolishing therof. First, therfore he intreateth of the Tabernacle, then of the Temple builded about a foure hu [...]dred and fourescore yeares, after their comming out of Egipt.

The Tabernacle was a place ordeyned for to do Gods seruice in, The wor­shipping of God was not tyed vnto the Tabernacle. made of boordes of Sechim woode, and hanged rounde about with Curtines, being caried vpon two staues, running through ringes of gold, and the Curtines fastened togither with loupes, & buttons of silke. In this Tabernacle was the Arke of the Couenaunt, the Golden table, the Candlesticke, the Altare of Incense, the Altare to burne sacrifices on, the Brasen Lauer, with the residue of the implementes belonging to the seruice: concerning which, see Exod. 25.26.27.30. &c. All these thinges he easily graunteth that the fathers had in the wildernesse by Moses appointment, which was Gods mouth and Interpreter. And he calleth it the Tabernacle of witnesse, bicause God by it testified his presence, and gaue answere in that place for the resoluing of the peoples doubtes. He addeth three things wherby he prooueth, that the wor­shipping of God, and God himselfe, is not bound to this place.

First, he saith it was made, The Taber­nacle was a type of hea­uenly things. according to the paterne and saumpler shewed to Moses in the mountaine. Whereby it appeareth, it was but a figure and serued to shadow the mysteries of heauenly things, as Paule also in the viij. & ix. Cap. to the Hebrewes hath declared. For this Tent was a figure of the Church, which God will haue to be but one, althoughe it consist of diuers kyndes and orders of men. For it hath teachers which are in steade of pil­lers, as Paule calleth Iames, Peter, and Iohn. Gal. 2. It hath boordes of Ceder tree, couered ouer with golde, wherby all the faythfull are signified, whome fayth and beliefe maketh vncorrupt, & shining in heauenly brightnesse. All these are ioyned togither, with the band aswel of doctrine, as belief, & loue, & are builded vpon Christ, which is the only buttrace & foundation of y e whole church. He is in the Arke conteyning the true treasures of heauenly myste­ries. He prepareth vs a table, where we may receiue the breade of eternall lyfe. He is as it were, in place of a candlesticke, and by the light of his word, shineth vpon his church. The prayers also that are offered in him, are as a pleasaunt incense, odoure, and sweete smell, before God the father. And he is the true Altare, vppon whome we must offer our selues, and the whole conuersation of our lyfe. These thinges might be more largely intreated, but we touche but the chiefe pointes of them, that it may appeare to euery man, why Steuen sayth, the Tabernacle was made, after the heauenly pa­terne: to the ende verilye, that we might therby vnderstande, that no man in tyme past cleaued to the Tabernacle onely, but that by fayth he was hol­den in contemplation of Christ, and his church, the mysteries wherof, were by this Tabernacle signified. And that the fathers then pleased God best, when with myndes lyfte vp into heauen, they worshipped God, Iohn. 4. in spirite and truth. And there are many places of Scripture, wherin they are grie­uously rebuked, which cleaue to the outwarde ceremonies, and neglect the [Page 346] spirituall worshipping. See the Psalme. 50. Esay. 1.3.4. Micheas. 6. Ieremy. 7 &c. In the meane while we are taught, that nothing ought to be institu­ted in Gods seruice and religion, according to mans deuise and pleasure. For it in tyme past, when outwarde ceremonies were most in vse, Moses was bounde to obserue the paterne, prescribed of God, and where there appeare horrible examples of them, which durst attempt the contrary: then must we now a dayes be much more diligent to obserue those things which the sonne of God hath appointed to be in his churche for euer, [...] in the tyme of his laste comming we be taken with hym, into the Tabernacle of heauen.

The Taber­nacle transla­ted into the lande of the Gentiles.Secondly he sayeth, that when Iosua was captayne, the fathers brought the Tabernacle into the possession of the Gentiles, that is, into an vnholy la [...]d. Wherby it appeareth again, that the worshipping of god, & the way of saluation, cannot consist therin. Here we are taught by the way, that the ho­ly institutions of God, are not polluted by the place, so that the right & law­full vse of them be obserued. For God is present euerywhere, and by his presence sanctifieth both those that worship him, and the ceremonies insti­tuted by him. Therfore in an vnholy lande, the inhabitauntes wherof were a little before worshippers of ydoles, might the tabernacle be placed, and all the ceremonies appointed, exercised. That that is spoken of the outwarde seruice, ought to be vnderstanded also of prayers, which if they proceede of fayth, Iohn. 4. are acceptable and allowable before God in what place so euer they be sayd. So God heard Ionas, praying in the belly of the Whale▪ and Dani­els fellowes crying out of the fornace, found how God was able to deliuer them. And the roaring of the Lyons, could not let, but that Daniels prayers ascended vp before the Lorde.

The place of the Taber­nacle vncer­taine.Unto these is added an other argument, taken of the place, whereby he prooueth the worshipping of God, not to be tyed to the Tabernacle. For he sayth, it had no abyding place, but was caried vp and downe for fower hundred yeares, vntill the time of Dauid, who was the first that through the singuler goodnesse of god, had by the Aungell, a place shewed vnto him, where the Temple shoulde be builded: which thing we reade he obtayned, by most hartie and feruent prayers, where he sayth: I will not come within the Tabernacle of my house, nor climbe vp into my bedde: I will not suffer myne eyes to sleepe, nor myne eye liddes to slumber, neyther the Temples of my head to take any rest, Psalm. 132. vntil I finde out a place for the Temple of the Lord, an habitation for the mightie God of Iacob. See the hystorie in the second booke of Samuel. 24. chap. Item in the first of the Chronicles .xxj. chap. Before this time, Iosua. 18. 1. Sam. 1. &c. 1. Sam. 11.20 1. Paral. 21. the Scripture playnely teacheth, that the Tabernacle had no resting place. For first it was placed in Silo, where it seemeth it rested vnto the time of Heli. Whyle Saule was king, it was first in Gilgal, then in Nobe, one of the Cities of the Priestes: Under Dauid, it was placed in Gabaon. At length all the things belonging to it, were by Salomon layde vp in the Temple, as it had bene some singuler treasure. Who nowe that is in his witte, will say that the worshipping of god, and meane of saluation was tyed vnto the Ta­bernacle, where it had neuer no sure abyding place? It is worthy to be di­ligently considered, where he sayth, it was through the singuler grace of God, that Dauid knewe a certayne place, wherein God would be worship­ped, vntill the time of correction. This made for the confirmation and sta­bilitie [Page 347] of his kingdome, which thing Ieroboam euidentlye obserued, who perceyued that his kingdome could not be firme & stable, 1. Reg. 12. without some cer­tayne place & house for religion. In the meane season we learne, that this is a singuler gift of god vpon earth, if externe religion be firmly established, and that men may safely follow it. This is a most strong bande to conserue Ecclesiasticall vnitie, and an vnspeakeable argument of Gods goodnesse and fauour. They that lyue vnder the tyrannous persecutors of the church acknowledge this thing, and earnestly desire the same. Let vs likewise ac­knowledge it, which liue in rest & peace, least we prouoke the wrath of God by our notorious vnkindenesse, and being in aduersitie, let vs vnderstande howe great a commoditie that is, which nowe a dayes so many men make so little account of.

Nowe hauing discoursed the thinges belonging to the Tabernacle, The wor­shipping of God is not tyed to the Temple. 1. Reg. 6. he entreth to reason of the Temple also, which succeeded in the Tabernacles place, and which had the very same vse the Tabernacle had. And this the scripture declareth was builded by Salomon, whereas before tyll religion had a place appoynted, there was none. But bicause Dauid through diuine reuelation, knew this place: the Iewes seemed not all in vayne to thinke that the true worshipping of God was in that place onelye, where Steuen sharpely rebuketh their blockheadnesse. For although he graunt them that the Temple was builded by Gods appoyntment, yet he by and by agayne sayth: But hee that is the highest dwelleth not in Temples made with handes. And bicause he would not be reprooued of rashnesse, he bringeth the words of God speaking on this wise in Esay. 66. cap. Heauen is my seate, the earth is my footestoole, what maner of house will you builde vnto me, sayth the Lord? or which is the place of my rest? Hath not my hande made all these things? By arguments taken of his owne nature, he prooueth that he is included in no certain place, nor hath no neede of these things which are done by men. For he that is of all power and might, and whom the heauen of heauens is not able to receyue (as Salomon himselfe confesseth. 1. Reg. 8.) it is impossible, that he can be conteyned within any house. Agayne, he that is the Creator and maker of all things, hath no neede of our benefites, as is declared at large, Psal. 50. These things serue both for our consolation and instruction. For whereas God is euerywhere, he may therefore euerywhere be wor­shipped, so that we neede to be neyther troubled with ouermuch costes, ne yet with any great labour about the same. And for bicause he hath no neede of our goodes, the true trade of worshipping him and his fauour can not consist in such things. Therfore it is a fowle and filthie error of these hypo­crytes, which when they had done these things, thought they had fully dis­charged their duties vnto God. Wherefore it behooueth vs rather to consi­der what the true vse and meaning of these outwarde things is. They con­sist of time, place, & ceremonies. Tyme and place is conuenient for order sake. For as it behooueth vs to appoynt certayne dayes, for religion to be obserued on: so, the same cannot be done, but in some place also. But as sal­uation is not tyed to obseruation of dayes, no more is it to this or that place. Yet these things haue their vse in religion. For they serue for the vse of the holy congregations, whome it behooueth oftentimes to meete togi­ther by reason of the preaching of the worde, publike prayers, and admi­nistring of the sacramentes. And bycause Temples be appoynted to these [Page 348] exercises, therefore they shoulde be exempt from all prophane and secular vsances. Which was the cause that Aggeus the Prophet so much called on the building vp of the Temple. But let vs not supersticiously be tyed in opi­nion, to the ouermuch reuerencing of the place. Nowe the vse of the Cere­monies appointed by God (for of mans constitutions here is no one worde) such as common custome calleth Sacraments, is to seale or confirme vnto vs the benefites of God, and therefore they lift vp our mindes, by contem­plation of fayth into heauen, and admonishe vs of our duties, both to God and to man. These things it be commeth vs well to obserue, and to be con­tented with them, least being occupied in outwarde things, we be wrapped in the olde errour of the Iewes, and so lose the heauenly goodes. Let vs therefore worship God the father in spirite and in truth, who hath fully gi­uen vs in his sonne, our onely Priest and Sauiour Iesus Christ, all those things which he sometimes figured to the fathers in signes of ceremonies, and the Temple: to him be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .liiij. Homelie.

‘YE stiffe necked and of vncircumcised harts and eares, you haue alwayes resisted the holy ghost. As your fathers did, so doe you. Which of the Pro­phetes haue not your fathers persecuted? And they haue slayne them which shewed before of the comming of that iust, whome you haue now betrayed and murthred. And ye also haue receyued the lawe by the ministration of Aungelles, and haue not kept it: when they hearde these things, their hearts claue a sunder, and they gnashed on him with their teeth.’

THus farre the blessed Martyr Steuen hath aunswered the obiections layde agaynst him, and with long discourse hath shewed that he neuer blasphemed God nor his law, nor yet the Temple. For beginning at Abraham, he declareth that he is a worshypper of that onely God, who did vouchsafe in time past to re­ueale himselfe vnto the fathers, and to offer vnto them his grace. That done, he maketh a singuler discourse of the lawe, and prooueth that Christ was euidently promised to the fathers in the lawe. At length intreating of the Temple, and outwarde obseruan­ces, he prooueth by most strong arguments, that neyther the grace of God is tyed to them, neyther the true worshipping of him, nor yet the meane of mannes saluation. But bycause Steuen was not ignoraunt what maner of Iudges he shoulde haue in his cause, and for that they coulde no longer dissemble the rage of their mindes, as euery man may easily gather of the circumstances, with a weyghtie & vehement kynde of reprehending them, he concludeth his Oration. Where we maye perceyue that it was Steuens purpose and intent to plucke of the visure from the faces of them, which bragged in the name of the church, and fowly abused their power, that they should no longer feare the simple and vnlearned with this slye conueyance of theirs. And this is a thing very needeful, when we perceiue we haue to do with them, with whome the worde of doctrine will not preuayle. And sure­lye [Page 349] in our daies nothing so much hindreth the verity, as that they be the eni­mies therof, which many yeres haue challenged to them the name & gouer­nance therof. Wherfore it is necessary, that they which haue the charge of the Church committed vnto them, doe followe euen at this day also, the exam­ple of Steuen. But to come to the handling of this present place, there were thrée things specially which made them the prowder: that is to saye, Cir­cumcision, the glory and dignitie of the fathers, and the lawe giuen them by Gods speciall benefite. And of all these, the godlye Martyr of Christ so speaketh, that he playnely prooueth all their affiaunce to be in vaine, which they had in them.

And beginning with Circumcision, He beateth downe confi­dence in Cir­cumcision. he sheweth that they gloryed ther­in in vayne, calling them stiffenecked, and of vncircumcised hearts and eares. He seemeth to haue a respect vnto the wordes of Moses, and of God, which are written Deuteronomie. 10. and Ieremie. 4. as though he shoulde saye: I knowe you haue a great confidence in Circumcision, but that is but a very vanitie, seeing you neglect the circumcision of the heart and minde. God woulde that you shoulde by an outwarde signe professe hys couenaunt, but he commaunded you to circumcise your heartes with the sworde of the spi­rite, and to put your neckes hytherto, ouermuch disobedient into the yoke of his obedience. But it is playne that you neuer woulde thus doe: For you euer resisted the holy ghost speaking to you by the Scriptures, and by the Prophetes. So Steuen accuseth them of no common disobedience, but of heynous incredulitie, as who went about to mocke God with their Cir­cumcision, which was but a signe of Gods couenant. This place teacheth vs, that men are little holpen by outwarde signes, vnlesse they sticke vnto the thinges signifyed by them. For where God is a spirite, he will not be worshipped with vaine ceremonies, but in the spirite and in truth. As for the Ceremonies, he hath instituted them for our sakes, to the intent they shoulde bring our mindes by contemplation of fayth, to the consideraunce of our dutie. Which thing if we neglect, then the signes improoue vs of in­fidelitie, and excuse vs not, which is the cause that the Prophetes so ear­nestly accuse the obseruers of outwarde ceremonies, and so carefully com­mende vnto them, the care of spirituall worshipping. This serueth also to teache vs, that we cleaue not to much to baptisme▪ and to the supper, and so neglect the fayth that is in Christ, and the studie of innocencie and chari­tie, without the which Christian religion cannot consist. And if the colde ob­seruation of rytes commaunded by God, is not able to saue vs, what shall we say of the obseruers of mens traditions, which God hath wyped cleane awaye with the sworde of his worde, as otherwheres we haue declared? Esay. 29. Math. 15. We are taught also what maner of men they are, which wickedly resist the worde of God, preached by men, which thing it is eui­dent the Iewes dyd. For they (sayeth Steuen) resisted not the Prophetes, but the holy ghost. And we must not thinke he thus sayd at all aduentures. For where Ministers speake by the inspiration of the holy spirite, and the same spirite worketh obedience in mennes mindes, and putteth vs often in remembrance of amendement of our lyfe, certes they resist this spirite, that refuse to obey this worde. And this is an infallible argument of vncircum­cised hearts, and stiffe necks. Here therefore haue we a rule howe to iudge of the people of these dayes, which marueylously please and delyght them­selues, [Page 350] in that they dare boldly contemne the sermons of Gods Ministers, and can scoffe and rayle at the m.

He ouer­throweth the confidence in their forefa­thers. Math. 3. Iohn. 8.But let vs returne vnto Steuen, which likewise ouerthroweth that glorye that they sought in the dignitie of their auncestry. For that the Iewes put great confidence in their forefathers, it appeareth by this. For when Iohn the Baptist and Christ, admonished them to amende their lyfe, they chopte him in the teeth with Abraham their father, and alleaged the prerogatiue of their stocke. But Steuen maketh a difference betweene their forefathers. There were amonge them certaine good and sincere worshippers of God, such as was Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob, and their likes in whom they coulde not glory, being altogither vnlike them, as bastardes going out of kynde. Againe, there were othe [...] notorious wicked persons, and bloudy tyrannes, against the Prophetes. Unto these sayth he, these fellowes were lyke, bi­cause they liuely represented their natures and condicions, yea passed them. As your fathers did, euen so do you. Which of the Prophetes haue not your fa­thers persecuted? Esay. 53. And they haue killed them, which shewed before of the com­ming of that Iuste. So calleth he Iesus Christ, who is both absolutely iuste himself: 1. Cor. 1. Ierem. 23. for in whose mouth there could be found no guile and is made of god the father our righteousnes. Wherfore in Ieremy he is called y e lord our righteous­nes. Furthermore, as your fathers killed y e prophets, which foretold of him, as the monuments & sepulchres declare that are builded in y e honor of them: euen so did you betray Christ himselfe, to the Romane President, and made him out of the way by the most cruell death of the crosse. Thus you haue not only fulfilled y e measure of your fathers, but farre exceeded thē. And as these things were not spoken by Steuen without the secret working of Gods holy spirite: so must we thinke, it was not without the will of God, that the same thinges were written and left vnto posteritie. For they teache vs howe we should deale with them, which glory in the vertues of their ancestors, and in the title of lawful succession, and beguile the simple people with the authori­tie they chalenge to themselues. In which number we now adayes see the Bishops of Rome are, who notwithstanding they persecute the doctrine of the Apostles, with fire and sworde, infecting the whole worlde, with the ex­ample of a most abhominable and corrupt lyfe, and turne true religion in­to lucre and gayne: yet they vaunt themselues to be Christes Uicares, the successours of Peter and Paule, and constantly affirme, that the Churche of Rome cannot erre. And with their fleightes, it is manifest, that the worlde hath bene deceiued these great many yeares. Therfore this visure must be pulled of from their faces, and the faythfull ministers of the churche must not suffer that great Asse disguised in a Lions skinne, to iet vp and downe, and fraye the consciences of simple people any longer. And they are not in this behalfe to be heard, which would not haue these thinges talked so, but prescribe vs rules of modestie, & meekenesse. For where the glory of Christ is assaulted, and the saluation of the soule imperilled, there remayneth no place for feare, or meekenesse. This thing Christ well perceyued, whome I thinke no man will finde fault with about his modesty and meekenesse. And he thought it good to beate downe the false Byshops, with all kynde of seue­ritie, rather than by cowardly or preposterous lenitie. Whose example both Steuen and the other Apostles, most rightlye followed. But before we let this peece passe, you shall note that the Prophetes were foreshewers of [Page 351] Christ. This thing Christ himselfe confesseth. Luke. 24▪ And Peter attributeth to them the [...]ame thing. This maketh for the certaintie and dignitie of our faith, 1. Pet. 1. that we thinke it not a thing either newly inuented, or an vncertaine perswasion of a small number of persons.

Steuen goeth on with his purpose, He beateth them from their affiance in the lawe. Psal. 147 and taketh from them the vayne affi­aunce of the lawe, which seemed to be the chiefe thing amongst Gods bene­fites, Dauid testifying, that god shewed to no Nation the like declaration of his goodnesse. He confesseth this was giuen them by ministery of Aungels, by whose presence God thought good to shewe vnto them, the glorye of his maiestie. But he sheweth that the glory, which they sought therin, was but vayne, bicause they were neuer obedient therevnto. For they being ouer­come with the desire of sinne, neglected the lawe, and wickedlye persecu­ted Christ, to whome the law brought them. Whereupon we gather, that that glory also is in vayne, which we haue in the word of God, and doctrine of the Gospell, vnlesse we expresse in our lyues, the thinges prescribed by them. For Blessed (saith Christ) are they, that heare the worde of God, Luke. 11. and keepe it. And in an other place, he putteth from him, and refuseth the wor­kers of iniquitie, whiche neglect the will of his father. Math. 7. In the consideration wherof we now a dayes ought diligently to meditate. For if the transgres­sors of Moses lawe, were grieuously punished, what shall come vnto them whiche wickedly contempne the woorde of the Gospell, deliuered to vs by Christ? Surely Christ sayeth, they shall be more grieuously punished, Math. 10. Hebr. 10. than those of Sodome and Gomorrhe.

And this is the most graue and iust defence of Steuen the first Martyr, How Steuens enemies like of his Orati­on or sermon. which as it ought to haue bene of great force and weight with the godly, so with y e professed enemies of Christ, it lacked not only successe, but also did ex­ [...]sperate their myndes, as with a sharpe goade of greater vngodlinesse. For Luke writeth, that when they had hearde this, their heartes claue a sunder, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. The cleauing of heartes signifieth the sorrow of an heart, boyling in rage and fury, wherwith they were cruelly set on fire. For their yre was so great, that they could not hide it, no not in y e place appointed euer for Iustice and Gods religion. Now the gnashing of teeth testified they were become like vnto madde dogges. Hereby is expres­sed the propertie of the wicked, who the more they are vrged with the word of God, the more intollerably they scorne & rage, and are inflamed against them; whome God hath appointed preachers of his worde. So we reade, that Caine was the more incensed by Gods speaking and admonition. And there are infinite examples of these men, the which it is not needefull to re­hearse, bicause we see the like euery day. Let vs learne, that this is an infal­lible token of extreme vngodlinesse. For what good can a man hope for of him who is not the better, but y e woorse, for the word of God? Let vs therfore subdue this affection, assoone as we feele our selues touched or mooued ther­with. In the meane season let vs learne, that the ministers of the worde, must not therefore holde their peace bicause the vngodly are incensed with their reprehension. 2. Tim. 4. For Paule commaundeth them to be instant both in sea­son, and out of season. And let no man be offended though he preuayle no­thing by his saying among them. For albeit there ensue no other effect of y e worde: yet the faithfull minister therof shall at least deliuer his owne soule. Ezech. 3. And in the meane while, there shall not want electe seruauntes of Christe, [Page 352] who shall be instructed, by that that is preached to the wicked, for a testimo­ny of iust condemnation. God the father of mercy graunt that we may due­ly heare the Oracles of his worde, and that wee being transformed into the same, may no maner of way displease his Maiestie, through Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lv. Homelie.

‘BVT he being full of the holye Ghost looked vp stedfastly with his eyes into heauen, and saw the glory of God, and Iesus standing on the right hand of God, and sayde. Behold I see the heauens open, and the sonne of man stan­ding on the right hand of God. Then they gaue a showt with a lowde voyce, and stopped their eares, and ranne vpon him all at ones, and cast out of the Ci­tie and stoned him. And the witnesse layde downe their clothes at a younge mannes seete, whose name was Saule. And they stoned Steuen calling on, and saying: Lord Iesu, receyue my spirite. And he kneeled downe and cryed with a lowde voyce: Lorde, laye not this sinne to their charge. And when he had thus spoken, he fell on sleepe.’

ALthough the worde of GOD be both fruitefull and wholsome, yet it bringeth forth fruite, but in them only which heare the same, with mindes rightly framed and disposed. But it so little profiteth the wicked, that they thereby are rather fretted and made the woorse. For where their myndes froath and boyle like vnto the sea, the more they are pressed and vrged therwith, the more they vse to raue. Ex­amples we haue hereof euerywhere, among which, this one that is set forth in this Counsell, gathered togither against Steuen, is verye notable. For where Steuen had declared his innocencye by moste weightie reasons and proofes, and had with woorthy wordes reprehended their canckred and olde maliciousnesse: so little are they mooued wyth any remorse of conscience, to amende their lyfe that they rather conceyue in their heartes, and vtter an vntreatable rage and furye, (a most filthy faulte in a Iudge) not onely by alteration of countenaunce, but also by a doggish ma­ner of gnashing vpon him with their teeth. And yet might this, after a sorte, haue bene suffered, if they had helde their handes. But as though they had not hitherto bewrayed their madnesse ynough, they ioyne herevnto the vn­worthy death and punishment of a most innocent man: which thinge Luke very diligently describeth, bicause it teacheth vs many things, touching the deathe of Martyrs, and diuers other thinges are therein comprehended, which make both for our comfort and instruction.

God comfor­teth Steuen, being ready to be put to death.He beginneth with the thinges that God shewed by his Martyr wrapped in so many woes and daungers. For when he perceyued himselfe set in the middle of a sorte of Wolues, and no hope of any mans helpe appearyng, he began with eyes lift vp into heauen, to seeke the helpe of God. Which thing God long denied him not, but sheweth him a vision, wherwith both himself is comforted, and his enimies made afeard. By which thing we are taught that God forsaketh not those that be his, when they be in daunger. For hee [Page 353] seeth them, and heareth them, as the scripture euerywhere teacheth. And for bicause he is a father, he is touched with their miseries, he hath pitie on them being in distresse, and sheweth himselfe to be a most faythfull reuen­ger. And although he alwayes deliuereth vs not from present daungers, yet he comforteth our myndes in suche wyse, that we are able to beare and suffer them. Let vs therefore learne to haue no respect of mannes helpe, which is most vayne, but to lift our eyes vp into heauen, and then shall we not be deceyued of our hope. For this is the saying of all the godlye whiche Dauid vttereth: I haue lifte vp myne eyes vnto the hilles, from whence com­meth my helpe. My helpe commeth from the Lorde, Psal. 121. which hath made heauen and earth. And the Prophete pronounceth him happye whose hope and trust is in the Lorde, and accurseth him, which trusteth in man, Iere. 17. and maketh flesh his strength.

It shall be profitable for vs to consider, The maner and order how God comforteth. Iohn. 14. the maner and order howe God comforteth Steuen. In this point the holy ghost hath the first place, where­with Luke sayth Steuen, was replenished. Here the Lord perfourmed that he promised, where he sayth: he would not leaue vs comfortlesse, but sende vs the holy ghost to comfort vs. Him we haue very much neede of, by reason of the infirmitie of the fleshe, & him we desire of God as Christ commaundeth, saying: Let thy kingdome come. With this spirit the faythfull being embol­dened, do easily contempne the assaults of the world. For of him is this say­ing of Iohn to be vnderstanded: Greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the worlde. 1. Iohn. 4. But bicause there appeared on euery side suche thynges as might feare, the most valiaunt Martyr, it pleased God also to sende hym outwarde comfort. He sheweth hym therefore a vision, conteyning all the meane of saluation. For he seeth the heauens opened, which thing we reade also was done in the baptisme of Christ. Christ also appeared in his glorye, standing on the right hande of the father. Which thinges forasmuch as they are reported by the name of a vision, and where also it was said before, that he lifted vp his eyes into heauen, I thinke they appeared to him in deede vi­sibly, and were not offered only to the contemplation of his mynde. And we neede not here to dispute much of naturall sight, forasmuch as these thinges appeared to Steuen onely, to whose eyes it was a most easie thyng for God, to giue so straunge and farre pearcing a sighte. And it was needefull, that this first Martyr, should see such thinges, that we might vnderstand, what all others had to hope of. For they signifie vnto vs, that now through the merite of Christ, the heauens be open to vs, and that we haue in them, as Christ promised, a place prepared for vs. Furthermore, they declare that Christ raigneth in heauen, and doth not like an ydle and sluggish body, neg­lect his peoples quarell, but standeth in a readinesse to preserue and deliuer them, as a trustie and faythfull Shepeheard, which suffereth not his sheepe to be taken out of his handes. Ioh. 10. And herevnto me thinketh are the prayers of the Saintes to be referred, wherein they desire, that God woulde arise vp, and saue them. And although Steuen onely had the grace, to see these things, Psa. 3.35.44 yet GOD mooued him by his spirite to shewe the wicked Iudges of them. Which thing he did very boldly. For therby they might vnderstande, that all their enterprises against Christ were vayne, forasmuch as he nowe trium­phantly raigned in heauen, whome a little before they had put to the most shamefull death of the Crosse. We must learne a generall lesson hereof, to [Page 354] knowe that Christes power and force is inuincible, althoughe the wycked world storme and striue against him neuer so much. For Dauid long sithens foretolde, Psal. 110. that this woulde be his propertie, to beare rule euen in the middest of his enimies.

2. The fury of Steuens ene­mes is incu­rable.But nowe what did Steuens enimies among all these things? Did the declaring of these matters any thing mitigate their raging and moody min­des? No truly. For first with furious showting they make a noyse and out­crie agaynst the holy man, and stoppe their eares, so that they woulde not, no not agaynst their willes, heare the worde of God. This is the propertie of all the wicked, that they refuse nothing so much as the word of God, and can neyther heare nor suffer the same, bicause nothing is more contrarye to their desires and purpose. Wherefore Dauid likeneth them to Adders, which stoppe their eares, Psal. 58. bicause they woulde not heare the wordes of the Charmer: But this wickednesse deserueth, that they shall crye another time, and not be hearde, as the Prophete sayth. Mich. 3. And at length, they shall heare that last and horrible sentence of Christ their Iudge, which shall sende them with Satan their king, into the paynes of eternall fyre. And yet not contented with noyse and crying out to trouble Steuen, preaching of the glorye of Christ, they turne them to open violence. For with one consent they runne vpon him, thrust him out of the Citie, and stone him. Where it appeareth with what argumentes the wicked vse to dispute agaynst the truth, verily with seditious showting and clamor, with vniust force, wyth stones, swordes, firebrandes, and whatsoeuer other instrumentes of the power of darckenesse. With these we reade the Prophetes were in tymes past assaulted. With such they disputed agaynst Christ. And the hystorie fol­lowing will shewe howe they vsed the same agaynst the Apostles. But bi­cause Christ hath many times giuen vs warning of these thinges, we must not be offended at the same. Let vs therefore be so prepared, that they light not vpon vs vnawares, and vnlooked for.

The wic­ked obserue a shew of equi­tie. Leuit. 24. Deut. 13.17.It is worthy of great obseruation and heede, that whyle they rage most in violence and wrong, yet they seeme to obserue a kinde of lawe and equi­tie. For bicause they had accused him of blasphemie agaynst God, and false doctrine, therefore they gyue him the punishment appoynted of God for blasphemers and seducers. And the witnesses (as is prescribed in the law) threwe the first stones at him, which to doe with the more ease, they put of their apparel, and deliuer it vnto Saule to keepe, who after he was conuer­ted vnto Christ, was called Paule. Therefore here wanteth nothing, belon­ging to the forme of lawe. And Steuen myght seeme iustly to haue suffered, and according to the lawe. But that is not alwayes lawfully done, which hath a shewe of lawe, and we must deepely wey the causes of punishments or else we shall grieuouslye erre in our iudgement. In the meane season marke howe God sometime suffreth the wicked, with whose rage he will haue his people exercised, to fyll vp the measure of their wickednesse. And by example of the witnesses we are taught howe farre impietie proceedeth, if it be not stopped at the beginning. They sinned in bearing of false wyt­nesse, being neyther ignoraunt of the lawe of God, neyther of the punish­ment appoynted for false wytnesses. And they are not afrayde that Salo­mon sayth, Prouerb. 6. the Lorde hateth and vtterly abhorreth a false witnesse. They are not yet contented to haue committed so horrible a fault: but they go further, [Page 355] and embrue their handes with innocent bloude, where also they were not ignorant of that that is written in the lawe touching murtherers. Num. 35. So true it is that Salomon sayth: when the wicked are once ouer their shooes, Prou. 18. there is no hoe with them. Let vs therefore feare the entycing beginnings of sinne, least whyle they instill into vs an hatred to the worde of God, we sticking fast in the toughe myer thereof, be at length wholye swallowed vp of the great gulfe of vngodlynesse. The things sayde of Saule, who, as it is writ­ten, consented to the death of the holye man, and receyued great pleasure therein, make a waye and preparation to the hystorie following, and for the setting forth of the glory of God. But of these things, more shall be sayde in their place.

It remayneth that we declare howe Steuen behaued himselfe, What Ste­uen doth be­ing at y e point of death. when he was put to this cruell death, where three thinges are tolde of him. First he called vpon the Lorde, which thing we beleeue he continually vsed to doe. And it is expressed, that he prayed in three wordes: Lorde Iesu re­ceyue my spirite. These wordes haue in them the confession of a true fayth, and an argument and token of a great and strong beliefe. For being on e­uery side beset with the terrors of death, yet he acknowledgeth and confes­seth that Christ is his Sauiour, folowing the example of the theefe crucified with Christ. Further, he beleeueth that the soules dye not in death, but passe to the state of a better life, yea, he knoweth, that euen in death through fayth in Christ, men fynde lyfe. This is a great prayse of fayth, that euen then it is inuincible, and comforteth vs when all other helpes fayle. Also Steuens example teacheth vs to whome to commende our soules, when we be at the poynt of death. Not to Saintes as the superstitious vse, but vnto Christ our Lorde, who as he hath redeemed them with the pryce of his bloude: so by his resurrection he hath ouercome death, and by his as­cention into heauen, hath prepared for vs a place, Iohn. 14. in the which we shall be gathered vnto him. Secondarily, Steuen sheweth a token of charitie, which can not be seperated from fayth. For folowing the example and commaun­dement of Christ, he prayeth for his enimies, that God woulde not punishe them for their sinne, as they deserued. This reprooueth the wickednesse of his enimies, which put him to death, as an enimie of the common weale, which witnesseth by his last wysh he made, that no man was more desirous of all mennes welfare, than he. But this is the state of the vngodly in this worlde, the chiefe cause of whose infelicitie, is this, that they neyther can knowe their benefactors, nor beware of the most daungerous enimies of the publike weale. Let vs learne to extende our charitie, euen to the in­gratefull, Math. 5. and with godly prayers commende them to God which moste grieuously offende agaynst vs. And let vs not suffer our selues to be feared with the wickednesse of men, forasmuch as Gods iudgements be vnknown to vs, and God lightly vseth not to reueale vnto euery man, who they be, that are incurable amongest men, as we reade he did sometime vnto Iere­mie. 7.14.15. cap. Let vs also be stirred vppe with the effect of this prayer, which the conuersion of Saule alone prooueth, was not fruitelesse.

Last of all is sayd, that Steuen hauing thus spoken, fell on sleepe, Steuen fal­leth on slep [...]. whom yet his enimies hoped now with his doctrine, to haue now bene cleane dis­patched out of the way. The scripture oftentimes vseth this word slepe, spea­king of the death of the godly. For so is the condicion & propertie of death set [Page 356] forth. Death is the resolution or dissolution of man, consisting of soule and body. In this death the soule neyther dyeth nor sleepeth, but passeth into lyfe euerlasting, as Christ sayth, Iohn. 5. Wherevpon death hath aptly bene called, a passing into heauen. The body is sayde to sleepe, bicause it is layde in the earth, as it were to sleepe, out of the which in the latter daye, it shall be raysed vp by Christ, that it may also enioye the blysse of heauenly lyfe. There are euerywhere testimonies of Scripture concerning these things, and occasion shall serue oftentimes to intreate of the same. Wherefore we nowe meane to be briefe. Let vs set Steuen before vs to imitate, that when we shall depart this lyfe, our soules being gone before, to the dwellings of the blessed and happy, we being at the last gloriously raysed vp also in body, may attayne to the inheritance of the kingdome of heauen, through Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The eyght chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .lvj. Homelie.

‘AT that tyme there was a great persecution agaynst the congregation which was at Hierusalem, and they were all scattered abrode throughout the regions of Iurie and Samarie, except the Apostles. But deuout men dres­sed Steuen, and made great lamentation ouer him. As for Saule, he made ha­uocke of the Congregation, and entred into euery house, and drew out both menne and women, and thrust them into prison. Therefore they that were scattered abrode, went euery where preaching the worde of God.’

THe holy ghost would haue the vnworthye death of the blessed Martyr Steuen with great diligence described by Luke, not so muche for Steuens sake, that his name according to the Oracle of Dauid, might be had in perpetuall re­membrance, but for our sakes, for whose instruction and comfort the hystorie doth greatly serue. For we are taught by the example of the most holy man, and first Martyr, how we also ought to suffer all maner of extremitie for Christes sake and the truths, and not to shunne death, [Page 357] be it neuer so cruell, forasmuch as we haue Christ to be our reuenger, who hath layde vp for vs, a moste excellent rewarde in heauen. Agayne, it is moste comfortable, that we see the kingdome of Christ is not ouerwhelmed with the slaughters and tyrannie of the wicked, but rather dylated and en­larged. For as this thing hath oftentymes otherwheres bene declared, so at this tyme the hystorie following abundantly sheweth it came to passe, what tyme as Steuen receyued the garlande of martyrdome: to the decla­ration whereof Luke in this present place prepareth him, premising three things, whereby that that we now haue sayd is prooued, euery one of which three things we will intreate of in order.

First, it is sayde that an vniuersall and cruell persecution, An vniuer­sall persecu­tion of the Church. was raysed in Ierusalem agaynst the Church. We haue seene diuers things before at­tempted by the Priestes, but the Apostles were chiefely then thrust at, and the enimies repressed with feare of the people, were the more calme. But nowe perceyuing all thinges succeede agaynst Steuen as they woulde haue them, and that there aryseth no tumult or businesse in the people, lyke bea­stes, hauing once tasted bloude, they waxe the more thirstie therefore, yea, more cruell and bolde, and set vpon the whole body of the congregation, to ouerthrowe it. Wherein they so rage and take on, that within a short whyle the whole Congregation is scattered throughout Iurie and Samaria, which hither vnto dwelt togither in Ierusalem. It shalbe for our profite diligently to behold this viewe of the primitiue Church. For in this Church we see all thinges are verye well ordred after the rule of Christ. And the Apostles had oftentimes notable victorie, when they were apprehended and caused to pleade their cause before Counselles. Wherevpon any body would haue hoped that great rest and peace shoulde haue ensued. But (beholde) horri­ble tumultes aryse vppon the sodeyne, and the enimies emboldened wyth the death of Steuen alone, cruelly make warre, and set on the whole Con­gregation. What shall we therfore in these dayes hope for, whose sloth and manifolde defectes, deserue a more seuere correction? For if God haue suf­fered these thinges to come to passe in the greene tree, what shall he doe in the drie? This place also reprooueth their preposterous iudgements, which vse to pronounce of fayth and the doctrine of fayth, according to the successe of thinges falling out in the worlde. For if we shall beleeue these men, then must we confesse that the Priestes quarrell was good and right, and that the primitiue Church was vtterly deceyued. But we must search deeper for the causes of Gods iudgements, and then we shall perceyue that it is for our saluation, that we be exercised and invred with the furiousnesse of the wicked, who in the meane season fill vp the measure of iniquitie, and at length receyue worthy punishment for their tyrannie at Christes handes, who is the defender of his Church.

But here is chiefely to be considered, The Apo­stles remaine at Ierusalem how the Apostles remayne in the citie, after all the residue were fled. Yet we reade that before this, they were chiefly molested and troubled. Wherfore it must needes be, that they were woonderfully preserued by y e help of God, in this boysterous tempest of per­secution. For God would haue his gospell long preached in this bloudy citie of Ierusalem, to the intent that both his mercy and iustice might the more easily appeere. His mercy and goodnesse, in that hee suffred the doctrine of grace and saluation, so long to bee preached to them, that were embrued [Page 358] with the bloude of his sonne. His iustice, in that he subuerted by horrible de­struction, those that were incurable, and woulde not repent. In the meane whyle we haue two thinges to consider. First, that there are certaine limits & bounds appointed for the wicked persecutors of the congregation, which they cannot go beyond. For he that hath set a border about the sea, within the which that great heape of waters is conteyned, & he that bindeth Satan by his lawes: the same bridleth the wicked, that they cannot do as they would, nor vse crueltie agaynst whom they would. Herein receyue we great conso­lation of mynde, when we consider that the lawes of Gods prouidence, can not be broken with the rage of the wicked. Agayne, the Apostles gyue vs an example of faythfull Superindents of the word and of the Congregati­on. For although they knewe that Christ sayde: when they persecute you in one Citie, flie vnto another ▪ yet bicause they were bounde by a certayne vo­cation, and perceyued that the remnant of the Church was lyke to fall a­waye, if they also shoulde leaue the Citie, they had rather to hazarde their lyfe, than by vnhonest flying to forsake the congregation. And surely, Mi­nisters haue neede in this case, diligently to beware. For as all are not rashly to be condemned, which by flying prouyde for themselues: so must we not thinke it lawfull for euery man, at all times, and in all places. But if it be in such a case, that the Minister alone is sought for of the enimye, or else he be forsaken of them which hytherto woulde haue the name of a con­gregation, or if no ruine or detryment ensue vnto the Congregation, by his departing: then is there no cause, why he may not reserue himselfe for a more commodious season. But they that forsake the publyke cause of the Congregation, and go from them that holde fast the confession of fayth: these in deede be Apostatas and hyrelinges, Iohn. 10. who Christ sayeth, vse to flie, when they see the woolfe come. Woulde to God they had well considered these things, which in these dayes to hastily forsooke their Churches, whom it behooued rather to haue folowed the ensample of Ambrose, Se the Tripartite hystory the .ix. booke, and xx. Chap. See a lyke storye of godlye courage in Am­brose agayn [...]t Theodosius the Emperor, whom Ambrose had excommunicated for a great slaughter committed at Thessalonica, and would haue comen into the Church at Mi­lane, but was withstanded of Ambrose in the same booke the xxx. Chap. which denied to deliuer his Churches vnto the Arrianes, although the Emperour com­maunded it. See the Epistle to Marcella his sister, which in number is the thirtie and three.

What the faythfull dyd towarde Ste­uen. Luke going on in his history begunne, sheweth what the faythfull which remayned in the Citie, did vnto Steuen being thus stoned. First, he sayeth they dressed him, that is, they buried him. This is a most auncient vsage, a­greable to that firste sentence pronounced of God, where he sayeth, that we came of the earth, and shall returne to the earth agayne, and conteyneth the mistery of the resurrection, in that bodies are committed to the ground, as seedes vnto the earth, which afterward shall be raysed vp with more glory. Howbeit, it is like, the holy men had an other consideration. For while they decently bury him that was condemned by the sentence of the counsell, they manifestly reproue the vnrighteousnesse of their aduersaries, & giue an eui­dent testimony of y e fayth which Steuen had preached. Furthermore, they de­clare how they reuerenced him, whō they saw was so singular an instrumēt of Christ. And they are not like vnto those which now adays vse to let slip the raynes of an impotent & vnbridled tonge, against the ministers of the word, by whose free speach and doctrine, they see their enimies are incensed, and so seeke after the bloud of the faithfull ministers of Christ, & deride their cōstan­cy & boldnesse, whom they ought to reuerence & honor. In the meane time, [Page 359] we learne by this example what we owe to the bodies of the deade, that is to say, honest and comely buriall: forasmuch as Paule sayeth, our bodies be the Temples of the holy ghost. We must in our buryinges vse no pryde or superstition, wherin diuers faultes are now adayes committed. For there are some, which puffed vp with vanitie, doe so forgette their mortall estate, that they will after death also be prowde, while they fasten the armes & cog­nizances of vayne glory about their Tumbs. There are other again which labour by Diriges and sacrifices, to do away the sinnes of the dead, or else, after a peculiar sorte of ceremonie, vse to canonize them, and make them saintes: wherof the one is peeuish, and without example, the other deroga­tory and repugnaunt vnto Christes merite and doctrine, which teacheth vs that those that beleeue, passe from death vnto lyfe, Iohn. 9. and haue neede of no new expiacions. Moreouer, they make great lamentation ouer Steuen. And that is not against the rule of Paule, 1. Thes. 4. whiche forbiddeth vs we shoulde not mourne as the heathen do. For they lament not, as vncertaine & doubtfull of Steuens estate, but for that they see the wicked to haue such power, and the church depriued of so excellent a Minister, which might yet haue done very much good, in setting forth the kingdome of Christ. Neither are they to be blamed, which cannot by and by forget their friendes, like men voyde of all humanitie and common sense, but are enforced to weepe, forasmuch as God hath not made vs blockes, and the scripture euery where condemneth those that be destitute of naturall affections. On this sort we reade Abraham be­wayled Sara his wife, Ioseph with his brethren, Iacob their father: the peo­ple of Israell, Aaron, Moses, and Samuel, wyth godly dutie. Yea, Christe when he sawe the two sisters mourne, wepte, for his belooued Lazarus. Ioh. 11. In deede, a meane must be kept, lest we may be thought either to enuy the dead their heauenly felicitie, or else to stande in doubte, or not firmely to beleeue the inheritaunce of the same.

Last of all, Saule is a singular ex­ample of ty­ranny. Luke setteth vs out a singuler example of tiranny that Saule vsed against the church: wherin first the great crueltie of the tyranne, next the vayne successe of his purpose and intent, is to be considered. Of this Saule, it was sayd before, that he consented to the death of Steuen, and kept their clothes that stoned him, wherby is signified that he was guiltie of in­nocent bloude. But now he can not be satisfied with the tirannye of an vni­uersall persecution, but deuiseth a peculier way, and goeth about vtterly to pull vp the church as it were by the rootes. And he setteth not on them a­lone, which openly professed the faith, but bursteth into priuate houses, and draweth out, not onelye men, but women also, whome the infirmitie and weakenesse of sexe defended, and putteth them in prison, in so muche, that certaine writers thinke not vnwittily the Oracle of a Woolfe, that shoulde come out of the tribe of Beniamin, ought to be applied vnto this Saule. Gen. 49. For he was in deede a rauenyng Woolfe, which yet at length when he was con­uerted, distributed the wholesome spoyles of Euangelicall preachyng, al­most ouer the whole world. And the thinges which Luke here reporteth of him, he himselfe oftentimes confesseth, yea, he lamenteth hym of the same verye often. See Actes. 26. 1. Cor. 15. Galath. 1. The vse of them all is, that we shoulde acknowledge the goodnesse of God whiche did vouchsafe to take into his fauour so great an enimy. For as he himselfe interpreteth the matter: On hym, would Iesus Christ shewe all long pacience, 1. Tim. 1. to declare an ex­ample [Page 360] vnto them, which should beleeue on him, vnto eternall lyfe. But what preuayled Saules great enterprise? Coulde he make hauocke of the church? Nothing lesse. Yea, he was the cause, that they beyng scattered hither and thither, spred the word of saluation & kingdome of Christ the further. Thus God knewe how to set forth the glorye of his sonne, euen by those wayes, which seemed most to hinder it. Whervnto also is to be referred, how the e­uill spirites, in the gospell euen against their will, brought before Christe, and threw to the ground those whom they thought they had all power ouer. Therefore their feare is foolishe, which suffer themselues to be discouraged with the attemptes of tyrannes. In the meane while we are aduertised of our dutie, that we be not ouercome with persecutions, nor forsake not our dutie by and by. Which thyng diuers doe in these dayes, who hauing bene once or twise in daunger, make holyday for euer after, as though they had fully discharged their dutie toward Christ already. But they of whom Luke here speaketh do better, which being driuen out of Ierusalem, are by their banishment made the bolder, and preach Christ euerywhere, being mynd­full of that sentence, which sayth, they shall be saued, not which begin well, but which continue vnto the ende. Math. 24. Let vs therfore follow their zeale, that after we haue faithfully finished this race of life, we may attaine to the gar­land of the heauenly reward, through Iesus Christ: to whom be all praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lvij. Homelie.

‘THEN came Phillip into a Citie of Samarie, and preached Christ vnto them. And the people gaue heede vnto those thinges which Phillippe spake, with one accord, hearing and seyng the myracles which he did. For vncleane spirites crying with lowde voyce, came oute of many that were possessed of them. And manye taken with palseyes, and many that halted, were healed. And there was great ioye in that Citie. But there was a certaine man called Simon, which before tyme in the same Citie vsed witchcraft, and bewitched the people of Samarie, saying that he was a man that coulde doe great things, whome they regarded from the least, to the greatest, saying: this man is the power of God, which is called great. And hym they set much by, bicause that of long tyme, he had bewitched them with sorceries.’

ALthough the Kingdome of Christ and the church is alway assaulted and set on, by the wic­ked, yet can it not be ouercome, bicause the truth of Gods Oracles and promises is infallible, who hath appointed to Christ his sonne, an euerlasting kyng­dome. This haue we seene hitherto prooued and de­clared, by many examples. For oftentymes did they striue stoutely, both in the Senate and in the Coun­sell against the Apostles, but the truth had alwaye the victory. At length Steuen was stoned, and the enimies being made the more fierce therby, shew their vttermost power, amongst whome the rage of Saule chiefly appeareth. But so little is Christes kingdome amongst these rages brought vnder, that rather where it seemed heretofore to be hedged [Page 361] in, within the narrow walles of Ierusalem, it stretcheth it self now through all Iury and Samarie. And hereof Luke taketh occasion to shew, with what successe, the gospell beganne to be preached out of Iurye. And first he trea­teth of the cōuersion of Samaria, which we reade was foretold of by the pro­phetes: in the historye whereof we haue the longer to stande, for that the thinges which are most diligently proponed in it, serue greatly both for our comfort, and instruction.

First, he sheweth whose ministery God vsed in conuerting of Samaria. Philip the Apostle of Samaria. It was Philips, not the Apostle, but he which before was numbred amonge the Deacons, as the auncient writers of the Church with one consent de­clare, chiefly Epiphanius writing of Simon and the Simoniakes. For although it was the Deacons office to take the charge of the Church goodes, and of the poore: yet they were also permitted to preache the Gospell, when neces­sitie so required, as hitherto we haue seene, by the example of Steuen. And maye be, there was not so great neede of Deacons at Ierusalem, by rea­son the congregation was so scattred in the tyme of persecution, and there­fore they gaue themselues wholy to the ministerye of the worde, where be­fore they were distributers of the goodes ecclesiastical. And Paule afterward bade, that the Deacons by their well ministring, 1. Tim. 3. should get themselues a degree to a greater office and function. Nowe it is reported, that Philip did two things at Samaria. First he preached Christ to them. And that that Luke toucheth briefly in this place, he afterwarde declareth more at large, where he saith, he preached the mysteries of the kingdome of God, and of the name of Iesus Christ. In this place, he maketh mention but of Christ onely, bi­cause vnder his name, he comprehendeth the whole Gospell. And Christe hath appoynted the Gospell, to consist of two partes, that is to saye, repen­taunce, and remission of sinnes. Both which Iesus Christ giueth, Actes. 5. as Peter before hath manifestly taught. For he alone giueth the spirite of regenera­tion, and succoureth our corrupt nature. He alone also forgiueth sinnes, and hath purged them with the price of his bloud. Therefore he that prea­cheth Christ, the same of necessitie, must preache repentaunce and forgiue­nesse of sinnes. And this is a sure note whereby the true preachers may be knowne from the false. For whosoeuer teache that Iesus Christ is come in the fleshe, and hath performed the things needefull for the amendement and saluation of mankynde, 1. Iohn. 4. they are to bee taken for the true Ministers of Christ. But whosoeuer sheweth that these thinges be other where to be had than in Christ, and inuenteth newe meanes of attayning to saluation, he is to be called a false teacher, though he were an Aungell from heauen. Galat. 1. Ther­fore Paule plainly testifyeth, that he knoweth but Iesus Christ only, 1. Cor. 2. Galat. 6. and re­ioyceth but in his crosse onely. Unto this preachyng were ioyned myracles which Philip wrought, according as Christ had promised. For he draue out vncleane spirites from men, and healed folke sicke of the palsey, Myracles wer wrought by Philip. whose dis­eases were incurable. And this working of Christes spirit, was not super­fluous. For although by the worde all those thinges are offered vs, which serue to our saluation, yet it is needefull, that our myndes drowned in a certaine naturall slumber be awaked by outwarde signes, and prepared to receyue the worde. Furthermore, where as diuers things fall out other­while, wherby our fayth is tryed and tempted, it is very profitable, to haue it propped vp, with these outwarde signes. In the meane season we reade [Page 362] that such signes were wrought by the Apostles, as for the most part, admo­nish vs of the benefites of Christ. For he vanquished the force of the Deuil, ouerthrew his kingdome, and valiauntly deliuered vs from his tirannye. He hath restored to vs againe, the strength of our corrupted nature, that we which were able to do no good thing of our selfe, 2. Cor. 3. Phil. 4. be able through him to doe all thinges. And he himselfe in the Gospell sayeth, that without him we can do nothing. Iohn. 15. But it is very worthy the consideration, where it is sayd the e­uill spirites went out of them crying. It is playne that they did the lyke o­therwheres also. For in Christes presence they complaine that they are dri­uen out before their tyme, and leaue them miserablye torne, out of whome they depart, against their willes. These things set before our eyes, the pro­pertie and disposition of Satan, who is altogither giuen to destroy men. For as from the beginning he was a murtherer: Iohn. 8. 1. Peter. 5. so he alwayes runneth vp and downe like a roaryng Lion, and seeketh whome he may deuoure. For the which cause, he vnwillingly departeth out of them, whose myndes he hath possessed. Math. 12. Yea being ones cast forthe, he studieth and laboureth to gette into his olde possession agayne, as Christ teacheth. These thinges as they stirre vp in vs an ardent desire to take heede that we be not circumuented, by the craft of so hurtfull an enimy, and lose our saluation: so they declare vnto vs the power of Christ, which by his spirit and worde is able so easily to expell the Deuill, though he struggle and striue neuer so much against it.

The Sa­maritanes embrace the Gospell.Nowe let vs see howe the Samaritanes receyued Iesus Christ, whome Philip preached: And the people gaue heede (sayth Luke) vnto those thinges, which Philip spake with one accorde, hearing and seeing the myracles which he did. And a little after, There was great ioye in that Citie. In these wordes the Euangelist comprehendeth two speciall thinges. First, he teacheth that they receyued Christ, & how they came to the knowledge of him. Then he sheweth the fruite of this earnestnesse and beliefe. To the first this belon­geth, where he sayth they hearde Philips sermons, they saw his myracles, and gaue their mindes and studies to all the thinges he sayde and did. Of this studie and earnestnesse sprange fayth, which (as we shall afterwarde heare) they sealed with baptisme. The order of astayning to saluation. We haue herein to consider the order of saluation. For although we acknowledge God only to be the author hereof, which worketh in men according to his pleasure: yet for the moste part he vseth to bring men orderly, and by a certaine rule, to their saluation. In this order, first is hearing of the worde. For where God offereth vs salua­tion by the worde, Psal. 107. and (as Dauid sayth) sendeth his worde and healeth vs, we must not neglect the same, if we will be saued. But bicause hearing alone is not ynough (for wicked men and spirites doe many times heare) it behoo­ueth that our mindes also be mooued and stirred. This thing is brought to passe partly by outwarde thinges, as we see here by signes, and partly by the inwarde working of the holy spirite, which working if we feele not, it shall nothing profite vs, to heare the outward preaching or reading of the worde, 1. Cor. 3. as Paule diligently and plainely teacheth. Howbeit, when God re­uealeth his worde to vs, and pricketh our mindes by the inwarde suggesti­on of his holy spirite, he requireth earnest attention, and taking heede, least we let the infernall birdes eate vp the seedes out of our minde, or suffer the same to be choked with thornes, Luke. 8. Math. 13 or to be troden vnder of naughtie affecti­ons, which thing Christ hath faithfully warned vs of. Whosoeuer there­fore [Page 363] after this sort proceede in the businesse of saluation, as we reade the Samaritanes here did, they shall quickely receyue great profite thereby. And if we compare these things with our doings, we shall perceyue what answere to make them, who marueyle, how it commeth to passe that so few profit by the preaching of the word. For who is it almost, that stumbleth not (as they say) at the thressholde, or in the beginning? We see fewe hearers of the worde at the Church, and they thinke they haue sufficiently done their dutie, if they heare the Sermon vppon Sundaye onely. And fewe there are that heare the same attentiuely, and with desire to learne. But fewest of all muse or meditate diligently, of that they haue hearde. In the meane season, the naughtie affections of the fleshe, beare rule euery where, cary­ing vs headlong vnto the blinde desires of the worlde. Therefore how can it herein otherwyse come to passe, than as in a fielde ouergrowne with thornes, and full of stones, except it be diligently [...]ylled. Let vs cast of this noysome sloth of mynde, and followe the Samaritanes, and then shall that fruite shortly ensue, that Luke sayth they receyued.

For he sayeth: There was great ioye in that Citie. The fruite of the Gospell, and of fayth. This is the fruite of fayth that vseth to spring of the feeling we haue of Gods reconcilement with vs. For as the countenaunce of God being angry with vs, doth vexe and trouble our mindes, being feared with the conscience of our sinfulnesse: so the doctrine of the Gospell, which teacheth that God is reconcyled to vs, in Iesus Christ his sonne, doth marueylously cheere and recreate our spirites. Therefore the Aungels when they tolde the shepeheardes how Christ was borne, sayde that they brought them great ioye. Luc. 2. And that olde father Sime­on, filled with the feeling of this ioye, desired to haue leaue to depart, and to be deliuered from the prison of his body. Paule also byddeth the Christians alwayes to reioyce, bicause this ioye cannot be taken away by any aduersi­tie, forasmuch as the godly vse to reioyce in afflictions, as we sawe before in the Apostles, which reioyced in that they were thought worthy for Christes sake to be scourged. Therefore they are wicked, and most vnkynde men, that saye the Gospell is the cause of aduersitie and publike calamitie. Wher­as it is euident, God sendeth such things bicause of mennes sinnes and dis­obedience. But they are lyke vnto those which obiected the same vnto Iere­mie, saying that from the time he beganne to preache, Ierem. 4.4. they felt all kyndes of distresse and miserie.

Furthermore, to returne vnto Luke, Simon Ma­gus hindreth the course of the Gospell. there fell out a great hindraunce vnto Christes kingdome, thus luckily succeeding among the Samaritanes. For Simon the sorcerer, which long time had borne a swinge in that city, had bewitched the miserable people with his magicall Artes. God would haue Philip & his Apostles coped with this Merchant, to thintent partly, that we might knowe, how there will be alway hypocrites in the Church, at whose leuitie and falshoode no man shoulde be offended, and partly, that all men might knowe by an euident and infallible argument, that the Apostles wrought their myracles by no magicall sleyghtes, but by the power of God, seeing that so famous a Magitian ouercome of them, acknowledged in them, a greater power than his was, which power he thought he might with money haue purchased. In lyke sort, woulde God haue the Magiti­ans of Egypt ioyne agaynst Moses. Here it shall be profitable for vs dili­gently to consider euery person.

[Page 364]And first Philip sheweth vs a singuler example of valiaunt fayth. For this Simon was no small hinderance vnto syncere doctrine, Philip an example of christian va­liantnesse. bicause the er­rour of the Samaritanes was confirmed both with antiquitie and super­stition. For they did not onely thinke, that Simon was indued with heauen­ly power, but also they beleeued he was the very selfe power of God. But Philip is feared neither with the iuglings of his Magicall enchauntments, nor with the rooted error of the foolishe people: but rather hath a respect to Christes comaundement, who bade the Gospell shoulde also be preached in Samaria. Let them followe such a minde as this, whosoeuer haue any office committed vnto them, whether they be publike or priuate persons. For they must not be afrayde of Bugbeares, which professe Christ, whose po­wer by so many arguments is prooued to be so great. Let vs consider that he is stronger and greater that is in vs, 1. Iohn. 4. than he which rageth in the world.

This Simon is a notable ensample of a deceyuer, whome a man might fitly compare with Baalam the false Prophet. Simon Magus an example of a seducer. It is sayde, that of long time he had bewitched the people of Samaria. For being skilfull in Magicall sci­ences, he shewed straunge woonders, and chalenged to himselfe go dly ho­nor, Eusebius in his. 2. booke. and .13. chap. Irenaeus in his first boke and 20. Chap. calling himselfe not onely the great power of God, but also God the father, and the sonne, and Helena his harlot the holy ghost (as Epiphanius, a most diligent searcher out of olde heresies, hath written.) By this exam­ple we are taught, that the Deuill is able to doe much by his Ministers, not of his owne free power, but by the permission of God. For through Gods sufferaunce, the Magitians of Egypt, did handsomely imitate cer­tayne of Moses myracles. And the Witch at Saules request seemed to haue raysed vp Samuelles corpes out of the graue. 1. Sam. 28. Wherewith may worthily be num bred the Oracles vttered long agone at Delphi or Pytheum, although for the most part, they were doubtfull in their signification. Of lyke kynde are those things which we reade of Images, whereof some haue spoken, some haue gone out of their places, and infinit others haue bene notable, by reason of many myracles: to say nothing of those which were manifest in the kingdome of Antichrist, as Christ and his Apostles foretolde. God per­mitteth these thinges by his iust iudgement, partlye bicause of the wicked, which deserue to be deceyued, whereas they will not imbrace the truth, as the examples of Pharao and Saule euidently prooue: partlye for the elects sake, whose faith must this waye be tryed, that they maye learne to cleaue to the simple word of God, and admit nothing contrary to the same, though it seeme neuer so worthy of authoritie. And hereof the Lord himselfe giueth vs warning, where he forbiddeth vs in the law to beleeue false Prophets, although they confirmed their doctrine with myracles. For the Lorde your God (sayeth Moses) tempteth you, to see whether you loue the Lorde your God with all your heart. Deut. 13. &c. Therefore they obiect myracles to vs in vaine, which go about to perswade vs in things, varying from Gods worde. See 2. Thess. 2. Math. 24.

Besides, in Simon is set forth a manifest marke whereby a deceyuer may be knowne. A marke of a seducer or de­ceyuer. For he challengeth to himselfe godly honor, which Satan chief­ly desireth, to thende to spoyle God of his honor, wherein he farre differeth from the good Aungels, which refuse godly honor being offered them, and put it ouer vnto God. See Apocal. 19. and .22. And the faythfull seruaunts of God being well remembred of their naturall corruption, be most free [Page 365] from this sacrilegall desire of godly honor, and giue all the prayse to God, for whatsoeuer they doe well and laudably. Example hereof we haue seene before in Iohn and Peter, and shall hereafter see the lyke in Paule. Actes. 14. Therfore let them be driuen from vs, and clapped out of our company, which dare to take vpon them, any, be it neuer so little a peece of diuine honor. For he can be no faythfull seruant, that will take vnto him his maisters glory.

Last of all, The incon­stancie of the worlde. we haue in the Samaritanes an example of the inconstancy and lightnesse of the Commons, in that they yeelde to this crafty deceyuour, and suffer themselues to be beguiled. This is the propertie of the world, to delite in deceyuers, and to reioyce in deuisers of straunge subtelties. But if there be any hope of neuer so little gayne, yee shall see them, who oughte to depend onely vpon the word of God by and by striken in a great rage. They that in these dayes seeke after Soothsayers, to heare tell of thinges lost, or who hath taken them away, giue vs examples of this madnesse. And there be woorse than these, which thinke diseases may be put awaye by incantati­ons, and certaine conceiued formes of wordes, and with costly superstition hyre such as professe such kynd of witchcraft. But the obedience of the Sama­ritanes being better instructed, deserueth prayse. This it becommeth vs to imitate, and not to giue our studye to curious sciences, which are long since plainely condemned by Gods sentence. See Exod. 22. Leuit. 20. Deut. 18. Mich. 5. God the father hath appointed Iesus Christ to be our teacher and Sauiour. Him it behooueth vs to heare, and to doe his commaundement: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lviij. Homelie.

‘BVT assoone as they gaue credence to Philips preaching of the kingdome of GOD, and of the name of Iesu Christ, they were baptized both men and women. Then Simon himselfe beleeued also. And when he was baptized, he continued with Phillip, and woondered, beholdyng the my racles and signes which were shewed. When the Apostles which were at Ierusalem heard say that Samaria had receyued the worde of God, they sent vnto them Peter and Iohn, which when they were come downe, prayed for them that they might receyue the holy Ghost. For as yet he was come on none of them. But they were baptized only in the name of Christ Iesu. Then layde they their handes on them, and they receyued the holy ghost.’

BIcause the kingdome of our Sauiour Ie­sus Christ was to be extended ouer all the world, it was therfore necessary, that the gospell, by the teaching wher­ofmen are brought vnto Christ, should be preached vnto all Nations: whereof we haue seene how the Apostles receyued a commaundement of the Lorde himself, being ready to ascende vp into heauen. The great persecution which Luke sayth beganne at Ierusalem, gaue an occasion of the putting this matter in execution. For where before the tyme of this persecution, the ser­mons of the Apostles sounded but in Ierusalem onely, the other faithful mi­nisters of Christ beyng thence dispersed, beganne to preach in other places, and had such good successe, that within short space Phillip being come to Sa­maria, [Page 366] wanne vnto Christ by his continuall preachyng the Gospell, the peo­ple of the Citie, which Simon long tyme had bewitched with his Magicall sciences. For they contempning his Magicall conueyaunces, began to giue eare vnto Christ, & to heare him only. And how prosperously they tooke this thing in hand, this present place declareth, which setteth out vnto vs a more full constitution and ordering of that churche, and most diligently sheweth the great going forwarde of those men in fayth and other gifts of the spirite.

The ap­pointing of the Church at Samaria.First it is declared how they grew into one body of a congregation, where he sayth: Assone as they gaue credence to Philips preaching of the kingdome of God, and of the name of Iesu Christ, they were baptized both men and women. Therefore this place is attributed chiefly to the beliefe which they gaue vnto Philips preaching, in such sort, that they thought his doctrine was confirmed with authority inough, by y e myracles which he wrought. We learne therfore that through fayth, congregations do duely grow in one, & are most strong­lye knit with an inwarde bande. For this Fayth only grafteth vs in Christ Iesu, and maketh vs members of one body in him, as Paule in many pla­ces testifieth. Whervpon we euidently gather agayne, that where men want faith, there can be no church of Christ: for such must needes be led with most variable and contrary senses and meanings. We are taught by the exam­ple of the Samaritanes that the worde of God where men teache, must be be­leeued, and that it must not be comptrolled by mans reason, so that it shall nede euery day new authority. For as Paule testifieth that the scriptures are inspired of GOD: Ephes. 4. so the ministerye of the worde instituted of Christ in his church, expressely teacheth the same. Therfore whosoeuer beleeueth the mi­nisters of Christ, bringing Christes voyce and his worde, we may saye hee beleeueth Christ, and not men. For vnto all suche belongeth this saying of Christ: He that heareth you, heareth me. And whosoeuer receyueth hym that I sende, Luc. 10. Iohn. 13. receyueth me. Wherefore Paule iudgeth the Thessalonians for this cause woorthy to be praysed, for that they receyued his doctrine, not as the worde of a man, 1. Thess. 2. but as of an Aungell. And the same prayse the Samaritanes deserue, and as many as haue beleeued the Gospell, according to their en­sample.

Baptisme is an outwarde bande of the Church.Furthermore, to this inwarde communion consisting of Fayth, is ioyned also an outwarde bande of communion or societie. For it is sayd, that all, as well men as women, were baptized in the name of Iesus Christ. For as Christ chose his elect out of the world, Iohn. 15. so will he haue them separated from the world, and consecrated to himselfe onely. To the which ende, he requi­reth of them, a playne confession of their fayth, and furnisheth them wyth sacraments, whereby they be discerned from others. For as the sacraments be no vulgare or common tokens of Christes benefites, and Gods grace: so is there also no small vtilitie in them, in that they separate the people of God from the worlde, and knit them togither with the outwarde bande of Christian communion. Which is the cause that where Peter before woulde haue the beleeuers to be baptized, he by and by teacheth them also, that they should saue themselues from that froward Nation. And Paule by a like ar­gument teacheth that it is not meete, that they that haue bene partakers at the Lordes table, should be also partakers at the sacrifices of Idolles. Here by the way, is the error of them reprooued, which accompt the confession of fayth, among thinges indifferent, and suppose that the faythfull are to bee [Page 367] discerned from the world, by none outwarde signe or marke.

Here also is the dotage of the Anabaptistes to be discussed, Against the Anabaptists. who where they see in this, and such like places, fayth go before Baptisme, would prooue hereby that the baptisme of children is condemned. Howbeit this place ma­keth mention, but such as were of full age, which before were farre of and straungers from the people of God, whome it should haue bene vnlawfull to haue receyued into the communion of the church and sacramentes, with­out a confession of their faythe, least they myght haue seemed to haue caste pearles vnto dogges and hogges. But the matter is of a farre other sorte in infantes, who being borne of Christian parentes, doe manifestly apper­taine to the kingdome of God. For God in the couenaunt, promiseth to be the God of our seede. And Christ sayeth, Gene. 17. Math. 18.19. that the kyngdome of God belon­geth vnto children, and plainely testifieth, that they haue fayth. Yea, Paule affirmeth, that the children borne either of father or mother onely, 1. Cor. 7. that is a christian, are holy.

Now returneth Luke vnto Simon, that we may vnderstand what he did, Simon be­leueth, and is baptized. when he perceyued the people fell from him, and betooke themselues ear­nestly vnto Christ. First, Luke sayth, that he beleeued. This me thinketh is not to be vnderstanded, as though he counterfeyted altogither. For it ap­peareth, hys mynde was touched with some feeling of fayth, in that he ioy­ned himselfe to Phillip, as an inseparable companion, and woondered in be­holding the miracles and singuler giftes of the holy spirite. Howbeit, bicause he denied not himselfe, and endeuoured not to forsake the flesh, which is the true beginning of christendome, his fayth was but temporall and for a sea­son (as Christ calleth it: Marc. 5.) and therefore when the heate of persecution came it coulde not abide. Here appeareth the great power of Iesus Christ, which so easily taketh away the great impediment and hinderaunce, that Simon was to the course of the Gospell, and so subdueth this great Iuggeler, so furnished with the sleightes of Satan, that he which a little before had called himselfe the great power of God, did now adhere and cleaue to Phillip, being a straunger, and one of small accompt or estimation. Herevnto also belon­geth it, that otherwheres Christ driueth out Satan with little or no adoe, so that it euidently appeareth, he is the conqueror of Satan, and most valiaunt reuenger of mankynde. Further, this is a singuler prayse of the Gospell, through whose playne and simple preaching, the subtile and crafty wisdome both of the world and of the Deuil, is so scornefully confounded. After this, 1. Cor. 1. Simon is also baptized, and becommeth a continuall companion of Philip. The chiefe cause whereof may seeme to be, for that hee desired also to haue like power to worke such myracles as the thinges following declare. Here we be taught, that there shall be alway in the church, false bretherne, which shal either craftily counterfeyt the faith, or else hauing it for a certaine space, fall from it agayne. For the Gospell is compared vnto a nette, wherein are drawne vp, as well naughty, as good fishe. Let no man therefore be offen­ded, if he perceyue himself at any tyme deceyued by such: seeing that Christ had Iudas in hys company, and Paule oftentymes complayneth hymselfe of false brethren. Those men are ouer peeuish and vnpacient, which being de­ceyued by one or two, dispise therfore all other without difference, and wyll not vouchsafe to take any other for a true christian and brother. We are fur­ther taught by the example of Simon, that the grace of God is not tyed to [Page 368] the sacramentes: forasmuche as Simon receyued the signe of grace with­out the fruite. And Paule (although he confesse that the olde fathers recey­ued the same sacramentes that we doe) yet sayth, they pleased not God, bi­cause they were voyde of fayth. And it auayled not Iudas, although he sate at the Lordes table, and receyued the breade at Christes owne hande. It is therfore fayth only which grafteth vs into Christ, and maketh vs parta­kers of the giftes of God, which are shadowed and represented to vs by the sacramentes.

The going forwarde in fayth, and in­crease of the holy ghost.Now, forasmuch as we haue seene marueylous effects of the holy spirite flourishing in the Church of Ierusalem: Luke teacheth vs that among the Samaritanes also the holy ghost shewed the like power and efficacy, least any man myght thynke that the Church of the Gentyles, was inferiour to the Iewes church. He sayth these giftes were administred by the Apostles, to the ende that the vnitie of the church might the more strongly fasten among the people, which heretofore were of diuers myndes and at variaunce and discention. For howe great a diuision of mindes was betweene the Iewes and the Samaritanes, appeareth both in the fourth of Iohn, & otherwheres. And the Iewes of a certayne prowde preiudice, vsed to much to despise the people of Samary. Therefore God thought good, to vse the ministery of the Apostles herein, Rom. 10. Galat. 3. Coloss 3. that it might manifestly appeare, there was but one fayth of Christ in all churches, and that all the faythfull were quickened but with one spirite, so that there was no difference of Nation in Christ.

The Apo­stles giue the holy ghost to y e Samaritanes Luke sayth that Peter and Iohn were sent from Ierusalem, who com­ming to Samaria, prayde for them that had professed Christ, that the holye ghost might be giuen vnto them also. The cause of this doyng was, for that the holy Ghost was as yet come vpon none of them, but were only bapti­sed in the name of Christ. Which place is not so to be vnderstanded, as though the faythfull of the Samaritanes were hitherto vtterly voyde of the holy ghost. For where they had fayth which is the gift and effect of the holy ghost, and were through baptisme planted in Christ, they coulde not be vt­terly voyde of those benefites of Christ, which by the holy Ghost are sealed in vs. Which are the washing away of sinnes, regeneration, mortifying of the olde man, & adoption, or taking into the children of god. And the whole scripture testifieth, that these thinges come none otherwise vnto vs, than by the operation of the holy ghost. And these are the common giftes of the holy ghost, without the which no man can truly be called a christian. Wher­fore it is not lyke, that the Samaritanes lacked these. By the name of the spi­rite therefore are vnderstanded in this place, those moste excellent giftes, wherin the primitiue church flourished, and which were giuen to the belee­uers in visible wise, Actes. 1 [...].19 as in the feast of Pentecost we sawe the Apostles were sodenly replete with the holy spirite. These so euident giftes of the holy spi­rite, in the primitiue Church, were needefull to be bestowed as well at Sa­maria as otherwheres, to the ende that Christes kingdome might the far­ther be spred abroade. And although now adayes these giftes for the more part are ceased, yet this commoditie commeth to vs therby, that we knowe the holy Ghost is the President and gouernour of Christes Church as hee promised. Iohn. 14. The industry and modes [...]ye of the Apo­stles.

In this place we haue to consider the industrie of the Apostles. For as soone as they heare tell that Philip laboureth at Samaria, in the businesse of [Page 369] the Lorde, they sende certayne of their company vndesired, to helpe him in his traueyle. And herein appeereth no maner of way any doltishe ambiti­on. For they sende Peter and Iohn, whose labors hytherto were more appa­rant and euident than any others. And they are contented to go being ap­poynted by others, not taking vpon themselues alone, to sende Legates à latere, as they are called. And Philip when they come, A latere, from their side, meaning their [...]tyer friends, and counsaylors. doth not disdaine­fully reiect them, as thrusting their sickles into an other mannes haruest, and depriuing him of some part of his honor and glorie, but courteously gi­ueth them the place in that Church, whose foundation he had first layde. Whereby we are taught that ioyning of mindes, and mutuall helpe is chiefly to be required in the setting foorth of Christes kingdome. But bicause there is no place for these thinges among the ambitious, therefore Christ warneth his disciples so often of humilitie. Wherevnto if they were giuen in these dayes, which haue the rule of Churches, they should surely gouerne the Prouinces committed to them, more commodiously than they doe.

But touching rytes and orders, they vse none other ceremonie, Prayers are ioyned vnto the laying on of handes. than the laying on of handes, which was vsed of Christ, least any man shoulde rashlye arrogate to himselfe power or authoritie to alter or chaunge anye thing. They make their prayers also before, least any one might thinke the holy ghost was bounde to the outwarde ceremonie, but that it was giuen of God, and that all men might perceiue it was obtayned through prayer. And their doyng wanted not a prosperous successe. We knowe that of this place, the Papistes haue brought in their sacrament of Confirmation: but their inuention is so ridiculous, and their temeritie so manifest, that it de­serueth no long confutation. It shall be our partes to followe the vnitie of fayth, according to the example of the Samaritanes, that we also may prospe­rously growe togither in Christ Iesu our heade and Sauiour: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lix. Homelie.

‘WHEN Simon sawe that through laying on of the Apostles handes, the holy ghost was giuen, he offered them money saying: Giue me also this po­wer, that on whome soeuer I put the handes, he may receiue the holy ghost. But Peter sayde vnto him, thy money perishe with thee, bicause thou hast thought that the gift of God may be obteyned with money. Thou hast ney­ther part nor fellowship in this businesse. For thy hart is not right in the sight of God. Repent therefore of this thy wickednesse, and praye God that the thought of thine heart may bee forgiuen thee. For I perceyue that thou art full of bitter gall, and wrapped in iniquitie. Then aunswered Simon and sayd: Praye ye to the Lorde for me that none of these things which you haue spo­ken, fall on me.’

THe Euangelist Luke after the common maner of the scriptures, doth not onely describe the prosperous suc­cesse of the primitiue Church, & the notable examples of the faythfull: but also he sheweth the maners of the false Chri­stians and hypocrytes, and the vices that they brought with them into the church. So before this, he declared the hystory [Page 370] of Ananias, and the grutch and quarrell which begunne in the Church. And in lykewise now he declareth the horrible example of Simon, who did con­taminate the profession of fayth, with sacrilegall ambition and couetous­nesse. The vse of all these things is, that we should vnderstande how there shall alwayes bee hypocrites in the Church, which shall be authors of grie­uous offences, wherwith the faythfull yet must not be so offended, to thinke that all other therfore ought to be condemned, or else forsake the Church, as we haue seene the Anabaptistes in our dayes doe. This place is worthy to be well considered, which first declareth Simons sinne, next, the earnest re­prehension of Peter for the same, and last of all, what Simon thought therof, and howe he tooke it.

Luke comprehendeth Simons fault in fewe wordes, saying: when hee saw how through laying on of the Apostles handes, Simons s [...]nne. the holy ghost was giuen, he offred them money saying: Giue me also this power, that on whom so euer I laye handes, he may receyue the holy ghost. It was declared before howe Simon beleeued, and that woondring at the myracles being so straunge, hee was among others baptized. But he was of their number, which although they will not forsake the desires of the fleshe, yet being touched with some feare of God, will not openly striue against him. And these men after a sort for a whyle, cloke the corruption of their minde, but they cannot alwayes lye hidden. And after this sort doth Simon bewraye himselfe, and sinneth two maner of wayes. For first being puft vp with ambition, he desireth to be lyke vnto the Apostles in dignitie of ministerie, and so arrogateth to him selfe godlye honor, whyle he coueteth to haue such power giuen vnto him, that he might after his owne will giue the holy ghost vnto men. Nowe vn­to ambition, couetousnesse is a companion, wherewith being blinded, hee maketh religion a matter of gayne and lucre, and thinketh he maye make merchandize of the giftes of the holy ghost. For therfore he would buye this power with money, to thintent afterwarde he might make the more gayne of the same. Which was to vnholy a cogitation of God and his giftes, and farthest of from the meaning of Christ, who when he endewed the Apo­stles with these giftes, Math. 10. sayde: freely you haue receyued, giue freely. This example of Simon teacheth vs, that pryde is the cause of all euill, and (as the wiseman sayeth) the beginning of sinne. Eccle. 10. This was the cause that made the Aungels to fall. And Adam pricked forwarde with pryde, became a transgressour of Gods commaundement, whyle he would (forsooth) be lyke vnto God. Moreouer, dayly examples teach vs, that prowde and ambiti­ous men doe nothing right, and that such for the most part, are most per­nicious disturbers of publike weales. But whereas the euill of ambition is euery where a pestilent thing, in the Churh it is most pestilent of all o­ther. For where it once inuadeth the Church, it soweth the seede of dissenti­on among them, by whose concorde and labour, the peace and tranquilitie of the Church ought to be mainteyned. Num. 16. Mat. 18.20. Luke. 22. Examples wherof we haue set forth in Core, Moses enimie, and in the often contentions of the Apostles, the which Christ so many times and so earnestly repressed. But the euill of discention might seeme but a tryfle (although for the most part it be perni­tious in the congregation) if there were not a greater plague ensued, that is to saye, a wicked robbery and mart which ouerturneth all religion, and vseth to plucke mennes myndes wholy from religion. This thing is more [Page 371] euident in Simon, than that it needeth long demonstration. For assoone as he had taken ambition and couetousnesse to counsayle in matters of reli­gion, by and by he discendeth to spirituall merchandise and robberie. But would God one Simon were herewith slaundered, and that we eueriwhere sawe not others which offende more wickedly than he. For after that a cer­tayne earnest zeale and desire of religion, had endowed the Church wyth great abundaunce of riches, and that Byshops beganne to be had in reue­rence and honor: then beganne Simons not very syncere ledde with the spi­rite of ambition and couetousnesse, by vnlawfull meanes to aspire to By­shopricks and cathedre dignities. These afterwarde when they had gotten the supremacie, deuised wayes how they might recouer againe, that which they had spent in purchasing of voyces, and hereof was hatched, that slaun­derous buying and selling of religious matters. These beginninges may we thanke of selling of Sacramentes, of buying of pardons, of hyring of prayers, merites of supererrogation, gaynefull dispensations, buying of buriall places, and whatsoeuer like kinde of inuentions. That a man may marueyle howe the chiefe Byshops of the Church are become so impudent to glory in the succession of Simon Peter, and so manifestly bewraye them­selues to be rather the successors of Simon Magus. These men haue reyg­ned many yeares in the Church, vntill the Lorde with the whippe of hys worde began to driue them out. And yet they repent not, but being taken in their owne mischieuousnesse, rather crye out still, that they are the true and lawfull gouernours of the Church. And yet we accuse not them onely, but also lament that among the professors of the Gospell many times such plagues are to be founde. For we see many come to the Gospell, of none o­ther minde, but for that they woulde be fensed vnder this plausible colour, and so most greedily inuade the Church goodes, and most dishonestly abuse them. And many times they meete with Ministers lyke vnto themselues, who hauing gotten by vnlawfull meanes, to haue the rule ouer Churches, can neyther reprooue nor keepe vnder these raueners. Therefore the spirit of Simon nowe a dayes stretcheth the boundes of his kingdome farre and neere, which seemeth to me to be the greatest plague of the Church, wher­by it commeth to passe, that they which are as faultie as are the Antichri­stians, doe little preuayle by preaching of the Gospell.

But let vs see what Peter sayth, who expostulateth with Simon. Peter ex­postulateth with Simon. This is both a most graue and sharpe expostulation, and consisteth of two poynts. First, he accuseth his fault, and denounceth what punishment it deserueth, and figureth or fashioneth his saying, with an imprecation or kynd of curse, beginning on this wise: Thy money (sayth he) perishe wyth thee: that is to saye: thou and thy cursed money perishe togither. The Apostle beginneth on this sort, not of moodynesse of minde, or of any vnbrydeled affection of anger, but mooued by the holye Ghost, which woulde after this phrase and maner of speache, vtter the heynousnesse of his wickednesse and punishe­ment. Therefore such imprecations as these, must be referred vnto a cer­taine kynde of prophecying, as we see diuers in the Psalmes, and wrytings of the Prophetes. But the grieuousnesse of his punishment, is more am­plified by the sentence next adioyned, where he sayth: Thou hast no part nor fellowship in this businesse. By which wordes he declareth that he is vtter­ly excluded from all participation of spirituall giftes, and excommunicated [Page 372] out of the Church of the Lorde. And least Peter might seeme causelesse to vse any kynde of rage, he addeth the cause of so cruell threates: bycause thou hast thought that the gift of God maye be obtayned with money. Which one thing abundantly declareth that thy hart is not right with God, forasmuch as thou thinkest he is lyke vnto couetous merchaunts and vsurers. Hereof is gathered a generall sentence, whereby we are taught, that no such are allowed before God, as make vauntage and gaine of religion, and vnder the colour of religion, seeke their owne lucre. We are taught also by Peters example with what zeale and feruencie of spirite▪ Ministers ought to re­prooue those which for filthie lucres sake, distayne the glory of God. They must so be handled, that they maye vnderstande howe they haue horriblye sinned, and deserued the grieuous punishment of eternall damnation. For there is no place for modestie and meekenesse to be vsed where the glory of God is openly assaulted, and where the gifts of Gods grace are made sub­iect to the gainefull pleasure of most couetous persons. We reade therfore that Elizaeus vsed the lyke zeale towarde Giezi his naughtie seruant, whom he sodeinly strake with the plague of leprosie, bicause he required of Naa­man the Assirian, 2. Reg. 5. a rewarde for that health that was freelye giuen him of God. And Iesus Christ a most perfite paterne of meekenesse, was so moo­ued with that impious sale of holynesse, that he layde hands on the authors of such wickednesse, Iohn. 2. Math. 21. Mar. 11. and draue them out of the Church with a whippe lyke impudent Dogges. We may therefore iustly complayne of their iniustice in these dayes, that say we offende agaynst the rules of Christian modestie and charitie, when we accuse the Antichrist at Rome, and his Creatures, the Cardinals, Bishops, Monkes, and Priestes, which by reason of their wicked and prophane Fayer or Mart these many yeres, haue caused Chri­stes religion to be mocked and scorned of the Iewes and Turkes, and yet to this daye haue no serious or earnest thought, of any reformation or amendement, notwithstanding they be euery where spoken against. But it is the perpetuall and euerlasting decree of God, appoynted by his Pro­phete, that in his house there shoulde be no dwelling for Chanaanites, that is to saye, Zach. 14. for such kinde of merchaunts.

The riches of the wicked are accursed.Moreouer, it is woorthy to be noted how Peter by a graue sentence con­demneth not onely Simon, but also Simons money. Therfore what thing so euer serueth the wicked against the glory of GOD, is accursed as well as they. So, that money wherwith kyng Balaac would haue hyred Balaam, to haue hindred Gods appointment, towarde his people, is called the rewarde of iniquitie. 2. Pet. 2. And the money for the which Iudas solde Christ, appeareth to haue beene accursed bicause Iudas could neyther long enioy it, neyther ser­ued it the priestes, for any other vse, than to purchase them a perpetuall blot and memorie of their bloudie impietie. What neede we to speake of the goodes and reuenues of Monasteryes, whereof a great part (as appea­reth) was gathered togither by Simonicall sleightes, of such persons as vsed to sell all thinges in Religion. For it is as cleere as the day light, that these goodes are so vnhappie, that commonly, they are a stumbling stone to them, whome the Gospell hath shined vpon, while they are more ear­nestly busied in getting them into their handes, than in setting foorth of Christs glorie. So vnhappie & vnprosperous is this mischieuous simonie. And that that is here sayde of these goodes may iustly be vnderstanded and [Page 373] verified of all goodes vniustly gotten, of the which, this is the propertie, that they procure vnto the owners of them the horrible malediction and cursse of God. For the saying of the Lorde is well knowne. Habac. 2. Wo to him that hourdeth vp the things that be none of his.

In the seconde part of his Oration, Peter exhorteth him to repentance, The ende of reprehensi­ons in the Church. whereby he plainly putteth him in comfort of pardon. For to what ende should one repent or conuert, which should thinke his doing therein vnpro­fitable? Here it appeareth what the ende and marke of all reprehensions in the Congregation ought to be, truely, that men might turne from their sinnes, and be reconciled vnto God, which marke, vnlesse it be obserued, the libertie of rebuke and reprehension shall nothing differ, from euill speaking or rayling. Wherefore, least Simon shoulde suspect Peters wordes hereof, he addeth. Repent of this thy wickednesse, and pray God, that the thought of thine heart may be forgiuen thee. He mencioneth his thought, that the hey­nousnesse of his fault might appeare the more, the cogitation wherof ought to be farre from a christen mannes minde. And here by the way we learne, that men sinne not onely in deedes, but also by thoughts and desires. For where men ought to be giuen vnto God, both in bodie and soule, it deser­ueth to be called sinne, if we swarue neuer so little from the obedience of God. Herevnto belong the things which Christ speaketh in Mathew the fift Chapter, touching the exposition of the lawe. Furthermore, for that he would pearce Simons minde the deeper, whome he perceyued to be grie­uously tempted by the deuill, he toucheth the fountaynes & rootes of sinne, thereby shewing, that he hath neede earnestly to repent. Wherevnto this is to be referred, which hee sayde, in a maner doubtingly: If happily the thought of thine heart may be forgiuen thee. But nowe he addeth. For I per­ceyue that thou art full of bitter gall, and wrapped in iniquitie. In the first member or part, he alludeth to that saying of Moses, where the Israelites are commaunded to beware of themselues, least there be among them, Deut. 29. some roote that beareth gall and wormewood. He noteth the inwarde malice or corrup­tion of y e minde, which causeth whatsoeuer men doe to be bitter and vnplea­saunt before God. For as the true worshipper of God, out of the good trea­sure of his heart, bringeth out that is good: so the vngodly bring nothing but that that is wicked out of the euill treasure of their hart, Math. 22.15 such as in deede Christ sayth polluteth men. And by this wrapping or binding, is expressed y e state of them, which being intangled, in the snares of sinne, cannot vntwine themselues, without much a doe, and feruent zeale of repentance. He tea­cheth vs that Simon is in such a condition or case, that he shoulde thinke a colde and superfluous shewe of repentaunce as not sufficient.

This place teacheth vs whether sinners ought to be sent: Sinners must be sent vnto God. verily vnto God, with whome vnlesse they be made at one, there can be no hope of their saluation. Therefore, we see in the Prophetes, this one thing still re­peated, that the people should conuert, and returne vnto God, from whom by sinne, they had strayed. But for the more commodious doing hereof, it behooueth to obserue two things, both which Peter prescribeth vnto Simon. The first is the woorke of repentance, which as we haue elsewhere taught, comprehendeth acknowledging of our sinne, contricion of heart, and a­mendment of our whole lyfe. The other consisteth in godly prayers, wher­by we aske forgiuenesse of our sinnes, bicause the same is a free gift; and [Page 374] commeth not through any merites of our workes. But Christ alone wor­keth them both, who by his spirite, both regenerateth the beleeuing, and by the merite of his death, washeth away our sinnes, & reconcyleth the father vnto vs againe. Therefore all the order of our saluation consisteth in fayth, whereby we take holde of him. Therefore aboue all things, it behooueth to vrge or require fayth, not a deade fayth, such as Hypocrites bragge of, but a liuely and effectuall power of the spirite, whereby it commeth to passe, that we both liue in Christ, and he by his spirite, worketh in vs. For this onely grace of God certifyeth the wauering conscience of man, and vseth to bring forth in vs, most plentifull fruites of true Godlinesse.

Howe Si­mon tooke Peters expo­stulation.Nowe, how did Simon take this graue and wholesome expostulation? His wordes declare that he was striken in conscience and mynde. For he sayth: Praye yee for me vnto the Lorde, that none of these things, which you haue spoken, fall on me. It seemeth he commendeth himselfe to the prayers of the congregation: but it is a manifest argument of distrust, that he sayeth nothing of himselfe, but thinketh he may be holpen onely with the prayers of other. But in vaine are the prayers of others, vnlesse we returne our selues vnto the Lorde. This the places of the Prophets teache vs, where we are forbidden to pray for them that are wicked, and will not repent. See Iere. 7.14.15. Ezech. 14. Therefore the errour of them is peeuishe, and noy­some, which think they may be relieued with the hyred prayers of Monkes and Priestes, where they themselues, holde on in their wickednesse, and where the prayers they murmure in a straunge tongue, are many tymes not vnderstanded of the Monkes that mumble them. We knowe that the prayers of the faythfull are effectuall, Rom. 15. Ephes. 6. whereby they commende vnto God the traueyles and burthens of their brethren, seeing that Paule desireth to be relieued by them. But these prayers take place for them, whose selues are mindefull of their duetie, and with constant fayth watch for their owne saluation. Let vs therefore be mindefull of these thinges, and praye ear­nestly that we be not blinded with the affections of ambition and couetous­nesse, and so lose our saluation, but that we may serue God in sinceritie of heart, and attaine vnto saluation, in Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glorie, for euer. Amen.

The .lx. Homelie.

‘AND they when [...]they had testified and preached the worde of God, re­turned towarde Ierusalem, and preached the Gospell in many Cities of the Samaritanes. The Aungell of the Lorde spake vnto Philip saying: Arise and go towarde the South, vnto the way that goeth downe from Ierusalem vnto the Citie of Gaza, which is in the Desert. And he arose and went on. And beholde, a man of Aethiopia, a Chamberlane, and of great authoritie wyth Candace, Queene of the Aethiopians, and had the rule of all hir treasure, came to Ierusalem for to worship. And as he returned home againe, sitting in his Chariot, he read Esay the Prophete. Then the Spirite sayde vnto Phi­lip: go neere, and ioyne thy selfe vnto yonder Chariot. And Philip ranne to him, and he hearde him reade the Prophete Esaye, and sayde, vnderstandest thou what thou readest? And he sayde, how can I, except I had a guide? And he desired Philip that he woulde come vp, and sit with him.’

[Page 375] BIcause God hath appointed Iesus Christ his sonne, to be the vniuersall Sauiour of the whole worlde: therefore it behooued that the Gospell also wherin is contayned the way of saluation, purchased by him, shoulde be preached among all Nations. Howe this was done, Luke declareth in this Chapter. He beginneth with the conuersion of Samaria, which Christ himselfe expressely commendeth vnto the Apostles, as we haue seene in the Historie of his Ascention. And thither came Philip, and first sowed the seede of Euangelike doctrine and fayth. Shortly after the Apostles being sent thither, gaue vnto them that were alreadie baptised in the name of Christ, the gyftes of the holy spirite, which thing was the occasion of the adooe that they had with Simon Magus. The beginning of this present place apper­tayneth to the hystorie of the conuersion of Samaria, wherevnto after is ioy­ned a newe discourse, declaring howe the knowledge of Christ came vnto the Aethiopians.

And first Luke meaning to conclude his former narration, What the Apostles did beside at Samaria. proposeth in fewe wordes, what the Apostles did furthermore at Samaria, saying: When they had testified and preached the worde of God, they returned to Ierusalem, and preached the Gospell in many Cities of the Samaritanes. In the which wordes the Apostles are sayde to haue done three things. First, they beare witnesse of Christ, whom Philip had preached. Iohn. 15. Actes. 1 Therefore they fulfill the of­fice wherevnto Christ appoynted them, when he commaunded them to bee his witnesses. Then they preached the worde of GOD, not the deuises of their owne head. Math. 28. And herein also they haue a respect vnto Christes com­maundement, who charged them to preach the things which he commaun­ded them. Thirdly, in their returne, they pretermit not the inferior places, but preach Iesus Christ euery where in the Townes and Uillages. This is an argument of a great and feruent zeale, wherewith they being infla­med, thinke they ought to let slip no occasion, that may serue to set forth the kingdome of God. In these thinges are most fully set forth the dutie of the Ministers of the worde, and of the congregation. Let the Ministers re­member that they be not onely Preachers, but also witnesses of Christ. And it is the propertie of witnesses to say the truth, and boldly and without feare to speake that they knowe. And he shall be called no faythfull wit­nesse, that for fauour of men, or any other affection, shall obscure or hide the truth. Moreouer, let them know, that the worde of God is committed vn­to them, whereof the Lorde hath made them Preachers, and not Authors of newe opinions. Therefore let them thinke that spoken to them, that is sayde to Ezechiel, who is commaunded to take his wordes, Ezech. 3. from the mouth of the Lorde. And let them not thinke it is graunted them, to ioyne theyr gloses vnto Gods worde. For what hath chaffe to doe with corne? Ierem. 23. Howbe­it, in all these things, is required a certaine zeale, wherewith if they be not inflamed, they shall doe no great good. Therefore let them imitate Christ, which we see euery where sought occasion to teach and to preach. And Paule sayth, he fashioned himselfe in all thinges to all men, 1. Cor. 9. to winne many vnto Christ.

Nowe, vnto these premisses Luke ioyneth a newe hystorie, The histo­rie of the con­uerted Eu­nuche. as we be­fore [Page 376] sayde, wherein he telleth vs howe the doctrine of the Gospell came into Aethiopia by the ministerie of one man, but such an one as we shall thinke laboured not in vaine, bicause he was of great authoritie among the peo­ple. And here is most manifestly fulfilled that that was long agone prophe­cied by the Prophete, touching the subduing and bringing of the Aethiopi­ans vnto the kingdome of Christ. See the Psalmes. lxxij.lxviij. & .lxxxvij. Nowe, bicause this hystorie conteyneth an ensample of true conuersion, it grieued not the godly writer to declare all the circumstances thereof. And first he treateth of Philip, whose ministerie it pleased God herein to vse. Af­ter that, he diligently describeth the Aethiopians person, who was conuer­ted vnto the fayth of Christ. And last of all, he beginneth to declare what Philip and he did being togither.

The speci­all calling of Philip.In Philip by whose meane the Aethiopian was conuerted, we haue two things to note. The speciall calling whereby God appointed him to this bu­sinesse, and his obedience in following Gods calling. It was a very singu­ler vocation, forasmuch as it was a thing of no small importaunce, which God had appoynted to be done. For the Aungell of the Lorde appeareth vnto Philip, and instructeth him diligently what to doe: Aryse (sayeth he) and get thee towarde the South, vnto the way that leadeth from Ierusalem vnto Gaza. &c. And although the Aungell doth not plainely declare what he shoulde there doe, yet it was easie for Philip to coniecture, that he was ap­poynted to some great and heauenly businesse. This place teacheth vs by the way, the dignitie of the Gospell, forasmuch as we heare, that Philip is called to the preaching thereof by an Aungell. For where God hath appoin­ted the Aungels as the Apparitories or Bedels of his maiestie, whome he sendeth out for the saluation of his elect (as Paule witnesseth to the Hebrues the first chapter) it must needes be some great and excellent matter that is to be done by their ministerie & seruice. We learne also, that the beginning of our saluation ought to be referred to the meere grace and fauour of God. For as God in this place, appoynteth to the Eunuche, nothing thinking hereof, a preacher of saluation: so moste times, when we thinke least of it, he vseth to bring vnto vs the doctrine of saluation. Which grace of God we ought so to acknowledge, as to attribute nothing ouer arrogantly to our selues in that matter, that may any thing blemishe or deface the maiestie of Gods grace.

The obedi­ence of Phi­lip.The obedience of Philip deserueth singuler prayse, which neyther re­plyeth vpon the Aungell, nor curiously enquireth why he so commaundeth him, but without al delay, goeth on to the place he was commaunded, com­mitting all the successe of the matter to God which commaunded him. Let vs thinke that the lyke obedience is required of vs, least whyle we call Gods commaundements to the account of our reason, we first become foo­lishe tryslers and lyngerers, and then after that, rashe and heady transgres­sors. And as oft as the Lorde shall simply commaunde any thing, not ren­dring any reason why he so cōmaundeth, so often let vs thinke he tryeth our obedience, and let vs with his general promises be encouraged to go about it, where he promiseth most prosperous successe to those that walke in hys commaundements. An example of this diligence is to be seene in Abraham, who being commaunded to go out of his countrie, thought good to obey the calling of the Lorde, Gene. 12▪ though he were altogither ignoraunt what should fo­lowe [Page 377] thereof. Which thing as it most prosperouslye succeeded with him: so we reade that Saule was tangled in horrible calamities, who had rather fo­lowe the deuises of his owne reason, than the commaundementes of God. See Samuel, 1.13. and 15. Chapter.

But let vs consider the Aethiopian, who is so diligently described. The discrip­tion of the Aethiopian Eunuch. First he declareth his state and condicion, in that he sayth he was an Eunuch, by which name it appeareth the Courtyers of the Kinges and Queenes of the East were called, and specially those that were of their Chamber, although they were not all gelded. Wherefore it maketh for the exposition of thys name, that he calleth him ( [...], that is to say) a prince, A Prince. and one that had the charge of all the Queenes treasure, whome we may call the Cofferer, or Lorde Treasurer. Whereby it plainely appeareth, that he was none of the inferiour Courtyers, but one of the chiefe of the Court. This place tea­cheth vs that Magistrates and officers ought not for their office sake which they susteyne, to bee excluded from the Kingdome of Christ, as the se­ditious Anabaptistes crie. For Paule plainely testifyeth, that such are the Ministers of God. And there are examples of manye, which whyle they were in office, were illuminated with the knowledge of Christ, Rom. 13. and for all that, were not commaunded to giue vp their office. Of this number was Ioseph a Senator of Ierusalem, whome the Euaungelistes write was a Disciple of Christ, and of godly affection buried Christ. Actes. 10. So Peter bade not Cornelius to giue vp his Captaineship. And it was lawfull for Sergius Pau­lus after he was conuerted vnto Christ to continue in the Proconsulshippe of Cyprus. Therefore most vayne are the clamours of the Anabaptistes, Actes. 13. where they stiffely denie, that Christian men ought to beare any office.

Then he declareth the maners and studie of the Aethiopian, by two ar­guments. For he sayth he went vp to Ierusalem for to worship, His maners, and vsage, or studie. and as he iourneyed, was giuen to reading of the Scripture. Therfore although he were an aliant and straunger, yet he had some vnderstanding of that true God, which before time woulde chiefely be knowne in Iurie, Psal. 76. as the Pro­phete witnesseth. Neyther must we say, that he was deceyued through foo­lishe superstition, and so included and tyed religion to certaine places. For where he was studious of the Scriptures, he reuoked externe worship­ping to the rule of Gods worde, which is the onely waye of true religion, and vndoubtedly he respected the promise of God, who long before had pro­mised in that Church to heare the prayers aswell of Straungers, 1. Reg. 8. as of Iewes. The reason of which promise was founded on Iesus Christ, a fi­gure of whom aswell the Temple was, as the sacrifices made in the same. The example of this Eunuch teacheth vs what the studies of Princes and great men ought to bee. Let them remember that they shoulde principal­ly and aboue all things haue a care of religion. Now, let them not appoynt the same after their owne brayne, (as we reade sometyme Ieroboam did, 1. Reg. 12. for the establishment of his tyrannie) but according to Gods worde, which it behooueth them both to heare and reade moste diligently. For it was be­fore declared, that they be the Ministers of God. He hath appoynted them to be the Nourices of his Church, as the prophet sayth. Esa. 49. Esay. 49. Psal. 82. He himselfe is in the middle of their Sessions, and iudgementes. And to him shall they hereafter giue an account of their administration, which they neuer can wel doe, vnlesse they being enflamed with the desire and loue of religion, think [Page 378] that they ought aboue all thinges to followe the worde of God. For thys cause the king in tymes past was commaunded to haue an abridgement of the lawe, Deut. 17. and to be continually exercised in reading of the same. And sure­ly it appeareth, that all those Princes which haue deserued any prayse be­fore God, were most studious of these things, such as were Dauid, Salomon, Asa, Ezechias, Iosias, and after the Apostles time, Constantinus. Theodosius, Carolus, and diuers others, of whose godlynesse, the foundations of Chur­ches and Colledges, now a dayes euerywhere beare witnesse. If the prin­ces in these daies were occupied in the same studies, and as many as beare rule and authoritie, Christian affayres shoulde better prosper and goe for­warde. But bicause blinde concupiscence, the madde desire of dycing, sump­tuous banquetting, immoderate hunting and hauking, contempt of Gods worde and his sacraments, and insatiable desire of warring and fighting, are comen in their place: nothing can be hoped for at these Princes, that may serue eyther for the publike weale, or reformation of the Church, and glory of God.

Unto these thinges Luke ioyneth what Philip and the Aethiopian dyd. For Philip is commaunded to ioyne himselfe neare vnto the Chariot, Philip is ap­poynted to teach this Eunuch. and nowe the holy spirite offreth an occasion of well doing, although Philip till this time sawe none. For as he drewe neare, he heard the Eunuch reading alowde a notable place of Esaye the Prophete, concerning Christ, and streyght waye being mooued by the spirite, he demaundeth whether he vn­derstande the place. Here some men might thinke Philip of small ciuilitie, which being not called, woulde approche so neere to a man of authorities Chariot, and would aske such a question of one whom he knew not, as ma­nifestly vpbrayded him with ignorance. But whereas he had betaken him selfe wholy vnto God, he diligently fulfilleth all that God commaunded, not regarding the doltish reasons of the flesh. And that which he doth after the commaundement of god prosperously succeedeth. For he findeth notable to­kens of great modestie and humanitie, in the noble man, though he were a straunger, who hauing iust occasion disdainefully to haue reiected Philip, as is the guyse of great and rich men, yet he modestly confesseth his igno­raunce, and bicause he was moued by the secrete instinct of the spirite, to thinke well of Philip, biddeth him to come vp vnto him, and taketh him as an expositor of the Scripture which he read. Uerily this noble man deser­ueth singuler prayse, whyle he is neyther puffed vp with the affiance of his owne witte, neyther refuseth a straunge interpreter, neyther disdayneth the Scriptures, the most part whereof he perceyued to be more difficult than he coulde easily vnderstande. But God alloweth such hearers of hys worde, Esay. 66. as being endued with humble myndes, doe reuerently tremble at his worde. In the meane season we are taug [...] that the Scriptures ought to be opened by Expositions and interpretatio [...] ▪ And God vttreth those interpretations by men, which being illumina [...] [...] his spirit, by compa­ring of Scriptures togither, and obseruing the pr [...]pertie and proportion of fayth, 1. Cor. 12.14. Ephe. 4. picke out the true meaning and sense of the [...]. Which gift Paule numbreth amongst the chiefe. Therefore they are [...] pieuish which looke for reuelations from heauen, and lyke Doltes, wickedly despyse the mini­sterie of the Church. Let vs followe the godlynesse of this Eunuch, his modestie, humilitie, and feruent desire of saluation. For so it shall come to [Page 379] passe, that we also shall attayne to true saluation in Iesus Christ: to whom be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxj. Homelie.

‘THE tenour of the Scripture which he read was this: Hee was ledde as a sheepe to be slayne, and lyke a Lambe dumbe before his shearer, so opened he not his mouth. Bicause of his humblenesse, he was not esteemed. But who shall declare his generation? for his lyfe is taken from the earth. The Cham­berlane aunswered Philip and sayde: I praye thee of whome speaketh the Prophete this, of himselfe, or of some other man? Philip opened his mouth, and beganne at the same scripture, and preached vnto him Iesus.’

THe Euangelist Luke diligently descrybeth the hystorie of the Aethiopian conuerted vnto Christ, aswell for many other causes, as for that it conteyneth an ensample of true conuersion, whereby we are taught howe God dealeth with vs, when he mindeth to receyue vs into the societie of saluation. First, Luke sheweth how God is the cause efficient of this conuer­sion, who of his meere fauour sent Philip, throughe whose ministerie, the Eunuch of Aethiopia shoulde be conuerted. The same God, as he chose vs all before the foundations of the worlde were layde, wythout any respecte had to our good workes: so by his grace he mini­streth vnto vs, and giueth vs when we thinke nothing thereof, all thinges belonging to our saluation. Next, Philip is an instrument of this conuer­sion, whose helpe God here vseth, according to his custome. For where our infirmitie is not able to abyde the maiestie of God, he ordeyneth that we shall be taught and ledde by the ministerie of men, which is a speciall argu­ment of Gods goodnesse towarde vs, and therefore is euerywhere first ac­counted among the benefites of God. The instrument that Philip vseth, is the worde of God, not such an ineffable and ymaginary worde, as certayne Seraphicall and fanaticall smatterers in Diuinitie suppose, but the verye same worde that is conteyned in the Scriptures. For out of these must all sermons, and the whole doctrine of saluation be taken, neyther must wee looke for any newe kynde of doctrine vnhearde of vntill this day. Amongst all these thinges, the mynde of the Eunuch so well disposed to receyue the truth, and doctrine of saluation, is notable. That he was studious of reli­gion, the long iourney that he tooke, both full of traueyle and daunger, doth abundantly declare. His desire to learne, his diligent reading of the Scrip­ture, and that he woulde [...]ake vnto him a man vnknowne, of whome hee hoped for a more full [...], prooueth. All which things it is manifest he had through the [...] of God, bicause these thinges vse to appeere in no man, vnlesse he [...] with some singuler illumination of the spirite. But let vs see what [...] they doe whyle they are togither, which Luke in this place describeth, repeating worde by worde the place of Esaye, which gaue occasion to Philip, to reason with the Aethiop touching Christ and hys saluation.

[Page 380]This place is in the .liij. Chapter, neyther is there any other place, that more euidently comprehendeth the misteries of Iesus Christ: The place of Esay. 53. so that Ie­rome not without a cause iudgeth the Prophete Esay, worthie to be num­bred rather among the Euangelistes, In his Pre­face vpon E­say to Paula & Eustachium In his first preface to his Commenta­ries vpon Esay In his Epi­stle to Pauli­nus the priest vppon all the bookes of the Byble. than the Prophets. In the meane while Gods prouidence is to bee considered, which gouerneth mennes af­fayres, and suffereth nothing by hazarde to come to passe: whereof wee haue an euident argument, bicause euen at the very same tyme, that Philip beginneth to talke with the Aethiope, Luke sayth he was reading of that ve­rie place. An Ethnick or Infidell, would impute this thing vnto fortune or chaunce. But we acknowledge the prouidence of God, which doth not one­ly giue all things their successe, but also ruleth all other thinges appertay­ning to the same. For how should he neglect mens matters, be they neuer so small, which numbreth the heares of our heades, feedeth the byrdes of the ayre, and singulerly decketh the flowers of the fielde? Furthermore, touching the place of Esaye, it comprehendeth in it the whole summe of our redemption. For it declareth the mysterie of Christes death, and the victorie whereby he is entered in [...]o the glorie of his father, and hath gotten an im­mortall and euerlasting kingdome. It shall be good to consider euery thing in the order as it is declared.

Christ died of his owne will.First, he setteth forth the death of Christ in these wordes. He was ledde as a sheepe to be slaine, and like a lambe dumbe before his shearer, so he opened not his mouth. By these wordes he doth not onely set forth the pacience of Christ, which as at many other tymes, so in his passion and death appeared most perfite: but also he teacheth that he tooke his death of his owne accord and willingly, so that the counsaile or force of his enimies wrought not the same. In deede the Scribes and Phariseys tooke counsaile agaynst him, Iudas sought all meanes busily to betraye him. The high Priestes in theyr counsaile pronounced him guiltie of death. Pilate caused him after he was whipped, to be nayled on the Crosse. But what could all these haue done, if he would haue vttered or shewed the strength of his diuine power and ma­iestie? Yea, who pulled him downe, from his fathers bosome to the earth? By whose counsayle, tooke he fleshe and manhoode, in the Uirgines wombe? Who gaue them strength to rise againe, which were sent out a­gaynst him, and fell to the grounde at one worde spoken of hym? These thinges therefore teache vs, that he dyed, bicause it was his pleasure to die, Math. 20. forasmuch as he came into the worlde for none other cause, but for that he would giue his life for the life of the worlde. Therefore where he was able most valiantly to haue resisted the enterprises of his enimies, he would yet be led to his death like a sheepe and a lambe, so that he would not seeme, no not in worde, to vtter any token of an vnpacient minde, and vnwilling to die. Herevnto appertayneth that that is sayde in the Gospell. Therefore doth my father loue me, Iohn. 10. bicause I put my life from me, that I might take it a­gaine. No man taketh it fro me, but I put it away of my selfe. I haue power to put it from me, and I haue power to take it againe. And Paule expounding these sayings, sayth: He became obedient to his father, euen to the death of the Crosse, Phil. 2. and tooke vpon him the shape of a man, being in the shape of God. Now these thinges serue partly for our redemption and saluation, and partlye for our instruction. For thus it behooued that our sinne of disobedience, should be done away, which made vs subiect to eternall damnation. More­ouer, [Page 381] Christ taught vs by hys example, pacience and obedience in bea­ring the Crosse, as he admonisheth vs oft tymes in the Gospell. 1. Pet. 2. And Peter wryteth thus to the same purpose: Christ suffered for vs, leauing vs an exam­ple, that we should follow his steppes, which did no sinne, Christ by death got the victorie. neyther was there any guyle founde in his mouth, which when he was reuyled, reuyled not agayne, when he suffred, he threatened not.

Howbeit, the Prophete ioyneth vnto the death of Christ, the victorie which he gate by hys death, saying: Bicause of hys humblenesse, he was not esteemed. By the name of humblenesse is vnderstanded the state of the crosse and of death, whereby it appeareth that he was outwardly humbled or brought downe. This is therefore the meaning of his wordes: where he seemed altogyther oppressed and destitute of helpe, God of his iust iudge­ment reuenged hys cause, and declared he was the Conquerour of death and of Satan, although he seemed conquered. Thys agreeth with the first promise, where it is sayde, the Serpent shoulde sting Christ in the heele, Genes. 1. but that Christ should treade vpon his heade. The same did Dauid prophe­cie should come to passe, where he sayth: Psal. 110. He shall drinke of the brooke in the way, therefore shall he lift vp his head. For where by the merite of his death he purged our sinne, and tooke it away: 1. Cor. 15. Colos. 3. he also spoyled and disarmed death which by reason of sinne, had power vpon vs. Shortly after, being ry­sen from death, he openly declared, Iohn. 12.13. and .17. that death and the Deuil had no power vpon him: wherefore he most gloriously tryumphed ouer all his enimies. And thys is that glory which he desyreth hys father so often to gyue hym. The consideration hereof is verie necessarie. For it serueth for the confir­mation of our fayth, that we be not offended neyther at Christs crosse, nor our owne. For as Christ by the Crosse entred into the glorie of his father, Rom. 14. and dyed, and was raysed agayne from death for our sake, to declare he was a Lord and sauiour, as well of the quick as of the dead: so we by death ouercome, and whether we lyue or dye we be the Lords. And as God re­uenged Christes cause, although he seemed altogyther oppressed: Psal. 34. so he v­seth to defende and preserue the memorie of them that be hys, that their godlynesse, who now are punished by shamefull deathes as wicked men, & malefactours, may be knowne to them that come after them. Wherevnto are to be referred the examples as well of the Prophets, as the Apostles.

Moreouer, after victory followeth a kingdome, to the which he attry­buteth an euerlastingnesse and vnspeakeable power, saying: Christes kingdome is eternall and inuincible. But who shall declare his generation? Thys worde generation, according to the vsage of the Hebrues, is taken as well for the age of a man, as for his posteritie. Both these declare the contynuall enduring of his kingdome. For the An­gell testifyeth that his kingdome is euerlasting, where he sayth vnto Mary: Luke. 1. Of his kingdome shall be none ende. Likewise Christes posteritie is euer­lasting. For they which by him are made the children of God, shall neuer fayle. And as there shall be alwayes vpon the earth, such as he shall ac­knowledge, for the sonnes of God, and coheyres with him: so they being taken out of this worlde, shall liue and reigne for euer with him. For this is the effect and summe of his last will, which before his death, he would haue his father to ratifie. Father, I will that they which thou hast giuen mee, bee with me where I am, that they may see my glorie, which thou hast giuen mee. Iohn. 17.14. Touching them both, the holy ghost teacheth vs by the Prophete, saying: [Page 382] The seede of Dauid shall endure for euer, and his seate is like as the Sunne before me. Psal. 89. He shall stand fast for euermore as the Moone, and as the faythfull witnesse in heauen. And this is that thing wherein Christes kingdome differeth from all the kingdomes of the worlde. For they all shall perishe, neyther remayneth any of those auncient and riche Monarchies, and they which re­mayne and flourishe this day, doe euidently portend their ruine and decay. Hereof may two things be gathered, the knowledge whereof is very profi­table. First the perpetuitie or euerlasting continuance of Christes church, which being assaulted from the beginning of the worlde, endureth yet vntill this present day, Math. 28. and shall endure euen vntill the ende of the worlde, as he hath promised. By which argument we may comfort our selues, against al the assaultes of Tyrannes. Next, the certaintie of eternall life dependeth hereon, without the which it is most vaine that is written of fayth and re­ligion, 1. Cor. 15. as Paule disputing of the resurrection from death hath taught. For if Christes posteritie be ineffable, and therefore eternall, then must there bee an other life after this, to say an heauenly and an eternall. And so it remay­neth both firme and stable that Paule sayth, that neyther life, nor death, can seperate vs from the loue of God. Rom. 8.

Death is the entry into Chrystes kingdome.But bicause the things be of most importaunce, and weight, which he speaketh of Christes victorie and Kingdome, he repeateth the cause of them againe, which is: For his life is taken from the earth. What can be more ab­surde, if we consider the iudgement of the fleshe? He sayde Christ should be a conquerour, and raigne for euer. And he alleageth the cause of his victo­rie and kingdome to be, for that his life shoulde be made away vppon the earth. But we haue declared before, that this thing agreeth with the first promise. And Paule is a most faythfull Interpretour of this place, where he sayth, Iesus Christ, when he was in the shape of God, thought it no robbe­rie to be equall with God. Neuerthelesse he made himselfe of no reputation, ta­king on him the shape of a seruaunt, and becamelyke vnto men, and was found in his apparell as a man, hee humbled himselfe, and became obedient vnto the death, euen the death of the Crosse. Wherfore God hath also exalted him▪ and gi­uen him a name, which is aboue all names, that in the name of Iesus, euery knee should bowe, Phil. 2. both of things in heauen, and things in earth, and that all tongues shoulde confesse, that Iesus Christ is the Lorde, vnto the prayse of God the fa­ther. These things serue for our consolation, that we be not offended at death. For as it behooued Christ should be taken from the earth, to obteyne the victorie, and a kingdome in heauen: so is it impossible, that we shall lyue and reigne in heauen, vnlesse we also chaunge this present life for the eter­nall. 1. Cor. 15. For as Paule sayth: This corruptible bodie, must put on incorruptible­nesse, and this mortal [...] must put on immortalitie, And to be short, such is the reason of our societie with [...] that we can enter into life none other way, than by death, whereby he entered. Wherevpon the Apostle sayth: If we dye with him, 2. Tim. 2. we shall liue with him▪ If we suffer with hym, we shall also raigne with him. For God will haue vs like to his sonne, that they that suf­fer with him, Rom. 8. may also be glorified with him. And thus much touching the exposition of the place of the Prophet which the Eunuch had in his handes.

Let vs nowe see howe vpon this occasion, the Aethiope attayned vnto the knowledge of Christ. The zeale of the Eunuch being yet ignorante in many things. For where a little before, he confessed his ig­noraunce, nowe he enquireth of the true [...]ense of the place. I praye thee [Page 383] (sayth he) of whome speaketh the Prophete these things? This is an Argu­ment of a great zeale, that he that was to be honoured as a great man of dignitie, becommeth as it were a suter and a suppliaunt to a man of no esti­mation, and hitherto vnknowne, to the ende he would learne the true mea­ning of that scripture. In the meane season it is not to be negligently pas­sed ouer, that the Eunuch inflamed with such desire of religion, was as yet ignoraunt of those things, which comprehende all the maner of our salua­tion. God oftentymes permitteth this, not for that he is eyther vnmindfull of his promises, or enuyeth vs the knowledge of his worde: but for that by this delaying, he will kindle in vs a more feruent desire, exercise our faith, and teach vs, that the misteryes of his wisdome, be more high than can bee atteyned to, by mans diligence and capacitie. Therefore let this delaying offende no man: but let vs rather go on in feruent desire of the truth, and search out the healthfull mysteryes of the diuine wisedome, and Christ will not fayle of his promise, which offereth himselfe to be founde of them that seeke him. Math. 7.

Also Philips easie entreatance is to be marked, Philips facili­tie and easie intrea [...]ance. who by and by openeth his mouth, that is to say, beginneth a diligent discourse of the place of the Pro­phete, wherein he beginneth to preach Iesus Christ vnto the Aethiop. And it is very lyke he also diligently expounded all the other thinges which are contayned in the same Chapter touching Christ, & declared that they ought to be vnderstanded of Iesus Christ, the sonne of God and of Marie ▪ Here are two thinges to be obserued. First, what ought to be preached: Iesus Christ, and he onely. Not for that his name shoulde be oftentimes foolishly repeated and iterated, but whatsoeuer things belong to our saluation, must be declared to be in him alone. For the father hath giuen him only, Actes. 5. by whom true repentance and remission of sinnes commeth vnto vs, as Peter before hath taught vs. And in him onely is lyfe and saluation to be founde. Actes. 4. Wherefore they are both foolishe and false teachers, whosoeuer teache these thinges without Christ, or shewe them to be in anye other beside him. The other thing that we be taught, is howe the doctrine and preaching of Christ maye be taken and learned out of the bookes of the Prophetes. Yea, among all other things extant beside them, there, whereby it can be prooued. Chryst himselfe confesseth the same, Luke. 24. where he sayth those thinges be conteyned in Moses and the Prophetes which he did and suffered for our saluation. Him­selfe in the schoole at Nazareth, being about to teach the knowledge of true saluation, and of himselfe, taketh the place of Esaye, Luke. 4. reade in the .lxj. chap­ter to expounde. Therefore wicked and execrable is the ingratitude of them which disdainfully contemne the bookes of the olde Testament. Let vs ra­ther acknowledge the grace of God, which woulde vnderset and beare vp the knowledge of his sonne with so many and so euident testimonies, lette vs seeke the same with feruent desire, that after thexample of the Eunuch, being therwith indued, we may reygne with Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxij. Homelie.

‘AND as they went on their way, they came vnto a certaine water, and the Chāberlain said, see, here is water, what doth let me to be baptised? Philip said [Page 384] vnto him. If thou beleeue with all thine heart, thou mayest. And hee aun­swered and sayde: I beleeue that Iesus Christ is the sonne of God. And hee commaunded the Chariot to stande still. And they went downe both into the water, both Philip and also the Chamberlaine, and he baptised him. And as soone as they were come out of the water, the spirite of the Lorde caught a­waye Philip, and the Chamberlaine sawe him no more. And he went on his waye reioycing. But Philip was founde at Azotus. And he walked through the Countrie preaching in all the Cities till he came to Caesarea.’

YEsterday your charitie heard the Sermon of Philip, wherewith he conuer­ted the Eunuch. This he tooke out of the writinges of Esay. The argument thereof was Iesus Christ, whose mysteries no doubt he diligently expounded, declaring that he was the sauiour of the worlde, that was promysed, in whome God the father (as Peter before thys taught vs) giueth vs both repentaunce & remission of our sinnes. Now followeth the effect of this Sermon, which herein appeareth that the Eunuch being endued with the knowledge of Christ desyreth to be baptysed in his name, and to be receyued into the outwarde societie of the Church by a visible signe and sacrament, which he would ne­uer haue done, vnlesse the spirite of God had marueylously wrought in his mynde, which he promised vnto his elect. Nowe let vs see the Eunuches baptisme, the description whereof Luke diligentlye setteth forth, bicause euery circumstaunce thereof serueth aswell for our consolation, as our in­struction.

The Eu­nuch desireth to be bap­tized.First commeth the Eunuch, who after he had hearde Philip a good while intreating of Christes mysteries, and perceiued that his mind was drawne and illuminated with the power of the spirite, assoone as he sawe water, de­sired to be baptised: for this is the saying of an ardent desire: Beholde, here is water, what doth lette, but I may be baptysed? Whereof may be gathered, that Philip among other things had intreated of baptisme also, according to the institution of Christ, whereby he will haue those that beleeue in him, to be consecrated vnto him, and taken into the body of his Church: whereby also he sealeth vnto vs his benefites, Rom. 4. as sometime he vsed to doe in Cir­cumcision, as Paule hath taught vs. Therefore where the Eunuch had re­ceyued Chryst wyth all his heart, he coulde refrayne no longer, but would testifie his beliefe also, and be numbred in the Church of Christe, by this solemne ceremonie, he woulde be numbred and taken for one of Chrystes Church. And here we haue to consider the propertie of fayth, wherein two things are to be noted. First, that fayth cannot long lye hid, but after that it hath conceyued Christ in the minde, and hath instructed the whole manne with the knowledge of Christ, it will shewe also forth it selfe, and by out­warde profession of name, be seperated from others, desiring to be graffed in Christ, and to be consecrated to him. For it knoweth that God is a iea­lous God, which will not suffer anye other religion among his people. It knoweth that Iesus Christ chose him a peculiar people out of all the world, [Page 385] whome he will haue to giue themselfe onely to him. Therfore it frameth it selfe to his lore, and desireth nothing so much, as to be seene of all men, whereas it knoweth it hath to reioyce in none but Christ alone. These thin­ges reprooue the sluggysh mindes of the men of our dayes, which are asha­med of Christ, and saye, that fayth maye be dissembled, if there be lyke to ensue any daunger by the confession thereof. Howbeit there were manye thinges which myght haue feared the Aethiop from being baptized, for as much as he knewe that both Queene Candace, and all the people of hir Countrie, were farre from the knowledge of Christ, which thing threate­ned him manifest perill, both of his estate and goodes. But his mynde in­censed with the liuely fayth of Christ, ouercommeth and bursteth through all impediments, in whose hart vndoubtedly was written by the suggesti­on of the holy ghost, that saying of Christ: Marc. 8. whosoeuer shall be ashamed of me and of my wordes, in this aduouterous & sinfull generation, of him also shall the sonne of man be ashamed, when he shall come in the glory of his father with the holy Aungels. Moreouer, this also is one other propertie of fayth, that al­though the Eunuch thinketh he hath obteyned in Christ all the treasures of Gods grace, and the infallibe certaintie of saluation, yet for all that, he iud­geth not the vse of baptisme to be vnprofitable or superfluous. For fayth knoweth, that Christ hath ordeyned nothing vnprofitably or in vayne, by­cause it knoweth that he is the eternall wisedome of God the father, in whome are hidden all the treasures of knowledge. It knoweth also that the corruption of our fleshe hath neede of many thinges, Col. 1.2. and that it scarsely can be compelled with many prouocations, to take the way of saluation. Wher­by it appeareth that they are voyde aswell of the knowledge of Christ, as of themselfe, that vse to despyse and reiect the sacramentes. For although by fayth in Christ, we attayne to whatsoeuer thinges are necessary to our saluation, yet bicause of the inclination of our flesh, it is profitable that Gods benefites shoulde be confirmed with outwarde seales, and that by them we shoulde be admonished of our dutie, whereof oftentymes we are forgetfull.

But Luke bringeth forth the other person of this act, that is to say, Philip re­quireth the confession of his fayth. Phi­lip, which by and by obeyed not the Eunuch, least he shoulde seeme to haue yeelded vnto him, bicause of his dignitie or humanitie, but he requireth of him first the confession of a true fayth, saying: If thou beleeuest with all thine heart, thou mayest. He hath therefore a respect to hys fayth, and will haue it voyde of all guyle and dissimulation. By which example we are taught that the sacraments ought not to be prophaned, that is to saye, to be giuen to the faythlesse. For where they be the badges and cognizaunces of the Church of Christ, it becommeth not them to weare them that are straun­gers fro the church, bicause such for the more part are dogges and hogges, before whome, Christ forbiddeth vs to whoorle pearles. Math. 7. And if we consider the commaundement of Christ, it shall appeare, that the Apostles first ought to teach, and then they that beleeued their doctrine, shoulde be bapti­sed. For he sayth: Teach ye all Nations, baptising them in the name of the fa­ther, and of the sonne, and of the holy ghost. &c. Math. 28. Yet let no man thinke we support or maintayne the madnesse of the Anabaptistes. For they erre and keepe a pernitious coyle, whyle they drawe that to the infants of Chri­stians, and rashly keepe them from baptisme, which is onely to be obser­ued in straungers from religion, and those that are of a full age. For we [Page 386] affirme that such as [...]e straungers from the church of christ, (as were some­time the Iewes and Gentyles, and as are at this daye, the Iewes and Turkes, and other such lyke) ought not to be baptised, vnlesse we wyll to grossely pollute baptisme, vntill they haue made profession of their fayth. But the reason of infantes borne of Christians, is of a farre other sort and case. For these are accounted among the children or houshold of the church, by reason of the lawe of couenant. They be holy, and Christ commaundeth them to be brought vnto him. It is also manifest, that they please God, bi­cause their Aungels alwaies see the face of the father. And although our capacitie cannot conceyue their state and condicion: yet Christ testifyeth they haue fayth. And that they haue the holy ghost, both the examples of Iohn the Baptist, and others do teach vs. Wherfore, to denye baptisme vnto them, is no small impietie, and a point of boldenesse more than monstrous. Howbeit, bicause we haue intreated hereof in other places, let thys little suffice for this present.

Further, let vs see the confession that the Eunuch made, which in mar­ueylous breuitie, iij. The con­fession of the Eunuch. comprehendeth thinges of most importaunce: I beleeue (sayth he) that Iesus Christ is the sonne of God. This confession is much like to that that Peter made in the name of all the Apostles. Math. 6. Iohn. 6. He attributeth vnto Christ, whatsoeuer is spoken of him in holy scripture. Yea, if the matter be narrowly marked, it comprehendeth all the articles of our fayth or Creede Apostolicall. For he acknowledgeth him to be God, no doubt, that God, which the Scriptures say was Creator of heauen and earth. He confesseth no such God, as the Iewes and Turkes doe, but such an one, as hath a sonne, borne of himselfe, coeternall and consubstantiall with him. He belee­ueth that this sonne was incarnated, as may be gathered of the thinges which he red in Esay. Further, he beleeueth, that the sonne of God is Christ, that is to say, annoynted, wherein he vnderstandeth his kingdome and Priesthoode. Unto the Priesthood belongeth all the passion of Christ, where he offered the sacrifice of his bodie and bloud for the sinnes of the whole worlde. In the name of Kingdome, is conteyned his glorious resurrecti­on; whereby he ouercame death: also his ascention, whereby as by a most gorgeous tryumph, he entered into heauen, and is sitting on the right hand of the father, which declareth him to be a most mightie king, to whome all power is giuen in heauen and in earth, and which shall come againe to giue iudgement and sentence vpon all fleshe. But he that confesseth Christ to be a King, must needes also confesse that he hath a Church, wherein he reig­neth and gouerneth. This Church is the Communion or felowship of all Saintes, to whome Christ hath committed his inestimable treasures, to say▪ the forgiuenesse of sinnes, the resurrection of the fleshe, and felowship of eternall lyfe. These mysteries, I say, this short confession of the Eunuch comprehendeth. Whereby we are taught what an one, we also should ac­knowledge and confesse Christ to be. It is well to be considered howe con­fession of mouth is ioyned with fayth of minde. For we haue before this de­clared▪ howe these two must of necessitie be coupled togither, and Paule ex­pressely teacheth the same, where he sayth: This is the worde of fayth, which wee preach. For if thou acknowledge with thy mouth▪ that Iesus is the Lords, and beleeue in thine hart, Rom. 10. that God raysed him vp from death▪ thou shalt be [...]a [...]e. For to beleeue with the heart i [...]stifieth, and to acknowledge with the mouth, [Page 387] maketh [...].

Nowe when Philip had gotten of the Eunuch that he chiefly desired, The Eu­nuch is bap­tized. by and by without any [...]ariaunce, he went downe with him into the water, and there baptiseth him. Where we haue to consider, howe baptisme is mini­stred in common water, whether it were ryuer, or fountayne, as Ierome thinketh I knowe not. Neyther is there any mention made of newe hal­lowing it, or of salt sprinckled, or of oyle, or of exorcisme, and many such like, as the superstition of Popes, in the ages following brought in. For Philip knewe the example of Iohn, which had baptised in the ryuer of Iordane. He knewe also, that by the ordinaunce of Christ, all water was consecrated to the vse of baptisme, and had no neede of newe purging, and coniuring. Away therfore with the wicked and peeuish inuentions of most bolde mer­chaunts, which would haue religion to serue for priuate honour and gaine. Yet I would none by these examples shoulde take occasion euery where to baptise in fountaynes, or ryuers. For as we confesse it may be godlily done, if necessitie so require: so where Churches be appoynted, all things ought to be done decentlye, and according to lawfull order, 1. Cor. 14. least libertie bursting out into vnbrideled licence, disturbe both discipline and vnitie of Churches.

It remayneth to tell of the ende of all this hystorie, The sodeyne departure of Philip. which comprehen­deth the departure of Philip, from the Eunuche, which Luke sheweth was after a myraculous sort. For when they came out of the water, the spirite of the Lorde caught Philip, and the Eunuch sawe him no more. God woulde by this myracle confirme the fayth of the Eunuch. For after this sort hee might vnderstande, that nothing was done in all this businesse by chaunce, but all things through the prouidence of God. Let vs see what they both did, after they were seperated.

Luke sayth, the Eunuch helde on his way, reioycing. The Eunuch complayneth not of Philips absence. Then he complay­ned not of Philips so sodaine departure, neyther carefully enquired after him, and much lesse detested him, as though he had beene some craftie Apo­stle, or Iugler. Hereof must be gathered no argument of any inconstant, or vnkinde minde. But whereas he was now indued with fayth, and taught by the holy ghost, who according to Christes promise, brought all things to his minde, and by his testimonie confirmed the doctrine of fayth which Phi­lip had taught him. Therefore he coulde easily settle and quiet hys minde. By which example we learne that we must not so sticke to the ministers, that when they are gone, we must dispayre in matters of fayth and reli­gion. Let vs acknowledge them as Gods coadiutours, and stewardes of the mysteries of God, by whome he giueth vs fayth. Againe, 1. Cor. 3.4. let vs vnder­stande, that the spirite of Christ, truely supplyeth the dutie of a Teacher, and that Christ will not fayle vs, although he sometime take them away, to whom we knowe we are much bounden. Iohn. 3. For Gods spirit can be bounde neyther to persons nor places, but bloweth where him lyketh.

Moreouer, the fruite of fayth which the Eunuch receyued, is declared, The fruite of fayth is the ioy of the con­science. where Luke sayth: He helde on his waye greatly reioycing. So before hee wrote that great ioye was made in Samaria, when Philip had preached the Gospell there. The ioy of a faythfull minde must hereby be vnderstanded, which vseth to spring of the peace and quiet of conscience. For after Christ is receiued by fayth, then man vnderstandeth that God the father is reconci­led vnto him, whose wrath and horrible iudgement he was before afrayde [Page 388] of. And as that peace of God (as Paule beareth witnesse) passeth all vnder­standing: so it chaseth from the minde all the [...] of [...], it [...]l [...]ereth the whole minde, and maketh vs to be without all [...]ea [...]e, in the [...] of all afflictions. For this is the saying of all those that are faythfull▪ If God bee with vs, who can be agaynst vs? Who shall lay any thing to the [...] of Gods chosen▪ Rom. 8. It is God that iustifieth vs, who is it that can condemne? For they knowe that the gates of hell, are not able to preuayle agaynst that liuelye rocke, on whome they are buylded. Therefore bicause the Eunuch had ob­tayned this suretie of a quiet minde, he returneth home with greater ioye than if he had gotten the great treasure of kings, or if he had returned to Candace, with the triumph and victorie of the greatest enimies of Aethio­pia. For what ryches deserue to be compared with the treasures of the kingdome of heauen? Or what victorie is there so great, as that which the faithfull haue gotten by Iesus Christ against the deuill, and hell? If princes in these dayes were as desirous of this victorie, as they are of the King­domes and vaine glorie of this worlde: then would they also more reioyce, and the worlde also should be in better case.

The painfull industrie of Philip.But let vs returne to Philip, which was founde at Azotus, and from thence passing a long by the sea coast, preached the Gospell to all the Cities in these quarters, vnto Caesarea, where it seemeth he tooke house to dwell in, bicause Paule hosted there, as we maye see in the .xxj. Chapter. You shall marke diligently the feruent and great desire that the men of the primi­tiue Church had, to set forth the kingdome of Christ. For although Philip had traueyled greatly, in conuerting Samaria, and now might greatly haue gloried in conuerting the great man of Aethiopia, yet he thinketh not he had done his duetie, but enioyneth himselfe freshe labours, and refuseth not to vndertake new daungers for Christes sake. We see the lyke desire in Paule, who hauing laboured more than all the Apostles, 1. Cor. 15. 2. Cor. 11. Rom. 15. yet holdeth on his course with great feruencie. These things reprooue the slouth of our dayes, where all sortes and states of men, as soone as they haue borne a little brunt, make holyday for any more they will doe: as though it were at our disposition and libertie, to start from the calling of God, and the dutie committed to vs. Furthermore these thinges teache vs, howe vaine the enterprises of the wicked are agaynst the doctrine of Christ. For the more they rage, the more the truth shineth and ouercommeth. Yea, in the tyme of persecution, by their meanes and diligence it is most opened and set forth, who before see­med dastardes and cowardes. Hereof haue we an example in Philip, of whom there was no mencion made almost, while the Church was in quiet at Ierusalem, but that we hearde he was numbred among the Deacons. But now being become an outlaw, and banished man, he winneth Samaria vnto Christ, he sendeth the Eunuch whome he conuerted, into Aethiopia, to be an Apostle, and spreadeth the Gospell ouer all Iurie. Thus vseth God to frustrate the attempts of his enimies. Therefore no man ought to be of­fended at the manaces of Tyrannes, which now a dayes threaten destruc­tion, to the Gospell and to our Churches. But let vs rather trust in God, who is both able to saue his elect in this worlde, and to make them coheyres with Christ, in the world to come: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The ninth chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .lxiij. Homelie.

‘AND Saule yet breathing out threatnings and slaughter agaynst the Dis­ciples of the Lorde, went vnto the highe Priest, and desired of hym let­ters to carye to Damascus to the Sinagoges: that if hee founde anye of this waye (whether they were men or women) he myght bring them bounde to Ierusalem. And when he iourneyed, it came to passe, that as he was nygh to Damascus, sodeinly there shyned round about him a lyght from heauen, and he fell to the earth, and hearde a voyce saying to him: Saule, Saule, why persecutest thou me? And he sayde what art thou Lorde? And the Lorde sayde, I am Iesus whome thou persecutest. It is harde for thee to kicke a­gaynst the pricke.’

THat saying of Christ is verye notable: Iohn. 6. No man commeth vnto me ex­cept my father drawe him. And it is not vnlyke vnto that other, where he sayeth to his Disciples: Iohn. 15. You haue not chosen me, but I haue chosen you. For bothe o [...] them teach vs that saluation, and what­soeuer belongeth therto, commeth to vs through the meere grace of God, and that nothinge is to bee ascrybed to our workes or merites. Hereof there are many examples, among which this one is notable, which of late we sawe in the Aethiop, vnto whome Philip a Preacher of true saluation, by the meere be­nefite of God was sent, when he thought not of it, much lesse seeking after it. Yet bicause it is reported that he was endued with certaine singuler gifts, least any man myght thinke that he attayned to saluation, through the me­rite of them, the hystorie of Saule conuerted vnto Christ, is of purpose sette after his conuersion, whome Iesus Christ doth not only prouoke and draw agaynst his will vnto saluation, but (as it is sayd in the Parable of certaine guestes, Luke. 14.) compelleth him to come in. And surely Luke so reporteth all this historie, y t euery man may see, nothing is here attributed to the merit of man, but that saluation commeth vnto Saule by the benefite of Gods on­lye grace. Yea, Paule himselfe plainly teacheth, that this ensample is to bee referred chiefely to this ende, where he sayth that he was therefore called and cutte of, euen in the middle of hys tyrannicall enterprises agaynst the [Page 390] Church, that Iesus Christ might shewe on him first all clemencie and mercye, for an ensample vnto them that shoulde beleeue in him. [...]. 1. And in another place he confesseth he is vnworthy the name of an Apostle, if we respect his me­rite or desert, [...]. 15. but that hee is by the grace of God whatsoeuer he is. Howbeit, whereas there be in this hystorie, many things most worthy to be knowne and considered, it shall be profitable for vs to examine all the poyntes and circumstances thereof. And at this present Luke first propoundeth the des­cription of Saule, and then he beginneth the hystorie of hys conuersion.

The des­cription of Saule being a persecutor. Luke is very diligent in describing of Saule, bicause by his description, both Gods power & goodnesse is the more euidently knowne. First he declareth his disposition and nature, where he sayth: he breatheth out threatnings and slaughter. His mynde therefore was inflamed and incensed agaynst the Church, a signe and note whereof he had giuen before at the stoning of Ste­uen, and when he did make hauocke of the Church at Ierusalem, as hath bene declared heretofore. Yet nowe seeing he preuayleth nothing, but that the Church spreadeth euery day further and further, he conceyueth such a furie and rage in his mynde, that he can doe nothing nowe, but breath out and dreame of cruell threates, bloudy slaughters, and destructions. For as we sayde before, such is the nature of tyrauntes, and the enimies of the Church, that after they haue once tasted the bloude of the godly, the more they rage, and lyke beastes haue cast from them all sense of humanitie, and are not able to put awaye that rage of mynde that they haue conceyued, vnlesse they be tamed by the mightie hande of God. Examples of this cru­eltie is euerywhere so be seene in hystories. The consideration of them ser­ueth vs for this purpose, to make vs vnderstande what to hope for of the tyraunts of these dayes, whome we see nowe so vsed vnto bloude, that they thirst after it more cruelly than any Tygres. Whom surely vnlesse the Lord tame, no mannes force or reason can mollifie or appease.

Saule hath power giuen him from the high priests.But bicause rage of mynde must be fenced with armour, Saule pro­uydeth him of that also. For it is sayde, he went vnto the high Priest, of whome he receyued letters to the Sinagoges of Damascus, whereby full power was giuen him to bynde as many as he coulde fynde to be Christi­ans. Wherby we gather that matters of religion the same tyme were com­mitted by the Romaine Presidentes to the high Priestes. For they being blinded in Gentyle superstition, as it is credible, that they were soone wea­ried with the dayly controuersies about religion: so they sought all meanes whereby to ridde themselues of such incombrances, and to lay the enuie and hatred of the people vppon others neckes. Thys occasion fell out as the Byshops woulde wyshe it, whose aduaun [...]age and honor came in perill, by preaching of the Gospell. Saule therefore garded by their authoritie, and taking to him complices, and ministers of his mischiefe, goeth to Damascus, for that he vnderstoode the kingdome of Christ beganne to spring and flou­rishe marueylously in that place. This thing teacheth vs that Byshops will alwayes bee the grieuousest enimies of true religion, and Christian doc­trine, who by their studie and diligence, ought most to set it forwarde: For assoone as they begynne, to conuert religion into lucre, they can then abide the lyght of the truth no longer, which reprooueth their naughtynesse. That these Byshoppes were such, is more euident by the hystorie of the Gospell, than needeth any long demonstration. What we may therefore hope for of [Page 391] the Prelates of our dayes, he shall easily perceyue that well marketh their couetousnesse and ambicion. In the meane season we haue to consider the prophane cowardlynesse and slouth of Princes and Magistrates, who bi­cause they passe little of religion, will get them no enuie or hatred for reli­gion sake. And yet least they shoulde seeme Godlesse and voyde of religion, they commit such matters, to Popes, Byshops, and Cardinals, getting themselues by this pretence, a great estimation of godlynesse, and seeking an excuse agaynst them that might saye they were persecutors of the truth. For they say such controuersies belong not vnto them, and perswade them­selues, that they cannot doe more godlye, than to commit all such matters vnto the heades of the Church. In which iudgement they are marueylously confirmed, by the counterfayte Bishops. For by this meanes, they chalenge to themselues all power to iudge of religion, whose ambition and couetous­nesse woulde fall to the grounde, if the doctrine of truth were not extingui­shed. But God which will not let this trayne and craft go vnreuenged, shall full sore punish them, and the Byshops of the Iewes togither. And this pretence shall not excuse Princes, forasmuch as the charge of the Church, and hearing of matters in religion pertayneth vnto them. Deut. 17. For to this ende and purpose was the booke of the lawe deliuered to the king. And the Pro­phete teacheth vs that Kinges ought to be Nurses of the Church. Esay. 49. And wee want not most notable examples of Kinges, which bicause of their setting forth of the truth, and maintayning of the Church, haue purchased to them­selues singuler commendation.

But let vs also consider what Saules ende and purpose was. Saules ende and purpose. It was this, that whosoeuer he shoulde finde men or women, [...] Christes professi­on, he should bring them bounde to Ierusalem ▪ There was therefore no difference of sexe with him. And surely he that was becomme so cruell, spared no age neyther. For he was nowe purposed to make all the Christi­ans awaye, and so vtterly to extinguishe the name of Christ. The cause of this cruell attempt, he declareth otherwheres to be the zeale of his olde re­ligion, which he thought by all meanes was to be retayned and defended. For it is manifest, he was a Pharisey, and himselfe confesseth many times, Actes. 26. Philp. 3. Galat. 1. that he persecuted the name of Christ and his Church, euen for the looue that he bare to the lawe. Let vs here first obserue, howe much God suffreth the wicked to doe. For Luke sheweth that these thinges were attemp­ted agaynst the Disciples, and Christian women. But so the Lorde had foreshewed, that it shoulde be iudged a Gods seruice, Iohn. 16. to kill any that belee­ued in him. And the Apostles wa [...]ne vs [...] many times, to thintent that we be not offended at the stormes of persecution, and at the Crosse. For why shoulde we in these dayes wishe ourselues a better state or condicion, than was in the time of Christ, hys Apostles and the primitiue Church? Moreouer, Saules example teacheth vs howe litt [...]e a preposterous zeale in religion, which men sometymes conceyue of humaine traditions, wythout the prescript of Gods worde, auayleth to attaynement of saluation. For the more feruent Saule is herein, the farther he recedeth from Christ, which is the only way of saluation. The more he striueth for the righteousnesse of the law, the farther he is from the righteousnesse of Christ, which alone defen­deth vs from the iudgement of God. And that that commeth to passe in Saule, the same he testifieth came to passe in the Iewes. For he sayth they [Page 392] burne in zeale towards God, but not according to knowledge. Where they fell into this inconuenience, that whyle they woulde establishe their owne righteousnesse, [...]om. 10. they lost the righteousnesse that is in God. The same maye be affirmed of the Monkes, but that the most part of them are more giuen to their belly and to ydlenesse, than to religion. Yet maye this most truly be sayde of Tyrants, that the more constantly they labour to keepe the religi­on of their forefathers, the more feruently they persecute the Gospell. Here is that hurtfull error of theirs confuted, which thinke those thinges that are done agaynst God and his true religion, may be excused by zeale of godly­nesse. As though God had giuen vs the rules of his worde in vayne, and that they ought not chiefly to be obserued, as we haue elsewhere declared. Furthermore, here is to be considered both the goodnesse and power of god, who coulde not only make so cruell a Woolfe sodeinly tame, but also a most faythfull Shepehearde of his flocke. Let no man therefore rashly dispayre of any mannes saluation, or of the Church, seeing God can both sodaynly chaunge the myndes of men, and make them defenders of his Church, who euen nowe it seemed woulde haue destroyed the same.

The histo­rie of Saules conuersion. The time, & the place.Let vs come to the hystorie of Saules conuersion, which Luke setteth forth in liuely colors. And beginning with the time and place: And when he iour­neyed (sayth he) it came to passe, as hee was nygh to Damascus. Therefore when Saule was in most hope of good successe, and bringing his matters to passe, then [...]oth Christ withstande his attemptes. Nowe he beholdeth Da­mascus before his face, & perhaps as a woolfe hauing espied his pray, casteth in his mynde terrible cogitations, howe he myght soonest rauishe. Christes sheepe. Marke h [...]e the counsayle and vsage of God, which manye times suffreth his enimies to raunge so farre, that they seeme scarce a naile bredth from the marke of their purpose. Which thing is the cause that the Christi­ans, whose destruction the tyrants conspyre, sometime conceyue great and horrible terrors of mynde. And such terrours it is lyke they of Damascus were in, when they heard that Saule came, and was almost in their necks. But thus vseth God to doe, both for that he will the more gloriously shewe his power agaynst the wicked, and teach the godly not to bee afrayde nor feare, when they see themselues beset rounde about with their enimies. So he suffered Pharao to go so farre, that the Israelites beganne to deuyse, not howe to escape, but howe to be buried. But when with open mouth like a Woolfe, he would haue swallowed vp Israel, God sodeinly destroyed him. Many thinges of lyke sort myght be rehearsed, if time woulde serue. But thys ought to be the vse of them all, that we prescribe God no time, who wil let no oportunitie by any meanes escape, whereby to bring his doinges to effect. But let vs obserue that saying of the Prophete: Tarie thou the Lords leysure, Psal. 27. be strong, and he shall comfort thi [...]e heart.

Furthermore, the euangelist declareth the maner of his conuersion, say­ing: The maner of his con­uersion. Sodenly there shone a light rounde about him from heauen, and he fell to the ground, and heard a voyce saying vnto him, Saule, Saule, why persecutest thou me? This is a terrible sight to mannes senses, yet such as sufficiently teacheth vs, that these thinges were easily done of the Lorde. For he sen­deth a light from heauen, as it had beene a lightning, which was as easie a thing for him to doe, as to sende out and call backe the sonne againe. Hee woulde haue this light sodainly to appeare, to the ende the cruell Woolfe, [Page 393] might be the more feared, which in his greedie famine, had after a sort, al­readie deuoured the church of Christ. Unto these flashings of light, was ad­ded a voyce, in steede of a thunder, and sodeinly smiteth him to the grounde, when he least feared any such thing. These thinges teach vs how easie a matter it is for God to beate downe the enterpryses of his enimyes. For where he is the Lorde of hostes, he can arme all things agaynst them, and there is none so dispysed a creature, but is able to punishe those, whom God will haue punished. So he once sent water sodeynly, and destroyed all the worlde. Upon Sodome he rayned fire and brimstone from heauen. The haughtie and stowte stomaked Aegyptians, he brought downe, one while by darknesse, one other while by swarmes of flies, sometime by the hopping of filthie frogges, sometime by twinging and byting of Lice. Antiochus and Herod he killed with wormes and vermine that bred of their owne fleshe. He killed Saul the Tyranne wyth his owne sworde. I let passe an infinite number of like sort, bicause this fall of Saul, may serue in steade of many ex­amples. It shall profite vs well to beholde him. What doe the letters pro­cured from the high Bishop profite him being nowe sodeinly fallen? What auayleth the power graunted by his authoritie, agaynst the Christians? Can he be helde vp by the ministerie of that garde of his, that he brought with him? No, with what engines and weapons lyeth he ouerthrowne that euen now seemed an other Enceladus? Then was no clap of thunder as yet heard, no ratling of clowdes among themselues, no renting or rea­uing with fall of thunderbolte. Onely a light from heauen flashing in hys face, and the voyce of Christ sounding in his eares, so stryketh him both in bodie and soule, that he lyeth wide open and yeeldeth to Christ his Conque­rour, whome a little before he ment to put cleane away out of all mens re­membraunce. As these things serue for our consolation, agaynst the wic­ked enimies of Christ: so they must be applyed to our instruction. For they teach vs how vnprosperously the pride of them succeedeth, which seeing eue­ry day the examples of Gods power & Maiestie, dare yet stowte, and waxe fierce, against God and his worde: which I iudge to be one of the chiefe ar­guments of our corruption, when we puffed vp in affiaunce of well fauou­rednesse, kindred, dignities, or ryches, forget God, who can so easily pull downe our prowde stomackes. Let vs rather acknowledge Gods power, and humble our selues willingly vnder his valiaunt hande, least we prooue to our vtter losse and hinderaunce, how much he is able to doe.

Nowe let vs beholde Saule thus lying prostrate along, The effect. who hearing a voyce from heauen, asketh: Who art thou Lorde? He hearde he was cast downe by him whome he persecuted, and yet he asketh who he is. Yet is this saying a token of an humbled, and asswaged minde. Which would God we might see in these dayes, in those whome God vseth to cast downe, either by sicknesse, by pouertie, or other affliction, or calamitie, and yet acknow­ledge not the Lorde, nor that God hath cast them downe.

But bicause Saule sheweth himselfe nowe to be somewhat meeker, They are Christes eni­mies, that persecute the Church. the Lorde doth vouchsafe to make him aunswere, saying: I am Iesus whome thou persecutest. It is harde for thee, to kicke agaynst the pricke. Which aun­swere standeth in two poyntes. In the first, he teacheth who he is, and also reprooueth him of his heynous offence, as though he shoulde saye: Thou thinkest thou goest about to persecute men, and such, who as they are hated [Page 394] of all men, so haue they no reuenger or defender amongst men. But they are not without a reuenger, neyther doest thou persecute them alone. For I am that Iesus whome they professe, I reigne in heauen, and diligently obserue their condition and case. I long since promised to be their patrone and defender: yea, such familiaritie is betweene me and them, that I thinke it done to my selfe, whatsoeuer thou doest to the least of them. &c. Hereof may be gathered a generall doctrine: that whatsoeuer is done to them that worship Christ, the same is done to Christ. For it is his saying that is reade in the Prophetes: zach. 2. He that toucheth you, toucheth the apple of mine eye. And Esay in the .lxiij. chapter, speaking of the beneuolence of God towarde hys people, amongst other things sayth: In all their afflictions, I am afflicted. Let this serue for the instruction of Tyrannes, that they forget not howe they haue Christ their enimie, while they persecute the Church, who shall one day bruyse them with a rodde of yron, Psal. 2. and breake them in peeces, lyke a Pot­ters vessell. Againe, let the Godly take comfort hereof, that in tribulation they haue Christ a companion, 2. Tim. 2. with whome if they suffer, they shall one daye reigne.

In the other part of his aunswere, he layeth a punishement before their eyes, The punish­ment of per­secutors of the Church. saying: It is hard for thee to spurne agaynst the pricke. He vseth a Me­taphore or translation taken from Oxen or Horse, which if they winse a­gaynst the Goade, they do not only not preuayle in so doyng, but also pricke themselues the deeper into the fleshe, and are occasion of their further hurt. The Lorde threatneth the same shall come to passe in Saule, and in all other, which after his example persecute the Church, that is to saye, that their at­temptes shall not onely be in vaine, but daungerous and hurtfull also for the beginners. For the Church of Christ is the heauie stone, in lifting vp whereof, zach. 12. no man shall trie maystryes without some hurt, as God pro­miseth by his Prophete. And there want not examples whereby to prooue the same. For hereto belongeth the storie of Pharao, which spurning against the pricke, hath renowmed the waues of the redde sea, with his, and hys peoples destruction. The same iudgement tryed Sanheribe, who warring with God, and the people of Israell, by the hande of one Aungell, lost hys whole armie, bagges and baggage. Of Antiochus, and Herode, we spake ere while. To whome may be ioyned the Emperours of Rome, as manye as after Christes tyme persecuted the Churche, and within short space bought their crueltie full deare. To these if wee ioyne the examples of Gods iudgementes, in our dayes, agaynst the enimies of the Church, we shall say, that the truth of this sentence which Christ here pronounceth is in­fallible. To vs this must be the vse of all these things, that we feare not the power of the worlde, and persecution of Tyrannes, nor be not therewith discouraged. For that verie Christ lyueth still, and will not forsake hys Church, which he hath promised to be with, vnto the ende of the worlde: to him be blessing, honour, power, and glorie, for euer. Amen.

The .lxiiij. Homelie.

‘AND he both trembling and astonyed sayd: Lorde, what wilt thou haue me to doe? And the Lorde sayde vnto him▪ Aryse, and go into the Citie, and it shall be tolde thee what thou must doe. The men which iourneyed wyth [Page 395] him stoode amazed, hearing a voyce, but seeing no man. And Saule arose from the earth, and when he opened his eyes, he sawe no man. But they led him by the hande, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three dayes without sight, and did neyther eate nor drinke.’

AS Saule before hee was conuerted vnto Iesus Christ, with great crueltie persecuted the name and Church of Christ: so God chose him, to set forth in him a peculiar ensample of his grace and goodnesse, teaching vs hereby that we haue nothing that we may glorie in before God, but that both our saluation, and whatsoeuer things else, helpe vs to the attayning thereof, ought to be referred to Gods mere goodnesse & grace. For although all men beare not like hatred agaynst Christes Church as Paule did, and that God compelleth not all men by open force, to take the way of saluation: yet are all men in one state and condition, so that they must bee drawne and conuerted by the mightie power of God. For if we consider man, as he is ruled and led by naturall lore and reede, 1. Cor. 2. we shall well per­ceyue he vnderstandeth not the thinges belonging to the spirite of God. Wherefore where the vnderstanding is corrupt, the will must needes bee euill and corrupted, which bringeth forth the impure and wicked desires of the fleshe: so that God truly sayd in the beginning. Gene. 8. The inuentions of mans heart, are euill euen from his childehoode. But where by reason of sinne, all our power is so weakened, that of our selues we be not able to thinke well: It well appeareth, that no man either would or could earnestly think of his saluation, except he were illuminated, drawne, & molified by God, although some mens corruption is more manifest and notorious than others. But bicause in Saules conuersion, there are many other things, which serue for our information, Luke standeth diligently vpon the discription therof. And at this time, bicause he hath declared the first act or dooing, he rehearseth the effect of this harde encounter, and diuers other things incident to the same.

He comprehendeth in few words a marueylous effect of gods punishmēt in Paule. For (sayth he) trembling and astonyed, he sayde: Lorde, The effect of Gods cha­styning. what wilt thou haue me to doe? And the Lorde sayde vnto him, aryse, and go into the Citie. &c. We haue in this place diligently to consider, both Gods person, and Paules. And first in Paule, we may see a token of a minde greatly hum­bled, and readie to all kinde of obsequie and seruiceablenesse. For now he doth vouchsafe to call him Lorde, whome before, he hated woorse than a dogge, or Tode. And of his owne accorde, enquireth what his will and pleasure is, folowing those seruaunts, which of a dutifull, and diligent rea­dinesse to please, vse to preuent their maysters commaundement, before they heare it. Hereout we may gather two thinges belonging to our in­struction. First, whosoeuer feele Gods hande chastyning them, The dutie of them whome God chaste­neth. are admoni­shed of their dutie. Let them acknowledge that God like a father puni­sheth and beateth them, to the entent to amende them, and correcteth those that be his, least they should be condemned with the world, 1. Cor. 11. Psal. 94. that will not re­pent. Which is the cause that the Prophete pronounceth him happie or bles­sed whome the Lorde chasteneth. Againe, let them acknowledge him to bee [Page 396] their Lorde, and earnestly enserch after his will, that they may knowe how to get his fauour and good will. This is the propertie of Gods elect, who thinke nothing more grieuous and intollerable, than to perceyue God to be offended with them. But the reprobate be of a farre other opinion, who although sometime they be compelled to obey and yeelde vnto God, yet they frette and fume, and by many a [...]guments, declare they doe it agaynst their willes. Wherefore they by and by [...]eturne againe to their nature, and to their olde woont, scarcely intermitted. The Scripture sheweth examples hereof in Pharao, and Saule the king. With whome may be numbred the Bishops seruaunts that were sent to apprehende Christ, who though they were smitten to the grounde, by the power of his worde, yet they by and by rose againe, Iohn. 18. and layde wicked handes on him▪ whome they ought to haue acknowledged for their Lorde. Let vs therefore doe as Paule did, as oft as we be cast downe by sicknesse, oppressed with pouertie, or become prayes to our enimies, or be any other wayes troubled or molested, and let vs say with the heart: Lorde what wilt thou haue vs to doe? And so shall those thinges turne to our health, which seemed to vs to be very hurtfull.

Chastisement hath place in matters of religion.Secondly, this example teacheth vs howe necessary a seuere kinde of correction, is sometime in matters of fayth and religion. For we see many of such a propertie and condicion, that vnlesse they be constrayned by force, they will not yeelde vnto the worde of God. Wherefore Christ, commaun­ded that some shoulde be compelled to come to the heauenly mariage. Of which number it is more euident that Paule is one, Luke. 14. than needeth great de­claration. Therefore it is no small error they holde, which crye out that no man ought to be compelled in matters of fayth and religion, bicause God onely hath power and authoritie ouer the mynde of man. For to graunt that it belongeth to God alone, to inspire, to drawe, and to giue fayth, yet we knowe agayne that God commaundeth false teachers to be conuinced both by argumentes and Scriptures, Deut. 1 [...]. and also to be bridled by the sworde of the Magistrate, if they waxe obstinate and incurable. By the same reason su­perstition, false worship, and blasphemie is commaunded to be made a­waye. For it were an absurde thing to punishe them which lye in wayte for our bodies and goodes, and let them scape free, which wickedlye deface the glory of God, and lay snares of damnation for mennes soules. There are examples euerywhere of them, which being restrayned through seuere chastisement, haue ceased after that from their blasphemie, and haue bene brought to knowledge of the truth. But as in all other thinges, so herein chiefely we wishe all wisedome and moderation to be vsed.

But let vs heare Christ, who by and by sheweth himselfe courteous and friendly to him, Christ tur­neth not from him that hū ­bleth himself. whome he seeth so ready to doe his commaundement. For as the father in the Prophets crieth: Returne vnto me, and I will returne vnto you: so we reade in the Gospell, that hee calleth all vnto him that are heauye loden, Math. 11. Iohn. 6. and openly testifyeth, that he will refuse none that cōmeth vnto him. He commaundeth him to go into the Citie, that he maye there learne of Ananias, what he hath to doe. Two causes maye be rendred of this com­maundement. For God by this meanes trieth Paules modestie, whyle hee sendeth him to them, whome not long before he ment violently to laye hold on. And also procureth hereby an authoritie and dignitie to the ministerye of his worde. For where he knoweth that men oftentimes contemne it, he [Page 397] teacheth vs therefore that the vse thereof is necessarye to the attayning of saluation. This we sawe in the hystorie of the Aethiop, whose heart where [...] illuminated by the secrete working of his spirite, yet woulde he vse the ministerie of Philip to do the same. And now although he vouch­safe to talke with Saule, yet he sendeth him to Ananias, to learne the myste­ries of fayth and saluation, and by his ministery to be baptised and taken in­to the fellowship of the Church. Wherevnto that also is lyke, that hereafter we shall heare tolde of Cornelius the Centurion, whome God admonisheth by an Aungell sent vnto him, to sende for Peter, and to be taught of him. These things teache vs, that we must not thinke the ministery of the worde vnprofitable and superfluous, and that we must looke for no Angelicall or heauenly reuelations to instruct and teache vs. For where the Lorde will haue vs to be taught by the Scriptures, and preaching of the worde, who­soeuer contemneth the same, declareth plainely that he is vnworthy of his kingdome, and shall neuer come to the knowledge o [...] the sayth. For why shoulde God vouchsafe to teache a despiser of his order after a newe sort? Therefore this saying of Paule standeth sure: Rom. 10. how shall they beleeue if they haue not hearde? howe shall they heare, without a Preacher? Agayne, that saying of Christ: They haue Moses and the Prophets, Luke. 16. whome if they will not heare, neyther will they heare those that ryse from the deade, to declare their saluation. We are admonished also, that none be he neuer so simple a Mi­nister of Christ and his worde, ought to be despised so he be lawfully ordey­ned, seeing that singuler vessell of God, Paule, is sent to Ananias, of whome till this time, no mention hath bene made. For the authoritie of Gods word dependeth not vppon the dignitie of man, but standeth in his full strength and force, whatsoeuer he be whome God sendeth to vs, to teach and preach his will.

Furthermore, Paules cō ­panions. Luke enterlaceth among these premisses a short trea­tise of Paules companions, whome he sayth to stande amazed, and to haue hearde a voyce, but to haue seene no man. But if we hearken to Paule decla­ring these things before Agrippa, it shall appeare that they also in the begin­ning fell downe, and albeit they first ro [...]e againe, yet they stoode as menne amazed in their minde, by reason of the great feare they were put in. Luke seemeth somwhat to vary from Paules narration, wheras he saith they ney­ther hearde the voyce, nor sawe any man. But here is no contradiction in these things. For here they are sayde to heare a voyce, bicause they hearde a sounde and noyse. And it is sayde, they hearde it not, bicause they vnder­stoode not what was sayde, and God would not haue them vnderstande the things that belonged not to them. Or else that that is spoken here of the voyce, must be referred to Paules voyce only, which his companions heard, where they heard not the voyce of Christ talking with Paule, as which per­tayned not to them. And thus seemeth Paules wordes to meane, which are thus written in the .xij. Chapter following: And they that were with me, saw verily a light, and were afrayde, but they hearde not the voice of him that spake with mee. In this place is chiefly to bee considered what remayneth for all them which ioyne with the open enimies of Christ, The compa­nions of the wicked are punished with the wic­ked. and are partakers of their deuyses. For they are punyshed with them, whether they be seruants, subiects or children. For all priuiledges of men must giue place to that obe­dience, wherewyth God hath bounde vs to him: and the authoritie of thys [Page 398] saying shall remayne firme and sure for euer: we must obey God rather than men. Therefore as many as for fauour of men forget the dutie they owe vnto God, deserue to perishe with them whome they haue looued more than God. These things teach vs to auoyde the company of the wicked, and if we cannot so doe, at leastwyse to take heede that we allowe not their wic­ked enterprises with our consent, nor defende them wyth our authoritie. The fable of the Storke taken among the Cranes, is well knowne in the writings of the Heathen, which the Husbandman kylled, pleading hir in­nocencie all in vayne, bicause she was taken among the Cranes that crop­ped and eate downe his corne. And Paule in another place pronounceth them worthy of punishment, that not onely doe euill, but which also consent to euill. Rom. 1. Which thinges if we in these dayes woulde consider, we shoulde lesse marueyle at the manifolde miseries of our tyme, for all men are faul­tie in contemning and oppressing the Gospell, whereas one sorte cruellye persecute it, another sort busily seeke the friendship and league of the perse­cutors, and others stande ydlely looking on, and suffer those to be punished and oppressed, whome they ought to maintaine and defende.

But let vs returne to Paule, whose state Luke nowe descrybeth. And first he sayth he rose vp, Paules state and condicion whereas Christ the Lorde had giuen him power so to doe. He addeth that when he had opened his eyes, he sawe nothing, be­ing blynded with the brightnesse of the light that came from heauen. Wher­fore he commeth to Damascus, ledde by his companions, where he remay­ned whole three dayes, and neyther eate nor dranke all the whyle. All these are no small tokens of a great feare he was stricken in, both in bodye and mynde. That that some tell here of Paules being taken into Paradyse, wee leaue as vncertayne, bicause we will not seeme ouer boldly to affirme anye thing.

God turneth the enterpri­ses of the wicked vpon the deuysers. Galat. 1.In the meane season it shall suffyse that we marke howe God vseth to defeate the deuises of his enimies, and turneth vpon their owne heads the things they procure agaynst his faythfull seruants. Paule vnto diuers other seemed till thys tyme, to see more than other, as who had profited more than many of his fellowes, as himselfe testifieth otherwheres. But nowe he is blynde both in body and minde, vntill he be illuminated of God. He com­meth accompanied with his trayne of companions and seruaunts, whome he had picked out to the ende to bring the Christians bounde to Ierusalem. But himselfe is ledde by them more than captiue and bounde. Al so it is ve­ry like he woulde haue brought many to famine and pouertie, but nowe he suffreth famine three dayes togither, and knoweth not what to doe. There are lyke ensamples euerywhere in the Scryptures. So we see Balaam and Balaac deluded, whyle they heape blessings vpon the Israelites, whome they mynded with curses to ouerwhelme. So the Egyptians thrust them out of their countrie laden with their owne treasures, whome they ment to op­presse with perpetuall bondage. So Saule ministred vnto Dauid euery day matter of greater glorie, whyle he seeketh his destruction. Herevnto is the storie of Haman and Mardocheus to be referred, with infinite others, which confirme the saying of Dauid, where he declareth that God from heauen laugheth at his enimies deuises. Psalm. 2. Let vs therefore learne to acknowledge the power of our Sauiour Iesus Christ, and let vs not feare the threatnings and enterprises of any of his enimies. Let vs submit our selues to him by [Page 399] faithfull obedience, that we may hereafter be heyres with him in heauen, of the glorie that he hath promised vs: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxv. Homelie.

‘AND there was a certaine Disciple at Damasco named Ananias, and the Lorde sayde to him in a vision, Ananias? And hee sayde, behold I am here Lord. And the Lord sayd vnto him, arise, and go into the streete which is cal­led straight, and seeke in the house of Iudas after one called Saule of Tharsus: for behold he prayeth, and hath seene in a vision a man named Ananias com­ming vnto him, and putting his handes on him, that he might receyue his sight. Then Ananias aunswered: Lorde, I haue hearde by many of this man howe much euill he hath done to thy Saints at Ierusalem: and here he hath authoritie of the high Priestes to bynde all that call on thy name. The Lorde sayde vnto him: Go thy way, for he is a chosen vessell vnto me, to carie my name before the Gentyles, and Kinges, and the children of Israel. For I will shewe him howe great things he must suffer for my names sake.’

ALthough we ought diligently to con­sider the conuersions and callinges of all the Apo­stles, yet Paules conuersion of all others deserueth singulerly to be marked: partly bicause it contayneth in it a rare example of Gods mercye towarde sin­ners, and partly for that Paule laboured more than al [...] the Apostles, neyther is there anye other whose writings are more often alledged, eyther of the olde writers or newe, in matters of fayth and religion. It is therfore necessary that we knowe who he was, howe God called him and conuerted him, that we may haue his doctrine in the more authoritie, which thing is the cause that Luke writeth his hystorie so diligently. And hi­therto he hath declared, howe the Lorde interrupted his fiercenesse, and horrible attempts, in the middle of hys race and businesse, and that so force­ably, that he was fayne to offer himselfe to the Lord, to be obedient and to be taught, being a whyle before, his grieuous enimie. Herevnto he conue­niently addeth howe he is appoynted to the office of an Apostle, which con­tayneth a notable discourse betweene the Lorde Iesus Christ and Ananias, by whose ministerie Paule was to be ordered. Euery part whereof we will declare as farre forth as God shall permit.

First the Lorde calleth Ananias, Ananias is called to giue Paule hys orders. Actes. 22. that Paule may take orders by his mi­nisterie. And of Ananias Luke speaketh but little in this place, but Paule at large, where he commendeth him of his godlinesse, and sayth he deserued among the Iewes, the testimonie of a good, and an innocent man. Him the Lorde certifyeth of his will, by a vision, and likewise prepareth Paule being in his prayers, by an other vision, worthily to receyue Ananias. Here our Sauiour Christ is well to be marked, which instructeth them both by eui­dent visions. For hereby is perceyued the ardent desire that Christ hath to the saluation of mankinde, shewed and declared ingenerall towardes all men, and especially in seeking the lost sheepe, Luke. 15. as himselfe elsewhere testi­fyeth. [Page 400] Which thing as it is for our comfort, so it also serueth for our instruc­tion, that we should traueyle rather to saue sinners, than to destroy them, and not follow those, which glorying in their feruent zeale of Gods glorie, rashly reiect and condemne all those, whome they see once to haue swarued from the way of truth. Moreouer we are taught, how expedient it is, that all things be done rightly & duely in the outwarde ministerie of the worde. For except the ministers be duely called, and well assured of their calling, and the hearers well prepared to receyue their sayings, there can followe no worthie fruite and auayle of their doing. For howe shall they preach, ex­cept they be sent? Rom. 10. Or with what argumentes shall they bee emboldened a­gaynst the threates and enterprises of the wicked, which craftily haue vsur­ped and intruded vpon the office of teaching? Againe, if the hearers come not well minded, and prepared to heare the worde of the Lorde, then shall they receyue that wholesome seede, eyther into the way, eyther into stonie places, or among thornes, and there shall be many impediments that shall cause that they shall bring forth no worthie fruites. Wherfore Christ requi­reth honest mindes, which will holde fast the seede they haue once receyued, and being armed agaynst all suggestions of Satan, Luke. 8. the worlde and the flesh, bring forth worthie fruits with pacience. And that we haue neede of diligent preparation hereto, euery man may easily vnderstande, that well conside­reth the corrupt nature of man. These things if we will well weigh and ex­pend, it shall easily appeare, why there is so much preaching in these dayes, with so little profite. For most part of the Ministers, without wayting for the lawfull calling of the Lorde, get into the ministerie by vnlawfull mea­nes, for the belly sake: and they that will not seeme the vngodlyest of the hearers of the worde, come vnto it, more for custome sake, than of any ear­nest desire of amendment, beeing altogither like vnto those, which in the Prophete, Ezech. 33. sayde: Come I praye you, let vs heare what woorde is gonefoorth from the Lorde.

Paule prayethFurthermore, we haue also to consider Paule, whom the Lord speaking to Ananias, witnesseth to be in his prayer. This is to be vnderstanded of the continuall prayers he made, all the three dayes long, as easily appeareth by the circumstaunces, bicause there were many thinges, which might mooue Paule vnto prayer. For he felt the horrible hande of God, which threw him downe. He hearde howe he was accused from heauen, to be the professed enimie of the sonne of God. Then came to his minde the wicked enterpri­ses, & crueltie that he had vsed against the name of Christ and his Church, also the banishments, chaynes, imprisonment, and torments, with the la­mentation and crying of women and children, whereofhe had beene the au­thour. Yea, his guiltie conscience, as yet troubled him. Then againe the wayting for the promise of reuelation and instruction, was able to styrre him vp to earnest prayer, and yet in this earnestnesse and diligence of pray­ing, God disappoynteth him (as I might say) whole three dayes togither. These things commend vnto vs an incessant earnestnesse of prayer, bicause there are as many and as vrgent causes, to styrre vs vp also theretoo. For if we discende into our selues, wee shall finde they are no tryfling sinnes, whereby we haue deserued Gods wrath. We many tymes feele the hande of Gods anger. The conscience of our wickednesse oftentymes molesteth vs. We are still in daunger of all kindes of aduersitie. And if the thinking [Page 401] hereof be not able to kindle in vs heartie and ardent prayer, then shall wee worthily be called colder than yron or yce. 1. Thes. 5. Paule for these causes commaun­deth vs continually to pray. And let vs so remember to continue in prayer, that we be not ouercome with distrust or impaciencie, and rashely prescribe God any tyme to heare or helpe vs in. For he sometime deferreth the helpe he promiseth vs, not bicause he meaneth to disappoynt them, that trust in him, but bicause he will exercise and trie our fayth: Examples wherof we haue both in Paule, in Abraham, in the woman of Chanaan, and in many o­thers. Here therefore let vs bende the force of our fayth, and follow the ex­ample of that Widdow, by whose importunatenesse, Luke. 18. Christ sayth the wicked Iudge was ouercome. But, O miserable and vnhappie wretches that we be, which as we scarce, take vs vnto prayer, in extreeme necessitie: so we by and by faint and giue ouer, if God doe not graunt our peticions at the first, being verie little mindefull of our state who being seruauntes, ought paciently to abyde our Lordes leysure, and not imperiously to appoynt him.

But let vs consider Ananias, Ananias fear­fully draweth backe. which being ouercome with feare of daun­ger, putteth of the expresse and euident commaundement of the Lorde. For he sayth: Lorde, I haue hearde of this man by many, howe great euill he hath done to thy saintes at Hierusalem, and here hee hath power from the highe priestes, to binde all that call vpon thy name. He alleageth the testimonie of others, least he might seeme to feare in vaine. But it is a ridiculous matter to stande more vpon the testimonie of man, than vpon the worde of God. It is also ridiculous to rehearse Saules doings of others mouthes before the Lorde, as though he had hitherto beene ignoraunt of them. But here­vnto feare, a naughtie and foolish Counsaylor, vseth to bring vs, if we once take him to consult with, in discussing of Gods commaundements. Yet it ap­peareth by this example, that it taketh hold many times euen of holy men, and faythfull worshippers of God. Gene. 12.20 With this feare we reade Abraham was so ouercome, that he denyed Sara to be his wife. Moses striken with lyke feare, Exod. 3.4. can scarcely be induced to take vpon him the conduct and leading of the people of Israel. Elias the Prophete tasted of this feare, when after the slaughter of Baals Priestes, he wi [...]t not whither to flie for feare of Iesabell the Queenes manaces and threats. Ionas also deceyued through feare, 1. Reg. 19. pro­mised himself more safetie among the flouds of the sea, and barbarous ship­men, than in the ayde and vocation of the Lord. Here might also be brought forth the examples of others, both Prophetes and Apostles. But this is mans infirmitie, for the which, no man is rashely to be condemned, bicause we see many tokens hereof appeared in Christ also, when the howre of his death drewe nigh. We must take heede that we be not so ouercome here­with, that we leaue the charge inioyned vs of the Lord. But rather hauing a respect to the prouidence of God, Math. 10. committe our selues wholy to the will of God, as Christ teacheth his Apostles. Wherevnto also are to be referred the general promises of Gods helpe, which promise them that walke in his vocation, sure and certaine ayde and succour. And herewith I beleeue Ana­nias also was confirmed, who although at the first, seemed somewhat time­rous, yet he yeeldeth to God being instant vpon him, and the seconde tyme of commaunding, he faythfully obeyeth him. The Lorde comforteth Ananias.

It is a singuler consolation, wherewith the Lorde comforteth Ananias [Page 402] wauering and fearefull minde. Go (sayth he) for he is a chosen vessell vnto mee, to beare my name before the Gentiles, and kinges, and children of Israell. For I will shewe him, howe great thinges he must suffer for my names sake. It seemeth there are two reasons alleaged, wherefore Ananias ought not to feare, and both of them are taken of Paules person. First he sayth he is not a Tyranne and persecutor, as he was heretofore, but of the number of the elect, & hereafter should be a most valiant and faithfull defender of Christes name. Then that there is so little feare to be had of any persecution to be made by Paul, that rather he had to suffer many things for y e name of Christ.

The prayse of Paule.These wordes contayne a singuler and worthie prayse of Paule, which we ought diligently to consider, both for that the excellencie of Gods goodnesse may the better be knowne, and also that we may vnderstande howe great authoritie Paules doctrine is of.

A chosen ves­sell.First he is called after an Hebrue phrase, the vessell of election, that is to say, a chosen, picked, or culled instrument. For the Hebrues by this name vessell, vnderstande all kinde of instruments, vtensiles, or implements. And they vse the Genitiue case of the Substantiue, for the Adiectiue. Men are called the vesselles or instrumentes of God, bicause God executeth hys iudgementes by them. So Paule otherwheres calleth the elect, the vessels of glorie and mercie, Rom. 9. and againe the reprobates the vessels of wrath. And Senacherib, Esay. 1 [...]. by the same reason is called the rodde of Gods furie. Christ cal­leth Paule, a chosen vessell, bicause he executed many thinges by him, yea, most wholesome workes in setting forth the Gospell and the fayth. In the meane season this word vessell or instrument teacheth vs to remember our state and condition, that if we haue any thing in vs that is excellent, wee should not thinke it to be ours, but learne to giue all the prayse and glorie vnto God, who hath vouchsafed to vse their helpe. The reprobates and such, as want the knowledge of God, vnderstande not this: therefore they attribute to their owne power and witte, whatsoeuer is of any excellencie in them. Esay. 1 [...]. Dan. 4. But howe much such doing displeaseth the Lorde, Senacherib the Assirian, and Nabuchodonosor the Babilonian, aboundauntly testifie. Paule much better weighed these thinges, which plainely confesseth, that he is by the grace of God, 1. Cor. 3. whatsoeuer he is. The same teacheth all Ministers, that they must arrogate nothing to themselues, or to others, but that they re­member all effect and successe of Ministerie commeth of the Lorde, which giueth the increase. The consideration hereof, serueth very much to make men humble in heart and minde. For it maketh them to take heede, that they exceede not in pride or securitie, and so become the vessels and instru­ments of wrath.

Paule ap­poynted to preach the Gospell.Secondlye, Christ declareth the ende and vse of this instrument, and sheweth that Paule is appoynted to beare his name, that is to aduaunce and extoll his name before the Gentyles, and Kings, and people of Israel. He vnderstandeth the preaching of the Gospell, whereby Christes name vseth to be extolled and celebrated, when repentaunce and remission of sinnes is preached in him. Here all Ministers are admonyshed of their due­tie. To them it belongeth to beare the name of Christ, that is to preache him to be a Sauiour, King and Priest, and to declare that all thinges that appertayne to our saluation, 1. Cor. 2. Gala [...]. 6. are in him. So Paule sayth, he knoweth nothing but Iesus Christ, and him crucified. The same, sayth he, reioyceth [Page 403] onely in the crosse of Christ. The same name did Peter cary, where he sayde there was none other name vnder heauen giuen vnto manne, Actes. 4. in which he coulde be saued. Wherby we gather that they be not the ministers of Christ, but ledde with the spirite of Antichrist, that declare any other name where­in repentance and forgiuenesse of sinnes is preached. See concerning these men. 1. Iohn. 4. Let Ministers remember also, that they must not cary this name into corners, but before Nations, Kings, and Iewes. For although we be not all Apostles, yet it appertayneth to all Ministers not to be asha­med of Christ, but to speake of the testimonies of the Lorde (as Dauid sayth) before Kings and Princes: 1. Pet. 2. being readye to giue an account of our fayth to e­uery one that asketh vs. And with howe great trust and diligence, Paule discharged the office committed to him of Christ, the Text shall declare. For he confesseth that from Ierusalem and the coastes rounde about to Illyricum, Rom. 15. he filled all Countries with the Gospell.

Thirdly, Paule is most strong in bea­ring of the crosse. least any man might thinke that so great a Minister of Christ was endued with any priuiledge of immunitie, to escape alway free, he ma­keth mention also of his afflictions. I (sayth he) will shewe vnto him howe great things he shall suffer for my sake. Which wordes haue in them no com­mination, but a promise. For first we knowe that Christ maketh them par­takers of his glorie, whome he doth vouchsafe to haue parteners of hys crosse. Insomuch that Paule afterward commendeth the Philippians for this cause, that it was giuen them not onely to beleeue in the▪ Lord, but also to suf­fer for his sake. Further, he sayth he shall be inuincible, & promiseth him hys succor and ayde in bearing the crosse. Paule himselfe shall be the best exposi­tor of this saying, which writing vnto the Corinthians sayth: Of the Iewes, fiue times, receyued I euery time fourtie stripes saue one. Thryse was I beaten with roddes: I was once stoned: I suffred thryse shipwracke: Night and daye haue I bene in the deepe sea: in iourneying often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in ieoperdies of myne owne Nation: in ieoperdies among the hea­then: in perils in the Citie, in perils in wildernesse, in perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren. &c. See the place▪ 2. Cor. 11. and .12. Furthermore, these things teach vs, that the Gospell can not be preached without the crosse and tribulation. For this worlde cannot abyde the lyght thereof, bicause the workes thereof bee naught. Therefore euen as Paule in this place, Iohn. 3 so Christ in euery place admonisheth those that be his to beare the Crosse. Therefore they be most foolishe of all other men, which thinke that in the ministerye of the Gospell, the matter may be brought to passe without daunger, and go about to please the worlde. Nay, he shall be little meete for this office and function, except he well haue prepared himselfe to beare the crosse, and all kinde of aduersities. Touching which poynt, see Luke. xiiij. Let vs remem­ber that God onely giueth vs power and strength, whose looue wherewyth he looued vs, if we well perceyue, we shall be prepared and ready to all as­sayes, as Paule afterwarde teacheth. Roma. 8 Let vs therefore make our continuall prayers vnto him, that he will graunt vnto vs to be able both to suffer for the name of Christ, and also to come to the inheritance of heauen with him: to whome all prayse, honor, power, and glory, is due for euer. Amen.

The .lxvj. Homelie.

‘And Ananias went his waye, and entred into the house, and put his hands on him and sayde: Brother Saule, the Lorde that appeared to thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mayst receyue thy sight, and be filled with the holy ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes, as it had bene scales, and he receyued sight, and arose and was baptised, and receyued meate and was comforted. Then was Saule a certayne dayes with the Disciples which were at Damasco. And streyghtwayes hee preached Christ in the Sinagoges, howe that he was the sonne of God. But all that heard him were amazed and sayde: Is not this hee that spoyled them which called on thys name in Ierusalem, and came hither for that intent, that hee myght bring them bounde vnto the high Priests? But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Iewes which dwelt at Damasco, affirming that this was very Christ’

THe Euangelist Luke descrybeth the con­uersion of the Apostle Paule very diligently, partly, for that we myght vnderstande thereby what grace and goodnesse God sheweth vnto sinners, and partly for that Paules doctrine myght be of the more authoritie with vs, as which he commendeth vnto vs with so ear­nest protestation, that he sayth, an Aungell of heauen is not to be beleeued, that woulde teache the contrary. To both these appertaine that singuler and notable testimonie, wherewith Christ, as we hearde yesterday, set forth Paule. For he calleth him a chosen vessell, who a little before seemed to be the vessell of wrath. Furthermore, he attributeth to him in handling of his affayres, fayth, dexteritie, constancie & paciency of mynde. Whereby we gather, that the goodnesse of God towarde sinners is great, and that we maye not contemne the doctrine of Paule, vn­lesse we will contumeliously sinne against Christ, and accuse his testimonie of falshoode. But let vs see this present place, which comprehendeth the resti­tution of Paule, and the first thing he did in his Apostleship or ministerye of the Gospell.

Concerning Paules restitution, which was three dayes blynde, and at length receyued hys sight agayne, Paule is restored and baptysed. and was by baptisme receyued into the Church of Christ, the persons both of Ananias and Paule are to be conside­red, with the marueylous effect which the Euangelyst sayth by and by fol­lowed. The obedi­ence of Ana­nias. But first we will speake of Ananias, whose ministery it pleased God herein to vse. He as it is sayde, went his waye, and entred into the house of Iudas, where he hearde that Paule was lodged. The earnest repeating of Gods commaundement did put from him the stupiditie that he was in be­fore, neyther alleageth he any more the talke of the people, or the reasons of fleshlye wisedome agaynst the commaundements of the Lorde, which mynde we may see in all the true worshippers of God, which haue this spe­ciall care, that no feare withholdeth them from the dutie of obedience which they owe vnto God. Let vs also imitate these people, and knowe that they are vnworthye of all pardon and excuse, who are so ouercome of the infir­mitie [Page 405] of the fleshe, and fea [...]e of daunger, that they forget and denye God, and the dutie they owe vnto him. Further, The impos [...] ­tion or laying on of handes. Ananias layeth his handes vpon Saule, whych ceremonie is for good purpose borowed of the olde testament, in the ordering and making of our Ministers. For in tymes past the priests layde their handes vppon the sacrifices, whereby declaring that the thing which they did, was in the behalfe of all the people, and so consecrated the beastes standing at the aultar vnto God. By a lyke reason the publike cure and charge of the Church, is commended vnto the Ministers, by impositi­on of handes, and they are therby admonished to remember howe they be consecrated vnto God, and that therfore they must apply all their study, care, labour, and watching, to set forth the glory of God. Preaching of the worde. But bicause there is no vse or profite of a bare ceremonie, Ananias ioyneth the word thereto, wher­by he declareth to him whatsoeuer Christ commaunded him to say. Where­in the bolde courage of Ananias is to be considered, who plainely professeth the name of Iesus Christ, and acknowledgeth himselfe to be his seruaunt, before him, whome he knewe hytherto to be Christes mortall enimie. A­gayne, bicause he had hearde what testimonie Christ gaue of Paule, he dis­dayneth not to call him brother. Therefore in Ministers a strong and bolde courage of minde must be ioyned with a gentle and milde facility of speach: least either they suffer themselues to be beaten from the confession of Christ, and hys due obedience, or else through their hawtie port and ouermuch se­ueritie, driue them awaye whome they ought to embrace as brethren, and by all meanes to winne vnto Christ.

Unto these premisses Luke ioyneth a marueylous successe. Scales fall from Paules eyes. For hee wryteth that there fell from the eyes of Paule, a thing as it had bene scales, and that then by & by he had his sight againe. He maketh mention of scales, to thende we myght vnderstande, that his eyes were not lightly blasted, as vseth to be in lightning, but that he was striken into a great and maruey­lous blindenesse. And it is not without a great marueyle, that wythin so fewe dayes, scales coulde gather on his eyes, so to take his sight from him. And it is no lesse marueylous, to see, that he is so soone agayne restored to the sight which he had lost. In the meane season it appeareth that Christ would after a sort admonishe Paule of the state he lyued in, being in his Iu­daisme or Phariseyisme. For when he was Gamaliel his scholer, he profited so incredibly amonge his fellowes, that he seemed to be wyser, and to see more than all they. But that wisedome which so highly pleased him, was meere blyndenesse. For the vayle was yet drawne before his eyes, where­by the Iewes were hindered that they coulde not see Moses face: 2. Cor. 3. bicause they wanted the knowledge of Christ, in whome God the father hath giuen vs that heauenly light, which is able to put awaye all darkenesse of igno­rance and carnall zeale. Bicause this lyght began to shyne on Paule, scales fell from his eyes, and he seeth that hitherto he had bene fowly and misera­bly beguyled with the blinde zeale of ignorance. Therefore whosoeuer will continue in fayth and saluation without falling, let him followe that lyght which is Christ, and walke in him. See Iohn. 1.8. and .12. Chapters.

But what doth Paule after he had receyued hys sight? He aryseth, Paule is bap­tised. is baptised, eateth, and is made whole. First he sayth he was baptised, bicause he was hereof admonished by Ananias, as himselfe witnesseth in the .xxij. of the Actes. Howbeit, some will saye, baptisme was superfluous in him, who [Page 406] Christ knewe was a c [...]osen vessell▪ who had felt the marueylous power of Christ, who was nowe endued wyth the holy ghost, and whose eyes aswell of the mynde, as of the body, the Lorde had lyghtened. But the Saintes iudge nothing superfluous and vnprofitable, which they know is ordeyned of God. And bicause they reade that the obseruing of the thinges that were ordeyned in the olde Testament, till the tyme of correction was commaun­ded, with such seueritie that it was death to transgresse them, they woulde neuer take vpon them to neglect any of the thinges which Christ deliue­red, to be obserued till the ende of the worlde. Therefore the impudencie and rashnesse of those which now a dayes contemne the vse of baptisme and the Lordes supper, is execrable, and herein they declare, what perfection of fayth they are of, in that they dare wickedlye despyse the ordinaunces of the Lorde.

Paule refresh­eth himselfe with meate.Moreouer, Paule taketh meate, and refresheth and cheereth his de­cayed strength of body. The Saintes therefore vse the things which serue for preseruation of their health, and which God hath giuen vs for that vse: such as are meate and drinke, clothing, and all kyndes of such lyke. So Paule admonisheth Timothy, 1. Tim. 5. to vse Wine nowe and then bicause of the cru­ditie and rawnesse of his stomack. By these examples is the pieuish super­stition of them confuted, whych bicause they abstayne from things necessa­rye, attribute to themselues the tytle of singuler holynesse. For although we condemne not fasting, whereby the pryde of our wanton fleshe is sub­dued and tamed, the rather to obey Christ: so we allowe not those which set merite in that, that by Gods worde is no where commaunded. For to such men agreeth that saying of the Lorde: when ye eate and drinke, doe yee not eate and drinke for your owne selues? zach. 7. By the which reason may be sayde to these also: when ye fast, ye fast for your selues. Yea, Paule teacheth vs to beware of those, which bidde vs after a superstitious sort to abstaine from certayne things, Colos. 2. 1. Tim. 4 and sayth they bring the doctrine of Deuils, which com­maunde vs to abstayne from meates created of God, for mans vse.

The first thing that Paule did in his Apostle­ship.But let vs go on in the treatise of this present place, and consider the first thing that Paule doth in the ministery of the Gospell, of whome two things are reported. First it is sayde he was conuersant with the Disciples, that is to saye, the Christians that were at Damascus. Then he ioyned not himselfe to the Iewes or Gentyles, which were the publike enimies of Christ, but vnto the faythfull and such as professed the name of Christ. We are hereby taught, that they that will be taken for Christians, ought to vse the company of the godly, and to abstaine from them whome they knowe to be the professed enimies of Christ. For although the godly are permitted to keepe company with infidels as farre forth as necessitie requyreth: yet the faythfull finde that the company they keepe with them without necessi­tie, for worldly friendshippe and pleasures sake, is to their hurt and hinde­rance. We reade that Iesus Christ was diuers times at the Phariseyes tables, and at publyke feastes. But it is euident it was not for the satisfy­ing of his owne pleasure, but to winne them to saluation. For he neuer was so forgetfull of his dutie, to wynke at their errours, but he woulde powder their table talke with wholesome precepts, and the mysteries of the kingdome of God. And if any seeke the companye of the vngodly for thys ende, we allowe their purpose and endeuour. But they that winke at the [Page 407] blasphemies of the wicked, their abhominable ydolatrie, their foolish super­stition, most corrupt maners, and filthy desires of a dastardly and sluggish minde, to seeme trimme companions, and enioy their friendship and fauor, we alleage to them that saying of Dauid, which accounteth them among the citizens of heauen, that d [...]spyse the wicked, Psalm. 15. Psalm. 16. and make much of them that feare the Lorde. The same sayth: all his delyght is in the Saintes that are in the earth. For why shoulde we see Christes souldiour in Antichristes tentes sitting ydle? why should he suffer their doings and sayings which he know­eth to deface the honor and glory of Christ?

Secondly, he speaketh of Paules doctrine, Paule prea­cheth Iesus. which worthily is placed first in this dooing: he sayth he preached openly in the Synagoges. And what did this newe Apostle preache? Uerily Iesus to be the sonne of God and Christ. These things he taught not after a slender and colde sort, but so con­firmed them with Scriptures and arguments, that he vtterly confounded the Iewes, that were Christes greatest enimies, and made them in a doubt of their religion.

In these thinges we haue a compendious abridgement of Paules doc­doctrine, which ought to be of great authoritie with vs. The summe of the Apo­stles doctrine He confesseth other­wheres, that he knoweth nothing but Iesus Christ. 1. Cor. 2. Therefore him whom he onely knew, he thought best onely to preach. He comprehendeth in few, yea in two poyntes, whatsoeuer is at large sayde of him, both in the Pro­phetes and Apostles writings. For first he teacheth, that Iesus which was borne of the Uirgin Marie, was the sonne of God. So he hath herein com­prised whatsoeuer belongeth to the knowledge of Christes person. Where­in if we acknowledge not the humaine and diuine nature togither, the rea­son of our saluation cannot stande safe and sure, which all the Scripture sayth dependeth on Christ onely. Paule acknowledgeth both these natures. For howe can he but acknowledge his humaine nature, which intreateth of him that was taken and crucifyed by the Iewes, and who he knewe dyed, and who elsewhere he testifyeth was borne of the Iewes, Roma. 9. concerning hys manhoode? But where he sayth, he is the sonne of God, he cannot denie his diuinitie. For what other thing should be borne of God, than God? So he taught that Iesus was both God and man: God from euerlasting, Gala. 4. and in a tyme therevnto ordeyned made man, as otherwhere he sheweth. Fur­thermore, he declared his office, and sheweth that he was Christ, that is, the annoynted of God. Kinges and Priestes in tyme past were annoynted, ac­cording to an auncient and olde vsage. And bicause the sauiour promised to mankinde must be both a King, and a Priest, therefore God woulde haue him called by the name of Messias, or Christ, that is to say, annoynted. The other poynt of Paules doctrine is, that this Iesus, which is true God and man, was also that promised Sauiour of the worlde, whome the ceremo­nies of the lawe did shadowe, and the oracles of the Prophetes sayde was to come. And this is that doctrine, that deserueth onely to be called Apo­stolike. For it agreeth with that confession, that Peter being demaunded of Christ, made in the name of all the Apostles, saying: Thou art Christ, Math. 16. Iohn. 6. that sonne of the liuing God. And thou hast the wordes of eternall life. And thys is that fayth, which is buylt vpon Christ, that is, the rocke which cannot swarue, and agaynst which the gates of Hell cannot preuayle. Therefore whosoeuer will be taken for the true worshipper of Christ, and reioyce in [Page 408] the Apostolike faith, let them constantly keepe this doctrine. For it is plaine, that Paule pronounced of this doctrine, that if an Aungell from heauen preach any other Gospell than this, Galat. 1. he is to be helde accursed.

But did Paule superficially, and by the way propose this doctrine? No, But bicause there were at Damascus schooles of the Iewes, Paule confu­teth y Iewes through whose dotages the knowledge of Iesus Christ was defaced, he thought good to confute them, and to confirme the true doctrine of Christ with authoritie of the scriptures. For it is euident that the Iewes did acknowledge the aun­cient promises of the Messias. But bicause they imagined he shoulde be an earthly Prince onely, which shoulde restore that auncient kingdome of the Iewishe Nation, and the maiestie thereof, and deliuer them from the yoke of the Romane bondage: they could neuer fynde in their heart to acknow­ledge Iesus, whose comming to them was so poore, his conuersation so humble, and his death so reprochfull, to be their Messias. The errours of these men Paule stoutlye wythstandeth, and affirmeth this Iesus to be the sonne of God and the Messias, with such authoritie of Scripture, and num­ber of arguments, that he greatly molested and shamed the best learned of them, which hitherto vsed to deny the same. Which thing commeth to passe to all them who thynke it a shame to yeelde vnto Chryst, and to the truth.

How the gos­pell ought to be preached.This place teacheth vs howe the doctrine of the Gospell shoulde be preached, wherein some be of this opinion, that they thinke a playne and simple exposition of the mysteries of saluation, is sufficient, and that they which reprooue the tyrannie of Antichrist and his superstition, laboure in vayne, and are authors of intollerable discention. And in deede a playne and simple teaching of our saluation woulde suffyse, if there were not such as woulde obscure and deface it with errours, and laboured to pull awaye the vnwarye from the right waye. But where both there haue bene such, and euerywhere at this daye be such, the faythfull must be admonished that they giue no eare to them. And this shall a man neuer be able to doe, vn­lesse he shewe how they are altogither deceyued. Agayne, where some are growne so impudent, that they dare openly speake agaynst the truth, they must be also openly confuted, least by their boldnesse they cause the truth to come in suspicion. We reade that both Christ and his Apostles vsed both these wayes, whose example they ought of dutie to followe, which will bee called and taken for Ministers of his Church, which is the cause that Paule will haue such to be teachers, as are able not onely to instruct the rawer sort in sounde doctrine, Titus. 1. but also to refell and conuince them that speake a­gaynst it. 2. Tim. 3. And he sayth the Scriptures are giuen vs to that ende, to confute the aduersaries thereof. Which thing seemed of such importance to the holy ghost, that he woulde haue the Apostles not only to reprooue the deceyuers in those dayes, but also woulde haue vs warned of those which shoulde di­sturbe the Church in the later dayes. With what right therefore can they which will haue no mannes impietie detected, commaunde the Ministers to silence, where such menne as these nowe a dayes beare swynge in the Church.

The effect of Paules prea­ching.Nowe let vs see the effect or successe of this meeting togither. All they (sayth Luke) that hearde him were amazed and sayde: Is not this hee that made hauocke at Ierusalem of them. &c. Here he speaketh of the godlye, ha­uing hereafter to intreate of the wicked attemptes of the vngodlye. They [Page 409] compare Paules doing nowe wyth those thinges that were past, and so they finde the greater cause to woonder: Galat. 1. Paule sayth in another place that they glorified God in him. By which example we are by the waye taught, that we so ought to reuerence the Saintes, that we must yet giue all the glo­rie and prayse vnto God, who hath vouchsafed so to endue them with hys grace. Furthermore Paules ensample teacheth vs, that no man shoulde be ashamed to forsake and improoue his knowne errors. For although thys seeme to many men a signe of an inconstant and impudent mynde: yet is it our dutie so to doe, both for Gods cause and our neyghbors. He commaun­deth vs willingly to yeelde vnto the truth, and to bring our neyghbour out of error. Therfore it is the heynousest impietie & impudencie in the world, for a man stiffely to holde and continue in knowne errors, and (as God ac­cuseth them by his Prophete) to winke when they may plainly see. It is our duties to acknowledge Iesus whome Paule preached to be the sonne of God and Christ, and to trust in hym, and serue him, that we may hereafter lyue in heauen with him: to whom be all prayse, honour, power, and glo­ry for euer. Amen.

The .lxvij. Homelie.

‘AND after a good whyle, the Iewes tooke counsayle togyther, to kill him, but Saule knewe of their laying awayte. And they watched the gates daye and night to kill him. Then the Disciples tooke him by night, and lette him downe in a basket ouer the wall. And when Saule was come to Ierusa­lem, he assayed to ioyne himselfe to the Disciples, but they were all afrayde of him, and beleeued not that he was a Disciple. But Barnabas tooke him and brought him to the Apostles, and declared to them how he had seene the Lorde in the waye, and that he had spoken to him, and howe hee had done boldly at Damasco in the name of Iesu. And hee had his conuersation wyth them at Ierusalem, speaking boldly in the name of the Lorde Iesu. And hee spake and disputed agaynst the Greekes, but they went about to s [...]ea him, which when the brethren knewe, they brought him to Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tharsus.’

AS Luke hath bene very diligent in des­cribing Paules conuersion: so hath hee (as you haue hearde) declared his doctrine wyth no lesse di­ligence. The summe whereof was, that Iesus which was borne of Marie ▪ the Uirgin, was also the Sonne of God, and Christ, that is to saye, our King and our Priest, and that Redeemer that once was promised vnto mankinde. Thys agreeth with the confession of the Apostles, which we reade Peter made in the name of them all, and comprehendeth also in it the whole order of our saluation, as was sayd in the last sermon. Wherefore as Paule otherwheres teacheth, it becōmeth vs to vse such constancie in retayning and keeping thys doctrine, that we be not drawne from it by the authoritie of any man, no not of an Aungell. And bicause Chryst sayde Paule should be a chosen vessell, the Euangelyst in thys place rehearseth a briefe declarati­on [Page 410] of the things done about the beginnning of his Apostleshippe, to declare thereby what faith and industrie he vsed in aunswering to so great a com­mendation of Christ. Thys narration is the diligentlyer to be considered, bicause it plainly teacheth howe variable and grieuous the misfortunes of the faythfull ministers of Christ be in thys lyfe, and howe faythfully he ay­deth them being in daunger for the glorye of hys name, according to hys promyse.

And Luke beginneth hys discourse wyth the thinges that came to passe vnto Paule at Damascus. The order of the hystory is opened. But before we report his words, the course of the hystorie must be set in order, whych, it appeareth Luke obserued not verye greatly, as who was not purposed particulerly to rehearse all the thinges that were done, but onely to declare such thynges as myght suffyse for the instruction of the Church. And he plainly declareth that he hath wittinglye and willingly pretermitted many thinges, forasmuch as he confesseth that the things which he here rehearseth came to passe many dayes after Paules conuersion. Wherfore we must perclose & make vp the order of the history, out of the things which Paule himselfe rehearseth of his owne doings. Wri­ting vnto the Galathians, first he sayth, he went from Damascus into Arabia, before he came to Ierusalem. As he returned out of Arabia (where it is cre­dible he preached Christs gospell) to Damascus, he then fell into this daun­ger which he here speaketh of. The authors whereof, as it is here sayde, the Iewes were. But in hys later Epistle to the Corinthians the .xij. Chap. he sayth this ambushe to take him was layde, by king Aretas his Lieuete­nant. Wherby we gather, that the Iewes suborned him thus to doe, wher­vnto for thys cause they might the more easily perswade him, for that Paule had aduentured to preach the Gospell in Arabia, which was vnder the king Aretas hys obeysance. Therefore Luke hath omitted Paules voyage into Arabia, which of force must be ended, before he was in this hazarde, foras­much as shortly after his escape, it is sayde he came to Ierusalem.

Chrystes mi­nisters abyde persecution.Furthermore, touching the present hystorie, the chiefe point thereof is, to note what men may looke for of the worlde, as soone as they ioyne them­selfe vnto Christ. For where Christ consecrateth to hymselfe onelye those whome he chooseth out of the worlde, the worlde afterwarde cannot abyde them, Iohn. 15. as he teacheth. And there are euerywhere so manye examples to prooue this true, that it is marueile to see how so many at this day are offen­ded with those aduersities which the Scripture giueth vs warning of so of­ten, and wherewith all the faythfull of Christ haue bene so invred from the first beginning of the world. In the meane season let vs obserue that Luke sayth these things came to passe a good while after, Persecutors are bridled by the hande of God. or after a certaine daies. Therfore Paule had a time giuen him to preach in, and in the meane whyle God stayed the rage of hys enimies, which vndoubtedly woulde haue stop­ped him at the beginning, but that they were kepte backe with the brydle that he layde on them. Whereby we learne that the wicked cannot alwaye doe what they lyst, nor that they seemed chiefely most able to doe. For the like reason may be made of them as is of their heade. For as Satan is vn­der the power of Gods prouidence, and can doe nothing agaynst man, but by Gods sufferance: so the Lord brydleth tyrants, manger all their might, and will they, nill they, and that many tymes in such vnknowne wyse, that they themselues marueyle how their deuises come no better to passe, which [Page 411] they see no manne is able to withstande, but yet see not God, Psal. 33. which vseth to bring them to naught. Therfore let vs alway set Gods prouidence before our eyes, as often as we heare the enterprises of the enimies of the word, and let vs remember that the heares of our heade be numbred in his sight. Math. 10.

But what dyd the faythfull at Damascus, The brethren at Damasco set Paule at libertie. whyle the wicked enimies lay wayte for Paule? Doe they forsake hym or leaue him su [...]courlesse? Or vse they that saying of the Lorde, resist not agaynst euill? Or be they so carelesse, that they looke for helpe from the Lorde, doing nor daring to doe nothing themselues for Paule in the meane season? Here is no such thing sayde of them. Naye, they aduenture to deliuer Paule, with the daunger of their owne liues, yea, transgressing the common lawe which commaundeth the walles to be inuiolable. For it appeareth that our auncestors counted the walles and gates of Cities amongst things that were holy, and consecra­ted their walles vnto the Gods, verily, for that they knewe (as the Lawyer sayth) that mans affaires coulde by mans industrie be sufficiently gouerned and ordered of any one, in so great falshood of men, the citizens somewhiles being so negligent, & the borderers about them being so malicious & enui­ous. Therfore to leape ouer the walles, or to breake open y e gates of a city, was death although no other trespasse had bene cōmitted. Yet these brethren vsed a godly and holy ordering of the matter without contempt of the ciuile lawes, & therfore deserue to be excused. For they saw that more regard was to be had of Gods law, which biddeth vs to succour them that be in perill, & commaundeth vs so to obserue mans lawe, that we displace not Gods law, or preiudice the good and godly. Therfore, to the intent he might escape this present daunger, they let him downe ouer the walle in a basket, and Paule refuseth not the benefite thus offered him. By the which example first wee are taught that sometime Christian men, yea, Ministers of the worde may by flying, prouide for themselues, and not rashly put themselues in ieoper­die of death. For we both reade that Christ oftentimes fledde, when he con­ueyed himselfe from the Iewes lying in wayte▪ and from the rage of He­rode, and also warned his Disciples, to take heede of men, Math. 10. and when perse­cution ariseth, to flie from one Citie to another. In deede we must be well aduised that we flie not when our tarying maye set forth the glorie of God, and doth not pull vs from the office and dutie wherein the Lorde hath ap­poynted vs. For vnlesse we haue a diligent eie to these two things when we flie, we shall shamefully betray the glory of God▪ and forgetting our du­tie, neglect the saluation of them▪ whome we ought to holde moste deare. Paule had a consideration of both these things, forasmuch as when he fled, there were notwithstanding at Damascus, which set forth Christes quarrell, and Paule gaue not himselfe to shamefull ydlenesse, but both at Ierusalem, and elsewhere set forth the doctrine of saluation with great fruite and vtili­tie, as the hystorie following sheweth.

Moreouer, the faythfull are admonished of that dutie, The godlye must defende and deliuer their Mini­sters. 1. Cor. 4. Galat▪ 4. that the Lorde hath bounde them in, to their teachers. He requireth that they shall prouide for the safetie of their Ministers, with the perill of their owne life. For it is playne, they are to be accounted as our parentes, bicause through their ministerie (as Paule sayth) we are borne againe to eternall life. Therefore the ingratitude and falshoode of those, which assoone as persecution ariseth, let go their vnbridled tongues, against the ministers of Gods worde, and [Page 412] redeeme and purchase to themselues peace with their liues is most shame­full. But if it be the dutie of a priuate person to defende the Ministers with the perill of his owne life, howe much more is it to be required of the ciuill magistrates, Esay. 49. whom Christ once promised should be the Nurses and defen­ders of his Church? Wherefore their opinion is playne foolishe, which saye the Magistrates ought not to defende religion by walles and fight, where­as the brethren at Damascus brake the religion of walles with great com­mendation, in the defence of Paule onely.

Paule com­meth to Ieru­salem.Furthermore, Luke declareth what Paule did after his prosperous escape out of Damascus, saying he came to Ierusalem, which came to passe in the iii [...]. yere after his conuersion, as himselfe writeth. Where when he would haue ioyned himselfe to the Disciples, Galat. 1. and chiefely to Peter, they mistrusted him bicause of hys former tyrannie vsed agaynst those that beleeued in Christ. But Barnabas (of whom mention was made in the ende of the fourth Chapter) hauing better intelligence of his doings, commended his mini­sterie with great prayse vnto the Apostles, namely to Peter and Iames, whome onely Paule sayeth he sawe of all the Apostles beside, writing to the Galathians. Therefore remayning with them fifteene dayes space, hee boldly maintayned Christes religion, till he was agayne layde wayte for, and compelled to flie.

The Disci­ples are a­frayde of Paule. Math. 10.Here we haue to consider the Disciples at Ierusalem, who Luke wri­teth were afrayde of Paule. This was no dastardly feare, but such a feare as Christ commendeth, where he requireth of hys people the wysedome of Serpents. For where it was scarce credible that so cruell a tyrant could so sodeinly be chaunged, they thought they had good cause to beware, least he might beguyle them vnawares. For they knewe that saying of Christ, which testifieth that the children of this worlde are wyser in their generation, than the children of light. Luke. 16. But afterwarde being enformed of the truth, they embrace him courteously, as a brother and fellowe. In these thinges we haue an example both of Christian prudence and charitie, whereby we are taught howe both these vertues must be coupled togither. For where all men are lyers, they knewe that they ought not rashlye to beleeue euery one, that coulde egregiously counterfeyte godlynesse. For what great harme false brethren doe, 2. Cor. 11. Paule himselfe confesseth, that he had prooued to his great perill. And for that cause he biddeth vs to beware of newe brethren or yong scholers, 1. Tim. 3. and will haue him that desireth to be a Bishop, to haue the commendation of them that be abrode and without. Agayne, we must take heede of that ouer great rigour, wherwith many are so stiffe hardened, that they thinke all straungers and vnknowne persons ought at once to be re­iected. For as it is the dutie of Christian charitie to thinke well of all men: so it easily admitteth the honest and credible testimonie, giuen of vnknown brethren. Let vs therefore vse this moderation at these dayes, seeing the banished for Christes sake wander vp and downe euerywhere, and let vs not yeelde to their sentences, which on both sides being to extreeme, eyther through their ouermuch facilitie cause all men to laugh at them, or by their to great austeritie, reiect all men without any difference.

Moreouer, Barnabas is to be considered, who as before of his libera­litie he relieued the needye of the whole Church, Barnabas cō ­mendeth Saul. and therefore was called the childe of Consolation, so nowe by his testimonie he maintaineth Paules [Page 413] good name being in daunger, and is not ashamed of him whome he knewe euery body suspected. This deede of charitie is singuler and very necessary, bicause there is scarce anything amongst men more ryfe, than sinister and wrong suspicion. For as being blinded with selfeloue, we flatter our sel­ues: so we diligently note other mennes maners, and seeke euery little oc­casion howe to backbite their good name. Therefore great is their offence which aggrauate the faultes of them that are wrongfully suspected, whose good name and fame they rather ought to tender and defende.

Thirdly, let vs consider Paule, who Luke writeth, Paule des [...] ­reth to be ioi­ned vnto the congregation declared his fayth at Ierusalem, by many and singuler vertues. And first he writeth howe hee sought the familiaritie and company of the Church, and of Christes Disci­ples. This is worthy of singuler prayse, if a man consider howe Paule not long before was accounted amongst the chiefe of that Citie. But he iudging all worldly dignities worthy nowe to be stamped vnder his feete, is desi­rous to get Christ, and to be ioyned vnto his Church. See the thirde to the Philippians. Let vs laye this example before our eyes, when the glory and friendship of this world inuegleth vs to forsake Christ. For although Chri­stes flocke be but little, and the state of the Church seemeth but miserable and vnhappie: yet is this the common saying of all that are godly, One day in thy Courtes is better than a thousande. Psal. 84. I had rather be a doore keeper in the house of the Lorde, than to dwell in the tentes of the vngodly. Also Paule gi­ueth vs a great argument of Christian modestie, Paule ta­keth hys re­pulse in good part. whyle being suspected and reiected of the godly, he doth not stubbornely murmure against them, nor immodestly setteth out his owne prayse, nor forsaketh the Church disdainfully, but paciently abideth all this doing. For remembring his for­mer lyfe, he marueyleth nothing at the matter. Yea, he acknowledgeth the iudgement of God, who woulde haue him so humbled and exercised, that he shoulde as it were, in humble and lowly wyse, seeke their societie, whome before he had disdainefully contemned, and cruelly persecuted. Let vs fol­lowe this example, as often as the iniurie that other doth vnto vs, grieueth vs. And although we knowe our selues vniustly iniuried by them, yet lette vs thinke we are not vnworthye of this iniurie, but that we haue deserued more than this, if God woulde deale with vs according to our deserts. Fi­nally, when he seeth himselfe reconciled to the brethren, he prooueth him­selfe in deede to be a true Disciple of Christ. He prea­cheth boldly. For he speaketh freely and bold­ly in the name of Iesus Christ. This is a description of the Gospell, which preacheth to vs repentance and forgiuenesse of sinnes, in the name of Ie­sus Christ onely, as we haue oftentimes declared. He disputeth also with the Greekes, Actes. 6. who we sawe heretofore were the authors of a murmure and grutch that greatly disquieted the Church. These men vsed to mingle the lawe with the Gospell, and to ouerthrowe the fayth in Christ, with the iu­stification of workes. To the confutation of whome, Paule was appoynted, by the peculiar counsell of God, as his Epistles declare. This place tea­cheth vs, that saluation must so be preached in the name of Christ only, that therewithall we must also earnestly withstande all those things that maye ouerthrowe the same. Touching which poynt, bicause we haue intreated in the last Sermon, it shall suffyse by the way to haue noted thus much.

But in the ende it is sayde, that Paule had no better successe at Ierusa­lem than he had before at Damascus. Paule hath persecutors at Ierusalem also. For the Iewes made a newe conspi­racie [Page 414] agaynst him, and woulde haue killed him. And these are the argu­mentes of hypocrites, which most egerly contending about the righteous­nesse of workes, thinke it but a tryfle to slea innocentes, and to shed guilt­lesse bloude. But here agayne appeareth the fayth and loue of the Disci­ples, which accompanie him to Caesarea, and so sende him to Tharsus in Ci­licia, which was Paules natiue countrie. And here Paules constancie is wor­thy of singuler commendation, who being on euery side still in daunger, yet forsaketh not Christ and his fayth. For he knew by reading of the Pro­phetes, that many were the tribulations of the iust. He knewe that all they which professed Christ, were called to beare the crosse. He knewe also, that he had deserued much grieuouser punishmente, bicause he had procured the like vnto the christians before. Wherfore he thought he ought rather to reioyce, seeing he suffred that for Christes sake▪ which God might haue layd on him as a punishment for his owne sinnes. Which consideration, if it were in our mindes, it woulde easily cause vs also not to be offended at any aduersitie. In the meane season Paule deserueth great prayse, for that ac­cording to Gods commaundement, when hehad escaped, he preached the Gospell in Tharsus, being his owne countrie, as appeareth hereafter in the xxij. Chapter, following the example of Christ, who had a regarde of hys owne countrie, though it were ingratefull and vnkinde. Lette vs imitate Paules fayth, godlynesse, and constancie. So shall it come to passe, that God being our protector and defender, we shall be deliuered from all the trou­bles of this lyfe present, and liue hereafter in heauen with Iesus Christ, the sonne of God, our only Sauiour: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxviij. Homelie.

‘THEN had the congregation rest throughout all Iurie, Galiley and Sa­marie, and were edified and walked in the feare of the Lord, and multiplied by the comfort of the holy ghost. And it came to passe as Peter walked through­out all quarters, he came also to the Saintes which dwelt at Lidda. And there he founde a certaine man named Aeneas, which had kept his bed eyght yea­res, and was sicke of the palseye. And Peter sayde vnto him, Aeneas? The Lorde Iesu Christ make thee whole. Aryse, and make thy bedde. And hee a­rose immediatly. And all that dwelt at Lidda and Assaron sawe him, and tur­ned vnto the Lorde.’

WE haue hitherto seene the beginninges of the Apostle Paule, howe he entred hys Apostleshippe with great labors and daungers. For he was twyse in ieoperdie of his lyfe, and twyse he escaped through the faythfull helpe and industrie of the Disciples, thoughe not without their daunger. These things teach vs what troubles are ordeyned for the faythfull seruauntes of Christ, whome yet it becommeth to follow the constancie and fayth of Paule, that they suffer not themselues to be drawne from Christ, wyth any perils or aduersitie. For blessed is he which abydeth vnto the ende. But he that [Page 415] putteth his hande to the plough and looketh backe, Luke. 9. thereby declareth suffi­ciently that he is not worthy and meete for the kingdome of heauen. But whereas the things hitherto declared, may seeme such, as threaten the vni­uersall ruine and destruction of the Church: the godlye writer breaketh of the storie of Paule, and not without the instinct of the holy spirite, passeth to Peter the Apostle, and describeth the cheerefuller successes of the Church, which shortly followed. In the consideration whereof, we ought to bee the more diligent, the more comfort they be able to minister vnto vs, wading in the waues of these tempestuous dayes.

He beginneth with the generall state and condicion of all the Chur­ches gathered togither and founded in Iurie, Galiley, and Samarie, The Church hath rest. and he declareth that there was a most ioiful & prosperous ende of all the troubles and turmoyles which the enimies of the truth began. The Churches (sayth he) were at rest. This may seeme a sodeyne chaunge of thinges, and passing all expectation, if we consider the state of the Church before, and compare the fierce mindes of the enimies, their deuises and power, with the Church as it nowe was. But this is Gods vsage, who hauing regarde to our infir­mitie, intermedleth prosperitie with aduersitie, 1. Co [...]. [...]. 2. Cor. 1. Psal. 94. and suffereth vs not to bee tempted aboue our strength. And where afflictions abounde, there giueth most comfort. And this is no difficult thing for him to do, which euery day shew­eth lyke examples in things naturall. So, after Winter, being grieuous to vs with frost and colde, commeth the delectable and pleasaunt Spring, the cheerefull and mery Sommer, and fruitefull Haruest. So, after continu­all showres, and horrible stormes of hayle, commeth comfortable Phoebus, and chaseth away the Clowdes. And Mariners when the terrors of tem­pests be ouerpast, haue afterward cleere weather, and prosperous windes. And that the state of the Church is ruled by lyke interchaungeablenesse, the examples of all ages testifie. But the only booke of Iudges may abundant­ly suffyce to approoue the same. Let no man therefore be so abashed at the countenance of present calamitie, to thinke he must vtterly perishe. For ey­ther God will cheere them in this lyfe with better successe of thinges, or else of his mercy, he will take them out of all the stormes of this world, into the inheritance of his heauenly kingdome. In the meane season, this place tea­cheth vs that the crosse is not alway such a marke of the Church, that it can neuer be without it: bicause we heare in this place, that the primitiue Church had vniuersall peace, and the same came to passe also oftentimes in the yeres following. Therfore their iudgement is most vayne, who rashly condemne euery Church, which through the benefite of God enioyeth rest, and will graunt vnto Christians no time of breathing nor rest from the crosse. Agayne, we are admonished, that for the attayning of peace, there needeth neyther dastardly dissimulation, nor false abnegation of the fayth, but rather constancie and boldnesse to keepe the word and doctrine of faith. For Luke sayth that then peace ensued, after Paule had stirred the enimies of the truth, both at Damascus and at Ierusalem, with earnest preaching and disputation agaynst them. Therefore they that nowe a dayes woulde haue vs to dissemble the truth, and say that by our vehement inueyghing against errors and superstitions, we more exasperate and kindle the enimies min­des, talke altogither in vayne, as though God were not able to bridle and keepe vnder them, which in their rage doe nothing but threaten fire and [Page 416] sworde. Naye, we are taught by examples, that they which for such mens sake, can finde in their hart to denye the fayth and truth, doe seldome finde them faythfull in friendship.

Next, Luke declareth the fruite of the peace ensuing, forasmuch as he saith the congregations were edifyed. The fruite of Ecclesiastical pe [...]ce. This may be vnderstanded two ma­ner of wayes. For the Church is sayde to be edifyed, eyther when new be­leeuers be added therevnto, or else when they which before beleeued, through more plentifull gyftes of the holy ghost profite in the faith. And the holy ghost doth not without a cause vse this Metaphore of building, foras­much as the Church is y e house of god, which is builded of liuely stones, that is to say, of such as beleeue in Christ (1. Timoth. 3. and. 1. Peter. 2.) and all the faythfull are called otherwheres, y e Temple of the holy ghost. For the which cause, the teachers are called builders, and the building of y e church is called the building of God. 1. Cor. 3. Furthermore, beside that by this example, it appea­reth howe the enterprises of Christes enimies in pulling downe the church are in vayne, we are also taught what oughte to be the ende and marke of all them which beare office in the Church. Paule diligently inculcateth the same speaking of the publike exercises of the Churche, in his first E­pistle to the Corinthians and .xiiij. Chapter. Herevnto let all Ministers apply themselues with all their power, both with teaching and reproouing, and let them alwayes remember this saying of Paul, 2. Cor. 10. that they haue power giuen them to edifie and not to destroy. Let them therefore suffer nothing in the Church, that serueth to the destruction thereof. Let Kinges and Magi­strates haue the same ende before them, whome the Lorde hath appoynted to be the Nurses of his Church, as we haue already oftentimes declared. The Elders to whom the discipline of the Church belongeth, let them looke vpon the same. Let parents and teachers of youth direct all their doinges to this ende. This care shoulde euery day stirre vp priuate men also. For whosoeuer bringeth any thing to the spirituall building vp of this Church, and shall builde but one man as a liuely stone vppon Christ, which is the foundation, surely he deserueth more prayse than they which with great costes builde Churches of Marble.

Last of all is declared, how the faithfull vsed this peace and tranquility. They walked (sayth he) in the feare of the Lorde, How the god­lye vsed the rest wherein they liued. and were filled with the com­fort of the holy ghost. He attributeth to them feare of the Lord, whereby he vnderstandeth all things belonging to true religion, the knowledge of god, sincere faith, loue of God, fulfilling of his word, and faithfull obedience vnto him. For how shal he feare god, which knoweth him not? how shall y e know­ledge of God lacke fayth? and how shall fayth want the looue of God? And where these things be, there must needes be the loue of the word, and obedi­ence to the same. He sayth also that they were fylled wyth the comfort of the holy ghost. By this we may vnderstande both the preaching of the Gospell, and the inwarde suggestion of the spirite, Iohn. 14.16 which Christ promiseth to those that be his. Surely both these, marueylously comfort the mindes and af­flicted consciences of men, in that they teache vs, that God is made at one with vs, and reconcyled to vs, through the merite of Christ, and in the middle of the broyle of afflictions, besprinkle vs with the promises of Gods helpe, as with the most wholesome water of a liuely fountaine. And in these thinges, Luke sayeth the primitiue Church sought the recreation of their [Page 417] myndes, their ioyes and delightes. Whereby we gather what their exerci­ses ought to be, which are at rest and peace. Therefore execrable is the wickednesse and ingratitude of such, which abuse quietnesse and peace, to the license of the fleshe, and in the meane season will neither by helpe, coun­sayle, nor at least by comfort, ease them whome they see many wayes afflic­ted for the testimonie of Iesus Christ. This sinne, as it is heynous, so it is to common in these dayes, whereby it commeth to passe, that as we abuse peace, so we be easily offended and vtterly dismayde at euery light affliction.

These things being thus premised, he passeth to Peters actes or doings, Peter trauey­leth from Church to Church. out of which he picketh two myracles, done orderly one after the other: the one done at Lidda, the other at Ioppe. The occasion of these myracles is said to be Peters traueyling from Church to Church, according to his Aposto­lyke office, not for that he vsurped vpon them as a Lorde and ruler, but as to succour where neede was, such as were heauy laden and in distresse, to confirme the weake, to pull vp errors where any were growen, and to be­stow benefits vpon all men. For that these were the duties of the Apostles, it appeareth by many other places, and the very name of an Apostle tea­cheth the same, which forbiddeth them to haue anye certaine or fixed sea or dwelling place, we reade euerywhere that Paule afterwarde obserued the same trade, and confirmed Churches in euery place. 2. Cor. 11. He sayth that he toke care for all Churches. Therfore the Bishops of Rome go about foolishly and ridiculously to defende their supremacie by this place. For first they attri­bute to Peter onely, that which it is euident was also commaunded to the other Apostles. Next, they impudently chalenge to themselues, the office of Peter, being altogither vnlike Peter. Besides this, while they catch vnto themselues the cure ouer all Churches, they discharge not the dutie belon­ging to a faithfull Apostle and shepehearde ouer one Church. We are fur­thermore taught, that the Churches haue then most neede of faithfull ouer­seers, when all things seeme to be at peace and in safetie. For as through ydlenesse and ease, men easily fall into licentiousnesse of the fleshe: so being at ease, in peace and quietnesse, Math. 12. they be most in daunger of the snares of the deuill, as Christ hath taught vs.

But by this meanes it came to passe that Peter came to the Saints (that is, to the faythfull sanctified by the merite of Christ) which dwelt at Lidda, The myracle of Aeneas healed of the pa [...]s [...]e. where he restored one Aeneas a man sicke of the palsie, and which had lyue bedrid the space of eyght yeares togither, to his health agayne in the name of Iesus Christ. In this myracle the circumstances of persons are dili­gently to be considered. And in Aeneas certaine things be reported which make for the setting forth of the myracle. For he was sicke of the palsie, which as it is hardly cured euen at the beginning, so being let long to run, it becommeth incurable. The same is a figure of the corruption of manne. For sinne hath brought vs all to be weake, so that being bereaued of the strength of our first state at the beginning, wee bee not able to thinke well. And this sickenesse coulde be cured by no mannes arte or counsayle, 2. Cor. 3. which being deriued from our first father into vs, is conceiued and borne with vs, and groweth with vs, as Dauid testifieth of himselfe. Psal. 51. Wherefore except we be borne agayne from aboue, there is no helpe for vs in anye other thing. And this Peter plainly teacheth vs in this place, Iohn. 3. whereas being moo­ued by the holy ghost, he commeth to him, and wyth great boldenesse sayth: [Page 418] Aeneas? The Lord Iesus Christ make thee whole. Aryse and make thy bedde. For he so speaketh these wordes, that he manifestly confesseth all the effect and prayse of the myracle is due vnto Christ onely, and that to himselfe be­longeth only but the ministerie thereof. And that the Apostles euerywhere did on this wise, is declared before in the restitution of the man that was lame and hault in the third Chapter. The faythfull that were at Lydda ac­knowledged the same, who perceiuing that Aeneas was made whole, by the name of Iesus Christ, by and by were conuerted vnto the Lorde Iesus. And this is the vse of all myracles, to beare witnesse of the Apostles doc­trine, and to bring men vnto Iesus Christ, by whose power they are done. They are therfore pieuish and foolish, that so set forth the myracles wrought by the ministerie of the Saintes, that they teach the people to runne vnto them, & worship them. But it is plaine, that they be false miracles which are done to that ende, to establishe the worship of any creature, and to call men from God the creator of all things. Here might many things more be sayd. But bicause the same matter is intreated otherwheres, and falleth out oft­ner to be intreated of, we will of purpose nowe be briefe. Let it be suffici­ent to be hereof admonished, that Iesus Christ is the onely Phisition both of bodye and soule, and the most faythfull defender and protector of hys Church, who onely is able to preserue hir amiddes the floudes of persecu­tion, and sodeinly to graunt hir rest in hir affliction: To him be prayse, ho­nor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxix. Homelie.

‘THERE was at Ioppa, a certaine woman a Disciple named Tabitha, (which by interpretation is called Dorcas) the same was full of good workes and almes deedes, which she did. And it came to passe in those dayes that she was sicke and dyed. Whom when they had washed, they layd hir in a Cham­ber. But forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Ioppa, and the Disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent vnto him desiring him that he would not bee grieued to come vnto them. Peter arose, and came with them. And when he was come, they brought him into the chamber, and all the wydowes stoode rounde about him, weeping and shewing the coates and garmentes which Dorcas made whyle she was with them. And Peter put them all foorth, and kneeled downe and prayde, and turned him to the body and sayde, Tabitha? aryse. And she opened hir eyes, and when she sawe Peter, she sate vp. And he gaue hir the hande and lift hir vp. And when hee had called the Saintes and widdowes, he shewed hir alyue. And it was knowne thorowe all Ioppa, and many beleeued on the Lord. And it came to passe that he taryed many dayes at Ioppa with one Simon a Tanner.’

AS the sonne of God our Sauiour Iesus Christ sent his Disciples to preach the Gospell: so he furnished them with myracles, whereby to purchase a credite to their doctrine, and to declare the force or fruite of the merite of Iesus Christ. To this ende must those two myracles principally be referred, which Luke reporteth were done by the ministerie of Peter, in the ende of the [Page 419] Chapter. The first is the restitution of Aeneas, who laye bedred eyght yea­res of the Palsie, but by calling on the name of Christ, was healed. Wher­by we are taught that the strength of our decayed nature is restored by Christ our Phisition, and that we which are not able otherwyse to thynke a good thought, are able in him, to doe all things. To this is ioyned another myracle, which as it is in deede greater, and more woonderfull: so it more comforteth vs. For Peter rayseth Thabita or Dorcas which was deade, to life agayne, thereby declaring that Iesus Christ is Lorde also ouer death, and therefore that they ought not to feare death, which through fayth be graf­ted in him. The consideration hereof shall be very profitable, if in order we marke the persons, of whome Luke here intreateth.

He beginneth the description of the myracle with hir, The des­cription of Thabita. on whome the myracle was shewed. And although it seeme to be a matter of no great im­portance, by what name she was called, yet he thought good to make men­tion thereof, for the more troth of the storie. He sayeth that she was called Thabita in the Assirian tongue, Dorcas in the Greeke tongue, which worde in the Latine tongue, is as much to saye, as a Kydde. But it is more be­hoofefull to consider the things reported of hir.

The first is the profession of fayth and religion, A Disci­ple. bicause he writeth shee was a Disciple, that is to saye, a Christian. For they that beleeued, in the primitiue Church, were called Disciples, vntill at Antioche they were cal­led Christians, as we shall afterwarde perceyue in the eleuenth Chapter. And this name was not without a mysterie. For it did admonishe vs, that Christ is our teacher, and declared that christianitie consisted not in the bare profession of the name, but rather in doctrine and preceptes, and in the dili­gent obseruation of the same. Wherevnto Paule seemeth to haue had res­pect, 2. Cor. 10. Rom. 1.16. where he appointeth obedience to be the ende of preaching the Gos­pell, and of all Apostolicall ministerie. As therefore by the consideration of this name, we are taught that the profession of a Christian name, is in vayne and vnprofitable, vnlesse we faythfully obey Christ, whome we haue professed: so we are also taught, that the first steppe or greeste of our saluati­on is to be y e Disciples of Christ. For he is the foundation of all doctrine, Ephes. 2. 1. Cor. 3. as well of the Prophetes as the Apostles, vppon whome as many as will be saued, must be builded. Which is the cause that this thinge is first placed in the commendation of Dorcas. This reprooueth the superstition of all them which ascribing to them selfe a tytle of godlynesse and religion, forsake the name of Christ whome they professed in their baptisme, and choose rather to be called the Disciples of men. 1. Cor. 1.3. Whose vanitie long since hath bene grie­uously reprehended and confuted by the Apostle.

Furthermore, he sayth she was full of good workes. Full of good works. And that it myght appeare what works he ment, by exposition he calleth them almes deedes. This worde comprehendeth all the workes of mercie and charitie, where­by our neyghbour is relieued, whyle eyther the hungry is fedde, the thirsty haue drinke, the naked is clothed, the captiue redeemed, the sicke visited, or else whensoeuer any afflicted is by our counsell or comfort holpen and re­freshed. For this worde almes in the Greeke, taketh hys name of mercye. And least any man might thinke there was in hir but some vayne affecta­tion only, he sayth, she did almes deedes or mercy. This example teacheth vs that fayth which maketh vs the Disciples of Christ, is not ydle, nor con­sisteth [Page 420] not in the sluggysh and slothfull contemplation of heauenly thinges. For where it possesseth the mynde, which is the chiefe part of man, and tru­ly beleeueth from the heart, it cannot be, but that it must drawe man who­ly to the obedience of God, and bring forth much fruite. Therefore Iesus Christ saith: Iohn. 15. He that abideth in me and I in him, he bringeth forth much fruite. And Iames the Apostle exacteth chiefely of the vaine vaunters of fayth, that they will by their workes declare that fayth which is so much in their mouth. Iacob. 2. Therefore we may worthily complaine that we haue much iniurie done vnto vs, when they that glory in the merites of their owne righteous­nesse, saye we be the enimies of good workes, seeing we confesse that it is no fayth, except it shewe it selfe by workes, and that none can doe good workes, except he be ioyned vnto Christ by fayth. For he sayeth: As the braunch cannot beare fruite of it selfe, Iohn. 15. except it abyde in the Vyne, no more can ye, except you abyde in me. Agayne, this example teacheth vs, whych be in deede good workes. For we haue hearde she was a Disciple of Christ, and nowe the workes of charitie are attributed vnto hir. Therefore they bee good workes, which the Christians doe through fayth, according to the rule of charitie. For where of our selues we be not able to thinke well, whatsoe­uer we doe without fayth, it must needes be sinne, as Paule sayth, Rom. 14. Furthermore, it cannot be called good, that serueth for the commoditie of none, bicause god himselfe is for this cause called good, for that he most libe­rally poureth his treasures of grace vpō all his creatures. Therfore Christ hath taught vs that the lawe is fulfilled by loue or charitie, and in the Pro­phetes he euerywhere exacteth loue of them, which puffed vp in confidence of the ceremonies of the lawe, Esay. 58. Hoseas. 6. thought that men were saued by the obser­uing thereof. Yea, he teacheth vs that charitie or loue is the cognizaunce whereby his people and seruantes may be knowne, and he sayth that in the day of iudgement he will haue most respect hervnto. Iohn. 13. Math. 25. By this place are con­futed all those things that men fayne of their owne heads, whiles they at­tribute saluation to most trifling ceremonies voyde of faith and charitie, the obseruing whereof all the Scripture with one consent sayth, is altogi­ther vnprofitable. See Esay. 29. Math. 15. Colos. 2. &c.

She sick­neth & dieth.It followeth in the description of Dorcas, that she fell deadly sicke and dyed, what time, as God woulde, Peter the Apostle shoulde be at Lydda. Howbeit god could easily haue prouided she should neither haue fallen sick, nor yet haue died, forasmuch as it appeereth he prolonged the daies of Eze­chias, and that Christ healed many of mortall diseases. But he suffreth hir being ouercome of the sorrowes of sickenesse, to die. Wherevppon we ga­ther that the elect are not free from common calamities, wherewith man­kinde vseth to be afflicted. For both they are punished with sickenesse, suf­fer penurie and hunger, feele the smarte of banishment, and haue experi­ence of whatsoeuer other aduersities. But as Paule testifyeth, all thinges worke to their commoditie. Roma. 8. For so through them is Gods glorie declared, and their fayth exercised and tried, and alwayes there appeare in them e­uident arguments of Gods goodnesse. This thing the example of the blind man teacheth vs, who, Christ sayeth was borne blinde, to the ende the works of God might be shewed in him. Iohn 9. And when he hearde that Lazarus was sicke, he sayde: This infirmitie is not vnto death, but for the glorye of God, Iohn. 11. that the sonne of God may be glorified by it▪ And the ioyfull and prospe­rous [Page 421] successe of the matter declareth that the example of Dorcas ought to be referred to the same ende. For both she is restored vnto lyfe, and by hir meanes many are wonne vnto Christ. These things teach vs that we nei­ther shoulde be offended at the aduersities falling out vnto vs, nor that we should ouer hastily giue iudgement of them, who fall into aduersity and mi­serie. For many times they be the excellent vesselles of Gods mercye and grace, which by reason of continuall aduersitie, seeme in the iudgement of the worlde to be the vessels of wrath.

Moreouer, he addeth vnto the thinges spoken of Dorcas, What they did with Dorcas when she was dead. They washe hir corps. what they of hir housholde and certaine widdowes of Ioppa did, when she was deade. And first he sayth they washed hir body, and layde it in a chamber. For cor­ses in olde time vsed to be washed, both bicause of the hope of resurrection, & also for that they knew, that those which after this life should appeere before the iudgement seat of god, should neede to be purified. Hereby was prefigu­red the purification which is giuen vs in the bloud of Christ. The same was also the meaning of the spices & ointments, wherwith the dead bodies were dressed before they were buried. And these ceremonies might be suffred for a whyle in the primitiue Church, vntill they were become so perfite, to re­nounce them altogither. In the meane season we are taught, that Christi­an people shoulde deale decently with their corses. For although there ought to be no mourning after the maner of the Heathen, amonge them which knowe there shall be a resurrection (1. Thes. 4.) nor no neede of Iew­ishe ceremonies, bicause all things belonging to our saluation, are abun­dantly fulfilled in Christ: yet a diligent consideration must be had both of honestie and godlynesse, which both the law of charitie and Christian religi­on commaundeth vs to obserue, by reason that our bodies be the Temples of the holy ghost. Why therfore shoulde those bodies vngently be reiected, which the spirite of Christ, not long before, did vouchsafe to dwell in? Sure­ly the Prophete doth chiefely vpbrayde the Moabites, for that they forget­ting all humanitie, burned the bones of the king of the Edomites. Amos. 2. There­fore their offence is grieuous in these dayes, which lyke brute beastes vse crueltie agaynst the deade, and vnmanerly throwe and cast their carcasses rounde about.

But they yet vse one other courtesie. For they send messengers for Peter, They sende for Peter. whome they hearde was at Lydda, and was so famous a man by reason of his myracles, which was no small deede of faith and charity. For they hope that the Minister of Christ was able to restore hir to lyfe agayne, and that they greatly desired, bicause they knewe the Church of Christ, had neede as yet of such a member. This is also the propertie of fayth, that despaireth not, no not in death, bicause it knoweth that Christ hath ouercome death, and who once embrace fayth with sincere affection of loue, them she casteth not of, no not after death. Here also appeareth a singular rewarde of chri­stian godlynesse & liberalitie. For where Dorcas while she lyued, was much giuen herevnto, there wanted not that faythfully cared for hir, when shee was deade. Thus God vseth to preserue the memorie of those that be his. And oftentimes it commeth to passe, that they which seemed to be hated of all men, bicause of their godlynesse: after they are deade, they finde many defenders of their good name, whereof we haue example in our heade, Ie­sus Christ. For after he was put vnto the shamefull death of the crosse, [Page 422] Ioseph and Nichodemus, which before that, were but secrete Disciples, bu­ried him honorably. Let no man therfore shunne to suffer shamefull death for Christes sake, Psal. 34. since that God so faythfully preserueth the remembrance of those that be his.

They shewe the garments that she madeOuer and beside all this, they declare in the presence of Peter, the griefe they had conceyued by hir death through weeping, and they shewe vnto the Apostle the garmentes, which she caused to be made for the poore, whyle she liued. Where beside the dutie of charitie, wherof we haue spoken, may be seene what be the true reliques of the Saintes, and faythfull of Christ, which the godly ought both openly to shewe, and to worship and kisse, that is to saye, The relikes of the deade. the workes of their charitie, and steppes of their life. Of these it is sayd, that they follow the deade, and remayne when they be rotten. These things Christ commended in Marie, Apoc. 14. and bicause of that last annoynting of him, that she bestowed vpon him, he promised the remembraunce thereof shoulde alwayes remayne in his Church. Marc. 14. The Ecclesiasticall hystories shewe vs euerywhere such Reliques as these. These it becommeth vs of dutie to prayse, and by diligent imitation of them, to worship. But to worship their bones, after a superstitious sort, we are commaunded by no testimonie, or example of Scripture. Moreouer, as it is a great prayse of the godly, to leaue behinde them for posteritie, examples and presidentes of charitie, so is it a dishonest and shamefull thing to leaue after them, when they are gone, the tokens of couetousnesse, lecherie, vnrighteous­nesse, and intemperancie. Such as are hourdes and heapes of treasure, and whatsoeuer instruments else of wickednesse are thereby gotten, which the Apostle sayth shall be hereafter, Iacob. 5. the testimonie of iust condemnation. O wretched state shall theirs be, the memorie wherof, widdowes and father­lesse children by reason of their goodes taken from them, shall testifye with weeping teares. But more wretched shall they be, who as though they had committed small offence in their lyfe time, hange ouer their Sepulchres, swordes and shieldes, and stande in complete harnesse, that the remem­brance of their lyfe ledde in robberie and murthering, maye remayne the longer. O harde heart which the remembraunce of bitter death is not able to mollifie.

How Peter rayseth vp Dorcas.But let vs see at length what Peter did, being sent for of them. It is sayd that he straightwaies went with them that were sent vnto him. Which is a great argument of readinesse and zeale in promoting the kingdome of Christ. Wherby we may easily gather with what spirite they are ledde that shew themselues daungerous in going about the things which serue to the setting forth of Christes glory, and the saluation of others. Further, when he came to Ioppa, and was brought into the chamber where the corps was layde, not much regarding the weeping of the Wyddowes, bicause by in­stinct of the holy ghost working in him, he mynded another matter, he put them all out of the Chamber, falleth on his knees, and turneth him vnto feruent prayer. The holy Apostle truly followeth olde presidentes and ex­amples, forasmuch as it appeareth that Elizaeus the Prophete, 2. Reg. 4. Math. 9. and Iesus Christ vsed the lyke trade in raysing vp of the deade. For as prayers re­quire a certaine going aside and solitarinesse: so it seemeth to be a poynt of modestie, that he woulde not shewe a thing of such importaunce among so many, to seeke prayse thereby, but woulde doe it by himselfe alone. And [Page 423] whyle he maketh such earnest prayer, he euidently declareth that all the successe and prayse of the myracle ought to be referred to Christ, as vnto God, whereof hath bene already manye times entreated. When he had done his prayers, he speaketh vnto the deade, and biddeth hir aryse. Which might seeme a ridiculous thing, if Christ had not done the lyke when hee raysed vp Iairus daughter and Lazarus. Such sayinges as these, are the Preambles of that terrible and lowde voyce, whereby at the later daye all the deade shall be raysed vp, as Christ himselfe teacheth, Iohn. 5. Yea, this is an infallible argument of the resurrection that shall be, that at the voyce of a manne pronounced by the spirite and name of Christ, we reade howe the deade are raysed agayne. For the effect of the matter de­clareth, that Peters speaking was not in vayne. For forthwith Dorcas ope­ned hir eyes and looked on Peter, then she sitteth vppe, last of all, Peter rea­reth hir vp by the hande, and sheweth hir alyue to all them that were cal­led in. By the which myracle is prooued, that the doctrine that Peter taught was a lyuely doctrine, and that Iesus Christ the author therof, was Lord both of lyfe and death. And the elect acknowledged the same, which streight waye when they had seene the myracle, beleeued in the Lorde.

Unto this narration Luke addeth a few other thinges which serue for a preparation to that that foloweth. Peter lodgeth at Simon the Tanners. For he sayth that Peter remained at Ioppe certaine dayes in the house of one Simon a Tanner, in whose house he was admonished by a vision from heauen, to call the Gentiles into the Commu­nion of the church, and was sent for by Cornelius the Centurion, as shall be shewed in the Chapter folowing. Here let vs obserue, of what maner of people, the Primitiue Church was collected, seeing Peter had none other hoste, but such an one, as got his liuing by an handycraft, and that not one of the fynest. Hereof Paule teacheth vs, that we shoulde reioyce in the Lord alone. Furthermore, the modestie of Peter is declared, 1. Cor. 1. who disdayned not such an harbour, where as nowe adayes kinges palaces, are scarce able to receyue his counterfeyt successor. Let vs follow the modestie of the Apostle, and therin beleeue and serue Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The tenth chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .lxx. Homelie.

‘THERE was a certaine man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a Captaine of the souldiers of Italy, a deuout man, and one that feared God wyth all his houshold, which gaue much almes to the people, and was alwayes in prayers vnto God. The same sawe by a vision euidently (about the .ix. houre of the day) an Angell of God comming in to him, and saying to him Cor­nelius? When he looked on him, hee was afrayde, and sayde, what is it Lorde? He sayde vnto him: Thy prayers and thy almesses are come vp in­to remembrance before God. And nowe sende men to Ioppa, and call for one Simon whose surname is Peter. Hee lodgeth with one Simon a Tanner, whose house is by the sea side. He shall tell thee what thou oughtest to doe.’

HItherto the first part of this storie hath bene declared, wherein hath bene shewed howe the Apostles accor­ding to the commaundement of Christ, preached the wholesome worde of the Gospell euerywhere to the Iewes. And a great many beleeued, and Luke decla­reth a marueylous increase of Christian faith in the Church. Yet the greater part and specially those that were of most au­thoritie withstoode the truth. For both they layde handes on the Apostles, and stoned Steuen, and made hauocke of the whole Church at Ierusalem, by horrible persecution, and sent Saule with publike commaundements, as farre as Damascus, to oppresse the growth of Christes Church, being euen in the blade as we commonly vse to saye. And it is not vnlyke but manye others did as it is here written Saule did. Therefore the vncurable and stubborne contempt of so wholesome a doc­trine, deserued that at length the kingdome of God shoulde be taken from the Iewes, Math. 21. and brought to the Gentiles, as Christ prophecied should come to passe. How this thing beganne to be put in effect, Luke rehearseth in this Chapter, The calling of the Gen­tyles. and declareth the storie of Cornelius, which we maye aptly name the first fruites of the Gentiles that were called, seeing he was chosen of God, to be the beginning of so weightie a matter. Aboue all thinges, the principall vse of this hystorie must be obserued, which consisteth herein: howe God vseth to cast of the vnthankfull and wicked enimies of the Gos­pell, [Page 425] by his iust iudgement, and is not so bounde to any Nation, that he is compelled to beare with it, if it be vnwoorthy. Herevnto is to be added an other thing, that is to saye, howe the saluation contayned in Christ, belon­geth not to the Iewes onely, but also to the Gentyles. Which as it is no small comfort to vs which come of the Gentyles: so, it behooueth that wee stande alwaye in feare, bicause the Iewes were cast of and forsaken, least we by like vnthankfulnesse and disobedience, deserue also to be refused. For Paules saying shall alwayes stande in his full strength and force, Rom. 11. If God spa­red not the naturall braunches, take heede least it come to passe, that he spare not thee also. And this is the sentence of Christ long agone pronounced, that euery braunch that bringeth not forth fruit, Iohn. 15. shall be hewen downe and cast into the fire. But bicause the vocation & adoption of the vncircumcised Gentiles, seemed to the Iewes a foolysh and an absurde thing (for that they onely so many yeares togither, were thought worthye of that name and tytle, and therefore abhorred all other Nations, as we doe the Turkes and them at this day:) First God would haue the vocation of the Gentyles to be prea­ched by the Prophetes, whereof we may see singuler testimonies in them, Psal. 2. and .27. Esay. 2. and .19. Agayne, 42. and .49. Zach. 9. &c. Then de­clareth he a notable beginning hereof in Cornelius, whome he so called, that any man might see therein the counsell and deuyse of Gods prouidence. For he doth vouchsafe to sende his Aungell from heauen to Cornelius, and instructeth Peter by an heauenly vision, whereby he declareth that he will haue the Gentyles called into his Church, as we shall see when we come to the place. At this tyme we haue to consider what God did vouchsafe to doe by Cornelius.

For Luke beginneth with the description of Cornelius, The des­cription of Cornelius. A Captayne. which he knitteth vp in marueylous breuitie and playnenesse. First declaring his state and kynde of lyfe, hee sayth he was a Captayne of the Italian Souldiers. For the Romaynes vsed to entertayne diuers bandes of men, of diuers Nati [...]ons, according to the which they gaue them their names. And bicause a­mong all nations, they esteemed none more than the Italians, the Italian garrisons were preferred aboue others. And there is no doubt but that Cornelius was an Italian, forasmuch as he was one of the chiefe of that bande. But bicause he dwelt at Ca [...]sarea, which the auncient wryters call Turris Stratonis, the tower or castell of Straton, the maner or state of the souldiers in those dayes must be considered, that we maye the easilyer vn­derstande the state of Cornelius. Thus wryte the Romaine Hystoriogra­phers. After the victories that Pompey (called y e great) had gotten, who was the first that subdued Syria and Iurie vnto the Romaine Empire, the people of Rome had no more grieuous enimies, than the Parthians, who were greatly encouraged with the death of Crassus, & with the ouerthrowe of the Romayne Legions, and number of ensignes and standerdes which they had taken, wherein were the pictures of splayed Eagles paynted. Wyth whose incursions and roades, bicause they were continually molested, they thought good to place in the Cities bordering vpon them, certayne garri­sons of souldiers, which within a short warning being mustred, myght make a complete armie, if neede so required, whereby to repulse and beate backe the enimie. And those souldiers also were a defence and safegarde for the Cities of Iurie, to tame and keepe vnder the courage of the Iewes, [Page 426] which were very prone and redy to make tumults and insurrection. Hence commeth it, that we heare so often mention made of the Captaynes and souldiers in the writings of the Euangelists, Pomponius Mela in hys first booke of the situation of the world, and .16. chap whereof diuers dwelled and kept house in Iurie, and wandered not from place to place, as the solde or hyred Nation of Caria did. And it pleased God of this kinde of men, to ga­ther togither the first fruites of the Gentyles in the Church of Christ, that his grace and goodnesse might appeare the greater, seeing it is euident, that in the lyfe of souldiers there is great licenciousnesse, much corruption of maners, and all kynde of vnrulynesse. In the meane season, of the things which we haue spoken of the souldiers of those dayes, maye be gathered what the state of that people is, which sometime were free, and after that, through ingratitude and disobedience, lost their priuiledge of freedome. For it is manifest, that the Iewes whom God brought out of Egypt, and set at libertie, were such people as obeyed their owne lawfull Magistrates, be­ing subiect vnder no forreine Princes power. But by abusing of this bene­fite, they lost both their libertie and goodes for the most part. So that now they are not onely in subiection to the commaundement and couetousnesse of the Romaine Presidents, but haue in euery of their Cities, garrisons of forren souldiers, among whome, though there were some to be commen­ded for their equitie and godlynesse, yet many examples teache vs that the most part of them were souldierlike, that is to saye, fierce and presumpte­ous. Yea, God in time past threatened such infelicitie to the disobedient. Therefore let as many as enioye the benefite of freedome in these dayes, learne by example of the Iewes, to obey their lawfull Magistrates, and their wholesome lawes, least hereafter they taste of the lyke tyrannie and bondage.

Deuout and fearing God.But let vs returne to Cornelius, whose conuersation and maners are marueylously commended. For Luke attributeth to him deuotion and feare of God. Whereby it appeareth he was free from that ydolatrie of the Gen­tyles, which wickedly and foolishly worshipped many Gods. And this shall appeare to haue bene a great and singuler enterprise, if we consider the state of those times, when all Nations were vnder the rule of the Ro­maines, by whose lawes it was enacted, that no man shoulde professe any straunge religion. In his Apo­logie, cap. 5. For as Tertullian writeth, none might be worshipped as a God, but such as the Senate woulde allowe as Gods, in so much that they refused to take Christ for a God, bicause Tiberius had mooued the Se­nate to haue him so taken, with the prerogatyue of his suffrage and voyce. Therefore it must needes proceede of great constancie of minde in Corne­lius that he durst being an Officer, and therefore knowing he coulde not go vnespyde, refuse the Goddes of the Gentyles, and worship the true God. By this example are the men of these dayes confuted, which in matters of religion, thinke inferior Officers must attempt nothing, without the consent of the highest Magistrate, but that men must simply obey y e higher powers. But as we denie not but whatsoeuer duties belong to the Emperours and Kings, we must performe and fulfill them: so, we keepe and appoynt our re­ligion for God onely, and affirme that religion must not be violated or bro­ken for any Princes pleasure. And we knowe that Daniel and his fellowes long sithence, thought as we doe, which chose rather to be cast into an hote fornace, and into a caue of Lyons, than to violate or breake Gods true re­ligion. [Page 427] And this is the greatest commendation of Cornelius, that he openly worshipped the true God, not tarying for the Princes lawe to establish the same. Yea, and Christ commended the fayth of the Centurion, which plain­lye confessed he was vnder the commaundement of another, Luke 7. by a singuler testimony and also myracle.

But where the Euangelist attributeth to Cornelius praise of deuotion and feare of God, he declareth also his outward exercises, The exerci­ses of true godlynesse. wherby he vttred and declared his religious minde. Amonge which, this is the first, where hee sayth, he feared not God himselfe onely, The in­structing of the familie or housholde. but that his familie also was well instructed in true deuotion and feare of God. For this is the propertie of the godly, that as their selues be giuen vnto God, so wyshe they them also to be which belong vnto them. For why shoulde they suffer them to straye from God, whome they knowe, he hath committed to their charge? Sure­lye Abraham is commended, bicause he was both godlye himselfe, and did teach his familie the true worship and religion of God. Gene. 18. And bicause there be commaundementes of God to that ende and purpose, (as is to be seene Deuter. 6. and Psal. 78.) the vngodlynesse of the housholde is worthilye im­puted to the housholder, if through his negligence they waxe vngodly. The Scripture setteth out to vs a notable example hereof in Heli. 1. Sam. 2.3. 1. Reg. 10.11. And the Queene of Saba prayseth Salomon bicause of his well ordred Countries, but afterwardes he is blamed for the vngodlynesse of his wiues. As manye therefore as will be praysed for religion, let them not thinke they haue done their dutie, if their selues be worshippers of God, but let them labour to bring all those they haue charge of, vnto God likewyse.

Moreouer, Cornelius did almesse, that is to saye, Almesses. exercised the workes of mercy. Whereby it appeareth that religion had taken such roote in hys hart, that being enflamed therwith, he shewed all kinde of dutie vnto men also. And it is lyke he was not ignorant of that rule, which the Baptist had giuen vnto the souldiours, which came to aske hym counsell, saying: Hurt no manne, neyther trouble any man wrongfully, Luke. 3. and bee contented with your payes or wages But as though he had done but little in perfourming here­of, he thinketh it his dutie, to relieue other mens necessities also. And truly he that feeleth not hys minde as yet so affected, let him cease to glory in reli­gion, bicause Paule counteth the things of greatest importance, 1. Cor. 3. as vnprofi­table, if we be voide of charitie. Unto these, as a thyrde thing, Continual prayers. is added con­tinuance in prayer, which I iudge was stirred vp in him, of a desire that he had to knowe the truth. For me thinketh he is to be counted in the number of those, which hauing long agone attayned to the true knowledge of God, thinke it is true that God had promysed a Sauiour, but were ignoraunt who it was. Him therefore he desired to haue reuealed vnto him, least it shoulde come to passe that following his owne reason, he might erre in the way of saluation. This sense may be gathered afterwarde of the wordes of the Aungell, which saith that Peter shoulde shewe him what he had to doe.

Let vs compare the Souldiers of our dayes with this Captaine, A compari­son betweene Cornelius and the souldiers of our dayes. which vse to defende themselues as well by his example, as by others of his cal­ling, and it shall easily appeare, how little these examples serue them. Cor­nelius is commended for his deuotion. But these men thinke, deuotion be­longeth not vnto souldiers, but vnto religious men. Cornelius feareth God with all his houshold, but these men thinke those mindes most souldierlike, [Page 428] that haue least feare both of God and man. Cornelius (sayeth Luke) holpe and relieued the poore with almesse, but these men lyue by stealth, refray­ning neyther prophane nor Church goodes. Cornelius was continuallye in prayers, and desired to haue the knowledge of the promised Sauiour re­uealed to him, but these mennes tongues vsed to swearing, cursing, and blasphemie, with wicked audacitie, pollute the crosse of our sauiour Christ, his passion, his woundes, and whatsoeuer else. I speake not nowe howe Cornelius warred vnder his lawfull Magistrate, to keepe out forren force of the enimie, to suppresse sedition, and maintayne publike tranquilitie: but our souldiers lyke the people of Caria, hyred for mony, entermedle, and bu­sy themselues in warres pertayning nothing to them, and hate the name of peace, worse than the deuil. But what speake I of souldiers, seeing they are not to be compared with Cornelius, which thinke themselues nowe a dayes the perfitest men in Christendome? So deade is deuotion in the mindes of men: so great is the desire of priuate lucre in all sortes of men. And all mennes mindes almost, are so colde in prayers vnto God, that though ad­uersitie on euery side vrge them, they cannot shake of this carelesnesse.

The cal­ling of Cor­nelius.Nowe, after the description of Cornelius, followeth his vocation, the be­ginning wherof proceedeth of the Aungels apparition, where appeareth a great token of Gods goodnesse. For God might haue thought vs vnwoor­thy the seruice of the most basest Creature. But not contented to haue ap­pointed all other thinges to serue our vse, he sendeth out his Aungels also, (as Paule teacheth) for the mynisterie of those that be his. Hebrues. 1. And such is the maner of this apparition, that it is voyde of al suspition of craft or subtletie. For in the cleere light, about the .ix. houre of the daye, doth the Angell come in vnto him, in a visible fourme, (yet representing some more maiestie, than is in man) and calleth Cornelius by his propre name, thereby to make him the more attent to receyue the commaundements of God. For God vseth so plainely to deale with vs, that we neede suspect no guyle, such, as commonly vseth to be in apparitions of Deuils, which are alwayes darke and doubt­full. And yet notwithstanding Cornelius his great and feruent study of reli­gion, he is abashed, at the sight of the angell. Which thing as it may be attri­buted to the infirmitie of man, so is it the property of the godly, to be afraid at the presence of godly maiestie. For this, wee reade came to passe vnto Daniel, and afterward to Christes three Disciples in the mount of Thabor. And wee ought thus reuerently to be affected towardes the woorde of God, forasmuch as God no way so much sheweth him self present vnto vs. Ther­fore let vs with Cornelius acknowledge God speaking to vs in his woorde, and offer our selues prompt and ready to fulfil his commaundements. The chiefe thing in this businesse is the message of the Angell, which appeereth to consist of two partes. Therefore we will speake of eche of them, in their order.

The saying or message of the Aungell.The first part conteyneth a consolation, whereby he cheereth vp Corne­lius minde, hauing bene long in perplexitie. For he saith: Thy prayers and thy almesses are come vp into remembraunce before God. Which woordes are not negligently to be passed ouer, bicause the Papistes abuse them two ma­ner of wayes, while they striue for the glory of mans righteousnesse, against the merite of Christ. Against the mainte [...]ners of merites. For first they hereof gather that men be prepared by their owne power and workes to be afterwarde iudged woorthy to receyue [Page 429] greater grace and saluation in Christ. Next, they simply and absolutely, at­tribute the prayse of merite, vnto workes, as though we were iustifyed and saued by them. But the thing it selfe declareth they are deceyued in theim bothe. For touching the first, it is most vaine that they dreame of this place concerning theyr preparations, forasmuch as it sufficiently appeereth, that Cornelius had nor did of him self none of those things which before was re­hearced of him. For how should one of the Gentyles, borne and brought vp in superstition from his childehode, know & feare the true God, of his owne industrie, 1. Cor. 2. considering that the naturall man perceyueth not the thinges belong­ing vnto the spirite of God? How should he also make his prayers to be ac­ceptable vnto God, without faith, Heb. 11. seing that without faith it is impossible to please God? And if he had faith (as it can not be denied) it must needes be that he had it of the gifte of God. Ephe. 2. And faith is not without the spirite of regene­ration, which brought forth in him both the feare of God, the desire to be al­mesfull, and what soeuer good qualitie els was in him. And we all stande in the case that Cornelius did, and no man is able of him selfe, to make ready him selfe, to receyue the grace of God, 2. Cor. 3. forasmuch as we be not able of our selues to thinke well. Furthermore, it is ridiculous, to attribute the name of meryte vnto workes, & to glory of them, in the iudgement of God. For who is able to say, that he did them of himselfe? And haue we forgotten that saying of Paule, What hast thou, that thou hast not receyued? 1. Cor. 4. And if thou hast receiued it, why boaste [...]t thou, as though thou haddest not receyued it? Moreouer, we must needes acknowledge whether we will, or nyll, that whatsoeuer woorkes come from vs, be imperfite, although we doe them by the grace of God working in vs, according to the appoyntment of Gods worde. For the concurrence of our carnall affections, and wicked lus [...]es and desires infect the same. In so much that the holy men in the Prophete saye: Esay. 64. that our righteousnesse is as a ragged cloth arrayed or distayned with a womans disease. To conclude, whereas all things in vs are corrupt, what­soeuer is in vs, that pleaseth God, it pleaseth him bicause of our fayth only in Iesus Christ. For in him is he well pleased. Math. 3 17. Yet we denie not but that the Scripture vseth many times this worde rewarde. But that rewarde is the gift of Gods grace, Luke. 17. who (as Augustine sayeth) crowneth or rewardeth his giftes in vs, who otherwise deserue to be called vnprofitable seruants ▪ Therfore the wordes of the Aungell haue a farre other meaning. For his purpose is to teach vs, that God had a consideration of Cornelius doing before this, and that he despised not his prayers, and whatsoeuer other deedes of deuo­tion else he did. And he calleth to his remembrance the promyse of Christ, saying: To euery one that hath shall bee giuen. For they are sayde to haue, which vse to bestowe the gifts giuen them of Gods liberalitie, as meete is. Hereof may be taken a generall comfort, that earnest prayer and deuotion is not vnprofitable or in vayne, and out of doubt we shall perceyue great encrease of Gods gifts, if we will lende vnto the Lorde. Apply the Parable of Talents, which is written Math. 25. to this place.

In the other part he teacheth him what he shoulde doe. Cornelius is appoynted to sende for Pe­ter. The chiefe poynt of the commaundement is, that he should sende for Simon Peter, who shoulde teache and instruct him what to doe. And this is an euident argu­ment of the goodnesse of God, that he putteth Peter rather than Cornelius, to payne, to take the iourney. For thus he vseth to offer vnto vs grace and [Page 430] saluation, when we seeke not for it, not bicause he woulde fauour the sloth of our fleshe, but for that by his diligence he woulde enflame vs, to the like diligence in seeking for our saluation and his glory. We haue an example hereof in our first parentes, who bicause they woulde not first seeke God, and call vpon him, were sought for and called of him. Furthermore, thys place maketh for the setting forth of the outwarde worde and Ecclesiasticall ministerye. For as before, he sent Paule to Ananias: so nowe he appoynteth Peter to be Cornelius teacher, whome he myght haue instructed by ministe­ry of the Aungell. For it is euident that none commeth vnto Christ, but such as the father draweth: and fayth is the gift of God, but yet the order of God abideth inuiolable, Rom. 10. that faith commeth by hearing, and hearing by the worde of God. As many therefore as disdayne to heare the worde of God at the mouth of man, declare thereby that they be vnworthye of the kingdome of God, bicause they contemne his ordinaunce, and desire the order of salua­tion by him instituted, to be destroyed. Let vs also vse the doctrine of the Apostles, that we being therby instructed, may doe those thinges which be acceptable vnto God, and may obtayne saluation through Iesus Christ our only Sauiour: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxj. Homelie.

‘AND when the Aungell which spake vnto him was departed, he called two of his housholde seruantes, and a deuout souldier of them that wayted on him, and tolde them all the matter, and sent them to Ioppa. On the mo­rowe as they went on their iourney, and drewe nigh vnto the citie, Peter went vp vpon the top of the house to praye, about the sixt houre. And when he waxed an hungred, he woulde haue eaten. But whyle they made ready, he fell into a traunce, and sawe heauen opened, and a certayne vessell come downe vnto him, as it had bene a great sheete knit at the fower corners, and was let downe to the earth: wherein were all maner of fowerfooted beasts of the earth, and vermin and wormes, and foules of the ayre. And there came a voyce to him: Ryse Peter, kill and eate But Peter sayde, not so Lorde. For I haue neuer eaten thing that is common or vncleane. And the voyce spake vnto him.’

AS GOD in electing the people of the Iewes, vsed his singuler fauour and goodnesse, the which Moses and the Prophetes euerywhere sette forth: so when he cast them of, and tooke the Genty­les into their place, he declared a singuler example of his wrath and iustice: which thing it behooueth vs the more diligently to consider, bicause Paule dedu­ceth a generall doctrine therof, shewing that no man shall escape vnpunished, which contemneth the mer­cie and goodnesse of God, considering that God hath vsed so great seueritie in lopping of the naturall braunches. Rom. 11. But bicause this seemed to the Iewes a thing vnmeete to be sayde, or to be beleeued, insomuch that the Apostles for a good space were not resolued in that poynt, and the Gentyles also had [Page 431] no little doubt thereof, in consideration of the lyfe which they had led afore­tymes, it was therefore requisite, that there shoulde be some notable entry and beginning hereof. Therefore is Cornelius the Centurion chosen, euen from among the number and vocation of warriers, that the mercy of God might appeare the more plaine and manifest. He is aduertised by an Aun­gell sent from heauen, to call Peter vnto him: by the which argument one­ly, it did euidently appeare, that all thinges in this businesse came to passe by Gods working. Yet shall the same appeare in the things following more fully and euidently, and for the declaration hereof, this present place ma­keth not a little, which sheweth the faythfull obedience of Cornelius being thus admonished by the Aungell, and also teacheth vs how Peter was ad­uertised by a vision from heauen, that he should not refuse to go preach the Gospell to Cornelius.

Luke is verye diligent in describing of Cornelius obedience, The obedi­ence of Cor­nelius. bicause it giueth vs an euident testimonie of his fayth, which shall appeare the more playne and manifest, if we expende, howe many impediments there were, to haue kept him from beleeuing and obeying the Aungels words. It was a daungerous matter for him to chaunge religion, whose dutie it was chiefly to see that no tumults or businesse shoulde be made in Syria, through the chaunge or alteration of any thing. And there was no helpe or ayde for him in man, wherby he myght hope to defende himselfe agaynst the power of the Emperor of Rome. Moreouer, it was to be suspected, that in a Tan­ners house there shoulde be any which coulde teach a man the waye to lyfe and saluation. For who would looke for such a teacher out of such a schoole? Who woulde not also suspect him, that (as it were) laye lurking in such an obscure corner? But fayth onely ouercommeth all these things, which to o­bey, Cornelius had long before submitted himselfe. And this example may worthily be ioyned to those which Paule repeateth Heb. 11. We are taught, that we must not for any daungers be feared, or drawen from the doctrine of truth, nor suspect the fayth any maner of way, for any slender or base ap­pearance outwardly, but let vs followe Cornelius, and without all delaye fulfill the commaundements of God. For he by and by called vnto him two of his seruants, and a deuout souldier, and sendeth them to Ioppa to bryng Peter vnto him. Where appeareth a singuler commoditie whych Cornelius had by the godly ordering of his familie. The commo­ditie of a wel instructed fa­milie. For nowe hath he faythfull ser­uaunts, to whome he may safely commit a businesse of such credit and im­portance. An example whereof, Moses sheweth vs in Abraham and his ser­uant. But their case is farre otherwise, which so neglect their familie, Gen. 24. as though their instruction appertayned nothing vnto them. For where they will not bring them vp in their dutie to God, they be for the most part vn­trustie and vnfaythfull to them, as who through their negligence was void of religion. This, Nero the tyrant founde true, who, as the Hystoriogra­phers wryte, complayned that he had neuer a faythfull friende, no not at the last houre of his death. For why shoulde he finde them trustye, whome he wickedly had armed and set agaynst God and his Christ? Hereof ought all men in authoritie to learne a generall doctrine to vse them that belong vnto them, to the true religion and worshipping of God. For it cannot bee that they will be faythfull to their Magistrates, Eusebius in the first boke of the lyfe of Constantius. Sozomenus in the Tripar­tite hystorye, 1. boke. 7. ch. which haue denyed their fayth vnto God. This, Constantius father to Constantine the great, well [Page 432] perceyued in tyme past, which thought good to thrust them out of his Court which had at his bidding burnt sacrifice to the Goddes, thinking that they would doe him little true seruice, which would be vnthankfull to God, and betray his true religion.

Furthermore, it is not to be omitted how agayne he attributeth a praise of godlynesse to the souldier which vsed to wayte vpon Cornelius. For be­sides that it appeareth hereby howe much the conuersion of the godlye ma­keth to the attayning to godlynesse and saluation: Religion hath place al­so a [...]onge souldiers. We are also taught that there is no state or kinde of lyfe vtterly voyde of religion, since that it hath place among souldiers in warfare which in manye mennes opinion doth then best brooke hir name, when she hath cast from hir all religion. How­beit, the scripture teacheth vs, that God is the most prosperous Captaine of warres. 2. Sam. 10. By his conduct and leading, Ioab encountring wyth a great bande of Assirians, had a notable victorie. Dauid being ready to darren battell with Goliah, 1. Sam. 17. Psa. 18.144 calleth vpon God for helpe. Dauid attributeth vnto God all the vic­tories and prayse that euer he gate by warre, where he sayth that God tea­cheth his handes to fight. Eusebius in the Eccl [...]s [...]a­sticall hystory the .ix. booke and .ix. chap. Ruffinus in the same hy­storie. [...]1. booke, and 33. chap. Yea, Constantinus being admonished by an Oracle, caused the signe of the holy crosse to be borne before his armies, as finding better successe vnder it, than vnder the ensignes of the Romaines Eagles. And when Theodosius in the daungerous warre agaynst Eugenius and Ar­bogastus, had spent an whole nyght in prayers, and was encouraged to the fyght by a sight of Aungels cheering and exhorting him therevnto, we read howe the next day he had the victorie with the ayde and helpe as it were of the windes that blewe that daye. Therefore their sayinges are most to be discommended, who, as the Romaine Orator sayth, there is no rowme or place for law or ryght whiles warres are in hande: Cicero in hys Oration for Luc. Muraena. so, they thinke warres may be made and followed without any religion. But take awaye religion, and they shall nothing differ from the rage of sauage beasts, nor cannot be defended with any honest colour, yea, they shall most cruelly rage beyonde all right and reason. These things teach vs, that the furiousnesse of the A­nabaptistes is not to be suffred, Agaynst the Anabaptists. which holde opinion, that it is not lawfull for a Christian man to weare a weapon, considering that these Captaynes and diuers other souldiers in the Scripture, are commended for their faith and religion. And surely their opinion is so absurde, that rather they ought to saye, that no manne can worthily weare his weapon, but he that is a Christian.

Peter by a vision is en­structed con­cerning the calling of the Gentyles.Nowe, let vs come to Peter the Apostle, whome God instructeth by a peculiar vision, that being deceyued with the common error of the Iewes, he should not reiect the message of Cornelius. And that that is here done, is not much vnlike to that we hearde before, came to passe betweene Ananias and Saule. For euen as there, so here also is Cornelius first admonished to sende for Peter. After this, Peter is certifyed of hys vocation, not to denye his dutie of loue, eyther to Christ, or to Cornelius. This is a peculiar and singuler argument of Gods goodnesse, which is desirous that men shoulde be saued, and come vnto the knowledge of the truth. It is good to examine all the circumstances of this vision, that the knowledge of the thinges belon­ging to our saluation, may appeare the playner.

Peter goth to his prayers fasting.First, Peter is to be considered, who as it is sayde, was gone vppe fa­stinge into the vpper storie of the house, about the sixt houre of the daye, [Page 433] while in the meane whyle his dinner was a preparing. For we haue decla­red before in the third Chapter, how in times passed, certaine houres were appoynted for prayers. For although the effect of prayers be bounde ney­ther to time nor place, yet must we obserue a certayne opportunitie in them, & certayne times must needes be prescribed for prayer, least being occupied in other businesses, we neglect a thing most necessary of all other. Peters ex­ample also teacheth vs, that prayers requyre as well a secret going apart, and aside, as also a certaine sobrietie, in body and minde, that the deuotion of them be not extinguished by surfet and pampering of the bodye. For the which cause the Scriptures both of the olde and newe Testament, manye times ioyne praying and fasting togither. This thing reprooueth the foo­lishnesse of the hypocrites, who as they order their praying for ostentation sake, so they ascribe the prayse of merite absolutely vnto their fasting, wher­as the vse thereof serueth for none other cause, but to tame and keepe vnder the fleshe, that it waxe not to prowde and malapert, and so disturbe and ouerturne aswell prayer, as all other exercises of true godlynesse. See Ma­thew. 9. Esay. 58. chap.

Moreouer, it is written, that he fell into a traunce, Peters traūce. to thende we should vnderstand, that in this matter nothing is to be attributed to naturall sight, nor that Peter was deceyued through defect or want of hys naturall senses. For being rapt & taken as it were, out of himselfe, he perceyued these things with the eyes of his mind [...]. For where the naturall man (as Paule sayth) perceyueth not the things that appertayne vnto God, it followeth that his minde must be rapt by the spirite of God, out of the worlde, to perceyue the mysteries of the kingdome of heauen. This thing Paule teacheth vs by his owne example, whereas writing how he was rapt into the thirde heauen, he plainly confesseth, 2. Cor. 12. that he was ignorant whether this came to passe vnto him in the body or out of the body. And this thing is the more certayne to be beleeued, bicause he sawe not these things with his corporall senses, which vse for the most part to be deceyued.

After these thinges, followeth a diligent description of the vision. The descrip­tion & scope of the vision. He seeth the heauens opened, he seeth a great vessell, let downe lyke vnto a sheete, bound at the foure corners. There seemed to be in the same all kinde of beastes, as well fourefooted, as creeping, and flying fowles, but special­ly such as in the lawe are called vncleane, concerning which, we may reade Leuit. 11. Deut. 14. Herevnto is added a voyce bidding Peter aryse, kill, and eate. Aboue all things it behoueth vs to marke the ende and scope of the vi­sion, which by the things that followe, appeareth to haue bene none other, but that God would thereby teach vs, that all the difference which hitherto had bene betweene the Iewes and Gentyles, by reason of the ceremonies of the lawe, was nowe taken away, and that there was no impediment or let, but that the Gentyles also might be admitted into the fellowship of the Gospell and saluation gotten by Christ.

It shall appeare that this vision maketh marueylously for this present businesse, if all the mysteries in the same be throughly considered. An allegori­call expositi­on of the vi­sion. For it confirmeth Peters wauering minde, and notably declareth the state of the whole Church. It is sayde that Peter was an hungred at that time. But it is playne, that he was altogither enflamed with the desire to haue Christes kingdome encreased, and the Church enlarged, hungered not so much▪ in [Page 434] body as in minde. For there fell out things which might marueylously vexe his minde. For the Iewes, to whome it seemed saluation chiefly was due, had very vnworthily reiected it, yea, and persecuted it. And he thought the Gentyles, vnworthye to be partakers therof: forasmuch as he knew that Christ had once cōmaunded that they should not go into the way of the Gen­tyles, but preach the Gospell vnto the lost sheepe of Israel. He remembred also that Christ tooke the Gentyles but as Dogs, bicause he saide to the wo­man of Cananie. Math. 15. It becommeth not to cast the childrens breade vnto dogges. For although Christ afterwarde commaunded the Gospell should be prea­ched to all creatures, yet it seemed to him, that it was to be vnderstanded of such Gentyles, as shoulde forsake their heathen superstitions, and turne to the Iewes religion, and woulde vse the iustifications of the lawe of Cir­cumcision. Therfore what other thing could Peter doe in this case, but stand amazed in great doubt and perplexitie of minde? For he sawe not of whom that Church shoulde be gathered, in the which he had so often hearde that Christ shoulde reigne. Nowe, God in this place putteth him commodiously in minde hereof, and declareth the whole maner of the gathering of his Church togither, and sheweth a most euident figure of hys Church. For there was let downe from heauen, which he sawe open and parte in sun­der, after an vnwoonted wyse, a great linnen cloth, tyed at the fower cor­ners, which did represent a figure of the Church. So Peter was taught that the Church was to be looked for from heauen, which is called the newe Ie­rusalem. Apoc. 21. and not of the iustifyings of the lawe. For except a man be borne from aboue, Iohn. 3. he shall not see the kingdome of God. And the cloth tyed at the fower corners, signified that this Church shoulde be gathered out of all the coastes of the world. There were beasts within it, which the lawe pronounced to be vncleane, these Peter was commaunded to kill, & to eate his fill. This taught vs that y e Gentlies which hitherto were taken for foule people, & straungers from the publike weale of the people of god, should be killed and mortified with the spirituall sworde, that is to say, wyth the prea­ching of the Gospell, without respect of the Iewyshe law and ceremonies, and so should be receyued into the fellowship of Christ and his Church. For nowe was come the tyme of correction, in which the vayle of the Temple was rent, and the wall broken downe by Christ, which ioyned both Nati­ons into one fayth, Ephe. 2. and inheritaunce of one kingdome. And that thys was the meaning of the vision, the effect of the matter shall hereafter declare.

What God hath clensed, that call not thou foule.Howbeit, Peter as yet vnderstandeth not the meaning of the Lord, but being as yet holden in ouermuch obseruation of the lawe, aunswereth: Not so Lord: for I neuer eate thing that was common or vncleane. And straight waye the Lorde confuted his iudgement with a graue sentence, saying: what God hath clensed, that call not thou common. Which sentence apper­tayneth to this present purpose, and teacheth vs, that neyther the meates which were forbidden by the lawe, nor the Gentyles which were signified by them, are to be taken henceforth as vncleane. It also contayneth a ge­nerall doctrine, whereby we are taught, that we ought to establish nothing of our owne heade agaynst Gods iudgement and decree. And they offende agaynst this sentence, which thinke that vnlawfull and vnholy, which God hath sanctified and made lawfull. They are here confuted, that since the abrogation of the lawe, haue brought in new differences of meates, wher­as [Page 435] it is euident, that all meates are sanctified by the worde of God, and that the things that enter in at the mouth, defyle not a man. 1. Tim. 4. Math. 15. And we admit not their cauillation, which saye these things are appoynted for the keeping our flesh vnder, not for that they thinke meates to be vncleane of their owne nature. For if this be their meaning, why doe they snarle mennes consciences, by this precept? Why appoynt they certaine dayes for such abstinence? Why binde they poore men therevnto, whome it is manifest are attenuated ynough by reason of continuall labour and penurie? Why permit they the richer sort, in the meane whyle to fraunche and eate fyshe, and farre fette iunkets, and spyced cates, most meete to prouoke and stirre vp the fleshe vnto lust? Why graunt they them the vse of Wyne, wherein is lecherye or ryot, as the Apostle sayth, and which is of moste force to kindle the rage of the fleshe. They are also confuted, that teache men to abstayne from Matrimonie, as though it were an impediment vnto them that haste vnto the kingdome of God, whereas God ordeyned it, and therefore must nee­des be lawfull and holye, yea, moste necessarye for a man that wyll lyue godly. 1. Tim. 4. And Paule did not without a cause number these articles among the doctrines of the deuill. For it is more than deuilishe audacitie, with open mouth to condemne that, that God hath made holy. They are agayne like faultie, which teach men howe that is lawfull that is forbidden by Gods lawe, or which dare dispence with men for mony, in those things whych are committed agaynst the lawe of God. Both these things are in Poperye so ryfe, that by this one note a man may knowe Antichrist, to whome Daniel attributeth, that he shall haue power to alter and chaunge lawes and times. Let vs learne therefore to depende vpon Gods mouth, and to admit no consti­tutions, contrary vnto Gods ordinances.

Furthermore, Luke sayeth this was done three tymes, The cloth is taken vp in­to heauen a­gayne. and that at length the sheete or cloth was taken vp agayne, to the place from whence it came. God would haue this done thryse, bicause he would haue Peter there­by the more assured and perswaded. And the cloth and beastes are taken vp againe, both that Peter should be certifyed that all this was done by the pro­uidence of God, and also that it might appeare, there was a place in hea­uen for them also that hitherto seemed to be excluded from thence by reason of the difference of the lawe. And this is a generall consolation. For the me­rite of Christ hath opened vnto vs heauen agayne, which the fall of Adam had locked against vs, and hath prepared there a place for vs, as oftenty­mes already hath bene declared. Therfore embracing him with true faith, let vs mortifie the olde man with the sworde of the spirite, that being borne agayne from aboue, we may be brought thither to the societie of our Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glo­rye for euer. Amen.

The .lxxij. Homelie.

‘WHYLE Peter mused in himselfe what this vision (which hee had seene) ment, beholde, the men which were sent from Cornelius, had made enquirance for Simons house, and stoode before the doore, and called out one, and asked whether Simon which was surnamed Peter was lodged there? [Page 436] whyle Peter thought on the vision, the spirite sayde vnto him: Beholde, men seeke thee: Arise therfore and get thee downe, and go with them, and doubt not, for I haue sent them. Peter went downe to the men, which were sent vn­to him from Cornelius and sayde: beholde, I am he whome ye seeke, what is the cause wherefore you are come? They sayde, Cornelius the Captayne, a iust man, and one that feareth God, and of good report among all the people of the Iewes, was warned by an holye Aungell to sende for thee into his house, and to heare words of thee. Then called he them in, and lodged them. And on the morowe Peter went away with them, and certaine brethren from Ioppa accompanied him. And the thirde day entred they into Caesarea. And Cornelius wayted for them, and had called togither his kinsmen and speciall friendes. And as Peter came in, Cornelius mette him, and fell downe at his feete, and worshipped him. But Peter tooke him vp saying: Stande vppe, I my selfe also am a man.’

AMongst the many and singuler works of God, whereby he hath declared his great bountie and goodnesse, the calling of the Gentyles is not last to be placed. This shall well appeare▪ if we ex­pende what [...]hey were before God called them, that is to saye, straungers from the common weale of the people of God, without God, without Christ, deade through sinne, children of wrath, and to bee briefe, the verye bondslaues of sinne, as in manye places Paule teacheth, & the hystories of the Gentyles abundantly declare. It must therefore needes be a great goodnesse of God, that woulde take such out of the kingdome of darkenesse, into the fellowship of his sonne, and eternall saluation. But bicause it seemed to the Iewes, puffed vp with the affiance that they had in the righteousnesse of the lawe, and contemning the Gentyles, bicause they neglected Circumcision, and the other Ceremonies of the lawe, a thing to absurde, that such shoulde be adopted and receyued: It was needefull there shoulde be some euident demonstration, to prooue that this was the very will of God. This did God set forth in Cornelius whome by the ministerie of an Aungell, he stirred vp to seeke the saluation that commeth by the Gospell, and also instructeth Peter the Apostle wyth a peculier vision, that he should not after the common errour of the Iewes; thinke Cornelius and other Nations vnworthy to be taught the doctrine of saluation. But of these thinges we haue intreated in the Homelies before going. Nowe let vs vewe the proceeding of the whole matter, which Luke here rehearseth in ample wyse, and at large.

He beginneth with Peter, shewing how he was affected in mynde with this heauenly vision, Howe Peter was aff [...]cted in mind with the heauenly vision. and howe euen at that very stounde when the messen­gers came from Cornelius, he was more fullye certified by the holy ghost. And he saith that Peter sate doubting, and had many and diuers cogitations arising in his mynde. For he easilye perceyued that so straunge and so often repeated a vision, coulde not be without some mysterye: howbeit, he sawe not the vse and ende thereof. But as he was pondering these things in hys minde, the messengers were come, they enquired for Peter, and he in the meane whyle is certified by the spirite what he shall doe. We haue in Peter [Page 437] to consider the dulnesse of ma [...]nes nature, which letteth vs that we cannot see the misteries of the kingdome of hea [...]en, The dul [...]e of mannes natu [...]. vnlesse we be illuminated with the spirite of God. The consideration whereof serueth vs to this ende, that we trusting in the dexteritie of our wit, seeke not to deepe in Gods secretes, and so entangle our selues in infinite errors. Yet in this he is to be com­mended, that he doth not deride or contemne the vision shewed him▪ al­though he vnderstande not the meaning of the same, but is verye pe [...]siue, and carefull for the finding out of it, and as it is credible, went about by prayers to attayne to the knowledge of it. For God so commaundeth vs, & he deceyueth not them which by godly meditation, desire to be inspired from aboue. For this is his promise: Seeke, and you shall finde▪ aske, Math. 7. and it shall be giuen you.

And euen at that moment, The modesty of Cornelius messengers. that Peter was in this doubt and perplexi­tie, the messengers were at the doore, and enquiring for Simon the Tan­ners house, one commeth forth, of whome they demaunde whether Peter lodged there yea or no. And they seeme to abstayne from going in, bicause they were not ignorant, that the Iewes thought it abhominable, to be con­uersant with the Gentyles. Therefore they woulde not ouer hastily trouble them, to whome they were sent. This is a great argument of ciuill mode­stie, and that nurture that Cornelius vsed in his familie. But if a man would compare the souldiers of these dayes, placed in Cities for their safegarde, with these men, he shoulde perceyue such inciuilitie and rigour in them, that they shall differ little or nothing from enimies. Cornelius seruants and soul­diers would not enter into an other mannes house, bicause they woulde di­sturbe no man agaynst his will. But our men thinke they are then moste lyke souldiers, when they burst open mens doores, search the secretest parts of their house, bereaue housholders of their right in their owne house, beate them that speake against them, and satisfie their raging lust in whoredome, vpon matrones and virgins. The proui­dence of God Here appeareth also the marueylous proui­dence of God, which doth not onely woonderfully gouerne the proceeding of this matter, but also euery part and parcell thereof. For by his prouidence it commeth to passe, that the messengers shoulde euen then be at the doore, when Peter was in that meditation and study, which concerned the ende and effect of this matter. Some one of little vnderstanding, standing in the con­ceyt ofmans wisedome, would say, this thing happened by chaunce, & at all aduentures. But we reuerence the prouidence of God, which worketh in al things, hath the number of the heares of our head, In his boo­kes agaynst the Academi­tes, and in his first boke of Retracta­tions. 1. chap. and suffreth nothing to come to passe by hazard or peraduenture. And we allowe rather the iudge­ment of Augustine, who was not ashamed to confesse the common errour that he vsed among other, though in no wicked sense, being deceyued with these vayne wordes of fortune and chaunce.

Furthermore, to returne agayne to Peter, the holy ghost teacheth him, as he was musing of the meaning and ende of the vision, Peter is ad­uertysed by the holy ghost. what he shoulde doe. For he sheweth him that there were men come which woulde speake with him: therefore he commaundeth him by and by to go downe, and to go with them. And he rendreth none other cause hereof, than that he sayth, he sent them: speaking nothing of the successe and effect of the thing. Nay, he commaundeth him not to doubt, or to reason, or to debate the matter to and fro with himselfe. Hereof may be gathered a generall rule, whereby [Page 438] we are taught that we must simply obey God, and not take our reason to counsell, when we haue hearde the expresse commaundement of God. For as God hath this authoritie ouer vs, to commaunde vs what it pleaseth him: so is it the propertie of fayth, as it were, to captiuate all reasons vn­derstanding, and to subdue it vnto the word of God, & not to suffer it to rea­son against the manifest commaundementes of God. For that is an ouer wicked audacitie, to go about to make the authoritie of Gods preceptes to gyue place to our reasons. Therfore that that the olde Testament sheweth that Abraham sometime did, who neyther doubted of Gods promise, al­though he sawe it to be agaynst the course of nature, nor disobedientlye gaynesayde his commaundements, though absurde and vnreasonable to see to, the same doth the holye ghost in this place, require of Peter. We are admonished also, that it ought to suffise vs when we vnderstande, that God hath appoynted or spoken any thing: forasmuch as it is euident, he ordreth all things both wisely, and for our saluation. And this is that wrastling of fayth, wherein all such ought to be exercised, as will be taken for the true and faithfull worshippers of God. In the which if nowe a dayes we were more obediently and diligently occupied, we should be much lesse troubled than we be, and finde better successe in our doings.

Peter obey­eth the com­maundement of God.But let vs see the obedience of Peter, which he declared, when he had hearde the commaundement of the holy ghost. First without all delaye, he went downe to them, and did nothing mutter (as the wayward doe vse) ey­ther that he was interrupted of his prayers, or let from his dinner. Then when he sawe the messengers, whome by their apparell, he might easilye iudge were Gentyles and souldiers, he friendly telleth them, that it is he they seeke for, and asketh them what the cause of their comming is. And streightway the messengers courteously aunswere him, and faithfullye de­clare vnto him, all that their maister had commaunded them. For both they singulerly commende their maister, and diligently report the Oracle vtte­red by the Aungell, to the intent they might the easilier obteyne the pur­pose, for the which they came. And by the waye maye be seene, with what diligence and trust, Christian seruauntes ought to go about their maisters businesse, that they onely serue them not in their sight, as Paule sayth, but as much as in them is, labor when they are absent, to set forth their hone­stie, & to worke for their commoditie. Ephe. 6. By and by, as Peter had heard their message, he vnderstoode the mysterie and secret of the vision, and per­ceyued that the Gentyles were signified by the vncleane beastes, whome God woulde nowe haue brought by preaching of the Gospell, into the fel­lowship of Christ, and to saluation. Wherefore, he bringeth them into the house, and the next day goeth with them, being accompanied by certayne brethren of Ioppa, who both woulde this waye declare their good affection vnto Peter, & also were chosen of God to be witnesses of so weighty a mat­ter. Moreouer, as in all these things, there appeareth a faithfull obedience, such as erewhyle we hearde the spirite of God commaunded vnto Peter: so Peter is a notable example of hospitalitie, which as it is in all men a thing most commendable: so it most becommeth Bishops and Ministers of the worde, that whyle herein they giue others good ensample, they cause their doctrine to be the better spoken of, which is the cause, that among the pro­perties of a Bishop, 1. Tim. 3. Paule thinketh this also worthy to be rehearsed. Ther­fore [Page 439] by Peters example the waywardnesse of them is reproued, who for that they will be taken to be of authoritie, beare themselfe verye straunge, and will shewe no maner of friendly familiaritie, eyther to straungers, or those of their owne house. Whome if the example of Peter cannot, yet the autho­ritie of Christ ought to mooue, who euen then as Marke writeth, did friend­lye receyue all men, Marc. 6. when by reason of the peoples importunitie preasing vpon him, he had scarce leysure to eate his meate.

After these things, Luke declareth the meeting of Cornelius and Peter. The mee­ting of Peter and Corne­lius. And of Cornelius he telleth two things. First, that he called togither hys kinsfolke and alliance, and all other which he was acquaynted with, who all wayted for Peters comming. These thinges expresse the propertie of a true fayth. For where fayth stayeth onely vpon the worde of God, she see­keth and wayteth carefully for the same. Agayne, where it burneth in de­sire of Gods glory, and loue of hir neighbour, she is desirous to communi­cate saluation also vnto many others. Both these properties doth Cornelius performe, and that not without his great perill. For we haue alreadye of­tentimes declared, that it was a daungerous matter among the Romay­nes, to alter or chaunge religion. Therefore it coulde not be but daunge­rous, to haue so many witnesses therof. But that fayth standeth in no feare of daunger, as well the Scriptures as many other examples, euerywhere declare. Let vs followe this endeuour and desire, least whyle we make prouision for our selues, we betraye the glory of God, and neglect the sal­uation of them which ought to be most deare vnto vs, according to the law of nature. But Cornelius doth yet another thing. For assoone as he seeth Pe­ter the Apostle, by and by he runneth to meete him, falleth downe at hys feete, and worshippeth him. These are tokens of a deuout minde, and that hath a very good opinion of the worde of God and his minister. Yet Corne­lius exceedeth herein, and offendeth in ouermuch veneration, whyles (as may be gathered of Peters words) he attributeth more vnto him than belon­geth to a man. This many times cometh to passe, when we vse y e vnaduised zeale of our reason in reuerencing Gods Ministers. And of none other be­ginning sprong that superstitious worshipping of Saintes, pilgrimages, for deuotion sake, kissing of reliques, and infinite other such lyke things, then bicause men being beguyled with an inconsiderate zeale of religion, thought there was some sparke of godheade in them whome God had vsed sometime to the enlargement of his glorye, and the saluation of others. It behooueth vs therefore to lift vp our eyes to God himselfe, least whyle we will seeme to be to religious we defraude God, of his due honor.

To this purpose belongeth the answere of Peter, who doth not dissemble Cornelius error, but friendly reprehendeth him, saying: Arise, Peter refuseth godly honor. for I also am a man, as though he shoulde saye: I perceyue you haue an opinion of me, farre aboue that I am. And bicause you thinke there is in me some god­heade, therefore you doe vouchsafe to giue me this honor, but you are farre deceyued. For although the grace of God hath made me an Apostle, yet as touching my essence and nature, I am nothing but a man, that is to saye, mortall, frayle, and sinfull, which had neede my selfe also of Gods grace, and Christes merite. Therefore giue me no diuine honour, but bestowe it on him whose ministers and seruantes aswell I am as you. This is the meaning of Peters wordes, which Paule also expressed, when he sawe the [Page 440] men of Lystra, in lyke sort deceyued, saying: ye men and brethren why doe you thus? Actes. 14. we be men subiect to such infirmities as you be. Thus the Apostles put from them ouermuch honor, which they might yet haue excused, vnder this pretence, that it made for the authoritie of the gospell. But they thought it vnmeete, that any man shoulde abuse the zeale of men, and by craft goe a­bout to purchase authoritie vnto their doctrine. These things teach vs, that all such honor is ouermuch as is giuen vnto creatures vnder pretence of godly worship. Paule prescribeth duties of ciuilitie, and commaundeth that one goe before another in honour. Rom. 12. It is a wicked blaspheming of Gods ho­nor, if we applye vnto Creatures, that that is due to God alone. Here is also reprooued the outragious pryde of the Bishop of Rome, which chalen­geth to him the supremacie, vnder pretence of Peter, and suffreth all that come before him, not onely to fall downe at his feete, but also compelleth Kings and Emperors to kisse his feete, and is not afeard to treade on their neckes with his fowle feete: wherein he followeth not the faythfull Mini­ster of Christ, but Caligula and Dioclesian, the monsters of mankind, which heinousnesse is so much the more grieuous and intollerable, bicause it is ad­mitted vnder this pretence, as though there were some peece of godhead in so wicked a creature. But to let passe the aduersary of Christ, and our salua­tion, let vs acknowledge the mercie of God, whereby he did witsafe to call the Gentyles, let vs remember our dutie, and serue him, who hath made vs heyres of his kingdome, and coheyres with Iesus Christ, his sonne and our Sauiour: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glorye for euer. Amen.

The .lxxiij. Homelie.

‘AND as he talked with him hee came in, and founde many that were come togither. And he sayde vnto them: you know how that it is an vnlaw­full thing for a man that is a Iewe to company or come vnto an Aliant: But God hath shewed me, that I shoulde not call any man common or vncleane. Therefore came I vnto you without delaye, as soone as I was sent for. I aske therefore for what intent haue you sent for me? And Cornelius sayde: This daye now .iiij. dayes, about this houre, I sate fasting, and at the .ix. houre I prayed in my house, and beholde, a man stoode before me in bright clothing, and sayde, Cornelius, thy prayer is hearde, and thine almes deedes are had in remembrance in the sight of God. Sende men therefore to go to Ioppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter. He is lodged in the house of one Simon a Tanner by the sea syde, which as soone as hee is come, shall speake vnto thee. Then sent I for thee immediatly, and thou hast well done that thou art come. Nowe therfore are we all here present before God, to heare all things that are commaunded vnto thee of God.’

BIcause the calling of the Gentyles seemed to the Iewes, who were puft vp in the confidence of their cere­monies of the lawe, a thing not onely absurde, but also vn­iust, the holy ghost vseth a singuler diligence in setting forth the conuersion of Cornelius, which was receyued into the Church without Circumcision, and such other Ceremonies, that it maye [Page 441] appeare to all men, howe nothing is here done, by mannes aduyse, but all by Gods ordinance and appoyntment. The chiefe vse of this hystorie is as well to represse the prowde boasting of the Iewes, as to confirme our myndes in the fayth, which be all come of the Gentyles, seeing we per­ceyue the preachinge of saluation belongeth aswell to vs, as to the Iewes. An euident and an infallible argument whereof is this, that we heare howe Peter commeth to Caesarea by Gods leading and appoyntment, to preache saluation vnto Cornelius. The same shall here appeare more playne, if we consider Peters first communication with Cornelius: wherein he excuseth his comming to the Gentyles, and Cornelius declareth his pur­pose why he sent for him.

Peter therefore beginneth with his excuse, Peter excuseth his going to the Gentyles partly bicause of the Iewes his brethren, who came with him from Ioppa, as we hearde before, leas [...] they mght be offended at this straunge and vnaccustomed doing: and partly bicause of Cornelius friendes and kinsefolkes, which were Gentyles, least they should suspect him of lightnesse, if he had rashly transgressed the aun­cient vsage of his people, without a iust cause. Hee confesseth therefore the custome of the Iewes, least he shoulde seeme rashly to haue forgotten the same. And he layeth against the same, the oracle or will of God, whose only authoritie was sufficient to excuse his doing. We must intreate of both these pointes particulerly.

Speaking of the custome of the Iewes, Let them es­chewe the company of the wicked that will ho­nor God. he calleth his hearers to wit­nesse: you knowe (sayth he) that it is not lawfull for a man that is a Iewe, to company with, or to come vnto an aliaunt. And although there be no lawe of God extant, which expressely doth inhibite it, yet the custome seemeth to take his beginning of this, bicause God forbade them to marie, or make league with the Gentiles, and speciallye the Chanaanites, Deut. 7. Iosue. 23. least through companying with them, they might fall from the true God, and the right worshipping of him. And it is very credible, that manye vnder the pre­tence of such affayres, as of necessitie fall out amongst menne, were there­fore the more familiar with the Gentyles, and so become the slacker in ho­nouring of God. Which thing was the cause that the deuout and godly fa­thers made the boundes of this lawe yet straighter, willing to take awaye all occasion of falling from God. Hereof may be taken a generall and per­petuall precept, that they which will be called and accounted the honorers of God, must auoyde the companye of them, who they knowe are swar­ued and fallen from God, eyther by false religion, or else by corrupt ma­ners and conuersation of life. For where, of nature we be prone vnto euill, we are easily infected with the custome of other mennes vngodlynesse, and dayly examples declare of what force companying with the euill is, in this case, and wicked talke, whereby Paule sayth, good maners are corrupted. 1. Cor. 15. Beside this, they are also partakers of their punishments, that delite in the company of the vngodly. Wherof the Scripture sheweth vs an example in Lot, who dwelling among the Sodomites, was first vexed with cruell warre, after that, lost his wife and all his goodes, and at length by hys daughters company prooued howe much the company of a wicked Nation had hurt him, whereas by craftie and subtile meanes, they committed in­cest by lying with their father. Therfore it is not without a cause that Paule warneth them that are consecrated vnto Christ, 2. Cor. 6. not to beare the yoke wyth [Page 434] vnbeleeuers. And our maister Christ speaking of the punishment of An­tichrist, and that wicked Babilon, warneth his people earnestly to come out from among them least they be partakers of hir plagues. Apoc. 18. And if the companye of the common people doe so entrappe and beguyle the godlye, then must false teachers be much more diligently auoyded, which vse craftily to creepe into mennes bosomes, and to instill the deadly poyson of false doctrine into their hearts, vnawares. See Math. 7. and .15. 2. Iohn. 1. chap.

No manne must be iud­ged vnwor­thye the doctrine of saluation.Howbeit, the Apostle layeth the late oracle of God agaynst the receyued custome of the Iewes, saying: But God hath shewed me, that I should not call any man common or vncleane. He calleth them vncleane in this place, that be vnworthye the doctrine of the Gospell, and of saluation. For else it is e­uident, that all men are and ought to be counted vncleane, forasmuch as we be conceyued and borne in sinne: the thoughts of our harts be wicked from our childehoode, Psal. 51. Genes. 8. Esay. 64. and our righteousnesse is lyke filthye and arayed clowtes and ragges, as the Scriptures testifye. But bicause the bloude of Christ hath clensed vs from our sinnes (1. Iohn. 1. cap.) and our hearts are purged by fayth in him: no man ought rashly to be iudged vnworthy of that purification which Christ of his exceeding liberalitie offreth to all men, and most louingly gi­ueth to as many as beleeue in him: except we finde anye men to be of that kinde of dogges and hogges, before whome Christ forbiddeth vs to throwe the pearles and holy mysteries of the kingdome of heauen. They are therfore greatly deceyued, Math. 7. which enuiously hide the secretes of saluation, and vse to keepe those that haue professed Christ, from the knowledge of them.

It is chiefely to be considered how the Apostle layeth the oracle of God agaynst an olde receyued custome. Customes must yeelde vnto the worde of God. We are taught by this example, that such is the authoritie of Gods worde, that vnto it the things which were in­stituted by men of a godly zeale, and holye intent, ought to giue place, as soone as they seeme any wayes to make against the will of God. Therfore their obstinacie is very pieuish and pernicious, which go about to retayne those ceremonies in the Church, which it appeareth, haue bene deuysed by foolishe men, for the confirmation of superstition, and are very derogatory vnto the merite of Christ. They thinke it a daungerous matter to alter or chaunge any thing. But it is much more daungerous to sticke to the obser­uation of olde errors with the losse of saluation. And we ought to remem­ber that the obedience of fayth is the ende of true Christianitie, 2. Cor. 10. Math. 16. Luke. 8. which re­quireth of vs to denie our selues, and to resigne and yeelde vppe all our thoughtes and iudgements vnto the will and power of God.

Moreouer, Peter after his apologie and defence, demaundeth a que­stion, to saye, for what intent they had sent for him? And this demaunde see­meth not superfluous, although Peter was both instructed before by the heauenly vision, and also by them that were sent vnto him. For by this meane he thought he woulde stirre vp in the mindes of his hearers, a di­ligent and an attentiue heede to hearken to him, which thing if it be wan­ting, the Worde cannot be preached with any profite. And it doth not a little prouoke the minde and zeale of the teacher when he seeth those men desirous to heare him, whome God hath appoynted him to teache and in­struct.

Cornelius an­swere vnto Peter.Nowe followeth the aunswere of Cornelius, which as it is simple and without colour, so it hath in it diuers things, which serue for the instructi­on [Page 443] of all men. For he declareth the cause of his counsell, He declareth the cause of his sending. and giueth thanks vnto Peter, that he woulde vouchsafe to come vnto him, and also promiseth to giue good eare vnto him, wherein he plainely admonisheth Peter of his dutie, all which we will pervse in order. He beginneth with the cause wher­fore he sent for Peter, least he shoulde seeme to any man, eyther negligent about his saluation, or else arrogant, in that he went not to Ioppa himselfe. Therefore he repeateth the things before mencioned, touching the appea­ring of the Aungell, and it grieueth not Luke oftentimes to rehearse one thing, to thende the truth and certaintie of the hystorie might appeare the more. The summe of all the matter is, that he was admonished by an eui­dent Oracle and commaundement of God, to sende for Peter. Let vs here marke howe he sayth, he abode fasting and in prayer vntill the .ix. houre of the day, which is three a clocke at after noone with vs. This thing expres­seth an ardent desire of the truth, wherabout it is like he was greatly trou­bled by reason of the diuersity of religions, forasmuch as he saw the Iewes differed from the Gentyles, and that there begonne a new religion among the Christians. Therefore being very carefull, least he should swarue from the truth, he made continuall prayer vnto God, adding vnto his prayers, holy fastes: that a man may plainly perceyue that he trusted not in the me­rite of his fastings, but sought by them onely the vnderstanding of a truth. Compare nowe this souldier with the Monkes of these dayes, that thou mayest perceyue howe farre he passed them, both in godlynesse and disci­pline of the fleshe. And being a publike Officer, he gaue himselfe to these exercises, whereby their errour maye appeare vnto all men, which denye that perfite studie of godlynesse can consist without solitarie life. It appea­reth also in this place, what the cause is, that men profite so little nowe a dayes in the studie of godlynesse. God will be incessantly called on by pray­ers, which then are most feruent, when they proceede of a sober subduing of the flesh. But now a dayes there is small regard of prayers, and the stu­die of sobrietie is chaunged into surfetting and ebrietie, which thinges vse to make men vnapt, eyther to serue God or man. This drunkennesse reig­neth in many places, euen among the Ministers of the worde, so that a man maye marke in them such maners as Esaye attributeth to false tea­chers, Chap. lvj. The Princes and those that are in office, are commonlye at their banquets betimes in the morning, and are giuen to surfetting: altogither vnmindefull of that saying of Salomon: Wo be vnto thee, ô thou land, Eccle. 10. whose king is but a childe, and whose Princes are early at their banquettes. In the Commons a man may see the dayes of Noah and Loth, Math. 24. Luke. 17. as Christ in times passed, taught. Why marueyle we therfore that there is so little knowledge of the truth, since those desires reigne among vs, that vse to styfle Truth, and vtterly to suppresse hir.

Secondlye, He giueth thanks vnto Peter. Cornelius giueth Peter thankes that he woulde witsafe to come vnto him. For so meaneth that kinde of speach which he vseth: Thou hast done well that thou art come. For where he acknowledgeth that he hath done well herein, he plainly confesseth that he is beholding to him therfore. By which example we are taught, that we must be thankefull to the Mi­nisters of the worde. For they bring vnto vs peace and saluation, according to that saying of the Prophete, Psal. 107. He sent out his worde and healed them They be also to vs in steade of fathers, bicause through their ministerye, we bee [Page 444] borne againe, 1. Cor. 4. Galat. 4. and made the sonnes and heyres of God, as we reade Paule hath oftentimes inculcated. And the Philosophers haue taught, euen by the lawe of nature, that children are neuer able to make their parentes a­mendes. Who then is able to recompence him, through whose labour and traueyle, he is made the sonne of God, and heire of the kingdome of hea­uen? For the which cause, the Prophetes vse to account faythfull teachers, among the chiefe benefites of God, as may be seene, Psal. 147. Esay. 30. A­mos. 2. Mich. 6. &c. And Paule among the giftes of the holye ghost, where­with from aboue he adorneth his Church, Ephes. 4. maketh mention chiefely of Pa­stors, Teachers, Prophetes, Apostles and Euangelists. But now a dayes men are growne to such vnthankfulnesse, that they dare say Ministers are sent of the deuill, and are the publike authors of all euill. But they shal one daye haue teachers meete for them, since they so vnthankfullye reiect the preaching of saluation. 2. Thes. 2.

Thirdly, Cornelius promiseth Peter obedience and attention, where he sayth: He promi­seth attention Nowe therefore we are all here present before God, to heare all thinges that are commaunded thee of God. These wordes are worthye of singuler consideration. For they teach vs what maner of persons, the hearers of the worde should be. First he sayth they are present before God. Therefore it behoueth all men that heare the worde of God in the Church, to remember aboue all thinges, that they stande in the presence of God. For this is the saying of Christ: Luke. 10. Math. 28. He that heareth you, heareth me. And he promiseth that he will bee in the middle of them that are gathered togither in his name. More­ouer, he sayeth he is present with those that belong vnto him. This is one other thing which the hearers shoulde remember, namely, that they haue neede of teaching and instruction, and therefore it is vnmeete that they shoulde suffer their wittes at the Sermon time to be a wooll gathering. For they that so doe, receyue the word (as Christ sayth) into the way, where it is destroyed of the birdes, and can bring forth no fruite. Finally, Cornelius is ready to heare all the things that Peter hath to say from God. Let vs thinke that the very same is required of vs also, and let vs not be so bolde as to heare and embrace some things, and to let passe other some, which like not our appetites and fantasie. If a man woulde compare these thinges wyth the vsage of our dayes, alas, what an horrible corruption shall he finde? Many come togither, but not as in the sight of God, but much like vnto those, of whome we reade in Ezechiel. 33. chap. Further, a man shall euery­where heare such busie bodies, who when they haue hearde the worde, brag that they haue no neede of teaching and instruction. But what a number is there of those, which dare to controlle the worde of God, and will haue such things preached, whereof they hope to haue gayne, and will commaunde the Ministers to silence, if they speake any thing that dislyketh their affecti­ons, or which the worlde cannot brooke. Howbeit, it were better the worde were not preached to them, and they shall one daye feele that their wicked contempt shall beare witnesse agaynst them.

The dutie of Ministers.These things also admonish Peter of his dutie, that he shoulde onely and freely preach the things which God had committed to him, without any inuentions of his owne braine. In the which the dutie of Ministers speci­ally consisteth, as hath already oftentimes bene declared. Let vs set Cor­nelius before vs to imitate and followe, that being enflamed with lyke de­sire [Page 445] of the worde, we may worthilye receyue the doctrine of saluation, and being therby regenerated, may liue a godly life in Iesus Christ: to whom be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxiiij. Homelie.

‘THEN Peter opened his mouth and sayde: Of a truth, I perceyue that there is no respect of persons with God, but in all people, he that feareth him, and worketh righteousnesse, is accepted with him: you know the prea­ching that God sent vnto the children of Israell, preaching peace by Iesu Christ, which is Lorde ouer all things.’

ALthough Cornelius hath sufficientlye heretofore declared his great desire to knowe the truth, by godly prayer, and holy fast, yet he more e­uidently sheweth the same, when he heard that Pe­ter the Apostle was come vnto him, and was ready to teach him. For he confesseth that the Apostle is welcome vnto him, and promiseth him that he will faithfully and obediently heare all that he had to say vnto him, on Gods behalfe. Which place teacheth vs what all they haue to doe, which meane to heare the worde of God pro­fitably. Furthermore, as Cornelius sheweth vs an example of a godly and diligent hearer: so in him also it appeareth, that a godly and feruent desire vnto the word, cannot be without profite and good successe, but according to the promise of Christ, whosoeuer shall vnfeynedly seeke, shall finde out the will of God. For he that a little before, stirred vp Peter by the oracle of an heauenly vision, to go vnto Cornelius: euen the same now also by the secret inspiration of his spirite, stirreth vppe his minde to prepare himselfe with great grauitie and diligence to teach. For so is ment by the opening of his mouth, as already hath bene declared. The argument of his Sermon is, that men are purged and saued through Iesus Christ alone. He vseth a ve­ry commodious order. The argu­ment and or­der of Peters sermon. For it hath a beginning verye apt and meete to get good will and beneuolence, bicause that he sheweth howe the doctrine of saluation belongeth also vnto the Gentyles. Then in fewe wordes he com­prehendeth the summe of the whole Gospell, which shortly after he prose­cuteth more at large, by hystoricall narration, confirming the same wyth testimonies both of the Prophetes and Apostles. At length he declareth the marke and ende of all these things, teaching vs that we become parta­kers as well of Christ, as of the saluation giuen vs in him by fayth onely. But at this time we meane to intreate but of the two first partes onely, minding to speake of the other when time and oportunitie shall serue.

He frameth his beginning with an exclamation, saying: Of a truth, The doctrine of saluation belongeth to the Gentyles also. I perceyue that with God there is no respect of persons. &c. The sense is, that the Gospell and doctrine of saluation belongeth aswell to the Gentyles, as to the Iewes. Heretofore there was a great space, and an high wall be­tweene the Iewes and the Gentyles. For Paule writeth that the Gentyles were straungers from the common weale of Israel, aliauntes from the testa­ments and couenantes, without hope, without Christ, and without God. And [Page 446] he addeth that that maketh for the explication of this place: but now by the meanes of Christ Iesu, Ephes. 2. you which were sometime farre of, are made nye by the bloude of Christ. For he is our peace which hath made of both, one, and hath broken downe the wall that was a stoppe betweene vs. This, Peter affirmeth with great grauity, partly to make the hearers thinke well of him, at whose saluation he enuied not, after the maner of other Iewes, and partly bicause they shoulde be the more diligent to heare those thinges which belonged to their saluation. It shall be good to examine the wordes particulerly, for our more comfort and instruction.

The holye men are ig­noraunt of some things.First, by waye of an exclamation (as we declared euen nowe) he sayth of a truth, or in dede, I finde. Which word declareth that he was before igno­rant of this mysterie. For being heretofore beguiled with the cōmon errour of the Iewes, and bewitched with the blind preiudice of the flesh, he vsed to abhorre the Gentyles, as menne prophane and abhominable before God. But nowe by the heauenly vision, the appearing of the Aungell, and wordes of Cornelius, he is taught another thing, bicause he findeth in Cor­nelius words, apparant tokens of a very Christian, and regenerated mind. Peters example teacheth vs, that the Saintes sometime are ignoraunt of some things, and therefore that we shoulde not beleeue the preiudice of our reason, but that we shoulde diligently examine all thinges according to the rule of Gods worde.

God regar­deth no mans person.Secondly, he teacheth what he founde, verily, that God is no accepter of persons. This word person declareth the outward shewe or appearance of man, whereby he vseth eyther to be commended or contemned: such as is Nobilitie, high parentage, riches, honors, Nation, or Countrie: base­nesse of birth, Deut. 1. Exod. 23. Psal. 82. pouertie, bondage, and infinite such like. The considerati­on whereof God commaundeth to be farre of from all Iudges, bicause where these things take place, there can be no vpright iudgement. It can not be therefore, that that thing is to be founde in God, which he vseth to detest in men. And surely the Scriptures euerywhere attribute this vnto God, that he is mooued with no mannes kindred or stocke, with no riches, no pouertie, no outwarde appearance, no consideration of Countrie, but sheweth himselfe iust and mercifull to all men alyke. This thing is of great auayle in the cause of saluation. For it serueth to our instruction, that wee contemne no man by reason of these outwarde things, forasmuch as it ap­peareth that God is not mooued herwith, whose children we be, and it com­forteth men that are in affliction, and of lowe degree, when they heare that in Christ there is neyther bonde nor free, Iewe nor Gentyle, Scythian not Bar­barous, man nor woman, rich nor poore. See Galat. 3. Colos. 3. &c.

The studies and exercises of them that please God.It maketh for the explication hereof, that he streyght waye addeth what maner of men God accepteth in all kind of men, least any man might thinke he gouerned things at all auentures. For he addeth: but in all peo­ple, he that feareth him, and worketh righteousnesse, is accepted with him. He comprehendeth in two poyntes the whole lyfe of man, such as God requi­reth of them that honor him. For he percloseth all religion vnder the feare of God, forasmuch as it is manifest that this feare cannot be without the knowledge of God, nor without fayth and obedience. By this worde righ­teousnesse he vnderstandeth that excellent vertue, that giueth to euery man that that is his, which is the best gouernor of mans whole lyfe, and sprin­geth [Page 439] out of the fountaynes of Christian charitie. But if thou compare the corrupt nature of man with these thinges, thou shalt perceyue that these thinges are not founde, but in those people that are regenerate, and that they cannot be attayned to without the grace of God, and fayth in Christ. For howe shoulde they that are aliauntes from Christ, please God by their outwarde workes? seeing he is that onely mediatour, in whome the father is well pleased. Therfore they are greatly deceyued, which of these wordes of Peter, thinke the merit of mans righteousnesse, may be established: for­asmuch as the grace of God onely is the cause efficient of those things that are here so highly commended. Their error also is to be confuted, which a­busing this place, affirme that euerye man may be saued in the religion of hys Nation, whether he be Iewe or Turke, so that being illuminated with some reuerence of God, he seeke to accomplishe this common ryghte­ousnesse. But Peters meaning in this place is farre other, who rather goeth about to prooue, that the doctrine of the Gospell, wherby saluation in Christ is preached, appertayneth to all men indifferently. But I praye you what needeth it to be pub [...]ished to all men, if saluation may be had without Christ? This kinde of people of all other is moste pernicious, who vnder the pre­tence of christian modestie, bicause they wil not seeme to boldly to condemne any man, do plainly extenuate the merit of Christ: yea, they call in doubt the righteousnesse of god, his goodnesse, wisedome, truth, & whatsoeuer vertues besides are in God. For if any man may be saued without Christ, then it ap­peereth saluation must depend vpon our free wil & zeale. Then came Christ into the world in vayn: then was he incarnated, suffred, & died in vaine: then rose he from the dead, & ascended into heauen in vayne. And he shall be con­uinced of a lie, in y t he said: No man cōmeth to the father but by me. Iohn. 14. Peter also shall be reproued as a lyer, who according as the spirit of Christ did prompt him, sayde: there was no other name vnder heauen giuen vnto men, in which they could be saued. Furthermore, who I pray you shal say that god y e father is eyther iust or wise, or true, or mercifull, which without very great cause woulde put his sonne to such bitter sorrowes and afflictions? Away there­fore with these men, which whyle they will seeme modest, adnihilate the my­steries of our religion. Let vs obserue the ende and marke of Peters words, and leaue them to whome the light of the Gospell hath not yet shined, to the iudgement of God: who if they be saued, must needes be saued, through the merit of Christ, vnlesse we will be contumelious, both against Christ & God.

Let vs come to the seconde part of this Sermon, which in these words conteyneth the proposition or declaration of the whole matter: The propo­sition. ye know the preaching that God sent vnto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Iesu Christ, which is Lorde ouer all things Which wordes seeme vnto me thus to signifie: I woulde not haue you (O brethren) to looke for anye newe or straunge matter. For I purpose to intreate of such a matter, as is nowe in euery mannes mouth, the report whereof, is vndoubtedly come euen vn­to you, that is, howe God sent his sonne Iesus Christ, which is coeternall with him, and Lorde of all things, vnto the children of Israel, being made man of the Uirgin Marie, and by him hath preached peace vnto them. In these wordes doth Peter comprehende all the mysteries of Christ Iesu, and of his Gospell, which shortly after he dilateth more at large by narration. Wherfore, in all these things we will briefely touch those things only, which [Page 448] serue for this present place.

Christ is godFirst, he plainely teacheth what this Christ is, where he calleth hi m Lorde of all things. This is an euident testimonie of his diuinitie. For it is manifest that the rule of all things pertayneth vnto God alone, bicause he alone is the creator of all things. Iohn. 1.3. and .5. And it is playne, that all thinges were made by that eternall worde, and that all power is giuen him of the fa­ther. He must needes therefore be true God. And lette no man here obiect vnto vs this worde ( of giuing) as though he were therfore the lesse, bicause he receyueth of another. For this is to be referred to the nature of manne, which he tooke vpon him, to the which, in a certayne time appoynted, God the father gaue that, which Christ according to his Godheade, had from euerlasting. For thus he speaketh himselfe a little before he went to hys death: Now glorifie me (ô father) with thine owne selfe, with the glory which I had with thee ere the worlde was. Iohn. 17. The Arrians are hereby confuted, and the Seruetanes which nowe a dayes follow their steppes, and the dignitie of Christian fayth is defended against the Iewes and Turkes, which saye we glory and trust in one that is no more but a man.

Christ incar­nate.Then Peter toucheth by the waye, the meane of our saluation, where he sayth that that eternall worde of God Iesus Christ, was sent from God the father. For in this worde sent, he comprehendeth all the mysterie of his incarnation, euen as Paule also, where he sayth: when the fulnesse of tyme came, Galat. 4. God sent his sonne made of a woman. &c. In his incarnation are com­prised whatsoeuer things Christ did or suffred in the flesh, for our saluation sake, of the which things we shall hereafter intreate. Furthermore, he sayth he was sent to the children of Israel, not that he belonged to them alone, but for that he tooke fleshe, and was borne of them, and shoulde first shewe himselfe to them vntill through their vnbeliefe, he should be caryed vnto the gentiles. Thou shalt obserue in these things, that al these affaires of Christ, which are preached in the gospell, are not of man, but of Gods ordering and appoyntment. For this worde was sent from God. And it is euident, that this is the eternall decree of God, that Iesus Christ should be the King and Priest of his people. Psal. 2.110. Wherevpon we gather, that men striue in vaine, by their owne power against his Gospell, which thing before this, we hearde that Gamaliel sawe, and is abundantly declared by the examples of all ages. Christ is the authour of peace be­twene God and man.

Last of all, he commeth to the ende and marke of all this matter, which is, that peace shoulde be preached by Christ Iesus. So Esaias cap. 52. spea­king of the Preachers of the Gospell sayth: O how bewtifull are the feete of the Ambassadour that bringeth the message from the mountayne and proclay­meth peace. &c. Peter maketh mention of preaching, not for that Christ is the Minister therof only, but bicause that peace wherof he is y e author, is offred to vs by preaching of the Gospell, & receiued by hearts of fayth. He specially speaketh of that peace which is betweene god and vs, by the meane of Iesus Christ. For before times, by reason of our sinnes, we were seperated from god, & reputed as his enimies. And Paule writeth that the wrath of God was declared from heauen agaynst all vngodlynesse, Rom. 1. and vnrighteousnesse of men. Therefore there was neede of a peacemaker and reconcyler, which the scriptures declare God the father hath giuen vs, euen Iesus Christ. For he hath taken vpon him our sinnes, which were cause of the seperation be­tweene [Page 449] God and vs: he hath purged them by the merite of his death, and satisfied the rigour of Gods iustice. And he being made ours by fayth, doth clothe vs with his righteousnesse, and doth defende and shielde vs, that wee be able to abyde the iudgement seate of God, who otherwyse had deserued by reason of our sinnes, to be damned for euer. Thus it commeth to passe, that according to Paules doctrine, we being iustified by fayth, Rom. 5. are at peace with God through Iesus Christ our Lorde. Thys the father himselfe confesseth, when from heauen he sounded that ioyfull and comfortable voyce: This is my beloued sonne, in whome I am well pleased. Math. 3.17. And this is that peace which passeth all vnderstanding, and which can by no maner of afflictions be di­sturbed, bicause it maketh them seeme light and easie to them which vnder­stande, that God is become mercifull to them in Christ, and that they are made the children of God. This peace also breedeth ciuill & brotherly con­corde amongst men, bicause that by meane of Christ, all that respect of per­sons among the faythfull, wherby mutuall concorde among men is chiefly broken, is taken away. And bicause it kindleth mens mindes wyth the fire of charitie, it so graffeth in them the desire of peace, that they hate no things more deadly, than such as they knowe, hinder it. Great therefore and very execrable is the ingratitude, and iniquitie of those men, which exclame and crye out, saying: the preaching of the gospell is the disturbaunce of publyke peace and policie. For thus they make Iesus Christ, the Prince of true and euerlasting peace, the author of those offences, which they may thanke the wicked worlde of, who therefore maketh tumultes and businesses agaynst Christ and his worde, bicause they can not suffer the light thereof, whereby their naughtie workes are reprooued. Iohn. 3. Let vs acknowledge the goodnesse of God, which doth vouchsafe to offer the doctrine of saluation vnto all men, and let vs with true fayth embrace Iesus Christ the onely author of saluation and peace: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxv. Homelie.

‘YOV (I saye) knowe that woorde, which was published throughout all Iurie, and beganne in Galiley, after the baptisme which Iohn preached: howe GOD annoynted Iesus of Nazareth with the holy ghost, and with power. Which Iesus went about, doing good, and healing all that were op­pressed of the deuill. For God was with him.’

ALthough Peter made this Sermon at Caesarea, in the house of Cornelius the Captayne: yet the same apperteyneth to all men, and is meete at this daye to be most diligently considered of vs. For beside that manye thinges are gone before, which teach vs that the spirit of God was the author here­of: in this part Peter fully includeth the whole order of our iustification and saluation. And hereof he ad­monished his hearers in the proposition, as ere­while we sawe, whereas he promised them to speake of the eternall worde of God, which is Iesus Christ, who being Lorde of all things, and there­fore [Page 450] very God, did yet vouchsafe to come into the worlde, to reconcyle man­kinde vnto God the father, and to be the author and preacher of that moste wholesome peace. Now, bicause by these wordes, he plainely testified, that our saluation is conteyned in Iesus Christ alone, he nowe beginneth by narration of the historie, more at large to explicate and dilate the same, and that in such sort, that it maye easilye appeare howe all the thinges that be­long to the redeeming of mankynde, are performed by Christ.

When and where Christ began to bee knowne.He beginneth his narration with the time and place, shewing where and when Christ began to be knowne. Also he citeth them for witnesses of y e things, which fame long before had bruted so farre abrode, least any man might iudge the hystorie to be vncertaine or doubtfull: you (sayth he) know that word which was published ouer all Iurie, and beganne in Galiley, after the baptisme which Iohn preached. It is not without a cause that he maketh mention of the place, forasmuch as Esay sometime prophecied, that Christ shoulde beginne to preach in Galiley, as Mathew also hath noted in his .iiij. Chapter, and Esay. 9. And it seemeth he alleageth the time for none other cause, saying: this preaching beganne after the baptisme of Iohn, bicause the Prophetes foreshewed, that he shoulde be the first Minister of the new Testament, and the forerunner of the promised Sauiour. For that those things belong vnto him, which are reade in Esay. 40. of a voyce crying in the wildernesse, and in Malachie of Elias, appeareth by the writinges of the Euangelistes, and by the testimonie of Christ himselfe in Mathewe the .xj. Chapter more manifest, than needeth long demonstration. They are ther­fore by this place confuted, which denye that Iohn ought to be accounted a­mong the Ministers of the Gospell. Whereas it is playne, that he bare witnesse of Christ, and sent his Disciples of fayth and good zeale vnto Christ. Iohn. 1.3. And prepared all the people aswell by his doctrine, as by baptisme, to embrace and receyue Christ, which office of his, his father Zacharie by inspiration of the holy spirit acknowledged in him, assoone as he was borne. We haue here rather to marke diligentlye, that the businesse of Christ Ie­sus and his Gospell, The Gospell beganne to be preached by Iohn. beganne by Iohn, whose dutie it was to prepare their mindes that shoulde be the Disciples of Christ, by the doctrine of repen­tance and baptisme. For this waye Christ thought good to declare, that hee woulde haue no man to seeke howe to lyue licentiouslye and fleshly vnder the pretence of him: which thing it is euident, both many did in tymes past, and many doe the same in these dayes also, and euen those which glorye in the name of the Gospell. For the which cause Christ himselfe thought good to beginne his teaching with repentance, and bade the Apostles afterward to beginne with the same. Math. 4. and .10. Luc. 24. And they are not to be hearde which seperate the doctrine of repentance from the Gospell, wher­as without repentaunce we cannot be partakers of the saluation which is in Christ. And yet for all this we attribute not saluation to mannes merite or righteousnesse, bicause we are commaunded to preach repentance in the name of Christ. And Peter before, Act. 5. hath taught vs that God the fa­ther hath appoynted Christ, to be the author and giuer thereof vnto vs. In the meane season they are reprooued also, which slaunderously say, that we open gappes to the fleshe, whereby to sinne, by preaching of the Gospell, whereas these men for none other cause more hate and persecute the Gos­pell, than for that it grieuously accuseth and inueyeth agaynst their open [Page 451] wickednesse, and the cloked hypocrisie of a great many.

Furthermore, Doctrine must be ioy­ned vnto the sacraments. it behooueth vs to marke how the Apostle speaketh of the ministery of Iohn. For he sayeth, he preached Baptisme. He ioyneth prea­ching with Baptisme, to declare he was a minister both of doctrine, and the sacrament. For as by Baptisme he admonished men that they were purged & made cleane: so expounding the misteries therof by words, he taught vs y t purification is to be had in Christ only, & that worthy fruits of repentance are required of them that are purified. Wherby it appeareth, it is necessary, that teaching be ioined with the sacraments, forasmuch as without it y e my­steries of the sacraments cannot be vnderstanded. So God in y e beginning commaunded that the meanyng of the feast of Passeouer should be declared vnto the children. And we see that the sermons of y e prophets are chiefly bu­sied in declaring the misteries of the sacrifices, and ceremonies of the lawe, while they most grieuously reprehende them, which carefully obserued the sacrifices, neglecting in the meane season the duties of life, by them signified And Christ a little before he departed from his Disciples, cōmaunded them not only to baptize, but chiefly commended vnto them the preachyng of the Gospell. Which thing Paule so diligently obserued, 1. Cor. 1. that he confesseth how he preached euerywhere, but baptized verye fewe. These thinges serue to confute them, which tying grace to the outwarde signes, thinke the vse of them alone sufficient vnto saluation, and vse no doctrine wherby to declare the vse of them: yea, they vse a straunge tounge in the administration of them. But how absurde a thing this ought to be iudged, Paule sheweth at large, in the first to the Corinthians and .xiiij. chapter.

Hauing nowe declared the beginning of the Gospell, Iesus is an­noynted of God. he sheweth that Iesus Christ is the author thereof, to the ende he woulde notifie vnto vs, what and what maner of one we ought to beleeue he is. He expressely cal­leth him Iesus of Nazareth, for that we should acknowledge it is he, whom by reason of the basenesse of his countrie, and bicause of his poore and lowly conuersation outwardly, all men contemned. Him he testifyeth that God annoynted, teaching by these wordes, that he is the Sauiour of mankinde, which God had long before ordeyned. For he maketh mention of annoyn­ting, bicause of the olde figure. For of olde time the Priests and Kinges of Israel vsed to be annoynted, who it is manifest, 1. Sam. 2. Daniel. 9. Psal. 94.. were figures of the Saui­our promised. And it was a receyued opinion that the promised Sauiour was called by the name of the Messias or Christ, that is to saye, annoynted, bicause this denomination did declare his Priesthoode and kingdome, and all the whole order of our redemption, wherevpon the Disciples being as­ked in the gospell, whome they sayde Iesus was, Math. 16. Luke. 9. they confessed he was Christ, that annoynted of God. Moreouer, least some man might think him to be of no more excellency than other Priests and Kings, who by reason of their outward annointing were called by the same name: Peter teacheth that he was annoynted wyth the holy ghost, and with power, alluding no doubt to that verse of Dauid, who prophecying of the kingdome of that promysed Sauiour, sayth: Psal. 44. God hath annoynted thee with the oyle of gladnesse aboue thy fellowes. Thus he calleth the holy ghost, by whose guyding the sonne of God became man, and so administred his kingdome and Priesthoode, that there is perceyued no griefe or sorowe therein, but all kinde of pleasaunt­nesse and delyght. For so he interpreteth the same in the Prophet, saying: [Page 452] The spirite of the Lorde God is vpon mee, for the Lorde hath annoynted m [...]e, and sent me to preach good tydings vnto the poore, Esay. 61. that I might bynde vp the wounded hearts, that I might preach deliueraunce to the captiue, and open the pryson to them that are bounde, to restore sight vnto the blinde, and to declare the acceptable yeare of the Lorde. He is sayde to be annoynted aboue hys fellowes, Iohn. 1.3. bicause God hath not giuen vnto him his spirite by measure, but so abundantly that we all receyue of his fulnesse. See Eusebius in his Eccle­siasticall hy­storye, lib. 1. cap. 1. For he came downe vpon him in the visible forme of a Doue, when he was baptised of Iohn, so that Iohn thereby knewe, that he was that Sauiour that God did declare and manifest vnto mankinde. See Iohn the first Chap. There be also other argumentes, which prooue he passed all other annoynted of the olde Testa­ment, whether they were Kings or Priests. For although they were called Christes or annointed, yet had none of them power so to annoynt their sub­iectes, that they coulde call them after their annointing, Christians, that is, annoynted. Apoc. 1. But this the sonne of God hath perfourmed, who hath annoyn­ted vs, and made vs Kings and Priestes to God his father. Also none of the annoynted in the olde Testament, was worthye of diuine honour and worship. None other hath reformed the whole worlde. None hath bene had in such estimation amonge his scholers, that after his Maisters death he coulde finde in his heart to die for his maisters namesake. Moreouer, no mannes kingdome or priesthoode hath endured from euer vnto this day. And bicause they were mortall men, they had neede of Uicares and succes­sors, to administer the office wherevnto they were called. But the sonne of God, being made the administrator of the euerlasting kingdome, hath re­ceyued all power in heauen and in earth. Math. 28. And bicause he is present with hys Church, he hath neede neyther of Uicar nor Successor. The same is a king for euer, Psal. 110 Ephes. 1. after the order of Melchisedech. For hee blesseth vs with all spirituall benediction. He teacheth vs by the outwarde worde, and inspiration of his holy spirite, and he giueth vnto his Church some Apostles, some Prophetes, some Euangelistes, Ephe. 4. some Pastours and Teachers. The same hath with one of­fering, Heb. 9.10 that is to say, with the price of his body and bloud, purged the sinnes of all the world, and hath made perfite for euer, them that are sanctified. Fur­thermore, being gone vp into heauen, he maketh intercession for vs, and is a faythfull Bishop for vs, Heb. 2.4. in all those things that are to be done for vs with God. Therefore it is truly sayde of Peter, that he is the annoynted of God, that is to saye, appoynted to be the King and Priest of his people. Whervpon we gather that all they sinne agaynst the eternall decree of God, which make to themselues any other patrones of saluation, any other Sauiours of their soules, any other Priestes or intercessours. For in so doing, they robbe the sonne of God of his honor, which he constantly affirmeth in the Prophete, he will giue to none other. Esay. 42. Agayne, bicause it is manifest, that he is annoin­ted of God, we must beleeue that his power is inuincible, and that they neede not feare the force of the worlde, or of hell, which acknowledge this king. But bicause we haue otherwheres intreated of this argument, lette these fewe things for this tyme suffise.

How Christ accomplyshed the office of a King & priestFurthermore, least any man might thinke that Iesus the sonne of God, is delyted with a bare name and tytle after the maner of men, Peter decla­reth that he hath and doth faithfully performe the office of a king and priest. At this present, he premyseth certayne generalities, declaring his benefites [Page 453] t [...]arde vs, meaning hereafter to intreate of the maner of our redempti­on, as the Sermon following shall declare.

And first he sayeth, he went about doyng good vnto all men. Christ goeth about doing good. This is the dutie of a faithfull king and Priest, not onely to helpe them with ayde and counsell that seeke for it at his hande, but also diligently to prouide and looke about who haue neede of a tutor and benefactor. This the Euangelistes teache vs that Iesus Christ the sonne of God, hath most faithfully perfor­med. For, as for our saluation sake, he came into the worlde: so he caried the doctrine of saluation, and myracles wherwith he confirmed the same o­uer all Iury & Galiley, and remayned no long whyle anywhere, but plainly confessed that he must preache to all men euerywhere. Marc. 1. Luke. 4. And he did not onelye curteously receyue them that came to him, but also friendly inuited and cal­led to hym all that laboured and were heauy laden, promising all them that would come vnto hym reast and refreshing. Math. 11. And that which it appeareth he dyd in tymes passed, the same he doth also at this daye, while he spreadeth the preachyng of his Gospell wyde ouer, that it enricheth lyke a shower of raine, now one nation, now an other, with the seede of his heauenly word, Esay. 55. so that not without a cause it may be sayd, now adayes also he goeth vp and downe, bestowing his benefites on euery man. For, he faithfully teacheth them that be in errour, he bringeth the deceyued and wandring Pilgrimes into the way, he friendly correcteth the corrupted with vice, he gently com­forteth the afflicted consciences, and with his righteousnesse and satisfaction defendeth them that are feared with the rigor of Gods iudgement. There­fore, great and hydeous is the ingratitude of them, which abhorre such a be­nefactour, as cruell and vnmercifull, and vse to seeke helpe and counsell at others. Yet is their iniquitie more horrible, which wickedly reiect his word, and will not witsafe to heare it, and so cast from them that saluation, which they ought to seeke and embrace with open armes, and all kinde of dili­gence. Both these vices are to common in our dayes, the indignitie wher­of if we woulde diligently expende, we shoulde lesse marueyle at the cau­ses of so many euils, as on euery side compasse vs.

The other benefite of Iesus Christ is, sayth he, that all they that were oppressed of the Deuill, were healed by him. Christ hea­leth those that are op­pressed of the Deuill. This appertayneth peculiarlye to the office of a King, whereof also mention is made Psal. 72. He shall kepe the simple folke by their right, defende the children of the poore, and punish the wrong dooer &c. But bicause Christ was the author of our spirituall re­demption, Peter maketh mention of a spirituall Tyrant, to saye, of the De­uill, who after he had made our first parentes guiltie of transgression, by them brought in all kinde of calamitie, and death it selfe into the world, and by the permission of God so oppressed all mankinde wyth his exceeding ty­rannie, that he is thereof called the Prince of the worlde. For he brought to passe by sinne, that they whom God had created vnto lyfe, fell into death: that they whome God aboue all other Creatures had endued with reason, sinned agaynst the lawe of nature, that they which ought wholy to haue de­pended on the worde of God, suffred themselues to be seduced with the ly­ing Oracles of the deuill, that they whome it became to haue worshipped God onely, worshipped woode and stone, and did abhominable sacrifice vn­to Deuils. And for bicause fewe acknowledged the great tyrannie of the deuill, God suffred also, that many were corporallye possessed of him, and [Page 454] raged aswell agaynst themselues, as agaynst others, as we may learne in the hystorie of the Gospell. But for all these maladies, Iesus Christ is gy­uen to be our Phisition, who according to the promyse made in the begin­ning, 1. Iohn. 3. shoulde breake the Serpents heade, and (as the Apostle sayeth) de­stroye the workes of the Deuill. This thing he abundantly declareth, he was both able and willing to doe, whyle by his worde he healeth them whych were scourged with the horrible whippes of sicknesses, while he draue forth of men, deuils and vncleane spirites, and would not suffer them which be­fore seemed Lordes ouer all thinges, once to hysse. Heereto are to be refer­red whatsoeuer myracles of lyke sort, the Euangelistes write: whereby is declared vnto vs, that that strong man is come, which hath entred the De­uils house, that is to saye, the worlde, hath bounde him, and taken awaye all his armor & harnesse, Luke. 11. as Christ teacheth vs in the Gospell. Peter testify­eth that all these things were done by the power of God, to aunswere the Scribes, which sayde, that he cast forth Deuils by the helpe of Belzebub. There are examples in hystories, which declare that the kingdome of the Deuill is destroyed by the power of Christ. For it is euident, that all Ora­cles ceassed and kept silence when Christ died. And Constantinus wryteth that when Dioclesian reygned, See Eusebius in the lyfe of Constantine lib. 2. See al­so a lyke aun­swere of the Deuill in the coniurers cō ­spiring a­gainst Atha­nasius in Ruf­finus .x. booke of the Eccles. history. 33. ca the Deuill complayned out of Apollos caue or denne, that the Christians whome he called iust, did let that he could not gyue true Oracles, as before he vsed. Howbeit, we shall a little hereafter see more euident proofes of Christes victorie agaynst the Deuill, where Pe­ter disputeth of his death and resurrection. In the meane whyle it becom­meth vs to remember our dutie, which is, that being taken from the po­wer of darkenesse into the kingdome of the sonne of God, we defende our libertie, and fight continually agaynst Satan our common enimye, that we be not at any time founde vnthankefull to Iesus Christ our deliuerer: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxvj. Homelie.

‘AND wee are witnesse of all thinges which hee did in the lande of the Iewes, and at Ierusalem, whome they slewe and hanged on tree. Him God raysed vp the thirde day, and shewed him openly, not to all the people, but vnto vs witnesses, chosen before of God for the same intent, which did eate and drinke with him after he arose from death. And hee commaunded vs to preache vnto the people, and to testifie that it is hee which was ordeyned of God, to be the iudge of quicke and deade. To him giue all the Prophets wit­nesse, that through his name, whosoeuer beleeueth in hm, shall receyue re­mission of sinnes.’

THe Apostle Peter hath taught Cornelius the Centurion, being appoynted therevnto of God in such wyse, that he hath also set out before all men a ge­nerall and most absolute doctrine of saluation. For he preacheth vnto him Iesus Christ the onely sauiour of mankinde, in whome all the Scripture testifyeth, that all the meane of our saluation is conteyned. And here­of in the discourse before [...]o [...]e, he sayd two things. First [Page 455] that God annoynted him, that is, ordeyned him to be the King and Priest of his people. Wherevpon we gather that all those which appoynt to them­selues any other mediatours or patrones of saluation, doe sinne agaynst the eternall purpose of God. Next, he teacheth howe diligently and fayth­fully Iesus Christ vsed himselfe in his office. For he sayeth he went about, and of his exceeding liberalitie offred the benefite of saluation to them that sought it not. And this was the ende and purpose of all his doyng, to bring all those that were oppressed of the deuill, into the kingdome and liberty of the sonnes of god, which deliuery he declared and shewed by myracles, tho­rowe the which he most faythfully releeued those that were vexed and trou­bled as well wyth incurable diseases, as wyth rage of deuils, by the whole­some helpe and power of his worde. Now, vnto these things Peter in thys place addeth that which perfyteth and maketh vp the doctrine of saluation. For first he declareth the order and maner that Christ vsed in the redeeming of mankynde, then he sheweth what vtilitye and profite commeth to vs thereby. Therefore this place is worthye to be considered of vs verye dili­gently.

Before he declareth the order and maner of mannes redemption, The Apo­stles are wit­nesses of Christ. he confirmeth his doctrine by witnesses, saying: And wee are witnesses of all the thinges which he did in the lande of the Iewes, and at Hierusalem. And it ought to seeme no absurde or straunge thing to any man, that Peter so bold­lye produceth himselfe among his fellowes, as witnesses of his sayinges. For we haue already oftentimes hearde, howe Christ appoynted them to that charge, and a little hereafter, it shall be declared, that they were cho­sen of God, to beare witnesse of Iesus Christ, and of those things that he did concerning our saluation. These things teach vs howe grieuously they offende, which disdayne to beleeue the Gospell. For where the narration of the thyngs that Christ did, is not bare and emptye, but hath the testimo­nie of God: it easily appeareth that this contumely or reproch must needes redounde vnto God, as hath bene otherwhere, at large declared.

Howbeit, as concerning the maner of our redemption, The ma­ner howe mankinde was redee­med. which we sayde is chiefly intreated of in this place, there are three thinges sayde of Christ, in the which all those thinges are contayned, that was needefull to be done in this behalfe. Among which, the first is the death of Christ, the which he tou­cheth but briefly, bicause it was well knowne. Our sinnes are purged by the sacri­fyce of Christ He saith he was by y e Iewes hanged on a tree and killed. He maketh mention of a tree, not so muche bi­cause he would expresse his cruell and horrible kinde of death, as to put the hearers in remembraunce of the mistery of that sacrifice, that Christ offred when he dyed for our sinnes. For it appeareth that sacrifices were woont to be offered and burned vpon bundels of woode. And thus doth Peter himself see me to interpretate this place, where as in the second chapiter of his first epistle, he writeth, that Christ bare our sinnes in his body, on the tree, that is, purged them by the sacrifice of his body, vpon the altare of the crosse. Christ teacheth vs the very same, where he sayth, Iohn. 6. that he will giue his flesh for the lyfe of the world, which it is playne, he did no where but on the crosse. Esaias the Prophete is a copious expositor of these things, who sayth, Chap. liij. He was wounded for our offences, and smitten for our wickednesse. For the chastisement of our peace was layde vpon him, and with his stripes are we hea­led. We haue all gone astraye like sheepe, euery one hath turned his owne way. [Page 456] But the Lorde hath heaped togither vpon hm, the iniquitie of vs all. &c. All this pertayned vnto the Priesthoode of Christ, whome it behooued after thys sort (as Paule sayth) to enter into heauen, Heb. 9.10. not by the bloude of Oxen and Gotes, but by his owne bloude, and offring vp himselfe to put sinne to flight, and to take awaye the sinnes of manye. And of him it behooued our redemption should take beginning, forasmuch as God being angry with vs, bicause of our sinnes, it was not lawfull for vs to come before his presence. And this is that profitable consideration of Christes death, if we thinke vpon the sa­crifice of his body, which he offred for our sinnes. In the meane season, let vs not thinke it in vayne, that where Peter might haue made mention of his death only, he sayth also he was s [...]ayne of the Iewes. For herein he ac­cuseth the great vnkindnesse of his Nation, especially seeing a little before, he had made so diligent a mention of Christes benefites. Let vs therefore consider the continuall ingratitude of the worlde, that we offende not in woondering at the afflictions and persecutions of the godly, wherewith the doctrine of the Gospell is assaulted.

Death is ouercome by the resurrec­tiō of Christ.The seconde thing in the order of our redemption is, the glorious re­surrection of Christ, of the which Peter entreateth the more diligentlye, bi­cause it is the chiefe foundation of our religion. For these sayings of Paule are well knowne: If Christ bee not risen agayne, our preaching is in vayne, and your fayth is in vayne. 1. Cor. 15. You bee yet in your sinnes, and they are perished which are fallen a slepe in Christ. For that we might be sure of our saluation, it was needefull that death, which hitherto had power ouer vs, by reason of sinne, shoulde be vanquished and ouercome. Which if it shoulde haue held Christ as fast as other men, then no man could haue had any hope, that his saluation had bene obteyned. Wherefore as Christ before that, had de­clared himselfe to be the Lord both of life and death, by raysing agayne La­zarus and certayne others: euen so when he had suffered death himselfe, and had bene buryed the thirde daye, lyke a valiaunt Conquerour, hee burst in peeces the bandes of death, and breaking open the gates of hell, returned into lyfe agayne. And this was an euident and infallible argu­ment, that both sinne and death was vanquished. And for bicause the Iewes did denye and cauill at the resurrection of Christ, and to that ende, as Mathew sayth, had brybed the souldiers with mony, therefore Pe­ter constantly nowe defendeth the same. God (sayth he) raysed Iesus the third daye, and shewed him openly, not to all the people. (For they were vnworthy to whome Christ, whome they deadly hated, shoulde so familierly declare himselfe) but vnto vs witnesses, chosen of God before, for the same intent, which did eate and drinke with him, after he arose from death. And whereas he might haue alledged diuers other arguments of his true resurrection, he is content with that whereby Christ himselfe declared chiefely the truth thereof, Luke. 24 Iohn. 21. that is, howe he did once or twyse eate such meate as the disciples offered him, in their sight. This is a great gentlenesse and goodnesse of Christ, who to confirme vs in his resurrection, whose dulnesse he was well acquaynted with, woulde abase himselfe so lowe, as to eate meate also (whereof his glorified body had no neede) bicause no man hereafter should doubt, but that he was risen agayne, in the same true and naturall bodye, which he went in, vppon the earth before. Whereby their improbitie and wickednesse is the greater, which yet cease not, scoffingly to deride the re­surrection [Page 457] of the deade, who bicause they are lyke vnto the Iewes, shall al­so be iudged vnworthy, to haue saluation by Christes resurrection.

Furthermore, Christ iudgeth both the quicke and the dead. although Iesus Christ the sonne of God by his death and resurrection (wherin may also be included his ascention into heauen) hath accomplished our whole redemption and saluation, and therewithall hath purged our sinne, and taken awaye all the power of hell: yet Peter ioyneth a thirde thing herevnto, that is to say, his last comming, when he shall re­turne to iudge the quicke and the deade. For in this article, he declareth a very euident argument of Christes diuinitie, & of his kingdome. For as it is y e office of a king to giue iudgemēt, euen so Christ by this argument pro­ueth his godhead, bicause he testifyeth, Iohn. 5. that all iudgement is giuen him of his father. The consideration of this article is very profytable & necessary. For if a man consider the course of thinges in this world, he shall happen vpon many thinges which may perswade him that Iesus Christ taketh no care for this world. For we see the true worshippers of Christ vexed with diuers afflictions, to be in neede, to toyle and traueile, and to be in subiection to the wicked. Agayne, the wicked enioy all kinde of prosperitie, and vse crueltie toward others without comptrolment. Which thing of what force it is to kyll fayth, the examples of the Prophetes declare, whome we reade haue bene sometyme so mooued, that they haue thought they haue had iust occa­sion to complayne of God. And surely, who should acknowledge Christ to be a king, if he consider somtymes the vncertayne & vnworthy varietie and alteracion of worldly things? But here let vs remember that our king and reuenger Iesus Christ sleepeth not, and that there shall be one day, a daye of generall iudgement, in which they that are aliue, as wel as they that are dead, must come before the iudgement seate of Christ, 2. Cor. 5. to receiue in their bo­dies, according as they haue done, whether it he good or badde. For as Paule teacheth vs, when the Archangell soundeth the Trompe, 1. Cor. 15. 1. Thes. 4. the dead shall rise a­gayne, and they that be then alyue, shall be chaunged in a moment. And Peter confesseth that the Apostles were straightly commaunded to preache this article. He commaunded vs (sayth he) that we shoulde preach vnto the peo­ple, and testifie, that it is he that was ordeyned of God, to be the iudge both of the quicke and of the deade. For to let passe that which was sayde erewhyle, of the diuinitie and kingdome of Christ, the consideration of this article ser­ueth much both for the instruction of lyfe, and comfort of the godlye. For whereas we see diuers for this cause chieflye entysed to sinne, bicause they haue perswaded themselues, that death maketh an ende of all thinges, and that there is no iudgement after this lyfe, or else thinke lyttle thereof: it can not be but a moste sharpe spurre vnto all vertue, if a man consider how he shall once be called to iudgement before Christ, & how he shall there giue an account of all his sayings and doings. Surely, the thinking hereof doth most effectuously keepe vnder the affections of wanton fleshe, and entyce­ments of the worlde. Agayne, there can be no more strong and effectuall comfort for the godly, than to vnderstand there shall be a day of iudgement, wherein Christ shall declare their innocencie, & gyue vnto them the reward of lyfe which he promised them. Therefore Christ reasoning of the signes which shall go before the later day, sayth: Luke. 21. when these things begin to come to passe, lift vp your heades, for your redemption draweth nye. And Paule tea­cheth vs to looke for a sauiour from heauen, Phil. 3. which shall chaunge our vyle bo­dye, [Page 458] that he maye make it lyke vnto his glorious bodye. He teacheth also that the faythfull shoulde comfort one another with the meditation of Christes last comming. 1. Thes. 4. This is a great glory of our fayth, that maketh that daye merry and ioyfull vnto vs, whereof the wicked children of this worlde cannot thinke without great feare and sorrowe of heart.

How we be made parta­kers of christ and of salua­tion.Nowe let vs passe to the seconde part of this place, wherein we are taught, howe we be made partakers of the saluation which is in Christ. This thing Peter setteth forth with great grauitie of wordes, saying: To him giue all the Prophetes witnesse, that through his name whosoeuer beleueth in him, Remission of sinnes is in the name of Christ. shall receyue remission of sinnes. Here must euery thing be distingui­shed, that this doctrine being so necessary, may seeme the more euident. For first, shewing the vtilitie of the thinges which he hath hitherto declared, he teacheth vs, that we haue forgiuenesse of our sinnes, in the name of Christ. And whyle he maketh mention thereof, he plainely testifieth that we be sin­ners, in that we haue neede thereof. And whyle he teacheth that the same is giuen in Christ, he sheweth, that it is free, as proceeding of the meere grace of God, without our desert: so that here we may heare that saying of Paule: All men haue sinned, Rom. 3. and are destitute of the glory of God, but are iustified freely by his grace, through the redemption that is in Christ Iesu. And herevnto is to be referred that that was saide before of the clensing of our sinnes, made on the aultar of the Crosse. For there the sonne of God was made sinne for vs, 2. Cor. 5. that we by his meanes should be that righteousnesse which is allowed before God. By this saying are all maner sectes of other religion taken cleane a­waye. For where Peter sheweth vs that we haue forgiuenesse of our sinnes in the name of Christ onely, he teacheth vs, that they lose all their labour, that seeke it any otherwhere, and so with a newe argument he confirmeth that graue sentence that he vttered before the Senate at Ierusalem, that there was none other name vnder heauen giuen vnto man, in which he could be saued. The same, Christ himselfe affirmeth, where he sayth: I am the way, the truth, Iohn. 14. and the lyfe. No man commeth vnto the father, but by me.

Remission of sinnes is ta­ken holde of by fayth.Secondarily, Peter declareth to vs by this sentence, the meane whereby we take holde of the remission of sinnes offred vs by Christ. For he sayth, e­uerye one that beleeueth in him obtayneth the same. Then by fayth we ob­tayne forgiuenesse of our sinnes. The reason of which doctrine is, that faith onely grafteth vs into Christ, as he sayth himselfe. He that eateth my fleshe, and drinketh my bloude (that is to say, whosoeuer beleeueth in me) dwelleth in me and I in him. And forasmuch as forgiuenesse of sinnes, dependeth vpon Gods free promise, it can none other waye be taken holde of, than by fayth. For fayth taketh holde of Christ, as he is set forth in the Gospell, and cleaueth altogither vnto the promise of God. For the which cause, Christ e­uerywhere attributeth saluation vnto faith, and euerywhere repeateth that generall sentence: Marc. 16. Math. 15. Math. 9. He that beleeueth in me, hath lyfe euerlasting. Agayne, He that beleueth and is baptised, shall be saued. And he sayth to the woman: Great is thy fayth, be it vnto thee as thou wilt. And agayne: Thy fayth hath made thee whole. And from hence tooke the Apostles their opinion, where they teach that men are iustified by fayth onely in Christ, that is to saye, deliue­red and purged from their sinnes. By the which opinion, iustification of workes is plainely excluded. For where iustification (as euen nowe was declared) is to be had in Christ onely, which we can take holde of, none o­ther [Page 459] waye than by fayth, it must needes followe, that by fayth onely we are iustified. And yet we condemne not the exercise of good workes, but take from them the insolent tytle of merite and iustification, the glory whereof is due onely to Christ, that Christ maye haue his glory wholye to himselfe. For otherwise we be not ignorant, that all kinde of innocencie and righte­ousnesse is required of them, whome Iesus Christ hath restored to the li­bertie of the children of God, through the merite of his bloude.

But whereas Peter a little before had confirmed his doctrine by the te­stimonie of the Apostles, The Pro­phetes teach the iustifica­tion of fayth. bicause no man shoulde thinke there was anye collusion or craft among them, he defendeth this cause yet by grauer au­thoritie, telling vs that all the Prophetes testifye the same of Christ. And there is no doubt but he stoode some pretie whyle in reciting their testimo­nies, albeit that Luke, who thought it ynough to touch but the chiefe poynts of his Sermon only, for breuities sake hath passed them ouer. But it is a very easy matter to prooue that which Peter here sayth out of the writings of the Prophets. For to begin with Moses, & yet not to rehearse the first pro­mises, he writeth that Abraham beleeued God, Gene. 15. and that fayth was imputed to him for righteousnesse. And it is playne, that Abraham had none other faith, than the wayting for that seede, in which all Nations shoulde be blessed. Gene. 22. Iohn. 8. And Iesus Christ sayth that he desired to see his day, and that he reioyced therein. Moses also setteth out vnto vs figures of the law, all which no man will de­nie, but to haue beene shadowes of Christ, especially, if he haue diligentlye reade but that one Epistle to the Hebrues. Rom. 4. And Paule plainely prooueth the iustification of fayth, out of the .xxxij. Psalme. Of Esaye what neede we to speake, whereas we haue heard his testimony before, where vnto he addeth this also? by the knowledge of him which is my righteous seruaunt, he shall iustifie the multitude, for he shall beare awaye their sinnes. Esay. 53.

And Ierem [...]e speaking of our Sauiour Christ sayth: This shall bee hys name, whereby they shall call him, the Lorde, Ierem. 23. our righteousnesse I omitte diuers other testimonies which might be alleaged, bicause I woulde not be to long, and for that it is good to leaue occasion to the studious, to seeke them. In the meane season let vs marke howe Peter groundeth vpon none other testimonies, than the Prophetes and Apostles. Whereby we learne what consent and what maner authoritie of men shoulde preuayle in mat­ters of fayth and religion: euen theirs doubtlesse, whome it appeareth did speake by the holy ghost. Those are they by whose ministerye God woulde haue the bookes of the olde and newe Testamentes written. If therefore any thing be brought forth contrarye to their doctrine, let vs knowe that it commeth from man, Math. 15. whose tradicions long since are beaten downe by the sentence of God.

We haue therefore a notable and wholesome sermon of Peters, where­by the first of the Gentyles are conuerted vnto Christ. This sermon, if it be well expended, conteyneth in it, all the articles of our fayth concerning God the father, Iesus Christ his sonne, and the holy ghost. The same com­prehendeth in it a perfite order of the saluation of man, which as it is sette forth to vs in Christ, so is it to be taken holde of, by fayth only in him. Which bicause it is the gift of God, it becommeth vs by continuall prayer to aske it of him, that being truly graffed into Iesus Christ, & iustified by his merit, we may be saued. To him be all praise, honor, power & glory for euer. Amē.

The .lxxvij. Homelie.

‘Whyle Peter yet spake these wordes, the holy ghost fell on all them which hearde the preaching. And they of the Circumcision which beleeued, were astonied, as many as came with Peter, bicause that on the Gentyles also was shedde out the gift of the holye ghost. For they hearde them speake wyth tongues, and magnifie God. Then aunswered Peter, can any man forbydde water, that these shoulde not be baptised, which haue receyued the holy ghost as well as we? And he commaunded them to be baptised in the name of the Lorde. Then prayed they him to tarie a fewe dayes.’

AS God the father hath included all the meane of our saluation in Iesus Christ his sonne: so he woulde that he shoulde be the sauiour and Re­demer of all Nations, and not of one people onely. Whereof may be gathered euident arguments, both of the first promises and oracles of the Prophetes, and also of the last commaundement of Christ, when he sent forth his Apostles into all the worlde, to preach the Gospell. But whereas the Iewes being puft vp with the prerogatiue of the lawe and ceremonies thereof, vsed to despyse other Nations, and woulde not vouchsafe to admit them into their congregation: it was neede there shoulde be some peculiar demonstration, to declare that the stoppe of the lawe was broken downe by Christ, and that the grace of God was offred vnto the Gentyles also without the righteous­nesse of the lawe. This doth the holy ghost most liuely set forth in this hy­storie. For as God did vouchsafe to sende his Aungell to Cornelius a Gen­tyle, and one vncircumcised, and to awake Peter by an heauenlye vision to instruct him: so Peter the Apostle preacheth vnto the same Cornelius by in­stinct of the holy spirite, the whole order of saluation, wyth marueylous bre­uitie and playnenesse, and without any mention making of the ceremonies of the law, teacheth vs that Iesus Christ is appoynted vs of God, in whom to haue the forgiuenesse of our sinnes. But least any man might thinke that Peter had ouer rashly, and without aduyse blabbed out these sayinges, the effect of the matter prooueth the same, which Luke for this cause the more diligently describeth, bicause he woulde stirre vs vppe to the more diligent consideration of the matter.

First, whyle Peter as yet was speaking, it is sayde, the holy ghost fell on all them which hearde the preaching. Peters doc­trine is con­firmed by the sending of the holy ghost. And not long after it is sayde like­wyse that they spake with diuers tongues, and declared the great grace of God. The same therefore commeth here to passe, that fell out in the daye of Pentecost: and God thought good to confirme Peters doctrine which Cor­nelius and his kinne had receyued, by the visible sending of his holy spirite, and to declare in deede that the grace of saluation, was alyke belonging to all beleeuers, whether they were Iewes or Gentiles, and that from hence­forth the ceremonies of the lawe were no more to be obserued. This is e­uident that in the Apostles times it was a common thing to haue the visi­ble sending of the holy ghost, to be ioyned with the preaching of the Gospell, [Page 461] which God did vouchsafe to giue vnto them that beleeued in him. By the which argument Paule prooueth the iustifycation of fayth, agaynst them, which affirme that men are iustified by the workes of the law. For he saith: This onelye woulde I learne of you, whether you receyued the spirite by the deedes of the lawe; or by the preaching of the fayth? Are you such fooles, Gala. 3. that after you haue begonne in the spirite, you nowe ende in the flesh? He that mi­nistreth to you the spirit, and worketh myracles among you▪ doth he it through the deedes of the lawe, or by the preaching of the fayth? We haue in this place to consider the dignitie and efficacie of the working of the Gospell. The dignitie and efficacie of the gospel. For wee see this is the instrument, whereby God vseth to giue his spirite, and to worke effectuously in the minde of man: so that it is not without a cause that Paule sayth: the Gospell is the power of God vnto saluation, Rom. 1. to all that beleeue it. And for the same cause he calleth the Preachers of the Gospell the ministers of the spirite. 2. Cor. 3. For although all they that heare the Gospell in these dayes, haue not the gyft of tongues giuen vnto them, Eusebius in the hystorie Ecclesiastical v. booke, and vij. chap. Looke [...]raene­us his owne words in his second booke agaynst here­s [...]es, cap. 57. and such other gyftes (as is euident remayned in the Church vntill the time of Iraeneus and after) be for the moste part ceased: yet it is manifest, that all they are endued with the spirite of adoption and regeneration, which duly heare the Gospell, and embrace it by fayth, whereby they crie Abba father, and which Paule calleth the earnest or pledge of our saluation. 2. Cor. 1. and .5. And the ef­fectes of this spirite are manifest, whyle it mortifyeth the fleshe wyth the earthly members thereof in the beleeuers, regenerateth men, illuminateth the mynde, and causeth that they which by nature are apt and meete to no goodnesse, are able to doe all thinges in Christ. Wherevpon we gather a­gayne, that they are not to be taken for the members of Christ, i [...] whome there appeare no effectes of the holy spirite. For that spirite is not ydle and [...]luggysh. Rom. 8. And Paule sayth that they which are destitute of the spirite of Christ are not his.

Agayne, this place teacheth vs what the exercises of them that beleeue, The exercy­ses of the faythfull. are, after they haue receyued the holye ghost. They speake with straunge & new tongues: which although it come not to passe to euery man as we sayd euen nowe: yet the holy ghost ordreth the tongues of all them that beleeue, to speake those thinges which serue to the glory of God, and the edifying of other, whereof hath bene sufficiently sayde in the second Chapter. Then it is sayde, that they greatly praysed God. So doe they that truly acknow­ledge the grace of God, which he offreth vs in Christ: whereas contrary­wyse, whosoeuer beleeue to be iustifyed by their workes, praise themselues. And this giuing of thankes is a sacrifyce most acceptable vnto God, which he both often requireth, and the godly euerywhere vowe and promise. For herevnto appertayneth it where they promise him the bullocks of their lips Dauid speaking hereof, sayth: what rewarde shall I giue vnto the Lorde, Hos. 14. for all the benefites that he hath done vnto me? I will receyue the cup of saluation, Psa. 116. and call vpon the name of the Lorde· I will paye my vowes nowe in the pre­sence of all his people. And he testifyeth that this shall please the Lorde better than a bullocke that hath hornes and hoofes. Psa. 69. These thinges teach vs what to thinke of the vnkinde and wicked raylers agaynst Gods worde, who haue a pleasure with bitternesse of tongue, to ca [...]pe at it, and saye it is the cause of all calamitie, where it were their dutie to acknowledge and celebrate the grace of God for it.

[Page 462] How the beholders were affected with the my­racle of sen­ding the holy ghost.Furthermore, let vs see howe the beholders were affected with this myracle. Amongst whome, some were Iewes, which accompanied Peter from Ioppe [...] Luke sayth that they were amazed, seeing the gift of the holye ghost was poured vpon y e Gentyles also. For although they were not igno­rant what came to passe vnto Peter, yet the common error of the Iewes still bewitched them, who thought all Nations vnholy, and straungers from God, but such as were circumcised and had receyued the other ceremonies of the Iewes lawe. Euen in the faythfull sometime are errors to be founde. It is very notable, that they which are of the faythfull, are so deceyued. For hereby it appeareth, that euen to the godlye sometime the spottes of error cleaue, and therefore all things that they doe, must not be drawen to imitation. Which thing it appeareth Paule obserued, who bid­deth the Corinthians to followe him, as farre forth as they see him to follow Christ. 1. Cor. 11. For there is nothing so appropriate vnto man, as to erre and be de­ceyued. Nor nothing so difficult and laborious, as to plucke vp olde rooted errors out of mennes mindes: example whereof we haue seene in the A­postles, Actes. 1. still stumbling at the expectation and looking for, of a carnall and earthly kingdome. Therefore they are greatly deceyued, which iudge con­tinuall teaching and admonition to be superfluous and vnprofitable, seeing that blindnesse and frowardnesse of mannes witte, is such, that he taketh occasion of stumbling at euery thing, and hardlye can be brought into the waye againe. Wherefore Paule was of a farre better iudgement, when he commaunded Timothie to preach in season and out of season. 2. Tim. 4.

But to returne to the exposition of the hystory: Peter hath a much bet­ter iudgement, Peter vnder­standeth the ende of the myracle. who of the premisses gathereth the ende of the myracle. For where by an heauenly vision, he was commaunded to go to Cornelius, and to preach the Gospell vnto him, and seeth nowe the gifte of the holy spirite giuen to them that heare and beleeue it: he easilye acknowledgeth that the grace of the Gospell belongeth to the Gentyles also, and that the vncircum­cised also, so that they beleeue in Christ, ought to be receyued into the fellow­ship of the Church, forasmuch as God doth vouchsafe to giue them his holy spirite. For drawing an argument from the thing, vnto the signe thereof, he sayeth: Can anye man forbidde water, that these shoulde not be baptized, which haue receyued the holye ghost as well as we? Which is as much as if he shoulde saye: As many as are the members of Christ, must be receyued by baptisme into the fellowship of Christes Church. But no man can doubt but these men are the members of Christ, seeing they haue receyued the spi­rite of Christ as well as we. Ergo, it is reason they shoulde be baptized. And forthwith he commaundeth them to be baptised in the name of the Lorde, that is to saye, to be consecrated to Christ the Lorde, and numbred with his Church. For Peters commaundement must not so much be vnderstanded of the fourme of baptisme, as of the ende and vse thereof.

Of these things it is easie to gather all the meaning of baptisme. Peter surely acknowledgeth baptisme to be the first sacrament of Gods people and Church, The reason of baptisme. whereby outwardly the benefites of regeneration and adop­tion, and whatsoeuer else is giuen vs in Christ, are sealed vnto vs, and thereby as many as are partakers of them, are admonished of their dutie. Wherevpon we gather, that as many as it appeareth, are of the people of God, haue neede thereof. By these things are many errors confuted, that we see, haue crept in, these many yeares about baptisme, & yet reigne euery­where. [Page 463] And first this place confuteth the vnholy deprauers of the Sacra­ments, which thinke they are superfluous, Contemners of sacramēts. for them that beleeue and are regenerate by fayth. Which kinde of men, while they greatly extoll fayth, and the grace of God, doe wickedly contemne the wisedome of God and his ordinaunces. Howbeit, Peter sawe that Cornelius and his familie truly be­leeued, and that they were indued with the holy ghost, and adopted into the number of the children of God: and yet for all that, he commaundeth them to be baptized, bicause he would not seeme to contemne Christes commaun­dement. For why shoulde he contemne the sacramentes of Christ, which knewe that God in the olde Testament had made it death for them that contemned his sacraments? Agayne, this place confuteth the boldenesse of the Anabaptistes, Anabaptists. which vse to keepe the children of the Christians from their baptisme. But Peter prooueth that they are to be baptized for none o­ther cause, but for that he sawe they were endued with the spirite of Christ, and therefore were members of his Church. Why then shoulde not infants be baptized, by as good right, Marc. 10. who we knowe are borne members of the Church, and who Christ testifyeth, appertayne to the kingdome of God? Moreouer, Papistes. the example of this place maketh agaynst the error of the Pa­pistes, which vse to tye the grace of God vnto Sacramentes, and vse to bring it and put it in their sacraments, by exorcismes and coniuring, wher­as it is euident that they are but the cognizances & tokens of the grace that is giuen vs in Christ. And if thou well examine this place, it shall appeare y e same came to passe vnto Cornelius, that somtime was to be seene in Abra­ham, so that thou mayst see the sacraments of both the Testaments, had all but one reason. For Paule witnesseth that Abraham was iustifyed by fayth, & that he afterwarde receyued Circumcision, Rom. 4. which was a seale of the righ­teousnesse of fayth. So we heare that Cornelius beleeued, and was endued with the spirite of God, which was an infallible argument of his regene­ration and iustification: and nowe at length commeth baptisme, where by all these benefytes of God are sealed and confirmed. Therefore it is eui­dent that the grace of God is not tyed vnto baptisme, neyther that it is by baptisme, poured into vs as by a Pype or Conduite, forasmuch as if we receyue the Sacramentes without fayth, they be vtterlye super [...]lu­ous, yea, wee knowe they indammage the contemners of them, as maye be seene in the examples of Iudas the Traytour, and Simon the Sor­cerer.

Before we leaue this place, The order of saluation. it is good to obserue the order of iustifica­tion and saluation in the example of Cornelius. We see that he was holpen and stirred vp by the grace of God, to doe that that was good and acceptable vnto God, whereas before that, he had bene a Gentyle, and estraunged from the people of God. But being receyued into fauour, Peter the Apostle was appointed to be his teacher, to preach to him the doctrine of saluation. Cornelius beleeueth the worde being preached. The holy ghost followeth af­ter his beliefe, which both regenerateth the minde, and also bringeth forth diuers marueylous vertues. Being illuminated with this spirite, he is gi­uen wholy to prayse God, and at length being baptized, he is receyued into the fellowship of Christs Church. This order we see obserued euerywhere. For the beginning of our saluation springeth of the grace of God, who chose vs before the foundations of the worlde were layde. He hauing chosen vs, Ephes. 1. [Page 464] instructeth vs by his outwarde worde, giueth vs fayth, illuminateth vs be­ing regenerate with his spirit, and maketh vs meete vnto euery good work. And that which he promiseth by his worde, and offreth by his spirite vnto the faythfull minde: the same he confirmeth by outwarde Sacramentes also. See Rom. 9.10.

Cornelius is an exam­ple of a kinde and thankful hearer.Finally, it is declared howe Cornelius behaued himselfe after all these things. They besought Peter (sayth Luke) to abyde with them a few dayes. And there was none other cause of this desire, but for that they were en­flamed with the looue of the Gospell, and desired to heare him euery daye, bicause they woulde be the more confirmed in the knowledge of true salua­tion. Furthermore, they coulde not be so soone satisfyed with the presence of their very friende, who they perceyued had ministred so great grace vnto them. And here is truly expressed the propertie of those that faythfully be­leeue. They lothe not the teaching of that worde, nor attribute not so much to themselues, to thinke that they shall haue hereafter no more neede of it. Yea, they acknowledge themselues to be men, and bicause they will be ta­ken for the children of God, they can not be filled with the voyce of their fa­ther, Iohn. 8. but desire to haue him still speake vnto them. Moreouer, they shewe themselues thankefull and kinde towarde the Ministers of God, by whose diligence they are taught in matters of fayth and saluation. For they thinke it a matter of no great weyght, to requite them with carnall benefits which giue vnto them spirituall riches. For they vnderstande that their saluation dependeth chiefly on them. For the which cause they can suffer themselues to be rebuked and chidden, as we may see in Dauid and Ezechias. But the wicked be of a farre other minde, which vse to condemne the Ministers as molesters of their vngodly desires, and publike enimies, whereof the scrip­ture sheweth examples in Pharao, Achab, the Phariseys, and infinite o­thers. Whose vngodlynesse deserueth to feele the vengeaunce of Gods ius­tice, bicause they woulde not suffer to be faythfully admonished. Lette vs therefore acknowledge the grace of God, and embrace his worde wyth thankefull myndes, studying to frame our selues thereafter, that we maye hereafter be made partakers and heyres of the saluati­on promised in Iesus Christ our sauiour: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glorye for euer. Amen.

The eleuenth chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .lxxviij. Homelie.

‘AND the Apostles and brethren that were in Iurie, hearde that the Hea­then also had receyued the worde of God. And when Peter was come vp to Ierusalem, they that were of the Circumcision, contended against him, saying. Thou wentest in to men vncircumcised, and diddest eate with them. But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by or­der vnto them, saying: I was in the Citie of Ioppa praying: and in a traunce I sawe in a vision, a certayne vessell descende, as it had bene a great sheete, let downe from heauen by the fower corners, and it came to mee▪ into the which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered and sawe fowerfooted beastes of the earth, and vermin, and wormes, and foules of the ayre▪ And I hearde a voyce saying vnto me: Aryse Peter, slea, and eate. And I sayd, not so Lord: for nothing cōmon or vnclean hath at any time entred into my mouth. But the voyce aunswered me agayne from heauen: Count not thou those things common, which God hath clensed. And this was done three tymes. And all were taken vp agayne into heauen. And beholde, immediatlye there were three men already come into the house where I was, sent from Caesa­rea vnto me. And the spirite sayde vnto mee, that I shoulde go with them without doubting. Moreouer, these sixe brethren ac [...]ompanyed me, and wee entred into the mannes house. And he shewed vs howe he had seene an Aun­gell in his house, which stoode and sayde to him: Sende men to Ioppa, and call for Simon whose surname is Peter. He shall tell thee words, wherby both thou, and all thine house shall be saued. And as I began to preache, the holy ghost fell on them, as he did on vs at the beginning. Then came it to my re­membraunce howe that the Lorde sayde: Iohn baptized with water, but you shall be baptized with the holy ghost. Forasmuch then as God gaue them lyke giftes as hee gaue vnto vs, when we beleeued on the Lorde Iesus Christ, what was I that I shoulde haue withstanded God?’

ALthough the blessed Euaun­gelyst Luke hath both abundantlye and diligently described the hystorie of Cor­nelius, which was conuerted vnto the fayth in the Chapter before going: yet in this Chapter he repeateth the same againe after another sort and maner of narration. The cause of which his do­ing was, for that it might appeare to all men, that the Gentyles were vndoub­tedly called, according to Gods appoint­ment, by preaching of the Gospell, and [Page 466] receyued into the communion of the Church, by the sacrament of baptisme. That the declaration hereof was necessarye, bicause of the Iewes, hath already oftentimes bene shewed. And the same serueth very much for our instruction, both bicause the grace of Gods goodnesse, is thereby maruey­louslye set forth, and the certaintie of all our saluation (which springeth of the Iewes) is most firmely prooued. Therefore no man must accuse the holy writer, for to often repeating of one thing, or of needelesse loquacitie or babling, but rather they ought to be prouoked by his diligence, the more earnestly to weygh & consider a matter of such importance. Furthermore, Luke taketh occasion to rehearse agayne the same hystorie by reason of the vniust iudgement of a certaine sort of persons, who being deceyued, accuse Peter, whereby he is enforced thus to declare, and open the meaning of his dooing vnto them.

Howe the Church iud­geth of Peters deede.First therefore let vs see howe the Church which was here and there dispersed through Iurie, iudged, concerning the vocation of the Gentyles. For this thing coulde not long lye hidden, both bicause of the notable wor­thynesse of the persons, and also for that it was a straunge thinge, and not seene before. Therefore he sayth the fame hereof was streyght waye publi­shed ouer all Iurie. Here are two sortes of men, vttering and bewraying themselues. The first are the Apostles and brethren, by which name I sup­pose, the Ministers of the word, and their fellowes are here ment. Of these the Euaungelist sayeth but this one thing, and no more, that they hearde the Gentyles had receyued the word of God also. Wherevpon may be ga­thered, that although they yet vnderstoode not very well the mysterie of this matter: yet being mindefull of Christian modestie, they woulde not blame or accuse Peter ouer hastily, whose credite and diligence they had by manye proofes tryed. Whose modestie the holy ghost hath set before vs to imitate, least in iudging other mennes doinges, we be ledde with vnaduised zeale, and so breake the rules of Christian charitie. Here is also to be considered the phrase or maner of speaking, where he sayth the Gentyles receyued the worde of God, What it is to receyue the word of God. whereas he might haue sayd, they receyued Christendome, & were made partakers of Christ & his Church. But this way he thought to saye somewhat more, and to make a difference betweene the true Christia­nitie, and counterfayte dissembling of some kinde of persons. For they re­ceyue the worde of God, which acknowledge it to be the worde of God, and therefore labor to be transfourmed into it, and to become followers of God. So Paule writeth that the Thessalonians receyued the word, where he sayth: when you receyued of vs the worde, whereby you learned to knowe God, 1. Thes. 2. you receyued it not as the worde of man, but as it was in deede, the worde of God. Agayne: And you became followers of vs, and of the Lord, receyuing the worde with much affliction. 1. Thes. 1. They that receyue the worde of God after this sort, bring forth marueylous fruites by the same. For denying them­selues, and mortifying the affections of the fleshe, they forsake their olde vngodlynesse, and as children of light, followe innocencie. For they know that God is light, 1. Iohn. 2. and that they which will haue fellowship with him, must walke in the light. And they which bragge of the Gospell, had neede often­times to consider this thing, least whyle they crye with open mouth, that they haue receyued the word of God, they accuse themselues of lying, shew­ing forth no fruites agreeable to the worde.

[Page 467]But let vs come to the other kinde of men, which were not so indiffe­rent iudges of Peters singuler doing. Peter is re­prehe [...]ded for his well do­ing. Luke sayth these were of the Circum­cision. But whereas the first sort also were circumcised and Iewes, I sup­pose he meaneth not here the people of the Iewes onely, but those rather which would be taken for Christians, & yet did cleaue to fast vnto Circum­cision, and the Ceremonies of the lawe, as necessary vnto saluation. These men (sayth Luke) ouer boldly reprehended Peters doing, and openly conten­ded with him. And this they lay to his charge as a matter of life and death, that he went in, to men vncircumcised, that is, to Gentyles and Heathen men, and did eate with them. For thus doing, they accuse him of breaking the traditions of the Elders, and of custome, the origine whereof, we haue otherwheres declared to haue sproong of the law of God, being ouer strait­ly strayned. By this example we are taught, howe hurtfull a thing it is, once to be bletched with error, and to continue long in the same. For com­monly a certaine frowarde feruencie to defende error, is ioyned therevnto, bicause such is the inclination of mannes nature, that none will seeme to haue erred. With which vyce these men were also blinded, which woulde not admit the Gentyles into the congregation, albeit it was manifest by the playne testimonie of God, that they were admitted thereinto. So great and so tough is the corruption of mannes nature, and so inuincible is his stubbornnesse in the defence of errors once receiued. And would God there were not at this day infinite examples of this kinde in those men, who be­ing the heades of the Church, thinke it but a tryfle, to defende those things which they knowe to be contrary to the expresse Oracles of Gods worde.

Furthermore, this place teacheth vs, No man can please all parties. that no man can so prosperously and godlily doe any thing, that he shall satisfie all men. For this rather is the state of the worlde, that they that shoulde be commended, are accused and blamed. This the Scripture teacheth vs, came to passe vnto Moses, both a­mongst the Egyptians and the Israelites. We reade howe the Prophetes had experience of the same, who while they watched and laboured for all mennes saluation, were called disturbers of the Realme, enimies of their countrie, and authors of all euill. And it appeareth the worlde had none other iudgement of Iesus Christ. For one while he is accused for neglec­ting washing of the handes, another while, for being conuersant with sin­ners: by & by againe, as a breaker of the Sabboth: after that, they crie out he is a Samaritane, & possessed of y e deuill. Therfore Peter now suffreth the same y t his maister did, & where he was worthy of singuler prayse, for brin­ging the kingdome of God so prosperously vnto the gentiles, he is faine ra­ther to abide y e venymous bitings of slaunderers. And they onely which are manifest enimies of Christ, doe not thus vniustly controll him, but they also which would be taken for Christians & brethren: yea, the schollers take the fetula and rod against the Maister. The consideration herof ought to make vs pacient if the like at any time do fal out vnto vs. It also teacheth vs, that we must labour rather to approoue our doings to God, than to the worlde, which many times is both vnkinde to his benefactours, and for the moste part deceyued in his iudgement. Againe, let vs learne that it is a great of­fence dishonestly to defame and slaunder the well doinges of our brethren. For they that so doe, declare the Deuills disposition, whome the Greekes therefore haue called Diabolum, that is to saye, Deuill, bicause he vseth to [Page 468] slaunder, misreport, and misconstrue all our doing and sayings. And they also breake the rules of charitie, 1. Cor. 23. Prouer. 10. 1. Pet. 4. whose propertie it is alwayes to hope well of the brethren, and rather to couer the multitude of sinnes, than to disclose and open them.

But after the vniust accusation of these waywarde men▪ followeth Pe­ters Apologie or defence deuoyde of all bitternesse: The apology or defence of Peter. the only ende and scope whereof is, to shewe that nothing is herein done▪ of priuate diuise, but all things by the commaundement of God, who woulde haue the Gentyles to be receyued into the communion of Christ and his Church. And bicause he sawe his aduersaries mindes greatly exasperated, he frameth a diligent narration of all things, done euen from the beginning, and confirmeth the same with sounde argumentes. The which narration before I touch, the modestie of the Apostle is to be considered, who thought good so humblye and carefully to excuse himselfe to those, whome (hauing so iust a cause as he had) he might eyther haue set light, and giuen no aunswere to, or at least he might snappishly haue put them back, and rebuked them. But he knewe that the same lawe aswell belonged to himselfe, as to other, where he com­maunded all Christian men to be ready to giue a reason or aunswere of their doing to euery man. 1. Pet. 3. And as in this place he paciently suffereth the vniust censure and checke of men, in a iust quarrell: so when he was accused of Paule before all men, for his dissimulation and inconstancie, we reade he aunswered nothing disdainefully. Galat. 1. And this we reade was alwaye the cu­stome in the primitiue Church, that Bishoppes coulde suffer and beare to bee iudged and corrected by other Byshoppes. Eusebius in the storye of y e Church, v. booke, chap. 24.25. &. 26. Thus it appeareth Victor the Bishop of Rome was reprehended and admonished of his dutie by Irae­neus, and certaine other Bishops of lesse famous Churches, for his ouer hastie sentence of excommunication, giuen against the Bishoppes of Asia. These things reprooue the pride of the bishops of Rome, that folowed, who are not only not ashamed, to make themselues Iudges ouer all the world, but also refuse the iudgement of all men. My hart quaketh, as often as I remember that blasphemous Canone, which will not haue the Pope con­demned, Distinct. 40. Cap. If the Pope. &c. no not though he forget his owne and other mennes saluation, and leade with him headlong into hell, whole heapes of mennes soules. Howbeit, he coulde no maner of way more euidently haue prooued himselfe to be Antichrist, than in that he refuseth the iudgement of the Church, and Bishops, challenging to themselues the supremacie ouer them all. But to let this passe, let vs hearken to Peter, intreating his cause and matter.

Peter in his Apologie vseth a diligent narration or discourse, as euen nowe we declared, the which he so ordereth, that he reporteth not onelye what was done, but sheweth also that it was well done and lawfully. And this narration consisteth of fiue partes or members, of all which we will speake as much as appertaineth to this present matter, letting passe that that hath bene sayde in the Chapter before going.

The vis [...]on of the sheete.In the first part is contayned the vision of a great vessell or sheete, let downe to him from heauen, by which God taught him, that no man from thenceforth should be iudged vnworthy of the Gospell and fellowship of the people of God, for neglecting the ceremonies of the lawe: forasmuch as the stoppe of the lawe was broken downe by Iesus Christ, Ephes. 2. who had made one people of both. Peter thought it good to beginne his narration with this, [Page 469] that it might appeare to all men, that he did nothing of his owne head, but according as God appointed.

In the second part he alleageth the sure commaundement of God▪ The com­maundement of God. least he might be thought to haue bene beguyled by some dreame or ydle phan­tasie. For euen at the same time he sayeth (by the prouidence of God) they stoode at his Hostesse doore, that were sent from Cornelius, and he addeth: The spirite sayde, that I shoulde go with them nothing doubting. And this is the strength of his whole defence, which he setteth against his aduersaries accusation. For they sayde: Thou wentest in to menne that are vncircumised, and hast eaten with them. Therefore Peter aunswereth them: The spirite of the Lord bade me so to do, And being with this simplicitie of words content, he letteth passe all Rhetoricall colors, wherwith he might haue confirmed & garnished this argument. Which example teacheth vs, that they are not to be accused, or if they be accused, they may easily be defended before Christian men, which cast of the traditions and customes of men, at Gods appoy [...]t­ment. For the authority of this saying of the Apostles shall remaine in force for euer: we must obey God more than men. Let vs also in these dayes, with this argument defende our selues against the Papistes, which with lyke frowardnesse accuse vs, for hauing broken the traditions of men, and take occasion of offence on euery side, without any giuen on our behalf. It offen­deth them, that we deny Christ is offred in the sacrament of the aultar, for the sinnes of the quicke and the deade. But we laye against them the word of Christ, who yeelding vp his life vpon the crosse, declared that all maner of expiation for sinne, and our redemption, was nowe accomplished. Fur­thermore, we heare Paule say, that Christ being once offered, can be offred no more. They are offended, bicause they see we haue put the ymage of Christ and the Saintes out of our Churches. But we laye for our selues agaynst them, the authoritie of God forbidding ymages to be made, and commaunding those that are made, to be made out of the way and destroy­ed. They are offended, bicause we haue taken awaye the differences of meates. But the Apostle defendeth vs, which sayth, it is a doctrine of the Deuill to bring it vp. The lyke reason there is of all other thinges in con­trouersie betweene vs. These we haue alleaged onelye for example sake. And if our aduersaries will not yeelde vnto the word of God, but will holde on, and set the customes and traditions of men against the authoritie of the same, then shall it easily appeare, that they are not the seruauntes of God, but of men.

The thirde part of the narration contayneth the vision of the Aungell, The ap­pearing of the Aungell. which we heard was sent from God vnto Cornelius. Hereof Peter thought to make mention, to declare that Cornelius did nothing vnaduisedly, but was mooued by God, to sende for him to teach him. Here is diligently to be obserued, howe the Aungell speaketh of the ministerie, or preaching of the Gospell. Peter (sayth he) shall speake wordes, whereby thou and all thy house shall be saued. Then he testifyeth that saluation commeth by preaching of the Gospell. This the holye Psalmist sawe, when he sayde: Psal. 107. God sent hys worde, and they were healed. And Paule sayth, that the Gospell is the power of God vnto saluation to all beleeuers. It is not thus sayd, bicause the sounde of wordes bringeth saluation, as the supersticious thinke of their exor­cismes, but bicause through the preaching of the Gospell, Christ is offered [Page 470] to vs, 2. Cor. 5. and they that preach the Gospell, be messengers in the roume of Christ, that by their ministerie men might be reconcyled to God the father through Christ. Therefore no common weales nor familyes, can haue any sounde health or saluation, without they receiue the gospell of Iesus Christ. Ther­fore their ingratitude that saye the worde of saluation is the cause of all e­uils, as well priuate as publike, is most execrable, as we read was som­time obiected to Ieremie. Ierem. 44. These men are ledde with the spirite of Caiphas, who also sayde, that Christ woulde be the author and cause of their destruc­tion, vnlesse he were made awaye by the wicked conspiracie of the priests.

Fourthly, he declareth the marueylous sending of the holy ghost. The expositor whereof he alleageth Iesus Christ to be. I remember (sayeth he) the worde of the Lorde, howe he sayde: Iohn baptized with water, but you shall be baptized with the holy ghost. It seemeth that Peter reasoneth on this wise: Christ our Lorde promised to his elect, his spirite, which the worlde coulde not receyue, and he sayd, that he alone was the giuer therof. Ther­fore, whereas he hath sent the same spirit vnto the Gentiles, & hath vouch­safed to baptise them with his holy ghost: I could not choose but followe the example of such a guyde, nor iudge them vnworthy the baptisme of water, whom God had iudged worthye of his spirite. And Peter maketh a trimme difference betweene Christ & the Minister, bicause he woulde not haue that wrongfully attributed to the externe ministerie, that belongeth onely vnto Christ. But bicause we haue otherwheres entreated hereof, it shall suffise for this time, to haue noted thus much by the waye.

The fifth part conteyneth a very graue conclusion, as well in wordes as arguments. The sen­ding of the holy ghost. For he sayth: If God therefore gaue vnto them lyke giftes, as he gaue vnto vs which beleeued in the Lord Iesus Christ, what was I that I should withstande God? It shoulde haue bene a wicked part to haue sayde, they had bene vnlike, whome God had vouchsafed to make like. But how much more greater impietie had it bene, to haue shut out from the communion of the Church, those whome God by so euident an argument had declared to haue pertayned to his Church? Yea, whome he had openly chosen and a­dopted? Therefore Peter confesseth that he shoulde haue bene an aduersary of God, if he had gone about any such thing. And if they be the aduersaries of God, which keepe those men from the fellowship that is in him, whom he doth vouchsafe to make members of his Church, bicause they thinke them vnworthy of so great fauor and grace: what shall we saye of them, which by false doctrine, deceyue Christes sheepe, or else rage against them with plaine force and tyrannie, bicause of their confession of Christ? They shall one daye feele his mightie and heauie hande, whose enimies they chose ra­ther to be than his friendes & followers. It is our part so to acknowledge and embrace the grace of God, as also to bring and trayne all other to the fellowship of saluation, the which God the father hath set out to his elect in his beloued sonne Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxix. Homelie.

‘WHEN they heard this, they helde their peace, and glorified God, say­ing: Then hath God also to the Gentyles graunted repentaunce vnto lyfe. [Page 471] They also which were scattered abroade, through the affliction that rose a­bout Steuen, walked throughout vnto Phoenicia, and Cyprus, and Anti­oche, preaching the worde to no man, but vnto the Iewes onely. Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene, which when they were come to An­tioche, spake vnto the Greekes, and preached the Lorde Iesus. And the hande of the Lorde was with them, and a great number beleeued, and tourned vnto the Lorde.’

AS the Apostle Peter in conuerting of Cornelius, dyd the duetie of a godly and faythfull Apostle, whyle he thought it good to obey the ex­presse commaundement of God, wythout any lyn­gering: so when his dooing was of some persons vniustly reprooued, he shewed an excellent example of a christian and Apostolyke modestie. For he de­clared the reason of his doing most friendly and di­ligently vnto them, of whome he might most iustly haue requyred what authoritie they had so to doe. But leauing all other arguments apart, he vrgeth this one thing, that he did nothing of hys owne deuyse, but according to Gods appointment and commaundement. By which example we haue learned with what argumentes we shoulde arme our selues against those, which nowe a dayes accuse vs with lyke froward­nesse for breaking the traditions and customes of men. Let the authority of Gods worde suffise vs, which whosoeuer despyseth, he is vnworthye of whome the Church of Christ should make any accompt.

It remayneth in thys hystorie to intreate howe those men which ere­while were such knapped Comptrollers, How the bre­thren did ac­c [...]pt Peters Apologie. accepted Peters Apologie or de­fence. He sayth, they helde their peace, and gloryfied God, saying: Then hath God also to the Gentiles graunted repentance vnto lyfe. Moreouer, they were whysted and dyd not with mans reason argue or replye agaynst the com­maundement and wyll of God. By which argument is aboundantly de­clared, that they stroue not against it of malice or enuie, but rather of an inconsiderate and blinde zeale of godlynesse, which Paule also otherwheres layeth to their charge. And bicause Peter easily espyed the same affection in them, for thys cause he thought to deale with them herein the more gently. For they which are ledde with a zeale of the glory of God, and vse to cre­dyt and yeelde vnto reasons shewed them, must not be cast of as incurable, or be ouer bytterlye delt withall. The godly yeelde vnto reason. And [...] is the propertie of those that be truely faythfull, that they will willing [...] yeelde vnto arguments, brought out of the worde of God, although they [...]lly perceyue not the reason of the things that are sayde. For this is the true and right exercise of fayth, when we submit our reason vnto the commaundementes and worde of God, which thing Paule euerywhere teacheth vnder the obedience of fayth, 2. Cor. 10. Rom. 1.16. which he sheweth to be the ende and scope of preaching the gospel, wherby it easily appeareth, that they are not to be taken for faythfull, which are not asha­med stiffely to contende against the manifest Oracles of Gods worde.

Furthermore, it is sayde, they glorifyed God: We must re­ioyce in the saluation of other. which is a meere euident signe, that they receiued Peters excuse, and admitted it with good wyll. For there be some that being subdued by force of reason, holde their peace, by­cause [Page 472] they haue not what to answere, yet as the Poet sayth, they hyde their griefe in the bottome of their hart. But he that glorifyeth God, testifieth by an infallible argument, that he is fully satisfyed. We are taught that we must reioyce and be gladde at those, whome God doth illuminate with the lyght of his truth. This we ought to doe both by reason of the desyre that euery christian man is bounde to haue of the glorie of God and also bicause of the loue which we ought to beare to the furtheraunce and profite of our neighbour. And surely, there is nothing that so reioyceth a faythfull soule, as to see the light of truth to spreade it selfe abroade to the increase of Gods glory, and the saluation of many. Againe, we ought to mourne from the hart, when we see any neglect, or fall from the waye of saluation. So we read that Samuel contynually mourned, bicause of Saules most wretched fall. And Paule contynueth in prayers for the Iewes, Rom. 9.10. and desyreth to be accur­sed from Christ for them, that they might be saued. But nowe a daies we be a colde in both these pointes, which thing is the chiefe cause, that the Gos­pell proceedeth no better.

How God gi­ueth repen­tance.But let vs see the wordes, wherewith they declare the affection of their minde: Then hath God also graunted to the Gentyles (say they) repentaunce vnto lyfe. God giueth repentaunce after two sortes, eyther when he graun­teth time and place to repent: or else when he mollifyeth and conuerteth mens mindes by his spirite and worde, by repentance to frame themselues to a better trade of lyfe. In this place it appeareth that God did both, al­though the later sense be more agreeing to this present argument. It is most worthy to be obserued, where they say repentaunce vnto lyfe is giuen vnto the Gentiles, by preaching of the Gospell. For in so saying, they testi­fie that they speake of that repentaunce, which through fayth in Christ brin­geth saluation, and which we may call the scope and marke of all the Gos­pell, which is, that we being reconcyled vnto God through Christ, shoulde turne vnto him with all our hartes, and liue in him. For so Paule writeth: God hath reconcyled vs vnto himselfe by Iesus Christ, and hath giuen to vs the office to preache the attonement. Nowe then are we messengers in the rowme of Christ, 2. Cor. 5. euen as though God did beseech you through vs. So pray we you in Christes steede to be reconcyled vnto God. They name repentaunce expres­lye, hauing respect vnto that saying of Christ, which commaundeth both repentaunce, and forgiuenesse of sinnes to be preached in his name. Ney­ther must these two be at any time seperated, least men take occasion vnder pretence of the Gospell, to liue carnally. Againe, this hath in it a singuler comfort, that he sayeth repentaunce is giuen vnto lyfe. Therefore repen­taunce in the faythfull is neuer in vayne or vnfruitefull, but maketh them partakers of saluation through Christ. There are apparaunt promises of God, wherein he euerywhere promiseth lyfe vnto them, which turne vnto him with all their hart. Where he sayth: I will not the death of a sinner, but rather that he conuert and liue. Ezech. 18. And we must not thinke that God flattereth or deludeth any man with vaine promises. Hereto belongeth the whole booke almost of the Iudges, which prooueth by many examples, that the Israelites neuer returned to God, by true repentaunce in vayne. And it is manifest that the Niniuites through faythfull repentaunce caused God to reuoke his sentence passed against them. What shall I speake of these, seing we reade that the repentaunce that Achab had but for a season, and [Page 473] little time, was by the mouth of God commended? 1. Reg. 21. These things ought to encourage them, which stande vpon the pytbrinke of desperation, thinking that God is so offended with them for their former wickednesse, that their repentaunce is not acceptable vnto him. Which men woulde be comforted with these sayings of the Prophet. If your sinnes were as red as Scarlet, Esay. 1. they shall be as whyte as snowe: And though they were like purple, they shall be as whyte as woolle. Againe: The Lorde is full of compassion and mercye, Psal. 103. long suffring, and of great goodnesse. He will not alwaye be chyding. &c.

Nowe after Luke hath made an ende of the storye of Cornelius, The sprea­ding of Chri­stes kingdom vnto the Gē ­tyles. which contayneth the beginning and first fruites as it were of the vocation of the Gentiles, he returneth to the discourse of the things belonging to the whole Church, which he had intermytted, and declareth howe the kingdome of Christ began to be stretched & enlarged vnto the Gentyles. And first he tel­leth how Antioch was conuerted vnto Christ, and how men were there first called Christians. And principally he noteth y e occasion therof, saying it was bicause of the persecution that was raysed agaynst Steuen. The occasion of the sprea­ding of the Church, a­rose by rea­son of the persecution. And it is very worthye to be considered, where he sayth the beginning of such a benefite sproong of so dolefull a cause. For howe pitifull a case the Church stoode in, in the time of that persecution, we hearde in the .viij. Chapter, when the rage of persecutours went so farre, that it was not safe for a man in secrete [...]o be a christian, when both men and women were haled out of their dores as to a slaughterhouse, which thing was the cause that the Church being scattered hither and thither, seemed like a scratched and torne body, that had be [...]ne incurable. But by the grace and goodnesse of God, it commeth to passe, that of euery member of this scattered Church, springeth a newe body. For they whome this cruell tempest had thus scattered, remembring their office and dutie, beganne to preach euerywhere the name of Christ, and many of them going as farre as Phenicia and Cyprus, did illustrate those countries with the light of the Gospell. By which example the primitiue Church, and fayth full of all ages might be confirmed, not to be offended with y e cruell at­tempts of enimies, forasmuch as it appeareth by these men, that the king­dome of Christ can not be ouerthrowne, nor driuen into straightes, but is rather thereby builded vp & enlarged. For that that Luke reporteth here to haue come to passe, the same the writers of the Ecclesiasticall hystorie report to haue come to passe in all persecutions. And as after horrible tempests, cleere weather commonly followeth: so it appeareth that after persecuti­ons, the Church alway looked more bright & cheerefull. For God scattereth the deuises of Nations, but his purpose standeth fast for euer, whereby he hath made his sonne king and Ruler of all the worlde. See the Psalmes. 33.2. &. 110

But Luke diligently intreateth of those, The Mini­sters be they neuer so god­ly, doe some­time disagree by whose ministery God brought to passe a matter of such weight and importance. All which were dispersed bicause of the faith and doctrine of Christ, & yet they agreed not in all points, touching the order & ministerie of the gospell. For some of them preached to the Iewes only, who it is lyke were ignorant of the things done betweene Peter & Cornelius. Other some which he writeth were of Cyprus & Cyrene, came to Antioch, and preached to the Greekes, that is, to the Gentyles. So it oftentimes commeth to passe, that in some things they which are coun­ted the most faithfull seruants of Iesus Christ, doe disagree, God so dispo­sing his giftes, that his woorde may be of the more authoritie, and that the [Page 474] successe thereof shoulde not seeme to depende of a certayne conspiracie, and consent of men among themselues. Wherevnto also is to be referred that that is hereafter reported of the contention that fell betweene Paule and Barnabas, which wexed so hote that those singuler and chosen instrumentes of Christ, departed one from another. Therefore let it offende no man, if nowe a dayes he see any like matter to fall out in the Church. For Paule writeth, 1. Cor. 11. that there must be sectes, that the elect may be tryed. Howbeit, in all this adooe, the feruent desire of spreading abrode the kingdome of Chryst, is greatly to be praised, wherewith they all being enflamed, haue vtterlye forgotten the daungers that they were in a little before, and euerywhere publishe the worde of God. Such constancie ought all faithfull Ministers of Christ to haue, to thende they must not thinke they haue done all their dutie, when they haue bene once in daunger for the name of Christ. And they must not thinke they are for none other cause graunted to flie, but for that they shoulde after such daunger escaped, turne vnto doing their dutie againe, and to bestowe all their life after in setting forth the glory of Christ.

Howbeit, Luke maketh a diligent mention also of the places where these men preached. Phaenicia, Cy­prus, Antioch, are illumina­ted with the Gospell. And first he nameth Phaenicia which is neare vnto Iu­rie, famous by reason of the Cities and people therin, and is accounted no­table, euen among the prophane writers. After that, he nameth Cyprus, an Islande of great fame in the Poets writings, which they say by reason aswell of the pleasantnesse of y e soyle, as of the dissolute maners of the inha­bitants is consecrated vnto Venus. And here appeareth partlye the great goodnesse of God, which woulde vouchsafe to endue such people with the knowledge of his sonne, and partly the woonderfull and inuincible power of the Gospell, through the preaching whereof, the boundes of Christes kingdome, were in short time so enlarged, that from the mayne land it pas­sed ouer sea, and beganne to come into the Islandes, as was long before foretolde of the Prophetes. See Psalme. 72. Esay. 60.66. &c. He chiefely maketh mention of Antioch, which was the moste famous Citie of all the Cities of Syria. For as it was notable, by reason of Seleucus the builder thereof, and of great renowme, bicause of their woonderfull glorie and ry­ches, so (as we shall herafter heare) the first Church among the Gentyles, was there assembled, and flourished in such number, that they which before were called onely but Disciples of Christ, beganne nowe to be called by a more worthy name Christians. This Citie hath had Bishops notable both in life and learning. It hath also so abounded in Martyrs, that scarce any other can be compared therewith. It is therefore woonderfull, and much to be obserued, that God woulde haue so great a Citie conuerted, by the mi­nisterie of those men whose names be not extant. For this onely is written of them, that they were of Ciprus & Cyrene. Howbeit, it might haue pleased God, aswell to haue vsed the helpe of notable Apostles. But by the vyle and contemned thinges of this worlde, after his maner, he woulde bring to passe a thing of most importance, that we might knowe howe we ought to reioyce and glory in him, and not in man.

1. Cor. 1. Iesus Christ is the theme and argumēt of the Apo­stles doctrineNow let vs see what they preached, that layd the foundations of y e Church at Antioch. They preached (sayth Luke) the Lord Iesus. He was then the ar­gument & theme of their doctrine, whome Paule also saith, he only acknow­ledgeth. He maketh mention onely of Iesus Christ, bicause in him is con­tayned [Page 475] whatsoeuer things make for our saluation. For he is giuen vnto vs of God, to be the authour of repentance and remission of sinnes to all man­kind, as hath bene declared in the fyft Chapter. For as in him onely remis­sion of sinnes is to be founde, so that repentance that is made without fayth in Christ, cannot please God. We haue here therfore what to answere them, which reprehende vs, and scorne vs, bicause in our Sermons we inculcate and often repeate Christ only. Thus we doe, following the example of the Apostles, and we can not doe otherwyse, forasmuch as we can fynde no saluation without Christ.

Last of all, Luke declareth a notable successe of the Gospell, saying: The successe of the gospel. And a great number beleeued, and turned vnto the Lorde. He first declareth the cause efficient, least any man might ascribe it vnto the ministerie of men. For he sayth: the hande of the Lorde was with them. Whereby we gather, that all successe of fayth and saluation dependeth vppon God, and that no­thing is to be attributed to man, more than the outwarde ministerie. This thing Paule declareth at large in his first Epistle to the Corinthians, the thirde Chap. And it is good oftentimes to haue the same in remembrance, both bicause Ministers shoulde not waxe to prowde, and also for that they whome God hath illuminated with true faith, might learne to be thankfull vnto him. Also the Euangelist expresseth the proper ende of Christian faith, which is, that they which through ignorance or superstition, or sinne, haue turned from God, might conuert and turne againe vnto him. Therefore fayth is not occupied in vayne speculation, but is a liuely knowledge of Ie­sus Christ, which draweth whole man vnto the obedience of God. And they are not to be taken for Christians, which being drowned in superstition and sinne, will not conuert vnto the Lorde. Let vs therefore set before vs this marke, that we turning by true faith vnto God, may attayne to saluation in Iesus Christ our onely Sauiour: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxx. Homelie.

‘Tydings of these things came vnto the eares of the congregation, which was in Ierusalem And they sent forth Barnabas that he should go vnto An­tioch, which when he came, and had seene the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart, they would continually cleaue vnto the Lorde. For he was a good man, and full of the holye ghost, and of fayth: and much people was added vnto the Lorde. Then departed Barna­bas vnto Tharsus, for to seeke Saule. And when hee had founde him, hee brought him vnto Antioch. And it came to passe, that a whole yere they had their conuersation with the cōgregation, and taught much people, insomuch that the Disciples of Antioche were the first that were called Christians.’

BYcause God had appointed Iesus Christ his sonne, to be the Sauiour of all the worlde: there­fore it was requisite that all nations should be brought vnto him by preaching of the Gospell, as it appeareth by the Oracles of the Prophetes, and by the com­maundement of Christ, where he bade the Apostles to go into all the world, and to bring him Disciples out of [Page 476] all Nations. And howe this thing beganne to come to passe, Luke decla­reth in this chapter. For although it be described before in the storie of Cor­nelius conuersion to y e fayth of Christ: yet bicause it might seeme he was cal­led vpon some speciall fauor or priuiledge: the conuersion of the notable citie of Antioch is ioyned therevnto, in the which a Church of the Gentyles, for many causes notable is gathered togither. The beginners whereof were certayne men that came from Cyprus and Cyrene, as was yesterday decla­red, of small or no name, yet whose names vndoubtedly are written before God in the booke of life. These men comming into the Citie preached Ie­sus Christ onely vnto the Gentyles, teaching them that he was sent from God the father, to giue repentance and forgiuenesse of sinnes to them that beleeue in him. And their godly enterprise wanted not a most prosperous successe. For Gods power working most effectually by their ministery, an innumerable sort of menne learned the fayth, and turned vnto the Lorde. Now vnto these premisses Luke ioyneth certaine things, touching the con­firming of the Church at Antioch. And first he declareth the kindenesse of those of Ierusalem towardes this newe Church of Christ, which sent Bar­nabas to them, as it were to helpe them. After that, he sheweth the sin­guler diligence that Barnabas vsed in accomplishing the charge committed vnto him, and last of all, his prosperous successe.

And touching the Ierosolymites, amongst whome it seemeth he num­breth the Apostles, The good will of the Church at Ierusalem, to­warde the Church at Antioch. he sayth but little, bicause their meaning may easily be perceyued by Barnabas doing. This is it therefore that he sayth, that when worde was brought to Ierusalem, how Antioch was conuerted vnto Christ, they that by reason of their office were the chiefe among them, and watched for the saluation of all men, sent Barnabas thither to confirme the beliefe of the newe Disciples, and to nourishe mutuall good will amonge the con­gregations. The lyke whereof we sawe done before, when they sent Peter and Iohn to Samaria, which being wonne by the preaching of Philip, set open hir gates vnto the worde of God. This is a very notable example whereby we are taught, that congregations farre distant, when neede so requireth, shoulde be holpen both with counsell and trusty diligence of Mi­nisters, & that they are greatly to be praysed, that in this case vse most dili­gence. For if Christ so greatly commende the benefite that is done, but to one of his least Disciples, that he will at the later daye testifye, it was done to himselfe, and promiseth a sure rewarde to him that giueth but a cup of colde water to him that he sendeth: with howe much more glory will he re­warde those which confirme or saue whole congregations, by their helpe and counsell. Lette Bishops and Christian Magistrates remember this well, that they suffer not themselues to be plucked from doing their dutye, by such as saye they are authors of sedition, which vse to prescribe or giue counsayle to straungers in matters of religion.

But let vs see Barnabas, of whome Luke diligentlye speaketh. For he declareth what maner of man he was, Of Barna­bas. Barnabas is a good man. and what he did in these affaires of the Antiochianes. And although his person is sufficiently described by the things which he did at Antioch: yet haue we first to consider y e same, that we may be the better able to iudge of the cause of so excellent vertues as shined in him, specially, bicause Luke for that ende and intent, describeth his pro­pertie and condicion. He sayth, he was a good man, and full of the holy ghost, [Page 477] and of fayth. This is so singuler a commendation of this holy man, as De­mosthenes and Cicero coulde haue deuised no greater. For what greater prayse can there be, than to be called of the holy ghost good, whereas by the testimonie of Christ, there is not one good but onely God? But least anye man might thinke that Luke had forgotten that saying: he sheweth straight waye, whyle he was bolde to call him a good man, doubtlesse, bicause he was full of the holy ghost, and of fayth. For although God onely be of him­selfe good in deede: yet bicause he doth vouchsafe to giue vnto men his spirit, and by him his other vertues: there is no let, but we maye call them good, in whome appeare any arguments of Gods goodnesse, by reason of Gods spirite dwelling in them. And where fayth onely maketh vs partakers both of the spirite of God, and all other goodnesse, the same doth Luke attribute to Barnabas, saying: he was full of fayth. For by fayth are men iustifyed, by­cause thereby they take holde of Christ, through whose desert they are pu­rifyed from all iniquitie, and made meete for all good workes, to performe faithfully both towardes God and man, whatsoeuer duties they owe vnto them. It is very good that we remember this definition of a good man, to laye it against the fonde iudgement of the worlde, which vseth to call them that are hypocrytes, and giuen to the pleasures and desires of the fleshe, good men. Furthermore, we are taught by this place, what maner of men shoulde be called to beare office in the Common weale, and specially in Ec­clesiasticall affaires. Euen good men surely, who it is euident are gouerned by the holy ghost, and endued with faith. For vnto such men may any thing safely be committed. And whosoeuer commit vnto wicked men, & voyde of Gods spirite, eyther publike or priuate matters, to them it falleth out for the most part, as we reade, it did vnto Noah, which sent the Rauen out of the Arke. And Salomon sayth very wisely, as he doth all things. He is lame of his feete, yea, drunken he is in vanitie that committeth his message to a foole. Prou. 26. For both they are deceyued of their hope, and manye times paye for their follye and lightnesse.

Moreouer, we must see what Barnabas did in the Church at Antioch, Barnabas re­ioyceth at o­ther mennes profite. all which, Luke comprehendeth in fower articles. First he sayth: when hee came and had seene the grace of God, hee was glad. He vnderstandeth by the grace of God, the profite of faith, and the giftes of the holy ghost which fol­lowe it. And he vseth this worde grace, to teach vs that all these thinges are giuen of Gods goodnesse. This is a notable argument of a good man, and faythfull Minister of Christ, that Barnabas reioyceth in the profite of other men. For they which lacke faith and the lightning of the holy ghost, they en­uie other for the most part, seeking their owne glory. And all men followe not the modestie of Moses, which desired that all the Israelites might be filled with the holy ghost, and be instructed with the gift of prophecying. Yea there are euerywhere (the more pitie) many examples of ambicious men, which while they go about to take from other their due honour, breede great con­tentions in Congregations. But they which are gouerned by the spirite of Christ, and illuminated with true fayth, they easilye despyse the losse of priuate glorye, so that they perceyue they maye aduaunce the glorye of GOD.

After this, Barnabas exhorteth the Antiochianes, Barnabas ex­horteth to perseuerance. that with purpose of heart they woulde cleaue vnto the Lorde. For as in all other exercises and [Page 478] studies: so chiefly in religion is perseueraunce and continuation needefull. For he that wrastleth, is not crowned or rewarded, except he wrastle or stryue lawfully. Luke. 9. And Christ alloweth not them, which haue once layd their hande to the plough, and looke behinde them. Therefore Barnabas doth well in requiring perseuerance of the Antiochians. But least he might seeme to require onely an outwarde shewe and bare bragge of wordes, he exacteth purpose of heart. For that is a true perseuerance and ioyning with our sa­uiour Christ, when we haue dedicated and giuen our harts to his seruice. And those which haue so done, no terror of perils can feare them from the Lorde. For they esteeme all thinges but losse and dammage, so that they may winne Christ. But bicause Barnabas was not ignorant, that there were many things, which vsed to call men from Christ, he thought that exhorta­tion also was needefull for them, notwithstanding there appeared notable tokens of Gods grace in them, which thing caused Paule to commaunde Ti­mothie, 2. Tim. 4. continually to exhort those that were committed to his charge, and by all meanes to be alwayes instant vppon them. Therefore their error is most absurde, which thinke all doctrine vnprofytable and superfluous for those which haue already once attayned to the knowledge of truth.

Barnabas bringeth Paule to An­tioch.Thirdly, Barnabas goeth to Tharsus, from thence he bringeth Paule to Antioch, to thintent the congregation through his ministery might the more be strengthened. This is an other argument of a true faithfull minde, and feruent in loue towarde Christ. For Barnabas coulde not be ignorant howe great giftes of the spirite were in Paules brest, and how much authoritie he should lose if Paule came to Antioch, who was y e singularest instrument that Christ had. But we haue before shewed, that they which are feruent in faith, seeke not to be glorifyed of men, but desire to promote the glory of god. Yea, it is certayne that all they lacke fayth, which are led with the desire of their owne glory & prayse: which argument Christ vseth against the Scribes of the Iewes. Iohn. 5. In y e meane season, Barnabas example teacheth vs, that in well ordred congregations, the chiefe care is, to haue fit Ministers of the word, and that they shoulde be sought for, and brought from all places. Christ tea­cheth the same, Math. 9. where he biddeth vs to praye vnto the Lorde of the haruest, that he will sende forth labourers. Herof we see it came to passe, that the chiefe of the Prophetes and most noble Kings had so diligent a care and conside­ration of schooles, bicause without them, they perceyued the Church coulde not stande, nor the pure doctrine of fayth be maintayned. Wherefore their ingratitude is very grosse, which do not onely contemne the Ministers as persons vnprofitable, whome the Lorde of his mercy offreth, but also hate them as the greatest malefactors that can be, and woorse than Toades.

Last of all is adioyned howe Barnabas and Paule continued a whole yeare togither at Antioch. For this cause vndoubtedly, for that they sawe the con­gregation had neede of their help. For Luke writeth not that they sate ydelie there like sluggards, but declareth y t they instructed there a great company of men, in the true faith and religion of Christ. Let ministers of the Church followe this example, and while they perswade other men to perseuerance, let them constantly perseuer in their duty, and not boaste themselues of the bare name of Pastors, but lette them doe that that belongeth to true Pa­stors, least they become followers and successors of that foolishe shepeherde which is described in Zachary .xj. Chapter.

[Page 479]Nowe remayneth the profite and successe of this godly and feruent di­ligence, which Luke sayth was notable. For first he sayth: The suc­cesse of godly studye and zeale. Manye are brought vnto the Lorde. a great company was added vnto the Lorde. Whereby it is euident, that the traueyles of the godly Ministers was not without effect. For as the worde of God, like vn­to a fruitefull seede, hath power or vertue in it selfe to bring forth fruite: so it alwayes falleth vpon some, which being well disposed to receyue it, bring forth worthy fruites. And although some bring stony hearts, & some thor­ny, & giuen to all kinde of pleasures: yet hath God his people euerywhere, Luc. 8. which receyue his seede into good hearts, and there keepe it, till it bring forth much fruite. And the Prophete beareth witnesse that the worde of God re­turneth not without fruite, or in vaine, but is like vnto a showre of raine, Esay. 55. which watereth the grounde, and maketh it fruitfull.

Moreouer, God blesseth the studies of his Ministers, so that they shall not labour in vayne. This ought to encourage those, that labour in the Church of Christ, to thinke their traueyles can not be lost. For if they deliuer but a fewe soules from destruction, let them thinke they haue got­ten great treasure, Math. 16. bicause Christ witnesseth that the saluation of one soule, cannot be redeemed with all the substance of the world. In the meane while, marke howe he sayth, this compa [...]ye was added vnto the Lorde. Then Paule and Barnabas gathered not scholers to themselues, but vnto the Lorde. For they knewe well that they must glory in Christ alone, Math. 23. Math. 28. as their teacher and maister. And they knewe Christ commaunded them to bring schollers vnto him. Therefore great is their insolencie which be authors of sectes among Christians, and make them the seruauntes of men, whome Christ hath purchased to himselfe, with the price of his bloude. See what Paule sayth against this doing in the first epistle to the Corinthians. 1.3.7 &c

There ensueth yet another commoditie, The Disci­ples are cal­l [...]d Christi­ [...]ns. which hath gotten perpetuall and immortall glory to the Citie of Antioche. For where in that Citie the first Church of the Gentyles was gathered togither, it came to passe, that they which hytherto were called but Disciples, are now first adourned with the name of Christians. And this is that newe name which God long be­fore promised hee woulde giue vnto his elect. Esay. 62. And what greater glo­rye coulde comme vnto the Antiochianes? Let the Bishoppes of prowde and haultie Rome, be compared with these men, and they shall (whether they will or nill) be inforced to giue place. And yet we neuer reade that that prowde tytle was giuen to Antioch, to be called the heade of the Church. But to let passe these matters, let vs rather expende the force of this name, bicause it is not giuen vs without the prouidence of God. It is euident that we be so called of the sonne of God, which according to the figure of the olde▪ Testament wherewith Kings and Priests were annointed, is of the Gree­kes for excellencie sake called Christ, of the Hebrues Meschias, and of vs annoynted, bicause God hath appointed him the vniuersall and euerlasting King and Priest of his people, as may be seene Psalm. 2. and .110. And where he giueth himselfe and all that is his, wholye to his people, therefore he woulde haue them to be called Christians, after his owne name. And he hath not giuen vs a naked and an emptie name, but as the Apostle sayth: he hath annointed vs, and made vs Kings and Priestes to God his father. Apoc. 1. The vse of this name Christian. Ther­fore the vse of this name is manifolde. For first it admonisheth vs of the dignitie which we haue in Christ, wherevnto there is none like, as they [Page 480] shall confesse which throughly weigh the matter. For it is plaine that there was neuer King which was able to make all the subiectes of his Realme Kings, no not his Courtyers, or those that were of his counsayle. But such is the vertue & power of Iesus Christ, that he is able to make them Kings for euer, that acknowledge him to be their king. Then this name serueth to confirme the beliefe and certaintie of our saluation. For in Iesus Christ is God the father well pleased. Therefore he can not be angrye with vs, nor forsake vs, whome he hath vouchsafed to call after the name of his belooued sonne. Hence therefore may we fett arguments of consolation in aduersity, especially in the temptations of our conscience. Finally, this title admoni­sheth vs of our dutie, that we should not forget that we be made Kings and Priestes by Christ, and that we should valiauntly maintayne the dignitie of our name. It is the propertie of a King to be at his libertie, and not to be in subiection & vnder the rule of another. Let vs therfore abide in the liber­tie, wherevnto the sonne of God hath called vs, and not suffer our selues to be oppressed hereafter with the seruitude of sinne, which is the fylthiest and miserablest thing that can be. It is the property of a King to vanquish and ouercome his enimies. Let vs therefore subdue and vanquishe the moste cruell enimies of our saluation, Satan, the world, and the fleshe, with all the concupiscences therof. It is the part of a king to cōmaunde and beare rule. Let vs therfore rule our selues & mightily ouercome al those things, which leade vs crosse the way of saluation. So let vs lykewise performe the dutie of Priests, to teach, to pray, to consecrate, and offer. Wherefore it shall be our dutie, to teach those that belong vnto vs, both by word and example of lyfe, as farre forth as the dutie of our calling bindeth vs. It shall be our parts, to pray, both in secret, and openly, and to make intercession to God, not onely for our owne necessities, but also for our neyghbors. It shall al­so be our duties, to consecrate our selues for liuely sacrifyce vnto God, and to offer to him euery day, the bullockes of our lippes, that is to say, giuing of thankes, which is the moste acceptable and thankefull sacrifyce that we can giue vnto him. These thinges myght at large be drawne through the whole lyfe of man, but it shall suffyse to giue the vnlearned an occasion to expende and consider better of them. Whosoeuer perfourmeth these things is worthy to be called a Christian. And such it appeareth the Patriarches were in times past, See Eusebius ecclesiasticall hystory first booke and first chap. whome God in the hundreth and fyft Psalme, calleth his annoynted, that is to saye, Christians. Such it is credible those men of Antiochia were, which first enioyed that name. And if any will presump­tuously bragge of the name, they shall surely deceyue themselfe, but God they cannot deceyue. Let vs therefore diligently thinke of these thinges, that remembring both our dignitie and dutie, we may aunswere to so no­table and excellent a name, and being taken from this lyfe, may raigne in heauen with Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxj. Homelie.

‘IN those dayes came Prophetes from the Citie of Ierusalem, vnto Antioch. And there stoode vp one of them named Agabus, and signified by [Page 481] the spirite, that there should be great dearth throughout all the world, which came to passe in the Emperour Claudius dayes. Then the Disciples euerye man according to his abilitie, purposed to sende succour vnto the brethren which dwelt in Iurie, which thing they also did, and sent it to the Elders by the handes of Barnabas and Saule.’

ALthough our Lorde and Sauiour Ie­sus Christ is alwaye present with his Church, yet he suffereth it as he foretolde diuerslye and manye wayes to be troubled, hauing aduersitie, as it were, by continuall enterchaunge, still following prospe­ritie. The principall cause wherof is, partly for that he woulde brydle the lustynesse of our fleshe, and partlye bicause he woulde teache vs, that he is as well able to deliuer his people in aduersitie, as to maintaine them in prosperitie. We haue heretofore seene certayne notable examples hereof. For the Gospell in the beginning being prosperouslye preached at Ierusalem, brought a great number of Disciples vnto Christ: shortly after riseth a tempest of persecution, that driueth down the florishing of the Church flat to the grounde. By and by againe when Saule was con­uerted vnto Christ, sodeinly the Church was quiet, & the doctrine of Christ being caried vnto the Gentyles, gaue likelyhoode of great encrease, seeing that at Antioch the noblest Citie in all Syria, there was a Church of Gen­tyles assembled togither, and were there first called after that noble name of Christians. But beholde, a great and straunge aduersitie following, namely a dearth, which as it troubled the whole worlde, so it most misera­blye afflicted the faythfull, whose goodes were spent partlye in finding the poore of the Church, and partly were taken from them in the rage of perse­cution. The consideration herof is most profitable for vs, for herby we may learne the lesse to be offended, if the lyke aduersity betide vs in these dayes. And of all other, this present place is worthy to be diligently considered, as well for the manifolde comfort, as also the instruction which the holy ghost here setteth forth. For it declareth the dearth that was in the Church, and it setteth out the fatherly prouidence of God, hauing a care for the same, and also sheweth what way and counsayle the faythfull tooke, seeing the publike calamitie like to ensue. And of all these, we meane orderly to intreate.

First, we will speake of the dearth wherof prophane writers, The dearth in the dayes of Claudius. but chief­lye Iosephus and Suetonius make mention. This dearth no man will deny but was sent by the iudgement of God, except such an one as will deny God to be the gouernor of the whole worlde. For the Prophete witnesseth, that there is no plague in a Citie without the Lordes doing. Amos. 3. And in the lawe a­mong the punishmentes, wherewith God reuenged the contempt of hys worde, barrennesse of grounde, and scarcitie of victuals ar [...] chiefely recko­ned. See Leuiticus. 26. Deuter. 28. And we must not thinke that anye thing commeth vnto man by fortune, forasmuch as it appeareth that the care of Gods prouidence, extendeth it selfe euen to the sparrowes & flowres of the field. It shall be good, when such things come to passe, Math. 6.10. to search the causes of Gods iudgements, which can be founde no where sooner, than in mennes conuersation. And surely Luke seemeth to poynt, as it were with his fyn­ger, [Page 482] the causes of this dearth, where he writeth it was in the dayes of Clau­dius Caesar. For he therefore named the Prince of the world, who had then all authoritie and rule in his hande, that by him we might iudge of the whole state of the worlde, and the condicions of those dayes. For it appea­reth that the vices of Princes first infect with their contagiousnesse the No­bilitie, and then their corrupt example poysoneth the Comminaltie. And euen prophane writers report, that Claudius was in all poyntes a moste naughtye Prince. For from his childehoode he was cumbred with diuers and continuall diseases, so that being dulled and made lumpish both in bo­dye and spirit, growing further in age, he was thought vnable to discharge any office publike or priuate. Insomuch that Antonia hys mother vsed to say: he was a monster, & a worke of nature begunne, but not fynished: and when she woulde note any body of blockishnesse or dulnesse, she would say, he was more foole than hir sonne Claudius. And his sister Liuulla hearing on a time that he should be chosen Emperour, did openly and alowde detest the vnworthy & vnprosperous state of the people of Rome. For he declared his corrupt nature many wayes. First he wan the good will of the souldiers with mony, wherby he came to be Emperour, during which time, he so vsed himselfe, that he had much more care of his belly, and that vnder his belly, than he had of the Empyre, as who would neuer rise from banquetting, as long as his paunche woulde holde, and till he had well whittled himselfe, alwayes burning in insatiable desire and lust after women. And it is not lyke that such a Prince coulde delight in other Nobles and Counsaylers, than such as were like to himselfe, what publike corruption of maners was in all degrees, at that time, maye easilye be coniectured by the writers of those dayes, and by the continuall sermons of Iohn, of Christ, and his A­postles, concerning repentaunce, whereof there had bene no such neede, if all had not bene naught. And for an accomplishment of all vice, there was the contempt and hatred of God and his worde. For where God had sent his sonne into the worlde, and by him had appoynted to reconcyle mankind againe vnto himselfe, and had euerywhere published the healthfull worde of grace, a great many were bolde, not onely to contemne and hate it, but also moste cruellye to persecute it: insomuch that euen among the Iewes, which gloryed in the name of God aboue all other Nations, the worde of God coulde not be brooked. Is it then any marueyle, if God denyed the fruits of the earth to this drunken and corrupt world, despising the whole­some foode of the heauenly worde, and woulde tame and bring vnder with famine, those that woulde so rage agaynst his Christ? verily, the Hystorio­graphers testifye, that by reason of continuall drowthes, and scarcitie of victuals, reygning aswell euerywhere, as at Rome, Claudius Caesar was once in daunger of his lyfe, hardly escaping, but that the people being wea­rye of that dearth, had lyke to haue stoned him. Such examples as these, teach vs what the cause of publike calamities is, verily, publike vyces and contempt of Gods worde. And this cause God alleageth, both in the lawe and in the Prophetes. And they are here confuted, which say these things growe of the doctrine of the Gospell. For although the godly also feele and taste of these afflictions, yet are they in farre other case than the vntowarde worlde is. For they acknowledge the chastysement and discipline of God the father, they ouercome aduersitie by fayth and pacience, and bicause they [Page 483] can rightly vse aduersitie to the amendement of their lyfe, it commeth to passe for the more part, that they are most prosperously deliuered frō all ad­uersity by the mercifull hande of God. For God is faythfull, 1. Cor. 10. and will not suf­fer his people to be tempted aboue their strength. And the thinges following will teach vs, howe faithfullye the Lorde prouided for his Church in those dayes. And that that we reade came to passe in the yeares after following, is not much vnlyke herevnto. In the .ix. booke of the Ecclesiastical history viij. ch For Eusebius writeth that in the reygne of Maximinus, who did cruellye persecute the Christians, God sent forth such dearth of victuals, that the rich men & welthy died openly in the streetes, and that they which not long before had caused the Christians to be deuoured of wylde beastes, to satiate their cruell eyes with their miserable death, were openly eaten vp and deuoured of Dogges. And while they miserably pe­rished, the Christians had not onely sufficient to liue by, but also charitably relieued a great many readye to sterue for hunger. These thinges woulde be considered of vs nowe a dayes, where one Claudius alone reigneth not, but drunkennesse beareth swinge in euery place, and so little preuayleth godly admonition, that men rather ioyne vnto their dissolutenesse of lyfe, most wicked contempt, and deadly hatred of Gods worde. And surely there want not also in these dayes examples of Gods iudgements: but we want both eyes and eares to perceyue that, which might serue to our saluation. See Esay▪ 5. Eccles. 10. Amos. 6. Math. 24.

But let vs see howe God prouided for his Church in this daungerous time of calamitie. He raysed vp Prophetes, God pro­uideth for his Church by Prophetes. and some of them he sent from Ierusalem to Antioche, to lighten the late sproong Church of the Gentyles, with the gift of prophecie. Among these, one Agabus, stirred vp by the in­stinct of the holy ghost, gaue the Christians warning of this famine to en­sue, and was the cause that they made prouision aswell for themselues, as other. Here we haue to consider the fatherly goodnesse of God, who being prouoked through our sinnes, to sende punishment: yet vseth first to admo­nishe vs of the same, both for that all men might see, that nothing commeth to passe in this lyfe by chaunce, and that also when wee are admonished, we might conuert and be saued. The which thing he hath so constantly obser­ued euer since the beginning of the worlde, that the Prophete Amos durst saye: the Lorde God doth no maner of thing, Amos. 3. but he telleth his secretes before vnto his seruants the Prophetes. This appeareth in the men of the first age, to whom God sent Noah the preacher of righteousnesse, and graunted them an hundred yeares space to repent in, before he woulde sende the floude to destroy them. He sent Lot also to the Sodomytes, by whose doctrine and ex­ample of lyfe, they might be prouoked to amendement. By Ioseph he war­ned the Egyptians of the dearth to come, whereby he succoured the lyfe of a great manye. He afterwarde prouoked them by Moyses, not onely by wordes, but also by horrible woonders to doe their dutie. What needeth it to speake of the captiuitie of Babilon, which it is manifest was foreshewed by the Prophetes many yeares or euer it came? And Christ did not only fore­tell the last destruction of the Iewes, but also Iosephus declareth, In his .vij. booke, and .xij chap. of the warres of the Iewes. that they were warned therof by many woonders. And though God should neuer call sinners backe by any aduertisements, yet are there generall warnings con­firmed with innumerable examples of Gods iudgements, which are suffi­cient to teach vs, what all they maye trust too, that rashlye transgresse the [Page 484] lawes of God, and dare without repentance liue dissolutely. See Leuit. 26. Deut. 28. Ierem. 5. Let vs I beseech you, acknowledge this goodnesse of the Lorde in these dayes, least whyle we despyse his faythfull admonitions, he punishe vs the more grieuously.

The holye ghost is au­thor of pro­phecie.But before wee passe from this place, this also is to bee considered, that Agabus is sayde by the spirite to signifye this dearth to come. For here is declared the maner and order howe the Prophetes in those dayes vsed to prophecie, least any might thinke they coniectured by the Planets, or else were giuen to the study of other vnlawfull sciences. For the holy ghost was the author of their prophecying, as the Lorde before had promised by Ioel. And Paule reckoneth prophecying among the gifts of the holy ghost. Ther­fore the example of Agabus nothing defendeth the deceyuers of our dayes, which being giuen to curious artes, contrary to the prescript word of God, dare prophecie of warres to come, of plentie, of sickenesses, and such lyke things. Whose boldenesse and impietie, I haue before declared to be for­bidden by the lawes of God. See the fourth Homelie, and also our Com­mentaries vpon Micheas, homil 20.

What the Antiochians did before the dearth came.It remayneth, that we declare what the Christians at Antioch did, after the Prophete had thus admonished them. Where chiefly appeareth their fayth, which was the grounde of all their well doing. For by their do­ings it may easily be gathered y t they beleeued Agabus prophecie. For they coulde not suspect him, whome they sawe threatned but such things, as the publike corruption of all states and degrees deserued. This is the begin­ning of saluation, when men can fynde in their heartes to beleeue the word of God. This thing in time past put away the destruction which god threat­ned vnto the Niniuites. Contrarywise, it appeareth that diuers men haue bene the occasion of their owne vtter vndooing, bicause they rather woulde with their hinderaunce and losse prooue the veritie of Gods worde, than be­leeue it. And our Sauiour Christ teacheth this to be the onely cause of the destruction of Ierusalem, Luc. 19. that they knewe not the daye of their visitation. So likewise he calleth that the time of grace, when the father of heauen did vouchsafe to admonishe the Iewes of the wrath to come, first by Iohn the Baptist, then by his sonne and the Apostles, and did exhort them to amend­ment of lyfe, and a newe conuersation. And if we list to apply these things to our dayes, we shall be constrayned to confesse that this is the chiefe cause of our miseries, in that there be so fewe, which vse to beleeue the worde of God, and to feare the predictions or warnings of punishment to come.

Moreouer, after the people of Antiochia had beleeued Agabus thus prophecying, The Antio­chianes pre­pare them­selues to pro­uide for the poore. they called to minde the state of their needye brethren, and weighing with themselues diligently, what a dearth was lyke to be at that time, they prepared themselues to the deedes of Christian charity & deuoti­on, a thing not vsed of the children of this world. For when they perceyue a dearth like to folow, they apply themselfe to their gainful deuises, they heap vp corne, and hoorde in their Garners to make of a publike calamitie, their priuate lucre and aduantage: yea, by these fellowes subtelties, it commeth to passe, that they which are in neede are the more distressed with penurie, & the dearth holdes the longer, bicause they still greedily gape after more ad­uauntage. But the Christians at Antioche did farre otherwise, whome Christ did vouchsafe first to haue called after his own name: For their chief [Page 485] care was howe to succour their poore and needye brethren. And in this case they thinke their brethren the Iewes to haue most neede, partly for that they knew their goodes were taken from them (as Paule testifyeth Heb. 10.) and partly for that they knewe they were bounde to them, in that they had receyued from them the wholesome doctrine of the Gospell, and knowledge of Christ their sauiour. For being godly and wyse people, they did easilye perceyue that it was not without the prouidence of God, that they whose goodes as yet were not consumed, shoulde for this ende be admonished of the dearth to ensue. For after this sort, they thought that god in this publike scarcitie did in their brethrens behalfe, require this deede of charity of them. This is a verye notable example of Christian gratitude, whereby we are taught, what dutie, learners owe to their teachers, seeing the Antiochians, acknowledge themselues to be debters to all the Iewes, bicause they had learned the truth of some of the Iewes. For by common reason, they vn­derstande that saying of Paule to be most iust, that it is but a small matter, 1. Cor. 9. if they reape their temporall goodes, which haue sowed them spirituall goodes. But nowe a dayes we be moste vnkinde, for hauing receyued great profite by the doctrine of the Gospell, men enuye the teachers themselues a neces­sary liuing, much more their other neighbours and countrie men. Thus they declare they make no great account of the Gospell, when they make so much a doe to paye the Ministers of the Gospell, but their bare stipende and pension.

Howbeit, The mane [...] of contribu­ting to the poore. Luke diligently declareth the order that the Antiochians tooke about this matter. First, euery man of the Disciples purposed to sende succour vnto the brethren which dwelt at Iurie. And where hee declareth that thys was the purpose of euery one, he sheweth it was a voluntary benefyte, and not enforced. Such ought they to be which will haue their charitie accepted of God. For as Paule teacheth, the Lorde looueth a cheerefull giuer. 2. Cor. 9. It shall much make for the stirring vp of liberalitie in vs, if we consider, that the ri­cher sort owe this seruice and dutie to the poore. Which thing is the cause that Paule reasoning of this matter, vseth so often this word [...] which signifyeth the dutie of ministery and dispensation. Whervnto is to be refer­red that saying of Christ, admonishing vs to make vs friendes of the vniust Mammon, which when we depart hence, Luc. 16. maye receyue vs into euerlasting Ta­bernacles. These done, he sayth, they purposed to sende, euery one according to his a bilitie. For God did so moderate our Christian liberalitie, that hee woulde no man shoulde be charged aboue his possibilitie. For it is well knowne what Paule sayth: if there be first a willing minde, it is accepted accor­ding to that a man hath, and not according to that hee hath not. 2. Cor. 8. Not that o­ther be set at libertie, and you brought into combraunce, but that there be egal­nesse nowe at this time, and that your abundance may succour their lacke. And wee reade that the widdowe that cast but two Mytes into the Corban, Marc. 12. was praysed of Christ bicause she was able to giue no more. And here is the niggishnesse of them greatlye reprooued, which neglect the workes of liberalitie, vnder pretence that they thinke it vniust to bestowe the goodes that they haue gotten with their labour and traueyle vpon other: where­as God requireth nothing of them, more than that they be able to spare. Last of all, they are very circumspect, that their so godly and necessarye a deuise be not by craft and subtiltie hindred or disappoynted. For when they [Page 486] had gathered this mony, they committed it not at all aduentures, to euery one to be caried, but to Paule and Barnabas, whose credit they had tryed di­uers wayes. And surely to let all this geare passe, it appeareth in Paules writings, what great truth he vsed in this behalfe, and howe carefully hee procured the reliefe of his needye brethren in Iurie. See .1. Corint. 16. 2. Cor. 8. and .9. and Rom. 15. Moreouer, they sende it to the Elders, that it might duely be distributed, according to their discretion. We haue therfore in this place to learne, what Christians haue to doe in times of publyke distresse. And if we compare the proceedings of these dayes herewith, wee shall fynde but a fewe tokens of the primitiue Church. For a great num­ber conueye awaye the goodes of the Church, and dishonestly make hauock of them, and there are very fewe or none, which of their owne goodes will exercise christian contribution. But there is a great number of them which will abuse publike calamitie to their priuate commoditie. And they that bee the best men, will not releeue the neede of y e poore, before he see him brought to extreeme beggery, & be compelled to go from doore to doore. God graunt that we maye be enflamed with true fayth and charitie, that we may by our works be knowne for Christians, at that day, when Christ our Lorde and Sauiour shall come to iudgement in the glory of his father: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xij. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .lxxxij. Homelie.

‘AT the same time Herode the King stretched for [...]h his handes to vexe cer­taine of the Congregation. And hee killed Iames the brother of Iohn with the sword. And bicause he sawe that it pleased the Iewes, he proceeded farther, and tooke Peter also. Then were the daies of sweete bread. And when hee had caught him, hee put him in prison also, and deliuered him to fower quaternions of souldiers to be kept, entending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. And Peter was kept in pryson But prayer was made without ceasing of the congregation vnto God for him.’

BEfore this, the Euangelist Luke described to vs the persecutions, raysed by the Priests agaynst the congregation, which though they might seeme grieuous and horrible: yet the persecution here reported, was much grieuouser. For a king of great power, and one which had the ruling of all the Iewishe Nation, was the beginner and procurer thereof. And whereas tyll [Page 487] this time, the Apostles abode safe and vntouched, nowe hath this wicked Tyrant such power, that by cruell death he maketh awaye one of the chiefe among them. The ende of all this hystorye is, that hereby we should learne the state of the Church, and being myndefull of Christes admonitions, prepare our selues to the like. Howbeit, where in these thinges there ap­peareth alwayes a great dulnesse of our nature, all the circumstaunces of this place, must be the more diligently considered.

And first Luke coupleth this present hystorie, Persecuti­on r [...]geth in time of derth with the ende of the Cha­piter before going, and beginneth his narration or discourse of the tyme. For where he had entreated of the dearth foreshewed by Agabus, he writeth that the same time Herode begunne to persecute the Church. And if you con­ferre this place with the ende of the Chapter, it shall appeare this was done in the last yeare of Herode, a little before he ended his lyfe at Cae­sarea, by the horrible iudgement of God. And if we cast the time according to hystories, we shall fynde that this last yeare of Herode fell in the fourth yere of Claudius y e Emperor, what time the Hystoriens say that this dearth reygned. There came two most grieuous calamities, dearth, and persecu­tion togither, eche of which seemed intollerable to the congregation. Thys state of the Church is to be diligently considered of vs, bicause God suffreth his Church with so many afflictions to be tryed and exercised. For God which a little before had stirred vp the mindes of those at Antiochia and o­thers, to releeue the necessitie of the Iewes with their liberalitie, suffreth now the furious blasts of this wicked king to rise against them. But it is no straunge thing that here commeth to passe. For there are infynit examples of this sort. We reade of Abraham howe when at Gods calling he had for­sooke his natiue Countrie, and was come into the lande of Chanaan, Gene. 12. hee was driuen from thence by famine, and inforced to flye into Egypt. Isaac his sonne fynding the like trouble, sustained great want of victuals, Gene. 26. among the enuious Nation of the Chanaanites So we reade that Ioseph hauing lost his libertie, was put in prison, and like also to lose his lyfe. Gene. 37.39 What shall I speake of Iacob his father? which was still invred with troubles and vex­ation, insomuch that euen in his extreeme age, Gene. 47. he confessed before Pharao that he had led the more part of the dayes of his lyfe in trouble and cares. And if a man would consider and weigh the people of Israels estate, as well in Egypt, as in the wildernesse, he shall see continuall traueyles, and as it were, freshe floudes of afflictions flowing by course. And that which the Primitiue Churche nowe prooueth, came to passe also in the yeares following. Neyther is there any cause why we shoulde looke for any better in these dayes, Math. 24. Luke. 21. than the Oracles of Christ declare shall be about the last days, where we are taught that the Church shall be exercised with famine, plague, wars, & persecutions in all parts. Wherfore it behooueth vs to pre­pare our selues vnto pacience, that whē these things come to passe, we may consider howe iudgement must beginne at the house of God, and that wee bee iudged of God, 1. Pet. 4. 1. Cor. 11. to the ende we should not be condemned with the irrepentaunt worlde. Here also is the error of them confuted, which iudge of religion and faith, according to the things that fall out in this worlde, as though the Ci­tie of the godly were on earth, whereas the Scripture euerywhere shew­eth howe it is prepared for vs in heauen.

Secondlye, Luke nameth the author of this persecution, Herodes A­grippa is au­thor of thys persecu [...]ion. and wryteth [Page 488] that it was Herode. By this place it appeareth that the Kinges of Galiley and Iurie were commonly called Herodes, verily of that famous and great Herode, which being an aliaunt, first obteyned to be king of Iurie. For it is plaine, that this of whome Luke speaketh in this place was Agrippa, Ne­phewe to this great Herode, by Aristobulus his sonne, whose death Iosephus in all poyntes agreeing with Luke, describeth in the .xxix. booke of his anti­quities and .vij. Chapter. This Herode was both a moste mightye Prince and a craftie. For after he was let out of prison by Caius Caesar, where Ti­berius had put him, A Tetrarchy is one part of a kingdome or prouince deuided in fower parts. bicause of his ouermuch familiaritie with Caius, and was declared king of the Tetrarchies, of Philip and Lysanias, a little after he tooke from Herodes Antipas, his vncle by the fathers side, and sisters hus­bande, the kingdome of Galiley, procuring him to be banished by Caius, to whome by his letters he had accused him. And after the decease of Caius Caesar, Claudius being Emperor, he gaue him the Prouinces both of Iurie and Samarie. And thus Agrippa obtayned almoste the whole kingdome of Herode the great his grandfather. It shall behooue vs diligently to consider the power of this king, that the power of Christ may appeare the greater, which so easily subdued so mighty an enimie. For God would set Christ and his Church togither with such an one as this, to shew a singuler example, and to declare that all the power of this worlde is but vayne, if it be compa­red with Christ. For this Agrippa that in short space, had clymed by pros­perous successe, to such heyght of power and dignitie, which had escaped the cruell handes of Tyberius, and marueylously defeated the craftes of Hero­des Antipas, assoone as he beganne to encounter with Christ, dyed most mi­serably, as we shall heare in the ende of the Chapter. The like was seene in Iulian, who where he had bene a most prosperous warryer, sodeinly lost both his Empyre and his lyfe, when he begun once to set on Christ, whom he vsed in scorne to call Galileyan. We haue like examples in our dayes, which we ought diligently to consider, that we be not offended at the power and force of Christes enimies. For he is stronger and of more power that is on our side. Psal. 2. &c. And they shall in all ages feele the yron scepter of Christ, that will not be ruled by his wholesome rede and discipline.

The cau­ses of thys persecution.Thirdly, it behooueth vs to search out the causes of this deuised persecu­tion, whereof Luke toucheth the one after a darke sort, but the other he de­clareth plainely. First he sayth, that Herode stretched out his handes to vexe certaine of the congregation. And bicause he maketh mention of the Church, which in poyntes of religion had deuided themselues from the residue of the Iewes, i. Schisme. it seemeth that Agrippa was incensed against them, as authors of schisme. For tyrants can away with no likelyhoode of schisme be it neuer so little among their subiects, not for that they delight so much in peace, but for y t they feare their state, which they know standeth in great hazard through schisme and discention. Which is the cause that though they be voyde of all religion, yet they seeke to haue in their Realmes an vniforme consent in re­ligion. For the craftie men well knowe, that there is nothing of more effi­cacie to deuyde the mindes of men, than diuersitie and vnlikenesse of reli­gion. There be examples of both these in the Scriptures. Ieroboam to the intent that the tenne Trybes, ouer whome he had gotten to be King, shoulde not be reconciled agayne to the house of Dauid, 1. Reg. 13. deuised newe ma­ners of religion. And Antiochus bicause he woulde stablishe his Empyre, [Page 489] commaunded one forme of religion to be vsed ouer all his Prouinces. 1. Mach. 1. In the meane season we haue to note diligently, howe the onely worshippers of truth most commonly are counted for schismatykes, where as yet there are none other people more ledde with the desire of true vnitie, and where­as there springeth no ranker encrease of sects, than of superstition. Among the Iewes were the sects of Phariseys, Sadduceys, Essenes, and others of like heare. And yet Agrippa layd hands on none of these. Only y e Church of Christ, as the mother of deuision suffreth persecution. We haue seene the like euen in our dayes. For who is ignorant of the innumerable & most di­uers sectes of Monkes, wherby Christendome now many ages hath bene deuided? But which of the Popes, or Emperors, or kings, hath called them schismatikes, although they both professed a diuers name, and also diffred from other men in apparell, rytes, and other ceremonies? Yea, such were defended by the Popes authoritie, and made of Kinges priuie counsayles. But assoone as the right fayth set forth by the sincere doctrine of the Gospel, put vp hir head, by and by were hearde euerywhere the horrible names of Heretikes, sectaries, and schismatikes. For where truth only most strongly ouerthroweth the kingdome of Satan, he cannot abyde that they which haue heretofore liued in darknesse, and yeelded them to his gouernement, should imbrace hir. In the meane while they crie out and say, peace and tranqui­litie is disturbed, and can suffer any thing in their Realmes, rather than the peace of Christ.

The other cause which more prouoked Herode, Desire to please the people. raging of his owne selfe, Luke plainely expresseth, where he sayeth: Seeing that it pleased the Iewes, he tooke Peter also ▪ This new king therfore thought to picke a thank of the Iewes, who he knew of nature could not awaye with seruitude, and yet bare great hatred vnto Christes religion. In this example are the con­dicions of tyrants trimly declared, whose propertie it is to establishe their tyrannie with the bloude of harmelesse menne. For the bloude of the poore is not deare in their sight, as the Prophete testifyeth of the good King. Psal. 72. But they playe for mennes heads, as it were at the dyce, if they thinke any gayne lyke to come by their deathes. So we reade that Augustus sometime purchased Antonius fauour with Cicero his heade. And Pylate bicause he woulde gratifye Herodes Antipas, sent Christ vnto him, and to get the good will of the people of Iewes, adiudged him to dye on the crosse, whose in­nocencie he had tryed by many argumentes, by this meanes purposing to winne their good willes agayne, whome he had many wayes grieuouslye offended. And there want not lyke examples in these days. For they which persecute the doctrine of Christ and his Disciples, to haue the friendship of the Popes & Byshops, doe rightly imitate Agrippa. And that that we reade L. Flamineus did sometyme, beheadding a certayne man for his Concu­bines sake and pleasure, the same nowe a dayes among Princes is a com­mon thing, for the whoore of Babylons sake, not onely to behead and burne, but also to make horible warres agaynst the professours of Christian doc­trine. Here let it comfort vs, that wee haue God the reuenger of our cause, who as he destroyed the Iewes burning in deadly hatred against Christ, so hath he after horrible sortes reuenged their vnrighteousnesse, which went about to redeeme the good will of a wicked Nacion with the bloude of his saints. They shall fynde the lyke iudgement, that at this day dare per­secute [Page 490] Christ for this most wicked worldes sake. We shall haue more com­moditie to speake of these thinges in the ende of the Chapter, where Luke reporteth the horrible ende of Herode.

What He­rode did in persecuting the Church.Fourthly is declared, what this great king attempted and did against the Church of Christ. And there are two wicked deedes of his declared, wher­by he hath purchased himselfe a perpetuall ignominie and blot of name. First is his beheading of Iames the brother of Iohn the Apostle and Euan­gelist. Iames is killed with the sworde. He was one of the chiefe among the Apostles. For him and Iohn his brother, and Peter, did Christ vse more familiarly than the other, when hee tooke him as a witnesse of the myracle of Iairus daughter raysed agayne, and woulde haue him a beholder of his glorification. He was for his fer­uent zeale of godlynesse and vehemencie of speach, Marc. 3. called the sonne of thun­der. Yet God by his secret iudgement suffreth one of the chiefe of the num­ber of the Apostles to be killed, and such a worshipper of Christ, to become a praye to a moste cruell tyraunt. By which example is euidently declared that tribulations and shamefull deaths are not arguments of Gods wrath, as the wicked vse to say, which thinke it an high poynt of wisedome to iudge of fayth and religion according to the successe thereof. But if we shall be­leeue them, we shall condemne Abell one of the first true worshippers of God, the Prophets, and all the Apostles, and Iesus Christ the very sonne of God: bicause it is euident, that all these were circumuented and mur­thered by the subtiltie of the wicked. Let vs rather harken vnto Christ, say­ing: Blessed are they which suffer persecution for righteousnesse sake. For theirs is the kingdome of heauen. Blessed are you when men reuile you and persecute you, Math. 5. and shall falsly saye all maner of euill sayings against you for my sake. Re­ioyce and be glad, for great is your rewarde in heauen. For so persecuted they the Prophetes which were before you. For the which cause Paule teacheth vs to reioyce in afflictions. Rom. 5. For so it behooueth we become like to the sonne of God, Rom. 8. 2. Tim. 2. that when we haue suffred with him, we may also be glorifyed wyth him, and reigne with him.

Peter is appreh [...]ndedThe other heynousnesse of Herode is, that perceyuing his enterprise lyked the Iewes, and therefore purposing to holde on, he also apprehended Peter. For bicause he woulde seeme the more terrible to the people, he sette not vpon the rascall comminaltie, but vpon the chiefe. And there was no let in him, but Peter also shoulde by and by haue bene executed: but bicause it was the dayes of sweete breade, he was through obseruation of the feast prohibited, least he shoulde by vnhallowing the feast, turne the good will of the Iewes from him, which by all meanes he sought to winne. So the most cruell caytife playeth the notable hypocrite, and counterfeyteth a loue vnto religion, hauing long before cast out of his mynde all feeling of God, as in his ende it shall appeare. In the meane while, this is a worke of Gods prouidence, that he vseth his counterfeyte holynesse to deliuer hys Apostle by. So knoweth God howe to defeate and disappoynt tyrants en­terprises, euen by those meanes, whereby they thinke chieflyest to bring their matters to passe. Marke howe great diligence the tyrant vseth in kee­ping Peter. For he cōmitteth him to fower quaternions of souldiours to be kept, he commaunded him to be fettred in chaynes, and to haue two soul­diours, one to lye at ech side of him, as afterward we shall see in the story of his deliuerie. But howe many theeues, robbers, murtherers, periurers, [Page 491] blasphemers, and wicked malefactors, I pray you, went in the meane sea­on vp and downe Herodes kingdome, without any thing sayde vnto the [...]? and Christes innocent Apostle in the meane tyme, is fast kept, as it were some heynous theefe or murtherer? But this is it that Christ chargeth them with, that were sent to take him, saying: Luc. 22. you be come out with sworde [...] and staues, as to a murtherer. &c. Marke this also howe this Apostle lyeth fast bounde in prison, while other men keepe feast, and looketh euery houre to heare sentence of death, whiles other make mery and frollicke. Let vs with pacience followe this example, if it come to passe at any time that our feast dayes be turned to mourning, eyther by reason of sicknesse, imprisonment, or other such like aduersitie. For they keepe not holy day so much, that are present at solemne ceremonies and feastes, as they that being comforted with Christes spirite, reioyce in him, although they be on euery side besette with troubles.

Howbeit at the last, What the congregation did during the persecu­tion. he sheweth what the congregation did in the meane whyle. The Church in the meane time gaue not hir selfe to ydlenesse and pleasures, but vnderstanding Peters case to bee their owne, made their continuall prayers vnto God for him. This is a token both of thankeful­nesse and fydelitie. For they acknowledge how much beholding they are to Peter, which till this time had taught them the doctrine of saluation. And they trust he may be deliuered out of daunger by Gods helpe. This place teacheth what Christians ought to doe, when their brethren bee in daun­ger for Christes quarrell, and for the faythes sake, verily euen as much as in them lieth, according to y e vocation that God hath called them vnto. And if any perceyue that they can no maner of way succour them, at least let them by prayer commende their cause vnto God. This both the glory of Christ teacheth vs, which wee are all bounde to set forth, and also the rule of chari­tie, and Christian societie, which looketh and commaundeth vs that wee shoulde thinke our brethrens troubles our owne. And herevnto belongeth that saying of the Apostle: Remember them that are in bondes, [...]eb. 13. euen as though you were bounde with them your selues. Agayne: Reioyce with them that re­ioyce, weepe with them that weepe. Be of lyke affection one towardes another. Roma. 12. And if a man would compare these things with the maners of this worlde, it should easily appeare howe colde wee be in a matter of most importance. The godly Martyrs of Iesus Christ doe euerywhere mourne and grone, not onely in chaynes and prison, but also betweene the tormentors handes in the middle of the fyre. But howe many are there which are any thinge touched with their vexation and griefes? Yea, whyle whole Cities and na­tions stryue for the fayth and for Christ, till their bloud bee shedde: a great many in the meane whyle being giuen to their pleasures, behold their bre­threns shipwracke as a passetime a farre off out of the hauen. To speake nothing of them that saye it is Priestes matters, and therefore thynke it is well done, when they are so rewarded for their godlynesse. These men te­stify that they are not of the body of Christ, 1. Cor. 12. hauing no feeling or compassion with Christes members. In the meane whyle, this place teacheth vs▪ with what weapons the Church chiefly fyghteth: verily with prayers, wherwith it knoweth that God after a sort will be wonne & ouercome. Therfore they poure out their prayers still vnto God, and in them they fynde present helpe against the menaces, halters, and swords of tyrants, and against all other [Page 492] torments. But hereof shall bee intreated in the Sermon following▪ where it shall appeere howe the souldiours watch was ouercome, and the prison doores opened at the prayers of the congregation. Let it for this time suf­fyce vs to acknowledge the state and condicion of the Church, which is in­vred with continuall troubles. Lette vs prepare and make ready our selfe thereto, that we may possesse our soules in peace, through Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxiij. Homelie.

‘AND when Herode woulde haue brought him out vnto the people, the same night slept Peter betweene two souldiours bounde with two chaynes, and the keepers before the doore kept the prison. And beholde, the Aungell of the Lorde was there present, and a light shined in the habitation. And hee smote Peter on the side, and stirred him vp saying: aryse vp quickly. And his chaynes fell of from his handes. And the Aungell sayde vnto him, gyrde thy selfe, and bynde on thy sandales. And so he did. And he sayth vnto him: cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he came out and followed him. And wyst not that it was truth which was done by the Aungell, but thought he had seene a vision. When they were past the first and the seconde watche, they came vnto the yron gate that leadeth vnto the Citie, which opened to them by the owne accord. And they went out and passed through one strete, and forthwith the Aungell departed from him. And when Peter was come to himselfe he sayde: Nowe I knowe of a suretie that the Lorde hath sent his Aungell, and hath deliuered me out of the hands of Herode, and from all the wayting for of the people of the Iewes.’

THe Euangelist Luke in the description of this present hystorie, compriseth three things very wor­thy to be remembred. First he sheweth, as it were in a glasse, the state and condicion of the Church of Christ, which God suffreth to be tryed with diuers troubles & afflictions. Secondly, he teacheth what the dutie of e­uery Christian is, when the tempest of persecution ari­seth, that is to say, that euery one should remember the fellowship which they haue togither in Christ, & think that their brethrens case is their owne, & when they can none otherways help them being so af­flicted, at the least to make their harty & continuall praiers to God for them. For this he sayth the congregation did, when Herode did cast Peter in prison. Thirdly, he setteth forth vnto vs, an example of the kindenesse and fauor of God, whereby he teacheth vs, that God hath then most care of his peo­ple, when they seeme moste destitute both of Gods helpe and mannes. And in this part maye be perceyued the effect of godly prayers, which the beleeuers in those dayes founde in all points agreeable to Gods promises. For the holy Ayostle of Christ is myraculously deliuered, and all the power and pollicie of Herode is fayne to giue place to the prayers of the Church, seeing that neyther watch, nor yron chaynes, nor fast locked doores, nor y­ron barred gates, were able to holde him, whome God woulde deliuer at the intercession of his people. It shall behooue vs diligently to consider this [Page 493] place, bicause Luke is so diligent in describing euery circumstance, that he leaueth out nothing, be it neuer so little, for that euery poynt therof serueth much both for our comfort and instruction.

He beginneth with the time, The time when Peter was deliue­red. not so much after the common vsage of Hystoriographers, as for that it serueth greatly for the better setting forth of Gods benefyte. For he wryteth that Peter was set at libertie that nyght, after that Herode had purposed to put him to death. Whereby it appeareth that this deliuery was suspended for certaine dayes, in the which time Peter abode the annoyance of imprisonment, and the congregation continued in feruent prayer, and the Iewes burning in hatred against Christ, lyke ga­ping Cormorants greedily wayted for so excellent a mannes death. But euen in a moment of time, when the space but of one nyght seemed to lette their expectation, the Lorde egregiously deluded them, and deliuered hys seruant from the sworde hanging ouer his necke. Whereby we are taught that God vseth sometime to deferre his helpe, but yet not vtterlye to forget and forsake vs, but rather meaneth thereby to trye and prooue vs, and to make his benefite seeme the more notable, when we see it commeth to passe, beyonde all hope and helpe of man. This was the cause that long agone he then deliuered the people of Israel when they were constrayned to make a­waye their infantes, and to mannes thinking were past all hope of recoue­ring their libertie againe. And he brought them through the middle of the redde sea, when the Egyptians were almost on their backes, and ready to set vpon them. Hereto also is Ezechias to be referred, whom God euen then helped, Esay. 37. when Sannecherib was ready (as it seemed) to haue taken the Ci­tie. The vse of all these things is, that we should learne paciently to abide Gods leysure, and to prescribe him no meane or time howe to appoynt his affaires. For although Christ seeme sometime to be a sleepe in the sterne of the shippe, yet he vseth in time conuenient to helpe our afflictions, Marc. 4. and to calme and cease all stormes and tempestes.

After this, he describeth howe Peter was minded and affected in such a present daunger. How Peter was affected in his minde being in pri­son. And verilye if a man consider the common course of the world, it would seeme he shoulde haue bene ready to die for feare, seeing by reason of Iames late putting to death, and his straight watching, there was no hope of any better helpe. Therefore what should he doe but crye out and lament his owne state and case? But this glorious souldiour of Christ is set out to vs, to be of a farre other minde. For Luke writeth, that he lay a sleepe fast bounde with two chaines, betweene the two souldiours. That this was no token of sloth or sluggishnesse, but rather an argument of true faith and sure confidence, may be gathered hereby, for that we hearde before, when the Apostles were scourged with rods, they went out reioycing and being glad, that they were iudged worthy to suffer for Christes sake. Let vs here compare Herode and Peter togither, and it shall easily appeare howe great difference is betweene the wicked and the true worshippers of God. That Herode was carefull and much troubled howe he might handsomely com­passe his intended persecution against Christ, may hereby appeare, in that he causeth Peter, who had neyther will nor power to doe anye hurt, to be bound with chaines, as it had bene a fierce and sauage beast, and to be kept with souldiers lying at eche syde of him, and before the prison doores, and to haue yron gates to be barred against him. What troubles and vexations of [Page 494] minde felt he, thinke you, in other thinges, that was so carefull onely for Peters keeping. But in how much better case is Peter, which sleepeth sound­lye, while the tyraunt can take no rest all the night long. And that that is in this example declared, may be applyed to all such as he is. For such is the state of all the wicked, that they procure themselues traueyles and cares, while they thinke to bring their matters to passe, by their owne deuises and strength. And bicause they haue to doe with Christ, whose inuincible power, they feele both in outwarde affaires, and also in their consciences, euen against their willes: therefore they neuer rest, deuising how to shake of his yoke, and to breake his bridle. See the ymage of these men, painted out by Dauid. Psalm. 2. And therefore the Lord sayth, the wicked haue no peace, but rage and boyle in minde, like the restlesse sea, Esa. 48. & .57. But the godly, bicause they hope in the equitie of their cause, repose themselfe in the pro­uidence of God, wherevpon they know that both themselues and all their doings depende, Phil. 4. Iohn. 14. and so expulse all feare and care out of their mindes, & en­ioy such peace, as Paule sayth, passeth all vnderstanding. For the nearer di­stresse and aduersitie approcheth, the more feeling they haue of Gods pre­sent spirit, whome Christ hath promised to comfort those that be his. These things we ought to haue still in our remembrance, that being confirmed in consolation of the spirite▪ we may be able to beare and ouercome valiantly all daungers for Christes namesake.

The ma­ner of his de­liuery.But let vs see the maner of his deliueraunce, which is the chiefest part of this place: wherfore Luke vseth a marueylous diligence in describing it, rehearsing euery thing that came to passe about the same. And first he sayth expresselye, The mini­sterye of an Aungell. that God vsed the ministerie of an Aungell, so that euen here also it maye appeare, howe that is fulfylled which the Scripture promi­seth, where it sayth that God hath appoynted and prepared the Aungels to serue his elect. But the things pertayning to the explication of this place, may be supplied of that which was said in a like hystory, in y e .xxxiiij. homily. It shall suffise to adde this one thing, that men ought to haue great conside­ration of their dignitie, remembring that the Aungels are present, and to giue themselues to innocencie and puritie of maners, least they bereaue themselues through their owne default, of so holy a succour and safegarde. Wherevnto it seemeth Paule had a respect, when he gaue warning, that if women coulde none otherwise be prouoked to shamefastnesse and comely­nesse in their apparell, yet for feare of the Aungels which are conuersaunt among the godly, 1. Cor. 11. they shoulde vse it.

After this, it is sayde, a certaine light shyned in the prison, being other­wyse darke and horrible, A lyght shyneth. which me thinketh, serued partly for that it might appeare this was an Aungell of light, and partlye that Peter myght see what he had to doe. And it is very often seene in Scripture, that good Aun­gels haue appeared in bright and shyning wise, as may be gathered by the storie of the resurrection and ascention of Christ. This place teacheth vs, that Christ is able to lighten and giue effectual comfort to those that be his, euen in the middest of darkenesse, so that he can make those things pleasant and comfortable, that otherwise seeme vnto vs fearefull and horrible. For he is the light of the world, Iohn. 8.12. which whosoeuer followeth, walketh not in dark­nesse.

The An­gell awaketh him.Thirdly, an Aungell puncheth Peter on the side as he sleepeth, waketh [Page 495] him, and biddeth him aryse quickly, whereas he once thinketh not of anye maner of deliuerye. This is an argument of the goodnesse of God, which alwaye waketh for vs, that our cruell enimie deuour vs not. And that that here commeth to passe vnto Peter, eche one of vs euery daye fyndeth true, but such is our blindenesse, that we acknowledge not the present goodnesse of God. For it is euident, that Satan lyeth still in wayte to catch vs, & wan­dreth vp and downe like a roaring Lyon, seeking whome he maye deuour. How then commeth it to passe, that in our sleepe he destroyeth vs not, when we are not able by prayer to keepe him of, nor to doe or thinke any thing for our owne safegard? Can there be here any other reason alleaged, than that we dwell safe vnder the defence of the most highest, and vnder the shadowe of the almighty, as y e Prophet saith Psal. 91. Wherby we also leearne with what diligence we ought at all times to commend our selues vnto the tuition and protection of God. These things may also comfort vs agaynst the terrours of death. For where it appeareth that God taketh care for vs in our sleepe (which is an ymage or counterfeyte of death) we shall thinke that by death we are not excluded from his prouidence. Example whereof Christ setteth out in Lazarus, whome being deade, and lying buried in his graue, he doth vouchsafe to call his friende. Iohn. 11. Which is the cause that the Saintes being ready to giue vp their lyfe, vse to commende themselues vnto God the fa­ther, lyke as though they woulde laye themselfe downe to sleepe or to rest.

Fourthly, the chaines fell of from Peters hands at the voice of the Aun­gell, and all things touching his deliuery, The im­pediments of deliuery are castly taken awaye. were done without any difficul­tie. For the souldiours (whether they were through Gods power fast on sleepe, or whether they were amazed with the brightnesse of the Aungell, as we reade came to passe in the resurrection of the Lorde) neyther staye Peter araying himselfe, nor going out: and without any let or stoppe. Peter pas­seth the first and seconde watch, being ledde by the Aungell. Moreouer, the yron gate which alone was able to keepe out and in, all persons, opened of it owne accorde. And the Aungell leaueth not Peter, before he had sette him safe out of all daunger. It pleased God thus by steppes and degrees to set him at libertie, that his benefite might seeme the more notable. For other­wise he coulde by some straunge myracle haue set him safe sodeinly in Ma­ries house. Here is the inuincible power of God to be considered, and howe easie a thing it is for him to set his people at libertie, to whom things other­wise inuincible, vse to obeye and giue place. For it hath not onelye come to passe in Peters deliuerie, but also at diuers other times, that nature hath bene fayne to yeelde vnto Gods pleasure, that a waye of escape might be o­pened to his elected. For hereto maye be referred the passage through the redde sea, and the deuiding or parting a sunder of the riuer Iordane. Like­wise we reade, that the fyre touched not Daniels fellowes, no not so much as their garments or heare, beyonde the course of nature. And the Lyons chose rather to laye aside their naturall fiercenesse, Daniel. 6. than to hurt the seruant of God contrary to Gods pleasure. Which thing the Ecclesiasticall hystorie reporteth oftentimes to haue come to passe in the Martyrs. Herevnto be­longeth the falling of the walles of Iericho, at the blasting of Trumpettes: that the army of the Assyrians, were slaine all in one night, and diuers other examples are to be seene of them that reade eyther prophane or Ecclesiasti­call hystories. With these things therefore let vs strength our fayth against [Page 496] the threates of tyrants. For it is moste certayne that God is able to deliuer those that be his, out of any daunger, so it be his good pleasure. And if at any time he refuse so to doe, it is bicause he knoweth it is so needefull for our saluation. In the meane season he remayneth faythfull, and suffreth vs not to be tempted further than we be able to beare. 1. Cor. 18.

To conclude, the Euangelist sheweth what Peter did in all this meane whyle. what Peter doth after he is deliuered. First he sayth that Peter wyste not whether this geare was done of a truth or not. For he thought it was a vision, such as was shewed him be­fore in the hystory of Cornelius. And this is an argument of mans infirmi­tie, wherewith he is so encombred, that he cannot perceyue the manifest works of God, specially if they be ouershadowed with any maiesty of God­heade. So when Peter sawe Christ glorifyed in the mount with Moses and Helias, Luke. 9. he vttered certaine vnfyt sayings, being ignorant what he sayd. Yet are they more daungerously deceiued, which marke not the manifest iudge­ments of God, whereby they are prouoked to repentance: which is a thing to common in these dayes. In the meane whyle Peters obedience deserueth no small prayse, which though he were ignorant what this thing ment, yet obeyed the Aungels admonition, teaching vs by his example, howe wee shoulde vse our selues to obey fayth, as hath bene oftentimes declared. But when he was come to himselfe, and perceyued he was at libertie, then he greatly magnifyed God, the author of so great a benefyte. Nowe (sayth he) I knowe for a suretie, that the Lorde hath sent his Aungell, and deliuered mee from the hande of Herode▪ &c. By which example we are taught that we must giue God only, all the thanks for any our deliueries. For although he vse the ministery of angels or men, he must yet haue the whole praise, which vseth his creatures onely according to his pleasure. This thing himselfe teacheth by the Prophet, Psal. 50. saying: Call vpon me in the time of trouble: so will I heare thee, and thou shalt prayse me. Wherevnto appertayneth this saying of Dauid: Psal. 107. Let them giue thankes whome the Lorde hath redeemed and deliue­red from the hande of the enimie. Therfore Peter truly acknowledgeth God onely to be his reuenger, which thing Paule also doth, where he confesseth himselfe to be deliuered from the mouth of the Lion, 2. Tim. 4. by Gods power. Wherefore their error is intollerable, which being deliuered out of prison, from sickenesse, or other like kinde of daungers, ascribe the prayse of their deliuerye vnto Saintes. Howe much more ought the redeeming of man­kinde from the tyrannie of h [...]ll, to be ascribed to God as the onely author? Let vs acknowledge these things, O brethren, and with thankfull mindes prayse God, which hath deliuered vs from the power of darkenesse, and hath brought vs vnto the fellowship of his kingdome, by his sonne Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxiiij. Homelie.

‘AND as hee considered the thing, he came to the house of Marye the mother of one Iohn, whose surname was Marke, where many were gathe­red togither in prayer. As Peter knocked at the entry doore, a Damsell came forth to harken named Rhoda. And when she knewe Peters voyce, she ope­ned not the entry for gladnesse, but ranne in, and tolde how Peter stoode be­fore [Page 497] the entrie. And they sayd vnto hir thou art madde. But she affirmed that it was euen so. Then sayde they, it is hys Angell. But Peter continued knoc­king, and when they had opened the doore, and saw him, they were astonied. And when he had beckened to them with the hande, that they might holde their peace, he tolde them by what meanes the Lorde had brought him out of prison. And he sayde, go shewe these things vnto Iames, and to the brethren. And he departed and went into another place. Assoone as it was daye, there was no little adoe among the Souldiours, what was become of Peter. When Herode had sought for him, and founde him not, he examined the keepers, and commaunded them to be caried awaye. And he descended from Iurie to Caesarea, and there abode.’

AS the Euangelist Luke by suggestion of the holy spirit, hath described in this Chapter a most grieuous persecution of the Church of Christ, by the example whereof wee are taught what state the Church is in here vpon earth: so lykewise he setteth forth a notable example of the goodnesse and proui­dence of God, which defendeth the faythfull in their distresse, and most faithfully perfourmeth the helpe which long agone he promised. For as we sawe ere­whyle, then the Lorde was at hande with Peter the Apostle, when he see­med destitute aswell of Gods helpe as mannes. And he did not onely shew a semblant and token of good will, but vsed his inuincible power to deliuer him. For he sent his Aungell to vnloose the yron chaynes, he openeth the doores in woonderfull wise, he defeateth the watche of the souldiours, and bringeth Peter out of all daunger, and setteth him at libertie when sen­tence of death was already giuen agaynst him. And albeit all they that are imprisoned, and in bands for Christes sake, are not deliuered in such woon­derfull wyse: yet there are generall promises, that all they that giue them­selues to Gods seruice, are vnder his protection. For Dauid affirmeth that the eyes of the Lorde are ouer the righteous, Psal. 34. Math. 10. and his eares are open vnto their prayers. And the sonne of God testifyeth, that the heares of our head be num­bred. But to let these things passe, as is already sufficientlye entreated of, let vs consider this present place, where we are taught what Peter did after he was deliuered out of his bandes and prison, what the exercise of the Church was in the meane season, and howe Herode the tyraunt tooke this iudgement of God.

Peter after he perceyued the Aungell gone, and himselfe at libertie, Peter desi­reth to be io [...] ­ned [...] ga [...]e. weyghing and expending diligently with himselfe, all thinges that recour­sed in his minde, getteth him to the house of Mary, which by all likelyhoode was not farre of, and where he supposed some of the faythfull were assem­bled, as the custome was. This Mary was y e mother of Iohn Marke, which of diuers, both of the olde and later writers, is thought to be Marke the E­uangelist. Which opinion as it is not altogither certaine, so it appeareth that this Marie was a woman of a rare fayth and godlynesse, euen by thys one argument, that while Agrippa did so cruellye persecute the Disciples of Christ, yet would she let them resort to hir house, as to a publike Temple, where they did meete togither, and exercise themselfe in the worde of God, [Page 498] and in prayers, which she coulde not doe without apparaunt and manifest perill. Here the Lord thought good to teach vs by the example of this weake vessell, howe boldly Christians ought to stande by their tackle, and defende their cause, euen in the middle of daungers and troubles. But when Peter came thither, the doores opened not myraculously, as before, the yron gate did, bicause now there was no neede of any straunge myracle, but he knoc­keth to haue some body to come open the doore. Peters example is to be well considered of vs which hauing escaped the daunger of death, is desirous aboue all things, to be ioyned to the congregation agayne, agaynst whome yet he knewe the tyraunt still raged. Hereby we be taught what care wee ought to haue of Ecclesiasticall vnitie or fellowship, and howe the spirite of Christ scattereth not the faythfull in sunder, but ioyneth them togither, as well inwardly as outwardly. And they cannot fynde in their hart, easilye to contemne this coniunction. For as they knowe that all saluation is con­tayned in Christ alone, so they vnderstand the same is deriued from Christ their head, vpon them which are members of Christ, that is to saye, of the Church. Therefore absurde and pernicious is the errour of them, which when persecution ariseth, forsake the congregation, or else if they once haue bene in daunger, thinke they haue done ynough for their part, and will be ioyned to them no longer, for feare of newe daungers. And thus they alie­nate themselues from Christ, for whose name sake they abode the first bruntes, and whyle they will keepe their bodies out of daunger, destroye their soules.

The exer­cises of the Primitiue Church.Let vs also see what maner of Christians Peter founde in the house of Mary, Luke comprehendeth a great matter in fewe words, and sayth there were many there gathered togither, and praying. And yet it is not to bee thought that all the faythfull of the whole Citie were gathered into one house, but it is likely that there were other assembles also in other places, and that in the night season, bicause they might not meete togither in the day time. And hereof it seemeth that those meetinges of Christians in the night, Plinie the yonger in his Epistle to T [...]iane the Emperour. and earely in the morning, tooke their beginnings. Wherof the pro­phane writers make mention, not that they thought anye more religion or effect of prayers in one time than another, but for that in the time of perse­cutions, & lying in wayte of their enimies, they coulde not otherwise scarse come togither. Nowe a dayes such kinde of meetinges are of many vtterly condemned, thinking that all men ought to abstaine from them, least the godly might giue some suspition of sedicion, or of some other more dishonest misdemeanour. But why doe not these notable comptrollers consider the example of the Primitiue Church, and suffer the brethren that be vnder the crosse, See what the [...] repo [...] of these assem­bles in Ter­tullians Apo­logy. cap. to doe as they did in times passed, seeing both their cases be a like? In the meane whyle we denie not, but that there ought to be had herein great diligence and circumspection. For as it was in tymes passed a great occasion to the enimies of Christ, to rayle and depraue the Christian reli­gion, euen so in the ages following, it was cause of superstition, whyle cer­taine foolishe men thought they might here vppon grounde their Mattens and singing before daye. This place in the meane whyle yet teacheth vs what maner of exercises the Christians shoulde haue at all times, but spe­cially when persecutions are stirring, or any other kinde of publike calami­tie. And here ought to be diligent heede had of these holy meetings. For as [Page 499] Christ desireth to haue his to be one: so it becommeth them to testifye pub­likely, the desire of their vnitie and fellowship. Which thing was cause that in the olde Testament Moses gaue such diligent aduertisement concerning their festiuall dayes, in all which the chiefe matter was, Leuit. 23. the holy conuocati­on or assembly. And Ioël the Prophet admonishing the people of their du­tie, in the time of the Assyrian warres, commaundeth them oftentimes to proclayme an holy assembly. And it is not without a cause that Paule wry­ting to the Corinthians, reasoneth in diuers Chapters, of the good order to be had and vsed when the congregation meete togither. For he knewe that Christ had adourned such as were gathered togither in his name, Math. 18. with a peculiar promise, testifying that he is in the middle of them. And yet shall not those assemblies be allowed, be they neuer so great, except those things be done in them, which God commaundeth. He will haue his worde open­lye taught. Therefore we must come togither to heare it. He will haue vs to praye vnto him. Therefore when we meete, we must ioyne togither in prayer, Tertullian in his Apology cap. 39. that we maye euen in a troupe togither (I will vse Tertullians wordes) compasse and beset God about with prayers. For this kinde of violence is acceptable vnto him, as Christ hath taught vs, Luke. 18. by the example of the wydowe. It is euident that these men obserued both these things. For although Luke make mention in this place but of prayers onely, yet foras­much as they be ordred according to Gods worde, and take their force of the promises of God, it is not lyke they were slacke herein. See Tertul­lian in his A­pology. ca. [...]9 Of such assem­blies as these, the most auncient writers make plentifull mention. And if we woulde compare these things with the vsage of our dayes, it should ea­sily appeare, howe farre we haue swarued from the integritie of the Pri­mitiue Church. For it pleased God that these companies shoulde come to­gither in the night time, bicause of perilles on euery side at hande: but wee will not come togither in the day time, when we maye so doe without anye daunger. And they that come to the Church, doe as they did, whose vani­tie and wickednesse Ezechiel accuseth cap. 33. And againe, they that meete in the night time, eyther they striue who shall quaffe best, or they playe at the defamed dyce, or else runne vp and downe the streetes with their noyses, in too dissolute a wise. To speake nothing in the meane whyle of those, that if any persecution aryse, turne to cursing and rayling, vsing all vnseemelye speach against the harmelesse Ministers, as though the matter touched not the whole congregation, but them alone. And hereof commeth it, that wee perceiue such continuall calamities in our days. For why should God spare to strike them, which whilste they are layde on, Esay. 9. Amos. 4. will not acknowledge his hande, nor turne vnto him, correcting them like a father.

Luke now proceedeth in his Oration begunne, Howe the faythful we [...]e affected at Peters cōming and declareth how the faythfull were affected at this sodeine and vnlooked for comming of Peter. And first it appeareth they were somewhat troubled at the knocking at the doore, bicause Rhoda the mayde runneth not forthwith to open the doore, but standeth harkening who it shoulde be that was at the doore. For whereas they were not ignorant howe greatly Herode burned in hatred against the church, there was nothing so sure, but they had some suspicion and feare in it. But Rhoda knowing it was Peter by his voyce, surprised with exceeding ioy, and desirous to be the messenger of such gladsome tydings, before shee would open the dore, goeth and telleth it within. They which scarce thought [Page 500] of any such thing, much lesse hoped therefore, fyrst sayde she was madde, and afterwarde hearing that she constantly affirmed it to be true, supposed yet that it was not Peter, but his Aungell that was at the doore, and did counterfeyte his voyce. So a man may see the notable seruants of Christ, bewtifyed with all kinde of vertues, tossed with diuers affections, and be­tweene hope, feare, and ioye, standing in a doubt. Hence therefore with the madnesse of the Stoykes, who whyle they teache that a good and perfite man must be voyde of all affections of the mynde, go about to make of men blockes and mushroomes. And yet Paule witnesseth that Iesus Christ was subiect to such infirmities, Heb. 2. and was many wayes tempted like a very true man, so that he coulde haue compassion on vs. Yet here are two things to be diligently considered, before we go any further. The first is for our consola­tion, The prayers of the godlye are not in vaine. where we are taught that the prayers of the godly are so accepted with God, that many times his goodnesse farre exceedeth them, by graunting more than they dare presume to aske. For although these people made con­tinuall intercession to him for Peter, yet it appeareth by this place, that they had no hope in his deliuery. They knewe well ynough that nothing was impossible vnto God. But they perceyued not why God woulde saue Peter, seeing he suffred Iames to die so vnwoorthy a death. Therfore I suppose they desired God in their prayers, that Peter by his grace might be strengthned in the confession of the truth, and that for Christes sake he might stoutely ouercome the terrors of death. And beyonde all hope, they see Peter by the helpe of God restored to them againe, which was an infallible argument of Gods goodnesse, whereby they were taught that God woulde not suffer his Church to be torne in sunder of Tyrantes, seeing he so faythfully defended the Ministers thereof. There are infynite examples of like kynde, which euery one may euerywhere see that readeth eyther the Scriptures or other writers. And if we woulde but a little diligentlyer marke the iudgements of God, we should see the like fall out in our owne affayres. Let vs learne therefore constantly to hope in the Lorde, and to commit our matters and our selues vnto his care and prouidence. The appari­tions of aun­gels. The other thing to be here obser­ued is, that they suppose it was Peters Aungell that appeared. For the god­ly people acknowledged what is sayde in the Scriptures, touching the de­fence and ayde of the Aungels. For no man ought to thinke that they yma­gined any superstition, deuoyde of syncere religion. For there are Oracles of Scripture, whereby we are taught that God hath appoynted the Aun­gels to be the Tutors and Ministers of man, as may be seene Psal. 54. and 91. And we haue examples, whereby it is manifest they haue appeared in visible fourme. Therefore they neyther in foolish sort, nor wicked, vttered these words at Peters sodeyne comming. Yet are we not ignorant that here­of sprang the common error that the superstitious had, of the two Aungels appointed to euery man: which error wee reiect for good considerations, bi­cause the Scripture defyneth not for certaine any thing touching the num­ber of Aungels, Gen. 28.32. 2. Reg. 6. whether it is one, two, or three, or whole armies of Aun­gels that defende one man, as wee reade of Iacob and Helisaeus. Much lesse thinke wee them to bee hearde, which saye that the soules of those that bee deade, walke vp and downe, and appeare. For that opinion repugneth a­gainst the doctrine of Christ, and the veritie of our fayth, whereby we are taught that the soules of the godlye passe from death vnto life, and that the [Page 501] soules of the wicked are caryed into hell, and can not returne from thence agayne. See Christ reasoning of these poynts in Iohn. 5. and Luc. 16. Let it be sufficient for vs, that the Aungels are the Ministers of God, which v­seth them at his pleasure, for the safegarde of his elect, and let vs acknow­ledge the worthynesse and dignitie of man, which ought to be no small pro­uocation for vs vnto godlynesse.

Nowe is it time to turne agayne vnto Peter. Peter will haue Gods benefite to be declared. He beckoneth with his hande vnto the brethren, being partly surprised with ioye, and partly wyth amazednesse, to keepe silence, and rehearseth all thing in order as it was done, declaring that God was the onely worker of this benefite. And fur­ther, he warneth them to signify these things to the residue of the brethren; but chiefly vnto Iames the sonne of Alphaeus, which the olde writers affirme was Bishop of Ierusalem. Of which commaundement it seemeth there was two causes. For he woulde haue the glory of God hereby the more thanke­fully spredde abrode, and his brethren, whome he knew were sadde for his sake, to be quitte of their cares. Therefore Peter by his example teacheth vs, that we must not hide the benefytes of God in vnthankfull and vnkinde harts. For then Gods benefytes are best declared, when others prouoked by our meanes, learne to hope in God, and to call vpon him in their dis­tresse, as their defender and reuenger. Dauid being deliuered out of the handes of the Philistynes, makethmention hereof in the beginning of the Psalme. xxxiiij.

Further, it is declared that Peter went to another place. Peter prouy­deth for him­selfe by flying For he easilye perceyued that he should doe no good to remaine in Herodes kingdome. And the present benefyte of his deliuery, did sufficiently declare, that God would not haue him dye vnder the hande of Herode, but to execute his Apostleship otherwheres. Therefore he vseth the counsell of Christ, saying: If they per­secure you in one citie, flye vnto another. Math. 10. Here hast thou therfore what aun­swere to make vnto those, which woulde haue the Ministers of the worde put into the Woolues handes, and say that they truly followe the Apostles, when without hope of doing any good, they suffer the wicked, not onely to condemne their doctrine, and the truth of Christ, but also themselues. But it easily appeareth what causeth these men thus to say. They woulde haue all the Ministers of the Gospell gone at once, that Antichristes superstiti­on might be brought in agayne. Wherefore wee must vse the wisedome of serpents against these men, according as Christ hath commaunded vs, that through our temerity & rashnesse, we do not indammage Christs quarrell.

Nowe remayneth the last part of this place, Howe He­rode tooke the myracle of God. whereby wee are taught how Herode was affected in minde at this worke and myracle of God. And first after it was knowne that Peter had escaped his bandes and imprison­ment, there arose a great feare & trouble among the souldiours. For where they were well acquainted with the fierce nature of Herode, they looked for no goodnesse at his hande. And they were not beguiled. For where Herode had appoynted to put Peter to death, and vnderstoode afterwarde that he was escaped, like one beside himselfe, he commaundeth the keepers to bee racked, insomuch that although he heard they were in no fault, yet he com­maūdeth them to be had to prison, or else (which is the liker) to their deaths. This is a very notable example whereby we are taught that the wicked waxe the woorse and not better by the iudgements of God. For where they [Page 502] are so bolde to striue agaynst God, through his iust iudgement they are so blinded and hardened, that in the open light they are not able to see, nor to submit themselfe vnder the mightie hande of God. And there is no cause why we should hope for any better of the tyrants of these dayes, which haue begun to make warre agaynst God, & maintaine the same with such deadly hatred. Here appeareth also an example of Gods prouidence, whereby Herodes craft is deluded, while he heareth the worke of God sette forth by them, whose helpe he accustomed to vse against God. And that example is not vnlike herevnto, where the souldiours appointed by y e Priests to watch the sepulchre of Christ, Math. 28. were the fyrst that published his resurrection abrode in the Citie. Furthermore, the vnprosperous ende of these souldiours teach vs, what they may looke for which serue tyrantes turnes against the truth. They fall commonly into the pit which they digged for other. Psalm. 7. And they fynd them to be their enimies, whose good will they go about to get, by killing the godly. Whereby it commeth to passe, that although men doe them no iniurie, yet are they punished by the iust iudgement of God, bicause they had liefer please men than God. Let such as eyther themselues doe anye thing against the faithfull of Christ, for mennes sakes, or else suffer other to doe, Psal. 105. Zach. 2. beare this well in minde. It is Christes saying: Touch not myne annoynted. And he that toucheth you, toucheth the apple of mine eye. These sayinges threaten present destruction to the persecutours of the Church. Therefore they that will be taken for the syncere loouers of true fayth, lette them abstaine from these mennes company and counsell, least they perishe with them. In the meane season let vs acknowledge the power of Christ our king and sauiour, which so luckily deludeth the enterprises of his eni­mies, and so valiauntly defendeth his chosen. To him be all prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxv. Homelie.

‘HERODE was displeased with them of Tyre and Sydon. But they came all with one accord, & made intercession vnto Blastus the kings cham­berlaine, and desired peace, bicause their Countrie was nourished by the Kings prouision. And vpon a daye appoynted, Herode arayed him in royall apparell, and set him in his seate, and made an Oration vnto them. And the people gaue a showte, saying: It is the voyce of a God and not of a man. And immediatly the Aungell of the Lorde smote him, bicause he gaue not God the honour, and he was eaten of wormes, and gaue vppe the ghost. And the worde of God grewe and multiplied. And Barnabas and Paule returned from Ierusalem to Antioch when they had fulfilled their office, and tooke with them Iohn whose surname was Marke.’

ALthough God suffreth his Church to be ex­ercised and tryed with continuall persecutions: yet he ap­pointeth for the persecutors thereof grieuous and horrible punishments. For in the Prophet Zacharie he is compared to a weightie stone, wherewith euery one vseth to trye mai­steries, and to prooue his strength. But none scapeth scot­free or without some hurt. Hereof is set forth vnto vs a notable example [Page 503] in Herodes Agrippa, who as was declared in the beginning of this Chapter, entended and begunne a grieuous persecution against the Church, both for that he woulde not haue the people of his iurisdiction deuided in diuers re­ligions, and also for that he ment thereby to get the fauour and good will of the Iewes. And at the fyrst his enterprise seemed luckilye to succeede. For where he had set on two of the chiefe Apostles, he put Iames vnto death, and Peter he tooke and layde in yrons, appoyinting sixteene souldiours to watch him. At which time how greatly all mennes mindes were amazed, and striken with feare, their continuall prayers testifye. But euen in a mo­ment when all things seemed past hope, Christ declareth himselfe to be the protector of his Church. And fyrst of all he deliuereth Peter in woonderous wise. Next, he causeth the punishment to light on the souldiours, that they ment vnto Peter. And bicause none should thinke that Herode should alway prosper, God catcheth him also with an horrible reuenge, the which Luke nowe in this place diligently describeth.

He beginneth with rehearsall of a newe hystory, Herode is of­fended with those that border vpon him. which more manifest­ly yet sheweth the nature of Herode, that hereby we may the better knowe the cause of so grieuous a punishment. The summe and chiefe poynt hereof is, that he had conceyued in his minde displeasure against those of Tyre and Sidon, whom when he had compelled through publike necessitie, that is say, by famine, humbly to sue for peace, waxing hereby the prowder, he did ha­sten the vengeance of God. And although Luke declareth not the causes of his enmitie, yet is it not harde to perceyue what they were. For it seldome commeth to passe, that Monarches and free Cities agree togither in one, bicause they take against their ambition and licentiousnesse, and by their example allure kings subiects to the desire of libertie. Furthermore, it is credible that the Tyrians and Sydonians dyd not well lyke of Agrippa his pryde, as being an vpstart, and aduaunced to such great power by Caligu­la and Claudius, and but newly come out of prison. And peraduenture their great riches and power by the sea, which they had many yeares gotten by their merchaundise, encouraged them and set them the more a gogge. For that they were hereof the prowder, appeareth by the writings of the Pro­phetes. See Esay. 23. Ezech. 26.27. and .28. And it may be that the crafty ty­rant cloked this lurking hatred in his minde, vntill penurie and dearth of victuals gaue him occasion to stirre against them. They againe perceyuing that their Cities coulde from none other place be so commodiously main­tayned as by nighnesse of Herodes kingdome, and that therefore his friend­ship was necessary, became humble suters vnto him, and that they might obtayne peace the sooner at his hands, they make Blastus of his priuie cham­ber their friende, which thing could not be compassed without many bribes and rewardes.

In these thinges the holy Ghost hath set out vnto vs to beholde as in a glasse the condicions of tyrauntes. The condici­ons of Ty­rants. For as Herode is not here content with the wyde boundes of his kingdome, but desireth to haue the borderers al­so vnder his obeysaunce: so if the insatiable desire of the fleshe bee not bry­dled in the hearts of Princes, there is none so large and wide a kingdome, that can content their minde, or suffyse their ambition. For as couetous men heape and masse vp mony, and ioyne house vnto house, and fyelde vn­to fyelde with all greedye desire: so Kinges labour to ioyne Realme vnto [Page 504] Realme, and still to extend their power ouer them that border vpon them: little regarding in the meane season how they may prudently gouerne those people which God hath giuen them the rule of. And this is the cause of continuall warres, whereby the miserable subiectes are wasted and consu­med, who fynde them that ought to be as shepeheardes and fathers vnto them, to be their destroyers. Againe, where kings puffed vp with insatia­ble ambition, desire to haue all men in subiection vnder them, their selues most commonly are ruled by vile slaues, which by craft can creepe into their bosomes, and knowe well ynough how to vse their foolishnesse and blocke­headnesse, to their owne aduauntage. Of which kinde of men, it appeareth this Blastus was, vppon whome this one place easily declareth, the whole rule of y e realme depended. So with some Emperours we reade that such were of most authoritie about them, as they of bondmen and villaines had made free, to saye nothing of those, which were ledde and ruled by players, [...]esters, harlots, and abused yong Springalles. And hereof it hath come to passe, that they which haue had any thing to doe with great Princes, haue bene compelled to become suiters to most wicked menne. For vnlesse they had made them their friendes, they should neuer haue bene able to come to the speach of the Prince. And forbicause they gaped after money, wherby to maintaine their coueted dignitie, it came to passe, that in kinges Courtes, all things went for money, and according to the Poetes saying: there was most right where most money was stirring. These things are sayde, to thende that Princes may vnderstande what vices they had neede to beware of, and that all men may acknowledge the goodnesse of God, which so diligentlye disswaded his people from a King, as we reade in the first booke of Samuel cap. 8. And those to whome God hath giuen to liue in libertie, maye learne to make much of such a benefyte, & worthily to vse it, least loosing it, and cō ­ming to be subiect to the pleasure of vnruly men, they then desire in vaine, with carefull sighes and grones, The successe of the wicked is a preamble of ruine. their libertie once lost. Further more, here is to be obserued what good successe Herode hath, after his persecuting of the Church, and embruing himselfe with the bloude of the guiltlesse saints. And yet was he worthy, eyther to haue bene destroyed with a thunderbolt from heauen, or else to haue lost his kingdome, and wander vp and downe like a begger. And beholde, moste riche Cities of their owne accorde, fall downe at his feete, and are glad to receyue such condicions of peace as hee prescribeth. This is that thing that offendeth those that are weake in faith, bicause they see the wicked so prosper, and feele none of the plagues or pu­nishments that other men doe, as the Prophete sayth, Psal. 73. And there­fore Ieremie crieth out: Howe commeth it that the waye of the vngodlye is so prosperous, Ierem. 12. and that it goeth so well with them which without any shame of­fende, and liue in wickednesse. Furthermore, the wicked take occasion here­of to gather, that all studye and endeuour of true religion, is superfluous & vnprofytable, as we maye see in Malachie. 2. and .3. Chapter. But we must here remember that the wicked are euen then ruled with the becke of Gods prouidence, when things seeme moste to succeede with them against the O­racles of God. For it commeth to passe by the iust iudgement of God, that being drunken with this good successe, they are lifted the higher, to the intent they may fall the lower. Wherevnto Salomon had a respect when he sayde: Presumptuousnesse goeth before destruction, Prou 16. and after a prowde stomacke there [Page 505] followeth a fall. And Dauid teaching vs howe the glorye and felicitie of the wicked is but transitorie, sayth: I my selfe haue seene the vngodlye in great power and flourishing like a greene Baye tree. And I went by, Psal. 37. and loe hee was gone. I sought him but his place coulde no where be founde. Therefore it is a folly to be offended at the prosperitie of the wicked, considering it is the chiefe cause of their destruction, bicause they vse it insolently against God, as may be gathered of the successe of this present businesse, that Luke nowe rehearseth.

For Herode seeing all thinges succeede after his desire, Herode des [...] ­reth to be ho­noured as a God. being drunken with the fauour of fortune, began to aspire to diuine honor also, as it shall more euidently appea [...]e, if you will conferre the things that Iosephus wri­teth in the .xix. booke of his antiquities, and seauenth Chapter with Luke. For he writeth that he had appoynted games or playes in the honor of Cae­sar, and that vpon a daye assigned for that purpose, he sate in his throne, ha­uing on a Princely ro [...]e, wouen throughout with strokes of siluer, meaning openly to make an Oration vnto the people. And where the garment by reason of the Sunne beames rysing vppon it, glittered and shined in his face, the flattering Courtyers tooke occasion thereof to magnifye him as God, and all the people followed their example. First therefore they begin to crye, the voyce of a God, and not of a man. And forthwith turning them to prayers and supplications, they saye: Be mercifull vnto vs. For although we haue hitherto feared thee but as a man, yet now we see thou art of an higher nature. &c. It seemeth that these things are for this cause chiefely intermed­led with this hystorie, that we maye beholde the vanitie of all the people, wherewith they were so infected, that they deserued so to be oppressed and pinched vnder so vile a tyraunt. For why shoulde God giue them a better Prince, which were not ashamed so to extoll a fylthie and wicked man with godly honor? But the like vanitie reigneth euerywhere in these dayes, con­sidering we see most cruell tyrants giuen wholy to beastly pleasures, being almost loden with like ambicious and godly styles and tytles. Nor it is not now sufficient to call them benefyciall or conquerors, but they must be called most victorious, and haue these diuine names of Grace and Maiestie, which by Scripture are due vnto God, onely so often repeated, till a man woulde lothe it. And bicause the Courtyers fyrst beginne, and the rascall people not onely followe them, but also imitate the seruile and slauishe condicio [...]s of their teachers: we are worthy that by open tyrannie of Princes, and their manifest wickednesse, we shoulde to our great losse and dammage be re­prooued as lyers. Lette those moste ambitious men well remember this geare, which abuse the foolishnesse of such seruile people, to the ende to bee taken for ioly fellowes, by such counterfeyte and vaine titles. For by this meane they declare themselues to be the companions both of Herode and Caligula, and Domitian, and other such like, and therefore with them God shall punishe them, as Herode here prooued. The destruc­tion of He­rode.

For streightway the Aungell of the Lorde smote him, which Eusebius out of Iosephus writeth, appeared to him in visible wise. Of the which stroke he by and by beganne to be tormented with pangues & grypes of the belly, Eusebius in the .2. booke of the Eccle­siasticall sto­rie .x. chap. which extorted some confession of truth out of his heart, though otherwise so ambitious. For he turned him to them that wayted on him, and sayde: Beholde I your God, must nowe exchaunge lyfe for death. And I whome you [Page 506] called immortall, am nowe ledde away vnto death. But Luke declaring the kinde of his death, sayth: he being eaten and gnawen with wormes, gaue vp his ghost. A disease which maye well be called the lowsie e­uill, by reason of lyce which encrease so mightily, that they deuour and eate vp the body. It seemeth therefore he dyed of the disease called Phthiriasis, hauing wormes or lyce breeding in his fleshe, which fedde vpon him whyle he liued, with great griefe and fylthinesse, and at length were the cause of hisdeath. Moreouer, Luke assigneth this to be the onely cause hereof, for that he gaue not God the glory. For first he thought the honour of y e king­dome, came not of God, but of Caesar, whome for that cause he worshipped with ordeyning shewes and games in the honor of him. After that he went about cruelly to persecute the true religion of God. Last of all, he reioyced in the blasphemous wordes of flatterers, whome it had behooued him to haue detested and abhorred. Let them therefore learne by this example, what to looke for at Gods hande, which with lyke impietie set vp themsel­ues against him. It behooueth vs chiefly to note how mightily God reuen­geth pride, seeing he doth not onely punishe the prowde grieuously, but al­so shamefully, the more to tame and pull downe their haultie heartes and courages. So it pleased him that Pharao shoulde not dye valiauntly in the fyelde, but be drowned in the waues of the redde sea, which is a shamefull kynde of death. So he slewe Sanherib miserably in the Church of his owne God, by his owne sonnes. And with the same disease which is here descri­bed, before that, was Antiochus, Herode the great, Sylla, and at length Maximinian the persecutor, vglily consumed. Peter therefore sayd most tru­ly, 1. Pet. 5. that God resisteth the prowde. Let all degrees and states of men hereby learne to keepe themselues within the bounds of their vocation, and if they perceiue any thing in themselues singuler or excellent, to acknowledge that it commeth altogither of the goodnesse of God. So shall it come to passe, that humbling themselues vnder the mightye hande of God, they shall vse his giftes as they ought to doe. Furthermore, this place teacheth vs, what hurt flatterers procure vnto Princes. For of nature we be selfelouers, and like best our owne doings and sayinges. Then if we admit flatterers, we become starke blinde, so that we see not manifest vices, & grow to be such as cannot abide to heare the truth, or to be admonished. Which thing hath bene the cause that great Realmes haue bene ouerthrowne by the tongues of flatterers, as hystories declare. And surely Herode had bene most prospe­rous, if he had giuen eare rather to the Apostles, reprehending his vice, than to the voyces of flatterers and clawbacks. For they caused him being swollen in a wicked and prowde contempt of God, to be destroyed with horrible death.

Ouer all this, hauing shewed the ende of the tyraunt, Luke returneth to the story of the Church, The enlar­gement of Christes kingdome. which he begonne howe the Gospell did spreade, to declare that by Herode it was nothing hindered. For the worde of God (sayth he) encreased and was multiplied, spreading it selfe euery daye farther abrode. This he will declare in the thinges following, wherevnto he ma­keth a digression touching Paule and Barnabas returne from Ierusalem. For we hearde about the ende of the eleauenth Chapter, howe they were sent thither to cary that mony that was here and there gathered to the poore and needy brethren in Iurie, pinched with dearth and famine. Which businesse after they had faithfully discharged, they return vnto Antioch, from whence shortly after they departed with Marke, whom they brought with them, and [Page 507] published the Gospell both farre and neare. This is very comfortable, that we see the Church stande fast and suruiue all hir enimies, and all tyrantes. For she is borne and conserued by the worde of God, which endureth for e­uer. This thing the hystories of all times and nations teach vs. 1. Pet. 1. For mise­rably and fylthily died Pha [...]ao, the Chanaanites, Sanherib, the Babylonians, Antiochus, the three Herodes, Nero, Domitian, Traiane, Antonye, Seuerus, the Maximini, Decius, Valerianus, Aurelianus, Dioclesianus, the two Maxi­minianes, Liciuius, Maxentius, Iulian, and as many as euer after all these, durst to set vpon Christes Church. For she flourisheth and liueth, and shall for euer liue, vnder hir trusty and most victorious de­fender and reuenger, Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .xiij. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .lxxxvj. Homelie.

‘THERE were in the congregation that is at Antioch certayne Prophets and Teachers, as Barnabas and Simon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manahen, Herode the Tetrarches nursefellowe, and Saule. As they ministred to the Lorde and fasted, the holy ghost sayde: Seperate me Barnabas and Saule for the worke wherevnto I haue called them. And when they had fasted and prayed, and layde their handes on them, they let them goe. And they after they were sent forth of the holy ghost, departed vnto Se­leutia▪ and from thence they sayled to Cyprus. And when they were at Sa­lamine, they shewed the worde of God in the Sinagoge of the Iewes, and they had Iohn to their Minister.’

THe Euaungelist Luke nowe in the two Chapters following, describeth howe the doctrine of the Gospell by the ministerie of Paule and Barnabas, began with full course to be preached indiffe­rentlye to all Nations. For where the Iewes onely vntill this time (as hath oftentimes bene declared) challenged to them the name of the Church, and peo­ple of God, and the benefyte of redemp­tion purchased by Christ, seemed to ap­pertaine but vnto them alone, and that that hath bene sayde of Cornelius the [Page 508] Centurion, and of the Antiochians, might seeme came to passe of some speci­all priuiledge or fauour. Therefore that no doubt might remayne, the doc­trine of saluation is nowe caryed indifferentlye vnto diuers Nations, and those thinges are openly accomplished, which the Prophetes long before prophecied of the calling of the Gentyles. But least any one shoulde thinke that Paule and Barnabas did in this businesse ought of their owne heade and presumption. Luke beginneth this hystorie with their calling and sending: the chiefe scope wherof is, that the kingdome of God, and the whole matter of saluation, was transferred & brought to the gentiles, not by mans deuise, but by the appointment & commaundement of God, and that the Gentyles appertayned no lesse vnto y e church of God, than the beleeuing Iewes. And that it was needefull to haue this matter so diligently declared, shall appeere by that contention, which hereafter is described in the .xv. Chapter. Yea, we maye see in the Epistles of Paule, that the Iewes oftentimes withstoode the saluation of the Gentyles, & stoode in doubt of it. And the Iewes were for no cause so much offended with Paule, as for that he made the vncircumci­sed Gentiles all one with the Iewes in Christ, which they thought was not without the notorious iniurie and prophane contempt both of the lawe of Moses, and also of the people of the Iewes, which thing also was cause that euerywhere he vsed such earnestnesse in defending his vocation, who could well ynough haue borne the contempt of his owne name, but that he sawe the glory of God, and saluation of the Gentyles indaungered thereby. But to come to the treatie of this present place, fyrst Luke describeth the Church at Antioch, from whence Paule and Barnabas were sent to preach the Gos­pell to the Gentyles. Then declareth he their vocation and sending, with the circumstances thereof. Last of all, he sheweth howe they vsed themselfe in the office committed vnto them.

The com­mendation of the Churche at Antioch.He fyrst describeth the Church of Antioch not without a cause. For her­of it may be gathered, that they coulde rashlye ordayne or appoynt nothing, hauing the spirite so abundantly among them. Neyther can Paule and Bar­nabas be accused, as to haue left that Church destitute of their ministerye, considering it was so well seene vnto after they were gone. For there were among them certaine Prophetes and teachers. Prophets. They are called Prophets which either by instinct of y e holy ghost shew of things to come, as we see be­fore, Agabus the Prophete did, or else which haue the gift truly & rightly to expound the writings of the Prophets: in which sense Paule vseth this word Prophecie, in his fyrst Epistle to the Corinthians. 14 Chap. Both these sen­ses is well agreeing in this present place. For by hystories it is playne, that the gift of prophecying endured many yeares in the primitiue Church. And it can not be sayde that so notable a Church wanted exposition of Scrip­tures. And they are called Teachers, which openly instruct the Congre­gation, and applye the holy Scriptures duly to all mennes information, whome we nowe a dayes call Pastors, Pastours. or Ministers of the worde. There was therefore at Antioch, not onely a Church, such as is euerywhere, but also a College or schoole, out of which was taken learned Ministers, to be sent to other Cities. This place teacheth vs, that the chiefe ornament and beautie of the Church, yea, all the preseruation thereof consisteth in this, that it be furnished and prouided of fyt Ministers and Teachers. For by the ministery of them Paule plainely teacheth, that through the worde of God [Page 509] Churches are begotten, builded vp, and preserued. For how shall they be­leue in him (sayth he) of whome they haue not hearde? Roma.. 10. howe shall they heare without a Preacher. Agayne: In Christ Iesu haue I begotten you through the Gospell. 1. Cor. 4. Hereto chiefely it appertaineth where he writeth that Christ hath giuen some Apostles, some Prophetes, some Euangelistes, some shepeheardes, Ephes. 4. and Teachers, to the edifying of the Saintes, euen to the edifying of the body of Christ. And bicause it is euident that the gift of teaching is not giuen to all men in myraculous wise, as it was once to the Apostles, therefore it is needefull to haue schooles, where such may be brought vppe, as shall after­warde serue in the Ministerie. Such were woont to be among the Iewes, in the Cities of the Leuites, and it appeareth by the storye of Samuel and Helisaeus, that those singuler Prophetes of God, had a speciall care of these schooles. Yea, Amos the Prophete most sharply reprehendeth those that did vse to corrupt the Nazarites, and the yong menne giuen to the studie of the Scriptures, with wyne▪ Amos. 2. This did great Kings and Emperours foresee in the Primitiue Church, which did erect Colleges of their owne costes, least at any time want of teachers might preiudice Gods religion. Howbeit, nowe a dayes eyther slo [...]hfull Dranes dwell in them, or else they be at the appoyntment of such prowde men, as hunt rather for ambicious names, than studie for the edifycation of the Church.

Moreouer, Manaen a no­ble man and a Courtyer. for that the notable Ministers of Christes Church should not be defrauded of their due prayse, the holye ghost woulde haue their na­mes recorded for a perpetuall remembraunce, that it might euidently ap­peare, that God regard [...]th those which doe faythfullye serue and studye for his Church. And among these persons Manaen seemeth to be the chiefe, who Luke writeth was fostered and brought vp with Herode the Tetrarch of a childe. He was therefore a Courtyer, and of a noble stocke. For who will thinke that one of a ba [...]e stocke shoulde be appoynted a playfellow with a kings sonne, or that Herode woulde afterwarde despyse him, that had bene brought vp with him from his childehoode. This is a notable example of the goodnesse of God, which vseth in all states of men to haue his chosen, and to call them when i [...] seemeth him good. For that vniuersall spirite and author of eternall life, bloweth where it pleaseth him. So we reade that Naaman was in the Court of the king of Syria. And in Babilon, Daniel and his fellowes helde fast Gods true religion, yea, Paule maketh mention of some in the house of Nero that beleeued. Phil. 2. And Nichodemus is a Disciple among the Scribes, the greatest enimies of Christ. There is also in Manaen set out vnto vs an example of fayth and syncere religion, who fol­lowing the example of Moses, chose rather to be afflicted with the people of God, than to enioy the pleasures of sinne for a season, Heb. 11. thinking the rebuke of Christ greater riches than the treasures of Herode. And surely if a man woulde compare the state of the Church, as it was in those dayes, with the life of the Court, he shall fynde a marueylous working of the holy ghost in this Manaen, and euident tokens both of true regeneration and mortifyca­tion, and forsaking of himselfe. But that we heare that he did, it behooueth vs to imitate. For it cannot be that they can truelye take holde of Christ, which haue not yet learned to despyse and treade vnder foote this worlde, with the honors, riches, and pleasures thereof.

But let vs come to the seconde part of this diuision, Paule and Barnabas are sent to the Gentyles. wherein the sen­ding [Page 510] of Paule & Barnabas to the Gentyles is described. Here are two things chiefely to be discussed, videlicet, the holy ghost the author and moderator of all this businesse, and then the order that Luke writeth they obserued. First, he expressely teacheth, that the holy ghost was the author of all this doing. For as they ministred to the Lorde and fasted, the holy ghost sayde: seperate me Barnabas and Saule for the worke wherevnto I haue called them. And it is no doubt but these things are spoken of the holy ghost, forasmuch as men­tion is made of holy ministerye and fasting. Here the Papistes playe the fooles, following Erasmus his translation, and bicause he as vnaptly trans­lated the Greeke worde by this worde sacrifyce, they expounde this place of the sacrifyce of the Masse. Howbeit, the Greekes saye, they doe [...], which are occupied or busied in publike office or affaires, as it may appéere where Paule calleth Magistrates and Aungels [...], Rom. 13. Heb. 1. not for that they vsed to do sacrifyce, but for that they are Gods publike officers & ministers. And where by Christes death it is manifest the Leuiticall sacrifyces are a­bolished, & that the seruice of Christ consisteth not in outwarde ceremonies, but in the spirite and in truth, therefore here can be vnderstanded none o­ther ministery, than such as Christ woulde haue vsed in his Church. This comprehendeth in it, the preaching of the worde, publike prayer, and the sacraments which are not sacrifyces, but holye actions instituted to keepe in memorie the sacrifyce which Christ once offered vppon the aultar of the Crosse. And herein were they busily occupied, when the holy ghost admo­nished them to sende forth Paule and Barnabas. For that they were earnestly occupied herein, the mention made of fasting abundantly prooueth. There are in this part many things which prooue the vocation of the Gentyles, to be the worke of God. For as they were ministring to the Lorde, the spirite aduertised the congregation thereof. Afterwarde, seperate mee (sayeth he) Paule and Barnabas. Then they were in the ministerye or seruice of God when they preached vnto the Gentyles. Besides he sayeth, for the worke wherevnto I haue called them. These thinges make for the assuring of our saluation against the insolent bragging of the Iewes, which saye they are onely the people of God, and hereout may be taken arguments, whereby Christ may be prooued to appertaine vnto vs also, if any mennes conscien­ces incline vnto desperation.

The order of Ecclesiastical ministery.Here ought we to consider the order of ministery, whereof this place teacheth vs to iudge. The author hereof is the holy ghost, as hereafter al­so shall appeare in the .xx. Chapter. For as by the spirite, the dignitie of Ministers appeareth: so it is plainely manifest, that they are not to be ta­ken for lawfull Ministers, vnlesse they be called by the spirite. For howe shall they preach except they be sent? Rom. 10. Which is the cause that aswell the Pro­phets as the Apostles so often and so constantly inculcate and defende their vocation. Yet let no man alwayes looke for a voyce to come from heauen, to call men vnto the Ministerie. For we must iudge them called of God, that are furnished with necessary giftes of the holy ghost, and chosen by the law­full voyce of the congregation. For that the Church hath herein hir voyce and election, appeareth plainly by this place. For although the holy ghost doth expressely confesse, that he called these two, and Paule testifyeth, that he was appointed from his mothers wombe for the ministery: yet the ho­ly ghost requireth the allowance of the Church. And I thinke that it is re­quisite [Page 511] chiefly for this cause, that hereby the Ministery might haue the more credit and authoritie, bicause the holy ghost knewe it to be a thing subiect to the reproch of a great many. In the meane season we are taught, that or­der is necessarie in the Church, as well in all other things, as chiefly in the choosing of Ministers, least any man (as the Apostle sayeth) shoulde take vnto himselfe honour. For howe much such things displease God, Heb. 5. we learne by the example of Corah, and by the hystories of manye ages, whereby it may be prooued, that there hath risen in the church scarce of any thing grea­ter troubles, than of the disordinate and vnlawfull choosing of Ministers. Furthermore, as the electing of Ministers in some part belongeth vnto the Church: so it behooueth the Church to vse all holynesse in a matter of so great weight and importance. Wherevppon they are sayde here agayne to haue fasted and prayed. Howbeit, they coulde not erre in the persons, for­asmuch as the holy ghost had named them that were appointed for this pre­sent businesse: yet they pray, that they may be increased with the holye spi­rite, forasmuch as they hearde they were called to an office of such labour and perill. Woulde God those men woulde weigh these things, that vse to choose Ministers among their cuppes, and in a matter of most weyght, vse their affections, which are the woorst Counsaylers that can be, whose wic­kednesse we may thanke for the most part of the euils that are seene at these dayes in the Church. Also these Antiochians adde vnto their prayers the solemne ceremonie of laying on of handes, which we declared heretofore was an outwarde signe of consecration, where we spake of the institution of Deacons.

Nowe remayneth the last part of this diuision, that is, howe Paule and Barnabas began to discharge the office committed to them by God and the congregation. This part Luke so ioyneth vnto the premisses, How Paule and Barnabas beginne to preach amōg the Gentyles that it ap­peareth they forthwith tooke their iourney from thence. This is a notable example of godly industrie and zeale. For what excuses they might haue layde for themselues, all men may easily vnderstande, that haue but lightly run ouer the stories of that time. The Romaines at that time were Lords almost of the whole worlde, who they knewe would not admit the abroga­tion of their olde ceremonies and superstition. They knewe also that they shoulde haue to doe with the Gentyle Philosophers, men very subtile, and greatly exercised in extemporall and ready vtterance of speach. Moreouer, they knewe the condicion of the Comons, howe they vse so stowtelye to maintaine their olde Mumpsimus, in so much that they will rather lose their lyfe than it. Howbeit, all these things cannot stoppe them from preparing themselfe herevnto, being ready to take in good worth whatsoeuer trauels and daungers shoulde ensue. These mens diligence ought all such to imi­tate, as are appoynted of God to any publike office, forthwith to obey the calling of God, & constantly to go on in the same. For the Lorde cannot a­way with lingerers and triflers, as who of most right challengeth all thin­ges to himselfe. For this cause it is sayde, Exod. 3.4. he was angry with Moses in time past, bicause he refused the office he called him vnto. And Christ sayth to the Disciple that woulde fyrst go and burie his father, followe mee, and let the deade burie their deade. Howbeit, Math. 8. Luke maketh mention here of three thin­ges, of eche whereof somewhat is to be sayde.

First he sheweth whither they went. To Seleucia, The Apo­stles preache vnto the Cy­priotes. which was not farre [Page 512] distaunt from Antiochia, and from thence to Salamine, a Citie of Cyprus. The olde Cosmographers for the most part attribute vnto Cyprus, among all the Islandes of the Mediterranean sea, the chiefe prayse for fertilitie and riches. For this cause all the Cypriotes were so giuen to ryote and le­cherie (as ere while we declared) that the whole Islande was dedicated to Venus, who, as it is reported, was borne there. Now this one thing decla­reth what great corruption of lyfe and maners reygned in that Nation, which had dedicate it selfe and the whole lande vnto Venus. Wherefore we must thinke it was not without a great cause, that they first went thither, being sent by the holy ghost to preach the Gospell vnto the Gentyles. For this is a singuler example of Gods fauour, which vseth not to forsake sin­ners, but to seeke their saluation, that as Paule sayth: where sinne aboun­ded▪ Rom. 5. there might grace also abounde. Whervnto chiefly belongeth that saying of Christ, where he testifyeth, that he came into the worlde to saue sinners. And there be notable examples of sinners, Math. 9.18. Luke. 9. whome Christ very bountifully and graciously embraced, amongst which, this present example is neyther least nor last. These things as they serue for our consolation: so they teach vs, that we may not rashly cast of sinners, but rather comfort and traine them, if by any meanes they may be amended and saued.

The Apo­stles preach the worde of God.Furthermore, here is noted the argument of their doctrine and prea­ching, where it is sayde, they preached the word of God. And it is certaine that in the worde of God all saluation is contained. Wherefore it was not needefull to rehearse all the articles of their doctrine, which may easilye be gathered of other as well Sermons as Epistles of the Apostles. Let vs rather obserue this, that no mannes authoritie ought to be so great in the Church, as to preach what him listeth, seeing that we heare how Paule and Barnabas preached nothing of their owne brayne, but the worde of God on­ly. For where the Church is the house of God, in it must the word and voice of God onely sounde, And it is a poynt of sacrilegall boldenesse, to teach a­ny thing in the Church vnder pretence of Gods name, which is not agree­able with the worde of God. For the which cause we reade that aswell all the Prophetes as the Apostles, were bounde vnto this commaundement, to propone nothing vnto the Church, but that they receiued from the mouth of God. See▪ Ezech. 3. Ierem. 1. Math▪ 28.

They preach in the Syna­goge of the Iewes.Thirdly, is declared where they taught, to say in the Sinagoges of the Iewes. For although they were sent vnto the Gentyles, yet order was to be obserued, that saluation should fyrst be preached vnto the Iewes. For so it behooued that after they through their owne default had fallen from saluation, the kingdome of God shoulde be caried vnto the Gentyles, that their fall might serue vnto the saluation of other Nations. Rom. 11. Yea, if we well expende the matter, it shall appeare it was not without the deuise of Gods prouidence, that at that time the Iewes shoulde dwell scattered almost a­mong all Nations. For hereby was offered the Apostles a very good occa­sion to preach the Gospell. See Theo­dorete tou­ching y e pro­uidence of God, in his x. Sermon. For out of the law and Oracles of the Prophets it was declared, that Iesus Christ was that Sauiour of the worlde that was promised. Which thing when the Gentyles hearde, and perceyued that the hystorie of Iesus Christ agreed in all poyntes with the writings of the Prophetes, they beganne to haue a good opinion of the holy scriptures, which was the first steppe vnto saluation, and thus it came to passe, that [Page 513] they by true fayth embraced that [...]auiour that was preached among them. Therfore the Apostles did very well and wisely to beginne their preaching in the Iewes Sinagoges: Lette vs acknowledge the goodnesse of God, through whose benefyte true saluation by preaching of the Gospell is offe­red to vs also in these dayes, though we be vnworthy in Iesus Christ our Lorde, to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxvij. Homelie.

‘WHEN they had gone through the Isle vnto Paphos, they founde a cer­taine sorcerer, a false Prophete a Iewe, whose name was Bar [...]esu, which was with the ruler of the countrie, one Sergius Paulus a prudent man. The same Ruler called vnto him Barnabas and Saule, and desired to heare the worde of God. But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) with­stoode them, and sought to turne away the Ruler from the fayth. Then Saule which also is called Paule, being full of the holy ghost, sette his eyes on him, and sayde: ô full of all subtiltie and deceytfulnesse, thou chylde of the Deuill, thou enimie of all righteousnesse, wilt thou not cease to per­uert the straight wayes of the Lorde? And nowe beholde the hande of the Lord is vpon thee, and thou shalt be blinde, and not see the sunne, for a sea­son. And immediatly there fell on him a myst and a darknesse, and he went a­bout seeking them that should leade him by the hande. Then the Ruler when he saw what came to passe, beleeued, and wondred at the doctrine of the Lord.’

THat sentence of Dauid the King and Pro­phete, is very notable, where he prophecieth that Ie­sus Christ shall rule in the middest of his enimies. Psal. 110. For hereby a kingdome is promised vnto Christ, but we are therewith also admonished of the subtiltie and ty­rannie of the Deuill, which assaulteth the same king­dome with continuall warre. This booke declareth vnto vs many & notable examples hereof. For hither­to it hath set out to vs those which haue openly encountred with Christ, such as were fyrst the chiefe heads of Ierusalem, and then Herode called Agrippa. Yet Christ our king ouercame their enterprises, and they well founde that they stroue against him in vaine. And Herode bicause he attempted a bolder enterprise than the rest, bought his wickednesse with▪ horrible punishment. Yet Satan pulleth not back his foote, but bringeth into the game place a new Champion for his kingdome, which is Elymas the sorcerer, if by any mea­nes he coulde by magicall sleightes and conueyaunce, ouercame these soul­diours of Christ, whome he sawe perill of imprisonment and present death coulde not subdue. For where Paule and Barnabas had spredde the light of the Gospell almost throughout Cyprus, and nowe drewe nigh vnto Paphus, a great renoumed Citie, he setteth this sorcerer against them, by his meane to stoppe the prosperous course of the Gospell among the Cypriotes. Yet the Apostles ouercome, hauing Christ to their Captaine, whose glory the more Satan went about to obscure and darken, shined the brighter. The descri­bing of this contention is diligently to be considered, where Christ setteth his Apostles to wrastle with a famous sorcerer and deceyuer. For besides that it teacheth vs alwayes to looke to be contended with, it egregiouslye [Page 514] pa [...]n [...]e [...]h out the [...] and condicions of false Prophetes, and teacheth vs howe we shall [...] against them. But that [...] maye receyue the more commoditie hereby▪ we will fyrst consider the occasion of this contention, then their encou [...]i [...] and ioyning togither, and last of all the conclusion.

The occasion of this [...]nesse seemeth to haue bene the prosperous successe of the gospell in the Isle of Ciprus. The occa­sion of the cō ­tention be­tweene Paule and Elymas the sorcerer. For where beginning at Salamine, which standeth on the sea coast Eastwarde, the Apostles had gone through the whole Islande, as farre as to Paphos westwarde, so that the fame of this newe doctrine by them thus published, came to the hearing of Sergius Pau­lus the Proconsull, he sent for the Apostles, and was desirous to heare them preach the worde of God. Whereby it appeareth, though he were a Romaine, that he was desirous of the truth, and that he begonne al­ready to suspect the Gentyle religion, which perhappes was the cause that he gaue eare to this sorcerer the Iewe, hoping that he was able to teache him the truth. And pricked forwarde with like desire, he sent for Paule and Barnabas also, to heare what they taught. But this coulde not Elymas the sorcerer abyde, who hitherto had bene very familiar with the Proconsull: He therefore diligently watched all meanes, to withstande the Apostles, as shortly after we shall heare. Nowe before we go any further, two thinges are to be marked. First that God hath some that be his, in all degrees of people, as we sayde in the sermon before going. Here is to be added howe he vseth to call and saue those that be his, when they seeme to stande vppon the pit of destruction. For Sergius Paulus, of whome mention is here made, being brought vp from his childhoode in y e religion of the gentiles, had bene alwayes vsed to ydolatrie. Afterwarde, although he acknowledged his er­rour, he was encombred with a newe and more hurtfull errour, whyle he hitteth vpon this Iewe a Sorcerer and false Prophet. Who can saye that God had any care of this man, whome he suffreth to be seduced with so ma­ny and diuers errours. But that faythfull shepehearde Christ seeketh his lost sheepe in the mountaynes and valleyes, Luke. 15. Iohn. 10. yea, and in the sea also, and will not suffer them to be taken out of his hande. This place therefore tea­cheth vs that we must not despaire to hastilye of any man, except he mani­festly proue himselfe to be of the number of the reprobate. Moreouer, Luke declareth in this Sergius the example of a good and a godly magistrate. For both he is very desirous to learne the truth, and also he ouerhastilye con­demneth not the Ministers of a doctrine not heard before, but calling them before him, giueth them libertie freely to declare their doctrine: The Prin­ces of our dayes shoulde doe well to imitate this man, whereof manye of them condemne the doctrine of truth, before they knowe it, and vse cruelly to punishe them, whose fayth and religion they are vtterly ignoraunt of. But let them remember, they shall not be excused through ignorance, con­sidering it is their parts to do nothing of ignorance, but diligently to search out and examine all causes.

These things being thus premised, let vs nowe marke howe the con­tention beginneth, The mee­ting togither of Paule and Elymas the sorcerer. where it plainly appeareth that the Apostles were the beginners hereof. For where Sergius the Proconsull had sent for them, to learne of them the worde of God, it is like that they made no tariance, but with all speede hasted to set forth the kingdome of God. And here streyght­way commeth forth this Magitian, and withstandeth them as they preach [Page 515] the worde. For he quickly sawe that there was like to be no longer abiding for him with the Proconsull, if he were once lightned with the knowledge of truth. And although Luke declareth not after what sort he resisted the A­postles, yet bicause he was a false Prophete and sorcerer, it maye be easily gathered, that he left no wayes vnassayde, which might seeme to oppresse the truth. And this Contender is diligentlye to be considered, that by him we may learne to knowe all false Prophetes. And fyrst marke his prowde name, whereby he challengeth to himselfe a certaine Godheade. For being called after his right name Elymas, he woulde in the Syrian tongue be cal­led Bariesu, that is to saye, the sonne of the Sauiour, The condici­ons of false Prophetes. whereby we coniec­ture that he presumed to promise saluation, to them that woulde follow his teaching. He is therefore of the number of those, that Christ prophecied shoulde come, and challenge to them the maiestie of his name. Math. 24. But it is the propertie of false Prophetes, that if themselues vsurpe not the name of God, yet they will haue their doctrine called after his name, that vnder this pretence they might the easlyer beguile the simple. Thus Zedechias speaking before Achab of the victorie that he shoulde get against the Syri­ans, vseth that common beginning of the Prophetes, Thus sayth the Lorde. The same may we see in diuers others. Yea, there was yet neuer false Pro­phete, but he went about to get him authoritie by colour of Gods name. Moreouer, this he doth according to the vsage of all false Prophetes, he getteth him the friendship and familiaritie of the Proconsull, and cleaueth fast vnto him, as a most neare companion. For deceyuers vse to get them the friendship of great estates, both for that when they haue gotte them on their sides, other by their example are the easlyer allured, and also to pur­chase themselfe safetie by their authoritie. For where they knowe they are destitute of the ayde of truth, they must needes seeke for the arme and power of man, whereby to defende themselfe. So Baalam in time past, not­withstanding he was admonished to the contrary by Oracle, went about to get the friendship of Balac king of the Moa [...]ites. And it is manifest that the Romaine Antichristes haue clymed to such power as they haue, being ay­ded with the amitie and armor of Princes, yea, the deceyuers and hooded Iuglers, are so neare and at hande about Princes, that they can scarce let a fart but they must know it. And this is the cause that such teachers frame their doctrine according to the delicate eares of their hearers, least they shoulde offende them, vpon whome they wholy depende. This was Ely­mas onely scope and ende, to turne the Proconsull from the fayth, that he shoulde not beleeue that that Paule sayde. And as all the Ministers of true doctrine consent herein, to winne menne vnto God by fayth in Christ, so all deceyuers agree herein, to ouerthrowe the faith in Christ, which being ouerthrowne, the kingdome of God can take no place among menne. For Satan knoweth that his force is most weakened by true fayth, wherof there are examples euerywhere in the Euangelistes.

But let vs see howe Paule confuted this wicked enchaunter. Paule confu­teth Elymas. First Luke sayth he was full of the holy ghost, wherby he meaneth that he was moued by the spirite somewhat aboue his ordinarie wont, which thing he therfore declareth aforehande, that we might thinke he did nothing of fleshly affecti­on, when we shall heare his heauy and intollerable weyght of wordes. In the meane season we are admonished to fyght against the enimies of truth, [Page 516] not with the blinde affection of fleshe, but by the conduct and counsayle of the holy ghost, whome vndoubtedly they shall fynde to bee their enimye, be they neuer so well garded with worldly power, Then he goeth on in his businesse, fyxing his eies fast vpon Elymas, which is an argument of a well meaning and vnfearefull minde. And verily it becommeth vs boldly and constantly to resist Antichristians, that they maye thinke men feare them not. 1. Iohn. 4. For why shoulde we feare them, seeing he is greater that is on our side. Why also shoulde they be the more encouraged through our cowardlynesse, who already are turmoyled with the terrours of their naughtie conscience? Thirdly he painteth him out egregiously in his colours, and ioyneth a spe­ciall weight and poyse vnto euery worde. First, ô full of all deceytfulnesse sayth he. He accuseth him therefore of subtiltie and craft, as one that sought praise and authoritie by sorcery and enchauntment. Secondly, he vpbray­deth him with naughtynesse of minde, being readye to commit whatsoeuer wickednesse it were. For what is more naughtye and wicked, than vnder colour of Gods holy name, to beguile men, which is the chiefe commenda­tion of false Prophetes and sorcerers? For by this meanes, they sette God at sixe and seauen, as they saye, who threatneth that he will not let the pro­phanation of his name go vnreuenged. Thirdly, he calleth him the chylde of the deuill, to declare his impudencie, who presumed to call himselfe the sonne of the Sauiour. For that he was a childe of the Deuils, both his in­solent pride of minde, and earnest studie of naughtinesse did abundantly de­clare. Fourthly, he calleth him the enimy of all righteousnesse, and that well worthy, forasmuch as he was Christes aduersarie, without whome can be founde no righteousnesse, that is before God acceptable. Fifthly, thou cea­sest not (sayth he) to peruert the straight wayes of the Lorde. In the which wordes he comprehendeth two most heinous offences, incurable malicious­nesse, and earnest desire to peruert the worde of the Lorde. For his worde is simple and pure, and sheweth vnto vs a most playne waye of saluation. But through the naughtinesse of manne, it seemeth vncertaine and full of perplexitie. Last of all, he thundreth against him the heauy sentence of pu­nishment. And nowe beholde, the hande of the Lorde is vppon thee, and thou shalt be blinde, and not see for a season. Where yet among the terrible thun­der crackes of Gods threates, we see there is hope of saluation left, if he will repent and turne vnto the Lord. For God so vseth to reueale his wrath by his worde, that yet he will not haue them swallowed vppe of despaire, whome he will haue saued. The chiefe vse of this place is, that we learne what the faythfull Ministers of Christes Church haue to doe in these dayes, where many Elymae are buzeing in the eares of Kings and Prin­ces, to bring them from the fayth, that they may at their pleasure oppresse the ruder sort and the Comminaltie. For we can iudge the Monkes and Priests none other, which deceytfully sell their trifles, vnder color of Gods holy name, and like the presumpteous Gyauntes arrogate to themselues power vpon heauen, who of set purpose striue against the righteousnesse of Christ, and the faith that maketh righteous, who impudently set light the authoritie of Gods word, and corrupt the same with the traditions of men, who make the most plaine way of saluation most intricate and vnfyndable, with their infynite mazes of Monkish vowes, of orders, of rules, of me­rites, of bulles, of pardons, and of cases reserued: who fynally not here­with [Page 517] content, procure Princes to committe slaughter and murther, and to shedde innocent bloude. These must be accused with like boldenesse and li­bertie, that men maye learne to beware of them, which hitherto haue be­guiled them with their stagelike maiestie. Neyther lette vs giue eare vnto them, which in this case prescribe vs rules of modestie and charitie, foras­much as it is euident that many of them be incurable, and are bent onely to defende their vsurped tyrannie, be it right, or be it wrong.

Nowe remayneth the ende and successe of this contention, The ende and successe of the conten­cion. heauy for E­lymas the deceyuer, but most ioyfull for Sergius the Proconsull. For on Ely­mas falleth by and by the punishment pronounced by Paule, and being stri­ken blinde, he gropeth for one to leade him by the hande. The like we saw fall out before to Ananias and Sapphira, whereby it behoueth vs to learne y e power of Gods word. The chiefe thing to be marked in this place is what remayneth for false teachers and deceyuers, which dare to withstande the worde of God, eyther for vauntage or honour. They are made blinde for the most part, if not in body, yet it minde, and the Lorde of his iust iudge­ment hath giuen them vp into a reprobate sense, so that they are neyther a­ble to embrace the truth, nor yet to forsake and auoide manifest and knowne errours. Furthermore, being in Gods iudgement defamed, they lose the strength and ayde of fleshe, wherein they so much trusted. So is fulfylled that that is written in Zachary. 11. chap. ô Idols shepehearde that leaueth the flocke. The sworde shall come vpon his arme, and vpon his right eie. His arme shall be cleane dryed vp, and his right eye shall be sore blinded. And there want not examples of this iudgement in our dayes, but we want eyes to behold them. And these our Elymae are so much the more miserable, that being blinde, yet they thinke still they see, and seeke for none to leade them, but contemptuously disdaine those which God offereth them. Furthermore, as this contention came to passe vnprosperouslye for Elymas, so great profyte came thereby vnto the Proconsull, whome the Lorde by this meanes de­liuered out of darkenesse. For he seeing the iudgement of God, beleeued, and beganne to make much of Christes doctrine. This is the peculiar pro­pertie of Gods children, that they acknowledge the iudgementes of God, & are amended by others example, 2. Tim. 3. where the euill and deceyuers waxe worse and worse. But in all this storie, this thing is most comfortable, that we see the truth can be vanquished, neyther with open force of Tyrants, nor sub­tile conueyance of the Deuill. For being pressed and borne downe, it riseth againe, and by striuing gathereth the more strength. Therefore let vs em­brace the truth, and constantly stande by the author and defender thereof, Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be praise, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxviij. Homelie.

‘WHEN Paule departed from Paphos, they that were with him, came to Perga in Pamphilia, and Iohn departed from them, and returned to Ierusa­lem. But they wandred through the countries, and came from Perga to An­tioch in Pisidia, and went into the Sinagoge on the Sabboth daye, and sate downe. And after the lecture of the lawe and the Prophetes, the Rulers of the [Page 518] Sinagoge sent vnto them, saying: ye men and brethren, if you haue any ser­mon to exhort the people, say on.’

THere appeare many and notable tokens of diuine power and maiestie, in the workes of Iesus Christ, but among them al this is the most notable and euident, that by y e ministerie of the Apostles within few yeres, he subdued all the world. For where it is mani­fest, that they were furnished with no fleshlye succors, but were the least esteemed of all men, and yet brought to passe things of such importance: we must needes ac­knowledge that Gods power wrought by them, whereby it came to passe, that the worlde was brought to a newe countenance, and the Gentyles de­liuered from the errors of their olde superstition, and receyued the true re­ligion. This is the chiefe thing that we haue to consider in this present voy­age of Paule and Barnabas. For these two being sent forth by the appoynt­ment of God, to preach the Gospell indifferently to all Nations, they pros­perously passe through all impedimentes standing in their waye. And fyrst cōming to Cyprus, they subdue vnto the kingdome of Christ, the inhabiters of a most rich Islande, giuen to all riotousnesse and worshipping of Venus, and they doe not onely winne vnto them the common people, but Sergius also the Romaine Proconsull, whose authoritie onely had bene ynough to haue resisted them, if it had bene mans affayres only they had gone about: and they leade about Elymas the sorcerer, a chosen instrument of the De­uill, and striken with horrible blindenesse in triumph, so that in one conflict it appeareth mannes force, and the Deuils sleightes, were ouercommen both togither. Nowe let vs see howe such a prosperous beginning gaue a good occasion to the Apostles, farther to spreade the kingdome of Christ.

Pamphilia is lightened with the gos­pell.Hauing gone through Cyprus, they passe from Paphus into Pamphilia, and came vnto Perga, a Citie of that Region, making a great voyage both by sea and by lande. And there is no doubt but that they caused the doctrine of the Gospell to shine also ouer Pamphilia, seeing for that ende they tooke in hande this voyage. And this is a rare example of Apostolike zeale and in­dustrie, that although they had brought a most famous Island to the know­ledge of Christ, yet they thinke not nowe to leaue of, as though they had fully accomplished their dutie, but hold on still, and thinke they are the more bounde vnto Christ, the more fauourably they see he furthereth their begin­nings. So Paule in another place, hauing fylled all places from Arabia vn­to Illyricum, with the Gospell of Iesus Christ, stayeth not so, but purposeth in his minde to go through Italie and Spaine also. Rom. 15. By which examples their slothfulnesse is reproued, which hauing yet scarce begonne and giuen the onset, make holyday, leaue of, thinking they haue done very much already, and supposing it neyther meete nor right that men should looke for any more at their handes. But it behoueth vs to continue vnto the ende, that we be neuer wearie of doing Christ seruice, as long as we hope we may set forth Gods glorie, and bring any to the knowledge of saluation.

Iohn Mark fayleth in the ministerye of the Gospell.But being occupied in this most holy businesse and trauayle, befalleth an heauy case. For while they are busied in training others vnto Christ, they lose their companion and fellow minister, whome they had chosen out [Page 519] of a great number. This was Iohn surnamed Marke, sonne to that Mary ▪ to whose house Peter came when he was escaped out of prison, as hath bene declared before. This Iohn, as hereafter shall appeare in the .xv. Chapter, being wearied with continuall trauayles and daungers, left them, and re­turned to Ierusalem, whereby he not onely disapointed them of his helpe, to whome he ought fast to haue cleaued in that most godly businesse, but also was the occasion of a bitter contention that arose afterward betwene Paule and Barnabas. But bicause it is sayde he returned to Ierusalem, where his mother was: it is like he pretended for his sloth, the loue he ought to his mother being a widowe: so that he maye be iudged to be of the number of them, wherof in the Gospell he is an example, which being called of Christ, sayde, he woulde fyrst go and burie his father. The holy ghost setteth out such examples to vs, not to be followed, but that we might vnderstande there will be alwayes slidebackes, and heauy calamities that shall hinder the course of the Gospell. For Satan who desired to syft euen the very Apo­stles, is not ydle. For although he could not pull them cleane from Christ, yet he brought to passe, that they were so feared with his apprehension and bandes, that they all fled from him. So we reade in the .vj. of Iohn, that diuers thousandes fell from him at once. And Paule which now seeth Marke thus slippe away, complaineth afterwarde howe Demades embraced thys present worlde, and when he shoulde be brought before Caesar, howe all his friendes forsooke him. Let no man therefore be offended at the leuitie and inconstantnesse of some people now a dayes, who hauing profited very well in Christes religion, by and by giue ouer. For both Christ and his A­postles prophecied such should come. In the meane while let these men re­member that they grieuoussy sinne. For they forsake Christ his cause, which is a kinde of denying him. Beside, they offende the weaker sort, and giue occasion to them that thinke not well of the Gospell, and of the Christian faith, to sclaunder it, so that by their meane the name of Christ is yll spoken of. Furthermore, they make all them that are vnknowne and forreners, to suspect them whome otherwise they woulde succour and relieue. Final­lye, they are authours of diuision, while they cause other to take part with them, who ought to ioyne both hearts and handes togither, to set forth the kingdome of Christ. And they offende the more grieuously, the more they be of authoritie.

But to returne to the Apostles, let vs learne by their examples what we haue to do, if y e like things come to passe. For, The Apo­stles go into Pisidia. do they when they vnderstand of Markes sodeine departure, leaue y e office they are put in charge with? No. But they go through Pamphilia, & passing ouer the mount Taurus, come in­to Pisidia, and to Antioch (which somtime was also called Caesarea, as Plinie testifyeth) where they preach the Gospell more earnestly than euer they did before, as the things following shall abundantly declare. We are by this example admonished, that we must not eyther for falshoode or sloth of other, suffer our selues to be plucked from doing our dutie. For other mennes faults cannot excuse vs, whose falles we must rather eschew than imitate. And bicause it is the Lordes cause that we stande in, it shall be ea­sie for him to defende it, though but by a fewe, and those of no authoritie in the worldes sight. Yea, he many times suffreth those to fall away, of whom we hoped for most helpe, that thereby he might declare, howe we should re­ioyce [Page 520] but in God alone. Besides this, though we be forsaken of the worlde, yet be we not alone. For that that Christ pronounced of himselfe, must be applied vnto all his members. The time commeth (sayth he) that you shall be scattered euery, one into his owne, and shall leaue me alone: and yet am I not alone, Iohn. 16. for the father is with me. Yea he sayth moreouer: I will not leaue you succourlesse. Iohn. 14. Math. 28. Beholde I am with you vnto the ende of the worlde. Hereto be­longeth that saying of Dauid: when my father and mother forsooke mee, the Lorde tooke me, Psal. 27. and receyued me. And these thinges must not Ministers of the worde onely remember, but also Princes and Magistrates. For these also haue God for the author of their vocation, who testifyeth that he is in the middest of them. Wherefore if they be constant, in setting forth his glorye, there is no cause they shoulde be mooued with the terrors of the worlde, for­asmuch as they shall haue God for their protector and reuenger. Lette pri­uate persons thinke so likewise, that they be not dismayde at the counte­nance and looke of the worlde. For the worlde shall perish, but the worde of the Lord wherevpon both our saluation and vocation is founded, Esay. 40. endureth for euer.

What the Apostles did in Antioch of Pisidia.Further, let vs see what the Apostles did at Antioch. Vpon a Sabboth daye they go into the Sinagoge and sit downe. This Luke writeth, to shewe vnto vs, that they sought occasion to teache or preach the Gospell. For on the Sabboth dayes the Iewes vsed publikely to assemble, to be instructed in the lawe, and to make their prayers vnto God. Which thing was the cause that not long after, the Apostles went into the Iewes Sinagoge at Salamine also. And there is no doubt▪ but they did the like also otherwheres, forasmuch as there was no hope for them in any other place more commo­diously to teach. And they were not deceyued. For when the solemne and accustomed lecture of the lawe and Prophetes was ended, the Rulers of the Sinagoge supposing them to be no common persons, gaue them leaue to speake vnto the people. For they send a message to them, saying: ye men and brethren, if you haue any Sermon to exhort the people, saye on. And so Paule begonne a singular sermon of Iesus Christ, and the whole mysterie of our saluation, the beginning whereof (God willing) we shall heare to morowe. At this time we haue certaine other thinges to consider, of which we will speake in order.

First and foremost the Apostles spredde not the doctrine of saluation a­brode in Tauernes, The truth must be prea­ched openly. among drunken blowbolles, nor yet in corners and woodes among the rude and ignorant people, but they come into a publike place, and openly teach the Gospell. This it appeareth they did after the ex­ample of Christ, who vsed himselfe to go into the Sinagoges, and to teach openly. And when he was examined by Caiphas, of his doctrine and Dis­ciples, as though he had bene an heretike, he defendeth himselfe by this argument only, that he taught openly in the Sinagoge and in the Church, and was not afrayde to abide the iudgement of the whole people, touching his doctrine. Iohn. 18. Which examples serue to repoorue them, which sowe newe o­pinions secretly among the people, and flie and abhorre nothing so much as the light and iudgement of the congregation. This one thing abundant­lye prooueth that they are deceyuers, seeing that truth desireth nothing so much as the light. Where yet we do not condemne them, which being com­passed about with persecutions, exercise the duties of godly religion in se­cret, [Page 521] which thing we reade was done at Ierusalem by the faythfull in the house of Mary, and otherwheres: so that they be ready to giue an account of their fayth, to as many as require the same, and not like the Anabapti­stes, by stubborne silence and craftie dissimulation, delude them that go a­bout to trie their fayth and doctrine.

Then againe it is no superfluous notation of time, where it is sayde, The Sab­both dayes must be kept holy. they went into the sinagoge on the Sabboth dayes. For hereby he teacheth vs, that they diligently kept the religion of y e Sabboth, which day it is eui­dent, was dedicated vnto God at y e beginning of the world, & was diligent­ly commended by Moses vnto the Israelites. For where we be busied with diuers occupations, it was necessary that there should be one time appoin­ted, free from all cares and businesse, wherein we shoulde giue our selues wholy both in body and soule to the honouring of God. Therefore God ap­pointed the seauenth daye to this exercise, which he for this cause called his daye, that when that daye commeth, we should abstaine from all other bu­sinesses and exercises. And he ordeyned it to be kept so holilye, Num. 15. that he ap­pointed death for the breakers thereof. And in the Prophets this is recko­ned for one of the most grieuous offences and causes of the captiuitie of Ba­bilon, that they did vnhallowe the Sabbothes of the Lorde. For the which cause the sonne of God, although he many times reprehended the supersti­tious keeping of them, yet he diligently obserued those thinges wherein the worship of God consisted. For on those days he entred into the Sinagoges and was present at their publike assemblies and prayers. Moreouer, hee taught and hearde others teach, and also vsed diligently the deedes of libe­ralitie. Which thing the Apostles remembring, they thought good also to followe the example of their maister. But now a dayes the matter is come to that passe, that among Christians they may go for the best menne, that breake the Sabbothes but with handy works, toward the getting of their liuing, whereas a great many prophane them with heynous wickednesse, nor at any time doe men more sinne in pryde and arrogancie, in drunken­nesse, concupiscence and ryot, than on that day which ought to be bestowed wholy in the study of godly workes, and eternall rest and quiet. And not­withstanding these thinges are openly committed, yet wee still seeke what should bee the causes of the miseries and wretchednesse of our dayes.

Howbeit, The order of holy metings or assemblies where the religion of the Sabboth as touching the outward obseruation, consisteth chiefly in the holy assemblyes which Moses calleth holye conuocations. Luke declareth diligently what was done in this as­sembly. First, the Apostles sate downe, no doubt, among the residue that were there gathered togither. This is the dutie of modestie and honestie, wherof regard must alwaies be had euerywhere, but chiefly in the Church, that nothing be done out of order and dishonestly. Then he maketh menti­on howe the lawe and the Prophetes were reade, which was obserued a­mong the Iewes of a common custome, as we shall vnderstand a little af­ter by Paules sermon, and by the wordes of Iames in the .xv. Chapter. For so Moses ordeyned by the commaundement of God, which custome after their returne from Babylon, Esdras restored againe, as appeareth in Nehe­mias cap. 8. And Christ vsed none other custome, when out of the place of Esay, he taught the mysteries of our saluation in the Sinagoge at Naza­reth. These thinges teach vs, that in the congregation, Luke. 4. the worde of God [Page 522] comprehended in the Scriptures, ought to be intreated. For this cause Paule commendeth vnto the Ministers of Churches the studie of holy scrip­ture, bicause none other voyce, than such as speaketh in the scripture, must be hearde in Gods house. Therfore their errour is enormious and absurde in that Church which declare vnto the simple people most foolish trifles out of the Legendes of Saints, or else vrge and exact mans traditions, wher­with Christ himselfe out of the Prophete teacheth, Math. 15. Esay. 29. that all Gods religion is corrupted. Which thing as it is in these dayes to much frequented, [...]o if at any time any place be left for the word of God, it is vsed to be sayde or song commonlye in a straunge tongue, so that no profyte can come to the people thereby. But touching this matter, see Paules iudgement. 1. Cor. 14. Third­lye, this also is to be commended, that none of them taketh vppon him to speake, before he be lawfully requested. For although of auncient custome, the interpreters and Prophetes, sate next to the Teachers, yet none impu­dently intruded himselfe, so that vndesired or without necessitie, he woulde speake vnto the people. Wherefore Paule and Barnabas also, although they were sent by the holy ghost, yet they thinke it not good to breake so profyta­ble and auncient a custome of the Church. Therefore the Anabaptistes dis­order is not to be suffered, which abuse the place of Paule. 1. Cor. 14▪ saying that all men ought to haue leaue to speake in the Church. For Paule in that place speaketh of those, that had the gift of interpretation and prophecie, and sate with the teachers, as was euen nowe sayde. But such as were no interpreters, he commaundeth to keepe silence. And he commaundeth all things to be done decently and in order. Neyther lette any man obiect here vnto me, what I thinke the Apostles woulde haue done, if no man had gi­uen them leaue. For who can doubt but they woulde then haue vsed the li­bertie giuen them of the spirite? But forasmuch as they might vse the same, and not breake the custome of the Church, they must needes haue bene re­prehended, if they woulde without cause haue broken that custome. Fur­thermore, this was verye well done of the Antiochians, to giue leaue vnto men vnknowne and straungers to saye their minde. For they woulde not quench the spirite, nor despise prophecying, wherof Paule elsewhere giueth warning. 1. Thess. 5. Here is chiefly to be obserued, that they require a ser­mon of exhortation. For thus they expresse the ende wherevnto all doctrine and preaching in the Church is to be referred, namely that the Church be not onely taught what it ought to doe, but may also be prouoked with god­ly exhortation to doe their dutie, and so may be builded vpon the foundation of the Apostles and Prophetes, and may truly close and ioyne togither vn­der Christ their heade. And hereto belongeth that commendation of holye scripture, 2. Tim. 3. which Paule sayth is profitable to teach, to improoue, to amende, and to instruct in righteousnesse, that the man of God may be perfect and prepared vnto all good workes. These thinges are to be obserued of them, which make their sermons in the Church for ostentation sake, and are more care­full for their owne glory, than for Christes. Let euery man rather learne so to order all exercises of the Church, that by godly exhortations they may be builded in true faith, vnto the glory of Iesus Christ: to whom be praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxix. Homelie.

‘THEN Paule stoode vp and beckened with the hande for silence, and sayde: Men of Israel, and ye that feare God, giue audience. The God of this people chose our fathers, and exalted the people when they dwelt as straun­gers in the lande of Egypt, and with an high arme brought he them out of it: and about the time of fourtie yeares, suffered he their maners in the wildernesse. And he destroyed seauen Nations in the lande of Canaan, and deuided their land to them by lot. And afterward he gaue vnto them Iudges, about the space of foure hundred and fyfty yeares, vntill the time of Samuell the Pro [...]phete. And afterwarde they desired a king, and God gaue vnto them Saule the sonne of Cis, a man of the tribe of Beniamin, by the space of fourty yeres▪’

NOwe followeth it how Luke the Euange­list describeth the Sermon which Paule the Apostle that most chosen vessell made to the Congregation at Anti­oche: and this is the fyrst of Paules sermons that the ho­ly ghost would, should be put in writing, not that he iud­ged the rest vnworthy to be knowne, but that by this we might iudge of the other, which could not be but like vn­to this, bicause the spirite of God is at all times and places, like vnto it selfe: Howbeit, it is not without a cause that Luke chose this sermon chief­ly of all other, so diligently to rehearse. For as this one comprehendeth in it moste fully all the mysteries of Iesus Christ and of our saluation: so when those of Antioch contemned it, the Apostles did that which wee reade they very seldome did before. For shaking the dust of from their feete vpon the Iewes, they caried the doctrine of saluation vnto others.

Furthermore, The argu­ment & par [...]s of Paules ser­mon. the argument of the Sermon is the same that Christ commaunded the Apostles to obserue. For he laboureth altogither to bring the Iewes from the vaine affiance of the lawe and ceremonies therof, vn­to the fayth in Christ. For the better obteyning whereof he proceedeth in most commodious order. For fyrst where he knewe they gloryed much in certaine prerogatiues, so that they thought it superfluous, to search or take any other waye of saluation, he teacheth that they haue nothing of them­selues wherin to glory, but that they haue receyued what so euer good qua­litie is in them of the meere mercie of God, who for the Messias sake, which he had promised, did vouchsafe both to saue them, and also to giue them those prerogatiues. And thereof he gathereth that it is necessarye for them to embrace that Messias, least they fall from the grace of God, and be depri­ued of all goodnesse. This done, he sheweth that this Iesus is the sonne of God, and of Mary the virgin, and that sauiour and Messias that was pro­mised, and here he so reasoneth of his office, that he briefely comprehendeth all the businesse of our saluation, and confyrmeth the same with euident O­racles of the olde Testament. At length he sheweth the threats of the Pro­phets, that as many as despised the sonne of God, and the saluation in him offered, might knowe that the horrible iudgement of God, hanged ouer their heades. And this is the summe of all his sermon, which it suffyceth in fewe wordes to haue touched, bicause we entende to speake more at large [Page 524] of euery thing in his place. Nowe let vs come to the treatie of the same.

The be­ginning of Paules ser­mon.The beginning is short, after the maner of the Apostles, not to be sus­pected of any curious artifyciousnesse or conueyaunce. He fyrst holdeth out or lifteth vp his hande, which was a kinde of gesture vsed in the olde time to cause men to keepe silence, when others were about to speake, as wee shall see in places following, not so fewe as one. Then to make them the more attent, he calleth them by such names, as he both knewe woulde get their good will, and also admonishe them of their dutie. For fyrst he calleth them Israelites, in which name they greatlye reioyced, not onely bicause of Iacob the Patriarch, which was fyrst so called, but bicause therein also were conteyned manifest promises of Gods helpe and protection, as we may see Gen. 32. And he addeth: And yee that feare God, giue audience, so plainely thereby admonishing them of their dutie, that they might perceyue they were then true Israelites, when they feared God, and obeyed his worde. The breuitie of the Apostles beginning, admonisheth vs of two things ve­ry worthy to be knowne and considered. The fyrst is, wherefore those ty­tles serue, that wee vse in the beginning, when we reuerently and honou­rably speake vnto the hearers, wherein much is to be attributed to honor, euen by the testimony of Paule, who commaundeth vs in giuing honour to go one before another. Rom. 12. Yet must we take diligent heede, that we nourish not the ambicion of arrogant men, with a flattring tongue and meaning, which are euen drunke with the pride of glorious names. But this rather wee must obserue, that with meete and condigne names, we admonishe them with whome we haue to doe, of their dutie. Therefore the simplicitie of our auncesters and elders is very worthy to be commended, who being content with the names of their office and dutie only, neuer knew what these pain­ted and flattering tytles ment. For what wilt thou adde vnto the name of a king? that shall be more honourable or noble than it, seeing the very name alone conteyneth more in it than any manne is able to perfourme? And if thou haue to speake vnto Christians, what canst thou deuise more amiable than the name of brother, or more honourable than the name of Christian, wherby both the Priestly dignitie, and Princely maiestie, whervnto Christ hath aduaunced vs, is expressed? But nowe a dayes the worlde is come to such foolishnesse, that they are iudged rude and rusticall, that stuffe not their orations and writings with counterfeyted and most p [...]euish and ridiculous tytles, whereby they make men already not well in their wits, starke sta­ring madde. How much better did Augustus Caesar, who thought this name Dominus, Suetonius Tranquillus in the lyfe of Augustus chap. 53. or Lorde, more honorable, than sitting for a mortall man as he was? Secondly, we are taught what maner of men they shoulde be that will heare the worde of God worthily, and to their profyte and vtilitie. First they must be Israelites, which in the wrastling of temptations, must take fast holde of the worde of God, and not suffer it by anye aduersitie to be taken from them. 1. Iohn. 5. Therefore is fayth required, whereby the Apostle witnesseth, we ouercome. Then must they be such as feare God, and tremble with great reuerence at his worde, as the Lorde admonisheth by his Prophet. Esay. 66. For it cannot be that any can obey the worde of God, but he that hath learned to thinke well of it. For the which cause when Moses came to talke with God, he was commaunded to put of his shooes, that is to say, all beastly and fleshly affections, whereby the maiestie of God vseth to be dri­uen [Page 525] awaye. Nowe seeing there be so fewe such hearers in these dayes, for that cause we see the worde of God is so much preached in vaine.

But to returne vnto Paule, he addeth to his beginning, The nar­ration. the narration of an hystorie, wherein the fyrst part of his Oration is ended. And he taketh the beginning of his narration of the fathers, therby declaring that he prea­ched neyther newe God, nor newe fayth, but the same by the which the fa­thers in time past were saued. For he affirmeth that they had in deede many singuler giftes, but yet nothing but that God of his grace gaue them, who woulde haue the Sauiour that he promised, borne of their posteritie. But bicause they which trust in their owne worthinesse, can hardly acknowledge the grace of God, Paule vseth a diligent rehearsall of Gods benefyts, which both maintaineth the grace of god, against the boasters of their merits, and also contayneth manifest examples of our whole redemption. Wherefore it shall not be from Paules purpose, if we runne them all ouer, and expende such poyntes as serue for our instruction.

First he toucheth the fountaine of all goodnesse, which is free election. Free electi­on or choyse. The God of this people (sayeth he) chose our fathers. He calleth him the God of the people of the Iewes, not after the maner of the gentiles, which appoynted to euery Nation their peculiar God, but bicause that God which was the Lorde and gouernor of all Nations, chose vnto him the people of Iewes before all other, by whom he would be knowne vnto all the world. Psa. 76.147 That this election or choyse, was of his free mercie, the Scripture teacheth in euery place. Iosua. 24. Uerily Iosue testifyeth that Abraham serued straunge Gods before he was called. And Moses doth many times inculcate this election, that they might vnderstande whome to thanke for all those benefytes that they had receyued. And hereto belong the things which we read in Ezechiel 16. and Amos. 3. and they take from the Iewes all occasion of glorying. Hereby also appeareth that our saluation, and whatsoeuer we haue that good is, ought to be referred vnto the grace of God, whereby he did vouch­safe to choose vs also, before the foundations of the worlde were layde. Ephe. 1. Da­uid therefore doth well saye: Blessed is the man whome thou hast chosen. And if we haue no goodnesse of our selues, but are chosen of God, Psal. 65. what madnesse is it I pray you, to attribute saluation to our merites or works, which vn­lesse free election go before, cannot please God.

Secondly, The deli­uery out of Egypt, he alleageth the glory and notable deliuerye of this people out of Egypt. For when they were Pilgrimes and straungers in Egypt, God did marueylously exalt them, fyrst by Ioseph, who being made ruler of Egypt, obtained fauour for them, of the king of that Countrie. After that being oppressed with tyrannie, he brought them out of the house of bondage into libertie, wi [...]h an high or mighty arme, that is to saye, by myracles and wonders with great power. And that this was a free benefyte and good­nesse, appeareth in this, that they were pilgrimes and men most abiect For what coulde such deserue? To saye nothing in the meane season howe they were polluted and defyled with the superstition of Egypt, whereby they de­serued rather to be kept in bondage still, than to be sette at libertie. These things containe in them a fygure of our common redemption, much agree­ing with this present argument. For it is manifest, we are all pilgrimes vpon the earth, and haue here no continuall dwelling place. Such there­fore as we who deserued no possession vpon earth, hath God lift vppe into [Page 526] heauen, yea, he hath witsafe to take as his children. He also hath deliuered vs being oppressed with the deadly tyrannie of the deuill, with his highe arme, that is to saye, by his sonne, whome Esaye the Prophete cap. 53. cal­leth the arme of the Lorde.

The suf­ferance of God towarde sinners.Thirdly, he sayth, God suffered their maners fourtie yeares in the wilder­nesse. Herein is noted a marueylous, and more than fatherly bearing and tendernesse, such as no mortall man woulde vse towarde his only sonne, or seruaunt most profytable vnto him. This thing well appeareth, if we read the storie of Moses. Howe often reade we, they murmured against Moses, howe often rose they sediciously against him, howe often went they about to murther him? But to let passe the thinges they did against Moses, what did they not commit against God himselfe? They forgate his commaunde­ments and made a Calfe, and chaunged the glory of God immortall into the similitude of an Oxe that eateth haye. How often preferred they the ser­uitude of Egypt, before the benefyte of their glorious deliuery? how often did they tempt the will and power of God? yet God bare with their incura­ble malice, although they daily deserued with newe punishments to be de­stroyed. This might seeme a wonderfull meekenesse of God, if we daylye founde not the like. For what daye or houre passeth, in the which we pro­uoke not the iudgement of God against vs, eyther in wordes, deedes, or thoughts and wicked desires? Yet the Lorde spareth vs, as though he had not thunderboltes and diuers other weapons at hande, wherewith to pu­nishe and strike vs. Psal. 103. For he knoweth whereof we be made to vse the wordes of y e Prophet) and remembreth that we are but dust. Yet least any man might thinke he maye hereby sinne without checke, let vs note that this lenitie of God serued but hereto onely, bicause he woulde not destroy the whole Na­tion, according to their desertes. In the meane while, he grieuously puni­shed them that were incurable, and woulde not repent. For none of them entred into the lande of promise, but were ouerthrowne in the wildernesse with many plagues, in somuch that God neyther spared Aaron nor Moses, bicause they also had bene occasions of offence vnto the people.

The pos­session of the lande of pro­mise.Fourthly, he rehearseth the inheritance of the lande of promise, which God gaue by lot to the people of the Iewes, hauing fyrst destroyed seauen mightie Nations. This is at large set forth in the booke of Iosue. And Mo­ses diligently setteth forth that benefyte of God, where he sayeth: when the Lorde thy God hath brought thee into the lande, which he sware vnto thy fa­thers, Deut. 6. Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob, and giueth thee great and goodlye Cities, which thou buildedst not, houses full of all maner of goods, which thou fylledst not, and welles digged which thou diggedst not, vineyardes and Olyue trees which thou plantedst not. &c. Which wordes as they marueylously amplify the liberalitie of God: so they might cause God to be thought vnrighteous and cruell, vnlesse the causes be well considered, for the which these Nati­ons were cast out. Moses reciteth them in other places, where he forbiddeth wandring and promiscuous lustes, incest, ydolatrie, sorcerie, and enchaunt­mentes, and such other curious artes, and addeth: Thou shalt not doe after the maner of this Nation which I cast out before thee, for all these things haue they done, wherfore I haue abhorred them. &c. See Leuit. 20 and .18. Deut. 18 Therefore for these offences these Nations were destroyed, wherewithall when the Israelites also were defyled, we reade that God cast them of also: [Page 527] so that no man [...]an in this case accuse God eyther of vnrighteousnesse, or of ouermuch seueritie.

Fifthly, The ordi­nance of com­mon weale and kingdom he setteth forth the benefyte of a common weale gouerned by good lawes. For God did not onely giue vnto them the lande, but also Iud­ges to gouerne and defend them against the tyrannie of their enimies. And here is to be marked a manifest errour, which through the negligence of Stationers and Printers hath depraued the numbers. For it is written, that after Moses and the distribution of the lande, the Iudges ruled foure hundred and fyfty yeares, whereas by infallible computation can be gathe­red but three hundred yeares onely, which Paule was not ignorant of. For it is euident that from the people of Israels going out of Egypt, vntill the building of Salomons Temple, 1. Reg. 6. which beganne in the fourth yeare of his reigne, were but fower hundreth and fower score yeares. From these take the fortie yeares that Moses ledde the people in the wildernesse, and the for­tie yeares of Samuel and Saule, and as many of Dauid, with the fower yea­res of Salomons reigne, and then shall remayne three hundred and sixe and fyftie yeares, in the which the Iudges gouerned the common weale of Is­rael. In these are declared two argumentes of Gods goodnesse. For in all that time of the Iudges, they deserued not so fewe times as once to be de­stroyed, and yet were still saued. Moreouer, when they desired a King, des­pising that forme of common weale which was the best of all other, giuen them of God, God did not set ouer them any forreine tyrant, but gaue them Saule to be their king, one of their owne brethren, and one of the least re­garded Trybes, least the power of the newe king shoulde be to great and intollerable at the beginning. Yea, the Lorde tooke in good part, and did well interpretate their inconsiderate rashnesse. For so he brought the king­dome to Iuda, Genes. 49. out ofwhose Princely stocke Iacob prophecied that the Messi­as shoulde come. But of this shall be intreated hereafter. At this present, let vs consider, that the institution of a common weale, is to be numbred among the speciall benefytes of God. For where men naturally shunne to be corrected, and yet without discipline it is impossible, to leade a quiet and safe life: it is a worke of Gods power and goodnesse, to haue common wea­les and Magistrates ordeyned, which thing it behooueth them to consider, which through Gods gift enioy peace and good lawes: least while they shew themselues vnkinde towardes God, they cause God to giue them Kings in his wrath, as the Prophete testifyeth he did to the Iewes. Hose. 13. But chiefly let Christians acknowledge their felicitie, for whome God hath prepared the fruition of the heauenly kingdome in Iesus Christ, the most victorious and immortall king, to whome bee praise, honour, power, and glory for e­uer. Amen.

The .lxxxx. Homelie.

‘AND when hee was put downe, he set vp Dauid to bee their King, of whom he reported, saying: I haue found Dauid the son of Iesse, a man after mine owne heart, which shall fulfyll all my will. Of this mannes seede hath God according as he had promised, brought foorth to Israel, a sauiour, one Iesus, when Iohn had first preached before his comming the baptisme of re­pentaunce [Page 528] to Israel. And when Iohn had fulfilled his course, he sayde, whom ye thinke I am, the same I am not. But beholde there commeth one after me, whose [...]ooes of his feete I am not worthy to vnlose.’

THe Apostle Paule in this Sermon of his, laboureth altogither to bring the Iewes, from their vaine and superstitious trust in the lawe, to the whole­some fayth of Iesus Christ. But where they so gloried in certaine prerogatiues, wherewith God had adour­ned their Nation, that they thought they had neede of none other Sauiour, in the fyrst part of his sermon, he beateth downe this affiance, and teacheth that the fa­thers had not of their owne merite, but of Gods meere fauour, whatsoeuer goodnesse was in them, and that for the Messias sake, which was to be borne of their stocke. And hereof he leaueth to euerye wise man to consider, that this Messias ought to be taken holde of and kept by constant fayth, vnlesse they will altogither fall from the grace of God, and their former dignitie. Furthermore, he endeth this fyrst part of his Sermon, with a diligent re­hearsall of the olde benefytes of God, in euery of the which appeareth the goodnesse and bountie of Gods grace, which as it chose the fathers at the beginning, so he saued them beyonde all their desertes, where he might haue oftentimes cast them of, and destroyed them. And he bringeth the hy­storie vnto the time of Saule, whō for this cause he chiefly maketh mention of that he may the easilier come vnto Dauid, whome the Scriptures call the father of the Messias that was promised. And in this place he declareth how the kingdome was translated vnto Dauid: then by that occasion he taketh in hand the other part of his sermon, wherein he prooueth that Christ is the Messias, whose office and whole worke of our redemption he setteth out more at large.

The transla­tion of the kingdome of Iurie vnto Dauid.The translation of the kingdome maketh much for Paules purpose. For therein appeared a singuler token of Gods goodnesse, in that he set not a tyrant ouer them, which so boldly durst alter the state of their cōmon weale, but when he was gone, gaue them a very good king, the father of the Mes­sias promised, yea vouchsafed to turne their follye and rashnesse otherwyse than they deserued, to their commoditie. And that Gods benefyte might the more appeare, he reciteth a praise of Dauid pronounced by God himselfe. Howbeit, we haue somewhat to saye, both of Saules putting from the king­dome, and of Dauids placing in his roume (which things it is like Paule discoursed more at large) bicause they serue greatly for our information. And fyrst, for that no man shall thinke that God delighteth in transferring of kingdomes from one to another, like a tyrant: the holy scripture must be pervsed, which very diligently reherseth the causes why Saule was reiected. The chiefe of them was, the prowde contempt of Gods word, which made him more desirous of his owne glorie, than of Gods. Hereof we haue ex­amples in the fyrst of Samuel cap. 13. and .15. Upon this followed monstrous and horrible deedes. For he did not onely attempt to persecute Dauid whom he sawe God allowed and liked, but also went about to put Ionathas hys owne sonne to death, and murthered the Priests of God most cruelly. Fur­thermore, he seeketh counsayle of a witch, and shewed the token of a repro­bate [Page 529] minde, euen in the ende of his lyfe, by killing himselfe. This example is very notable, which all men, but chieflye such as beare rule and office, ought often to consider, that they maye vnderstande howe both their owne wealth, and the wealth of their common weales, depende vpon God onely, and therefore let them giue eare vnto the worde of God, let them set forth his glory, and serue him (as Dauid sayth) in feare, Psal. 2. and reuere [...]y and humbly kysse the sonne of God Iesus Christ, whome he hath appointed king of kings. But bicause Kings and Princes count it but a sport now [...] a dayes in con­tempt of gods word to turne all vpsetdown, at their pleasure, no man must marueyle, that they & their kingdomes so miserably perish. For of Christ it was prophecied: the nation and kingdome that will not serue thee, shall perish. Esay. 60.

But let vs see Dauid, The prayse of Dauid. whome God adourneth with a notable com­mendation, which Paule gathereth partly of the .lxxxix. Psalme, and partly of the .xiij. Chapter of the fyrst booke of Samuel, and he addeth nothing vnto the word of God, but that he calleth him the sonne of Iesse, who was a Beth­lehemyte, and a man of a base and poore estate, and which got his liuing by cattell and grasing, as the Scripture declareth. This maketh for the set­ting forth of Gods goodnesse, who woulde promote a man of base degree, and the yongest of all his brethren, to so high a dignitie, and also warneth them not to glory ouermuch in Dauid, seeing he was so exalted, through the meere grace of God. And surely if we will credit Dauid himselfe, he is con­tent to confesse the same. For when he heard the promises of God touching the Messias that shoulde be borne of his stocke: we reade that he cryed, what am I ô Lorde, or what is my house, 2. Sam. 7. that thou shouldest so greatly aduaunce me. &c. Moreouer, as we sayd, Saule was put out of the kingdome bicause of his great pride, contempt, & disobedience towarde God: so Dauid is com­mended chiefly for that he fulfylled all the will of the Lorde. Whereof may be gathered a generall doctrine, that they are chiefly allowed of God which frame themselues to doe his will. For God is not delighted in sacrifyces, 1. Sam. 15. so much as in obedience.

Howbeit, some woulde aske in this place, Howe Dauid is sayde to haue fulfilled all the will of God. howe Dauid did all the will of the Lord, considering he defyled himselfe with adultery and manslaugh­ter, and being ouercome with pride, tooke a generall muster of his people, contrary to the will of God. But hereto it maye easily be aunswered. First, when Dauid heard he shoulde be the father of the sauiour promised, he tooke holde thereof by constant fayth, and therefore he coulde not displease God, hauing him in whome God was pleased. Then out of this fayth sprang all those vertues, wherein it is plaine, God is delighted. For this faith made him humble, & greatly to esteeme the benefytes of God, as euen now was sayde. This fayth when at any time he fell through infyrmitie, rayred him vp againe, and prouoked him to repentance. This fayth made him to loue and desire the worde of God, Psal. 19. so that he preferred it before the honye and the hony combe. It was also a worke of faith, that he pacientlye coulde abide when he was rebuked by the worde: yea, he declared himselfe to be obedi­ent to suffer whatsoeuer was enioyned him bicause of his sinnes. For when he hearde that Nathan the Prophete threatened him with the sworde and with ciuill warres, he did not lightly shake him of, nor accuse him of sediti­on, but was contented thus onely to aunswere: I haue sinned agaynst the Lorde. And it was not the saying of a sluggish or lumpish minde, but of one [Page 530] hartily sorowfull, and desiring to haue his offences forgiuen, as we maye see in the .lj. Psalme, which he made euen at that very time. And the thing it selfe declareth he nothing dissembled. For when by his sonne he was dri­uen out of the Citie and kingdome, he sayde vnto Zadocke the Priest which brought him the arke: Carye the Arke of God againe into the Citie. If I shall fynde fauour in the eyes of the Lorde, he will bring me againe, and shewe mee both it and the Tabernacle thereof. 2. Sam. 15. But and if the Lorde thus say, I haue no lust vnto thee, beholde here I am, let him doe with mee, what seemeth good in his eyes. An argument of lyke minde it was, that he did not onely pacientlye suffer Semey rayling against him, but by his authoritie defended him, that he had no hurt. 2. Sam. 16. Where God also gaue him liberty, of three plagues to choose whether he woulde, he aunswered: I am exceedinglye troubled, let vs fall, I pray you into the hande of the Lord. 2. Sam. 24. &c. Furthermore, as the Aungell strake the people with grieuous pestilence, he sayde: It is I that haue sinned, and I that haue done wickedly. But these sheepe what haue they done? Lette thine hande I pray thee, be against me and my fathers house. What can be more mo­dest than this minde, what more godly, more tractable and meeke? To say nothing in the meane while of those duties and loues which he shewed to­warde Saule, so many wayes iniurying him. With these thinges if a man compare the minde of Saule, boyling in ambition, pride, enuie, hatred, wrath, contempt of God, and outragious stubbornnesse, he shall easilye perceyue what difference was betweene them. These things serue for the instruction of all men. For they teach vs what maner of men they ought to be, who de­sire to please God. For if they embrace Iesus Christ with true fayth, and desire to fulfyll his commaundements, it shall come to passe, that the offen­ces they haue made through the infyrmitie of the fleshe, shall by Christes merite be supplied, and if they fall into any sinne, by repentance & through guiding of the spirite, they shall rise vp againe.

The second part of the Sermon tea­ching howe Iesus is Christ.Moreouer, Paule taking occasion of the storie of Dauid, passeth to the seconde part of his sermon, wherein he declareth that Iesus whome the Apostles preached, is the promised Sauiour, for whose sake God in times past did so benefyte the fathers. And bicause he knewe he had to doe with the Iewes, the most grieuous enimies of Christ, he prooueth it by manye and strong arguments, of the which there are three contayned in this place, which we will in order treate of.

Iesus is borne of the seede of Da­uid, according to y e promise.The fyrst is, where he sayth, he shall be borne of that stocke, whence the Prophetes sayde he shoulde come, that is to say, of the seede of Dauid. But it woulde be long to recite all the promises, yea, superfluous, considering they were so common and ryse, that the Messias was commonly called the sonne of Dauid. Yet if any man desire more, let him reade the thinges writ­ten, 2. Sam. 7. Psal. 132. Esay. 11. Ierem. 23. &c. That Christ was borne of the seede of Dauid touching his manhoode, Mathewe and Luke prooue by a dili­gent Genealogie or Pedegree. And here we haue to marke, that he sayth, this Sauiour was raysed vp according to the promise. This part teacheth vs that he was giuen vnto vs also, according to the meere grace of God, and that it is to be attributed to no merites of man, that God hath sent his sonne to be our Sauiour. For that the promise was made of fauour, Dauid him­selfe confesseth, as erewhile we sawe. And if any man attribute this vnto Dauids modestie, he shall be conuinced by the promise that we reade was [Page 531] made to our fyrst fathers, who had deserued death, Genes. 3. and fledde away to hyde themselues from God. And Chryst himselfe truly referreth all this salua­tion to the grace of God, where he sayth Iohn. 3. So God loued the world that he gaue his only begotten sonne. &c. Which words the Apostle expoundeth & writeth: Herein is loue, not that we loued God, but that he loued vs. &c. 1. Iohn. 4. Here also appeareth the infallible truth of God, which must be extended to all promises, that we maye herein fet fyrme comfort in all kinde of temptati­o [...]s. For he that woulde not deceyue vs, when his sonnes death laye vpon it, howe shoulde he in other things deceyue vs?

The seconde argument is, Iesus had a forerunner, as was fore­shewed. that he sayeth he shall come in such sort and wise, as the Prophetes prophecied the promised Messias shoulde come. For he had a forerunner, such as is described. Esay. 40. Malach. 3. and .4. Chap­ters. That was Iohn which preached the baptisme of repentance, whereby he prepared the mindes of men duly to receyue Christ. Marke the Euange­list vseth the same argument, where he writeth, the Gospell of Iesu Christ beganne, as it was foretolde by the Prophetes. In the meane season it is wor­thy to be obserued, that it was necessarye to haue a forerunner, who by re­pentance, which he declared both by preaching and sacraments, should pre­pare a people vnto Christ. This prooueth the corruption of our nature, whereby it commes to passe, that we cannot attaine to saluation, except we be wholye chaunged and regenerated. Furthermore, it confuteth them which thinke that Christes doctrine is the seede of licentious liuing, seeing none cōmeth vnto him but he that is worthily prepared by true repentance. But bicause we haue alreadye often intreated hereof, and haue freshe oc­casion still offered to speake of the same, it shall suffyse briefly thus to haue noted it.

The thirde argument he taketh of testimonie. The testi­mony of Iohn Baptist cōcer­ning Christ. For he alleageth the te­stimonie of Iohn, not for that Christes cause consisteth or stayeth vppon mannes testimonie, but for that Iohn was of suche authoritie among the Iewes, that he was commonly taken for a Prophete, as may be seene Ma­thew. 21. and in Iosephus which sayth, that the death of Iohn was cause of the ouerthrow that Aretes gaue vnto Herode. Iosephus in his .xviij. booke of an­tiquities cap. and Eusebius Caesariens. re­porteth the same out of him in y e first booke of his ecclesiasticall hystorie and xiij. chap. In which sense Christ in another place vseth his testimonie Iohn. 5. This man (sayeth Paule) where some thought he was the Messias, to put the people out of all suspicion, sayeth: whome thinke you that I am? I am not Christ, for behold, there commeth one after me. &c. These things are more at large declared in Iohn. 1. Luc. 3. and Math. 3▪ Chapters. Herein is declared what the propertie of the people is in their iudgements of Gods seruants. For eyther they attribute to much vnto them, or vtterlye contemne them, for meane is there none. For they that at fyrst thought Iohn was the Messias, suffered him not long after to be the pray of a most cruell tyrant. Example whereof we shall see in those of Lystra in the next Chapter. Iohn teacheth vs by his example, what trusty­nesse the godlye ought to vse in setting forth the glorye of Christ. For they dandle not the dulnesse and folly of the people, thereby to haue themselues the more magnifyed: but that Christ may haue his whole glory, they vse to abase themselues, and to thinke themselues the woorst of all other. Yea, they thinke their glorye consisteth in this, if by their meane Iesus Christ may euerywhere be glorifyed. And if Iohn which was the holyest man that euer was borne of a woman, be no body in comparison of Christ, who then [Page 532] perceyueth not that the whole prayse of our redemption is to be ascribed to Christ alone? The example of Peter and Iohn haue declared the same, whereof was spoken in the thirde and tenth Chapters. It is our dutie to trust in Christ onely, and to acknowledge him to be the Sauiour that was promised in the beginning: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxj. Homelie.

‘YE men and brethren, children of the generation of Abraham, and who­soeuer among you feareth God, to you is this worde of saluation sent. For the inhabiters of Ierusalem and their rulers, bicause they knewe him not, nor yet the voyces of the Prophetes, which are reade euery Sabboth daye, they haue fulfilled them in condemning him. And when they founde no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pylate to kill him. And when they had fulfil­led all that were written of him, they tooke him downe from the tree, and put him in a sepulchre, but God raysed him againe from death the thirde day, and he was seene many dayes of them, which came vp with him from Gali­ley to Ierusalem, which are his witnesses vnto the people.’

THat that all the Scripture both of the olde and newe Testament with one consent declareth, that same in this sermon Paule both plainly and con­stantly teacheth, namely, that Iesus Christ is the one­ly redeemer and sauiour of mankinde, in whom alone we haue blessing, righteousnesse, saluation, and life. But bicause he had to doe with the Iewes, whome he knewe still withstoode Christ with great obstinacie, therefore he handleth this cause with great grauitie. And fyrst he proposeth three arguments to prooue the same, vnto these he adioyneth other which he so putteth forth, that therewithall he also aunswereth those obiections which might pull the hearers from embracing the fayth in Christ. For fyrst he testifyeth that Christ pertayneth vnto them, least any man might thinke hee spake of a matter pertayning nothing to y e purpose. Then he putteth the offence away that men might take, bicause Christ suffred on the crosse. And last of all, he alleageth and constantlye prooueth the resurrection of Christ, which is the chiefe argument of his godheade. We shall speake of eche of them in order, as much as God shall permit vs.

Yee men and brethren (sayth he) children of the generation of Abraham, and whosoeuer among you feareth God, The Gospell ought fyrst to be preached to the Iewes to you is the worde of this saluation sent. This is a graue little preface, wherwith he meaneth to prouoke them to think that the doctrine of Christ belongeth vnto them. For it is like there were diuers in those dayes, which thought it vnsitting for their profession, to haue ought to do with controuersies rising about faith and religion, such as are now a days euerywhere to be seene, who by this opinion go about to purchase to themselues great prayse & glory. But Paule denieth this, & that he might y e more easily perswade them the truth, he calleth them by a wor­shipfull name and title. For besides that, after the common vsage he calleth them Men and brethren, he addeth therevnto, children of the generation of [Page 533] Abraham: in which name by reason of the couenant and promises of God, he knewe they greatly reioyced. Yet that they shoulde not thinke the prero­gatiue of the Nation sufficient, he admonisheth them also of their dutye, where he sayth: and whosoeuer among you feareth God. For by this meanes he teacheth them, that they are then the true and right children of Abraham, that ioyne vnto outwarde profession, the feare of God and syncere study of religion, whereof Christ also in the .viij. of Iohn disputeth. Then he procee­deth, saying: To you is the worde of this saluation sent. As though he should say: If you will be taken for the children of Abraham, and the syncere wor­shippers of God, you must by no meanes despise the doctrine of saluation, which is offered vnto you, by the singuler benefyte of God. Yet Paule spea­keth not this in such meaning, as though he thought the Gentyles still ex­cluded from the fellowship of saluation, whome the holy ghost had appoin­ted him to call. But he hath a respect vnto the counsell of God, who as he set forth the promises of Christ vnto the fathers of the Iewes, and called them out from others, as a peculiar people vnto himselfe: so would he first haue the saluation giuen vs in Christ, preached vnto them, as Christ in the Gospell euidently testifyeth, when he fyrst sent out the Apostles, Math. 10. forbidding them to go into the way of the Gentyles. But when the vayle whereby the Gentyles were deuided from the Iewes, was remooued away by the death of Christ, then also was the doore opened vnto them, that being made the children of Abraham by fayth, they might enter into the same inheritance of saluation with the Iewes. Therefore Paule admonisheth the Iewes of the prerogatiue that God did giue them, least they should vnaduisedly reiect the knowledge of Christ, as nothing appertaining vnto them. And this exam­ple of Paule ought all Ministers of the worde to followe, remembring that they must so preache the worde of God, that the hearers must vnderstande howe the things spoken doe belong vnto them. For except they so doe, the worde of God shall strike their eare, like a song whose sounde is in vayne, as wee reade in Ezechiel the .xxxiij. Chapter. So therefore let them incul­cate the commaundementes of God, that all men may bee assured that the obseruation thereof belongeth vnto them. So let them preach the iudge­ments of God, that they that commit the lyke, may know they haue to looke for the like. For then is the worde of God rightly deuided and cut, when e­uery body may learne thereby to take what serueth eyther for their instruc­tion, consolation, or erudition. Furthermore, it is a singuler prayse of the Gospell, that it is called the worde of saluation, in the which sense the An­gell spake vnto Cornelius, as we before sawe: Simon Peter shall speake wordes vnto thee, through which thou and thy house shall be saued. &c. Let it suffyce here to admonish thus much: that their ingratitude is very enormi­ous, which rayle at that worde, and that they are the greatest enimies of their owne saluation of all other.

From hence Paule commeth to the slaunder of the crosse, He aunswe­reth the slaū ­der taken by the crosse. which he dili­gently putteth away, bicause they y t were ignoraunt of Christes mysteries, were offended with Christes death, not without a great cause. And chiefly it seemed an heynous matter, that the Priests at Ierusalem were the authors thereof. For Ierusalem was the sea of religion, priesthoode, and doctrine, and from thence, according to auncient Prophecies, Esay. 2. was the worde of sal­uation looked. Wherefore it coulde not choose but seeme a great absurditie to [Page 534] acknowledge him for a Sauiour, whome the chiefe of Ierusalem put to the death of the Crosse, as a schismatike and a deceyuer, and to embrace that doctrine that was not receyued at Ierusalem. For such was the authoritie of the holy Citie (for so the Prophetes called Ierusalem) that many thought it impossible for them to erre in matters of faith and religion. But Paule so aunswereth this offence, that he teacheth the example of that Citie, is ra­ther to be auoyded than to be folowed, least they might offend God through lyke ingratitude and impiety. And there be fower things which he bringeth to this ende.

The priests were ignorāt of Christ and the scripturesFirst he sayth: they that dwelt at Ierusalem, and their Rulers, bicause they knewe him not, condemned him. Therefore he sayth ignoraunce was the cause of their so heynous an offence, as also is sayd. 1. Cor ▪ 2. Who will think it a thing worthy to be followed, when he heareth men sinne of ignorance? And yet this is not to be counted such ignorance, as excuseth the deede. For they are sayde also to be ignorant of the scriptures, yea, of those common Scriptures, which vsed to be reade euery Sabboth day. But it is a foule thing, and not worthye to be pardoned, for a Priest to be ignoraunt in the Scripture, Mala. 2. considering God commaundeth to search the knowledge of the lawe at his hande. Furthermore, he taketh from them a great part of their excuse, Iohn. 5. in that Christ admonished them to search the scriptures. But Paule in another place sayth, that this was the onely cause of their ignorance, for that they were occupyed in reading Moses and the Prophetes, without the helpe of Christ. For this was that vayle, that was the onely cause that they could not see Moses face, 2. Cor. 3. that is to say, the true meaning of the lawe. Seeing therefore they were blind guides (as Christ also calleth them Math. 15.) they are not to be followed. We are here taught, that we must not alwayes cleaue to the iudgements and examples of notable men, but rather trie and examine all things after the rule of the Scripture, afore we imitate them. For if they were so fowly deceyued, which had the greatest dignitie among the people of God by his appointment, what shall we hope of others? They are also confuted, which when we bring forth the worde of God, bring vs the examples of Princes and great estates. For the question is not what men doe, but what is done, according or contrarye to the worde of God. Moreouer, we are taught that the reading of the Scripture neuer so much preuayleth not, if we well vnderstande not the meaning of the Scripture. Moses & the Prophets were read of ordinary among the Iewes in all their sinagoges. But whereas they were deceyued in the affiance of their owne righteousnesse, they knew not the ende of y e lawe, which was Iesus Christ and being ignorant thereof, they fulfylled the Scriptures, presumptuously putting him to death, whom Moses & the Prophets did prophecie should be their sauiour. We see y e same hath come to passe these many yeres in the pa­pacie or Popedome. The vnlearned Monkes and Priests reade and sing the holy scriptures. Yet Christ whome the scriptures teach, is despised of a great many: and Antichrist is worshipped and glorifyed, whome the scrip­tures with one consent warne vs to beware of. And other cause of so fylthy an error is there none, than for that men being puffed vp with a Iewishe affiance of their owne works, are not able to see the righteousnesse of Christ while they go about to set vp their owne righteousnesse. See Rom. 10.

The Priestes fulfilled the scripture [...]Secondly, he alleageth the authoritie of Gods prouidence, declaring [Page 535] that for this cause no manne ought to be offended at the death of Christ, bi­cause he suffred nothing, but that the Prophetes, to whome the holye ghost long before reuealed the counsayles and ordinaunce of God, prophecied he shoulde suffer. Wherefore the Priestes when they vnderstoode not the scrip­ture, yet they fulfylled them, in that they presumed to condemne and put Christ to death. And it is no doubt but Paule in this place, brought forth the oracles of the Scripture, which are extant euerywhere touching Christes passion. In that he sayth the Prophecies were fulfylled by the wicked eni­mies of Christ, we learne that the very wicked also are the instruments of God, by whome oftentimes he vseth to bring his ordinances and deuises to passe. And yet they are not therfore to be excused, bicause they doe that that God will haue to b [...] done. For where they like Bedlems rage in impietie against God, and go about to hinder, and not to set forwarde his ordinan­ces, they are in the fault, and God is to be praysed and glorifyed, which can moderate and order their audacitie and boldenesse so well. Also his inuin­cible power and infallible veritie appeareth in these examples. For if hys deuises take effect through the meane of his very enimies also, then must they needes stande fast for euer. Therefore they whose infyrmitie is feared with the cruell deuises of the Princes of this worlde, let them seeke comfort hereat.

But whereas it might notwithstanding be obiected that it was scarce credible, that God would appoynt him to be our Sauiour, Christ was put to the death of the crosse in­nocently. who was made away by so slaunderous a death, and such as was cursed euen by the lawe: therefore in the thirde part he prooueth he was innocent and guiltlesse, and sheweth that his kinde of death must not be so much considred, as his cause: when they founde by him (sayth he) no cause of death, yet desired they Pylate to kill him. These things might haue bene declared more at large, as it is like Paule did, bicause he spake vnto them which suspected all Christes do­ing. Let it suffyse vs to holde fast the scope and ende of Paule, that is, howe no man ought to be offended at Christes death, which he suffered being an innocent, forasmuch as many times the holyest men of all, vse to be put to death, both vnworthily and vniustly. Also the true vse of Christes inno­cencie must be well weyghed which consisteth in the purgation or clensing of our sinnes. For if Christ had not bene free and cleere of all sinnes, he coulde neuer haue bene able to haue satisfyed for our sinnes. For howe can he make others cleane, that is himselfe vncleane? Or how shoulde one be­ing indebted himselfe, paye other mennes debtes? Therefore it behooued Christ shoulde be innocent, that we might knowe howe he who had deser­ued no death for his part suffred death for vs. Esay maketh mention herof, where he expoundeth the mysterie of our redemption, cap. 53. And hereto belongeth that saying of Paule: God made him to be sinne for vs, which knewe no sinne, 2. Cor. 5. that we by his meanes shoulde be the righteousnesse which be­fore God is allowed. And this is the chiefe cause why the Euangelistes be so earnest in setting forth the innocencie of Christ. Then if none ought to bee offended with Christes death, bicause he suffred innocently, Rom. 8. 2. Tim. 2. by the same rea­son the vnworthy and vniust slaughters of the Saintes ought to offende no body, whereby they are made partakers of Christes crosse, to thende to be glorifyed with him.

Fourthly, The Priestes en­terprises coulde not hurt Christ. least anye man shoulde thinke that Christ was ouercome by [Page 536] the force or power of his enimies, and therefore shoulde deny that he were a sauiour or reuenger, he teacheth that he receyued no losse or harme, by the wicked enterprises of the Priestes. They perfourmed all the thinges which were prophecyed of him, while they killed him on the Crosse, and pierced his side with a speare, and at length tooke him down from the crosse and layd him in a sepulchre. But for all this he was of neuer the lesse power or glory. For God (as he foreshewed) raysed him vppe from death, so that now he liueth for euer, in a glorifyed body, where they enuyed him this mi­serable and corruptible life. But let it here offende no man, that Christes buriall is permitted to his wicked enimies, the honor whereof the Euan­gelistes ascribe to his faythfull disciples Ioseph and Nichodemus. For Paule here speaketh howe they were not contented with his ordinary buriall, but caused the grauestone to be sealed with Pylates signet, and gotte souldiours to watch him, and forceably to keepe him downe in his graue, thinking that they of their owne power had killed him vpon the crosse, and were ignorant that he layde downe his lyfe of his owne voluntary. Iohn. 10. This diligent descrip­tion of his buriall, maketh for the more certaintie and truth of his resurrec­tion. For thus it appeareth there coulde be no frawde or deceyt in the mat­ter, and that it was a false rumour that the Priestes caused to be raysed by the souldiours, being well bribed with money, that his Disciples came and stole away his body. In the meane season we may take a generall comfort hereof, that the enimies of Christ fyght against him in vaine. The same may also be applied to his members. They haue many and cruell enimies. Yet howsoeuer they rage they haue no power vppon the bodies, no not so much as vpon the heare of the faithfull, vnlesse God permit it. Yea, although they haue power to take awaye our liues, yet haue they no power to take away the glorious resurrection of our bodies, nor the fruition of heauenly lyfe, which Christ hath prepared for those that be his. Let vs therefore in times of persecution comfort our selues oftentimes with these meditations.

The resur­rection of Christ is prooued.Moreouer, where Paule is come to the resurrection of Iesus Christ, he maketh a diligent assertion and proofe of the same, bycause thereby the deuine Maiestie of Christ is most euidently of all others declared, and in the same, (as sayth the same Apostle. 1. Cor. 15.) consisteth the chiefe hope of our redemption and saluation. And for bicause he knewe many denied the same, therefore he alleageth dyuers wytnesses thereof. Hee was seene (sayth he) many dayes of them which came with him from Galyley to Ieru­salem, who are his witnesses vnto the people. He speaketh of those which the Euaungelistes say accompanyed Christ, in his last iourney, of whome it appeareth there was no small number, Luc. 10. bicause Christ appointed seuentie of them to prepare the waye for him by preaching. What if we thinke that they were of those fiue hundred, 1. Cor. 15. vnto whome Paule sayth, Christ appeared after his resurrection. Uerily, whosoeuer they were, their fayth is worthy to be praysed, in that they were bolde, to beare Christ wytnesse agaynst so many of his enimies. And he produceth these men before the Apostles, not that their dignitie so deserued, but bicause their credite was lesse sus­pected with the Infidelles, and for that they shoulde not thinke, but Christ had more wytnesses of his resurrection, than the Apostles. Then straight way he alleageth the testimonie of the Apostles with great grauitie, wher­vnto he also ioyneth the Oracles of the Prophets, wherof shall be spoken [Page 537] in the Sermon following. In the meane whyle it becommeth vs to ac­knowledge the goodnesse and truth of God, which would haue the thinges wherein our saluation chiefely consisteth, so certaine and vndoubted. Let vs therefore imbrace our sauiour with constant fayth, who rose agayne from death, conquered the tyrannie of death, hath restored vs to the liber­tie of the sonnes of God, which is the onely begotten sonne of God, Ie­sus Christ, the true and euerlyuing God: to whome be prayse, honor, po­wer, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxij. Homelie.

‘AND we declare vnto you, how that the promise which was made vnto the fathers, God hath fulfilled vnto their children, euen vnto vs, in that he raysed vp Iesus againe, euen as it is written in the first Psalme: Thou art my sonne, this daye haue I begotten thee. As concerning that he raysed hym vp from death, nowe no more to returne to corruption, he sayde on this wyse: The holy promyses made to Dauid, will I giue faythfully to you. Wherfore he sayth also in an other place. Thou shalt not suffer thyne holy one to see corruption, for Dauid after he had in his tyme fulfilled the wyll of God, fell on sleepe, and was layde vnto his fathers, and sawe corruption. But he whom God raysed againe, sawe no corruption.’

PAule in the second part of his Sermon which he made in the Synagoge at Antioche, tea­cheth that Iesus whome the Apostles preached, was the true sonne of god, and that sauiour of man­kinde, that was promysed, for whose sake God so benifyted the fathers. Bicause of the Iewes, he handleth this matter verie grauelye, and prooueth with firme and strong argumentes, that which he goeth about to teach. For he declareth both the stock of Iesus Christ, and the maner of his co mming, is agreeable with the Oracles of the olde Prophetes. Then he alleageth the testimony of Iohn, who was of such authoritie with the Iewes, that it was not lawfull to speake against him. But where he knew the crosse of Christ was their greatest stumbling stocke, he sheweth that the Prophetes fore­tolde therof, and that it was no derogation to Christ, bicause he rose againe from death, despight of his enimies. Moreouer, when he commeth to speake of the resurrection, he defendeth the same most diligentlye, and at large, both bicause the same is a most euident argument of Iesus Christs true diuinitie, and also bicause the chiefe hope of our resurrection depen­deth thereon. And first bicause it should not seeme that none knew and testi­fyed hereof but the Apostles, he produceth Galyleyans for wytnesses, who also sawe Christ, after he was risen agayne from death. And nowe he ioy­neth to their testimonie, the Oracles of the Prophetes and Apostles. The testi­monie of the Apostles cō ­cerning christ and his re­surrection.

He alleageth the testimonie of the Apostles, speaking as in the name of all the Apostles. We preach vnto you (sayth he) the promise made vnto the fathers, ho [...] God hath perfourmed the same vnto their children, that is to say, to vs, in that he raysed vp Iesus againe. &c. And no man must take such a [Page 538] graue saying of the Apostle, as insolent and arrogant, both bicause Paule vseth it, and Christ ordeyned the Apostles to be his wytnesses, and also for that he and Barnabas tooke this present ambassage in hande by the speci­all commaundement of the holy ghost, as was declared in the beginning of the chapter. Therefore he setteth forth the commaundements of the A­postleship committed vnto him plainely and with worthie grauitie, where­of this is the summe, howe God gaue vnto their posteritie all that before times he promised vnto the fathers. After which sense and meaning, in the seconde Epistle to the Corinthians the first chapter, he sayth: for all the pro­mises of God by Iesus Christ are yea, and are in him. Amen, that is to say, are by him fulfilled. So that it appeareth they are greatly deceyued which glo­rie in the promises and grace of God, and yet reiect Christ, in whom onely they are ratifyed vnto vs. For whatsoeuer things appertaine to the saluati­on of mankinde, they are giuen vnto vs in him. For in him is that righte­ousnesse, 1. Cor. 1. Iohn. 1. Iohn. 14.8. Rom. 8. which defendeth vs before the iudgement seate of God. He is made vnto vs of God wisedome, satisfaction, redemption, and sanctificati­on. In him is lyfe. He is the way, the truth, and the light. In him is giuen vs the spirite of adoption, by whome we cry Abba, father. By him we are made heyres and partakers of the kingdome of heauen, as he sayth himselfe: I appoint vnto you a kingdome, as my father hath appointed vnto me. &c. A­gaine: Luke. 22. Father I will that they which thou hast giuen mee, be with me, where I am. Iohn. 17. And although these things for the most part were accomplished vppon the aultar of the crosse, euen when Christ being ready to yeelde vp the ghost, sayde, it is finished: yet in his resurrection chiefely appeareth the effect of them. For thereby, he testifyeth that the sting of death is made blunt and broken, 1. Cor. 15. and that therefore death is spoyled and disarmed as Paule teacheth at large. Therefore the Apostle nowe maketh mention of them, after he had begunne to speake of the resurrection. But here are certaine thinges diligently to be obserued, before we go from this place.

First we preach (sayth he) the promise made vnto the fathers. Ergo, the Apostles are Authors of no newe and straunge doctrine, The doctrine of y e Apostles is not newe. but teache that waye of saluation, which was once promysed by God vnto the fathers. For this cause Christ alleageth the testimonies of Moses and of the Pro­phets. Iohn. 5. Luc. 24. And Peter heretofore sayde, that all the Prophets bare wytnesse of Christ. By these is prooued the worthinesse of our fayth, & the certaintie of our saluation gotten by Christ. Moreouer, here appeareth y e difference be­tweene vs and the fathers of the olde Testament. That saluation was pro­mised vnto them, which is perfourmed to vs in Christ. They also looked for the fulfylling of that which we beleeue is fulfylled. Furthermore, they had certaine figures and tokens of their redemption to come, whereby to exer­cise and feede their faith: But God hath prepared for vs sacramentes and seales of our redemption and saluation, which are accomplished and fini­shed. Math. 13. To conclude, our eyes see, and our eares heare that which the holye fathers in times past greatly desyred to see and heare. As these things con­firme our fayth: so they ought to stirre vp our mindes to be thankfull, that we seeme not ingratefull to despise the saluation giuen vs, the hope and ex­pectation whereof, kept the fathers in times passed, in all kinde of dutiful­nesse, The truth of Gods promi­ses. in the middle of all their aduersities.

Furthermore, the truth and infallible trust of Gods promises, may here­in [Page 539] be seene. For he so perfourmeth the promises made to the fathers vnto their children, that he rather would haue his sonne lyue poorely and not re­garded in this world, and at length to suffer shameful death, than to breake his promise. Where also other circumstaunces are to be considered of vs, all which, it appeareth to agree with the promises of God, & the Oracles of the Prophets. For at the tyme promysed, Dani 2. Gene 49. Gene. 3. Esa. 7. Mich. 5. the sonne of God came to take fleshe vpon him, when nowe the fourth Monarchie flourished, and when the Scepter was taken from Iuda. He was also borne of a woman, hys mother yet remayning a Uirgin. The place where he was borne was Bethleem, foreshewed by the oracle of the Prophet. The myracles wrought by him, were such as Esay sayde should be done in his kingdome. cap. 53. As touching his death and passion, resurrection & ascention, what needeth to speake, seeing that in them is fulfilled according to the letter, all the things which are red. Psal. 22.41.68. Is. 53.63. Of the effect of these thinges, which God sometime promised by his Prophetes, we spake before. It is truely therefore sayde of Paule, that God hath perfourmed whatsoeuer thinges were in times past promised to the fathers. Here ought we to fet argu­mentes of consolation in our temptations, that we doubt not of Gods pro­mise in perfourming of his helpe and fauour, who we heare hath so fayth­fully perfourmed those things, which coulde not be perfourmed, but by hys sonne, sent into the worlde, and into the darkenesse of death.

But let vs returne vnto Paule, which confirmeth by the Oracles of the Prophets, that which he spake of Christ with so great authoritie. The testi­monies of the Prophets, of Christ, and his resurrec­tion. Psal. 2. Amongst which the chiefe place is attributed to Dauid, who in the fyrst Psalme (which nowe a dayes is counted the seconde) he sayth prophecied of Christ. And he bringeth one verse of the Psalme onely, yet so as he calleth to their remem­brance the whole Psalme, which though some go about to expounde of Da­uid, yet in deede it contayneth a manifest prophecie of y e kingdome of Christ, forasmuch as diuers things therein can by no meanes be applied vnto Da­uid. For the Prophete by suggestion of the spirite, sheweth that Christ shall haue many and cruel enimies, desirous to ouerthrow his kingdome, and to pull downe all his authoritie, but their enterprises shall be in vaine, bicause Christ shall ouercome them all. The cause of all which he alleageth to be Gods decree, saying: Thou art my sonne, this day haue I begotten thee. Aske of me, and I will giue thee the Gentyles for thine enheritance. Paule expoun­deth this place of Christes resurrection, bicause that hereby God openly de­clared him to be his sonne, euen when his wicked enimies chiefly conspired against him. For not long before he hearde those blasphemous wordes: If thou be the sonne of God, come downe from the crosse. If he be the king of Is­rael, let him now come downe from the Crosse, and we will beleeue him. &c. Yea, being compassed about with the cruell terrors of death, he cryed out: My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? And shortly after he was so closed in his graue, that Pylate the Romane President in the Emperours name and authoritie sealed the graue stone with his ring, & set souldiours to watch it, that he shoulde not ryse agayne: who would then haue thought he had bene the sonne of God, vpon whome the wicked had such authority? But euen the same daye God begate him, that is to say, declared him to be his sonne, whome yet otherwise he begate from euerlasting, and yet nowe seemeth he to forsake him & cast him of. For when his wicked enimies sayd: [Page 540] If thou be the sonne of God, come downe from the crosse: he would not haue him come downe, but did that that was more in raysing him vppe againe from death, so that by their owne wordes he condemned them for wicked, and shewed in deede that Iesus Christ is his sonne. The resur­rection decla­reth the glory of the sonnes of God. We haue furthermore to consider that the holy ghost prooueth the kingdome of Christ, and his di­uine maiestie, chiefly by his resurrection. For Paule in another place, spea­king of Christ, sayth: who was declared to be the sonne of God with power, ac­cording to the spirit that sanctifieth, Rom. 1. in that that he rose againe from death. For when death was ouercome, it appeared vnto all men, that the Deuill al­so, which was the Lorde of death was ouercome, which victorie was not a worke of mannes power, but of Gods maiestie. This thing must also be extended vnto Christes members. For where both he that sanctifyeth, and he that is sanctifyed, are all one, our glory also which is due to the children of God, shall appeare at length in our resurrection. We crie now also Abba father, and carye the pledge of saluation in our heartes, which is the holye ghost, and be euen now the children of God, but yet it appeareth not what we shall be. 1. Iohn. 3. But we knowe that when Christ appeareth at the later daye, wee shall be like vnto him. This is the cause that Christ calleth that day the rege­neration Math. 19. not bicause we are then fyrst made y e children of God, but for that they that seeme in this worlde to be forsaken of God, & enuyed, shall at that day be declared to be the children of God, See Wisedome. 5 Let vs herewith comfort our selfe in aduersitie against the vniust iudgement that the worlde hath of vs, and casting away the desire of earthly glory, lette vs aspire to the glory to come, which is heauenly.

The place of Esay. 55.Secondly, he produceth Esay, by whome God speaking amongst o­ther things, of the benefytes that he woulde giue vs in Christ, sayth: I will make an euerlasting couenant with you, euen the sure mercies of Dauid. Fur­thermore, Paule folowing the common translation of the Greekes, expoun­deth this word mercy, by this word holy, & not vnaptly, bicause he meaneth Christ, vpon whom only depend all y e promises of God, made in times past to Dauid and to the fathers. This therfore is the sense: I wil giue vnto you that holy one, that is to say, that sauiour, which I sometime promised vnto Dauid, and in whome he put all his hope & trust. He applyeth y e whole place to y e resurrection of Christ, taking his argument of the perpetuity of the co­uenant, as though he should say. God made an euerlasting couenant with Dauid, and promised that the same should remayne for euer vnto his poste­ritie. And it is certaine that that couenant is grounded vpon Christ, whome the Scriptures euerywhere call the sonne of Dauid. Ergo, Christ also must be eternall and immortall. For the couenant coulde not be eternall, vnlesse he also were eternall and incorruptible, in whome the same is made, and which is the onely mediator thereof. It followeth therefore that it was ne­cessary, that Christ shoulde rise againe from the deade, and being raysed a­gayne, shoulde after that suffer no more corruption. Here by the waye it is to be obserued, Christ is but once onely of­fered. howe Christ must die but once. And then it followeth, that he must be but once offered for sinne, forasmuch as without shedding of bloude, there is no forgiuenesse of sinne. See howe copiously Paule hand­leth this matter. Heb. 9. and .10. Whereby the sacrifyce of the Masse is so ouerthrowne, that it is marueyle howe there shoulde be any among Chri­stians so voyde of shame that can go about to stablish and defende it.

[Page 541]The thirde testimonie he alleageth out of the .xvj. Psalme, The place of the .xvi. psal. which we see Peter also vsed in his fyrst sermon at Ierusalem, and euen in the same sorte and wise. Also he prooueth that that place cannot be vnderstanded of Dauid, but onely of Christ. For thus he reasoneth. Dauid sayeth: Thou shalt not suffer thine holy one to see corruption. But it is manifest that Dauid fynished the course of his lyfe after the maner of other men, and after he had ended his lyfe, fell on sleepe, and mouldred to dust. Therfore Dauid speaketh not of himselfe, but of Christ, which he knewe should be borne of his stocke. For before he suffered corruption, he rose againe the thirde day in his glorious body. So Paule in fewe words comprehendeth all the mysteries of Christ, and sheweth that it is he, of whome the Prophetes euerywhere haue spo­ken. Furthermore, before we make an ende, The state of the deade. lette vs obserue the phrase of speach where he sayth that Dauid after he had serued his age or time. This thing teacheth vs both our dutie, and condicion, and state, admonishing vs that mutuall charitie is required of vs, as long as we liue in this worlde, but after we are taken out of this lyfe, that we are quitte of all duties to­wardes all men, and that from thenceforth there is no more required at our handes. Ergo, the deade haue nothing to doe with the liuing, so that it is truly sayde of the saintes in the Prophete: Abraham knoweth vs not, Esay. 63. and Is­rael is ignorant of vs. By this inuocation and intercession to saintes is con­futed, whose felicitie cannot be perfyte, if they shoulde be troubled with our miseries and aduersitie. Also the appearing of spirites and soules are re­prooued, wherby they that forged and inuented the fyre of Purgatory haue hitherto gotten great gayne. The conside­ratiō of death Then also Paule so describeth the death of Da­uid, that by the same may be seene the state of euery one of vs in death. For fyrst he sayeth he fell on sleepe by the will of God. Then our death hangeth not vpon the vncertaine hazardes of fortune, or vpon the will of man, but vpon Gods counsayle and determination, Math. 10. who as he hath the heares of our heades numbred: so hath he also the number of our dayes. And this one thing is sufficient to comfort vs against the daungers and terrors of death. That done, he sayth he fell on sleepe. Christ also calleth death sleepe, bicause we being ridde of all the sorowes and griefes of lyfe by death, Apoc. 14. rest from our labours in hope of the resurrection to come. Thirdly, he sayth, hee was layde vnto his fathers, which kinde of speach in the Scripture is vsed very often, and teacheth vs that there are certain places appointed for the soules of the deade, wherof Christ also maketh mention in the Parable of the rich glutton and Lazarus. For the soules of the godly are layde with the blessed, Luc. 16. whose resting place the scripture sometime calleth the bosome of Abraham. Contrarywise, the soules of the wicked, Ezech. 32. Esay. 14. and of as many as haue put men in feare in the lande of the liuing, go vnto hell.

Last of all, Dauid sawe corruption. For this is the immutable sentence of God, that we which tooke our beginning of dust, shoulde be turned into dust agayne, and so is it requisite for the order of our saluation. For this corruptible must put on incorruptibility, 1. Cor. 15. & this mortall must put on immorta­lity, bicause flesh and bloud cannot inherite the kingdome of heauen. Therfore we haue a great hope in our corruption, which we knowe is the beginning of our regeneration and resurrection to come. And that this was the onely hope of the Saintes, Iobes wordes in his .xix. Chapter manifestly declare. Let vs therefore comfort our selfe with the same, and not feare death, see­ing [Page 542] that we shall be made like vnto Iesus Christ the sonne of God: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxiij. Homelie.

‘BE it knowne vnto you therefore ye men and brethren, that through this man is preached vnto you the forgiuenesse of sinnes, and that by him all that beleeue, are iustified from all things, from which you coulde not be iustified by the lawe of Moses. Beware therefore, least that fall on you, which is spo­ken of in the Prophetes. Beholde you despysers, and woonder, and perishe ye. For I doe a worke in your dayes, which you shall not beleeue, though a man declare it you.’

AFter the Apostle Paule had diligentlye and plainely declared, that Iesus Christ was the very sonne of God, and that sauiour that was once promised vnto mankinde, and had also remooued out of the way, all those impedimentes that might hin­der the Iewes from the embracing of Christ, nowe at length he concludeth his sermon, which consisteth in two pointes. For fyrst he sheweth what benefytes are giuen vs in Christ, meaning thereby to enflame the mindes of his hearers with the desire of true fayth. Next he layeth the horrible iudgement of God before their eyes, in that he vseth to reuenge the contempt of his sonne, and of his worde, vppon them that holde on in their incurablenesse and vnbeliefe.

The know­ledge of christ is necessarye to the attain­ment of sal­uation.The fyrst he concludeth with great weyght of wordes, saying: Bee it knowne vnto you therefore, yee men and brethren, that through this Iesus, whom I haue hitherto preached, is the forgiuenesse of sinnes declared vnto you. And it is not without a cause that he thus beginneth, saying: Be it knowne vnto you. For by this meanes he thought to make them the more attent, and diligently to consider that which was to followe. And hereby he tea­cheth vs that it is necessary and conuenient that as many men as desire to be saued shoulde knowe Christ. For Christ himselfe teacheth vs, that the chiefe poynt of our saluation consisteth in the knowledge of him, where hee sayth: This is lyfe euerlasting (ô father) that men should knowe thee, the onely true God, Iohn. 17. and Iesus Christ whome thou hast sent. Then also where it is the peculiar counsell of God, that the knowledge of Christ through the prea­ching of the Gospell shoulde be published ouer all the worlde, they that des­pyse this knowledge of saluation offered vnto vs by God, must needes bee iudged wicked and ingratefull contemners of Gods goodnesse. They are by this place confuted that say, matters of religion belong not vnto them, and are wilfully ignorant, and deceyued in their saluation. Using common­ly to abuse Christes wordes, where he sayth: The seruant that knoweth his maisters will and doth it not, Luke. 17. shall be beaten with many stripes. So that they thinke they shall be excused before the iudgement seate of God, so long as they be vtterly ignorant in the mysteries of fayth and saluation. But they ought also to thinke that it is vnmeete and not conuenient that they which will be called and taken for the seruauntes of God, shoulde be ignorant of [Page 543] their maisters will, and refuse to learne it. It is Gods will that houshol­ders shoulde declare his commaundements and workes vnto their family: and shall we thinke to be excused, if we wittingly be ignorant of that which God reuealeth vnto vs both by writing and plaine teaching? Why doe we not rather harken what Christ sayth, that they which are borne of God, Iohn. 8. re­fuse not to heare the worde of God? And Iames sendeth them which lacke wisedome vnto prayer, to obtayne it of the father of lights. And we want not examples both of Dauid, and other holye men, Iacob. 1. who were most desirous to obtayne this heauenly wisedome. See Psal. 25.119. &c.

But lette vs returne vnto Paule, Remission of sinnes is gi­uen vs in Christ. which comprehendeth in a fewe of wordes, the summe of all Gods benefytes giuen vs in Christ, saying: Through this man is preached vnto you remission of sinnes. For in forgiue­nesse of sinnes, is vnderstanded all those things that appertayne to our sal­uation. For it is euident that God is offended with vs bicause of sinne, and that for sinnes sake we be excluded from the grace, spirit, and kingdome of God. Wherby againe is gathered, that God must needes be mercifull vnto them, whose sinnes are forgiuen and taken away: Ergo, he giueth them his spirite, wherewith being regenerate and made his children, they become inheritors of the kingdome of heauen. Let vs note how Paule in this briefe sentence, doth most fully teach the true knowledge of saluation, which if it be diuided into certaine poyntes and articles, shall most easilye be percey­ued and vnderstanded. The fyrst of them is, All men are sinners. that we should vnderstande we be sinners, and stande grieuously detbounden vnto God: which hereby ap­peareth for that the scriptures euerywhere make mention of forgiuenesse of sinnes. The scriptures likewise eueriwhere accuse vs of sinne, and teach vs that we be of nature corrupt. Moses from the mouth of God declareth that the inuentions and deuises of mans heart are naught, euen from his childehode. Gene. 8. He setteth the lawe before vs, as it were a glasse, wherein the flesh may be­holde hir corruption, which otherwise vseth to flatter hir selfe. In the booke of Iobe it is written that none borne of a woman is cleane. Dauid confesseth that he was conceyued and borne in sinne. Psal. 51. Salomon writeth that the iust man falleth seauen times a day. And in Esay the Prophete, the faythfull confesse that our righteousnesses by reason of the contagiousnesse of sinne and the fleshe cleauing vnto vs, are lyke an arayed and fylthy clowte. Esay. 64. And Christ admonisheth vs of the same, where he teacheth vs to praye, forgiue vs our trespasses. For that prayer were superfluous, if we were not loden with grieuous sinnes. Sinns are forgiuen of grace & fauor Nowe it must needes be that this foundation must lye in the knowledge of saluation, bicause man can haue no care thereof, vnlesse he fyrst vnderstand he is vtterly lost and corrupted. But we haue neede also of another thing, that is, to vnderstande howe we be freely forgiuen. For where through sinne we haue deserued eternall death, and haue no sparke of goodnesse of our selfe, and all that good which we seeme to doe, is corrupt and vnperfyte: it must needes be that this remission and forgiuenesse must come of fauour and grace. The Parable in the .xviij. of Mathew teacheth vs the same. And we professe this remission or forgiuenesse, among the arti­cles of our fayth, where we saye, we beleeue the forgiuenesse of sinnes, and we alleage nor make mention of no satisfaction that dependeth vpon our workes. Thirdly, Grace is giuen vs in Christ. it behooueth that we knowe for whose sake this grace is bestowed on vs. The same is Iesus Christ onely and alone, in whome the [Page 544] father is well pleased, bicause hee hath taken our sinnes vppon him, and hath pourged them on the aultare of the Crosse, by the merite of his bloude: insomuch that otherwheres he sayeth, he is made to vs of God the father, 1. Cor. 1. 2. Cor. 5. righteousnesse, satisfaction and sanctifycation, yea, and a sa­crifyce for sinne, that we by his meanes might be made righteous. Iohn the Baptist taught vs the same where hee sayeth that Christ is the lambe of God, Iohn 1. that taketh awaye the sinnes of the worlde. Fourthlye, we must holde fast the meanes whereby Christ is made oures, Christ is taken hold of by fayth. which Paule plaine­lye teacheth vs, where he sayeth, forgiuenesse of sinnes is preached to vs through Christ. For hereby is gathered that he is receyued by faith, bicause there is none other meane whereby the worde preached may be taken hold of, yet he expresseth the same more plainely in the wordes that followe, say­ing: By him euery one that beleeueth is iustified. Wherevnto all the thinges written of fayth in any place of the scripture, are to be referred, but special­lye that that Christ commaunded his Disciples at his last departure from them. For in Luke .xxiiij. he commaundeth repentance and forgiuenesse of sinnes to be preached in his name. And in another place, whosoeuer belee­ueth, and is baptized, shall bee saued. And all that that Paule prosecuteth at large in y e Epistles to the Romanes, Galathians, Ephesians, & to diuers other, he comprehendeth in this briefe sentence, wherof if a man lyst to see yet any more compendious and short summe, let him heare this saying of Paule: All haue sinned, and are destitute of the glory of God, but are iustifyed freely by his grace, Rom. 3. through the redemption that is in Christ Iesu, through faith, by the meanes of his bloude. &c.

And forbicause Paule knewe that the Iewes, with whome he had to doe, The law can not iustifye. did ascribe iustifycation to the lawe, and to the workes thereof, and that this was the chiefe stumbling blocke of their fayth and saluation: ther­fore he preuenteth their obiection, saying: By him all that beleeue are iustifi­ed from all things, from which you coulde not be iustified by the lawe of Mo­ses In which wordes comparing the lawe with Christ, he so challengeth the prayse and glory of our iustifycation to him, that therewithall he testify­eth the same can by no meanes be attributed to the law. For the law (sayth he coulde not iustifye vs from all (to saye) sinnes, from which yet all they are deliuered, which take holde of Christ by true fayth. And yet Paule is not to be accused of rashnesse, as though he went about ouer impudently to in­fringe the authoritie of the lawe. For it shall appeare that he truly so sayde, if we diligently consider the lawe. The lawe may be comprehended in two parts, whereof the one consisteth in vertues or good workes, the other in ceremonies. In the fyrst we include morall and politicall precepts, a short abridgement whereof, we haue in the Decaloge or tables of the commaun­dements. And if we looke in the same, it shall appeare what God requireth of vs, what we owe vnto him, what to our neighbour, and fynally what to our selues. And our infyrmitie and corruption shall also appeare, through the deprauation whereof, we doe not onely disobey the lawe of God, but also are vnable to obey the same. For what man is there in all the worlde, that is able to bring his minde and all the affections of his fleshe to the obe­dience of fayth, as God requireth? For what else is the lawe but a glasse, wherein is bewrayed the corruption of our nature, and our sinnes, aswell secret as open, brought vnto lyght? And if we come vnto Ceremonies, by [Page 545] the which the Iewes in time past measured their righteousnesse, it shall ap­peare that they also are vayne, and that we be rather accused thereby, than iustifyed or relieued. For what other thing doth the Circumcision made in our priuie member teach vs, but that the beginning of our generation, is corrupt, and that we haue neede of regeneration? What doe the dayly and yerely sacrifyces, the sprinklings of bloude, the often washings, the rytes of expiation & purifying, what other thing did they teach vs, but that we haue neede of purifycation & clensing? But did true purifycation consist in them? No truly. For the Lorde by his Prophet cryeth out, that their hands which were most occupied in the exercise thereof, were all to embrued with bloud. Esay. 1. Psal. 50. And in another place: Thinkest thou that I will eate Bulles fleshe, or drinke the bloude of Gotes? And Dauid troubled in conscience for his most heynous deede, sayth: Thou desirest no sacrifyce, else woulde I giue it thee, but thou de­lightest not in burnt offerings. &c. Naye, hauing a respect to the bloude and merite of the Messias that was promised, hee prayeth saying: washe mee throughly from my wickednesse, and clense mee from my sinnes. Thou shalt purge me with I sope, and I shall be cleane: washe thou me, Psal. 51. and I shall be whi­ter than snowe. Deliuer mee from bloudguiltynesse, ô God, thou that art the God of my health. &c. Hereof it seemeth Paule tooke that saying of his: The bloude of Bullokes and Goates cannot take away sinne. Hebr. 10. So that Paule in this place sayth most truly, that the lawe cannot iustifye vs. And yet for all this he contemneth not the lawe, The vse of the lawe. or maketh God the author of a thing superflu­ous and vnprofytable. For his honor remayneth safe vnto him, while here­in consisted onely certayne godly exercises of fayth, and whyle the law was (as Paule otherwhere sayth) a tutor and bringer of them which diligently marked the ende thereof vnto Christ. Galat. 3.

It is very worthy to be diligently obserued, Righteous­nes of works is ouer­throwne. that Paule sayth we be iu­stifyed from all our sinnes through fayth in Iesus Christ, which was im­possible by the lawe to be perfourmed. For thus saying, he doth not onelye ouerthrowe the affiance which the Iewes had in the workes and ceremo­nies of the lawe, but also all maner of Popery, and the whole Popedome, which is the greatest enimie that can be founde against the righteousnesse of God, and the saluation which is offered vs in Christ. They marueylous­ly glory in Christ their sauiour, but they egregiously euacuate his deserts, whyle they teache that through his merite originall sinne onely, and the sinnes cōmitted before baptisme, are purged, but all other sinnes through our owne satisfactions. And these satisfactions for the most part consist in the inuentions of mens traditions, as in obseruing of appoynted fastes, in holy dayes, in lyings on the grounde, in cowles, in pilgrimages, in pur­chasing of pardons, and such lyke try [...]es. Thus they reprooue Paule of ly­ing, which sayth we be deliuered from all our sinnes, through the fayth we haue in Christ. They reprooue Christ of lying, which out of the Prophete teacheth that God the father is in vaine worshipped with the traditions of men, and cal [...]eth vs vnprofytable seruantes, Math. 15. Luke. 17. although we coulde doe all that is commaunded vs in the lawe. Let vs therfore fyrmely holde fast this sentence of Paule, which as it attributeth to Christ alone, all y e whole meane of our saluation: so is it sufficient to confute all kinde of sects and heresies. And he is no true Christian, that followeth not the same, and stedfastly clea­ueth not vnto Christ onely, acknowledging him for his sauiour and redee­mer, [Page 546] putting his trust in him, and worshipping him in spirite and in truth. For it is impossible that they can please God, which dare despise the sonne of God, and preferre their workes before his merite. Uerily, Paule as he preacheth Christ alone in this place, so in other places he confesseth he knoweth nothing but him onely, 1. Cor. 2. Galat. 6. and thinketh it to be a moste heynous of­fence, if any body woulde trust or glory in any other thing.

The conclu­sion of Paules sermon.Furthermore, to make an ende of preaching with the Apostle, it remai­neth for vs to consider his conclusion, which conteineth in it a grieuous and very horrible commination, the cause whereof was (as may seeme) for that he perceyued in the hearers, euident tokens of obstinacie and vnbeliefe. For it is not credible that such a spirite as the Apostle had, coulde without a cause so be moued. For he sayth: Beware that that fall not on you which is spoken of in the Prophetes. &c. Therfore he so threatneth them with punish­ment, that yet he leaueth a place for hope of pardon, whyle he warneth them to beware least. &c. He bringeth the Oracle of the Prophete out of A­bacuc the fyrst Chapter, which by comparison or collation, he applyeth to the matter present. For it is euident this Prophete preached in the reigne of Manasses, what time both ydolatrie and all kinde of vice reygned, vnder that wicked and cruell king. For it is reported that he brought Iurie into er­rour, and the Citizens of Ierusalem, so that they exceeded the Gentyles in naughtynesse, whom God before that had destroyed. Besides this, he great­ly contemned the worde of God, and passing all measure hated the truth, a­gainst the which he was so inflamed, that he fylled the whole Citie with the bloude of Innocents. And yet they puffed vp in the confydence of Gods co­uenant, of their forefathers, of the temple, and ceremonies, thought they might without checke thus doe, and those that admonished them to doe o­therwise, or threatened them with the iudgement of God, they wickedlye scoffed at. Therfore Abacuc then prophecied the comming of the Chaldeyes, which he sayde shoulde ouerthrowe the Citie and Temple, and shoulde ca­rye all the people awaye, a thing which they thought was impossible to be done. Herevnto Paule hauing a respect, seemeth to say: you knowe what befell vnto your forefathers, when they despised the sayinges of the Pro­phetes. They sawe the destruction both of the Citie and Temple, neyther coulde that prowde name of the people of God, and trust in their ceremo­nies, deliuer them from the punishment at hande. For although it woulde seeme incredible vnto you, if a man woulde saye, that God woulde destroy your nation: yet I say, there are greater and more horrible punishments prepared for you. For the kingdome of God shall be taken from you, and you shall be forsaken, and that saluation that was promised to your forefa­thers, shall be conueyed vnto the Gentyles.

Vnto the Gospell must bee ioyned threates and declaration of punishments.This example of Paule teacheth vs, that the worde of saluation must so be preached, that the iudgement of God must also be layd before the eyes of those that despise it and be vnfaythfull. Therfore they are not to be heard that saye, such preaching is not fytte for the myldenesse of the Gospell, and vnseemely for charitie. For so Christ taught his Apostles, when he sayde it shoulde be easier for those of Sodome and Gomorrha in the daye of iudge­ment, than for those which refused to heare them. Yea, himselfe thundreth out that horrible (wo) vnto those vnthankefull Cities of Bethsaida, Math. 11. Luke. 19. Co­rozaim, and Capernaum. Doth he not also threaten Ierusalem with besie­ging, [Page 547] with the sworde, with famine, and with destruction. Mat. 23.24. This the fro­wardnesse of mannes nature partlye requireth, which sometime must bee brought vnder by threates, and partly the dutie of a pastor or shepehearde, whome it becommeth like a watchman to giue warning of the sworde han­ging ouer the peoples heades, that though they be incurable, yet he may deliuer his owne soule, Ezech. 3.33. that the bloude of them that perish be not required at his hands. This place also teacheth vs, that there is no sinne more grie­uous than the contempt of Gods worde, Contempt of Gods worde worde is a most grie­uous sinne. forasmuch as God vseth to punish no sinne more grieuously. For whatsoeuer sinnes else a man committeth, might after a sort, be ascribed to mans infyrmitie, by reason whereof some­time, euen the best men that be, doe fall. But if a man ioyne vnto licentious life, contempt of Gods worde, that is a token of a deuilishe and incurable wickednesse. Which was the cause that God alwayes most seuerely reuen­ged the same. It is knowne what came to passe in the beginning vnto the world for despising Noah the preacher of righteousnesse. The lyke felt Pha­rao, Saule, Achab, Manasses, and all the people of Israel, being ledde into As­syria. Yet were these things but a pastime and fleabyting to that that after­warde came to the Iewes for reiecting of Christ, whereof to discourse any further, the time will not suffer vs. In the meane season it is necessarye to tell you this one thing, that in the Iewes is set out to vs, and to all ages, an example, whereby we are taught that no man shall scape vnpunished, that is so bolde as to contemne the doctrine of Christ. For he that spared not the naturall braunches, Rom. 11. will much lesse spare the impes and graffes set in that stocke, if they be barren. Which thing we see the Churches of Asia and Greece hath many dayes since prooued, which being once founded by the Apostles, are nowe deuided from Christ, and beare the horrible yoke of Mahomets impietie. And woulde to God we sawe not in these dayes the preambles of calamitie to come, in a great many, which to much disdaine­fully lothe the saluation of the Gospell. Let vs therfore apply to our selues that which Paule sayth in this place, and embracing the doctrine of the Gos­pell with constant fayth, and thankfull mindes, let vs giue our selues who­ly to Iesus Christ our Sauiour and redeemer: to whom be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxiiij. Homelie.

‘WHEN the Iewes were gone out of the congregation, the Gentyles be­sought, that they woulde preach the word to them the next Sabboth. When the Congregation was broken vp, manye of the Iewes and vertuous Prose­lytes followed Paule and Barnabas, which spake to them, and exhorted them to continue in the grace of God. And the next Sabboth day came almost the whole Citie togither to heare the worde of God. But when the Iewes sawe the people, they were full of indignation, and spake agaynst those thinges which were spoken of Paule, speaking against it, and rayling on it. Then Paule and Barnabas waxed bolde, and sayde: It was mee [...]e that the woorde of God shoulde first haue bene preached vnto you. But seeing you putte it from you, and thinke your selues vnworthye of euerlasting lyfe, loe, wee turne to the Gentyles. For so hath the Lorde commaunded vs. I haue made [Page 548] thee a light of the Gentyles, that thou be the saluation vnto the ende of the worlde.’

THat saying of God vttered in this wise by the Prophete Esaye. 55. concerning his worde, is verye notable and comfortable: Like as the rayne and snow commeth downe from heauen, and returneth not thither againe, but watreth the earth, and maketh it fruite­full and greene: So the worde also that commeth out of my mouth, shall not turne agayne voyde vnto mee, but shall accomplish my will, and prosper in the thing where­to I sende it. For although there be many that wickedly repell it, yet hath God alwayes his chosen, in whome it vseth to bring forth fruite. An eui­dent example whereof we haue at this present. For after that Luke hath re­ported Paules sermon, he sheweth also how he had diuers kinde of hearers, whereof some we must imitate, and other some for their wickednesse and boldenesse, we must diligently eschue. And in these diuers hearers, we see the worde also to haue a diuers effect. For to some it is the sauour of lyfe vnto life, and to other some the sauour of death vnto death, as Paule himselfe beareth witnesse, in the last Epistle to the Corinthians. cap. 2.

Reprobates cannot abide to heare the word of god. Paule beginneth with those which hearde the Gospell preached without any fruite, that is to say, the Iewes, who went out (sayeth he) of the Si­nagoge, before the congregation brake vp. And this they did for none other cause, but for that they coulde not abide to heare the doctrine of Christ, as shall appeare by that that followeth, where it is written howe they made much adoe and striuing against the Apostles. For as they that are borne of God, Iohn. 8.10. heare the worde of Christ, and knowe by and by the voyce of their shepehearde, so the reprobates and children of this worlde, hate that voice as euill as a Tode, and can not be brought willinglye to seeke it: and if at any time they seeme to heare it otherwise than they looked for, or agaynst their will, then they turne their heades from it, and gette them out of the place where such noyse soundeth. This is an euident token of incurable malice, as we reade Dauid also noted, comparing them to a deafe Adder, which will in woonderfull wise stoppe his eares, bicause he will not heare the voice of the charmer. Psal. 58. And although somtime they pretend they doe it for modesty: yet it is alway the beginning of a greater impietie. For they which at the fyrst doe but a little lothe the worde of God, and refuse to heare it, if they shall more stronglye be vrged there with, then without all reason they rage against it. The Scripture sheweth vs examples in Pharao, Saul, Achab, and many others, which to rehearse woulde be superfluous, foras­much as we shall streightway heare how stowtly and impiously these men bende themselues against the doctrine of saluation.

The elect ac­knowledge the worde of God and re­ceyue it.Nowe against these men Paule setteth other, which worthily embraced the Apostles doctrine, who Luke sayth, were partly Gentyles, and partly Proselytes. And that these Proselytes were the more apt to receiue Christ, it is euident, for that they had not that prowde affiance in their owne wor­thynesse that hindred the Iewes from the fayth in Christ, A Proselyte, was anye straunger or forreuer born that did con­uert or turne vnto the Iewes reli­gion. as Paule other­wheres teacheth. Although among these were also some Iewes, bicause God did not so vtterly cast of that Nation, but that he reserued certayne [Page 549] remnantes to be saued. Moreouer, as in the fyrst sort we may see the ma­ners of the reprobate, so in these other sorts the propertie of the elect and children of God, doth notablye appeare. Which therefore is the more dili­gently to be considered, bicause by them we may see what is wanting in our selues, and what we ought to doe. First, they desire the Apostles, Esay. 1.10. Rom. 10. that they will the next Sabboth day preach to them againe the same doctrine of sal­uation. Ergo, they loue the worde of God, and they are not weary of it, bi­cause by the secret suggestion of the holye ghost, they perceyue the voyce of their heauenly father soundeth in the same. Then when the Church brake vp, they followed the Apostles, and openly acknowledge them for teachers of the truth and their saluation, who yet they knewe were hated of a great number. Then they are not ashamed of the worde of God before men, and they preferre the grace of Christ before the friendshippe of the worlde. These are the principles and rudimentes of true religion, wherein who so well exercise themselues, shall at length bring forth fruites of fayth and sal­uation not to be repented of. By these may we iudge of the maners of our dayes. For a great many nowe a dayes despise the worde, and thinke no­thing so voyde of true wisedome, as for a man to take aduise of the worde of God concerning his doings and sayings. And though we no way else de­clare the same, yet we abundantly testifye it, by this one token, in that we be not onely ashamed of the Ministers, but also hate them, abhorre them, flie from them, rayle at them, and euery way iniurie them, as the publike enimies of saluation, and authors of all euill. And yet (on Gods name) we bragge egregiously of our fayth and zeale towarde Christ and his Gospell. But God is not beguiled with vaine wordes, nor delighted with any kinde of religion, but such as hath truth ioyned therwith.

But what saye the Apostles herevnto? In religion, perseuerance or holding on is needefull. They exhort them to continue in the grace of God For they knewe well that saying of Christ: No manne that layeth his hande to the plough, and looketh backe, is worthye of the king­dome of God. Againe, He that abideth to the ende, shall be safe. And bicause they had good experience of mannes infyrmitie, they knewe that exhorta­tion was needefull for them, for that they had but newlye layde the fyrst foundation of their faith and saluation. For many times it cōmeth to passe, that they which haue begonne well, being eyther afraide of daunger, or caried away and maystred of their affections, fall away againe and swarue. Therefore we must note the example of the Apostles, that we thinke not faithfull admonitions superfluous, without the which, faith and the know­ledge of saluation are very seldome retayned.

In the meane season it is very worthy the noting, The Gospell is called the grace of God. how they which per­seuere in the Gospell, are sayde to continue in the grace of God. For by the Gospell is the grace of God offred vs. And Christ sayth that that peace that the Gospell preacheth shall dwell in that house, Math. 10. Luke. 10. where the children of peace be, who are such as embrace with true faith the peace and grace of God. Wherevpon we gather againe, that all they which refuse the Gospell, which is the only message of that grace, doe fall from the grace of God. And here­of followeth all kinde of euill, so that they are the most vnworthie people in the worlde, which forsake Christ for the worldes sake. This appeareth by the example of the Iewes, whome the contempt of the Gospell brought to that miserable state that they haue liued in, nowe more than .xv. hundreth [Page 550] yeares. Therfore let vs thinke that sayde vnto vs, that the Apostles sayde to these men in this place, and let vs embrace the Gospell, and perseuer in the same, that we may likewise enioy the vndoubted grace of God, and his assured helpe in all aduersities.

The cōtenti­on of the A­postles with the Iewes.Howbeit, Luke adioyneth to these premisses, a grieuous contention, fol­lowing this prosperous successe of the Gospell, wherby we are taught that the kingdome of Christ in this worlde beginneth neuer so prosperously, but that some stormes of persecution are ready for them which go about to sette forth the same. For the saying of Christ fayleth not: If they haue hearde my voyce, Iohn. 15. they will heare yours also. And where this worlde commonly hateth the light of the truth, the more they perceyue the same shineth, the more they vse to rage and be madde. Therefore no man ought to thinke it a straunge thing, if the like fall out in our dayes, and that we see troubles aryse among them, to whom the Gospell at the fyrst is preached. For Paule and Barnabas the faythfull Apostles of Christ doe here fynde the same to be true. For the next Sabboth daye, when almost all the Citie was gathered togither to heare the worde of God, the Iewes beholding such a great company rea­dye to embrace the kingdome of Christ, were fylled with disdaine, and fyrst beganne to speake against Paule, and at length fell to flatte blasphemy and rayling. And bicause this contention went so farre, that the Apostles were [...]aine to shake of the dust of their feete against them (a thing which we reade very seldome done by them) therfore it behooueth vs to expende the circum­stances of the whole hystorie the more diligently.

First, Luke teacheth vs what the cause was of such a tumult and busi­nesse. The occasi­on of the con­tention. Uerily, for that the Iewes sawe the whole Citie almost came togi­ther to heare the worde of God. Howbeit, it was euident ynough that they all came not of a godly intent and purpose. For otherwise they woulde ne­uer haue suffred the Iewes, a people hated of all Nations, to haue intrea­ted the Apostles so vngently. Wherefore although the desire of truth drewe some thither (as was aforesayde) yet the greater part were mooued of vaine curiositie. Which thing although the Apostles might easily haue supposed, yet woulde they not let passe so commodious an occasion, but are prest and ready to teach them. Whereby we learne that they which will fruitefully be occupied in setting forth the kingdome of God haue neede of a feruent study and zeale, & that they must let no oportunitie escape, be it in season or out of season, Phil. 1.2. Tim. 4. as Paule elsewhere admonisheth. Christ teacheth vs the same by his owne ensample, which taketh occasion of euery thing to teach by, and did so little refuse any one that came vnto him, that he reiected not Nicodemus comming to him in the night season, nor the woman of Samaria, giuen to dis­honest gayne and aduauntage. Iohn. 4. Yea, he sayeth, this is his meate, to doe that wherevnto his father sent him. Hereby is their sloth improoued, which being often called on, will not teache, and haue more regarde of their owne ease, than of mens saluation.

Then next the cause of the tumult is declared, which was the enuy of the Iewes, The cause of the conten­tion. seeing such a great throng of people. They seeme to be moo­ued partlye with ambition and enuye, while they are afrayde to lose their priuate honor and glory (which thing Christ obiecteth vnto them, Iohn. 5.) and partly with a preposterous zeale of the lawe, whereby they were led to take in euill part, that the vncircumcised Gentyles shoulde be matched with [Page 551] them in saluation, which thing was cause that Paule was much troubled, as we shall see when we come to the places. In the meane while, this place teacheth vs, that all kinde of zeale is not allowable before God, and that they which of zeale and good intent impugne the truth, are not streightway to be pardoned. For Paule otherwhiles attributeth a zeale of God vnto the Iewes, yet he condemneth them, in that they are not zealous for the glory of God, according vnto knowledge. Rom. 10. We must therefore beware that no e­uill affection rule in vs, and that we sinne not of ignoraunce in Gods will, which must be the onely rule of all our doings. Num. 15.

Thirdlye, The sleightes and weapons of the Iewes. here is declared what the Iewes the Apostles aduersaries did, which went out before the congregation was broken vp, bicause they would not heare the word & because they feared they should lose their glory, they speake against them also, and stryue agaynst the truth by arguments. And seeing they cannot that way preuaile, they turne vnto rayling, whereby no doubt they depraued both the doctrine and persons of the Apostles, to make the simple people suspect their doctrine, & enuie them. Such are the craftes of the wicked which euen nowe a dayes also they practise: and they of whome men looke for arguments & scriptures, they thinke by their talke so to preuaile, that they will rayle, and often times open their wicked mouth against the name and word of God. Also this place teacheth vs, wherevnto hatred of the truth bringeth men at the length, when they will continue in the same. For it maketh them blasphemers, open enimies, and impudent raylers, who yet at the beginning seemed good men and tollerable. Let men therfore stoppe at the beginning, and vse to acquaint their eares with the truth, if they meane not to holde on still in stubbornnesse.

But did the Apostles giue place to this stowtnesse of the Iewes? No. The A­postles stout­ly and boldlye resist. But with greater courage and boldenesse of speach resisted them. For so must the Ministers of the worde be furnished, that they must not onely teach the truth, but also be able to withstand the gainesayers. Titus. 1. And it is vnmeete that they that are the Ministers of Christ shoulde yeelde vnto the enterprises of the worlde. Herevnto appertaine the examples of the Prophetes, who we reade were alwayes the constanter, the more bolde they sawe the enimies of Gods worde were. See what is sayde of Micheas in the fyrst booke of the Kinges, and .xxij. Chapter, and of Ieremie, and others in euery place. And it seemeth that Christ admonished the Apostles of daungers to come, for none other cause so much, as for that they shoulde not be discouraged with the boldenesse of their enimies, nor be offended at them. These things must we remember in these dayes, where Antichristes bande is so whote in as­saulting the truth. Let vs thinke that nowe our constancie and stoutenesse is chiefely requisite, faithfully to defende the Churches quarrell being in hazarde.

And the Apostles saying is diligently to be considered, The Apo­stles excom­municate the incurable. where they with graue and godly weight of wordes, pronounce the horrible sentence of ex­communication, against these incurable persons. For what more hope was there to be had of such as they sawe had clymed vp to the toppe of impietie, and fyrst had stopped their eares against the worde of God, and after that had spoken against it, and at length were become blasphemers of it? But chiefely the Apostles charge them with vnthankefulnesse and incredulitie, which was the cause of their punishment, saying: it was meete the worde of [Page 552] God shoulde first be preached vnto you, whome God did vouchsafe to adorne with the couenant, the promises, and kindred of his sonne. But you make your selues vnworthy of such grace, while through your incurable malice you despise the saluation offred vnto you. What other thing therfore remai­neth, but that we turne vnto the Gentyles, and gather God a Church out from among them, which hitherto haue bene straungers from the coue­nant and Testaments? For so must that saying of Christ be fulylled: The kingdome of God shall be taken from you, and giuen vnto a Nation which shall bring forth the fruites thereof. Math. 21. In these things it is very diligently to be con­sidered, Math. 10. howe these vnbeleeuing perish through their owne iudgement, vn­to whome Christ is preached for a testimonie. Furthermore, how notwith­standing mans incredulitie and vnthankefulnesse, Gods worde is nothing preiudiced or hindered. For God is able of stones to rayse vp children vnto Abraham, which shall embrace Christ with true faith, as we see commeth to passe in the vocation of the Gentyles. For they whose heartes were harder than stones, being mollifyed with the spirite and worde of God, came with great chearefulnesse vnto the kingdome of Christ.

Howbeit, bicause the Apostles woulde seeme to doe nothing rashlye, and of their owne heades, The place of Esay. 4 9. tou­ching the vo­cation of the Gentyles. they alleage the Oracle of God out of the .xlix. Chapter of Esay, whereby they teache that God long agoe decreed, that the Gentyles also shoulde knowe howe they had saluation in Christ, and that the same shoulde no longer be deferred, seeing the Iewes, vnto whom the same was fyrst to be preached, despised it. Here therefore is the calling of the Gentyles prooued, whereof we haue heretofore oftentimes spoken. Moreouer, the place of Esay teacheth vs, what is giuen to vs in Christ. First and foremost, a light which worketh in vs the true knowledge of God and saluation, which the industrie of mans reason cannot attaine vnto: for no man hath seene God at any time, the onely begotten sonne, which is in the bosome of the father, Iohn. 1. he hath declared him. Uerily saluation followeth this light. For this is life euerlasting, that wee knowe God the father, and Iesus Christ whome he hath sent. Iohn. 17. This is a woonderfull bountie and goodnesse of God, which woulde in so short and briefe a summe set out vnto vs all that belongeth to our saluation. Let vs therfore walke in this light, that darke­nesse do not ouerwhelme vs, that we may attaine to saluation in this light, that is in Iesus Christ: to whome be praise, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxv. Homelie.

‘WHEN the Gentyles hearde this, they were gladde, and glorifyed the worde of the Lorde, and beleeued, euen as many as were ordeyned vnto eter­nall lyfe. And the worde of the Lorde was published throughout all the regi­on. But the Iewes mooued the deuout and honest women, and the chiefe of the Citie, and raysed persecution against Paule and Barnabas, and droue them out of their coastes. But they shooke off the dust of their feete against them, and came vnto Iconium. And the Disciples were filled with ioye, and with the holy ghost.’

[Page 553] ALthough God gaue vnto his Sonne Iesus Christ a kingdome, and all maner of power: yet the scriptures euerywhere testify, that he should haue many enimies in the worlde, and Christ him­selfe oftentimes admonished his Disciples thereof, least they shoulde hope for a temporall felicitie and kingdome, and so be offended with the crosse and aduersitie. This present hystorie sheweth vs an eui­dent example of such things as Christ sayde shoulde come to passe. Paule after he had conuerted Cyprus and Pamphilia, came to Antioch in Pisidia, and there according to his custome, preached Christ in the Sinagoge of the Iewes. By and by he hath both Iewes and Gentyles to embrace the doctrine of fayth: yea, the whole Citie almost beganne to listen and giue eare to the gospell, so that the matter seemed to be brought to passe euen as he woulde haue it. But sodeinly the Iewes stande vp, and openly speake against the Apostles in their sermons, & refrayne not from rayling. In the which contention, the constancie and boldenesse of the Apostles is specially to be noted, whereby they did not only resist their wicked enimies, but also pronounced the horrible iudgement of God against them, declaring howe God woulde forsake them, and transferre his kingdome vnto the Gentyles, yet coulde not this contention be so appeased, but more grieuous matters yet ensued, of the which Luke intreateth in this place. For he tea­cheth vs howe the doctrine of the Gospell was most faithfully published e­uen in the middle of the enimies. After this, he sheweth a newe persecuti­on, by meanes whereof the Apostles were driuen out of Pisidia, and came to Lycaonia. The ende of this Tragedie at length is declared to haue bene prosperous and ioyfull to the godly, but very horrible and miserable for the vngodly.

To the fyrst part of this place appertaineth this saying: when the Gen­tyles hearde this, they were glad, and glorified the worde of the Lorde, The doc­trine of the Gospell is set forth in the midst of troubles. and be­leeued, euen as many as were ordeyned vnto eternall life. And the worde of the Lorde was published throughout all the Region. The Gentyles which hearde Paules wordes, reioyced not bicause the Iewes were forsaken (for that had bene vnsitting both for their faith and Christian charitie) but for that they hearde that saluation belonged to them also, and that Christ was the sa­uiour, not onely of the Iewes, but also of the Gentyles, according to the Oracles of the Prophetes. Therefore with thankefull mindes they em­brace the worde of God, and worthily commende it. And this saluation is not contayned within the walles of the Citie onely, but is caried and spred abrode by preaching of the worde, ouer all the Countrie of Pisidia. There are in these things certaine poyntes worthy of diligent consideration, of all which we will intreate orderly.

And first it is to be considered, what these men were, of whome these thinges are reported, verily such as were ordeyned vnto eternall life. They that are ordeyned vnto life eter­nall beleeue. And Luke so describeth them, that it is manifest what the cause is, that men be­leeue the Gospell, when the same is impugned of many and cruell enimies. Surely it is the free election of God, who ordeyneth those vnto lyfe, whom it pleaseth him, and likewise leaueth them in destruction, and eternall dam­nation, [Page 554] whome it seemeth him good. For if we consider man, as he is of na­ture, we shall see it is not in his will or power to beleeue the Gospell, and to take holde of Christ. 1. Cor. 2. Phil. 2. For the naturall man perceyueth not the things belon­ging vnto the spirite of God. And wee bee not able of our selues so much as to thinke a good thought. Our sauiour Christ teacheth vs y e very same, where he sayth: Iohn. 3 6. it is needefull that we be borne againe from aboue, and that none cōmeth vnto him, but whome his father draweth. He sayde likewise vnto Peter ma­king confession of his faith: Happy or blessed art thou Simon the sonne of Io­nas. For flesh and bloude hath not opened that vnto thee, but my father which is in heauen. Math. 16. Of the which sayings we may easily gather, that faith belon­geth to them onely, whome God hath chosen and predestinate vnto life e­uerlasting. And it is plaine, that this election was made from euerlasting, and before the beginning of the worlde, Ephes. 1. 1. Pet. 1. and that in Christ who was ordey­ned to be our sauiour and Redeemer before this world was made. There­fore our election is free and of Gods mercie. Furthermore, those whome he chose in Christ, the same when he seeth good, he calleth by preaching of the Gospell, and draweth effectuously by his spirite, that being graffed in Christ through faith, they may be iustifyed by his merite, and made parta­kers with him of the heauenly glorye, according to that saying of Paule: Those which he knewe before, he also ordeyned before, that they shoulde bee like fashioned vnto the shape of his sonne. Rom. 8. Moreouer, whome he appointed be­fore, them also he called. And whome he hath called, them also he iustified, and whome he iustified, them he also glorified. And as many as be of this num­ber, they easily heare the voyce of Christ, and perceyue that God calleth them, bicause they haue the seede of God in them, which lying hidden be­fore, is by the worde of God quickened, and brought to maturitie and per­fyte ripenesse. Hereof it proceedeth that Christ sayth, they that are borne of God, and are the sheepe of his flocke, heare his voyce, and are delighted ther­with, yea, and those he acknowledgeth for his sheepe, of whome hitherto he was vnknowne, and which were afterwarde to be called and drawne, saying: I haue other sheepe also which are not of this folde. Them also must I bring in, Iohn. 10. and they shall heare my voyce, and there shall bee one folde and one shepehearde. Of which sort Luke sheweth that these Antiochians were. And the treatie hereof ought to seeme to no man superfluous, forasmuch as there is nothing belonging to our saluation more pleasaunt or profytable to bee considered than this. For herein are opened the fountaines of our saluati­on, and we are taught that the same dependeth vppon the meere grace of God, and therefore the arrogant and Pharisaicall glorying in mannes iu­stice and merite, is hereby quite ouerthrowne and buryed. This also proo­ueth the certaintie of our saluation, and marueylously fortifyeth our fayth, if it shoulde stagger through temptations. For God cannot repent him of his electing and calling vs. Rom. 11. And whereas we be elected or chosen in Christ, which is that impregnable rocke, against which the gates of hell are not able to preuayle, and which will not suffer his sheepe to be taken out of his handes. It is impossible that they should fall from their saluation, which feele them­selues to be graffed in him. Wherevnto this place also is to be referred, where it is sayde: As many beleeued, as were ordeyned vnto life euerlasting. For although the Iewes raged neuer so much, they coulde not hinder the saluation or faith of one of the elected. And as many as shall in this wyse [Page 555] consider Gods predestination and election, shall perceyue their fayth to be marueylously increased. And if any will wade yet deeper in Gods secrets & mysteries, and will presume to call his eternall counsayles to the count of mans reason, they shall at length go so farre, that eyther they shall scoffing­ly deride the iudgements of God, or else attribute that vnto man, which it becommeth vs to seeke only in the grace and fauour of God, and shall spoile Christ of his glory, who is the foundation of our saluation. See Rom. 9.11.

But to returne to these electes, let vs consider the effect of Gods word, The effect of Gods worde in the elect, and their du­ties. that appeared and shewed it selfe in them, by the which may easily be gathe­red what their dutie is whome God electeth. This is a marueylous effect of Gods worde, that euen in the greatest feare of all daungers, the hearts of those that beleeued, are recreated with ioye, considering howe God the father is well pleased with them. Wherevnto Christ had a respect, Math. 5. when he bade vs reioyce in troubles. Then after that, it is sayde, they glorifyed the worde of God, which is a token of thankefulnesse, which they cannot choose but render vnto God, which haue anye thing tasted of the grace of God. They vse to glorifye the worde of God, which embrace it with fayth, and submit themselfe vnto it, subduing all their reason and vnderstanding vnto it, which is not the last nor least ende of preaching the Gospell, as we haue in other places declared. These thinges teache vs, what they haue to doe, that will be counted of the number of the elect, and they also are here con­futed, which saye the exercises of Christian religion and good workes, are by this doctrine of free election and predestination put away and destroyed. For where (as it was before declared) vocation or calling followeth electi­on, and iustifycation by fayth followeth calling or vocation, it cannot be that he which vnderstandeth he is elected, can cast from him the workes of a Christian man. For he knoweth that we are elected in Christ to that end, that after we haue here liued an innocent and irreprehensible life, Ephe. 4. we shall liue with Christ for euer in heauen. Wherefore according to the Apostles commaundement he laboureth by continuall traueyle in innocencie and godlynesse, to ratifye and confyrme his election and calling. 2. Pet. 1.

Thirdly, The word of God is set forth through the enterpri­ses of the ad­uersaries. it is to be obserued howe Luke sayth the worde of God was published throughout all the Countrie. For hereby it appeareth howe little the wicked are able to preuayle against Christ with all their attempts. For the spirite of God bloweth where it listeth, and is not mooued eyther with the authoritie or power of man. Therfore the same commeth here to passe, that we sawe came to passe before at Ierusalem, in the persecution of Steuen. And this is the propertie of the worde of God, the more to shewe his power and force, the more it is withstanded, delighting (as it were) to wrastle with the aduersaries. And there is no cause for any man to aske why we see not Christes kingdome haue as good successe in these dayes. For by our sloth and negligence, the boundes thereof are drawne in, and narrowed, and we see that saying of Christ is true in all states of men, where he testi­fyeth that in the later times, faith shall be very rare & scant vpon the earth. Luke. 18.

Furthermore, after these ioyfull successes of the Apostles, Persecutiō raysed by the Iewes. and victories gotten against these wicked enimies, a newe businesse aryseth, namely, a manifest persecution, whereof the same Iewes were the authors, bicause they coulde preuayle nothing at the fyrst, and bicause they sawe the doctrine of Christ stronger than to be ouerturned with the craft of Sophisters, or [Page 556] with slaunders and reproches. And the Iewes many times in this booke are reported to haue bene the beginners of persecution, and Paule writing of them in the fyrst Epistle to the Thessalonians seconde Chapter, sayth: For as they killed the Lorde Iesus, and their owne Prophets, euen so they persecute vs, and God they please not, and are contrary to all men, and hinder vs that we shoulde not speake vnto the Gentyles, that they might bee saued to fulfill their sinnes alwaye. &c. Which things are therfore to be obserued, that we might acknowledge the iust iudgement of God vpon them, and how those horri­ble and straunge calamities fell vpon them worthily, which our Sauiour Christ threatened vnto them, and are written in hystories. For God purpo­sed by the example of them to teache vs, what remayneth for all the despi­sers and enimies of his sonne. And it is very worthy the consideration, to see by what subtile meanes they procured this persecution, and what effect it had.

First their subtiltie appeareth in those whom they went about to make on their sides, Women ray­sed against the Apostles. against the Apostles. And these were fyrst certaine women commended for their honestie and godlynesse. And it was not without a cause that they thought their helpe meete for this purpose. For this sexe of women as they are naturally inclined and giuen to superstition, so are they very apt to deceyue, specially when the matter hath a pretence of religion, and colour of any custome receyued. Then by them is there an entry made vnto the husbandes, with whome by flattery and enticements, they are a­ble to doe very much, but specially if they be commended for their honestye and godlynesse. Heua the fyrst mother of vs all maye serue for example, whom Satan in the beginning thought a meete instrument to abuse, where­by to deceiue mankinde. And bicause his fyrst enterprise succeeded so well, he thought afterwarde to vse the same instrument still. Therefore through women he deceyued Salomon, which was the fyrst sower of Idolatrie a­mong the Israelytes, which Idolatrie afterwarde coulde not be rooted out, with all that the kings and Prophetes coulde doe. And by the authoritie of Iesabel, he brought in the worshipping of Baal. I let passe infynite other ex­amples which might be alleaged. Paule had so well marked this thing, that he wrote howe this was commonly the propertie of deceyuers, to beguyle women, 2. Tim. 3. specially such whose consciences they see are clogged with sinne. And this is so common a thing in our daies, that he is blinder than a Mole or Want, that seeth it not. Yet let no man thinke I speake this in reproch of womankinde. But let it serue rather to teach women to beware, that they suffer not themselues to be beguyled, vnder so false a visor and pretence of religion.

Magistrates offended with the Apostles.And where women alone perhappes might be made light account of, they mooue the Magistrates also and the chiefe of the Citie against them, in exasperating of whome, they doubtlesse vsed the helpe of the women. They make the Magistrates offended with them, as with disturbers and breakers of publike peace, which hath in all ages bene the onely argument wherewith the wicked haue most impugned the doctrine of truth, as the hy­stories of the Propetes teache vs, all which it is plaine were for the most part accused with Christ of sedition. And at this daye there is nothing more ryfe and common. But let vs marke howe there is nothing in all Antioch of any power, eyther by reason of holynesse, or publike authoritie, but it is [Page 557] bent and armed against the Apostles, hauing none but the Commons on­lye to take their part. They that measure religion according to the authori­tie of men, are hereby reprooued. For if this opinion may preuayle, the A­postles cause must be in daunger of quailing. Therefore Christ teacheth vs a farre other maner of lesson, who testifyeth that the mysteries of the king­dome of heauen are hidden from the wise, and reuealed vnto little ones. Math. 11. Referre also to this place the things spoken 1. Cor. 1. about the ende, to this purpose.

Nowe the effect of the persecution was, Banishment the effect of persecution. that the Apostles were exy­led the borders of Pisidia, by publike authoritie. Yet was not the gospell vt­terly banished and put to flight, forasmuch as there is mention made here­after of Disciples, which were endued with all kinde of giftes of the holye ghost. It was a common thing in all ages, that alwayes the true worship­pers of God were put in exylement, as publike plagues. Where in the meane season the wicked might without checke walke vp and downe in the middle of the streetes, for whose sake the wrath of God vseth to be kindled. And after banishment commonly followeth losse of goodes, and miserable pouertie. God suffreth these things to light vpon his elect for many causes. For this waye he declareth his power, which then most appeareth, when he preserueth his Church in the middle of the waues of persecution. Then also he trieth the faith of those that be his, as gold is tried in the fyre, & mortifieth the vnworthy reliques of y e flesh, that we be not therby deceyued, & [...]war [...]e aside. Moreouer, he maketh vs like vnto his sonne, 2. Tim. 2. y they which suffer with him, may also reigne with him. Furthermore, he vseth this waye to make those that be his, weary of the worlde, which worlde otherwise our fleshe vseth to esteeme, and make to much of. Therefore these things ought to of­fende no man, but let vs rather often thinke on the promises of Christ, such as are these: There is none that hath forsaken house, or brethren, or sistren, Marc. 10. or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or landes for my sake, but hee shall re­ceyue an hundreth folde nowe in this life, with persecutions, and in the worlde to come lyfe euerlasting. Againe: ye are they which haue bidden with mee in my temptations: and I appoynt vnto you a kingdome, Luke. 22. as my father hath ap­poynted to me, that you may eate and drinke at my table in my kingdome. &c. And againe: where I am, there shall my minister also bee. Iohn. 12.14. and .17. They which dili­gently consider these things, can haue nothing come vnto them so grieuous or intollerable, but they knowe the ende thereof shall be ioyfull. In the meane season, let vs earnestly shew our dutie of charitie vnto those that are banished for Christes sake, and which come vnto vs, being driuen out of their owne Countrie, and let vs not suffer them by our meanes wrongful­lye to be suspected, seeing they suffer for the same cause that Christes Apo­stles did. Let vs remember that saying of Christ: I was harbourlesse, Math. 25. and you tooke me in. &c.

Nowe let vs see the ende of this Tragedie, which Luke writeth was very horrible and miserable to the obstinate Iewes, The end of the persecu­tion. but very ioyfull to the godly & those that beleeued. For the Apostles seeing y malice of the Iewes to be inuincible, shooke of the dust of their feete against them, and departed vnto Iconium, a Citie of Lycaonia, which thing they did according to Chri­stes commaundement, who sayde on this wise to his Disciples: The shaking off of oust. whosoeuer will not receyue you, when you go out of the Citie, shake of the verye dust [Page 558] from your feete, Luke. 9. for a testimonie against them. And againe, in the same E­uangelist he sayth cap. 10. Into whatsoeuer Citie you enter, and they receyue you not, go your wayes out into the streetes of the same and saye: euen the very dust of your Citie which cleaueth on vs, wee wype of against you. Not­withstanding be ye sure of this, that the kingdome of God was come nigh vpon you. Therefore this shaking off of dust was a solemne and publike signe of execration, whereby was signifyed that all the wicked contemners of the Gospell, shoulde be scattered abrode like dust, and that such horrible curse of God hong ouer them, that they which woulde be saued, shoulde not so much as be partakers of the dust belonging vnto them. And these thinges God woulde haue done for a testimonie or witnesse against them, to take a­waye from them all maner of excuse. For the wicked commonly pretende ignorance when they are vrged with Gods iudgementes. And to the ende they shoulde not so doe, but be choked with the testimonie of their owne con­science, the Apostles might not depart thence without publike protestation, and denunciation of punishment which shoulde come vpon them, as if they shoulde saye: we be free from your bloude. For we preached vnto you the kingdome of God according to our dutie, which bicause you reiect, through your incurable impietie, we leaue you to the iust iudgement of God, which shall be so grieuous, that it is not lawfull for vs to haue so much as y e dust of your streetes to cleaue vnto vs. For as Christ beareth witnesse, at the later day Sodome shall haue an easier iudgement than you. And if the dust which cleaueth to the feete of Christes Ministers, be sufficient to conuince and re­prooue the contemners of the Gospell, what then shall we iudge, I praye you, of the sermons, deuises, writinges, and bloude that they haue shedde for the testimonie of Iesus Christ. Let vs compare these things with our times, that we may perceyue howe inexcusablye they sinne, which in these dayes with so great impietie refuse the preaching of the kingdome of God. Let vs therefore eschewe so heynous an offence, and abhorre the familia­ritie of them, whome we know to be polluted herewith. For although such threates as these seeme but ridiculous to these kinde of men, they shall yet fynde at the ende that they were to be beleeued.

The ende of persecution is ioyfull vn­to the fayth­full.But the ende of this hystory was not so grieuous to the wicked, but it was as chearefull for the godly. For of these Luke sayeth: The Disciples were filled with ioye, and the holy ghost. Wee hearde before how they reioy­ced. That ioye coulde neyther be disturbed by this persecution, ne yet bee cleane taken away, but remayned vnto them whole and sounde. Therfore that saying of Christ is truely fulfylled: your heart shall reioyce, and no man shall take your reioycing from you. Iohn. 16. The author of this ioy is the holy ghost, which emboldened them and comforted them, that they shoulde not faynt vnder the crosse, and also instructed them with diuers gifts, wherewith the Primitiue Church (as we haue often sayde) did flourishe. Here appeareth an inuincible power of the holy ghost, which is able to defende the faythfull of Christ against all the power of the worlde. Lette the same comfort vs in these dayes in our daungers, and lette vs not suffer our selues to be ouer­come with the feares of this worlde, wee, I saye, which be elected through grace before this worlde was made, and are nowe called by the preaching of the Gospell, that we maye be iustifyed by fayth, and glorifyed in Iesus Christ: to whome be praise, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xiiij. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .lxxxxvj. Homelie.

‘AND it came to passe in Iconium, that they went both togither into the Sinagoge of the Iewes, and so spake that a great multitude of the Iewes, and also of the Greekes beleeued. But the vnbeleeuing Iewes stirred vp, and vnquieted the mindes of the Gentyles against the brethren. Long time a­bode they there, and quitte themselues boldlye with the helpe of the Lorde, which gaue testimonie vnto the worde of his grace, and graunted signes and woonders to be done by their handes. But the multitude of the Citie was de­uided, and part held with the Iewes, and part with the Apostles. When there was an assault mad e both of the Iewes and of the Gentiles, with their Rulers, to doe them violence, and to stone them, they were ware of it, and fledde vn­to Lystra and Derba, Cities of Lycaonia, and vnto the Region that lyeth rounde about, and there preached the Gospell.’

WE hearde in the Chapter be­fore going howe Paule and Barnabas be­ing sent forth by the commaundement of the holy ghost, beganne to preach the Gospell among the Gentyles, who had so good successe in their businesse, that within short space of time, they did ligh­ten the Isle of Cyprus, Pamphilia, and Pisidia, with the doctrine and fayth of Christ. Howbeit, the waywardnesse of the Iewes which were at Antioch see­med somewhat to hinder the course of the Gospell: whereby it came to passe, that being shamefully banished the coastes of Pisidia, they were constrayned to shake of the dust of their feete against them, a thing which we reade they scarce did in any place before. Howbeit, bicause no man shoulde thinke the Apostles were afrayde that Christes kingdome was any thing hurt or hin­dred thereby, Luke goeth forwarde with his hystorie begonne, and decla­reth what they did after they were expulsed the coastes of Pisidia. And this place conteyneth a declaration of the thinges done at Iconium, which we shall note when we haue tolde of Iconium such things as make for the vn­derstanding of this hystorie.

Iconium in Lycaonia, Iconium. into the which there lyeth an open passage out of Pisidia, to them that traueyle Eastwarde, hath bene a very famous Ci­tie, [Page 560] so called in Greeke, by reason of an Idoll or Image, which the Poetes [...]eigne was made by Prometheus and Minerua, at the commaundement of Iupiter, after the floude of Deucalion, and quickened by winde blowne into it. Wherefore as by reason of their riches, they liued riotouslye: so bicause of the auncient superstition of thys Image, the Citizens were giuen alto­gither to Idolatrie, euen like the people of our dayes, which vse to glory in the Images painted by S. Luke, or in other as notable lyes as that is. Here appeareth the marueylous goodnesse of God, who woulde vouchsafe to visite this Citie with the light of his worde, and so mercifully offer salua­tion to them in his sonne, which by reason of their prophane worshipping of Images, deserued destruction. And for none other cause doth Paule else­where so diligently describe what condicion the Gentyles stoode in, before they knewe Christ, than for that it might thereby appeare that all our sal­uation consisted in the meere fauour of God, and that nothing ought to be attributed to mannes merites. Whosoeuer shall well examine themselues and consider what they were before they knewe Christ, shall confesse the same. But these thinges being thus premised, let vs consider the hystorye present, where Luke sheweth what the Apostles did at Iconium, what suc­cesse they had, and howe after they had faithfully traueyled in the businesse of the Lorde, newe persecution arose against them.

First, they go into the Iewes Sinagoge, and there teach. But what they taught, The Apo­stles teach in the sinagoge. Luke declareth not, bicause before he had reported in his hy­storie certaine whole sermons of theirs, of the which may easily be gathe­red, what they euerywhere preached. For they which had receyued of Christ an expresse and euident commaundement, and which did all things by the guiding of Christes spirite, which is the spirite of truth, and therefore in all poyntes agreeth with it selfe, coulde not teach diuers things, and repugnant in themselues. Therfore what should it neede so often to repeate one thing? But this is worthye both to be obserued and marueyled at, that they will againe go into the Iewes Sinagoge, and teach among them, whom they had founde the greatest enimies of the Gospell, and whose companye not long before was to their great hindraunce and displeasure at Antioch. This is a notable argument of constancie and trust, The constan­cie and fayth of the Apo­stles. which they did vse in the office committed vnto them. For as we sawe in the ende of the Chapter before, the Magistrates of Antioch so tooke against them, by reason of the instigation of the Iewes, that they were in daunger of their lyfe, and were banished the coastes of Pisidia, in shamefull wise. Besides, there were di­uers thinges which might haue made them despaire of the Iewes saluati­on. For they were not ignoraunt of the prophecies and threates of Christ, which with one consent declared howe the kingdome of God shoulde be ca­ryed to the Gentyles: and they might manye wayes perceyue that the time of this forsaking was at hande. And what, I praye you, might they hope for at their handes, whome they sawe embrued with the bloude of the sonne of God, and who did deadly hate the truth? Yet go they on constantly executing the charge committed to them of the holy ghost, least any shoulde perish through their sloth. And no doubt but that saying rang in their eares, which was sayde vnto Ezechiel: If I saye vnto the wicked and vngodly man, without doubt thou shalt die, Ezech. 3. and thou giuest him not warning, that he maye turne from his euill waye and so liue▪ then shall the same vngodly man dye in [Page 561] his owne vnrighteousnesse, but his bloude will I require at thy hande. &c. But let all men to whom God hath committed charge ouer any persons, thinke that sayde vnto them, that was sayde to the Prophete, and which we see the Apostles obserued. In which place Magistrates, Parents, and other such like are to be accounted. All which must well beware, that they let not the malice of menne ouercome them. For, although they whome they haue the charge of, be incurable, yet shall they receyue great profyte by their diligent study and endeuour, if they doe deliuer but their owne soules.

Moreouer, this is a notable example of Christian charitie, The loue of the Apostles toward their enimies. that the A­postles so painefully and with such perill traueyle to bring a most enuious nation, and like shortlye to perishe, by reason of their incurable wicked­nesse vnto saluation. For where charitie alway hopeth well, they also hoped that some remnants might be saued, as we see commeth to passe oftentimes in shipwrack. Hereof commeth it, that Paule so incessantly prayeth for them, Rom. 10.9. and wisheth to be accursed, so that they might be saued. The like affection we see in Christ, who was mooued with all maner of pittie, when he sawe them miserably dispersed like sheepe that had no shepehearde. He wept also when he behelde that bloudie Ierusalem, bicause he sawe they obstinatelye ranne into their owne destruction, Luke. 19. and woulde not knowe the daye of their visitation. By these examples are those barbarous and grosse people re­prooued, who are touched so little with the calamitie of others, or else so im­potently ledde with the desire of priuate reuenge, that for some fewes sake who haue iniuried them, they will beare hatred to the whole Nation: to say nothing of such, who when they can alleage no cause of their hatred, are yet of a certaine secrete corruption of nature, driuen headlong with hatred, & reioyce at the miserie of others. But how can they be the children of God, which so farre differ from the nature and propertie of God? 1. Tim. 2. For he desi­reth that men shoulde be saued, and come to the knowledge of truth. He v­seth to spare whole Cities for a fewes sake that be good, which Cities they desire to be destroyed, for a fewes sake that be euill. But the chiefe cause of this euill is, for that we consider not as meete is, the goodnesse of God to­wardes those that deserue a thousande deathes, nor his promises, which rewardeth them that earnestly doe their office and dutie.

Nowe let vs see what the Apostles gotte by this feruent proceeding of theirs, that hereby they also may be refused which leaue of, The effect of the Apo­stles doctrine despayring they shall doe any good before they take the matter in hand. They so spake (sayth he) that a great multitude both of the Iewes and Greekes beleeued. Therefore the worde of God is neuer preached without fruite: and euerywhere there are some founde, which receyue it as they ought to doe, so that it bringeth forth fruite, as we haue oftentimes declared. And God fayleth not for his part those that faithfully labour in his name. For as Peter letting slippe his nettes at the Lordes bidding, caught a great hale of fyshe, hauing before taken nothing as long as he followed his owne heade, so as manye as or­der their matters in the name of God, and as he appoynteth them, fynde greater commoditie of their labour than they looked for. Therefore it must be attributed to our sloth and falshoode, that so little good is done in these dayes. For howe shoulde the Lorde with his helpe prosper them, who ha­uing no regarde of his glory, seeke onely their owne commoditie, and ne­uer will aduenture to doe any thing for Gods name sake, and for the salua­tion [Page 562] of all men▪ Also it appeareth in this place, as we haue often sayde, that the enterprises of Christes enimies are in vaine, and that his king­dome by persecutions, is rather furthred than hindred. The continuall course of the Actes of the Apostles declareth the same, if we well regard it. Let vs in these things acknowledge the wisedome of God, and not despaire to soone of Christes kingdome, seeing he can so prosperously defeate the de­uises of his enimies.

The perse­cutiō against the Apostles.Furthermore, after this good successe, Christes kingdome is afreshe persecuted, so that a manne may see it is most true that Christ foreshewed, concerning the wicked enterprises of the worlde, and the traueyles and daungers of his Ministers. It shall profyte our knowledge, if we deepely weigh and consider all the circumstaunces of this newe tragedie. The Iewes are authors of the persecu­tion. First, he nameth the beginners of the persecution, euen the Iewes, who not con­tent with their owne incredulitie, incensed the mindes of the Gentyles a­gainst their brethren, who had professed Christ: which coulde not be with­out slaundering of them. And no doubt but they called them the authours and sowers of sedition and trouble, forasmuch as we see the faythfull ser­uants of Christ, haue in all ages bene charged with like crimes. It is ve­rily an horrible thing, that the Iewes should conceyue such a cankred hate against the truth, and they whome God in time past vsed to call his chil­dren and Priestly kingdome, to be made the vngodly vesselles and instru­mentes of wrath. Lette no man therefore put his confydence in the wor­thynesse of forefathers, or in any such prerogatiues, but followe humilitie, and reuerence God, if they meane not to be throwne downe of God, as they were, let vs marke in this place who are the authors of tumultes and sedition. Not they that beleeue the Gospell, but they which refuse to beleeue it. For the beleeuing labour to be at peace with all men, as much as in them lyeth. The other bicause they can not abide the light, vse to bring the Mini­sters of the truth in suspition with the people, through false accusations, and by sedition, to oppresse the truth. But in the meane season they goe a­bout with marueylous conueyance to put the godly in the fault, wherof we haue examples in Achab the king, and in the Iewes accusing Christ before Pylate. It behooueth vs to marke these things, that we nowe a dayes to quickly beleeue not those which say, that common weales and publike peace is disturbed by preaching of the Gospell. Secondly, it is declared what ma­ner of men the Apostles shewed themselues to be in this tumult. The Apo­stles do bold­lye resist the seditious. They go on, and yeelde not at the fyrst to the wicked, but abiding a long space at Ico­nium, doe the businesse of the Lorde with great trust and boldenesse. And God assisteth them with his fauour, and by myracles and signes giueth te­stimonie vnto the worde of grace, that is to saye, to the Gospell, whereby the grace of God in Christ is preached vnto vs. The example of the Apo­stles teacheth vs, that they which will be Ministers of Christ must not yeeld ouer soone to the attemptes of the wicked, although they see great trouble like to follow therof. For we must admit nothing against the glory of God, the rather to agree with y e world, which Christ calleth naughty, adulterous, and vntowarde, Marc. 8. and therefore teacheth it to be vnmeete that the true ser­uants of God, shoulde haue so much regard thereof. In the meane season this place sheweth vs what the vse of myracles is. They be done by the handes of the Ministers, God being the author of them, not for that men [Page 563] shoulde attribute vnto the Ministers more than vnto men, but that they shoulde be as seales for them that beleeue not, and which haue not bene v­sed to the worde of God. Iohn. 5.10. Christ our Lorde confesseth the same of his myra­cles. And he teacheth vs that those which the Apostles shoulde doe, Marc. 16. shoulde serue for none other vse. Here therefore are confuted two errours reigning euerywhere in our dayes. The fyrst is the errour of them, which requyre myracles of vs, whereof there is no great neede among Christian people, whose faith must stande vpon the worde of God, and which confesse that the Apostles doctrine hath long since bene sufficientlye prooued by myracles. The other is of the Papistes, which alleage a number of most pieuish my­racles against the manifest truth, for their inuocation of Saints, transub­stantiation, Purgatorie, & other such kinde of trifles. Howbeit, it behooued they shoulde fyrst haue prooued their opinions by the worde of God, which thing seeing they cannot doe, Math. 24. 2. Thes. 2. they ought to be taken for false and lying signes, that are brought forth for the proofe of them, such as Christ long a­gone prophecied Antichrist shoulde worke in the later dayes. Thirdly, All the ci­tie is at diui­sion. it is declared howe farre this persecution went: The whole multitude of the Ci­tie was deuided (sayth he) and part helde with the Iewes, and part with the A­postles. This was not therefore a little trouble among a fewe of persons, but all the whole Citie was deuided, and take part one against another, which thing is the greatest plague that can happen in a Citie. Howbeit, this is it that Christ sayde shoulde come to passe: I came not to sende peace, but a sworde. For I came to set a man against his father, Math. 10. and the daughter against hir mother, and the daughter in lawe against hir mother in lawe, and a mannes foes shall be they that are of his owne housholde. Here yet must we remem­ber what was sayde before of the vnbeleeuers, which were the procurers of this persecution. For Christ is not properly and truely anye authour of diuision, forasmuch as in all places he commendeth peace vnto vs, and commaundeth vs to loue our enimies. But such is the malice of the wicked, that the more they are vrged with the wholesome doctrine of Christ, the more they raue, and at length professe open enmitie, which thing cannot be ended without sedition. For as the vngodly will holde fast their vngodly­nesse with tooth & nayle, so the godly must not forsake their standing wher­in they are placed of God, least they seeme to make more of the friendshippe of the worlde, than of the glorye of Christ, and the saluation of mennes soules: For the which cause the Apostles shewe not themselues to be Neu­trales in this contention, although they were straungers, whome Cicero forbiddeth to be curious in other mens common weales. For where some are sayde to take part with them, it easily appeareth that they also tooke a part. Therefore they are little like vnto the Apostles, which assoone as con­trouersies fall out in matters of religion, thinke it an high poynt of wise­dome to stande as neutrales and indifferentes. Solon sayth he was no good Citizen, which in a sedition woulde be of no syde. And shall we call them Christians, who when Christes glory is assaulted, will sit like ydle gazers, without all daunger, and looke on? Apoc. 3. Surely these men are those warme­linges neyther colde nor hote, which Christ threateneth he will spewe out. The A­postles flye from Iconiū, and preach at other places. Fourthly, the same ende commeth of this persecution, which was before of that at Antioch. For the enimies of Christ with the rulers and Magistra­tes rose vppe in such rage, that the Apostles were in daunger to haue bene [Page 564] stoned. Wherefore they following the counsayle and example of Christ, fled from thence, reseruing themselues for a more seasonable time. And yet are they not to be blamed bicause they fled in a sedition, raysed by their occasion. For what shoulde they else doe, seeing the matter tended to open violence? Let vs diligently marke what they did after they were escaped. For they gaue not themselues to fylthie ydlenesse, but comming to Lystra and Derba, spred the doctrine of the Gospell ouer all Lycaonia. As therefore it is law­full to flie, when neyther the glory of Christ, nor the saluation of the Church is in hazarde, least by putting our selues in daunger rashlye, we seeme to to tempt Christ: so must we take heede, that we followe not the coun­sayle of rascall feare, and forsake the office that God hath called vs to. Let vs therefore haue alwayes before our eyes the glory of God, as the marke of all our deuises. For so shall it come to passe, that hauing passed all daun­gers, we shall keepe both our fayth and soules in Iesus Christ our Saui­our: to whome be all prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxvij. Homelie.

‘AND there sate a certaine man at Lystra, weake in his feete, being a creple from his mothers wombe, and neuer had walked. The same hearde Paule preach, which beholding him, and perceyuing that he had faith to be whole, sayde with a lowde voyce. I saye to thee in the name of Iesus Christ, stande vpright on thy feete. And he start vp and walked. And when the people saw what Paule had done, they lift vp their voyces, saying in the speach of Lycao­nia: Goddes are come downe to vs in the lykenesse of men. And they called Barnabas Iupiter, and Paule Mercurius, bicause hee was the Preacher. Then Iupiters priest which dwelt before their Citie, brought Oxen and garlandes vnto the porch, and woulde haue done sacrifice with the people.’

WHen our Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christ fyrst sent forth his Apostles to preache the Gospell, he warned them of nothing so diligently, as of persecutions that shoulde come vnto them in going about that busi­nesse. Of these he foretolde they shoulde suffer both ma­ny and grieuous, not hereby meaning, through feare to dismay them, but to arme them with fayth against trou­bles foreseene, that thereby they might learne to ouercome them. Paule and Barnabas the chosen vessels of Christ well vnderstoode this thing, who at the speciall commaundement of the holye ghost were sent forth, as we hearde before, to preach among the Gentyles. For they vse such fayth and constan­cie in their office and charge, that after persecution, as men increased with more force and strength, they returne with more alacritie to their office a­gaine. For being driuen out of Antioch, they fyll Iconium with the doctrine of Christ. Agayne, beinst expulsed Iconium, by reason of a sedition there raysed, they come to Lystra and Derba, and there they beginne to teach. And it is sayde, they preached the Gospell, least any man might thinke they had chaunged their doctrine for their enimies pleasure. Their constancie is set forth to be imitated of all men, to thende that they which will seeme the true worshippers of Christ, shoulde giue no place to the wicked enimies of the [Page 565] worde. For he is vnworthy of Christ, that more setteth by the friendship of this vntowarde and adulterous worlde, than by the glory of Christ. How­beit, bicause mention was made of myracles, whereby God gaue testimo­nie to the Apostles doctrine, nowe Luke rehearseth one myracle among a great many, which by reason of the effect falling out thereof, seemed verye worthy to be declared. For the more profyte that may come vnto vs by the consideration thereof, fyrst we will discusse the myracle with the circum­stances, and then declare the effect thereof.

Luke beginneth with the description of him, The my­racle of the Creple that was healed. on whome the myracle was wrought. He was a townesman of Lystra many wayes very misera­ble. For he was lame of his feete, and that from his mothers wombe, so that thereby it appeareth his disease was incurable, such as they be for the most part, that cleaue to vs from our natiuitie and birth. It is also added that he neuer went on his feete or walked. The misera­ble state of the Creple. So diligent a description of this Creple, maketh for the certaintie of the myracle, & that the power of Christ might appeare the more euident, in whose name not long after he was healed. Here is to be obserued, how Christ commonly setteth forth the glo­rye of his name, by them which eyther are sicke of incurable diseases from their natiuitie, or else are otherwise in great calamitie. Such an one we reade the blinde man was, whom Christ restored to his sight. Iohn. 9. Such ano­ther was he that had the Palsie, who at length after he had bene .xxxviij. yeares diseased, was restored againe to his health. Iohn. 5. Such an one was the woman which had eyghtene yeares gone stowping and bowed as it were togither. Such were the Demoniakes that so raged, Luke. 13. Math. 8. and were by his be­nefyte deliuered. These thinges serue fyrst for our consolation, that we shoulde not take the aduersities that God sendeth impaciently, considering that hereby Christ knoweth howe to fetch matter to glorifye his name by. For God so little hateth vs therefore, that rather by bearing them pacient­lye, he maketh vs the instruments of his glory. Furthermore, they make for our instruction, that we rashly ryde not on them, whome God hath pu­nished with anye deformities or blemishes of nature. For according to the saying of Salomon, he that derideth the poore, contemneth god his maker: so is he very wicked, which by tauntes and scornes nicketh them whom God hath chastened or afflicted with his hande. Deut. 27. Leuit. 19. Which thing is the cause that the lawe pronounceth them accursed, that layeth a stumbling blocke in the blindes waye, or curseth the deafe.

Let vs see what this Creple did, before he was made whole. The Creple heareth the Gospell, and beleeueth. He heard Paule preach and beleeued he should be made whole. Whereby it appeareth that Paule preached of the saluation of Christ. Which when the creple heard to be confyrmed with many myracles, he conceyued also good hope of his restitution, who by like had also some secret suggestion of the holy spirite, forasmuch as there is no promises vniuersall, that promiseth health of bo­dye to all that beleeue in the name of Christ. Luke ment to shewe the cause of his saluation, where he sayth hee beleeued. For all the Scripture teacheth vs that by faith we are made partakers both of Christ, and of all his bene­fytes, and Christ many times teacheth vs the same, saying when he hea­led any: Be it done vnto thee according to thy fayth, or thy fayth hath saued thee, or made thee whole. It is very worthy to be considered, how fyrst it is sayde he hearde, and afterwarde mention is made of his beliefe, which he [Page 566] gatte by hearing the worde. This teacheth vs after what sort and meanes fayth commeth vnto vs. It is manifest that faith is the gift of God, and that it consisteth not in the will, eloquence, or wisedome of manne. For no man knoweth the father but the sonne, Math. 11. and hee to whome the sonne will open him. And God vseth men for Ministers and instrumentes of his worde, when he meaneth to teach men his word, according to that saying of Paule. We be the Ministers of Cod by whome you haue beleeued, 1. Cor. 3. euen as the Lorde gaue euery man grace. Therfore whosoeuer will attaine vnto fayth, must di­ligently harken to the worde of God. For how shall they beleeue, except they haue hearde? howe shall they heare without a Preacher? for faith commeth by hearing, Rom. 10. and hearing by the worde of God. Wherefore Christ ioyning both these togither, Iohn. 5. sayth: He that heareth my word, and beleeueth in him that sent me, hath life euerlasting. These things serue for commendation of the out­ward word, that we contemne it not, nor imagine another word of God, nor search for such wayes of fayth as the Saintes neuer knewe of. Which who so doe, they lye open commonly to the assaults of the Deuill, and are trou­bled with marueylous illusions, and fare like men, which hearing howe God giueth the encrease of corne, leaue of tillage, a thing that God hath or­deyned for the maintenance of man.

The Creple is myracu­lously healed.After this, Luke sheweth the myracle. For Paule well beholding this Creple, perceyued certaine tokens of fayth in him, which coulde not be without some secret working of the holy spirite. For who is able by a mans countenance, which is the most variable and deceyueable thing that is, to iudge surely of any mannes faith: it must needes therefore be the suggesti­on of the spirite, that certifyed Paule of this lame mannes fayth. Then tur­ning about vnto him, he giueth him perfyte helth of his body. And as it is written in certaine auncient copyes of great credite, he sayth: I saye vnto thee, in the name of Iesus Christ stande vpright vpon thy feete. For it is not credible, that those fyrst wordes wherein the name of Christ is alleaged, were of Paule omitted (as it is read in the common copyes and translati­on) bicause this was the onely ende and marke both of the Apostles doc­trine and myracles, to bring men to beleeue that Christ was their sauiour. And this worke on both sides proceeding of faith, wanted not a prosperous successe. For he by and by which hitherto had alwayes bene lame, start vp and walked. Thus God by this myracle gaue testimonie to the Apostles doctrine, as yesterday was declared. And bicause the myracles of Christ and the Apostles commonly set forth vnto vs, the maner of our saluation and redemption, therfore we will in this lame man briefly touch the same.

This lame man or Creple is a paterne or example of the state and con­dicion of vs all, A fygure of the redemp­tion of man. yea, of all mankinde. For as this man is lame, and that from his mothers wombe: euen so all we be weake and lame vnto all things belonging to our saluation. And this infyrmitie cleaueth to vs, euen from our mothers wombe, as who be conceyued and borne in sinne. And if we consider our life passed, we shall see that we neuer walked, to say, in y e waies of God which ledd vs to the inheritance of eternall life. For we haue all strayed out of the waye like sheepe, euery one of vs hath followed his owne wayes. Esay. 53. And God himselfe testifyeth, that the imaginations of men are euill euen from their childehoode. Gene. 8. Therefore looke in what case this lame man was, as touching his body, & the same case be we all in as concerning [Page 567] our soule, and looke howe farre the soule passeth the bodye, and in so much more miserable a case it shall appeare we be. Therefore there is no health in our selues, but we must needes looke it without our selues, euen there where this lame man founde it. He heard the Gospell of Iesus Christ, and by his power, he beleeued he shoulde be made whole, and by faith obtayned his desire. We must go the selfesame way to be saued. Lette vs heare the Gospell, and beleeue in Iesus Christ, which is preached in the same Gos­pell, and streightwaye we shall be saued. He it is that deliuereth all them from their sinnes that beleeue in him, bicause he is made sinne for vs, 2. Cor. 5. that we through him might be made that righteousnesse, that is acceptable before God. It is he that regenerateth vs, and who by the immortall & eternall seede of heauenly generation healeth the sores and maladies of our corrupt nature. It is he that instructeth vs with fresh force, so that we that were not able of our selues to thinke one good thought, are able by him to doe all things, Iohn. 15. Phil. 4. and as long as we abide in him, we bring forth much fruite. And bicause he only is able to worke these things, he only is to be taken for our sauiour, and we being in misery and like to perishe, must out of hande seeke for him to be our Phisition and none other. Also we are taught by example of this lame man, what the dutie of them is, whome Christ hath thus healed and deliue­red. He at Paules calling start vp by and by and walked. So when Christ calleth vs, let vs forthwith rise vp out of the myre, wherin we haue to long sticked, & casting away the works of our corrupt & blind flesh, let vs walk in the ways of the Lord. These things might be more copiously dilated, & with many examples amplified, but it may suffise by these few words to giue occa­sion to think further herof, to those which are feruent in y e studie of godlines.

Nowe come we to the seconde part of this place, Howe they of Listra were affected at the myracle. where the effect of the myracle is described, which fell out farre otherwise, than Paule purposed. For as by his doctrine, so by the myracle, he ment to trayne his hearers vnto Christ. But they take occasion thereby to start from Christ. For being deceyued with the olde fables of Poetes, they suppose the Apostles are Goddes, which tooke vppon them the fourme or similitude of men, and so came downe into the earth. And perhaps they called to minde the comming downe of Iupiter, and Mercurie to Lycaon their progenitor. Ouid. Meta. 1. For these two (cried they) were come downe from heauen, and most foolishly applied their names vnto the Apostles. For they say Barnabas is Iupiter, either bicause he was the auncienter man, or else bicause of his graue countenance, and they thinke Paule is Mercury the gods interpreter & messenger, bicause he spake vnto the people. And iumpe at that time cōmeth Iupiters Priest, which more pricketh these mad men forward. For bringing Oxen & garlands with him, he maketh preparation for a sacrifyce, according to the maner of the Gen­tyles. This is a most notable example teaching vs, howe easily mans na­ture swarueth from true godlynesse, vnto superstition and ydolatrie, and howe harde a thing it is to put errors away which haue bredde in vs from our tender yeares. Not long before, Olde errors are hardlye put awaye. these people of Lycaonia gaue eare to Paule, preaching of Christ. They sawe a myracle also wrought in the name of Christ. Yet the olde perswasion of the Goddes comming downe vnto the earth, remayneth still in their mindes, and they take occasion of foule er­ror, of that whereof they shoulde haue catched holde of godlynesse. Howbe­it, we all confesse that they were both foolishly and wickedly deceyued. But [Page 568] howe more foolishe than these, are the Papistes? which yet vse to bragge of the name of Christ. They confesse the Apostles are but men, and the ser­uants of Christ, whose ministerye it pleased him to vse in setting forth hys kingdome. And yet they make Gods of them, and attribute vnto them those things which belong to God onely, and ought to be ascribed to no creature, without y e prophane contempt of the true & liuing God. For they teach vs, y t they are to be inuocated in daungers, and prescribe vnto them their diuers properties & prerogatiues as foolish as euer the heathen did in their Gods, appoynting one a Patrone for prisoners, another for those in daunger of shipwracke, another for traueylers by the way, & other for those in perill of fyre. And bicause they cannot tell when they haue played the fooles ynough, where they confesse that these Saints haue suffred death for Christes sake, yet they ascribe vnto them a great part of the glory of Christ, feygning that they are intercessors and aduocates vnto God for them, and making their vowes and prayers vnto them. Let vs be ashamed therefore to take such paynes in confuting the follye of the Gentyles, seeing there is much more folly to be founde among the professors of Christes religion. Furthermore, the holy ghost setteth out vnto vs in this example, the beginning and pro­ceeding of Idolatrie. The begin­ning and go­ing forwarde of Idolatry. The beginning of all error hath bene the ignorance of the true God, and for that men woulde after the vsage of the Gentyles, call the nature & essence of God, to the iudgement of mans reason. Which error brought in the multitude of Gods, and the grosse and absurde opinions that men had of them. Of this followed another error that where they thought there were many Gods, they iudged euery person and thing whereby they had any benefyte and commoditie to be a God. Hereof it came to passe, that they counted the starres of heauen, the elementes, beastes and men to be gods, whose pedegrues, & tombes, and monuments, were to be seene vpon earth. Now these false and counterfeite Gods, must needes haue sacrifyces, and worshippings. Then were holy dayes deuised, altars erected, temples builded, sacrifyces killed, pictures and Images hong and set vp, and infy­nite such like deuises, of auncient superstition brought in. Of all which thinges the Priestes were the Captaines and Ringleaders, who by this stuffe sought their priuate honor and gayne. And if now a man would com­pare the doings these many yeares among Christians, with these thinges, he shall fynde no difference betwene the olde and newe superstition, more than that the names of the Goddes being chaunged, the same rytes and sa­crifyce are still retayned, and the errour is so much the more detestable, bi­cause vnder the pretence and name of them, which willingly lost their liues for the glory of Christ, the glory of God the father, and of his Christ is de­faced. And the multitude of Priestes which hereby perceyued such plenty of gayne growing vnto them, encreased the ignorance of the people. But how much this doing offended the true worshippers of God, Paules oration fol­lowing, abundantly sheweth. Let vs learne to knowe God by the Scrip­tures, to worshippe him in spirite and truth, to call vppon him onely in our needes and distresses, and to giue thankes to him onely, when we be deli­uered out of daungers, in the name of his sonne Iesus Christ: to whome be all prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxviij. Homelie.

‘WHEN the Apostles Barnabas and Paule hearde this, they rent their clothes, and ranne in among the people, crying and saying: Sirs, why doe you thus? We are mortall men like vnto you, and preach vnto you that you shoulde turne from these vanities, vnto the liuing God, which made heauen and earth, the sea, and all things that are therein: the which in times past suf­fred all nations to walke in their owne wayes. Neuerthelesse, he left not him­selfe without witnesse, in that he shewed his benefites from heauen, giuing vs rayne and fruitefull seasons, filling our hearts with foode and gladnesse. And with the sayings scarce restrayned they the people, that they had not done sacrifice vnto them.’

MAn through the fall of sinne, did not one­lye lose his former dignitie wherein he was created, but also had the light of his reason wherwith before he vsed to beholde God and his proceedinges, so extinguished, that he was not able by his owne capacitie and vnder­standing to attayne vnto the knowledge of those things that belonged vnto the spirite of God. Which thing was the cause that he not onely deceyued himselfe through his owne imaginati­ons, but also perniciouslye abused those thinges, that God had ordeyned, whereby to bring him to knowledge. Examples hereof appeare euery­where in the hystories of all ages, and this is one very notable that falleth out among these people of Lystra. For Paule and Barnabas preach vnto them the Gospell of Iesus Christ. And no doubt but they vsed as great diligence in preaching to them, as we reade they vsed in other places. Besides their teaching they shewed a myracle, wherby a certaine lame man was through the name and power of Christ restored to his limmes againe: and so was it declared by the very deede selfe, that Christ was such an one as the Apo­stles preached he was, that is to say, a most mightie restorer & redeemer of mans decayed nature. But what preuayled all these thinges with the men of Lystra, which being destitute of the light of the holy ghost, were led with the blinde reason of their fleshe. They learne not to knowe Christ hereby. They take no occasion by such a myracle to glorifye him. But according to the nature and propertie of man, taking holde of euery thing next them, sticke onely in the Apostles, woonder onely at them, and thinke they ate the onely workers of the myracle, and without anye regarde had vnto Iesus Christ, prepare godly honor and sacrifyces for them. And it had bene a tol­lerable thing, if they of Lystra onely, whome custome of Gentyle supersti­tion had long bewitched, had thus offended. But the infection of this en­sample ranne so farre, that among the professours of Christes name, the chiefe poynt of godlynesse and religion seemed to stande in like worshipping of Saintes, vnto whome by reason of the myracles wrought by them in ti­mes past, sicke persons, prisoners, men in daunger on the seas, and other­where, vsed to make their prayers, to e [...]e [...]t altars, to make [...], and to builde Churches, and to offer all kinde of sacrifyces, hauing in the meane season little or no regard at all of Christes merit, in whom only y e Apostles [Page 570] and Martyrs shewed vs all hope of saluation. The madnesse of these peo­ple deserueth more at large to be confuted. But this present place is suffici­ent to confute them, where it is declared howe the Apostles tooke this do­ing of the people of Lystra.

The Apo­stles put a­way worship­ping from them by their gestures.First, he liuely describeth the Apostles gestures, whereby they abun­dantly declared howe much this kinde of honor displeased them. For they rent their garments after the maner of their Nation, which was a gesture of those that tooke great griefe & indignation, by reason of some intollerable blasphemie, as appeareth by the example of Ezechias and Caiaphas, of the which Ezechias hearing the blasphemous sayings of Rabsaces the Chaldey, declared his sorowe and indignation by this gesture: and the other sitting as a Iudge vpon Christes cause, did egregiously counterfeyte a minde ab­horring blasphemie by the same gesture. But the Apostles which vsed al­waye to preferre the glory of Christ, before all priuate affections, did not counterfeyte or dissemble in this place. And being not satisfyed with tea­ring of their garments, they leape into the throng of the people, as menne ready to quench some publike fyre, which they being straungers and forre­ners coulde not doe without daunger of their life. Furthermore, they goe not about their matters with bare wordes only, but with crying out, that a man woulde thinke they had forgotten all modestie and myldenesse, being in their priuate cases knowne to be most modest and pacient. Therfore by this example may be gathered, what the nature of the godly is, and with what feruencie of zeale they vse to striue for the glory of God. It seemeth to them an intollerable blasphemie, when men go about to giue vnto them, or to any other creature, any diuine honour. They haue a carefull regarde vnto the couenaunt of God and to his lawe, the chiefe and principall poynt whereof is, to acknowledge and worshippe him onely as our God. And bi­cause they knewe he was a gelous God, and a seuere reuenger of his ho­nor, they also must needes be zelously incensed, when they see Gods glorye openly taken from him, and giuen vnto other. The lyke example we sawe before in Iohn and Peter the Apostles, cap. 3. and .10. And it appeareth the Aungels are of the same minde & iudgement as the faithfull messengers of God. See the Apoc. 19▪ and .22. We learne by this place, what we ought to thinke of them, that dare arrogate and chalenge to themselues any godly honor, such as we reade sometime Herodes Agrippa did Caligula, Domitian, Dioclesian ▪ and such like filthy men, & monsters of nature. And now adayes we see the Bishops of Rome chalenge vnto them y e title of holinesse, the for­giuenesse of sinnes, and absolute power to doe all things, without checke, insomuch that no man must reprehende them, though they carie headlong with them into hell infynite heapes of mennes soules. These kinde of men ca [...] by no argument reprooue▪ themselues more euidentlye to be destitute of Ch [...]stes spirite, seeing the Apostles of Christ so abhorred such glory, with the desire whereof these men are so rauished, that for this glories sake they feare not onely to seduce the whole worlde with false doctrine, but also to f [...]ll all places full with fyghting and warres. Moreouer, it appeareth by this example, that they worshippe not the Saintes, which vse to inuocate them, and outwardly to worshippe them, which thing God challengeth to himselfe alone▪ For what else doe these men (as much as in them lyeth) but make them the vessels of Gods wrath & ignominie, which while they liued [Page 571] on earth, bent all their endeuour and studie to haue God glorifyed. For it is not to be thought, that now they are in heauen, they haue chaunged their opinion, or that God hath chaunged his minde and will, which in times past, sayde by his Prophete: I am the Lorde: this is my name, Esay. 42. The Apos­tles put from them worship by speaking. and my glory will I giue to none other. Yet a more euident demonstration of all these things shall appeare in the Apostles Oration, immediatly following, eue­rye part whereof we shall pervse in order.

The proposition and summe of their oration is, that neyther the Apo­stles, nor anye other Creatures ought to be inuocated or worshipped, The pro­pos [...]tion. but onely the true and liuing God. Which thing where they might plainely haue pronounced it without any circumstance of wordes: yet they thought good to expresse and set out their meaninges by an interrogation, saying: Sirs, why doe you thus? These thinges agree very well with the gestures which euen nowe were declared. For in fewe wordes they plainly testifye, that that worship wherein a number now a dayes thinketh the chiefe praise of godlynesse and religion consisteth, is impious, valawfull, and abhomi­nable. And let no man obiect vnto me, that the Apostles were offended with that Gentillike worship and names of counterfeyt Gods, but woulde haue taken it in good part perhaps, if they had honoured them in such sort as now a dayes they are honoured in the Popes kingdome. For they simplye ab­horre all kinde of worship, saying that such honor belongeth to God onelye and alone.

This appeareth most euidently in the second part of the Oration, The con­firmation. which conteyneth the confyrmation of the Proposition, fortifyed with two strong arguments. The fyrst is taken of their owne person or nature, where they say, we are mortall men like vnto you, as though they shoulde saye: It is an absurde and foolishe part to honor and worship them as Goddes, which are of the same nature that we our selues be, and subiect to such infyrmities as we be. For both we be sinners, and by reason of sinne, are subiect vnto all such troubles and miseries, as fall out in this life. The selfe same argument we hearde that Peter vsed before to Cornelius falling prostrate before hys feete, which sayde vnto him, Arise, for I my selfe also am a man. And if this argument be well weyghed, it shall appeare that all worshipping of Crea­tures is hereby ouerthrowne. For if men be therefore vnworthy of diuine honor, bicause they be men, what shall we say of other creatures, which are all inferior vnto man, as which were created for mannes sake and vse to doe him seruice? From which order the Aungels also must not be excluded, forsomuch as they are spirites of administration, sent out for the ministery of them which shall be heyres of saluation. Hebrues. 1. And we will not here admitte their cauillation, which say, that by this argument worshipping of Saints is not refelled, bicause they are deliuered from all kinde of miseries and in­fyrmities, and are made partakers of the heauenly glorye. For to graunt them that by this argument nothing can be gathered against them: yet are there infynite other places of Scripture that teach vs, they ought no more to be inuocated nowe, than when they liued here on earth. For the holye men in the Prophete testifye, that euen nowe they are ignorant, in what state and condicion we be. Esay. 63. And this agreeth verye well with beatitude or blisse, which they enioy not, if they be faine eyther to behold or reuenge our miseries. Furthermore, there is a grounded and inuiolable principle of re­ligion, [Page 572] where we are taught that we must worship and honor one God on­lye. Deut 6. Math. 4. And if men neyther while they are liuing, neyther when they are dead, must haue any godly honor, who can sufficiently laugh at their folly, or ra­ther bewayle it, which turne and transforme these Saintes into the works of their owne handes, that is to say, into dumbe Images?

The other argument the Apostles fet from their office, saying they came vnto them and preached the gospell, to thintent that they should turne from these vanities, & begin to worship the liuing God, which was the creator of heauen and earth, the sea, and all things contained in them. And thus they plainely protest that they may not suffer any godly honour to be done vnto themselues without manifest impietie and offence vnto God. For who will not take him for a trayterous ambassadour, and worthy of all punishment, which vnder the name and pretence of his king, would aduaunce his owne cause, and studie to establishe his owne tyrannie among them, whome he ought to bring to his Princes obedience, who would not thinke him a wic­ked caytife, which woulde vnder the pretence of olde acquaintaunce and friendship, bring another mans wife home to his owne house? But it is euident that the Apostles and other Ministers of the worde are Christes Legates and Ambassadors, and the Bridegroomes friendes, and that it is their dutie to bring men to the obedience of faith, and to marrye them to Christ, whome he hath redeemed with the price of his bloude, and made his vnspotted spouse. Thus Iohn the Baptist reasoneth of his office with his Disciples, Iohn 3. 2. Cor. 11. and Paule in other places. And therfore in this place he refuseth these honors offred him with such detestation, bicause he seeth he should in­curre both treason and fornication, if he shoulde committe the like thing. Woulde God they did well obserue these things, which in these dayes think it most godlynesse and religion, to sende the simple and vnlearned Commi­naltie vnto Creatures, or else teache them to seeke saluation in the merites of men.

All worship is vaine, de­uised with­out the word of God.Moreouer, it is worthy to be considered, how the Apostles call this wor­ship which they of Lystra would haue done vnto them, vanitie. For hereby we gather, that all such religion is vaine, & of no force as is deuised of mans imagination, without the worde of God, specially if it tende not to the wor­ship of God onely, but vnto creatures, to whome God will not impart his glory. Math. 15. Esay. 29. Herevnto agree the things which Christ alleageth out of the prophet: They worship me in vain, teaching the doctrines of men. Let the Papists here make answere, whose religion, as it chiefly consisteth in honouring of crea­tures: so it standeth vpon none other foundation, than mens traditions.

The duetie of the mini­sters of the worde.Furthermore, the Apostles in these wordes, comprehende the duetie of those that are mynisters of the worde, whyle they affirme, that their prea­ching is to the ende, that men should turne from the vayne worshypping of creatures, vnto the onely lyuing God. Therefore the faythfull ministers of Christ must ioyne these two thinges togyther, that is, they must both o­uerthrowe false religion, and plant the true. Wherevnto is to be referred, that saying of the Prophet. Ierem. 1. Beholde, thys day haue I appoynted thee, to roote vp and destroy, and to buylde vp and plant. For as in husbandry and tyllage, all the labor taken in plowing and watering is in vayne, except the things that hinder the cornes growth, be rooted vp, and good seede sowne: so in the husbanding and dressing of the mynde, they haue most vnfruitefully labou­red, [Page 573] which haue not paynefully and carefully ioyned both these togither. Therfore the men of our dayes commit double offence. For there are some men that so abhorre Antichrist, and his wicked religion, that being occupied onely in ouerthrowing the same, they haue no remembraunce to restore a­gayne true and syncere religion. Agayne there are other some which wyll haue men taught the true religion by preaching the word, but will not haue abuses and superstition touched, bicause they would not haue the displea­sure of the world. And these latter sort hope that superstition will fall of it owne accorde, when men are come to the knowledge of the true God: and they perceyue not that there is no place for the knowledge of God in mens mindes, tyll these superstitions be remooued. Therefore who so meaneth profitably and with commendation to traueyle in matters of religion, must ioyne both these (as is sayde) togither.

Thirdly, the Apostles teach vs to know what maner of God he is, God is the Creator and gouernour of all things. euen the maker of heauen and earth, the Sea and all that in them is. Such a God the scripture declareth euery where he is, and such an one we openly professe hym to be, in the articles of our fayth, according to the tradition of the Apostles. But they which confesse him to be the Creatour, must also needes confesse that he is a gouernour. For it is not meete that we shoulde ymagine God to be such a worke mayster, as hath no regarde or care of his worke. And Dauid confesseth in deede that he dwelleth on high, but yet that he beholdeth whatsoeuer is done in heauen and in earth. Psal. 113. For by his proui­dence it commeth to passe, that the poore of lowe degree are aduaunced to princely dignitie, that kingdomes are conueyed and transferred from one to an other, that women that are barren, are made fruitfull, that the earth bringeth forth all maner of fruites, that the seas ebbe and flowe, that all the worlde is tossed and turned with such interchaungeable course and va­rietie of seasons. And to conclude, there is nothing so excluded from Gods prouidence, but that it numbreth euen the dyuers wayes of byrdes flying, the flowers of the fyelde, and heares of our head. By these things is their doting confuted, which say that this worlde is eternall, which is the fyrst step vp to impietie. For hereof it will follow, that all thinges come to passe by chaunce, and that eyther there is no God at all, or else that he walketh vp and downe ydely in heauen, and hath no regarde what is done on earth. Dauid most diligently discribed this secte of men, which thus ymagine and fayne, in his Psalm 14. and .53. But at this day this secte so raigneth, that a man shall see fewe which are in deede perswaded that God is the creator and gouernour of all things. But the ende of these men Peter trimlye set­teth forth in his last Epistle and thirde Chapiter.

But let vs returne to the Apostles, who in the thirde part of their orati­on, confute the obiections that might be made against them, The con­futation. such as was prescription of tyme, and vniforme consent almost of all the world. Which arguments at this day are woont to be alleaged against the truth. For it see­meth an vnmeete and an absurde thing, that so many should haue erred, so many yeres togither, & that the truth should now at the length, be knowne but to a small number of men, and those of small name and fame. But the Apostles aunswere these things in fewe wordes: God (say they) in times past suffred all nations to walke in their owne wayes. In these wordes, lye two arguments. The one that the Gentyles walked not in the preceptes [Page 574] of God, but in their owne wayes and inuentions: therefore we maye not take them for an example therein to followe. The other is that this thing fell out through the permission and sufferaunce of God, not that he was pleased with their superstition, but that the presumption of such cury­ous men so deserued, who (as Paule in an other place sayth) woulde seeke further in the mysteries of God then mans reason coulde attaine to, and were not content with the ordinarie meanes, Roma. 1. whereby God had appoyn­ted to be knowne. This place teacheth vs that the wayes of man in hys sal­uation are blinde and deceyueable, bicause the naturall man (as was said in the begynning of thys sermon) perceyueth not the thinges that belong vnto God. 1. Cor. 2. Except therfore mans wisedome submit it selfe vnto the word of God, it cannot attayne to the true knowledge of saluation, yea the higher it shall mount in perswasion of hir owne habilitie, the deeper she shal fall into the gulfe of errors. Therefore it is a great blindnesse of theirs, that thinke matters of religion and controuersies rysing about the same, can by mans reason and deuise be calmed and appeased. These men doe▪ as if one should appoynt those for Iudges of causes, that can neyther see nor heare, we are further admonished by this place, that al they are misera­bly beguyled, which alleage the multitude in matters of religion, & affirme that the Church cannot erre. For it is euydent in all ages, that the greater number haue bene deceyued with false opinions of God, & haue not truely serued hym. Only Noe with his familie, which were but eyght persons, fol­lowed an opinion of God & religion contrary to al the world, & hath God to confyrme & warrant of the same. And the Patriarches a very fewe in num­ber, as bright starres shining in the dark fyrmament were scattred abroade among the vnbeleeuing Gentyles, what shal we say of the people of Israel, the peculyars of the Lord? Read we not, that they and their Byshops most fowly and wickedly erred? when contrarie to the commaundement of God, they enterprised to cast a Calfe, & (as the Prophet saith) turned the maiesty of their God into the similitude of an Oxe that eateth hay? Psal. 106. And to speake of Gods newe people, Luke. 12. Math. 7. Actes. 20. 2. Thes. 2. doth not Christ call it a small flock, and sayth he not they are fewe which go in at the narrowe gate, vnto saluation? yea Paule sayth, that grieuous Wolues shall rise vp euen of those of the congregati­on, which shall not spare the flock, and he sayth also that Antichrist shall sit aloft in the temple of God. Let them cease therefore to obiect vnto vs the consent of multitude and authoritie of the Church, which resist the open veritie. We require the worde of God, and voyce of Christ, which ought to be the onely touch and rule, to iudge all controuersies in doctrine.

God is not to be charged for mens I­dolatrie.Furthermore, least anye man should put God in faulte of the Gen­tyles ydolatrie and superstition, the Apostles vse a preoccupation or pre­uention, in the which they cleere God of all maner of fault. For, (hee saye they) hath alwayes borne wytnesse of himselfe, his nature and pleasure, and hath shewed his inuisible nature and essence vnto the worlde, by hys visible workes. And omytting those great and woonderfull works of God, which passe mans capacitie and reache, he rehearseth his daylie workes, whereby he doth good vnto men, that euen for this cause they were able to drawe any man to the diligent consideration of so soueraigne a God. For who is so blynde or dull, that he perceyueth not the seasonable tymes, and the increase of victuals springing thereof? who will say these things come [Page 575] to passe by chaunce, that are knyt togyther so fast by order of nature, that if any thing commeth beside the woonted course of nature, it is thought a woonder? And I pray you what an vnthankfulnesse is it, not to acknow­ledge that God, which alone prouydeth vs not of necessaries onely, but al­so giueth vs aboundance of those things that are delectable and pleasaunt? Or what excuse of ignoraunce can they alleage for themselues, which as often as they take their meate, are admonished of Gods liberallitie to­wards vs? In this place there is a profytable doctrine, and for the beating downe of the superstitious curiositie of some persons, verie necessarie, that is to say, who is the author of the influences of heauen, and the increase and yeelde of the earth. The Apostles say of God the Creator, that he gy­ueth vs rayne from heauen, and fruitefull seasons, replenishing vs with foode and gladnesse. Herevnto agreeth the scripture in euery place. Dauyd diligently accounteth the same among the other workes of God, saying: He couereth the heauen with clowdes, and prepareth rayne for the earth, and maketh the grasse to growe vpon the mountaynes. He giueth fodder vnto the cattell, and feedeth the yong Rauens that call vpon him. He gyueth snowe lyke wooll, and scattereth the hoare frost lyke ashes, Psal. 147. he casteth forth his yse like mor­sels. He sendeth out hys word & melteth them, he bloweth with his winde and the waters flowe. Againe: He watreth the hylles from aboue, Psal. 104. the earth is filled with the fruit of his workes. He bringeth forth grasse for the cattle, and herbe for the vse of men, that he may bring foode out of the earth. &c. I omyt infynite other testimonies which might be brought. But God moderateth all these thinges according to hys iust will and pleasure, whyle he sendeth plenteous encrease to them that walke in hys lawe, Leuit. 26. Deut. 28. and scarcitie and barrennesse to the disobedyent, whereof we haue euydent examples. Here the Astrolo­gers are confuted, who attrybuting these thinges to the position and place­ing of the Planets, reuoke and bring in agayne the prophane names of Gods, and almost all kinde of gentilitie. The superstitious are here also re­prooued, which make the saints authors hereof, which aske rayne & season­able weather of them, hauing Masses and seruice appoynted for that ende and purpose. Let both these sortes see what God sayth in Hoseas. chap. 2. And let vs followe the Apostles doctrine▪ and acknowledge one onely God to be the author and gouernour of all these things, which is [...]eyther bound to the course of Planets, nor is not subiect to nature, but according to hys good pleasure and iust iudgement, moderateth and ordereth all things.

Nowe Luke declareth the effect of the Apostles sermon, and sayth, The effect of the Apostles sermon. that they of Lystra coulde scarce be restrayned with all this weyght of wordes and sentences, but that they woulde doe sacrifyce vnto them. So frowarde and obstinate man is in retayning of superstition, yet is the obstinacie of our time greater. These men coulde with one Sermon be prohibited, where nowe adayes there are numbers, which with many yeares traueyle, and daylie sermons can not be brought into the right way. Let vs therfore pray vnto God the father, that he will illuminate both them and vs with his ho­lye spirite, and bring vs to the true and wholesome knowledge of him, and his sonne Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .lxxxxix. Homelie.

‘THYTHER came certaine Iewes from Antioch and Iconium, which when they had obtayned the peoples consent, and had stoned Paule, drewe him out of the Citie, supposing he had bene deade. Howbeit, as the Disciples stoode rounde about him, he arose vp and came into the Citie. And the next daye he departed with Barnabas to Derba. And when they had preached to that Citie, and had taught many, they returned againe to Lystra, and to Ico­nium, and Antioch, and strengthned the Disciples soules againe, and exhor­ted them to continue in the fayth, affirming that we must through much tri­bulation enter into the kingdome of God.’

AS our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ laboureth incessantly to maintaine and defende the saluation of mankinde: so Satan is altogither occu­pyed in ouerthrowing the kingdome of God, and in pulling men from the waye of saluation. Hereof in this hystorie haue we a most euident example. For as the Apostles were preaching at Lystra, fyrst Satan moued certaine superstitious persons to giue diuine honour vnto them, and no doubt but this was the drift of that malicious enimie of mannes saluation, to haue tripped the A­postles by tempting them with ambition, wheras he had attempted Christ before with the same. But his enterprise commeth not to passe. For, Paule and Barnabas perceyuing this craft of the Deuill, and being enflamed with more zeale than before, defended most constantly the glory of the true God: so that nowe the townesmen of Lystra beginne to taste of the knowledge of God, and to forsake the errors of their forefathers. Wherefore Satan proo­ueth another way, and armeth against them the professed enimies of the truth, by whose meanes he had caused the Apostles at other times also, to giue place & to go backe. For he calleth certaine Iewes from Antioch and Iconium, who with slaunders had so incensed the mindes of those of Lystra against the Apostles, that they like madde men rose against Paule, woulde haue stoned him, and haled him hal [...]e for deade out of the gates of their Ci­tie. And the very vse of all this hystorie is, to learne vs to beware of Satans sleyghtes, wherewith he vseth to vndermine the truth, and to imitate the constancie of the Apostles in withstanding them. But bicause there are o­ther things in the same, seruing both for our instruction and comfort, it shall be very profytable to consider all the circumstances of this contention.

Satan hath euerywhere his instru­mentes.First, the same parties are the beginners of this disturbance, who be­fore had troubled the Apostles, euen the Iewes, of whose horrible blinde­nesse and desperate obstinacie in contending against Christ, hath bene al­ready oftentimes spoken. But here is to be marked a notable sleyght and pollicie of Satan, in that he bringeth these men from Antioch and Iconium, as olde tried souldiours. For his chiefe care is to haue euerywhere his in­struments, whereby he may ouerthrowe the kingdome of Christ, and esta­blishe his owne. Wherefore if he perceyue that men are not fyt ynough for his purpose in one place, he will bring other from other places, by whose [Page 577] meanes and industrie he will compasse his purpose. Hereof might manye examples be brought, if olde examples needed, where dayly are abundant. For the like subtiltie he vseth in these dayes, procuring Bishops and ydle Monkes to creepe in, and maintayne the counsels of the wicked, and to in­cense the vnlearned Comminaltie with slaunders against Christes doc­trine, inuegling the Nobles with fayre promises, and somtimes with gifts and rewardes, labouring all that they may, to destroy the fruite of the Gos­pell, euen in the springth and blade. And this it shall be very profytable for vs well to marke, that we may labour with no lesse traueyle and study (yet godly and voyde of all guile) to defende and set forth the truth.

Secondly, The incon­stancie of the Commons. we haue to consider the inconstancie of the Commons and people. For they which not long before tooke the Apostles for Goddes, and prepared to doe sacrifyce vnto them, being sodenly perswaded by forreners, and men of another profession and religion, go about to put them to cruell death. What therefore shall we thinke they woulde haue done, if they had bene pricked forwarde, eyther of their owne Nation, or of the Romaine Presidents? But this the leuitie and ticklenesse of the people, which is both forgetfull of benefytes receyued, and with detestable iniuries reward their benefactors, is not so dishonest as common in euery place. Example here­of we see in the Egyptians, who being through Iosephes counsayle not one­lye preserued in time of dearth, but also aduaunced to great power and glo­rie, yet forgotte they him almost before he was deade, and vsed all maner of crueltie and tyrannie against his posteritie. Moses felt euen the same, who being the protector and defender of the people of Israel, and hauing suffred all kinde of slaunderous reproches, could scarce escape stoning. What neede we to speake of Dauid and diuers others, whose examples we reade in the storyes of the Gentyles, seeing it is euident Christ suffred the like? For they which called him and hayled him as their king, and with honorable and great showtes receiued him as he came into Ierusalem, shortly after ioyning with the Scribes and Phariseyes, desired to haue him crucifyed. These examples are very profytable. For they teache vs, that we must not trust in the prayse of the people, which is so variable and inconstant. For if a man will consider but himselfe onely, he shall easily perceyue what diuers min­des and contrarye affections he shall be in at once. And thinke we that the Commons, a beast of so many heades, will alway be constant, which looke howe many heades it hath, with so many senses it is ledde? and admitteth and harkeneth euery day to the newe deuises of them, which vse their in­constancie and leuitie to their lucre and aduantage? Why rather labour we not to make our doings acceptable to God onely, with whome we knowe there is a sure reward laide vp for vs, which neither the leuitie of the Com­mons, nor violence of Tyrants can take from vs.

Thirdly, we haue to consider God himselfe, The proui­dence of God preserueth the godly in daungers. according to whose becke and prouidence it is manifest all thinges are ordred. He suffereth the moste faythfull Apostle of Christ, and chosen vessell of his grace, to be stoned, and that of them, whose saluation he moste desired, and for whome he prayed without ceasing. Therefore it ought not to seeme a straunge or insolent thing vnto vs, if the lyke come to passe in these dayes, and we must not iudge of any mannes doctrine or fayth according to the euill successe therof, bicause the like fell out in times past to the Prophets, as Christ testifyeth. Math. 5. [Page 578] Let vs rather comfort our selues with Gods prouidence, which appeareth in this place by many arguments. For who will not acknowledge it to bee the singular working and counsayle of God, that Paule was thus stoned, and Barnabas vntouched, being Paules companion, and whom not long be­fore, they seemed to preferre before Paule, calling him Iupiter? Who will say but he was preserued by the assistance of God, seeing we reade none was present, that went about to resist the enterpryse of these harebrained Com­mons? And if any man will demaunde why God assisted this man rather than Paule, surelye he can render no certaine reason therefore, more than that it so lyked God, whose iudgements are truth and veritie. Yet if place may be giuen to godly coniectures, it may seeme that God therefore spared Barnabas, bicause he knewe he was as yet more weake, than to beare out such a brunt. For God is faythfull, and will not suffer vs to be tempted with more than we can beare. 1. Cor. 10. And Gods care and goodnesse seemeth towards Paule no lesse: for he preserueth him in the middest of the showting of the people, and stones flying about his eares, so that he caught no dead­ly wounde, or if he had any, he recouered it. Yea, he so restored him againe, that being thought to be deade, and being drawne like a deade caryon out of the gates of the Citie, he was able the next daye following to take his iourney. Let no man therefore despayre in the middle of daungers, consi­dering that the boundes of Gods prouidence passe the markes and doles of all daungers. For whether we liue or die, we be the Lordes, and no­thing is able to seperate vs from his loue. Rom. 8.14. And Paule himself teacheth vs to learne a generall doctrine of this example, in the later Epistle to Timothy cap. 3. by these wordes: Thou hast seene the experience of my doctrine, fashion of liuing, purpose, fayth, long suffring, loue, pacience, persecutions, and afflic­tions, which came on mee at Antioch, at Iconium, and Lystra, which perse­cutions I suffred paciently: and from them all, the Lorde deliuered me, yea, and all they that will liue godly in Christ Iesu shall suffer persecution. Wherefore fyrst let vs laye this foundation in our minde, that nothing can come vnto vs without the ordinance and pleasure of God, who hath numbred euen the heares of our head. Math. 10. Next, let vs thinke he ordreth all things after his righ­teous and holy iudgement. Thirdly, let vs be fully perswaded, that he will neuer cease to take care for vs, but beareth a fatherly minde and affection to vs: and that euen then he moste careth for vs, when we seeme most in daunger of our enimies. Therefore he will deliuer vs out of all daunger, if he thinke it so meetest for our behoofe. And if it seeme not so good vnto him, which farre better knoweth our case, and what is meete for vs, than we our selues, what be we, I pray you, to replye against him? But hereof we shall haue occasion to say more about the ende of the sermon.

The dutie of Christians towardes their brethren in distresse.Nowe what did the Disciples whose minds were lightened with soun­der knowledge of Christ, in all thys businesse? Did they denie their fayth and take part with the Gentyles: or were they ashamed of Paule so being stoned, and in shamefull wise haled through the Citie? No truely. But they gathered about him, by likelyhoode of good will. For where they were not able to defende him against the open violence of the furious people, they doe yet as much as in them lyeth. And whome they thought to be deade, him they stande about bewayling him, and desirous to accomplishe the last dutie of buriall vnto the most valyaunt minister of Christ, as we [Page 579] heard the faithfull at Ierusalem did before, when Steuen was martyred. And yet was this a daungerous enterprise, if a man well consider the Iewes cankred hatred towardes Christ, and the rage of the people, not yet cal­med by reason of the late disdayne conceyued. But our Sauiour Christ fayleth not to further such godlye duetie. For whome they lamented as deade, hym dyd God in such woonderfull wise restore agayne, that he by and by rose vp and went into the Citie. We are taught by this example, what duetie we owe vnto the faythfull ministers of Christ, being in daunger for doing of their duetie. First, they that are able, must faythfully helpe them being in distresse: wherein many dueties are to be considered and fall out, amongst which there is none so small, that hath not his rewarde before God, considering that he shall not lose his recompence, that gyueth but a Cup of colde water vnto a Disciple of Christ. Math. 10. And if any denie them the succour they are able to giue them, let them thinke that sayde vnto them, that Mardocheus sometyme sayde vnto Queene Hester: If thou holde thy peace at thys time, then shall the Iewes haue helpe and delyueraunce some o­otherwayes, and thou and thy fathers house shall perishe, Cap. 4. The seconde degree of duetie is, that they that are not able to helpe them, consent not vnto the counsell of the wicked enimies of Christ, and by al meanes possible declare that they neuer consented vnto them. Marc. 15. The storie of the Gospell sheweth vs as example hereof in Ioseph of Arimathaea. The thirde and last is, that we comfort those, whome other tyrannouslye afflict, by all the meanes we are able: and if we lacke abilitie, yet to testifye by our teares, howe we lament their state. And let vs not be ashamed of them, in whom we knowe Christ lyeth bounde, is banished, afflicted, and put to sorrowe. This did Iosephus most faythfully perfourme, whyle he caused Christ to be honorably buried, whome his aduersaries shamefully hong on crosse. If we would nowe a dayes thus dutyfully vse our selues towardes the mem­bers of Christ, we should see God would helpe and ayde vs, beyonde our expectation. For God will not suffer the indeauours of his beloued to be lost, nor the kingdome of Christ his sonne, to be shrowne downe, by the en­terprises of the wicked. But let vs returne to the Apostles, and see what they did after they had escaped these broyles, of whom thus much is repor­ted, as followeth.

The next daye following, The Apos­tles made the bolder by af­flictions re­turne to their vocation a­gayne. Paule accompanyed with Barnabas went from Lystra, and came vnto Derba, where he preacheth the Gospell of Ie [...]us Christ, & bringeth many disciples vnto Christ. This is a notable and rare example of christian constancie and faythfull endeuour, that by daunger being made the more bolde and feruent, they returne againe vnto their office and due­tie. Hereby is reprooued the sluggishnesse of those slydebackes, which after they haue bene once in daunger, as though they had then done all their due­tie, can neuer be brought againe, to suffer anye more for Christes sake. Howbeit in deede they should rather haue considered, that by reason God of late had so deliuered and helped them, they should haue bene the more in­couraged and bolde. For hath God therefore set vs at libertie, to the intent we should afterwarde stande ydle and looke on, whyle others are in perill? Nay, but for this cause rather he maketh good his promise, to the ende we should stande the more boldely in the defence of his name. Paule remem­bring thys, coulde not fynde in his heart to rest scarce one day togither, and [Page 580] yet it might seeme he had deserued to haue his Quietus est. This also is to be obserued, that wheresoeuer Luke reasoneth of the Apostles doctrine, he maketh mention of nothing but the gospell, the Ministerie and preaching whereof Christ had committed vnto them. Marc. 16. This is a great argument of the fayth and credite which they vsed in the office commytted to their charge, and also teacheth vs what ought to be preached in the Church. For if the Apostles durst not take so much vpon them, as to giue back & starte from the commaundement of Christ, and to infeoffe the Church with newe tra­ditions. Doubtlesse their boldnesse can not be excused, which now a dayes impudently presume so to do, vnder the name and pretence of the Apostles.

Moreouer, the Apostles returne to the three Cities, from whence they were expulsed, They come to the Cities agayne, from whence they were driuen. that is, to Antioche, Iconium, and Lystra, to confirme and establishe those that they had woonne vnto Christ in the fayth. For as in or­dering of an house, it is as much prayse to saue that is gotten, as to get more vnto the same: so in the Church of God, we must haue a care not onely to gette more vnto it, but also to take heede that none fall from their duetie and fayth through our negligence. And as seede must not onely be throwne into the grounde, but also be tended and cherished, that thornes and bryers ouergrowe it not, so that it perishe: so the seede of Gods worde being once sowne amongst men, must still be cherished and watered. For the parable of Christ is well knowne, concerning our enimie, which whyle we be a sleepe, vseth to sowe Darnell and Co [...]cle. Therfore they are much to blame, which a [...]ter they haue preached the worde, thinke they haue dis­charged their duetie, whereas afterwarde their dyligence and industrie, is more needefull than before, that they which before began to heare and follow the voyce of Christ, be not seduced and pulled back through Satans craft. Also it is a notable example of christian loue and zeale, that Paule and Barnabas returned to them againe, who iniuriously and shamefully had intreated them, dryuing them out of their Cities. Let no man therefore be offended at the vnthankfulnesse of men, nor thinke it is therefore law­full for him to leaue of his duetie, bicause his hearers, for whose saluation he is so carefull, lyke not of hym as he deserueth. For why shoulde a man imitate him whome he thinketh worthy to be blamed? Thou thinkest them worthy to be reprehended which doe not their duetie. Why then sufferest thou thy selfe to doe woorse than they, in not doing thy duetie? Remember rather that thou art the seruaunt of God, and therefore lookest for thy re­warde at his hande, and not of this blockishe and ingratefull world, whose propertie it is, to requite those that doe them good with all euill. The things that came to passe vnto Moses, Dauid, the prophets, to Christ, & his Apostles, aboundantly declare the same. Yea, the hystories of the Gentiles are full of these examples. For here vnto are to be referred Aristides, Themistocles, Miltiades, Cimon, Camillus, the Scipions, the Catones, Cicero, and infynite others, who where they were the deliuerers of their Countries from ca­lamities, whereby the vnkinde Citizens, eyther shamefully banished their Countries, or else vnworthily put to death and kylled. But let vs diligent­lye consyder what Paule and Barnabas did, in the Cities wherevnto they returned.

Fyrst, it is sayde, they confirmed the myndes of the Discipels. And yet is it the worke of God onely, Ther con­firme the minds of the Disciples. to rule the mindes of men, to confyrme them, [Page 581] and to mooue them after his owne pleasure. Yet the Apostles confyrme them, whose ministerie God did vouchsafe to vse to that purpose, who where he worketh onely all things, in all men, yet for the most part he vseth his meanes, and a certaine orderly proceeding. Therfore euen as by prea­ching of the worde, he illuminateth mens mindes with faith: so by the same meanes, he confyrmeth mens mindes in the faith. And so must we thinke and consyder hereof, least we attribute to the ministerie of menne, that which is onely the worke of God, or else make to light of the ministerie or­deyned of God. For grieuous and detestable is the error of them, which whyle they will seeme to defend the glorie of God, contempne the order ap­pointed of God, despise the doctrine of hys worde, shunne to [...]oyne with the congregation, neglect prayers, and vnder the pretence of Gods holye name, liue carelesly and wickedly.

Howbeit, They ex­hort menne to perseuerance. Luke declareth howe the Apostles confyrmed the mindes of the Disciples, saying as followeth: exhorting them to contynue in the faith. Mens mindes therefore vse to be confyrmed with exhortations, taken out of the worde of God. Let vs also marke howe it is not sufficient for men, once to beleeue in Christ, but that they must also abyde and continue in the true fayth. For except they so doe, Math. 12. Luke. 9. the later ende will be woorse than the be­ginning, and they are not thought worthy of the kingdome of God, which haue once layde their hande to the Plough, and looke backe agayne. Here­of came it to passe, that Christ after his ascention, rebuked the Church of Ephesus, bicause she had lost hir former loue, and feruent zeale of fayth, but commended the Church at Thyatira, bicause they increased euery daye more and more in faith and godlynesse. Apocal. 2. Therefore it behooueth all congre­gations diligently to meditate all these thinges, that they corrupt not the lawdable beginnings of fayth, with fylthie falling awaye and negligence. Also let all degrees and states of men learne hereby to take heede of their office, this is a generall rule in all thinges, that it is in vaine to beginne well, except we continue on vnto the ende. In the meane whyle this place teacheth vs, that the doctrine of faith is certaine and inuiolable. For it were no commendable thing to perseuere and continue in the fayth, if there were any thing in the doctrine, thereof to be amended or chaunged, which thinge is to be obiected against them, who whyle they dare not openly condempne the doctrine of the Apostles, yet (saye they) there are diuers things ad­ded to it since, as necessarie to be obserued, as the things that they taught. But if a man will compare those things with the doctrine of the Apostles, he shall finde that the truth of the Apostles doctrine can not stande, if such thinges be admytted. Let vs learne therefore so to persist in the faith and doctrine of the Apostles, that we admit nothing contrarie therevnto, yea, that we beleeue not an Aungell, Galat. 1. if he woulde nowe preache any newe or o­ther gospell.

Moreouer, they put away the offence of the Crosse, They put away the of­fence of the crosse. which was a thing very needefull, bicause mannes reason most times iudgeth of fayth accor­ding as things in time fall out. And it is not vnlike but many mens mindes were marueylously tempted, seeing the Apostles doctrine was euerywhere reiected, and they still in daunger and trouble for the same. But the Apo­stles in a briefe saying, giue a most effectuall comfort to the weake in faith, saying: that by many tribulations we must enter into the kingdome of heauen. [Page 582] This saying hath in it two reasons very fytte to comfort vs. The fyrst is, that they say it must so be, and can not be otherwise. And common sense tea­ceth vs, that we must take paciently and in good worth, that that cannot be otherwise. Thus they declare in what state of lyfe the godly haue to liue in this worlde: which Christ also testifyeth, is full of all maner of afflictions, whereas he commaundeth vs euerye day to take vppe our Crosse, Luke. 9. and so to followe him. And surely if a man will marke the course of this life, hee shall see nothing free from euill and miserie. For this lyfe floweth with all maner of molestations, which spring of sinne, such as are sickenesse, labor, care, watching, pouertie, alteration of the world, and infynite like, by rea­son whereof our life is compared to a moste troublesome and perillous pil­grimage, and continuall traueyle. But beside these, there are other afflic­tions which the worlde that cannot abyde the light, hath in store for the god­lye. For hereof proceedeth it that the worlde hateth them, that they are ray­led on, and put to shame, that euery man doth them iniurye, that they laye violent handes on them, that they are imprisoned, manacled, and fettered, that they are banished, lose their goodes, and suffer moste vyle and horrible deathes. Psalm. 34. Iohn. 15.16. Thus is fulfylled the saying of Dauid: Many are the tribulations of the iust, and that Christ foretolde shoulde come vnto vs. And in all these things we must remember, that so it must be, not onely for that God maye be founde true of hys worde, but bicause it is expedient thus to tame and brydle our fleshe, and to mooue vs to lothe this lyfe, and to desire the life to come. For we feele in our selues, what a loue of this worlde is in our fleshe, and with howe much adoe we are brought to the desire of heauenly things. And what (thinke you) woulde come of vs, if we should taste of no aduersitie in this world, but haue all things come to passe according to our desire & lyking? Surely, the flesh would neuer be brought to renounce this worlde, which notwithstanding all these vexations, is woonderfully in loue with the worlde. The second reason is, that they declare how there is a ioy­full ende of tribulations, for that by tribulations there is an entrance for vs into the kingdome of God. Which wordes are not so to be vnderstanded, as though by suffring afflictions we deserue the kingdome of God, which is purchased for vs by the bloude of our Sauiour Christ only. But they teach vs, that Christ by his example hath trode out this way vnto vs, that as he by the crosse entred into the glory of his father: so the ende of all afflictions is set forth vnto vs to be the inheritaunce of eternall life, according to the promise of Christ: Iohn. 12.14. and .17. I will that where I am, there my Minister shall also be. Who therfore will henceforth abhorre the crosse? who will be offended at afflicti­ons, seeing he heareth they come also vnto the wicked, but by Christes meane worke to the saluation of the godly. Let vs remember these things at this day (O brethren.) Let vs consider that it is Gods appoyntment, that we should be thus invred with diuers troubles, and that it can not be other­wise, bicause the naughtynesse of our flesh so requireth. Let vs haue an eye to the example of Christ, who bicause he woulde be our Captaine, suffered fyrst all these things. Furthermore, let vs fasten the eyes of our minde vp­pon the glory of the heauenly life, and forgette these frayle and temporall things behinde vs. Lette vs ioyne herevnto feruent prayer, that he maye vouchsafe to accomplish and performe the good worke which is begonne in vs. And so shall it come to passe, that being inspyred with his spirite and [Page 583] grace, and hauing prosperously ended this race of our life, and attayned to the rewarde of the heauenly, we shall liue and reigne with our Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .C. Homelie.

‘AND when they had ordeyned them Elders by election in euery congre­gation, and had prayed and fasted, they commended them to the Lorde on whome they beleeued. And when they had gone thorowout Pisidia, they came to Pamphilia, and when they had preached the woorde in Perga, they descended into the Citie Attalia, and thence departed by shippe to Antioch, from whence they were committed vnto the grace of God, to the woorke which they fulfilled. When they were come and had gathered togither the congregation, they rehearsed all that God had done by them, and howe hee had opened the doore of fayth vnto the Gentyles. And there they abode long time with the Disciples.’

AS it was the dutie of the Apostles, to bring our Sauiour Iesus Christ Disciples, and to gather him a Church out of all Nations, by prea­ching of the Gospell: so was it their parts and dutie carefullye and diligently to see vnto the same Chur­ches. And this doe Paule and Barnabas most fayth­fullye. For after they had with perill of their lyues planted Congregations at Antioche, Iconium, and Lystra, they laboured with all industrie possible to maintaine and defende the same, against the assaults and craftes of Satan. And bicause they knewe the Iewes did marueylously vexe them, they re­turned againe to the Churches there, notwithstanding they were oppro­briously driuen forth of them. Neither doe they returne without profyte, but confyrme and strengthen the mindes of the Disciples, with admonitions and comfortes, exhorting them to continue and abide in the doctrine, and putting away the slaunder and offence of the Crosse, of all which hath bene spoken in the sermon before going. Herevnto is to be adioyned that that is sayde in the beginning of this place, touching Elders ordeyned by the sayde Apostles. When we haue hereof intreated as much as God shall giue vs grace, then will we speake of their returne vnto the Church at Antioch a­gayne, to whome they recounted all that they had done abrode.

When they had (sayth Luke) ordeyned them Elders by election, The Apo­stles appoynt Elders in e­uery church. in euery congregation, and had prayed and fasted, they commended them to the Lorde on whome they beleeued. They are called Seniors or Elders, which part­lye are Ministers and teachers of his word, and partly such as are ayding and assisting the Pastours in the administration of the Church, and which by reason of their authoritie see that Discipline be obserued in the Church. And where Luke sayth they ordeyned such in euery Church, it easily appea­reth, that it is very necessarye for the conseruation of the Church, to haue such as by whose ministery the doctrine of the worde may be had in continu­all vse. This is requisite both for the infyrmitie of the flesh, and also bicause [Page 584] of the corruption of mannes nature, which must needes be oftentimes war­ned to doe his dutie, least he be brought to destruction by the craftes and subtiltie of the Deuill. For the which cause Christ did not onely sende forth the Apostles to preach the Gospell among all Nations of the worlde: but also gaue vnto his Church, Ephe. 4. 1. Cor. 12. Pastours and teachers, by whose diligence the fayth and knowledge of God which the Apostles taught, might be confyr­med and preserued in mens mindes. And Paule writeth that he left Titus for this cause in Creta, that he should ordeyne Elders in euery Citie of that Islande. And herevnto it is manifest the godlyest Kings and Princes that were hertofore had a respect, by whose liberalitie Churches were endowed and enriched, least for want of prouision, the ministery of the word shoulde haue fayled. Therefore their error is very pieuishe and absurde, which re­iect the doctryne of the worde as vnprofytable and superfluous. For if these men did well knowe themselues, they would perceyue that thys is the rea­dyest waye whereby to attayne vnto saluation, as Christ sometime tolde Martha, being very much busied and occupyed in other matters. Therefore as many as will haue the Church to be maintayned, let them diligentlye prouide that the Church want not fytte and worthy Ministers.

The ceremo­ny or maner of the Primi­tiue Church in [...]hoosing Elders.The Euangelyst also declareth the ceremony or maner of choosing El­ders, wherein prayer and fasting were fyrst placed, whereof mention was made (as we haue hearde before) in the lyke case. Act. 1. and .13. When the Scripture vseth to ioyne both these togither, it signifyeth that the Church vsed in solemne wyse to come all togyther. For the Primitiue Church vsed when any great necessitie vrged or constrayned them, to appoynt solemne assemblies, giuing themselfe to prayer & fasting vntill the euening, wherof we haue euident testimonyes in the Prophet Ioël the seconde Chapter, and in the hystories of the Kinges. The Primitiue Church was mooued with weyghty considerations to obserue these thinges in the electing of the Mi­nisters. For where they thought men might easily be deceyued, they would not in such a weyghty case attribute any thing to mannes iudgement, and therefore they thought it meete by godly prayers to seeke the inspiration of Gods spirite. Againe, where they thought it was requisite, to haue menne furnished with singular giftes, for such an office, they besought God of the same also by humble supplication, wherevnto bicause it shoulde be the more feruent, they ioyned fasting, as we haue otherwheres declared. Moreo­uer, Luke maketh mention of laying on of handes, by the which is vnder­standed, not onely consent of voyces, but also imposition of handes, which was a sacrament and token of consecration. And it seemeth y e later was the rather obserued. For it is not likely that y e Apostles receded from the cere­monie which they vsed in y e choosing of Matthias, or that they permitted any thing to the iudgement of man (as we see cōmeth to passe in mens voyces) seeing they prouoked all men to praiers and fasting. This religion and holy simplicitie of the Church is worthy to be diligently obserued, wherwith if a man would compare what is done at these dayes in the like case, it shall ea­sily appeare with what tyrannie the Church is oppressed. For through the couetousnesse and ambition of Bishops, it is come to passe, that the libertie of the Church is trode vnder foote, and choosing of Ministers dependeth vpon them, who eyther sell all spirituall liuings for money, or else watche carefully that none be made ministers, but such as are for their owne tooth, [Page 585] that will cloke and winke at all their doings.

After the choosing of these Ministers, Luke sayth, The Apo­stles commēd the congre­gation vnto the Lorde. they commended the congregations to the Lorde, on whome they beleeued. This is a dutie of curtesie and humanitie, to commende them to the tuition and defence of God, whose prosperitie and well doing we wishe. It also declareth the di­ligent care of the Apostles, which alwayes had a speciall consideration of the Churches well fare. Wherevnto that saying of Paule is to be referred: I am combred daylie and doe care for all congregations, 2. Cor. 11. who is weake and I am not weake? who is offended and I burne not? In the meane season we are admonished, that by reason of our infyrmitie we haue neede of Gods pro­tection and gouernaunce. For, as we be prone and readie to fall, so Satan is still seeking howe to catch vs in his snares, so that when Christ was go­ing out of this worlde vnto his father, he did not without a cause, com­mende his Disciples vnto the protection of his father. Iohn. 17. Thys ought to kin­dle in vs a feruent desyre to true godlynesse and religion, that we betraye not our saluation through our owne slothfulnesse. Againe, hereof we may also take comfort, in that it appeareth, our saluation dependeth vpon the protection and prouidence of God. For who would not dispayre, if it should depende vpon mannes wyll and power, which is the most vnconstaunt and deceyueable thing in the worlde. Howbeit, there is no cause for vs to dispayre, if we consider howe it standeth in the tuition and gouernaunce of God, who can not but haue a speciall care of vs, seing he hath such care for the flowers of the fyelde, and byrdes of the ayre, and hath numbred the verye heares of our head. He hath by his sonne promised vs, Iohn. 14. that he wyll not leaue vs succourlesse. And Christ in whome we beleeue professeth he is both a faythfull and valyaunt shepheard, Iohn. 10. out of whose hande no man is able to take his sheepe. Yea, Paule in an other place teacheth vs, that God knoweth who are his, 2. Tim. 2. Rom. 8. and how there is nothing that can seperate vs from the loue of God. Therefore as often as Satan tempteth vs, let vs flye vnto the sanctuarie of Gods mercie and fauour, vnto the which Christ hath com­mended vs. Moreouer, the example of the Apostle teacheth vs, what we should doe after we haue done our duetie. Let vs commit all the successe therof vnto God, by whose prouidence we know all things are gouerned. Thys is the onely meane to moderate and quyet our deuises. Wherein who so are ignoraunt, are marueylously troubled, and often times leaue off their duetie, supposing to bring matters to passe through their owne wisedome and deuise. For, standing betweene hope and dreade, they can fynde no resting place for their deuise. But they that knowe that trust and diligence is requyred of them, in doing their duetie, and that all successe thereof dependeth vpon God: when they see they haue done their partes and duetie, they can set light all daungers that come vnto them, and no feare of daunger can with hold them from doing their duetie.

Nowe these things being done, The Apo­stles preach the Gospell at Perga. Paule and Barnabas appoynt to go a­gayne to Antioche in Syria, from whence before they had tooke their leaue: And bicause they would not lose their labour by the waye, they preach the Gospell at Perga, a Citie of Pamphilia. This citie was famous by reason of Diana, that was there worshipped, which of the place was called Pergaea, as the Gentyles write. It was therfore a singuler worke of Gods goodnesse, that he would vouchsafe so superstitious and ydolatrous a people the light [Page 586] of his worde. Againe, the diligence of the Apostles is to be considered, and their vnwearysome and great traueyle that they vsed in ouerthrowing the kingdome of Satan. Whosoeuer will be counted Apostolike, and meane despite of the worlde, and Prince thereof, to roote out superstition, and to set vp the kingdome of Christ, let them imitate this zeale. For they are not to be regarded, which eyther by reason of the ingratitude of the worlde, or of daungers on euery side appearing, leaue of their dueties. But it is time to consider what the Apostles, did after their returne to Antioche.

They giue account of their doings abrode.Fyrst, when the congregation was assembled togither like faythfull Legates and Ambassadours, they declare vnto the whole Church all that they had done in their circuite. Therefore the Apostles were no Lordes o­uer mens faith, prescribing all things of their absolute power, according to their pleasure. But rather they acknowledged themselues to be the ser­uaunts of Christ, and did not impudently contempne his spouse, as in these dayes they vse, which swelling in the name and succession of the Apostles, thinke it vnmeete to be at others appoyntment, or to render an account of their doinges, to anye man. Let them reade I beseeche them, that is written. 1. Pet. 5.

They re­ferre all their doings vnto God.Moreouer, they vtter and speake nothing of themselues, in arrogant maner, but make God the author of all their doings. And it is not wyth­out a cause that Luke maketh mention twise or thrise of the grace & worke of God. For fyrst he sayth, they were committed vnto the grace of God in this worke, to the intent that all the Church might wytnesse, they were able to doe nothing without the grace of God. Then declare they what woonders God wrought by them, which kinde of phrase attributeth the whole successe of their ambassage and ministerie to God onely. Moreouer, they declare howe God opened the dore of fayth vnto the Gentyles. Then is there a dore opened vnto the fayth, when an effectuall operation of the holy spirite is ioyned vnto the outwarde preaching, whereby the mindes of men are il­luminated and drawne vnto the obedience of fayth. This is the only worke of God, Iohn. 6. as Christ testifyeth saying. No man commeth vnto me, except my father draweth him. We are taught therefore, by the example of the Apos­tles to attribute nothing to our owne industrie and wisedome in deede, of vs it is required to be faithfull and diligent. Howbeit as the successe of our doings must be committed vnto God, so must all the prayse and glorye of their well doings, be referred vnto him also. Which doctrine is not onely for ministers of the worde to remember, but also for all Magistrates, housholders, maryed folke, seruauntes, and to conclude for all states and degrees of men, as we haue oftentimes declared.

They re­po [...]e them­selfe after th [...]ir traue [...]le and daūgers.Last of all it is sayde, they tarrie a good space, at Antioche, to the ende doubtlesse to recreate themselues with honest and godly quietnesse, hauing bene wearied a long whyle before with many labours and daungers both by lande and sea. For it is meete & conuenient, that they should reape some fruite of their labours, whose fayth and diligence had bene so many waies tried. So Christ bade his Apostles when they returned from preaching the gospell, Marc. 6. to go aside out of the waye for a season, and to repose themselues a little. Let no man yet thinke that the Apostles sate still at Antioche ydely, gasing vpon others. For without doubt they faithfully taught the brethren, and tooke paines in helping the other Ministers. But for a certaine time, [Page 587] they surceased from traueyling, and taking anye enterprise of daunger in hande. God, the father of mercie graunt, that all they that nowe a dayes glory in the gospell, may fynishe the course of their lyfe, with like dili­gence and successe as did the Apostles, and that in the heauenly Chanaan, they may enioy perpetuall rest and peace, with Iesus Christ our Sauiour, to whome be all praise, honor, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xv. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cj. Homelie.

‘AND certayne men which came downe taught the brethren: except you be circumcised after the maner of Moses, you cannot be saued. So when there was rysen discention and disputing not a little vnto Paule and Barna­bas, and certayne other of them, should go vp to Ierusalem vnto the Apos­tles and Elders about this question. And after they were brought on their way, by the congregation, they passed ouer Phoenices and Samaria, declaring the conuersion of the Gentyles, and they brought great ioy vnto all the bre­thren. And when they were come to Ierusalem, they were receyued of the congregations and of the Apostles and Elders, and they declared all the things that God had done by them.’

IN the former part of his trea­tise or worke, The doctrine of the Apos­tles is ons [...]t, by intesti [...]e diuision and schisme. Luke hath declared howe the primitiue Church was gathered to­gither, both of Iewes and Gentiles, by preaching of the Apostles, and howe by the wonderfull assistaunce of GOD, it was preserued amonge the contynuall stormes & blastes of persecution. Here­vnto is added a newe hystorie in thys Chappiter, that teacheth vs, howe the Lorde preserued the same Church a­gaynst false brethren and teachers, least it myghte lose eyther simplicitie of doc­trine, or puritie of faith. For hytherto for fourteene yeares togyther Paule had preached the Gospell, and according to the common consent of the Apostles doctrine had taught, that all saluation was in Christ Iesus one­lye, which doctrine being euerywhere receyued, certayne of the Iewes, [Page 588] specially those of the Phariseys secte, that professed the fayth of Christ, be­gan to withstande. Who albeit they confessed Christ, yet they would needes haue circumcision and the ceremonies of the lawes to be ioyned with it, which opinion whiles Paule earnestly resisted, caused great adooe and con­tention, insomuch that it horribly shooke the whole Church. But our Sa­uiour Christ forsooke not them that stro [...]e for the glory of his merite, by whose prouidence it came to passe, that the plaine and simple doctrine of Christ was defended and confyrmed, by the publike testimonie of the A­postles, and the whole Church. The consyderation of thys hystorie serueth much both to instruct and comfort all congregations. For as by the exam­ple of the Apostles, we are taught which waye to resist false doctrine: [...]o learne we that the doctrine of truth standeth fyrme and sure against all in­uasions, wherefore we will in order consider all the partes of this present place.

The Au­thors of the discention.First, Luke telleth who were the authors of this strife & discention, euen certaine persons that came out of Iurie and from Ierusalem. Therfore they must needes be of great authoritie, considering Ierusalem was the mother Church of all other, and was worthily esteemed of all menne, bicause from thence the Gospell of saluation did fyrst issue and spring: for the which cause Paule also commendeth it, saying: It was meete the Gentyles shoulde mi­nister corporall thinges vnto those of Ierusalem, Roma. 15. which had giuen them the spirituall and eternall giftes of saluation. And it is no doubt, but those de­ceyuers and seducers did marueylously bragge of the name and authoritie of the Apostles, and did make lyght of Paules name, as who should saye, he deserued not to be counted among the Apostles, bicause he had not bene conuersant with Iesus Christ whyle he liued. For this maye we gather of Paules Epistles, where he is enforced earnestlye to defende his authoritie, and Apostleship against them. Furthermore, we maye here see howe de­ceyuers breede euen in the Church, but were neuer true members of the Church. For they that are in deede of the Church, vse to continue in the same. 1. Iohn. 2. Math. 7. Actes. 20. Therefore Christ sayth, they go in sheepes clothing. And Paule in an­other place sayth: from among your selues shall ryse grieuous wolues. &c. And this is a woonderfull craft of Satan which knowing that men doe hate and abhorre him, vseth to counterfeyte an Aungell of light, and vnder the cloke of holynesse, 1. Cor. 11. to beguyle and deceyue the simple. This place serueth to con­fute them which constantly beleeue that the Romane Church cannot erre, and be deceyued, and affirme that whatsoeuer commeth from thence, ought to be receyued as an Oracle. And yet out of Ierusalem where the Apostles discharged their office and dutie with all diligence, came these hypocrites and deceyuers. What therefore shall we hope for at their handes, amongst whome these many hundred yeres, hath bene seene no token eyther of Apo­stolike lyfe or doctrine.

The state of the contro­uersie or dis­cention.Furthermore, the state of the controuersie that these deceyuers helde, is expressed. For they called backe the Gentyles vnto Circumcision, and Ceremonies of the lawe, saying: Except you be circumcised, you cannot bee saued. Which saying it is very like they confyrmed with many articles. For they had the lawe of God, Gene. 17. who ordeyned Circumcision for a perpetuall signe of his couenant amongst the Israelites. They had also the example of the Church at Ierusalem, where the Apostles yeelded so farre to the weake­nesse [Page 589] of the Iewes, that they circumcised their infantes. Moreouer, where through Circumcision they were bounde to obserue the lawe (according to that saying of Paule: I testifye to euery man that is circumcised, Galat. 5. that hee is bounde to keepe the whole lawe. This being taken awaye, they cryed and sayde that the whole lawe was abrogated, and a gate opened vnto all wickednesse. Yet they confessed Christ notwithstanding, and woulde seeme to be followers of the Gospell, like goodlye blenders and compounders, which thought the lawe might be mingled with the Gospell, and the righ­teousnesse of workes with fayth. This therefore was the whole state of the controuersie: whether men were iustified through the grace of God, by fayth onely in Christ, or whether the righteousnesse of the lawe was necessarye vnto saluation. And if a man will weygh and expende this matter well, it shall appeare that this was the verye same controuersie, which is betweene vs and the Papistes nowe in these dayes, who professe Christ also, but yet affirme that men are iustifyed and saued by their merites and good deedes, sauing that in this poynt the Papists case is the weaker and worse, for that they grounde not vppon the lawe of Moses, once giuen by God, but vppon mannes traditions, Esay. 29. which long sithence haue bene condemned by the sen­tence of God. They worship me in vaine teaching the doctrines of men. Ther­fore it is very necessary for vs to vnderstand this controuersie. Math. 15. For if there be no place due vnto the workes of Gods lawe for vs to glory we be iusti­fyed by, then doubtlesse be they very miserable and blinde, which dare cha­lenge this praise vnto the colde obseruances of mannes traditions. In the meane season, mannes peruersenesse bewrayeth itselfe in this place, which where God offreth saluation vnto vs freely, contemneth the same, and see­keth rather a sumptuous and laborious way of attayning therevnto. Ex­amples of this peruersitie appeare in all ages, and the Lorde complay­neth hereof in Esay. 55. saying: Wherefore laye you out your money vppon the thing that feedeth not, and spende your labour about the thing that satisfi­eth you not? Againe: My people hath committed two euils: Ierem. 2. they haue for­saken me the well of the water of life, and digged them pits, yea, vile and broken pits, that can holde no water. And would God that he had not more occasion to make the like complaint euerywhere at this day.

Thirdly followeth the effect of false doctrine, The suc­cesse therof. that these Iewish Chri­stians brought in. That was sedition and open schisme, through the which Luke sayth, the Church at Antioch which hitherto had bene moste quiet, and as a common sanctuarie to all the godly, was disturbed. Therefore they that fall from the simple doctrine of the truth, and bring new and false opi­nions into the Church, these are disturbers of the Church. By this name doth Paule here sette out these fellowes, saying: I marueyle that you are so soone turned from Christ, that called you by grace, vnto another Gospell, Galat. 1. which yet is none other, but that there be some which trouble you. And in other pla­ces he calleth them Dogges, euill workers, concision, Philip. 3. and the verye enimies of the crosse of Christ. I know we are charged by the Papists in these dayes, to haue disturbed & to disturbe the Church. But if the truth of the Apostles doctrine be well marked, it shal appeere we are most cleere from this crime, the puritie of which doctrine bicause we endeuour to restore, maketh vs in deede to disturbe the ydlenesse of them, who vnder a false pretence of Christ & his Church, had a delight to disporte themselues both with the felles and [Page 590] fleshe of the miserable sheepe. Furthermore, the chiefe vse of this place is, that we be not so offended with the discentions rising in our dayes, by rea­son of religion, that we therefore thinke all doctrine of fayth and religion, to be doubtfull and vncertayne. For it is euident, that the doctrine of truth, hath in all ages bene diuersly assaulted, and that therefore diuers discenti­o [...]s haue risen by meanes thereof. This God suffereth to come to passe by his iust iudgement, and for the weale of our saluation. For fyrst, according to the saying of Paule, 1. Cor. 11. there must needes bee sectes, that they which are perfite, may be knowne. Agayne, by this occasion it commeth to passe, that the chiefe articles of our fayth and saluation are the more diligently and earnestly ex­amined, which vnlesse they were thus called in question, woulde for the most part, lye vnconsidered and buryed. For God can so moderate mis­chiefes, that they serue vnto the saluation of those that be his, and to those that loue God, all thing worketh to the best. And this may we see in thys pre­sent controuersie as cleere as daye. For hereby came it to passe, that the meane of our iustifycation was intreated and discussed the more diligently by the Apostles, and that the ceremonies of the lawe were the lesse regar­ded among the Iewes, wherein yet a great many put much trust. Euen so in our age, the sacrifyce of the Masse was no way more ouerthrowne, than by the controuersie which fell out about the supper of the Lorde. Therfore their clamour is pieuishe and absurde, which complaine and saye, that by reason of such discentions, religion is doubtfull and vncertaine. For vnder this colour, they go about to hyde and cloake their prophane and hollowe heartes.

Paule and Barna­bas stowtely resist.Furthermore, let vs consider what Paule and Barnabas and the faith­full of Antioch did in this disceptation. As for Paule and Barnabas, it is sayd that they had much contention and daylie disputation with these disturbers. Therefore they were no dumbe Dogges, which woulde suffer all kindes of doctrine to creepe into the Church, but rather they earnestly withstoode these deceyuers, so that the true faith was not ouerturned with their glo­ses. Yet otherwheres Paule becommeth all things to all men, and earnest­ly commaundeth those that be strong in faith, pacientlye to beare with the weaker. Why therefore sheweth he himselfe in this place to be so difficult and vntreatable? Bicause it was a matter of more importance than coulde be dissembled. For by this opinion, the righteousnesse of fayth which we haue in Christ alone, is ouerturned. For they which by Circumcision, make them selfe bonde vnto the law, Galat. 5. to them is Christ become vnprofitable, and they which will be iustified by the lawe, are fallen from grace. Moreouer, by thys meanes the Christian libertie was in hazarde, which coulde be purchased with none other pryce, than wyth the bloude of Christ, and they which were iustifyed by the fayth in Christ, and enfrauncised with the libertie of the chil­dren of God, were not subiect to the commaundement and intollerable yoke of the lawe, as Peter hereafter will declare. Besyde this, the true vse of the lawe was peruerted, Galat. 3. which was to bring men, as a tutor and gouernour, vnto Christ. And these fellowes sent those that were graffed in Christ vnto the principles and beginnings of the lawe. Moreouer, it coulde not be cho­sen, but the light of the Gospell shoulde haue bene obscured and darkened with the shadowes of the lawe. Therefore Paule might not in any case haue borne with these deceyuers, vnlesse he woulde haue bene counted an vn­trustye [Page 591] Minister of Christ. By the which example we are taught, that we must for concorde and vnities sake admit nothing, that may any waye ob­scure the glory of Christ and simple confession of the fayth. For that is a ve­rye hurtfull concorde that is redeemed with the prophanation of the name of Christ, and denying of the fayth. For, this saying of Christ standeth fyrme and strong: he that loueth father and mother more than me, Math. 10. is not worthy of me. Againe: whosoeuer shall bee ashamed of mee before this adulterous and naughty worlde, him will I be ashamed of, Marc. 8. when I come in the glorye of my father. Furthermore, let vs hereof be perswaded that Christian menne can haue no peace without Christ. For if they will be true Christians, Iohn. 16. in the world they shall haue afflictions, and in Christ onely peace.

Howbeit, they of Antioch that beleeued, The congre­ga [...]ion at An­tioch referre the contro­uersie to the iudgement of the Apostles when they perceyued this con­tention euery day more and more to kindle, they decree at length with one consent, that Paule and Barnabas with certaine other Disciples, shoulde go to Ierusalem, to propounde this question vnto the Apostles and Elders, there to be discussed. And Paule easily yeeldeth vnto this decree, not mea­ning to put the cause of truth to the iudgement of manne, but for that he well knewe these deceyuers abused the name of the Apostles. Therefore for the more commoditie of the vnlearned and simple people, whose eyes they had dazeled with the brightnesse of Apostolike authoritie, he easily ad­mitted this counsaile, as the most commodious and readyest waye that coulde be deuised. The cause of conuocations sinodes, and counsayles in the primitiue Church. And this hath bene the chiefe cause of all the Sinodes and Counsayles that heretofore haue bene gathered by godlye Kinges and Bishops. For it was neuer the minde of those holy men, that the cause of fayth and saluation shoulde be in subiection to mannes iudgement. But where Heretikes vsed impudently to vaunt them of the consent of Aposto­like doctrine, and vniuersall Church vnto the vnlearned people, the Ca­tholikes thought good most commodiously to bridle them by Synodes, and the publike testimonie of the Church, to thende that they shoulde not after­warde be beleeued. We haue diligently to consider the modestie that Paule here vseth. For it is manifest, he was end [...]ed with such constancie, that he woulde not haue yeelded vnto the Apostles, if they woulde haue pronoun­ced any thing against the truth. For he durst boldly reprehende Peter at An­tioch, and he teacheth vs that we ought not to beleeue an Aungell, Galat. 1.2. if he woulde preach any other Gospell. Yet he despiseth not a meane and deuise of peace vttred by the godly brethren, whereas he sawe the glorye of God coulde thereby no way be obscured, and that the quiete of the weaker sorte might thereby be procured. This modestie must be ioyned with constancie, least whyle we will seeme constant, we be founde obstinate and wayward. For the spirit of Christ is tractable, and maketh men which vse him as their counsayler, desirous of his glory. In the meane season their leuitie is not to be allowed, which while they will seeme tractable and easie to be intrea­ted, be obedient to such counsayles, they see doe quite deface and ouerthrow the veritie of faith, and glorye of Christ. Furthermore, this place teacheth vs, which is the best waye to calme controuersies and contentions, that rise about fayth and religion. Some there be that thinke these matters might be taken vp and ended by mannes wisedome and pollicie, if eche part woulde somewhat yeelde one to another, as though men might daily in re­ligion, and Gods causes, as in other worldly affaires. Why rather doe we [Page 592] not resort vnto the Apostles, to heare what they haue taught and appoyn­ted, whose doctrine is manifestly confyrmed with the testimonie of Christ himselfe. Luke. 10. For vnto them it is sayd: He that heareth you, heareth me. &c. And we know that Christ prayed for them which should beleeue in him, Iohn. 17. according to their preaching. Moreouer, they were openly endued with y e holy spirit, which shewed manifest arguments of his presence and operation in them. Wherefore we must earnestlye take heede that we swarue not one nayles breadth, from their doctrine. The Apostle Iohn teacheth vs the same, where in his fyrst Epistle and seconde Chapter, he sayeth: Lette that re­mayne in you which you hearde from the beginning. If that which you hearde from the beginning shall remaine in you, you also shall continue in the father and in the sonne. Paule also where he aduertiseth vs of such as pre­sume to peruert the truth, sayth: But continue thou in the things which thou hast learned, which also were committed vnto thee, knowing of whome thou hast learned them, 2. Tim. 3. and forasmuch as thou hast of a child, knowne the holy scrip­tures, which are able to make thee learned vnto saluation, through the fayth which is in Christ Iesu. Therefore they are fowlye deceyued, which by this example will obtrude vnto vs Counsayles, as though religion ought by them to be ruled, where it is euident these many yeres they haue bene such, as haue had no signe or token of any Apostolike spirite in them. And if they woulde heare the Prophetes and Apostles, we would according to the ex­ample of Paule and Barnabas, willingly go vp with them vnto the Apostles, to heare what the spirite of God speaketh in them. But if they will harken vnto men, farewell they, seeing we haue none other maister to harken vn­to, but Iesus Christ.

Paule and Barnabas iourney to Ierusalem.But Luke also descrybeth Paules going to Ierusalem, bicause there be di­uers things therein worthy to be considered. Amongst which, the fyrst is, howe Paule and Barnabas are brought on their waye by the congregation, which appointed them worthy and faythfull companions to iourney wyth them. Whereby it appeareth the congregation tooke their part, and had no suspition in their doctrine and beliefe. Let all congregations follow thys ensample, that they leaue not the faythfull ministers of Christ destitute of helpe. For what else doe they but susteyne open warre in the Churches quarrell and behoofe? And surely their ingratitude is execrable, which pro­uyde to stande out of Gunneshot, when troubles arise about religion, and will stande ydely gasing on, as though the matter pertayned nothing vnto them, but onely vnto the Ministers. Then also to the ende their iourney should not be vnprofytable, and all the time of their voyage lost, they preach euerywhere the conuersion of the Gentyles. And this was the chiefe cause of the contention, bicause many tooke it in euill parte, that the vncircumci­sed Gentyles were receyued into the felowship of Christ and his Church. But the godly men vnderstoode, that the workes of God which serued to the setting forth of Christes glorye, must not be dissembled, bicause some men had a wrong iudgement of them. Nay we must rather wrastle against the waywardnesse of the worlde, least thereby Gods glorie might be im­payred. For that that Christ sometime sayde vnto the priestes, being offen­ded with the childrens showting: If these holde their peace, the stones shall crye: the same let vs thinke spoken euen to vs. For although we prouy­ding for our slouthfulnesse, dare doe nothing for the glorie of God: yet will [Page 593] God easily fynde faythfull defenders of the same, and we shall be made the vessels of wrath & ignominie, which would not be the instruments of grace and glorie. Thirdly, the brethren reioyce in the conuersion of the Gentiles, and neyther enuie them the fellowship of saluation, neyther Paule nor Bar­nabas the singuler commendation of such a Ministerie. This is the proper­tie of the godly, that they reioyce at the setting forth of Christes glorie, and the saluation of others. Fourthly, when they were come to Ierusalem, they were receyued by the Apostles, and the whole congregation, as singuler instrumentes of Christ. For it becommeth vs to reuerence the giftes of God in them, whose ministery God vseth both to our profyte and his praise. They agayne declare what God had done by them, bicause the same made much for their purpose, the aduersaries going about, through their peeuishe opinion to ouerthrowe the vocation of the Gentyles. God graunt that in these dayes also, contentions being calmed and layde downe, we maye all giue [...]are to the Apostles doctrine, and that all heartes through the vnitie of fayth, and bonde of true loue, may strongly be knyt togyther, in Iesus Christ our onely sauiour, to whome be all prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cij. Homelie.

‘THEN rose vp certayne of the sect of the Phariseys, which did beleeue, saying, that it was needefull to circumcise them, and to commaunde them to keepe the lawe of Moses. And the Apostles and Elders came togyther to reason of this matter. And when there was much disputing, Peter rose vp, and sayde vnto them: yee men and brethren, you knowe howe that a good whyle ago, God did choose amonge vs, that the Gentyles by my mouth should heare the worde of the gospell and beleeue. And Cod which know­eth the hartes, bare them witnesse, and gaue vnto them the holy ghost, euen as he did vnto vs, and put no difference betweene vs and them, seeing that with fayth he purified their hartes. Nowe therefore, why tempt you God, to put on the disciples neckes that yoke, which neyther our fathers nor wee were able to beare. But we beleeue that through the grare of the Lorde Iesus Christ, we shall be saued as they doe. Then all the multitude was appeased, and gaue audience to Barnabas and Paule, who told what signes and wonders God had shewed among the Gentyles by them.’

AFter the doctrine of the Gospell was spreade by the ministerie of Paule & Barnabas among the gentiles, and that they were taken into the com­munion of Christ and his Church, a grieuous con­tention fell out among those of the fayth, bicause dy­uers saide the Gentiles ought to be circumcised, and to be inforced to obserue the lawe of Moses, which thing others agayne dyd constauntly denie. Luke by the instinct of the holy ghost descrybeth this con­trouersie verie dyligently, bicause it serueth much for the instruction of all men. For it teacheth vs, we must not take it for anye insolent or straunge thing, though nowe a dayes also some controuersies rise among the profes­sours [Page 594] of one fayth and doctrine, for as much as God suffereth not such controuersies to come to passe, without some vtilitie and auayle to all men. Agayne he sheweth vs what we haue to doe in such a case. For we must ac­cording to the ensample of Paule and Barnabas, stowtely defende the truth against all men, and not harken to the iudgements of any men, but aske counsell of the Apostles of Iesus Christ, whome he hath appoynted for to be the teachers of his worde.

The contro­uersie of iu­stifycation before the Apostles.But Luke holding on in the hystorie begonne, sayth that a greater con­tention fell out hereabout, after that the matter was proposed vnto the A­postles and Elders at Ierusalem. The Authors hereof were those of the Phariseys that beleeued in Christ, yet retayning this smatche of olde lea­uen, that they strengthly vrged the fulfylling of the righteousnesse of the lawe. For it appeareth by the storie of the gospell, that the Phariseys set all iustification in the outwarde exercise of the workes of the lawe. Wherfore it could not be chosen, but that they should be the more obstinate in keeping the same. Whereof we haue example in the Monkes at this day, whome it is an harde matter to drawe from their olde secte, but some tokens there­of will still remayne. It is worthy diligently to be obserued, how the chiefe article of christian religion was canuassed through this contention, in the hearing of the godlye before the Apostles, so that whether parte helde the truest opinion, coulde at the fyrst not be perceyued. Hereby we are taught, that we must not marueyle, although the excellentest heades and wyttes in the worlde be sometime deceyued, or else stiffely stande in defence of recey­ued errours. For by this meane God sheweth vs howe to marke the cor­ruption of our nature, that we being humbled by the consideration therof, should not stande to much in our owne conceyte. Peters iudge­ment concer­ning iustifi­cation. Howbeit, Peter vntill this tyme helde his peace in all this contention, to the ende he woulde not seeme arrogant in prescribing of others, and bicause it was expedient that euery man should saye his minde. But when he perceyued that the contenders minds waxed hotter and hotter, he standeth vp both modestly and grauely by his authoritie, to moderate the matter, and plainely defendeth the opi­on of Paule and Barnabas, who taught that the meane of mans saluation, consisted in the onely faith of Iesus Christ, and that the obseruation of the ceremonials needed not: yea, that no praise and glory of iustification was to be ascribed vnto the lawe. All his saying dependeth vpon two poyntes, whereof the one sheweth that God appointeth none other waye of saluati­on to be obserued, than that which is prescribed in the gospell, namely the fayth in Iesus Christ. The other declareth how it is a verie heynous mat­ter, for anye man to affirme that the fulfylling of the lawe is necessarie to saluation. But of eche of them, we shall by order intreate.

God iustify­eth of fauour or grace through faith in Christ.The fyrst poynt is taken out of the example of God, which iustifyed the fyrst fruites of the beleeuing Gentiles, none otherwise than by fayth in Iesus Christ. This place must be vnderstanded as concerning the hystory of Cornelius the Centurion, which Peter alleageth to verie good purpose, bicause the same before had bene called in question and argued on among the faythfull, as we sawe in the eleuenth Chapter. The summe of his ar­gument is this: God when he called and adopted Cornelius and his family, from gentilitie vnto Christ, and into the societie of his Churche, did by that example set forth vnto vs, a true and perfyte meane and way of attayning [Page 595] vnto saluation. But he requyred nothing else of them, but to heare the gospell of me, and to beleeue it. Ergo, these two thinges are sufficient for man to be iustifyed by, and to attaine vnto saluation, that is to say, to heare the gospell, and by true fayth to imbrace Christ preached in the same. And Peter gathereth most strongly, of perticulers, an vniuersall doctrine, bicause God vseth one certaine and inuiolable rule, in sauing of all men. And it is not lyke that God would neglect that rule in sauing a prophane souldyour, that was confyrmed in the bloude of his sonne. But that his argument might beare the more weight, he calleth them for wytnesses of the same thing: you know (sayth he) how that a good whyle ago (that is in the begin­ning of the Church) God dyd choose or appoint amongst vs, that the Gen­tyles by my mouth should heare the worde of the gospell, and beleeue. Upon the which wordes, he might haue inferred: why then doe you requyre cir­cumcision and fulfylling of the law, ouer and beside those things that seeme to God sufficient. Or whence haue you authoritie to alter the order ap­poynted of God, and to be so bolde as to adde or take anye thing from the same. But he leaueth all this to them to gather. Yet he ioyneth two things more hereto, whereby he openeth this example. Fyrst God (sayth he) which knoweth the hartes, and is not deceyued with any outwarde appea­raunce, hath aboundantly prooued this waye, that I haue nowe tolde you, to be sufficient euen by his owne testimonie. For assoone as men beleeued the gospell that was preached, he sent vnto them the holy ghost, as well as vnto vs. Which spirite since this world and prophane men euen by Christs owne testimonie can not receyue, it appeareth most euidently that God ac­knowledged these men, for the members of his Church, and for coinheri­tours with Christ, although they were neyther circumcised, nor had recey­ued any other ceremonie of the lawe. Then pointing, as it were with hys fynger to the maner of iustifycation: and God (sayth he) put no difference be­tweene them and vs, seing that with fayth he purifyed their hartes. Before this in deede, the Iewes were deuided from the Gentiles by the lawe, but Christ hath broken downe the particion of the lawe, and of two people hath made one Church, and hath purifyed the Gentiles, as well as the Iewes, by fayth. Hereto appertayneth that place of Paule. Ehesi. 2. Roma. 3. And the wordes which he wryteth to the Romanes. cap. 3. We holde therefore, that a man is iustified by fayth, without the workes of the lawe. Is he the God of the Iewes onely▪ Is he not also the God of the Gentiles? yes, euen of the Gentiles also, for it is God onely that iustifyeth the circumcision that is of fayth, and vncircumcision thorow fayth.

Furthermore, The waye how we are iustifyed. Peter in one briefe sentence comprehendeth whatsoeuer may be sayde of our iustifycation. Fyrst he confesseth that our hartes haue neede to be purifyed. Man therefore must needes be a thing altogither pol­luted, bicause the hart is the Fountaine out of which spring all our doings. God himselfe beareth wytnesse hereof, where he sayth, the inuentions and deuises of man are naught euen from his childhood. Gene. 8. And this one thing is a­boundantly sufficient, to ouerthrowe all the righteousnesse of our workes, as oftentimes we haue declared. Then teacheth he howe purifycation is wrought by fayth, bicause it taketh holde of Christ, whome God hath ordey­ned to be our iustifyer. He cleanseth vs from our sinnes, 1. Iohn. 1. through the merite of his bloude. He communicateth vnto vs his righteousnesse, so that by [Page 596] reason of fayth, whereby we be grafte in him, we are taken for righteous, in the sight of God. Wherefore Paule declareth that he is made our righte­ousnesse of God: 1. Cor. 1. 2. Cor. 5. Againe, besides this, he onely mortifyeth the reliques and dregges of our fleshe, whiles he chaungeth and regenerateth vs by his worde and spirite, gyuing vs power to bring forth fruites aunswerable to our profession: Whervnto these words of his are to be referred: Now are you cleane, thorow the words which I haue spoken to you. He that abydeth in me & I in him, Iohn. 15. bringeth forth much fruit. But bicause we can haue no felow­ship with Christ, but through fayth, the scripture truly affirmeth, that we be purifyed & iustifyed by fayth: which phrase of speech must not so be taken, as though faith were a vertue, through y e merite wherof men were clensed frō their sinnes, but bicause we therby take hold of Christ, in whō all our righ­teousnesse consisteth. Thirdly, he maketh God y e author of this purification. Therfore he is y e only author of our faith, Ephes. 2. which Paule also testifyeth to be y e gift of god. Iohn. 6. And Christ sayth, none commeth vnto him, but whom the father draweth. For where the naturall man perceyueth not the mysteries of the spirite, & we of our selues are not able once to thinke well, we must needes be illuminated and drawne of God, that fayth may take place in vs. So all the glory of our iustification must returne vnto God, and nothing must be lefte, to mans power or merite. This sawe Dauid long ago, when he called vpon God to be forgiuen of his sinnes, saying: Washe me throughly from my wickednesse, and clense me from my sinne. Purge me with Isope, and I shall be cleane, Psal. 51. washe me and I shall be whyter than snowe. Delyuer me from bloud-guyltinesse ô God, thou that art the God of my saluation. And hereby maye we receyue great comfort to strengthen our faith in temptations. For where our iustifycation and saluation dependeth vpon God, it must needes be certaine and infallible. Hereof proceede those sayings of Paule: who shall lay any thing to the charge of Gods chosen? Rom. 8. It is God that iustifyeth, who is it that can condemne. Such was the certainetie of this doctrine among the people of God in all ages, Math. 9. that the Phariseys also could plainely con­fesse, that God onely had power to forgiue sinnes. Therefore we doe not without cause nowe a dayes bewayle the folly and pryde of those men, which attribute this glorie eyther to their owne workes, or else to most ar­rogant and impudent hypocrites. Howe grieuously these men offende, Peter sheweth in the second part of his oration, which now we shal consider.

To attribute righteousnes to the works of the lawe, is an heynous offence. Nowe therefore (sayth he) why tempt you God, to put vppon the Disci­ples neckes that yoke which neyther our fathers nor we were able to beare? He teacheth by these weightye wordes, that all our saluation is ouerthrowne, and that such intollerable yoke cannot be layde vpon the Disciples neckes without a marueylous offence, if they be driuen to seeke saluation by ob­seruing the lawe. And with this opinion or doctrine he sayth God is temp­ted. For they tempt him, that without his commaundement, eyther go a­bout themselues, or exact of others to doe that that is not in their power. And they also which will be taught the will of God, by anye other meanes than he hath appointed. So the Israelites tempted God, when after his in­fynite benefytes, Psal. 78. Num. 11. they sayde they woulde acknowledge his goodnesse and omnipotencie, if he coulde giue them fleshe to eate in the wildernesse. And Christ shoulde haue tempted God, if he had followed the deuils counsayle, to haue cast himselfe downe headlong from the pinnacle of the Temple, to [Page 597] haue prooued the will and truth of Gods promises toward him. Both these thinges it is manifest they doe, that will be iustifyed by the workes of the lawe. For those things which farre passe the strength of man, without any calling of God or his worde, both they themselues enterprise to doe, and also exact of other. For it is as impossible for any man to fulfyll the law, as to reach heauen with his fynger. For the lawe is spirituall, and requyreth not onely our outward workes, but also all our minde, and all the powers of man to obey God. But we be carnall and solde vnder sinne. Rom. 7. And euen in the Saints remaine the dregs of flesh, and the law of sinne, which bringeth vs in thrall to sinne, euen against our will, and against the spirit of God, as Paule confesseth of himselfe in the chapter last rehearsed. Moreouer, the law threatneth the sentence of malediction and death vnto as many as fulfyl not all the commaundements therof. What else then doe they, but tempt God, Deut. 27. which will be iustifyed by the lawe? And bicause they neglect the meane of saluation, which God offreth them in Christ, and deuyse a newe meane to attayne vnto the grace of God, they tempt him two wayes. And if they will enforce other men also vnto the same way, they lay such a yoke vpon them, as y e holy fathers in time past were not able to beare. For thus vsed they to saye: If thou Lord wilt marke narrowly what is done amisse, who shall be able to abyde it: Enter not into iudgement with thy seruant. Psa. 130.143 All our righteousnesse is like a patched garment, Esay. 64. and like a cloth arayed with a womans monethly dis­ease. Marke therefore what iust occasion we haue to contende with these men, which nowe a dayes woulde haue people iustifyed by their workes, and which like the Phariseys contemning the righteousnesse of God, which he giueth vs in Christ, go about to set vp their owne. And let no man here replye, Ergo, the lawe is giuen vs in vaine. Ergo, we will boldly doe what we list. The vse of the lawe. For the true vse of the lawe remayneth still in that like a Tutor it leadeth vs vnto Christ, and sheweth vs a rule howe to liue godly. Neither must we renounce good workes, although we attribute not the glory of iu­stifycation vnto them. For although iustifycation belongeth only vnto God, yet is it euident, that the dutie of them, whome God iustifyeth, is continu­ally to keepe innocencie and puritie of lyfe, which is giuen them in Christ, as much as in them is, Rom. 6. touching which poynt Paule hath diuers considera­tions. What can be spoken more grieuously than that, y t Peter sayth agaynst them which woulde seeme to striue for the glory of God, for good works, and the duties of a Christian lyfe? He sayeth they tempt God, which is such an heynous offence by Scripture, as is worthye of no pardon. They put a yoke vpon other mennes neckes, and bring them into thraldome againe that are redeemed with the bloude of Christ. Therefore they commit sacri­ledge against Christ. If our aduersaries nowe a dayes woulde expende these things, they shoulde easily perceyue, that they had no cause to rayle and fare so fowle with vs, but woulde rather acknowledge their fault, and not treade vnder foote the grace of God, and the merite of Christ with their fylthie hypocrisie, so waywardly as they doe.

Furthermore, The faith of the fathers of the olde Te­stament, and the newe is but one. least Peter might seeme ouerboldlye to condemne the fa­thers, in saying that they were able to fulfyll the lawe, in his conclusion he bringeth in the meane whereby they were saued, saying: wee beleeue that through the grace of our Lorde Iesus Christ, we shall be saued, as they doe be­leeue. Thus he encourageth the weake, to whome it seemed an harde mat­ter [Page 598] to forsake that religion wherein they beleeued, their forefathers pleased God and were saued, as though he shoulde say: you are fowlye deceyued, if you thinke our Predecessors were iustifyed and saued by the workes of the lawe, seeing they haue plainely confessed they neuer fulfylled the lawe. And if you woulde then knowe which waye they were saued, we can shewe you none other than the same, which is at this day preached to vs in Christ. For he whome we knowe is come, they wayted for to come, and hoped in none other Sauiour but him. Therefore there is but one maner of fayth, both of the olde and new Testament, and but one way of saluation in them both. Christ testifyeth the same, speaking of Abraham, where he sayth that Abraham sawe his daye, Iohn. 8. and reioyced therein. And Paule sayeth that the fa­thers did eate the same spirituall meate that we do eate, and confesseth that they drewe saluation out of the rocke which was Christ. 1. Cor. 10. And to conclude, he maketh such a communion betweene vs and the fathers, that one while he applieth their sacraments vnto vs, and an otherwhile ours vnto them. They are therefore greatly deceyued, that saye the olde Testament belon­geth not vnto vs, and saye we be no Iewes, for whose behoofe they were written. Why rather doe not we thinke the Iewes were the people of God, whome God saued none other waye in times passed, than we be saued now adayes? Againe, Peter briefely toucheth the meane of our saluation. And the foundation thereof he layeth in the grace of God, by the which worde a­lone, the righteousnesse and merite of workes is excluded, bicause they be contrary one to the other. For if saluation come of grace (as Paule sayth) then not of workes, for then grace shoulde not be grace, if workes shoulde merite. But if we be saued by workes, then it is not by grace, for the worke loseth the name of merite, assoone as grace entreth. See Romaines the .xj. Chap. Which place abundantly teacheth vs, that the grace of God, and the merites of our workes cannot stande togither. Then againe he sayth, that Iesus Christ is the mediator of that grace, Math. 3.17. in whome we are taught by Oracle from heauen, that God is reconciled vnto vs. Last of all he sayth, we take holde of this grace by faith. For we beleeue (sayeth he) to be saued by the grace of our Lorde Iesus Christ. Therefore all the meane of our saluation may be comprehended in fewe and plaine wordes, if we saye we be saued by fayth, through the grace of God in Iesus Christ, which is the summe of all the doctrine, aswell of the Prophetes as the Apostles.

A President of a counsell, assembled in the holy ghostNowe after Peter had ended his saying, all the multitude were appea­sed, and with silence testifyed their consent. By this maye be gathered, as by a most euident argument, that they were gathered togither in the holye ghost. For as he is the spirite of truth, so whosoeuer he breatheth on, can­not choose but yeelde vnto the truth. And we must neuer beleeue that those Counsayles are gouerned by his guiding, where mennes eares are stop­ped vp from hearing the truth, and vse all libertie of speach against y e same, such as we see the Bishoppes of Rome nowe many hundreth yeares haue summoned and kept. For as in them they haue ratifyed opinions cleane false and vngodly: so no man coulde without manifest daunger of his life speake against their decrees. Howbeit, Paule and Barnabas take occasion of Peters wordes, to declare what myracles and woonders God wrought a­mongst the Gentyles for the confyrmation of their ministerye, that hereby it might the more euidently appeare how God made no difference betwene [Page 599] the Iewes and the Gentyles, seeing he would haue such myracles wrought amongst the Gentyles, as vsed to be shewed among the Iewes. Thus we see the ende ofall myracles is, to confyrme the Apostles doctrine, whereof we haue oftentimes spoken heretofore. It shall be our duties with attent minde and fyrme fayth to embrace that way of saluation that Peter hath de­clared. For so shall it come to passe, that we also being purifyed and made cleane through grace, shall attaine to the inheritance of heauen with Christ our Lorde: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Ciij. Homelie.

‘AND when they helde their peace, Iames aunswered, saying: Men and brethren, harcken vnto me. Simeon tolde howe God at the beginning did vi­site the Gentyles, to receyue of them a people in his name. And to this agree the wordes of the Prophete, as it is written. After this, I will returne and will builde agayne the Tabernacle of Dauid, which is fallen downe, and that which is fallen in decaye of it, will I builde againe, and I will set it vp, that the residue of men may seeke after the Lorde, and also the Gentyles, vppon whome my name is named, sayeth the Lorde, which doth all these thinges. Knowne vnto God are all his workes from the beginninge of the worlde. Wherefore my sentence is, that we trouble not them, which from among the Gentyles are turned vnto God: but that we wryte vnto them, that they ab­staine themselues from fylthinesse of Images, and from fornication, and from strangled and from bloude. For Moses of olde time hath in euery Citie them that preach him in the Synagoges when he is read euery Sabboth daye.’

THe Euangelist Luke hath very diligently described the controuersie that came to passe in the pri­mitiue Church, about the matter of iustifycation. In this description we haue seene what Peters iudgement was, who hath taught vs that faith onely was suffici­ent to iustify the Gentiles, and that they were not to be burthened with the yoke of the law. And bicause many menne were mooued with the example of the fathers, supposing they were iustified by the law: he answereth this obiection, shew­ing that they coulde be iustifyed none other waye, than by the grace of God, the author and mediator whereof, is our Sauiour Iesus Christ. But bi­cause we haue intreated hereof in the Sermon that is gone before, let vs now see what Iames the Apostle the sonne of Alpheus, of whom Paule spea­keth .2. Galat. sayth, whose wordes consist of two members or partes. For fyrst he subscribeth vnto Peter, and then he declareth his counsell, howe a peace and true concord might be made and conserued betweene the Iewes and Gentyles.

But before we come vnto Iames wordes, The order of the Apostles Counsayles. we must marke howe he be­ganne not to speake, afore he sawe other holde their peace. For hereof a man may gather the order of the Apostles Counsayle, howe they did all things with modestie, and howe there was none of them that would pres­cribe another. An example of the like we sawe also before. For while di­uers did egerly contende, Peter helde his peace. But when he saw time ser­ued, [Page 600] he arose vp both with modestie and grauitie, and beganne to speake his iudgement, and was hearde of others with like pacience, as he not long before had hearde others. After he had done, Paule and Barnabas were hearde without interruption of any bodye, who confyrmed Peters sentence by an argument taken of myracles. And when these also had spoken their minde, Iames steppeth forth, and almost is the last manne that speaketh, although he was accounted among the pillers of the Church. This mode­stie was an euident signe of the holy ghost, which gouerned their mindes, that by ouer great heate of contention, there shoulde rise no vncomelye tu­multe or trouble, and that men shoulde not stoppe their eares against the truth. This order ought to be obserued in all publike actes and affayres, so that no man shoulde be so ready to speake, as to heare what other shall say. For as that kynde of men is foolishe, who for that they onely woulde seeme wyse, thinke it meete for them onely to speake, and suppose they haue great iniurie done vnto them, if any man dissent neuer so little from them, so are they also vnprofytable and pernicious.

But let we these things passe, and hearken vnto Iames, which in the beginning of his Oration, 1. Iames sub­scribeth vnto Peters iudge­ment. yeeldeth vnto the iudgement of Peter, saying: Simeon tolde howe God at the beginning did visite the Gentyles, to receyue of them a people in his name. Iames acknowledgeth here Gods counsayle and purpose, which by the calling of Cornelius did abundantly declare, that the Gentyles had neede of none other preparation to be iustifyed and saued, than of faith in Christ, and therefore he plainly subscribeth vnto Peters opi­nion. The Pro­phetes are a­greeable with the Apostles. And least the Apostles only might seeme to be of this opinion, he pro­ueth the same by the vniforme consent of the Prophetes, although he bring but one testimony out of them. Neither was it needefull to bring any more, forasmuch as all the Prophetes were inspyred with one and the selfe same spirite, and agreed in the declaration of mannes saluation. It is worthy to be diligently marked, howe the Apostles of their meere authoritie obtrude and charge the Church with nothing, but by scripture prooue all the things that they teach. For they acknowledged themselues to be the seruantes of Christ and his Church, and therfore they thought they ought to establishe nothing that was repugnant to the will of Christ and the holy Scripture. Which modestie if they had obserued, which woulde be taken and called their successors, we should at this day haue lesse superstition in the Church, and more godlynesse, and syncere religion.

The place of Amoz the .ix. Chap.Concerning the oracle of the Prophet, it is in the .ix. chapiter of Amoz. He had before prophecyed destruction vnto the Iewes, which they had de­serued bicause of their vnruly and licentious lyuing. But bicause by destruc­tion of the Iewes, the promises of the eternall kingdome of the Messias might seeme to quayle and fall, God comforteth them agayne, promysing, that he will restore the tabernacle or kingdome of Dauid agayne. I will re­turne (sayth he) and will buylde againe the Tabernacle of Dauid that is fallen downe, and that which is fallen in decay of it, will I set vp againe. And it is not without a cause that he maketh mention of the Tabernacle. For so he com­prehendeth the outwarde worship, which must be abrogated and abolished in the kingdome of the Messias. And therfore it seemeth that Iames maketh his argument, that the Gentyles should not be striuen withall about cere­monies and obseruation of the lawe, for as much as it was long time be­fore [Page 601] prophecied, that all Moses discipline shoulde cease in the time of the Messias. Also here is declared what maner of people should be in the church vnder Christ. And among these, the fyrst place is gyuen to the remnaunt of the Iewes, euen vnto those which were saued by the peculiar goodnesse of God, from the vniuersall destruction of all the nations, according to that saying of Esay, the tenth Chapiter. Though the people of Israell be as the sande of the sea, yet shall the remnaunt of them be saued. But vnto these shall come all other nations, which shall be called after the name of God, and shall seeke the Lorde with the Iewes. In these words lye two arguments. First, it is sayde that in the kingdome of Messias, the Iewes and Gentiles shall be▪ one as worthy as an other. And next they shall haue both one of­fice and duetie. This shall be their dignitie or worthynesse, that the name of God shall be inuocated ouer them all: that is as much to say, they shall both be called after the name of God, and the people of God. For this is a phrase of speeche much vsed with the Hebrues, which is to be founde in Gene. 48. and Esay. 4. The duetie of both this people shall be to seeke the Lorde. Which thing is not done with outwarde ceremonies and obseruan­ces of the lawe, but by true fayth. Of these wordes of the Prophete, Iames most stronglye concludeth, that it is a folly and vnmeete for the cere­monies of the lawes sake, to berealie the Gentyles of that glorie, which God long sithence vouchsafed to giue them. Moreouer, as it is a singuler comfort, that through the falshood and destruction of man, Gods promises can nothing be stopped or hindered: (for what though some of them belee­ued not? Shall their vnbeliefe make the promise of God of no effect. Nay, let God be true, and euery man a lyer) so whosoeuer will be taken for the peo­ple of God, are in this place admonished of their duetie. That is to seeke the Lorde, who being a spirite infynite, and pear [...]ing through all thing, and gouerning all thing, is not tyed to anye certaine place, but maye be sought and founde by fayth onely, which taketh holde of him. Whyle he manifesteth himselfe vnto vs, by his worde. And least it might seeme an absurde and straunge thing to any man, that the Gentyles should thus so­dainely be matched with the Iewes, Amoz maketh God the Author here­of, and Iames expounding the same sayth. Knowne vnto God are all hys workes from the beginning. As though he should say. There is no cause why eyther we should marueyle at these things, or accuse God of vnrighteous­nesse. For although these seeme vnto vs to be absurde thinges, yet God knoweth certainely the reason of all his doings. Neyther let vs thinke that God can be deceyued, bicause long ago, before this worlde was created, he disposed and ordered all things well, by his eternall counsell. Hereof may be gathered a generall doctrine, that we must not call the eternall purpose of our saluation, to mans account, but reuerently kisse and order the righ­teousnesse, wisedome, and goodnesse of God. Rom. 9.11. See Paule touching thys poynt. Rom. 9. and .11. Chapters.

In the seconde part of his oration, A deuyse how to make an vnitie and concorde be­tweene the Iewes and the Gentyles Iames vttereth a counsell both pro­fytable and necessarie. He sawe great enmitie betweene the Iewes and the Gentyles, whereof at length was lyke to growe a pernitious & daun­gerous schisme in the Church. Wherfore necessitie required, that delibera­tion should be taken with speede, for the procuring and mainteyning of con­corde, and sheweth what is best to be done. The summe of all his aduise is, [Page 602] that the libertie of the Christians must be kept safe and inuiolable, and that it must be so tempered, that it breake not out into lycentiousnesse, and giue occasion of offence. Unto the fyrst poynt belongeth this saying of his: wherefore my sentence is, that wee trouble not them, which from the Gentiles are turned vnto God. The meaning is, that the yoke of the lawe must not be layde vppon them, nor their consciences charged with the obseruing therof, as a thing necessarie vnto iustifycation for them which had forsaken the superstitiousnesse of gentilitie, and professed Christ. And that the Gen­tiles should not thinke the law so abrogated, as though men were at liber­tie to doe what they list, he thinketh good to admonishe them touching cer­taine pointes, wherein the Gentiles offended, both against christian puritie and holynesse, and also against brotherly loue. Foure things he forbiddeth, whereof two are of themselues vnlawfull, and other two are meane and indifferent things.

Of the fyrst sort are filthynesse of Images and fornication. And hereof were the Gentyles to be admonished, Fylthynesse of Images and fornica­tion. bicause they fowly offended in them both. For there were of them, who after they had professed Christ, yet went into the ydols temples, and being inuited and bidden of their friends, were present at the Gentiles sacrifices, eate of such things as were offred vnto the ydols, and to be briefe, were partakers at these sacrifyces, as ea­sily appeareth by the fyrst Epistle of Paule to the Corinthians. And they thought they offended not in thus doing, bicause they knewe the ydole was nothing, and were well instructed concerning the fayth. But Iames in one worde preuenteth and aunswereth their reasons, while he aduiseth them to abstayne from filthynesse of Images. For hereby he teacheth vs, that ydo­latrie is vnlawfull and abhominable of it selfe, so that no man can be par­taker thereof, without manifest pollution and vncleanesse. This saying it seemeth he tooke out of the lawe, where God sayeth by Moses. The grauen ymages of their Gods shalt thou burne with fyre, and couer not the Golde and Syluer that is on them, nor take it vnto thee, least thou be snared therein. For it is an abhomination before the Lorde thy God. Deut. 7. Bring not therefore abhomi­nation into thine house, least thou be a damned thing as it is: but vtterly defie it, and abhorre it, for it is a damned thing. As touching fornication, what li­centiousnesse the Gentiles therein vsed without all check or punishment is more knowne than deserueth to be declared. There are euerywhere extant in hystories and Poetes wrytings, the examples of fylthie lust, the Poets seeking great commendation of wytte, by descrybing such venerious actes and persons. Therefore it was needefull to admonishe the Gentyles di­ligently of both these things. Hereof ought to be gathered a generall and perpetuall precept, howe it is the duetie of christian people, to keepe them­selues in all things cleane and vnspotted vnto God. Neyther must they be partakers of straunge sacrifyces, for as much as God requyreth the whole heart and minde of man. Deut. 6. And that saying of Paule is well knowne: you can not be partakers of the Lordes tables, 1. Cor. 10. and of the table of deuilles. Agayne, as touching our conuersation of lyfe, it behooueth vs also to consecrate the same vnto God. For it is euident, that our bodyes through the bloude of Christ, are dedicated to be temples of the holye ghost. Therefore God must be glorifyed in our bodyes. 1. Cor. 6. Wherefore fylthie and abhominable is the error of them, which say whoredome is lawfull and free for christian men, [Page 603] whereas Paule would not once haue it named among christians, and threa­teneth the horrible vengeaunce of God, not onely vnto adulterers, Ephe. 5. Heb. 13. but al­so vnto whoremongers.

In the second sort are numbred, strangled meates and bloude, Strangled and bloude. Gen. 9. Leuit 17. and .19. from which he would haue the Gentyles also absteyne. For although thys pre­cept be numbred among the ceremonies, which are plainely abolished in Christ: yet bicause there was an olde lawe concerning the same, appointed by God vnto all the worlde after the floude, and thys was a thing daylie vsed among men, they of the weaker sorte among the Iewes, coulde not but be greatly offended, seing the Gentiles eate of all those things without any difference. Therefore Iames thinketh it meete, that the Gentyles in this behalfe should refraine their lybertie, and for charities sake, absteyne from those things which of themselues were lawfull, and graunted by God, yet by vsing them inconsiderately and vnwarily, might be offence vn­to others. And that this was the Apostles meaning, Rom. 14. appeareth by the wordes of Paule. I know and am fully certified by the Lorde Iesus, that there is nothing common of it selfe, but vnto him that iudgeth it to be common, to him it is common. But if thy brother be grieued with thy meate, now walkest thou not charitably: destroy not him with thy meate, for whome Christ dyed. Cause not your treasure or commoditie to be euill spoken of, for the kingdome of God is not meate and drinke, but righteousnesse and peace, and ioye in the holye ghost. &c. He sayth also, that he would neuer eate fleshe, 1. Cor. [...]. rather than of­fende any man. Therefore this place maketh not for them, which thinke they may lawfully prescribe fasting dayes, and such lyke, by the authoritie of the Apostles, commaunding to absteyne from strangled and bloude. For theyr reason is not all one, bicause they vrge mans traditions onely, which are of no authoritie in religion, and laye snares for mennes consciences, which the Apostles thought by all meanes, to be auoyded. But hereto also appertayneth the reason that Iames bringeth. The reading of Moses. Moses (sayth he) hath of olde time in euery Citie those that preach him in the Synagoges, where hee is read euery Sabboth daye. By the which wordes, he meaneth nothing else, but that as yet, Moses was of such authoritie among the Iewes, that it was impossible sodainely to pull them from his ordinances. Therefore for the times sake, and for charitie, this was to be graunted them, vntill (mens consciences in the meane season being at libertie) the olde ceremonies might honorably be layde aside and buried. In the meane whyle, we haue to consider, that this was an auncient vsage in all ages among the people of God, that the lawe and sacred scriptures were vsed to be reade on the holy dayes. It becommeth vs therefore to keepe the same vse, and diligent­ly to defende our libertie, and hauing a consideration of charitie and puri­tie of life, beware of gyuing of offences. So shall it come to passe, that both we our selues shall be saued, and shall also bring others vnto Iesus Christ: to whome be praise, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Ciiij. Homelie.

‘THEN pleased it the Apostles and Elders, with the whole congregations, to sende chosen men of their owne companye to Antioche with Paule and Barnabas. They sent Iudas whose surname was Barsabas, and Sylas which [Page 604] were chiefe men among the brethren, and gaue them letters in their handes after this maner. The Apostles and Elders and brethren sende greeting vnto the brethren which are of the Gentyles at Antioche, Syria, and Cilicia, for as much as we haue hearde, that certaine which departed from vs haue trou­bled you with wordes, and cumbred your mindes, saying, you must be cir­cumcised and keepe the lawe, to whome we gaue no such commaundement: It seemed therefore vnto vs good, when we were come togither with one ac­corde, to sende chosen men vnto you with our beloued Barnabas and Paule, men that haue ieoparded their liues for the name of our Lorde Iesus Christ, we haue sent therefore Iudas and Silas, which shall also tell you the same things by mouth, for it seemed good to the holye ghost and to vs, to charge you with no more than these necessarie thinges: that is to saye, that yee ab­stayne from thinges o [...]fered to ymages, and from bloud, and from strangled, and from fornication, from which, if you keepe your selues, you shall doe well. So fare you well.’

BIcause all power is gyuen vnto Iesus Christ, from God his father, he can therefore not onely defende and preserue his kingdome, but also so mode­rate and gouerne all thinges, that whatsoeuer Satan worketh against the same kingdome, he maketh it serue for the setting forth of the same. For after Satan could not by persecutions and open violence stop the course of the gospell, he set vpon the Church by sowing dissention among them, and raysed a grieuous contention about iustifycation, which is the chiefe and principall article of christian religion to this ende and purpose, that all the doctrine of the gospell, might be enuyed and suspected. But he preuayled so little, that by this occasion, the truth was the more knowne, and the righ­teousnesse of fayth the more valiauntly defended, agaynst the Phariseys, as we haue hytherto seene in the sayings of Peter, Paule, and Barnabas, and last of all by Iames saying. Wherevnto chiefely belongeth that ioyfull and victorious ende of all the contention, which Luke nowe describeth: Fyrst rehearsing the consent and agreement of the whole Church, and next a Copie of the Epistle sent from the Synode, of all which we shall speake in order.

The consent of the coun­sayle of Ieru­salem.First, he expresseth the vniforme consent of them all, where he sayeth: the Apostles and Elders, and the whole Congregation, decreed that Messen­gers should be sent with letters to Antioch, where this great fyre was fyrst kindled in all their names. This was very prudently decreed of them, for that the present contention might hereby not onely be alayed, but all occasi­on of strife in time to come might be preuented. And fyrst, bicause they whose mindes through contention were mooued, might happen to suspect Paule and Barnabas credite in this dealing, they ioyne vnto them messen­gers of no small dignitie and estimation. Againe, least Silas and Iudas might not seeme by craft and subtiltie to be wonne, and made on Paules side, they commende and defende their authoritie by publike letters. By which ex­ample we are taught, that prudence and wisedome is chiefely to be vsed in publike affayres of the Church, least vnaduised rashnesse maye preiudice a cause of it selfe otherwise both good and honest. Here is to be considered the [Page 605] order of the Primitiue Church, which the same Church was woont to vse in publike affayres. The Apostles in deede with the Elders, had the rule and ordering of all matters, as they who had the ouersight of the Churche committed vnto them. Yet they tooke not on them such rule and authoritie to exclude or shut out the people from the hearing of such things, as apper­tayned indifferently vnto the whole Church. Againe, in the people was great consideration of modestie, whereby it came to passe, that euerye one gaue place vnto the truth, and none of them prouoked eyther with [...], or other peruerse affection, would vnaduisedly stirre or make businesse. Nowe where the ambition of Prelates hath disturbed and broken this or­der, who contrary to the commaundement of Peter the Apostle, haue cha­lenged vnto them, a Lordship ouer the inheritance or Church of Christ, the congregations are euery daye molested with newe contentions, and there appeareth no ende eyther of errors or moste bitter debates. But let vs see the letters of the Synode or Counsayle, where a thing of most weight and importance, is most briefely and plainely entreated. For as truth is easily perceyued and voyde of all guile: so it desireth no fetches, nor affectate or­naments and deckings. This Epistle or letter consisteth of fower partes, all which for the more perspicuitie, we will seuerally speake of.

The fyrst parte contayneth the superscription, The super­scription of the letter sent from the Counsayle. which nameth the au­thors of the Epistle, and those to whome the same is written. And they are all so named, as a man may perceyue nothing is spoken of arrogancie or ambition. Yet is there an order obserued, wherof a man must haue regard in euery thing. First are the Apostles placed, bicause Christ appointed them to be teachers of the whole worlde, and his witnesses, and adourned them with such dignitie, that they are called the salte of the earth, and light of the worlde. After that, are the Elders named, of whose office we haue spoken already before. Last of all, all the beleeuers are comprehended vnder the name of brethren. Therefore these letters are written in the name of the whole Synode and Congregation. And they are written vnto the brethren that dwelt at Antioch in Syria, and Cilicia, amongest whome schisme and troubles were raysed, through the malice and craft of deceyuers. We must marke the calling of one another brethren, which appeareth to be a moste auncient vsage, euen from the time of the Apostles. There is two occasi­ons of this name. We are called brethren, both bicause we haue all one fa­ther which is in heauen, who hath prepared for vs one inheritaunce of hys kingdome, and also for that Iesus Christ the sonne of God taketh vs for his brethren, and doth vouchsafe to make vs coinheritours with him. As therefore this name serueth much for the mainteyning of concorde among Christians: so it bringeth a singular comfort in all kinde of temptations. For it is impossible that Iesus Christ shoulde neglect them, whom he hath once taken for his brethren, and will haue to be heyres of his kingdome. Woulde to God they woulde expende this name, which now a dayes make such odious differences of Nations, as though no dutie of Christian chari­tie were due vnto those which are borne out of our countrie. Yet the Apo­stles acknowledge the Assyrians and Cilicians, people farre distaunt from them, and borne of the Gentyles, to be their brethren. What wickednesse is it therefore to thinke Christian menne, whome Christ taketh for his bre­thren, for the Countries sake, to be straungers vnto vs? Ephe. 4. Ought the inhe­ritance [Page 606] of the earth to be greater than the inheritance of heauen?

The false Apostles are touched.In the seconde part, they grauely controll the deceyuers and false A­postles, euen as the weyght of the cause, and daunger of saluation by them procured, deserued. And fyrst they confesse, they went forth from them, but so as they were no partakers with them. And this they laye as a stopple a­gainst their vaine vauntes and bragging. For they vsed to saye they came from Ierusalem, and had learned their doctrine of the Apostles, who taught the same learning at Ierusalem. Therefore the Apostles denie not that they went forth from their Church, but yet therefore they aduise not euery man to credite and receyue that they teach. For it is commonly seene, that decey­uers come forth of the Church, as we haue elsewhere taught. Therefore that vaine vanitie of tytles, and succession, whereby the Bishops of Rome defende their dignitie in these dayes, while they alleage the authoritie of the Church of Rome, and the Apostles their Predecessours, is not sufficient. We be not ignorant that the fayth of that Church was once such, that Paule worthily commended the same. Wee know also that there haue bene many Bishops in the same, of notable godlynesse, faith, and learning, of whome diuers haue bene crowned with martyrdome. But what is all this, to our Bishops now a dayes, whose beliefe, learning, and conuersation, is altogi­ther different from those men. They that will defende themselues by the authoritie of the Church, should followe the steps of the Primitiue Church. This done, they declare what these deceyuers did. They haue troubled you with wordes, and cumbred your mindes. They are therefore disturbers and not builders of the Church, as Paule well obserued, wryting to the Gala­thians: I marueyle you are so soone turned vnto another Gospell, which is no­thing else, but that there be some that trouble you. Againe: I woulde to God they were seperated from you that trouble you. Galat. 5. In these wordes is declared the effect of false doctrine, which a man may espie in all them, which ascribe not vnto Christ onely all the order and praise of our saluation. First, they trouble and make the hearers vncertaine of their saluation, whiles they o­uerthrowe fayth. For it cannot be that they haue anye thinge stable and certaine that sticke to the workes of the lawe, bicause the lawe exacteth a perfyte and an absolute obedience in all poyntes, which is not in mannes power to perfourme. Wherefore, according to the saying of Paule, as soone as saluation is declared to be in workes, then faith is in vaine, and the pro­myse of none effect. Rom. 4. And the false Apostles doe not onely trouble men this waye, but also for that they be authors of schisme, which must needes ensue, as soone as saluation is not attributed to Christ onely. For example we haue the Church at Corinth, the which Paule complaineth to haue bene de­uided into many and diuers factions, through the subtiltie offalse teachers. Both these thinges they founde true, which were ledde about with the doc­trine of the Monkes, before the light of the Gospell appeared. But the A­postles adde a notable sentence vnto the description of these deceyuers, whereby they manifestly declare, that they gaue the false Apostles no such thing in commaundement. Therefore they accuse them of lying, and ther­by likewise declare, that there shall be lyers in all ages, that shall preache the iustifycation of workes, vnder the pretence and name of the Apostles. Lette them therefore crye till they be horce againe, that they are Legates sent from the Popes side, let them pretende Fathers and Counsayles, let [Page 607] them wrest scriptures, let them glorie in the authoritie of Kings and Prin­ces: and we shall sette against all these, the Counsayle and authoritie of the Apostles, which openly testifyeth, that the Apostles make nothing for them which dare ouerthrowe the righteousnesse of faith, and attribute the glory of our saluation any way vnto workes. Naye, we will referre that saying of Paule vnto this place, who doubted not to strike with Cursse, Galat. 1. an Aun­gell, presuming to preach any other Gospell than this.

In the thirde member of their deuision, Paule and Barnabas are commended. they greatly commende Paule and Barnabas, bicause they knewe that these deceyuers did greatly impugne their authoritie: which also was the cause that Paule diuers times defended his Apostleship, not without some suspect of ambition, as his Epistles to the Galathians and Corinthians declare. Therfore they call them their beloued, by which name, they accuse all those of lying, which affirmed that Paule dis­cented from the other Apostles. They ioyne herevnto a praise, which is the greatest that can be deuised, where they say they ieoperded their liues for the name of Iesus Christ. The example of the Primitiue Church teacheth, that their name and fame which deserue well in setting forth the saluation of men, ought to be maintained & defended. And this is not to be iudged as any flatterie, when it is done modestly, and to that ende, to keepe their au­thoritie vnblemished. Thus it pleased Christ to adourne the sonnes of Ze­bede with worshipfull tytles, as long as their vertuous doings so deserued. And Paule sometime digresseth, and taketh occasion to commende Titus, Luke, Timothie, Epaphroditus, and such like, both to spurre them forward, and also that their ministery might the more profytably proceede and go for­warde. And this is to be obserued, not onely in the Church, but also in the common weale, bicause liuely and couragious spirites, are no waye more effectually cheared, to take in hande vertuous and worthy exploytes, than by prayse and honor. And there are euerywhere examples that teach vs, that no common weales haue long flourished, where there haue not bene appoynted worthy rewardes of commendation and honor for well deser­uers. Furthermore, in this place is expressed, what the true prayse of a Minister is, verily, when necessitie so requireth, to laye downe his life for the testimonie and name of Iesus Christ. For, as he deserueth not to be cal­led a good souldiour, who is not redy to hazard his life, if the cōmaundement of his Captaine, & publike weale so require: so can he be no faythfull mini­ster of Christ, which is not ready to forsake all he hath, yea, & his life to, for the glory of Christ, & thus doth Christ euen of very equity and right require of vs, seeing he fyrst did vouchsafe to laye downe his life, for the saluation of all mankinde. And yet these thinges are not so to be vnderstanded, as though none shoulde be taken for a faythfull Minister of Christ, but he that hath hazarded his lyfe. For Christ woulde not haue vs rashe, and to prodi­gall of our liues, but rather he commaundeth vs to vse the prudence of serpents, shunning and taking heede of daungers. And many times there appeareth no daunger, why we should feare our life, yet in the meane time it is required, that we should be prompt and ready in minde, that we steppe not backe, when with perill of our life we shoulde defende the glorye of Christ. This promptnesse of minde doth Paule shewe, when being admo­nished howe he shoulde be layde in bondes, he confessed that he was ready not onely to suffer bondes or imprisonment, but also death for the name of [Page 608] Christ. See the Actes .xx. and .xxj. And that that is sayde of the Ministers of the worde, is vnderstanded also of all that be Christians. For it is an v­niuersall rule, which commaundeth vs to confesse Christ before the world, and teacheth that he is not fytte for the kingdome of God, which looketh backe agayne, Luke. 9. after he hath once sette his hande vnto the plough.

The de­cree of the Counsayle is expounded.The fourth part expoundeth the decree of the Synode, in the which Pe­ter and Iames sayings are repeated and reconcyled: in the which place we haue orderly to consider three things: First, they alleage the author of the decree, namely the holy ghost: It hath seemed good (saye they) vnto the holy ghost and to vs. They ioyne themselues with the holye ghost, not meaning to match their authoritie with his, or that they woulde be beleeued alone, without the consent of the spirite, but bicause Christ made them Ministers of his spirite, by whom he thought good to vtter his Oracles. In the which meaning also it is sayde: Luke 10. He that heareth you, heareth me, and he that despy­seth you, despiseth me, and he that despiseth mee, despiseth him that sent mee. Therefore bicause the Apostles pronounced nothing but that the holy ghost bade them, they ioyne themselues after none insolent sort, but after a mo­dest and conuenient grauitie vnto the holye ghost▪ least they might seeme to dissent from him. And that the thing they write is the oracle of the holye ghost, it appeareth by this, that they decree nothing repugnant vnto the ho­ly Scriptures. And if the President of y Popishe Counsayles may say the same of their decrees, we will confesse that they also are gathered togither in the holy ghost, and that the thinges they enact are the decrees and Sta­tutes of the spirite. But as oft as they shall put forth opinions varying frō the Scriptures, and repugnant vnto them, so oft will we denie that they are ledde with the holy ghost, bicause he cannot disagree with himselfe, for­asmuch as he is the spirite of truth. Secondly, they declare what it is that seemeth good vnto the holy ghost, namely, that we shoulde charge you with no more yoke and burthen. Therefore whatsoeuer is beside the fayth in Iesus Christ, is a yoke and a burthen. For mennes consciences are bur­thened with the vnprofytable obseruation of traditio [...]s, which can not fur­ther our saluation. They repeate also what Iames had prescribed touching the eating of things offered to Idols, touching whoredome, strangled, and bloude, and they saye these are necessary to be obserued. Here is to be no­ted what we sayd in the last Homelie, touching the differences of these com­maundementes. For the two fyrst are simplye and plainely necessarye, bi­cause it becommeth Christian men to abhorre all kinde of ydolatrie, and to keepe their vessell or body holye and vnspotted, and not to make that the member of an harlot, that Christ by his bloude, hath consecrated to be a Temple for the holy ghost. But concerning the decree of strangled and bloude, they are necessary per accidens (as they say) or by reason of another thing, that is to saye, bicause of offence, which the weake brethren might take by the eating thereof. For where it is an heynous matter to destroye him by thy eating, whom Christ hath vouchsafed to red [...]eme by the merit of his bloude, we must of necessitie abstaine from those things for the weakes sake, which otherwise of themselues are graunted & lawfull, least our liber­tie may giue vnto other occasion of destruction. Otherwise, this saying of Christ standeth in his full force and strength: Math. 15. Nothing that goeth in at the mouth can defyle man. And Paule permitteth men to eate of the thinges of­fered [Page 609] to Idols, if there be no daunger of offence, 1. Cor. 10. and sayth that the consci­ence is no whit polluted thereby. And in another place he calleth it a doc­trine of Deuils, when such a difference of meate is appoynted, 1. Tim 4. as where­in saluation is sayde to consist. Therfore they most foolishly abuse this place, which saye the decrees of Counsaylers are necessary to be obserued, where­as diuers of them serue onely to yoke mennes consciences, and manifestly repugne against the euident Oracles of Scripture. In the meane season Christian libertie must not be ouerthrowne, for their sakes, which being rather obstinate than weake, will not forsake their once conceyued errors, but by all meanes cleaue to the defence of the same. Against whome, Christ his saying must rather be vsed. Suffer not them, Math. 15. for they are blinde leaders of the blinde. Finally, they declare the vtilitie and profyte hereof, saying: from these things, if you keepe your selues, you shall doe well. For both you shall keepe your selues cleane and vndefyled, and offende no man. This must be the marke wherevnto all our doings must be leuelled. In Christ onely by fayth we must seeke iustifycation and saluation. In the meane season let vs keepe our selues from all contamination, both of Idolatrie, and other vncleannesse, and endeuour as much as in vs lyeth, to bring other men to saluation, and let vs not giue offence vnto them, for whome Christ hath vouchsafed to die. These things whosoeuer will obserue, they cannot be de­ceyued and erre, and hauing prosperously ended the course of this lyfe, they shall obtayne the fellowship of eternall life with Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be blessing, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cv. Homelie.

‘WHEN they therfore were departed, they came to Antioch, and gathered the multitude togither, and deliuered the Pistle, which when they had read, they reioyced of the consolation. And Iudas and Silas being Prophetes, ex­horted the brethren with much preaching, and strengthned them. And after they had taryed there a space, they were let go in peace of the brethren vnto the Apostles. Notwithstanding it pleased Silas to abide there still. But Paule and Barnabas taryed still at Antioch, teaching and preaching the worde of the Lorde with other many. But after a certaine space Paule sayde vnto Barna­bas, let vs go againe and visite our brethren in euerye Citie, where wee haue shewed the worde of the Lorde, and see howe they doe. And Barnabas gaue counsayle to take with them Iohn, whose surname was Marke. But Paule would not take him vnto their company, which departed from them at Pam­philia, and went not with them to the woorke. And the contention was so sharpe betweene them, that they departed a sunder one from the other, and so Barnabas tooke Marke, and sayled vnto Cyprus, and Paule chose Silas, and departed, being committed of the brethren vnto the grace of God. And hee went through Syria and Cilicia, establishing the Congregations.’

AFter the Euangelist Luke hath diligently descri­bed the Actes of the Counsayle at Ierusalem, and shewed with what dexteritie that contention was calmed and appeased, which beganne among the Christians, about the matter of iu­stifycation, nowe in the last part of this chapter, which we haue [Page 610] here recyted, he rehearseth fower things chiefely to be considered, whereof we meane to intreate so much as the grace of God obtayned by your pray­ers, shall suffer vs.

The execu­tion of the ambassage vnto y e church at Antioch.First is described the execution of the ambassage or message which the Ierosolymites sent to them of Antiochia, wherein is to be considered what the Ambassadours Paule and Barnabas did, and next howe the Churche of Antioch receyued them. Touching the Ambassadors three things are sayde. First, when they came to Antioch, after the congregation was wholye as­sembled, they deliuered the letters taken them by the counsayle. For where it was a publike matter, and indifferently appertaining vnto all men, they thought they would not haue any thing hidden from the people. Where we may agayne see the maner of the primitiue Church, in the which such mat­ters as belonged to the knowledge and saluation of all men, were intrea­ted in all mens hearing. The ambition of Masklike Bishops, hath vtterly taken awaye this custome, with the great detriment of publike saluation, who haue iudged the ignorance and blindnesse of the people to be the chiefe boutrace and defence of their tyrannie. Then next Iudas and Silas with ma­nye exhortations and consolations, confyrme the brethren in the receyued and acknowledged truth. For the which ende and purpose, the Apostle a­bundantly declareth that they were sent. Yet is there a reason rendred of their so doing, bicause they were Prophetes, that is to saye, publike expo­sitors or interpreters of scriptures, lawfully ordeyned. For that the name of a Prophete is taken in this sense, it manifestly appeareth by the fyrst E­pistle to the Corinthians .xiiij. Chapter. This place in the meane season ad­monisheth vs, that no man ought to take vpon him to doe anye thing pub­likely in the church, but he that is lawfully called, and instructed with wor­thy and conuenient giftes. For pernicious and detestable is the impudency of the Anabaptistes, who being neyther called nor furnished with fyt gifts, rashly start forth and take vppon them to preach. Thirdly, they depart not from Antioch, before they are dismissed in peace and with solemne blessing, and that they see all troubles well composed and asswaged. All which if a man conferre and laye togither, it shall appeare that in this Legacie of theirs, they vsed great diligence and trust, and it is no doubt but the holye ghost by a generall example woulde teach vs, with what credite and indu­strie publike affaires, aswell Ecclesiasticall as Ciuile, ought to be handled. Furthermore, as touching the Church, it is sayde that she receyued them with ioye, and was much recreated by them. Before this, the Epistle sent from the Sinode, declareth they were much disturbed by reason of discen­tion. For the godly men were much grieued, that the articles of the Chri­stian fayth were contended vpon, with such great offence. Againe, another cause of griefe there was, that they sawe the Apostles Paule and Barnabas vnworthilye defamed, and their Churches, after a sort, priuilye accused. Therefore they cannot choose but greatlye reioyce, when they heare that peace is restored, their teachers quitte of slaunder, and their Churches con­fyrmed with the testimonie of the Apostles. Of this disposition ought all faythfull Christians to be, vnto whome they are farre vnlike, that are de­lighted with contentions, with the ignominie and contempt of Ministers, and with the disturbance of congregations.

The indu­strie of S [...]las, Paule & Bar­nabas in set­ting forth y e kingdome of Christ.Secondly, Luke describeth the trusty care and industrie of all these per­sons, [Page 611] in the setting forth and mainteyning of Christes kingdome, which maye be perceyued by many and euident argumentes. And as concerning Silas, it is sayde, that when he had licence to returne home againe, yet he chose rather to remaine at Antioch, doubtlesse for that he perceyued his tra­ueyle, whereof he sawe good successe followed, was yet needefull for that Church. Therefore Silas had more regarde of the Church of Christ, than of his owne matters, considering he preferreth Antioche before the Citie of Ierusalem, and his owne proper habitation. Which example it becommeth all the Ministers of Christ to imitate, that they maye forsake themselues, and all earthly things, to thende to traueyle the more easily in the ministe­rie of Christ and his Church. Therefore the couetousnesse of them is exe­crable, who being appoynted to the ministerie of the Church, preferre their priuate doings before the saluation of men, and for lucre sake, leaue the congregation, among whome they might with great vtilitie doe good ser­uice. But of Paule and Barnabas is somewhat also sayde, namely, howe af­ter they had abidden a certaine season at Antioch, they preached the Gospel, with many other their fellow Ministers. Therefore they gaue not them­selues vnto lurdenly ydlenesse, although they might seeme after so manye daungers and traueyles, to haue had iust occasion, to haue sought their rest and quiet. And in that it is sayde, many in the Church at Antioch preached the Gospell, it may easily be gathered, what myldenesse of mindes was a­mong them, and how voyde they were of enuie, seeking nothing more than the glory of Christ, and the saluation of many. And the exercise of the Apo­stles is most worthy to be considered, who, as we see, chiefely intended the preaching of the Gospell. For they knewe that was the message of saluati­on. They knewe that with these weapons, Nations were subdued vnto Christ, and the worlde brought vnto the obedience of fayth. They knew fy­nally, that our Sauiour Christ was chiefely busied about this one thing, and did nothing so oftentimes as that. And they were not ignorant of the olde fygure, where God commaunded that the Priestes vesture shoulde be hoong with belles, thereby teaching that the sounde of his voyce, that is, Exod. 28. the doctrine of the gospell was chiefly to be required of the ministers. But now adayes it is come to this passe, that Bishops abhorre from nothing so much as from the ministerye of the worde, thinking it to be more commendable for them, to feede Houndes and great Horses, and a sluggishe and seruile sort of Courtlings, of the reuenues of the Church, than to feede Christes sheepe with the foode of heauenly doctrine. And so by their example, they bring the worde of God in contempt with all states of menne, which is the chiefe cause of the calamities of these dayes. There is also added an other argument of Paules doctrine, namely, howe he was carefull also for other Churches, consulting with Barnabas, touching the visitation of them. For he well vnderstoode that it was not sufficient once to plant Churches, but also howe it was very necessary to visite and looke vnto them, bicause be­side the naturall leuitie of mankinde, diuers other thinges also fell out, which might plucke vs from the fayth, and disturbe and ouerturne the best ordred Churches that are. Wherefore like a stowte souldiour he keepeth his watch and standing, and spareth no labour, so the Church may enioye that peace, for the which they were once ordeyned, which example if a man woulde compare with those, which are wholye giuen to disturbe and ouer­throwe [Page 612] the Churches stablished by the fayth and diligence of others, it shoulde easily appeare with what spirite they are ledde, and what Princes Ministers they are.

Thirdly, is declared a greieuous and infortunate discorde betweene Paule and Barnabas, The dis­cention be­tweene Paule and Barnabas which for many causes is notable. We hearde before in the thirtenth Chapter howe these two were made fellowes and Copar­teners by the holy ghost. They suffred many perils togither, both by lande and by sea, which is the greatest bande to binde amitie and friendship togi­ther that can be. Beside, they prooued that God did marueylouslye blesse their labours with good successe. But nowe by reason of a grieuous discen­tion fallen among them, they depart one from another, and we reade not that they afterwarde ioyntly laboured togither any more. The cause of this contention was one Iohn Marke, of whose defection and falling awaye hath bene spoken in the .xiij. Chapter. Barnabas thought good to haue him taken in agayne into the grace and fellowship of the Ministerie, and no doubt but he alleaged weyghty reasons for his deuyse. For with God there is pardon, if men acknowledge and confesse their faulte. And it is euident that Peter after he had denyed Christ, was restored to his former rowme and dignity agayne. And the godlinesse of Marie his mother seemed not a little to relieue his cause, who when persecution raged most, lette hir house be a certayne hauen and sanctuarye, as it were for the godlye. But for all these reasons Paule coulde neuer be perswaded to consent to haue such an one to his fel­lowe, whome he remembred had so fowly slidde backe in the middle of his course, and perhaps not without the grieuous offence of many. For he re­membred Christes saying: Luke. 9. No man that layeth his hande to the plough, and looketh backe, is meete for the kingdome of God. And if we consider the cir­cumstances, it shall seeme that Paule was holpen with the consent and ap­probation of the Church. For he choosing vnto him Silas, is commended of the brethren vnto the grace of God, that is, with solemne prayer is let goe vnto his work or businesse. Of Barnabas Luke reporteth but this one thing, that he tooke vnto him Marke, and sayled into Cyprus (which was his coun­trie, as was sayde before in the fourth Chapter) being mooued, and taking the matter in yll part. And although Paules seueritie in euerye poynt seeme not to be excused, yet woulde the holy ghost haue this example to remayne as a President against all runnagates and forsakers of their profession, whereby we might learne, that sinners haue an accesse vnto the grace of God, but yet that they must not be to soone admitted into the ministerye of the Church, which haue bene authors of any grieuous offence, and whose credite by reason of their offences before committed, is not without a cause suspected. For a Bishop must be blamelesse, and Paule forbiddeth yong schol­lers chiefely to be kept out of the Ministery, bicause such are in daunger of backbiting and slaundering. Nowe adayes bicause we be to soone intreated in admitting of euerye one, it is no marueyle though the authoritie of the Ministerie growe so much in contempt. Moreouer, it maye seeme to anye man marueylous, that God woulde suffer such most chosen vessels of his grace, to be intangled in such implacable hatred, and that the holye ghost woulde haue their errours recorded in wryting, for their sake that shoulde come after. But to him that shall deepely ponder these things, there shall ap­peare to be diuers iust and weightye causes of this doing. For fyrst these [Page 613] things teache vs, that euen the holyest men also, are subiect to perturbati­ons of minde, and therefore haue neede of the grace of God. This Paule acknowledgeth, where he writeth that he felte the pricke of the fleshe, and had the messenger of Satan sent him, agaynst the which he had none other wayes to resist, but by the grace of God. 2. Cor. 12. The same Paule writing of the lawe of sinne, which in all men fyghteth against the spirite of God, cryeth out: O wretched man that I am, Rom. 7. who shall deliuer me from this body subdued vnto death? I thanke God, through Iesus Christ our Lorde. The vse of all these things is, to teach vs that whatsoeuer things holy men doe commen­dably, we should ascribe them vnto God, as to the author, and only magni­fye him therefore. Againe, these slydinges of holye men, stirre vs vp vnto a feruent and continuall desire of godlinesse, Phil. 2. that according to Paules saying we may worke our saluation with feare and trembling. For who will not be afrayde? who will not be stirred vp to watch and praye, when he seeth such notable seruaunts of God, so grieuously fall? Who will not stande in dreade to fall, yea, euen then when he seemeth to stand sure? 1. Cor. 10. There is also another vse and commoditie of this contention, that we now adayes be not offended with the discentions of the Ministers of the worde, nor for discen­tions sake suspect the doctrine of Gods worde. For the authoritie thereof dependeth not on man, but as Esaias sayeth, endureth for euer, Esay. 40. when all fleshe with the glory thereof wythereth and falleth away like a flower.

The fourth and last poynt of this Chapter is the peregrination of Paule and Barnabas, Paule and Barnabas vi­site the chur­ches. in which they execute and perfourme their deuise con­cerning the visiting and confyrming the Churches in the word of God. For although they disagreed among themselues, yet is neyther of them vn­mindefull of his dutie. But Barnabas goeth into Cyprus, and Paule into Syria and Cilicia, and from thence into Lycaonia. And this constancie is worthy of all men to be followed, that we suffer not our selues by contenti­on and importunitie of men to be ouercomme, and so forgetting our du­ties, become vnfaythfull vnto God. In the meane season it behooueth vs to consider the goodnesse and wisedome of God, which knoweth best howe to vse the offences of his people. For of this lamentable discorde of the A­postles, springeth this profyte, that diuers Churches are at one very time visited and confyrmed. Yea, God many tymes vseth the sinnes of the wic­ked to the setting forth of his glory, and the saluation of manne. Examples whereof are extant, both in the sale of Ioseph, and manye other hystories. Yet let no man for all this thinke vs voyde of fault. For men sinne, and by sinne deserue to be made the vesselles of wrath. And if any good followe of their offending, all that is to be ascribed to the goodnesse and wisedome of God. God graunt that by vs his name may be glorifyed, and that our most mercifull father woulde vse all our doinges to that ende, to serue for the commoditie and saluation of many, that we may lyue in heauen with Iesus Christ: to whome be all prayse, honour, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .xvj. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cvj. Homelie.

‘THEN came he to Derba and to Lystra, and beholde a certaine Disci­ple was there named Timotheus, a womans sonne which was a Iewesse, and beleeued, but his father was a Greeke. Of whome reported well the bre­thren that were at Lystra and Iconium. Him would Paule that he should go forth with him, and toke and circumcised him bicause of the Iewes that were in those quarters. For they knew al that his father was a Greke. As they went through the Cities, they deliuered them the decrees for to keepe, that were or­deyned of the Apostles and Elders which were at Ierusalem. And so were the congregations stablished in the fayth, and increased in number daily.’

THe Apostle Paule appoynted to visite the Churches, which he had ga­thered togither by preaching of the Gos­pell, and to confyrme them in the fayth they had once receyued, least being ey­ther drowned in securitie, or circumuen­ted with the subtiltie of Satan, or ouer­come wyth persecutions, they shoulde fall awaye. This he so doth, that wher­soeuer occasion also is offred, he labou­reth to winne moe congregations vnto Christ. This hystorie Luke in this place describeth, who was Paules continuall companion in this iourney, and therfore as a witnesse that sawe all things, knewe all things well. And fyrst we hearde how they went ouer Syria and Cilicia. Then it followeth what they did in Lycaonia, the Churches wher­of by reason of the Iewes, the bitterest enimies that Christ had, had more neede to be strengthned than others, and hereof Paule stoode in feare, bi­cause he had diuers times tryed the hostyle attemptes, and implacable mindes of the Iewes.

The calling of Timothie.Moreouer, the Euangelist taketh his beginning of the calling of Ti­mothie, whome Paule tooke vnto him as a companion in his voyage, and partener in all his labors. For he knewe that without fytte Ministers of the worde, the kingdome of Christ and fayth in him could not be enlarged. Wherefore, as the Princes of this world, which labour to dilate and stretch out their borders a farre, are altogither occupied about getting of long try­ed Captaynes, and bolde souldiours from all places: so was this the chiefe [Page 615] care of Paule, to searche and get many faythfull and fytte Ministers for the Church of Christ, by whome the kingdome of Christ might be stretched farre and wyde, whosoeuer desire the safetie of the Church, whether they be teaching Bishops or ruling Magistrates, they must followe this exam­ple. For as without the preaching of the worde, newe Churches cannot be planted: so those that are already planted and gathered togither, cannot be kept in doing their dutie without the same. Hereof proceeded that care and industrye, which the Prophetes of the olde Testament had about schooles, which our Predecessors being most prudent and godly men did imitate, as the foundations of most auncient Colledges doe testifye. In the vocation of Timothie, there are two things to be considered, wherof we shall speake in order.

Fyrst, it is described, who and what maner of one he was. What Ti­mothie is, and what maner of man. He had to his mother a Iewe, but one that beleeued, but his father was a Greeke, that is to saye, a Gentyle. And Paule in hys later Epistle to Timothie, doth at large commend the godlinesse of Eunica his mother, and Lois his grand­mother, whereof this is a most euident argument, for that she procured hir sonne to be well brought vp, in the fayth & religion of Christ. And here Luke sayth, that he was a disciple, that is to say a christian, before Paule called him to the office of the ecclesiasticall ministerie. Besides, he sayth he was well cō ­mended of all y brethren & that not of those at Lystra only, where he had his dwelling, but also by them of Iconium, so that his godlynesse was perceiued and knowne to them abrode also. This description of Timothie teacheth vs what maner of men ought to be chosen into the ministerie of Gods word & church. Where it behooueth the greatest care to be had for religion, least such as eyther are vtterly deuoyde of fayth, or else yong scholers and Nouices be chosen into the Ministerie. For as these last sort commonlye are vncer­taine and stande in doubt of all things, and lyght and inconstaunt: so the o­ther vse religion but for lucre, which they also laughe at in their sleeue, and cause other menne to deryde the same. Then must a respect be had of their learning, that we maye haue such to gouerne the Church, as are well ex­ercised in the holy scripture, wherin Paule testifyeth, 2. Tim. 3. Timothie was brought vp of a chylde. For in deede it is impossible that he should teach other, whose selfe before hath not learned, and such can be none other than blind leaders of the blinde, as Christ calleth them Math. 15. And where the doctrine of the Church must be taken out of the holy Scriptures, it behooueth that Mini­sters of the Church shoulde be moste exercised in them, and that there is no account to be made of them, though they be neuer so expert and prompt in Philosophye, if they be rude and ignoraunt in the holy Scripture. Which was the cause that Christ woulde not suffer the Apostles to go abroade to preach before they were well instructed. Thirdly, it behooueth that he haue the testimonie of an approoued lyfe and conuersation, least their doctrine be contemned, or at the least suspected for their sake. Therfore Paule will haue a Bishop to be irreprehensible. 1. Tim. 3. And how much religion and doctrine is de­faced by the dishonest lyfe of Ministers, the example of the sonnes of Elye doth abundantlye declare, through whose concupiscence and sacrilegious boldenesse, it came to passe, that all the people for the most part refrayned from the worshipping of God, and by that occasion wickednesse so preuay­led among all sortes of men, that it coulde not be redressed, but by publike [Page 616] calamitie and much bloudshedding. Therefore Paules prudencie and dili­gence must be followed in these dayes, who woulde take vnto hym no com­panion in the Ministerie, but such an one as was perfyte in all poynts, and which had so confyrmed the hope conceyued of him, as it seemed he woulde neuer breake the same.

Timothie is circumcised.Secondly, let vs fyrst consider what Paule did with this newe partner and fellowe of his: Him (sayth he) bicause Paule ment to haue wyth him in his iourney, he tooke & circumcised. What is this (sayest thou) that I heare▪ What lyghtnesse and inconstancie is this? Not long before Paule earnestly bent himselfe agaynst those which exacted Circumcision of the Gentyles, and such a disturbance grewe herevpon, that the matter was harde to bee taken vp and quieted, before the Apostles and the whole congregation at Ierusalem. And now after the Apostles had decreed that the Gentyles were not to be burthened with Circumcision, Paule circumciseth Timothie, who had bene a Chrystian a good whyle before. But herein is nothyng done of lyghtnesse or frowardnesse, bicause Paule hath great reason for his doing, neyther doth he varye from himselfe, if we well consider the matter. For it was well done of Paule to wythstande the Phariseyes or Nazareanes, which vrged Circumcision as a necessarye thing, forasmuch as by that opinion, Christes merite was defaced and extenuated, the fayth in hym lyght set by, and Christian libertie ouerthrowne and subuerted. And bicause of these men he woulde not circumcise Titus, for that he perceyued they craftily laide snares for the libertie of the faythfull. Galat. 2. And here he circumciseth Timothie, bicause of a great number of Iewes, which dwelt in those parties that by this occasion Timothie might haue an accesse and entry in to them to preach the Gospell among them. For it is well knowne, howe greatly the Iewes abhorred the vncircumcysed Gentyles, insomuch that they openly accu­sed Peter, for that he was conuersaunt wyth them, and afterwarde layde handes on Paule as a seditious person, for bringing the Gentyles into the Temple. Unlesse therefore he had circumcised Timothie, he shoulde neuer haue had accesse to haue taught among the Iewes, and they woulde after­ward also haue stopped their eares at Paule, as a transgressor of their law, and auncient religion. Therefore he prudentlye yeeldeth thus farre vnto their infyrmitie, and circumciseth Timothie, to thintent that by his ministe­rie, he myght make a waye into the Iewes, and teache them by little and little, howe Circumcision and the other Ceremonyes were by Christ abro­gated. And he ment none other wayes to circumcise Timothie, than as the Apostles in their Synode, forbade the eating of strangled and bloude. So he confesseth he became a Iewe vnto the Iewes, to wynne the Iewes vn­to Christ, 1. Cor. 9. and not to confyrme them, in the superstitious obseruation of the lawe. Of this may be gathered an vniuersall rule, whereby we are taught howe and after what sorte it is lawfull to dispence in outwarde thinges. Namely, when charitie and the edifycation of the Church so requireth. But assoone as we perceyue they bynd worship vnto them, or erecte confydence in mannes merite, or craftily go about to entrappe Christian libertie, then must we not admit or suffer the least of them. For those things which might be taken for meane and indifferent, as soone as the profession of our fayth and the glory of Christes merite is in hazarde. Therfore the Papistes doe foolishly and to impudentlye alleage the example of Paule for their traditi­ons, [Page 617] whyles by this reason that Paule circumcised Timothie, they saye we ought to retayne and keepe Masses, Images, pompous Diriges, pray­ers for the beade, fastings, differences of meates and garments, single life, Monkishe vowes, auricular confession, absolution, satisfaction, and sixe hundreth such lyke. For to omytte howe they compare the pieuishe and su­perstitious deuyses of mannes inuentions, wyth Circumcision, whych had hys beginning of God, Barbers and bleare eyed (as they say) know, howe they set the chiefe part of Gods worship in these thinges, howe they repose their greatest truste of righteousnesse and saluation in them, and to con­clude, Christian libertye cannot be mayntayned, if these be retayned, yea, these thyngs conteyne that notable marke of the beast, which no man can receyue or keepe wythout denying of Christ. Wherfore it becommeth Chri­stian men, rather to impugne these thinges, than neuer so little to violate the profession of Christes name.

Before we passe from this place, Timothie is borne of pa­rentes, thone a Iewe, tho­ther a Gen­tyle. we haue to consider the mariage of Timothies parents, forasmuch as Luke maketh expresse mention thereof. He sayth that Eunica his mother was a Iewe, and his father a Greeke or a Gentyle. Yet we reade that Iewes were forbiden to marrye with the Gentyles. Yet such was the state of the people of the Iewes in those daies, that being oppressed vnder the tiranny of the Romanes, and dispersed here and there, they were driuen to suffer many things agaynst their wyll. In the meane season the godly woman Eunica, by reason of this mariage, was in such daunger, as God foreshewed in his lawe. For she was not able by Circumcision to take hir sonne Timothie into the societie of Gods people, who no doubt was borne before Christ suffered, and the lawe was abro­gated, by reason hir husbande withstoode hir, who as it is like was deuoyde of true religion, bicause Paule commendeth him in no place, and yet setteth forth in writing the worthy fayth of Eunica and Lois. These thinges ought to feare the professors of Christian fayth, 2. Cor. 6. from drawing the yoke with In­fydels, as elsewhere the Apostle sayth. Also the example of Eunica is very notable, which procured hir sonne to be trayned vp in the scriptures from his childehoode, agaynst hir husbandes will, least he shoulde be corrupted with the superstition and ydolatrie of the Gentyles. Lette Matrones mat­ched in such vnlyke mariages well obserue this thing. Let them remember that their children be holy, by reason of the promise of the couenaunt, 1. Cor. 7. as Paule plainly teacheth. Let them therefore bring them vp in the doctrine of true godlynesse, and trayne them vnto God, whose honor if they seeke with all their heart, they shall fynde him true of his promises, where he sayeth he will be their protector and defender.

But let vs come to the treatie of this present place, The doctrine of Paule and his compani­ons. where after the vo­cation of Timothie, is declared what they which were with Paule taught in the Churches. As they went (sayth he) through the Cities, they deliuered them such things to obserue and keepe, as were decreed by the Apostles and Elders at Ierusalem. Which wordes the Papistes wrest, I wote not to what ma­ner of traditions, which they imagine the Apostles and their successors de­liuered from hande to hande, vnto the Church, but were neuer written. This Sanctuarye being by them once founded, whatsoeuer they cannot prooue by authorite of Scripture, they saye by and by, it is the tradition of the Apostles. But Luke sayth no such thyng, but speaketh of those decrees [Page 618] whereof mention was made in the chapter before going. They were these, that man was iustifyed and saued by the onely grace of God, through faith in Iesus Christ, and not by the works of the l [...]we, that we should abstaine from those things which pollute the profession of our fayth, and our holy­nesse, as is Idolatrie and fornication that we must labour for loue, and in outwarde things yeelde somewhat vnto the weake, or else vnto such as are not yet come vnto the fayth, if there be any hope of winning them. In the meane season that we beware mennes consciences be not snarled, or charged with any burthen intollerable. These things Luke sayth that Paule and those with him, did euerywhere inculcate, both to represse the Iewes, which to importunately vrged the Gentyles to the obseruing of the lawe, and to brydle the licentiousnesse of the Gentyles, which abused the Christi­an libertie with great offence. For he chiefly desired that peace might flou­ryshe in the Church, whereby he knewe the same shoulde chiefly increase. Agayne, where there was no daunger of offence, he constantlye defended the libertie of Christ, bicause he woulde not preiudice the same, which thing the Apostles wynked at, for the weakes sake. The fyrst Epistle to the Co­rinthians teacheth the same, where he maketh the eating of thynges offe­red to Idolles free, 1. Cor. 10. as touching conscience, if there be none present that is offended therewith. In the meane season Paules example teacheth vs, that it is not sufficient to haue good lawes made, vnlesse they which haue the charge thereof, see them put in execution. For dayly experience teacheth vs that execution is the lyfe and sinewes of the lawe. Take that awaye, and the lawe shall lye as deade, and as Anacharsis sayde shall become lyke vnto Spyders webbes, which euerye bolde and presumptuous bodye will not sticke to breake. Therefore let both Ministers of the Church and gouer­nors of the common weale imitate Paule, if they meane to doe their duetie, and not rather with vayne counterfeyting mocke both God and man.

The profyte of the Apo­stles labour.Last of all, Luke addeth a notable successe of their most godly endeuour and labour, where he sayth the Churches were confyrmed in the fayth, and grewe and increased euery day more and more in number. And bicause he maketh mention of fayth, it is euident that Paule chieflye beate that into their heades, and not vayne and colde Ceremonies and traditions. These are the continuall effectes of the worde of God, that lyke vnto a showre it neuer returneth wythout fruite vnto him that sent it. These also are the weapons wherby the kingdome of Christ in this world is most prosperous­ly enlarged, to saye, diligent preaching of the worde, and feruent desire to conserue and keepe the same. Whensoeuer these cease, by and by fayth fal­leth, and all loue of true religion dyeth. We haue examples hereof euery­where, whereby they are conuinced, which thinke it sufficient, if they be not constrayned through tyrannie to be partakers of wicked sacrifyces, and yet in the meane season they liue in such places, where the worde of God is ba­nished, and no duties of Christian religion exercised. Let vs all therefore studye to set forth the worde of God, that both our selues maye be confyr­med in the fayth, and the Church daylye increase in number of beleeuers, wherein Iesus Christ onely reygneth, the sauiour of mankynde, and one­ly Brydegroome of the Church: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cvij. Homelie.

‘WHEN they had gone throughout Phrygia, and the Region of Gala­tia, and were forbidden of the holy ghost to preache the worde in Asia, they came to Mysia, and sought to go into Bithynia, but the spirite suffered them not. But when they had gone thorowe Mysia, they came downe to Troada. And a vision appeared to Paule in the night, There stoode a man of Macedo­nia, and prayed him saying: Come into Macedonia, and helpe vs. After he had seene the vision, immediately we prepared to go into Macedonia, being certified that the Lorde had called vs, for to preache the Gospell vnto them. When we losed forth then from Troada, we came with a strayte course to Sa­mothracia, and the next daye to Neapolis, and from thence to Philippos, which is the chiefe Citie in the partes of Macedonia, and a free Citie.’

THE spirite of our Lorde Iesus Christe woulde that the iourneyes and voyages of the Apo­stles, The vse of the Apostles peregrinatiō or [...]. and specially those of Paule, shoulde be diligently described, bicause the same make not a little for our in­struction. For by them appeareth a great goodnesse of God, which within so short a space of tyme, did vouch­safe to lighten all the worlde with the doctrine of the gospell, and saluation, and to bring the prophane Gen­tyles when they were most corrupt, to the knowledge & fellowship of him. It appeareth also by this hystorie, by what meanes and weapons the king­dome of God vseth here on earth, both to be enlarged and conserued. Ue­rily, by the preaching of the Gospell, whereby in despyte of the worlde, the spirite of God bloweth where it will, as Christ otherwheres sayeth. And where God doth vouchsafe to vse the ministerie of men herein, he required of them earnest diligence, and vigilant zeale. Wherein we haue to imitate Paule of all others, touching whose feruent zeale Luke reporteth manye things. Whereof this is no simple argument and proofe, that not contented to haue gayned many Congregations vnto Christ, he goeth agayne to vi­site them, and confyrmeth them by faithfull admonitions: teaching vs that we must be carefull in the matter of our saluation, bicause all men knowe the sleyghtes of Satan, which laboureth to turne vs or euer we be ware, out of the way of saluation. Yet Paule so visiteth the congregations, that he endeuoreth to gather and gayne newe companies vnto Christ, of the which thing in this place Luke chiefely intreateth.

First, it is sayde, he went through Phrigia and Galacia. Phrygia and Galatia are conuerted. And that there were newe congregations there erected, the Epistle of Paule to the Galathi­ans abundantly declareth, conteyning in a compendious and perfyte abrid­gement, all the whole summe of Euangelike doctrine. In that iourney came to passe this one thing most marueylous of all other, Paule is for­bidden to preach in Asia that they were forbidden by the holy ghost to preach the Gospell in Asia. Under the name of Asia is comprehended that part, which bordering on the sea westwarde, conteyneth in the continent Acolia and Lydia, aboue Ephesus and Smyrna, and Ionia it selfe. Which countries as they are most fruitfull and rich of all others, so for this cause they were very vnhappye, in that Christ would not [Page 620] at this time, they should heare the doctrine of saluation. Such was the case of Bythinia also, into the which the same spirite of Christ woulde not suffer Paule to go neyther. By which argument it easily appeareth that the Apo­stles wandered not about the worlde at their owne pleasure, but did all things by the guiding and ordering of the spirite of GOD, for we knowe that this holye spirite, was promised and giuen vnto them by Christ. Beside that they had singuler reuelations when neede was, whereof we had example before in Peter and Philip, where the Ethiopian Eu­nuch and Cornelius the Centurion by their ministery should be conuerted. This maketh for the commendation of the Apostles doctrine that we des­pyse it not as an humane thyng, and to be little esteemed, seeing it is mani­fest it was published among men, by the euident working of the holy ghost. But some men vse in this place to mooue a graue question, why Paule was suffred in one place to teach, and forbidden in another. This question some men thinke is very commodiously soluted, if all such doings be referred vn­to Gods prescience or foreknowledge. For they saye he foreseeth who be worthy to haue his word, and to be saued, and who be not. But these kind of menne whyle they are carefull to defende the iustice of God, for feare of making him the author of any sinne, they make little of his grace, measu­ring saluation by the worthynesse of menne: which is impossible for them to doe, vnlesse they will also stablishe the merite of man, and the prowde affi­aunce in mannes righteousnesse. But howe friuolous and vayne a glose this is, appeareth by this, in that all men of themselues are vnworthye of saluation. For as Paule testifyeth: All haue sinned, and are destitute of the glory of God, and there is not a iust man, no not one. And there is none wor­thy to receyue the worde of saluation, but such as God pleaseth to make worthy and meete. For of our selues we are not once able to thinke good, but all our worthynesse and abilitie to perceyue that that is good commeth of God. 2. Cor. 3. This saying of Christ is notable, and well knowne to all menne: No manne commeth to me, Iohn. 6. but he whome the father draweth. An example whereof we had in the .xiiij. Chapter, where it is sayde, they beleeued, that were ordeyned vnto life euerlasting. And in the next Sermon we shall haue the example of Lydia, which therefore beleeued Paule, bicause the Lord had opened hir hart. It remayneth therefore that there can be none other cause alleaged of this doing, but the franke and free election of God, which em­braceth by his mercye whome he pleaseth, and whome againe he ly [...]eth, their harts he hardeneth. And yet no man must accuse God eyther of vn­righteousnesse or crueltie, forasmuch as he is bound to man, and so ordreth his iudgements, that great learning commeth thereby vnto vs. For in the elect he sheweth an example of his meere goodnesse, and in the reprobate the seueritie of his iustice, that we may learne to feare the one, and to em­brace and kisse the other. Moreouer, the vse of this doctrine serueth and is necessarye for many purposes. For it marueylously comforteth vs in temp­tations, bicause we knowe our saluation is not founded in our power, or in the merite of our righteousnesse, but in the grace of God, and merite of Christ. For who can ouerthrow this righteousnesse or grace? who shall se­perate those from the loue of God, Rom. 8. whom he hath once embraced? Or who shall be able to take one sheepe out of Christes hande, seeing all power is giuen to him in heauen and in earth? Iohn. 10. Whosoeuer teach that saluation de­pendeth [Page 621] vpon our worthinesse, doe vtterlye infringe the force and strength of this consolation. Besides, this doctrine teacheth vs our dutie, and to ac­knowledge the great goodnesse of God, when we perceyue our selues more sought after and visited by the worde of God, than others. For as God at­tributeth not this vnto our merites, but of his meere grace goeth about to saue vs: so if any disdaine to acknowledge his goodnesse, and shewe them­selues vnkinde towardes him, he sheweth the horrible seueritie of his iu­stice agaynst them. We haue for example, Corozaim, Bethsaida, Capernä­um, and the whole Nation of the Iewes, which we reade God cast of for none other cause, Luke. 9.10. but for that they woulde not acknowledge the day of their visitation. Examples of like seuertitie are those Cities, which God did vouchsafe to illuminate by the ministerie of Paule more than other. For we s [...]e they are at this day tyrannously oppressed by the Turkes, bicause they shewed not themselues so thankfull vnto God, as they ought. Lette vs I beseech you, thinke hereof, whome it hath pleased God these many yeares to let enioy the preaching of the Gospell, and to let vs abounde in the quiet and peace thereof, where a number beside feele great want therof, and be­ing famined, would be glad of one little morsell of Euangelike consolation.

But let vs returne to Paule and his companions, Paule is cal­led to go into Macedonia. who though they be forbidden in one place to preach, yet cease not from doing their duetie, but passing through Misia, come at length to Aeolis, and to a Citie in the same Countrie, called Troas, earnestly seeking euerywhere, occasion to preach. And there Paule being admonished by oracle, vnderstandeth he must go in­to Macedonia. For there appeareth vnto him a Macedonian, which vn­doubtedly was nothing but an Aungell, and desireth to haue his countrye holpen. And here came diuers thinges very profytable for vs to consider. First is the example of Paule, whereby we are taught, that we must not be slacke in doing our office and dutie, although our enterprise succeede not at the fyrst or seconde attempt, as we desire. For we reade the like came to passe many times both to the Prophetes and the Apostles, which followed their calling the more earnestlye, the more impedimentes they perceyued were layde in their waye. Let all men go forwarde after these mennes ex­amples, and God will assist their endeuours, who vseth when he seeth time and place to giue occasion of onset, and also prosperous successe. Further­more, this place sheweth vs a singuler example of Gods goodnesse, where­by it commeth to passe, that God worketh our saluation, when we least knowe or thinke of it. For who among the Macedonians, woulde you thinke, thought eyther of Paule, or of the waye of saluation, who when he came, had none but a fewe of women to followe him and heare him? So by this meane is the saying of the Prophete fulfylled: I am founde of them that sought me not, and haue appeared to them that asked not after mee. Esay. 65. And that that Luke sayth came to passe here among them of Macedonia, the same may be seene in all other that eyther haue attained, or at this day do attayne vnto saluation. For before this worlde was made, Ephes. 1. Paule sayth we were e­lected in Christ. And our fyrst parent Adam when he was fallen in sinne, and did not onely not seeke God, but fled from him, Genes. 3. yet was he both sought of God and called, and receyued the free promise of saluation. Hereto ap­pertayneth it that men in the Scriptures are compared vnto s [...]eepe, which hauing once strayed from the flocke, neuer returne, vnlesse the shepeheard [Page 622] by his diligence fette them agayne. But Christ is our shepehearde, which vseth to seeke his sheepe in valleyes and mountaynes, Esay. 53. Luke. 15. and when he hath founde him, layeth him on his shoulder and bringeth him home. And this care of God may not onely be perceyued in those thinges that concerne the saluation of our soules, but also sheweth it selfe in the things seruing to the vse and maintenance of our bodies. For as God feedeth our bodye bounti­fully, in giuing vs a liuing out of the earth: so hath he appoynted the Aun­gels to be our tutors and keepers, which [...]arie rounde about them that feare him, and deliuer them. But bicause we haue hereof intreated heretofore, let this nowe suffyse. Yet let vs marke the vse of his doctrine, which consisteth chiefely in this poynt, that we shoulde be thankefull vnto God, and stryue in all kinde of aduersities to defende our calling, by the inuincible hope and affiaunce of Gods ayde and succor. Furthermore, this example commen­deth vnto vs the dignitie of the Gospell, and the ministery thereof. For fyrst this is a notable thing, that Paule is called by an Aungell, and by the O­racle of God to preache. So Peter was admonished by a vision from hea­uen, to preach vnto Cornelius, and to the Gentyles, and the spirite led Phi­lip to teach the Aethiopian his saluation. Therefore some menne doe very vainely to contemne the ministerie of man, as a thing of small or none ac­count, and requyre to haue Aungels to teach them, seeing Aungels sende vs vnto men to be taught. Yea, Paule will not haue vs to beleeue an Aun­gell, Galat. 1. if he teach anye thing disagreeing from the doctryne of the Apostles. Also the wordes of the Aungell commende the dignitie of the Ministerie. For he sayth, Come into Macedonia, and helpe vs. Yet is it in Gods power onely to helpe vs both in body and soule. But bicause the worde of the Gos­pell, is the power of saluation to all that beleeue it, the Ministers thereof are therefore not without a cause sayd, to helpe men and to saue them. And for this cause Abdias prophecying of the kingdome of Christ, calleth the A­postles Sauiours. Therefore the temeritie and impietie of those, which saye that the Gospell causeth troubles and disquietnesse, is reprooued, seeing it is euident that men cannot choose but perishe, except they be called by the preaching of Christ into the way of saluation, according to the saying of the Prophete: Esay. 6 [...]. The Nation and kingdome that serueth not thee shall perishe.

Paules pas­sage into Macedonia.But what doth Paule, when he heareth he is called of God into Mace­donia, to men vnknowne, and into Europe another part of the worlde? Doth he tryfle and make delayes, bicause he was before once or twyse for­bidden? No, yea, he prepareth him to the voyage, and frameth him altogi­ther vnto Gods calling, and at length with a strayght course commeth to Philippie, a very notable Citie and state. By which example we are taught that nothing is rashly to be taken in hand without Gods calling, but when we are certaine thereof, then wyth speede to doe that the Lorde commaun­deth. For he so little regardeth prolongers and delayers, that he cannot a­byde pretence of godlynesse, if vnder colour therof, we neglect our vocati­on, as we are taught by the example of him, which was not suffered to go burie his father, Luke. 9. after Christ had called him to the ministerye of the worde. But this is the most commodious way, to doe well, if we haue a diligent regarde to the calling of God, and followe the same faythfully and earnest­ly. For they that trust their owne deuises, and seeke after vanitie as Dauid sayth, cannot choose but grieuouslye offende. God graunt that we be all [Page 623] mindefull hereof, and followe our vocation, that after we haue on earth fulfylled our duetie, we maye at length lyue in heauen with Iesus Christ our Sauiour: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .Cviij. Homelie.

‘WE were in that Citie abiding certaine dayes, and on the Sabboth dayes we went out of the Citie besides a riuer, where men were wont to pray. And we sate downe and spake vnto the women which resorted thither. And a cer­taine woman named Lydia, a seller of purple of the Citie of Thya [...]ira, which worshipped God, gaue vs audience, whose heart the Lorde opened, that shee attended vnto the things that Paule spake. When she was baptized, and hir housholde, she besought vs saying: If ye thinke that I beleeue on the Lorde come into my house and abyde there. And she constreyned vs.’

THe Apostle Paule being called of God by the Aungell, passed into Macedonia, to preach the Gos­pell vnto the men of that countrie. By which example is prooued partly the dignitie of the Gospell, and part­ly that saluation that is giuen vs of meere fauour and grace is declared. For if we consider the Macedoni­ans, they were in the same case and condicion that o­ther Nations were, which Paule otherwheres wry­teth, were subiect vnto the power of darkenesse, were Idolaters, were the seruants of sinne, and therefore voyde of God. Besides that, God sendeth Paule now to teach them the waye of saluation, when they once thinke not thereof. But let vs see what he did at Philippi, the chiefest citie of Macedonia.

Wee were (sayth Luke) in that Citie abyding certaine dayes. The cause of this abode (as maye be gathered by all circumstances) was for that the Apostles sawe no oportunitie to preache, Paule prea­cheth at Phi­lippi. which thing they chiefely wayted for. Wherefore at length they sought the same out of the Citie. For they went out of the Citie on the Sabboth day, and preached the Gospell to cer­taine women, nigh vnto a certaine Riuer, whither they vsed of custome to resort vnto publike prayer. This is a verye notable example, teaching vs howe God vseth to trye and exercise the fayth and constancie of his seruan­tes. For as it hath bene declared, the Apostle was called by the Aungell, as one speaking in the behalfe of all the countrie, and desiring helpe. Wher­fore a man might haue hoped that the Macedonians should haue receyued Paule when he had come, with all kinde of alacritie, and declaration of ioy, and that euery mans minde had bene prepared to receyue the light of the Gospell. But this hope so deceyueth them, that in a moste famous and po­pulous Citie, there is not one that giueth eare vnto them, neyther can they espie any occasion to make a sermon, notwithstanding they narrowly way­ted for the same. And without the Citie, women only gaue eare vnto them, and but one of them all, that beleeued the worde, one Lydia which was a straunger. Who therefore woulde not thinke this calling of Paule to haue bene a mockery, seeing no effect to followe of the same? But God vseth to laye many stoppes in the way of them that walke in his calling, whereby to [Page 624] hinder and pull them backe, to prooue their fayth, to trayne them vnto constancie, and to teach them to wrastle and ouercome aduersitie. So Mo­ses being sent to deliuer the people, fyndeth many impedimentes layde in his waye, which seemed much repugnaunt to the will and appoyntment of God. For the Aungell of the Lorde threatneth him with death, bicause he neglected the Circumcising of his sonne, and he fyndeth Pharao not onely set and bent against his requestes, but also the children of Israel murmurre and rebell against him: And when he was out of Egypt, the sea laye in his way before him, so that nature hir selfe seemed to fyght against him, but his constancie of fayth and stedfast purpose to fulfyll the commaundementes of God, ouercame all these aduersities. So that cruell enimie Saule ryseth vp against Dauid being called and appointed to be king, by whose tyrannie or euer he came to the kingdome, he was expulsed his countrie. And manye such like thinges came dayly to passe, whereby God vseth to trye our faith. But it is our dutie constantly to holde on, and with sure hope to wayte for the assistance of God, and so we shall fynde he will neyther fayle of his pro­mises, nor want to further our enterprises.

Lydia is an example of true conuer­sion.Furthermore, we haue a marueylous example of conuersion set forth in Lydia, which by reason of the manifold doctrine therof, the Euangelist most diligently describeth with all y e circumstances. And beginning with the des­cription of the person, he sayth there was a woman, to admonish vs of that se [...]e or kinde, by the which sinne entred into the worlde. By hir condicion and calling she was a seller of purple, and exercised a kinde of merchandise seruing more to the maintenance of pompe and pride, than vnto necessitie: to saye nothing of couetousnesse, craft, and deceyte, and such like vices as this kinde of people are commonly giuen vnto. Besides, she was a straun­ger borne at Thyatirae a Citie of Lydia. These thinges are declared to the ende that we might knowe howe God vseth to despyse no state or degree of men, but of al sorts fauoreth & embraceth those that are desirous to conuert & turne vnto him. Infynite other examples of lyke kinde there are, which teach vs the same. Iohn. 4. Luke. 7. Math. 9. Luke. 19. For Christ in manye places reasoneth with harlots, a­bout their saluation. In other places agayne he openeth the kingdome of heauen vnto Publicanes. He disdeyned not the order of Phariseyes, seeing he admitted Nicodemus to talke with him in the night season, and mos [...]e friendly instructed him. Yea, he did lighten the Centurion which was ap­poynted to see him executed, Math. 27. with the knowledge of him. These places teach vs that we shoulde not despayre of Gods grace, by reason of the trade or kynde of lyfe that we haue heretofore ledde. For it is euident, that the doore of saluation standeth open to euery man which vnfaynedly desireth it. In this example also appeareth the counsell of God, which of little begin­nings promoteth the kingdome of his sonne. For he appoynteth Lydia to be the fyrst fruites of that Church, whose fayth afterwarde Paule thinketh he coulde neuer sufficiently commende. So Christ chose out from among fyshers and Publicanes his chiefe Disciples. And we must not thinke it is without a cause that Christes kingdome here on earth touching the out­warde sight, is of no reputation, and a despysed thing. For hereof we may gather, that it is not of this worlde, nor that we must seeke the thinges of this worlde in the same. It is also euident that they which desire to be par­takers with Christ, must not glory in the wisedome of the fleshe, in Nobi­litie, [Page 625] in pompe, and other such like things, but only in the Lorde, as Paule hath taught at large in the fyrst Epistle to the Corinthians the fyrst Chap. Here hast thou what to aunswere those, which rayle at the doctrine and fayth of the Gospell, bicause none holde with the same, but the Comminal­tie, and men of small or no reputation, vsing the same argument, that the Phariseyes and Scribes sometime vsed against their seruants, Iohn. 7. which commended Christes doctrine. Why rather harken they not what Christ sayth: I thanke thee ô father, Math. 11. Luke. 1 [...]. bicause thou hast hidden these thinges from the wyse and prudent, and hast shewed them vnto Babes. Verilye father, euen so was it thy good pleasure.

But after he had described the person of Lydia, The order and maner of conuersion. he declareth the order and maner of hir conuersion. In the which fyrst she is sayd to be religious, and to feare God, as diuers other did, both among the Iewes and Gen­tyles, which yet were ignoraunt in the way of true religion, and saluation, and therefore the more zelouslye they defended superstition, the more eger­ly they resisted the truth, yet in the meane tyme this is needefull in saluati­on, that mennes mindes shoulde not be voyde of the feare of God, but en­clined to embrace the truth, and desirous of true religion. For except the grounde be good, the seede of the worde can not well growe in it. Luke. 8. And yet this is not so to be vnderstanded, as though this promptnesse and toward­nesse came of our selfe. For of our selues we are not able to thinke well, and the inuentions of man are naught, euen from his childehoode, as God testifyeth. It is therefore the gift and worke of God, if men be giuen vnto the desire and loue of religion and the truth, which otherwyse by reason of naturall corruption, they abhorre in their heartes. Next, Lydia hearde Paules teaching. Therefore she vseth that meane and instrument, whereby God vseth to giue and stirre vp fayth in vs. For fayth commeth by hearing, Roma. 10. and hearing by the worde of God. Therefore whosoeuer will profyte in the knowledge of saluation must labour to haue fayth, and we must not regard those that seeke new reuelations. For God speaketh to vs in the scriptures, which who so refuse to heare, are commonly praies for the deuill, which mi­serably deludeth the deceyued with lying reuelations. Last of all, it is sayd, that God opened the heart of Lydia, to giue heede vnto the things that Paule spake. For without this in vaine is the worde eyther preached or hearde, whereof bicause we haue already oftentimes spoken, it seemeth not nowe needefull to saye any more. And if any man aske why God did not open the harts of others aswell, to him we say with Paule: ô man what art thou that disputest with God? who hath first giuen vnto God, and it shall be giuen to him againe? For it becommeth vs not ouer curiouslye to searche out the priuie counsayles of God, but in them to reuerence his great goodnesse, iustice, veritie, and wisedome. It is our part by this place to learne the order of true conuersion, which chiefely consisteth in these three pointes, to haue a loue in our hartes vnto religion, to heare the worde, and to be illuminated with the spirite of God.

It remayneth for vs to consider the effectes of true fayth, which shewed themselues in Lydia. Fyrst, The effectes of conuersion and true fayth. she is baptized according to the commaunde­ment of Christ, and custome of the Church. By baptisme he comprehendeth the confession of fayth, wherby she renounced hir olde superstition, and pro­fessed to followe Christ, desiring to be accounted among the members of [Page 626] his Church. We are by this example also admonished, that the godly must not contemne the sacramentes, but vse them reuerently, both for that they knowe they are instituted by Christ, and also for that they are glad to haue the benefyte of saluation, whereof Christ is the author, by them sealed and confyrmed. But Lydia not content with hir owne baptisme, causeth hir whole houshold and familie likewise to be baptized. This is the property of all the faythfull, that they desire all men to be partakers of saluation wyth them, but speciallye those which they knewe God hath committed to their charge. And this they doe not of priuate affection, but following the com­maundement of God, whose will it is alwaye that we shall consecrate and dedicate vnto him, all our people. So Abraham circumcised not onely him­selfe, but all the men in his familie according to Gods commaundement. And in the lawe housholders are commaunded to instruct their familie in the commaundements of God. Deut. 6. Psal. 78. And that which was commaunded them, Magistrates must thinke belongeth to them also, and labour to take away superstitiousnesse, and to plant the desire of true religion among the peo­ple, as we reade those godly Kinges Dauid, Asa, Iosaphat, Ezechias, Iosias, and such like diligently did. And doubtlesse it is not without the great sus­pition of impietie, that one shoulde so rule ouer others, to bereue God of his right, which claymeth all men to himselfe. Finally, Lydia biddeth the Apostles home to hir house, and offreth them lodging with great instan­cie, saying: If you thinke that I beleeue on the Lord, come home to my house, and abyde there. Which wordes haue in them such kinde of obtestation that the Apostles might not refuse the friendship offred, except they would both condemne hir, and thinke hir vnworthy the name of a Christian. Although at the fyrst, after a ciuill sorte, they refuse to come home to hir house, both for that they woulde not be thought lyke deceyuers, to abuse the simplicitie of women, and to gape after their goodes, and also for that Paule would ne­uer burthen any, as he many times testifyeth. 1. Cor. 9.2. Thes. 3. Howbeit, Lydia by hir intreatie vttereth a minde inflamed with charitie, and vnfear­full constancie. For it is a poynt of charitie, in that she is desirous to take them into hir house, and to giue them their boorde, of whome she had recey­ued and drawne the doctrine of saluation. Agayne, it is a token of a vali­aunt courage, that being a straunger, she durst receyue teachers of a newe doctrine into hir house, which she well knewe she might not doe without daunger. But this is the propertie of faith, that it neyther feareth body nor goodes, so that the glory of Christ may be enlarged. Let them I pray you, looke on the example of this woman, which nowe a dayes boaste of their fayth, and they shall streyght perceyue howe wyde they are from the pro­pertie of fayth. Let vs therefore praye vnto God, that he will vouchsafe to open our harts, that we being instructed in true fayth, may expresse Christ in our whole life, and liue with him in heauen: to whome be prayse, ho­nor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cix. Homelie.

‘AND it came to passe as we went to prayer, a certaine Damosell possessed with a spirite, that prophecyed mette vs, which brought hir maister and my­stresse [Page 627] much vauntage with prophecying. The same followed Paule and vs, and cryed saying: These men are the seruants of the most high God, which shewe vnto vs the way of saluation. And this did she many dayes. But Paule not content, turned about and sayde to the spirite, I commaunde thee in the name of Iesu Christ, that thou come out of hir. And hee came out the same houre.’

ALthough Iesus Christ the Sonne of God by the merite of his death, hath so ouerthrowne the kingdome of the Deuill, that he hath no more power agaynst the kingdome of Christ, yet ceaseth he not, according to his auncient vsage, still to assault the same: and as Christ intermitted nothing belon­ging to the redemption of mankinde: so Satan for his part leaueth nothing vnassayd, to pull men from Christ their sauiour, and from the way of saluation. An euident example hereof is declared in this present hystorie. For after Paule was come vnto the Philippians, Lydia the sel [...]er of Purple, conuerted vnto the fayth by his preaching, beganne to declare the singular fruites of fayth. For shewing hir dutie of thankefulnesse vnto the Apostles, she re­quested them home to hir house, and lodged them. By which occasion it came to passe, that the Apostles proceeding earnestly in their office, daylye wanne more and more Disciples, and so beganne a Church togither, as shall appeare in the ende of the Chapter. But Satan thinking this geare intollerable, assayeth to resist these fyrst principles and beginnings of Chri­stes kingdome. And fyrst he handleth the matter with subtiltie, and guile­full flattery, and by and by, when his fyrst enterprise succeedeth not, he set­teth vpon the Apostles by open force, and at length dryueth them out of the Citie. But at this time we will examine but the fyrst encounter.

Luke beginneth his hystorie with the description of that person, A Maid pos­sessed with a spirite, is an instrument of the Deuill. whose helpe Satan vsed in this conflict. This was a mayde or damozell possessed with the spirite of Python, which by hir prophecying, was very gaynefull vnto hir maister and mystresse. Nowe thys spirite of Python the Gentyles supposed to be Apollo, who had that name giuen him (as the Poets feigne) of that Serpent Python which he slewe wyth his bowe and arrowes. And that Apollo was the President of prophecying, is more manifest than nee­deth by many wordes to be prooued. For Delphi, Claros, Delus, and diuers other places, where vnder the name of Apollo the deuill sometime vsed to vtter hys Oracles, were very notable and famous. He lykewise inspyred certayne priuate persons, striking them sodainly madde, and making them speake ambiguous and doubtfull sayings, which superstitious men recey­ued and embraced for credible Oracles. And at length the matter came to this passe, that foolishe men woulde enterprise or take nothing in hand, vn­lesse they had fyrst consulted with these Prophets, and in all their distresses they woulde runne to these Oracles, whereby it came to passe that great aduauntage followed. Bicause man is of this nature, that he will let for no labour nor cost about those things which may any kinde of way satisfye his curiositie. And Satan rayseth vppe an instrument hereof among the Philippians, agaynst the Apostles, to the intent eyther to make the wiser sort [Page 628] suspect them, or else the rude and vnskilfull Commons to hate them. In the meane whyle we maye consider with what engines Satan maintayneth hys kingdome amongst men: namely, by lying, and curious and soothsay­ing Artes, wherein he counterfeyteth the spirite of Prophecie, to drawe men by that meanes from the worde of God, which ought to be the onely rule in all our doyngs. The Professors of these Artes in Egypt, were the Magitians, Exo. 7.8. whych the Scripture sayeth wythstoode Moses. Among these may Baalam also be numbred, although he did egregiously counterfeyte a loue of the truth. Such were diuers and many sorts of Prophetes among the Chanaanites, whome God by his lawe commaunded to be destroyed. Unto the which maye be referred the Augures Aruspices, and interpreters of dreames, Astrologers, Necromancers, Geomancers, Hydromancers, and infynite others, whose counsayles and sayings were of great authori­tie among Kings and Magistrates, in the administration and gouernance of their kingdomes and common weales. And surelye if we consider the thing well, Satan scarcely exercised the power of his kingdome in anye o­ther thyng more, than in this vanitie of Oracles, wherewith he bewitched all the worlde a great number of yeres. And in these dayes he many times rayseth vp certayne Prophetes, which eyther make themselfe cunning in the knowledge of thinges to come, or else can put awaye diseases by en­chauntments, and assay to doe diuers other things, impossible for man to perfourme. But some will demaunde wherefore God in times past suffred and yet to this day suffreth these things to be done. The answere is readye. For where the Gentyles in tymes past were not contented with the reue­lations of God, but went about to fynde out the mysteries of Gods maie­stie, by the pregnancie of their owne wit, this presumption of theirs deser­ued, that they shoulde be gyuen vppe into a reprobate sense, and miserably seduced wyth the wyles and ginnes of the Deuill. Roma. 1. Paule gaue vs warning that the same shoulde come to passe towarde the later dayes, saying that Antichrist should haue power on them which would not embrace the truth. 2. Thes. 2. offred of God. And if a manne consider the Philippians, he shall fynde they were worthye to be thus seduced by this Demoniake Damsell. For such was their liberalitie towards hir, that hir Master and Dame had no small aduauntage by hir. But yet they so little regarde the Apostles of Christ, that they had wanted harbour, vnlesse Lydia which also was a forrenner, had ta­ken them into hir house. The like vnthankefulnesse & peruersitie is in these dayes. For men will not embrace the light of the truth, and where they bestowe much cost vpon dumbe ymages, deceyuing Priestes, Coniurers, Inchaunters, Soothsayers, and wise folke (as they call them) euery thing seemeth to much that they bestow on the doctrine of truth. They are worthy therefore to be a pray for Satan, by whose subtiltie they may perceyue both their goods to be consumed, and their bodies troubled and molested. Let vs therefore learne to harken vnto the lawe of God, which teacheth vs to take heede and beware of all such kindes of deceyuers, and commaundeth vs on­ly to studie and followe the worde of God. See Deut. 18. Leuit. 20. Esaye. 8. And they that will not thus doe, let them learne by the example of Saule, what to looke for. See. 1. Sam. 28.

But nowe it is time to marke what Satan did by this Damsell. She following the Apostles, Satan bea­reth witnesse vnto the truth. which of custome resorted to the prayers, cried out [Page 629] saying: These men are the seruantes of the most high God, which shewe vnto vs the waye of saluation. What kinde of thing (sayest thou) is this that I heare? Is this the saying of the Deuill, withstanding the Apostles? Yea, verily. Why? he coulde not saye any more in their commendation, than to confesse them to be the seruauntes of God, and the preachers of saluation. Howbeit, it behooueth vs not so much to consider the wordes, as the pre­tence and meaning of the Deuill, by whose suggestion these wordes were spoken. For so shall thou perceyue that he most craftily vndermineth Chri­stes cause, where he seemeth most to holde with the same. For here in this place, he beareth witnesse vnto the Apostles doctrine, to make it with the wiser sort (specially with the Iewes, if anye were present) to be suspected. For Satan knoweth he is accounted a lyer amongest all menne. For this cause he crieth that the Apostles are the seruantes of God, and messengers of saluation, to make them the rather to be suspected with wise men. Fur­thermore he seeketh to make those that beleeue the Apostles, to beleeue also his answeres, whereby they heard the Apostles doctrine commended. But the faith in Christ cannot stande, where ought is attributed vnto the deuill, whose kingdome Christ came into this worlde to destroye. Therefore vn­der the pretence of Christ, he seeketh priuily to creepe into them, and to draw them which began to beleeue in Christ, by little and little from him. Besides this, he thought to tickle the Apostles mindes, with ambition and desire of vayne glory, to thende that being herewith entysed, they might neglect the glory of God. You see therfore what poyson lyeth hid vnder the bayte of this honorable and holye acclamation. Marc. 1. Luke. 4. With this intent we reade he flatte­red Christ also, and bare recorde of him. Let vs here marke the sleyght of Satan, which can marueylouslye dissemble his hatred of the truth, and transforme himselfe into an Aungell of light. Therefore lette vs suspect whatsoeuer commeth from him. Neyther let vs beleeue his instrumentes, although they speake neuer so grauely and honorably in the commendati­on of Gods seruauntes, and haue the holy scriptures neuer so ryfe in their mouth. This place serueth to refute them which say we are vniustly offen­ded with the Papacie, bicause therein the name of Christ is preached, the commendation of Saints are celebrated, the lessons of holye scripture are daily vsed, and nothing is done without the inuocation of Gods holy name. But these men are ignoraunt how Antichristes sea or chayre must stande in the Church, and marke not this saying of Christ, Math. 7. Not euery one that sayth vnto me Lorde, Lorde. &c. And if we woulde looke nearer on the matter, it shall appeare that they seeke nothing vnder the pretence of religion, and Christ his Church, and his reuerende name, but to establishe their tyran­nie, and to bring mennes traditions in credite. Also by this place are they confuted, that holde with Coniurers, enchaunters, or soothsayers, bicause they heare them mutter out the reuerent names of God, and weighty sen­tences of scripture. But what marueyle is this, since the Deuill durst al­leage scriptures against our Maister Christ? yea, they sinne the more grie­uously, bicause they colour their impietie with the name of God, the abuse and prophanation whereof, he will not leaue vnpunished.

Nowe what Paules opinion was touching all these pointes, Satan by the name of christ is expelled. this pre­sent example declareth. He for a time beareth with this Maiden, testifying this truth of them, wayting for some suggestion of the holy spirite, bicause [Page 630] he woulde not offende through blinde and ouerhastie affection, at length in­flamed with an holye zeale and indignation, he rebuketh the Mayde thus crying, and in the name of Christ expelleth the spirite. Which example al­though it serue for the instruction of all men, yet chiefely it teacheth the Mi­nisters of the worde their dutie, who must haue so great a care of the truth, that they shoulde suffer nothing, which by any meanes maye derogate any thing from the same, although it made greatly for their prayse and glorye. For (as we declared before) Satan vseth by flatterie, to set on such, as he knoweth are other wayes inuincible. For the which cause Christ forbade the euill spirites to speake, and woulde receyue no commendation at their mouthes. Wherefore they are greatly deceyued that vse to dally with those whome they knowe are altogither straungers from the truth. They hide many times their poison, but the more they flatter, the sorer they hurt. It is the part of a christian man to take none for his friende, whom he knoweth to be Christes enimie, and cannot abyde the doctrine of Christ. But this is very worthye to be considered, that Paule setteth Iesus Christ agaynst the Deuill, and that he is constrayned to depart assoone as he heareth the name of Christ pronounced. This is an vnspeakable argument of the power of Christ. For none can enter the house of a mightie man, and ryfle him of his goodes, except he fyrst binde him. But Iesus Christ cōming into the world, hath so vanquished the Deuill the Prince thereof, that if he heare but the name of Christ onely, he is constrayned to leaue his possession in men, and to giue place vnto Christ. Therfore we must needes confesse that the power of Christ is much greater than the power of the deuill. And of this we must fet comfort in our temptations, that we feare not him, who hath no power or force agaynst Christ, in whom we are graffed through fayth. Agayne, we are by this place taught, that Christ hath nothing to doe with y e deuill, seeing he doth not vouchsafe to receyue of him any testimonie, be it neuer so hono­rable. For what societie or communion can be betweene them, seeing accor­ding to the fyrst promyse, Gene. 3. 1. Iohn. 3. Christ came into the world to breake or crush the Deuils head, and to destroy his works? This also admonisheth Christians of their dutie, that they should haue nothing to doe with the deuill. For it is not meete for them that haue professed Christ, to dallye with the Deuill in any poynt. Let them therefore flye these soothsaying Artes, which the craft of the Deuill, and curiositie of man hath inuented. Let them flye the ing­lings of enchauntmentes, whereby he promyseth men helpe in their disea­ses, or in their other distresses. Let them flye false and prophane worship­pings, Idolatrye, superstition, and whatsoeuer else plucketh vs from God. Let them hate the tyrannie of sinne, whereby the libertie that Christ hath purchased vs, is lost. Let them watch constantly in the fayth, and resist the Deuill, and he shall depart from them: whereby it shall come to passe, that we hauing shaken of his yoke, shall here leade a life acceptable vnto God, and shall hereafter liue and reygne in heauen with our Lorde and sauiour Iesus Christ: to whom be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cx. Homelie.

‘AND when hir Mayster and Mystresse sawe that the hope of their gaine was gone, they caught Paule and Sylas, and drewe them into the market [Page 631] place vnto the Rulers, and brought them to the Officers, saying: These men trouble our Citie, seeing they are Iewes, and preache ordinaunces which are not lawfull for vs to receyue, neyther to obserue, seeing wee are Romaines. And the people ranne against them, and the officers rent their clothes, and commaunded them to be beaten with rods. And when they had beaten them sore, they cast them into prison, commaunding the Iayler of the prison to kepe them diligently. Which when he had receyued such commaundement, thrust them into the inner prison, and made their feete fast in the stockes.’

AS the Deuill, partly with flatterie and deceyte, and partlye by open force withstoode Iesus Christ, while he liued here on earth, and preached the Gospell, euen so he vseth the same weapons a­gainst the Apostles of Christ at this daye, that in ty­mes past he vsed. This maye we see in this present hystorie. For agaynst Paule preaching amonge the Philippians, he setteth a Damsell possessed with the spirite of the Deuill, by whome he giueth a notable testimonie of the truth vnto Paule, meaning this way to bring the doctrine of the Gospell in suspition with wise men, and to get himselfe some rowme among the professors of christian faith. But the Apostle Paule quickly smel­leth his subtiltie, and compelleth the spirite being adiured by the name of Christ, to come out of y e maid, teaching vs by this example that there ought to be no fellowship betwixt the deuill & Christ and his seruantes, forasmuch as Christ came into this world, to destroy the works of the deuill. But for al this the deuill leaueth not his tackle, but rather, seeing by flattery, he cannot preuaile, being striken in a great rage, professeth extreeme enmity against Paule, by the master and mistresse of the mayden, and proceedeth so farre in the matter, that he fyrst causeth the Apostles to be beaten with roddes, and to be put in prison, and at length to be thrust [...]ut of the Citie. This place is worthy to be singularly considered, bicause it setteth forth to vs, to be­holde, as it were in a glasse, the craftes and enterprises of our common enimie.

But chiefely Luke declareth what cause incensed the Maisters of this Mayde agaynst the Apostles. Couetous­nesse com­monly incen­seth Christes enimies. They perceyued (sayth he) when this prophe­cying spirite was driuen out that the hope of their gayne was gone. Couetous­nesse therefore was the chiefe cause of this adoe, which did not onely dazell their eyes, that they coulde not see the truth, but did also so set them on fyre, that they coulde not but with deadly hatred persecute the same. This is an example very notable, teaching vs what a mischieuous euill couetousnesse is. Paule calleth it the roote of all euill. 1. Tim. 6. And the scripture in another place techeth vs that there is nothing more wicked than a couetous man. Eccles. 10. There are also euerywhere examples which prooue, that lawe and right is corrup­ted, through couetousnesse, good maners infected, the honestie of May­dens and Matrones assaulted, amities and friendship broken, and fynally most flourishing common weales ouerturned. But the force and infection of this euill, is nowhere more euidently espyed, than in matters of religi­on. For couetousnesse drawing the minde of man from God, maketh them Idolaters, which ought to put all their hope and trust in God onely. For, [Page 632] where our treasure is, Math. 6. there is also our hart. The treasure of a couetous man is in his goodes, and heapes of money. Therefore the couetous mannes minde must needes be [...]yed thereto. Therfore it is euident, there can be no religion, wheresoeuer couetousnesse once beareth rule. For y e which cause, Paule doubted not to call couetousnesse, Idolatrie. Coloss. 3. Ephe. 5. And when couetous men brag of religion, they vse religion but for their gaine also, and the more holy a pretence they sette vppon their couetousnesse, the more they offende. So through the couetousnesse of the Iewishe Priestes, it came to passe, that the Temple of the Lorde was made a Fayer or mar­ket, and vnder the pretence of long prayers, the houses of the widdowes and fatherlesse were deuoured. And the Apostles chiefely attribute this vn­to the deceyuers of the later dayes, that they shall denie the Lorde that re­deemed them, 2. Pet. 2. and make money and merchandise of his members. Which Oracle if a man woulde compare with the vsage of our dayes, he shoulde confesse that Peter had hyt the nayle on the heade, for that nowe these many yeares all things haue bene solde in the Popedome for money. Yea, this only thing may we thanke for all the traditions of men, for so many orders of Monkes, such confusion of ceremonies, Diriges, and whatsoeuer such like. But besides all these thinges there is one much more grieuous mat­ter, namely, that this couetousnesse maketh menne they cannot abyde the truth, and the enimies thereof. For although couetous men can abyde ma­ny other things, yet they cannot suffer their aduauntage to decay, nay they will waxe starke madde, if a man take away the occasion thereof. Of this spring such wicked consultations against the truth, treasons, tumults, & all kinde of persecutions. Examples to prooue the same are euerywhere to be found. Iohn. 11. Iohn. 12. Caiaphas blinded with couetousnesse caused Christ to be killed. Iudas mooued with couetousnesse betrayed him. And the maister and mystresse of this Damsell wished the Apostles out of the way, for no cause so much as for that their doctrine hindered their gayning. They coulde abyde that Ly­dia was conuerted vnto Christ, that the Apostles were lodged in hir house, that they preached vnto them that assembled togither by the water side, and brought euery day newe Disciples vnto Christ. But they cannot abyde to haue their gaine turned away. The very like we shall see a little hereafter in Demetrius among the Ephesians. But what stande we in rehearsall of olde examples, seeing in our dayes couetousnesse onely doth chiefely hin­der and stoppe the course of truth? The Bishops of Rome blinded with de­sire of lucre, flye all kinde of reformation. The same bindeth Princes and the Nobilitie vnto Antichrist, in that they perceyue the Popes and Bishops may maintayne many of their kinsfolke, with Ecclesiasticall goodes and li­uings, which otherwise might go for rascalles, and be fayne to labour and toyle with their handes. The same maketh merchauntes, customers, soul­diours, and all states of men offended with the Gospell, bicause they see that if the Gospell be receyued, such trades of waxing rich, as many occupie in these dayes, cannot stande. What shall we say of the Gospellers? Doe not they runne chiefely vpon this rocke, while vnder a cloake of the Gospell, they hunt for riches and honor? Of which hope if they be disappointed, they become open enimies of the truth, being of the same minde that we saw be­fore Simon Magus was of. Let vs therefore flye this hideous monster, and being content with our state, thinke nothing better than the knowledge of [Page 633] the truth of the Gospell, which onely is able to make vs partakers of euer­lasting saluation.

But let vs returne to this Damsels Master and Dame, The Apo­stles are ac­cused of sedi­tion & deceyt. and see what they did against the Apostles. First, they laye holde on Paule and Silas, as the chiefe authors of all this matter. When they had bounde them, they bring them into the market place, vnto the headboro [...]ghes of the Citie, af­ter that, they deliuer them vnto the souldiours, which the Romanes had there put in garrison. Then they beginne an accusation against them, both byting and artifycious: These men (say they) trouble our Citie, seeing they are Iewes, and preache ordinaunces, which are not lawfull for vs to receyue, neyther to obserue, seeing we are Romanes. They obiect therefore against them two most heynous crimes, seditious disturbance of the Citie, and se­ducing of the people. The later cryme they amplifye, by reason of the Ro­maine lawes, whereby newe maners of worshippinges or religion, were forbidden: neyther was it lawfull to honor or worship any newe God, be­fore the senate had allowed him for a God, as that auncient writer of the Church Tertullian, hath noted. Further, they exaggerate both the crymes, Apolog. 5. by circumstances of persons. For they glorye in that they are Romanes, and therefore worthy to be defended, that they may liue in safetie according to the Romane lawes. They call the Apostles Iewes, after an odious sort and wise, bicause the name of the Iewes was hated and enuyed of all men, in somuch that in Claudius dayes, they were all driuen out of Rome and Italie. And surelye it might seeme a grieuous attempt for Iewes, de­famed persons, almost with all men, to prescribe lawes vnto the Romanes, the Lords & seigniors of the whole world. And this accusation was of such force and effect, that all the people ranne vpon the Apostles, as it had bene to the quenching of some great fyre begun. Thou shalt in this place consider what the crafts of the enimies of the truth are. We heard how they were in­censed & led with the desire of priuate lucre & aduantage. But bicause it was an vnhonest poynt to disturbe the whole citie for a fewes sake, they make of a priuate case, a publike, with marueylous arte and craft, so proceeding, as though they tooke the publike weales cause in hande. Thus we heare Caiaphas played the Rhetorician, when he sayde vnto the Scribes, consul­ting agaynst Christ: It is expedient for vs, that one man dye for the people, and not all the Nation perishe. And now a dayes, nothing is so common a thing as to set a pretence of common weale vpon priuate affections, when men desire the doctrine of truth to be banished. This craft they haue learned of their Captaine the Deuill, who we reade vsed the same trickes euen from the beginning. For did he not this wayes entyce our fyrst parents to breake Gods commaundement, & so propose his matter, as though he had sought no whitte for his owne auayle, but was onely carefull for theirs. When he begoonne also to dispute with Christ, he seemed to go about to cause Christ to declare his Godheade vnto the worlde, by some woonderfull and myra­culous wise, and not to holde the worlde anye longer in suspence and doubt, what he was. For to this ende were his sayings, touching turning of stones into breade, and casting himselfe downe from the pinnacle of the Temple. We haue euerywhere examples of such sleyghtes, the chiefe ende whereof is, to warne vs that we suffer not our selues to be circumuented and beguiled, eyther with the craftes of the deuill himselfe, or of his mem­bers. [Page 634] This place also teacheth vs, with what crimes commonly the truth is charged in this worlde. Namely, that she troubleth and disquieteth com­mon weales, and beguyleth the simple Commons with new and false re­ligion. Hereof commeth it to passe, that the Ministers and teachers of the truth, are counted for seditious fellowes, seducers, and beguilers. The faythfull seruauntes of God, Moses and Aaron, are so called of Pharao the tyrant. For thus he aunswereth them, desiring him that the people myght be set at libertie: You Moses and Aaron, why pluck you the people away from their labour? But the wicked Achab more bitterly vpbraydeth the Prophete Elias with the same, saying: Art not thou he that troublest Israel. Yet is that more grieuous, that Amasias the Priest layeth to Amos the Prophetes charge, before king Ieroboam, in these wordes: Amos hath made a conspi­racie against thee, in the middest of the house of Israel, and the lande cannot a­way with his sermons. Yea, the wicked Courtyers of Sedechias the king, ac­cuse Ieremie of treason, and of flying to his enimies the Assirians, saying he is the onely authour of all their miseries and destruction. But this is no marueyle, considering these were the poynts of accusation that were layde vnto Christes charge. For the Priestes sayde vnto Pylate, wee founde this man peruerting the whole Nation, and forbidding to paye tribute vnto Caesar, saying he was Christ a king. Agayne: If thou let him loose, thou art not Cae­sars friend. Whosoeuer maketh himselfe a king, speaketh against Caesar. These are grieuous matters, and argue the great impudencie of the worlde. And yet they may seeme tollerable being compared with the things done in our dayes. These thinges in times past did they saye, which were the professed enimies of the Prophetes and Apostles, and which knewe not that Christ was their sauiour. But nowe adayes they that will be taken and counted for Christians, which challenge vnto them the chiefe gouernaunce of the Church, which professe themselues to be the nurses, shepeheardes, and de­fenders of the Church, vse to persecute the ministers of Christ and his Gos­pell, and call that a newe doctrine, a seditious, and a deceytfull, which ac­cording to the scriptures of the olde and newe Testament, sheweth that all our saluation is onely in Christ Iesus, which teacheth vs, the right vse of the sacraments, innocencie and puritie of life, the duties of charitie, com­maundeth vs to loue our enimies, leaueth lawes and priuiledges free vn­to Magistrates, biddeth vs giue vnto Caesar that is Caesars, and vnto God, that belongeth vnto him, which commendeth vnto vs principally the desire of peace, and commaundeth vs asmuch as lyeth in vs, to haue peace with all men. Who may not therefore crie out, ô maners, ô tymes. Let vs ther­fore acknowledge the blindenesse of this world, and not esteeme their slaun­ders one myte, whereby they go about to defame and bring in suspition the wholesome doctrine of the Gospell.

The Apo­stles are scourged and put in prison.It remayneth for vs to consider what the iudgement of the Gouernour of Philippi was, concerning this present cause. But what saye I the iudge­ment, whereas without all iudgement, they raged like madde men against the Apostles? Sreyghtways they tare and rent their garments, as though there wanted Ministers of such mischiefe. Then they commaunde them without hearing their aunswere, and being guiltlesse, to be beaten with roddes. And when they had bene well scourged, at length they cast them in prison, commaunding that they shoulde be well watched, as though they [Page 635] were worthye of more punishment than other malefactors. Which thing was the cause that they were put in an inner prison, and their feete thrust into the stockes. But what more iniustice coulde Magistrates and men in office shewe? He offendeth that doth but denie him leaue that is accused, to excuse himselfe. But these men besides beate straungers with roddes, and when they haue beaten them, thrust them in prison, meaning afterwarde at leysure to heare their aunswere. The cause of this rage was, for that they suffered other that slaundered them, to much to kindle their choler. Therfore let them that sitte in iudgement, flie this pestilent plague, and re­member that they haue two eares giuen them for this cause, that one maye be kept open for the Plaintife, and that other for the defendant. Let them also remember that God is the President of iudgements, to whome they also shall one day giue an account of their iudgements. In the meane sea­son we are admonished what the state of the godly is, in this worlde. No­torious malefactors maye liue in safetye, but the godlye are hated and persecuted of all men, and where they hurt none, but doe good vnto all men, they haue least thanke of all men in the worlde. It was a singular benefite to deliuer the Damsell out of the thraldome of Satan. But for their good turne they are punished with strypes and imprisonment, as publike eni­mies of the Citie. Hereof we haue euery day examples. But forasmuch as Christ once prophecyed that these thinges shoulde come vnto vs, it is our partes not to be offended thereat, but with constant fayth and pacience to hye vs vnto the marke appointed vs, that we may obtayne the rewarde promised to vs in Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxj. Homelie.

‘AT midnight Paule and Sylas prayed, and lawded God. And the prisoners hearde them. And sodeinly there was a great earthquake, so that the founda­tion of the prison was shaken, and immediately all the dores opened, & euery mans bandes were loosed. When the keeper of the prison waked out of his sleepe, and saw the prison dores open, he drue out his sword, & would haue killed hymselfe, supposing that the prisoners had bene fledde. But Paule cryed with a lowde voyce, saying: Do thy selfe no harme, for we are all here. Then he called for a light, and sprang in and came trembling, and fell downe at the feete of Paule and Sylas, and brought them out, and sayde: Sirs, what must I doe to be saued? And they sayde, beleeue on the Lorde Iesus, and thou shalt be saued, and thy housholde. And they preached vnto him the worde of the Lorde, and to all that were in his house.’

AS the holy scripture euerywhere doth teach the godly, that they must suffer persecutions in this worlde: so likewise it promiseth them Goddes abundant helpe and succour, and there want not examples, whereby God euen from the verye beginning of the worlde, hath declared the truth of his promises: such as are the examples conteyned in this booke. For before this, by his Aungell, he brought all the Apostles out of the prison, who as we hearde before had taught in the Temple. And [Page 636] Peter being deliuered out of prison, defeated the cruell deuise of Herode, and of all the people gaping for his death. It is very notable also that your cha­ritie euen nowe hearde recited. For here the faythfull Apostles of Christ, Paule and Silas are not onely deliuered out of prison, but also the keeper of the prison, a barbarous and cruell person, is deliuered out of the bandes of impietie, and being illuminated with the true knowledge of saluation, is conuerted vnto Christ. And bicause this hystorie maye many wayes serue both for our instruction and consolation, it shall be very profytable to exa­mine all the circumstances thereof. Let vs see therefore what God and the Apostles doe in this case, which thing being considered, then we will also intreate of the Iaylers conuersion.

The Apo­stles beyng whipped and put in bonds prayse and praye vnto God.We haue hearde howe Paule and Silas were verye euill intreated, and beaten with roddes, and at length put in the stockes. Wherefore some might thinke they shoulde like puling women bewayle their mishappe, and euery houre complayne of Gods iustice. But Luke reporteth they were farre otherwise occupied. For he wryteth that at midnight they made their prayers vnto God, and magnifyed him, and that not in any soft and secrete wyse, but so lowde, that the prisoners in the farther prison might easilye heare them. This was an argument both of a constaunt fayth, and merye conscience, which can be found in none other kinde of men, but in the faith­full onely, Roma 5. in the time of aduersitie. For this thing Paule attributeth to them as peculiar, that in tribulations they glory and reioyce. Luke declareth the cause of this ioy in the .v. chapter, where he writeth how the Apostles were beaten with roddes in the Counsell, and went out praysing God and reioy­cing that they were iudged worthy to suffer for the name of Christ. For they had a regarde to the promise of Christ, who promiseth them the fellowship of the kingdome of heauen, Luke. 22. which haue abidden wyth him in his temptati­ons. Wherevpon they gather with Paule, that they shall be partakers of the glory of Christ, 2. Tim. 2. Roma. 8. and lyue with Christ for euer, which in this world are made like vnto him by bearing the crosse. It is very worthy to be considered, that we heare the Apostles so feruent and earnest in prayer, who being illumi­nated with the holy ghost, and with true fayth knowe that all thinges are ruled and gouerned by the prouidence of God. By this example are those fyne and ouercurious wittes confuted, which say there is no neede of pray­ers, bicause God of himselfe knoweth all our necessities, and by his proui­dence all things are administred, whose deuyse cannot be reuoked or inter­rupted by any maner of prayers. In deede we declare not our case vnto God, as one that is ignoraunt, but by carefull and faythfull remembring him, we testifye our fayth. The holy men and Saintes also know that this is Gods euerlasting decree, that as manye as are in distresse and conuert vnto him, and call for his helpe and succour, those he heareth. For it is the commaundement of God: Psal. 50. Call vpon me in the time of thy trouble, and I will deliuer thee. &c. Agayne: Turne vnto me, and I will turne vnto you. &c. The Apostles therefore praye in their afflictions, and according to their ensam­ple, all the godly in their aduersitie, ought to seeke helpe and deliuerye at God onely, and in none else. We are taught moreouer, that we ought not onely in aduersitie to seeke our deliuerie, but also to giue God thankes, and magnify his holy name, when we are afflicted. For verily it is an argu­ment of his fatherly affection towards vs, when he correcteth the wanton­nesse [Page 637] of our fleshe, with the rod of the crosse or tribulation. And in nothing is the force of Gods comfort more effectually seene, than when we are ex­ercised in diuers temptations, according to that saying of the Prophete: In the multitude of the sorrowes that I had in my heart, Psal. 94. 2. Cor. 1. thy comfortes haue re­freshed my soule. And Paule sayth: As the afflictions of Christ abounde in vs, so through Christ aboundeth our consolation. Wherevnto it seemeth Peter also had a respect, when wryting vnto the brethren dispersed among diuers Nations, he beginneth with the prayse of God, and commendation of hys grace. These thinges ought we to remember, when we are tempted with impaciencie of the fleshe, that we be not ouercome thereof, and mutter a­gaynst God, which sinne of all other chiefely prouoketh the wrath of God, as the examples of the children of Israel murmuring in the wildernesse, 1. Cor. 10. a­bundantly declare.

Nowe let vs come to the seconde poynt of this place, where it is shewed what God did. Sodeinly (sayth Luke) there was a great earthquake, God deliue­reth the A­postles cal­ling vpon him. so that the foundation of the prison was shaken, and immediately all the dores opened, and euery mans bandes were loosed. And no man neede doubt but that this was the only worke of God, and of none other, bicause the Scripture declareth there is none other that can doe these thinges. In this place is set forth the force and effect of faythfull prayer. For (as the wise man sayth:) it pierceth the Cloudes, and ascendeth vp into the sight of God, Eccle. 35. which neglecteth not the same. Hereof commeth it to passe that by prayer those things are obteyned, which farre exceede the strength of man, and where nature is constreyned to giue place. So we reade that by prayer Moses deuided the waues of the redde sea. By prayer he gaue the Amalekytes a great ouerthrowe. Iames the Apostle testifieth that Elias through prayer locked the heauens that they gaue no raine, and by the same opened them agayne. Here in this place, at the prayers of Paule and Silas, the foundations of the prison are shaken, gyues and manacles vnloosed, and all the doores of the prison opened. Wherevnto that which we hearde before of Peter which was deliuered out of prison at the prayers of the congregation, is also like. Let vs herewith comfort our selues in aduersitie, that we be not ouercome of the threates of the worlde, forasmuch as no man is able to take praying from vs, which is of more force and efficacie, as it well appeareth, than any other thing. And of the more force it is alwaye, the more grieuously we are oppressed. Likewyse let all men abstayne from oppressing of Innocents, whose pray­ers and gronings we see are of such effect with God.

Furthermore, let vs see the principall effect of this myracle, The keeper of the prison is conuerted. that is to saye, the conuersion of the Iayler of the prison, wherein the holye ghost thought good to set forth a generall example for all menne to imitate. This conuersion hath in it certayne steppes and degrees, which it shall be good for vs in order to consider. Fyrst, being waked with the earthquake, he seeth all the doores opened: and where he thought all the prisoners were fledde, he drewe his sworde, and was about to haue killed himselfe, fearing the seueritie of the lawes, which made it death for the Iaylers of prisons, if a­ny prisoners escaped through their negligence. An example of which seue­ritie, Herode before shewed vpon them, which he set to watch Peter. Thys keeper therefore mynding to escape open shame, and being deceyued wyth the common errour of the Gentyles, thought it woulde sounde to his great [Page 638] praise of manlynesse, in auoyding infamy and shame, to kill himselfe. Thus had Satan bewytched mens mindes, that they sought saluation in destruc­tion, and prayse in ignominie and shame. Howbeit, in deede there is no­thing more pernitious and dishonest, than to go about by violent death to throwe downe the burthen of the crosse that God layeth vpon vs, and this kynde of feare doth vtterly declare cowardlye hearts, and such as growe out of kinde, which neyther can nor will suffer any thing. Agayne, thys is an euident argument of a desperate mynde, forasmuch as no man will be­reue himselfe of lyfe (which of all other is the pleasauntest thing that man can wyshe or desire) but he that before hande despayreth of the helpe and grace of God, and as the example of Iudas the Traytor and such lyke a­bundantly declare. Therefore Paule doth well to call vpon this keeper, that he doe himselfe no harme. And Christian menne must take heede that they harken not to the suggestions of Satan, perswading them to kyll them­selues. For whatsoeuer colour or pretence he set vppon them, yet in deede they are deuilyshe, Ezech. 18. and daungerous, bicause it is euident, God wyll not the death of a sinner, but rather that he shoulde conuert and lyue. We are ther­fore taught by this example, what kynde of lyfe they commonly lead, which eyther serue the wicked, or consent vnto them, as it is euident this Iayler did, of whome we intreate. For beyng to obsequious and double diligent, to execute the wicked commaundement giuen him of wicked Magistrates, he putteth the Apostles in the stocks in the inner prison. But being fast a sleepe, as though all thing had bene safe, such a chaunce falleth, as putteth him in hazard both of body and soule. Yea, he had euen nowe vtterly perished, had not the Lord of hys singular fauour reuoked him from destruction, by Paule the preacher of saluation. Let vs thynke that to be a notable & very golden sentence, whych is in the fyrst Psalme. Blessed is that man that hath not wal­ked in the counsell of the vngodly, nor stande in the waye of sinners, and hath not sitten in the seate of the scornefull. &c. Furthermore, we haue in Paule an example of Christian charitie, whych is so carefull for his saluation, who not long before had so vncourteously and vniustly handled him. Let vs imi­tate this doyng, and loue those which hate vs, and seeke their saluation that wishe our destruction. So shall we be taken to be the true children of God the father, Math. 5. which suffreth his sunne to aryse both vpon the good and the bad.

But let vs returne to the Iayler of the prison, which Luke writeth was sodenly chaunged, yea, become altogither another man. For after he heard the prisoners were not fledde, but stayed by the hande of God, comparing the boldenesse and playnnesse of the Apostles, wherof the like hytherto had bene seene in no men, with the present myracle, being stryken wyth the in­warde inspiration of God, he is altogither a whaped in hys minde. For he beginneth to feele in himselfe howe grieuously he had sinned by his vngen­tle vsage of those, whome he sawe God so greatly regarded. Wherfore cal­ling forthwith for lyght, he goeth in vnto them, falleth downe at their feete, and at length bringing them forth (which was contrary to the Magistrates commaundement) sayth: Syrs, what must I doe to be saued? Who will not here acknowledge the mightie hande of God, which wrought all this mat­ter? Surely it must be ascrybed vnto God, that he reuerenceth these men being scourged and put to open shame, that he breaketh the wicked and vn­iust commaundement of the Magistrate, and that he demaundeth the right [Page 639] way how to be saued. Yea, he teacheth by his example, that those thinges must not lightly or negligently be passed ouer, that God worketh myracu­lously in his seruaunts. For there is nothing almost more pernicious than that amazednesse, which maketh vs blynde in the manifest workes of God. It is euident that this thing in time past brought Pharao to his destruction, and at this day this hurteth many men, that they iudge all thinges come to passe by fortune and chaunce, and search not out the iudgements of God in the things which they see fall out beyonde the course of nature. Let vs ther­fore alway diligently marke and search out the right way of saluation, tou­ching which, we see this keeper nowe so profytably made inquirie.

For streyght wayes the Apostles aunswere him friendly, The summe of saluation is fayth in Christ. and declare vnto him in fewe wordes, the right and absolute way of mannes saluation, saying: Beleeue on the Lorde Iesus, and thou shalt be saued, and thy houshold. They preach fayth onely, and that fayth that stayeth vpon none other, but Iesus Christ, the onely author of saluation. For in him is conteyned all sa­tisfaction, righteousnesse, redemption, and sanctifycation, all which we ob­tayne none otherwayes than by fayth, whych is the cause that the scripture teacheth we are iustifyed and saued by fayth: wherof seeing we haue diuers tymes intreated, these fewe wordes for this time may suffyse. Let vs note well thys one thing, that there is none other thing, in scripture, for fayth to take holde on, but Christ. For hereof it is gathered that all they that seeke saluation out of Christ, lacke fayth, and are miserably molested with vncer­tayne opinions. Yet bicause this doctryne was more briefe, than a barba­rous man and a Gentyle, coulde at the fyrst vnderstande, therefore the A­postles afterwarde, open the same more at large. For they preach the word of the Lorde, that is, the Gospell, aswell to hym as to all his housholde, the summe whereof is, that we are iustifyed and saued by fayth, through the merite of Christ. In the meane season we are taught, that fayth is no rash­lye conceyued or imaginatyue opinion, but a full and perfyte knowledge of Iesus Christ, which dependeth vpon the eternall worde of God. There­fore fayth must be learned in his worde, and nothing admitted that is not plainly expressed in the Gospell. And whatsoeuer is contained therein, that let vs embrace with stedfast fayth, that we also by that meane maye be sa­ued, through our Lorde Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxij. Homelie.

‘AND he tooke them the same houre of the nyght, and washed their woundes, and was baptised and all they of his housholde straight way. And when he had brought them into his house, he set meate before them, and ioyed that he with all his housholde beleeued on God. And when it was day, the officers sent the Ministers saying: Let those men go. The keeper of the Prison tolde this, saying to Paule: The officers haue sent worde to lose you. Now therefore get you hence, and go in peace. Then sayd Paule vnto them: they haue beaten vs openly vncondemned, for all that we are Romaynes, and haue cast vs in Prison, and nowe would they sende vs away priuily? Nay ve­rily, but let them come themselues and fet vs out: when the Ministers tolde these wordes vnto the officers they feared, when they heard that they were [Page 640] Romanes, they came and besought them, and brought them out, and de­sired them to depart out of the Citie. And they went out of the Prison, and entred into the house of Lydia, and when they had seene the brethren, they comforted them and departed.’

AS the Euangelist Luke hath diligent­ly descrybed the tyranny and vnrighteousnesse of the magistrate of Philippi, vsed against the faythfull ser­uantes of Christ, Paule and Silas: so he reporteth as dyligently, howe the keeper of the Prison, a great dooer in the sayde wicked enterprise, was conuerted vnto the faith of Iesus Christ. The ende of all which hystorie is partly to learne vs the true way howe to turne vnto God, & then what afterwardes we must do, when we are turned vnto God. And the fyrst point of this present place, pertayneth vnto the later member, wherein is declared what this keeper dyd, after he had embrased Christ. This part therefore we wyll fyrst de­clare, meaning afterwarde, to speake of the Apostles delyuerie, as much as God shall put in our mindes.

The fruite and workes of fayth.As touching the keeper of the Prison nowe conuerted vnto Christ, foure things chiefely are affyrmed. Fyrst in the same night he bringeth the Apostles out of Prison, & washeth their sores. This he doth contrarie to the commaundement of the magistrate, which badde they shoulde diligently and straightly be kept. Yea, euen he that knew the seueritie of the Iudges to be such, that he would euen now haue kylled hymselfe, when he thought the prisoners were fledde, bringeth them out of his owne accorde, putting himselfe in manifest daunger of his lyfe. This place teacheth vs, that the chiefe and principall effect of fayth, is to make men obedyent vnto God, and bolde to put those thinges in execution, that they know God alloweth and commaundeth, although the worlde thinke neuer so much the contra­rie. For this is the saying and minde of all the faythfull, as well as of Peter, that we must obey God more than man. Therefore they are confuted by this example, which nowe a dayes alleage the authoritie of Princes, publyke lawes, the friendship of the worlde, and infynite such lyke, agaynst the preceptes of God, and being frozen with cowardely feare, dare neuer at­tempt any thing in Christes quarrell and glorye. Let vs rather followe this keeper of the Prison, whome neyther authoritie of magistrate, pub­like lawe, breaking of Prison, nor present daunger, coulde so feare, but that he durst bring them out of prison, whome he knewe were vniustlye committed thyther, and to vnworthily entreated.

Outwarde religion.After this he is by and by baptized, and causeth all his housholde lyke­wise to be baptized. For he had learned by the Gospell which the Apostles preached vnto him, that it was an ordynance of Christ, that all they which woulde beleeue in him, shoulde be ioyned togither into one bodye of the Church by baptisme. Wherefore he thinketh the sacrament instituted of Christ, ought not to be neglected, nor did not sophistically reason of the doc­trine of fayth going before on this wise: If faith onely in our sauiour Ie­sus Christ be sufficient vnto saluation, as you erewhyle dyd teache, whye require you nowe baptisme, which must needes be superfluous and vnpro­fytable? [Page 641] For they that truely beleeue in Christ, will neuer despise the ordy­naunces of Christ, bicause they know that the sacramentes are not repug­naunt vnto faith, but are rather certaine labelles and outwarde seales of Gods promises, whereof we take holde by fayth. In the meane season we haue to consyder the zealous fayth of this keeper, wherewith he was so en­flamed that he would haue his housholde also dedicated vnto God by bap­tisme. An example wherof we had before also in Lyddia. Which thing as it serueth to confute the Annabaptistes, which of their owne head keepe the children of the faythfull from baptisme: so it reprooueth the sloth and in­tollerable sluggishnesse of them, which haue so little care for their familie, that they regarde not to haue them consecrated vnto Christ and to hys Church, by outwarde sacramentes, thereby abundantlye declaring, that they are not greatly carefull for the glory of God.

Thirdly, he prepareth meate for them at his house, Charitie. for that he knew they had in the Prison a verie slender supper, or none at all. This is a worke of christian liberalitie and loue, which they that beleeue in Christ are neuer wythout. For it is impossible, to seperate fayth from the loue of God. And he that truely loueth God, can not neglect his neighbour, whom he know­eth is made after the similitude of God, and so esteemed of hym, that he would haue him redeemed with the bloude of his sonne, which was the cause that Paule sayth, fayth worketh through loue. Galat. 5. For althoughe there be many workes of fayth, yet may they all for the most part, Math. 22. Roma. 13. be refer­red vnto charitie, bicause through it the whole lawe is fulfylled. And the Apostle Iohn teacheth vs that he that neglecteth his neighbour, neyther looueth God, nor hath any faith. Therefore this Iayler doth well, to declare his faith by workes of charitie, which it becommeth vs also busily to apply, if we will not be taken and called vaine professours of the faith.

Fourthly, he reioyceth with all his housholde, bicause he beleeued in God, and knewe he nowe belonged vnto the Church of Christ, Ioy of spirite in whome onely the treasures of saluation are layde vp. And yet (as we erewhyle declared) he was in great daunger thereby. For if the Iudges mindes had notbene sodainely altered, (which alteration he yet wist not of) he had dyed for it, insomuch as he had let those loose, whome the Iudge had com­maunded to be laide in yrons. But as faith maketh all men obedient vnto God: so it ouercommeth all labours and daungers, and suffereth not the feeling of heauenly ioye, which the spirite of Christ inspyreth, to be ouer­come with any temptations. Therefore Paule wryting to these faythfull of the Phylippians, byddeth them alwaies to reioyce and be glad. Moreouer, if a man would lay togither all things saide hitherto of this Iayler, it shall appeare that fayth is not ydle, nor can not be seperated from good workes. For what good workes are here lacking? He recompenseth the iniuries made before vnto the Apostles. He obeyeth God duely with present daun­ger of his lyfe, declaring hereby howe readie he ment afterwarde to be in all other thinges. Hee receyued the sacramentes duelie as he ought to doe. For where he receyued baptisme streight way, it is not like he abstey­ned from the Lordes supper, seing he was conuersaunt with the faithfull. Furthermore he was carefull for the saluation of his familie, and caused them also to be brought vnto Christ, and vnto the congregation, also he ex­erciseth charitie and benefycence liberally, and euen in the middle of daun­gers [Page 642] ioyeth altogither in spirituall gladnesse. And yet the Apostles being asked the true waye of saluation, appointed him but faith onely in Iesus Christ. And this faith brought forth streight way such excellent fruites as we haue heard. Wherevnto yet we must not attribute the glorie of saluati­on, bicause he coulde haue done none of them, vnlesse by faith he had beene graffed in Christ, and quickned with his spirite. Here fyrst are they confu­ted, that saye the doctrine of faith is an enimie vnto good workes, seing such increase of good workes springeth of none other thing so much as of faith. Roma. 6. Iames. 2. And next they also which vnder a false pretence of the Gospell, seeke the vnbrydelled licentiousnesse of the fleshe, and to sinne without check.

Ful and per­ [...]te deliuery of the Apo­stles.Howbeit after the hystory of the keeper of the Prison ended, Luke com­meth vnto the officers of Philippi, and declareth howe the Apostles were delyuered by their commaundement and authoritie. For Gods workes are perfyte, and beguyle not mens mindes with vaine hope and expectation of his helpe and succour. In the meane season yet God marueylously tosseth the Apostles, that one maye see he vseth the wicked to fulfyll his pleasure euen against their wyll. But let vs discusse all things in order, that we may receyue the more comfort and instruction thereby. By the breake of daye came Sergeaunts from the Magistrates, commaunding the Apostles to be let loose: and it shall appeare afterward by Paules words, that this was a secret dimission they went about, meaning also to sende them out of the Citie. But howsoeuer they were dimissed, it is plaine that these Iudges did acknowledge both the innocencie of the Apostles and also their owne vnrighteousnesse, which they vsed against them. But whether it was the meane whyle of the night, that caused them to consider so much, or the earthquake that strake them in such feare, that they durst not holde on in their tyrannie, it is vncertaine. But assuredly, such sodaine chaunge of minde, did aboundantly declare, both their rashnesse and vnrighteousnesse. Yet go they about marueylous craftily to hyde the heynousnesse they had commytted, and whereof they were ashamed. For therefore woulde they haue the Apostles priuily to be set at libertie, to lay all the fault in them, as though they mistrusting their cause, had broke open the dores and fledde out of Prison. Thus the wicked vse with craftes and colours to seeke to seeme righteous, being ashamed of their naughtinesse, but meaning no earnest repentaunce, which causeth them to their further shame, to heape freshe offences and sinnes vpon the olde. Therefore this place teacheth vs fyrst what the repentaunce of the wicked is for the most part. The repen­tance of the wicked. Doubtlesse a counterfeyte repentaunce and such as reuerence and feare of men onely wringeth out of them, not repenting in the meane season from the heart, nor nothing mindefull of amendement. Thus we reade Saule repented, when he earnestly required Samuel not to depart from him, 1. Samu. 15. least his au­thoritie and estimation should vtterly haue quayled, before the Elders and the people. That this is a vaine and vnprofytable repentaunce, appeareth euen by this, for that in the meane season, they hate the worde of God woorse than a Tode, bicause the light thereof discloseth their wickednesse. Let euery man therefore so learne to acknowledge his offences, that he may also be sorrowfull for the same, and not seeke to hyde them wyth the shaming of other, but rather let them publishe them to the amendment of other, and to the setting forth of Gods glorie, whereof the scripture giueth [Page 643] vs examples in Dauid and Paule. Also this place teacheth vs, Wicked officers. how easilye wicked officers can quit themselues of great & heynous offences. For what could this men haue done more wickedly and vnworthy their calling, than to beate innocent persons, without hearing their cause, at the [...]ry and cla­mour of the commons, and being all gore bloude, and their sores not wa­shed, to cast them into a darke dungeon? And nowe they thinke it is yn­nough, if they put them not to death with more shame, but conuey them priuily out of the Citie. And here is no worde of amends making. This is a common thing in these dayes, especially in their causes whome the world hateth bicause of their sinceritie in truth and religion: yea, they thinke, they deserue great commendation of modestie and equitie, if they doe but de­priue such Christians of honours and goodes, and banishe them their coun­trie. But let officers consider, Roma 13. 2. Para. 13. Deuter. 1. that they are placed of God in such degree of power and honour. Let them also remember that iudgement belongeth vnto God. Furthermore, let them often remember, that they shall one day also come before Christ to be iudged, where they shall giue an accompt of all their iudgementes. And therefore according to the admonition of the Prophete, let them holde the bloud of their subiectes deare in their sight. Psalm. 72.

Furthermore here appeareth the inuincible power of God, The power of God, in delyuering his people. whereby he is able to take and deliuer his beloued out of the handes of the wicked, although they persist in their wickeddesse. For they repent not of their naughtinesse, and thinke of no amendment, as we sayde euen nowe, yea they vndoubtedly wished the Apostles of Christ destroyed, yet by the secret working of God they are compelled to let them go free. So the Egyptians although they truely chaunged not their mindes, Exodus. 12. were constreyned to let the people of Israell goe, laden with Golde and siluer. Herevnto is to be referred how Saul, with his owne mouth, pronounced Dauid to be iust, and whome he had long sought to slay, him being founde, 1. Sam. 24. and .26. he dismyssed with the publike testimonie of an innocent. So we reade the Apostles also were set at libertie in the Counsell at Ierusalem, when yet none of the Senators had forsaken his former impietie. Let this comfort vs against the incura­ble malyce of this worlde. Let the wicked runne on as long as they will, yet are they Gods instrumentes, to vse at his pleasure, and by them many times euen against their willes, he vseth to set forth his glorye.

The keeper of the Prison telleth Paule what the counsell had degreeed, being glad bicause he perceyued no craft in the matter. The simpli­citie of fayth. For commonly such is the simplicitie of the children of light, that they cannot alway see the mea­ning of the wicked. And at this day many like vnto this keeper, thinke all is well, if they whose liues were in daunger beset at libertie, and perceyue not in the meane season howe they go about to preiudice the Gospell wyth vnrighteous iudgements, and to stop and hinder the course thereof. Paule will not be set at libertie, and dismyssed priuilie. Ther­fore Paule did much better, thus stowtely to refuse the fauour offered by this wicked magistrate, saying: they haue beaten vs openly vncondemned, for all that we are Romaynes, and haue cast vs in Prison, and now woulde they send vs away priuily? Nay verily, but let them come themselues, and fet vs out. In the which wordes he complayneth him of iniurie done to him, and hys fellow Silas, and to aggrauate the accusation the more, he alleageth the Romane lawes, wherein it was enacted, that no man should vse any vyo­lence vppon the bodye of a Citizen of Rome before his cause were heard. [Page 644] Further he woulde not priuilie be put out of the Citie, but honorably. Let no man for all this accuse Paule, eyther of pride or impatiencie, conside­ring he hath verie good cause thus to doe. For fyrst, he hath a care, that the doctrine of the Gospell be not charged with any wrong suspition, which ey­ther might offende those that as yet were weake in the fayth, or else giue occasion to open enemies to reproche the same. For who would not haue thought that the Apostles had suspected their owne cause, if it had beene bruted abrode, that they had bene secretly fled? Moreouer, Paule thought he would put these fierce fellowes in a feare, & make them by this meanes to vse hereafter more aduisednesse, and lesse crueltie towarde the members of Christ. The trade of Christians paciencie. Whereby we gather, that christian paciencie, is not to suffer the wicked to doe what they liste without comptrolement. But rather their wickednesse must be reprooued and brydelled, if by any meanes, it maye commodiously be done. Also the glorie of God and our innocencie must be defended, bicause many times herewithall, the saluation of many is impe­rilled. Thus Christ calleth them that came out to take him with swordes and staues, the ministers and fulfyllers of the power of darckenesse. And he openly reprehended the Priestes seruaunt, that smote him without a cause. So therefore must we paciently suffer whatsoeuer aduersitie com­meth vnto vs, that yet we must not betray the cause of Christ and his truth, nor otherwise dishonestly forsake the same. Againe we are taught that the godly may vse the priuilege of positiue lawes for their defence, as farre forth as they repugne not agaynst truth and religion. Defence of lawe is per­mytted to the godlye. For Paule who was most ready to suffer any thing for Christes sake, would not haue alleaged the lawes of Rome, if they had bene wicked. So after this we shall heare, howe he appealed vnto Caesar, and vsed the lawfull defence of armour a­gainst that wicked conspiracie that intended to kyll him. Therfore great is their iniustice, which saye all vse of lawe is forbidden Christian men, and all kinde of defending themselues by lawe, and will haue them rashely to rushe into all kinde of daungers.

The prepos­terous feare of the wicked.But what did the Magistrates of Philippi, when they had heard Paule speake? They were afrayde, not for that they had done them wrong, but bicause they vnderstoode they were Romaines, whome they had so serued. For they well knew what the seueritie of the Romaines was in defending their lawes and priuiledges, in so much that (as Cicero testifyeth agaynst Verres) this saying, I am a free man or Citizen of Rome, helped and saued many, in the farthest partes of the worlde, euen among the barbarous people. And surely, next vnto religion, there is no stronger hold and bande of common weales, than fyrme and constant keeping of equitie and lawes. Therefore their feare was not without a cause, for it was the occasion that they forthwith came vnto them, to excuse themselues of that they had done, and courteously to bring them out of prison, desiring them for the auoyding of further trouble, they would vouchsafe to depart out of their citie. Where likewise may appeare the condicions of the wicked, which being touched with no feare of God, feare onely men of more authoritie then themselues, and seueritie of lawes. And if they may freely without checke, offende be­fore men, then dare they doe any thing. Wherof there is none other cause, then that they thinke there is no God, that careth for mens doings. But the godly are farre otherwise minded, whose care being set on God, they [Page 645] so detest the horror of sinne, that if at any time they offende of infyrmitie, they are feared more with the consideration of the offence commytted, then of the punishment due for it. In the meane season we learne by this exam­ple to what ende and passe the rashe iudgementes of wicked Magistrates come. Surely to bring the authors thereof into perill and shame. Hence came it that these Magistrates striken in feare, The ende of rashe iudge­ment. bring them forth honora­ably, whome the day before, they had ignomiously put to shame: and thus accuse they their owne temerite and vnrighteousnesse. There are many ex­amples of lyke kinde, the vse whereof is to teach Magistrates, and who­soeuer beare authority, to learne to brydle their affections, and according to the prophane wryters saying, to take good deliberation afore they go about that thing, which they once intend to doe. Moreouer, this example teacheth vs, that the force of innocencie is so great, that it egregiously confoundeth hir fiercest enimies. Therefore, let vs labour for innocencie, and let vs not doubt, but we also by hir meanes shall tryumph ouer our enimies, howe fyerce so euer nowe they shewe themselues to be.

Nowe remayneth the last part of thys hystorie, The Apo­stles depar­ture from Philippi. touching the Apostles going away, which they must needes doe, considering there was henceforth no place for them in that citie. Yet they so depart not as vtterly neglecting the congregation, but fyrst they go to see the brethren gathered togither at Lyddias house, and them they exhort to be stedfast in the fayth, and comfort them very effectually. Moreouer, Paule wryteth an Epistle vnto them, wherin we are taught, how prosperously this cōgregation afterward came forward, whose beginning seemed altogither vnprosperouse & vntowarde. Whereby it appeereth the course of the Gospell can be hyndered by no at­temptes of the wicked. Sometime the Ministers thereof are bounde, but the worde of God can not be bounde. Againe, they that preach the same are thrust out and banished, but the spirite of Christ cannot be banished, but breatheth wheresoeuer it pleaseth, yea, when men holde their peace, the stones will preach Christ. Let these thinges make vs constaunt in the fayth, that hauing at length ouercome the worlde and Prince thereof, we may liue and raigne in heauen wyth Iesus Christ our sauiour: to whome be all praise, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xvij. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cxiij. Homelie.

‘NOWE as they passed through Amphipolis, and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a great Synagoge of the Iewes, and Paule as his maner was, went in vnto them, and three Sabboth dayes disputed wyth them by the scriptures, opening and alleaging that Christ must haue suffred, and rysen agayne from the death: and this is Iesus Christ, whome sayde he, I preach vnto you: And some of them beleeued, and ioyned in companye with Paule and Silas: also of the Grecians that feared God a great multitude, and of the chiefe women not a fewe.’

OUr Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christ in the Gospell of Luke sayth: No manne which putteth hys hande to the plough, and looketh backward, is meete for the kingdome of heauen. Which wordes doe admonishe vs, that of all christians, especially of the Ministers of the word, is required an inuincible constancie of the minde, whereby they maye go for­warde without feare, against al traueyle and daunger, and not be withdrawne by anye temptations, to forsake the office committed to their credit. Of which con­stancie is set out vnto vs a most worthy example in the Apostle Paule: The constan­cie of Paule. who from the fyrst daye he tooke in hande the seruice of Christ and the Gospell, was in continuall labour and daunger, and yet held on, seeking daylie new occasion, with great courage of minde to set forth the kingdome of Christ. And as he had done heretofore in other places, the selfe same did he wyth incredible industrie among the Macedonians, as this present hystorie decla­reth. For being verie euill intreated at Philippi, to the which place he was called by a vision, yet he murmureth not against God, nor doubteth not of his calling, nor leaueth not of his duetie through feare, but taketh his iour­ney directly thorowe Amphipolis and Apollonia, and commeth to Thessalo­nica, the chiefe Citie of all Macedonia, where after he had spreade the lyght of the Gospell, he getteth him to Berrhoea, and from thence to Athens, where he preacheth Christ among the most learned Phylosophers of the Gen­tiles, and as it were vpon the open stage of all the worlde. But to let passe all other thinges, let vs see what was done at this tyme, at Thessalonica.

[Page 647]First it is sayde he went through Amphipolis and Apollonia, Paule preacheth vnto the Iewes. and there is no mention made that Paule preached in those Cities, therfore it is lyke the holy Ghost, offered him no occasion there to preache. But when he came to Thessalonica, he went into the Iewes Synagoge, which was very nota­ble and full of people, and there by the space of three Sabboth dayes he taught them the gospell of Iesus Christ. And yet it might seeme a straunge thing, that Paule woulde offer the doctrine of saluation agayne, vnto the Iewes, whose incurable malice he had so often tryed, and whome he per­ceyued, God had cast of by many euident arguments. But he was mooued partly with the feruent desyre he had to set forth the kingdome of God, and partly with the constant loue that he bare to his nation, for whose sake o­therwhyle, he wished to be accursed. And yet we must not thinke this to be any blinde affection, for as much as the Lorde had long before prophecied, Esay. 10. that though the Iewes were cast off, certaine remnauntes shoulde be sa­ued. And perhappes he might be mooued by the example of Elias, who when he thought all the people had forsaken the God of Israell, was tolde that there were yet seauen thousande, which had neuer bowed their knees vnto Baal. We are taught by this example of Paule, that we must not ouer hastily cease from doing our duetie, bicause of many mens ingratitude, but rather (as the Apostle otherwhere teacheth vs) tollerate the euill wyth meekenesse, instruct those that make resistaunce, if at anye time God will giue them repentance to knowe the truth, 2. Tim. 2. and that they may come to them­selues againe, out of the snare of the Deuill. For where we be the ser­uauntes of God, it becommeth vs to imitate his condition and propertie, and not to be offended with the ingratitude of the worlde, for as much as we knowe, that we haue a rewarde layde vp with the Lorde, which shall neuer fayle vs. Therefore inexcusable is their waywardenesse, which assoone as they perceyue, they nothing profyte, cease of from doing their duetie, & are not ledde with the example of God, and of Christ, which vsed such great lenitie and long sufferaunce towards the incurable malice of the Iewes, euen from the fyrst beginning of that nation. It is also worthy the obseruation, to see howe Paule keepeth the religion of the Sabbothes, The obser­uing the Sabboth dayes, and comming to Church. and goeth into the Synagoges to preach there, following the example of Christ, who dyd nothing in secret, but taught abroade openly. In the meane season we see this was an olde vsage amonge the people of God, for the godly to come vnto the Church, for whose sake we reade holy dayes, and holy places were in times past ordeyned of God. It is necessarie that we obserue the same, both for doctrine sake, which can no waye more commo­diously be taught, and also bicause of externe religion, which ought to be openly exercised, that the profession of true fayth fayle not. For the which cause Christ adourned the congregation and Church, comming with hys example, and commended it with a notable promise, and this is the cause that Paule in his fyrst Epistle to the Corinthians, is so diligently occupied in gyuing preceptes, for the well ordering of them. Wherfore their froward­nesse must needes be detested which deryde and scoffe at the publike assem­blies of christians, plainely testifying that they are ledde with no care of wholesome doctrine or sincere religion. The tr [...]de or maner of Paules doc­trine.

But what doth Paule in the Synagoge of the Iewes? euen the same that we heare he vsed to doe in many places. For he taught out of the scrip­tures, [Page 648] declaring howe it was necessarie that Christ shoulde die, and rise a­gaine from the dead, and that this was the same Christ whom he preached. Here must we diligently marke all these pointes, bicause they fullye con­teyne the whole trade of the Apostles doctrine. For fyrst they shewe j whence Paule fet his doctrine, verily out of the wrytings of Moses and the Prophets, 2. Timo. 3. Iohn. 5. which otherwheres he sayth were inspyred of God, and in the which Christ witnesseth that the mysteries of eternall lyfe are conteyned. Therefore out of the same also in these dayes, must the doctrine taught in the congregation be taken. Neyther must their impudencie be borne with, which will not haue the controuersies of our dayes deuided by the Scrip­tures, but alleage vnto vs the traditions and Canons, (as they call them) of the Apostles and the fathers, and the counsels, as though they had left vs thinges of more imperfection and certaintie, than the Apostles. Fur­ther ij we are taught, howe Paule handled the scriptures. He opened them, that is to saye, by dyligent interpretation, he picked out the true sense and meaning of them, & applyed the things therin conteyned to his present pur­pose. Which he coulde no wayes more commodiouslye doe, then by confe­rence of places. By this example of Paule is theyr errour confuted, which saye it is sufficient to haue the scripture read ouer in the Church, and wyll not suffer the same by exposition to be opened. Therefore in these mennes iudgement, Paule offended verie much, yea Christ himselfe, who as we may reade vsed the same order of teaching in the schoole at Nazareth. Luc. 4. But whosoeuer followeth the example of Christ can not offend. And Paule doth much better, which requireth such a teacher of the Church, as can distribute and deale (as it were) the worde of truth iustly and duely, 2. Timo. 2. and can apply it iij to the instruction and comfort of euery body. Thirdely, is declared the ar­gument of Paules doctrine, which conteyneth in it chiefely two poyntes, set­ting them as it should seeme, agaynst so many errours of the Iewes. For fyrst they were offended at the crosse of Christ, bicause they vnderstoode the oracles of the Prophetes according to the letter, and ymagined that the kingdome of Christ should be temporall, and looked for a Messias wythout a crosse: Which errour may now a dayes also be perceyued in them, which would haue the Gospell preached without the crosse, and where they desyre to be saued by Christ, will not suffer, and be afflicted with him. The other errour of the Iewes was, that they denyed Iesus the sonne of Mary, to be their Messias or Christ. Paule laboureth to put both these errours away, going about to prooue by testimony of scriptures, that God had from before the begynning of the world, ordeyned this way for man to be saued by, that is to say, by the incarnation, death, and resurrection of his sonne. Againe, applying those things vnto Iesus the sonne of Marie, which the Prophets in tymes past, spake before of the Messias, he euidently declareth, that he ought to be acknowledged for the Messias, and that none other ought to be looked for. Nowe as Paule declared these things at large, by testimonies of scriptures gathered out of all places: so might they be by vs in ample wise prosecuted. But bycause it appeareth easily by the sermons, both of Paule and the other Apostles going before, what places they for the most part v­sed, and they that vse to reade the scriptures, fynde euerywhere such things as conteyne in them the knowledge of Christ: we wyll of purpose be the shorter. In the meane while we haue here two things to obserue. Fyrst, [Page 649] what ought to be preached in the Church. Uerily, euen Iesus Christ only, whome Paule otherwheres confesseth onely that he knoweth and none o­ther. For where he alone is sufficient for vs in all things, bicause he is gi­uen to vs of the father, to be our Brydegrome, Shephearde, King and Priest, head, righteousnesse, wisedome, satisfaction, sanctifycation and re­demption, & he himselfe would haue men brought vnto him: it is vnmeete to teach any thing not agreeable with him. The seconde thinge is, howe Christ should be preached. To be euen such an one, as the Scriptures de­clare him to be, who dying for vs on the Aultar of the crosse, purged our sinnes, and by his glorious resurrection ouercame death, & who reigneth not in this worlde, lyke vnto the kings here on earth, but being taken vp into heauen, comforteth vs by his spirite, and through our afflictions and infyrmitie of the flesh, triumpheth ouer all our aduersaries. They that haue conceyued in their mindes Christ to be such an one, can be offended at no worldly attempts, but being voyde of care, and merie, laugh at all that the worlde goeth about, against the Church. Learne therefore, hereby to iudge of the doctrine of these dayes, and harken not vnto them, which in the businesse of our saluation, teach any more, then Christ, seing that Paule knewe him onely, notwithstanding he was rapt vp into the thirde heauen.

Moreouer, the successe declareth, The fruite of Paules teaching. that Paules preaching was not in vaine. For certaine of the Iewes beleeued, yet but a fewe, bicause nowe beganne the blindnesse of that nation. Yet God keepeth and fulfylleth hys truth, while he saueth certaine remnauntes, out of the innumerable mul­titude. And that they were vnfayned beleeuers, appeareth by this, that they openly ioyne themselues vnto Paule and Silas, both for learning sake, and also to protest openly their beliefe. Yet a greater company of the Greekes beleeued, whome he calleth religious, bicause before this, they had tasted a little of true religion, which it is lyke they learned, by being conuersaunt with the Iewes. For although the incredulitie of that nation was past hope, yet God would vse them being dispersed abroade in the worlde, to bring the Gentyles from ydolatry, vnto the worshipping of the true God, and euerywhere to sowe certaine principles and grounds of pure religion, touching the honouring and inuocating of one God. With this company of the faithfull, are numbred certaine noble and chiefe women, that a manne maye see howe God hath a regarde of his elect in all states and degrees of persons. This place teacheth vs, that the Gospell is neuer preached in vaine, as hath bene already oftentymes declared. Here are also touched the dueties of them that truely beleeue, ardent desyre of true doctrine and religion, thankefulnesse towarde the teachers of saluation, and playne and open profession of the true fayth. For God will haue none of them to wor­ship him that can dissemble, and play on both handes. God graunt that we also being illuminated with the light of true fayth, may declare our fayth both in worde and deede, and by the same maye come vnto the inhe­ritaunce of the kingdome of heauen, with the onely begot­ten sonne of God Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honour, power and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxiiij. Homelie.

‘BVT the Iewes which beleeued not had indignation, and tooke vnto them euill men, which were vagabondes, and gathered a company, and set all the Citie on an roare, and made assault vpon the house of Iason, and sought to bring them out to the people. And when they founde them not, they drewe Iason, and certayne brethren vnto the heades of the Citie, crying. These that trouble the worlde are come hyther also, whome Iason hath receyued priuilie. And these all doe contrarie, to the decrees of Caesar, af­firming an other king, one Iesus. And they troubled the people and the of­ficers of the Citie, when they heard these things. And when they were suf­ficiently aunswered of Iason, and of the other, they let them go. And the brethren immediatly sent away Paule & Silas by night vnto Berrhoea, which when they were come thyther, entred into the Synagoge of the Iewes.’

AS God ordeyned his sonne from euer­lasting, to be the sauiour of mankinde: so he prophe­cyed in the beginning of the world, that there should be perpetuall enmitie and contention, betweene the Deuill and him, when he sayde vnto the Serpent. I will set enmitie betweene thee and the woman, be­tweene thy seede and hir seede: The same shall treade downe thy heade, Gene. 3. and thou shalt treade vpon hys heele Continuall examples of which prophecie, this booke of the Apostles actes declareth vnto vs. For wheresoeuer in the worlde, the Apostles went about to erect and establishe the kingdome of Christ, by the preaching of the Gospell, there Satan by his instrumentes, alwayes withstoode them. This he did fyrst at Ierusalem by the Scribes & Priests, after that at Samaria, by Simon the Sorcerer, after that againe, at Damascus by Areta king of Arabia, in Cyprus by Elymas the Sorcerer at Antioch in Pisidia, by the Iewes: who after that of an obstinate purpose and implaca­ble hatred followed Paule euerywhere by sea and by lande, to hynder and stop the course of the gospell. For these were his enimies at Lystra. These withstoode him as he taught at Derba. And nowe being called of God into Macedonia, they trouble and molest him. For by their meanes, as this pre­sent place teacheth, he is thrust out of Thessalonica, where the gospell began prosperously to take roote. The chiefe vse of all these things is, that we must not be offended, if the lyke come vpon these dayes, but that we consyder, that this alway is the state of the church, in this worlde, bicause the worlde delyghteth more in seruing the Prince thereof, than in Christ. But let vs vewe this present place, which marueylously serueth to instruct and com­fort vs, against the wicked assaultes of the Deuill, and the worlde. For fyrst it teacheth vs with what instruments the Deuill fought agaynst Paule at Thessalonica. After that, it describeth their properties and qualities, and the good successe of all this Tragedie. Hypocrites and vaga­bondes are the enimyes of truth.

Among the instrumentes of the Deuill, which he here thought good to vse, are two kynde of men rehearsed. The fyrst are the Iewes, which Luke sayth had indignation at the Apostles. But they were hypocrites, which [Page 651] vsed the pretence of Gods lawe, and zeale of auncient religion, to cloke their obstinacie and vnbeliefe with, where in deede they sought nothing, but their priuate gaine and glorye, as by their conspiracie may easily appeare. For they tooke vnto them certaine vagabundes, men of naughtie conditi­ons, whose companye they ought to haue shunned, as a moste pestilent plague, if they had loued truth and religion. For thus are ydle and luskishe lubbers worthie to be called, who when they haue spent their goodes in waste, stande in the market place, lyke publyke wares to be solde, and are ready to commit all kinde of mischiefe, so they may fynde a buyer. This is a marueylous society, and such as a man would neuer once suspect could be amonge professours of such vnlyke studyes, but that the force of ha­tred, once conceyued against the truth, is so great, that it vseth to ioyne men of most diuers conditions, and natures in league togither. Thus thou seest the Priestes, Scribes and Phariseyes, the Sadduceyes, Iudas the Apo­stle, the souldiours, Herode and Pilate, conspire togither against Christ, all which otherwise were of diuers countreyes, religion, and profession. This place teacheth vs, who are the most earnest and chiefest enimies of the truth. Uerily hypocrites, which vnder a false pretence of religion, seeke their owne aduauntage, and such as being nusseled in ydlenesse, and can­not away with pouertie, are readie to sell their helpe about any thing. For as the fyrst sort by the testimonie of Christ, can not beleeue, Iohn. 5. bicause they burne in desyre of priuate glorye: so the other thinke there is most right, where most meede is. Therefore Satan vseth craftily to ioyne and conso­cyate these two sortes of men togither, to the ende, that these bolde and des­perate dickes of Caria hyred and waged by hypocrites, may with open vi­olence bring that to passe, which they cannot with their craftie and subtile inuentions. This is the cause that nowe a dayes, so manye Prelates are seene in kings Courtes, that Byshops be of Princes counsels, and that Monkes which bragge they are men deade vnto the worlde, are seene fly­ing in the fyeld among armed men. For they can fynde themselues no more trustie defendoures, than such as haue solde their soules and consciences, and measure all truth and religion, by gaine and lucre. These things teach vs what kinde of men they shoulde most of all beware of, which desyre to haue their Churches in safety. In many places now a dayes, Abbotes and Bishops, craftily insynuate themselues, and pretende a kinde of zeale. But when they are once let in, by and by they fynde men meete for their purpose and deuises, which being brybed with golde, dare forceably doe anye thing against the doctrine of Christ: and they are founde to be most of all other, voyde of al religion and righteousnesse, which seemed before to beare grea­test zeale vnto God.

This the seconde part of this place teacheth vs, The indea­uours of the enimies of truth. which declareth their doings which hytherto pretended the zeale of godlynesse in their enterprise. The fyrst thing that they doe, they set all the Citie by their conspiracie in an vprore, which was easie for them to doe, by false rumours which they spredde both openly and priuily agaynst the Apostles, as enymies of the publike weale. That done, they violently giue an assault to an other mans house, meaning to haue brought forth the Apostles, if they had found them there. But what kinde of zeale is that, that maketh men burst open dores, and hale innocents vnto death? Yet is there a more heynous matter than [Page 652] this. For when they could not fynde them they sought for, they bring and pull before the Iudges, Iason the Apostles hoste, a man for his hospitality, worthy of singuler prayse, and with him certaine of the brethren which be­leeued in Christ, and accuse them as Traytors vnto the Citie. And they so frame their accusation, that they intermeddle in euery worde, most impu­dent lyes, and slaunders: These (say they) that trouble the worlde, are come hyther also, whome Iason hath receyued priuilye. They call the Apostles, which preach peace and mutuall looue, troublers of the worlde, whereas they themselues had nowe set all the Citie on a roare lyke seditious fel­lowes. But bicause they knewe, religion in pretence whereof they made this adooe, was smally regarded among the Thessalonians, they exaggerate the matter, and say that the Apostles did all things against the lawes and decrees of Caesar, and so accuse them of treason, saying, they appointed an other to be king of the worlde, affirming in a maner the same, that they of Ierusalem before obiected against Christ before Pylate. If you let these men go, you are not Caesars friende. The chiefe vse of these thinges, is to learne vs with what instrumentes and weapons, the wicked most assault the truth and hir Ministers. First they vse open force. For where Satan is a murtherer, they thinke they haue a great defence therein for them­selfe. So Pylate sent forth his crewe with swordes and clubbes to take Christ, Luc. 22. which plainely sayde he did exercise the power of darkenesse. Thus Cain violently kylled Abel. And Pharao openly afflicted the Israelites. Yea if a man would consyder the hystories of all ages, he shoulde see the chiefe argumentes of the enimies of the truth founded vpon seculer power. And commonly in these dayes, they vse to dispute against the godly, with impri­sonment, chaynes, Gunnes, Speares, fyre and sworde. Howbeit, bicause the wiser sort, abhorre from manifest violence and tyranny, Satan know­eth craftily howe to mittigate the heynousnesse of this matter with lying, going about by false accusations and slaunders to bring the seruauntes of Christ and faythfull Ministers of the truth, in ignominie and suspicion. Examples hereof we haue else where alleaged in Achab the king, and in the Iewes, accusing Christ before Pylate, so that we neede tarie no longer in this matter. Let vs learne at the least not rashely to beleeue them, that grieuously accuse the godly, as though they were blasphemers of God, in­iurious to the saintes, and disturbers of the common weale. Let vs ra­ther search out the verie truth of the matter, and commonly it shall appeare they are most innocent, which before seemed worthy of all kinde of punish­ment. This place teacheth vs furthermore, what great destruction com­meth vnto common weales, by ydle and gracelesse persons. For when they haue spent and consumed their owne goodes, they gape after other mens, and will be hyred for a little, to commit a great mischiefe, whereby it com­meth to passe, that they which will not by iustice of discipline punishe them, are at length much cumbred and endammaged by them, and perceyue their common weales by them to be much hyndered. So these men being long suffered at Thessalonica, wax at length so bolde and desperate, that being entised and hyred by the Iewes, they beginne a publike sedition, and their boldenesse putteth all men in feare, which thing seemeth to me, to haue bene the cause that Paule afterward wryting to the Thessalonians, warneth them so dyligently to see to the ordering of them, that liued ydly of other mens la­bours. [Page 653] For to let passe this present example, there are euerywhere manye examples of other nations, which teache vs that there are no kynde of men more pernitious vnto common weales. But in steede of a great many, that one may serue, that is written in the storie of the Romaines, of the coniuration of Catiline and his Complices. Most prudently therefore did the Athenians sometyme inact, that sluggishe and ydle persons shoulde be brought out into the market place, and openlye shamed, as men getting their lyuing by no honest arte or trade. With the same Athenians, the offi­cers called Areopagitae, when they suspected anye of inordinate lyfe, called them before them, and demaunded of them, howe they liued and main­teyned themselues. Which seueritie and industrie, if it were vsed in our dayes, woulde make our common weales and Churches more quiet than they be. But it is a foule thing for christian men, in this poynt, to be o­uercome of Gentiles, whome reason and experience of the fleshe onely taught to be more wise than we.

Nowe let vs see the ende of this Tragedie, A ioyfull ende of the sedition. whose beginning was such that no man would haue thought it coulde haue bene ended without shed­ding of bloud. First the Iudges and people are both mooued, as common­ly it vseth to be in sedition, so that at the fyrst brunt, wisemen and modest al­so, are almost amazed, and wote not what to doe. But as God with a lit­tle blast of winde, can chase away the threatning and clowdie countenance of heauen: so in this place, with small adoe, he maketh them quiet & calme, that erewhile seemed to be starke mad. For by the secret working of hys spirite, he mittigateth the mindes of the Iudges, to heare Iason speake, and at length being satisfyed, to dismysse hym and the other brethren. In the meane while, the brethren in the night season, sende away Paule and Silas to Berrhoea, where they againe go into the Synagoge, and preache with great fruit and vtilitie. But as in this councell of Thessalonica, is set forth a president of ciuile iustice and equitie, for all men to follow, which are in office and authoritie, so in the other persons haue we some thinges also to be obserued. And fyrst this thing is verie comfortable, that is tolde of Iason. He for his kindenesse shewed vnto the Apostles, is in great daunger. But the Lorde so deliuereth him, that he obteyneth an euerlasting praise in the congregation of the saintes. And thus is the promise of Christ fulfylled, which promised a sure rewarde vnto him that giueth but a Cup of cold wa­ter vnto any one of his disciples. Math. 10. Let this kindle in vs also a desyre vnto godlynesse, that it seeme not to vs intollerable to suffer traueyles and pe­rilles for Christes faythfulles sake. Further the brethren of Thessalonica shewe themselues thankefull vnto Paule and Silas, in that they accompany them and bringing them on their waye, in the night season, putting them­selues a freshe in daunger, so that it is not without a cause that Paule com­mendeth their fayth in the Epistle he wryteth vnto them. The Galathians also are commended of him for the same cause, who (sayth he) were ready to haue giuen him their eyes, if he had needed them. But nowe a dayes Ministers haue small thanks, for they are the fyrst in daunger, and some­time deliuered into the handes of their cruell enimies, by them which will be taken for most christian people, and Gospellers. Finally, we haue to consyder Paule, which embraseth the counsell of the brethren, wylling him to flye, vnderstanding that it was a thing permytted by Christ, when ney­ther [Page 654] the glorie of God, nor the weale of the brethren and congregation was in daunger. For God will not haue vs perishe without great cause, and for no profyte. In the meane season, in the flying, they are not forgetfull of their duetie, but assoone as they come to Berrhoea, they teach agayne. By which example we are admonished, that we must so see to our owne safety, that we forsake not our standing and tackle. But if we be endued with the zeale of God, the cause it selfe, time, and place, shall easily giue vs counsell what to doe. Let the power and goodnesse of God also comfort vs, wherby we see Paule so often defended and delyuered, and hauing this, let vs man­fully defend our vocation, that hauing with stedfast course gotten the Gole, we may obteyne the rewarde of eternall life, in our sauiour Iesus Christ: to whome be praise, honor, power and glorie, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxv. Homelie.

‘THESE were the noblest of birth among them of Thessalonica, which receyued the worde with all diligence of minde, and searched the scriptures daylie, whether those things were euen so. And many of them beleeued, also of worshipfull women which were Greekes, and of men not a fewe. When the Iewes of Thessalonica had knowledge that the worde of God was prea­ched of Paule at Berrhoea, they came and mooued the people there. And then ymmediatly the brethren sent away Paule to go as it were to the Sea, but Si­las and Timotheus abode there still. And they that guyded Paule, brought him vnto Athens, and receyued a commaundement vnto Silas and Timo­theus, for to come to him with speede and went their way.’

ALthough the kyngdome of our Sauiour Ie­sus Christ is daylie and continually assaulted by this world, and the Prince thereof, yet can it be so little ouerthrowne, that in the myddle of persecutions, it most prosperously com­meth forwarde. The contynuall hystorie of this booke de­clareth the same, but chiefely the discourse of the things done by Paule. For as he laboured more than all the Apostles else, so he suffered more grieuous persecutions than they, and found euerywhere enimies of the fayth, by whose craft he was still chased and dryuen away. But as of­ten as the rage of his enimies compelled him to auoyde any place, so often he left the seede of Gods worde in the mindes of the hearers, and caryed the Gospell to an other place, and so still wanne more vnto Christ the Lord. Luke wryteth that this was done at Macedonia. For we hearde howe he was vniustly and vnworthyly intreated at Philippi, yet the Epistle which he wrote vnto the Philippians declareth, that he had not laboured there in vaine. His persecution was cause that he went vnto the Thessalonians, a­mongs whome he taught three Sabboth dayes. At length he was driuen from thence also, by his olde enimies the Iewes. But the faith of Christ could not be driuen out, which now had taken roote in many mens hartes. But hee being come vnto Berrhoea, preacheth the Gospell with great a­uayle. These things serue to comfort vs, against the attempts of the world, and the Deuill. For as Salomon sayth: There is no counsel against the Lord. But it is his counsell or deuise, that Christ should haue all power in heauen [Page 655] and in earth, and that the borders and boundes of his kingdomes shoulde be stretched ouer all the worlde. Wherefore it must needes come to passe, for as much as heauen and earth shall sooner fayle, then the decrees and ordynances of God. But let vs see this present place, which declareth what things Paule dyd at Berrhoea.

He beginneth with the commendation of the Iewes at Berrhoea, Berrhoea is lyghtened with the Gospell. de­claring howe prosperously, and in what order the gospell proceeded among them. He commendeth them by comparing them with the Thessalonians. For these men contumeliously reiected the worde of God. But those of Berrhoea, being of a more towardnesse and better zeale, receyued the same with all readynesse of minde, and searching the scriptures by themselues, at home they examined & tried the things that Paule taught, as with a Touch­stone. Hereof it came to passe, that a great multitude of them beleeued, and by their example, manye of the Greekes and Gentyles, as well men as women, were brought vnto the fayth of Christ. This example teacheth vs what maner of men they ought to be, that will profytably heare the Gos­pell. Aboue all thinges it is necessarie to haue a certayne readynesse of minde, to receyue the same. For vnlesse the worde maye haue place gyuen it in the mindes of men, it can bring forth no fruite. Wherefore, they stum­ble at the verie thresholde, and euen in the beginning, that disdaine to heare the worde, which is the peculiar marke of the children of the Deuill, Iohn. 8. as Christ teacheth. This example is to be well obserued of them which are prowde of their nobilitie and byrth, and vaunt themselues therof, in vaine cognizaunces and badges. Howbeit, touching the generation of the fleshe, it is in all men alyke corrupt, and such as maketh vs the children of sinne. The seede of regeneration is the worde of God, which being quickened in our minde by the spirite, we that before were the seruauntes of sinne, are borne to be the children of God. Therfore they are neyther noble nor gen­tle which giue not place herevnto, and be not borne againe of the same, and so be made the children of God. Wherefore Luke truely calleth these peo­ple of Berrhoea noble, for their studie and desyre that they had vnto the worde. In the meane season yet we must take heede of to much facilitie, least to hastily receyuing whatsoeuer is taught, vnder pretence of Gods worde, we learne false opinions, and be caryed about with vncertayne doc­trine, as with a blast of winde. Therefore we must weygh and expende, and examine whatsoeuer is sayde, by the Canon of holye scripture, accor­ding to that saying of Paule: Trye or prooue all thinges, 1. Thess. 5. keepe that which is good. And S. Iohn the Apostle sayth: Beloued, beleeue not euery spirite, 1. Iohn. 4. but try the spirites whether they be of God or no. Two notable errours are confuted in this place, which haue grieuously troubled the Church, a great number of yeares. One of them is the forbidding of the laytie, and com­mons, to reade the holy scripture. Yet God would haue them alwaye com­mon to all sortes of men. For he made a lawe to that ende, before all the multitude of Israel called vnto the same. And the holye Ghost ordeyned that the bookes of Scripture shoulde be written in none other, but the vulgare tongue. And sure it were an absurde matter, to exclude anye man from the doctrine of eternall lyfe, seeing God would haue the same, 1. Tim. 2. and the knowledge thereof, to come vnto all men. The other errour they holde, which will haue their doctrine iudged of no man, but lyke arrogant and [Page 656] Cyclopicall Gyauntes, chalenge to themselues authoritie, to teache what they will in the Church: yea they say it is intollorable and hereticall, that any man should demaund of them any reason or accoūt of that they say. Are they then better then Paule was, which suffred his sermons to be examined according to the rule of scripture? Or else shall he be an heretike that now a dayes doth that for the which these people of Berrhoea were counted no­ble and true chyldren of God? Yea, howe say you, if Paule submit himselfe vnto the censure of the godly? His wordes be these. If eyther I Paule, or an Aungell from heauen preach an other Gospell, Galat. 1. than hath bene preached, he ought to be accursed. And Christ sayth this is the propertie of his sheepe, to know his voyce, Iohn. 10. from the voyce of a straunger, and to follow his voyce onely. Howbeit the short role or recount of beleeuers that Luke rehearseth, must be also consydered, which we see was gathered togither of al kinde of men. Fyrst many Iewes beleeue, althoughe the forsaking of that Nation was euen at hande. Yet God vtterly forgetteth not his couenaunt, but accor­ding to his promise, Esay. 10. preserueth certaine remnaunts. Unto these are adioy­ned certaine noble and chiefe women of the Gentyles, and at length are dyuers men besides numbred. Whereby it appeareth, that the grace of God, which is giuen vs in Christ, appertayneth to all sortes of men, and that none is to be excluded from it, eyther for cause of countrie, nation, sexe or whatsoeuer condition. For in Christ Iesu, there is neyther Iewe nor Gen­tyle, Galat. 3. bondman, nor free, man nor woman. &c. Which thing as it serueth to comfort vs, so it teacheth euerie man to be mindefull of christian societie, and to contempne no man ouer insolently, in comparison of himselfe.

But let vs see what Satan attempted at Berrhoea against the kingdome of Christ, The distur­bance of the Church at Berrhoea. verily euen the same that he dyd otherwheres. For he can not suffer that to go forwarde, that he knoweth hyndereth and ouerthroweth his kingdome. And bicause he could fynde none in that Citie, meete to serue his turne, he calleth out the Iewes from Thessalonica, who hearing and disdayning that the fayth of Christ went forwarde at Berrhoea, come flying in post haste, and cause a great sturre and tumulte there also. Satan ther­fore vseth the lyke pollicie here that we sawe he vsed before at Lystra, which is his propertie also at these dayes, if he perceyue there want disturbers of Christes kingdome in one place, to bring and fetch them from an other. And it is a marueyle to see howe nymble the Monkes be in accomplishing this matter, whome the Deuill can craftily sende abroade not onely into Cities, but also into kings Courtes and priuie counsels, to cause Princes being bewitched with their suggestions, to shut their eares against the doc­trine of truth. In the meane season, marke here the incurable malice of the Iewes, wherewith they are so netled, that they themselues doe not onely refuse the fayth of Christ, but also can not suffer other to be illumi­nated with the same, so that it is not without a cause, that Paule so earnest­ly reprehendeth them, in the fyrst Epistle to the Thessalonians, the seconde Chapter. Lyke vnto these men are all those in these dayes, that giue them­selues to the deuill, to be instrumentes to impugne the fayth of Christ, and thereby seeke great commendation. Yet let them remember, that they shal haue the same iudgement, whereof was shewed an example vppon the Iewes, to the woonder of the whole worlde. For the holy ghost long agone prophecyed, Psal. 2. that all they shoulde be brused with the yron rodde of Christ, [Page 657] which would not be corrected and amended by his worde. And there want not examples of most mightie kings, which haue founde this reuengefull sentence of Christ true, to their great losse and hynderaunce, whereof bi­cause we haue alreadie at large intreated otherwheres, we will for thys time be contented, to haue spoken these fewe wordes.

But what doe the brethren in the middest of this hurlye burlye? Paule de­parteth from Berrhoea. Leaue they Paule in the bryars and daunger, or refuse they to giue him counsell, and to helpe him? No. But rather leauing Silas and Timotheus, which were not in such daunger, to remaine at Berrhoea, they conuey Paule away, vsing therein great and singuler diligence. For they take their iourney to­warde the sea, and by and by turne their course and come to Athens, from whence Paule afterwarde wrote his fyrst Epistle to the Thessalonians. It seemeth they helde not on their waye directly, bicause they woulde auoyde the wayte of the Iewes, who they sawe raged in such hatred against Paule. Furthermore, here is to be obserued, the loue and kindnesse that they of Berrhoea shewe vnto their teacher. For who doubteth but this attempt of theirs was a matter, not onely of much expence and labour, but also of great daunger. But nothing could let them to go on in their godly duetie, bicause they had a right iudgement of the benefyte of the gospell, which they had receyued, and they thinke it but a small matter, to shewe an outwarde duetie and reuerence, for the gift of eternall saluation. Nowe a dayes, bi­cause fewe men iudge rightly of Gods grace offered in the gospell, they wil susteyne no labour and perill about the same. But most times it commeth to passe, that they which will suffer no daunger for Christes cause, an other tyme are molested with greater cares, for causes lesse godly. This place furthermore teacheth vs that wisedome with fayth maye well stande togy­ther. For Christ commaundeth vs to beware of the wylinesse of men, Math 10. and to vse the wisedome of Serpents against it. We haue neede therof, bicause of the children of this worlde, Luke. 16. whom Christ himselfe witnesseth to be wiser in their generation, than the children of light. Yet let vs remember that we must appoynt certaine boundes vnto the wisedome of the fleshe, that we doe nothing through the counsell and perswasion thereof, against our due­tie, wherein there is no better or more safe remedy, then if we submyt all our vnderstanding vnto the obedience of fayth, as Paule otherwheres tea­cheth vs. So shall it come to passe, that we shall neyther tempt God by putting our selues rashely in daunger, nor dishonestly forsake the truth, but holde the myddle way in dooing our duetie, and hereafter raigne with Ie­sus Christ whome we serue in heauen: to whome be praise, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cxvj. Homelie.

‘WHILE Paule wayted for them at Athens, his spirite was mooued in hym, when he sawe the Citie giuen to worshipping of Images. Then dispu­ted he in the Synagoge wyth the Iewes, and with the deuout persons, and in the market daylie with them that came vnto him by chaunce. Certaine Phi­losophers of the Epicures and of the Stoikes disputed with him. And some there were which sayde, what will this babler say? Other sayde he seemeth [Page 658] to be a tydings bringer of new Deuils, bicause he preacheth vnto them Iesus and the resurrection. And they tooke him and brought him into Mars hys seate, saying, maye wee not knowe what thys newe doctrine whereof thou speakest is? for thou bringest straunge tydings to our eares, we would know therfore what these things meane? For all the Athenians and straungers that were there gaue themselues to nothing else, but either to tell, or to heare some newe thing.’

THe Euangelist Luke hytherto hath des­cribed the dyuers iourneys and wandrings of Paule the Apostle, by reason whereof he lyghtened so manye nations and Cities with the preaching of the gospell, that he sayde otherwheres, not without a cause, that he had laboured, more than all the Apostles. Further, least any man might thinke, he had drawne ignoraunt and vnlearned men onely with an artifyciall and ela­borate kinde of eloquence, he came at length to Athens, not without the cer­taine aduise of Gods prouydence, which I thinke was the most famous Citie that euer was. The prayse of Athens. For in antiquitie it passed many, as which had to hyr king Cecrops, about the time of Moses. Afterwarde being renowmed by reason of the victories that she had achieued against the Persians, shee did purchase vnto hir selfe immortall commendation, for delyuering of Greece out of the handes of a barbarous people. In happy pregnancie and sharp­nesse of wytte, she passed all other. For hyr we haue to thanke, for Socrates, Plato, Zenophon, Crates and infinite others, very famous by reason of their wisedome. Which was the cause that in hir was founded a certaine vniuer­sitie and schoole, as it were of the whole world, wherevnto most noble men resorted from all partes of the worlde, as vnto an onely sea and Castell of all wisedome. And such was the fame of hir wisedome, that the Romaines when they had ouercome all Asia, thought their children could no where in the worlde be better infourmed in preceptes of wisedome and maners of lyuing, then at Athens, as the preface of Cicero to his sonne, vppon the bookes of Offices and duties testifyeth. And euen as in many other things, so also in religion and honouring of the Gods, she seemed to excell all o­thers, bicause in hir was to be seene, the ymage of Minerua, which was thought to haue comme downe from heauen, and manye persons were at Athens whome they gloryed in, and accounted as Goddes: Into thys Citie did the Lorde sende Paule the Apostle, to bring it by his ministerie vn­to the obedience of fayth. And that this was not attempted without good successe and profyte, the ende well prooued. This is a notable example both of the goodnesse of God, and of the power of the gospell. For who would not acknowledge the vnspeakeable grace of God, when he heareth a Citie vtterly drowned in the darknesse of ydolatrie, and humaine wisedome, to be so fauourably regarded of God. Againe, who will not marueyle at the inuincible power of the gospell, when he seeth the wisest men in the world, confounded by the same? and that by the ministerie of Paule, which brought nothing with him, but the pryntes of roddes and whippes, and being dri­uen out of so many Cities, was of no estimation in the worlde. Therfore the hystorie of the conuersion of Athens, is most worthy to be consydered, [Page 659] the fyrst part whereof Luke rehearseth in this place, declaring fyrst what Paule did there, next howe his doctrine was receyued, fyrst preached of most men in the Citie, when he fyrst preached: we will speake of eche of these things in order.

Paule abyding at Athens for the comming of Silas and Timotheus, Paule taketh occasion to preach at A­thens. wal­ked in the meane season rounde about the Citie, consydering their maners and vsages, in so much that he pretermytteth not the temples, but goeth into them, and veweth them, as by his oracion hereafter shall appeare. And perceyuing the greatest Citie that he had, as yet seene, so gyuen to I­dolatrie and drowned therein, waxeth feruent in the spirite, mislyking that Gods religion was in such wise prophaned. For God is offended with no sinne more then with ydolatrie. And the mindes of the godly are most pro­uoked when they see the same, bicause they holde nothing more deere▪ then the glorie of the soueraigne God. Hereof came it to passe, that when Moses sawe the golden Calfe, almost forgetting hymselfe, he brake the Tables of the lawe, and beateth the Calfe vnto powder, and throweth it into the water, to the intent the ydolaters might drinke, and let downe their Calfe into their belly. Elias incensed with lyke zeale, kylled the priestes of Baal with his owne hande, whome Iehu directly followed, and is in holy scryp­ture commended therefore. The scripture teacheth vs, that Iosias with like zeale burned the bones of the ydolaters vpon their owne aultars, that all men might perfytely see the indignitie of such wickednesse, what shall we saye of the Prophetes, which scarce vsed more force of wyt and eloquence in any thing, then in speaking agaynst ydolatrie and ymages? For then spared they neyther earnest nor game, to blase and deface a thing most hatefull vnto God. Their contumacie and stubbornesse therefore at thys daye is much to be marueyled and woondered at, that will be taken for christians and gospellers, and yet holde with ymages, and fyght for them against the brethren, that professe the fayth of Christ, and by odious names call them, whose zeale is commended by so many testimonies of scripture, and examples of holy men, fyghters against Images, and Image brea­kers. In the meane season, Paules example teacheth vs, that all they which will fruitefully and with commendation traueyle in Christes quarrell, and in the kingdome of God, haue neede to be indewed with zeale. For where impietie is a verie obstinate and tough euill, it can neuer be pulled vp, without verie feruent zeale. Let the example of Christ stirre vp in vs this zeale, who seing his fathers house turned into a market place or fayre, as one that had forgotten his accustomed myldenesse, made a whyp of such cordes as were next his hande, and draue these wicked marchauntes out of the Temple, calling to the disciples mindes that saying of Dauid: the zeale of thine house hath euen eaten me vp. Iohn 2. Psal. 68. Here the consideration of the Lords prayer, putteth vs in minde of our duetie, the chiefe peticions wher­of are, that the name of God should be sanctifyed, and that his kingdome should come. But howe shall they with vnfayned mindes praye for these things, whome no vnhallowing the name of God, and ouerthrowing of his kingdome toucheth or mooueth? Therefore these hollow hearted peo­ple, which in handling of religion, are neyther hote nor colde, and contra­rie to the saying of Elias halt on both sides, gaping to get great praise, while they be addict to no side, but are a lyke friendly to all partes, are not to be [Page 660] heard or regarded. Such sometime were y e people of Laodicia, whom Christ threatneth, Apoc 3. he will spewe out of his mouth. But to returne vnto Paule, doth he fret & disdaine within himselfe, Paule dispu­teth at A­thens about religion. bicause of y e ydolatry y t he seeth? Nay, he mindeth how to reforme this great Citie, being both a straunger, & of no name amongst them. Forthwith therfore he reasoneth of true religion, and beginneth to preach Iesus Christ. But I pray you how many things were there, to haue kept him from this doing, if he would haue yeelded to the rea­sons of the flesh? For he mought this haue thought, wilt thou be so bolde in so notable a citie, to improoue that religion, which is of so many yeres anti­quity, & established with such prosperous successe, & glorious victories here­tofore? wilt thou haue to doe with men of such fyne wits, and so in [...]red with disputations, hauing scarcely learned the principles of their Philosophie? Knowest thou not, howe odious, and daungerous all alterations are, but chiefly those, wherof straungers & forreyners are the authors, whom com­mon reason and sence forbiddeth to be curious in other mens common weales? These and infynite such like thyngs, it is to be thought recourced to Paules minde, bycause he was a man which by long experience, had lear­ned what was meete in euery thing to be done. But leauing all these rea­sons, he setteth boldlye on the matter, teaching them that are occupyed in Gods vocation by his example, to admit no reasons of the flesh, that might procure them from doyng their dutie. For if the Prophetes and Apostles had bene ruled by such reasons, neuer shoulde anye of them haue done his dutie, but rather lyke Ionas, they shoulde haue prouided for themselues, to haue escaped by the sea. For we see Moses straue agaynst Gods commaun­dement, and refused the charge, as long as he followed his owne reason, and compared his impediment of speach, Exod. 4. and lacke of skill, with Gods com­maundements. Let vs consider therefore that all thinges depende vppon Gods will and pleasure, and not ours, who can easily make the way plaine for them that walke in his calling. For he is a sharpe double edged sworde, piercing euen into the marrowe: Heb 4. Ierem. 23. he is a deuouring fyre, and deuiding the very stones. Being therefore encouraged herewith, let vs boldly enterprise whatsoeuer god commaundeth vs, leauing to him the successe of the matter, which cannot be other than ioyful vnto such as folow his conduct & leading.

Furthermore, Luke declareth the order that Paule followed in setting forth the kingdome of Christ among the Athenians. After what maner Paule taught at Athens. First he reasoned with the Iewes, touching that matter, bicause he knewe they woulde the more easily giue eare vnto him, if he brought Moses and the Prophetes. This done he taketh those to instruct which had tasted of syncere fayth and religi­on by keeping company with the Iewes, but yet were not fully enformed. And hauing nowe layde this foundation, he talketh with euery one he met withall in the market, and went so farre that the Philosophers, wherof the Citie had abundance, beganne to dispute agaynst him. And among diuers sectes of them, the Epicures and Stoikes chieflye encountred with him, who being of contrary opinions, one to another, coulde yet agree togither, to set vpon the Minister of truth. For the Epicures being the enimies of all wisedome and good learning, did set perfyte felicitie in pleasure, yet ho­nest pleasure (as they sayde) as which conteyned in it quietnesse of mynde, and health of body: but climbing no higher than this, they were authors of most absurde opinions which sprang hereof. For where the feare of God, [Page 661] and consideration of the lyfe to come stryketh mennes consciences in dread, and maketh all worldly things vnpleasant, they denyed the prouidence of God, and also the life to come. For they fabled that God walked vppe and downe from one side of heauen to another, and had no regarde of mortall mennes affayres, and that the soules died aswell as the bodies. Insomuch that they vsed this Sardanapalus like saying: Eate, drinke, make mery without any measure, for after death there is no pleasure. The Stoikes vtterly diffe­ring from them, taught all felicitie and blysse to stande in vertue: whych o­pinion though it seeme plausible and godly, yet it pulled men from God, as much as the Epicures did, bicause it taught men to seeke felicitie, in the me­rites of their owne workes. Agayne, bicause they perceyued the studye of vertue was disturbed and troubled by affections, they woulde haue the fol­lowers of felicitie to be voyde thereof, so that neyther they shoulde reioyce in prosperitie, nor shewe any signifycation of sadnesse in aduersitie, making of men stones and stockes, deuoyde of those naturall motions and affecti­ons, whereby parents and children are ledde one to loue another. Further­more, by a certayne concatenation and connexion of causes, they imagined a fatall necessity or destiny, whervnto they made god also subiect. These things teach vs with whom Paule had to doe, and also admonish vs, who are at this day & euer haue bene the enimies of the gospell, and of true doctrine. For al­though in times passed, the names of Epicures and Stoikes were in vse a­mong the gentiles only, yet were there among the people of God that were of their opinion, & be also in these daies. Surely, Nabal somtime among the Iewes sayd: There is no God, and Dauid testifyeth there were innumerable other of the same opinion. Psal. 14. &. 53. Such were they also that sayd: The Lord shall not see, neyther shall the God of Iacob regard it. Psal. 94. Touching the later times (in the which we are) there are prophecies extant both of Christ & the Apostles, which euidently teach vs that Epicures trade and sect shal reigne among vs. For Christ saith: As it came to passe in the dayes of Noah, so shall it be in the daies of the sonne of man: they did eate and drink, Luke. 17. they maried and were maryed, euen vnto that same day that Noah went into the Arke. &c. And Peter prophecieth that there shall come mockers in y e later days, which shall walk after their owne concupiscence, & saye: where is the promise of his comming? for since the fathers died, all things continue in the same estate. &c. 2. Pet. 3. And such we see euerywhere now a dayes, which although they directly professe not Epi­cures opinion, yet liue they so, y t euery man may easily perceiue, they beleeue there is neyther God, nor life to come. And they cannot abide the light of the Gospell, bicause by it, as Christ sayth, their euill workes are reprooued. Iohn. 3. In like wise may the Stoikes opinion be founde in all ages. For this opinion helde the Phariseyes sometime among the Iewes, who as they trusted in the ryghteousnesse of their owne works, so were they the greatest enimies of Christ. This sect (as we sawe in the .xv. Chapter) bredde great disquiet­ters in the Primitiue Church, mingling the lawe and the Gospell togither, and the merites of works with fayth. In the dayes of the fathers and Doc­tors, sprang the Pelagians, the maynteyners of the same doctrine. And if a man woulde search for the lyke in our age, he should fynde the Monkes, whome we may truly call the sworne Disciples of Zeno. For beside that, they ascrybe felicitie vnto their owne vertues, they teach also and earnestly exact such indolencie and want of griefe, as the Stoikes did, and go about [Page 662] to pull vppe by the rootes those affections which Nature hath sowen in the minde of man. For what else doe they, whyle they commaunde parentes to cast of their owne children, and to penne them vp in monasteries, while they also teach the children, to put away all the loue and care of their parentes, and to addict themselues wholye to Moonkishe rules? It is knowen both to Barbers and bleare eyed (as they say what hard and vnworthy things eyther to be spoken or beleeued, they beate into tender mindes. Such as these are, must needes be enimies of the Gospell, which accuseth and con­demneth these madde and furious errors. But we must not therefore gyue place vnto them, but rather according to Paules ensample, stryue earnestly agaynst them. And what waye we must so doe, we are taught by the same ensample. For it is no doubt but the Philosophers defended their matter with quaynt fallacies, and many wordes. But Paule auoyding vaine con­tention of wordes, setteth before them Iesus Christ onely, and his resur­rection, declaring that these two things are sufficient to conuince all the do­tages of Philosophers and Heretykes. For if God sent Iesus Christ into the worlde to purge the sinnes of men, and to saue mankynde, neyther can the opinion of Epicures, Stoikes, nor Iusticiaries stande, which eyther saye God regardeth not the things appertaining to man, or attribute salua­tion to the merytes of our workes. Agayne, if there be a resurrection of the deade, there must needes followe another lyfe after this, and therefore it is most folly to set felicitie in the pleasure of this present worlde. This might be extended to all sectes and heresies, but it may suffyse to admonishe you, that all fayth and saluation is so conteyned in the knowledge of Iesus Christ, and the article of resurrection, that whosoeuer is well instructed herein, is easily able to confute all maner of heresies. Therfore the order of our saluation is playne, & needeth not much demonstration of wordes and vayne quiddities of Sophistrie. They that in times past coulde boldly vrge this way, did easily get the victory of all heretykes, were they neuer so sub­tle witted. It seemeth good to me in this place, to shewe what Sozomenus reporteth to haue chaunced to a certayne Logitian, very expert in Dialec­ticall quiddities, in the councell of Nice. Where as this Logitian euery day gaue newe onsets vpon the Byshops, who both in the affiance of the dexte­ritie of their wit, and skyll of Logicke, dysputed with him, and none of them coulde get any holde or aduauntage of him: a certayne simple man of na­ture, This storye is written in Sozomenus 2. booke and 3. chap. But this author hath folowed Ruffinus, re­porting the same in the .x booke of the Ecclesiasti­call story and 3. chap. there shalte thou reade it tolde with some more circum­stances. which knewe nothing but Iesus Christ and hym crucifyed, tooke hym in hande, and sayde: Philosopher, in the name of Iesus Christ hearken vnto the truth. There is one God which made heauen and earth, and gaue lyfe vnto man made of the slyme of the earth, which created all things aswell inuisible as visible by the power of his worde, and established and made fast the same, by the sanctification of his spirite. This worde and wisedome, which we call the sonne, pitying our misery, was borne of a virgin, and by suffering of death, hath deli­uered vs from eternall death, and by his resurrection hath purchased vs eternall life, whome we wayte for to come, to be the iudge of all our doings. Beleeuest thou this is true, ô Philosopher? Then he as one that had neuer learned the skill to denye a thing, I beleeue it, sayth he. And turning about to his Disciples, and to all that hearde him, sayth: As long as the matter was debated by wordes, I set wordes against wordes, and by arte and skill of speaking, ouerthrewe that was spoken: but when in steade of wordes, vertue or power came out of the mouth [Page 663] of the speaker, wordes coulde no longer preuayle against power, nor man was not able to stryue against God. &c. So mightye is the playne and vnlearned confession of Christ, which whosoeuer blendeth with the subtiltye of Philo­sophers, make it very weake and feeble, as maye euidently be seene in the schoole Doctors. But this conspiracie of so many diuers sectes agaynst the truth, teacheth vs moreouer howe impossible it is to preach the doctrine of the Gospell vnto the world without contention, forasmuch as the wisedome of the worde is contrary to it, wherevnto so euer it incline, whether it banish or embrace vertue. Therefore they are in deede to be laughed at in these dayes, which woulde haue vs performe that, that neyther Christ nor hys Apostles coulde performe.

It remayneth that we declare howe the Athenians receyued Paules doctryne, where we see two sortes of men are bewrayed. Howe the A­thenians re­ceyued Paules doctrine. One sort are such as receyue the worde with rayling, saying: What meaneth this babler or try­fler▪ And these men are to be founde among the professors of wisedome. So vnfyt is the wisedome of man, to perceyue the kingdome of God, that what­soeuer is preached of Christ and lyfe euerlasting, it seemeth to hym foolish­nesse. Here hast thou what to aunswere those men, which now a dayes ob­iect vnto vs the authoritie of wyse and great men, and all the pryde of the worlde. For if these things shoulde take place, Paule vndoubtedly had had the ouerthrowe among the Athenians. The other sort is curious menne, which supposing that Paule preached newe Gods or halfe Gods, tooke and brought him vnto Mars his streete, to y e end that he should there openly giue account of hys doctrine. Therefore there gathereth about him an infynite number of ydle persons aswell Citizens as forreyners who (sayth Luke) had naught else to doe euery day, but eyther to heare or tell newes. Thys thing God did permit so to come to passe, bicause he woulde haue hys sonne preached in the most famous place of all the worlde. In the meane season, this place teacheth vs, what condicion the Gospell is in, in this worlde. For eyther it is most dishonestly despysed of manifest enimies, or else lyght men of behauiour abuse it as dishonestly to serue their affections, whych if they perceyue succeedeth not after their minde, then they become also openenimies thereof. And bicause these things haue thus fallen out in all ages, no man ought to be offended hereat, but rather to followe Paules constan­cie, and not to care one Dodkin for the lyghtnesse of this world, but wyth a strong fayth to trust in Iesus Christ our sauiour, who though he be reiected of those which will seeme to be builders of Gods Church, yet is he become the heade stone in the corner. To him be prayse, honor, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxvij. Homelie.

‘PAVLE stoode in the middest of Mars streete and sayde: yee men of Athens, I perceyue that in all things you are to supersticious. For as I passed by and behelde the maner howe you worship your Gods, I founde an Aul­tar, whereon was written, vnto the vnknowne God, whome you then▪ igno­rantly worshippe, him shewe I vnto you: God that made the worlde, and all [Page 664] that are in it, (seeing that hee is Lorde of heauen and earth) dwelleth not in Temples made with handes, as though he needed of anye thing, seeing hee himselfe giueth lyfe and breath to all men euery where.’

THe Apostle Paule in the fyrst to the Corin­thians sayeth: wee preache Iesus Christ crucified, vnto the Iewes an occasion of falling, and vnto the Greekes foolishnesse. For where the wisedome of the fleshe, looketh onely vppon the thinges before hir eyes, and perceyueth not the mysteries of Gods spirite, it can­not seeme but a most foolishe thing vnto hir, if a manne seeke saluation in Christ that was crucifyed and open­ly slaundered. This thing Paule founde true, aswell at Athens, as in other places. For where as in that Citie he preached Christ among the wysest men that were in those dayes, they giue so little eare vnto him, that it ap­peareth he scarce preuayled any where lesse than there. For some of them rayled at his doctryne, and clapped their handes at it, other of curiositie frame and apply it to their affections. In the meane season, in so great a corruption of menne, appeareth the woonderfull wysedome of God, which coulde so well vse the naughty affection of most curious men. For by this oc­casion it cōmeth to passe, that Paule being brought out into Mars hys streete, as into a publyke stage of the whole worlde, preached the Gospell of Iesus Christ. The argu­ment of Pau­les sermon. The argument of hys Sermon was, to bring the Athenians from superstition and Idolatry, to the honor of the onely true God, through Ie­sus Christ. First therefore he friendly reprooueth them, and accuseth them of their ouermuch superstition. After that he reasoneth of God and of the true religion, nycking their foolishnesse, which thought God coulde be wor­shipped in Images, or in any other inuentions of man. At length he com­meth nearer vnto Christes cause. Yet at this time we will intreate but of the fyrst part with some other poyntes annexed to the same.

The be­ginning with insinuation.His beginning is very briefe, wherin he artifycially insinuateth hym­selfe, and comprehendeth both the proposition and summe of his sermon. He calleth them men of Athens, bicause they esteemed it to be a very hono­rable name, as the Orations of Demosthenes and diuers others declare. In the olde tyme they were ignorant of those ambitious tytles, wherewith nowe a dayes prowde and vayne men reioyce to be made madde and drun­ken, which thynke all glory standes in the beautie of such names. Further­more, he insinuateth hymselfe very friendlye into their mindes, least they myght be offended wyth the beginning of his talke, and so refuse to heare him. For he sayth: I perceyue you are ouermuch giuen to superstition. Your wisedome and policie is euerywhere commended, but in religion you seeme not onely ouercurious, but also vncertayne of all thing, so that therein you seeme to haue least knowledge wherein you shoulde haue most. And bicause no man should reprooue hym of lying, he prooueth his saying by the publike superstition of a certayne aultar in that Citie. What the sayde superstition was, diuers haue gone about curiouslye to search. The Greeke Scholes make mention of one Philippides, whose hystory they shewe, and say the in­scription was thus. [...]. That is to say: To the Gods of Asia and Europa, and Aphrica, to the vn­knowne [Page 665] and straunge God. Howbeit, I suppose it was onely but such as is of Paule reported. For he might haue bene suspected for a forger and false reporter, if he had recyted the superscription wherein they reposed so great holynesse, otherwyse than it was written. But it behooueth vs chiefely to consider Paules intent and purpose, whych was to prooue that the Atheni­ans had no certayne religion wherevnto to stande, but wandred vppe and downe in a maze of opinions and superstitions, being not contented wyth the Gods of the Gentyles, and of their owne country, but also worshipping an vnknowne God. And vndoubtedly the wyser sort were not a little moo­ued and touched with hys sayings. And therefore wythout holding them longer in doubt, he promyseth to teach them y e knowledge of that true God, whome as yet they knewe not. The Atheni­ans are more superstitious than other Nations. It is very worthy to be considered howe the Athenians erred in religion aboue all other Nations, being yet the wysest and best learned of all others. For their Citie flowed in the most subtile pro­fessors of Philosophy, whom (as we erewhile sayd) students from all partes almost of the worlde came to heare. This example teacheth vs howe fowly they are deceyued, which will not suffer youth to studie diuinitie, before they are euen drunken in the Gentyles Philosophie, and made vtterly vnapt to the obedience of the Gospell: where notwithstanding no kinde of persons more profyte therein, than those which abandon the pregnancie of their owne witte, and submitte all their vnderstanding to the obedience of fayth. Moreouer, let vs marke in this place, howe the Athenians are here chief­ly accused of false religion, bicause they worshippe an vnknowne God. For hereby Paule prooueth that they haue nothing certaine in their religion. [...] Her­by it appeareth that religion cannot stande without the true knowledge of God. For not onely Paule but Christ also vseth the same argument, agaynst the Samaritanes: where (as it were) with one blowe he stryketh downe all their religions, saying: you worship you knowe not what. For the whole Scripture teacheth vs, Iohn. 4. that religion consisteth chiefely in true fayth and in­uocation of God. For without faith it is impossible for any body to please God, Hebr. 11. Psal. 50. or to come vnto him. And God requyreth this worship chiefly of vs, that in our troubles we shoulde aske helpe and deliuery of hym. But vnlesse we be inspired with the knowledge of Christ, we can neyther beleeue in God, nor call vpon him, Rom. 1 [...]. which thing Paule teacheth by an elegant and feate gradati­on. He that calleth vpon the name of the Lorde (sayth he) shall be safe. But how shall they call vpon him in whome they beleeue not? How shall they beleeue, vnlesse they haue hearde. &c. Beside this, they that knowe not God truly, turne to the imaginations of their owne reason, wherein it appeareth eui­dently there is no certaintie, by this one argument, that eyther they them­selues dayly haue newe deuises, or else embrace the deuises of other men, according to that saying of Christ: Iohn. 4. Whosoeuer drinketh of this water (mate­riall and drawen by his owne strength) shall thirst againe. &c. Examples to prooue the same are euerywhere extant. For the same that we heare the A­thenians did, foolishly worshipping such a God, as by their publike inscrip­tion, they confessed they knewe not, the same we reade, hath come to passe vnto all men. Rom. 1. For thinke we the Gentyles woulde haue chaunged the glo­rye of the immortall God, into the ymage of a mortall man, or else into a brute beast, if they had knowne him truly? Woulde they euery daye haue receyued newe maners of honouring him, borrowed of forren Nations? [Page 666] Woulde they haue thought, by acte of Parliament, to haue confyrmed, or disanulled their Gods, and their religion, as Tertullian in his Apology testi­fyeth the Romaynes did? What a foolish saying of the shipmayster was that, which bade Ionas call vpon his God, if happily he would heare them, seeing they had called on their other Gods hytherto, altogither in vaine? But that that was thought a foolishnesse in the Gentyles, the same Elias vpbraydeth the Israelites with calling vpon Baal. 1. Reg. 18. And God many times complayneth howe the people multiplied and encreased their Gods. And we can confesse that all these people offended in times passed. And yet fewe acknowledge with their hart, that the same hath many yeares bene done, and is yet done in the Popes kingdome. For what certaintie is in that religion, where the Pope euery day maketh newe gods and Goddesses? Where euery daye newe kindes of rytes and ceremonies are deuised? Where the deade can not be in rest and safetie, bicause the insatiable auarice of Priestes exacteth tribute of them, fayning that their soules are tormented and purifyed in the fornace of Purgatorie? Is there not an vnknowne God worshipped a­monge vs, the God Maozim, as Daniel sayeth, whome all our fathers knew not, which eyther is made of bread, or chaunged into breade? Would God men woulde nowe a dayes expende these thinges, and learne what a miserable case it is to want the lyght of truth. For whoso lacketh this lyght, are both ignorant themselues of all things in religion, Esay. 29. Math. 15. and lose their labor before God, which neyther can nor will be worshipped with mans traditi­ons. Let vs therefore harken vnto Paule and the Apostles, whome God ordeyned to teach the blinde worlde, his true religion and worship.

Furthermore, Paule so teacheth al these things in the second part of his ser­mon, Paule tea­cheth the true knowledge of God. that therwith also he confuteth y e errors of the gentiles, wherof sprang those errors, which yet bewitch the world. In the meane while, although he had to do with most subtile Philosophers and curious men, yet he disputeth not subtilly of Gods essence or nature (which God himselfe testifyeth Exo. 33. is inscrutable) but describeth God by his works, teaching what we ought to beleeue of him, and how to worship him. God (sayth he) that made the world and all things therin conteyned, seeing that he is Lorde of heauen and earth. &c. It seemeth he speaketh this agaynst the Epicures, which affirmed the world was from euerlasting, or else that all things came togyther by concurrence and meeting of motes togither, and that God had no care of worldly things. But Paule sayth that God is the creator and lord of the world, and layth this for an infallible grounde of hys doctryne, such as no man will denie, but he that is voide of common reason. Herofhe gathereth that templary religion, was but a vayne thing, The religion in Temples is a vaine thing. which was of such pryce and authoritie among the Grecians, that they hated the Persians, for none other cause more than for that they euerywhere burned the temples in Greece, bicause they sawe they serued more for superstition than godlinesse. Thus reasoneth Paule. He that is Lord of all things, must needes be euerywhere. But god as he is creator of all things, so is he Lorde of all. Therefore he is present euerywhere, and so by consequence, dwelleth not in Churches, which are builded with mens handes. But that which is sayde agaynst the Gentyles, which iudged that religion stoode in the bewty and furniture of Temples, and vnto them tyed the maiestie, power, and grace of God, the same maketh agaynst all those, which glorying in the honour of the true God, are yet drowned in the do­tage [Page 667] of this errour. When Salomon had bestowed great costes and trea­sure in building of a Temple, at length he sayth vnto God: Behold the hea­uen of heauens, is not able to conteyne thee, 1. Reg. 8. howe much lesse this Church which I haue builded? And God himselfe in Esay cap. 66. sayth. Heauen is my seate, and the earth is my footestoole, where therefore shall this house bee that you will builde for me? Ieremie sharpely reprehendeth the Iewes, Iere. 7. trusting in the religion of their Temple. Yea, Christ sayeth that true worshippers, are not tyed vnto certayne and peculiar places, Iohn. 4. Matth. 24. but sheweth vs that they worship God euerywhere in spirite and in truth. Here therefore are all pil­grimages taken away, in the whych foolish menne, of an heathenish error, suppose saluation chiefely to stande. And yet for all this, we vtterlye con­demne not the vse of Churches. For they serue for outward religion, which is necessary for the profession of fayth, and for the nourishing of concorde, and vnitie, whyle we resort thyther to heare the worde of God, that is to saye, common prayers, and to haue the sacraments ministred. Wherevnto Temples must be so ordered that we must thynke it vnlawfull to pollute them with any kinde of prophane vsages.

But Paule continueth on in describing of God, God is not worshipped with sacri­fices. saying that God hath neede of nothing. Wherevpon he gathereth that he is not worshypped wyth handes, and that religion consisteth not in outwarde obsequies and duties of men. He prooueth the Antecedent, in that he sayth he giueth life and breath vnto all men. By this argument he impugneth the vaine affiance in priests, in whome our Auncestours reposed the chiefe part of religion. It seemeth Paule tooke his argument out of Gods wordes, where he accuseth the Is­raelites, that thought he was worshipped and pleased with sacrifyces. For he sayth: I will take no Bullocke out of thy house, Psal. 50. nor hee Goates out of thy foldes. For all the beastes of the forrest are mine, and so are the cattelles vppon a thousande hilles. I knowe all the fowles vpon the mountaines, and the wylde beastes of the fielde are in my sight. If I be hungry, I will not tell thee. &c. But by this argument it appeareth all popish religion is condemned. For what else doe they in that religion, but being deceyued by wicked superstition, Esay. 63. take from the poore, commended to vs by Christ, the duties which they offer to Saintes that haue no neede, yea, which knowe vs not. Yea, the most of their oblations serue for Idols voyde of all senses, or for Priests, that liue wantonly and in ryot. In the meane season superstition hath taken so deepe roote, that it is thought a lesse offence, to kill a man and robbe him, than to take a peece of a vayle from an Idoll, or the aultar, to clothe a poore bodye with. O maners, O times.

But some man maye saye: If God be not worshipped by sacrifyces, Wherefore Sacrifices serued. why did he appoynt them for the people, by Moses and commaunde them? Let vs consider, there were two kindes of sacrifyces. The one was expia­torie for sinnes, so called, not for that sinnes coulde be purged by the bloude of Oxen and Gotes (for that Paule plainly denieth Heb. 10.) but for that they prefygured Christ, whome all the holy and godly men beleeued shoulde dye for the sinnes of the worlde, at a time long before appoynted. They taught vs also, that we shoulde slaughter and mortifye all beastlye affections, and bring a contrite heart before God, which Dauid testifyeth, Psal. 51. is the acceptablest sacrifyce that God requireth. Another kinde of them was gratulatorie, The sacrifi­ces of christi­ans. or of thankes giuing for benefytes receyued. Yet all these for the more part, [Page 668] consisted in bloud, bicause as yet the bloud of Christ was not shed, wherwith only the father shoulde be appeased. This bloude therefore being shed, and the mysterie of our redemption accomplished, there remayned no more sa­crifyce expiatorie or propitiatorie for sinnes. For Christ his merite is suffi­cient, and there is no neede of other sacrifyce, as the Epistle to the Hebrues at large teacheth vs. Yet Christians want not sacrifyces, but yet vnbloudy, for since the bloude of Christ was shedde, there is no more vse eyther of beastes bloude or mannes, in the things pertayning to the ordinary honou­ring of God. Rom. 12. For they make themselues liuely sacrifyces vnto God. They offer prayers and thankes giuing in the name of Christ. They bestow their goodes and money, Math. 26.25 Heb. 13. meate and cloth, and such other duties vpon the poore, whome Christ hath left in his place. They that duly fulfyll these things, ac­complishe the Christian religion. Let vs therefore holde fast Paules saying, which affyrmeth that God hath neede of nothing, let vs worship him in spi­rite and in truth, and bestowe our temporall goodes vpon the poore, which are the liuely Images of God, that our seruice maye be acceptable vnto God, through Iesus Christ: to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glo­ry for euer. Amen.

The .Cxviij. Homelie.

‘AND hath made of one bloude all Nations of men, for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath assigned before, howe long tyme, and also the endes of their habitation, that they should seeke God, if they might feele and finde him, though he be not farre from euery one of vs. For in him we liue, mooue, and haue our being, as certaine of your owne Poetes sayde: for wee are also his generation. Forasmuch then as wee are the generation of God, we ought not to thinke that the Godheade is like vnto golde, siluer or stone, grauen by craft and imagination of man.’

THat that Paule sought both in all his say­ings and doinges, the same he chiefely perfourmed in hys sermon, made at Athens, euen to bring his hearers from superstition and ydolatrie, to the true religion and know­ledge of God. This was impossible to be done, except he shoulde fyrst confute the errors that blinded them. But bi­cause he woulde not be to long in his talke, he tooke the chiefe errors to con­fute, wherevpon the residue depended. And yesterday he disputed against the vaine affiance of Temples and sacrifyces, teaching that God was not conteyned within Temples, bicause he was infynite, nor was not worship­ped with sacrifyces, bicause he had neede of nothing. Which thinges he so handleth, that the same may serue to confute all those which at this daye es­teeme religion according to the beautie or magnifycence of Temples and oblations. But nowe he setteth vppon the very heade of impietie, that is to oblations. But nowe he setteth vppon the very heade of impietie, that is to say, feigned Gods, and ymages, & the worshipping of them, of the which he disputeth with great earnestnesse, declaring that it is to shamefull and im­pudent an error, to chaunge the maiestie and glory of God immortall, into miserable men and dumbe Images. And bicause he knewe he had to doe with those which were brought vp in such superstition, whome it was a ve­rye [Page 669] harde matter to perswade, he heapeth a number of things togither, to make the error seeme the more heynous. And there is no doubt but Paule intreated of the matter at large, although Luke hath noted but the chiefe poyntes thereof, we shall speake of them all in order.

First, he declareth the beginning of man. The begin­ning of man­kind teacheth the worshippe of one God. God (sayth he) of one bloude made all mankinde. For it is manifest, that all men, of what nation and de­gree soeuer they be, come of Adam. Whereto doth Paule alleage this? We gather two things of these wordes, which make very much for the purpose we haue in hande. The one is, that they which haue but one maker and one beginning, ought not to be deuided in sundry religions, but ought ra­ther to ioyne all their myndes and studies togither, to worshippe that one Creator. Therefore he nicketh the leuitie of the Gentyles, which did not onely worship one false God, but imagining there were diuers and manye goddes, marueylously disagreed among themselues, in this one thing, and yet in this agreeing, that they altogither swarued from the way of the truth, Hereof ought a generall doctrine to be learned, howe they offende agaynst the order of nature, which in religion bring in sectes and diuision. For they are authors and occasions that men forgette their beginning, and neglect their maker. Therefore this is a greater offence, than commonlye menne weene for. Would god this argument might take place among Christians, who professing one Creator, and one kinde of beginning, and glorying in one Iesus Christ the sauiour of all men, doe yet let themselues euery daye be deuided in newe sectes, which pull them awaye from god their creator, and Christ their sauiour. And truly it is to be pittied that the authoritie of this argument shoulde be of lesse force nowe a dayes, among Christian men, than it was in tymes past, among the gentyles. The other thing that Paule gathereth of mannes origine and beginning is, that goddes neyther can nor ought to be made of men, which was an error spredde euerywhere among the Gentyles. For it was playne vnto all men, that those somtimes had bene men, whome they worshipped now as goddes. For in Creta were kept Iupiters cradell, and Image. Delos was the Ilande of Apollo and Di­ana. The Citie of Thebae was renowmed by reason that Bacchus and Her­cules was borne there. And Venus of the Countrie where she was borne, was called Cypria, Marce, Thracius, Vulcan, Leninius, and Priapus, Lamp­sacenus. But Paule teacheth vs, it is a foolishe opinion, to beleeue that they are Gods, which in times past had bene men, forasmuch as all mankinde is come of one bloude. But by this argument the worshipping of Saintes is ouerthrowne, whome in the Popish religion it is more euident, are wor­shipped for Gods, than needeth any long demonstration. For prayers are made vnto them, they are inuocated and called on in mens distresses, tem­ples and aultars are dedicated to them, sacrifyce is done vnto them, holye dayes are appointed for them, and the glory of health recouered, is ascribed vnto them. Howbeit, we knowe they were menne, and such men as were subiect to lyke infyrmities as we be, as Paule confessed before the peo­ple at Lystrae. Furthermore, all the Scripture testifyeth that they were sin­ners. And the Apostles according to Christes commaundement, prayed, forgiue vs our trespasses. &c, aswell as we. Therefore it cannot be, that they are nowe become Gods, and gouernors of the worlde. Yet for all this, we despyse them not, nor yet bereaue them of the honour due to them, we ac­knowledge [Page 670] that they were singular instruments of Gods grace, but we af­fyrme they had this of the meere grace of God, as they euerywhere con­fesse themselues. Wherefore it shoulde be an absurde thing for vs, to sticke to them, or depende vpon them as Goddes, and not rather after their doc­trine and ensample, to trust onely in God, through Iesus Christ, whome the scripture hath set out vnto vs, to be our mediator. Surely we thinke the Saintes can haue no greater iniurie done vnto them, than to haue the glory of God which they most earnestly defended, ascribed to them. For they thought good to maintaine his glorye, yea, with the shedding of their owne bloude.

The prouy­dence teacheth vs that one God ought to be worship­ped.But let vs returne vnto Paule which sayth that menne were not onely made by God, but also placed by him to dwell vpon the earth. And least any man might hereof inferre Epicures opinion, and thinke that God had gi­uen them y e earth to vse at their pleasure, he declareth that all this commeth to passe by the eternall decree of Gods prouidence. God (sayeth he) hath ap­poynted the time and endes of their habitation, that is, God hath appoynted to euery nation and people their countries and borders, and hath ordeyned times and seasons, according to the decrees of his eternall prouidence, when men shall be borne, and when they shall die. Therefore nothing commeth to passe on earth by chaunce, or without the prouidence of God. These thin­ges doth Paule alleage to this ende, to prooue that all people ought to be oc­cupied in honoring of one God, who hath giuen them all things for their be­hoofe, and by whose prouidence they are gouerned and preserued. Thus he confuteth the common error of the Gentyles, which had for euery countrie a God to be their patrone and defender. For the Athenians thought them­selues in safetie vnder the godheade of Pallas. Ephesus gloryed that she had Diana for hir defender. The people of Cyprus had chosen Venus to bee their Lady and gouernesse. Carthage liued vnder the protection of Iuno. The Ro­maines trusted in Mars their Progenitor and President. Yea, so farre went this superstition, that there was no house but had hir peculiar and proper gods belonging to hir. Which error gate in also among the Christians. For there was no Citie, but had taken to it some Saint or other, through whose defence it thought it selfe in safegarde. But Paule prooueth that God is the distributer of all countries, and the onely President of all people, who be­ing present euerywhere, needeth no Substitute or Uicare to supplye hys rowme. Marke well by the waye, howe Paule attributeth vnto God, not only prescience, but also prouidence, whereby he gouerneth all Countries and Nations, by whose ordinance whatsoeuer thinges that are done in the worlde, come to passe. On his becke dependeth the alteration and mutation of Realmes, as all the Scripture declareth, but speciallye the Prophecies of Daniel, concerning the fower Monarchies of the worlde. Upon the same prouidence depende priuate mens doings. For God (as Dauid sayth) taketh vp the simple out of the dust, Psal. 113. and setteth him with the Princes of his people. We haue examples in Saule, Dauid, Ieroboam, Cyrus, Ottomanne, and infynite others, to let daily examples passe. Yea, Gods prouidence abaseth it selfe downe euen vnto thinges of small or no regarde, whyle he careth for the birdes of the ayre, Math. 6.10. garnisheth the flowers of the fyelde, and numbreth the heares of our heade. Let vs therfore bidde them auaunt, that acknowledge in god, nothing but his prescience, and imagine that he is but an ydle be­holder [Page 671] of the things which are done in this worlde. Let vs rather beleeue that all thinges are ordered and gouerned by his prouidence. For as thys maketh much for the godly ordering of our lyfe, so in aduersitie it bringeth no small comfort.

These things being thus premised, he sheweth to what ende men were made, and had the earth giuen them to dwell on, namely, The ende of mans creati­on teacheth vs the wor­ship of God. that they should seeke the Lorde. They seeke the Lorde, which are busily occupied in his vo­cation, and in the knowledge of him, searching what his will is, worship­ping him onely, and seruing him from their heartes. And that this is the ende wherevnto man was ordeyned, all the Scripture testifyeth. And sure­ly it is good reason that they to whome god hath giuen a souereigne power ouer all other creatures, shoulde agayne wholy giue themselues vnto him. Paule maketh mention hereof, to declare that they knowe not, to what ende they were created, and that they were vnworthy to dwell on the earth, bi­cause they had forsaken the true God, and worshipped counterfeyte goddes and dumbe ymages. In this place appeareth the woonderfull corruption of mankinde. For if we consider the ende wherefore man was made, it shall appeare he doth nothing lesse, than that he ought to doe. It were our dutie to seeke God, in whome all kinde of blisse and felicitie is reposed. But the most part of men vse rather to followe vnstable riches, vncertayne honors and fylthie pleasures of this worlde. And then that will seeme more religi­ous than other, are gyuen rather to the worshipping of Creatures, than of God, and to impudently go a whoring after them. And this peruersitie is so much the more intollerable, Esay. 1. Ierem. 8. bicause all other creatures doe their dutie most diligently, and man alone is most forgetfull of the same.

And least the thing that God requyreth, myght seeme to difficult and impossible for man to performe, Paule by a preoccupation, GOD is [...] bet­ter by the cre­ation of man, than by yma­ges. cutteth away all kindes of obiection. And sayth, that if we seeke after God, we shall fynde hym euen as if we felt hym, meaning that he offreth hymselfe euerywhere to our senses, whyle by his visible workes he reuealeth to vs his inuisible power, wisedome, and goodnesse, as he sheweth at large. Rom. 1. And sure­ly there is no part of the worlde so abiect, no creature so simple, but it setteth before our eies the vnspeakable power of God. This appeareth in the rude and ylfauoured clottes of earth, which yet haue in them a marueylous force to bring forth fruite. The same we see in the alteration and entercourse of times, in the perpetuall motions of heauen, in tempestes, and in all o­ther kinde of heauenly influences. Yea, beholde well but a little flower, and thou shalt be inforced to woonder at the infynite power, and singular wise­dome of the maker. But bicause it woulde haue bene an endlesse labour, to haue runne through all the parcels of the worlde, and such is the blockish­nesse of a number, that they are able to searche nor fynde nothing that is without themselues, God insinuateth himselfe neerer into vs, & is not farre from any of vs. For we liue, mooue, and haue our being in him, and be euen of his generation and kynne. For who will not confesse, that he liueth by his power and meane, seeing by mans reason it cannot be compassed, howe the infant liueth and is nourished in the mothers belly. Who doth not ac­knowledge the power of the Creator in the marueylous workemanship of mannes bodye, in the proportion and agreement of members, in sense, moo­uing, and the vse of them? Who will denye that we haue our being by his [Page 672] power, seeing we are beset rounde about with so manye daungers, and yet escape them euery day? Who perceyueth not certaine tokens of godly seede in vs, when he considereth the perpetuall moouings and operations of the soule, hir immortalitie, and the whole dignitie of man, whereby he passeth all other creatures? Therefore the dulnesse of man, that doth not acknow­ledge God, is inexcusable. It is also an absurditie and madnesse, to coun­terfeyte dumbe ymages of God, seeing we beare about vs the liuely ymage of God. That the Athenians myght the better vnderstande the same, and be also ashamed thereof, he citeth the testimonie of Aratus the Poete, to de­clare that he preacheth no newe doctrine, such as before tyme had not bene heard, but such as the wyse men in tymes past had learned euen by natures lore, and that they were very grosse and barbarous that had suffred such na­turall notices and knowledges to be extinguished in them.

God can not be expressed in any ymageAt length concluding the place, he thus inferreth: forasmuch then as we are the generation of God, wee must not thinke that the Godheade is lyke vnto golde, siluer, or stone, grauen by arte or industrye of man. He calleth vs the generation of God, chiefely bicause of the ymage, after which we be made. For as yet, there was no place to speake of the adoption of the elect, before them, which yet vnderstoode not the principles of the knowledge of God. The meaning therefore is this. Where God woulde haue hys ymage to shyne in man, the Lorde and gouernor of all creatures, it were to grosse an error, to forge a dumbe ymage of hym, out of any deade thing. For we cannot counterfeyte man, as he is the Image of God, bicause his ymage is in the soule, whose forme and nature, by mannes arte, can not be expressed nor shadowed. Howe much lesse then, can manne expresse God, in anye Image▪ He nameth fyrst precious matter, golde and siluer, shewing that this is not able to represent the ymage of God. For howe much soeuer it is esteemed among menne, yet are they frayle thinges and corruptible, but God is incorruptible and euerlasting. Furthermore, he speaketh not of the formes and fashions, which man at his pleasure giueth vnto God, but of the arte and industry of man, as if he shoulde say: Although the singularest artifycers and maysters woulde lay all their heades togither, yet are they not able to conceyue in their mindes, Esa. 40.44 much lesse to expresse in any matter or Image, the true Image of God. Hereof we gather, that the Images which are made of God, are very lies, bicause they are not able to performe that they promise. But I pray you, what greater iniurie can be done vnto God, than to make him which is eternall truth, like vnto a lye? What is this else, but to make of God, the Deuill, whome Christ calleth the father of lyes? No honest man woulde be contented to be represented, and made lyke vnto a murtherer or Ruffyan, & an honest Matrone would much mis­lyke to be pictured in the attyre of an harlot. Shall we then be so bolde, to aduenture to represent God by lyes? It is not without a cause that Lactan­tius, that eloquent writer, vttered this sentence, saying: there was no religi­on where any Images were. Woulde God they woulde well consider thys geare, that nowe a dayes holde with Images, who in my iudgement are not the least cause that God sendeth in the Turkes, to reforme the worlde, seeing that Princes cannot abyde to haue Christendome purged of super­stition and ydolatry, by the doctrine of the Gospell. It is our partes to re­member our beginning and dignitie, to worship one God in Iesus Christ [Page 673] our Redeemer: to whome be all power, honor, and glory, nowe and euer. Amen.

The .Cxix. Homelie.

‘AND the time of this ignoraunce God regarded not, but nowe byddeth all men euerywhere repent, bicause he hath appoynted a day, in the which he will iudge the world with righteousnesse, by that man whō he hath appoin­ted, and hath offred fayth to all men, after that he had raised him from death. When they hearde of the resurrection from death, some mocked, and other sayde, we will heare thee agayne of this matter. So Paule departed from a­mong them. Howbeit certaine men claue vnto him and beleeued, among whome was Dionisius a senatour, and a woman named Damiris, and other with them.’

WE haue hearde the fyrst part of Paules ser­mon, wherein he hath most diligently confuted the errors of the Gentyles, teaching that God is neyther included within Temples, nor worshipped with sacrifyces, wyth great and feruent zeale, inueyed he agaynst the feygned Gods and Images of the heathen, plainly admonishing them that they transgressed the order of nature that wor­shipped them, and that they were vnmyndefull both of the ende and digni­tie that they were made for. Nowe let vs lysten to the later part of his ser­mon, wherein he exhorteth them to repentance in Christ, namely that they shoulde conuert and turne from their impietie and false worship of goddes vnto the true God. In which place bicause of the Epicures which laughed at all kinde of religion, he most earnestly vrged the mention of the last iud­gement. We will declare eche thing in that order that Paule vttereth it.

First he aunswereth a question, vsed to be mooued in all ages, An aun­swere to them that alleage the ignorance of their fore­fathers for their errors. and is at these dayes, euerywhere obiected, when the truth is preached: that is to saye, why God hath suffered the worlde, so manye yeares to be seduced. And whether it be likely, nowe at the length, that the truth is disclosed, to a fewe persons of no name and estimation? But Paule aunswereth these de­maundes briefely, howe that God hath hitherto winked at the tymes of ig­norance, not bicause he delyteth in ignorance, but bicause so it seemed good vnto him, which appoynteth all thinges according to his iust iudgement: and that the worlde coulde not choose but erre, as long as God hid the light of his truth, bicause men of themselues, haue no feeling or vnderstanding of God. And where he sayth that the truth hydden from the worlde before tymes, is nowe reuealed, he declareth, that henceforth ignorance shall not be excused. It is very worthy to be noted, howe Paule alleaging Gods do­ing simply and barely, mooueth no disputation at all, concerning the causes why God suffered the worlde so long to erre. We must also followe this tracke of modestie, that we wade not to deepe in searching out the [...]au [...]es of Gods iudgements, or that we charge not him with the cause of our vngod­lynesse. For it is euident, that he can do no man wrong, bicause we all long sithence had deserued eternall damnation, and be borne the children of wrath. It is also euident that he gouerneth all thinges by iust iudgement. [Page 674] And Paule in another place, speaking of the reuelation of the Gospell, sayth, it is a mystery hidden from the beginning of the worlde. Rom. 16. Christ teacheth the same, Math. 13. saying, that the mysteries of the kingdome of heauen, are not reuea­led to euery one. It is therefore a folly, and to malapert and wicked an of­fence, to call gods dooings to the controlment of mannes reason, seeing he requireth of vs obedience of fayth, and seeing nothing so well becommeth the children of God, as to frame themselues vnto his will, which appeareth in his worde and workes. Furthermore, Paule in this place expresseth the ende of the preaching of the gospell, forasmuch as he sayth, it is declared to euery man, for that they shoulde repent. Therfore it is not ynough to haue heard or learned the gospell, but it behooueth vs to repent vs of our errors, & other vices. The order and course of the whole story of the gospell teacheth vs the same. Iohn the Baptist beginneth with the doctrine of repentaunce. Then after him Christ cryeth, Repent you, for the kingdome of heauen is at hande. The Apostles preach likewyse by his commaundement. And in the last of Lukes gospell, he prescribeth the same order of teaching, that fyrst repentaunce shoulde be preached in his name, and then forgiuenesse of sinnes. Which order, all this booke, and their Epistles doe sufficientlye testifye, they diligently obserued. Therefore they falsly and to impudentlye call themselues Gospellers, which holde on in their former errors, and li­centiously followe vice, and will not suffer the Ministers to reprooue their maners; which is as though a man shoulde desire of the Phisition to main­tayne his health, but yet woulde not haue him withstande sickenesses, and applye thereto conuenient dyet and remedies. We are taught moreouer, that no man is excused before God, eyther through ignorance of his Prede­cessors, or times passed. For that our auncestors erred in the ages passed, was through the iust iudgement of God, which dissembled and bare with their errors. But when he reuealeth his will, it is certayne he will no lon­ger beare with their error, but requyreth repentaunce of all men. Which thing whoso performeth not, are contemners of the grace offred, and ther­fore deserue most grieuous punishments. This thing shoulde they well ob­serue, that vnder the plausible pretence of forefathers, and auncient super­stitiousnesse, persecute the Gospell with fyre and sworde. But they shall ne­uer escape the iudgement of God, whereof Paule reasoneth in this present place.

For he alleageth the cause wherefore God nowe reuealeth his worde vnto the Gentyles, He vrgeth repentaunce by terrour of the last iud­gement. saying: for he hath appoynted a day, in the which he wyll iudge the worlde with righteousnesse.&c. Thus he layeth before their eyes, the auncient vsage of God, which neuer punisheth any sinners, but such as are abundantly tolde and warned before. For he can doe nothing, but he fyrst reuealeth the same vnto his seruauntes the Prophets. Amos. 3. We haue euery where examples not onely in the scriptures, but also in the stories of the Gentyles, so that we neede not here to stande long in rehearsall of them. It is better for vs to consyder the order of the last iudgement, which Paule briefly and plainly toucheth. Fyrst bycause of Epicures, & their sectaries, he declareth that God hath appoynted a day of iudgement, bicause none should hickscornelyke deryde the mention therof, 2. Pet. 2. which thing Peter teacheth vs cer­taine [...]o [...]kers should doe. And that that Paule sayth, the whole consent of scripture prooueth. Herevnto appertaine the things spoken in the last chap­ter [Page 675] of Daniel. Which Christ also so often inculcateth. Iohn. 15. Math. 16.24.25. 2. Cor. 5. Rom. 14. And as it is sayde in an other place, we must also come before the iudgement seat of Christ. This doth the iustice of God plainely requyre, which coulde by no meanes stand, if that iudgement were not where euery man shall receyue condigne re­warde according to his workes. For in this worlde we see for the most part, that the godly are afflicted without anye renumeration, and the wic­ked rage and ryot without check. Then he declareth who they be that shall be thus iudged, naming all the worlde, which we in the articles of our faith expresse, by the quick and the dead. Therefore none shall escape that day, but as we sayde before, we shall all come before the iudgement seate of God. For there is no respect of persons with God, neyther can any man bleare his eyes. This thing ought to make great men which are puffed vp in worldly pride, mindefull of modestie and humilitie. Thirdely, he decla­reth the maner and fashion of the iudgement, saying he shall iudge with righteousnesse. Therefore there shall be no place for colours or pretences, but they that haue synned vnder the lawe, shall beare the sentence of the lawe, and they that haue sinned without lawe, Rom. 2. shall be condempned with­out lawe. And euery man shall receyue according to that he hath done in his body. This ought we to remember, when the entisements of sinne, 2. Cor. 5. and the fleshe creepe vpon vs, which pull vs from doing our duetie: when also the glorie and riches of this worlde prouoketh vs to sinne. For what shall man giue for the redemption of his life, in that daye, when the most seuere Iudge shall pronounce sentence, according to the tenor of iustice. Finally, Math. 16. he defyneth the Iudge, by whome God shall iudge the worlde, ver [...]ly by the man whome he hath ordeyned. So he calleth Christ, bicause of his hu­maine nature, meaning to vse the more tollerable name among the vnbe­leeuing, to the ende he might come by little and little to speake of the myste­ries of Christ. It is not without a cause that the scripture euerywhere de­clares that Christ shall be our Iudge. For this maketh very much for the comfort of the godly, when they heare he shall be their Iudge, who they knowe is their Sauiour and Byshop. For hereof they gather, that he shall rather be a reuenger than a Iudge for them, as Iob calleth him. Cap. 19. And they are not afrayde of the sentence of damnation at his hande, whome they be­leeue was offered on the crosse for them. Againe to the wicked it is a great terror, when they thinke he shall come to be their Iudge, whome they haue wickedly contemned. For they shall looke vpon him whome they pierced, Zach. 12. Iohn. 19. Psal. 2. and to their perpetuall hindraunce and losse, shall be constrayned to abyde his iudgement, whome they would not acknowledge to be their redeemer.

Nowe bicause Paule hath made mention of Christ, he beginneth to in­treate of his mysteries, He prea­cheth Christ. in which treatise no man maye doubt but he was more prolixe and diligent, then is here mentioned. Luke noteth the chiefe pointes onely, which abundantly declare what Paules oration and doctrine was. They are three in number. First he sayth he was predestinate or ap­pointed of God, from euerlasting, as is elsewhere sayd. 1. Pet. 1. This appeareth by the promises which declare he was ordeined to be the sauiour of mankinde, euen from the very beginning. Hereof we gather (as Paule otherwheres teacheth) that saluation commeth of grace, without anye our desert. Ephes. 1. For what man is there which can bragge that he hath deserued from euerla­sting, that the sonne of God should be appointed, to be his sauiour? Se­condly [Page 676] he sayth, that God in Christ hath perfourmed his promise vnto all men, meaning that in him the promises, fygures, and prophecies, wherein long agone saluation was comprysed, are fulfylled, wherevnto Christ be­ing ready to yeelde vp the ghost, had a respect, and sayd, It is finished or per­fourmed. And after his resurrection he shewed that so it behooued thynges shoulde be perfourmed, that the Scriptures might be fulfylled which are wrytten in Moses, Luc. 24. the Prophetes and Psalmes. Where vppon we gather, that they all fowly erre, which shewe any newe or other waye of saluation, than in Christ. For what else doe they, but reprooue God and Christ of lying? See touching this poynt. 1. Iohn. 5. He that beleeueth not God, maketh him a lyer. &c. Thirdly, he maketh mention of Christes resurrection, mea­ning thereby to prooue, that he is the God and iudge of all men. The which argument he vseth also. Rom. 1. Under this also he comprehendeth all the whole businesse of our redemption. For if he rose agayne, surely he dyed. and dyed (as is sayde elsewhere) for our sinnes, Rom. 4. but was raysed agayne for our iustification. But bicause we haue oftentimes discoursed of these poyntes, and haue occasion euerywhere to intreate more of the same, these fewe shall suffyse for this present.

The effect of the doctrine of Christ a­mong the A­thenians.Now remayneth the effect of this doctrine, which was diuers and va­riable, according to the diuersitie of the hearers. For some at the fyrst men­tion of the resurrection, did mocke and scoffe at it, namely, they of Epicures sect, wherof there are great numbers in these dayes. Other somewhat bet­ter than these desired to heare him dispute againe touching this point, ther­by declaring they had somewhat tasted of the truth. There are againe other some, whose hearts God had illuminated by his spirite, to beleeue, & openly to ioyne themselues vnto Paule. So euerywhere is fulfylled the saying of Paule, that the Gospell is to some the sauour of death vnto death, and to other some the sauour of lyfe vnto lyfe. Among those that beleeued, is Dyonisius accounted a man of great dignitie, as who was one of the number of the Iudges called Areopagitae. Also Damaris, a woman by all likelyhoode, of great dignitie and estimation, bicause mention is made of hir by name. Wherefore the gospell is neuer preached without some fruite or profyte: and although but a fewe beleeue at the fyrst, yet great and famous congre­gations growe of small beginninges, as hystories declare, came to passe at Athens. It is our duties not to be offended at the paucitie or small number of beleeuers, but to embrace with thankefull mindes the gospell of saluation, that it may bring forth in vs worthy fruites, and that we maye attayne vnto saluation through the promises thereof, by Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome bee prayse, honour, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .xviij. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cxx. Homelie.

‘AFTER this, Paule departed from Athens, and came to Corinthus, and founde a certaine Iewe named Aquilas, borne in Pontus, lately come from Italy with his wyfe Priscilla, bicause that the Emperour Claudius had commaunded all Iewes to depart from Rome, and hee drewe vnto them, by­cause he was of the same craft, he abode with them and wrought. Their craft was to make tentes. And he preached in the Synagoge euery Sabboth daye, and exhorted the Iewes and the Gentyles. When Sylas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paule was constrayned by the spirite to testifie to the Iewes, that Iesus was very Christ.’

THe Euangelist Luke in the cha­piter that went before, shewed vs howe Athens was conuerted, a very notable citie, both by reason of the schoole of wise­dome therein, and also bicause of the ma­nifolde fame of their religion. Then next vnto this he handsomely ioyneth the hy­storie of the conuersion of Corinth vnto Christ, a most rich & a most corrupt City, in which hystory the power of the spirit of Christ, and the efficacie of the gospell, so brightly and woonderfullye shyned, that Paule called the Church of Corinth the seale of his Apostleship. 1. Cor. 9. For as Corinth aswell by reason of hi [...] situation betweene two seas, was very rich and famous, What maner of Citie Co­rinth was. as also for merchandyzes and traffike there vsed, so the baytes, entycementes, and number of mer­chauntes, resorting thither from all partes and coastes, infected the same wyth moste corrupt maners, insomuch that the ryotousnesse thereof was nowe noted in publyke Prouerbes. Corinthiari vt graecari. &c. For when men woulde speake of per­sons giuen to great ryote and sensualitie, they woulde saye they played the Corinthians. And this was a common saying in all peoples mouthes. Euery man maye not come vnto Corinth. Among other vices, there whoredome chiefely reigned, wherevnto they were so giuen, that in Venus Temple they had about a thousande Damosels and Nunnes for that purpose: and afterward euen among them that had professed Christ, there was one which vnlawfully kept company with his stepmother, vntill by Paules censure and appoyntment he was excommunicated. Into this Citie commeth Paule [Page 678] when he went from Athens, and that not without the ordinance of God, as the ende and successe declared. For the Lorde which did vouchsafe to saue his elect out of the pumpe of sinnefulnesse, by the preaching of the gospell, had there a great many of people. Moreouer, this Citie giueth vs an en­sample both of the goodnesse of God towarde sinners, and also of the vertue or power of the Gospell. For if a man woulde compare the abiect and base estate of Paule, being but a straunger and vnknowne with the indurate cu­stome of sinne, with the glorious shewe of ryches, with the abundaunce of delyghtes, with the entycements of pleasures on euerye side, and with the pompe and pryde of Merchauntes, his attempt shall then seeme altogither ridiculous, which woulde go about to reforme both their lyfe and religion at once. But the thing that seemed ridiculous in the iudgement of the fleshe, wanted not a most prosperous successe giuen by the Lorde. For wythin an yeare and a halfe, by the preaching of the Gospell, the spirite of Christ ther­with working, Paule set a newe face vppon this Citie, and vniuersallye re­formed it: a thing which no lawmaker, of howe great authoritie so euer he had bene, coulde haue bene able to haue perswaded them, so that it is not without a cause that Paule reioyseth so much for the conuerting of this Citie, considering he no where founde a more effectuall working of the Gospell, than there. Which also seemeth to mee, to be the cause that Luke is so dili­gent in describing this hystorie, insomuch that he prosecuteth at large the least circumstances thereof. Which thing in other places, eyther he vtterly letteth passe, or else onely toucheth them lightly, as it were by the waye. This thing ought to stirre vppe also our diligent attention, to consider the same.

First and foremost he maketh mention of the place where Paule hosted, in the fynding out whereof, Aquilas is Paules hoste. I suppose, Paule vsed some great circumspecti­on, bicause Christ gaue the Apostles a peculiar commaundement, touching the prouiding them of commodious and fytte hostes. Paule therefore founde an host, called Aquilas, which was a Iewe, borne in Pontus, who not long before, by reason of Claudius the Emperors proclamation, with his wyfe Priscilla, was fayne to depart from Rome, & to come vnto Corinth. For at that time the state of the Iewes was verye miserable, bicause the venge­ance of God followed them, being embrued with the bloude of the sonne of god in al places. It came to passe further also, that they which denied Christ to be their sauiour, were fayne euery day to seeke them newe sauiours, and to make newe stirres and vprores, so that all menne worthily hated them. Aquilas therefore being violently caryed with the common calamitie of the whole Nation, is also banished, yet not without the prouidence of GOD, which prepared Paule a lodging with him among the Corinthians, and vsed his helpe in laying the foundation of a most famous Church. Thus com­meth it oftentimes to passe, that the thing which at the fyrst seemed to vs very grieuous and intollerable, is yet at length the cause of great commo­ditie & profyte. Therefore Paule for diuers occasions taketh vp his lodging with this man. For besides that he was well instructed in the fayth, his for­tune was to be banished with others, made him y e more gentle vnto straun­gers, whom they that dwell and liue all their lyfe at home, for the most part contemne. Furthermore, being of the same occupation that Paule was, that is to saye, a sower or maker of tentes, which in those dayes were made of [Page 679] hydes and skynnes, it was very commodious for the Apostle to dwell with him, bicause he might by the same trade helpe to get his liuing. It shall be good to consider yet diligently both Aquilas and Paules person. Aquilas giueth vs a notable example both of faith and charitie. For being a man of handy­craft, and banished, Aquilas is an ensample of fayth and charitie. he receyueth the Minister of Christ to harbour in a straunge Citie, by his example reproouing the richer sort of dishonestie and shame, which made so litle account of straungers in their owne dwellings, yea, it appeareth by other places, that his hospitalitie was so great, 1. Cor. 16. Rom. 16. that he had a Church or Congregation in his house. Let them therfore be ashamed of their inhumanitie and fylthye niggardenesse, which abounding in riches and peace, haue no compassion on the banished for Christes sake. These shall one day learne to their great griefe, what the sorrowes of banishment are, and what an heape of cares persecution bringeth with it. But they which being enflamed wyth the loue of Christ, make much of his seruants, and take them in, shall fynde the Lorde a most thankefull recompencer, who promyseth him a worthy rewarde, Math. 10. that giueth but a cuppe of colde water to any one of hys Disciples. He shall at the last day take whatsoeuer is done for any of his members as done vnto himselfe. Lykewyse in Paule are no­table and singuler vertues to be seene. For this is an argument of constant fayth, that he is not so offended at his course lodging, that he woulde there­fore forsake Corinth. For he knewe that God vsed to choose the despysed things of this worlde, wyth the which to set forth hys kingdome to the con­fusion of them, which seeme in their owne conceyte, excellent and singular. Agayne, he exerciseth loue and equitie, Paule getteth his liuing with the la­bor of hys handes. in that he sitteth not ydle in Aqui­las house, but layeth his handes to worke, and getteth his lyuing honestly. Which example, as it is worthye of singular commendation, so doe they naughtily apply it, which by the same exact of all Ministers, to labour with their handes, as though it were not meete for them, to liue of the ministery of the worde. For Paule laboured not, bicause he thought it vnlawfull for any to liue of the stipend of the Church, but for that there was yet no church at Corinth gathered, of whose stypende he was able to liue. In the meane season, he thought he woulde not burthen those fyrst fruites of a Church, gathered in Aquilas house, whose substaunce and goodes were no [...] verye great. Afterwardes, when the congregation was growne to a full Church, he woulde not vse hys ryght and libertie, by reason of the slaunderous re­portes of certayne false teachers, which sayde that he and such as he was, laye in wayte to enrich themselues by other mennes goodes, and therefore they taught for naught. For this cause woulde Paule in no case be inferior to these fellowes, thinking it better for a season to want his dutie, than by to hastie calling therfore to bring the Gospell in suspition. Yet he sayth he rob­bed other Congregations, to preach vnto the Corinthians freelye. 2. Cor. 11. Philip. 4. And he confesseth that the Philippians releeued him with mony which they sent him. By this example of Paule our masking Byshoppes are reprooued, who ly­uing in ryot lyke Persians vppon the goodes of the Church, doe no seruice to the Church at all. And not these onely, but certaine belly Gods also that glory in the name of the Gospell, and yet are giuen altogither vnto coue­tousnesse, shamefully forsaking the Churches, where they might by their seruice doe much good, for a little lucre and aduauntage sake of some grea­ter stypende and wages. Both these sortes shall one daye feele the iudge­ment [Page 680] of God, which will not suffer his Church to be so slenderly regarded, for naught.

Paule prea­cheth at Co­rinth.But bicause Paule came not to Corinth to the end to sowe Tents, but to set out the kingdome of Christ, it is also declared, which waye he did the same. After his accustomed maner, he frequented the Church on the sab­both dayes. And fyrst he prudentlye moderated his doctrine, handling it according to the capacitie of his hearers, as he otherwheres confesseth, say­ing, 1. Cor. 3. he fedde them wyth mylke, bicause as yet they coulde not awaye wyth stronger meate. Thys order Luke expresseth, by this worde perswading, to declare that he did creepe, as it were within his hearers, for feare of of [...]en­ding them at the begynning. And verily it is to be thought that he procee­ded in that order, that he vsed at other tymes. He knewe the Iewes were ledde with a preposterous zeale of their lawe, and that they sought saluati­on and iustifycation in the workes thereof. He taught therefore, that all men were sinners, and that they were not able of themselues to satisfie the lawe. Thereby it was easily to be gathered, that an other must be sought for, by whose merite men might be saued. Which was a most commodious waye, to come vnto the mysteries of Christ. Let all Ministers of the word of God, and his Church imitate thys example of Paule, least whyle they haue no consideration of their hearers, speaking all thinges in a confused order, they driue them from the kingdome of Christ, whome they myght wynne, vsing the matter modestly and prudently. Surely he requyreth such a Minister of the worde, 2. Tim. 2. as can breake or deuyde the worde of truth, in due order and rightly. And Christ requyreth of him not onely trustinesse, but also prudencie. But least any man might thinke, that Paule fedde them styll wyth mylke, Luke wryteth that at length, vpon occasion offered, he more earnestly handeled Christes cause. For when Silas and Timotheus were come out of Macedonia, he beganne to pull all his wyttes togyther, eyther for that he heard the Gospell had good successe among the Macedoni­ans, or else for that he was troubled in his minde with the miserable case and blindenesse of so famous a Citie. For whose heart would not be moo­ued, to see so notable a Citie running headlong into hir owne mischiefe and destruction, and to see the ignorance of such a sort of men so miserably de­ceyuing themselues? Surely what euer that constraint of Paule was, it is certaine, that he beganne more earnestly to be incensed by the holye ghost, and to preache and testifye to the Iewes more openly, that Iesus the sonne of Marie, was the Messias and Christ, that is, the sauiour of the worlde, that was promysed, by whose onely merite, we are delyuered from the cursse of the lawe, from sinne, and from death. Thus let Ministers pre­pare them away prudently, that at length they may waxe feruent in setting forth Christ and maintayning his doctrine, that they cloke not their feare­fulnesse with the pretence of modestie. Christ is the chiefe poynt of the Apo­stles doctrine Againe, it appeareth that Christ is the chiefe marke and Butte of the Apostles doctrine, whose wytnesses they were chosen to be. Peter in the Sermons that are before gone hath taught vs, that in hym onely is all our saluation conteyned. Paule afterwarde wryting to the Corinthians, confesseth that he knoweth nothing but Iesus Christ, and him crucifyed. Iohn sayeth that whatsoeuer is written by the Euaungelistes, serueth to this ende, that we shoulde beleeue that Iesus is Christ, & by beliefe, attaine to lyfe euerlasting, we must therefore be conten­ted [Page 681] with the same. For it is not lawfull for any man, to chalenge to himselfe any more knowledge of saluation, then the Apostles did, which had Christ to their schoolemaister, and his most faythfull spirite for their counseller. Wherefore let vs all know Christ onely, which is our king and only priest, who dying for our sinnes, and rysing againe for our iustifycation, hath re­deemed vs, and made vs kings and priests to his father. To him be praise, honor, power, and glorie, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxj. Homely.

‘AND when they sayd contrary and blasphemed, he shooke his rayment and sayde vnto them: your bloud be vpon your owne heades: from hence­forth will I go blamelesse vnto the Gentyles. And he departed thence, and entred into the house of a certaine man called Iustus, a worshipper of God, whose house ioyned hard to the Synagoge. Howbeit, one Crispus the chiefe Ruler of the Synagoge, beleeued on the Lorde, with all his housholde, and many of the Corinthians, when they gaue audience, beleeued and were bap­tised. Then spake the Lorde to Paule in the nyght by a vision, be not afrayd, but speake: for I am with thee, and no man shall inuade thee, that shall hurt thee, for I haue much people in this Citie. And he contynued there a yeare, and sixe Moneths, and taught them the worde of God.’

OUr Sauiour Iesus Christ many tymes testifyed, that the chiefe cause whye he came into the worlde was to saue sinners. The Apostles beyng mindefull hereof, vsed to preache the doctrine of sal­uation vnto notable synners, and to bring them in­to the felloship of Christ and his Church. So behoo­ued it to be in the begynning, bicause none shoulde thinke Christes merite coulde be ouercome by any heynousnesse of our sinnes, or should beginne to dis­payre of their saluation in him. This same may notably be seene in the con­uersion of Corinthe. For we heard erewhyle, that it was a most naugh­tie and corrupt Citie. Yet is Paule sent thither, to delyuer them by the prea­ching of the Gospell, from the brynke of destruction. And fyrst according to his vsuall maner, he offereth saluation vnto the Iewes, who yet of all o­thers had deserued that God should not regarde them. Who therefore will despayre of Gods mercie, who so earnestly sought the saluation of so hate­full a people? Let vs here marke howe the incurable impietie of this peo­ple wrastled here also against the long suffering of God, Christ our Sa­uiour ouercomming and triumphing in the myddle of thys sturre and bu­sinesse.

For it is written that the Iewes gaynesayde Paule, The Iewes withstande Paule bea­ring witnesse vnto Christ. plainely bearing witnesse vnto Christ, and at length rayled at him and blasphemed his doc­trine. That this was their common vsage, we haue nowe learned by ma­ny examples. This wickednesse of theirs is horrible, if we consider eyther what they were in tymes passed, or expende the rage of euill speaking, that they vse agaynst Christ yet to this daye. For who woulde not feare the hor­ror of Gods iustice, seeing he perceyueth no Nation these manye hundreth [Page 682] yeares, such miserable vessels of his wrath, as they which sometime were called the fyrst begotten of God, the chosen stocke, and Priestly kingdome of God? It is very worthy to be noted, that they nowe at length, contrarye and gaynesaye Paule, when he moste plainely beginneth to beare witnesse vnto Christ, where as before this, they had hearde him intreate of the law, and certayne other pointes certayne sabboth daies togither, very willingly. For this that was done at Corinth, we see commeth to passe nowe a dayes euerywhere. They are after a sort borne withall, that can nicke manifest abuses and errors a farre of, as many vsed to doe in the tyme of Papistry. But assoone as Christ is vrged, and his glory plainly and manifestly defen­ded, then become they starke madde, which before seemed very modest. The cause of this euill is, for that without the preaching of Christ all other re­prehensions are but colde, and are of no more weyght than the taulkes of Philosophers, who we may reade disputed with great shewe of learning, touching the studies of vertue, and the miserable condicion of vices. But Christ entring into the hearts of men, cutteth awaye euen to the quicke, all corruption aswell of religion, as of manners and liuing, and therefore the consequences that necessarily followe of this doctrine, seeme to the worlde intollerable. For of this doctrine followeth vtterlye the fall of buying and selling of holynesse. Hereby is the brightnesse of mannes righteousnesse cleane put out, and all affiance in our owne merites quyte ouerthrowne. The same reprooueth our corrupt maners, and exacteth of vs no counter­feyte or pagiantlyke repentance, but a syncere and perfyte, such as neyther the corruption of our fleshe, can abyde, nor mannes power perfourme. It seemeth tollerable ynough vnto the worlde, to reprooue an adulterer, a souldier, an vsurer, a drunkerde, and to let him alone in the Church, if he be purged with a friuolous satisfaction, although he follow styll the same trade of lyfe. But if a man thunder out the sentence of damnation agaynst him, by the voyce of the Gospell, and exclude him out of the kingdome of God, bicause he will not repent, this they thinke to be a thing intollerable. This is an euident proofe of our corruption, and that they are in deede the enimies of God, that purposely runne on in sinne, and will not be corrected by the worde of God. For who will not thinke him to be the enimye of God, who despyseth the sonne of God in comparison of his abhominable sinfulnesse? Agayne, let vs obserue the maner of speach, that Luke vseth: They spake agaynst him (sayth he) and blasphemed. The fyrst degree of vngodlynesse, is to speake against the worde of God. Degrees of vngodlinesse. This bicause many doe of ignoraunce, their error at the fyrst may be winked at. But he that is so led with naugh­tye and euill affection, to speake agaynst the truth reuealed, being not con­tented with this fyrst degree or steppe, they commonlye turne them vnto rayling. What these raylings and slaunders were, that the Iewes vsed a­gaynst Paule, we may gather of those things which we hearde before in the vj.xvj. and .xvij. Chapters. By example of these things, we learne that we must resist things at the beginning, least being led at the fyrst with naugh­tye desires, we feare not to speake agaynst the worde of God, and so at length through contention fall to blaspheme it. And so little by little entan­gle our selues in that horrible sinne agaynst the holye ghost, and at the last driuen and caryed with gyantlyke audacitie, fyght agaynst God, the ende whereof shall be none other, but the miserable and euerlasting destruction [Page 683] of the soule. We haue euerywhere examples hereof.

But what doth Paule nowe? Goeth he from Corinth, Paule shaketh of the dust a­gaynst the Iewes. bicause of these obstinate Iewes, so that the wickednesse of a fewe persons is the hinde­rance of all? No. But rather bidding these frowarde and wicked persons adewe, he turneth him to the Gentyles. And least he might seeme to doe a­nye thing of heate, or passion of mynde, he diligently obserueth the trade prescribed of Christ. First he shaketh his garments, as we declared he did at Antioch, in the .xiij. Chap. where may be seene what is to be learned what this ceremonie or doing meaneth. Next, he threateneth them with punish­ment, declaring that they perished through their owne default, saying: your bloude be vpon your owne heade: from hence I will goe blamelesse vnto the Gentyles. He alludeth vnto the wordes of God written in Ezechiel, cap. 3. and .33. after this sort: Thou sonne of man, I haue made thee a watchman ouer the house of Israel, that whereas thou hearest any thing out of my mouth, thou may est warne them on my behalfe: If I say vnto the wicked, thou wicked, thou shalt surely dye, and thou giuest him not warning that he maye beware of his vngodly way, then shall the wicked dye in his owne sinne, but his bloude will I require of thy hande. Neuerthelesse, if thou warne the wicked of his waye, to turne from it, whereas hee yet will not bee turned from it, then shall he dye, bi­cause of his sinne, but thou hast deliuered thy soule. Unto these wordes I say, Paule alluded, saying: I haue done my duetie, and sette before you Iesus Christ the onely authour of saluation: but bicause you reiect him, you are culpable of your owne perdition, and I being in no fault thereof, will gette me to the Gentyles. Thus he threateneth them the same that Christ doth, where he sayth vnto the Scribes: Math. 21. The kingdome of God shall bee taken from you, and giuen to a Nation that shall bring forth the fruites thereof. And this that is sayde vnto the Iewes, let all contemners of the Gospell thinke sayd vnto them. For where through the Gospell God offereth vs a remedye a­gainst destruction, they must needes perishe through the iust iudgement of God, which wickedly despyse the same. In the meane season, Paules doing teacheth vs, that Ministers of the worde are then blamelesse, when they haue faithfully fulfylled their dutie towarde sinners, by teaching, rebuking, and exhorting them? But if they be dumbe dogges, such as Esay describeth. cap. 56. then shall the bloud of those that perishe be requyred of them, that is to say, God shall make them guiltie of all that bloud that is shedde through their negligence. But the Scripture euerywhere setteth out the horrible guiltynesse of bloude. See Genes. 9. Numer. 35. Psal. 51. &c. We see therefore it is not without a cause that the Prophets and Apostles vse such vehemen­cie of zeale in their teaching. Paule hauing a regarde herevnto sayde: Woe vnto me if I preach not. And Amos sayth in the thirde Chapter: When a Ly­on roareth, who will not be afrayde? Seeing then that the Lorde God himselfe speaketh, who will not prophecie? Finally, Paule goeth into one Iustus house, not for that he hated Aquilas, but for the more credit of his protestation. For it seemeth that this Iustus was a Gentyle, except we shall thinke Paule was fantasticall, which woulde forsake a beleeuing Iewes house, to go into an other Iewes house. Yea, his wordes signify asmuch, from henceforth I will go vnto the Gentyles. Yet there appeareth in Paule a feruent good will to­warde his owne Nation. For although he chose him a Gentyle to be his hoste, yet his desire is, to dwell nigh vnto the Synagoge, bicause he would [Page 684] want no occasion to winne the Iewes. Let all Ministers followe this ex­ample. For where they are called Pastors and fathers, it becommeth them to beare such affection towarde those that perishe, as shepeheardes doe to­warde their straye sheepe, and as fathers doe towarde their vntoward chil­dren. Such affection declareth Christ, when he wept looking on Ierusa­lem, and bewayled the destruction that shoulde come vppon hir by the iust iudgement of God. Luc. 19.

But Paules industrie and trauayle was not in vayne. For of the Iewes, Crispus the President of the Synagoge, The conuer­sion of Cris­pus and the Corinthians was wonne to the beliefe in Christ, whome Paule writeth that he baptized in the fyrst Epistle to the Co­rinthians, the fyrst Chapter. Also many of the Corinthians beleeued, who not long before, seemed to be drowned in sinne and perdition. And it maye be thought by their baptisme, that they did not feigne a fayth, but that they o­penly and plainly protested the same. Therefore they want not the blessing of God that labour faithfullye in their vocation, neyther can the vnbeliefe and frowardnesse of others frustrate the promise of God, as Paule in other places teacheth. Rom. 2. As many as fynde they haue grieuous and incu­rable enimyes, may here fetch comfort. Moreouer, a notable place follo­weth, which teacheth vs that Paule in this businesse was comforted by God: where fyrst Paules person is to be considered, then God who strengthened him with consolation.

Paule is tempted with feare.It appeareth by this consolation that God gaue Paule, that as a man, he was afrayde. And he sawe euery daye before his face, many thinges to cause him to feare. For he well knewe the incurable rage of the Iewes a­gaynst Christes doctrine. The remembraunce of the daungers he had bene in by their meanes was fresh in his memory. And such corruption of the ci­tie as was daily noted in common Prouerbes, gaue him small hope of do­ing anye good there. Besides, the craftes of false brethren and teachers, of whome he oftentimes complayneth in his Epistles. Yea, he plainly confes­seth that he was at Corinth in much feare and trembling. 1. Cor. 2. And as farre as we can gather by the worde of God, Paule was minded to leaue the Citie, seeing he had so little hope to doe any good there. We learne by this exam­ple, that euen the seruants of God also are subiect vnto affections, and that otherwhiles they are so afrayde, that they forgette their dutie. For this that Paule suffred at Corinth, diuers other founde true to their greater ruine. A­braham the father of the beleeuing, after he had forsaken his natiue Coun­trie, and shewed a notable proofe of his fayth, being ouercome with feare, stayned his good name with a fowle lye, and brought his wife into great perill and daunger. Iacob hauing so oftentimes founde God his ayder and helper, is afrayde to go meete his brother Esau. Moses fearing the tyranny of Pharao, flieth into Madian. and scarce woulde returne againe into Egypt at Gods calling. Iosue a valiant warrier, discomfyted with one ouerthrowe of his people, declareth the feare he had conceyued in his minde, by vnman­ly weeping and mourning. We reade howe Dauid which being but a strip­ling, ouercame Goliath, after he was a man growen, and had gotten many victories, feared oftentimes the threates and attemptes of Saule. Helias whome neyther the sight and tyrannie of Achab, nor furie of the people, coulde withholde from killing the Priestes of Baal, being afrayde at the threates of one syllye woman, which was Iesabel, tooke him to hys heeles, [Page 685] and desired god he might die. What shall I speake of Peter, who being not afrayde of a company of harnessed men, was quite dismayde at the worde of one symple wench, and denyed Christ? Manye like examples might be rehearsed, which we repeate not, to the ende to detect the infyrmities and falles of holy men, but bicause the consyderation of them serueth not a little for our instruction. For both we knowe our owne infyrmitie thereby, the knowledge wherof maketh vs not to trust to much in our selfe, and we are admonished of charitie, that we rashly condemne not men, which otherwise haue deserued well, if they seeme to doe otherwise than becommeth them. For God will haue the tokens of common imperfection, appeare euen in them also, that we be not to much addicted vnto them, and so forgette the grace of God, which by them had wrought singular workes. In the meane season we must helpe them with our prayers, that eyther they may beware they fall not, or else that they may by Gods grace speedily rise agayne. For this deutie did Christ vse towardes his Disciples, as the Gospell declareth. Luc. 22. Iohn. 17.

But let vs consider Gods person, which by and by comforteth him be­ing in this feare, The dili­gence of God in comforting those that bee his. although there is no mention made that he did call vppon God therefore. For God doth not onely heare them, which open their desire of minde by crying, but he seeth the secret sobbes and gronings of the heart, and helpeth & comforteth them. And so is it very needefull he should, bicause oft times it commeth to passe, that we are so compassed on euery side with aduersitie, that we are not able in words to declare the desire of our hearts. Then is fulfylled that that God promiseth by his Prophete Esay. cap 65. It shall come to passe, that or euer they call, I shall aunswere them, while they are yet but thinking howe to speake, I shall heare them. So the Lorde speaketh to Moses standing by the redde sea: why cryest thou? Yet we reade of no worde he spake. This is a great argument of the goodnesse of God. For as God knoweth whereof we haue neede, so he vseth to helpe vs in season and time, and although he sendeth vs temptations, to teache vs our infyrmitie, and to enflame vs the more vnto godlynesse, yet he tempereth the same with comfort, that we be not vtterly swallowed vp of sorowe. Let no man therefore despayre to soone, seeing God hath infynite meanes, whereby to comfort and helpe vs. And here in this place he thought good to vse both vi­sion and Oracle, both which were very needefull, bicause Paule had no man to comfort him, and sawe many causes which might make him thinke that so corrupt a Citie had no regarde of God. The words that God here spake, conteyne in them three poyntes, of euerye whereof, we will intreate or­derlye.

First, he taketh away the cause of all this euill, where he biddeth him, Feare is for­bidden. not to feare. This kind of precept is often times mentioned in the scripture. For so sayth god vnto Moses, Deut. 3. being dismayed at the meeting of the king of Basan. To Iosue also being redy to ioyne battayle with y e fyue kings, it was sayd: Be not afrayd of them. Iosue. 10. And the Lord sayth vnto Ieremie when he called him to the office of a Preacher, Be not afrayde of their faces. &c. Christ also biddeth the Apostles, that they shoulde not feare those which killed the bo­dye, but coulde not hurt the soule. I omitte diuers places of this sort. Math. 10. The cause why God so oftentimes forbiddeth his seruauntes to feare, is for that there is nothing of more efficacie to pull menne from doing their dutie than [Page 686] feare. For assoone as feare is once conceyued in the heart, the light of rea­son is so blemished, that it cannot see what is needefull to be done, and no de­uises or counsels are more vncertaine, than such, as persons in feare and perplexitie take in hande. And if they stande throughly in feare, then ma­keth it men shamelesse also, so that for feare of losse of lyfe or goodes, they committe moste mischieuous actes, and many times they incurre a greater daunger, for the auoyding of a perill present. Bicause this thing falleth vp­pon priuate men, howe much more necessary is it that men in publike office shoulde be bolde and voyde of feare? For if these men offende, it is not a­gainst them selfe onely, but against other also, whome God hath committed vnto their charge. Exod. 18. Which was the cause that the wise man Iethro required boldenesse of minde in Iudges. Therefore God did verye aptly make his beginning of comfort in this place.

Ministers must speake, and not holde their peace.In the second part he commaundeth him what to doe. Speake (sayth he) and holde not thy peace. Here no manne must thinke that God vsed any su­perfluitie of wordes. He ioyneth these two togither, bicause many times di­uers speake, and yet holde their peace, whiles they speake such thinges as they thinke no man will be offended with, and in the meane while keepe si­lence of such things which they ought by Gods commaundement to speake. The meaning therefore of the commaundement is, that he shoulde preach the gospell plainly, and dissemble or keepe close none of the thinges contey­ned in the same, although he wist many woulde be displeased therwith. By this let all Ministers learne, that they haue not done their dutie, if they preach the worde of God, except they preach it all, and that plainely, and so applye it vnto euery man, that he maye thinke it spoken vnto him. For as he is an vntrusty ambassadour, which speaketh nothing but that he is com­maunded, and yet vttereth not euery thing, but for fauour of some persons, omitteth many things: so can he not be iudged to be a faythfull Minister of Christ, that leaueth out neuer so small a portion of the Gospell, to please men with. See what is sayde hereof. Iere. 1. Ezech. 3. and .33. Math. 28.

Reasons and argumentes of consolationIn the thirde part he sheweth very graue and effectuall reasons, wher­of this is the fyrst: for I am with thee. This one reason ought to be sufficient against all daungers. For whereas God is almightie, they can want no­thing j. with whome he is present. For what are Creatures able to doe a­gainst God, without whose power they cannot stande? Therefore Dauid gathereth very probably thus, The Lorde is my helper, I will not feare what man can doe vnto me. Psal. 118. And bicause this promise is generall, and appertay­neth to all them that walke in the vocation of God, all menne ought to applye it vnto themselues, and in affiaunce hereof to beare out all the as­saultes ij. of the worlde couragiously. The seconde reason is, No man shall in­uade thee that shall hurt thee. He sayeth his enimies enterprises shall be in vaine. This is a speciall promise which alwayes taketh not place. For ma­ny times it commeth to passe, that the godly are entangled in many troubles and grieuous daungers, and we reade that Paule was layde hands on ma­nye times, yea, after this he was taken, and brought to Rome by sea and lande, where he ended his life by the sworde. And notwithstanding these things came so to passe, yet abideth the truth of Gods fyrst promise sure and fast, and god saueth those that be his from death, and neuer fayleth them. Wherefore we must walke and holde on in the vocation of god by fyre and [Page 687] sworde. The thirde reason is, that he sayth he hath much people in Corinth· iij By this he teacheth him that his labor shall not be in vaine, bicause the word of god in the elect and predestinate to saluation, vseth to be effectuall, as is declared in the .xiiij. Chapter. This is verye notable, that God hath in so naughty a Citie, so much people, and more than Athens, which thought hir selfe for vertue and wisedome to passe all other Cities. Whereby we gather that they which are openly drowned in sinne, are moste apt to receyue the kingdome of god, than the Iusticiaries and holy ones that woulde seeme to all men to be iust and good. For it fareth herein, as in the sickenesses of the bodye. For as they that are sicke of knowne diseases, doe sooner seeke the Phisitions, than they that are diseased with secret, whereof they are asha­med, and can after a sort hyde them: so they that be notorious open sinners, doe sooner receyue the doctrine of saluation, than hypocrites, which swollen with the confydence of their owne righteousnesse, thinke they haue neede of none other. For where these cannot denye but they are sinners, they of ne­cessitie are carefull howe to be saued, and are compelled to seeke saluation in others than themselues. Math. 22. Which is the cause that Publicanes and harlots are preferred before Phariseyes in the kingdome of god. And Christ ap­pointed the doctrine of saluation to beginne with the reprehension of sin­ners, that laying aside the pryde of our owne righteousnesse, we myght learne to flie vnto the grace of god. In the meane season it ought much to comfort vs, that the Lorde hath many heyres of eternall saluation in so vn­towarde a Nation. For hereby it appeareth that God is neuer without hys seauen thousande, although all menne seeme wicked and naught. 1. Reg. 19. For such is the certainetie of Goddes Election and Predestination, The certain­tie of election and predesti­nation. that they are counted for Gods elect, which are from euerlasting written in the booke of lyfe, although they yet lye drowned in sinne. Euen so Christ cal­leth them his sheepe, which yet he had not called by outward preaching, nor drawne by inwarde operation of his spirite, but yet knewe, they were gy­uen him by his father, before the foundations of the worlde were layde. Iohn. 10. Ephe. 1. And this is a consolation of all other most effectuall, that our sinnes can­not hynder Gods election. For whome he hath predestinate, those in tyme he calleth and draweth, and maketh lyke vnto the ymage of his sonne, Rom. 8. and suffereth them not for any thing to be seperated from his loue.

Moreouer, howe great the force of Gods comfort is, Paule tary­eth at Co­rinthe. appeareth by Paule, which abode a whole yeare and sixe Moneths at Corinthe, and there preached the worde of God. Here the pacience of Paule and the truth and power of God which preserued his seruaunt so long, in so wicked a Citie, is diligently to be considered. He aboade so long among these prowde and vnthankefull men, as tyll he had brought those vnto God, which he heard were his elected. What fyercenesse and discourtesie they vsed in the meane season agaynst Paule, may easily appeare by his Epistles. This example of Paule reprooueth them, that rashely leaue theyr Churches, assoone as they see all things succeede not according to their desyre, we are taught moreo­uer what a painefull thing it is to edifye and buylde the Church, seing we heare that Paule laboured so long at Corinthe, 1. Cor. 3. where he confesseth that he dyd but plant onely. Yea, his Epistles declare that there was neede after­warde of contynuall traueyle and care. Therefore the slouth of some Mi­nisters is very detestable, which suppose vehemencie of zeale in edyfying [Page 688] of the Church is but superfluous. Let them all follow Paules industrie, that by daylie exercise of fayth, we may make sure our election and vocation, and come to the inheritaunce of the kingdome of heauen, with Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whome be prayse honor power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxij. Homelie.

‘WHEN Gallio was Ruler of the Countrie of Achaia, the Iewes made insurrection with one accorde against Paule, and brought him to the iudge­ment seate saying: This fellow counselleth men to worship God contrarye to the lawe: And when Paule was about nowe to open his mouth, Gallio sayde to the Iewes: If it were a matter of wrong, or an euill deede, (ô yee Iewes) reason woulde that I shoulde heare you. But if it be a question of wordes, or of names, or of your lawe, looke yee to it your selues, for I wyll be no iudge of such matters, and he draue them from the seate. Then all the Greekes tooke Sosthenes the chiefe Ruler of the Synagoge, and smote hym before the Iudges seate. And Gallio cared for none of these things.’

ALthough God sendeth out the Mini­sters of his worde, as sheepe among Wolues, yet he defendeth them with his fauour and protection, so that the wicked enimyes of truth can not doe what they please against them. This Paule found true both at Corinth specially, and at manye other places be­sides. For being in feare and trembling in the midst of many daungers, & almost swallowed vp of feare, God preuenteth him with his comfort, and promy­seth him not onely safetie, but also great successe and fruite of his labour and traueyle. And that he promysed him, he perfourmeth to the vttermost, as this present place declareth. For in a tumulte and vprore, where the Iewes raued lyke madde men, when all hope of mans helpe was past, God by his secret power wonderfully saueth and delyuereth hym, so that he taketh no harme. And bycause this is a peculiar and very notable example of Gods ayde and assistaunce, it shall not be vnprofytable, to discusse euery circumstaunce of this hystorie.

The Iewes are the begin­ners of a tu­mult against Paule.And fyrst, the begynners of thys trouble are here noted which are the Iewes, of whome seing we haue often times intreated, it needeth not that we say any more. These men hauing hytherto bene quyet, being kept vn­der, and repressed by the power of God, whyle Gallio a newe President of Achaia lyeth at Corinthe, with one consent set vpon Paule, take him & bring him into the market before the iudgement seate of the Liefetenaunt. By which example we are taught, that the promises of God are not so to be vn­derstanded as though God had ordeyned vs to be out of all maner daun­ger and hazarde. But rather he will haue vs to be invred with troubles, bi­cause it is so requisite for our fleshe, and for the order of our saluation, which is the cause that as Dauid sayth: Many are the tribulations of the iust, but the Lorde delyuereth them from them all. Psal. 34. Herevnto are the examples of all those to be referred, which after most large and ample promyses of [Page 689] God, haue bene tempted wyth most grieuous daungers, God sayth vnto Abraham, I will blesse thee and magnifie thy name: Gene. 12. I will blesse them that blesse thee, and cursse them that cursse thee. Yet after this by reason of hys wyfe Sara, he was in daunger, he was troubled with warres, and suffered the great distresse of banishment. And yet for all this God is no lyer, but hys troth is so much the more manifest, bicause he delyuereth him out of so ma­nye and such perilles. The same we might affirme of Moses, Dauid, Iere­mie, and all the Apostles, but that we studie to be briefe. Therfore they are greatly deceyued, which so expounde the promises of the gospell, that they by and by reprooue the Ministers of lying, so soone as anye crosse or trou­ble aryseth. Let vs remember that Christ promiseth vs a retribution of those things which we lose in persecution for his names sake, Math. 10. Luke. 9. and that all they which will follow him, must beare the crosse, after his example.

Furthermore, The proper­ties and stu­dies of the enimies of truth. let vs in this place obserue the maners and conueyan­ces of the enimies of the truth, that we maye the easilyer beware of them. Fyrst we see the Iewes seeke occasion craftily to doe harme, where vntyll this time, they might seeme hushte and quyet. For in a whole yeare and a halfe almost they sturred not agaynst Paule. But assoone as they had a new Lieftenaunt, then they beginne eyther for that they hoped that he was a man voyde of religion and iustice, and therefore the fytter for their turne: or else for that they thought they might safely make a sturre, vnder a newe officer, who was not as yet acquainted with the state & affayres of Corinth. Therfore that wisedome appeareth in them, wherin Christ sayth they passe the children of light. Luke. 6. This teacheth vs, that we must not snorte in securi­tie, when the enimies of the truth, and those that sometime were our eny­mies for the truth sake seeme to lye still. But rather we must vse the wytte of Serpents against their craftes and enterprises, which assoone as opor­tunitie serueth them will burst forth. Wherfore that saying of Ecclesiasticus serueth well to this purpose. Beleeue not thine enimie. &c. Next this, the Iewes with one accorde make an insurrection agaynst Paule, which is one other propertie of the wicked. For where through diuersitie of affections, they are alwayes at iarre and hurre yet to set on Christ and his worde, they cleaue togyther lyke burres, bicause they all hate the same alyke. Thus the Phariseyes could agree togither well ynough with the Sadduceyes and Herodians, when they went about to apprehende Christ. And we knowe howe Pylate was reconcyled vnto Herode, after he had sent Christ vnto him to be mocked. Let no man therefore trust the discordes of the wicked, but let him put all his trust in Christ, the author of true vnitie and consent.

But let vs consider the chiefe poynt of the accusation that the Iewes layde vnto Paules charge. The chiefe matter of their accusa­tion. This fellow (say they) counselleth men to worship God, contrary to the lawe. Their meaning is, that he bringeth in newe ma­ner of worshippings, contrarye to the lawes of God. Nowe all altera­tion of religion was an hatefull thing vnto the Romaines. And wythout doubt they amplifyed that fault marueylously, and brought forth the Ro­mane lawes, as we heard before was done at Philippi, & Thessalonica. But that this was a false accusation, maye be gathered by this one argument, for that Paule preached Christ, which was the ende of the law, and in whom were fulfylled whatsoeuer things were conteyned in the bookes of Moses and the Prophetes. Yet we see alwayes the true worshippers of God are [Page 690] accused for prophaners of religion, and yet are there none more earnest defenders and reuengers of the same then they. And here they that are far­thest of from all religion, bragge most howe they are the maynteyners of religion, as the Iewes pretende the keeping of the lawe, where they had long agone ouerthrowne the same with mannes traditions. So the pro­phane enimyes of the truth nowe a dayes haue the saintes and ymages of saints in their mouthes agaynst vs, where as notwithstanding it is euident they little set by eyther saintes or their ymages. For if they will defend the honor of the saintes, why doe they not imitate their fayth? Why persecute they their doctrine and wrytings with fyre and sworde? Why call they them heretikes that desyre to follow their steps? If they count ymages so godly a thing, why neglect they the liuely ymages of God? why robbe they the poore to clothe stockes and stones? why burne they christian men to whom Christ hath restored the ymage of God by the price of hys bloude? What else therefore doe these men, but as the Iewes dyd, which vnder a faire pretence of religion, wyshed all religion and truth extinguished?

Gallio refu­seth to heare Paules cause, as a matter not belonging to him.But what doth Gallio in this vprore? Commaundeth he Paule to pleade his cause, or giueth he him the hearing? No. But being about to speake, he interrupteth him, which yet might seeme tollerable, bicause he pronoun­ced no sentence against him, the matter being vndeclared. But he cleerely putteth of the matter from his hearing, saying, it appertayneth not to his determination, speaking most contemptuously of the Iewes religion, as though it had bene a thing consisting onely in bare and vncertaine wordes, or names. The cause of his thus speaking, he seemed to take of the Iewes owne wordes, which by their foolishe genealogies and brawles about wordes, caused the gentiles to laugh and scorne at all their religion. The like thing we see nowe a dayes in papistrie, whose iuglings and friuolous opinions causeth the Iewes and Turkes to laugh at our christian religion. And woulde God there were not among the professours of the gospell, which by their straunge and queynt questions caused not the vngodlye to scorne the christian fayth. But as touching Gallio, he commaundeth the bu­sie Iewes to leaue of, and putteth them from the barre. Wherein some thinges are to be allowed, and other some to be reprooued. It is to be commended that he rashely condemneth not that religion that he knew not. For in so doing, he is of more equitie and modestie, then many magistrates in our dayes, who being ignoraunt in all kinde of religion, doe yet take vpon them onely to haue skill in the same. Which is one of the greatest cau­ses of the calamitie, that troubleth the whole worlde in these dayes. But by no meanes is it commendable, that Gallio altogither neglecteth religi­on, and thinketh the hearing thereof appertayneth not vnto him. For God will haue the king still to be reading of the lawe, and hath appointed ma­gistrates to be seuere and diligent reuengers of true religion. See Deut. 17 and 13. And we haue examples of most godly kings, which in the scripture are for this cause chiefely commended, that they banished superstition and restored true religion. Therefore intollerable is the error of them nowe a daies which go about to perswade the magistrate, that they should not med­dle with any mannes religion, but to let euery body serue God, as seemeth him good. But in deede, these men haue a farre other fetch. For they hope it will come to passe, that Princes shall followe the example of Gallio, and [Page 691] shall giue them leaue to plant what religion they please in the Church. And as great is the errour of some princes and magistrates, who being desy­rous to be counted and called christians, yet affirme that religion pertay­neth not to their iurisdiction, but commit the same vnto couetous Monkes, and to vnlearned and prowde Prelates, leauing Christes sheepe to the or­dering and pleasure of most foolishe men, yea vnto Woolues to be deuou­red. And thus princes thinke they are well excused, which hope of theirs shall greatly deceyue them: for God shall one day require his people which he commytted to their charge at their handes, and by this argument, they shall be prooued to be vntrustie seruauntes, bicause they sayde religion ap­pertayned not to their charge, which of all other things was chiefely com­mended vnto them.

Nowe let vs see the ende of this Tragedie, where the veritie of Gods promise, most manifestly appeareth. The ende of this Trage­dye is pros­perous. For after the Greekes perceyued that Gallio dyd not much regarde the matter, they take Sosthenes the Ruler of the Synagoge, and shamefully beate hym. This it was lyke they did, by the setting on of the Iewes. For Sosthenes was a faythfull companyon of Paule, whose helpe in setting forth the gospell, it manifestlye appeareth Paule vsed, by y e superscription of hys fyrst Epistle to the Corinthians. But thys seemeth a woonderfull thing, that when the matter came to hande strypes, Paule agaynst whom all the Iewes made thys insurrection goeth away vnhurte and vntouched, yea is not compelled to depart the Citie. For we shall heare how he taryed there a good space after. But shall we say the cause was that they spared Paule? were they perswaded by his eloquence and defence, to keepe their handes from him. The Liefetenaunt woulde not vouchsafe to heare him, was it the authoritie of the Liefetenaunt that defended hym? why he being a Gentyle, and a manifest vngodly person, had no regarde vnto the Iewes matters. Had he anye other aduocate or defender? But what other coulde be founde of such authoritie, to with­stande such furious men? especially the Ruler being slacke in his duety do­ing, who onely had authoritie in that Citie to commaunde. It remayneth therefore that we confesse, howe Paule was preserued by the secrete assis­tance of God alone, that the promise should be fulfylled, that sayde no man should be able to doe him harme. Thus we reade how the Patriarches were sometime preserued amonge the Chanaanites, God thundering in their eares and hartes. Touch not mine annoynted. &c. Psal. 105. So Christ with one worde delyuereth his Disciples, although Peter had prouoked the raging enimy, with drawne sworde, & wounding the Byshops seruaunt. By these thyngs we may comfort our selues, seing we see the power of God, to be so great, in perfourming his promise and defending hys people, that euen then they escape safe awaye, when they seeme to be in the myddest of their enymies furie.

But we must returne againe vnto Gallio, Gallio is a president of an vngodly Officer. in whome the holy ghost hath set vs out a president of an vngodly Magistrate and voyde of religion. For he not long agone flatlye denied, that religion belonged to his iurisdiction. He also confessed, that it was his dutie to defende the harmelesse from in­iurie, and to punishe wickednesse. But yet he suffreth Sosthenes to be misin­treated in his sight, and so perfourmeth not that which erewhile▪ he confes­sed was his dutie. Many such there are in these dayes, who for modesties [Page 692] sake, leauing of the hearing of matters in religion, doe streyghtway bewray themselues, to be men, farthest of from all religion and iustice, in that they defend not the seruants of God from ciuill iniuries, yea, notorious wrongs done vnto them. And there is no cause why we shoulde thinke them main­tayners of iustice, which haue cast from them the care of religion. For how can it be that he can be faythfull and trustie to see men haue their right, that is vntrustie to Godwarde, and thinketh it not his dutie to maintayne Gods honor and glory? Therefore we may nowe a dayes see many Galliones, the more is the pitie, and there is no greater cause of publyke iniustice, than for that a number of Princes for the most part haue no feeling of religion. But howe much more grieuously maye we saye they sinne, who glorying in the name of Christian men, suffer the faythfull seruants of Christ, to be misvsed before their face, and whome they ought to defende by their authoritie, and with the sworde, for mennes sakes consent to let their enimies haue them, to condemne at their pleasure: which is a thing in these dayes so much vsed, that it needeth no examples to declare it.

What maner of state those people are in that lyued sometime in freedome, but nowe in bon­dage.Last of all is to be considered, what a miserable state they are in, which haue lost their libertie, and are enforced to serue straungers. For such were the Iewes, who from Pompeius Magnus time, as we knowe were in sub­iection to the Romaines, and scattered abroade ouer all their iurisdicti­on. Such also were the Corinthians, who as hystories make mention were vanquished and brought vnder the Romaines obeysaunce by L. Mūmius their generall. And no doubt but both these Nations were punished by the iust iudgement of God, for their sinnes and offences. But what misery fell they into, by this one fact of theirs? The Iewes were scattered throughout the worlde and hated of all men. They heare their religion most shamefully despised by those, whome they are enforced to take for their Lordes. The Corinthians, although in religion they agreed with the Romaines, yet had they such a President, as regarded not publike iniuries, but winked at most heynous wickednesse. Let them be mindefull hereof, to whome God hath giuen libertie and freedome. Let them vse it to the glorye of God, least they feele the lyke iudgement of God, and become examples for other. Yea, let them in that libertie of mynde and body that God hath giuen them, rather serue and please him, that they may liue with him in heauen through Iesus Christ the onely giuer of true libertie: to whom be blessing, honor, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxiij. Homelie.

‘PAVLE after this taried there yet a good whyle, & then tooke his leaue of the brethren, and sayled thence into Syria, Priscilla and Aquila accompa­nying him. And he shore his heade in Cenchreae, for he had a vowe. And hee came to Ephesus and left them there: but he himselfe entred into the Syna­goge, and reasoned with the Iewes. When they desired him to tary a longer time with them, he consented not, but bade them farewell, saying: I must needes at this feast that commeth, bee in Ierusalem, but I will returne againe vnto you, if God will. And he departed from Ephesus, and when he was come vnto Caesarea, and ascended vp and saluted the congregation, he departed vnto [Page 693] Antioch, and when he had taried there a while, he departed, and went ouer all the countrie of Gallacia and Phrygia by order, strengthning all the disciples.’

AS Paule liued no where in greater teare and trembling, than at Corinth: so founde he God no where more readye to ayde and assist him than there. For fyrst he promised him his helpe and fauor by a vision. Next, being apprehended by the Iewes, and brought before the Lieue­tenant, he deliuered him in woonderfull wise, although the matter came to strokes, and Sosthenes was very euill intreated. The vse of all these things (as we erewhile sayde) serueth for the comfort of the godly. For God is able to deliuer them also in like sort, and we ought not to doubt of his good will, forasmuch as it is euident, he is true of his worde, therfore he cannot breake nor fayle of his promise. But bicause we haue hereof sayd ynough in the last sermon, following the order of the storye, let vs sée what was done after the styrres raysed against Paule at Corinth.

The fyrst thing here in this place declared, is howe Paule taryed at Co­rinth many dayes after these feares of perill and daunger. Paule after his daungers abydeth at Corinth. The next, when he had taken his leaue of the late erected Church, how he tooke his iourney with Aquilas and Priscilla into Syria, and vnto Ierusalem, yet hauing fyrst shauen his heade at Cenchreae, by reason of a vowe he had made. Here Pau­les constancie and manlynesse is singulerly to be commended, which boldly ouercommeth all dreade and feare, and remayneth at Corinth, among his cruell enimies, hauing no hope eyther in Magistrate, or other kynde of men, verilye, for the rude and weake Disciples sake, which he sawe had neede of comforting, least their beliefe being as yet but tender and greene, shoulde dye (as they say) in the blade and fyrst sprooting. Yea, he doth the part of a good shepehearde, which Christ sayeth flieth not when he seeth the Woolfe comming, but ventureth his life for the safegarde of his sheepe. Iohn. 10. There maye also a generall doctrine be taken hereof, howe they that haue once assayde the ayde and helpe of God, ought to holde on in their vocation, the more boldly and constantly, & not (as some preposterous wisemen vse) thinke they are therefore set at libertie, bicause they should thenceforth take no more paines and traueyle, as though they had discharged all their dutie. Also Aquila and Priscilla those godly cowple, are as much to be marked and considered, who hauing bene once or twise banished before, The trust and friend­ship of Aqui­las and Pris­cilla towards Paule. doe yet once a­gaine chaunge their dwelling, and accompanye Paule both by sea and by land. And how ieoperdous a thing this was (to say nothing of their expen­ces and traueyle) may be gathered by this one thing, for that the whole na­tion of the Iewes seemed to haue conspyred moste obstinately togither to destroye Paule. Uerily Paule for this their companye, and for other causes prayseth them, as those that had hazarded their liues for hys sake. In which doing, as they at that time deserued great thankes of all congrega­tions, so they gate themselues an immortall glory of name, which remay­neth vnto this day, and shall for euer. See Rom. 16. By their examples we ought also to be prouoked, to be bolde in Christes glorye, for the Gospell, and the Ministers thereof, bicause there are extaunt generall promises, which promise them a sure rewarde, which giue but a cup of colde water to any one for Christes sake. The same reason ought to cause vs to consider [Page 694] all other needye brethren also, whome the Lorde hath so commended vnto vs, that he will at the daye of iudgement take it as done to himselfe, that hath bene bestowed on them. And the opinion of those menne that thinke common weales are ouercharged with the multitude of banished persons, is most detestable and vngodly, whereas such commonlye procure the bles­sing of God vnto those places that they be in. Lot onely restored the So­domites, Gene. 14. being taken and ouercomme to their libertie agayne. And if that Citie had had but tenne inhabitants like vnto Lot, they had also bene de­liuered out of that horrible destruction of fyre from heauen, Gene. 18. for their sakes. I might rehearse diuers other like examples, but that the time and Text requyreth vs to speake of other things.

Paules vowe.This is a straunge thing, and not hearde of in the bookes of the newe Testament, that Paule for a vowes sake that he had made, shaueth hys heade. This place can be vnderstanded none otherwise than of the vowe of the Nazaraeans, vnlesse we will say Paule was giuen to mannes traditions, who in other places affirmeth and standeth in it, that the faythfull ought not be burthened with the ceremonies of Gods lawe. As touching the Na­zarites, Moses writeth at large in the booke of Numbers, cap. 6. By the which place it easily appeareth, that euery man was at libertie to vse what trade of lyfe he would, after the time or date of his vowe was expyred and runne out. For where we read that Samson and Samuel (which from their mothers wombe were put apart for great and weighty affayres) obserued the lawes of the Nazarites all their life long, we must make no general rule or lawe thereof. They as hauing inspiration and feeling of great religion in their mindes, bound themselues of their owne accorde, to the obseruation of this vowe, to the intent that they woulde the more feruently apply Gods calling and seruice. Wherefore they altogither abstained from wine, bicause drunkennesse and religion can by no meanes stande togither. And with wine they auoided also other pleasures, which otherwise were lawfull. Fur­thermore, they came at no burials, no not of their parentes and kinsefolke, bicause no affection ought to pull away men truly addicted vnto God, from him, for Christ also sayth, that the care of the dead pertayneth rather to them who had rather to dye in the worlde, Luke. 9. than with him to aspire to the societie of heauenly life. Moreouer, the Nazareans all the time of their vowe, lette their heare growe, thereby testifying that they were not at their owne ap­poyntment, but bounde by a peculiar vow. For Paule himselfe teacheth vs, that the couering of the heade was a token of subiection, where he com­maundeth men to pray bareheaded, but women with their heades couered, bicause the man is free, but the woman vnder the mans power, whome she ought to take for hir heade. 1. Cor. 11. For the which cause, when the time of the vowe was out, the Nazareans were shauen in solemne wise, to thend they might know they were restored to their former libertie againe. It may seeme that Paule tooke this vowe vpon him, bicause of the Iewes, which thought him to be a prophane and wicked contemner of the lawe, and therefore thought by this meane the sooner to winne them to hearken to the Gospell. For he seemeth to confesse a like thing, where he writeth he became a Iewe vnto the Iewes, 1. Cor. 9. and to those that were vnder the lawe, as one himselfe vnder the lawe. Otherwise he was not ignorant of Christian libertie, which he e­uerywhere writeth ought not to be broken for anye ceremonies sake. See [Page 695] Colos. 2. Galat. 4. Therfore they doe most foolishly which abuse the example of Paule, to the maintenance of Monkishe vowes. For this vowe was in­stituted in the lawe of God, which although in the death of Christ it is abo­lished with the ceremonies thereof, yet for the auncient dignitie thereof, and for the weakes sake, it was not sodeinely to be made awaye and buried, but by little and little. But it is euident that Monkes vowes are founded vp­pon the traditions of men, which ought to be of no authoritie in religion. Againe the Nazareans vowed vnto God, where the moste part of Mon­kishe vowes are made vnto Creatures. Agayne the vowes of the Naza­reans altered not the trade of lyfe, neyther was the vnitie of the Church therby deuided. But Monkish vowes, as they take away all former trades of life, so they bring into the Church many diuers sectes. The Nazareans vowed such things as man was able to performe. Monkes vowe chastity, which the whole Scripture sayth, is not giuen to euery man. The Nazare­ans were grieuous or chargeable to none, by reason of their vowe. But Monkes whyle they vowe wilfull pouertie, will be fedde like ydle paunch­bellies of other mennes labors. The Nazareans vowe forbade them not obedience to Magistrates, Parentes, and all other estates, to whome we be bounde by nature. Monkes vowes breake all obedience, and bind them onely to their Abbots, who owe obedience both to Parentes and Rulers. Furthermore, the Nazareans had no affiance in their owne merites. For they both confessed themselues to be sinners, when their vowe was ended, and that God was the author of all goodnesse. But Monkishe vowes moste of all other maintayne an affiance in mans righteousnesse and deseruings. Wherfore if there were no other cause, this one were sufficient to condemne them, and put them away.

But to let passe this pumpe and sinke of superstition, Paule tea­cheth the Iewes at Ephesus. returne we vnto Paule, which traueyling out of Achaia into Asia the lesser, came to Ephesus, where we haue to consider foure thinges in order. First he goeth into the Synagoge and disputeth with the Iewes. Agayne here appeareth the loue he bare to his countriemen, whome for manye causes (as we haue other­wheres declared) he coulde not hate, although he had once or twyse before shaken the dust of agaynst them. This example of Paule teacheth vs, that the wrath and iudgement of God shoulde so be set out vnto the wicked, that if they conuert, they may yet knowe there is hope left that God will be fa­uourable vnto them, and pardon them. For it is God that sayth: Ezech. 18. I will not the death of a sinner, but rather that he conuert and lyue. Wherefore we must vse all the diligence that we can, to bring and winne people vnto the Lord. Secondlye, the example of the Ephesians teacheth vs, that the labor of the Saintes is not in vayne. For where they are desirous to haue Paule re­mayne longer among them, it appeareth euidently, they had much profyted by him. For it cannot be that they can delyght in the Ministers companye, that haue not as yet tasted the fruite of the doctrine of the gospell. Neyther can they be iudged for louers of the Gospell, that vse to hate the Ministers thereof, and little to regarde their labors, and disdainefully to auoyde their companies. Let vs agayne consider howe Paule refuseth to accomplishe a godly request. For he sayth: I must needs at this feast that commeth be at Ieru­salem. I pray you what neede vrged Paule so to be? Shall we say it was for deuotion sake of the feast? No. For he knewe well that holye dayes were [Page 696] abrogated among other ceremonies, and there was no cause vrged him for the weake brethrens sake to go vp to Ierusalem, bicause there were many Iewes in euery Citie, drowned in Iewishe superstitions, which notwith­standing went not thither. Wherefore, as in other places we haue reade howe Paule was guided by the holy ghost in all his doinges: so it is lyke he was secretly mooued by the same spirite to take this voyage nowe in hande, although the cause be not expressed nor yet declared what he did there, more than saluted the congregation and brethren. Surely Paules traueyle coulde not be in vayne in such a Citie, wherevnto agaynst the feast, repayred such a great multitude both of Iewes and Gentyles, from among all nations. For so euen at one time togither, might the doctrine of the Gospell be scat­tred among many Nations. It is to be marueyled why Paule is pulled so soone from them, which seemed to be so ready to receyue profyte by the gos­pell, and it may seeme an vncourteous and an vnloouing part to leaue them, if we should herin leane vnto reason. But Gods doings are to him knowne and certaine. And the chiefe vse of such examples, is for vs to learne to sub­mit our willes and desires, seeme they neuer so holy and good, vnto the plea­sure of God. Fourthly, let vs see howe Paule departed from Ephesus. He biddeth them farewell, which is a token of thankefulnesse and friendly good will. For their discourtesie is very vnhonest that depart from their hoste, where they haue receyued benefytes, without taking of leaue. Moreouer he leaueth Aquilas with them, that they should not seeme altogither destitute. Furthermore, he promiseth to returne to them againe, by the leaue of God. Whereby it manifestly appeareth, that he bare them no euill will, but was compelled and strayned for weighty considerations to leaue them. Here we haue to imitate Paules religiousnesse, which in a most godly cause presumeth nothing of his owne heade, but vnderstanding that all endeuors and deui­ses, depend vpon Gods prouidence, referreth all things vnto his pleasure. This sentence of Salomon is common, Prouer. 16. manne purposeth, but God disposeth. What rashnesse then is this of men, to attribute so much to themselues in prophane matters so to appoynt their doinges as though they woulde pre­scribe lawes vnto God. See Iacob. 4. Luc. 12.

Paules labors and diligence Paule being nowe departed from Ephesus, commeth to Caesarea in Iury, and from thence to Ierusalem, when he had there greeted the congregati­on, and dispatched the matters about the which he went, he came to Anti­oche, the publike sanctuary (as we sayde before) of all godly persons. From thence he passed through the Galathians and Phrygians confyrming the bre­thren, euerywhere in the fayth, for that he was not ignorant of the craftes and enterprises of Satan, which lyeth still in wayte for the godly. Luke in fewe wordes comprehendeth the great paynes, care, and marueylous dyligence that Paule vsed in the gouerning of Christ his Church. But if a man would compare the Byshops of our dayes with him, which bragge of Paule and Peters name (good Lorde) howe little shall a man fynde in them, expressing but one sparkle of Paules breast. In the meane season, let vs ac­knowledge the truth of God, which prouideth for his Church; such faythfull and chosen instruments, and let vs beseech him, to sende out faithfull labou­rers into hys haruest, which may enlarge the boundes of his Church, that our Lorde and sauiour Iesus Christ may haue a kingdome in all nations: to whome be prayse, honor, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxiiij. Homelie.

‘AND a certaine Iewe named Apollos, borne at Alexandria, came to E­phesus, an eloquent man and myghtie in the scriptures. The same was en­fourmed in the way of the Lorde, and spake feruently in the spirite, & taught dyligently the things of the Lorde, and knewe but the baptisme of Iohn on­lye. And the same beganne to speake boldely in the Synagoge, whome when Priscilla and Aquila had hearde, they tooke him vnto them, and expounded vnto hym the way of God more perfitely. And when he was disposed to go into Achaia, the brethren wrote exhorting the Disciples to receyue him. Which when he was come helped them much, which had beleeued thorowe grace, for he ouercame the Iewes myghtilye, and that openly, shewing by the Scriptures that Iesus was Christ.’

VNto the discourse of the thinges done by the Apostle Paule at Corinth and Ephesus, Luke annex­eth in order, the hystorie of Apollos the Iewe, borne at Alexandria. For fyrst it maketh for the more perfyte de­claration of the thinges done among the Corinthians, bicause Apollos not long after this, went to Corinth, and watered the Church there that Paule had prosperouslye planted, and lyke a dyligent husbandman, brought it to more rypenesse of fruite, as the Apostle confesseth in the fyrst to the Corinthians the thirde Chapter. Here appeareth likewise the great goodnesse of God in prouyding for his Church. For we heard in the Sermon going before, howe Paule by secrete instinct of the holye ghost, was taken from the Ephesians, which be­ing inflamed with the loue of the gospell, desyred longer to haue kept him with them. Therefore least any man might thinke, that God neglected those that were so desyrous of saluation, & so myght take occasion to thinke yll of God, he substituteth Apollos in his place, to supply Paules absence, by his diligence and endeuour. For God neglecteth none that are desyrous of the truth, who calleth all men vnto him euery where, and allureth them with spreade open armes. Therfore this hystorie maketh not a little for the comfort of the Church, conteyning also an example of a faythfull and an absolute minister, with many other things, belonging to our instruction, wherefore it shall be profytable to examine all the partes thereof.

Luke begynneth very commodiously with the description of the person, What maner of person, and of what qua­lities Apol­los was. saying fyrst he was a Iewe, where partly is declared the great mercie of God, which out of a most enuious nation, falling and running headlong in­to destruction, chooseth out euery day newe and freshe worshippers of hys sonne, and Ministers, and partly the Iewes malice is prooued incurable, which could be ouercome neyther with the great dyligence of the Apostles, nor yet with daylie & domesticall examples. Next he declareth how he was borne at Alexandria, where hystories saye, and thys present place prooueth, was a most famous Church and schoole erected, euen in the time of the Apostles. For from thence, commeth thys Apollos furnished with so many dyuers giftes, whose labour and traueyle afterwarde appeared so great, in [Page 698] the buylding vp of the congregation. Luke in verye fewe wordes attribu­teth to him singuler qualities, saying he is eloquent, that is to saye, had a gift aptly and in due maner to speake or reason of any matter: also power or might in the scriptures, that is a conuenable dexteritie in handling or in­treating of them, as one that had not learned them onely for ostentation sake. Moreouer, he declareth he was brought vp in the way of the Lorde, thereby attributing vnto him the knowledge of Christ: yet declaring he wanted some poyntes thereof, where he sayth, he knewe but the baptisme of Iohn onely. The bap­tisme of Iohn. So calleth he the principles of christian religion, compre­hending vnder this worde baptisme, all the doctrine of Iohn, and al that bu­sinesse whereof he was Minister. In the which sence Christ also demaun­ded the Scribes of Iohns baptisme. Math. 21. Yet this place must not so be vnderstanded, as though Iohn had had no knowledge of Christ, or had taught his Disciples any doctrine contrarie to Christ. For Iohns doctrine and Christes was all one. For as Christ commaundeth the Apostles to preach repentaunce and forgiuenesse of sinnes in his name: so reade we that Iohn mooued his hearers vnto repentaunce, and shewed them that the grace of God and saluation was to be had in Christ onely. For the summe of his doctrine was: Repent you, for the kingdome of God is at hande. Be­holde the Lambe of God which taketh away the sinnes of the worlde. The fa­ther loueth the sonne, and hath giuen all things into his hande, that all that be­leeue in the sonne, may haue lyfe euerlasting. See Luke. 3. Iohn. 1. and thirde chapiters. And bicause Iohn was in the myddle betwixt the Prophets and Christ, and was therefore but the forerunner of the sauyour that was pro­mised, who should prepare and make ready the people to receyue Christ, it suffised him to declare but a short and briefe summe of our saluation and knowledge of Christ, that all men might vnderstande howe forgiuenesse of sinnes, and life euerlasting, was to be had but in him alone. In the meane season it is manifest, that he no where taught the secret misteries of Christes death, resurrection and ascension, or the whole order of our re­demption, in expresse wordes. For the perfyte vnderstanding hereof was reserued for an other tyme, yea we reade that the very Apostles were not so skilfull in these thinges, although that Christ had oftentimes reasoned hereof, vntill after his ascension, they were illuminated by the holy ghost, that was sent them, as Christ had promised them. Therefore, although Apollos was brought vp in the waye of the Lorde, and knewe that Christ was the sauiour of the worlde, yet was he ignoraunt in manye thinges, which concerned the maner of our redemption, whereof he was more at large to be enfourmed, as shall followe a little hereafter. In the meane tyme, we haue two thyngs to consider in the description of this person. First is the order and lincking togyther of gyftes, The giftes wherewith Apollo was endued. wherewith God thought good to adourne Apollo. Amongst these thinges eloquence occupieth the fyrst rowme, which is a thing necessary for all persons, as well in the ministerie as in the common weale, as daylie experience declareth. But whether this gifte come vnto man by nature, or be gotten by arte, labour, studie, and traueyle, we knowe it hath bene a thing, long agone argued on, amongst the fyne witted Orators and Phylosophers. But we following the Apo­stles saying, 1. Cor. 12. account the gift of vtteraunce amonge the giftes of the holye Ghost. By whose inspiration we say that Apollos had this gift. Seconda­rily, [Page 699] Luke sayth, that he was mightie in the Scriptures, and endued with an effectuall dexteritie of handling them. Thus he maketh a difference betweene this mans godly eloquence, and prophane. For vnlesse the mat­ter entreated of, be taken out of the holy scriptures, or from the mouth of God, eloquence is to no purpose, as the which is occupied rather about try­fles and in ostentation, then about things needeful to be knowne and done. And verily the Orators of the gentiles are not to be called eloquent, which in deede disputed and debated things fynely and trimly, but such as per [...]y­ned nothing to the godly and christian leading of our lyfe, what else there­fore shall we saye they did, but heaue out vaine wordes, pulling Hercules buskinnes as they say, vpon a childes legges. Certaine men marueyle at the force of their speech, but yet vaine men, and not much vnlike vnto them. Howe much better did that Lacedemonian aunswere a Sophister that pro­mised to tell a long and extemporate tale of any matter: I (sayth he) would not commende that shoomaker that woulde pull a wide shooe vppon a little foote. Therefore vnto this godly and profytable studie of Scripture, Apollo ioyneth the knowledge of eloquence. But bicause diuers, euen in scripture seeke ostentation and vain glory (as Christ vpbraided the Iewish Scribes) therfore in the third place Apollo is sayd to haue bene infourmed in the way of the Lorde, that is, to haue the knowledge of Christ. Luke vseth this word (way) to declare that he was not ydle in this knowledge, but following the rule of Christ, laboured to order his whole conuersation of life thereafter. This is the ende of all giftes. For where our saluation is conteyned in Christ onely, vaine and vnprofytable is the ostentation of all other things, except men ioine the knowledge of him with their other studies. And Christ himselfe expressely teacheth vs, that this shoulde be our marke and ende, Iohn. 5. in searching the Scriptures. Which was the cause that Paule iudged all those things which the worlde greatly esteemeth, as dunge, Phil. [...]. so he might at­tayne to the knowledge of Christ. He sayth also that Christ is made of God, our wisedome, and he desireth to knowe nothing but Iesus Christ, [...]. Cor. 2. and [...] crucifyed. Woulde God they woulde consider these things, which in schooles and vniuersities bewitch yong men with vaine Philosophie, and banishe from thence the knowledge of Christ, as a thing belonging only to begger­ly Diuines, as they call them. The seconde thing to be learned in Apollo, is that such an excellent man wanteth yet some thinges, which to know is ne­cessary for all men. Wherevpon we gather, that God giueth not all things vnto all men, and that there are increasements and certaine degrees of en­crease in gyftes, considering no manne in the worlde hath full and perfyte knowledge of the mysteries of the kingdome of God, which Paule sayth we shall haue in the worlde to come, when we are taken into heauen, 1. Cor. 13. and shall see God face to face as he is. Whereof yet no manne must gather, that all things sayde of religion in this worlde, are vncertayne. For where God by his worde in the Scripture reuealeth to vs the knowledge hereof, it can­not be vncertayne that is declared in the worde. Yet bicause the perfyte knowledge of God is reserued for vs in heauen, we may euery day as long as we liue, profyte and encrease therein. We must therfore neuer rest here, but still studie for more knowledge of God, that we maye attayne euen in this worlde, to some taste of this perfection, as farre as we are able. Here­by are those ydle Dranes reprooued, which thinke all studye that is giuen [Page 700] vnto Scripture, is vaine and vnprofytable, thereby declaring that they ne­uer once tasted the same. For such is the pleasantnesse of Scripture, that it is a baite as it were, for men always to bite at. Those prowde men also that haue so much affiance in their knowledge, that they thinke there is no more for them to learne, and therefore despyse all study of scripture, are here con­futed, which are so farre from that perfection, that they perswade them­selues to haue that they yet knowe not themselues very well.

How Apollos vsed his gifts.Furthermore, to returne vnto Luke, he ioyning to the description of his person, the thinges that he did, declareth howe Apollos vsed these giftes that God gaue him. He spake feruently in the spirite, and taught diligently the things of the Lorde. Agayne, hee beganne to speake boldlye in the Synagoge. Therefore he vsed his giftes to the setting forth of the glorye of the Lorde, teaching vs by his example, that then Gods gifts are lawfully vsed, when Gods name which gaue them vs is by them celebrated. This thankeful­nesse we owe euen by the lawe of nature which is graffed in all creatures. Therefore they greatly offende which ydly bury the gifts that God hath gi­uen them, whereof Christ intreateth vnder the Parable of a naughty ser­uaunt, Math. 25. Yet much more grieuously doe they offende, which abuse his giftes at their pleasure, to the reproche of his holye name, as nowe a dayes commonly the giftes both of the minde and bodye are abused. But they shall one day giue a streight account vnto God, that thus fylthilye de­fyle and pollute themselues. Also this example declareth what trade of tea­ching shoulde be vsed in the Church. The trade howe to teach in the church. First, zeale and feruencie of spirite is needefull, that all men maye see their saying commeth from the heart. For onlesse this spirite be present, the teaching shall serue but to ostentation. Thus that ardent and continuall traueyle in teaching, and that feruent spi­rite in reforming the Temple, abundantlye declared the zeale that Christ was enflamed with. And those that are milke warme teachers shall neuer be allowed, bicause Christ will haue euen priuate men in matters of religi­on to be hote. See Apocalyps. 3. Next, it is needefull to vse diligence both bi­cause of our dull witte, which perceiueth not heauenly thinges, and also bi­cause of the corruption of our nature, which alwayes vseth to resist Gods commaundement. Beside, the malice of Satan our common enimie whose craftes it behooueth the faythfull Ministers of God, day and night diligent­ly to withstande. Therefore Paule commaundeth Timothie, whom he knew was brought vp of a childe, 1. Tim 4. in the studie of Scripture, to giue heede to his reading. Likewise hereafter he exhorteth the Pastors of Ephesus to wake­fulnesse and diligence, by most weighty arguments. Thirdly, it behooueth that Ministers shoulde be bolde to speake, that they dissemble not eyther for fauor or feare. But herof we haue spoken before, where Paule was cōmaun­ded to speake, and not to hold his peace. And the things enioyned the Mini­sters of the word, it is necessary al men that beare office should likewise per­forme, as y e scriptures euerywhere declare. Yea, let all men priuately apply these things to themselfe, if they meane to be allowed of God in their voca­tion. For where God requyreth vs to serue him, with all our harts, we that haue giuen our selues wholye vnto him, must not choose but paynefully, plainely, and feruently occupie our selues in these affayres, as meete is.

Now Luke describeth howe Apollos profyted in the knowledge of Christ and saluation, Apollos pro­fiteth in the knowledge of Christ. while he goeth about to set forth his glory, and to further the [Page 701] saluation of others. For he sayth: when Aquila and Priscilla had hearde him, they tooke him vnto them, and expounded the waye of God vnto him more perfitely. And here aboue all thinges appeareth the truth of that promise of Christ, To euery one that hath (sayth he) shall be giuen, and he shall abounde. Math. 25. They are sayde to haue, which acknowledge the giftes giuen vnto them, and which vse them diligently to the glory of God, that when the Lorde re­quyreth an account of them, he may receyue it with vsaunce and encrease. This bicause Apollos did performe with all diligence and industrie, as we sayde erewhyle, therefore God fayleth not of his promise, but streightway stirreth vp faythfull Ministers which enforme him more fully and perfytely in his will. This ought to serue for the instruction of all men, that they may vnderstande howe all the graces of God, are no waye more happily increa­sed, than by faithfull studie. Thus they that vse their wisedome to the set­ting forth of Gods glory, doe feele euery day how God encreaseth the same. The like reason is to be made of learning, honours, riches, and of all other things, whereof we lacke not examples to prooue the same. Agayne, there is no greater cause why the giftes of God are quenched in vs, than when we giue our selues rather to sloth and ydlenesse, than to the setting forth of Gods glory. Here for manye considerations both Aquila and Priscilla, and Apollos are to be marked. For vnder those fewe wordes the Euaungelist comprehendeth great godlynesse and vertues. The prayse of Aquilas, and Priscilla. It is a great argument of godlinesse, that they giue eare to Apollos while he teacheth, wheras yet they had so great intelligence in the mysteries of Christ, that they were able to teach both him and others. This is the true marke of the children of God, Iohn. 8. whose propertie Christ sayth, is to heare his worde both willingly and of­ten. They are reprooued by this example, which thinke they haue profyted so much in the knowledge of saluation, that they haue neede of no farther instruction, and therefore will neyther reade the Scriptures at home, nor come at the Church to heare Sermons. Thus whyle they thinke they haue profyted to much, they openly declare they are yet ignorant, what the chiefe cognizance of the children of God is. For they bicause they knowe the kingdome of God consisteth not in bare knowledge, but rather that God requyreth we shoulde order our life according to the rule of his worde, they cannot be satisfyed with hearing, bicause they feele that they want much e­uen in the chiefest poynt. Moreouer, this holy couple of maried folke, de­clare a feruent desire to the glory of God, in taking such an one to instruct, as they sawe was able greatly to profyte the Church of Christ. Agayne, it is an argument of true loue, and cleare of all enuye, that they priuately in­struct him, and enuie him not that glory that he had hytherto gotten, by his faithfull traueyle, but rather helpe him, that both he may be the more per­fytely instructed, and the more people woonne by his meane. If a manne woulde compare this with the doings in our dayes, good Lorde, howe few or rather no tokens of so Christian a minde shall we fynde in them, which will seeme godlye, and restorers of the light of the Gospell? For assoone as they perceyue the authoritie of any man to increase, by and by the gyddinesse of ambition maketh them to enuie him, and they seeke all meanes possible, if any occasion serue, to bring him in enuye and contempt, as though they coulde not prouide for their owne honour, but with the infamye of others. But howe shall they be beleeued, Iohn. 5. that are so desirous of the honor of the [Page 702] worlde. Surely this is the spirite of Cain, who we reade rose against hys brother for no other cause, but for that he perceyued his brother was better than he, and more in fauor with God than he. Nowe as in religion and in the ministery of the Church, it behooueth to auoyde this mischiefe, so in pri­uate doings it becommeth diligently to auoyde all occasions of enuye and hatred, if we will be called the true children of God. But as in Aquila and Priscilla these vertues appeare, The modesty of Apollos. so in Apollo maye be perceyued a rare and singuler modestie and tractabilitie. For he that excelled in eloquence, and in all kinde of learning, is contented to be taught of a man of handycraft, and of a woman, vnknowne to him before this time, and straungers. For true is that saying of Paule, that the spirites of the Prophetes are subdued vnto the Prophetes. 1. Cor. 14. Nowe compare with this Apollo, the arrogaunce of them which cannot abyde to be admonished or rebuked of their Comini­sters, whereof there is to great a number in these dayes. But as in times past, the insolencie of such did much hurt vnto the Church, so this is the chiefe cause in these dayes, that there is such contention euerywhere, bi­cause there are in all places, which take vpon them such rule in the Church, that they esteeme their brethren and Coministers, but as dogges or hogs.

Besides these, is there yet an other argument, whereby Appollos decla­reth his feruent desyre to set forth the kingdome of God. Apollos goeth to Corinth. For after he per­ceyued he was sufficiently instructed in the knowledge of Christ, he appoin­ted to go into Achaia, to Corinth, bicause he perceyued that Church had much neede of his helpe. For as valyant souldyours of their owne accord, choose them such places, as where they see is most labour and daunger: so they which will traueyle in the warfare of the Church with their commen­dation and the profyte of the same Church, must dyligently obserue where their help is most requisite, and thyther haste themselues dyligently, that by their negligence the kingdome of God suffer no detriment. Here also is the fayth and dyligence of the brethren of Ephesus to be obserued, which would not let the faythfull Minister of Christ, and one that had deserued so well of their congregation, to depart without a publike testimonie of his vertu­ous behauiour: yea they so commend him vnto the Corinthians, that they also desyre them to giue him the rowme of a teacher in their Church. For as it is needefull that a Minister of the worde haue the commendation of persons abrode, that he fall not into the snare of the slaunderer: so they may not be denyed the commendation of their vertue, which haue declared their fayth by manifest arguments vnto the Church. For they that promote such as these are to the ministerie, deserue no small prayse in the kingdome of God. Againe they are worthyly accounted wicked, both against Christ and the church, which of blinde affection, keepe backe such as are worthy from the ministerie, yet we must beware (as Paule sayth) that we admyt not eue­rie one rashely therevnto, 1. Tim. 5. least we be partakers of other mennes sinnes. And that we say of the Ministers of the church, is to be obserued of all o­ther in any maner of office or vocation, that is to say, that the worthy be set forwarde, and the vnworthy repulsed and kept backe, as much as in vs ly­eth, least whyle we commende naughtie packes, we endammage and in­daunger the whole common weale. And as concerning Apollos, he endeuo­red himselfe to aunswere the testimony and commendation of the brethren, least they might seeme to haue thrust an v [...]meete Minister into an other [Page 703] peoples Church. For he much profyted the brethren at Corinth, which be­leeued through the grace of God. Now whether a man referre this worde grace to Apollos, or to the Corinthians, it commeth all to one sense. For he teacheth thereby that nothing is to be attributed to mannes industrie, but howe God is to be taken for the author of all goodnesse, which did vouch­safe to giue such an increase: whereof Paule disputeth at large in the fyrst Epistle to the Corinthians, the thirde chapter. And surely if the Corinthi­ans had well considered this one thing, they had neuer giuen place to those, which afterwarde disturbed the Church with the factious names of Paules disciples, Peters and Apollos. But Luke declareth also the meane and waye howe Apollos thus profyted the brethren, namely by open confuting of the Iewes, and by proouing out of the scriptures, that Iesus was Christ, that is to say, that sauiour of the worlde, that was promised, which place tea­cheth vs many things needefull to be obserued. For fyrst we learne, In the church it is necessary that the wic­ked be con­futed. that not onely the Church hath neede to be instructed, but also that the aduersaries should be confuted. For they can not much profyte the church, which doe not with all their endeuour go about to roote vp false doctrine, euen as that tyllage can not be fruitfull, which suffreth thornes and coccle to growe a­mong it. For this cause Ieremie is commaunded fyrst to weede and pull vp, and then after that to builde & plant. And Paule appointeth such an one to be Byshop, as is able to conuince the gainesayers and aduersaryes. Titus. 1. And that we say of false teachers, which must needes be confuted, the same is also to be vnderstanded of open and notorious naughtie packes, which gyue occasion of offence vnto the weaker sort. For the faythfull Minister must set on them also with the sworde of the spirite, or else leaue his Church to be torne of the Woolues. Therefore they are farre deceyued, which woulde haue the gospell so preached nowe a dayes, that men must speake neyther against impious doctrine, nor vngodlynesse of maners. The ministers must fyght with scrip­tures. We are further­more admonished with what weapons church men must fyght, verilie with Scriptures, which Paule sayth are inspyred of God, and profytable to teach, improoue, exhorte and amende. 2. Timoth. 3. They are fowlely therfore de­ceyued, that say the heretikes must not be conuinced by scriptures, bicause they are to obscure and darke to conuince them by. Wherefore they flye vn­to counselles, and to the determination of the church. But therein they fare, as if one should take from a souldyour going to the battayle, his sworde of yron, and giue him one of leade. As though the au­thority of mans constitutions were greater than the holy ghost which speaketh in the scriptures. Finally, as we haue oftentimes aduertised, here is re­peated the ende of preaching the gos­pell, which is to beleeue in Iesus Christ our Lord & sauiour: to whom be praise, ho­nour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xix. chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cxxv. Homelie.

‘IT fortuned whyle Apollos was at Corinth, that Paule passed through the vpper coastes, and came to Ephesus, and founde certaine disciples, and sayde vnto them, haue you receyued the holy ghost since you beleeued? And they sayde vnto hym, no, we haue not heard whether there be any holye ghost or no. And he sayde vnto them wherewith then were ye baptised? And they sayde, with Iohns baptisme. Then sayde Paule, Iohn verily baptised with the baptisme of repentaunce, saying vnto the people, that they shoulde beleeue on him, which shoulde come after him, that is on Christ Iesus. When they heard this, they were baptised in the name of the Lorde Iesus. And when Paule layde his handes vpon them, the holye ghost came on them, and they spake with tongues and prophecyed, and all the men were about twelue.’

BYcause the Euaungelist Luke beganne to speake of the begynning of the Ephesian church, in the chapiter go­ing before, he maketh an ende of that hystorie now in this chapiter, declaring howe Paule returned to Ephesus accor­ding to his promise, and there brought the church so happily begonne, vnto a perfection. But that the power of Gods grace, declaring it selfe by preaching of the gospell, may appeare the more, be­fore all things we haue to consider E­phesus, the which writers report was the most famous Citie in all Asia. The [...]ate of Ephesus. For by reason it was of situation and fruitfulnesse of soyle so commodious for traffiquers, it grewe to be passing riche. Beside the fame of false religion, which called gestes thither from all partes of the worlde. For there was the Church of Diana, the most sumptuous & gorgeous thing that was buil­ded in all the worlde, bicause it appeareth that all Asia was occupied in the buylding thereof, about a two hundred and twentie yeares togither, so that it was worthyly accounted among the miracles of the worlde. In this Ci­tie therefore raigned ryot and superstition, which commonly hath wayting [...] hir, as hir companions and handemaydes, magicall and curious artes, whereof we shall see, when we come to the place, that the Ephesians were most s [...]udious. Yet Paule so conuerted this Citie within the space of two [Page 705] yeares, that there was founded a most famous Church there, vnto the which afterwarde Christ attributeth no small praise in his reuelation. Apocal. 2. In this place we haue partly to consider, the grace of God which Paule here­after commendeth to the Ephesians, by this their owne example, as may be seene in his Epistle to them, seconde chapiter, and partly here appeareth the power of the ministerie of the gospell, which neyther the authoritie of rooted superstition, neyther pryde and glorie of the worlde could hynder, but that Christes kingdome flourished, where the same gospell was prea­ched. Moreouer, Luke purposing to declare a storie of the things done by Paule at Ephesus, beginneth to tell fyrst howe he brought certaine persons to frame that vaunted themselues of the gospell, but were not throughly instructed therein, and howe he adourned that church with the giftes of the holye ghost. Which hystorie as it serueth much to our instruction, so is it for this cause dyligently to be considered, bycause dyuers men in times past, haue contended by authoritie of this place, to baptise those againe which before had bene baptised by Heretiques. At this day also the Anabaptistes abuse the same, a verie frowarde and phrentike kinde of persons, keeping infantes from their baptisme, and affirming that none ought to be baptised but such as are of yeares of discretion, and well infourmed in the principles and knowledge of Christ. But that both these and the olde wryters were deceyued, it shall easily appeare by the text it selfe, whereby it shall be proo­ued, that Paule ment nothing lesse in this dooing, than that which they go about to gather thereof.

For fyrst it is sayd Paule went about to examine certaine disciples, Paule exa­mineth such as aunswe­red not in life to their pro­fession. which he met withal, after he came again to Ephesus. But it is not lykely that these and no more had professed Christ, bicause we may gather a greater vtilitie of the gospell among the Ephesians, by that we heard in the ende of the .xviij. chapiter. Nowe that Paule taketh these to examine rather then any other, this seemeth to be the cause, for that they liued not agreeably to the professi­on of christian men. For it is like it hapned at Ephesus, as it doth commonly in euery place, when the truth is fyrst preached, but the discipline of the church not fully established. For then we shall see many, which will professe to be gospellers more for hatred of the olde state, then for loue of the truth, bicause they would vnder a cloke of the gospell, liue the more licentiously. Bycause Paule perceyued that these were such a kinde of people, to the in­tent they might be brought to better conformitie and passe, and not perishe, like those that receyued the seede of the gospell into a stonie grounde, Paule beginneth to examine them of their beliefe, and so to laye before their eyes, howe farre they were as yet from the marke of perfection. He demaundeth therefore if they had receyued the holy ghost? This question must be vn­derstanded of the giftes of the holye ghost, which God at that time vsed to giue to the faithfull, that is to say, the knowledge of tongues, and exposi­tion of the scripture, whereof we haue already manye times intreated. This place teacheth vs howe to know true christians, from false and coun­terfeyte. For although those speciall giftes of the holye ghost, which were sometime miraculously giuen, be at this day ceassed, yet the promise of Ie­sus Christ remayneth fyrme, which promised his spirite to those that were his. And as Paule elsewhere sayth, they that haue not the spirite of Christ, Roma. 8. can not be his members. And the other effectes of Gods holye spirite, are [Page 706] as necessary at this daye, as the vnderstanding of tongues and interpreta­tion of scripture was in time passed, namely the mortifycation of the olde man, the regeneration and innouation of our minde, purifycation, sanctify­cation, and such other like. As many therefore as lacke all these things, it is certaine they boast in vaine of the faith & name of Christ, except we shall say that the spirite of Christ is an ydle and sluggishe spirite.

The grosse ignoraunce of those which truly pro [...]esse not Christ.But let vs heare the aunswere of them whome Paule examineth, in which they vtter a very grosse and barbarous ignoraunce saying: No, we haue not heard whether there be any holy ghost or no. But howe were they ignoraunt of the holy ghost, which had heard so often mention of him in the lawe and in the Prophets? For it is out of doubt they were Iewes, bicause they were baptized with the baptisme of Iohn. Were they ignoraunt then of that saying of Moses which in the beginning of his hystorie wryteth, that the spirite of God mooued vpon the waters? Or else had they neuer heard that saying of Dauid: by the worde of the Lorde were the heauens made, and all the hostes of them by the breath of his mouth. Psal. 33. [...]. 51. [...]. 61. Againe, take not thy holye spirite from me. Besides they might haue knowne the voyce of the Messias speaking by the Prophet, the spirite of the Lorde God is vpon me. &c. How is it therefore that they say, they haue not heard whether there be any holy ghost or no? The aunswere is easie. For as Paule demaunded of the ef­fectes of the holy ghost, so they make aunswere concerning the same, as if they should say: we being content with those things which we haue hereto­fore learned, seeke no farther, neyther care we whether there be any holye ghost or no, which worketh such peculiar giftes in mens mindes, bicause we thinke the knowledge hereof to high for vs, and not to appertaine to vs. So these men be an example of carnall people, which professe the truth with their mouth, but haue denyed the power thereof as Paule sayth, and in deede refuse that, which with mouth they confesse. 2 Timoth. 3. Tit. 1. A great number of these are euery where to be founde, who being perswaded that the bare name of Christ is sufficient vnto blisse, doe little regarde the giftes of the holy ghost, namely the mortifycation of the fleshe, the renew­ing of the minde, regeneration, sanctification and such lyke. And through these mens faulte, it commeth to passe for the most part, that the doctrine of the gospell is so yll spoken of in the worlde. Therefore such must not be suffered, but be reprooued, and their dissimulation must be disclosed, that both they may vnderstande their errour, and other be the lesse offended.

So doth Paule in this place. For he gathereth nerer vpon them, & vrgeth them to confesse, Outwarde profession improoueth counterfeyt christians. that they were not come to the christian perfection: For he sayth: In whose name then were you baptized? That is to say, what professed you, when you fyrst receyued the Gospell, and ioyned your selues to the Church of Christ? They aunswere they were baptised with the baptisme of Iohn, and so they testifye that they professed that doctrine & religion, wherof Iohn was a Minister and teacher, and therby they plainly shewe, they care little for any other than that. Nowe Paule here catcheth them, and holdeth them fast, and inferreth: Iohn (sayth he) baptised with the baptisme of re­pentance, saying to the people that they shoulde beleeue on him that was to come after him, that is, in Iesus Christ, hereby teaching that Iohn requy­red a farre other thing of his Disciples, than a bare profession of his name, and of the Gospell. For fyrst he appoynted repentaunce, wherevnto with [Page 707] great earnestnesse he exhorted all degrees of persons, as appea [...]eth, Luc. 3. Neyther requyreth he onely repentaunce, but sheweth also remission of sinnes, preaching Iesus Christ, whose forerunner he was appoynted of God to be. He taught men to embrace him by true fayth, to followe him, to giue themselues wholy to him, bicause in him onely those things were to be founde which are fygured by outwarde baptisme. For who is able to per­forme them without the operation of the holy spirite? Therefore the glorye you haue in Iohn your teacher, is of so little sufficiencie, that his doctrine and baptisme wherewith you were baptized, compelleth you to go further, & so to cleaue vnto Christ, that being graffed in him through a liuely fayth, and quickened with his spirite, you may declare by the very effectes of the holy ghost, that you are true Christians. And that this is the verye playne and vnracked meaning of Paules wordes, the whole order of the hystorye prooueth. Wherefore foolish is the error of them, which by this place go a­bout to prooue that Iohn his baptisme and Christes was not all one, but di­uers. For that is a thing so farre from Paules meaning, that it rather proo­ueth howe men are sent by the baptisme of water that Iohn ministred, vnto Christ, in whome onely those thinges are to be taken holde of, the tokens whereof we receyue in baptisme. Also here is a generall rule confyrmed, how it is not to be borne with, that they that will be taken for true worship­pers of God, shoulde stay or rest vpon the authoritie of man, but that they ought to be vrged, to giue themselues wholy vnto Christ, to liue in him by the quickening of his spirite, least while they professe him with their mouth, they declare by their deedes, howe they be farthest of from him.

Furthermore, The baptism of Christ, or of fyre. Luke ioyneth herevnto a moste prosperous ende of this hystorie. For these persons being conuict in their consciences, through the secrete working of the holye ghost, yeelded vnto Paules reasons, and were baptized in the name of the Lorde Iesus. These wordes must not be ex­pounded of the baptisme of water, as though they receiued that againe. For so it shoulde followe that Iohns baptisme had not bene lawfull, nor sufficient to consecrate men vnto God. But that this is an absurde thing to be sayde, both the example of Christ teacheth vs which did vouchsafe to be baptised of Iohn, and so to become a copartener with vs, and also this thing prooueth the same, for that we no where read how they were rebaptised, whom Iohn had baptised before, wherefore this place must be vnderstanded of the bap­tisme of fyre, the Minister or author whereof, Iohn before had sayde that Christ shoulde be. For the holye ghost was giuen in the likenesse of fyre, whereof we spake in the seconde Chapter of this booke. And it is ma­nifest that this worde baptising is often vsed for the giuing of the holy ghost, and his giftes. For so Iohn vseth it, speaking of Christ: he shall baptise you with the holy ghost and with fire. Christ being ready to ascende vp into hea­uen, vseth it in the same sense, saying: you shall bee baptised with the holye ghost within these fewe dayes. Which phrase of speach Peter vttered in the same sense, before the congregation, intreating of Cornelius conuersion. Actes. 11. So in this place, Luke teacheth vs howe this worde baptising ought to be taken, whyle by waye of exposition, he addeth: And when Paule had layde his handes on them, the holye ghost came on them, and they spake with ton­gues, and did prophecie. Therefore by laying on of handes, they were con­secrated or appoynted onely vnto Christ, and after that followed the holye [Page 708] ghost, acco [...]ding as we hearde came to passe at Samaria also. Wherevppon it appeareth that the olde writers abused this place, whyle by authoritie hereof they contended that those ought to be newe baptised which had bene baptised by heretykes before. Herein they were deceyued that they thought Iohn and Christes baptisme of water was diuers. And the ignorance of the Anabaptistes is as great, that apply vnto the baptisme of water that which ought to be vnderstanded of the baptisme of fyre, that is to saye, of the re­ceyuing and gyft of the holy ghost. But we haue principally to consider the ende and vse of the myracle, that is, how God ment to confyrme and adorne the authoritie of his Gospell hereby among the Gentyles, as we haue al­ready oftentimes declared. Let vs therefore beleeue the Gospell, whose cre­dite and truth is prooued by so many and notable signes and woonders. Let vs in lyfe aunswere to the profession of our fayth, that we being quickened with the spirite of Christ, maye liue in him: to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxvj. Homelie.

‘AND he went into the Synagoge, and behaued himselfe boldlye for the space of three monethes, disputing and giuing them exhortations of the king­dome of God. When diuers waxed harde hearted, and beleeued not, but spake euill of the way, and that before the multitude, he departed from them, and seperated the disciples. And he disputed daily in the schoole of one called Tyranus▪ And this continued by the space of twoo yeares, so that all they which dwelt in Asia, hearde the worde of the Lorde Iesu, both Iewes and Greekes. And God wrought speciall myracles by the handes of Paule, so that from his body were brought vnto the sicke, Napkins and Partelettes, and the diseases departed from them, and the euill spirites went out of them.’

AFter the Euangelist Luke hath declared how Paule had fullye enstructed those twelue menne at Ephesus, which liued not aunswereable to their profession: he sheweth afterwarde how by the ministery of the same Paule the king­dome of God was spredde farre and neare, both among the Ephesians, and ouer all the Countrie bordering vpon Asia. And this present place comprehendeth the summe of this hystorie, in the consideration whereof, we must be the more diligent, bicause there are di­uers thinges in euery part thereof, which serue for the common instruction of vs all. After this, he sheweth what was done with the reprobate and vn­beleeuing. Thirdly, he describeth the singuler profyte and commoditie of the Apostles labour and traueyle.

Paule prea­che [...]h to the Iewes in the Synagoge.First, the Euangelist comprehendeth the whole summe of Paules doc­trine in fewe wordes, where he sayeth that he entred into the Synagoge, and there disputed three monthes togther boldly, and exhorted men to re­ceyue the kingdome of God. Therefore as otherwheres, so here also, he preacheth fyrst to the Iewes. Hereby appeareth partly the great mercy of God towarde so rebellious and frowarde a people, and partly a moste fer­uent and syncere affection of charitie in Paule, which by so manye and grie­uous [Page 709] iniuries coulde not be quenched. But bicause we haue hereof intrea­ted diuers times already, let vs omit this poynt, and see what trade of tea­ching Paule vsed among the Ephesians, wherevnto there appertayne three things, whereof Luke discourseth. Fyrst he nameth the place, and sayth he taught in the open Synagoge. The place for doctrine must be pub­like. That therefore that Paule diligently obser­ued in other places, he thought good to vse also at Ephesus, namely to teach in one certayne and publike place, although he knewe well the Iewes vsa­ges, which in that place bare all the rule. Whereby we learne, that there must be a certayne place for doctrine to be taught in, and howe the same must not wythout some great cause be forsaken. For this is a thing verye profytable for the maintenance of true doctrine, and keeping vnder of false teachers, which priuilye vse to creepe in, and to beguyle the vnwarye. For the which cause Christ himselfe vsed moste times to teache in the Temple, and in the open Synagoges, bicause he woulde not by his example defend them which without a cause, refuse to come vnto the Church, or else sowe false doctrine in corners, both which the Anabaptistes in our dayes ouer­boldly vse to doe.

Secondly is declared the trade that Paule vsed in teaching. The maner how to teach. He spake freely and boldly, dissembling nothing. And fyrst he disputed confuting the errors of the Iewes, wherewith they confounded and obscured the way of saluation, being of it selfe playne and simple. Next, he exhorted and coun­selled them to yeelde vnto a truth. This is the best order of teaching, wher­in these two thinges are necessary to be obserued, fyrst that the aduersaries arguments be confuted, and that by effectuall reasons they be vrged to take holde of the truth, and earnestlye to followe it. For as truth can haue no place as long as lyes and errors beare rule: so fruitelesse and vayne shall the knowledge of truth be, vnlesse men earnestly embrace hir, and labour as it were, to be transformed into hir. Therefore Paule commaundeth the Minister of the worde not onely to teach, but also to exhort, rebuke, 2. Tim. 4. and to be instant in season and out of season. And Christ woulde haue those that were bidden to the wedding of the heauenly kingdome, to be compelled to come in. Therefore fylthye is the error of them, which saye a bare and lite­rall treatie of the Scripture is sufficient in the Church, and will not suffer those things to be openly discussed in them, that serue for the instruction of all parties, as though our saluation stoode onely in a naked and empty con­templation of things.

Thirdlye, Luke sheweth the matter and argument of Paules doctrine, where he sayth, he spake of the kingdome of God. The argu­ment of the Apostles doctrine. For so are the affayres of our redemption and saluation called, the administrator and executor wher­of the Prophetes long since declared, that the Messias shoulde be. But of this Messias, the Iewes had conceyued not onely false, but also very carnall and grosse opinions, by reason they misvnderstoode the Oracles of the Pro­phetes. For they dreamed the kingdome of the Messias shoulde be here vp­pon earth, and hoped to enioy a golden worlde vnder him, such as had bene sometime vnder Salomon. With the which error the Apostles also being be­guyled, promised themselues notable dignities and promotions, as maye easily be gathered by their contentions. And they among the Iewes also, whose mindes were more of their saluation, than of this earthly kingdome, did rather thinke it consisted in wearishe ceremonies, than in the merite of [Page 710] Christ. Therefore Paule diligently declared the veritie of the kingdome of God, shewing that it was spirituall, not earthly, and that it consisted not in the vaine obseruation of Ceremonies, but in the merite of Christ, and in fayth, whereby we be graffed into him. This doctrine of Paule is to be had both in his Sermons, which Luke hath described in this booke, & also in his Epistles, The king­dome of God so that there needeth no long rehearsall therof. Let vs marke how the Scriptures call our redemption and saluation the kingdome of God. For hereby the ende thereof is declared, which is that Satan being van­quished, and the worlde ouercome, God might beare rule ouer vs as our king, as we desire in our prayer, saying: Let thy kingdome come. Where­fore they are false Christians, that glorye in the name of Christ, and yet let the Deuill rule in them, who can haue no communion or fellowshippe with Iesus Christ. Neyther can they be Christians which are out of the king­dome of God, bicause Christ came into the worlde, for no cause, but to re­store his kingdome. But howe can they be in the kingdome of God, which suffer themselfe to be ruled by the Deuilles spirite, and obey him in all thinges.

The vsage and property of reprobatesBut bicause Christ can neuer be preached anye where so luckilye, but manye reprobates shall ryse agaynst his doctrine, hee declareth howe Paule dealt with them, but yet so, as he fyrst sheweth what they did. They hardened their heartes agaynst Paules doctrine. This is the pro­pertie of the wicked, the more they are vrged with the worde of God, the more they harden their heartes, not that Gods worde is in the fault, but their owne selues. For where they haue not in them the seede of the children of God, they cannot knowe his voyce and worde, and therefore the more mightily the holy ghost worketh to bring them to order, the more fyercelye vse they to resist him. Examples we haue euerywhere in Caine, Pharao, Saule, Iudas, and diuers other: wherevnto woulde God we had not euerye day freshe examples ioyned. After induration it followeth that they wyll neyther beleeue nor obey. Therefore they cast away the worde of God, as vayne and nothing pertayning vnto them. Besides a woorse property than all this, namely rayling and slaundering, whereby they go about to bring Christes doctrine and religion in suspicion and enuy, amongest the people. For they follow the Deuils propertie, desiring to haue many partners and fellowes of his perdition. And by these steps doth impietie climbe vp vntill she be so high y t she falleth into destruction. What doth Paule with these per­sons? Howe repro­bates must be delt with. First he departeth frō them, least he should either more inflame them, or giue occasion of vnprofytable contention: and thys doth he according to Christs commaundement, which bade vs we should not cast pearles before Dogges and Hogges, Math. 7.10. and commaunded vs to shake the dust of our feete from vs, against open obstinates. Then next he seperated those disciples from them, which had receyued the sounde doctrine, doing the duetie of a faithfull shephearde, whose chiefe care is, that the sounde sheepe be not in­fected with the contagiousnesse of the diseased. And yet Paule is not to be called a Schismatike for his so dooing, although they bare the name of the church, and people of God, from whom Paule seuered his disciples. Yea, it is necessarie, that the good should auoyde the familiaritie and companye of the vngodly, bicause both they bycome heard hearted by the meanes, and many times also partakers of the vngodlyes punishment. See Apoc. 18. [Page 711] Thirdely, Paule teacheth daylie in the schoole of one Tyrannus, with what maner of thing it was, and howe it came to be so called, maketh no great matter, but it is lyke it was a publike place, and commodious to preache in. Let vs rather consider Paules diligence, which could by no vntoward­nesse of the wicked, be pulled from his duetie, but the more he seeth them rage, the more busily he holdeth on in teaching. Let all that are in office, eyther of the common weale, or of the ministerie, followe this example. And these were the exercises of the primitiue Churche, which we reade was busily occupyed in the worde of God, which thing nowe a dayes is lesse regarded of none, than of those that will be called and accounted, for the successors of the Apostles.

Furthermore, The fruite of Euaungelike endeuour is manifolde. let vs consider the profyte of the Apostles endeauor and traueyle, which was manifolde. First the worde of God is spredde ouer all Asia, both among the Iewes and the Greekes. For so it often commeth to passe, that the fame of the gospell pierceth the mindes of those, who haue not yet heard the Minister speake. And the example of great and notable Cities, maketh not a little for this purpose, which the inhabitaunts neere a­bout, are easily allured to follow. Next, God himselfe worketh with Paule, and by notable miracles beareth wytnesse to his doctrine. For Handker­chers and Partelets, brought to those that had not seene the Apostle, draue away sicknesses and spirites. Let no man yet ascribe diuine or godly power to the Handkerchefes, or Partelets, as they vse, which haue thrust into the Church, the superstitious worshipping of reliques. For it is expressely de­clared in this place, that God was the worker of the miracles, and to Paule is nothing attributed, more then the Ministerie. And surely it were very ridiculous, to attribute more vnto Paules Handkerchefes, than to Christes cote, at the touching whereof the woman diseased of the bloudy fluxe was healed, not by the operation of the cote, but by the vertue and power of Christ, which he sayde went out from him. See Marke. 5. We must rather regarde the ende of those miracles, which serued to set forth Paules doctrine, as we haue elsewhere declared. Here lyeth hid also a thirde vtilitie, name­ly how the sicke are healed, and the Demoniacks delyuered. For by the gospell health of soule is taught, and the Deuils kingdome destroyed, bi­cause Iesus Christ is that blessed seede of the woman, that was ordeyned to treade downe the Serpents head. Let vs therefore imbrace him wyth true fayth, and wholy be knyt to him, that being delyuered from the tyran­nye of the Deuill through his merite, we may atteyne vnto true saluation, and raigne with him hereafter in heauen: to whom be praise, honor, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxvij. Homely.

‘THEN certaine of the Vagabunde Iewes, exorcistes, tooke vpon them to call ouer them, which had euill spirites, the name of the Lorde Iesus, say­ing: we adiure you, by Iesu whome Paule preacheth. And there were sea­uen sonnes of one Sceua a Iewe and chiefe of the priestes which did so. And the euill spirite aunswered and sayde, Iesus I know, and Paule I knowe: but [Page 712] who are yee? And the man in whome theeuill spirite was, ranne on them, and ouercame them, and preuayled against them, so that they fledde out of that house naked and wounded. And this was knowne to all the Iewes and Greekes also, which dwelt at Ephesus, and feare came on them all, and the name of the Lorde Iesus was magnifyed. And many that beleeued came, and confessed, and shewed their workes. Many of them which vsed curious crafts, brought their bookes and burned them, before all men, and they counted the price of them, and founde it fiftie thousande siluerings. So mightily grewe the worde of God and preuayled.’

WE heard yesterday, howe God confyrmed Paules Apostleship, and the authoritie of the doctrine of the gospell, among the Ephesians, by many and straunge miracles. It followeth nowe, howe he de­fended the same by an example of rare seueritie, a­gainst them, which went about by instigation of Sa­tan, to abuse the name of Christ, which Paule prea­ched, to get gaine thereby, and so to bring the authority of the gospell into suspition. The chiefe vse of which hystorie is, to make vs vnderstande, that God hath a regarde of his seruaunts, and that as ma­ny as go about to deface their authoritie, or are so bolde to abuse the name of Christ, at their lust and pleasure, shall not go vnpunished. But that we may receyue the more profyte hereby, let vs consider all the partes of the hystorie in that order, that Luke rehearseth them.

The Iewes Exorcistes.The fyrst, conteyneth the description of the persons, and declareth what they did. They were of the Iewes, and none of the basest sort, but the sonnes of Sceua the chiefe priest. Next they are called Exorcistes, whereby it appeareth their profession was, to get money by exorcismes and coniu­ring of spirites, for the which cause, they vsed to go from place to place. These therefore seing the Apostle in the name of Christ, so mightily to con­troll spirites, and to worke such myracles, as the lyke before had not bene seene, inticed wyth a hope of greater profyte and auayle, take vpon them a newe forme of coniuration, and vse to intermeddle the name of Christ therein. It shall be good to consider dyligently whereof these kinde of peo­ple fyrst sprang among the Iewes. For although Moses appointed many and dyuers offices, among the Leuites, yet we see he maketh no mention any where of Exorcistes. It was therefore the inuention of man, & ther­fore a deceyueable thing, Iosephus in the eyght Booke of his antiqui­ties, the se­cond chapter. and contrary to the lawes of God. It seemeth to haue taken begynning of an olde fable, wherin it is reported, that Salomon had inuented, by inspiration of God, the science of coniuring, and exorcismes against spirites, and all kinde of diseases. So Satan woulde haue defa­ced the credite of the Prophetes myracles, as though they also had bene wrought, rather by magicall enchauntment, then by peculiar operation of Gods power, to confyrme their doctrine. And at length, hauing thus in­censed them with a foolishe and an vngodlye emulation, he beganne to tell them wonders of the vnspeakeable power of the name of God, and taught them to make exorcismes, whereby foolishe men set vp his kingdome, and pulled away the mindes of a great many, from the worshipping and calling [Page 713] vpon God. There remayne to this day, certaine tokens of this olde impie­tie, in the fables of the Iewes, which they haue deuised of their Schem Hamphoras, and in phisick, they vse many exorcismes, which is euydent by little and little, crept in among the christians also, not without the great hinderaunce of true godlynesse. Of this profession therefore, were these seauen sonnes of Sceua the chiefe priest. And this is no small argument of great corruption, that the Byshops children gaue their studie, to wicked and deuillishe deceytes, and sought to enrich themselues by an arte which was plainely forbidden by the worde of God. Further this example teach­eth vs, howe farre errour runneth, assoone as men beginne to swarue from the worde of God. For as it hapned among the Iewes, so we see it hath also come to passe in Poperie. For where they would not seeme, to want any of the orders that were in the primitiue church, they haue also ordey­ned Exorcistes, who though for the most part they bragged of a bare name, only, yet so farre hath the presumption of some of them gone, that they haue taken vpon them to coniure the spirites, and soules of the deceassed, wherin one of the least defences of Antichristes tirannie hath not consisted, to saye nothing, howe through their wicked exorcismes, they haue polluted bap­tisme, and Gods whole religion. Yea, by this meane it came to passe, that no kinde of men had more students of Necromantie and Magike, then the Monkes and Priestes, and euen the highest priestes were not behinde in these wicked sciences. For the hystories of Syluester the seconde, Gregorie the seuenth, Alexander the sixte, and many other, are well knowne to e­uery man. Also we are taught, what to iudge of such▪ as attribute godly power, to holy names, and sentences taken out of scriptures, as though by these, eyther euill spirites coulde be driuen awaye, or diseases and ma­ladyes ridde from men and beastes bodyes: or that they which study south-saying, (an arte inuented by mans curiositie) could tell vs, what is to come, or what shall happen hereafter.

This is a Iudaicall or rather an heathen or a Gentile superstition, and not without a cause condemned by the lawes of God. For fyrst vnto a vaine sounde of wordes, vnto dombe fygures, and ceremonies full of horror, is attributed a power of helpe, which is no light offence, against the fyrst pre­cept of the tables. For there we are commaunded to acknowledge God onely for our helper, to put our trust in hym onely, and to aske all our ayde and succour of him. Next, men are sent from the inuocation of God, vnto wicked sciences, as though thereby, God might be inforced to helpe vs, a­gainst his will. Moreouer, the kingdome of the deuill, is no waye more fortifyed then this, who dyligently seeketh to make men looke for helpe and counsell in other thinges then in God, bicause that is the most commo­dious way for him whereby to deceyue and beguile men. Therefore we reade that these sciences in olde time were not without a cause abolished, both by the lawes of GOD and Emperours. And there remaine in the Popes law, Canons gathered out of most auncient counsels and fathers, Cod. lib. 9. tit. 18.26. quest. 5. & .7. Aug. de doct. Christ. lib. 2. cap. 22. which admonishe vs, to keepe such as were giuen to these artes from the communion of the faythfull. And here we must not giue eare to their ob­iections which frame arguments of the successe and holynesse of the words, thereby to defende their impious superstition. For they say a many are hea­led by these meanes, and that things otherwise impossible are hereby euery [Page 714] day brought to passe. Againe they say, there is no offence in them, bicause they consist for the more parte, vpon the holy names of God, or else vpon certaine notable sentences of holy scripture. The aunswere is easie to both these obiections. We knowe that Satan is able to shewe woonders, but not without the sufferance of God. It is well knowne what he wrought in tymes past, by the Magitians in Egypt, and howe he burned Iobes cattle and seruauntes by fyre from aboue. De Trinit. lib. 4. cap. 11. Yea Augustine testifyeth, that he is able to doe straunge matters, bicause he can transfourme himselfe into an Aungell of light. But doth it therefore become christian men, to beleeue his suggestions, or to vse his helpe? why doe we not rather regarde the counsell of God, which suffereth Satan thus to doe, bicause he meaneth ey­ther to trye the fayth of his people, or else to send effectuall illusions, to those that haue deserued destruction? Let vs therfore stande fast in the fayth, least we swarue therefro, and be left wholy to Sathans scorning and delusion. Againe, touching the holynesse of the wordes, we dispute not, but we say, the more holy they are, the more detestable it is to abuse them. For this is not the vse eyther of the names of God, or of his wordes, to serue for magicall mutterings, and with a vaine sounde, to dryue away eyther spi­rites or diseases, but to declare and set out vnto vs, the propertie of God, and his wyll. And if holynesse of wordes can excuse Magicians and en­chaunters, then shall they also be excused, that commonly abuse the other holye and wholsome creatures of God. But howe vaine these mens ex­cuse is, that forme or maner of exorcisme which these exorcistes vsed, a­boundantly declareth. For what is there in them to be reprehended? They vse this worde, adiuring, according to the example of most godlye men. Next, they adiure by the name of Iesus, and least they might seeme to meane some counterfeyte Iesus, they plainely expresse him whome Paule preacheth. Notwithstanding, they are accused of impietie, bicause they v­sed the holye wordes naughtily, and without fayth, for their lucre sake and aduauntage. Therefore away with them, that will seeke such slender pre­tences for their Iewishe and heathen superstitions, and let vs not beleeue them which dare abuse the names of God and his Christ.

The effect of the exorcistes is vnluckye.But let vs consider the successe of this enterprise, which was very agreea­ble to their presumptuousnesse. For the euil spirit answereth these exorcistes and sayth: Iesus I know, and Paule I know, but who are you? And streightway he setteth the man whome he possessed, vpon them, & maketh hym to season on them, so strongly preuayling against them al, that he wel bette them, and set them packing out of the house naked. By the which argument it is most euidently perceyued that there is no power in holye wordes of themselues, whereby to driue awaye deuils, or any other euils, but that all such effectes depende vpon Gods prouidence, which sometime worketh myracles also euen by Infydels, when he seeth their helpe serue for the setting forth of his kingdome and glory. This example teacheth what all they maye looke for, which abuse the name of Christ, or his lawes, for their priuate lucre and aduauntage. This is a common thing in these dayes. For what else doth the Pope, seeing vnder the cloake of Christes name, he chalengeth to him the supremacie in the Church. What else doe Masse Priestes, when per­uerting the maner and order of the supper, they imagine Christ is at their becke, and chaunge the wordes of the supper into a coniuration, through [Page 715] the power whereof they transubstanciate (as they say) the breade and wine into the body and bloude of Christ? What shall I speake of the keyes, vnder the pretence whereof, they haue burst into mennes consciences, ordeyned satisfactions, and expiations of sinnes, little or nothing differing from those which we reade, the heathen sometimes vsed. I lette passe infynite other things, which though God punishe not by and by, as we see he did the chil­dren of Sceua, yet the iudgement of the Lorde (as Peter sayeth) sleepeth not, 2. Peter. 2. by the which long sithence, their punishments are appointed. We are more­ouer taught by this place, howe great the power of our Sauiour Iesus Christ is, seeing he can vse the Deuill be he neuer so lothe, to the setting forth of his kingdome. For who wyll thinke that he woulde willinglye beare witnesse to Iesus Christ and Paule his seruaunt, and hurt his owne bondmen and instruments? He is yet compelled to doe both, bicause it see­meth so good vnto the Lorde, at whose sight and becke the Apostle writeth, Iacob. 2. that the Deuils tremble and quake. Why then are we afrayde of Satans craft or power, whose helpe we see Christ here vse at his pleasure so migh­tilye? Nowe is the Prince of this worlde throwne out of his kingdome, which so long he hath so falsely claymed & vsurped. And it is no harde thing for them to ouercome him, that are by fayth graffed in Christ.

Nowe let vs come to the last part of this hystorie, The true vse of Goddes iudgements, and an en­sample of true repentaunce. which conteyneth in it manifolde and singular fruite. First this thing was knowne amongst all the Ephesians, who were all striken of God, whome they sawe so seuerely reuenge the abusing of his sonne, and of his name. This is the lawfull vse of Gods iudgements, to put in our mindes a sense or feeling of Gods reli­gion. But O miserable wretches that we be, which maye seeme altogither to be waxed deafe, seeing we are mooued with no examples, that God daily sheweth vppon the blasphemers and contemners of his name and worde. Next, many of them that beleeued came of their owne accorde, and confes­sed their doings openly. This is an euident argument of the mortifycation of the fleshe, which being most desirous of honor and estimation, can hardly be brought to confesse she hath erred. But the desire of truth and glorye of God ouercommeth all affections of the fleshe in those that beleeue. By this place it appeareth what maner of confession the Scriptures requyre of vs, verily publike and open, which serueth to the setting forth of Gods glorye, and to the amendement of many. Therefore their ignorance is very grosse, which thinke by this example to establishe auricular confession, wherewith this confession that Luke here speaketh of, hath no affinitie. For these Ephe­sians come of their owne accorde, and confesse their olde errors, giuing thankes vnto God, which had vouchsafed to deliuer them from them. But the Pope enforceth men agaynst their willes, to confesse their secret faultes also, which no manne was priuie to before. We reade they made confession but once, where the Pope commaundeth vs oftentimes to confesse. They made open confession, and that before all men. But the Pope teacheth vs to whisper our sinnes in the eare of the Priest onely. They by their confes­sion sought nothing but the glory of God. The Pope commaundeth to aske remission of sinnes and satisfaction of the Priest. What stande we long? The more diligently a man examineth the circumstances of this dooing, the more manifestly it shall appeere, auricular confession is rather ouerthrown than confyrmed by this example. But lette vs returne to the Ephesians, [Page 716] whereof many were hytherto giuen to curious artes, but are nowe so tou­ched with the feeling of Christes spirite, that they openly burne their bookes on heapes, where we vnderstande not onely their Magicall bookes, but al­so all other bookes, that serued rather vnto fruitelesse and offensiue studies, than vnto godlynesse, such as for the most part are the bookes of Astrologie, Geomantie, soothsaying bookes, and bookes of loue, and such like. He shew­eth also the pryce or value of the bookes, which after the Germanes account amounteth to the summe of sixe thousande sixe hundred, threescore and sixe florenes. By this meane the godly persons thought to take all occasion of offence, both from themselues, and from other in time to come. And this is the true propertie of them that vnfeynedly repent, that they hate the in­strumentes of sinne, as much as the sinne it selfe, and are not grieued to lose those things, which they knowe had sometime bene occasion of their fall, be they neuer so precious. Therefore they cannot be iudged to haue truly repented, nor to vnderstande the heynousnesse of their offences, which vse to retaine and keepe in these dayes, the instrumentes of their euill doo­inges, such as are Images, superstitious deckinges of Churches, bookes that teach superstition, amorous writings, wanton apparell, and innume­rable such like. Last of all Luke sayth that the worde of God grewe mighti­ly, and was confyrmed in the hearts of the Disciples, which was an effect of their former studie. For the worde of God vseth marueylously to growe, if all impediments be taken out of the waye that may hinder it. Let vs ther­fore followe the example of this famous Church, that increasing daily more in fayth, we may become perfyte men in Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whom be prayse, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxviij. Homelie.

‘AFTER these thinges were ended, Paule purposed in the spirite, when hee had passed ouer Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Ierusalem, saying: After I haue bene there, I must also see Rome. So sent hee into Macedonia, two of them that ministred to him, euen Timotheus and Erastus, but he him­selfe remayned in Asia, for a season. The same tyme there arose no little adoe about that way. For a certayne man named Demetrius a siluer smyth, which made siluer shrines for Diana, was not a little benefyciall to the craftes men. Whome he called togither with the workemen of like occupation, and sayd: Sirs, you knowe that by this craft we haue aduauntage. Moreouer, you see and heare, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, thys Paule hath perswaded and turned awaye much people, saying, that they bee not Goddes which are made with handes. So that not onely this our Craft commeth into perill, to be set at naught, but also that the Temple of the great Goddesse Diana shoulde be despysed, and hir magnifycence shoulde bee de­stroyed, whome all Asia, and the worlde worshippeth.’

[Page 717] BYcause Paule knewe that the Lorde had not appoynted him to be a teacher of one Nation onely, therefore he thought he woulde not serue still in one Na­tion, but preach the Gospell euerywhere vnto all people. Yea, he thought that on him chiefely lay the charge of all Churches, as he declareth in his later Epistle to the Co­rinthians. Wherfore being not contented here and there to gather Churches togither, he goeth to see and visite those he had gathe­red and ordeyned, least anye thing might fall downe agayne eyther by the wearysomnesse of man, or by the craft and subtiltie of the Deuill. We haue seene hitherto diuers ensamples of lyke endeuor, wherevnto this may also be annexed, that Luke telleth in the beginning of this place, to the which he ioyneth a newe hystorie of sedition, raysed against Paule, whereby his pur­pose of visiting the Churches, for a time was stopped.

The author of this deuise and counsayle, was the holy spirite, Paule is mynded to go from Ephe­sus. by whose conduct and guyding, we haue often shewed that Paule beganne and tooke all his matters in hande. He purposed to go into Macedonia and Achaia, to visite and confyrme the Churches of the Philippians, Thessalonians, and Corinthians, and also to gather an almesse or reliefe among them, to cary to the needy brethren in Syria, as may euidently be gathered of his Epistles to the Corinthians, which iourney being ended, he ment to go to Rome, to bestowe some gift of the spirite vpon the faythfull there also, Roma. 1. and to receyue mutuall consolation of their beliefe. Yet bicause he woulde seeme to doe no­thing rashly, he sent Timotheus and Erastus which were of his familiers be­fore, meaning himselfe to followe not long after, if that vprore begoonne at Ephesus, had not stayed him a good many of dayes. Againe, by this example it appeareth howe needefull it is for the conseruation of the Church, to be very carefull, seeing the moste paynefull Apostle which had as yet so much to doe, was faine so often to go visite and confyrme the Churches before ordeined. Therefore they bewray their fylthy sluggishenesse & wicked arro­gancy, that thinke the zeale which the Ministers now a daies vse in this be­halfe, is vnprofytable or superfluous. Also in Paule appeareth the property of true faith, bicause she is not ydle and slothfull, but maketh men diligent in their vocation. For where she burneth in the zeale of the glory of God, and loue of hir neighbour, it cannot be that she will stande still ydle, no she will be ouercome with no traueyle or daunger. Which is more euident by this onely example of Paule, than needeth long profe. Let euery man apply this to himselfe, and by following it, declare his faith, by his works. More­ouer, it appeareth that fayth is circumspect also, bicause Paule whome the holye ghost guided in all his doings, sendeth such men before him, as he knewe were trustye. For as true beleeuers, when they haue the expresse commaundement of God, followe it without any staggering, although the fleshe suggest diuers things to the contrarye: so in other thinges, whereof they haue no certaine commaundement of God, they doe all thinges pru­dently and circumspectly, for feare they might obscure the glory of God, and giue the weake an occasion of stumbling. And this is the safest way we can vse in taking of things in hande. &c.

[Page 718] Paules pur­pose is dis­appoynted.Howbeit, although Paule was scarce anye where receyued with more good will, than among the Ephesians, and had taught there two yeares to­gither, with great vtilitie and successe, so that not onely many of the people beleeued, but also he had gotten many of the chiefe of Asia to be his friends, as hereafter shall appeare: yet at length he fyndeth no better curtesie than that we haue hearde he founde so often in other places, namely troubles, and publike sedition, wherewith he was so tossed and turmoyled, that he reckeneth the daunger he was in at Ephesus, among the greatest troubles that euer he was in. For he writeth that he there fought with beastes, and was in despayre of his life 1. Cor. 15. 2. Cor. 1. &c. Luke describeth all this hy­storie marueylous diligently, bicause in it as in a glasse, the propertie and condicions of the enimies of truth, their craftes and weapons, are set forth to be beholden: and also it appeareth howe God vseth moste faythfully to defende both his seruants and the truth. In this place fyrst he proponeth the summe of the matter, and then next he sheweth the beginners of the sediti­on, with the oration of Demetrius, who was the cause and stirrer of all this tragedie, incensing the mindes of his adherentes against Paule.

A sodayne vprore. At that time (sayth he) there arose much adoe about that way. He calleth the Christian sect or religion a way which the aduersaries woulde haue op­pressed. The time is diligently to be obserued which sheweth vs howe thys stirre was made, when Paule had set al things in an order at Ephesus, & was minded to go to the Macedonians and Corinthians, and had sent two of his companions before, to prepare all things necessary. By which example we are admonished, that we must alwaye be watchfull, but chiefely when matters seeme in safetie, and out of all daunger. For Satan neuer resteth, but being driuen out of his holde, seeketh meanes to returne againe, as Christ teacheth. Math. 12. And there want not examples of such, as being grieuously offended with sodayne crosses and troubles, haue fallen from the fayth. Let it yet comfort vs, that how much so euer our enimie rage and raue, yet hath he no power vppon Christ, Iohn. 14. ne yet vppon those which by fayth are graffed in Christ, yea being long agone vanquished, he doth but lighten as out of a Basen, and shewe counterfeyte scarmuches of fyght, whereby to fraye vn­tryed and vnskylfull myndes.

Demetrius is author of the vprore.But let vs see the author and instruments of this vprore Demetrius the Siluersmith was the Capitaine of them, a welthy man, and one that made Syluer shrynes, and such other gay geere, in the honor of Diana, and ther­by was an occasion that the men of his occupation gate much money. Diana was worshipped (as we shewed aboue) among the Ephesians, vnder the name of [...] Multimannuia, whome they being seduced by gentile su­perstition, beleeued to be a Goddesse, that nourished and fedde all lyuing creatures. The Temple of this Goddesse was the famousest and most sumptuous in all the worlde, vnto the which there were Pilgrimages in­stituted, from all places of Asia, both farre and neere, which was the cause that they that made implementes of superstition, gat very much daylie by straungers that came thether. Therefore they could not abyde the doctrine of Paule, which at once ouerthrew both their superstition and all their hope of gayne. These men therefore being called togyther by Demetrius, go a­bout to oppresse Paule by sedition, knowing that by no force of reason they were able to conuince hym. Here therefore it appeareth as euidently as [Page 719] may be, that the occasions of sedition, ought not to be ascribed to the gos­pell or ministers thereof. For as the fayth that they preache, vniteth vs to God, so it chiefely commendeth vnto vs charitiye and concorde. And here Demetrius is expressely named, for the begynner of this sedition, and not Paule, who for two yeres before had so taught, that he had shewed no to­ken at all of a seditious person. And of this kinde there are many exam­ples, both in this booke, and also in other hystories. Whereby we learne, that they ought not ouer soone to be credited, which accuse the gospell and preachers thereof of sedition, but let vs searche for the truth farther, and it shall appeare, that they commonly are the fyrst begynners of sedition, which would lay the fault thereof vpon other. And such for the most parte are they, which lyke Demetrius and his Complyces, The Deme­trij of our age. eyther lyue of craftes and trades forbidden by God, or else hunte after game and pleasure. The standard bearer among these men is the Byshop of Rome, and his crea­tures, the Cardinals, Byshops, Monkes, and priestes. For the greatest share of lucre and aduauntage by superstition commeth to hym. He causeth his creatures also to get much money, while being marked with his badge, he gyueth them power to buye and sell, that is, to make marchaundize of of Gods worde, and to chop and chaunge the same. But all these can not a­byde the truth of the gospell, which lyke a sharpe whyppe, shaken with the hande and spirite of Christ, dryueth all marchaunting out of the Temple, and ouerturneth the tables of the exchaungers of money. Next vnto these are Kinges, Princes, and all the great trayne of noble menne in this worlde. For superstition is gainefull vnto them also, bicause vnder the pretence hereof, they prouide for numbers of their children, and the de­fence of their dignitie, whyle by their authoritie, they thrust them into Bi­shopprickes, Abbacies, and Cardynalshippes, which perhaps otherwyse should be set to Marchaunts trade, or to get their lyuing with their hands, which seemeth to them the heynousest matter in the worlde. Nowe both these sortes togyther, helpe the inferior sort of the commons, which lyue eyther by Monkes and priestes, or by these nobles. For these commons being of a seruile nature and disposition, and fearing to dye for famish­ment, are soone perswaded to anye thing by these Demetrij. Adde vnto all these such as eyther desire and seeke to lyue lycentiously, or else such as fol­low their pleasures and gaines, by mischieuous meanes, as are vsurers, whoremongers, drunkardes, hyred Souldyours, and all such other lyke. For these people bicause their workes be naught, would not be reprooued, and therefore they wishe the lyght of the gospell, which bewrayeth their dooings, at once extinguished. These I say are the begynners of sedition, against the gospell, as no man can denye, which will dyligently viewe the vsage of our dayes.

But chiefely Demetrius oration is to be considered, the proposition and state whereof is, that Paule ought not to be suffered, which by his doctrine, Demetrius oration. draweth men from the olde religion. He confyrmeth his proposition wyth three reasons or arguments, which vse to be of great force in the kinde de­liberatiue. The fyrst is taken of commoditie or profyte, wherevnto the hungryer and poorer sorte haue alwayes a specyall regarde, you knowe (sayth he) that by this craft, we haue aduauntage. What remayneth then but that you must perishe for hunger, if you suffer your occupation to be o­uerthrowne [Page 720] by Paules doctrine? The second reason he borroweth of neces­sitie: you see and heare, that not onely at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, thys Paule hath perswaded. &c. Therfore this matter can be driuen of, or borne with no longer, but it is needefull with speede to prouyde a reme­die. The thirde argument he fetcheth of honestie saying: Not onely this our craft commeth into perill to be set at naught, but also the Temple of the great Goddesse Diana should be despised, and hir magnificence destroyed, whome all Asia, and the worlde worshyppeth. As though he should say: O companions what infamie shall we purchase vnto our selues, if we suffer that religion to decay amongst vs, which hath bene so many ages of so great authoritie in all the worlde? Also in this oration appeare the craftes and vsages of the wicked, who incensed and led with the desyre of priuate lucre onely, wyll yet be counted for the defenders of religion. Such an one doth the ho­lye-ghost describe Caiaphas to be. Iohn. 11. Such are the talkes of the Monkes in these dayes, and of all those which vpholde and maintaine Po­perie, amongst whome a man shall scarce fynde one so plaine, as this De­metrius, which doth not dissemble, but that his chiefest respect was for hys priuate gaine and aduauntage. Let vs learne to suspect these clamoures, and to marke better wherevnto they tende. It appeareth also in this place, with what arguments most times the wicked vse to defende their supersti­tion. Uerily with the consent of the vnlearned multitude, with the autho­ritie of kings and princes, with the pompe and shewe of outwarde holy­nesse, with contynuaunce of tyme, but chiefely with the pretence of priuate gaine and aduauntage. These things are common nowe a dayes, if a man would marke the talke of our aduersaries. But it is a foule fault for christi­ans, to vse the argumentes of the heathen, in matters of religion, which ought to be iudged and determyned by scripture onely. Fynally, by Deme­trius owne saying may be gathered what force and power the gospell is of. For he confesseth that by Paules teaching, in two yeares space, that famous temple was brought in daunger, which all Asia was in buylding, about the space of two hundred and twentie yeares, as we declared erewhyle, and which the barbarous people spared in the Persian warres, where they set fyre on all other churches. He complayneth also that all mennes mindes for the most part were turned from worshipping of Diana: But it is euident, this coulde be done by no mannes power or authoritie. We are also taught that men haue then profyted well in the Gospell, when their mindes are wholy turned from superstition and Idolatrie. For as long as they hang in suspence hereof, it is certaine their mindes are not lightened with the truth. Let vs therefore examine our selues after this rule, and casting awaye all superstition, turne with feruent fayth, to Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whom be prayse, honor, power, and glorye for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxix. Homelie.

‘WHEN they hearde these sayinges, they were full of wrath, and cryed out saying: Great is Diana of the Ephesians. And all the Citie was on a rore, and they rushed into the common hall with one assent, and caught Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paules companions. When Paule woulde haue entred in vnto the people, the Disciples suffred him not. But certayne of the chiefe of Asia (which were his friendes) sent vnto him, desiring him that he woulde not preace into the common hall. Some therefore cryed one thing, and some another, and the congregation was all out of quiet, & the more part knewe not wherefore they were come togither. Some of the company drewe forth Alexander, the Iewes thrusting hym forwardes. But Alexander becke­ned with the hande, and would haue gyuen the people an aunswere. When they knewe that he was a Iewe, there arose a showte almost for the space of two houres, of all men crying: great is Diana of the Ephesians.’

THe Euaungelist Luke by the instinct of the holye Ghost, setteth out in thys booke, not onely the persecutions layde vppon the Apostles, by Magi­strates and order of lawe, but also the raging sediti­ons of the furious commons, amongst which this de­serueth to be counted the chiefe, which was begonne by Demetrius agaynst Paule at Ephesus. The vse of this and all other lyke serueth for two causes speciallye. First, they serue for the instruction of the Ministers, that they be not of­fended with the tumultes of the seditious commons, as at anye straunge and rare thing, nor leaue not their duetie vndone, for feare of them. But rather they must consider, that the Church in thys worlde, is as it were a Barke or vessell tossed to and fro, with wynde and tyde, whose Pylate Christ, seemeth sometime to be on sleepe, as the storie of the gospell decla­reth. Math. 4. Let them also remember, that it can not scarcely be chosen, but seditions must be, bycause there are euerye where so many, which can not brooke the doctrine of the gospell, for that it maketh eyther agaynst their gaine, dignitie, or licentious lyuing. And our sauyour Christ prophe­cied, that not only men of our owne Countrie, but also those of one house should be at deuision, and hate one an other. Let it suffise Ministers, that they giue no cause of tumult to the seditious, but if being ledde with naugh­tie affections they take occasion, let them commyt the successe vnto God, and in the meane season apply their vocation, bycause (as Ambrose sayth. Fift booke and .33. chapter.) It lyeth in vs not to prouoke the people, but to appease them being vp, it is in the hande of God onely. Moreouer, the discription of these tumultes make for the instruction of all men in generall. For they teach vs, that we should not rashely impute the causes of vprore to the gospell, and to the Mini­sters thereof, as men vse commonly to doe, but that euery man shoulde [Page 722] consyder the case throughly, and then they shall be founde the begynners of tumultes, which will not be ruled by the gospell. And such an one we haue heard Demetrius was, whome all they directly follow, which in these dayes vse to disturbe and hynder the gospell. But bicause we haue lately spoken aboundantly hereof, nowe let vs consyder the sedicion, and how Paule vsed himselfe in the same.

j. Luke descrybeth it verye dyligently, rehearsing euerye circumstaunce thereof. The des­cription of the sedition. And fyrst begynning with the cause, he sayth, they were all fyl­led with wrath, which as it is an euill Counseller in taking anye thing in hande, so as Iames sayth, it worketh nothing that is right or good. The cause of their wrath was the daunger and losse of their gayne and auailes, which as Demetrius a whyle ago sayde, was neere at hande, and perhaps euery one of them perticularly beganne in some part to feele the same. For the worlde can abyde nothing lesse than to haue their aduauntage turned awaye or dyminished. And at this daye, there is none other cause of the disturbaunces vsed agaynst the gospell. The Popes and Bishops are an­gry, bicause they see their dignitie decayeth. The Monkes and Priestes are offended, by reason their Kitchyns waxe colde, through the losse of their market of holynesse. The Princes and Nobilitie are grieued, for that their children are put by the possession of ecclesiasticall goodes, who al­wayes tyll nowe lyued lyke Lordes of the same. The poorer sort of the commons which were wonte to flatter the Priestes, and the Nobilitie, for lyuing frette and fume. Fooles, Iesters, Bawdes, Cookes, Harlottes, gelded men, buggered boyes, and all lyke dregges of most fylthye wret­ches, whome these (I warrant you) holye fathers hytherto prouyded of lyuings, stampe and stare at thys geere. And all these in their heate and rage, runne to counselles to consult, howe they maye breake in sunder the bandes of Christ, as is descrybed in the seconde Psalme, what good therefore shall we hope for of all these counselles, where wrath is the President, a blynde and frowarde Counseller. Thys done they turne to ij. playne exclamations, and crye: Great is Diana of the Ephesians. By the which saying, they testifye that they wyll defende the worship of Diana, euen with their bloude. They craftily make religion a cloke for their belly and lucre. And the men of these dayes, treade euen in their steppes, which wyth as little sobrietie, haue the Saintes, and the blessed Uirgin in theyr mouthes agaynst vs, whose honour they promise they will defende. Al­though our men in deede be more impudent. For it is not without a cause that the Ephesians so exclaymed, bycause Paule openly spake against the worshyp of Diana, and was a professed enimie thereof. Which of vs de­nyeth the saintes? who speaketh against the right worship of Marie? who derogateth any thing from hir dignitie and honor? We confesse she is mo­ther to the sonne of God, we confesse she is a Uirgin vndefyled and vn­spotted. We confesse the Saintes were the chosen instrumentes of God, and that nowe they lyue in heauen, in blisse. But inuocation and godlye honour, we saye is due to God alone. What iniurie is this, if we teach the same, that they sometime taught, in defence whereof they thought good to laye downe their lyues? It is therefore a manifest slaunder, that they saye iij. we be enymies to the saintes. Thirdly, the whole Citie was in an vprore. Hereof Demetrius onely was the author. By which example we are taught, [Page 723] what mischiefe sodainely maye arise of a fewe seditious persons. For as a little sparkle may set fyre on an whole house, the flames whereof beyng caried with the wynde, catche the whole streete vppon a sodaine: so sedition rysing of a fewe beginners and contempned at the fyrst, euen by the onely fame thereof, spreadeth it selfe abroade, and compasseth about whole com­mon weales, not without the present daunger of all mennes goodes. The holye Scripture sheweth vs examples in Core, Absolon, Saeba, and dy­uers others. The lyke are also to be seene in the stories of the Gentyles, amongst which that enterprise of Catiline is very notable, which brought the Romanes common weale, in great hazard by his seditious attempts, euen then when it most flourished. Let Magistrates hereby learne to stoppe those betymes as are lykely wyll one daye be sedicious, suche as commonly ryotous persons are, and as manye as loue religion for lu­kers sake. Who if they be not kept vnder by seueritie of lawes, will at length poure out their pestilent poyson, to the calamitie of the publyke weale. Fourthly, they rushe into the common hall by vyolence, and pluck iiij. awaye Caius and Aristarchus Paules companions. Therefore they worke wyth force, and vse all kynde of crueltie agaynst Innocentes. For al­though the tempest of sedition manye tymes vse to catche good men, which are enforced agaynst their wyll, to take some part: yet for the most part, the greater number are euill, whereby it commeth to passe, that seditions are most hurtfull to good men and guiltlesse. Therefore they are verye fooles, that hope for anye goodnesse of sedition, which they must wyth all dyligence go about to resist, that desyre the prosperitie or safetie of their common weales.

But what doth Paule in the whottest of this sedition? What Paule did in the se­dition. he woulde haue stept forth, and gone in amonge them, to haue asswaged these raging re­belles, least his companyons shoulde haue beene hurt, which were haled awaye, as we hearde euen nowe. But hys Disciples woulde not suffer hym, chiefely those great men of Asia that were his friendes, who well knewe the propertie of the people. And in this place a man may beholde a whole heape of notable vertues in Paule at once. For it is a singuler ensample of fayth and sincere friendship, in him that woulde not leaue hys companyons in daunger and perill. And if Paule made so great an ac­counte of two of his friendes, that he woulde ieoparde his lyfe for their sakes, what a care thinke we, had he of whole congregations, which he knewe were redeemed with the bloude of Christ? Furthermore there ap­peareth a marueylous constancie and fortitude in him, which woulde ad­uenture hymselfe amongst the furious commons. For what other was thys, then to commit himselfe to the rage of the sea, or else to the fyre? But he respected the promises of Christ, wherewith he was so emboldened, that no daunger coulde feare him, to doe his duetie. It is also a token of singuler modestie, that he yeeldeth to better counsell, and doth not obsti­nately vrge that, which was both daungerous and had little profyte ioy­ned therewith. Let euerye manne followe this example, bicause we see many times the greatest wyttes, in their owne daungers, knowe least what waye or counsell to take. It is also worthye the noting, that Paule hath great men to his friendes. A fewe such we reade Christ had, amongst whome Nicodemus and Ioseph are counted the chiefe. Iohn. 12.3. Math. 27. [Page 724] Here the error of the Anabaptistes is refelled, which saye that a christian ought to beare no office. But chiefely we learne howe vaine the defence and succour of the worlde is, seing their authoritie coulde not keepe Paule from daunger of sedition. It becommeth vs therefore, to put all our hope and trust in God alone, and not in Princes, or in the children of men, for there is no helpe in them. Psalme. 146. And that this is the vse of this pre­sent example, Paule teacheth in hys seconde Epistle to the Corinthians, the fyrst chapter.

Nowe Luke commeth to the seditious, of whome he reporteth two things. A confused countenance of sedition. First, some (sayth he) cryed one thing, some an other, and the most part knewe not wherefore they were come togyther. This is a peculiar thing in the time of sedition, that like a flowing streame, it caryeth many away with it, being vtterly ignoraunt of the meaning thereof, and a great many good men also euen against their will. Therefore such would be appeased rather by counsell and reason, then by force. For if force be vsed, com­monly the Innocentes drinke for it, the wicked beginners slylie slipping awaye. A dolorous example whereof Germany sawe, when in the yere of our Lorde, a thousande, fyue hundred, twentie and fyue, horrible streames of husbandmens bloude almost ouerflowed hir. Let Princes therefore haue in minde rather that saying of the Prophet, where they are commaunded to holde their subiects liues deere. Psalm. 72. Moreouer, the Iewes thrust forwarde one Alexander, who by all likelyhoode was one of Paules friendes and drewe him forth, bicause they ment to bring him in daunger. He desired silence and woulde haue giuen a reason and an ac­counte of things attempted, touching religion. But when they perceyued he was a Iewe, and an enimie of heathen superstition, they turne to their furious exclamations againe, and for two houres long fyll all the Citie with the noyse of their Diana. For as the belly lacketh eares, so com­monly they are deafe and wyll heare no reason, which mooue sedition for the bellyes sake. And this is the contynuall practise of the wicked, to barke against the truth wyth furious clamours, which otherwyse they knowe is inuincible. In the meane season the faintnesse of a great many is reprooued, who knowing the truth, are yet altogyther colde in the con­fessing thereof, and regarde not the zeale of the vngodlye, whome they see bolde euen in the defence of superstition. Let vs learne therefore, what state the truth standeth in, in this worlde, and beyng ar­med wyth the constancie of fayth, let vs stowtely beare out whatsoeuer God sendeth, that we maye van­quishe all aduersity, through Iesus Christ our Lorde: to whom be all praise, honour, power, and glo­rye, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxx. Homely.

‘WHEN the towne Clarke had ceased the people, he sayde, yee men of Ephesus, what man is it that knoweth not, howe that the Citie of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great Goddesse Diana, and of the Image that came from heauen? Seing then that no manne sayth here against, yee ought to be content, and to doe nothing rashly, for ye haue brought hyther these men, which are neyther robbers of Churches, nor yet despysers of your Goddesse. VVherefore if Demetrius and the craftesmen which are with him, haue a matter agaynst any manne, the lawe is open, and their Rulers, let them accuse one another. But if you go about any other thing, it shall bee determined in a lawfull congregation. For we are in ieoperdye to be accused of this dayes vprore, forasmuch as there is no cause, whereby we maye giue a reckoning of this concourse of people. And when he had thus spoken, hee let the assembly depart.’

WE haue hearde the sedition that Demetrius raised against Paule, described by Luke. Where beside the propertie of the furious people, we noted diuers pointes wherein Paule was chiefely to be considered. First, he boldly and constantlye woulde haue ventured to go in a­mong the people, mynding to haue giuen an account o­penly both of his fayth and doctrine. But seeing he coulde not be permitted so to doe, he keepeth him among his friends, committing the whole successe of the matter vnto God, yet so as he swarued not a nayle breadth from the truth, nor yet dissembled anye thing for cowardlye feare. Which example admonisheth vs, what we shoulde doe in lyke case, Howe Chri­stians should vse them­selues in time of sedition. or in o­pen persecution. Before all things it becommeth vs according to Peter the Apostles precept, to be ready to giue an account to euerye manne, that de­maundeth it. 1. Pet. 3. But when the enimies shall so raue, that there is no place for truth and the confession therof, we must proceede warily and wise­lye, least we put our selfe in daunger without Gods calling, and so tempt him. In the meane season let vs be constaunt in acknowledging the truth, and wayte the Lordes leysure, who neuer forsaketh them that put their trust in him, and who by his wisedome and power is able easily to cease and alaye all cruell tempestes. This present hystorye sheweth vs an ensample hereof, where God appeaseth a very daungerous sedition to all seeming, by the help of one Scribe or Towneclarke, and such a one as the whole course of his Oration proueth manifestly, to haue had no vnderstanding in Chri­stes religion, where the power of God appeareth the more, seeing he vseth the reprobate and their helpe in the defence of his people. Let vs examine the Towneclarkes Oration throughout all the partes thereof, the chiefe ende whereof is to represse the seditious tumult of the vnruly people, him­selfe in the meane season being little carefull for religion.

He beginneth with that y e most vexed these seditious. They stoode in great feare of their Diana, for hir sake they so cryed out, as we haue heard before, bicause if the worshipping of hir were layde awaye, they sawe their gayne [Page 726] was lyke to be gone. But the Towneclarke sayth, this was no iust or suffi­cient cause for them to make such a stirre. For what man is there (sayeth he) but knoweth that the Citie of Ephesus is a worshipper of the great Goddesse Diana, and of the Image that came from heauen. As who shoulde saye: To what purpose repeate you so often with furious clamor, the name of Diana? Who denyeth you to be hir honourers? Who knoweth not that Dianas I­mage came downe from heauen? Or who letteth you to go on in the religi­on receyued of your forefathers? Since all these be things cleare and out of question, it becommeth you to be quiet, and to doe nothing vppon a heade, and without aduise. But the Towneclarke coulde not be ignoraunt that Paule by his doctrine impugned the worship of Diana. But of a politike wit, he dissembleth all these things, thinking this sufficient to appease them, to let them vnderstande, howe they were vrged or compelled by no publike authoritie to forsake their olde religion. And as we sayde erewhyle, thys politike man seeketh onely how to bring downe this sedition at ones, which he sawe beganne to growe so hote: which thing he supposed to bringe to passe more commodiously by craftie dissembling of the matter, than by open disputation, Dianas ymage come from heauen. which the seditious woulde haue little regarded. Here we may not omit that he sayth the Image came downe from heauen. For hereby it appeareth it was a cōmon opinion among the Ephesians, that they thought Dianas Image was sent downe from heauen. For after Satan had bewit­ched men with his iuglings, so that they presumed to chaunge the glorye of the immortall God into the forme of Creatures, then deceyued he them e­uerye day with newe fetches and deuises, for the surer establishing of his kingdome. Hereby he perswaded them, that the Image of Pallas came downe from heauen, & that through hir protection they gate the victories which they had. So was it thought that the shielde which the Romaynes vsed, as the armes and scutchion of the Empyre, in the reigne of Numa their king, came downe from heauen. Unto the which this that the Towne clarke sayth of the Image of Diana at Ephesus, may worthily be ioyned. But it had bene tollerable, if the Deuill in times past with such sleyghts had de­luded but the heathen onely, so that we had not seene the like among Chri­stians also. For who knoweth not the fable of the Chappell at Lauretum, myraculously conueyed ouer the sea? Who is ignorant of the Chappelles, that God himselfe and his Aungels haue dedicated. There are to be seene diuers Images of the virgin mother, which the Monkes most impudent­ly affirme Luke painted, where as the hystories declare he was a Phisition, and no Painter. Wherevnto are to be referred whatsoeuer myracles are tolde of Images in Monkes bookes, whereof they say, some remooued out of their place, some coulde not be remooued, some wepte, some prophecied, and other some had some notable properties, or other. By the which maye plainely be gathered, what a ranke crop of errors vseth to spring of Ima­ges, where they are once receyued and worshipped, so that it was not with­out a cause that Lactantius sayde: there could be no religion wheresoeuer any Image was. In his se­cond booke of false religion cap. 19. Which also is the chiefe cause, that all the Scripture is so dili­gent and earnest in oppugning them: so that it is woonderfull, how it com­meth to passe, that so many are founde to defende them, seeing there are so many vnhappye Presidentes of superstition, euerywhere in euery mannes eyes. This being premised, whereby he thought their moodie mindes were [Page 727] somewhat asswaged, he plainly rebuketh them and accuseth them of great rashenesse, in that he apprehended and layde handes on Caius and Aristar­chus, being straungers and knowing no cause why, saying: ye haue brought these men hyther, which are neyther robbers of Churches, nor yet despysers of your Goddesse. So perhaps he might truly saye of them, bicause they tooke not vpon them to teach. But of Paule he shoulde not haue sayde true, who earnestly inueyed against the worship and ydolatrie done to Diana, as may easily be gathered by that he did at Athens. And it is credible he would not haue suffred this defence of the Towneclarke, if he had bene present. For he being enflamed with the zeale of God, thought any thing intollerable, that made against the glory and honor of God. In the meane whyle, the Towne clarkes wordes declare, what faultes for the most part are laide to the Mi­nisters charge, namely, Sacriledge and blasphemie against God and the Saintes. These things we heare commonly in our dayes, neyther are we decked with any other names or tytles at their handes that are the professed enimies of the Gospell. But if a man woulde throughly weygh the matter, The Mini­sters of the Gospell are neyther Church rob­bers nor blasphemers. they are both false. For they be Church robbers, which eyther by stelth con­uey away the goodes dedicated to God, and to his Church, or else violently inuade them, and conuert them to prophane vses. But who doth this more impudently than Popes, Bishoppes, Monkes, Priestes, and the other of this marke. For to say nothing howe they prouide for their kinsfolke com­monly of the Church goodes, let vs consider their families, and it shall ap­peare that the greatest part of the Church goodes is spent vpon Harlottes, Dyce, Horses, Houndes, and a lubberlyke sort of seruantes, yea, they dis­daine vs, for no cause so much, as for that we labor by preaching of the gos­pell, to restore the goodes, to Christ and his Church againe. For we defend not them which vnder a colour of the Gospell, prouide and satisfye their a­uarice of the Church goodes. Againe, they are blasphemous against God and the Saintes, which abuse the name of God, and robbe the Saintes of their due honor. It is as manifest as can be, that they doe both these rather than we. For they abuse the worde of God, and the name of Christ, to esta­blishe their ydolatrie and tyrannie. They giue vnto Creatures the honour due vnto God. They accuse the faith and doctrine of the Saintes, of here­sie, and vse both fyre and sworde against their bookes, and them that follow them. And in the meane season go about to defame vs of sacriledge, and of blasphemie. But oh the iniquitie of our times. Among the Ephesians was founde an Heathen to defende the innocent. And nowe adayes amongst the professors of Christ are scarce anye that will testifye the innocencie of Chri­stes Ministers. Let vs marke also howe the Towneclarke sayeth these men are no Church robbers nor blasphemers, for surelye he woulde haue iudged them worthy of punishment, if they had bene such. For although the Gentyles sometime greatlye erred in the faith and in religion, yet the lawe of nature was of great force amongst them which declared, that robbers of Churches and blasphemers ought to be punished. But nowe a dayes all things are so farre out of frame, that the faythfull defenders of the Gospell are in more daunger, than those which pollute the Church with manifest sacriledge and blasphemie.

But let vs consider the later part of this Oration, The best form of com­mon weale. where he prescry­beth a maner and fourme to be followed, as well in priuate matters, as [Page 728] publike, saying: But if Demetrius and the Craftes men with him haue anye matter agaynst any man, the lawe is open, and there are Rulers, let them accuse one another. Thus he accuseth them all of iniustice, in that they make a pub­like case of a priuate, and belonging vnto a fewe persons, and endaunger themselues for another mannes cause. Then adding therevnto a seconde poynt, he sayth: [...]ut if you go about any other thing, it shall be determined in a lawfull Congregation. By the which wordes he teacheth them that a pub­like matter shoulde not in such sort be taken in hande, and layeth the daun­ger before their eyes that they stoode in to the Romaines, for this sedition that they had made, who had a care principally that the people vnder their gouernance, shoulde liue peaceably and in quiet. This place declareth how the Romaynes gouerned their common weale, while they obserued equity and iustice. They had euerywhere abrode certaine Liefetenants and Ma­gistrates, which in all places kept Courtes and lawe dayes, and suffred no man to be hurt or harmed, whose cause had not fyrst bene hearde, and he lawfully conuicted. And publike affayres were ordered in publike assem­blies, and lawfull councels without any seditious tumultes. God himselfe allowed this order of gouernement, when he appoynted Iudges for his people, whome he commaunded to heare all causes diligently, and to giue true iudgement. He would haue no man to be a Iudge in his owne cause. Let this order be obserued among Christians, for whome it is a shame, to be ouercome of Heathens. Chiefly let them keepe them from sedition, which both impaireth the authoritie of the Magistrates, and subuerteth the state of the common weale.

Rebellions are easily suppressed.But the effect of this Oration doth Luke set out, when he writeth that the assembly which a little before was in a hurly burly, was dimissed verye quietly. For as the common sort are easily brought to an vprore, so are they as easily pacifyed againe, if a manne deale with them by reason and coun­sell, rather than by force and violence. And herein appeareth the pro­uident care of God, wherewith he deliuereth and defendeth his children. For as the same God doth accustomably rayse the waues of the sea with so­deine blastes of winde, and layeth the same sodenlye againe, euen so tryeth he his children with dreadfull stormes of daungers, and when he seeth good knoweth howe to still them againe without any daunger at all. Wherefore trusting to the goodnesse and power of him, let vs keepe our standing with stoute courage, assuring our selues to haue the vpper hande, agaynst all the attemptes of the wicked, thorowe Christ Iesus our Lorde and reuenger most faithfull and inuincible: to whome be prayse, honour, glorye, and power, for euer. Amen.

The .xx. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The Cxxxj. Homelie.

‘AFter that the rage was ceassed, Paule called the Disciples vnto him, and toke his leaue of them, and departed for to go into Macedonia: And when he had gone ouer those parties, and had giuen them a long exhortation, he came into Greece, and there aboade three monethes. And when the Iewes layde wayte for him, as he was about to sayle into Syria, he purposed to returne through Macedonia. There accompanied him into Asia, Sopater of Berrhoea, and of Thessalonia Aristarchus and Secundus, and Caius and Timotheus of Derba: and out of Asia Tychi­chus and Trophimus. These went before, and tarried vs at Troas. And we sayled away from Philippi after the dayes of sweete bread, and came vnto them to Troas, in fiue dayes, where we abode seauen dayes.’

BIcause oure Sauiour Iesus Chryst called Paule his chosen vessell, or instrument, therfore it is not with­out a cause that Luke repeateth so di­ligently the things that Paule dyd. For so the truth of the testimonie that Chryst bare of him, is proued, & a ge­neral ensample is set out for al men to follow, which wil be taken for chosen vessels of God. Moreouer, the Euan­gelist so proceedeth in the rehearsal of Paules matters, that sometime he de­clareth the whole Hystories with the circumstances thereof, such as in euery part of them contayne many things that serue for our instruction, as we sawe came to passe at Phi­lippi, Corinthe, Athens, and lately at Ephesus. Sometime he comprehen­deth many things in one, and in fewe words compriseth long and peril­lous voiages, which were scarse finished in many months, that it might the more euidently appeare what diligence Paule vsed in his office, what trustinesse, and what incredible paynes he tooke, and of what courage he was in daungerous enterprises. The Argu­ment of the xx. Chapter. Both these things he obserueth in this Chapiter. For first he briefly toucheth his iorney into Macedonia and Achaia, the entente whereof was declared before. Next vnto that, he she­weth certayn peculiar things, as the myracle wrought at Troas, where Eutychus was raysed agayne, and the Synode of Ministers gathered togither at Miletum. We at this present will consider Paules iorney, [Page 730] the reporte whereof is so ordered, that both that that Paule dyd, and o­thers also is rehearsed.

When, and in what wise Paule departed frō the Ephesians.And in this iourney fell oute three things chiefly to be considered in Paule. Firste is declared howe he departed from the Ephesians. After the rage was ceassed (sayth he) he called the Disciples vnto him, and tooke his leaue of them and departed. Then he forsooke not the Churche, be­fore all the businesse was doone, and that he sawe the Disciples out of daunger. Paule therefore is a good Shepheard, and no hyreling, which seeth the Wolfe come, Iohn. 10. and flyeth away, and prouideth for hym selfe. And then nother he departeth not away secretely, but calleth the Con­gregation togither, and byddeth them farewell, giuing them admo­nition of all things needefull for them to knowe and obserue. As this was the argument of a mynde not culpable nor guyltie in it selfe, so it sheweth a signification of a faythfull care, that he woulde haue of them, euen when he was absente. In so muche that afterwarde when he wr [...]te vnto them, Ephesi. 1. hee sayth that hee made continuall mention of them in hys prayers. And in an other place he wryteth, that the c [...]re of all Churches lyeth on hys shoulders. 2. Cor. 11. Let all those followe thys example, vnto whose charge either the Churche or Common weale is committed, least they seeme to prouyde for their owne selues, when publike perilles bee at hande, or else to haue little or no regarde of them, whereof they shall giue a straight accounte another day vnto the Lorde. Paule visi­teth Mace­doni [...] and Gréece. Nexte he sheweth whether he wente, into Macedonia, and from thence into Greece, in which places he spent three monethes, bestowing all that tyme in visiting and confirming the Churches. Thus wee reade he dyd also other wheres, in the .xiiij. and .xv. Chap­ters. Whereby wee gather, that it was the common vse of the Apo­stles, not onely to plant Churches, but afterwarde to goe visite them, and confirme them in the fayth, and to clense them of errours, if per­haps any had crepte in, whyle they were absent. Wee learne by their example, that they whiche haue their Churches and common weales once well ordered, ought not to be carelesse, but to take good heede (as Chryst warneth vs) that whyle wee are sleeping, Sathan sowe not vngracious cockle among them. He vseth chiefly to lye in wayte for the Churche, 2. Corin. 11. to pul them from Chryst, who ought to cleaue vnto him like a faythfull wife. He likewise diuersly assaulteth many wayes good and wholsome lawes, bycause he thinketh his kingdome woulde easily bee established, if they were ouerturned. And his attemptes be not alwayes in vayne, bycause there are fewe that followe Paules fayth, industrie, sufferaunce, Paule exhorteth the con­gregatiō to perseuerāce and diligence. Thirdly, is playnely declared what Paule dyd in these Churches. He gaue them a long exhortation, verily to continue in the fayth, without the which none can bee saued. Often exhortations are needefull, both for vs which bee ready of nature to fall, and also bycause of the Deuill, whiche alway walketh vp and downe lyke a roaring Lyon, and seeketh whom he may deuoure. Ther­fore their iudgemente is not to bee admitted, whiche thinke thys is but a superfluous care and labour. In the meane season wee are admonyshed, that Churches haue nothyng of more pryce, than the worde of God, out of the whiche dayly instructions, exhortations, and [Page 731] corrections ought to bee taken. Wherein the Apostles were so dili­gente, that they easily neglected all other things in comparison here­of, as wee mighte perceyue in the sixte Chapter. Therefore they bee farre vnlyke the Apostles, that neglect the Office and Ministerie of the worde and teaching, and are occupied in wearishe Ceremonies, or else in administration of earthly iurisdictions.

But let vs returne vnto Paule, The Iewes lay wayte for Paule. and see what he suffered in thys voyage. The Iewes layde wayte for hym as hee was sayling into Syria, who had thoughte to haue made hym oute of the way. But Paule prudently disappoynteth them, altering his purpose, and going by lande into Macedonia and Syria. This place teacheth vs what re­warde Ministers of the Truth haue in this worlde. Certes the worste that can bee, whyle men seeke to destroy them, whiche of all other men labour moste to bryng them to saluation. For howe carefull Paule was for the Iewes, bothe his continuall labours and trauell, and al­so hys Epistles testifie, specially, that whiche he wryteth to the Ro­manes in the ninth and tenth Chapiters. And yet had he no greater ennimies than they. The same wee haue other wheares declared, that Moyses, and the Prophetes, and Iesus Chryste the Sonne of God suffered. Let no man therefore nowe a dayes bee offended, when the lyke things fall out, seeing such is the nature of the worlde, that they thinke their felicitie standeth in the destruction of the godly. In whiche their iudgemente yet they are moste myserablie deceiued. For thus they bereeue them selues of the wholesome succour of prayers, whiche the godly vse to make euen for their ennimies. But what shall wee doo (wylte thou say) if wee shoulde come into the lyke hazarde? Followe Paule, in whome thou shalte note principally two thinges. For he both constantly wente forwarde in his vocation, and lykewise prudently auoyded the daunger thereof arising. Thus must we aboue all things remember our vocation, that wee bee not plucked therefro, through any ingratitude of the worlde. For why shoulde wee forget our calling, and followe those, whose wicked vsage wee are wonte to deteste? Yet let vs be circumspect, and as Chryste counsayleth vs, be­ware of men, least wee bee sayde to tempte God, Math. 10. by putting our selues rashly and vnaduisedly in daunger.

Nowe what doth God in the meane season? Paules gard or garrisō. Leaueth hee his ser­uaunt in daunger? No. But whyle the Iewes his kinssemen and false brethren, (as hee complayneth him .ij. Corinth. xj.) lay in wayte for him, God ioyneth vnto him faythfull fellowes and companions, in his trauelles and daungers, which helpe him in this perrill, both with counsell and otherwise. Heere are reckened seauen notable men, of diuers congregations, of whome Paule many tymes maketh mention in his Epistles, beside Luke the wryter of this present Hystorie, which made eyghte. And some of these go before, to see and marke whether there were any lying in wayte, and to prouide Paule of lodging, o­ther some kepte closely vnto him, to comforte him with their compa­nie, and to prouide him of necessaries. And heere the truth and good­nesse of God is diligently to bee considered, whiche vseth to defende his seruauntes that are in daunger, and to prouide them of faythfull [Page 732] companions, that labour and trauell for the glory of hys name. Thus vnto Ioseph, that required to haue the buriall of Chrystes body, is ioy­ned Nicodemus, to beare parte of the charges, laboure and perill in the same. But nowe a dayes, wee complayne of the slothe and co­wardelynesse of others, saying, wee are not able alone to beare the weyght of Chrystes quarell, beeing as cowardely and slothefull as other. But if wee woulde doo our duetie, wee shoulde see God would quickely touche the heartes of others also. Wee haue besides in Paules Companions a notable example of loue and thankefulnesse, what a daungerous and laborous thing it was to followe Paule by Sea and by lande, hauing euerywhere so many enimies, euery man may easily coniecture. But for all this, they which worthely estemed the gyft of fayth, that they had gotten by Paules teaching, could not be separated from him. And these men want not their reward euen vpon the earth, bycause God hath registred their names in eternal memorie, and their soules no doubt do now reioyce wyth Chryste in heauen, by­cause they accompanied his minister so curteously on earth. The Apostle setteth foorth this promptnesse and readynesse of minde in the Gala­thians also, who he sayth woulde not haue spared their eyes, if hee had needed them. But O the filthy vnthankefulnesse of our dayes, which is runne so farre, that they whiche bragge of the fayth, rent and deface with filthy slaunders the names of them, by whose mi­nisterie they firste learned the fayth. Yet let Gods promise and mer­cy comforte vs, which will neuer leaue them destitute of his helpe, whom he hath chosen to the inheritaunce of heauenly life in his sonne Iesus Chryste: to whome bee prayse, honour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxxij. Homelie.

‘AND vppon one of the Saboth dayes, when the Disciples came togyther for to breake breade, Paule preached vnto them, rea­dy to departe on the morrowe, and continued the preaching vn­to Midnyghte. And there were many lightes in the Chamber, where wee were gathered togyther: and there sate in a wyndowe a cer­tayne young man named Eutychus, beeyng fallen into a deepe sleepe. And as Paule was preachyng, he was the more ouercome wyth sleepe, and fell downe from the thirde lofte, and was taken vppe deade. But when Paule wente downe, hee fell on hym, and embraced hym, and sayde: Make nothyng adoo, for hys lyfe is in hym. So when hee was come vppe agayne, and hadde bro­ken the breade and eaten, and talked a long whyle (euen vntyll [Page 733] the mornyng) at the laste hee departed. And they broughte the young man alyue, and were not a lyttle comforted. And we went afore to Shippe, and loosed vnto Asson, there to receyue Paule. For so had he appoynted, and woulde him selfe goe on foote. When we were come togither at Asson▪ wee tooke him in, and came to Mity­lene. And we sailed thence, and came the next day ouer against Chios. And the next day we arriued at Samos, and taryed at Trogyllion. The day following we came to Miletum. For Paule had determined to saile ouer by Ephesus, bicause he would not spend the time in Asia, for he hasted (if it were possible) to keepe at Ierusalem the feaste of Pen­tecoste.’

AFter that the Apostle Paule had accomplished at Ephesus all things that appertained to the establishment of the same Church, the [...] went hee on with the voyage that hee had before purposed to make, in the which hee visited the Churches of Macedonia and Greece, and confirmed them in the true faithe. Wee haue seene there notable argumentes of the Apo­stles faythe and diligence, when as Paule lette for no laboure or daunger, eyther to gette Churches, or to preserue those that were gotten. At length hee came to Troas, where fell oute certaine peculiare things, in the describing whereof, Luke is very diligent. And first hee setteth out an ensample of Eccle­siasticall assemblie, and next a myracle that God would haue wrought in that place, bothe for the commendation and setting forthe of Paules Ministerie, and for diuers causes else.

Hee describeth this Churche assemblie with all the circumstaunces thereof very diligently. And beginning with the time, An exāple of a churche assembly. he saythe they came togither on a Sabboth day, which day as yet, was muche cele­brated, bicause of the auncient custome. Afterward, when the Church began more and more to increase, the next day following, the Sa­bothe was appoynted for Goddes seruice, and in remembraunce of Christes resurrection, it was called the Lordes day. By this place we learne, that suche dayes as God hathe appoynted for seruice or religi­on, ought not to bee neglected of Christian menne. For they are not onely needefull bicause of outwarde woorshippe, but also inwarde, which cheefely consisteth in the studie of Goddes woorde, and in the diligent meditation of his benefites, the bodie and minde for the time beeing cleane separated from all prophane matters, whiche thyng was the cause that GOD commaunded the breakers of the Sa­bothe to bee punished with deathe. And the breaking of the Saboth is acco [...]ted of the Prophetes, amongest the moste haynous sinnes [Page 734] and causes of the Captiuitie of Babylon: so that it was not without a cause that Nehemias thought it is duetie, Nehem. 13 to see that day kept so holy, when the people retourned from their captiuitie. Whereunto apper­taineth also the example of Christ, who as he oftentimes vppon the sa­both day went into the Sinagoges, so he diuers times disputed dili­gently of the right vsing of that day, to deliuer it both from superstiti­on▪ and also from contempte. Holy pla­ces. Then he sheweth also the place, where this companie or assemblie mette. This was a loft or chambre in the priuate house of some one of the faithfull, who appointed it for the Churche or Congregation, bicause the Christians for good cause ab­horred the Temples of the Idolaters, and they had no publike place permitted them, by reason the Romane Presidentes bare rule in euery place, which either were no fauourers of Christian religion, or else were open enimies thereof. He sayth there were diuers candles lighted in the chamber, to putte away the darkenesse of the nighte, and for auoy­ding the suspition of dishonestie. Therefore it is a peeuishe erroure of them, which of a foolishe imitation make that a seruice of God, which in times past serued for necessitie, and thinke that God which is the light euerlasting, is woorshipped with candles of tallowe or waxe, and for the defense of their inuention, vse both this place, and the example of Moses lawe. For heere is plainely expressed the night time, when it is needefull for candles to bee lighted. And for the same cause after­warde, the Christians vsed candles in their assemblies, bicause they coulde not meete togyther, but in the morning before day, by reason of the lying awayte of their ennimies, as appeareth by the Epistles of Plinius Secundus, and may be gathered oute of the Churche wryters. The which cause being taken awaye, it is but foolishnesse, to helpe the day lighte with artificiall lightes. It is euident there was a farre o­ther meaning of the Candlesticke in Leuiticus. For as all the ceremo­nies of that Priesthoode, were figures of things that Christ shoulde perfourme, and were ordained only till the time of correction, so the candlesticke also was a figure of Christ, which is the true and eternall lighte of the worlde, and which by the ministerie of the Gospell lighte­neth his Churche, for the which cause the Apostles, and they which are theyr true and lawful successoures, Math. 5 are called the light of the world. In the meane season wee learne, that it is necessary to haue certaine places, for the outwarde woorshipping, and for the Congregation to meete in, suche as in the olde Testament, the Temple and Sinagoges were, and suche as after the Apostles times, when the Churche began somewhat to be at rest, the Oratories that were builded, were. In these places all things must serue for honestie and for religion, and no­thing must be suffered, that declareth any superstition, too much rio­tous cost, The brea­king of bread. or prophane contempt. Thirdly, he sheweth the cause of this meeting, which was (as he writeth) to breake bread. He meaneth the holy supper of the Lorde, which in times past they called breaking of bread, bicause the bread was broken therein according to Christes in­stitution, bothe for that wee shoulde confesse oure selfe sinners, and guiltie of the death of Christ, and also for that we should vnderstand, that the merite of Christ, was dealt among vs, and pertained indiffe­rently [Page 735] vnto all beleeuers. It is very worthy to be obserued, howe our forefathers in the time of the Apostles, vsed to order and celebrate this Supper. Firste of all Paule maketh a sermon, as the things follow­ing declare, bicause the supper was ended after Eutychus was raised. Therfore when the sermon was ended, they went to the supper, and that in the open sight of the assemblie, in a place and time appoynted for Gods seruice, and after none other fashion, than was appointed by Christ. For, that they obserued the same manner and rites in all pointes, both the woorde breaking of breade, and the example of Paule declareth, which re­uoked the Corinthians so carefully, to that forme of supper that Christ or­dained. Thus is it euident that Christ also vsed to teach before the sup­per, and did ordaine nothing tending more to superstition than religion. Therefore, let the Papistes regarde with what argumentes or exam­ples they defend their Masse, wherin there is no word of God taught, al things are don in a strāge tong, the people haue nothing to muse or think on, but wearish and peeuish gestures, and stage playes: to say nothing in the meane while of the impairing of Chrystes sacrifice, of the derogation of his merit, and how the faith & religion of Christ is ouerthrowne, euen vnto the foundations. But so ought they to be seduced which had leauer folow the imagination of their own braine, than the institution of Christ.

Moreouer, the manner that Paule vsed in his preaching, pertaineth to the description of the assembly of the Churche, The man­ner of the Apostles preaching. which we may coniecture by the time. For first it is sayde, that he prolonged his sermon vntill midnight, then when supper was done, howe he discoursed till breake of the day, of things appertaining to religion. Therefore his teaching was not for a fashion sake, and as though he cared not whether he did it or not, but with great zeale and diligence. For where he had a righte iudgement of his ministerie, and knewe he was sent of God to be an Em­bassador for Christ (as he testifieth in this later Epistle to the Corinthi­ans the fifthe Chapter) he therefore was very feruent in zeale, bicause he would not be coumpted an vntrustie Ambassadoure vnto God. Also it is euident that the hearers had as good a iudgement of Paules ministe­rie, as of his doctrine, bicause they did vouchsafe to beare him so paci­ently all the night long. By this example is the slouth of our age re­proued, and the great contempt of Goddes woorde. For in the Mini­sters appeare not those tokens of the Apostolike zeale, bicause many of them are occupied more in vaine studies, than in the meditation of Gods woorde, and thinke they haue well discharged their duetie, if they make one or two cold collatiōs in a weke. Again, the people that can not stand long to heare, thinke euery minute of an houre that they spend in hearing of Goddes woorde, an whole day, whereas in trifeling studies, yea in fil­thie and dishonest, they thinke no time, no cost, no laboure too muche. Hereof it commeth to passe, that the authoritie of the Ministerie is despi­sed, and the word of God kept from a great many. See what God sayth of both these euils in Malach. 2. cap. and Amos. 7.

Now followeth the myracle by the which God thought good, Eutichꝰ fal­leth out of a windowe, & dieth. both to approue the ministerie of Paule, and also to stirre men vp to the diligente consydering of Paules doctrine. In the fyrst part whereof, Eutychus is to be consydered, vpon whome the myracle was shewed. As Paule was [Page 736] preaching he sat in a window, either bicause the number of hearers were so many, that there was no seate for him elswhere, or else bicause he wold haue so shaken of slepe, which he perceiued came creping on him. How­beit, at length being ouercome of sleepe, he fel downe, and died of the fall. But if this thing came vnto him whose sleepinesse might many wayes be excused, what thinke we may come to passe and fall on those, which heare the worde of God in contemptuous wise, and while they seeme to sit to heare, either of purpose settle them selues to slepe, or else being ouer­come with surfe [...] and quaffing, are enforced to sleepe? As these men are negligent of their saluation, so they much regard not the maiesty of God. Wherfore it can not be, but the preaching of the gospel must tend to their destruction, which otherwise is the administratrix of saluation vnto the diligent hearers and them that beleeue it. Also we are taughte by this place, that God permitteth vs sometimes to be tempted with doleful and heauie troubles. For, what thing I pray you, could make Paules doctrine to be suspected, seeing his industrie was disturbed with so dolorous a trouble? Yea what enuie should the Apostle haue had, who should haue bene iudged the cause, by reason of his long sermon? But the Lord faileth not those that are his, but by a notable myracle sheweth by and by, that the gospell bringeth saluation, so that whatsoeuer seemeth to make most against it, serueth to the confirmation therof: Let vs learne therefore to iudge rightly of all aduersities that falleth oute, God sendeth them to feare vs, and to haue occasion to exercise his power. Let vs therfore pa­ciently suffer al things, and not doubt of the knowne truth. For so it shal come to passe, that the ende of those things shall be ioyfull, whose begin­ning seemed to vs to be altogither vnprosperous and dolefull, as shall be most euidently declared in the second parte of this miracle, to omit other examples which might be brought.

After this Luke describeth the myraculous raising vp of Eutychus a­gaine, The mira­culous ray­sing agayne of Eutichus. wherein all thing that Paule did, must be considered in order. First assone as he knewe of the matter, he gate him downe to helpe him, and alleageth for his excuse neither the dishnoouring of the Sabothe, nor of the supper. He is not therfore superstitious, but remembring the doctrine of Christe, vnderstandeth that the Sabothe was ordained for man, and that all externe ceremonies must giue place vnto charitie. Therfore they are foolishe superstitious, yea, wicked, which in like necessitie, saye it is vnlawfull to breake the traditions of men, as they which are so bounde vnto Monkishe rules, that they may not helpe their kinsfolke being in daunger or distresse, and thinke no cause sufficient, to interrupt the sacri­fice of the Masse. Then falling vpon the yong man he embraceth him, not bicause he thought he could bring him to life againe, by the touching of his body, but for that he knew this must be done by the power of Christ, whose ambassadour he was. Wherfore this gesture of Paule conteineth the mysterie of our saluation. For by the proud fal of Adam, sinne & death by meane thereof fell on vs all. But in Christ, life and saluation is offred vs, partakers wherof shall all such bee, which being drawne by the doc­trine of the Apostles, as it were by the armes, doe come into the fellow­ship of Christ, through fayth. Furthermore, he friendly comforteth them that are in feare, saying: Make nothing adoe, or be you not troubled. For [Page 737] he was not without cause afraide, (as we saide before) least the weake in faith would hereby much haue swarued. Wherefore he by and by addeth: His life is yet in him. By the which wordes, he denieth not the myracle, but pronounceth modestly of him selfe, bicause he would not seeme to attribute any thing to him selfe, and for that he would giue occasion to no man to thinke of him, aboue that becommed them. Then returning forthwith in­to the chambre againe, he maketh an ende of the distributing the Supper, and beginneth a newe sermon which he continueth vntill morning, and then by sunne vp, taketh his iourney. Herein is Paules wonderfull dili­gence to be commended, which hauing wrought such a myracle, goeth yet on in his vocation, and thinketh he hath not yet fulfilled all his duetie, as some sluggardes vse, but yet great vaunters of their owne labors and tra­uailes, let vs imitate Paules industrie, and thinke that we owe God the more seruice, the greater tokens we perceiue in oure selues of his power and grace, Luke ioyneth vnto this myracle a notable frute of this endeuor and studie. For they brought the yong man aliue. For the woorkes of God are perfecte, and the Apostles beguiled no man with myracles of le­gierdemaine, as Iuglers vse to do. Then the beleeuers were not a little comforted, not only bicause the yong man was restored to life againe, but for that they sawe set before their eyes such an euident testimonie of Gods grace and fauor. By this place are declared vnto vs the frutes that vse al­wayes to followe the studie of the gospell. For it bothe bringeth life vnto vs, bicause the gospell is the power of saluation, vnto all that beleeue in it, and it recreateth the minde with sounde ioy, while it teacheth vs that the Father is reconciled vnto vs through the Sonne. Iohn 16 Which ioye as it is full and perfite: so no man is able to take it from vs.

Furthermore, the Euangelist returneth to the description of Paules voi­age, rehersing in order both the Cities, and places, Paules via­ges wer ful of trauailes and danger. which either they sai­led by, or else made abode in for any time. The situation and standing of which places if any man desire to knowe, he may peruse the tables and bookes of the Geographers. From Troas vnto Asson, Paule went on fote, sending his companions afore by Barche. For he ment either to visite the congregation as he went, or to auoide the anoyance of sailing by Sea. Where yet his humanitie is to be praised, that he would ease his felowes of trauaile, and not abuse their industrie and good will. At length, passing by Ephesus, they come vnto Miletum, or Malta, wher he called the ministers of Asia vnto a Synode. It is wrytten that he made great haste, bicause he purposed to be at Ierusalē at Pentecost, not after the vsage of the Iewes, but bicause of the concursse of people, which he thought should heare him preach, to their great auaile and profite. This place is very notable, con­taining Paules trauailes and ieoperdies. By the which we learne, howe difficult a matter it is, duely and truely to serue God, who can abide none worse than idle and sluggish worshippers. Thus we read Abraham, Isaac, Iacob, Moses, the Prophets, and after them Christ were troubled and em­brued with continuall laboures and perilles. Therefore let vs also pre­pare our selues to labours and daungers, that we be not troubled when they sodainly fall on vs. This place teacheth vs also, of what authoritie the gospell ought to be with vs, which we know was set forth with such paines and trauaile, and with the effusion of so much bloud. For to this [Page 738] ende laboured all the Apostles, and the Prophetes before them, and the very sonne of God, Marke. 1 Luke. 4 who testifieth that he came also to preach and set forth the gospell. Therfore their slouthfulnesse is execrable, which so easely let such a treasure be taken from them. Their religion likewise is preposte­rous, which alwayes hauing in their mouthes the Saintes, and honou­ring of the Saintes, doe in the meane season lothe the doctrine of the gos­pell, for whose sake, tyll the Saintes suffered suche paines, abode so ma­ny daungers, and at length shed their bloud. Let vs therfore haue a true opinion of this treasure (O brethren) by the which only, saluation is offe­red vs, the aucthor wherof is Iesus Christ: to whom be praise, honoure, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxxiij. Homelie.

‘And from Miletus he sent Messengers to Ephesus, & called the elders of the congregation, which when they were come to him, he saide vnto them: ye know from the first day that I came into Asia, after what man­ner I haue bene with you at all seasons, seruing the Lorde with all hum­blenesse of minde, and with many teares and temptations, which came to passe vnto me by the laying await of the Iewes, bicause I would kepe backe nothing that was profitable vnto you, but to shew you and teach you openly, thorow out euery house, witnessing both to the Ievves and also to the Greekes, that the repentance that is towarde God, and that faith which is toward our Lord Iesus.’

THe holy Ghost by the holy wryter Luke, moste diligently re­porteth the Actes of the Apostles of Iesus Christ, partly for that all ministers might haue a presidēt to follow, and part­ly that all men might vnderstande of what aucthoritie the gospell ought to be with vs, which they haue set forth with such great paines and trauailes. And heereunto is this presente Acte of Paule the Apostle to be referred. Who although he made great haste to Ierusalem, and ment to spend no time in Asia, yet he intermitted none of the things, which belonged to the vtilitie of the Churches of Asia. For he calleth before him at Miletus, the Elders or Ministers of Ephesus, and the Cities adioyning, The coun­cel of Mi­letus. and in a general Coūcel, concludeth with them, things of much waight and importance. By which example, as the faith and in­dustrie of Paule appeareth: so we are taught, that the conuocation of mi­nisters with the common consent of all parties, is very necessary for the determination of Ecclesiasticall matters. This maketh for the mainte­nance of discipline in the Church, to kepe vnder the ambition of prelates, to conserue an vnitie in true doctrine, and to beat downe heresies, which many times vse to creepe in, if ministers doe not faithfully sette to their helpes. Heere therfore the error of those that would mingle the workes of the lawe with the faith in Christ, was abolished by a general conuoca­tion, and the truthe defended by aucthoritie of the same. Heereunto that moste godly and prudent Prince Constantine the great, had a respecte, when he vsed to cal the Synodes of Bishops togither, against the which Licunus the publike ennimie of Christian religion did greatly resiste, who [Page 739] by publike Proclamation, as Eusebius wryteth, In his first booke of the life of Con­stantine. forbade the pastoures of the churches to meete or assemble togither. For the craftie & subtile Foxe perceiued, that by consent and vnitie of the Ministers, the Churche, and the confession of a true faith, were cheefely established, and that this con­sent was cheefely maintained by aucthoritie of Counsels. And Antichrist as craftily hath pulled vnto him selfe all aucthoritie of Counsels, to the end that he would not haue his tyrannie kepte vnder, by Counsels law­fully assembled. Also in the Ministers of Asia, is declared a singuler exam­ple of modestie, who although they were more in number, yet refused not the appointment of Paule being but one, who had preached Christ first in those quarters, and whome by many arguments they had proued, was a chosen instrument of Christ. For although the dignitie of all Ministers in the Church is alike, and none ought to chalēge power or aucthoritie ouer other, yet an order is necessary in the Churche, which can neuer be kept and maintained, except Ministers will obserue modestie and humilitie a­mong themselues. And Paule did not therefore call these Pastors of Asia before him, bicause he chalenged any priuate aucthoritie or iurisdiction o­uer them, but bicause it was for the behoofe & auaile of the whole church, that they should haue warning of matters of importance, wherein, he thought not to be behinde for his parte, bicause (as he confesseth other wheres) he knewe him selfe to be a debter bothe to the Iewes and to the Gentiles. Roma. 1.

Furthermore let vs see Paules oration containing in it the causes of the calling of this Synode. The argu­ment of Paules ora­tion made in the coun­sell. For it hath in it a vehement and pithie exhortati­on, that for as muche as they should see him no more, they would followe his example, and diligently kepe the doctrine he had taught them, that they would carefully watche for the sauegarde of the Churche, and stout­ly resist those heretickes, whereof a numbre, very noysome and hurtfull would follow. He exhorteth them the rather by his example, and vrgeth them the more earnestly, bicause that as he was in his owne conscience not culpable, so he communed with them, to whome his credite and dili­gence was well knowne. And in the beginning he comprehendeth brefely bothe the example of his owne life, and the summe of his doctrine.

Concerning his liuing, he sayth thus: Paul rēdreth an accompt of his liuing Yee knowe from the first day I came into Asia, after what manner I haue beene with you, at all seasons, ser­uing the Lorde with all humblenesse of minde, and with many teares and temptations which happened to mee, by the laying await of the Iewes. As he calleth them to witnesses, so he alleageth all the time of his conuersa­tion among them, least any mighte thinke hee had counterfaited godli­nesse for a small seasone, as a great many vse to doe, who when they haue craftily crope and gotte within men through their pretence of ver­tuousnesse, at lengthe moste shamefully bewray their cloked naughti­nesse. For the wicked can not long counterfet godlinesse. But bicause Paule had wholely addicted himselfe vnto Christ and to his religion, therefore he alwayes obserued one tenor of conuersation, and one like studie and trauaile in the Ministerie.

Of this studie and trauaile is it to be vnderstanded, where it is sayde, he serued the Lorde, wherein he maketh mention of three things spe­cially, humblenesse of minde, teares, which the earnest desyre of all [Page 740] mennes saluation caused him to shed, and greeuous temptations which yet could neuer plucke him from doing his office and duetie. By these lette the Ministers of Churches learne what manner of men they ought to be in the Ministerie of the Churche.

And firste lette them laboure for Humilitie, Humilitie. that they ascribe not to them selues impudently any Diuinitie or Godheade (which is the pro­pertie of Antichriste) or contempne any persone in comparison of them­selues, 2. Thessa. 2 and so arrogantly seeke rule and Lordshippe ouer their fellowe Ministers, which thing Peter warneth them of, in his first Epistle and fifthe Chapter. For it becommeth them that will bee Christes Mi­nisters, to followe Christes ensample, who as hee derogateth nothing from the glory of his Father, so hee neuer disdained any persone, in so muche that hee liued very familiarely with Publicanes and sinners, and did witsafe to washe hys Disciples feete, so leauing it to them as an Example of Humilitie, teaching them that they shoulde refuse no kinde of duetifulnesse one towardes an other. Unto Humilitie must bee ioyned a desire to profite all menne, whiche Ministers muste seeke with all diligence, Desire of al mens sal­ [...]ation. yea euen with teares. For hereof we haue an ensam­ple in Christe, who as Mathewe wryteth in the ninthe Chapter was moued euen from the bottome of the heart when he sawe the Iewes go astray like sheepe lacking a Shephearde. And in an other place we read he wepte when hee behelde Ierusalem, that vnkinde and bloudy Citie, knowing that for their greeuous wickednesse, and irrepentant mindes, they should shortly come to destruction. Luke. 19

The like affection of Charitie we see in Moses, who chose rather to bee wyped oute of the Booke of life, than to see the destruction of his Coun­trymen. Exod. 32 Samuel the Prophete had the like in him also, who hearing that God hadde forsaken Saule, tooke suche a care of heart therefore, that he ceased not mourning till God reprehended him for it. 1. Sam. 15.16 1. Sam. 15. and▪ 16. And that Paule proudely bragged not of this affection, bothe his faith­full and continuall diligence to sette foorthe the publike saluation pro­ueth, and also this, that for the Iewes sake which were hys mortall ennemyes, hee wished to be accursed. And surely as many as well vnder­stande the reason of their Ministerie, cannot wante thys affection, for where they heare that menne are borne againe by their Ministerie, they take them for theyr Children, whome they bryng vnto GOD, and they vse to embrace them with a Fatherly affection, which if any man wante, doubtlesse hee aboundantly declareth that hee vnderstandeth not the dignitie of hys Ministerie. But there muste bee also ioyned heereunto a thirde thing, that they fall not in the time of temptation, or being ouercomen with feare, Iohn. 10 forsake not their Churches, when perse­cution ariseth. For Christ saithe, that this is the propretie of hirelings. Yea lette them thincke that their Faithe and constancie is then cheefe­ly required, Constancy. when they see bothe them selues, and their sheepe most of all tempted. And if a manne woulde compare those, that nowe a dayes will bee called Successoures of the Apostles wyth this Example of Paule, it shall easely appeare howe little or nothyng of Paules heart and minde is in them, bicause in pride they exceede all barbarous Princes, they fill the world full of warres they haue no pitie of the sheepe that goe [Page 741] astray, but are only careful how to prouide for them and theirs, with the common losse and detriment of other men.

But lette vs retourne vnto Paule, who rendering an accompte of hys Doctrine, setteth out a perfecte patterne of the same, Paul giueth an accounte of his do­ctrine. not one­ly to the Ephesians and those of Asia, but to all Ministers, for all tymes and all places. And fyrste he sayth, he didde all things among them of good purpose and intente: I kepte backe nothyng that was profitable vnto you, but shewed you it. &c. The sense is, He taughte all things. that hee kepte from them nothyng, that was necessarie for them to knowe. The same is required of all Ministers, to teache the doctrine of sal­uation perfectly, and to keepe backe nothyng, for the worldes plea­sure. Yea, the more the worlde rageth, the more muste the trumpe of the worde sounde, that they suffer not the truthe to bee oppressed and ouercome with the fury of the worlde. Heere is reproued the er­rour of them, whych thinke it good to yeelde somewhat to the eni­myes of truthe, that they bee not the more incensed by playnenesse of teaching: as thoughe they became not the fiercer throughe the slothe of Ministers, whyle they thynke men feare them, and the Ministers distruste their grounde and quarell. It is heere chiefly to bee noted, that the Apostles teache all thinges fully and perfectly that concerne the saluation of man, so that there needeth no additions or patches to supply or make vp their doctrine. For it is euident that Chryst concea­leth nothing from them, prouing by this argument that he tooke them for his friendes, bycause he reuealed all thinges vnto them, that he receyued of his father. He promised them his spirite, to prompt them, Iohn. 15. and put them in remembraunce of all things, which we haue seene be­fore they receyued. Therefore the doctrine of the Apostles is full and perfecte, whereby they taughte Iesus Chryste onely vnto the Churche, as their Epistles and Sermons aboundantly declare. Therefore they do great iniurie both to Chryste and his Apostles, which dare coyne newe Articles of fayth, and thruste into the Churche diuers things expressely contrary to the doctrine of the Apostles.

Secondely, hee declareth the manner that hee obserued in teaching, He taughte both priuat­ly & apertly whyle hee saythe he taughte bothe priuately and apertly thoroughout euery house, witnessing bothe to the Iewes and also to the Gentiles. These thinges declare the continuall trauell of the Apostle, wherewith he was so enflamed, that as he sette before all men the doctrine of sal­uation, so he omitted nothing, which made for the saluation of all men. Wee learne heereby what the beste trade and manner of teaching is. Firste, all thinges muste bee declared generally and openly that be­long to saluation, so that all men may vnderstande what they ought eyther to doo, or to leaue vndoone.

But bycause all men do not yelde of their owne accorde, and yet many tymes they offende of carelesnesse more than of malice, without offence of others, it behoueth also to adioyne priuate admonitions, exhortations, and reprehensions. For if it be the duetie of euery Christian to admonishe his neighboure, and to bring him into the way that is out of it, howe muche more oughte the Minister thus to doo, of whome Chryste one day shall require an accompte of the office committed vnto hym? [Page 742] But by this word witnessing, is noted an earnest and free kinde of speech, without the which all other things are but colde. It is diligently to be considered, what authoritie the Minister hath ouer the sheepe commit­ted to his charge, seeing that he muste teache and exhorte them, bothe openly and priuily through euery house. Where also may be gathered, howe they ought to bee taken, which will not be admonished neither publikely nor priuately of their Ministers. For why shoulde they bee iudged the sheepe of Chryst, which presumptuously disdayne the voyce of their shepheard.

Finally he cōprehendeth the summe of his doctrine in two poynts, that is to say, The sūme of Paules doctrine. in repentaunce toward God, and fayth in Iesus Chryst. These things agree with the commaundement of Chryst, which appoynted the Apostles to preach repentaunce and forgiuenesse of sinnes in his name. Wherby it appeareth that Paule preached a true Gospell, and also what maner of doctrine ought to be preached. And heere repentaunce hathe the first place, which otherwheres we haue defined to be a conuerting or turning vnto God: which diffinition Paule alloweth, where he sayth, he taught repentaunce towarde God, Luc. 24. that is, such a thing as men turne vnto God by. Of this tooke the Apostles the beginning of their prea­ching, as Chryst commaunded them, bicause we haue all gone out of the way, and are of nature corrupte. And bycause wee flye the sighte of God, as Adam did, therfore must fayth in Chryst also be preached, which teacheth vs that wee are reconciled to the father through meane of his sonne, by whome wee beeing borne agayne of the immortall seede of Gods worde, are made the children of God. Therefore their errour is very hurtefull and shamefull, whiche still vrge penaunce, but in the meane whyle neglecte faythe, without the whiche repentaunce can not stande. For howe shoulde he returne vnto God, which hath not Chryste, Iohn. 14. who onely is the way, the lighte, and the truthe, and with­out whom no man commeth vnto the father? But bycause we haue en­treated of these matters other wheres, more at large, let these fewe suffise for this season. Let all men learne by Paules example to iudge of Doctrines, and not suffer any manner of doctrine to be thrust in a­mong them, but suche as teacheth a true conuersion vnto God, through fayth in Iesus Chryste, to whome be prayse, honor, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The Cxxxiiij. Homelie.

‘AND now behold I go bounde in the spirite vnto Ierusalem, not kno­wing the things that shall come on me there, but that the holy Ghost witnesseth in euery Citie, saying, that bands and troubles abide me. But none of these things moue me, neither is my life deare vnto my selfe, that I might fulfill my course with ioy, and the ministration that I haue recey­ued of the Lorde Iesu, to testifie the Gospell of the grace of God. And now behold I am sure, that hencefoorth ye all through whom I haue gone [Page 743] preaching the kingdome of God, shall see my face no more. Wherefore I take you to recorde this day, that I am pure from the bloud of all men. For I haue spared no laboure, but haue shewed you all the counsayle of God.’

ALthough Iesus Chryst the sonne of God, whyle he was in this world, alwayes loued his Disciples maruelously, yet he declared most euident tokens of his loue, a little be­fore his gooing away, as those graue and wholsome ad­monitions that he gaue them at his laste Supper, abun­dauntly declare. Paule following his example, was not onely carefull for the saluation of Churches, whyle he was among them, but when he departed from them: yea beeing absent, he much more ma­nyfestly declared, howe neare his harte the welfare of them all dyd sitte. This appeareth euerywhere in all his Epistles, but specially in this ora­tion which he made in the Synode at Miletum, before the Pastours and Ministers of Asia. For where he foresawe that he shoulde neuer come a­gayne to the Churches of Asia, and knewe what daunger was lyke to follow, by false teachers, after he was gone, therefore he warneth them with all trustinesse and diligence possible, both of their duetyes, and o­ther things necessarie for their saluation. But chiefly, he setteth before them his owne example, to purchase the more authoritie to his ad­monition, whereof bycause we yesterday intreated sufficiently ynough, nowe we will come to the explication of this present place.

For there followeth a reason of the cause that moued him so earnestly to vrge his owne example: verily, euen for that he was vpon departure, The Argu­ment of this place. and should returne no more to them agayne. For hereof he gathered, that they ought to follow the example of their Apostle and teacher, & with all diligence to take vpon them the care of the Church, least they should lose that through their slouthe and negligence, which he had gotten with so great labours and trauell. And this is the whole summe of this place. It shall be good to consider all things in the order that they are declared, and to seeke out what mysteries lye hidden in euery worde.

First, and now beholde (sayth he) I go bounde in the spirite, Paule by the guyding of Gods spirite goeth to Ie­rus [...]lem. vnto Ierusa­lem. By the which words he vnderstandeth a secrete motion of the holy Ghost, which we see was alwayes his guide in all his dooings. Unto whō, although he willingly obeyed (as the things folowing declare) yet he testifieth, that he is led bounde as it were, least he might seeme ouer lightly or rashly to tempt God, by putting himselfe in daunger without a cause. He declareth therefore, that he coulde not do otherwise, vnlesse he would obstinately wrastle with the spirite of God. This maner of Paules speaking teacheth vs, how we should regard both the secret suggestions of the holy Ghost, & also his open and expresse oracles. They muste be like bāds wherby our wayward & striuing flesh must be brought to the obedi­ence of faith, & that willingly, least we fele the mightie hand of god to our great losse & calamitie: who bringeth thē which had lefer to folow the sē ­suality of flesh, than to obey his calling, euen perforce to that he willeth. Thus we read he was angry with Moses, refusing y e office that he offered [Page 744] him. Exod 4. Iere. 1. Exod. 4. And vnto Ieremie doing the lyke, and alleaging his youthe he sayde in wrathfull wyse. Saye not, I am to yong. For thou shalte go to all that I shall send thee vnto▪ and whatsoeuer I commaunde thee, that shalt thou speake. &c. Iere. 1. What happened vnto Ionas for refusing the vocation of God, is more euident than nedeth rehearsal of wordes.

Paule is cal­led vnto manifest daungers.So from this matter he commeth by litle & litle to his purpose, saying: I knowe not what shall become of me there, nor what the cause is that the spirite so vrgeth me, to take this iourney, but the same spirite telleth me, that euery where, afflictions and bands are prepared for me, which thing the holie Prophets in euery Church with one consent testifie. Yet must I goe thorough all these pykes and daungers, yea and through death also, considering it so semeth good vnto God, who only hath power both vpon my selfe and death. This place is very worthye to be consydered, bicause it may serue much both for our instruction and consolation. For first it de­clareth the faythfull care of God, which vseth to defende and prouide for those that be his. For where he loueth entirely, he can not chose but consi­der them, and giue them warning in time, of all thinges that shall befall them. For howe can he neglecte his seruauntes that honoure him, seing he foresheweth the paines of the wicked, & bringeth no calamitie vpon them, but he first warneth them thereof by his Prophetes. Nexte we see howe God also warneth those that be his, Paule vnderstoode, that bands & afflic­tions were prepared for him, at Hierusalem. But what the ende hereof should be, the holy Ghoste, as yet had not reueled vnto him. God there­fore after a generall sorte, for the most parte, admonisheth those that bee his, although he declare not the perticulers of euery thing. For he reuea­leth asmuch vnto them, as is needefull for them to know, so that they may prepare themselues to beare the Crosse, but to leaue all the successe there­of vnto him. So we haue generall predictions, whereby we are admoni­shed, that we shall suffer tribulations and aduersities in the worlde.

The chiefe vse whereof is, that we shoulde prepare our selues to beare them, least if they fel on vs vnarmed, they would be occasion of greater of­fence. Thirdely it behoueth vs to obserue the counsell of God, which he is wont meruellously to shewe, towarde his faythfull seruaunts. Paule be­ing many times before warned of the brethren, eyther by flying saued him selfe, or else prudently defeated his ennimies awaytes. Nowe is he also admonished of bandes and afflictions, but he is so vrged and prycked for­warde by the spirit of God, that he vnderstandeth he must wade through the middle of them, notwithstanding the brethren greatly dissuade him to the contrarie. We reade also that Iesus Chryst, sometime auoyded the at­temptes and laying wayte of his enimies, yet at length he commeth forth to meete them, when he perceiued his houre was come, and that the eter­nall decree of his heauenly father so required. These thinges teach vs, that daungers are not alwayes sufficient occasions, for a man to flye. For when we are vrged with the sure vocation of God, we must not suffer our selues to be reuoked, neyther through fire nor sworde, nor floudes of the maine Sea (as once happened at the redde Sea) from doing our duetie, wherevnto we perceyue we are called of God.

Paules con­stancie and faith.But bycause he woulde not put his friendes and brethren to much in feare, he vseth an Apostolyke and Christian consolation, saying: Howe of [Page 745] None of these things moue me. As who should say: I woulde not haue you to be greeued for my sake. For why should you take any sorrowe for these things, that I make no accounte off? Why Paule, doest thou then contemne the Oracles of the holy Ghost, and the louing admonitions of thy brethren? No, but I therfore little esteeme the present daungers that be at hande, bicause I passe little of my life, that is to say, I esteeme not this temporall lyfe, more than my vocation, which the Lorde hathe appoynted me vnto. Yea, I desire to finishe my course ioyfully, and to sa­tisfie my office and duetie by publishing the Gospell of the grace of God in all places. Therefore where I haue long sithence dedicated my lyfe vnto Chryste, imprisonmentes and afflictions can not make me afrayde. This example of Paule declareth howe the godly should vse themselues in aduersitie. Firste they shoulde not so care for tribulations, that for the auoyding of them, they shoulde committe any vncomely and vnworthy parte. Otherwise God will not haue vs ledde with that Stoikes indo­lencie, but that wee shoulde not haue more consideration of our selfe, than of his vocation. There can bee no greater comforte in this case, than if men oftentimes meditate vppon Gods prouidence, which Christ setteth before his Disciples, and Dauid maketh this to bee his onely defence and safest Sanctuarie, Math. 10. Psalm 56. that he beleeueth His fleetings are num­bred with God, and hys teares putte in his bottell. Math. 10. Psalm. 56. Nexte, let them take heede that they preferre not this temporall lyfe, before the eternall. Let them rather consider howe God hath lente vs this lyfe, to liue vnto him, and if neede also so require, to dye vnto him. And bicause we must once dye, we can neuer dye happelier, than in Gods vocation. For so shall that saying of Dauid be verified on vs, Psalm 116. Precious in the sighte of the Lorde is the death of his Saincts. And if it be vnlawfull to preferre this lyfe before the life euerlasting, Math. 16. howe muche lesse oughte we to preferre riches, honours, pleasures, and suche other worldely com­modities as these, before the same? For what aduantageth it a man to get all the worlde, and to lose his soule? Or what thing is so precious, Luc. 9. that it can redeeme but one soule? Finally, the godly muste labour all that in them is, to passe all aduersities ioyfully, and to accomplishe their course, that is, the office wherewith they are put in charge, prosperously. For it su [...]fiseth not to beginne well, but to continue still on, as wee haue often tymes declared. Let all men therefore remember that this lyfe is lyke vnto a race, the ende whereof is death, which they moste ioyfully take holde of which do their duetie euen vnto the ende.

But before we go any further, The gospel the grace of God. let vs see how Paule speaketh of the Gos­pell and the Ministerie thereof. He calleth it the Gospell of the grace of God, of the effecte thereof, bycause it offereth to vs the grace of God: it teacheth vs that we be reconciled to God the father, through his sonne Iesus Chryste. Hereby it appeareth what great vngodlynesse theirs is, which wickedly disdaine and contemne the Gospell. They be like vnto se­dicious people, which thinke it not inough to moue and stirre sedition a­gaynst the Magistrates but wil also scornfully deride the grace which is offred them of the Magistrates, and fowly intreate the messangers sent vnto them with the same. For it is euident that all we are gyltie of sedi­tion against God, & haue deserued destruction. But God pardoneth al our [Page 746] o [...]fences for the merite of his sonne, and declareth that grace and fauor to vs by his Gospell. Whiche, whosoeuer refuse, verily they declare them­selues to be vtterly inexcusable, and vnworthy of pardon hereafter. Again speaking of the ministery, he vseth this word, testifying, wherby we haue oftentimes declared, is vnderstanded a playn, free, & earnest kinde of prea­ching. For the Gospell is not a bare and simple narration of a thing done, but a testimonie of Iesus Chryst. And Chryste him selfe calleth his Apo­stles witnesses. Iosu. 15. Actes. 1. They earnestly therefore preached Chryst, yea they testifi­ed not onely in words and deedes, but also by their lyfe and bloud, that Chryst was the sauiour of the worlde, for the which cause they are com­monly called Martyrs. That we say the Apostles did, the same muste all christians do likewise. Math. 8. For Christ wil haue vs to confesse him before this worlde, and acknowledgeth none for his seruants which are ashamed of him & his gospell, before this adulterous & naughty generation. But con­cer [...]ing Paule, bicause he would haue his exhortation to haue the more au­thoritie with thē, he repeateth in a short recapitulation, to what ende he spake those things which he had heretofore said, Paule fore­sheweth his death. he maketh mētion again of his departure, & not that only, but also he plainly testifieth, y t they shall see him no more hereafter, saying: And now behold I am sure, that hence­foorth al you, through whō I haue gone preaching the kingdom of God, shal see my face no more. Here he doth as parēts vse to do, being redy to depart this life, which in their admonitiōs oftētimes vse the like, therby meaning to leaue the sharper stings in the harts of their childrē. Paules intent & pur­pose is worthy of al praise & diligēt obseruation, whose maruelous & bold constāce appereth in these few words. For althogh he knoweth that this is the last meting he shold haue with thē, & therfore loketh for nothing but death, yet he doth not with womanly weping bewaile his departure, nor vttreth any tokē of sadnes or priuat sorow, but is only carefull for y e welth of their churches, & only desireth thē to be careful for the same. Which ex­ample teacheth vs, what minds we should haue in the consideration of death, or else when death approcheth & is at hand. We must in such case be­ware of this womānish pulinesse, wherwith many so bewaile their state & condition, as though God had apointed thē only to dye: & are with such so­row & care pulled frō their kinsfolke & friends, as though there remained none in the world, through whose care & prouidēce they might liue in safe­tie whē they were gone. Howbeit they ought rather to remēber, that this is the way of al flesh, Iosu. [...]4. 1. Reg. 2. as Iosua & Dauid testifie. What iniurie then receyue we, if we do but as al others do? As touching our frēds, wiues & children, neither do we lose them by death, but either we send thē afore, beeing our selues shortly after redy to folow, or els we go before thē, to that place whither they must folow, where Christ hath prepared vs a countrey, & where the faithful of al natiōs shal sit with Abraham, Math. 8. Isaac, & Iacob. And the tutor & patrone of those we leaue behind vs is God, whō the scriptures call the defender of the strāgers and widows, Psal. 68. & the father of the fatherlesse. Ther­fore they must be cōmitted to his charge, & we must takewith stedfast faith that way which leadeth to heuē, through the merite of Chryst. Last of all Paule vseth a most weighty protestatiō, Paules pro­testation. wherin he layeth the fault of their perdition on their owne heads, if they neglect the Churches committed to their charge, and suffer them to stray from the fayth. I take you (sayth [Page 747] he) to recorde this day, that I am pure from the bloud of all men. The rea­son is, for that I haue spared no labour, but haue shewed you al the councell of God. Undoutedly he had a respect vnto the words of God red in Eze. 3. & .33. Where the bloud of those that perish is imputed to the minister, if he do not expresly giue them warning, but him self is free frō al fault, if he do his duetie faithfully. And bycause Paule so did, as one not culpable in his owne conscience, thus he speaketh. Also he seemeth to follow the example of singular men, such as Moses & Iosua were, Deut. 30. Iosu. 24. who we read vsed not much vnlike protestations, a little before their death. Paules example teacheth vs, that they are excused before God, which do their dutie, although they little or nothing preuayle among the people committed to their charge. For they are gyltie of destruction that continue in incurablenesse. And this doctrine is not to be applied onely to the Ministers, but also vnto all de­grees of men. And that it ought to haue place in the Magistrates, the ex­ample of Iosias declareth, whome the holy Ghoste maruellously com­mendeth, although he had many in his kingdome, yea in his Courte, that were not very sounde, and many playne incurable and wicked, as the Sermons of Sophonias the Prophete testifie. The lyke reason is to be made of Parents. For oftentimes it commeth to passe, that godly fa­thers haue children that go out of kinde, and yet the childrens wicked­nesse is not preiudiciall to the fathers, if they fayle not of their duetie, in seeing to their children. Wee haue ensamples in the sonnes of Iacob the Patriarche, of Dauid, and of diuers like. But if Magistrates and parents forget their duetie, and with ouermuche tendernesse or euill example, in­fect those that are committed to their charge, then the seueritie of Gods iudgement, will fall vpon them, as we see in the Scripture by the exam­ple of Heli. Heere haste thou what to aunswere to suche, 1. Sam. 2.3. and .4. that thinke it good to cease where no hope of profyte is. This is nowe obiected both agaynst Magistrates and Ministers, and with this argument the slug­gish vse to flatter themselues. But do thou thinke that thy soule is also in danger, which thou canst deliuer none other wayes, than by faythful dili­gence, and if thou deliuer hir, then thinke not that thou haste laboured in vayne. It appereth also by this place, what a miserable condition they are in, who, where their predecessors haue wel discharged their duetie before, they eyther like sluggardes giue ouer, or else with their naughtinesse cor­rupte that, that other before them haue well ordered. For they are altogi­ther gyltie, and voyde of excuse before God, forasmuch as they which be­fore had the charge of them are cleare from the bloud of them. This ought to be obserued in the Churches of this age, reformed by the word of God. The reformatiō hereof was both laborious & very dangerous. What ex­cuse then shall the light backsliders haue, seeing that the very dust of the Ministers, shall suffise to conuince thē, as we haue otherwheres declared? The like is nedeful to be obserued in the cōmon weale. In Heluetia we en­ioy a libertie redemed with the bloud of our Auncestrie. Good lawes are made out of the doctrine of the Gospell, & a discipline of maners instituted with much labour & paynes. Then wo vnto vs wretches & worthy of all punishmēt, if either through cowardly fear, or light demeanor or wicked­nesse, we suffer these things to be takē frō vs, in which our publike weale cōsisteth. So the faythful industrie & care of the parents, maketh the chil­dren [Page 748] inexcusable, if they bee not aunswerable vnto the same. Finally it is all mens duetie well to remember this, least whyle they flatter them selues, they put the faulte in another, whereof they are guyltie. It is further worthy to bee obserued, that Paule hath shewed them all the councell of God, namely touching our redemption and saluation. Wee knowe otherwyse that there are many thinges in the prouidence of God, which it is not lawefull for vs to searche out, neither can they be declared by tong, suche as Paule testifieth he heard in the thirde hea­uen. But he omitted none of the things whiche concerne our saluation, bycause he hath declared the causes and reason thereof, 2. Cor. 12. and also moste truely reported the dueties of them which are saued. Whervpon agayne wee gather, that the Apostles doctrine conteyned in the Scriptures, is perfect and absolute in all poyntes. Therfore the vanitie of them is ve­ry rashe, which thruste the traditions of men into the Church, whereof the greatest part playnly repugne agaynst the doctrine of the Apostles, which teache vs, that Chryste alone is our Sauiour. For it can not be, that the things so playnely repugnaunt amongest them selues, can haue one selfe spirite of God, to bee the author of them. Laste of all, thou shalte note, that thoughe Paule shewed all the counsell of God vn­to the Ephesians, yet afterwarde he wrote an Epistle to them, where­in he expounded the same vnto them agayne. By this example wee are taughte, what a care and consideration Ministers of the Churche muste haue of all mens saluation, and howe lyttle Apostolyke they are, which so easily neglecte the Churches. In the meane season let vs learne to embrace with true fayth and obedience the councell of God, reuea­led to vs by the Apostles, in Iesus Chryste, that wee followyng the same, may attayne vnto true saluation, throughe Iesus Chryste our onely Lorde and Sauiour, to whome be prayse, honour, power and glo­ry, for euer. Amen.

The Cxxxv. Homelie.

‘TAke hede therfore vnto yourselues, and to all the flocke, among whom the holy ghost hath made you ouerseers, to rule the congregation of God, which he hath purchased with his bloud. For I am sure of this, that af­ter my departure shall greeuous wolues enter in among you, not sparing the flocke. Moreouer of your owne selues shal men arise, speaking peruerse things to draw Disciples after them. Therfore awake and remember that by the space of three yeres I ceased not to warne euery one of you night and day with teares. And now brethren I cōmend you to God, and to the worde of his grace, which is able to builde further, and to giue you an in­heritance among all them which are sanctified.’

SEing nothing is more deare and precious to God than the church, which he hath purchased with the bloud of Christ, it becommeth all men, that will be compted for Gods ser­uauntes and frendes, to studie for the prese [...]uation therof: but cheefely this care belongeth to the Ministers of the woorde, bicause God hath made them peculiar ouerseers [Page 749] of his Churche, and will heereafter require an accompt of their steward­ship. For the which cause Paule the Apostle, being ready to forsake Asia, called to the Ministers of the Church, and in open assembly before them, discoursed diligently of al things, which appertained to the administrati­on of the charge committed vnto them. And first he setteth before them his owne example, and speaketh of his going away from them, with a moste graue protestation, that they might know, how al the charge of the church hereafter lay on them only, and therfore that they ought the more earnestly and zelously to laboure therein. Moreouer after these premisses he commeth nearer, admonishing them more plainely of their duetie, al­leaging moste pithie reasons, the rather to prouoke them.

First, propounding the summe of the matter in fewe wordes, he saythe: Let Mini­sters take héede to thē selues. Take hede vnto your selues, and to all the flocke. By this worde (attending or taking hede,) he commēdeth to them an earnest studie, that they should not think they had then done their duetie, when they had but superficial­ly seene vnto it, but that they should know there was great neede of care and circumspection. And he propoundeth two things, wherein they had neede to be circumspect. First he saith: Take hede to your selues. This he commaundeth them, bicause they should not think their selues excepted or excused, but that their health and wel doing was in hazard, as well as o­ther mennes. And as it is scarce credible, that they shall haue any earnest care of others saluation, which neglect their owne: so they, which beeing set in high degree, ought to view the life, manners, and conuersation of o­thers, can not be out of daunger. For either they shal swarue at one side, and runne into ruine, being puffed vp with vaine glory, or else they shal be drawne from doing their duetie, by being offended with mennes vniuste iudgements of them. Therfore it is not without a cause, that he admoni­sheth them to take heede of them selues. And heere it behoueth pastoures to haue a special care of two things. The one is doctrine, wherein they can not erre without manifest detriment. That their doctrine therefore may be true, let it be taken from the mouthe of God, which speaketh vnto vs, in the scriptures, and distributing the same in prudēt maner, let them vse it duely, in time and place, that al things may serue to edification. Bi­cause this is a matter of no small importance, the continuall studie and reading of holy scripture is needeful, as the same Paule teacheth vs in an other place. The other is conuersation of life, 1. Timoth. 4 2. Timoth. 3 which in Ministers behoo­ueth to be well ordered, and blamelesse, least they destroy with their euill example, that they builde vp by their doctrine, and that by their meanes, bothe doctrine and religion growe not in contempt, as we read it came to passe sometimes vnder the children of Hely, and the wicked Priests, that returned from Babylon. 1. Sam. 2. Malach. 1. and .2. 1. Sam. 2. Mala. 1.2 And for the auoyding of these and such like things, it is necessary that they haue a good regard not onely to their owne persons, but also to their whole familie. For how shall he be able to rule the Churche of God, which is not able to rule hys owne house? 1. Timoth. 3. Titus. 1. 1. Timoth. 3. Tit. 1 Then secondly he commendeth to them the charge of the whole flocke, wherein he is somewhat long, as wee shall heare. Under this worde flocke, he comprehendeth the Church, Let Mini­sters looke vnto the whole flock therin folowing both the Prophets and Chryst, which many times vsed the like Allegorie or translation. And the vse of this word is very com­modious, [Page 750] bicause it containeth in it very expressely, all states and degrees of men, as doe these woordes, house, and familie, whereby otherwhiles the Church vseth to be termed. For these woordes admonishe both the Ministers, and the people, of their duetie.

The Ministers learne that the care of al men appertaineth vnto them, and that it is not lawfull for them, to neglecte any man, be hee learned or vnlearned, noble or base, rich or poore, maister or seruaunt, but must ra­ther thinke, that in a great house are many and diuers instruments which the good man of the house will haue all the seruauntes to haue a diligent and conuenient care off. Againe, the hearers learne, that all men vniuer­sally, of what estate or degree so euer they bee, ought to bee subiect to the Ministerie and Discipline of the woorde, and that no man is free there­from, which will bee accoumpted one of Goddes flocke or familie. For that that God saide vnto Hieremie, Ierem 1 is well knowne to euery bodie: Be­holde, this day doe I make thee a strong fensed Towne, an yron▪ Piller, and a Brasen wall againste the whole lande, againste the Kings and migh­tie men of Iuda, against the Preestes and people of the lande. Therefore, it was not without a cause that the Prophetes in times past, tooke vp­pon them to reprehende and admonishe all states of men, as their Ser­mones testifie, whome Iohn the Baptist did immitate, and reprehen­ded not only the common people, but also the Publicanes, Souldioures, Scribes, and Priestes, moste earnestly, yea, hee was so bolde to tell He­rode the King, that it was not lawful for him to kepe his brothers wife. The like did Christe, beeing otherwise the miledest man that euer was, which would not deuide the inheritaunce betweene the brethren, bicause hee would doe nothing not belonging to his office. The same did the A­postles, and their successoures, whose laboures and trauailes, the church dothe reuerence yet to this day. Therefore their blockishnesse is very grosse, and their rebellion very obstinate, which challenge to them selfe a certaine immunitie and freedome, saying, the Ministers haue nothing to doe with their matters.

But bicause it is needefull with reasons to vrge and sette forward our dull fleshe in difficulte and daungerous functions, Paule therefore vseth reasons, and in the beginning hee comprehendeth diuers in very fewe woordes. For he saythe: Looke vnto the flocke, among whome the ho­ly Ghoste hathe made you ouerseers, to feede the congregation of GOD, which he hath purchased with his bloude.

Ministers are ordai­ned of God.First, hee alleageth God to be the aucthor of his Ministerie, to declare that they are not free and at their owne libertie, but ought to be occupied in the vocation of God, vnto whome they shall once giue an accompte, as Christe teacheth in the Parables of the Talentes and Stewarde. Math. 25. Luke. 16. Hee maketh mention of the holy Ghoste by name, bicause Christe by him doth cheefely rule and gouerne his Churche, as in the first and seconde Chapi­ters of this Booke we might perceiue. And this is a waightie reason if we consider howe we shall giue an accoumpt vnto him, from whome no­thing is hidden, and which beholdeth with what minde and beleefe wee doe all things, and which is not onely a iudge, but also a swifte witnesse against all those, which cast from them the feare of him, and neglect their duetie, Malach. 3 as he threatneth them in the Prophet. And this reason ought to [Page 751] awake and stirre vp, not onely the Ministers of the woorde, but also all other personnes, which take God for the aucthoure of their vocation and estate.

Let Magistrates remember, that they are aduaunced to honoure and dignitie by God, and that he sitteth in the middle of them, and that they shall not escape, if they neglect their Office. Psal. 82. Let Lordes and Maisters remember, that they also haue a Maister in Heauen, vnto whome they shall geue an accoumpte. Ephe. 6. Let married folke remember that God is the aucthor of their estate, who as he hathe appoynted the marriage Cham­ber to bee honourable, so will hee greeuously punishe Adoulterers and Whoremongers. Hebrues. 13. Also let Parentes consider, that God hathe giuen them a charge ouer their Children, Heb. 13. and therefore that they canne not neglecte their Children wythoute the manifest faulte of vn­trustinesse. Likewyse lette Seruauntes and Subiectes learne to obey their Maisters and Princes, not onely for feare of punishment, but also for conscience sake, bicause GOD hath made them subiecte vnto them, whose sight they shall neuer beguile▪ though they can beguile men.

Thys doone, hee setteth before them, the ende of theyr duetie, saying, Secondly, the ende of Ministers, is to féede. they are made ouerseers by the holy Ghoste to feede the Church of God. Hee alludeth vnto Ezechiel in the thirde, and thirtie three Chapters, where the Prophetes are called ouerseers, or watchmen. And to the ende they shoulde not thinke that their duetie consisted in a bare and vaine spe­culation, hee vseth this woorde, to feede, to the intente they shoulde re­member they were feeders, and therefore oughte to fulfill the duetie of feeders. These poynts are partly expressed by Christ in the 10. of Iohn, & partly by Ezechiel in the foure and thirtie Chapiter. For a good Shepe­heard bringeth his flocke into well grown pastures, he goth before them like a Faithfull guide, hee seeketh for them that are strayed and lost, hee bringeth them home againe, he bindeth vp his woundes that is contrite in heart and conscience, he strengtheneth the weake, he keepeth them vn­der that growe to fatte, hee stoutely resisteth the Wolues, and all these things he doth circumspectly, and with iudgement.

Paule admonisheth the Ephesians and Ministers of Asia, of all these things, where he saythe they are appoynted to feede. Woulde God the Bishoppes of our dayes would remember these things, who where they doe none of these things, but all things quite contrary, yet after an impu­dent sorte, they challenge to them selues, not onely the titles of Bishops, but also exercise a manifest tyrannie ouer the Churche, and like Princes of this world, obtaine a kingdome vpon earth, contrary to the commaun­dement of Christe. But what they shall haue for their laboure, see Ezechi­el. 34. and Zacharie the .11. Chapiters.

The third reason is deduced of the dignitie of the Churche, which ap­peareth in this, for that God purchased it with hys bloude. Thirdly, the dignitie of y e church. Hee at­tributeth bloud vnto God by a figure called communione, or propretie of tongues, bicause Iesus Christ which is God from euerlasting, at a time long beefore appointed, became man, and redeemed the Churche with the price of his bloud. Therefore the Church is deare vnto Christ, and they are guiltie of the bloud of Christ, that neglecte the Church, and either abolishe the profite thereof themselfe, or else suffer it to perishe and decay. [Page 752] Marke howe the Churche belongeth to no one man, but vnto God, who hath redeemed and purged hir with his bloud, Ephe. 5 and espoused hir vnto him selfe. Therefore, as no man may challenge vnto him selfe, rule ouer the spouse of God: so euery one that is a membre of the same, must looke that they consecrate them selues to God onely, and addicte not them selues to worship any creature, that they be not punished for their execrable forni­cation. 1. Peter. 1 Also this serueth for our consolation, that it is impossible, that God should neglecte them, whome hee redeemed with so great a price. Thinke that there is the like reason before God of all creatures. For as euery man is created after the image of God: so are they redeemed and purchased with the bloud of the sonne of God. Shalt thou then go vnpu­nished, if thou slaunder any of them, do him wrong, violently hurt him, or contumeliously disdaine him, or offend him in religion, or conuersation of life? Read the things wrytten of Paule. Rom. 14. which make muche for this place, and the .8. chapter of the first to the Corinthians.

Fourth of necessitie.The fourth reason, is borowed of necessitie. For he declareth that it is necessary, that the church be diligently seene vnto, bicause it was in great daunger of wolues, or false teachers. For althoughe the shepheard may sometimes be at leasure, or take his sleepe, when there is no suspition of daunger: yet then is it no time of idlenesse nor sleepe, when the Wolues begin to howle, and to be seene comming in companies togither. I am sure (saith Paule) that after my departure, grieuous wolues shall enter in, which shal not spare the flock: yea of your owne selues shall men arise, which shall miserably peruert the simple doctrine of truth, labouring rather to gette to them selues schollers, than to Christ, whose glory they ought only to seke. Paule knew that such should arise, euen by peculiar reuelation of the holy spirite. 1. Tim. 4 For otherwheres prophesying of false teachers, he maketh the holy Ghost the aucthor of prophesie. Howbeit, let vs marke in this place, the faithfull care of God, in vsing to prouide for his Church. The Church is as a flock or Kid in the midle of a sort of wolues. But God so careth for hir that he giueth hir diligent warning, not only of present dangers, but also of daungers to come. For there are Prophesies of Antichrist, and Antichristian teachers. Christ also reasoning of the later dayes, so descri­beth these false Prophets, that he must willingly and wittingly perish, that beleeueth them. The wrytings of the Apostles are full of the like aduertisements, which for breuities sake I omit. In the meane time we learne howe they dote, which nowe a dayes would haue nothing but the bare doctrine of truthe taught, but will not haue the Church admonished of present daungers, and the Wolues to be reproued, bicause they see that the exclamations of the shepherdes, vexe & make the Wolues the more fierce. As thoughe it were possible to tame Wolues, or if no man take them in hand, to alter their nature, and that the shepherds ought not ra­ther to haue this marke before their eyes, to teache the sheepe to beware of the Wolues. How foolishly was it done of the Apostles, to admonish vs of Wolues to come, if no man now a dayes must finde fault with them that go abrode? Secondarily, let vs marke, how he saith these Wolues shall come when he is gone. For they are afraide while the faithfull Mi­nisters are present, and throughe their diligence and care, they are kepte backe from breaking in among vs. But bicause this vnkinde world com­monly [Page 753] little esteemeth the diligence of such men, God suffereth Wolues to burst into the whole flocke like wilde and vnbrideled horsses, when the faithful Ministers are gone. And we lacke not examples inough to proue the same. Let vs learne therfore how much we haue to make of faithfull and diligent ouerseers as well of the Church, as of the common weale, the deathes and departures of whom, be commonly tokens of great mis­fortunes, and publike calamities to come.

Thirdly, lette vs see the description of false teachers, The description of false teachers. and what their trade is. The Apostle calleth them Wolues, after the example of Christ, who it appeareth called them by the same name. They are so called, bi­cause of their naturall hatred against the flocke of Christ, Math. 7 Iohn. 10. and also greedi­nesse for that insatiable and rauine of theirs, to spoile and wurrie the Church. He declareth also from whence these Wolues arise. They shall arise (sayth he) from among your selues. So sayth Iohn: 1. Iohn. 2 2. Thes. 2 [...]hey went out from vs. &c. And Paule sheweth vs Antichristes seate, euen in the very Church. 2. Thess. 2. It is profitable diligently to obserue the same, that we be not offended with the falling away of some light persons, considering we see such become sodenly the enimies of truth, which a little before, se­med stout defenders of the same. For what new or strange thing is this? Seeing Iudas for a certaine space had a roume among the Apostles, and Paule knew that from among them to whome he so carefully commended the Church, wolues wold arise? Also heereby is confuted the peeuish and d [...]ltish vaunts of the Bishops of Rome, which they now adayes stand so much vpon. For they think it is impossible, that the bishops of that church shuld erre, whose accompte of succession, they can make from the times of the Apostles. But to graunt them, that Peter and Paule had once bene Bi­shops of Rome (which yet they shall neuer be able to proue) will they de­ny, that their successoures may erre? But Paules successoures among the Ephesians, were these rauening Wolues, of whome he biddeth them to beware. But as the Papacie consisteth of nothing but visures & shewes, so must the maiestie therof, ready shortly to fal downe, be vpholden with counterfet and visured arguments. Furthermore, he toucheth their doc­trine, where he sayth they shall speake w [...]ested and peruerse things. For the declaration of truthe is plaine and simple, which false teachers with their gloses vse to peruert, to make intricate, and by so doing, to make all things vncertaine. Moreouer their ende is, to draw disciples after them. 2. Peter. 2 They deuide the Church therefore with sectes, as Peter foretolde should come to passe. But Histories declare, that Paules warning was not in vaine. For it is well knowne what swarmes of Heretickes, most misera­bly disturbed the Church the whole world ouer.

And if a man would compare these things with our dayes, it shall ap­peare, that Paules admonition, is as needefull in these dayes, as euer it was. For out of the Church euery day, procede those greuous Wolues, which nowe are growne to suche impudencie, that they go about to couer them selues no longer in sheepe skins, but rather publikely professe their thirst of Christian bloude, with skarlet coloure, and their tyrannie with clinking of armoure, and garrisons of men. By meane of these, the doc­trine of truthe lyeth wrapped and entangled in infinite erroures and la­berinthes, and as it were euen buried. And the same parties haue rent [Page 754] the Church, which ought most to maintaine vnitie, hau [...] [...]ent the Church into sixe hundred sectes, euery one of them professing a propre and sundry faithe and religion, in name, habite, ceremonies and vsages. Lette vs a­wake O brethren, and goe against these Wolues, and take heede that we be not found to be hirelings rather than true shepherdes.

Secondly, of the ex­ample.But let vs heare Paule, which repeating his example (which is the .v. argument) exhorteth them most earnestly, saying: Wherefore awake, and remember, that by the space of three yeeres, I ceased not to warne euery one of you, night and day with teares. He maketh mention of these three yeres, bicause they should thinke no labor or trauaile too much. For it should be a shame not to take labor and paines, seeing suche an Apostle of Christ re­fused it not. And they be in no small fault, which by their negligence let the Churches, gathered together by the trauailes and deathes of the A­postles, run at hauocke. Furthermore, as it becommeth the Ministers to follow the example of the Apostles: so must all Christians followe their steppes, for as much as they were the followers of Christ, as Paule him­selfe declareth, 1. Cor. 11 where he sayth: be yee folow [...]rs of me, as I am the folower of Christ ▪ And this is the true worshipping of the Sainctes, not that that standeth in adoration and inuocation of them, which al the scripture saith is due to God onely.

Sixthly, of the facilitie and vtilitie.Sixthly, he reasoneth of the easinesse and vtilitie of their doing herein, to aunswere them, which were feared with the difficultie and daunger that was on euery side. And for a more vehemencie of speeche, he vseth a forme of imprecation, saying: and nowe brethren, I commende you vnto God, and to the worde of his grace, which is able to build. &c. As who should say: I knowe it is a difficult matter that I require, and passing all mans power. Howe be it, it must not be brought to passe by mans force. This is Gods husbandry, this is Gods worke. He laid the foundation, he therefore is able to finishe the building, and it is no difficult thing for him to vse your helpe, to bring his matter to passe. By his assistance ther­fore you shall easily ouercome all things. Hee shall guide you with his spirit, and the worde of grace, which though it seeme but a slender thing, yet it pearseth, and cutteth sharper than any two edged swoorde. The same God hathe prepared worthy rewardes already for suche trauailes and paines, euen the inheritaunce of his kingdome, where you shall shine among them that are sanctified, like as the starres in the firmament. These things must be layde vp in the bottome of our hartes O brethren. Dani 12 For as they comfort vs in maruellous wise, so they teache vs what the weapons and strength of the Ministers of the woorde are. The weapons of our fight be spirituall, sayth Paule. These be the spirit of God, the worde and God him selfe. 2. Cor. [...]0 Who shall they then feare? Or who shall bee able to withstande them. Lette vs fight with these weapons, rather than with the frendships of this world, as with the confederacie and wisedome of the fleshe, which haue very little, or no vse at all in setting vp the king­dome of God.

Wee learne moreouer, that the inheritaunce of the kyngdome of Heauen pertaineth onely to them that are sanctified. The sanctified are suche, whose heartes faithe hathe purified, and whome Christ hathe consecrated to GOD the Father, throughe the price of hys Bloude. [Page 755] The same beeing quickened with the spirit of God, doe their dueties ear­nestly, and striue earnestly to enter into that inheritance through all kinde of daungers, the hope whereof they knowe will neuer deceiue them, bi­cause it dependeth vppon the sonne of God our sauioure Iesus Christe: to whom all praise, honoure, power and glory are due for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxxvj. Homelie.

‘I Haue desired no mannes siluer, golde, or vesture, yea, yee your selues knowe that these handes haue ministred vnto my necessities, and to them that were with me. I haue shewed you all things, howe that so la­bouring yee ought to receiue the weake, and to remember the woordes of the Lorde Iesu, howe that he saide it is more blessed to giue than to receiue. And when he had thus spoken he kneeled downe, and prayed with them all. And they all wept sore, and fell on Paules necke, and kis­sed him, sorowing moste of all for the woordes which hee spake, that they should see his face no more. And they conueyed hym vnto the shippe.’

BIcause the Apostle Paule, in that notable assemblie of the Ministers of Asia, where he reasoned of the administrati­on and gouernaunce of the Church, foretolde of greeuous Wolues that should rise vp, euen out of their own selues, which throughe peruerse Doctrine, should miserably di­sturbe the flocke of Christ: in the later part of his oration, he declareth bothe wisely, and in time and place, what they should cheefe­ly beware of, if they would auoide the name of suche Wolues. He admo­nisheth them onely to take heede of couetousnesse, bicause it is the roote of all [...]uill, and bringeth all things out of frame, if it once take possession in the mindes of the Cleargie. For when they once make lucre of religi­on, it causeth all godlinesse to be set to sale, which also is a cause, that they defile the doctrine of the woorde, with the traditions of men, that they hunt after the fauor and frendship of the world, that they winke at open malefactoures, and set open the doores, to all manner of disorder. The priestes of the Iewes may be an example vnto vs, in whom Christ chefe­ly reprehendeth this as the welspring of all corruption. Therefore Paule dothe not without a cause other wheres warne Bishoppes that they be not giuen to filthie lucre, and heere in this place, he diligently reasoneth of this euill.

And bicause his admonition should bee the more of waighte, he pro­uoketh them by hys owne Example, He dehor­teth them from coue­tousnesse by his exāple. declaring howe he vsed himselfe whyle hee was in Asia, and alleageth waightie reasons and causes of his so doing. I haue desired no mannes siluer, gold, or vesture, saith he. By the which woordes, he declareth that he labored not to enriche him selfe [Page 756] by them; forasmuch as he desired not of them the things necessary to his liuing, muche lesse receiued or tooke them. Hereby he teacheth, that the Ministers of Churches must be free from the desire of heaping vp goods, bicause they that goe about to enrich them selues, 1. Timoth. 6 shall neuer escape the snares of the Deuill and temptations. But least any man might Obiecte againe, and say, whereof then O Paule, liuedst thou? He addeth by and by after: yee knowe that these handes ministred to my necessities, and to those that were with me. For he was a maker of Tentes, by the which occupa­tion we heard afore that he got his liuing at Corinth. Heere in this place marke the modestie of the Apostles, which had rather lose their righte, than to be chargeable to any body. Touching which thing, more is to be seene in the latter Epistle to the Thes [...]alonians the thirde Chapter, and in the second to the Corinthians, 1. Sam. 12 the eleuenth Chapter. The like example of modestie we haue also in Samuel, who in an open and great assembly of al the people, did reioyce in the like thing, as Paule doth heere. These exam­ples teache vs with what spirite those men are ledde, which eyther in the Church, or in the common weale, are onely carefull for their own commo­ditie, and not contented with necessaries, seke their pleasures and delites, of the labors and sweat of those that are needie. Why Paule requireth not the sti­pend due vnto him.

Furthermore, he rendreth diligently the reason of his doing, least his example might preiudice or hinder the publike right of other Ministers. For it is manifest inoughe that Paule thought not that thing vnlawfull, that Christ had ordained, namely that they should liue of the gospell, that serue the gospell: nay he proueth most plentuously in other places, that it is moste lawfull of all other things, both by aucthoritie of scripture, and also by lawe of nature. 1. Cor. 9 2. Cor 11 Moreouer he confesseth that he receiued money of the Macedonians, to the intent to serue the Corinthians of free coste. Therefore Paule had a farre other meaning, that was, to beare with the weake, and to teache all others, that they should not make luker of reli­gion, and so bring religion in suspition, but rather by their free ministerie, and duetifull demeanor, they should commend both them selues and their doctrine, to be praised of all men. Therfore certaine euill occupied persons in these dayes do most foolishly make a generall doctrine of Paules exam­ple, in that they would set the Ministers of the word to plow and to har­rowe, and to keepe Hogges: wherein it is manifest the Apostles heere­in vsed their right freely, and did as seemed good to them, where there was no occasion of offence. But if they say that Paul refrained to take his stipend at Ephesus & Corinth, bicause it was vnlawfull for him to require the same, then I would haue them answere me, with what equitie Paule toke stipend of the Philippians, and other contribution of money, when he preached to the Corinthians, and not to them? But if it was lawful for him to vse their liberalitie, howe muche iustlier should hee haue done, to haue taken a pension of them, whom he daily preached vnto? It is euidēt ther­fore, that Paule willingly remitted to them his right, bicause hee would ther offend the weake, nor giue the wicked occasion to slaunder him. And as this modestie of Paule is to be commended, so the ingratitude bothe of the Ephesians and Corinthians, is to be worthily reprehended, which suf­fered the Apostle to liue of the laboure of his handes, seeing hee bestowed himselfe and his laboure, all togither vpon them.

[Page 757]But for the more credite and authoritie of his example, and for a gene­rall rule to be taken therof, he alleageth the saying of Chryst: It is more blessed to giue than to receiue. It is more bles [...]ed to giue, than to receiue. Howbeit the wordes of this sentence are not extant in the writings of the Euangelistes, yet there are many lyke, whereof this may easily be gathered, bycause Chryst euery where exhor­teth vs vnto charitie, and will haue those that be his, more ready to be­stowe vpon others, than to receiue. Moreouer it appeareth sufficiently, that all Chrystes words and deedes were not put in writing, but out of a great many, those that suffised abundauntly for the instruction of our fayth and saluation. Wee muste yet see further the reason of this saying, and not sticke at the barke, that therefore it should seeme vnto vs more blessed to giue than to receyue, bicause by giuing our money and goodes, we should declare our liberalitie of minde, to be praysed for it, and to make other men bound vnto vs. For these fleshly reasons sauour of vayne glo­ry, and of the smell of the kitchin, wherewith we reade the very Eth­nikes were enflamed to be liberall. But Chryst commendeth and requi­reth liberalitie of Chrystians, for farre other causes. For firste it is more blessed to giue than to receiue, bycause the faythfull that doo it are dispo­sers or Stewards of the goodes that God hath committed vnto them. For it is manyfest that God hath giuen to some men more goodes than to other some, not without a cause, but hath made some richer than other some, to make roume and place for charitie, and riche men be appoynted as patrons and tutors for the poore, to helpe them with their liberalitie, And howe can it be, but he muste be iudged blessed, which is faythfull in the office committed to him of God? Agayne, as Salomon sayth, Prouer. 19. They which giue vnto the poore, lende vnto the Lorde. For he counteth what­soeuer is bestowed on them, to be giuen to him, and he is both a faythfull and liberall rewarder. Wherfore it can not be but he will keepe his pro­mise, where he allureth men vnto liberalitie, as by these places it appea­reth: Blessed is the man that disperseth abroade, and giueth to the poore. His righteousnesse remayneth for euer and euer, his horne shall be exalted with honour. Psalm. 112. Deale thy bread to the hungry, and bring the poore wandring home into thy house. When thou seest the naked couer him, and hyde not thy face from thine owne fleshe. Then shall thy light breake foorth as the morning, and thy health flourishe right shortly, thy righteousnesse shall goe before thee, and the glory of the Lorde shall embrace thee. Then if thou callest, the Lorde shall heare thee: if thou cryest, he shall say, Isa. 58. heere I am. Finally, bicause we are in nothing so like vnto God, as in dooing well, we no maner of wayes [...]ore resemble the nature and similitude of God, than by helping of many. For as God only is blissed of him selfe, so is there no more certayn way of bilsse, than to be most like vnto God, which thing christian liberalitie chiefly performeth. Wherefore although there be no recompence of benefites in this world, yet in deede it is a much more blessed thing to giue than to receiue. These things if we consider as we oughte, Monkishe order ouer­throwen. it shall appeare howe farre the Monks religion is distant from Chrystes doctrine, who set all blisse and felicitie in receyuing, whyle they renounce all such things as fall lawfully to them by inheritaunce, or o­ther lawfull meanes, and professe wilfull pouertie, liuing of the labour of other men, where they ought rather to minister to other men foode and [Page 758] rayment. And so vnder a plausible pretence of wilfull pouertie, they lyue carelesse in delightes, beeing subiect to no misfortunes, as other men be.

Paule cōclu­deth his ser­mons with prayers.But let vs returne vnto Paule, which endeth his Sermon made to the Cleargy with publike prayers. For streightwayes he fell on his knees and prayed with them all. For where he knew that God only gaue all in­crease (as otherwheres he teacheth) therefore he was not vnmindfull of prayer, specially in a matter of such importaunce, whervpon depended the saluation of al men. And hereof sprang that auncient and notable vsage of the Church, wherin sermons vsed to be begon and ended with prayers, which prayers who so neglect, abundantly declare that they resorte vnto sermons more of curiositie, than either for desire of Gods glory, or their owne saluation, of which sort they are which are described in Ezechiel the xxxiij. Chapter. And as this example commendeth prayers, and specially publike prayers, which it behoueth vs to make with feruent affection of minde: so it teacheth vs to obserue also a godly modestie of behauiour in the same, wherby we testifie the meaning of our minde. Among these ge­stures, this is the moste auncient, where the godly men vse to pray on their knees, or else lying with their bodies prostrate on the ground, ther­by setting themselues in order of humblenesse. They vse also commonly to lift vp their hands vnto heauen, both to declare the ardent desire of their minde, and also to testifie their fayth, wherby they firmly beleue that they shall receiue that they desire. Yet muste we take heede that we cloke not a naughtie minde with a vayne kinde of gesture, or that we lifte not vp handes embrued with bloud. Touching bothe which vices, reade Esai. 1. and .29. Chapiters.

After all these things Luke addeth Paules departure out of Asia, in the which two things fall out chiefly to be marked. The godly are sory for Paules de­parture. First, he sayth, they fell on weeping of all hands, and euen they whom Paule had somdeale more openly quipped. But they regarded not so muche their priuate reprehen­sion, as the publike commoditie of the whole Churche. They are therfore sory that the Church should be depriued of suche an Instrument, and they declare their sorrow, by weeping, embracing, and kissing. This is a ve­ry delectable example of mutuall charitie, wherein the Ministers and Congregations shoulde stryue, eche to ouercome others. Paule loued them wonderfully, as his whole trade of life declared. Therefore they agayne loued him, and reuerenced him, as their Apostle and Father. Where this mutuall affection reigneth, all things prosper well. But they whych hate their Ministers, are for the moste parte moste vn­happy, as may euidently bee seene in the Israelites, which hated Moyses and Aaron. Against the Stoikes. Also by this place the indolencie of the Stoikes is condem­ned. They thinke it vnlawfull for any man to shew any token of any affe­ction. As though affections were euill of themselfe, and not set in vs by nature, and that when any excesse is committed it were not through our default. God requireth of vs a moderation of the minde, but will not haue men to become stockes or stones. Last of al they bring Paule to the shippe, which is a dutie of reuerence, and for the most parte proceedeth of loue. Here we learne that they are worthy of honor, which labour diligently in setting foorth the glory of God, or otherwise wel accomplish their duetie. Agayne we are taught, that God neuer letteth them go without glory, [Page 759] that are such. For his promise is: 1 Sam. 2. I will honour those that hono [...]r m [...] Le [...] ministers of the Church & Magistrates also, remember these things, tha [...] they may learne by like industrie to preserue and maintaine their autority. And let vs one with another lay to our helpes to the maintenaunce of the Church: so shall we hereafter be partakers of the heauenly honour wyth Chryst our Lord and Sauiour, to whome be prayse, honour, power and glorie, for euer. Amen.

The .xxj. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cxxxviij. Homelie.

‘ANd when it chaunced that we had launched foorth, and were depar [...]ed from them, we came with a straight course vnto Choon, and the day [...] following vnto the Rhodes, and from thence vnto Patara. And when w [...] had gotten a Ship that would sayle vnto Phenices, we went aboo [...]d on it, and set foorth. But when Cyprus began to appeare vnto vs, we lefte it on the lefte hande, and sayled vnto Syria, and came vntoo Tyre, for there the Ship vnladed the burthen. And when we had found brethren, we tarried there seuen dayes. And they tolde Paule through the spirit, that he should not goe vp to Hierusalem. And when the dayes were ended, we departed and went our way, and they all broughte vs on our waye, with wiues and children, till we were come out of the Citie. And we kneeled downe on the shoare, and prayed. And when we had taken our leaue one of another, we toke Ship, and they retourned home againe. When we had ful ended the course from Tyre, we went downe to Ptolemais, and saluted the bre­thren, and abode with them one day.’

THe holy Ghost rehearseth very diligently the paynefull and dangerous voyages of the Apostles, that by them we might learne the exceeding goodnes of God towarde vs, who woulde haue his elect instrumentes, and most faithful Ministers, for oure saluation sake▪ inu­red with such trauels and dangers, for that wee shoulde the more feruentelye embrace the doctrine of the Gospell, which it behooued to haue sette foorth wyth so greate paynes. And to this ende must the hystorie of this Chapiter [Page 760] be referred, wherin we are taught how Paule passing many seas, through many hazardes came into Syria, and from thence to Ierusalem, where beeing courteously receiued of the godly, but betrayed by the sedicious, and apprehended, he was committed to the power of the Deputie or lieue­tenaunt of the Romanes, al which things we shal consider in their time & place. This place specially hath many things which make muche for the explication of that we sayd euen now. Wherefore the Contents muste be the more diligently discussed, whiche at the first sight seeme but barren.

First it is declared how Paul vnwillingly departed frō Athens, with his company. Paule is ta­ken or pul­led frō them of Asia. We launched foorth (sayth he) and were plucked from them. On this sort it is said, Christ was pulled from his Disciples at mount Oliuet. Luc. 22. By which worde is declared a great griefe of minde, risen about his departure. And verily the causes of this griefe were neither fewe, nor yet tryfling. For Paules three yeres conuersation amongst them, had en­gendred a mutuall loue betweene them. And diuers arguments of this loue were apparaunt, all which these freshe teares and common griefe ta­ken on all partes, called agayne to remembraunce. Moreouer Paule knew that he should come no more amongest them, which loued him so intierly, that he had lefte them in daunger of Wolues, whom he had trayned and brought to with great paynes and trauell. All these things had bene able to moue euen an heart of yron. Thus wee see Parentes mourne, when their children by death are pulled from them, which by reason of their mi­noritie are not yet able to helpe them selues. Yet Paule ouercommeth all griefe of minde, bicause he would obey the calling of God, which drue him to Ierusalem. By which example wee are taught, that Gods will and cal­ling muste be preferred before all affections. For it is impossible for vs to be wholly voyde of these affections, as long as we liue in the fleshe: and it is euident, that they beare a stroke euen in the godly. But a moderati­on muste be vsed, to bring them vnder the obedience of fayth. And this must be obserued in all cases, but specially when by death our friendes be pulle [...] ey [...]her from vs, or we from them, whose good counsell and help we found to be very profitable for vs. Lette vs then remember we are vrged with Gods calling, whome to gaynesay or striue againste, as it is a verie rashe enterprise, so is it both foolish and daungerous.

Paules nauigation is long and perillous.Secondly, Luke describeth Paules long and tedious voyage, which al men must confesse to haue bene both painefull and perillous. Wee will not tarie long in the description of the places, for that is to be sought for in the Geographers. And bicause there are so many places recited which Paule sayled by, without making any abode in them, it is a token, that hee made very great haste, to be at Ierusalem by the feast of Pentecost. Here is to be considered Paules feruente industrie and diligence in the office committed to his charge, and his constant fayth. Hee might haue liued in the worlde (as he testifieth of himself writing to the Philippians) quietly and in honor. And his first state of life abundantly declareth, that he was of no smal au­thoritie among the Iewes. He saw moreouer, that in folowing of Christ, there was continuall paines and trauell, and euerye day freshe daungers springing. Yet he embraced this kinde of life, according to Gods will and calling, and with a constant course ouercame them all, and whatsoeuer things in this worlde were either of gayne or glory vnto him, those he [Page 761] counted as damageable, & set light of them, only for that he would winne Christ. Phil. 3. Wherin it appeareth he was not a litle encouraged with the hope of that heauenly crowne, which he knew was laid vp for him, and al that were godly. Let vs folowe the Example of so notable an Apostle, least we be either ouercome with trauails and dangers, 2. Tim. 4. or else being enticed with the allurement of the world, leaue of the course of our vocation prescribed by Christ. For what is there in this world stable or permanent? What thing is able to satisfie the desire of the minde, and of the flesh? Only God is omnisufficient, and perfect good, who hath opened to vs in Christ his sonne, the treasures of all goodnesse, in whome onely mennes mindes are quieted and at rest. He that drinketh of this fountaine, shall not thirst for euer. Happy therfore and blessed are they, that can exchaunge the coun­terfayte felicitie of this worlde, for the fountayne of this eternall blisse.

Thirdly, he telleth howe they came at lengthe vnto Tyrus, Paule com­meth to Tyre. The church of Tyre. where wee haue diuerse things in order to bee considered. Among which this is one of the chiefe, that he sayth they founde Disciples at Tyrus, that is is to say, certaine christian brethren, and such as might seeme to haue pas­sed all those, of whom any mention hath bene made hitherto in dueties of fayth and charitie. Which may seeme a maruellous thing, if a man consi­der the auncient state of the Citie of Tyrus, and the horrible Oracles of the prophets agaynst the same, reporting hir to be both riotous, proud, couetous and lecherous. Yea Chryst our Lord detesting the vnthankful­nesse of the Cities of Galilee, compareth them with Tyre and Sidon, Math. 11. vpon the which God in times past had shewed seuere examples of his iu­stice. Yet euen in this same Citie shone the light of the Gospell: and heere would Chryste haue a Churche planted and endued with notable gyftes. Herein appeareth the truth of God, and his goodnesse towardes sinners which turne vnto him. For so he long agone prophesied by Esay it should come to passe: After the ende of seauenty yeres shall the Lorde visite Tyre, Esa. 23. and she shall conuert vnto hir reward, and she shal traffique with all the king­domes of the earth. And hir traffique and wares shall be holy vnto the Lord. And in the .45. Psalme: And the daughter of Tyre shalbe there with a gyft, like as the riche also among the people shall make their supplications be [...]fore thee. These things I say, this present place declareth to haue ben ful­filled, when Paule found christians there so feruent in fayth and loue. And this is a notable example of Gods goodnesse, wherby we are taught how we should not ouer hastely dispaire either of our selues, or of other men, see­ing God would build him a Church in such a Citie, as vpon which he had in times before shewed so heauy an example of his iustice, by reason of the sinnes and offences of the same.

Againe Luke writeth, Paule is ad­monished that he goe not to Ieru­salem. how the brethren of Tyrus admonished Paule by the spirite, that he shoulde not goe vp to Ierusalem. This seemeth to re­pugne agaynst that whych Paule spake in the congregation at Malta, saying, he was bounde by the spirite to go thither. But these places are easily reconciled, if a man consider the figure called Synecdoche, which is very common in the holy scripture, where the whole cōmunication of these disciples is atributed to the holy ghost, he being in dede y e author but of one part onely. For they by inspiration of the spirite admonished Paule of the imprisonment & afflictions, which Paule was like to fynd at Ierusalem. [Page 762] But the Counsell they gaue him that he shoulde not go vp thyther, was of their owne deuise, bycause of a louing affection they wished well vnto him, but were ignoraunt of Gods determination. For many times it com­meth to passe, that the Prophetes through the reuelation of God, vnder­stande what is to come, and yet are vtterly ignoraunt of Gods meaning, and the ende of his dooing, which is the cause that many tymes they erre in their dooings, whyles they are not contented with the reuela­tion of God, but take the wisedome of the fleshe vnto Councell, where­of we haue examples in Ionas & diuers others. In the mean season marke howe many wayes God woulde haue Paule to bee tempted. He dra­weth him to Ierusalem, beeing bounde by his spirite. In euery Ci­tie and congregation, he telleth him howe he shall be layde by the heeles and imprisoned. And nowe come others endued with the spirite of pro­phesie, and warne hym that he goe not thyther. Whereto serue all these things? Uerily God mente heereby to prepare his Apostle to the crosse, by continuall premeditation, least he shoulde fall from him tho­rough the manyfolde clamour of the furious people, and entrappings of his enimies. Also he learneth vs heereby an example of christian con­stancie and obedience, whiche wee muste so earnestly laboure to haue, that wee muste not obey men, though wee see rare examples of Gods holy spirite in them, if they councell vs any thing contrary to the will and commaundement of God. Adde therevnto the vnhappie ende of that Prophet, 1. Reg. 13. which beeing seduced by an other Prophet vnder the pretence of Gods oracle, eate meate in Bethell, contrary to the commaundement of God, and was deuoured of a Lyon. Learne also heereby to iudge of the apparicion of spirites, by the authoritie whereof Monkes commonly vse to proue their fictions of Purgatorie, and such other superstitions, which they know they can not proue by any Scriptures.

Furthermore▪ perceyuing that Paule folowed rather the calling of God, than their councell, They of Tyre accompany Paule to the shippe very wor­shipfully. and helde on his voyage, they also yeelded vnto the will of God, and accompanyed him worshipfully with their wyues and children out of the Citie. Wherin we may perceiue both a rare example of Christian charitie, and the truth of Chrystes promises, which are to be seene in the tenth of Marke in these words: Verily I say vnto you, who so euer forsaketh house, or brethren, or sistren, or father, or mother, or wyfe, or childrē, Mark. 10. or lands, for my sake & the Gospels, he shal receyue an hundred fold nowe in this time with persecutions, and in the worlde to come life euerla­sting. For wee knowe that Paule forsooke all these thinges for Chrystes sake. Therefore he fyndeth euery where brethren and sisters, whiche willingly serue him, bothe with their bodies and goodes. Yea he hath their wyues and children ready to declare their good willes towards him. Moreouer this place teacheth vs, that Christians ought to assigne and appoint all they haue to the worshipping of God, & also to be carefull, that not only themselues be curteous and kind towards the seruantes of Chryst, but also to trayne vp their families in the performaunce of lyke dueties. 1. Timo. 5. Paule in an other place requireth the same in the widowe chosen for Church affairs. And that which it becōmeth widows to do, may with more right be required of others to doo. But O detestable slouth of our daies, wherein diuers householders so bring vp their families, that they [Page 763] teache them rather howe to molest straungers, to contemne and hate them, than duetifully to fauoure and make of them. 2. Reg 2. Let suche remem­ber what hapned to the children, that vpbraided Helizeus with his balde­nesse, whome the scripture sayth, were woorried with Beares.

Last of all, the brethren of Tyre kneele downe vpon the shore, and pray. The Tyri­ans pray in open sight. Where againe we see, howe prayer is commended vnto vs, whereof then there is mooste neede, when publike and waightie affaires are in hande. But bicause wee haue otherwheres intreated heereof, lette vs onely heere marke, howe they kneele openly vpon the sea shore, which could not bee but in the sight of all men, who perhappes derided suche kinde of religion. But they which are truely graffed in Christ, are asha­med neither of their faith, nor of their religion. Mark. 8. For they knowe what glory remaineth for them, which confesse Christ before this so adulterous and naughtie a world. Would to God wee woulde well remember the same, and shake off that execrable cowardlynesse and feare, which we vse now a dayes in euery thing, playing bopeepe like dissemblers, to purchase vs the fauour of men.

Fourthly and finally, Paule with his company arriueth at Ptolemais, The moste happy cour­se of the Gospell. where agayne he made one dayes abode with the brethren. Therefore it appeareth there was a Churche erected in that place also. And surely it is worthy to be diligently considered, howe the doctrine of the Gospell in the space of so fewe yeres, spredde so farre and wyde, that it established so many Congregations. For if a man consider the order of the story, it seemeth these things happened about the .xxiij. yere after Paules conuer­sion. Therefore in the space of .xxiij. yeres the voyce of the Gospell was hearde throughout Asia and Europa, and euery where lefte behinde it most plentyfull fruite and increase. So wee reade in tymes past the Prophets tolde and foreshewed it should bee. These things declare howe happily suche things proceede as are taken in hande by Gods appoyntmente, howsoeuer the worlde wrastleth agaynst Gods purpose and councell. They are fooles therefore that feare the threates and enterprises of the worlde. Let vs meditate and thinke of these things in these dayes, and beeing armed with constant fayth, let vs labour to set foorth the king­dome of Iesus Chryste. To him be prayse, honor, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxxviij. Homelie.

‘THE nexte day wee that were of Paules company departed, and came vnto Coesarea. And wee entered into the house of Philippe the Euangeliste, whiche was one of the seauen, and abode with hym. The same man hadde foure daughters virgins, whiche dyd prophesie. And as wee tarryed there a good many of dayes, there came a certayne prophete from Iury, named Agabus, when hee was come vnto vs, hee tooke Paules gyrdle, and bounde hys feete and hys handes, and sayde: Thus saythe the holy Ghoste: So shall the Iewes at Hieru­salem bynde the manne that oweth this gyrdle, and shall deliuer him [Page 764] into the hands of the Gentiles. When we hearde this, both we and other which were of the same place, besought him that he woulde not goe vp to Hierusalem. Then Paule aunswered and sayd: what do you weeping and vexing mine heart? I am ready not to be bounde onely, but also to die at Hierusalem, for the name of the Lorde Iesu. When we could not turne his minde, we ceassed, saying: the will of the Lorde be fulfilled. Afte [...] those dayes we toke vp our burthens and went vppe to Hierusalem. There went with vs also certaine of the Disciples of Coesarea, and broughte with them one Mnason of Cyprus, an olde Dysciple, with whome we shoulde lodge. And when we were come to Hierusalem, the brethren receyued vs gladly.’

IT pleased God that Luke shoulde most diligently describe howe he woulde haue the Gospell of his sonne Iesus Chryste to be commended and set oute by Paules empri­sonment and captiuitie, in so muche that Paule hasted and hyed him to the same. Heereby he ment to lay before all men, a president of stedfaste fayth and obedience to follow. For we haue hitherto heard howe Paule hasted to Ierusalem, one whyle by sea, an other whyle by lande, and that through manyfolde dangers and perill, where he knew he should be apprehended, and woulde not regarde [...]ny warnings of the Prophetes, dehorting him from that, whervnto he knew he was called of God. And Luke prosecuting the Hystorie begonne, declareth nowe what he dyd at Coesarea, which was the laste place that Paule made any abode in, and then at length howe he came to Ierusalem.

Philip, is a president of an Euan­gelike shep­heard.He begynneth the thinges doone at Coesarea, with the description of their Hoste, which was Philippe, one of the seuen that were appoynted by the prim [...]tiue Churche to haue the administration and distribution of the Church goods among the poore, as we heard before in the sixth Cha­piter. For the Church at Ierusalem beeing miserably dispearsed by rea­son of the persecution there raging, wherein Paule shewed him selfe to be very cruell, Philipp [...] came to Samaria▪ and there sowed the seede of Gods worde. And there he nowe had his dwelling, and seemeth to haue bene the Minister or Byshoppe of that Churche, which Chryst had there. And this is one of Gods rare iudgements, that Paule shoulde nowe haue him to be his hoste, whome before time he had caused to for­sake Ierusalem, and that which he there had. Howebeit in Philippe, Sainct Luke setteth out to vs a notable example of a sincere and an vnfayned Shepheard, in fewe words comprising all that Paule re­quireth in a Bishop, in the first to Timothe the third Chapiter, and in the first to Titus. First, an Euāgelist. For first he sayth, he was an Euangelist he was therefore one meete and apte to teach, which is the first and most necessarie qualitie of a Minister. And the degree or office of the Euangelists was a meane betweene the Apostles and Pastours, Ephes. 4. as may appeare by Paule. For they made their abode in certayne places▪ yet not beeing so tyed vnto them but that if necessitie so required, they might repaire to places adioyning, and further off. Their name admonished them of their duetie and office, [Page 765] which as touching doctrine, was all one with the Apostles and Pa­stoures, that is to say, to preach the gospell, and to enfourme men in the doctrine thereof. For Chryst woulde not haue it free for the Apostles to teache what they listed, but commaunded them to preache the Doctrine which he had taught them, which onely in these dayes also ought to bee taught in the congregation. Furthermore, Secondly, Harborous. Philip had an house and sub­stance, able to suffise both his owne neede, and also to harbour others in, which thing Paule also requireth in a Minister. For he receyueth Paule & a great companie that come with him, and entertayneth them curteously for a certayne dayes space, which hee coulde not haue done without some costes and charges. Therefore he was no begger, or vagabunde such as many malapert Comptrollers of the Ecclesiasticall function, would haue Ministers in these dayes to bee, who are eyther bewitched with enuie, or deceyued with ignorance, not being able to make a difference betwene the Apostles and the Pastours. And it is like he was very harborous, which was able to entertaine Paule and his company so curteously, which Paule had bene the cause of his exilement, as we declared a little before. More­ouer, it is sayd he had Daughters. Ergo, a wife also, Thirdly, Married. vnlesse (which were a wicked imagination) we will say he was an Whooremonger, which yet perhaps the maintainers of filthie single lyfe that Poperie hath brought into the Church, would better like and beare with. They are conuinced both by this, and the example of other Apostles, which Paule plainly con­fesseth caried their wiues aboute with them. j. Corrinth. ix. The same Paule appointeth a Byshoppe or Minister to be the husband of one wife, 1. Timot 3 that is to say, to be knit togither in lawfull wedlocke, according to Gods first institution. And it is a most vaine glose of them, which thinke the mi­nisterie is polluted by Matrimonie, and the companie of a wife, Hebr. 13 whereas it is euident it was instituted by God, and is in it self holie and vndefiled. Therfore Paule truly calleth it a doctrine of the Diuel, that forbiddeth the vse of marriage, bicause it is the propertie of the Diuel, to call Gods insti­tutions either vncleane, vnprofitable, or pernitious. See the first to Ti­moth [...] the fourth Chapter. And the frutes of Popishe single life, doe no­tably set forth the aucthor of this doctrine. Whereas it is manifest that heereof vseth to spring many times, whoredomes, adulteries, incests, and that horrible vice of Sodomie. Last of al, Fourthly, Philippes Daughters were Pro­phetisses. is declared what quali [...]ied per­sons Philips daughters were, namely damosels indued with the gifte of Prophesying. We know, that this worde Prophesying, signifieth many times the declaration of Gods worde and the holy scripture. For so Paule saith that they that expound the scriptures in the Church, & refer and di­rect all their sayings and doings to the edification, instruction, 1. Cor. 14 and conso­lation of the Church, doe Prophesie. 1. Cor. 14. He calleth those women Prophetes, that sit in the Church and heare the woord of God, whome he commaundeth to sit couered on their heades in the Temple. 1. Cor. 11 But whereas Lukes meaning was, to declare that Philips daughters had rare and sin­gular giftes, this Prophesying is to be vnderstanded of a peculiare gift and vertue of the holy Ghost, wherewith God had endowed them. For what neede was it, to haue noted that which al Christian women had in­differently, learned and vnlearned, euery age and sexe? And I pray you, who would haue iudged the children of so faithfull an Euangelist, to haue [Page 766] bene other than desirous of Gods word? But here is to be vnderstanded a singular gift of Prophesie, wherwith God ment to adourne womankinde also, in the time of Christ, according to the Prophesie of Ioel, that men might be the more attent to heare the word of God, and that it might ap­peare, that the merite of Christ appertained vnto women, aswell as to them. In the meane season, it is manifest, that Philip had a speciall care of the education and bringing vp of his children, which according to Paules doctrine, 1. Timot 3 is a thing very necessary both for publike example sake, and also for that it is scarce credible, that he can well rule the congregation, that is not able to gouerne his owne house. And the example of Hely the priest declareth how God is offended with the Ministers of the Church, which vse not to bridle the vntowardnesse and wantonnesse of their children se­uerely. Read the first of Samuel. 2.3.4. Chapiters.

Agabus tel­leth Paule howe hée shoulde bée bounde and imprisoned.Moreouer while Paule abode with Philip, a certaine Prophete, whose name was Agabus came from Hierusalem or Iewrie, which warned him againe of the enprisonment towards him, and that not only by words, but also by gestures and signes after the manner of the auncient Prophetes, therby laying the thing, as it were before his eyes. For with Paules gir­dle, he bindeth his owne handes and feete, adding an exposition and de­claration of his so doing, saying: the Iewes shall bind the man which ow­eth this girdle at Ierusalem, on this wise. God therfore would haue Paule oftentimes admonished heereof, partly for that his faithe and constancie might appeare the more, and partly for that we might learne by this ex­ample, that present daungers be not alwayes sufficient causes for vs to [...]ie, bicause God foresheweth them sometimes, not to the ende we should shunne and auoide them, but to prepare vs to the vndertaking and suffe­ring of them.

And heere is principally to be considered, both what Paule, and also his Companions did, Paules com­panions dis­suade him from going to Ierusalē. in this present and euident perill. Whereof the one parte wepte, and desired him with teares, that hee would not goe vp to Ierusalem, as may bee gathered by Paules woordes. And surely they could not want reasons to persuade him heereunto. For bothe he seemed to tempte God, and also to hazarde not onely him selfe, but also to neglect the welfare of the Churche, whome by this meane he bereeued of his ser­uice and Ministerie. But this is a zeale, commendable in deede, but not according to knowledge, suche as Christ sharpely reprehended in Peter, when he also dissuaded him from bearing the Crosse, yet their affection is to be praised, Math. 16 in that they are carefull for Paules safetie, being farre vnlike to menne in these dayes, which bring Ministers in daunger wythout a cause, and thinke that they haue well discharged their dueties, if they can for a time redeme a worldly peace, with the liues and bloud of the Mini­sters. But Paule moste earnestly withstandeth them, and complayneth of them, saying: they greeue him more with their weping, than with the re­membraunce of the daunger. Therfore Paule was not stony hearted, such an one as the Stoikes faine their good and blissefull man to be: Paules con­stancie. but he cō ­fesseth plainely that Goddes calling is more deare vnto him, than his life and body. The holy Ghost setteth his Example before all Ministers, yea before all Christians, to bee followed. For vnlesse wee bee of the same mynde, wee shall little or nothyng profytte in the waye of Christe, [Page 767] bicause daungers are at hande on euery syde to them that seeke to serue Chryst. And this is no grieuous thing to the true godly, 2. Tim 3 if they wel wey the matter: for what more profitable losse can we haue of this transitorie life and body, which shall in few moneths mouldre into dust, than to giue it for Chrystes sake, whome we know died and rose againe for this ende, Rom 14 that whether we liue or die, we haue him to our Lord and Protectoure? Which is the cause that Christ biddeth vs we should not feare thē which are able to kill the body, but yet haue no power vpon the soule, which is the better part of man. And vnto these reasons do Paules companions al­so giue place. For seeing him so constantly to persist in his purpose, Math 10 they say: The will of God be fulfilled. So now they perceiue at length, that he is instigated heereunto by the calling of God. Therfore least they might seeme to striue against God, they commit them selues, and the whole bu­sinesse vnto him, folowing bothe the example and commaundement of Christ. And surely there is no more safe hauen, for the godly to get them selues into, amidde the raging and horrible tempests of these dayes, than the will of God. Which bicause it is holy and wholesome, is able most ef­fectually to recreate and cheare the mindes that are tossed with troubles and cares, with the consideration therof. Let vs therfore after the exam­ple of these men, haue a regarde onely vnto the same, and couragiously suffer what so euer God layeth vpon vs, who for that he is faithfull, 1. Cor. 10 wil not suffer vs to be tempted aboue our strength, but euen in the middle of temp­tation, wil make a way, that we shall be able to beare it.

Nowe followeth Paules arriuall at Ierusalem, An exāple of faithfull freendes. where we haue three things to be considered. First his frendes accompanie him which hither­to had bene his companions: and vnto these are added newe frendes got­ten at Caesaria. In which place the truth of God appeareth, which vseth to ioyne freendes and companions to them that suffer daunger for his names sake, as otherwheres we haue declared. Furthermore in them appeareth a notable example of faithe and constancie. For they were not ignorant what was like to happen vnto Saule. And there was greate cause for their owne parte also to be afraide. Yet they forsake him not, whome they knewe maintained Christes quarrell, nor would not be dri­uen from him by any waues, and [...]ourges of aduersitie. Let suche marke this Example, as are pot freendes, and as long as fortune laugheth, will be companions with men, but if shee begin once to lowre, they forget all frendship and benefites, and turne their backes. The second is, how the faithfull there, prouide Paule of a commodious lodging. For althoughe daungers were toward him, yet prudencie must be ioyned with religion, as Christ teacheth, who in daungers wil haue vs to be wise, as serpents. His hoste was one Mnason, a Cypriote borne, Mnason, Paules host. Math. 10 and an olde disciple or pro­testant, whereby is noted the perseueraunce and continuaunce he was of, in the faith. And charitie accompanieth faithe, whereof this was a nota­ble argument, that he would lodge Paule and his companions, knowing what daunger they were like to be in. This is the propertie of true faith, that the nigher daunger approcheth, and the more vehemently it vrgeth, the brighter it shineth. Charitie is not suspiti­ous. Therefore our coldnesse is very worthy to be bla­med, which in daungers dissemble our faith, and plainely neglect the due­tie of charitie. Last of all the brethren at Ierusalem do gladly receiue Paule, [Page 768] yet heereafter we shall heare what euill rumors they spread of him. But thy brethren would not condempne him without hearing of his cause. They are most worthy to be folowed, and teach vs by their example, that we rashly beleue not such as ill report the brethren. For such as these for the most parte, are the chosen instrumentes of the Deuill, which knoweth that the Church can no way be more greuously disturbed, than by the de­uision of the brethren. Let vs therfore be mindfull of charitie, which of all things abhorreth suspitiousnesse, and let vs wholely apply our selues to keepe the vnitie of the Church vnblemished, in Iesus Christ our sauiour, to whome be praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cxxxix. Homelie.

‘ANd on the morrow Paule went in with vs vnto Iames. And all the El­ders came togither. And when he had saluted them, he told by order all things, that God had wrought among the Gentiles by his Ministration. And when they heard it, they glorified the Lord, and said vnto him: thou seest brother how many thousand Iewes there are which beleue, and they are all earnest followers ouer the law. And they are enfourmed of thee, that thou teachest all the Iewes, which are among the Gentiles to forsake Mo­ses, and sayest, that they ought not to circumcise their children, neyther to liue after the customes. What is it therfore? The multitude must needes come togither: for they shall hear that thou art come. Do therfore this that we say to thee. We haue four men which haue a vow on them. Thē take, & purifie thy selfe with them, and do cost on them, that they may shaue their heads, and all shall knowe that those things which they haue heard concer­ning thee, are nothing, but that thou thy selfe also walkest, and keepest the law. But as touching the Gentiles which beleue, we haue written and con­cluded, that they obserue no such thing, saue only that they keepe them selues, from things offred to Idolles, and from bloud, and from strangled, and from fornication.’

ALthough many false rumors were spred of Paule the Apo­stle, that chosen vessell of Iesus Christ, whereby bothe his good name and doctrine was greeuously stained and im­peached by his aduersaries, yet Luke wryteth that the brethren at Ierusalem, did frendly and courteously receyue him, thereby teaching vs, that they had a more regarde of charitie, than of a fewe of persones boyling in hatred, and he setteth out to vs, their example▪ for euery man to followe, which if we do not, all chari­tie amongst men shall soone be disturbed. It followeth in this present hi­storie, what Paule and the brethren at Ierusalem did. Which place for ma­ny skilles, that may serue for our instruction, is very worthy of diligent attention and consideration.

First and formoste, Paule and his companions gette them vnto Iames [Page 769] which at this time was resident in the Citie, Paule goeth to y e elders at Ierusalē. and there in the hearing of the Elders, he declared what things he had done, repeating in order, eche thing that God vntill that time, had wrought by his Ministerie. Where we are first taught that order is a necessary thing in the Church, and that euery one must not entermeddle in euery thing. Paule was an elect vessell of Christ, and laboured more than all the other Apostles, yet of his priuate aucthoritie, he attempteth nothing in an other mannes Churche, but be­fore he set on any thing, he first goeth to the Superintendēts and Mini­sters of the Church, and reuerently saluteth them, and then proceedeth to the narration of his doings. This one example is suffisant, to conuince the pride of the Romane Bishops, which challenge to them selfe a supre­macie and Lordship ouer all Churches. The troublesome Anabaptistes also are confuted by the same, who althoughe they no where plant any Churches, yet vse they to disturbe the Churches planted by the laboures and trauailes of others, heereby attributing to them selues singular com­mendation, when they can by their franticke and tauntiue chatterie, mo­lest and trouble the godly Ministers, and bring them in hatred and con­tempt with euery man. Furthermore in this thing also Paules modestie singularly appeareth, in that he maketh God the aucthor of all things, in the discourse of his doings, and attributeth nothing to him selfe, but the Ministerie only. For he knew that men planted and watered but in vain, 1. Cor. 3 onlesse God gaue the increase. So in another place, when he had said, he had labored more than all the other Apostles, he by and by addeth: 1. Cor. 15 yet no [...] I, but the grace of God, which was with me. This thing we haue elsewhere declared, must be obserued in all manner of vocations. Psalm. 127 For except the Lord build the house, their laboure is but [...]ost that build it. Excepte God prosper and fauoure common weales, the cares and counsels of the Magistrates are but in vaine. Excepte by his spirite he worke with our studies, and sharpen the edge of our witte, all our reading and wryting profiteth not. Let vs therfore be mindefull heereof, and learne to haue a lowly conceite of our selues, with our studies intermeddle continuall prayers, whereby God will be sued vnto, and haue his giftes obtained.

Furthermore, of the Elders it is saide, that when they hadde hearde Paules trauailes, they glorified the Lord. This is a rare example of loue, that they enuie not at the praise of their fellow Minister, and murmur not churlishly at it, as commonly they doe, which being voide of all charitie, are more desirous of their owne glory, than of Gods. For as Paule made God the author of the things which he had so commendably done, so they also tickle not Paule with counterfet prayses, but reioysing in his doings, giue the glory vnto God. They teache vs by their example, how to iudge of the laboures and vertues of Saintes. We must know that they were men, subiect to humane affections, and casualties. If therefore they haue done any thing passing mannes power or habilitie, we mu [...] know it was the working of God, who of meere fauor, did vouchsafe to vse their Mini­sterie. Let vs therfore reioyce in their felicitie, and follow them in yeel­ding our selues to be Goddes instrumentes, but let vs ascribe the whole praise of our doings vnto God. And we thus imitating them, shall truely honoure them, and yet God shal haue his glory remain whole and sound, which those men wickedly violate, that cleaue vnto the Sainctes, and [Page 770] make them aucthors and giuers of goodnesse, in such wise, that they aske helpe and succor of them in distresse. Looke before in the third and four­tienth Chapiters.

Nowe foloweth a notable Acte wherof these Elders of Ierusalem were the cheefe Counsellers. The elders go about to frée Paule from hatred For they counsell him to take vpon him the vowe of a Nazarean, and that the time of his vowe being expired, he should ac­cording to the lawe, let him selfe be purified, or dismissed of his vowe, in the Temple: which thing gaue occasion to his wicked enemies, to take a­gainst him, and so to apprehend him, and cast him in prison. But bicause in this doing, there are things which after a sort are tollerable, and some by no meanes to be borne with, they are therefore the more diligently to be examined. Wherefore for the better vnderstanding of eche thing, we will more at large open this controuersie. Paule taught that men were iusti­fied through the meere fauor of God, Rom 3 Galath. 3 by faith in Iesus Christ, which doc­trine the Apostles, we see allowed and approued with one consent in the xv. Chapter. But where Paule preaching among the Gentiles, had muche adoe with them, that went about to iumble the law and gospell togither, and would haue had the Gentiles brought to the obseruation of Circum­cision, and such like Ceremonies▪ therfore it was necessary, that he should the more diligently intreat of the ende and vse of the law, and he was en­forced in liuely wise, to open all things to the quicke. Wherfore he plainly taught, that the law and ceremonies therof helped nothing vnto iustifi­cation, bicause no man was able to satisfie the law, but that it was giuen to bewray our corruption, and to bring vs being conuicte of sinne vnto Christ, in whome onely the fulfilling of the lawe was to be found. He fur­ther said, that by their opinion which attributed merite of iustification to the lawe, Christe was not auaileable, and that such could not but be con­demned, bicause they wittingly procured to them selues the cursse of the law. Heereof sprang these kindes of locutions: The law worketh wrathe: while the law endured, Rom. 7 1. Cor. 15 Galath. 3 Sinne reuiued: The strength of Sinne is the law. As many as are of the deedes of the lawe, are subiecte to the curse. &c. These things seemed very vnpleasant to those, which were broughte vp in the lawe from their childehode, and knewe that God had appointed the same by Moses. And they that were Paules ennemies, tooke occasion heereof to slaunder him, saying hee was a prophane contempner of the lawe, as though he simplie and without respect, disallowed the same: where as he improued not the lawe, but them, who inuented a new ende and vse of the lawe, and would haue men saued and iustified by the obseruation thereof. Therefore all men enuied Paule, euen as in these dayes, we are called the ennemies of good woorkes, when we say they are not auaileable to iusti­fie and saue by, where yet we leaue them still their place, and teache that they be dueties which all men must needes pay, and perfourme vnto God. Nowe these things being premised, it shal easely appeare what these El­ders meant by their talke, and what marke they shotte at in their doing. Wherefore, wee will nowe viewe and examine all the partes of theyr saying.

The elders oration or talke.First they plainely declare, that Paules good name and fame was euell spoken of amongst al men. For they say: It is reported that thou teachest al men to forsake Moses. &c. And this is to be muche commended in them [Page 771] that they dissemble nothing. For it is good to deale plainly with freendes and brethren, that if they haue offended, it may be amended, and that they may be iudged faultlesse, if they be wrongfully accused. And it is a great fault in them that will still accuse men, when they are absent, and flatter them when they are present. And they also are very faultie, which suffer other to backbite the brethren, and will not warne them, of whome they should beware. For so it commeth to passe, that slaunder breaketh frend­ship euery where, & a great many know not, what cheefely to beware of.

Also they counsell him to make his purgation openly, bringing diuers waightie reasons of that their counsell. For first they alleage the multi­tude of beleuers, all which had conceiued an euill opinion of him. For they say: thou seest brother, how many thousand Iewes there are which beleeue, and they all are feruent folowers of the lawe. And they expressely call them beleeuers, least any man should thinke they would holde with obstinate and stubberne persons. And they say, there are many thousandes of them, declaring that the saluation of so many, is not a thing to be lightly regar­ded. And surely it is likely that Paule was cheefely moued with this rea­son, who was so carefull for his Countrymen, that he wished to be accur­sed for their sakes. They alleage also their zeale to the lawe, to the ende it might appeare that they were as yet somewhat to be borne with, seeing violent remedies could little preuaile in such feruencie of zeale. Further­more they reason of necessitie, saying: It must needes be that the multitude will come togither. For where all men knowe thou art come, the matter can not be dissembled. Therefore it is needefull that thou purge thy selfe heereof. And wheras by words thou shalt little or nothing preuaile with them that are rooted in superstition, it is needefull that thou declare by some fact or other, that thou hast hitherto bene vniustly reprehended. And these persuasions had bene of no smal importance, if the cause had not ben suche, as might rather haue serued to confirme the superstitious in their error, than to win those that were obseruers of the lawe, as we shall by and by declare.

For now followeth the counsell, wherby they thinke Paule may main­taine and keepe his good name and fame, we haue foure menne (say they) which haue a vowe on them, that is to say, Nazareans, The coun­sell of the elders is discussed. whereof we entrea­ted in the eightene Chapter, out of the sixt Chapter of the boke of Num­bres. Ioyne thy selfe vnto these men, and cause thy selfe openly to be shauen and purified with them according to the lawe. Which thing as it is easie to be done: so thereby it shall appeare vnto all men, that thou hast hether­to bene wrongfully suspected, and that thou oughtest to be taken for no despiser of the lawe, seeing thou obseruest the Ceremonies commaunded in the same. This is that Counsell of the Elders of the Congregation at Ierusalem, which outwardly might seeme tollerable, and the same that Paule before did at Cenchreae. But he that expendeth the thing very wel, shall perceiue a great difference betweene them, and that the Apostle ought not to haue yeelded to their deuise, seeing he had so earnestly main­tained and defended the profession of faith and Christian libertie in other things of smaller importance. For first of all, he had bounde him selfe to the vow of a Nazarite, among the Corinthians, 1. Cor. 9. bicause he knew he should winne thereby some weaklings, as he him selfe testifieth. And heereby [Page 772] faithe suffered no detriment or damage, bicause the onely shauing of his head, deliuered him from his vowe. But heere was required a Sacri­fice, which nowe had no more place left in the Church, for that the vaile of the Temple was long before rent in the death of Christ, and all Sacrifi­ces vtterly abrogated. Againe, the thing he did at Conchreae, was one­ly for the weakes sake, and could not be drawne to the Example and con­firmation of the Ceremonies of the lawe. But the end of this fact was, that Paule should testifie, that he liked the whole lawe with all the Cere­monies thereof. Heereof what other thing could spring, but that the Iewes should be confirmed in their error, and they which had hitherto so profited in Christ, that they had renounced the law, should be called backe againe, to the obseruation thereof? Furthermore, if this had beene done in the first beginning of the Church, it might haue seemed iustly to haue bene done for the weakes sake. But seeing the Gospel had now ben prea­ched euery where for two and twentie yeeres togither, surely this was too great an indulgencie and bearing, whereby to confirme an obstinate people in their superstition. Yea God declared by his iudgement, that he was displeased heerewith. For to say nothing how vnhappily this counsell fell out for Paule, God within fewe yeeres after, did vtterly ouer­throw their Citie and Temple, the forge of all superstition, bicause they would not before, make an ende of their Leuiticall Ceremonies. Therfore these Elders beeing deceiued through ouermuche loue they bare to their nation, counselled Paule heereunto, and Paule ouer easely yeelded vnto them, who ought rather to haue vsed the libertie which he shewed before in Titus cause, against Peter, Galath. ij. Therfore they are greatly decey­ued, which by this Example, goe about to defend them, which thinke all things must be done, to winne mennes fau [...]ure by. We know this thing ought to haue place in suche matters as are not derogatorie to the con­fession and libertie of Christ. But where these things come in hazard, we must not swarue one nailes breadth from the way of truthe. Wherfore the erroure of moste singular and holy men must not be taken for any Ex­ample, but must rather cause vs to be the warier, that we be not led awry by like erroure.

Furthermore, in the last parte, they preuent that which might be obiec­ted, touching the Gentiles. For Paules example seemed to preiudice them, and to maintaine their opinion that went about to bring in Circumci­sion and other Ceremonies, among the Gentiles. This therefore they denie, saying: Touching the Gentiles which beleeue, wee haue wrytten heeretofore, exempting them from all obseruing of lawes Ceremoniall, so they abstaine from things that are plaine prophane, and in the vsing of their libertie, forgette not Charitie, and pollute not them selfe with the fellowshippe of Idolles, and Whoredome, and offende no man with the vnseasonable eating of strangled, or bloude, which is a thing bothe easie and profitable for them to abstain from. Read the fiftenth of the Acts touching these poyntes.

Heere throughout all this doing appeareth the obstinacie of the Iewes, and howe small prerogatiue the dignitie of this world hath in matters of religion, seeing no where was founde greater infirmitie and weake­nesse of Faithe in the Apostles time, than in the Churche at Ierusalem, [Page 773] which might iustly glory, both in notablenesse of Citie, and in Chrystes sermons, and in the first fruites and springth of the Gospell. We are al­so taught, howe greatly those supersticious teachers of Ceremonies hin­der the Gospell, which nourishe the weake in fayth with the long retay­ning of them, and with their bearing pull backe the more feruenter sorte of Ministers. Let vs therfore cast away suche weake shores and proppes of this doubtfull & wauering flesh, and holde faste the verity of fayth, and beeing mindefull of Christian libertie, let vs constan [...]ly magnifie the Au­thor thereof, which is the onely begotten sonne of God, Iesus Chryste our Lorde and Sauiour, to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxl. Homelie.

‘THEN the nexte day Paule tooke the men, and purified him selfe with them, and entred into the Temple, declaring that he obserued the dayes of the purification, vntyll that an offering shoulde be offered for euery one of them. And when the seauen dayes were nowe almost en­ded, the Iewes which were of Asia, when they sawe him in the Temple, moued all the people, and layde handes on him, crying: Men of Israell, helpe. This is the man that teacheth all men euery where agaynst the people and the Lawe, and thys place. He hath also brought Greekes in­to the Temple, and hath polluted this holy place. For they had seene with him one in the Citie, Prophimus an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paule had brought into the Temple. And all the Citie was moued, and the people swarmed togither. And they tooke Paule, and drue him out of the Temple, and foorthwith the doores were shutte. As they were a­bout to kyl him, tydings came vnto the high Captayne of the Souldiours that al Hierusalem was moued. Which immediately toke Souldiours and vndercaptaynes, and ran downe vnto them. When they sawe the vnder­captayne and the Souldiours, they left smyting of Paule.’

BIcause Paule the Apostle was euill spoken of among those of Ierusalem for his doctrine about the Law, as though he had simply and absolutely condemned it, with the pre­ceptes and Ceremonies thereof, as a thing of it selfe euill and noughte: the Elders of the Congregation councelled him howe he should cleare him selfe of all suche suspition. And verily it is a thing worthy of prayse in them, that they are so carefull for such a mans good name, but yet to be disliked, that they giue such coun­cell as repugneth with the plaine profession of faith and christian libertie. For this teacheth vs, that the Ceremonies of the law and Leuitical wor­shipping, are by Chryst abrogated, and that therefore hencefoorth there is no more vse of them in religion. For why should they be accounted after Christes cōming among those things that apertaine to the honor of God, seing that God in time past would not be worshipped by thē, but ordeined thē for figures of things to come, & of y e redēption which he had promised? [Page 774] The holy Ghost setteth out this example, neither for vs to folow, neither to diminishe the aucthoritie either of Paule, or the Elders, and cheefely of Iames, but for that we should learne to suspect the wisedome of the fleshe, in matters of saluation and religion, & not to swarue one nailes bredthe, from the word of God. This shall the whole successe of the matter more fully declare, which now forthwith we shall cheefely consider.

Paule obeyeth the counsell of the Elders, hauing no small occasion, to haue expostulated with them, Paule ta­keth on him the vow of a Nazarite. that they had so long borne with manifest erroures and superstition. Yet he modestly and frendly yeldeth vnto them as well for that he would not seeme waiwarde and obstinate, as also for that he thought heereby to haue occasion with more fredome to teach the Iewes. Wherefore he goeth into the Temple with those foure men that had the vow on them, declareth openly the time when they would be pu­rified, and procureth to haue a sacrifice offred for euery one of them. Now who seeth not heere a manyfest errour? why doth he not, as he had before time doone, when he would beare neuer so little the dissimulation of Peter? Why had he no consideration of the Gentiles, which might be maruellou­sly offended at this his dooing? Thinketh he there were no false brethren at Ierusalem, which woulde priuily espie out the libertie of the Christi­ans? Therefore this example teacheth vs howe greatly men erre in Re­ligion, when they take the wisedome of the fleshe ouer hastily to councell. For Paule beeing deceyued heereby, recedeth from his former simplicitie, and layeth a stumbling blocke in the way of those Gentiles which belee­ued, and yet preuayleth neuer the more amongest the Iewes. For they who are not moued with the authoritie of Gods worde, a man shall in vayne go about to moue them with lenitie and councell of the flesh. Ther­fore it is the safest way for vs to acknowledge that all matters in Religi­on appertayne vnto god alone, and that we haue no authoritie ouer them. Thus shall it come to passe, that we shall take nothing vppon vs therein, but shall follow the worde of God onely, which he hath appoynted to be both a rule vnto vs of fayth and religion, and also of our whole life. Looke Numer. 15. Deut. 4. and 12. Chapters.

The succes of mans councell is vnhappy.But let vs at length see, what was the ende of this facte and councell. It seemeth at the beginning, that this businesse would well succeede, by­cause for seauen dayes togither there appeared no daunger. But lo, when Paule thought the ende was at hande, and him selfe in safetie, troubles rise on euery side, so as he is in suche perill of his lyfe, as he was neuer before in the like. For through the importunacie and naughtinesse of a fewe of persons, the whole Citie was in an vprore, and Paule beeing apprehen­ded by certayne sedicious persons, had vndoubtedly perished, if the Cap­tayne had not bene moued by the singular councell of God, to come and re­scue him out of the hands of suche a raging sorte. But let vs peruse euery thing in order, that we may receiue the more instruction thereby.

The Iewes are the au­thors of dis­turbance.First it is declared that the Iewes which came out of Asia were the au­thors of all this tragedie. These are the same which we see many tymes before burned in hatred agaynst Paule, following and pursuing him into euery Citie. For he neuer suffered any persecution, but it was raysed by these men. In these persons may be seene the incurable blindnesse of that Nation, which Paule himselfe bewayleth in the first Epistle to the Thes­salonians, [Page 775] the seconde Chapiter, which at length was greeuously puni­shed by the iuste iudgement of God. In the meane season marke howe paynefull and bolde hatred of the truthe maketh men to bee. For these fellowes follow Paule into all places, and stirre vp sedition in a straunge Citie, which they well knew, could not be done without euident daunger. But would God we had not in our days the lyke examples euery where.

Moreouer hauing opportunitie thervnto, Sedition is raysed. they moue and set al the peo­ple a running, as it were to the quenching of some great fyre newly be­gunne. For they lay hands on Paule, and cry: Yee men of Israell, helpe. &c. What needed any helpe or succour agaynst him, that went about ney­ther secret sedition, nor playne force agaynst any man? You see therefore who they are that commonly be the authors of sedition. This fault most tymes is layde to the Ministers charge, as wee see euery where. But if wee waygh the matter well, wee shall see none other are the begyn­ners hereof, but those that hate the Ministers, and be their enimies. For whereas they can not away with the light of truthe, if they can by none other meanes, they will extinguishe and put away the same with publike tuine, as Catiline once sayde. Referre heerevnto that that is sayde in the 14.16.17.18. and 19. Chapters.

But bicause they woulde not seeme to make suche a doo without some cause they intermeddle with their sedicious clamours, The arti­cles & points wherof Paul is accused. certayne accu­sations. And firste they accuse his doctrine, as a thing preiudiciall to the people of God, to the Lawe, and to the Temple. This they seeme to ga­ther hereof, bycause Paule to bridle the vayne affiaunce in the fathers, which his Countrey men had, declared that the true Israelites were not borne of the fleshe, but of the spirite, and that all they were not by and by to be accompted for the people of God, which were borne of Abraham, af­ter the flesh, except they beleeued in Christ, after the example of Abraham. Also, bicause in reasoning of the true vse of the lawe, he taught that iusti­fication was not to be attributed therunto, as we sawe in the Sermone before going, and for that he sayd the Leuiticall lawes were abolished, by the comming of Christ, and by the merite of his death. And least their ac­cusation might seeme to consist but in bare woordes onely, they complaine them also of a fact by Paule newly committed, namely that he had brought Gentiles into the Temple, and by meane thereof, had polluted that holy place. But this was a moste false and slaunderous reproche, yet founde it credite wyth all men, bycause they had seene one Trophimus an Ephesian in the Citie among Paules companions. Thus they suspecte that he had broughte him into the Churche. Agayne this place teacheth vs, what thinges are commonly layde to the Ministers charge, euen that they wic­kedly sinne against the elect people of God, that they impudently cōdemne the lawes and traditions of the Church, and that they are the subuerters of the Churche, and of all auncient religion. Thus we reade Chryste was accused. And euen the same did the enimies of truthe, lay vnto Stephens charge. And the very same doo certayne persons in these dayes obiecte a­gaynst vs also: who are moued no whit, neither with the respect of Gods Churche, nor with the aucthoritie of Gods Lawe, nor yet wyth any care or desire of true Religion. Yet suche is the happe of truthe, that none is more impudently and effectuously slaundered, than hir Ministers. [Page 776] For where they are enuied of the worlde, and condemned aforehande in all mens iudgementes, moste men easily admitte and receiue any thing agaynst them, and no man is ashamed of his lightnesse in so dooing. But let vs paciently be [...]re that which we know not onely the Prophets and Apostles suffred, but euen the sonne of God also.

Paule is in hazarde of his life.Moreouer being not contented to haue apprehended the man, & to lode him with false accusations, they vse plaine force against him. For they draw him out of the Temple, they lay vppon him and beate him without ceasing, yea they goe about in shamefull wise to kill him, yet first shutting the Churche gates, bicause they would haue the Temple by no meanes polluted. Which example teacheth vs, howe farre impietie, and hatred of Gods woord proceedeth. For although it lieth long hidden, yet when oc­casion serueth, it will burste forthe, and it thirsteth for nothing, but the bloud of the Ministers, which onely is that thing, that assuageth and sa­tisfieth them. The examples heereof are more aboundant euery where than neede any long declaration. First and formost marke I pray you, the singular sanctimonie of these men, which will seeme to fight for God and his religion. For they haue great care, that they pollute not the Churche with bloud, and therefore they shut the doores. But in the meane whyle they feare not to embrue their hands and them selues in innocent bloud. Suche lyke things as these Chryst vpbraydeth them with in the Gospel, where he sayth they strayne at a Gnat, and swalowe downe a Camell. So the Priestes would not goe into the Iudgement hall, bycause they would not prophane their Feast day, but they could deliuer an Innocent vnto Pylate, and with all maner of vnrighteousnesse and importunacy re­quire his bloud. But how this hypocrisie and dissimulation pleased God, appeareth hereby, that not many yeres after he caused the Romanes to destroy those bloudy hypocrites, with their Temple and vngracious citie.

God sen­deth one to deliuer Paule.Howbeit God [...]ayleth not his Apostle, beeing in this daunger, who when he thought he was vtterly caste off, sent him a deliuerer and reuen­ger, which he neuer hoped or looked for. For the Captayne moued with the clamour of the Commons, and with the rumor of a sedition, was straight way at hande with a garrison of souldiers and taketh Paule out of the handes of these harebrayned Commons. And heere he played the parte of a good Magistrate, which thing those men haue a sclender con­sideration of, that suffer harmlesse persons to be oppressed with the vio­lence of desperate people. Here haste thou to consider the truth and father­ly care of God, which alwayes preserueth those that be his, althoughe somewhiles he seemeth little to regarde them. And it is no great matter for him to deliuer them, forasmuche as he is able to bring it to passe, euen by those which are straungers from the fayth and religion. For in thys place Paule is defended by the Romane souldiers. And it appeareth that Ieremie in tyme paste was preserued by Nabuzardes, Iere. 39. and .40. the publike enimie of Gods people. Many like examples might be brought, the ende of all which is, that we should not dispaire in time of the crosse and tribulation, nor flye to vnlawfull meanes of remedie, but put all our care and trust in God, and wayte for his helpe and succour, which Paule at thys tyme fyn­deth to be moste effectuall and ready. For the sedicious, whome neither feare of God, nor shame of man could stay or holde backe, assoone as they [Page 777] espied the Captayne and Souldiers, helde their handes, and ceased smi­ting of Paule. This is the propertie of all the wicked, that they are more stayed with the feare of men, than of God, and therefore the Magistrate or officer is necessarie to brydle and keepe vnder suche vnruly fellowes. Let vs therefore lyue within the feare of God, and directe al our dooings after his holy will, who is able not onely to delyuer vs out of the hands of the wicked, but also from the iawes of Hell and death, through hys sonne Iesus Chryst our Lorde, to whom be blessings, honour, power and glory, nowe and euer. Amen.

The .Cxlj. Homelie.

‘THen the Captayne came neere, and tooke him, and commaunded him to be bounde with two chaynes, and demaunded what he was, and what he had doone. And some cryed one thing, some another among the people. And when he coulde not knowe the certayntie for the rage, he commaunded him to be carried into the Castle. And when he came vnto a Stayre, it fortuned that he was borne of the Souldiours for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after▪ crying, away with him. And when Paule beganne to be carryed into the Castle, he sayde vnto the high Captayne. May I speake vnto thee? Which sayde: Canst thou speake Greeke? Arte not thou that Aegyptian, which before these dayes madest an vproare, and leddest out into the wildernesse foure thousande men, that were murtherers? But Paule sayde: I am a man which am a Iewe of Tharsus, a Citie in Cicill, a Citizen of no vile Citie. I beseeche thee suffer mee to speake vnto the people. And when he had giuen him lycence, Paule stoode on the steppes, and beckened with his hande vnto the people: and when there was made a great sylence, he spake vnto them in the Hebrue tongue, saying.’

WHere Dauid a man after Gods owne mynde sayth: Ma­ny are the tribulations of the iuste, and the Lorde deliuereth them out of all. The same appeareth in this Hystorie to be moste truely sayde. For we haue here howe Paule was ta­ken by the furious multitude of the Iewes, howe he was buffeted and beaten, howe he was lyke to be killed among them, which burning in cankred hatred agaynst him, thyrsted for nothing so muche as his bloud. But lo, on the sodayne God rayseth vp for hym a defender, and deliuereth his Apostle by those which were strangers from the fayth and religion of God. But where we haue in the laste Sermon entreated of the vse and ende heereof, wee will nowe examine the hysto­rie of hys delyuerie, which Luke moste exactly describeth, with all the circumstances thereof.

First he declareth what the Captaine of the souldiers did. Paule is bound in chaynes. He first of all taketh Paule out of their raging hands, and commaundeth to bynde hym with two chaynes, this doth he not of any head, or ouercome with hasti­nesse [Page 778] of anger, bicause al his dooing declareth manyfest tokens of a mode­rate meaning. But he doth it partely for that he thought he was some e­uill man, seeing euery body so earnestly set agaynst him, and partly for that he perceiued he could pacify the furious people no way more commo­diously, than by making them beleeue, that he should shortly be punished, according to his deserts. In the meane season beeing mindfull of his due­tie, he diligently enquireth what he is, and what he had done. For this is the duetie of a Magistrate, to do nothing rashly, or vpon heade. For if he haue once iniuried him, whom he ought to haue defended, then is there no excuse lefte for him. Therfore Moyses commaundeth the Iudges to heare both the small and the great, yea and to searche out the circumstances of all matters, that they offende not, either through ignoraunce, or blinde affection of the fleshe. In the meane whyle we haue heere diligently to consider the maner of this deliuerie. Paule is deliuered out of the present perill of his lyfe, which the Iewes put him in, yet is he bounde with two chayns, as though he were some greeuous malefactor. Howbeit God had ben able at once to haue set him cleane at libertie: which thing bycause he doth not, it is certayne that these chaynes were for Paules commoditie, and that his captiuitie serued the more to set oute Chrystes kingdome. And this is alwayes Gods continuall custome, vsing in this sorte to mo­derate his benefites, specially when he perceiueth wee haue neede to bee kepte vnder and brydeled. This we finde true many times in sicknesse, and in other tribulations, wherein it becommeth vs paciently to suffer whatsoeuer God sendeth, forasmuche as bothe his will is good, and wee can not be exempte or secluded from the care and protection of his diuine prouidence by any aduersitie.

But what do the people in the meane season? First they fill the eares of all men with vncertayne and confused noyse, A descriptiō of sedition. so that nothing coulde bee certaynely knowen or perceyued, which is a thing commonly vsed in sedi­tions, as hath bene sayde in the .xix. Chapter. Next, when the Captayne had commaunded him to be bounde, and to bee brought into the Castle, meaning there to heare the matter, they all follow most impudently after, and preace vpon him with suche violence, that the souldiours are fayne to carry him on their armes and neckes, for feare the Rebels might doo him some harme. At length they agree all in this, that they woulde haue him put to death and made out of the way. In which things, as Luke setteth out to vs a liuely image of sedition: so he teacheth vs, that none are more greeuous enimies of the truthe and of the godly, than suche as colour their enterprises with a zeale of godlynesse. Hypocrites are more cruell than the Souldi­ours. For here a man may see both more equitie & humanitie in the barbarous souldiers, than in the Iewes, which would seme to fight for the Temple and for their religion. For they would haue killed him without hearing his cause, whome the Captayne made diligent inquirie of. They trouble & disturbe all thing with shouting and crying, where the Captayne dothe all thing peaceably and in quiet. These men impudently treade on him, whom the souldiours vouchsafe to carry on their shoulders. What needeth many words? they would neither haue the truth enquired, nor the cause tryed, but would haue him foorth­with made out of the way, to feede their wicked eyes with the sight of an Innocentes bloud. We reade how the lyke fell out in Chrystes passion. [Page 779] For there was more equitie in Pylate and Herode, than in the Priestes, and Scribes. And the Priestes scorned him hanging on the crosse, whom the barbarous Souldiours testified to bee an Innocent, bycause of the wonders that they sawe. There wante not examples in these dayes, considering it appeareth, that many bycause of their confession of the truthe, are more iustly and gently entreated of Turkes, than of the By­shoppes and Monkes, which will seeme to bee enflamed with the zeale of godlynesse. But this is the liuely portraiture of the diuell cruelly ra­ging vnder the cloke of godlynesse. Wee are taught by these examples, that they are not to bee excused which wrong the faythfull of Chryst, vn­der a pretence of suche a zeale. For this Chryste prophesied long agoe should come to passe. And it is euident that Paule burned in the zeale of the Iewes law when he persecuted the Church. But for this cause he confes­seth him selfe to be the chiefest and gretest sinner of all other. Timo. 1. For God will not haue vs ledde with our owne zeale, but requireth of vs knowledge, that when we haue learned to vnderstande his worde, we should do that he prescribeth and commaundeth. Looke the .xv. chapter of Numbers.

But let vs returne vnto Paule, and see what he dothe, beeing compased about wyth so many daungers. Luke reporteth one thing of him, wher­by we may iudge bothe of his inuincible steadynesse of fayth, and of hys coragious minde. For in that furie and rage of the people, and confused clamour and shouting, he meditateth an excuse, Paule medi­tateth how to rxcuse him selfe. partly for that he was very desirous of hys Countreymens vtilitie, and woulde fayne haue broughte them vnto good, and partely for that he woulde free Chrystes quarell of all suspition, beeing appoynted a Minister thereof. And thys example of Paule is to be followed of all Ministers in their priuate daun­gers, diligently to seeke bothe the saluation of others, and the glory of Chryste. But it all be good to consider diligently all the partes of thys businesse. First, he rusheth not out after any rash sort to speake, as sedicious persons vse to do, but asketh leaue first of the Captaine after a modest and reuerent wise. And he setteth him not light, bicause he was a souldier, but rather worshippeth him bicause of his authority & office. By which exam­ple both the Popes and Anabaptistes are confuted, wherof the one simply condemne al Magistrates, & the other set them to kisse their fete, yea they wickedly set their feete vpon them. Moreouer the Captaine, Sée Iose­phus in the ij. booke, and ij. chapter of the Iewes warres. although he suppose him to be a murtherer, answereth him frendly, & demandeth whe­ther he be not that Egyptian, which not many days before had raysed vp the people to rebel, & with his scattred cōplices robbed men in euery place as they went. For it was meet that they which wold not embrace the true Messias, shold be deluded by deceiuers, as we haue elsewhere shewed. The example of the captaine techeth vs to deale curteously with captiues. For where the end of imprisonment, is to bridle & keepe vnder malefactors, for feare of doing hurt, & for an example vnto others, it were discourtesie and vniust to passe these bounds by crueltie against him, whom we ought ra­ther for humanities sake to haue pitie of. Agayne we see in the captaynes demaunde what horrible crymes God suffreth his seruaunts to be suspec­ted & charged with, Psa 34. and yet vseth he to deliuer them out of all. Wherfore there is no cause why they should dismay vs, but rather that we should follow Paule, who beeing nothing offēded with this vnseemely demaund, [Page 780] declareth modestly and frendly what he is, and by reason of his modestie (God so disposing the matter) obteyneth leaue of the Captayne to say his minde. But if a man woulde compare this Captayne with the Monkes of our dayes, and the Inquisitors of Heresie, which cause the tongues of Martyres to be pulled out, bycause they shall not speake to the peo­ple, as they goe to execution, it shall easily appeare, howe muche more wycked and cruell they bee, than hee was. But assoone as Paule had gotten leaue of the Captayne to speake, strayghte way hee beckened wyth hys hande to the people, and obtayneth silence of them also, and maketh a diligent Oration to them out of hande, which was no small token of a ready mynde and witte.

Heere is to bee considered bothe the power and truthe of God. Hys power appeareth in this, that hee was in a momente able to calme and pacifie the myndes of the raging people, to giue eare vnto hym, whose death euen nowe they so desired. Of hys truthe thys is a manyfeste argument, that hee is not amased with all that shouting and buffeting, but hath his wittes and vtteraunce at will, to declare hys cause boldely and artificially before his moste cruell enimies. Thus is that saying of Chryst fulfilled: Euen in the same houre shall it be giuen vnto you what to speake. Math. 10. Mark. 13. &c. Compare with our Paule beeing in chaynes, Cicero the fa­ther of the Romane eloquence, A compari­son betwene Paule and Cicero. and thou shalt perceiue how much the spi­rite of Chryst passeth all industrie of mans wit, and long exercise of plea­ting. For he long agone beeing broughte in his Litter into the Hall, to pleate Milo his cause, when he sawe Pompeyes garde and harnesse glit­tering in euery place of the hall, could scarse for feare once open his mouth to speake. But Paule beeing bound in chaynes, and feeling the ache of hys late bobbes and buffets, among the weapons and armor of the souldiors, the Captayne standing by, pleateth for his life with constante minde and mouth, beeing encouraged with the spirite of Chryste, which he promised to his electe to be their Aduocate and comforter. Let vs lykewise be em­boldened with the meditation of the same, that wee may without feare pleate the cause of saluation and fayth, before this world: for he in whom wee haue beleeued, will not leaue vs destitute, neither of his spirite nor fauor, which is our Lorde and sauiour Iesus Chryst, to whom be prayse, honour power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xxij. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cxlij. Homelie.

‘MEn, brethren, and Fathers, heare yee mine answer which I make now vnto you. When they hard that he spake in the Hebrue tong to them, they kept the more silence. And he saithe: I am verily a man which am a [Page 781] Iewe, borne in Tharsus a Citie in Cycil, neuerthelesse yet brought vp in this Citie, at the feete of Gamaliel, and infourmed diligently in the lawe of the Fathers, and was feruent minded to Godward, as yee all are this same day: and I persecuted this way vnto the death, bynding and deliuering in­to prison both men and women, as the chiefe Prieste dothe beare me wit­nesse, and all the state of the Elders: of whom also I receiued Letters vnto the brethren, and went to Damasco to bring them which were ther bound to Ierusalem for to bee punished.’

ALthough our Sauiour Iesus Christ would haue his Disciples to be pacient in bearing slaunders and repro­ches. Yet that letteth not but they may bothe openly and boldly protest, and de­fend their innocencie. Yea many times necessity constraineth them so to do, least by their meanes, Christ and the Christi­an faith be euill reported. This dothe Paule therefore in this place prudently consider. We heard how the Iewes ac­cused him for a common enimie of gods people, of his law and his Temple. Be­sides this, the Captaine suspected he was an Egyptian, and Captaine of a many of cutte throtes, that lately had made an Insurrection. All which things seeing they were as well preiudiciall to Paule, as vnto Christian religion and truthe, therefore he passeth them not ouer without regarde, nor holdeth not his peace like a blocke, but applieth him selfe busily to get licence of the Captaine to make his purgation: which when he had obtai­ned, he vseth all the helps possible to helpe & relieue his cause. For he ma­keth a diligent and long discourse of al the things that he had done, so that all the people might vnderstande his doing, least he might seeme to haue done any thing of lightnesse of head, or of rashnesse and boldnesse. It shall be profitable, to harken diligētly vnto the Apostle, pleating in his chains, and to consider all the partes of his oration.

First, he comprehendeth his beginning and proposition in few wordes. For he calleth them brethren and fathers, The begin­ning and proposition. wherein he goeth about to get their good will. It maketh also for the same purpose, that he vseth the Hebrewe tong, wherein he knewe they greatly delited. Then he promi­seth to excuse him selfe, that they might vnderstand he was guiltlesse. But his modestie is very worthy to be considered, in that he doth vouchsafe to call them that were so many wayes his professed enimies, and had so in­iuried him, brethren, and fathers. For he dothe it not either of flatterie or feare, but partly for that he was of the same nation, and partly, for that he hoped in so great a multitude, there woulde some be founde that were good, or which would be conuerted and won by the doctrine of the word. Therfore they are reproued by this example of Paule, that condemne the lawfull and receiued stiles of honoure, which the Apostle otherwheres commaundeth vs to vse, where he biddeth vs to goe one before an other in [Page 782] honor. Although we allow God such, as through peuish flattery excede al measure, while they goe not about so much to honor others, as to profite thēselues. In the meane season we are taught our dutie, that for a fewes sake, which haue don vs iniury, we shuld not cōdemne the whole nation. For what more greuous iniuries cā be deuised, thā those which the Iewes did vnto Paule? Yet he loueth them, & reuerently speaketh to thē. He wi­sheth their health and saluation, & wold haue redemed it with the losse of his own. Yea being yet sore of the late stripes & blowes that they had gi­uen him, & being in bands, he taketh them for his brethren & fathers. Let them wel trie them selues after this rule, who being blinded with hastie anger, & for a trifeling iniurie done by some rascall parson, vse to burthen whole nations with slāders, & wish al euil to them, wheras it is not law­ful for a christiā mā, to reuēge him of his enimie. What madnes is it ther­fore, to charge a whole coūtry or nation for the naughtinesse of one persō? But let vs return vnto Paul, The Nar­ration. who after he had premised this brefe begin­ning, cometh to the discourse of his doings, not like a vaūter to bost of his vertues, but bicause it was so requisite to his matter. For first beginning with his natiuitie, he putteth that wrōgful suspition out of the captaines hed, that thought he was a captain of hopelosts. Thē he maketh answer to the Iewes, who partly wer offended at the alteration of their old religiō & partly toke in il part, his preaching the gospel among the Gentiles. The sum & end of his whole narratiō, is to declare, that he had don nothing of his own hed or autoritie, but al thing, according to gods cōmandement & calling. Howbeit he so proceedeth in his narration, that he answereth all such obiections of ignorance, contempt of religion or lightnesse, as might be made against him for professing the faith of Christe, & taking vpon him the office of an Apostle. Al which things we shall consider in order.

Paule chan­ged not his religion of ignorance.First ther are some which of ignorance, & wāt of vnderstāding, are of no constācie in religion, while for lack of knowledge, they are caried about w t euery blast of doctrine. Therfore, lest he shuld be thought to be any of this nūbre, he beginneth with his bringing vp and education. I was (saith he) brought vp in this citie, at the fere of Gamaliel, & was diligently enformed in the law of the fathers. It is not without a cause that he maketh mention both of the citie of Ierusalem, & of his teacher, for in this citie was the most famous vniuersitie of al that nation, & his master amōg the lawyers and doctors, was of gretest authoritie, as we haue alredy herd, ch. v. Therfore it could not be, that he that had bene brought vp frō his childhode in that citie, in the middle of their sacrifices, & vnder such a mā, could be rude and ignorāt in the scriptures & religiō. Moreouer, Pauls exāple serueth trimly for al our enstructiōs, who hauing to entreat of faith & religion, first of al putteth away suspition of ignorance & vnskilfulnesse, hereby teaching vs, that no man ought to be ignorant in religion, & that their opinion is not to be allowed, which affirme it is inough only to beleeue, and will not suffer any diligent examination to be vsed in matters of religion. For God will haue vs to be instructed frō our infācie, as may be sene. Ex. 14. De. 6. Ps. 78. And Abraham is praised for no cause so much, Gene. 18 as that he was so diligent in bringing vp his familie, in the knowledge of Gods religion. Here haue parents what to obserue, who vnlesse they infuse religion into the tender mindes of their children, shall neuer haue them tractable in their age. [Page 783] For that wee proue by experience in graffes, horsses, dogges, and other beasts, the same we finde in the education of children. But O great slouth & vngodlinesse of vs, which take such great paines in training of hounds, and breaking of horsses, and care so little how vnruly and vntowarde our children growe. Furthermore, it is a great token of modestie and loue in Paule, that he would make such reuerend mention of Gamaliel his master, whome yet he knew did erre in many poyntes, and throughe whose tea­ching, he learned that preposterous zeale of the lawe. Yet he acknowled­geth himselfe beholding to him, for as much as vnder him, he had at least, learned good literature. Then howe much more bound are we, vnto suche masters, as beside learning, teach vs godlinesse, and the tracke of true sal­uation? Heereunto referre the commaundement of God in the tables, tou­ching the honouring of our parents.

But to persist in the narration of Paule, there are againe other some, Paule chan­ged not his religion of wicked con­tempt. which of a certaine wicked contempt, passe vnto other religions, persua­ding them selues that men may be saued, vnder any religion. These men, while they seeme to allow all religions, they plainly ouerthrow all religi­on, and imagine that God is some foolish ambitious body, delighted with diuers kindes of players. Therfore least any might thinke Paule to be one of this sort, he sayth, that he was zelous and feruent in the Iewes aun­cient religion. I was feruent minded to Godwarde, as you are all this daye. Otherwheres he sayth, he profited therein aboue all his fellowes. Which example teacheth vs, that a zeale is requisite in religion. For althoughe Paule greeuously offended in his zeale, yet is he not by and by to be con­demned. For God requireth vs wholely, for as muche as he will be wor­shipped of vs, with all our hart, with all our soule, & with all our strength. Therefore they are not to be allowed, which thinke it a foolishe thing, to contend with other in religion. As though it were lawfull to halt on both sides, and euery day to chaunge religion, as we vse to chaunge mony. But these men be suche as God threatneth he will spue out of his mouthe, Apoca. 3 bi­cause of their cowardly coldnesse.

Thirdly there are other, who being of nature inclined to nouelties, Paule alte­red not his religion of lightnesse and incon­stancie. vp­on euery occasion, of neuer so small a gaine, are contented to be persuaded to any thing, or else will receiue the same without any persuasion. Which as they are a filthie and dishonest kinde of people, so Paule sheweth him­selfe to be farre diuers from them, saying: I persecuted this way vnto the death▪ binding and putting into prison all, both men & women. And not cō ­tented to haue put them in gaile, which in this Citie professed not Christ, I went with letters of the Elders as farre as Damascus, to trouble them also that beleeued there. And of this his doing, he calleth the Bishop and El­ders to witnesse, least any man should doubt of it. Heereby he declareth that such a feruent zeale, could not be altered sodenly, without some wor­king of God, so that he was called of God, and constrained to embrace the faith of Christ, as in the things folowing more manifestly I will declare. This example of Paule teacheth vs, that in religion we must cheefely be­ware we seeke not our owne aduauntage, by taking the affections of the flesh to counsell. For they that so do, are carried about with euery winde, and although they sometime take hold of true religion, yet they by and by fall from the same again, assone as they perceiue it agreeth not with their [Page 784] desires. Let vs therfore cast away the blinde desires of the world and the flesh, and harken to the voice of God, which we must follow, and embrace Chryst, that being builded vpon him, we may stande fast against all tem­pestes and stormes, and so growe in him, that hereafter wee may raigne with him in Heauen, to whome be prayse, honour, power and glorie, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxliij. Homelie.

‘AND it fortuned that as I made my iourney and came nigh vnto Da­mascus, aboute noone, sodenly there shone from Heauen a great light round about me, and I fel vnto the earth, and hard a voice saying vnto me: Saule, Saule, why per [...]ecutest thou me? And I aunswered, what art thou Lorde? And he sayd vnto me, I am Iesus of Nazareth whome thou per­secutest. And they that were with me sawe verily a light, and were afrayd, but they heard not the voice of him that spake with me. And I sayde, what shall I do Lord? And the Lord sayd to me: Arise, and go into Damascus, and there it shall be tolde thee of all things, which are appoynted for thee to do. And when I sawe nothing for the brightnesse of that light, I was led by the hand of them that were with me, and came into Damascus.’

THe Apostle Paule speaking in chaines before the Iewes, maketh a diligent reporte of the things by him done, not to the intent that of vainglorie and ambition he meant to vaunt him of his vertues, but to put away wrongfull sus­pitions, and to make all men knowe that he toke him not to the Religion of Chryst rashely and of his owne heade, but by Gods calling and appointmente, and so preached the same vnto the Gentiles. And to this end ought al those things cheef­ly to be referred, which he yesterday spake touching his bringing vp, pro­fiting in the discipline of the law, of his zeale in Religion, and persecuting of Chrystes Church. For hereby euery man might easily perceyue, that so feruent and earnest a defender of the law, and enimie of Christian religi­on could not so sodenly be altered but by Gods power and working. This thing he here proueth nowe more euidently, where he declareth the storie of his conuersion, with all the circūstances in order, which storie, bicause it is otherwheres at large entreted, we wil touch but such things only as make for the state of this present cause, with a fewe other things, the re­hersal wherof shal not be superfluous, and which to consider oftentimes, shall be very profitable for vs.

Alteration of religion, is to be ex­cused by the word of god alone.The first thing heere to be obserued, is that Paule excuseth his leauing the Iewes religion for Christes, by this one argument, that God was the aucthor and Counseller of him therto. Whereuppon we gather, that they ought not to be reprehended, which at Gods calling, forsake their old superstitions, and embrace true religion, forasmuch as it is euident, that [Page 785] God commaundeth nothing but that that is iust and wholesome, and we owe him obedience without delay. For onlesse we thus thinke, wee can not excuse neither Paule, nor the Apostles, of lightnesse and inconstancie, who all folowing the sonne of God, chaunged that religion, that they had bene borne and brought vp in. These things teache vs, how vniustly we are accused of our aduersaries, for forsaking the Romishe Churche, seeing we may answer them euen as Paule heere answered the Iewes, namely, that we haue done nothing of our owne head, but haue altered our religi­on, according to the appointment and commaundement of Christ. For al­though Christ vsed not the same mene and way with vs, that he did with Paule, yet we haue heard his voice sounding in his word, and haue folow­ed him. He crieth: Come vnto me all th [...]t trauell and be heauy laden, Math. 11 and I will refreshe you. If any man thirst, let him come vnto me, and drinke. I am the light of the world, he that foloweth me, walketh not in darkenesse. Iohn. 7. Iohn. 8. Iohn. 10 I am the dore, if any [...]nter in by me, he shall be safe, and goe in and out, and finde pasture. He that entreth not in by the dore, but climeth vp some other way, is a theefe and a murtherer. Againe: I am the way, the light▪ and the truthe. No man commeth to the father, but by me. Iohn. 14 Heereunto belong the sayings of the Apostles, which being inspired with the spirite of Christe, affirme with one accorde, that in him onely, saluation is to be had and founde. What wise man therefore wil blame vs, which following the liuely voice of Christ, haue left the Romishe sea, which hathe shewed vnto vs infinite wayes of saluation beside him, yea which with hir traditions hath brou­ght vs in dout of our saluation? How much more are they to be reprehen­ded, which wickedly despise Christ, calling vs aloude vnto him, with his armes spred abrode, being like to those obstinate and vnthankful persons, of whome he complaineth in Esay the Prophet. And if any man reiect our excuse, verily he sufficiētly declareth, that he is led with the wicked spirit of the Iewes, who disdained to heare Paule, defending himselfe with the same reason.

Secondarily, heere appeareth the maruellous power of Christ, The power of Christ in subduing of his ene­mies. and the meanes that he was wōt to vse, in subduing of his enimies: where three things are to be considered. The first is, how he suffreth Paule to approch neare vnto Damascus, before he declare any signe of his wrathe & iudge­ment. And there is no doubt, but hauing the Citie in his sight, which he thought was a Sanctuarie for the faithfull, he was altogither inflamed with furie, the godly in the citie miserably trembling in the meane while, for feare, to whose eares the fame of this Wolfe that hied hym so fast, was comen afore. But euen as he was ready to set mouth on his pray, the Lord was at hand. For this is Goddes propertie, to winke at many things in the wicked, and for a time to beare with their attemptes, that while he chastiseth those that be his, a pit may be digged vp for their ene­mies in the meane season, and so his people are the more gloriously deli­uered. See the Psalme. 94. Next of al, he easily and without any do, Psalme. 94 layeth this tyrant along, which came both stout in minde with manacings, and with publike authoritie. For with a lightning, he vtterly dismaieth him. But what is so easie vnto God, as to throw lightning from heauen? And by and by this furious Euceladus and Giant falleth to the ground, whom neither his companie and retinue, nor the high Priestes letters, could de­fend [Page 786] from the wrath of Christ. And straight way, being become tame and gentle, he demaundeth what mighty Champion this is, offring to be at his appoytment and obedience in all things. Besides this, he is not only made feebler in body, but also stricken blinde, in so much that he is faine to be led by the hand into that Citie by others, to the which he came to fette out the Christians. Thus God vseth in wonderfull wise, to disapoint and delude the enterprises of his enimies, so that they which erewhile semed to all men inuincible, and as it were to prescribe God, are laughed of all men to scorne. Examples heereof we haue elsewhere declared, the ende of all which is this, that we feare not the power of our enimies, but set our hope fast in God, who can so easily deliuer vs out of their hands.

And to this ende cheefely serue (which is the thirde pointe of this trea­tise) the words of Christe, saying: Saule, Saule, why persecutest thou me? Again, I am Iesus of Nazareth whom thou persecutest. For by these words he plainely testifieth, that whatsoeuer had hitherto beene done against his faithful people, was done vnto him. For there is suche a coniunction be­twixt Christ and vs, as vseth to be betweene the head and the members. Who wold haue thought, that Christ had had any regard of his church, when Steuen was so vnworthily stoned to deathe. Or when Saule burst open the dores, and caried both men and women to prison? But yet Christ did not onely see these things, and was sory for the calamitie of his peo­ple, but was so affected, as though he had bene beaten and caried to pri­sone him selfe. Heerevnto beelongeth that which hee saithe in the Pro­phet: Zacha. 2 He that toucheth you, toucheth the apple of mine eye. These things as they serue for the consolation of the godly: so oughte they to feare all those which thinke it but a light matter, to persecute the members of Christ, either for their faith or religion, or else to iniurie them, or oppresse them, by vsurie, or other vniust meanes. For he heareth the cry of his ser­uauntes, and sheweth himselfe a mightie reuenger. In the meane season, Christes example teacheth vs what a compassion and affection ought al­so to be amongst vs, which glory in Christ our head, and doe professe to be members all of one body. 1. Cor. 12 Rom. 12 Let vs therfore reioyce with them that reioyce, and lament with them that lament.

An exāple of true con­uersion.Last of all, heere is set forth vnto vs a notable example of true conuersi­on, al the circumstances whereof it shalbe very profitable to consider. And first Paule himselfe is to be considered, who before he was conuerted, was like such a wolf as Iacob the Patriark forshewed of. For burning altogi­ther in rage, he goeth on to wurrie and scatter abrode Christes shepefold, not once thinking al the meane while of his owne conuersion vnto Christ. Therfore he rusheth in furious wise into his own destruction, & vndouted­ly had perished, if the Lord reaching his hand from heauen, had not pulled him back. First, the beginning of conue [...] ­sion sprin­geth of god. Wherby we lerne that the beginning of conuersion springeth of god, for we be al in that state & conditiō that Paul was, for being of nature corrupted, we folow the blind affections of the flesh, and being bewitched with intisements of sinne, we please our selues in our sinful doing, neuer thinking of amendment, vnlesse the spirit of god put vs in mind therof, for what can we herein do, 2. Cor. 3 Iere 21 [...]. 5 Ph [...] 2. who of our selues are not able once to thinke wel? Therfore the Prophet saith very wel. Conuert vs & we shalbe conuerted, and Paul testifieth that God worketh in vs both the wil and the dede, accor­ding [Page 787] to his good plesure. This part might be declared by many examples, but forasmuch as they are euery where easie to be sene to all thē that read the scriptures, we wil be br [...]fe. And here the defenders of free wil are con­uinced, which teach that a man may learne & repent at his owne volunta­ry pleasure. But if the beginning of conuersion procede of our selues, then surely some praise of merite & desert is due to our work, which cannot stād without the reproch of Christ. But if the beginning of goodnesse proceede frō God alone, why be we so proud, & brag so much of fre wil, seing ther is no vse therof in that thing wherof we stād most in nede, according to these mens iudgement? But to let passe th [...]se maters let vs peruse the maner of Pauls cōuersion, which containeth in it certain ex [...]ern & outward things, Secondly, the manner of conuer­sion. & certē intern & inward. The things external, are Pauls abashmēt w t the lightning & throwing from his horse, & Christes reprouing him of his heinous sin by his word. Inwardly Christ worketh by his spirit, & bringeth down his haultie stomacke. This is the solempne and common vsage of God in conuerting of sinners, & such as the corruption of our nature of necessitie requireth. For wher we wallow & delite in sin, it behoueth vs to be wake­ned with some strange plage or calamitie. And to this end, god sendeth vs diuers chastisemēts, such as are sicknesses, pouerty, dearth, hūger, wars, and whatsoeuer like aduersities happen vs either priuately or publikely. Again, wheras our flesh neuer iudgeth rightly of sin, it is nedeful that the ouglinesse therof be bewraid by the word of God, which thing Christ de­clareth saying of his spirit, that it reproueth the world of sin. Iohn. 16 Unto these externe & outward things, God ioyneth secrete suggestions of his spirite, wherby he twitcheth vs by the eares of our cōsciēce, & stirreth vs vp ear­nestly to think of repentāce. And that god hath obserued this order frō the beginning of the world, he shal easily perceiue in himself, that hath not vt­terly lost his senses. And what we haue to do, Thirdly, the dueties of conuer­tites. when God by such meanes as these allureth vs, Pauls exāple declareth. In dede ther appereth in him some smack of carnal slouthfulnesse, which being strickē to the groūd, doth not yet know his Lord. But this is worthy to be cōmended, that whē the Lord had told him what he was, by & by he demandeth, what his wil is, that he should do. For this is the saying of a true & hūble hart, submitting himself wholy to obey the wil of God. Let vs therfore folow this exāple, which the holy Ghost wold haue put in wryting, to serue for our instruc­tion. And when we are chastised, let vs think we are chastised of the Lord, who requireth of vs repentance. And let vs do penaunce, not according to our owne braine, or as seemeth good in our sight, but according to Gods appointment which we shal learne in his word. For after this sort aduer­sitie shal serue to our amendment, and our amendment or conuersion shall be acceptable vnto God. But if a mā wold compare these things with the vsage of our dayes, he shal easily perceiue, how many wayes mē herein of­fend. For a man shal find few, which whē they are chastised, wil acknow­ledge God to be the author therof, but the most part impute their misfor­tunes vnto other causes. And if there be any so touched with the feeling of religion▪ that they are constrained to acknowledge the hand of God, yet is that feling very smal, and of litle continuance, or else ioyned with supersti­tion, wherby being deceiued, they do their penaunce but counterfetly, and for a litle season, as God vpbraideth the people of Israel by his Prophet. Hose. 6 [Page 789] And this is the cheefe cause of so many and so continuall calamities, as are in our dayes, which if we redresse not, lette vs neuer looke for better state. The last thing in this treatise, is how Paule is sent into the Citie to Ananias, of whome he requireth more fully to be instructed. The causes of this precept or doing, we haue declared before, where ye may loke for the same. Sée the Ho­mely. 63. chap. 6. It becommeth vs to follow the example of Paule, that framing our selues according to Gods calling, we turne from superstition and other sinnes vnto God, and hang wholy vpon his mouth and word, fashioning our life and conuersation, according to his will. For so after we haue hap­pily ended this life, we shall be coheires in heauen with Iesus Christe, the sonne of the euer liuing God, to whome be praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cxliij. Homelie.

‘ANd one Ananias a perfecte man, and as pertaining to the lawe, hauing good reporte of all the Iewes, which there dwelt, came vnto mee and stoode, and said vnto me: brother Saule, receiue thy light. And the same houre I receiued my sight, and sawe him. And he saide, the God of our fa­thers, hath ordained thee before▪ that thou shouldest knowe his will, and shouldest heare the voice of his mouth. For thou shalt be his witnesse vnto all men of those things, which thou hast seene and heard. And nowe why tarriest thou? Arise and be baptised, and wash away thy sinnes, in calling on the name of the Lord.’

BIcause all chaunge of religion is odious, as arguing a light and inconstant minde, therefore Paule so diligently excuseth his leauing the Iewes religion. And first he de­clareth, that he behaued himselfe therein with great zeale, least any should thinke, he were fallen away of ig­norance and lack of knowledge, or of hatred of discipline, or of leuitie and inconstantnesse. And he beginneth the Historie of his vo­cation in suche sorte, as it may appeare, that he was not onely called by God, but also constrained. And now he addeth hereunto, how he was or­dained vnto the office of an Apostle, by the ministery of Ananias▪ who was appointed of God to be the interpreter of this heauenly oracle and vision. The principall vse of this place, is to answere them which suspected the storie of his vocation, and saide, that Paule was deceiued by a vaine fanta­sie and delusion. The de­scription of Ananias.

He beginneth in commodious wise with the description of Ananias, lest any man might thinke he had giuen credit to any slender or light person of no estimation. And for bicause the Iewes would not haue admitted the te­stimonie of any that had forsaken his religion, he first and formoste com­mendeth him for a diligent obseruer and follower of the lawe, where he saithe, he is a godly man according to the lawe. Unto this commendation, he ioyneth the publike testimonie of al the Iewes, dwelling at that time at Damascus. Beesides this, hee declareth howe his sight was restored to [Page 789] him againe, the cheefe vse wherof it seemeth God would haue to be this, that Paule mighte knowe, that Ananias was sent vnto him of God. For who woulde accuse him of vanitie, which beeing admonished by hea­uenly Oracle, yea beeing vtterly amased, and following such an expoun­der of the Oracle, had altered his religion? And Paules example teacheth vs, that of all things we must flee leuitie in religion, that wee rashly be­leeue not euery one. For as in religion consisteth the summe of our salua­tion: so it appeareth there haue bene in all ages deceiuers, whiche haue layde snares to entrappe the mindes of the simple. And both Chryste and the Apostles abundauntly teache vs, that suche should arise in the Church after them. Therefore the suggestions of the men of our dayes is to bee lamented, which in the most cleare light of the Gospell, beleeue euery spi­rite, contrary to the bydding of Iohn the Apostle: yea they take them to be the true followers of the Apostles, which with scoffery and tauntes can quippe the Ecclesiastical Ministers and Magistrates in secrete, wher­as them selues in the meane season are neither learned nor honest. Agayne let vs marke what the true commendation of a Minister is, The true commenda­tion of Mi­nisters. and of all that beare any publike office. The first thing is godlynesse, ordered and direc­ted after the lawe of God, that is according to Gods appoyntment. For it is not ynough onely to be godly, but wee must frame the same according to Gods worde. Otherwise it shall be a zeale without knowledge, suche as the Iewes and Paule sometime were deceiued with. Agayne, they must haue a good testimonie of them, amongst whom they dwell, and also of others abroade, that the Gospell bee not euill spoken of for their sake. See Paule touching this poynt, in the first to Timothe, the third chapter. Unto this must be ioyned a lawful vocation or calling, which thing if they feele not in them selues, they shall neither boldly nor profitably discharge their duetie. But it is euident that the Prophets and Apostles, to whom we haue giuen credite, were suche. For they following the worde of God in all thing, haue not swarued one nayles breadth from the same. And such was their integritie of life, that to this day the Turkes and Papistes re­uerence their name. Concerning their calling no man can doubte, seeing there are so many testimonies thereof extant in the Scriptures. Therfore they are not to be accused of vanitie, that haue beleeued them. Let vs ra­ther constantly stande by the fayth which they haue taughte vs, as the which onely is sufficient to saue vs.

Furthermore when Paule had described the person of Ananias, he reher­seth also by word what he said, Ananias O­ration or talke. bicause euery thing therin made very much for the matter he had in hande. For bothe he teacheth, that God was the onely author of all this busynesse, and declareth the ende wherfore he was called, and last of al exhorteth him to be baptised. Touching the first poynt, Paule is cal­led of God. he sayth: The God of our fathers hath ordeyned thee before. Hereby veri­ly was Paule so certaine of his vocation, that afterwarde he was bolde to say, Gala. 1. that he was ordeyned euen from hys mothers wombe to preache the Gospell. He calleth him expressely the God of the fathers, to declare that he swarued not from the righte worshipping of God. Howebeit as these things excuse Paules turning from the Iewes religion, and proue his do­ctrine to be true: so they shewe that he was called through no deserte of his, but onely of the meere grace of God. For what was there in Paule, [Page 790] beeing a cruell enimie of Chryst, and imbrued with the bloud of Steuen the first Martyr, wherefore he should be called? He him selfe truely sayth he is the greatest sinner of all others, and confesseth it was the benefite of Gods meere bountie and goodnesse that he was made the Minister and Apostle of Chryste. 1. Timo. 1. And that wee speake of Paule, is to bee verified of all Ministers. For wee are all of lyke sorte, so that if God preuented vs not with hys goodnesse, we were not able to thinke one good thought. Hereof we haue elsewhere entreated more at large.

To what ende Paule was called.Nowe let vs heare to what ende God prepared Paule. Firste, to know his wyll. Hee beginneth with thys, for bycause Ministers muste heere­with beginne, who if they vnderstande not the will of God them selues, can neuer be able to teache it to others. For although Paule was brought vp of a childe in the lawe of God, yet was he hitherto ignoraunt of the will of God, which was wrapped and folded vp in the Lawe. For hee thoughte that men were iustified and saued by the Lawe, beeing vt­terly ignoraunte of Gods will, Iohn. 6. which is, that euery one that seeth the sonne, and beleeueth in him that sente him, shoulde not perishe in his sinnes, but beeing iustified by the merite of the sonne, should haue lyfe euerlasting. Therefore it was necessarie that this wyll should bee reuealed vnto him▪ to the intent that he should not wander vp and downe in the shadowes of the lawe, beeing vncertayne of his saluation. Furthermore, where the wholsome will of God is onely contayned and learned in Chryste, Ananias by and by addeth howe he shoulde knowe hym, saying, that Paule was ordeyned to the ende to see that iuste. So he calleth Chryste, both for that he is him selfe iuste and faultlesse, and also for that he maketh all those iust that beleeue in him. In so muche that the Prophete sayde long agone that shoulde be his name: Iere. 23. The Lord our righteousnesse. But where it was the worke of God that Paule knew Chryst, it is euident that none commeth to the knowledge of him, except God vouchsafe to reueale him vnto him. For euen by Chrystes testimonie: Math. 11. None seeth the sonne, but the father, and he to whom the father doth vou [...]hsafe to reueale him. Wherby agayne it appea­reth, that our saluation proceedeth of Gods free mercy. Thirdly he sayth, he was ordeined to heare the voyce of his mouth, and so should be taught of God otherwise than by his ordinary meanes, Gala. 1. & .2. which things otherwhe­res Paule cheefly vrgeth agaynst them which went about to eleuate and diminishe the authoritie of his Ministerie. This is verily a maruellous benefite of God, and so shall it appeare in deede to be, if wee consider that Paule was the enimie of God, and yet God doth voutsafe friendly and fa­miliarly to talk with him. Let vs also acknowledge the goodnesse of God, which doth voutsafe euery day to speake vnto those whom he mighte of right repute as his enimies, and iustly persecute them. In the meane sea­son heere are all Ministers admonished of their duetie: namely, to fetche their doctrine from the mouth of God, that is to say, from the scriptures, and not to thinke it is lawefull for them at their pleasure to charge the Churche with newe decrees and ordinaunces. See what we haue sayd elsewhere touching this poynte. Last of all, he declareth the office wher­vnto he was called of God, saying that the will of God, the knowledge of Chryst and hys worde, was therefore declared vnto him, bycause he should be a witnesse of Chryst, whom he had both heard and seene, vnto all [Page 791] men. Thus it appeareth he was matched with the other Apostles, bicause they had none other thing inioyned them, but to beare witnesse of Chry­stes lyfe and death, of his doctrine and miracles, and laste of all, of his re­surrection and ascention. This name witnesse, comprehendeth in it the whole duetie of an Apostle and Minister, as we declared in the first Chap­ter, where you may looke for those obseruations which here for breuities sake are omitted. He maketh mention expresly of al men, to answere them which thought it an vnmeete thing for him to preach the Gospel of Christ to vncircumcised people. Also here may be taken out a generall doctrine, which admonisheth al such of their duties, as God hath illuminated with the knowledge of his sonne, and of his will. That is, to spreade the same knowledge abroade euery where, and to beare witnesse in all places of Gods mercy and grace. This thing partely the rule of thankfulnesse requireth, that they should set foorth the glory of God, who haue felte of hys healthfull hande and mercy, and partely brotherly charitie, whereby wee shoulde be as carefull of others saluation, as of our owne. With the which reasons, as also with the expresse commaundement of God, it ap­peareth Paule was moued in suche wise, that he could not intermitte hys duetie, though the Iewes disdayned him neuer so muche.

Now remayneth the laste parte of Ananias oration, where he exhor­teth him to be baptised, that he should openly professe the name of Christ, Paule is baptised. and be grafted into his Church, according to Christes cōmandement. And this he vrgeth with great grauitie & weight: Why lingerest thou (saith he) not for that Paule ment to defer or shift off the matter, but to pricke hym forwarde the more earnestly, being dismayed with feare and trembling in conscience. Wherfore he addeth this saying: Arise and bee baptised, and washe away thy sinnes in calling on the name of the Lorde. Here we haue to obserue his maner of speaking of the Sacrament, which declareth the reason and dignitie of baptisme. For Ananias meaning was not, that he thought sinnes were washed away by water, which the Scripture euery where teacheth, are clensed & purged by the onely bloud of Chryste. But bycause that washing which is made by the bloud of Chryst, is outward­ly shadowed and expressed by Baptisme, it commeth to passe, that by reason of suche phrase of Scripture synnes are sayde to bee washed a­way by baptisme. And bycause Paule shoulde not thinke it a straunge or harde kynde of saying, he addeth thereto, by calling on the name of the Lorde. For by these words he is sent vnto Chryst, which being taken hold of, and called vpon by faith, bestoweth such gifts of saluation vpon vs, as the sacraments vse to figure and shadow out vnto vs. And as we must in vsing of the Sacraments haue a respecte vnto Chryste, if wee will haue them to profite vs: so agayne wee are taught, that they muste not be con­demned nor thought superfluous by any meanes. For God hath ordeined nothing without gret cōsideration, whose intent is not to haue his church ouercharged or clogged by any means. Therfore Philip baptised y e Eunuch also after he had confessed his fayth. And Peter thought it good to baptise Cornelius houshold, whē they had receiued the holy ghost. Yea Paul, whō the holy ghost secretly cōmendeth, is here earnestly moued to receiue bap­tisme. These examples reproue the despisers of Sacramēts, which while they will seeme too spiritual, do wickedly set light the ordinances of God. [Page 792] Bu [...] chiefly wee haue to marke Paule to followe hys example, and in Religion not to deale rashly or vnconstantly, but beeing rightly instructed in the truth, to labour diligently to keepe and holde fast the same. For so by labours and perils we shall come to the inheritaunce of eternal life, which God the father of mercy hath appoynted vs from euerlasting in his sonne I [...]sus Chryste, to whome be prayse, honour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxlv. Homelie.

‘ANd it fortuned when I was come agayne to Hierusalem, and prayed in the Temple, I was in a traunce, and sawe him saying vnto mee: make haste and get thee quickely out of Hierusalem, for they will not receyue thy witnesse that thou bearest of mee. And I sayde, Lorde, they know that I prisoned and bet in euery Synagoge them that beleeued on thee. And when the bloud of thy witnesse Steuen was shedde, I also stoode by, and consented vnto his death, and kept the rayment of them that slue him. And he sayde vnto me, departe, for I will sende thee a farre hence vnto the Gen­tiles. They gaue him audience vnto this worde, and then lifte vp their voy­ces and sayde: away with suche a fellowe from the earth. For it is not rea­son that he should lyue.’

PAule the Apostle (as hath nowe oftentimes bene decla­red) goeth about in this diligent and long discourse of his dooings, to put away the wrongful suspitions and reproches wherewith hys enimies burthened him. There were two thinges chiefly which incensed the mindes of the people agaynst him: namely his turning from the Iewes religion, vnto the fayth of Chryst: and that in preaching the Gospell of saluation vnto the vncircumcised Gen­tiles, he seemed to match them with the Iewes. For by these things they gathered, that he was the very enimie of the people of God, & a prophane and wicked contemner of the lawe and of the Leuiticall seruice. To the first poynt he hath hitherto answered, alleaging still this one thing, that he had done nothing rashly or of his owne head, but all things according to Gods commaundement and calling: So teaching vs by his example what wee also haue to doo in altering or defending our religion. And now he proceedeth to the seconde poynte, alleaging the same argument, decla­ring that he was called foorth of God to preach vnto the Gentiles, and neuerthelesse, yet ceassed not to loue his Countreymen, which thing shall moste playnely appeare by all the partes of that Hystorie, which he here rehearseth.

Paule retur­neth to Ierusalem.For first he sayth, he returned to Ierusalem, verily to bestowe hys la­bour vpon them of whom he was borne, and of whom he was brought vp and instructed. For he maketh mentiō of this iourney for none other cause, but to proue and declare that the faulte was not in him, that he preached [Page 793] not the message of saluation vnto his own nation. Furthermore we decla­red before out of the ninth chap. of his Epistle to the Galathians, that this iorney of his was in the fourth yere after he was conuerted. Wherefore to let passe the supputation of the time, let vs consider the example of Paule, which teacheth Ministers, that although they be detters vnto al men, yet ought they to haue a speciall care of their owne countrey and nation. For this is the lawe of nature, that we be bounde vnto those aboue others, a­mongst whom we haue bene borne and brought vp from our childhoode. This rule Chryst obserued also, when he offered the doctrine of saluation euen at the beginning to those of Nazareth, whose vnkindnesse yet he was not ignoraunt of. And that that is sayd vnto the Ministers, the same must all men obserue, most to esteme their own natiue soyle & countrey. Wherin it behoueth them to folow Moses, which chose rather to forsake the riches and delytes of the Court, than his brethren oppressed with tyrannie. Let th [...]m here learne their wickednesse which are growen to such impudencie, that they can find in their heart to sel the libertie of their countrey, lawes and priuileges, and all other things, so they may get any priuate gayne and aduauntage thereby.

But let vs returne vnto Paule, Paule pray­eth in the Temple. who after he was come againe into the Citie, went into the Temple to pray. And of the Temple he maketh men­tion partly, bicause none should say he lay lurking in a corner: & partely to put away the suspition of polluting the Temple, which opinion he knewe many had of him. What he desired in his praier may easily be gathered out of the tenth to the Romanes, where he saith: he praied oftentimes for the Iewes, that they might obteine saluatiō. And that this was the very end of his prayer we shal playnly see by the communication folowing, which he had with Chryst touching the Iewes. Agayne, Ministers are here ad­monished of their duetie, that is, with continuall prayers to helpe, procure an [...] further the saluation of the people. For as the rule of faith & charitie, wherby they are bound to the flock committed vnto them, commaundeth the same: so necessitie also requireth it, bicause it is euident that their la­bours are but in vayne, onlesse God giue the encrease. This the auncient Prophets likewise sawe, in whose writings are extant many prayers for the people. This must Magistrates also obserue, forasmuche as they are able to do dothing without the ayde and assistance of God, by whose spirit it is nedeful that they be ruled and led. They haue also to imitate the ex­amples of Moses, Dauid, Salomon, Ezechias, beside infinite others.

Now at length Paule expoundeth the Oracle, Paule by o­racle is sent vnto the Gentiles. wherby he was cōmaun­ded to go vnto the Gentiles. He saith he was in a traunce for the more cre­dite & authoritie of the oracle. And he diligently reporteth his talke wyth Chryst, both whose persons muste be considered. First, Chryste appeareth vnto him, and byddeth him with speede to get him out of Ierusalem, ad­ding this reason of his commaundement, bycause they will not receyue the testimonie that thou bearest of me. But if a man would consider these things with the vocation of Paule▪ it shall appeare that thys was no smal temptation & trial of him. For he had heard that he was a chosen vessel of Christ, & should be his witnesse vnto al men. And it is no doubt but he con­ceiued a special hope of the conuersion of his owne nation, whō he so gret­ly loued and made of. And now he heareth that al his hope was in vayne. [Page 794] But thus God tryeth the fayth of his chosen, when successe faileth not out alwayes according to their godly wishes and endeuours. So Moses when he beganne to deliuer and defend his countreymen, found how they vnkindely reiected him. So Helias after he had ouercome and killed the Priests of Baal, and thought all thing was hushe and quiet, was feared a fresh with the new manaces and cruel attempts of Iezabell. Let vs, being taught by these and suche like examples, not giue ouer, but keepe our stan­ding stoutly, and at length we shall not want occasion, wherby to do pro­fitable seruice vnto God. But let vs heare Paule, which seemeth by his disputation with God to drawe his head as it were out of the coller. For calling to remembraunce his former state and condition, he thinketh it can not be by reason of his sodaine chaunge, that they could be moued to beleue the Gospell. This is cōmonly sene in the scripture, that the holy men some­time seeme to contende with God, not of any froward and obstinate mind, but for that they feele the faith confirmed by discussing and examining the diuerse reasons of things. For the which cause God gently permitteth thē so to do: who, if he should deale with vs rigorously, would not once vout­safe to speake vnto vs. Here is the superstition of suche ouerthrowne, as thinke we haue neede of Sainctes to be our intercessours, bycause it is not lawfull for vs beeing sinners to come in Gods sight, as they say. And yet he heareth not onely the prayers of those that be hys seruauntes, but also the reasons and argumentes that they make, euen contrary to his com­maundements. Yet wee muste beware, that we abuse not Gods gentle­nesse in contending, and so proceede vnto murmuring and stubborne diso­bedience: but rather let vs wholly submit our selues vnto God, to whom it is mete that al our reasons do yeld and giue place. For he will not at any time change his minde & sentence, as it were at our appoyntment, bycause his coūsel endureth for euer. This Paule proueth here in this place. For the Lorde vrgeth his commaundement, and expressely sendeth him vnto the Gentiles, not promising him any successe of the Gospell among them, by­cause he will haue vs simply to obey him.

Paule is di­sturbed in his oration.Furthermore, as Paule would haue gone forwarde, and haue declared a reason of his doctrine, the Iewes with furious clamours cry out vpon hym, yea required to haue him put to death. For as soone as they herd the Gentils were mentioned, they could kepe pacience nor modesty no longer. The cause of this their importunitie & vnreasonablenesse was the proud conceipt & opinion they had of thēselues. For where they claymed to them only the name of gods people, & leaned vpō the merit of their leuitical law, they thought it an hainous offence for any mā to match the gentils, which were vncircumcised, & not vnder the discipline of the law, with them in the state of saluation. So arrogant & proud a thing is hypocrisie & dissimula­tion. Thus we know the Pharisies sometime were offended with Christ, for that he preached saluation vnto publicans. So now adays the doctrine of the gospell semeth a thing intollerable to the monks & their adherents, bicause it sheweth saluatiō in christ vnto sinners, & techeth y t they are iusti­fied by faith only. For hereby they see their inuentions, wherin they put al their trust throwen down. But let vs cōfesse the goodnesse of god, & not be greeued to haue sinners conuerted vnto the faith, to be partakers of salua­tion with vs, seing that Iesus Christ the only begotten sonne of God, and [Page 795] our sauiour did vouchsafe to be hanged among theeues, and there purged the sinnes of the whole worlde, to whome be prayse, honour, glory and power, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxlvj. Homelie.

‘ANd as they cryed and caste off their clothes, and threw duste into the ayre, the Captayne commaunded him to be brought into the Castle, and bad that he should be scourged, and to be examined, that he myghte know wherfore they cryed so on him. And when they bounde him wyth thongs, Paule sayde vnto the Centurion that stoode by him: Is it lawefull for you to scourge a man that is a Romane, and vncondemned? When the Centurion heard that, he went and tolde the vpper Captaine, saying: what intendest thou to doo? for this man is a Citizen of Rome. Then the vpper Captayne came and sayd to him: Tell mee, art thou a Romane? He sayde, yea. And the Captayne aunswered: with a great summe obteyned I thys freedome. And Paule sayde: I was free borne. Then strayght way departed from him they which should haue examined him. And the high Captaine also was afrayde, after he knew that he was a Romane, and bycause he had bounde him. On the morrowe, bycause he woulde haue knowne the cer­tentie wherefore he was accused of the Iewes, he loosed him from hys bondes, and commaunded the highe priestes, and all the Councell to come togyther, and brought Paule foorth, and set him before them.’

ALthough Paule the Apostle hath so aunswered the poyn­tes of his aduersaries accusation, that it mighte satisfie all the godly well inough, as alleaging the commaunde­ment of God for all hys dooings: yet were the Iewes so little satisfied therewith, that they would voutchsafe to heare him no longer. The chiefe cause of this their indig­nation was, for that he sayde God had sent him vnto the Gentiles. For thereby they construed that God had reiected them, as vnworthy of salua­tion, and thought the Gentiles were preferred before them, which semed to them a haynous matter, bycause the people of the Iewes were counted alwayes to be Gods owne children, and the Gentiles were counted for vncleane persons, and straungers from the kingdome of God. For this is the propertie of all Hypocrites, that they can not abide to haue sinners to be coparteners with them in the societie of saluation, as yesterday wee heard. Howebeit, Luke going forwarde in the Hystorie begunne, decla­reth furthermore what was done, where wee haue to consider euery person.

Firste, wee haue to speake of the Iewes, The impor­tunate ma­lice of the Iewes. which wyth vnseemely clamour require to haue Paule put to death before he had ended his Ora­tion. Which is so muche the more haynous a matter, for that they desire to haue their owne countreyman to be tormented at the pleasure of a pro­phane & heathen souldiour. Beside this they handle their matter with no [Page 796] arguments or colour of honestie, but with clamours, with casting away their clothes, with throwing vp of duste, and other lyke furious gestures and braydes, such as braynesicke and madde persons vse. Which example teacheth vs how muche hatred of truthe is able to doe, seeing it maketh them whose mindes it hath possessed, to forget all modestie, equitie, and charitie. For that that here was done agaynst Paule, was done before in the presence of Pilate in Christes cause. And there wante not examples, wherby it may be proued how the wicked vse the very same in these daies also. Furthermore this place teacheth vs what arguments cōmonly are made & vsed agaynst the seruants of Chryst in these dayes, aswell in their owne quarell, as in Chrystes. That is to say, shouting, threatning, pu­nishments, fire, sworde. &c. With these weapons they haue fought euen from the beginning of the worlde, and with the same they fight still euen at this day. And this is a miserable blindnesse and peruersenesse of the worlde, that where in prophane and worldly matters all men prayse and holde with aduised deliberation: in matters of religion, and the common case of eternall saluation, many men thinke the matter should be handeled and dispatched with vnreasonable noyse, furious braydes, vproa [...]es and rebellion.

Paule is cō ­maunded to be beaten with rods.But what dothe the Capitayne in this great rage of the Iewes▪ Firste he cōmaunded Paule to be had into the Castle, which thing was prudently done of him, bicause there was no more effectual meane to apease the peo­ple, than to haue him out of their sight, agaynst whom they boy [...]ed in such anger & hatred. But by & by he offendeth in vnrighteousnesse, cōmanding him, of whom as yet he had no sure suspition of any crime, after the accu­stomed maner to be scourged & examined. For the Iewes had proued no­thing agaynst him, and he had heard Paule answere to his slaunders very wisely. But herein he seemeth worthy of excuse, bicause it was likely that he whose death all the people desired with one consent, was not faultlesse. But if we admit such coniectures, who I pray you then shal be innocent? who shall not be oppressed with sedicious clamour? Therfore this was a greuous fault in the captaine. And hereby let all that beare office and be in authoritie learne, that they be not ouer cruel or hasty in their tormenting & punishing of men. For as it is a greeuous faulte shamefully to torment an innocent: so it oftētimes commeth to passe, that men being ouercome with paine & grefe, cōfesse they haue don those things which they neuer thoght or ment. In the mean season thou shalt marke the vsage of wicked Magi­strates. They are of maruellous wit and foreca [...] in politike matters, and therin they passe for the most part the children of light. Yet haue they not true iustice, but only a certen vaine shew of the same, wherwith being clo­ked or couered, they vse to handle matters in iudgement after their own pleasure & commoditie. Hereof we haue an example also in Pilate: & many like are euery where to be found in all hystories. But commonly the ende of these iudgements is vnhappie, as we shall shortely perceiue hereafter. Let as many therefore as bee in office, labour to fulfyll iustice, foras­much as the iudgements of God are committed vnto them, and the Lord wyll one day require the bloude of hys seruauntes at their handes. Wee are also taughte by thys example, what state the Sainctes in this worlde are in. They are accompted among the wicked, and iudged vilest [Page 797] of all men, whose bodies and life euery man freely scorneth and mocketh, as pleaseth him. This the prophets in times passed fou [...]d to be true. The same Christ also founde him selfe, vpon whome the Prophete foreshewed the same should fall out. Psal. 53. Luke. 22. And his forerunner Iohn was faine to satisfie and yeelde to the incestuous luste of Herode and Herodias. Therefore let it not greeue vs to be counted in the number of these men, nor be offended with the vniust iudgements of this world, seeing it is e­uident, that God wil maintaine and continue the remembrance of his ser­uaunts, and so, that the fame of Innocentes oppressed with slaunders can not long lie hidden. See Psal. 34. Luke. 12.

But let vs see Paule, whose life is heere in ieoperdie, Paul defen­deth him­selfe by the Romane lawes. dothe he holde his peace like a blocke? no. But he runneth vnto the lawe, and alleageth the freedome of the Citie of Rome, whereby he is defended and set at libertie. For assoone as the Captaine heard that hee was a freeman, Citizen of Rome, he commaunded by and by to vnbinde him, and vseth no torments vpon him. Therefore the pacience of the Sainctes is no cowardlinesse or beastly stupiditie or blockishnesse, as many imagine. In deede they are ready to suffer any thing for Christes sake, yet they neglect not such law­ful defence, as is agreeable with faith▪ For as it is lawful to vse the other creatures of God, euen so is it to vse the lawes also, bicause the authoritie of them, dependeth cheefely vpon God, by whome it is manifest that Ma­gistrates are ordained. But alasse howe much more miserable is the state of the Sainctes in these dayes? For although the Captaine knewe that it was a matter of religion that was in hand, yet he suffereth Paule to enioy the priuiledges of Rome. But in these dayes both lawes and priuiledges are mute, if religion come once in question. All this we may thanke the Popes of, which teach mē that it is lawful to breake promisse with those that are suspected of herisy. Whatsoeuer else may be said to this purpose, loke for it in the sixth Chapter, where is described what hapned to Paule at Philippi, in a like matter or case.

At length foloweth the ende of the first Act of this tragedie. The Tri­bune by feare of lawes, is kept vnder. The Cap­taine is afrayde, not of God, but of the seueritie of the Romaine lawes. This is the manner of all the wicked, preposterously to feare men more than God. Howbeit, being desirous to amend the fault that he had made, and to vnderstand the matter more certainly, he bringeth Paule on the mo­row before the counsel▪ of whose vprightnesse and sanctimonie, he cōceiued a very good hope. This Captaine is of the number of those men, which now adayes also, loke for much goodnesse at Counsels: whereas it is eui­dent these many hundreth yeares, they haue deceiued the expectation of all godly persons, bicause they are summoned and gouerned by thē, which make marchaundise of all religion, and through whose tirannie all Chri­stendome is oppressed. Let vs consider how profitable a thing it is, seuere­ly to keepe and maintaine the publike lawes. For although Claudius Ce­sar, in whose raigne these things were done, was a shamelesse beast, yet bicause the aucthoritie of lawes stode inforce, there was some defence left for good men. But whereas lawes lie troden vnder foote, it is impossible for common weales long to endure. Moreouer, the example of the Cap­taine teacheth vs, what remaineth for them which to get the good will of men, vse to giue hastie iudgement: Uerily, euen feare, shameful trembling, [Page 798] and a foule confusion of all things. Therefore whosoeuer beare office, let them be mindfull of these things, and administer iudgement with delibe­ration and aduise. And let the godly comfort themselues, in that they see wicked persecutors may be so easily feared, with the power of Christ, to whome be praise, honor, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xxiij. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Cxlvij. Homelie.

‘PAule behelde the Counsell, and sayde: Men and brethren I haue liued in all good conscience, before God vntill this day. And the high priest Ananias, commaunded them that stoode by, to smite him on the mouthe. Then sayd Paule vnto him. God shall smite thee thou painted wall. Sittest thou and iudgest me after the Lawe, and commaundest me to be smitten, contrarie to the Lawe. And they that stoode by, sayd, reuilest thou Gods high priest? I wist not brethren, that he was the high priest. For it is wryt­ten, thou shalt not cursse the ruler of thy people.’

AS Christ oure Sauiour ap­pointed Paule to be a chosen and called vessell for him selfe: so by his Example he teacheth vs al, what fauor his faith­full are like to finde in this worlde, and what their duetie is in suffering aduer­sitie. For assoone as Paule had once pro­fessed Christ, hee founde them his gree­uousest ennimies, for whose saluation hee was continually banished. Uerily euen the Iewes, for whose sake hee wi­shed to be accursed. And their rage burst out so farre, that they inflamed against him the Romane Captaines, whome otherwise they hated worse than a tode. This is the state that all the godly are in, to proue their familiars and entierest acquaintaunce, most ennimies vnto them, whose hatred ma­ny times so burneth, that they are not ashamed to aske helpe of forreine ennimies against their Christian brethren. But Paules constant and fear­lesse courage defendes himselfe and his cause, against all the assaultes of his aduersaries, with the only word and commaundemēt of God: whose Example it is fitte that we also folowe▪ when like aduersitie vrgeth vs. [Page 799] Furthermore, this is ch [...]e [...]ely [...] be maruelled at, & [...] [...]onsolation, that in all this ad [...] [...] businesse, Paul [...] more [...] the captain being but an heathen, & a man of warre, than in the [...] of hi [...] [...], which claimed vnto the [...], the fame of al godlinesse [...]. For the captain forbiddeth them to vse any violence, and [...]liuereth Paul being in hazard of his life out of their furious hands. Again, he permitteth him to alleage the lawe for him selfe, and to enioy the [...] maine priuiledges. At lengthe when perceiued that this matter cheefely concerned religi­on, thinking it belonged no longer to his hearing and determination, he [...] in the profession thereof. For as­sembling [...] and S [...]iues, hee being [...] Paul [...] out vnto them to haue his [...] tried and examined by lawe▪ And this was pruden [...]ly done, and not vniustly in as much as he was an Eth [...]icke, but as we saide yesterday he is he [...], bicause he hath a [...] hope in the holinesse of the counsel, than [...]t de [...]ueth. This thing the sequele folowing aboundantly declareth, which sheweth howe these Priestes ioyned all kinde of impudent a [...]da [...]i [...]e and hipocris [...]e togither. But let vs examine euery [...] in order.

Luk [...] beginning with Paule, Paule is not afraide be­fore the coū ­sell. teacheth howe hee behaued himselfe in the Counsell. And first noting his countenance and gesture of body, [...] he behelde all the be [...]che earnestly. This was an argument of a [...] [...]resent and constante minde, wherewith it behoueth them cheefely to be armed▪ which defend the quarell of truthe least being ouercome with feare, they falsely forsake the same, and incourage the wicked e [...]imies of Christe, which commonly take heart and boldnesse vnto them, of the cowardly­ne [...]se of the godly. In the meane season heere appeareth the veritie of Christes promisses. Hee promiseth his spirite for an Ad [...]ocate to those that be his, which shall both comfort them and [...]eache them, if at any time they bee compelled to giue an accoumpte of their faithe, be [...]fore any Magistrate or Counsell. Therefore beeing mindefull of his promisse, hee forsaketh not his Apostle in so greate and daungerous an enterprise, but armeth him with inuincible courage of minde. But for as muche as these promisses are generall, it beehoueth vs also to take comfort of the same.

Then Paule beginneth his Oration, and boldly pronounceth of his in­nocencie. I (sayth he) haue liued in all good conscience, Paules in­nocencie. before God vn [...]ll this day. Which woordes are not so to be vnderstanded, as though he g [...]o­ried, that hee were cleare of all sinne, and able to stande vppon his owne righteousnesse before the iudgement seate of God, but hee respecteth the present matter, for hys aduersaries [...]used hym of hys shamefull fal­ling from auncient Religion, of impietie againste God, and that like a publike ennemie, hee had wickedly violated the Lawe and the Temple▪ and all the Leuiticall seruice, and had gone aboute to bring the vncleane Gentiles, into the societie of Goddes people. Therefore, bicause none shoulde bee preuented with these wrongfull suspi [...]ions, and denie hym their hearing, hee cleareth him selfe in the beginning, of any fault here­in committed, saying: Hee hathe doone all things of a good consci­ence, as touching the Office of hys Apostleshippe, in so much that he was [...]ble to call GOD to witnesse, of hys integritie and vpryghtnesse. [Page 800] Otherwise, he confesseth him selfe euery where, to be a sinner, and to haue neede of Christes merite and fauoure. So many times, holy men in their priuate matters▪ vse to alleage their innocencie, against suche as slaunder them, which notwithstanding, in the sight of God, humbly cōfesseth them selues to be vncleane sinners: wherof we haue examples in Moses, Dauid, and infinite others. This beginning of Paules oration teacheth vs, that in matters of religion, we muste cheefely haue regarde vnto our conscience, that nothing be done through craft or dissimulation. For where we haue heerein to doe with God, which searcheth the heartes and raines, there is no place for subtiltie and craftie conueyance. And it shall be lawfull for vs to reioyce in the integritie of our conscience, if we order our religion accor­ding to the worde of God, and walke diligently in his calling, and not af­ter our owne deuise and pleasure. Which thing if we endeuor to doe, God will mercifully pardon those daily slips of life, which we cōmit through the infirmitie of the fleshe, bicause we turne vnto Christ, and daily repent vs in him.

An exāple of an Anti­christian Counsel.Moreouer, when Paule had begoon his Oration, Ananias which was president of the Counsel, commaunded to smite him on the mouth: either for that he begon to declare his matter, before he was demaunded, or else for that by so bolde a defending of his innocencie, he seemed to accuse them of vnrighteousnesse and iniquitie, or else for that he left out those insolent and proude stiles, which other men vsed to flatter them with. For this kinde of men are easily moued to wrath, specially when they suppose their estimation is lightly regarded, which they farre preferre, both before the glory of God, and the publike saluation of man. Heere let vs marke what manner of Counsels wicked Bishops vse commonly to haue. Paule was burthened before with slaunders, whereby they thought to bring him in hatred of all his nation. And when he was about to answer thereto in a great concourse of people, they disturbed him with furious clamoure and shouting: Now againe, as he is about to make his excuse, they resist him with open violence, and that in place of iustice, whereof they would seeme to be great fauourers. Such a Counsell for all the world was it, wherein Christ was condemned, when Caiphas was president. And that was not much vnlike, wherein Steuen was oppressed. Suche also haue beene the Counsels of the Popes this many hundreth yeares, as may be proued by that one Counsell of Constance, where we reade the holy Martires of Ch [...]ist, Iohn Husse and Hierome of Prage, were condempned with like armoure and weapons. What we may hope for at the Counsels of oure dayes, appeareth aboundantly by their indictions or Bulles. The crafte and impudencie whereof who so perceiueth not, doubtlesse they are to be iudged voide of common sense and reason.

Paul offen­deth not in rebuking the highe Priest.But let vs returne vnto Paule, and see howe he tooke this iniurie. God (saith he) shall smite thee O thou painted wall. &c. In the which words it seemeth to some, that he offended against the commaundement of Christ, which biddeth vs to tourne the other cheeke, to him that smiteth vs on the one. But he shall easily be cleared of this fault, if we will weigh bothe his wordes and his person. For he cursseth him not of any naughtie minde or affection, but reproueth his sinne, according to the office of an Apostle, and sheweth that God hath a punishment prepared for him. And first, he cal­leth [Page 801] him painted wall, euer following the example of Christ, which sayth al the whole packe of them were like vnto painted sepulchers, or graues. And by and by he rendreth a reason why he so sayth, adding: Thou sittest to giue iudgement according to the Lawe. That is to say: Thou claymest vnto thee power to giue Iudgement vpon mee, vnder a proud pretence of Lawe, and commaundest me to bee smitten contrary to Lawe: therefore thou aunswerest not vnto the person and name of a Iudge, but vnder the cloke therof hydest an heart that cannot abide the truth, and that thirsteth for bloud. Therfore God wil strike thee although there be no man to take vengeance on thee. These things (I say) Paule speaketh, according to the office of a Minister, and not of any reprochful or slaunderous intente or meaning. And it is no doubt, but he had a respect vnto the example of Christ, who when the Byshops seruant smote him, tourned not his other cheeke, but earenestly rebuked his stoute and contumelious doing. And here in this place we are taught, that the pacience which holy Scripture commaundeth, is not such a kinde of cowardlinesse, as giueth the wicked leaue to do what they lust. For although we be commaunded paciently to suffer whatsoeuer God sendeth, yet must we not flatter the wicked nor dissemble Gods iudgementes. Also, here may all they which are in office, learne a generall doctrine and rule. For that which Paule threatned vnto Ananias, chaunced not long after. For about the beginning of the Iewes warres, he was cruelly slaine by Manaim, Captaine of a sort of rebellious Iewes: being well worthie of suche a death, who feared not himselfe, to rebell against God: and they shall neuer escape the handes of Gods ven­geance, which follow him, in striuing against God, and violently oppres­sing them that be innocentes, or else suffering them to bee oppressed by o­ther. The Lorde shall smite them, whome the Scriptures euery where teach to be the only and true president and reuenger of al iudgements. And although they be able to fray men, yet shall they neuer escape the handes of God. We haue examples in Pharao, Saule, Achab, and many others, of whome prophane hystories make mention.

But as Paule was declaring these things, by and by there starte foorth certaine that rebuke him, Flatterers are the de­fenders of Tyrantes. but there was none that would reprehende the vniust force of Ananias. For as tyrants take vpon them to do what they lust: so they easily find flatterers to defend their authority against al men. Whereby it commeth to passe, that where they do al men open iniurie, yet no man dare complaine on them. A like tyrannie hath the Cleargie vsed many yeares in the Church. For where the Monkes and Priests mole­sted al men at their plesure, yet were they counted very holie: and to haue nicked them but in worde onely, was a very dangerous and heinous mat­ter. But Paule, by a feate Ironie and kinde of scorne reproueth this tyran­nous hypocrisie, saying: I wist not brethren that he was the high priest. As though he should say: Who would take him for the high Priest, in whom he sawe nothing worthie such name and title. Deut. 22. & Exo. 22. For if he be the high Priest why heareth he not mens causes quietly, and with indifferencie? Other­wise I am not ignorant, Howe Ma­gistrates maye pre­serue their authoritie. that by Gods lawe no man oughte to cursse the lawful Magistrate. Reade Deuter. 22. & Exod. 22. Magistrats are taught by this Ironie of Paule, that then their authoritie is inuiolable and safe, when they do their office, and shew themselues to be such, as al wise men [Page 802] may iudge worthy of that honour. For vnies they promote▪ the glorie of God, refrayne from violence, defende good lawes, and be an example of honest lyfe, the same may be sayde vnto them, that Paule in this place ob­iecteth to Ananias. For who will take blasphemers, bloudsuckers, lawe-breakers, drunkardes, adulterers, gamsters, ruffians, and such lyke com­panions, for senatours and rulers we knowe verily, that God of his iust iudgement, sometime ordeyneth such, whose misgouernance, the godlie in temporall matters most paciently suffer. But if the same be not hono­red as they woulde, let them not maruell, but acknowlede their fault and amend. For in so doyng, they shall haue Iesus Christ, the king of kinges and Lord of Lordes the defender of their aucthoritie. To whom be praise, honour, power, and glorye for euer. Amen.

The .Cxlviij. Homelie.

‘WHen Paul perceiued the one part were Saduceis, and the other Pha­riseis, he cryed out in the counsel: Men and brethren, I am a Phari­sey, the sone of a Pharisey: of the hope and resurrection from death, I am iudged. And when he had so sayde, there arose a debate betwene the Phariseis and the Saduceis, and the multitude was deuided. For the Saduceis sayde, there is no resurrection, neyther Angell, nor spirite. But the Phariseis graunt both. And there arose a great crye, and when the Scribes which were of the Phariseis part arose, they stroue saying: We fynde no euill in this man, though a spirite or an angel hath appea [...]ed to him, let vs not stryue agaynst God. And when there arose great de [...]bate, the Captaine fearyng lest Paule should haue bene plucked asunder of them, commaunded the souldiers to go downe, and to take him from among them, and to bring him into the Castle.’

GOd vseth to exercise his chosen with diuers and greeuous tribulations: but agayne, he deliuereth them diuers and many times by meanes vnlooked for, of both which we haue examples in euerye place. But among them all this is very notable, which the holy ghost setteth forth by Luke in Paule the chosen vessell of Christ. For we haue hearde, howe he was many wayes layde wayte for by the Iewes, and was many times in daunger of his life. But God oftentimes raised vp new helpes, which for the moste part, were suche as Paule once thought not of, muche lesse coulde haue wished for, or requyred. For fyrste, he was deliuered out of the furiouse Iewes handes, by the Captayne, and his Soul­diers. Shortlye after, where he woulde haue pleated his cause, [Page 803] he was defended from scourging, by priuiledge of the freedome of Rome: at length, when the Captaine had committed both his matter and life vn­to most wicked Iudges, God sendeth such a diuision among his enemies, that they which not long before wished his death, pronounced him inno­cent. These things ought to comfort vs, that we through cowardly feare giue not ouer in time of temptation. For they confirme the promisses of God, wherby he euery where promiseth to be the reuenger of his people. But where in this presente place there are many other things also very worthy to be considered, it shall bee profitable to examine all the circum­stances of the matter, which is here rehearsed.

Fyrst and formost, it behoueth throughly to consyder the cause of the dissention, which Luke saith was the diuersitie of sectes among the Iewes, Of the sectes of the Iewes. for some of his aduersaries were Phariseis, and some Saduceis. And as touching the sectes of the Iewes, there are many thinges written in Iose­phus, which referreth their beginning vnto the time of the Machabees. And in deede the approuedst authors testifie, that they began vnder Io­hannes Hircanus the first, for when the Priestes applied them selues more to beare rule, than to care for religion, diuers opinions began to spring a­bout religion, by reason the doctrine of Gods worde ceased, which God had appoynted to be still among his people. Therfore three sectes sprong vp which deuided the vnitie of the Church and people of God. The fyrst was that of the Phariseis, who not contented with the lawe, [...]hariseies. folowed traditions, and beleued that righteousnes and saluation might be attey­ned by workes, besides being giuen to the study of Astrologie, they taught fatall destenie, not much differing in this point from the Stoikes. And these men being cloked with the outwarde couering of workes, were ta­ken for the most holy of all other. The second was the Saduceis, who de­nying that men were subiect vnto destenie, attributed freewill vnto them, Saduceis. and although they seemed earnestly to commende the studie of vertue, yet opened they the windowe vnto Epicure, and vnto all kynde of licentious liuing. For they denied the Angels and immortalitie of the soule, and the resurrection of the body. This sect of all other was in most aucthoritie, bicause it gaue more libertie than the sharpe traditions of the Phariseis, and therfore was very acceptable vnto many. Of the thirde sect were the Esseni, Escenes. who perceyuing that the Phariseis and Saduceis measured or weighed vertue, but by wordes only, and would not them selues ex­presse the same in their deedes, liued a single life, would haue no seruantes, had their goods common, gat their liuing with the labour of their hands, and would not come at publique seruice, for feare of polluting them selues with other mens companie. And bicause these men were fewe in number, and sought not to be in office and aucthoritie, they got them to dwell in pleasaunt places, set with Balsamum, where they planted gardens, and studied Phisicke, wherby bicause they dyd men good, they gat great com­mendation of vertue among all men. These mens vsages, the Anabap­tistes in our dayes doe greatlye resemble, sauyng that they more disturbe common weales, and fulfill their profession lesse sincerelye, bicause they runne headlong into all kynde of beastlinesse, and are miserablye vexed and tossed with the perturbations of enuie and hatred.

Yet bicause thys rule of the Essenes, was somewhat austere and vnplea­sant, [Page 804] it had therefore (as we saide) the fewer that followed it. This is the cause, that the wryters of the Gospell make mention onely but of the two first sectes. Wee haue to obserue, what euill the couetousnesse of Bi­shoppes and idlenesse that springeth thereof, vseth to breede: seeing these euilles so defourmed the primitiue Churche. For the orders of Monkes in Papistrie bredde of the like beginning, abundantly teache vs, that this is alwayes the effecte of those vices. For the which cause we haue the more neede, to take heede in these dayes, that the like or worsse happen not againe. Also, the goodnesse of God is to bee magnified, which in so foule a scatterment of his flocke, hathe yet reserued some remnauntes in his Churche, whereby the same at lengthe might be renewed againe: as we see came to passe in the Papacie, where the Monkes in euery place ruled the roste. For at all times, and in all places, there haue bene found, which durst openly inuey against their hipocrisie and dissimulation, to say nothing of those which haue lien lurking in their houses, & haue thought it great wickednesse, to be pertakers of their superstitiousnesse. Heere in this place, hast thou what to answer the aduersaries, which aske if there were no Churche before Luther and Zwinglius dayes? Yes, wee knowe there was a Churche, but the same almoste ouerwhelmed and buryed, suche an one as we read, was before Christes time among the Iewes, and suche an one as was in the dayes of Helias, when God saide there were seuen thousand left, which had neuer bowed the knee vnto Baal, although Helias knewe not one of them.

Furthermore, as concerning this present Historie, wee are taught, that although the wicked bee diuersly deuided, bothe in manners and religion, yet they will easily agree togither againste Christe and the truthe. For where they all fighte vnder one Prince which is the Deuill, they cannot chuse, but all take him for their ennimie, which specially assaulteth his kingdome. Woulde God that they woulde diligently consider these things, which seeke their cheefe praise and glory by dissentions and de­bates, which they practise against the Ministers of Christ, taking theyr naughtie affections vnto Counsell. For heereby they encourage the wicked ennimies of Christe, which thinke it an easie matter to vanquishe them, whome they see contend so bitterly among themselues. But hereof we shall haue more commoditie to speake else where.

Paule pro­fesseth he is a Pharisie.Nowe lette vs see Paule, who perceiuing his bande of aduersaries, to consist of so diuers sectes, deuiseth a way by and by howe to set them out among them selues, and sayeth: Menne and breth [...]en, I am a Pharisey, the sonne of a Pharisey, touching the hope and resurrection of the deade I am iudged. Paule seemeth to offende either in crafte, or in denying of Christ and his faithe, seeing he professeth to be of the order of them, who it is e­uident, were the greatest ennimies of Christ. But he may easily be excu­sed. For first, he was enforced to seeke suche a shifte and escape, bicause he perceiued he should haue no libertie otherwise to speake, and saw the mat­ter was handled with open tirannie, therfore he had rather haue professed his faith plainely, and haue giuen an accompt thereof, as he began to doe, but being interrupted, he taketh a newe way.

Again, he confesseth nor alloweth not the Phariseis opinion simply and in all poyntes, but in the Article of the resurrection, wherein they had a [Page 805] sounde iudgement. He ioyneth with them agaynst the Saduces. And what he thought of the other opinions of the Phariseis, and specially of their trust in workes, wherein they had suche a pride, his Epistles euery where aboundantly declare. Therefore Paules example maketh nothing for them, which for the more suretie of their life and estimation, will craf­tely draw backewarde in matters of Religion, and receyue and allow Ar­ticles playne repugnaunt to the fayth of Chryst. Wee are yet taught, that it is lawefull for the godly, beeing circumuented with wrongfull iudge­ment, to seeke to escape them, as farre foorth as they may doo it without detriment of the truthe: least by ouer rashe endaungering them selfe, they bring the truthe in perill with them. Aboue all things marke how Paule sayth he is iudged touching the resurrection of the deade. Howebeit the poyntes of his accusation soundeth farre otherwise. But he alleageth the resurrection, bycause therein consisteth the principall poynte and whole matter of fayth and religion, as he declareth in the firste to the Corinth. 15. And bicause the whole hope of the Sainctes standeth herein, he sayth he is iudged also concerning that hope. For take away the resurrection, and what else haue the faythfull, wherin to put any trust, bycause in the world they see nothing but crosses and tribulations? Hereby it appeareth what we may thinke of those which deny the resurrection. For bothe they pull downe the foundation of Christian fayth, and set open the gate vnto all wickednesse of life.

Howebeit Paules enterprise succeedeth very luckely. Paules eni­mies fal out amōg them selues. For by and by the Phariseis maintayne his parte agaynst the Saduces, and making a se­dicious noyse on both sides, the Phariseis crie out of Paules side: We find no euill in this man, for if that a spirite or Aungell haue spoken vnto him, let vs not striue agaynst God. And herein verily they speake both moste godly and truely, and yet they deserue no prayse before God therefore, bicause they made this confession, not for any loue they had to truthe and equitie, but of a corrupte affection of minde. And this is a notable example, tea­ching vs what partaking is able to doo, for beeing carried with the sway hereof, they which a little before thirsted after his bloude, become his de­fendours. This thing vseth to happen many times, both in religion, and also in other controuersies. But forasmuche as suche iudgements for the moste parte tende to an euill ende, it behoueth vs diligently to auoyde the same. There are also two things very profitable to be obserued. The first is, howe the consent of the wicked can not long endure. For as they are tossed hither and thither like the sea with vncertayne affections: so God vseth from an high to scatter and scorne their counsels and deuises, and that can he doo with suche dexterit [...]e and handsomnesse, that somtimes he vseth the helpe of moste wicked enimies, in sauing of his seruauntes. Thus the roddes and incursions of the Philistines were profitable vnto Dauid, whyle they kepte backe Saule from persecuting him. And in our dayes, we haue seene the Turkes warres an occasion many times of the Churches tranquillitie and quiet. Therefore let not the conspiracies of the wicked offende any man, but let vs put our assured trust of saluation in God. The other is, that they which take agaynst that doctrine that God reuealeth, striue agaynst God. This is an horrible offence, but to cō ­mon in these dayes. For in defacing the Gospell, both Princes & Prelates [Page 806] of the Churche chiefly labour, whereas the sonne of God dyd firste vout­safe to reueale it to the worlde by his owne mouth. But at length to their great confusion shall these Gyaunts feele how much stronger God is than they, and how horrible a thing it is to fall into his hands.

The Cap­tayne deli­uereth Paul again out of the hands of of the Ie­wes.Furthermore, these clamours taken vp on both sides, turne to open se­dition, and the matter proceedeth so farre, that Paule is fayne to be dely­uered agayne by the helpe of the Captayne and Souldiours, and to be brought into the Castle, which vndoubtedly were moued therevnto by God, as they were at the first. Let all magistrates follow the example of this Captayne, and remember that it is their duetie to succour and de­f [...]nde those that are good. For the cowardlynesse of suche is to be detested▪ which either care not for the good, or else for mens sakes deliuer them to be tormented, wherein it is euident that Pylate offended. Let them also marke, what to looke for, when they commit the ministers of truthe vnto the councels of Antichryst. For nether they shall be constrayned shame­fully to forsake them, or if they will saue them, to deliuer them with grea­ter daunger out of the handes of them which make it but a game and pa­stime, wickedly to breake publique Lawes and promyses. An example hereof appeareth in Sigismunde the Emperoure, circumuented with the crafte and tyrannie of the Councell of Constance, when he was not able to deliuer Iohn Husse out of their handes, sente for out of Boheme by his letters of safe conducte, and vppon the fayth of an Emperour. Howebeit howsoeuer thinges fare in the worlde, let vs imitate Paule, and constant­ly defende the truthe, and Iesus Chryst our Sauiour and redeemer shall not fayle those that bee his: To whome bee blessing, honour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cxlix. Homelie.

‘THE nighte following God stoode by him, and sayde: Bee of good cheere Paule, for as thou haste testified of mee at Hierusalem, so must thou beare witnesse also at Rome. And when it was day certayne of the Iewes gathered them selues togyther, and made a vowe, saying: That they woulde neyther eate nor drinke tyll they had kylled Paule. They were more than fortie men, which had made this conspiracie. And they came to the chiefe priestes and Elders, and sayde: Wee haue bound our selues wyth a vowe, that wee wyll eare nothing vntyll wee haue slayne Paule. Nowe therefore giue you knowledge to the vpper Captayne, and to the Counsell, that hee bring hym foorthe vnto vs to morrowe, as though wee woulde knowe something more perfectly of him. But wee or euer he come neere, are ready to kyll him. When Paules sisters sonne hearde of their laying awayte, he wente and entered into the Castle, and tolde Paule.’

[Page 807] PAule the Apostle in his seconde Epistle to the Corin­thians, the firste Chapter, sayth: As the afflictions of Chryst are plentyfull in vs, euen so is our consolation plenteous by Chryst. This is a worthy and comforta­ble saying, confirmed with many examples, euen from the very beginning, vnto the which this example here present tolde of Paule, may very well be adioyned. For we haue heard how he was hitherto vexed and molested with greeuous perilles and daungers. And many thinges happened vnto him, whiche mighte haue driuen him to desperation, beeing laide in prison by the Ro­mane Souldiours, and with one whole consente of the Iewes required to be put to death, and sawe none other helpe or succou [...]e but suche as he founde in the Souldiours, men farthest off from true Religion. But the Lorde fayleth not hys Apostle beeing in this daunger and distresse, but most friendly comforteth him beeing tossed vp and downe wyth dyuerse cares, and by and by performeth in deede that which he promiseth in words, whiles in miraculous sort he deliuereth him out of the handes of most cruel cutthrotes. Now bicause these things are writtē for the instruc­tion and comforte of all people, let vs marke euery poynt thereof in order.

The first thing herein is a consolation, wherwith Paules minde is con­fir [...]ed & strengthned. For the Lord standeth by him in the night, God com­forteth Paule. that is to say, by his angel to teach him how true it is that he sayd, he wold be with vs vntill the end of the world. And he biddeth Paule to be of good cheere, or to take a good harte vnto him, bicause perhaps he began to doubt of Gods care and good will towards him. And the cause he sayth to be, for that he muste beare witnesse of him at Rome also. Here it moste euiden [...]ly appea­reth, that God neglecteth not mens matters and affayres, although he seeme sometymes to forget them. For howe can he neglecte men, who forgetteth not the Sparrowes, as Chryst testifieth. Luke. 12. In deede it might seeme that God had no regarde of Paule, considering howe all the worlde conspired agaynst him. But seeyng God standeth by hym in pryson, it easily appeareth, that nothyng hathe happened vnto hym hythervnto, eyther wythout the knowedge of God, or without his will.

But bycause wee haue examples heereof in euery place, The maner of Gods comfor [...]ing. lette vs nowe consyder the manner of Consolation: the bare wordes whereof beeyng wayed after the capacitie of m [...]nnes rea [...]on, seeme to declare that GOD rather threateneth hym, than comforteth hym. For hee saythe: Bee of good cheere Paule: for as thou haste testified of mee in Hierusalem, so muste thou also beare wytnesse at Rome. Therefore the Lorde giueth him warning of newe trauelles, and newe contentions: lyke as if a Phisitian shoulde say to a sicke body: be of good cheere (O sonne) for thou haste newe sicknesses comming, and within these fewe dayes thou shalte haue freshe doloures and greefes. Or, as if one should encourage a Souldiour weeryed in a late skyrmish, vnto a more greeuous fyghte. Who woulde say this were a consolatyon or com­forte? Howe bee it suche a lyke thyng it is that is here sayde vnto Paule. For by making mention of Rome, he putteth him in remembrance of tediousnesse in iourneys, of perils in nauigation, and of a number of most cruell kinds of punishment: forasmuch as Claudius was now Emperour, [Page 808] a very foolish and cruell man, and most ready to punishe g [...]tlesse persons. But if wee waigh the matter deepely, it shall appeare there were two things which might not a little encourage Paule: the one was, that he perceiued God had a care of him. The other, that he heard he shoulde be a vessell and instrument of glory, to declare the name of Chryst among the Romanes also, who were Lordes of the whole worlde. Here therfore we are taught, whence to fetche comforte in aduersitie. Not in the fortunate successe of worldly affayres, or of hope to lyue idelly and easily, but of the prouidence of God, and of that he doth vouchsafe to make vs vessels and instruments of his glory. And this thing Chryst teacheth vs, where he promiseth to his disciples not prosperous successe of their attempts, but sayth, nothing shal happen vnto them without the councell of Gods pro­uidence. We are taught also, that whyle God deliuereth & comforteth vs, he calleth vs not to idlenesse, but prepareth vs to greater businesses. And he therefore recreateth vs with the taste of his truthe and promises, to make vs to returne to our businesse agayne the more cherfully, as we may see all godly men vse to doo. Therefore it is a shamelesse errour of them, which after they haue tryed the ayde and helpe of God, clayme vnto them selfe a certayne immunitie and freedome from all perilles and labours, or else giue them selues altogither to the desire of the flesh, and follow an vn­vnbridled licentiousnesse both in saying and dooing.

God confir­meth hys consolation [...]y déedes.Furthermore, bycause the Apostle was like to be molested with many perilles before he came at Rome, God confirmeth hys late courrage and manlynesse with a freshe benefite, deliuered him out of a great and vnloo­ked for hazarde. For there had fourtie persons conspired his death, and had made a vowe, that they would neyther eate, nor drynke, tyl they had killed him. In whose wicked enterprise, a man cannot tell, whether he may more wonder at their auda [...]itie, or bloudie myndes. For beside that they intend and meane the deathe of a guyltlesse bodie, whiche is contrarie to the Lawe of God, they bynde themselues with an othe and vowe, beeing not ignorant, how many things myght happen or chaunce, that might hinder and dashe all their attempt. But by their example, wee learne to iudge of the boldenesse and audacitie of the wicked, and of all them which meane to defend the Religion they professe▪ by force rather than by Scripture. But lette vs returne to these votaries agayne, who declare their bloudie in­tent vnto the Priestes and Counsell, thinking to haue greate thankes at their handes, and desiring to haue them partners of their enterprise. Giue you (say they) knowledge to the Captaine, and to the Counsell, to bring him foorth vnto vs to morrowe, as though wee woulde knowe something more perfectly of him, and wee will be readie to kyll him or euer he come neare. Heere appeare the craftes and traynes of the wicked, and howe farre the hatred of trueth proceedeth. These men professe a zeale and auncient Reli­gion, and can wonderfully counterfet Iustice, yet in the meane season they can conceyue a deuice in their mynde, voyde both of all reason and Iustice. Howbeit Sathan hath lefte this pollycie also in remembraunce, for poste­ritie, where it hath been seene, howe the Ministers of Chryst being often­tymes called foorth vnto Disputations, haue fallen into the handes of Murtherers. And there want not examples of our age, which teache vs to be afrayde of such sleightes in these dayes also. Agayne, consider what [Page 809] great corruption there was at this time among the people of the Iewes, seeing men durste declare so wicked an enterprise vnto the Priestes and Elders, who they knewe vndoubtedly would ioyne with them in their doing. Therefore they were all worthy miserably to perishe togyther. Which thing let all them looke for like wise, which in these dayes labour to gratifie Antichrystes Priestes, with sheading of innocent bloud, and banishing of the godly. And yet howe vayne moste tymes their enter­prises are, this Hystorie following declareth. For a nephew of Paules beeing but a yong strippling, yet meete inough to interrupte their deuise, chaunceth through the ordinaunce of God to vnderstande their purpose. He declareth all the matter vnto Paule, who sendeth hym vnto the Cap­tayne, and by his diligence and industrie this bloudy attempte (as wee shall heare hereafter) was quite dashed and defeated. Thus God thought good to ratifie his late promise, teaching vs all howe easie it is for hym to ouerthrowe the deuises of the wicked. For what are wicked enimies able to doo agaynst him which seeth all thing, and can arme and set foorth weakenesse agaynst them? so he destroyed the wicked tyrannie of Pharao by Moyses, that was throwen away in his infancie. So he deliuered Sisa­ra and Holo [...]ernes, moste skilfull and valiaunt Captaynes, to women to be killed. So by the wisedome of Daniell, beeing but a childe, he repro­ueth the filthy luste of the Elders and Senatours, and defendeth the ho­nest and vertuous lyfe of Susanna. And here in this place by the meanes of a yong springal, he defeateth such a counsell and deuice as seemed scarse possible to be disappoynted by any meanes, bycause it was taken in hande by moste desperate men, confirmed with the holynesse of an othe or vowe, and corroborated with the authoritie of the Priestes and Elders. Lyke kinde of examples are in all Hystories. By them it behoueth vs to learne the power of God, in whom let vs truste, and wee shall lesse feare the ty­rannie of the wicked, and beeing bolde in the quarell of truthe, let vs put all our hope and confidence in God onely, through Iesus Chryste our Lorde: To whome bee blessing, honour, power and glory, for euer and euer. Amen.

The .Cl. Homelie.

‘AND Paule called one of the vnder Captaynes to him, and sayd: bring this young man vnto the highe Captayne, for he hath a certayne thing to shewe him. And he tooke him and brought him vnto the high Captaine and sayde: Paule the prisoner called mee vnto him, and prayed mee to bring this young man vnto thee, which hath a certayne matter to shewe thee. The highe Captayne tooke him by the hande, and went with him out of the way, and asked him: what is it that thou haste to tell me? And he sayde: The Iewes are determined to desire thee that thou wouldest bring foorth Paule to morrowe to the Councell, as though they woulde enq [...]e somewhat of hym more perfectly: but followe not thou they [...] myndes, for there lye in wayte for him of them more than fortie men, [Page 810] which haue bounde them selues with a vowe, that they wyll neyther eate nor drynke tyll they haue kylled hym. And nowe are they ready, and looke that thou shouldest promyse. The vpper Captayne then let the young man departe, and charged hym, saying: See thou tell it out to no man, that thou haste shewed thys thing to mee. And hee called vnto him two vnder Capitaynes, saying: Make ready two hundred Souldiours to goe to Caesarea, and horsemen threescore and tenne, and speare men two hundred, at the thirde houre of the nyghte, and delyuer them beastes that they may sette Paule on, and bryng hym safe vnto Felix the hyghe Deputie.’

ALthough God neuer forsaketh hys electe, but according to hys promises is at hande wyth them alwayes, and in all places: yet hee mixeth many tymes aduersitie wyth prosperitie, bycause it is very profitable so to haue them kepte in dooing their duetie, and to exercyse their fayth, that they may learne to depende onely vppon hym, and to ascribe all prosperitie vnto hym alone. Many examples heereof are euery where. But chiefely in the Hystories of Moyses, Dauid, and o­thers, wherevnto thys example tolde heere of Paule, may worthely bee referred. For wee haue hearde howe God appeared vnto him, beeing gre­uously and many wayes tempted, and effectuously comforted him, promi­sing hym, that he shoulde not onely escape the handes of the Iewes, but also shoulde beare witnesse of hym at Rome. But lo, or euer it was scarse day, forty men conspire hys death, and taking the Priestes and Elders to counsell with them, so deuise the matter, that it seemeth impossible for him to escape. This appeared vtterly to be contrary to the promise of God: yet bicause Paule is not ignoraunt of Gods vsage and custome, he is neyther feared with the mention of sodayne daunger, nor God fayleth not of hys promises: yea where he least hoped for it, God sendeth hym ayde and assistaunce, as wee shall nowe see. The vse of all these things is, that wee should confirme our fayth heereby, and not caste off our hope when wee see the successe of thynges not agreable vnto Gods promises. For although the Lorde linger and tarry, yet can he not forget vs conti­nually. But that we may receiue the more vtilitie hereby, we muste dili­gently consider euery person.

Paul requi­reth help of the Capten.First of all commeth Paule foorthe, who althoughe he were confirmed wyth the Oracle, yet hee boasteth not foolishely of Gods promyse and prouidence, and setteth not all daungers lyghte, but prudently taketh holde of that one meane that remayned in man, and which hee myghte safely vse wythout breache of Relygion and Christian faythe, hauing a care how to make the Captayne vnderstande all the matter by his Ne­phew: that he beeing admonished of his duetie, might conuey him from the bloudy handes of these conspiratours. And bycause the matter might seeme of more importance, and not bee suspected by reason of the age of the strippling, he ioyneth a Centurion with him, to be his spokesman & inter­cessor. By which example we are first taught howe we should vse the pro­uidence and promises of God in aduersitie. For we muste not doubte but [Page 811] God by his eternal prouidence and counsell ruleth al things, and the same can be stopped or hindred by no endeuour of any enimies. For he vseth to scatter the counsell of Nations, Psalm. 33. but his counsell (as Dauid sayth) endu­reth for euer. Agayne, he promiseth to bee with his people, and to assiste them in all aduersities, whose promises wee muste assuredly beleeue. In the meane season, the remedies and meanes, which both are lawefull of them selfe, and offered of God, muste by no meanes bee despised or neg­lected, least by putting our selues ouer rashely in daunger, wee seeme to tempt God. For the same muste be obserued in al our dooings, that is vsed intillage and husbandrie. For although all the encrease thereof commeth of God, yet no man ought to neglecte husbandry without the great con­tempt of God. Thus we read Dauid vsed somtimes to flie, and somtimes other meanes which God offred, very holyly, although he nothing doub­ted of the truthe of God, which promised him the kingdome. Likewise did Ezechias: yea Chryst him selfe sticked not to flye, while he knew his houre was not yet nigh: neither would he cast him selfe downe from the pyna­cle of the Temple, at Sathans bidding, although he alleaged the promise of God, which was of most authoritie with Chryst. Yea he furnisheth hys disciples with most large promises, yet he warneth the same diligently to beware of men. Math. 10. Therefore the errour of suche as abuse the prouidence of God to maintayne their temeritie and licentious boldnesse, and vnder pre­tence hereof wickedly contemne not only al forecast & wisedome, but suche meanes beside as God hath ordeined, is both shamefull and wicked. Wee must rather auoide the inconuenience of distrust, least we be ouercome ther­of, and turne vnto vnlawfull meanes: but in the meane while, vsing the lawful meanes prouided of God, let vs cōmit al the successe vnto the good and holy will of God. For so shall we walke safelyest in the middle of the way, auoyding aswell too much confidence as diffidence, Confidence & diffidence are two ex­treames in eche kind [...]. as Paule doth in this place both wisely and godly, and therfore is allowed of God. This example teacheth vs moreouer, that it is lawfull for godly and christian people to demaunde ayde of the Magistrates, and to besech them of armed defence if neede shall so require. Neither are suche men to be harkened to, that say Chrystes kingdome must not be set foorth by warre, seing we are commaunded not to resiste euill. For we do not aske lawfull defence of the magistrate, bicause our meaning is by fight to enlarge Christes kingdome, but require his office & duty, which if he be a good magistrate, he ought not to deny vs, & which the godly people may vse without the breach of faith & religion. For it is euident that magistrates are appointed of god, & that for good purpose, & [...]hat the sworde is not in vayne committed to them of God. Reade Rom. 13. And God promysed by Esay, that kinges should be Nourices of hys Churche. As touching Chrystes precepte, forbidding vs to resiste euill, he mente not thereby to take from the Magistrate his lawfull function, but forbiddeth priuate men greedy desire of reuenge­ment, which vseth to violate and breake publike lawes, and disturbeth all kind of amitie, peace & friendship. Therfore Paule doth wel in seeking the Captaynes ayde, and he refuseth not the armour of the souldiours, wher­by he sawe the craftie awaytes of the Iewes mighte be preuented and re­pressed. And he had bene in no faulte if the Souldiours and Conspirators had met and committed slaughter on both sydes: but rather all the faulte [Page 812] shoulde haue light vpon those wicked persons which were the beginners of so wicked an enterprise. But if it were lawful for Paul to vse the defence & safegard of the Romane garrison, then doubtlesse are they very seuere controllers of the faith which blame Ministers in these dayes, that seeke the ayde and succour of christian Magistrates, and require of them that duetie that an Heathen Captayne thought was not meete to deny to the Apostle of Chryst.

But let vs let Paule passe, and come to the Centurion, whose intercessi­on he vsed. The Centurion curte­ously accomplisheth Paules re­quest. He calleth hym vnto hym, and desireth him to bring the yong strippling vnto the vpper Captayne, which he accomplisheth very gently and readily. For God vseth to get his people fauour in the sight of straun­gers, and by his secret working procureth them the good will of men. So Ioseph in time pas [...]e was in great fauour with Potiphare. And wee reade that the Israelites easily obtayned of the Egyptians the costlyest things they had, bicause God had gotten his people fauour in their sights. These things ought to make vs desirous of godlinesse, bicause we see that the more duetifull we shewe our selues to bee vnto God, the more gentle and fauourable we fynde men vnto vs. For God can easily at his pleasure get vs the good wil of men. Also we must imitate this Centurion after his example, willingly to helpe those that be in affliction or calamitie. Reade Math. 25. But O the detestable wickednesse of our dayes, where men are growen into suche vngodlynesse, that a man shall scarcely obteyne of Christians that that Paule so easily obteyned of an Heathen souldiour. For many nowe a dayes are ashamed of the Captiued for Chrystes sake, and for this cause onely regarde them not, least by dooing any thyng in their cause, they should runne in suspition themselues.

The capten is ready to aide and as­sist Paule.But let vs see what the Captayne dyd in Paules cause, where in an heathen man appeare tokens of singular vertues, God doubtlesse wor­king in his minde, which ment to deliuer his Apostle out of the hands and awaytes of these conspiratours. First he vseth a singular curtesie, not re­pelling the strippling that came vnto him, nor frowning when he herd the name of the Captiue, but taketh him by the hande and leadeth him aside, and asketh him friendly wherefore he was come. Which example all men in office and authoritie ought to vse, seeing this is not one of the least com­mendations in them, to let all men haue an easie accesse vnto them, and to heare their Subiectes causes gently and paciently. For in so dooing they resemble the propertie of God, who of his own voluntary and accorde cal­leth vs, and hath his eares open alwayes to the prayers of the afflicted. And doubtlesse, where a number for feare or shame can not declare their mindes before men in aucthoritie, it behoueth to encourage them with sig­nification of humanitie and good will, that their preposterous shame or feare hinder them not. Agayne, the Captayne ioyneth wisedome with cur­tesie, which may hereby be perceyued, that he easily beleeueth the young man, although there were many things which might haue caused him to suspect the message. But where he had many times before perceyued the maliciousnesse of the Iewes, and by their first proceedings easily vnder­stoode what hatefull myndes they bare vnto Paule, he easily suspected there might be suche among them as the yong man described: Yea suche was his humanitie, that he disdained not to be counseled by the yong man, [Page 813] warning him, that he shoulde not bring Paule out vnto them. Here haue Princes and Rulers also what to imitate. For as ouermuch credit which hath in it a kinde of lightnes, is to be auoyded, so must they not be to hard of credit, specially if they heare probable reasons alleaged. But rather let them wisely and with present mynde, be ready at all assayes, lest (as it oftentimes happeneth) with their hardnesse of beleefe, they bring either theyr common weales, or els good men in hazarde and daunger. Finally, we may see great industrie and diligence in this Captaine, seeing he omit­teth nothing making for this present busines. For he wysely requyreth the yong felowe to saye nothing of the matter, least the bewraying thereof might giue the Conspiratours an occasion to take a new way and deuise. Next, he sendeth for two Centurions, and biddeth them make ready such a bande of men, as might suffise for his purpose. He commaundeth also to prepare beastes for Paule to ryde on. Furthermore, he appoynteth the nyght to carry him in, for auoyding of tumulte. And giueth them in their hands letters of commendation, to Felix the President. All which things coulde not be done without great labours and expences. But he remem­bring his office, spareth neyther for paynes nor charges, to deliuer a pri­soner, as yet conuict of no crime, out of the handes of murtherers. The lyke industrie must Christian Magistrates vse, in the defence of good men, forasmuche as it is playne, that they are cheefly ordeyned for that ende. But the example of this Ethnicke reproueth both the negligence and ini­quitie of a great many persons which had leefer to deliuer an hundred mi­nisters of the worde to be slaughtered, than they would take such paines, and be at suche costes for their sake. Yet let the vnthankfulnesse of this age, feare no man from doing his duetie faythfully. For although men cease from doing their partes, and that there appeareth no helpe in them, yet will God neuer fayle of his promise, which vseth to take those that worship him, out of a thousande daungers, and that by meanes vnlooked for, and will bring them at length to the inheritaunce of heauen, through his sonne Iesus Christ, to whom be prayse, honour, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clj. Homelie.

‘ANd the Captayne wrote a letter after this maner: Claudius Lisias, vnto the most mightie Ruler Felix, sendeth greeting. This man was taken of the Iewes and shoulde haue bene killed of them. Then came I with Souldiers and rescued him, and perceyued that he was a Romane. And when I would haue knowen the cause wherfore they accused him, I brought him forth into their Counsell. There perceyued I that he was accused of questions of their lawe. But was not giltie of any thing wor­thye of death or of bondes: And when it was shewed me howe that the Iewes layde wayte there for him, I sent him straight waye to thee, and gaue commaundement to his accusers, that the thinges which they haue agaynst him, they shoulde tell before thee, farewell. Then the Souldiers [Page 814] as it was commaunded them, tooke Paule, and brought him by night to Antipatras. On the morrowe they lefte the horssemen to goe with him, and retourned vnto the Castle, which when they came to Caesarea, and deliuered the Epistle to the Deputie, presented Paule also before him. When the Deputie had read the Letter, he asked of what countrey hee was. And when he vnderstode that he was of Cilicia: I will heare thee sayde hee, when thine accusers are come. And he commaunded him to be kept in Herods Iudgement hall.’

SOme man might thinke the diligence of Luke the Euange­list superfluous, which he vseth in declaryng how Paule by meane of the Romane souldiers escaped awaytes that certaine murtherers had layd for hym, inculcatyng in hys report therof, euery small trifle almost, to the tediousnesse of the hearer. But where it is euident, that he writ by the suggestion of the holye spirite, we must thinke nothyng superfluous that is tolde, by his aucthoritie. For hereby he setteth before our eyes, the in­fallible veritie and trueth of God, and the inuincible power, which he v­seth in defending his people. For he defeateth not the enterprise of these wicked murtherers deliuering Paule after anye common and vsuall sorte, according to his promyse, but he so ordereth all the matter, that he bryn­geth it about, by their helpe, of whom the godly hoped for no such thing, for that they were enimies of the Christian faith, and perhappes of no re­ligion. But bicause God is truthe it selfe, he can not breake his promise: And bycause he holdeth the heartes and myndes of men in his hande, it is therefore a most easie matter for him, to vse the helpe of his enimyes, in bringing to passe that he will haue done. Therfore the industrie both of the Captayne and Souldiers, must be ascribed to the power of God, which is in suche wyse described, as a man myght thinke they had coniu­red aswell to deliuer Paule, as the other to kill him. The consyderation of all these thynges (as we haue oftentymes declared) serueth for the confyrmation of our faith: Which bicause it must diligently be shored and stayed vp, by reason of daylye temptations, let vs see howe Paule was brought to Caesarea, to the Presidente of Iurye, bicause euerye where there are diuers thinges to be founde making for the maintenance and vp­holding of our weake fayth.

In the beginning he putteth the coppie of the Epistle wherein Lisias the Captaine commended Paule vnto Felix. The epistle of Claudus Lysias, the Captayne. This Epistle teacheth vs a­mong other thinges, what breuitie our auncestours vsed, in matters of waight and importance, where now adayes in triftes, men vse too many woordes, whereof none other cause can be alleadged, than for that all fayth and credite is buried, in whose steade lying, and false counterfeting beareth the swinge. This letter consisteth of diuers partes, whereof the fyrst is the superscription. This conteineth both the name of the Author, and also of him to whome it was written, Who Felix was. and declareth who was Lieu­tenaunt ouer the Iewes, at that time: Namely one Felix, of whom pro­phane writers also make muche mention. This man, they saye, was of [Page 815] a bondeman made free by Claudius Caesar, and through foolishnesse of the Emperoure, aduaunced to suche dignitie, that he passed the Citizens and Nobilitie of Rome in honoures. Yet kept styll his seruile con­dicions, polluting all places with filthye luste, whoredome, and mur­ther. For Suetonius wryteth, that he had bene the husbande of three Queenes, whiche he had entyced to marriage, partelye through the aucthoritie of Claudius, and partely by whoredome and baudrye. Dru­silla, daughter to that Herode whiche was smitten of the Angell, Iosephus in his .20. boke of Antiqui­ties Chap­ters .9. & .11. as we hearde, Chapter .12. he gate from Aniazus, Kyng of the people cal­led Amazi, by the crafte and conueyaunce of a certayne Magitian of Cyprus. He caused Ionathas the hygh Priest, when he thought nothing thereof, to be cruellye kylled in the Temple, by Cutthrotes sent the­ther of purpose. All whiche are tolde to this ende, that thou mayst see Paules fortune, vppon whome God permitted so wycked a man to haue power, but yet defendeth him, that he had no hurte done to him by him. We are fooles therefore to feare the power or force of menne, seeyng God is able to bryng downe the heartes of Lyons, and make them to for­beare his people, contrarye to theyr nature and vsage. Also here ap­peareth what state that people is in, whiche hauynge abused theyr lybertye heretofore, haue plucked the wrath of God vppon them. Suche it is euident, the Iewes haue bene, whom God had not onely en­dued wyth libertye and freedome, but also hadde consecrated them to hys owne selfe, and amongest all Nations, chose theym to be his peculiare people. But bycause they woulde not obeye the holye lawes of GOD, nor be amended by the admonyshementes of the Prophetes and of Christe, and wyckedlye abused their gifte of liber­tie, they are nowe depriued thereof, and constrayned to suffer suche presi­dentes, as had neyther commendation of Nobilitie, nor fame of ver­tue, but were defamed and euill reported, by reason of filthye luste and beastlye crueltie. And where yet they woulde not amende for all these plagues, at length they were vtterlye forsaken and shut out of the king­dome of GOD. These thynges suche menne oughte diligentlye to consyder, as nowe a dayes also, abuse the prerogatiue of libertie, and make of it an vnbrydeled licenciousnesse bothe of saying, and doyng.

But returne we to Lysias, the Captaynes letter, whiche after he had superscribed it, begynneth the narration, The com­mendation of Paule. with Paules greate commen­dation. For he declareth that he was apprehended for no demerite or faulte that hee hadde done, through the vnreasonablenesse and in­iustice of the Iewes.

Next, he sayth he is a Citizen or freeman of Rome. At length hee testifieth he is an Innocent, where he sayth he had done nothing worthy of death or imprisonment, and that the Iewes had made this sturre and a­doo agaynst him for no cause, but for their lawe and religion sake. This is a singuler commendation, but we muste remember that these are the wordes of a Souldier, and that he speaketh after the maner of the Ro­manes. For where they desyred the vtter abolishment of the Iewes religi­on, they cared not whether the presidents defended the same or not. Ther­fore we see euery where, that they litle regarded controuersies in religion. [Page 816] But God commaundeth a farre other thyng, whiche appointeth Magi­strates, to haue a speciall care of religion: for it is not meete, that they whom God of his goodnesse hath placed in such degree of dignitie, should suffer the honour of God to be eyther neglected or defaced. Yet the craft of the children of this worlde appeareth in the Captayne, which so trimly dissembleth his errour, committed in bynding and whipping a Citizen of Rome, wryting now nothing, but that that made for the getting of him praise and fauour. Here is cheefly to be marked, what a care God hath of his true seruauntes, consydering he defendeth their innocencie by testi­monie of their enimies. Example hereof we nowe see euery day, wheras they highly extoll and praise the Prophetes and Apostles, which perse­cute their faith and doctrine with deadly hatred. Why therfore feare we the slaunders of enimies, or infamie of the worlde.

Nowe remaineth the latter part of the Epistle which consisteth of a cer­tayne preoccupation or aunswere to an obiection that myght be made. For lest Felix myght be offended for that an innocent person was not ra­ther set at libertie, than sent to hym, with suche coste and charges: He sheweth also the cause hereof, he saith he did thus, bycause of the waites that the Iewes laide for him, which Paule shoulde neuer haue escaped, if he had ben set at libertie. Therfore it behoued in this wyse, sayth he, to pro­uide for the safetie of an innocent, & to see publique peace obserued. Where againe, the example of this Captayne putteth Magistrates in remem­braunce of their duetie, namely, to take heede, that no man suffer violence or iniurie, because it is euident, they are cheefly ordeyned to the ende that good men should not be oppressed through the insolencie and pleasure of other that are wicked. Psal. 72. Roma. 13. Reade Psalm. 72. Rom. 13.

Paule is brought be­fore Felix.It foloweth what successe this matter had, verilye a moste happye, as God ordered it. For the Souldiers faithfully fulfill the charge commit­ted vnto them, and bring Paule safely vnto Felix the President, and he, as though he had chaunged his nature, becommeth curteous and easy to be spoken to, and asketh him what cuntrey man he is. Which when he knew, he deferreth the hearing of his matter vntil the comming of his accusers. For the lawe of nature teacheth vs, that both partes ought to be hearde before sentence be giuen: Let vs remember, that all these thinges so hap­pened according to Gods prouidence. For it was his working, that the Souldiers without grutching serued Paules turne, that they were ready to defende him with perill of their lyfe, that Felix accepteth him more cur­teously and frendly than his custome was, and causeth hym to be kept in Herodes Iudgement Hall, being an honest kynde of pryson. The vse of these thinges is to teache vs that we must not passe much vpon the enter­prises of men, but studie onelye to please God, which can mollifie barba­rous mens heartes, tame sauage and wylde maners, and turne our eni­mies heartes to loue vs. Let these thinges embolden vs with inuincible constancie of fayth, to ouercome the tyrannie of the worlde, and so to lyue hereafter eternally in heauen, with Iesus Christ our Sauiour, to whom be prayse honour, power, and glorye, for euer. Amen.

The .xxiiij. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Clij. Homelie.

‘AFter fiue dayes, Ananias the Highe priest descended with the Elders, and with a certaine Oratour named Tertullus, which enfourmed the Deputie against Paule. And when Paule was called foorth, Tertullus be­gan to accuse him, saying: Seeing that wee liue in greate quietnesse by the meanes of thee, and that many good things are done vntoo this Nation, through thy prouidence, that allowe we euer and in all places, most noble Felix, with all thankes. Notwithstanding, that I be not tedious vnto thee, I pray thee that thou wouldest heare vs of thy curtesie a fewe wordes. For we haue found this man a pestilent fellowe, and a moouer of debate vnto all the Iewes in the worlde, and a maintainer of the secte of the Nazarites, which hath also enforced to pollute the Temple: whome wee tooke and would haue iudged according to our lawe, but the highe Captaine Lysias came vpon vs, and with great violence tooke him away out of our handes, commaunding his accusers to come vnto thee, of whom thou mayest, (if thou wilte enquire) knowe the certaintie of all these thinges, whereof we accuse him. The Iewes likewise affirmed, saying that these thynges were euen so.’

THe Euangelist Luke declareth in this Chapiter, how Paule was hand­led before Felix the Presidente beinge sente to hym, from the Captayne, that was appoynted for the safegarde of Ie­rusalem, as we haue heard before. In the whiche Narration, firste it is de­clared, howe the hyghe Priest and El­ders, layde matter of death vnto Paules charge. And albeit that Paule so decla­red and opened his cause, that the Lord Presidente coulde fynde no matter of death agaynst hym, yet he keepeth him in pryson two whole yeares together, and bicause he woulde shewe the Iewes a pleasure, leaueth him bounde in pryson still, till Pontius Festus suc­ceeded him in the office. These thynges are declared to this ende, that we may learne thereby: what state the godly are lyke to be in alwayes in this worlde, and howe the worlde continually hateth them, forasmuch as we see the Iewes spare for no laboure or costes, to bryng Paule beyng [Page 818] a most faithful preacher of gods word, to his cōfusion. But as Christ pro­phecied these things shold happē to his disciples: euē so he wold haue y t he prophecied, proued & set forth by the exāples of his apostles, y t we shold be the lesse offended, if at any time the like hapned to vs also. For as the Apo­stles suffred al kindes of persecution & aduersities: so they teach by their example, what it becōmeth vs to doo, when we be tried by persecutions & tēptations. And this is y e cheef vse & end of al this present matter, & of the whole history folowing. But in this place, there is no more rehearsed, but y e first act against Paul, all the circūstances wherof, we shal now examine.

Paules accu­sers are men of great power and autho­ritie.He beginneth with the discription of the persons, that appeared before Felix the Lieutenaunt. And of one side stoode Ananias the high Priest, the Elders, and Tertullus a famous Orator, & greatly exercised in pleading, by reason of his long practise. And on the other syde Paule alone, and in bondes, and for many causes before suspected. In this place appeareth a­gaine (as we haue often times already declared) who are commonly the cheefe enimies of the truthe, and of the ministers thereof, and with what weapons they fight, verily euen they which will seeme to be the greatest mainteyners both of religion, and the common weale: and amongst them, such as make marchaundize of religion. For the historie of the Gospel tea­cheth vs euerye where, that Paules aduersaries in this place were euen such. And these kind of men for the most part, vse to excell in experience, in wisedome, in vtteraunce, and in power & aucthoritie, for the which cause they haue many that fauour them & folowe them. Contrariwise the mi­nisters of truth as they be fewe in number, so commonly they are of small fame and estimation, & contempned and despised of all men, as who seeme of bitternesse of minde, or of ignorance, rather than of godlines, and loue of mens saluation, to withstande the worlde. But that it hath alway bene the godlies happe, in this world being but few & despised persons, to cope with numbers in power and aucthoritie, is to be seene by the examples of all ages. Thus Moses and Aaron were matched with the Magitians of Egipt, who were fauoured and defended with the kings aucthoritie, and had all the Nobilitie of Egipt on their side. So Elias alone encountreth with foure hundreth and fiftie Priestes of Baal, and with almost as many Chaplins of the woodes and groues, before Achab, a most wicked Iudge. And we read that Micheas not long after that, was faine to set himselfe a­gainst foure hundreth false Prophetes. Here might also be alleaged the histories of other Prophetes, and Apostles, & of Christ himselfe, whiche for breuities sake we omit, bicause they that reade the scriptures hitte on them euery where. We haue rather to consider the ende of these thinges, wherof we shall receyue great profit & vtilitie. For first, they serue for the instruction of euery mā, that we should not iudge of faith or religiō, accor­ding to the multitude or aucthoritie of thē that folow it, as we see now a­daies, men cōmonly do. But if we graunt thē this, then shal not only Paule take the foile, who being but one was accused by the priests & Elders, but also al the prophets with Christ & his Apostles shalbe in daūger. Yea we shal prefer y e Turks before the Christiās, which far passe vs both in terri­tories & dominions, in multitude of natiōs, in victories & other prosperi­ties & successe. Wherfore we must rather herkē vnto Christ, which calleth his faithful a litle flock, & saith, y e few enter into y e narow gate, but heapes [Page 819] rashe into destruction through the broader waye. Againe, the co [...]syde­ration of these thinges doth not litle comfort vs that we be not afrayde, Luke. 12. Math. 7. although wee alone be sometime constrayned to stande agaynste manye both of great power, glorye, and aucthoritie. For he that in thys place strengthened Paule, will stande by vs also being in lyke daunger. For we haue large promyses, wherein he promyseth vs the prompting of hys spirite, a mouth and wisedome, Luke. 21. Math. 10. Marke. 13. The Orati­on of Ter­tullus. against whiche no aduersaries shall be a­ble to resist. See Luke. 21. Mat. 10. Mark. 13.

But let vs heare Tertullus the Oratour, whose Oration consisteth cheefl ye of three pointes. The first is the beginning, wherein he doth not as arteficiously, as craftilye, and impudently purchase him selfe beneuo­lence and good will, partlye flattering Felix to his face, and partelye the Iewes. For they saye, they may thanke him for the peace and quietnesse which they liued in, and for that through his care and prouidence, so ma­ny miseries were euery day redressed. Againe, they confesse, they ac­knowledge this his goodnesse and benefites, with thankes giuyng. Yet do they lye egregiously in both. For we haue hearde before, how Felix go­uerned the Cuntrey, as naughtely as could be, how he did infinite things cruelly and vniustlie, and in all places where he came, committed Whore­dome and Murther, and prophane wryters abundantly declare the same. Againe, it is euident to all men, that haue but meane knowledge in histo­ries, that the Iewes also, about these tymes, made often and many rebel­lions agaynst the Romanes. And yet the most vaine man is not ashamed to lye, and by praising the tyranne, dishonestly betraye his whole Nati­on, whose commendation he should most earnestlie haue regarded. But therefore do they falsely commende their quiet estate of gouernement, to bring Paule the more in hatred with Felix, as though hee were a distur­ber of publique peace, and tranquillitie. And in them it easelie appeareth what the bitternesse of hatred is, once conceyued against the truthe. For where the worlde hateth nothing so muche as the truethe, bycause the light thereof reproueth theyr euill woorkes, therefore it can suffer and beare most cruell enimies, rather than the truth, & they thinke tyrannes tollerable ynough, so they will put to their helpe in oppressing the truth. So they preferred Tiberius Caesar, a cruell and voluptuous tyraunt, be­fore Christe our Sauiour, when they sayde they had none other king but Caesar. Yea, they were not ashamed to preferre Barrabas a Murtherer, and Captaine of a secte of Rebels, before Christ. And this vntowarde and peruerse inudgement is no newe thing in the worlde. For we reade that the Israelites in the wildernesse in time past, offended and withstode Moses likewise maruellous [...]ie commending the seruitude of Egipt by rea­son of the Melons, Amonds, garelike, fleshe, & such like things, Nume. 1 [...]. that land did abound in, and disdained that state of life in the which euery houre God declared new tokens of his beneuolence & good will, like most miserable & vnhappy men. And would God we had not the like examples in our daies, where mē wōderfully extol the great peace we liued in, in ȳe time of popery, & say ȳt the preching of the gospel hath marred altogither, but in the mean seson they can craftily dissēble the bloudy wars that the Popes haue ben cheefe procurers of this many hundred yeares, and will make no menti­on, of suche greeuaunces as haue miserablye weakened both the goodes [Page 820] and consciences of men. Yea some menne haue so farre exceeded in mad­nesse, that they haue thoughte it better to dallie with their aunciente enimies, than to abyde the lyght of the Gospell. But these men, shall once fynde the same true, that the vnhappie nation of the Iewes felte by the Romanes, not many yeares after they had driuen away the Apostles.

Nowe let vs returne to Tertullus, whiche in the seconde parte of his Oration frameth a greeuous accusation agaynst Paule, The points of his accu­sation. consisting of three pointes. Fyrste, he sayth he is a seditious person, yea, and woorsse than the plague it selfe, bycause he troubled and disturbed the Iewes euerye where in the worlde. And so they put Paule in faulte of that thing, wher­of their selues were the cheefe doers. For the whole discourse of thys booke teacheth, that the Iewes were the cheefe mouers of sedition hither­to, both agaynste Paule, and his companions. For hereunto maye be re­ferred the sturres and tumultes whiche wee haue hearde were made at Corinth, Thessalonica, Ephesus, Antioch, Iconium, Lystra, and diuers other Cities. Next, they cal him a maintener of the sect of the Nazarits. Ther­fore accusing him of schisme and heresie, a faulte in all ages compted the greatest in the Churche. Tertullus seemeth in contempt, to call the Chri­stians Nazarites, as who had but an obscure beginning, and of small re­garde or estimation. For it appeareth by the first Chapiter of Iohns Gos­pell, that the village of Nazareth was of small or no accompt, forasmuch as Nathanael sayde to Philip, telling him of Iesus of Nazareth: Can there any good thyng come out of Nazareth? And this is an olde pollicie of the Diuell, to cause true religion to be suspected, as a vile thing and of no reputation. By reason whereof, Iuliane the Apostata also sometyme called Christ and the Christians Galileyans. Thereby they accuse him of polluting the Church, and vnder the name of the Churche, they com­prehende all outwarde kinde of religion. These thinges we at this daye ought the more diligentlye to obserue, that we myght vnderstande what crimes are commonly layde against the truthe, and not be offended, if at any time we be called seditious, scismatikes, heretikes, prophaners of Temple and Images, Church robbers, and subuerters of auncient reli­gion. For as all these thinges ought not to offende vs, so neither muste we by and by beleeue them which impudently burthen innocent and god­lie men with these crimes.

But bycause they woulde not seeme to charge Paule, with false matter and accusation, The confir­mation of his accusati­on. they produce witnesses. Firste, the Captaine hym selfe, whom yet they accuse by the way, as seeming to importunate, to set a per­son at libertie, lyke shortly to be punished, according to the lawe. Then againe, they all affirme Tertullus saying to be true. Where we haue to be­hold an example both of great audacitie and impudencie. For they dare to accuse the Captaine, and complaine that they are restrained from shedding of bloud by him, who deserued great praise therefore. So little the wic­ked repente them of their mischeeuous deedes, that they continually hate them, which hinder or let their wicked enterprises. Moreouer, where first they were accusers, and next Iudges of the matter, now they are also witnesses, and will be beleued in euery thing, and feare not the iudgement of God, Prouer. 9. Deutero. 19. which hateth and abhorreth all false witnesses, and commandeth them to be punished by the lawe of Talio, or suffring of lyke. These things [Page 821] serue for our great vtilitie. For bothe we may learne to suspecte suche as nowe a dayes are lyke vnto these men, and shall the lesse be offended if the lyke happen vnto vs. For Iesus Chryst which was oppressed with lyke preiudices, liueth and reigneth, and hath ouercome all the power of hell, and beeing ascended into heauen, derideth the deuices of his enimies, and moste faythfully maintayneth the quarell of his chosen seruaunts. To him be prayse, honour, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Cliij. Homelie.

‘THen Paule (after that the Deputie him selfe had beckened to him that he should speake) aunswered, with a more quiet minde do I aunswere for my selfe, forasmuche as I vnderstande that thou haste beene of many yeres a iudge vnto this people, bycause that thou mayest knowe that there are yet but twelue dayes since I went vp to Hierusalem for to worship, and they neither founde me in the temple disputing with any man, neither ray­sing vp the people neither in the Sinagoges nor in the Citie. Neither can they proue the things wherof they accuse me. But this I confesse vnto thee, that after the way, which they call Heresie, so worship I the God of my fa­thers, beleeuing all things which are written in the Law and the Prophets, and haue hope towards God, that the same resurrection of the dead which they them selues looke for also, shall be bothe of iuste and vniuste. And therefore studie I to haue alway a cleare conscience towarde God and to­warde men.’

WE heard yesterday the poyntes of a most haynous accusa­tion made agaynst Paule, which the holy Ghoste woulde haue diligently written, as it was spoken by Tertullus, partly for that the truth of the Apostolike storie should not be suspected, seeing the wordes of the enimies also are re­ported so truely, and partely bycause we should not be of­fended when we heare the lyke obiected agaynst vs, or others, which fol­lowe the true fayth. Nowe therefore let vs heare Paul the Apostle, which after Felix had made a signe vnto him to speake, putteth away all these obiections both boldly and truely. But before we come to the wordes of the Apostle, we haue two things to consider. The one is, the example of Felix, which teacheth vs that in iudgements both partes must be hearde. The other is in Paule, who beeing moste greeuously slaundered, yet ru­sheth not foorth impudently to aunswere for him selfe, nor is not led with suche rage to slaunder agayne: but abyding till he had leaue giuen him of the President to speake, pleateth his cause soberly and wisely. Let all the godly do likewise, least they cause the truth wherof they stand in defence, to be suspected, by reason of hastinesse and rayling: which many times suche do as will rather satisfie the passions of their minde, Paules Apo­logie or de­fence. than follow the rule of reason.

These things beeing premised, let vs proceede vnto Paules aunswere, [Page 822] which consisteth in confuting of the obiections made agaynst him. In his beginning he getteth him the beneuolence or good will of Felix, yet in such sorte that he priuily quippeth his aduersaries without all foolishe kinde of lying and flattery. For he saith he is the willinger to declare hys matter before Felix, for that he had many yeres bene a gouernour of thys natiō, & for that cause was wel acquaynted with their natures & cōditiōs. For this thing alway the defendant most desireth, to haue a Iudge of skill & vnderstāding, bycause many times it commeth to passe, that they, which otherwise are great fauourers of iustice, offend of ignorance, which daun­ger Paul confesseth he is not in, ne feareth that Felix can be deceiued by the Iewes, whose impudencie & sedicious minds he wel knew by many yeres experience. Here of learne we a generall doctrine, that Magistrates must be diligent in vnderstanding of matters, bicause they can not be excused by ignoraunce, if it be either grosse or wilfull ignoraunce. For why should he who is Gods Uicar & Deputie, and hath his iudgements committed vn­to him, be ignorant in any thing? Therfore let them remember it is Gods iudgement, and marke wel the properties, conditions, and doings of their people, and diligently examine the circumstances of al causes. For so it shal come to passe, that either they shal not offende through ignorance, or else if perhaps they cōmit any errour by being deceiued by others, & not of sloth­fulnesse, their errour may be excused. But would to God they would often thinke of these things, which bragging of their glorious titles & authori­tie, giue them selues wholly to filthy idlenes, banketting, dauncing & hun­ting: so that they know better the caues & lodging of wild beasts, and all instruments of filthy desire, than the maners, properties, and cōditions of their subiects. Furthermore, this ought we to obserue before we leaue off this place, how God would suffer Felix▪ a most filthy tyraunt▪ to b [...]are rule so many yeres ouer his people. For this might seme to some men a strange matter. But the incurable ingratitude of that people did well deserue the same. For where God had set ouer them singular Captayns & shepherds, they so disdayned them, that they would not once voutsafe to heare Christ the eternall sonne of God. Therfore they nowe suffer that which God of­tentimes had threatned them, that he woulde take from them his helpe, and giue them suche rulers as should more care for their owne luste, and for couetousnesse, than for the common weale of the people. These things may teache vs what al they haue to looke for, which despise either the gift of libertie, or godly Magistrates, or faythfull Ministers of the worde, vn­thankfully and wickedly after the maner of the Iewes.

But let vs proceede on in Paules aunswere, and see howe he putteth a­way the crymes layde vnto his charge. He putteth away the crime of sedition. Amongst these the firste is, that they sayde he was an author of Sedition, wherevnto they also ioyne the polluting of the Temple, for that they made moste adoo aboute thys matter. In refuting of these thinges he is very diligent. For first, gathering an argument of the tyme, he proueth it to be impossible that he shoulde rayse any sedition, bycause it was not paste twelue dayes a­goe that hee came to Ierusalem. From which tyme take the dayes that he lay in pryson, and there shall bee but one or two remayning. But who coulde bee able within two or three dayes after hys commyng, to make an vniuersall sedition in so populous a Citie. Agayne, I came [Page 823] not (sayth he) to make any tumult or businesse, but to worship, and (as it shall hereafter follow) to succour and releeue the faythful with the almes which was gathered among the Gentiles. Therfore it is false that they say touching the polluting of the Temple. For I neyther taughte in the Temple, nor in the Synagoges, nor called any assembly of people togy­ther. Finally, they shall neuer be able to proue the thinges they haue layde to my charge. Which saying he vttereth with great grauitie: for so he accuseth them, not onely of lying, but also of false witnesse bearing. And it is not disagreeing vnto Christian pacience, to put away accusations made agaynst vs, though it bee with the ignominie of our aduersaries, when wee see the truthe more in daunger, than our owne estimation. But it is much for our learning, that Paule so diligently purgeth him of the crime of sedition. For heereby Ministers learne, that they muste diligent­ly beware that they disquiet no common weales by mouing any sedition, bycause there is nothing more daungerous than the same, and God is de­lighted with vnitie and concorde cheefly aboue all things. But if the wic­ked, without any faulte of the godly, rayse sedition, for preaching of the worde, or else it rise of vnknowen causes and authors, then that saying of Ambrose muste haue place: In his fi [...]the Booke &▪ 33. Epistle to Marcellina his sister. How it is in our power not to rayse vp or moue the people, but in Gods power to mitigate and appease them, beeing raysed.

After thys, Paule commeth to the obiection of Heresie: I confesse (sayth he) that I worshippe God after that maner and way that they call Heresie. But that I should therefore be an Heretyke, or a Schismatyke, I vtterly deny. For I worship the God of my fathers, and I beleeue the Scriptures. &c. Hée putteth away the crime of heresie. Here are di­uerse things for vs to obserue. First, he plainly confesseth the faith, wherof he was accused, & that before an heathen Iudge. Therfore it is not meete to separate confession from fayth: nor it is not inough for thee to beleeue in thyne heart, that is, to conceyue in thy minde a certayne opinion, but thou must confesse thy fayth in Chryste before men also. For Chryste can not away with such worshippers as are ashamed of him, How Paule beleeued. as hath many times ben declared. Then he comprehendeth his fayth in foure articles, in which all other articles are conteyned. Fyrst, he saith, he worshippeth the God of j. his fathers, meaning him which dealt with the fathers, and whome they worshipped. This is a speciall article of the fayth, that wee should be con­tented with one God, and make vnto vs no newe or straunge Gods. He is the true God, who in old time traueled with the fathers, and promised his sonne, & in him gaue saluation vnto men. Wherby it appereth, that neither the Turkes nor Iewes now a dayes are the true worshippers of God, bi­cause they imagine that God is their God without his sonne.

Secondly he declareth the fourme & maner of his worshipping, where ij. he saith, he beleueth al the things that are written in the Law & the Pro­phets. And Christ is the ende of all their writings, of whome it is many­feste, that Moyses and the Prophetes bare witnesse. Therefore Paule woorshipped God throughe fayth in Chryste, where all the Articles of oure faythe concernyng Chryste, are comprehended. And there is none other kinde of seruice or worship acceptable vnto God, forasmuche as God is made at one with vs by him onely. And whosoeuer honoreth not the sonne, honoreth not the father. Also Paules example teacheth vs, that God must bee worshipped according to the Scriptures, and not after [Page 823] the inuentions and traditions of man, bicause we are euery where taught that thereby he is worshipped in vayne. See Esai. 29. Matth. 15.

iij. Thirdly he confesseth the resurrection of the deade, which he therefore expresseth by name, bycause heerein consisteth all the meane of our salua­tion, as he hath taught in the fiftenth Chapter of his firste to the Corin­thians. He acknowledgeth a generall resurrection, not like a number of madbraynes, which draw resurrection to the godly onely. For as the god­ly must receiue a rewarde of their godlynesse in the laste day: so must the wicked of iustice be punished for euer.

iiij. Fourthly, through the conducte and guyding of this fayth, he sayth he laboureth to keepe a good conscience, both towarde God and man, which thing is the right fruite of fayth. For fayth iustifieth men: but they that are righteous and iust, worke righteousnesse. 1. Iohn. 3. And it can not bee that they will pollute their conscience with filthinesse of sinne, which be­leeue stedfastly there shall bee a resurrection of the dead. Hereby it appea­reth what Paules fayth was. And hereby he proueth that he ought to be taken for no heretike. As many therefore as by true fayth worship the God of their fathers, according to the Scriptures, and holde fast the hope of resurrection and labour to keepe a cleane conscience, both toward God and man, these be true followers of Paule and the Apostles, yea true and right Christians, howsoeuer the vnhappie world rage and storme agaynst them. Let vs therefore sticke to this fayth (O brethren) and through the stedfaste hope of resurrection to come, stoutly passe through all tribulati­ons, beeing sure we shall one day haue an eternall rewarde with Iesus Chryst our Sauiour, to whome be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Cliiij. Homelie.

‘BVt after many yeres I came and brought almes to my people, and offe­rings, in the which they found me purified in the Temple, neither with multitude, nor yet with vnquietnesse. Howbeit there were certayne Iewes out of Asia, which ought to be here present before thee, and accuse me, if they had ought agaynst me: or else let the same here say, if they haue found any euil doing in me while I stand here in the Counsel, except it be for this one voyce, that I cried standing among them: of the resurrection of the dead am I iudged of you this day. When Felix heard these things he defer­red them, for he knew very well of that way, and sayde: when Lysias the Captayne is come downe, I will know the vttermost of your matter. And he commaunded an vnder Captayne to keepe Paule, and to let him haue rest, and that he should forbid none of his acquayntaunce to minister vnto him, or to come vnto him.’

AS the holy Ghoste woulde haue the accusation which the Iewes made against Paul, diligently written, that we might learne thereby whereof this worlde doth alwayes accuse the faythfull Ministers of Chryst: so as diligently dothe Luke reporte the apologie or oration that Paule made in his owne defence. [Page 825] Wherby we are taught how we should behaue our selues in the like case. First and formoste, he answereth very diligently & boldly vnto the crime of sedition teaching vs by his example, how the ministers of Christ aboue al things must be free and cleare from such attempts. As touching his faith, about the which they accused him of heresie and schisme, he plainly confes­seth the same, and rendreth a reason or account therof in fewe words, but yet very perspicuous and playne. Whereby we gather, that confession of fayth doth most become the ministers of Chryst, which must so be declared, that the reason therof may appeare vnto all men which are led with any feare or feeling of God.

Now followeth the crime of polluting the Temple, He putteth away the crime of polluting the temple. in putting away wherof, Paule is very diligent, albeit he was not ignorant that the vse and maiestie of the Temple was for the most part abolished by the comming and death of Christ. And we must not thinke that Paule did beare with the Iewes herein, which as yet reuerenced their Temple too supersticiously, but hath a respect vnto the right vse of temples, which christian men by n [...] meanes can want. For although the maiestie of God can not be included or kept within Churches, neither can the worship of God be tied vnto them: yet outwarde religion requireth a certayne place where the people may assemble togither to heare the worde preached, and the Sacramentes administred. And common reason telleth vs▪ that places dedicated to these and suche excellent vses, oughte to bee kepte from all kinde of pollution: forasmuche as we read, that Christ once commaunded, that no man should carry any vessel or prophane thing through the temple. And it is very like that he hath little deuotion or religion, which wickedly contemneth or mis­vseth the places consecrated to religion. Which thing seemeth to bee the chiefe cause wherfore Paule vsed suche diligence in pu [...]ting away this ob­iection. By this example we also are taught, that the Temples or Orato­ries of Christians ought stoutly to be kept from all contempt and propha­nation. Which thing Hystoriographers report that Constantine the great and other Princes in times paste like vnto him dyd, to their great prayse and renowne.

But let vs see Paules apologie, which first excuseth him selfe by an argu­ment taken of the tyme. For he sayth, The vn­kindnesse of the world toward the ministers of the Church. he had bene many yeres from Ie­rusalem. Wherby it playnly appeareth, that he could attempt nothing a­gaynst the Temple. Againe he declareth that the cause of his cōmnig was not for the temples sake, but to bring vnto the nedy brethren of Iewry the almes that was gathered among the Gentiles. See what is written of this almes in the Epistles to the Corinthians, especially in the 8. and 9. Chapters of the .2. Epistle. In the meane season he accuseth thē of discur­tesie & vnthākfulnesse, which so vnworthely intreat one that had deserued so wel of the whole nation, & which brought vnto them a fresh benefit and pleasure. We haue here to consider (beside the exāple of christian liberalitie, wherof we spake about the end of the .11. Chapter) the vnkindnesse of the world towards Christes ministers, which is so great, that it wisheth the destruction of those that day & night labour for the saluatiō of al mē. Thus we read the Sodomites enuied Lot, for whose sake Abraham deliuered thē out of the captiuitie of their enimies. And Moses receiued nothing of the Israelites but raylings & threats, who forsoke the delightes of cour [...]ly life, [Page 826] and the treasures of Aegypt, for their sake. What chaunced vnto the Pro­phets, and after them vnto Christ our Lord, is more apparant than nedeth any long rehersall. But that that hapneth here vnto Paul, is very notable, which after his many yeres trauels, his so many wakefull nightes, and almes gathered in euery place to releeue the neede of the poore, hath none other reward of them, whose saluation he earnestly desired, and for whose sake he wyshed to be accursed, but strypes, imprisonment, and all kinde of contumelious handling. Why therfore are we offended at the ingratitude of the world, which being altogither set on mischiefe, knoweth not other­wise how to recōpense the authors of their saluation? But let vs returne iij. vnto Paules arguments, which in the third place sayth he was purified in the tēple, & without any multitude of men raysed or vnquietnesse. Wherby agayne it appeareth that he had not polluted the Churche. But if Paules argument be true (as no Christian man will deny) it is also true that the Temples are not polluted by them that are purified. But as many as be­leeue in Chryste are purified, forasmuche as Chryste hathe sanctified and purged them by his bloud, from their sinnes. See the fifth & sixt chap­ters of the first Epistle to the Corinthians. Why then are we called now a dayes prophaners of Churches, seeing we acknowledge Chryst our saui­our, from the hart, and to our power defend the auncient vse of Churches? which is, to serue for prayers, teaching of the worde, and administration iiij. of the Sacramentes? Fourthly, this name agreeth more rightly vnto them, which set holy things to sale in Churches, setting vp Idolles, and practising many other things, wherewith it is euident God hath bene of­fended v. in all ages. Fifthly, Paule layeth this faulte vpon the Iewes of Asia, who as wee hearde before, were the begynners of all thys adoo, and were nowe absent. For this is the continuall practise of all seditious mates, that when they haue raised a multitude, among whom good men be moste times in daunger, they secretly conuey them selues away, and stande out of Gunshot, wayting the successe of the matter. Would to God the poore commonaltie would alwayes remember this thing, when suche rakehels as these abuse their distemperaunce and boldnesse, to compasse and bring to passe their deuises.

Paules bold­nesse.Moreouer, after confutation of these obiections, Paule boldly prouoketh his aduersaries. If these men here (saith he) will pleate the Asians cause, goe too, let them declare what euill they haue found in mee. I know they haue nothing to lay to my charge, except perhaps it bee a businesse made in their owne Counsell, for the free confession that I vttered, touchyng the resurrection of the deade. But with what face can they thus doo, seeing they shall bee enforced to confesse the resurrection them selues, ex­cepte they wyll altogither bee wycked? the confidence of Paule, and hys bolde speeche, which declareth a manyfest argument of hys innocen­cie, is worthy to bee considered. The lyke it becommeth all Chrystes Ministers to haue, and to persuade them selues, that the worlde hateth them for the truthes sake onely. For thys shall make them constante and bolde agaynst all daungers. See Peter in his first Epistle, the third and fourth Chapters. Paule esca­peth the hā ­des of his enimies.

Nowe remayneth the ende of this businesse, which was farre other than the Iewes looked for. For Felix deferreth all the matter vnto Lysias [Page 827] the Capraynes comming, both for that he was not ignorant of the things concerning that way, that is to say, stubborne & obstinate controuersies a­bout faith & religion, and of the way warde and vnruely conditions of the Iewes: but also for that they groūded their whole accusatiō vpon the te­stimonie of Lysias. In the meane season he hath a consideration of Paule, whose innocencie he manifest [...]y perceiued. For he cōmaundeth him to haue rest, and permitteth his friends to come & minister vnto him. For certayne acquaintance abode with Paule in time of his captiuitie, of whose number it appeareth that Luke was: whose example teacheth vs that we must not forsake those that are in daunger for Christes sake, seeing that he taketh whatsoeuer pleasure is done vnto them, as done to himself. Agayn Magi­strates lerne by example of Felix to beware, that for mēs sakes they be not to rash in iudgement. For iudgement is Gods, whose ministers they must remēber they are. Therfore let them folow his equit [...]e tempered with long suffring. In the mean season let thē not intreat prisoners to vncurteously, seeing that wicked malefactors haue some pitie to be shewed on them for humanitie & manhoodes sake. Aboue all things let vs marke the truthe of God towardes those that honour him, & his power agaynst his enimies. For it is his worke that Felix contrary to his nature (wherof we haue of­tentimes intreated) is gentle and curteous vnto Paule. And it is an easie matter vnto God, to mollifie cruell hearts, and to get his people fauour with their enimies also, seeing he hath full power vpon all creatures, and euen ouer the hearts of men. Let none of vs therefore feare men, nor doo any thing otherwyse than becommeth vs for their sake. But rather let vs labour to commende our selues and our dooings vnto God, which is able to defende hys seruaunts in the middest of their enimies, to assuage their moody minds, & atlength to take vs [...]rom al troubles into his kingdome, the inheritaunce whereof he hath prepared for all them that honour hys name, through Iesus Chryst: To whome be prayse, honour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Clv. Homelie.

‘AND after a certayne dayes, when Felix came with his wife Drusilla (which was a Iewesse) he called foorth Paule, and heard hym of the fayth which is towarde Chryste. And as he preached of righteousnesse, temperaunce, and iudgement to come, Felix trembled, and answered. Go thy way for this tyme, when I haue a conuenient season, I will sende for thee. He hoped also that money should haue bene giuen him of Paule, that he might loose him, wherefore he called him the oftener, and communed with him. But after two yere Festus Portius came into Felix roume. And Felix willing to shew the Iewes a pleasure, left Paule in prison bounde.’

IT was a wonderfull and a rare example both of Gods mercy and power, that Paule founde suche courtesie and gentlenesse in Felix the President, whose wycked tyran­nie, euen prophane wryters haue lefte reported in Hysto­ries. But it is farre more notable that Luke reporteth heere in thys place. For Paule lyueth not onely in [Page 828] safetie, but also fyndeth occasion to preach before him. Wherby the truth of that saying of Paule appeareth: which is, that though the Ministers of God be sometimes in prison and bondes, yet his word can not be bounde. For that that happened vnto Paule, the same falleth out in many Martyrs of Chryst also now a dayes, that they which are led bound vnto the stake or fyre, preache the worde of God boldly, to the terrour of the wicked, and consolation of the godly. But let vs consider all the poyntes of this place in order.

Felix & Drusilla heare Paule.First Paules hearers are described, whom if wee diligently marke, wee may playnly gather what the occasion was that Paule was appoynted to make this Sermon. For Felix, which had ben absent from Caesarea for a certayne dayes, was now returned agayne with his wife Drusilla, which I thinke was the chiefe procurer of this Sermon. For she was a Iewe, and daughter to Herode called Agrippa, who after he had stayne Iames the Apostle, was smitten by the Aungell, and suffered greeuous punishe­ment for his vngodlynesse and tyrannie. Firste shee was betrouthed to Antiochus called Epiphanes, but not maried, bycause he would not be ma­ried after the maners and rites of the Iewes. After that she maried with Aziazus king of the people called Amazi, from whome Felix the President enticed hir, and caried hir away through fayre promises, and by the con­ueyance of a certayne Magitian of Cyprus, as before was declared: wher­fore she became not only a filthy adultresse, but also wickedly transgressed the law of God, and the religion of hir forfathers, in liuing with a man vncircumcised. All which things although she had vnworthely commit­ted, yet it is likely that there was remayning in hir some feeling of that pure religion, wherein she had bene brought vp from hir tender yeres. This seemeth to bee the cause that shee was so desirous to heare Paule preache, whose doctrine euery body spake of. Which thing she might easi­ly obteyne of Felix hir husbande, louing hir so entirely. Heere by the way wee may see what remayneth commonly for them which make mariage with wicked persons, and boyde of true religion. For although they be­ing blinded eyther with the sting of concupiscence, or bewitched with the glory of richesse and honour, goe about to shake off all sense of religion: yet the sting of conscience returneth agayne, and the desire of fayth so de­nied and naughtely forsaken, kindleth agayne, but commonly dothe them little good, bycause they haue so little regarde of God, and their owne saluation. Wherefore wee muste thinke that it was not without a cause that God by Moyses commaunded his people to abstayne from mariage with Infidels, bycause he knew they were hereby like to incurre the pre­sent daunger of their saluation. For the which cause Paule also willing to confirme the olde lawe, 2. Corin. 6. forbiddeth vs to beare the yoke with vnbeleeuers. Also it behoueth vs to marke the goodnesse of God, which suffered the worde of the Gospell, whereby lyfe and saluation is offered vnto man, to bee preached vnto those that were polluted with suche filthy luste. Hee is therefore truely that God which desireth to haue men saued, and wil­leth not the death of a synner, but rather that he should repente and lyue. Heere vnto belong many examples of the Gospell, wherein wee reade that Chryste of a certayne singular fauour and familiaritie, offered salua­tion vnto Publicans and Harlots. Which, as it serueth for our consola­tion [Page 829] when we bee troubled with the suggestions of Sathan, whereby he calleth the certayntie of our saluation into question: so also it admonisheth vs of our dutie, that we wickedly despise not the grace of god, which he so louingly offereth vnto vs. For as the preaching of the gospel, is the cause of saluation to them that beleue and repent: so they are inexcusable before God, which being without repentance, wickedly contemne it when it is offered: of whose number we shall hereafter heare that Felix was.

But let vs see Paules Sermon whiche Luke reporteth not worde for word, but reciteth only the cheefe pointes: wherof may easyly gathered, The points of Paules Sermon. what he said. These are three in nūber. First, Felix heareth him entreate of the fayth in Christ. Furthermore as Christ is alwayes constant in him selfe, & is but one yesterday, to day, & for euer: Faith in Christ. so there is alwayes but one trade of faith in Christ, which ought not to be changed. Wherfore we must thinke Paule spake none other things at this time, Roma. 3. Gala. 2, & .3. but such as are contey­ned else where both in his Sermons, and Epistles. The summe of all which is, that men are iustifyed and saued freely, without the workes of the lawe, through faith onely in Christ. And as he laboured to bring the Iewes vnto Christ, from the affiaunce in workes of the lawe: so is it like that he entreated much of morall virtues before Felix, bycause they little auayle vnto true Iustice in the sight of God, but are acceptable vnto God, bicause of fayth onely in Christ: bicause we haue occasion euery where to speake of these thinges, we will nowe tarry the lesse while vppon them. This marke, how the fayth in Christ, must not be preached in corners and where no feare of daunger is, but must then be stoutly and freelye confes­sed, when we percyue the worlde offended with vs for the same. There­fore they are not to be hearkened to, which accompt the confession of faith, among things indifferent. For so they accuse the Apostles and holy mar­tirs of Christ, of madnesse, whiche were neuer more feruent in defendyng the fayth, than when they sawe it most cruellye assaulted. Also the Ana­baptistes are confuted by this example of Paule, which being apprehended by the Magistrates, can scarce be brought at any time to giue an accompt of their faith, and many times will neither confirme their owne opinions with anye argumentes, nor aunswere to the argumentes made agaynst them. Howbeit Peter commaundeth all Christians to be ready to giue a reason of their faith, to euery one that asketh them. 1. Pet. 3. And Paule was so litle ashamed either of his fayth or doctrine, that he disdayned not to preache the same, being in bands, before an heathen tyranne and filthie adultresse.

Secondly, Paule reasoneth of Iustice and Temperance. Iustice and Tempe­pance are the fruites of faith. But vnder these two vertues are comprehended the true fruits of the faith that iusti­fieth: & Iustice we vnderstand in this place to be that, that giueth vnto euery man that is his, and therfore comprehendeth vnder hir, all vertues. Christe commendeth this vertue, where he commaundeth to giue vnto God the thinges belonging vnto him, and vnto Cesar the thynges that are due vnto him: & hereunto is to be referred that, that Paule writeth in an other place: Geue vnto all men that is their due, Rom. 13. tribute to whom tribute belongeth: Custome to whom custome is due: Feare to whom feare aper­teyneth: Honour to whom honour apperteyneth. &c. Temperaunce is an impediment or stoppe against vnlawfull desyres, and brideleth volup­tuousnesse, that we be not carried with the entisementes thereof, to sinne [Page 830] against God and Iustice. Therfore whatsoeuer might be sayde touching the exercise of vertues and good woorkes, Paule did comprehende it, vn­der these two kindes: namely Iustice, and Temperance. And these things must of necessitie be subiect to the doctrine of fayth, both bycause they be the true fruites as we saide euen nowe, by the whiche fayth is knowen, and also, bicause no man shoulde abuse the pretence of fayth, to cloke his carnall libertie: against the which many thinges are euery where sayde, in the writinges of the Apostles. Furthermore Paules prudencie ioyned with his free speache, is here to be considered. For he reasoneth of suche fruites of true fayth, as cheefely were wanting in his hearers. For we haue declared before, that Felix did many thinges like a tyranne in gouer­naunce of the prouince, and had more regarde of his priuate aduantage, than of publique Iustice. And Drusilla, like a filthie adultresse marryed with an vncircumcised person, contrary to the lawe of God. Therefore it was meete, to set these things before their eyes, that they might plainely vnderstand, how farre off they were from the way of saluation. This ex­ample teacheth vs what we ought to preache, and after what sorte many men would haue the grace of God, and the faith that iustifieth, only prea­ched. But the wickednesse of this world, and of our age, wherby we see all men euery where rushe into all kinde of mischeefe, requireth a farre other thing. Therefore these things must be reproued, least we preach the grace of God in vaine to them that yet vnderstande not what neede they haue thereof. And we must not regarde, what the world would haue, but what Christ commaundeth, which would haue repentance first preached in his name, and then forgiuenesse of sinnes. Luke. 24. Therefore they do neither godly nor wisely, which teaching only the grace of God, and faith that iu­stifieth, before this vnrepentant world plant a licentious kinde of life, cau­sing men to liue in all kinde of securitie and carelesnesse. But rather let them bothe be ioyned togither, that men being conuicted of their wicked [...]nesse, may repent, and learne to seeke forgiuenesse of their sinnes, in the onely grace of God, through faith in Iesus Christ.

Thirdly, Paule disputeth of the later iudgement, namely to confute that error, The later iudgement. wherwith the Gentiles being most deceiued, and made carelesse, be­leeued the world to be euerlasting. Heereof sprang the opinion of Epicure, that said how God regarded no things done vpon the earth: Wherefore it was very needefull, to speake of the ende of the world, and of Christes last comming vnto iudgement, least that which hee had spoken of iustice and temperance, might seeme foolishe and to no purpose. We are taught, that this Article of the faithe, is most worthy to be marked, whereby we beleeue that Christ shall come to iudge the quicke and the deade. For it cōforteth the weake, which are offended at the proceding of this world, while they beholde howe the vngodly rustie in prosperitie, and howe the godly are punished and afflicted. For they learne that there shall be one day a chaunge, for the which cause▪ Christe calleth his comming, the day of our redemption. Againe, there is no more affectuous way to moue men to do their duetie, Luke. 21 and to refraine from sinne, than when that day and seuere countenance of the iudge is set before their eies. Which is the cause that we heare Christe so often make mention thereof▪ and the Apostles for the moste parte take their argumentes of exhortation and dehortation [Page 831] from the same.

Nowe remaineth it for vs to see the effecte of Paules Sermon, The effecte of Paul [...]s Sermon. which touching Felix, was altogither in vaine. For in deede he is feared with the mention of these things, but hee thinketh neuer the more of any a­mendement. For he sendeth Paul from him, as though he had no leisure to heare him any longer. This is the vsage of the vngodly, which sometime for curiositie sake, will heare the woorde, and are so farre affected there­with, that for feare they tremble in their consciences. But these are yet no tokens of a better disposition, bicause the Apostle testifieth, that the Di­uels vse so to doe. Iames. 2. For assoone as they perceiue that the woorde of God agreeth not with their humoures and desires, they disdaine any lon­ger to heare it. So Achab hated Micheas, bicause hee neuer spake suche things as pleased him. Furthermore Felix bewrayeth hys reprobate minde againe, by an other argument. For he looked to haue had money at Paules hande, and purposed not to lette him goe withoute some meede, whome yet he knewe of right ought to be sette at libertie. Therefore he had lawe to sell, the cause whereof was couetousnesse, which all other na­tions did reprehende in the Romaines, as a thing insatiable. Lette Ma­gistrates learne by this filthie Example, to beware of taking bribes in iudgement, which by the testimonie of God vseth to blinde the heartes of the wise, and to peruert the wayes of the iuste. Exodus. 13. Deuterono. 16. This couetousnesse hathe beene the destruction of moste flourishing com­mon weales, and what hurte it dothe euery where nowe a dayes daily Examples aboundantly declare. But Felix yet maketh not an ende of sin­ning. For perceiuing that Paule (which would neither burthen the bre­thren, nor giue any ill example) was slacke in offering of mony, he seeketh an other aduauntage of the innocent. For when Festus his successor came▪ and he must giue vp his office, he leaueth Paule in prison, to the ende here­by to pleasure the Iewes, whom he had many wayes greeuously offended, where we may see in what state the godly are, whose pacience the wicked abuse to their pastime, and seeke occasion by them, to gratifie one an other. So Pilate and Herode wickedly agreed togither to vex and molest Christ. So the father of Drusilla beheaded Iames with the sweard, and when hee sawe it liked the Iewes, he went about to put Peter also to deathe for their sake. But the wicked haue not alwayes that they desire, whom although the vengeance of God punisheth not by and by, yet he recōpenseth his slackenesse with the more greeuous punishment at lengthe. It shall be our partes by Paules example, to learne to be con­stant in faith, and to be pacient in continuall afflictions, that at length hauing ouercome al aduersities, we may triumphe in Iesus Christ, to whome be blessing, honoure, glorye and power for euer. Amen.

The .xxv. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Clvj. Homelie.

‘WHen Festus had receyued the office, after three dayes he ascended from Cesarea vnto Ierusalem. Then enfourmed hym the hyghe Priestes and the cheefe of the Iewes, of Paule. And they besought him and desyred fauoure against him, that he woulde sende for hym to Ierusalem. And they layde awayte for him in the waye, to kill him. Festus aunswered that Paule should be kept at Cesarea, but that he hymselfe woulde shortly depart thether. Let them therefore (sayde he) which among you are able, come downe with vs, and accuse hym, if there be anye faulte in the man. When he had tar [...]ied there among them more than tenne dayes, he went downe vnto Cesarea, and the next day sat in the Iudgement seat, and com­maunded Paule to be brought. VVhiche when he was come, the Iewes which were come from Ierusalem, stoode about him, and laide many and greeuous complaints against Paule, which they coulde not proue, as long as he aunswered for him [...]elfe, that he had neither against the law of the Iewes nor yet against Cesar offended any thing at all.’

IN this xxv. Chapter and the next folowyng, are described two gree­uous enditemēts or arrainments, wher­of the one Paule susteyned before Festus the new president & in the other he plea­ted his cause, before king Ag [...]ippa, and Bernice the Queene. The firste is the more notable, bycause vnder the colour therof, the Iewes had like to haue broght Paule in great ieopardie, which yet tho­rowe the helpe of God he escaped, who promysed him he woulde be his succour & safegarde, for y he must beare witnesse of Christ at Rome also, before the Emperour, as was declared before in the 23. Chapter. The cheefe ende of all these thinges is to teache vs howe God hath a care for his people, [...]uffring them to be tempted many wayes, but yet deliuering them out of all tēptations as long as they folow theyr vocation, and put all their hope and trust in him. Wherefore these things must cheefely serue to confirme our faith, A newe at­tempt of the Iew [...]s a­gainst Paul. which thing that we maye doo to our great vtilitie, we will consider euery thing in order.

First, here is declared a newe enterprise of the Iewes attempted to op­presse Paule by. For when Festus was gon to Ierusalem, to take an othe [Page 833] of allegeance of the Citizens and inhabitants there, by and by the Priests and men of aucthoritie came vnto him, and accuse Paule, whome Felix had left in prison, desiring the newe President of his fauoure, that he mighte be brought to Ierusalem to be iudged, and that they might procede against him, according to the law of their Countrey. But in the meane season they were purposed priuily to waite him by the way, and to kill him. In this place may be sene how vnquiet in minde the wicked are, after they be once in [...]lamed with hatred of the truthe. For where alwayes their naughtie workes are disclosed by the light thereof, it can not be, that they can easily lay away the hatred once conceiued. But rather they boile and frothe in their mindes like the raging sea, busily watching euery small occasion, wherby to extinguish the light of that truth, which they so hate. And cō ­monly the force of this hatred is suche, that without any regarde many times to their priuate auailes, they only seke and desire how to make the ministers of the truth out of the way, whose doctrin they perceiue so vex­eth and fretteth them. Both these things may be seene in this present ex­ample. For we haue heard howe Paule was in prison whole two yeares. Howbeit neither the continuance of time, neither the miserable state of captiuitie could assuage their mindes, for they could bear with any thing better than with the doctrine of the truth. Wherfore they narowly watch euery little occasion, & spare neither for pains nor cost, to bring their desire at length to passe. First therfore they begin to make their requests and pe­tition vnto the newe President against Paule, which they oughte to haue made rather in the behalfe of their common weale, and to haue besought him of his frendship towards all mē in general. But they thought by this meane to preiudice Paule, that the President might conceiue he was some publike enimie of his whole nation and coūtry, considering they labored so earnestly to haue him punished. And we must not think that hatred of the truthe had so great force in these men onely. For it is the common guise of all that are vngodly, that if they might haue their wish neuer so much, yet nothing is more deare vnto them, than to haue the liues of them who they know wil withstād their impietie and naughtinesse. Heereunto belongeth that, that the Euangelists wryte of Herodias, which when she heard how Herode had offered hir daughter the one halfe of his kingdom, yet she re­quired but only the heade of Iohn to be giuen hir, bicause as long as he li­ued and preached, she thought hir raigne shuld not only be vnpleasant, but all hir life also. Many things of like sort might be reported, and examples euen of our dayes, but bicause they are euery where to be sene, therfore we think good to passe thē ouer. Let vs rather marke the vse of these things, which is, that we trust not ouer sone, those which haue once conspired a­gainst the truthe. For although they can sometimes trimly dissemble and colour their hatred against the truth, yet the poison therof lieth hiddē depe in their brests: assone as occasion serueth, wil burst forth with might and main. And in these persons hath that saying of the Prophet chefely place, pronouncing that the hart of man is froward & vnsearchable. Again, Iere 17 here appeareth what the weapons of the vngodly are. First they counterfet a countenāce of law and equity, in that they require to haue him brought to Ierusalem to be iudged, which might seeme an honest and iust request, both bicause all the businesse began there first, and also for that it seemed not [Page 834] reason that they which were so many in number and aucthoritie, shuld be at so great charges, and take such pain to iourney so farre for one mannes sake. But in the meane season, vnder this faire face of equitie, they cloke an horrible and bloudy meaning, as was euen nowe declared. Lette vs learne by this place, to iudge of those men which now adayes doe the like: wherof a man may euery where finde more than are profitable in a Chri­stian common weale. Luke. 22 Iohn. 8 Uerily Christe saith, that these men fight with the power of darkenesse, and therefore are the ministers of the Deuil, which was a lier and murtherer from the beginning. And Paule prophecied that Antichrist should raigne cheefely through lying and open force. Therfore, as many as resist the truth and the ministers therof with violent and tre­cherous sleights, it is euident, that they fight for the deuil, vnder the stan­derd of Antichrist, with whom (except they repent in time) they shal here­after receiue the pay and wages of eternall damnation.

Moreouer, let vs see how God disapointed the bloudy deuises of his en­nemies. God scatte­reth the counsels of his enne­mies. For it was his woorking that Festus consented not to the desire & petition of the Iewes, whose request yet as shal appeare hereafter, he made no small account of. And surely there were great causes, that might haue moued him to yeld vnto the Iewes. For he might both iustly haue suspected Paule, whome Felix going out of his office, had left in prison, and it see­med that the request which the cheefe of the Iewes made, was not to be re­iected: and againe, he might appeare but slenderly witted, if in the begin­ning of his gouernement, he would procure him the hatred of a whole na­tion for one mannes sake, and he a prisonner, and of no reputation. But through the secrete inspiration God, it commeth to passe that Festus had more regarde of iustice and of the Romaine lawes than of the Iewes nati­on. Wherefore he thinketh good to keepe Paule at Caesarea still, yet per­mitting the Iewes, according to order of lawe, to proceede against him. It pleased God, to teache all them that be in office or aucthoritie, by the ex­ample of this Gentile, what they haue to doe in like case, verily to commit nothing either for fauoure of men, or respect of priuate commoditie, but to folowe equitie and lawe, which if it be not kept, it is impossible that com­mon weales can continue in safetie. Therefore lette Christian Kings and Princes be ashamed, both of their lightnesse and vnrighteousnesse, which now a dayes commonly condemne the maintainers of Euangelical truth and faith without hearing, for the Popes and Bishops pleasure: yea bi­cause they would seeme very religious, they giue them all power against the faithful of Christ, so cōmitting the sheepe vnto the Wolues. They shal one day feele to their great smart, what they doe, when bothe the bloudie Popes shall be punished, and Christ our iudge shall require at the handes of the Kings, his people committed vnto their charge. But heere haue we cheefely to consider God the aucthoure of all these things, whose woor­king wee euen nowe saide all this was. For where hee had said, Paule should beare witnesse of Christe at Rome also before the Emperoure, hee woulde also perfourme his promisses, whose counselles, seeing no subti­litie of manne is able to preuente, it was easie for him to disappointe the enterprise of the Iewes. And where he hathe power ouer the hearts of menne also, hee nowe planteth suche a will in Festus, that hee pro­uideth rather for Paules commoditie, than for the Iewes.

[Page 835]And afterward when he would haue gratified the Iewes, he stoppeth him by an other meane from dooing the same. Heere may we take singular consolation, considering we see that wicked men, and such as daunce after the worldes pipe, are subiect vnto the commaundement of God, so that he hath full power and aucthoritie both vpon their bodies and minds. Why therfore are we afraid of their councels and deuises? why feare we their power? why put we not our trust rather in God, which is able to putte in their hearts, new willes, or else mightily to binde their handes?

But lette vs returne vnto the Iewes, The Iewes accuse Paul. who according to the Presidentes commaundement, goe againe vnto Caesarea, and make a greeuous com­plaint and accusation against Paule, in the description whereof Luke is the shorter, for that they were for the most part such things, as had bene ma­ny times before obiected vnto him. Heere we haue to consider the Iewes, the complainants, who first stande round about Paule, being brought into the place of iudgement (which was a thing contrary to the common or­der in iudgements) euen to dismaye him with their outwarde shewe, and with their aucthoritie to moue Festus. This done, they bring out againe the olde pointes of their former accusation, as may appeare by Paules an­swere. But it seemeth they cheefely vrged the crime of sedition, as though therby he had committed treason against Caesar. But although they lay many things to his charge, they were yet able to proue nothing. Paule so pleading his cause, that it appeared manifestly to all men, that he had of­fended in nothing, either against the law of God, either against the Tem­ple and seruice, either against Caesar. And what arguments were brought on bothe sides, any man may easily gather by the accusations aforesaide. Heere may we see what impudencie and boldnesse is in the ennimies of truthe. For what could they more impudently haue done, than againe to lay to Paules charge without profe or testimonie, those things whervnto Paule before had oftentimes answered? Yet where they wanted both ar­gumentes and witnesses, they compasse Paule about so boldly, as if their aucthoritie only, ought to haue preuailed in a matter of life & death. This is the guise of the wicked, that they will be satisfied with no kinde of an­sweres, but alwayes recourse to their olde slaunders. This we finde true in these dayes, where our aduersaries being conuinced with so many ar­guments, yea now with so many yeares experience, yet they impudently lay to our charge, the crimes of seduction, seditiō, blasphemie, and infinite suche like. For why should they be ashamed to lie before men, who are not ashamed to speake against God? but in Paules answere this is worthy to be obserued, that he denieth he hathe any wayes offended against Caesar, yet preached he that Christe was God, and procured the people vnder the Romaine Empire, to take vnto them a new faith, which thing Tertullian declareth was vnlawfull for any man to do by the Romaine lawes. How can Paule therfore say he offended not against Caesar? Heere we must know (O brethren) that religion is subiect neither to Caesar, nor yet to any other Magistrate, so that they at their pleasure, may decree what they will therin. For it belōgeth vnto God, and according to his word and appoint­ment, it must be ordered. And as Christ commaundeth to giue vnto Caesar that thing that belongeth vnto him: so wil he haue reserued for God also, that that is due vnto him. Wherfore he offendeth not against the Magi­strate, [Page 836] which without purpose of raising any tumult, defendeth the true honor of God, although the Magistrate forbiddeth the same. For when such Magistrates passe their bounds, and wil encroche vpon Gods king­dome, they are not to be hearde: But rather Peters rule muste take place, which teacheth vs that God be must be obeyed, rather than men. Heere hast thou what to answere to those, which crye out, that we seditiously bring vp many things, contrary to the proclamations of Emperours: and say, that in matters of religion, we must simplie obey our Princes. Whose saying if it may preuaile, then not we only, but also all the Prophets, and Christ and his Apostles with them, shal be condemned: who, it is euident preached the word of God, beat downe superstition, and planted true faith contrary to the commaundements of Magistrates and rulers. There is no cause therfore why we should regard these slaunders: but let vs rather with a cleare conscience holde on in the true faithe, and with a pure minde serue our sauioure Iesus Christ: To whom be praise, honoure, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clvij. Homelie.

‘FEstus willing to do the Iewes a pleasure, answered Paule, and saide: wilt thou goe vp to Hierusalem, and there be iudged of these things before me? Then saide Paule: I stande at Caesars iudgement seat, where I ought to be iudged. To the Iewes haue I no harme done, as thou very wel knowest. If I haue hurt them, or committed any thing worthy of deathe, I refuse not to die. If none of these things are wherof they accuse me, no man may de­liuer me to them. I appeale vnto Caesar. Then spake Festus with deliberati­on: Thou hast appealed vnto Caesar, vnto Caesar shalt thou goe.’

WHere Paule the Apostle speaking of his afflictions vnto the Corinthians, saithe he was made a gasing stocke vnto the world, and vnto angels, and vnto men: that same may cheefely be perceiued by the things which chaunced vnto him in his last captiuitie or imprisonment. For now had he bene foure times presented in iudgement, to pleade for his life. First, before the people at Ierusalem vpon the staires, going vp to the castle: secondly before the coūsel of the priests: And thirdly before Felix the President. After which foloweth this newe arainment before Festus the new President. Euery one of them were notable, by reason of the great dā ­gers, that fel out in them, as we haue seene in their places: all which dan­gers he yet escaped through the help of god. These things teach vs what power God suffereth the wicked to haue vpon his elect, whom he yet de­liuereth with a mightie hand out of all their tribulations, bicause of their faith. Wherefore we must not be offended, if we haue the like happen vnto vs also. And this is the chefe vse of this place, where we are taught how Paule escaped this new daunger, where of the President himselfe was the author, bicause no man should thinke that hee was heeretofore deliuered, rather by the benefite of men and power of the Presidentes, than by the fauor of God. Let vs therfore consider eche thing in order.

[Page 837]First we haue to consider Festus, The iniqui­tie & vnrighteousnes of Festus. who perceiuing that the Iewes allea­ged no matter but meere slaunders, and that Paule was innocent: yet not­withstanding minded to gratifie thē with the plesure that they requested. Whereby it may easily be coniectured, that he was eyther brybed, or else fayre promised, seeing his minde was so altered vppon the sodayne. But whether he had intelligence of the awayte they layde for Paule or no, it is euident he dyd vniustly. Yet he cloketh his vniust dealing maruellous craftily. For least he should seeme to graunt the Iewes any thing, but that was requisite and iuste, he demaundeth of Paule whether he wyll goe vp to Ierusalem, or no, and there he promyseth he wyll heare the mat­ter, meaning onely to get the good will of the Iewes heereby, and to a­uoyde all maner of hatred and enuy. By thys example wee are taught, howe easily they are corrupted that wante the knowledge and feare of God. For where by nature wee are prone vnto euill, euery little occasion setteth vs on cogge, vnlesse wee be pulled backe with the feare of God, as with a bridle. Hereof this Festus is a singular example, which thus sodaynly beguyleth men of that notable hope which they had conceyued of him. Therefore wee muste not put our truste in any suche men. For al­though sometime they shewe some notable signification and likelyhoode of vertue, yet not long after they fall agayne to their olde nature. For that that we see here in Festus, the same the Scriptures report was in Pharao, Saul, Achab, and diuerse other wicked persons. This place moreouer tea­cheth vs, what a plague in iudgement respect of persons is, when we goe about to winne the fauour of men. For heereby Felix obscureth all hys former prayse, and of a moste iuste Iudge, which he seemed a little before to be, becommeth a cruell murtherer, going about to gratifie them which had in their minde deuised the death of an innocent man. We haue lyke ex­amples in the histories of all nations. Therfore it is not without a cause, that both Gods law and mans forbiddeth Iudges to haue respect of per­sons. And surely it is meete and conuenient that they which are in Gods steede, should resemble Gods properties & conditions: Rom. 2. Ephe. 6. Actes, 10. &c whom all the scrip­tures with one consent beare witnesse to haue no respect of persons.

But what dothe Paule, Paule apea­leth vnto Caesar. which seemeth scarse able to escape this daun­ger? he perceiueth whervnto the matter tendeth, euen by reuelation of the spirite, which Chryste promised should be an aduocate to his seruauntes. Therfore he speaketh freely and with strong reasons, refelleth the vniuste request of Festus. Fyrste, I stande (sayth he) at Caesars iudgement seat: the [...]e I ought to be iudged. Hereby he declareth that the iniurie should redounde vnto Caesar, if he should be taken from his iudgement seate, & deliuered to the Iewes to be iudged. This ought gouernors of Countreys, & all other inferiour officers to imitate, knowing that the faultes they commit con­trary to equitie and lawe, redoundeth vpon those which haue put them in office, and that they are therefore worthy at their hands to be greeuously punished. Hereof among the auncient Romanes proceeded that seueritie of censure, wherwith they thought good to brydle and keepe vnder the licenciousnesse of Magistrates. A notable example wherof, Por [...]ius Cato shewed vpon L. Flaminius, whom he put out of the nūber of the Senators bicause he beheaded a certaine condemned person within his circuit, ap­poynting a time to execute him at the plesure of an harlot which he loued. [Page 838] For those most graue and wise men would not haue the maiestie of their Empire to be blemished or stained with the concupiscence of light persons. Nowe a dayes, bicause preachers winke at euery thing, tiranny reigneth in euery place, and the authoritie of Magistrates decayeth euery where: but hereof we shall speake another tyme. Now let vs go on in Paules an­swere, who sayth in the seconde place: To the Iewes haue I done no harme. Whervpon he gathereth, that it were not reason that he should be iudged according to their lawes and priuileges. Touching his innocencie, he cal­leth the President him selfe to witnesse, which might easily perceiue the same by his apologie or defence. Thirdly, he reasoneth by a strong argu­ment called a Dilemma. If I haue deserued death, I refuse not to dye: but if not, no man hath power to deliuer me, beeing innocent, to the pleasure of myne enimies. And so when he had alleaged these reasons, he appealed vnto Caesar, both bycause he had no more hope in Festus, and also bycause he knew by warning of the Oracle, that it was Gods appoyntment that he should beare witnesse of Chryste before Caesar also. By which example we are firste taught, that the godly are compelled by no rules of Christi­an pacience, to yeelde themselues rashly to the pleasure of the vngodly: yea rather it is lawfull for them to auoyde manyfest daungers, if so they may doo it with safe conscience, and the obedience which they owe vnto Chryst. Thus where they would before haue scourged him, he put them off by order of lawe, and throughe counsell of the Captayne he defeated the murtherers that had conspired agaynst him. Therefore the errour of them is foolish, which abusing the words of Peter (where he biddeth vs be ready to yelde a reason of our faith to euery one that demaundeth it) thinke the Ministers of the worde ought to be brought before Popish councels, there to render a reason of their fayth, where no reason is admitted, but playne tirannie reigneth. Whose opinion if it be allowed, then must wee say Paule dyd vniustly, which chose rather to declare his fayth at Rome, than at Ierusalem. But he did therein both godly and wisely, following the Oracle of God, whom the auncient doctours Athanasius and Ambrose rightly followed, wherof the one would be iudged onely at Milane, where he had taught and preached: the other could neuer be persuaded to commit his cause vnto suspected councels, but thought it more for his safetie and prayse to flee, than to tarry among those, which he knew had long before conspired agaynst the truthe. Moreouer, this also is to be obserued, that Paule so shunneth this daunger, that yet he hath a diligent consideration of his innocencie. Let all they that are godly do the like, but specially they which are ministers of the Gospel, least while they incōsiderately prouide for their life, they bring their good name in hazarde, and so through their occasion cause the Gospell be euill spoken of. Thirdly, he proueth by a new example, that that hath ben oftentimes declared, namely that it is lawful for Christian men to wage their lawe, and to flee to the prerogatiue of Princes, when necessitie so requireth. For Paule, which before had set the priuiledge of Rome agaynst open force, vseth nowe the benefite of ap­peale, which can seldome be done without some reproche of the Iudge, & much more of the party plaintife. Therefore certayne braynsicke persons abuse the words of Chryst, and of Paule, written in the .5. of Mathew, and in the first Epistle to the Corinthians the sixt Chapter, where the righte [Page 839] vse of Iudgementes is not forbidden, but the desire of priuate and vn­lawefull reuenge, and the insatiable luste of contention, which gapeth af­ter other mens goods, and disturbeth all kinde of charitie, is bridled and restrayned. Finally Paules wordes conteyne in them a generall doctrine, chiefly appertayning vnto all Magistrates: namely, that it is lawful for none of them to commit an innocent to the will and pleasure of others, or to purchase any mans fauour with his death and bloud. For whosoe­uer beare office and authoritie are the Ministers of God to defende In­nocents, and to punishe naughtie and wicked persons. Therfore whosoe­uer doo otherwise, they are the Ministers of the diuell, and felowes with Pylate and Herode, whereof the one deliuered Chryst to the Iewes to be crucified, and the other for an whoores sake, beheaded Iohn the Baptist. The President admit­teth the ap­peale, al­though vn­willingly.

But let vs returne vnto Festus, which beeing moued with Paules so­dayne appeale, and seeing him selfe disappoynted of his hope, debating the matter with those that sate on the benche with him, aunswereth at length with angry moode: Hast thou appealed vnto Caesar? As if he should say, art thou so bolde to take Caesar for thy iudge rather than me? well thou shalt go vnto Caesar. He trimly expresseth the vsage of the wicked, who al­though they well know how wicked they a [...]e, yet they will take it in ve­ry euill parte if a man touche them neuer so little therwith, or make any exception agaynst their decrees. Yet is he much better than many of the Princes of our dayes, who will suffer the faythfull of Chryst to enioy no benefite of law, or publike equitie. And verily the seueritie that the Ro­manes vsed in administring their lawes, is very notable, seeing that Fe­stus after the appeale that a person of no estimation had made, thought it was lawfull for him no further to meddle in the matter. The force wher­of dyd long preserue their common weale, battered and [...]ore shaken with many vyces. It were meete that Presidents in these dayes shoulde bee kepte vnder with lyke seueritie (as wee erewhyle declared) which thing if the higher Magistrates would obserue, bothe should they be hated the lesse them selues, and innocencie euery where should be the more mayn­tayned. But chiefly let vs obserue the power and truthe of God, wherby he defendeth his seruaunts against the assaultes of their enimies. Let vs in truste hereof, embrace the truthe with all our hearts, and hauing once taken holde of hir, keepe hir faste, and suffer our selues by no threates to be pulled from our sauiour Iesus Chryst: to whom be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Clviij. Homelie.

‘ANd after a certaine days king Agrippa and Bernice came vnto Caesarea to salute Festus, and when they had bene there a good season, Festus rehearsed Paules cause vnto the king, saying: There is a certayne man left in prison of Felix, about whome when I came to Ierusalem, the high Prie­stes and Elders of the Iewes enfourmed me, and desired to haue iudge­ment agaynst him. To whome I aunswered: It is not the maner of the Romanes for fauour to delyuer any man that he shoulde peryshe, before that hee whiche is accused haue the accuser before hym, and haue [Page 840] lycence to answere for him selfe concerning the cryme laide agaynst him. Therfore when they were come hither, without any delay, on the morrow I sate to giue iudgement, and commaunded the man to be brought foorth. Against whom when the accusers stoode vp, they brought none accusation of suche things as I supposed: but had certayne questions against him of their owne superstition, and of one Iesus which was dead, whom Paule af­firmed to be alyue. And bycause I doubted of suche maner of questions, I asked him whether he would go to Ierusalem, and there be iudged of these matters. But when Paule had appealed to be kept vnto the knowledge of Caesar, I commaunded him to be kept till I might sende him to Caesar. A­grippa sayd vnto Festus: I would also heare the man my selfe. To morrow (sayd he) thou shalt heare him.’

GOD vseth to exercise his people in this worlde with di­uerse and sundry tribulations, but according to his wise­dome and goodnesse he maketh them serue to the glory of his name, and to their saluation. A very notable example whereof, is heere set foorth in this Storie of Paule. For after his apprehension at Ierusalem he had euery day mi­nistred vnto him fresh occasion of preaching. For firste he was permitted to speake vnto all the people standing vppon the stayres, gooing vp to the Castle, wherof he neuer had the lyke oportunitie before. After that he protested his fayth in the Counsell of the Priestes and Elders, which o­therwise woulde neuer voutsafe to haue heard him. Thirdly, he made a long Oration, touching his vocation and office, before Felix the Presi­dent, which vsed many times to sende for him, and to talke with him. At length he gaue an account of his fayth and doctrine before Festus, as wee hearde of late. And hee so declared and opened his cause euery where, that both the Romane Presidents, and the barbarous souldiours might easily vnderstande his innocencie: a thing surely much making to the setting foorth of the Gospell. And vndoubtedly suche seedes of fayth were sowen in the minds of a gret many, that not long after they brought foorth rare and singular increase: bicause the worde of God (as Esai testi­fieth) vseth neuer to be preached in vayne. Moreouer the things that fol­low must be referred to that we euen now sayde: whereby it shall be decla­red what occasion of preaching Paule had giuen him before king Agrippa, and Bernice, and all the nobilitie of that Countrey. And bycause it was a thing seldome seene, for Princes to heare a Preacher in bandes, therefore Luke thought good to passe ouer none of those things which chaunced in or about the same.

Agrippa & Bernice.Firste he sheweth the occasion of all the matter, which was the com­ming of king Agrippa and Bernice vnto Caesarea to welcome Festus, beeing lately come from Rome. And it was no maruell that the king shewed him selfe so officious vnto the President, for it was euident that he had obtey­ned the kingdome of the Emperour, through fauour, and so helde it, that he muste of force acknowledge the Romanes to be his lordes and superi­ours. This Agrippa was sonne to Herodes Agrippa, of whose tyrannie & horrible death, it hath bene spoken in the 12. Chapter. And Bernice was [Page 841] his sister, whom ( Iosephus sayth) the people suspected to haue vnlawfull company with hir brother. Wherfore to auoyde this suspition, she maried with Polemon, king of the people called Lysij, from whō yet not long after she was diuorsed, and returned to hir brother agayne, who trusting in the amitie & power of the Romanes, made no account of the peoples talke. This is a singular example of Gods goodnesse, which dothe voutsafe to haue the saluatiō that is purchased by Christ, to be preached by Paul vnto two persons borne of wicked stocke, & polluted with incest. For their great grandfather was Herodes the great, which laide wayte for Christ, being new borne, & caused the babes of Bethlehem most cruelly to be murthered. Herodes Antipas, brother to their graundfather Aristobulus, or as some thinke, Alexander, being him selfe also defamed of incest, cōmaunded Iohn the Baptist to be beheaded, & scoffed at Christ being sent bound vnto him. Of their father Agrippa, we spake of late, who killed Iames, & cast Peter the Apostle in prison▪ meaning to haue put him to death also, but that he was deliuered by the helpe of an Aungel. Agrippa & Bernice borne I say of such progenitours as these, heare Paule preach the Gospel of saluation. Wher­by it easily appereth, that God is not so wayward nor desirous of reuēge, to punish the children for the wickednesse of their fathers: but that his grace is stretched out to al men that wil truely repent and turne vnto him. See what he sayth hereof himselfe in the eyghtenth Chapter of Ezechiel. Wherevnto also is to be referred, howe Chryst was peculiarly sent vnto those men, whose predecessors beeing many waies vnkind towards God, slew the prophets that were sent vnto thē. And we see in these dayes, that the grace of God, and the merite of Chryste is moste curteously offered to meany which haue horribly sinned. Therefore they which Sathan hath taught to doubt of Gods fauour and mercy, as though our sinnes were greater thā it, let them lerne comfort hereby. Also let these things serue to instruct vs, that we condemne no man rashly bycause of his auncestrie, see­ing that in the generation of Chryste are numbred diuerse diffamed per­sons, so that no man neede to doubt, but Chryste chiefly belongeth vnto sinners.

But to returne to our purpose, let vs see for what occasion Agrippa was so desirous to see and heare Paule. Festus com­munication with Agrip­pa touching Paule. This was (as it is sayde) certayne dayes after his comming: which by all likelyhoode were spent in pastime and banquetting. For Princes and noble men haue little care of Captiues and prisoners. It is to be thought that Festus had cōmuned with Agrippa about Paule, supposing to be holpen by his counsell in such a difficulte & in­tricate matter. Therefore he beginneth in this wise to declare the whole matter, but subtilly and craftely, slyly dissēbleth, how he would haue gra­tified the Iewes, as we shall see when wee come to the place. For his de­claration consisteth of three parts, wherof we will orderly intreate.

In the first part he declareth what Paule is, what the Iewes requested, and what answere he made them. He sayth Paule was a captiue, lefte in prison by Felix. Which thing he allegeth for this cause, that Agrippa should not thinke he had caused him to be layde in holde. The Iewes (sayth he) made request vnto me by their Elders & Priestes, that I should giue sen­tence of death agaynst him. Which thing I would not graunt them. For I alleaged vnto thē the maner of the Romanes, which was, to giue sentēce [Page 842] of death agaynst no man for any mens pleasure, but first to vse all kinde of search & lawful enquirie, so that the accusers shal make informaiton open­ly, and the accused shal haue time & place to make his purgation & defence. Uerily the custome that Festus allegeth, is very notable, wherby al magi­strates are taught, that they must do nothing for any mans sake, contrary to law and iustice. For although humanitie & gentlenesse is a thing much commendable: yet it becommeth Iudges alwayes to haue a speciall con­sideration of iustice. Which thing, both the lawes of God, and al nations expressely commaunde. Surely Salomon sayth, that God hateth him as much that spareth a wicked person, as he that slayeth an innocent. Pro. 17. But the vntowardnesse of our daies is muche to be bewayled, where that that Festus sayth was in vse with the Romanes, hath scarse any place a­mong Christians. For we see it oftentimes come to passe, that the faithful people of Christe for the Popes pleasure, are cruelly made out of the way without any hearing of their cause. As many magistrates therfore as wil truly discharge their office, must see that iudgement procede lawfully and as it ought. Aboue al things it is requisite in iudgement that the accusers be present, that there be no place for slaunders & backbiting, which many times bring innocents in much daunger. That done, let the defendantes also haue place to make their lawful purgation, & let Iudges thinke that they haue two eares giuen them, the one to heare the plaintife, the other the defendant. But specially let this rule haue place, that right and lawe be not transgressed for any mans pleasure. For where Iudges be no pri­uate persons, they must know they are bound indifferently to al men alike. Furthermore, as the equitie of the Romane lawes deserueth to be praised, so the impudencie of the Iewish Priestes is vtterly to be detested, which durste requeste that thing, which an heathen man vnderstoode was neither right nor lawfull. But where they which would seeme to be most holy, and the very pillers of Gods Churche, thus dyd, mighte not the Gentiles iustely suspecte their religion? But woulde to God wee sawe not the lyke impudencie in the Monkes and Byshoppes at this day, which vse to make moste wicked decrees in Princes courtes, and abuse the clemencie of kings, to establish their tyrannie agaynst the seruaunts of Chryst.

In the seconde parte is declared, howe Festus handeled thys matter. As soone (sayth he) as they came hyther, Festus testi­fieth that Paule is in­nocent. I gaue them audience strayghte way. And by and by I perceyued hee was innocente. For they layde none of those things to hys charge that I looked for: but brought forth certayne questions belonging to their owne superstition, and handled a certayne cause of one Iesus, who Paule sayde, was risen agayne from death. After this sorte speaketh the prophane man moste contemptuously of sincere religion, which Paule yet handled bothe diligently and at large, as may be gathered by Festus owne saying. In him haue we an example of all those, which contemne and deride the mysteries of the word of God, and specially the resurrection. In instructing of whome, although we little preuayle, no man muste be offended, considering that Festus had so little regarde of those things, which Paule moste grauely declared. Yet Iudges haue an other thing to obserue in this heathen person, namely to heare causes without delay: considering that by vniust dilatories from [Page 843] day to day, many men are circumuented: which bicause they are not able to be at such charges, are vnable to prosecute & follow their right. Princi­pally, let vs obserue how Paules innocencie is confirmed by many testimo­nies. For first we had Lysias the capten a witnesse therof. After that Felix. Now Festus. And within a litle while after we shal haue Agrippa to make one with them. And although the wicked priests go on in their accusatiō, yet they confirme Paules innocencie the more, for that they are able to proue none of those things they lay to his charge. The lyke case were the other Apostles in, as we haue oftentimes seene. So the Euangelistes de­clare, that Pylate and Herode beare witnesse of Christes innocencie. Thys maketh for the commendation & dignitie of the christian faith & doctrine. Which who so now a dayes slaundreth, openly bewray them selues to be worse than the Gentiles. It appereth also by this place, what a miserable state the Iewes were in at this time, seeing a despiser of all religion had the greatest authoritie among them, and they constrayned to pleade their matters of religion before him. And this they may thanke the wicked priests, & their own wicked ingratitude of, which denied Christ to be their king and sauiour before Pylate. The like state are a great many in nowe a days, vnder the tyrannie of the Turkes: by whose exāple except we repent in time, it is to be feared, that all they that now a dayes disdayne to heare the worde of God, and refuse the iudgement of the holy ghost touching fayth and religion, w [...]ll one day suffer the like. Finally, he declareth why he kept him beeing innocent in prison. Namely, bicause he had appealed vnto Caesar. But here he craftily dissembleth his own wickednesse, which yet he can not otherwise do, but by bewraying himself, while he confesseth playnly, that he draue the innocent to such an exigent that he must needes appeale vnto Caesar. For he had not purposed to gratifie y e Iewes to Paules hinderaunce and preiudice▪ he would neuer haue appealed vnto Caesar. But this is a common trick among great men & magistrates, craftily to cloke their own faults, & then to make men beleeue they greatly fauour iustice, when they most transgresse the bounds & limits of the same. Furthermore by this occasion it came to passe, that Agrippa was desirous to heare & to see Paule, which thing was the occasion of a notable sermon, which Luke setteth forth in the chapter folowing. Thus we may see, that through the prouidence of God, those things aduaunce his kingdome, which we least thought of. Why therfore do we trouble & vexe our selues about our owne deuises? Why do we not rather euery one cast all our care vpon God, & do our duety? For so should it come to passe, that we should euery where haue occasion to serue God, and in al our dangers and distresses should haue Ie­sus Christ to be our protectour and defender: to whom be prayse, honour, power and glorie, for euer. Amen.

The .Clix. Homelie.

‘ANd on the morrow when Agrippa was come, and Bernice with great pompe, and were entered into the Councell house, with the Cap­taynes and chiefe men of the Citie, at Festus commaundement was Paule brought foorth. And Festus sayde: king Agrippa, and all yee men which are here present with vs, ye see this man, about whom all the multitude of the Iewes haue intreated me, both at Hierusalem, and also heere, crying, [Page 844] that he ought not to lyue any longer. Yet founde I nothing worthy of death that he had committed. Neuerthelesse, seeing that he hath appealed to Caesar, I haue determined to sende him. Of whome I haue no certayne thing to write vnto my Lorde. Wherfore I haue brought him vnto you, and specially vnto thee O king Agrippa, that after examination hadde, I might haue somewhat to wryte. For mee thinketh it vnreasonable for to sende a prysoner, and not to shewe the causes which are layd agaynst him.’

ALthough God haue giuen vnto man nothing more excel­lente and commodious, than the worde of the Gospell, wherein he offereth vs the incomparable treasures of hys grace, and the right way vnto saluation: yet such is the vn­towardnesse of this miserable worlde, that it hateth & en­uieth nothing so muche, as the same word. Which thing is the cause, that the ministers therof are many times so greeuously molested and afflicted, and become (as it were) certayne gasing stockes vnto all the world. But bicause we, vpon whō the endes of the world are come, should not be offended at these things, forasmuch as it is euident, that the world should exercise great crueltie vnder Antichrist their captayne: God ther­fore would haue vs instructed, partly by prophesies, and partly by exam­ples, wherby we might learne that no new or strange thing hapneth vnto vs, but that the Ministers of his word haue in al ages bene so vsed in this world. And yet that his worde could neuer be extinguished through any attempts of his enimies, for it endureth for euer, and at al times bringeth foorth condigne fruites, as the Scriptures euery where declare. Many examples we haue hereof, and among them this one is notable, that Luke setteth foorth in Paule the Apostle. For although he liued in bondes, and was constrayned to appeale vnto Caesar, both by reason of the iniquitie of his enimies, and the vnrighteousnesse of the President: yet before king A­grippa, before the Captaynes, before the chiefe men of Caesarea, and the whole nobilitie of that coūtrey, he so handleth Christes cause, that he both proueth his innocencie in the hearing of them al, and leaueth in their minds certaine euident pricks & stings of the worde of God. But it shall be good to consider euery thing in order, as it is declared.

The Euangelist beginneth his narration with Paules hearers, among whom are first numbred Agrippa & Bernice his sister, Paules hea­rers. who (sayth he) came into the auditorie with all kinde of princely pompe and ostentation. After them come the captaines of the souldiours, & other lo [...]ds of the court, and as many as were of authoritie in the citie, whō Festus thoght good to haue there present, to this ende, that howsoeuer the matter fel out he might the easilier auoyde the enuy of the Iewes. Aboue al things we haue to consi­der Agrippa, who as we sayd before, was desirous to heare Paul. For this desire proceeded more of a certayne vayne curiositie of minde, than of any loue vnto the truthe or saluation. In so muche that he resembleth Hero­des Antipas, brother to his graundfather, which also was desirous to see Chryst, but for none other cause, saue for that he heard his miracles pray­sed of so many, a profe wherof he giueth vs, in that he cōmeth to Paules sermō, not like a disciple or lerner, nor laieth aside none of his princely pompe, [Page 845] but bringeth all his courtlinesse with him for a shew into y preching place. By this exāple we learne what affection this world beareth to the word of God. Surely either it hateth it, or at least contemneth it, euen of na­ture, as which would not haue his workes reproued by the light therof, and vseth to preferre earthly things before heauenly. Yet in the meane season it cōmeth to passe many times that some come to heare it, thoughe not led with the desire of saluation, yet with the affections of the fleshe, that is to say, with curiositie, or with hope of some gaine, or of hatred to Popishe doctrine, or bicause they would not be thought to be vngodly or ennimies vnto religion. But bicause suche come, not as learners, but as iudges and comptrollers, and bring with them, the opinions they haue conceiued before, it cannot be, that the gospel doth any thing profite them, the ende whereof Paule saith, is to captiuate all the wisedome of the flesh, and to bring it in obedience to the faith. Therfore we must bring with vs, humble and lowly mindes, and desirous to learne, if wee will receiue any profite thereby. See Luke. 8. Againe, we are taught by this Example, what to iudge of them, which come to Sermons and Churches in pom­pous attire and araye. These are like vnto Agrippa and Bernice, and giue no litle offence. For first, it is a great token of lightnesse in them, that they remember not howe they are but mire and clay, and that the beginning of apparell proceeded first of sinne, so that it were more meete for vs to hum­ble our selues in them, than to shew any pride therin. Another occasion of offence there is, in that we be the aucthors, that other folishly imitate vs, or else conceiue wanton imaginations, or else minister occasion to the po­rer sort to be impacient, and to murmure againste God. Therefore we in­curre that horrible sentence of God, which pronounceth that terrible woe against suche, as giue other occasion of offence. Furthermore it is a token of a certaine beastly dulnesse, and of a minde too too vntowarde, to shewe pride in the sight of God, where we ought to shewe moste lowlinesse. For who would not say, he were out of his wittes, which should come before a Prince, to aske pardon of his trespasse in proud apparell, and with stur­die and lofty countenance? And yet we come vnto the Church, to aske for­giuenesse of our sinnes, and to heare the woorde of saluation, in all insolent and proude manner. Uerily Christ forbiddeth vs to be carefull for nedefull apparell. With what face therefore, can we make garments of suche sun­dry sortes & deuises to set out our pride? See what Esay saith in his third Chapiter at large, touching this offence.

But let vs consider Paule, Paule is broughte forthe in chaines to preache. which at Festus commaundement is brought forthe bounde in chaines, as appeareth by his owne saying: yet not as a guiltie person before iudges, but as a teacher and preacher. Heere in this sight or shew, appeareth the wonderfull counsel of God, where an assem­bly of most honorable personages, glittering in golde, purple and scarlate, abide the comming of Paule, looking like a prisoner, pale and wanne, and dragging his chaine after him in his hande. Yea God offereth vnto him, being thus in bandes, a singular occasion to behaue himselfe boldly in the quarell of his name. Whereby it appeareth, howe the wicked can nothing preuaile with their enterprises and deuises. For what other thing went the Iewes about hitherto, but to take from Paule all occasion of preaching; and so to extinguishe all his doctrine? But they so little preuaile heereby, [Page 846] that rather by their meane, he is brought before a great and honorable as­sembly, before whome otherwise, he shuld neuer haue had opportunitie to haue preached. Let these things serue to comfort vs, among the terrors of this world. For why should we henceforth feare the world, seeing God is of as great power in these dayes, to defend his people, and to promote his word? Chefely we haue in this place to cōsider Paul, which as the sequele declareth, was bolde and couragious of minde: for he was not dismaide at the sight of the king & the nobilitie. But he declareth his matter so stout­ly, that though he were in bands, yet he put his auditors in no litle feare, and greatly moued the king in his minde. The like thing we saw hapned before in Felix. These things teach vs, that Gods word can not be bound, although his ministers be in prison, and in bandes. For the aucthoritie or effect therof, dependeth not vpon man. For the spirit of god bloweth wher it wil, and is not subiect to the vaine pleasure of man. We are taught also, what we haue to do in like case. Let vs boldly defend Christes cause, & not passe a strawe for the aucthoritie and tiranny of this world. For the cause we haue in hand is iust and good, and vpon it dependeth all our saluation. And it is not our cause, but Gods, who can easily defend the same. And it is not we that hādle it, but the spirit of God which worketh and speaketh in vs, according to the promisse of Christ. Who therfore wil withstand the spirit of God? Who will thinke to preuaile against it? Or who being com­forted and holpen therby, wil let him selfe be ouercome of cowardly feare?

Festus cau­seth Paule to be dili­gētly heard.Last of all, Festus setteth Paule before Agrippa, & the residue of his hea­rers, and repeateth in few words his cause, and the end of this present ac­cusation. For this (saith he) is he whom all the Iewes required to haue put to death: which yet in his iudgement had committed nothing worthy of death. Howbeit, bicause he had appealed vnto Caesar, he desired that they wold diligently heare him, & weigh euery thing, that he might haue some mater of certaintie, to wryte to Caesar of him. After this sort the Romane President causeth Paule to be diligently heard, which thing was not don without the prouidence of god. In the meane season we haue a new testi­mony of Paules innocency, which it behoued many times thus to be defen­ded, bicause God forsaw, that in all ages his doctrine shuld haue greuous enimies. Here apeareth also the incurable malice of the Iewes, which cea­sed not to require an innocēt to be put to death. For thus they folow their forfathers at the hard heeles, who as we read, with like impudēcy requi­red the death of Christ the sonne of god Pilate being much against it. Ther­fore they are vtterly ouerthrowne by the iust iudgement of God, & made a common exāple vnto al men, as Christ many times prophesied, shuld hap­pen vnto them. Moreouer, we haue to consider Festu [...] saying, which thin­keth it a point of absurditie to send a prisoner, and not to declare wherof he is accused, & wherfore he was put in prison. These things teache vs, that we must so deale with prisoners, that we may haue ful & perfit certificate of all things. For we must not deale rashly in matters of life & death. Se­ing that an hethen man vnderstode thus much, what shall it become those magistrates to do, which professe the name and word of Christ? And with what moderation of minde, becommeth it vs to entreat al captiues, seing we know that whatsoeuer benefite or harm we do them, the same we do vnto Christ himself? But wold to God our aduersaries in these dais wold [Page 847] vse this equitie towards the seruantes of Christ, who thinke it but a sport to vse all kinde of vncurtesie towards vs without any cause. Howbeit let these things nothing offend vs, seing we know that Christ also, was most vncurteously delt with. For why, should the disciples or schollers, thinke to bee in better case than their maister? Let vs rather reioyce to suffer all kinde of afflictions for the truth sake, for this is the high way vnto hea­uen, where the inheritance of eternall life remaines for vs with our head Iesus Christ: to whom be blessing, honor, power, & glory for euer. Amen.

The .xxvj. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Clx. Homelie.

‘AGrippa said vnto Paule, thou art permitted to speake for thy selfe. Then Paule stretched forth the hand, and answered for him selfe: I thinke my selfe happy king Agrippa, bicause I shall answere this day before thee of all the things whereof I am accused of the Iewes, namely bicause thou art ex­pert in all customes and questions which are among the Iewes. Wherefore I beseeche thee to heare me paciently. My liuing that I liued of a childe (which was at the first among mine owne nation at Ierusalem) knowe all the Iewes, which knew me from the beginning, if they would testifie: for after the most straightest secte of our religion, I liued a Pharisey.’

OUr Lord and Sauioure Iesus Christe talking wyth Ananias touchyng Paule, and his ministerie, saithe among o­ther things: This is a chosen vessell vnto me, to carrie my name before nations and kings, and the children of Israell. Which words as they greatly commend the mi­nisterie of Paule: so oughte they to stirre vs vppe diligently to consider all those things that he either did or suffered in his ministerie: bicause it is euident that no­thing therein chaunced vnto him, without the singular prouidence of God. This is cheefely to be considered in this present action, where, before king Agrippa, the Nobles of the Courte, and cheefe rulers of the Countrey, he defendeth his faithe and doctrine with such dexteritie and constancie, that he moued his auditors greatly, and by his example taught vs of what force and efficacie both the worde of God and faith is. Which thing shall the more euidently appeare, if we consider eche thing in order.

[Page 848] Paule hathe licence to speake for himselfe.First Agrippa is sette forth which speaketh vnto Paule, and giueth him leaue to answere for him selfe. This was without doubt, done throughe the aduise of God, which by this meane would haue the gospell preached vnto those men. For (where as Paule saith otherwheres) God will haue all men to be saued, he will also haue the worde of saluation to be reuealed and preached vnto all men. And this his ordinaunce is so firme and stable, that it can neuer be stopped with any enterprise of the tyrās of this world. Whereof wee haue bothe testimonies and Examples euery where in the scriptures by the which we may confirm our wauering faith in al aduer­sities. But bicause we haue spoken heereof oftentimes, let vs now obserue the example of equitie and iustice, that the holy Ghost setteth forthe in A­grippa, though otherwise an arrogante and naughtie man. For he heard how all the Iewes required to haue Paule put to death, and he saw nothing in him, wherby to get any commoditie or honoure: yet is he nothing mo­ued with the iudgement of the whole nation, nor thinketh it not meete to haue more consideration of himselfe, than of publike iustice, but appoyn­teth to heare Paule himselfe, and first offereth him occasion and leaue to speake. Let all men that beare office, folowe this example, and the more they see to conspire against any man, the more diligently let them weighe and examine the matter, least by their bearing and slouthfulnesse, they set forward other mennes maliciousnesse. This is a thing nowe a dayes too common (the more is the pitie) that Kings and Princes eares are not o­pen to the faithfull of Christ, bicause they thinke it meeter to hearken vn­to Bishops and to their adherentes, and so being corrupt with preiudice, they thinke they can not be altogither faultlesse, whome the spiritualtie so zelously and earnestly withstande.

Paul decla­reth his cause with­out feare.But returne we vnto Paule, who althoughe hee be compelled vppon the sodaine, to pleate his cause in bandes before so honorable an audience, yet he putteth out his hand for silence, and so beginneth his sermon, which as it containeth in it, all things belonging to the mater, so it sheweth no ma­ner token of any dismaide or troubled minde. Where we may see bothe the truthe and also the effect of Christes promisses. For Paule had bothe the promisses general, and also a peculiar, wherof we made mētion in the be­ginning: namely that he should preache the name of Christ before Kings and Princes. Wherfore hauing an eie therunto, he setteth all dangers at naught, bicause he knewe that Christes power was greater, than that it could be ouercome or hindred by any attemptes of the world. The argu­ment of Paules ora­tion. How be it, it behoueth vs also to take comfort of this example, bicause Christ hath pro­mised his spirite vnto all the godly, to gouerne their hearts and mouthes, when they shall be compelled, to giue an accompt of their faith. Further­more, touching Paules oration, it consisteth wholely of a narration full of arguments, & trimly framed for defence of himselfe: for he declareth what trade of life he led of a child, and how he neuer gaue any suspition of light­nesse or impietie. Againe, howe after he was called to the faith of Christ, and to be an Apostle, he neither taughte nor did any thing contrary to the scriptures. Wherby he proueth that the Iewes hated him so deadly with­out his desert.

Before his narration, hee vseth a shorte and pretie kinde of beginning, wherby he goeth about to get the kings fauor and good will, saying he is [Page 849] happie, in that he must plea [...] his cause before him, who was not ignorant in the Ceremonies and Questions of the Iewes. For Paule knewe that it was in vaine, to dispute of graue and waightie matters before them that were altogither ignorant and vnskilfull. Wherfore, as it is mete to haue iudges ledde with desire of iustice: so wisedome ioyned with vnderstan­ding, is moste necessary for them. And it is meete that they shoulde not only be skilful in politike matters, but also learned in matters pertaining to faith and religion: the care and study wherof, the scripture euery wher commendeth vnto magistrates. For where they be ordained of God, who hath giuen them such power and aucthoritie, they are taught by the very law of nature, to be carefull againe for the maintenance of Gods honoure and glory. Wherfore, God appointed the booke of his law, for kings cō ­tinually to read in, and the same booke stirreth vp all Magistrates there­vnto, with the Examples of moste godly Kings, whome Agrippa heere wisely folowed, and vnderstode religion throughly. But now a dayes we are growne to suche doltishnesse, that kings thinke they are most worthy to be praised for their religion, when they vnderstand least thereof, and say it belongeth nothing vnto them. This we may thanke the tiranny of the Bishops of, which perceyued that their greatest power consisted in the ignorance of Princes.

Moreouer, he beginneth his narration, Pauls child­hode and e­ducation. whose argument we haue nowe declared of his childehoode or life before ledde, calling the Iewes to wit­nesse, howe godlily and holily he had spent the same. For where in other places, he wryteth that a Bishoppe should bee commended euen of very straungers also, he therfore goeth about to proue his innocencie by the te­stimonie of his ennimies. And bicause it should not be thought he had led his life in any corner, he saithe he was broughte vp at Ierusalem, where the seate of Religion was, and the moste famous vniuersitie in all Iewrie. There he saide from his beginning he had led a life moste commendable, euen after the secte of the Phariseys. For this secte was worthy to be preferred before all other, bicause the Phariseis had the scriptures in most reuerence, and excelled the other sectes in honestie of life. The greatest er­roure they had, was, that they maintained the righteousnesse and merite of their owne woorkes. Howbeit Paules scope and ende is, to persuade Agrippa, that he had done nothing rashly, of any wicked, lighte or waue­ring minde, seeing he had vsed from his childehoode, the moste straightest kinde of religion.

It is not without a cause, that he declareth he led his childhode so god­lily. Of what importance the godly bringing vp of children is. For thereby he teacheth howe muche it auaileth to haue publike per­sons well brought vp in their childehoode. For althoughe they ought not to be reiected, which conuert in their olde age, yet are they muche more to be preferred, whose life afore time hathe not beene spotted or stained. For suche will goe more boldly on in their wonted vertues, and are more able by their aucthoritie to withstande the enterprises of the wicked: whereas the other sorte returne againe to their frequented vices, and being in dan­ger of the vpbraidings and reproches of the wicked, by little and little, lose all their aucthoritie. Beside that their counsell, although it be honest and godly, yet commonly with the good it is suspected, who feare that they are led either with lightnesse of minde, or else with some other le [...]de [Page 850] affection. Therefore, they that minde to place their children eyther in of­fice of the Churche, or of the common weale, must haue a diligent regarde of their education and bringing vp. And heere are two poyntes very ne­cessary, that Paule telleth of him selfe. The one is, that youthe muste bee brought vp in suche places where religion cheefely flourisheth, that with learning and experience, they may ioyne also the taste and fauoure of reli­gion. The other is, that euen by and by at the beginning, they must chuse suche a kinde of life, as hathe least occasion of vices in it. For where youthe euen of nature is prone vnto sinne, occasions of euill muste be shunned and auoided, rather than sought for. Woulde to God the men in oure dayes, which cause their children many times to be broughte vp among suche as they knowe, are farthest from the true knowledge of Christ, wold obserue these things: who are led with no care of religion, but of gaine altogither. Therefore oute of suche schooles commeth that kinde of men which mea­sureth religion according to frendship and commoditie, and who bursting ouer the barres of all godlinesse, fall headlong into all kinde of mischeefe, and are not onely the destruction of themselues, but also of the Churche and common weale. This thing, Examples both olde and new do teach vs, whereby we ought to be prouoked, so to cause our children which wee meane to set to Goddes seruice, to be instructed and brought vp from their youth, that they may be profitable bothe to them selfe, to the Church, and to the common weale, and at lengthe receiue the inheritaunce of the king­dome of heauen, with Iesus Christ our Lord: to whome be praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clxj. Homelie.

‘ANd nowe I stande and am iudged for the hope of the promisse made of God vnto our fathers: vnto which promisse our twelue Tribes (in­stantly seruing God day and night) hope to come. For which hopes sake, King Agrippa, I am accused of the Iewes. Why shuld it be thought a thing incredible vnto you, that God should raise againe the dead?’

PAVLE the Apostle in giuing an accoumpt of his faith and doctrine, laboureth cheefely to proue that he did no­thing of rashe minde, or of vngodly intent and purpose. To the which ende also he made mention of his childe­hoode, prouing that he was so brought vp, and had so ordered his life, that he ought not iustly to be suspected either of any temeritie or vngodlinesse aboute religion. By which Example wee are taughte among other things, that wee must so trade and traine vp oure selues in Religion, that we may be able to ren­der a reason to euery man after what sorte wee haue liued therein euen from oure childehoode. For as God is the tutoure and defendoure of all age, so it behoueth that all manner of age should be consecrated vnto him. [Page 851] And we reade that he requireth oftentimes, to haue children brought vp from their infancie in his lawe and seruice. Which place reproueth the shamefull error of them, which say that religion is a more waightie & in­tricate mater, than for lay men to meddle with: wheras notwithstanding God willeth that euen tender age should exercise it selfe therin, & wheras nothing pertaineth so indifferently to all men as religion: for the which the scripture teacheth that mē were created euen from the beginning. But bicause we haue entreated hereof in other places, lette vs nowe goe on in Paules oration.

He somewhat breaking of his narration begun a little before, The state of the whole cōtrouersie. declareth the state of the whole controuersie betweene him and his aduersaries the Iewes. For he saith he is accused for the hope of the promisse, which God sometimes made vnto the fathers, and vnto the which the twelue tribes, that is to say, the whole nation of the Iewes, hope by their continuall ser­uing of God at lengthe to come. And being not content once thus to haue said, he repeteth the same he said again, saying: for this hope sake, O king Agrippa am I accused, which words seme to haue in them some shewe of indignation, wherby he would expresse the indignitie and heynousnesse of the matter. As if he should say: who perceiueth not what great vnrigh­teousnesse is in mine aduersaries, seeing they charge me of death, & accuse me of schisme, wheras my doctrine and faith dependeth vpon that ancient promisse of God, wherein all the fathers in times past, put their trust: and wherof as many of the Israelites as worship the true God, desire to be par­takers, hauing none other end of all their holinesse and religion. Howbeit that hope of promisse whereof he speaketh, is Iesus Christe the sonne of God, in whome only God hath promised life and saluation, from the very beginning of the world vnto the fathers falne into destruction through the sinne of Adam, as shortly after shall be declared more at large. He plainely nicketh bothe their ignorance in religion, and also the preposterous affiāce which they had glorying in the couenant and promisses of God, and wold be taken all togither for his people, and yet did cast aside Christ, throughe whose merite and intercession, those promisses are ratified: whereof wee should haue no vtilitie at all, vnlesse he were the maintainer and defender of the couenaunt. But bicause as well the diuine power of Christ, as also the office whereunto his father appoynted him, appeareth most euidently in the resurrection of the deade (as Paule other wheres declareth) he omit­teth nowe the other Articles, and taketh him to entreate only thereof as a thing cheefely appertaining to this present controuersie. For by this it appeared, both that Iesus Christ which rose againe from the deade, was the aucthor of life and saluation, and also the error of the Saduces which vtterly denied the resurrection, was confuted. For it is very like that this secte at that time did muche preuaile with many men: and that diuers of Paules hearers were infected with the same. For onlesse we graunte this, Paule may seeme too importunate, which asketh in angrye wise, why it should seeme incredible to them, that he saide God should raise the deade a­gaine. And vndoubtedly Paule intreated of all these things more at large, and confirmed them with testimonies of scriptures.

But Luke doth but touch certaine breefe notes of euery thing, to giue vs an occasion the more to meditate thereof. And surely this place which [Page 852] the breuitie thereof maketh obscure, The sum & order of this presēt place. will be moste plaine, if a man woulde draw out therof the propositions or arguments, which Paule as it is eui­dent more at large handled. Wherof this shal be the first: Our controuer­sie is touching the hope of the promisse made by God vnto the fathers, and of the whole meane of our saluation. The seconde I teache that this hope consisteth in Iesus Christe onely which they constantly denie. The third, I proue by the resurrectiō of him which declared that he was both the sonne of God, and the aucthor of life, that all the meane of our life and saluation consisteth in Christe. The fourth, neither ought the resurrection of Christ to seeme incredible to any man, for as much as it is a moste easie thing vnto God in the end of the world, to raise all the dead againe, as all the scriptures declare he shall doe. This seemeth to me to be the order of Paules oration, and the summe of al those things, which hitherto haue ben spoken, which if we consider, it shall be very easie to explicate euery thing more at large. Also by the enumeration of certaine principall poyntes, he thought he wold make his hearers attent, bicause they should not thinke that he contended with the Iewes about a trifle, as Festus before had said. In the meane season we haue to consider certaine common places falling out in this matter.

The faithe of the Fa­thers, is a most anci­ent thing.And first of all, we be taught what the faith & hope of all the Sainctes, and of the whole church of God, hath bene in al ages. Uerily euen such as hath depended vpon Christ the sonne of God: which became man for our sake, and which beleeueth that all faithe and saluation consisteth in him only. For this dothe Paule in this place call the hope of the promisse made sometime vnto the fathers. But the Catholike faithe saithe, that all the promisses are confirmed in Christ, as Paule himselfe euery where confes­seth, specially in the first Chapter of the second to the Corinthians, and in the tenth Chapter of the first to the same Corinthians, where he wryteth that the condition of the fathers of the olde Testament was allone with oures, so that he attributeth to them oursacraments also, which are bap­tisme and the supper, 1. Cor. 5. Collos. 2. euē as other wheres he attributeth to vs the passe­ouer and spirituall circumcision. Howbeit these things shall more euidēt­ly appeare, if we consider the promisses of God, which he made sometimes vnto the fathers. Adam. Among these fathers, Adam is the first, who when hee was thrust out of Paradise into this vale of misery, had none other hope of saluation giuen him, than that which is in Christ only. For the seede of the woman was promised vnto him, whose heele the serpent should lie in wait to s [...]ing, although in vaine, for as much as that seede shuld crush and tread down the serpents head. But Christ alone may be called the seede of the woman, which without any commixtion of mannes seede, toke fleshe of the virgin Marie. The Deuill that olde Serpent lay craftely in waite against his heele, that is to say against his humane nature, and by his in­struments brought to passe that he was slaine vpon the Crosse, but to his owne vtter hinderance and destruction. For heereby it came to passe, that Christ when he died, trade downe the head of the Diuell, that is, vanqui­shed his rule and tirannie, by the merite of his deathe, and vtterly disar­med him of his force, and draue him out of his kingdome.

But seeing there is no doute, but that Adam beleeued this promisse; for as muche as he chaunged his wiues name, and called hir Heu [...], as which [Page 853] should bring foorth them that should lyue: it is euident that he dyd put his whole hope and trust in Iesus Chryst alone, which was that promi­sed seede of the woman. Therefore Adam was a christian man, and belee­ued that he and his posteritie should be deliuered and saued from the ty­rannie of the Diuell, through the merite of Chryst onely. Paule in the .11. chapter to the Hebrues proueth most euidētly, that Abel, Enoch, Noe, Abel Enoch Noah. and the other fathers, as many as before the floud plesed god, were of the same fayth. After the floud we haue chiefly to consider Abraham, with whom it pleased God to renue his couenant, Abraham. whom the scriptures cal the father of all those that beleeue. Moyses and Paule beare witnesse that he beleeued God, Gene. 12. Roma. 4. and howe that beleefe and fayth was imputed vnto him for righte­ousnesse. What he beleeued all men knowe: verily that the promise of God, which sayde, that in his seede all nations should be blessed and saued, should be confirmed. And that this seede was Chryst, bothe Paule in the third to the Galathians, and Chryst him selfe witnesseth. For Chryst sayth: Abraham reioyced to see my day, and he sawe it, and was glad. Iohn 4. This is to be vnderstanded of the contemplation and sight of fayth onely. Whervppon we gather that Abraham also was stayed vp by fayth onely in Chryst, and at length saued. Touching his ofspring and issue, Isahac and Iacob, Isahac and Iacob. what needeth it to speake, seeing it is manyfest that the promises made vnto the father, are so oftentimes repeated vnto them? yea Iacob when he lay a dying, preached to his children touching the sauiour that was promised, and playnely expresseth his comming. And if we consider Moses, Moses. it shal appeare that he also had his respecte vnto Chryst onely. He sendeth the people of Israell vnto him, whereas he promiseth them a great Prophet, which al men were bound to heare, as we vnderstode before by the words of Stephen and Peter. Moreouer, that one Epistle to the Hebrues is suffi­cient to teach vs, that all the Ceremonies of the lawe, and the Leuiticall seruice were but shadows of Chryst, and of the things that belonged vn­to hym. I omitte the testimonies of the Prophetes for breuitie sake. Let this suffise for them al, Luke. 24. where Christ teacheth vs that the mysteries both of his death and resurrection were long before prophesied by Moses, the Prophets, and wryters of the Psalmes. Therefore Paule very well professeth that he teacheth none other fayth or hope of saluation, than that which the fathers had, which beleeued the promises that God had made.

Let vs also obserue howe he complayneth that he is accused for thys selfe fayth, and that of the Iewes, The state of the true fayth in this world. which did moste glory in the fathers and in the promises. This thing teacheth vs what state the truth is in in this world: verily euen suche, that not only the open enimies take against hir, but also those that will seeme to be the most earnest followers of hir. This we read came to passe in the time of the Prophets long agone. And as Chryst teacheth vs, they made muche of the Prophetes tombes and graues, which yet hated their doctrine worse than a tode. So whē Christ came vnto them, which euery day looked for him, according to the Ora­cles of the Prophets, yet they neither knew him nor receiued him. The same we see falleth out also, euen in our dayes. For they that bragge of the name of Chryst, and supersticiously worship the mother of Chryst the Uirgin, and the Sainctes with their reliques for Chrystes sake: the same persecute the true fayth of Chryst and the doctrine of the Apostles: for no [Page 854] cause so muche, as for that it chalengeth to Chryste onely all the glory of our redemption and saluation. And now a dayes euery where among the Christians suche men are accused of vngodlynesse and heresie, as do teach that men ought to trust in Chryst onely, and to seeke all their saluation in him alone. Therefore we haue as great occasion in these dayes to com­playne as Paule had, who thought it vnmeete to be accused of the Iewes for the promise sake made sometime vnto the fathers. But this is the vn­towardnesse of this worlde, wherat we must not be offended, seeing it is both an olde practise, and examples of al ages teach vs, that the true wor­shippers of God haue alwayes wrastled and striuen agaynst the same.

Let vs obserue moreouer in what order, and after what sorte Paule de­fendeth bothe his fayth and doctrine. The true trade of maintei­ning the First, he alleageth the promise or word of God, and therevnto he ioyneth the consent of the whole Church. For he nameth the twelue tribes togither, therby playnly declaring, that he hath no regarde what a certayne few of the Priestes thinke, but what the whole company of the faythfull haue beleeued in all ages, according to the word of God. This is the best way of mayntayning and defending the fayth. For where mannes traditions are of no authoritie with God, the worde of God muste principally be brought foorth, and by it a reason must be rendered of all opinions. This foundation beeing layde, then must we also haue an eye vnto the Churche, not to the company of a certayne fewe, which chalenge to them selues alone the name thereof, but vnto that vniuersall assemblie and congregation which wee knowe hath bene from tyme to tyme, continually since the beginning of the worlde: al­though sometymes it hath bene somewhat selde and obscure, somewhile somewhat more in number and more euident, euen as it seemed good vn­to him, which chose vs in his sonne before the foundations of the worlde were layde. Therefore the errour of our age is enormious and playne abs [...]rde, where many by and by at the firste choppe, wyll alleage the con­sente of the Churche, constituting the same vppon a certayne sorte of con­spired counterfaytes, that is to say, smered and shauen creatures of Anti­chryst, to whome they make the worde of God and the interpretation thereof to bee in subiection, and gyue them power to decree and ap­poynte what they wyll, concerning the fayth. Whome if a man would examine according to the markes of the Primatiue Churche, they shall so little be accounted worthy to be heades of the Church, that they ought scarse to be taken for any members thereof.

Laste of all we see that the Article of resurrection ought to be taken for certayne and assured, The resur­rectiō of the dead oughte not to bee thought in­credible. seeing that Paule alleageth the same with a cer­tayne kind of indignation agaynst those that douted therof, saying: Why seemeth it vnto you an incredible thing that God should raise vp th [...] deade agayne? As if he should say: Is it not a maruayle that men should doubt of that which is euery where proued by so many argumentes [...] For to let passe the Scriptures, the reason of Gods iustice requireth, that the dead should ryse agayne, and receiue a recompence for the things which they heere haue done: considering we see the wicked lyue mos [...]e common­ly welthyly in this worlde, and the godly in mise [...]ie. Wee haue more ouer examples appearing euery yere in plants, trees, and in euery lyuing crea­ture. Do we not reade also that the first man was made of the earth▪ and [Page 855] howe many were raysed agayne to life miraculously, firste by the Pro­phets, and then at length by Chryst him selfe? But letting passe these arguments, Paule sendeth his hearers to the consideration of Gods po­wer onely: verily to preuent this mischiefe that measureth the mysteries of fayth according to the capacitie and reache of mans reason. It is also a ridiculous errour, to thinke that impossible to God, whereof we can not perceyue a reason by and by. And this is to be obserued, not onely in the Article of resurrection, but also in all others, to the ende wee shoulde subdue our reason to the obedience of fayth. Yet must we not bring in (as some men vse) new and absurde opinions, vnder the pretence of Gods om­nipotencie. For where we are certayne of the will of God according to his worde, there it shal be lawfull for vs to reason of his omnipotencie: which thing thou shalt in vayne doo, if thou doo not first proue that God is wil­ling to do that which thou meanest. Furthermore, let vs holde faste the chiefe poynt of this place, that we trusting in the hope of the ancient pro­mises, worship God day and night, which hath opened to vs life and eter­nall saluation in the promised seede Iesus Christ our sauiour: to whom be praise, honour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Clxij. Homelie.

‘I Also verily thoughte in my selfe, that I ought to doo many contrary things, cleane agaynst the name of Iesus of Nazareth, which thing I also dyd in Ierusalem, and many of the Sainctes dyd I shutte vp in prison, and had receiued authoritie of the highe Priestes. And when they were put to death, I gaue the sentence, and I punished them oft in euery Sinagoge, and compelled them to blaspheme: and was yet more madde vpon them, and persecuted them euen into straunge Cities. About which things as I went to Damascus, with authoritie and licence of the high Priestes, euen at Mid­day (O King) I sawe in the way a light from heauen aboue the brightnesse of the sunne, shine rounde about me, and them which iorneyed with me. When we were all fallen to the earth, I hearde a voyce speaking vnto me, and saying in the Hebrue tong: Saule, Saule, why persecutest thou mee? It is harde for thee to kicke agaynst the pricke. And I sayde, who arte thou Lorde? And he sayde, I am Iesus whom thou persecutest.’

THe Apostle Paule declared yesterday the state of the whole controuersie betweene him & the Iewes, teaching vs that the contention was about no trifle, but about the whole meane of our saluatiō: where he also proued that he neither beleeued nor taught any thing, but that which God had promised the fathers in times passed, and wherin the one­ly hope of the Church of Israel, had in al ages consisted. Where we learne that the fayth of Chryst was the onely and moste aunciente meane, tho­rough which all the fathers in tymes passed were saued. Furthermore, [Page 856] bycause Paule in the beginning of his narration sayde he was a Pharisie, he returneth handsomely to his intermitted narration agayne, and decla­reth the hystorie of his conuersion: the onely scope an [...]ende whereof is, to put away the accusation of leuitie, declaring that he was called by God, yea inforced agaynst his will.

Paul became a Christian agaynst hys will.But to the ende his narration might haue the more weight and autho­ritie he declareth first how he was affected towards the Christian fayth, and that in suche diligent [...]orte, that he omitteth none of the things that he enterprised agaynst Chryst. For first of all he promiseth the cause, say­ing: I was sometime of the minde that mine aduersaries be. For I was vtterly perswaded that I ought to do many things agaynst the name of Iesus Chryst. Whence sprang this persuasion? verily of a blind and rash zeale of the fleshe, which otherwheres he attributeth to all the Iewes. Yet [...]e maketh not mention hereof, to extenuate or excuse his offence ther­by, but to teache vs by his example how greatly men fall, onlesse they or­der their dooings according to the worde of God. 1. Tim. 1. 1. Cor. 15. For in other places he confesseth that he was a moste haynous sinner, and not worthy the name of an Apostle. Whereby it appeareth howe muche more greeuously they offende, which beeing led with no zeale of God or good intention of the mind (as they call it) but with their naughtie affections persecute Chryst and his worde. In the meane season marke howe the enterprises of the enimies of the Church are but a meare opinion, and vayne conceypt of a blinded minde, which, notwithstanding they seeme at first well to succede, yet they neuer haue that ende they looke for. Psalm. 7. For as the Psalmist sayth: they trauayle with mischiefe, and are conceiued with sorrowe, and haue brought foorth vanitie and vngodlynesse. This thing Paule confesseth af­ter a sorte of him selfe, teaching the hearers by his example what they may looke for, if they beginne to take agaynst Chryst, or holde on as they haue begonne. Psal. 2. & .33. For which way can they preuayle, whose deuises and en­terprises God scattereth abroade, and laugheth at them out of heauen?

The tiran­nie of Paule agaynst the Churche of Christ.But least any man might thinke that Paule spake more bostingly than truely, he rehearseth also his owne dooings, in molesting and afflicting the Churche. I put many of the Saincts in prison (sayth he) beeing auctho­rised by the Priestes, which authoritie they woulde neuer haue giuen me, onlesse they had seene me earnestly bente to aduaunce and set forwarde their proceedings. He calleth the Christians Sainctes, bycause they were sanctified through the bloud and merite of Chryst. 1. Corinth. 5. Also when they were kylled I pronounced sentence of death vppon them, and gat the consent of others thervnto. Beside this, I compelled them when they had bene whipped in the Sinagoges, and tormented all maner of wayes, to blaspheme (that is to say) to deny Chryst, and to recante those things which they had before spoken both well and godly. Whereby it may be gathered, that the Church of Chryst was neuer so well established, but it had some chaffe also, which winnowed with the F [...]e of persecution, fell away. Finally, bycause I would spare no kinde of madnesse, I began to roue abroade into forren Cities also, bycause I would leaue no place for the Christians to be safe in. The state of the chur­che. Herein we haue an euident Image both of the persecutours of Chryste, and also of the state and condition wherein the godly and faythfull be in this world. For commonly these men are enuied [Page 857] and hated of the Potentates of this worlde: and chiefly of those which excell in name of Religion, and supremacie of the Churche, studying vn­der this colour and pretence to seeke their priuate glory and gayne one­ly. Then afterwardes these men haue fitte ministers for their mische­uous proceedings, who to gratifie their maisters, let no occasion escape or slippe, whereby they may batter and assaulte the Churche: and there­to they spare for no labour. Heereof therefore proceede imprisonments, condemnations, all kindes of torments, banishments, slaughters, Persecu­tours cause men to blas­pheme. blas­phemies, and infinite suche other things as these cruell Kernes vse to de­uise agaynst the godly. Whom in the meane season it behoueth to marke better what they do, why they persecute the godly for the faythes sake. Uerily they compell the weaklings to blaspheme, whiles they deny their faith contrary to their conscience, and confesse they haue erred through vn­happy & vngodly feare. For this thing Christ numbreth among the sinnes and blasphemie agaynst the holy Ghost. Luke. 12. And Paule expresly cal­leth the denying of the true fayth blasphemie, whervnto he draue and en­forced the faythfull. Therefore what other thing remayneth for those persecutors, but that horrible woe which Chryst threatneth vnto thē that giue occasion of offence? For what more greeuous and daungerous of­fence can any man giue, than that whereby men are compelled to sinne a­gaynst the holy Ghost? They shal therefore feele the heauy hande of God, who nowe a dayes thinke this but a trifling matter. Moreouer as in Paules former enterprises there appeareth a portrature of a raging tyran: so in the confession of the same may bee seene a very Christian mynde, wholly enflamed with the desire of Gods glory. For to what other ende dothe▪ Paule rehearse these hys attemptes, but for that he knewe they made to the setting foorth of the glory of God? For heereby bothe the authoritie of his mynisterie was defended, and the great mercy of God commended, wherwith he embraced the greatest offendours that are: yea euen his enimies also in Chryst Iesus. Reade. 1. Timo. 1. And this is the chiefe cause why the godly vse so often to confesse their sinnes, as we see in Dauid and in diuerse others. Therfore the ambition of those men is very dishonest, who for the sauegarde of their owne glory, will eyther neuer confesse their sinnes and greeuous errours, or at least wise wonderfully extenuate and diminish the same.

Furthermore, he setteth the story of his conuersion, The story of Paules conuersion. against his attēpts agaynst Chryst, that by comparing of them togither it might appeare he became a Christian man, not of any lightnesse or inconstancie of mind, but euen beeing compelled through the power of God. And herevnto chiefly is to be referred the diligent declaration of all the circumstances. For he alleageth both the place and the tyme, and Chrystes talke, and his compa­nions for witnesses, bycause no man shoulde thinke that he had bene be­guyled with any vayne apparition or distraction of minde. But bycause we haue spoken otherwheres of conuerting vnto God, and of the duetie of those that conuerte, it shall not now neede to repeate the [...]ame againe. Let vs nowe marke the ende of all these things, which was none other but the defending of his vocation. Yet is it not in vayne that he so dili­gently reporteth the wordes of Chryste, sharpely reprehending his te­meritie. For heereby he teacheth the hearers, that if they withstande [Page 858] the doctrine of the Gospell, they shal not haue to do with any mortal man, but with the sonne of God, which will punishe their bolde enterprise, to their great losse and hinderaunce. These thinges ought to serue for our comforte, that we abiding constantly in the true fayth, may clea [...]e faste vnto God alone, among all the broyles and enterprises of this worlde, who hath promised to all those that worship him, the inheritaunce of the kingdome of heauen, in his sonne Iesus Chryst: to whom be prayse, ho­nour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Clxiij. Homelie.

‘BVt ryse and stande vp on thy feete. For I haue appeared vnto thee for this purpose, to make thee a minister and a witnesse both of those things which thou haste seene, and of those thinges in the which I will appeare vnto thee, deliuering thee from the people, and from the Gentiles, vnto whom I now sende thee, to open their eyes, that they may be turned from darknesse to light, and from the power of Sathan vnto God, that they may receiue forgiuenesse of sinnes, and inheritance among them which are san­ctified by fayth that is towarde me.’

BIcause Paule knew that the Iewes accused him principal­ly of two poyntes: namely, for that he had forsaken the Iewes religion, and turned to the fayth in Chryst, and for that he had matched the Gentils with the Iewes, by pre­ching the Gospel among them: therfore he diligently de­clareth the story of his conuersion, bicause that alone was sufficiēt to put away bothe the crimes. Unto the first belong those things which haue hitherto ben said, wherin he declareth, that he chāged not his religion vpon any light fantasie, but whyle he was an enimie vnto Christ, was compelled to yelde vnto Gods calling. The seconde, he will confute in this place, where he rendreth a reason of his whole ministerie, euen in the very wordes of Chryst: which ministerie he sheweth was committed vnto him vpon this condition, that he should preach the Gospell, not only to the Iewes, but also to the Gentiles. But bycause these things belong aswell to our instruction, as to the defence of Paule, who may learne here­by both the reason of the ministerie ecclesiastical, and also the whole meane of our saluation. Therefore euery thing is to be considered in order.

Christe ray­seth vp Paul, whō he had throwen downe be­fore.The firste thing wee haue to note, is, howe Chryst commaunded Paule nowe friendly to arise, and to stande vp on hys feete, whome erewhyle he had horribly throwen downe as his enimie, and persecutour. But this thing happened not (as wee haue other wheres heard) before his heart was pulled downe, and that he humbly enquired what the will of Chryst was, and acknowledged him to be his Lorde. Which thing yet he woulde neuer haue done, but that he felt in his minde an effectuous working of the spirite of Chryst. This truel [...] is a notable example of Gods goodnesse, [Page 859] which euen then euidently declareth it selfe, when he seemeth to be angry. For he will not alwayes be chiding with vs, but forasmuche as he desi­reth to haue men saued, he obserueth this scope and ende in his iudge­ments, that he will haue men rather instructed to saluation, than destroy­ed. Neither will he draw foorth his whippes and scourges, vntill he see he can not preuayle by his wordes. Neither yet doth he beate vs for any other ende, than to haue vs conuerte vnto him, and to truste to be saued: wherof we haue both testimonies and examples euery where in the scrip­tures, wherewith we may confirme our wauering fayth in all troubles and aduersities.

But although it seeme a great thing for Chryste to giue his cruell eni­mie leaue to aryse, yet is this greater, and euen to be wondered at, Paule is cal­led to the office of an [...]postle. that he appoynteth him to the office of an Apostle, which is the moste hono­rable and commendable function in the worlde. Yea he sayth, that he ap­peared to him to this ende, to make him a minister and witnesse of all the thinges which he had bothe seene before, and shoulde see heereafter. Heere in two wordes he comprehendeth the whole office, or duetie of Byshoppes of the Churche. Firste he saythe, A minister. that Paule shoulde bee a Minister, not a Lorde and King. So are the Apostles euery where cal­led, and suche as muste serue the whole Churche publikely, in setting before them the foode of the soule, and in taking care for the affayres of mannes saluation. Reade Matthew the .20. and .24. Luke the .12. Here­vnto it seemeth Paule had a respecte, when he confessed he was a detter vnto all men, to the Iewes and Gentiles, to the learned and vnlearned. Roma▪ 1. Heereby is excluded the great desire of bearing rule, agaynst the which Chryste oftentimes in the hearing of the Apostles entreated at large, be­ing not ignoraunt that many afterwardes would come, which vnder the pretence of this ministerie, would looke to reigne like tirauntes ouer the Church. This done, he sayth he should be a witnesse, A witnesse. by the which name we reade the Apostles were called also in the first chapter. Thus it liked him more playnly to set out the trade of the ministerie, declaring also what things he should beare witnesse of: verily euen of those which he had seene, and which afterwarde he woulde reueale vnto him. For Paule had seene, and not seene onely, but had also proued by experience that Christ liued and reigned, and was an earnest defendour of his people. Wherby it was ea­sie for him to gather, that he was the redeemer of mankinde, and not onely a meere man, but also suche a God as he knewe the Apostles preached that he was. These therefore were the thinges that he should beare witnesse of. By this place it appeareth (as wee haue else where admonished. For howe certayne and infallible a thing the doctrine of the Apostles ought to be taken, seeing they which published the same, were no runners about with pedlary wares, but the very sworne witnesses of Iesus Chryst, hauing their vocation confirmed with infinite miracles. Therfore let al ministers remember they are witnesses, and therfore must not preach new opinions at their owne pleasure: but such things as they finde for certaintie in the holy Scriptures, let them boldely bring foorth, God deliue­reth his ser­uants being in danger. that no man be able to accuse them of falshood or forgery.

Howbeit it might haue seemed to Paule a greeuous thing to be appoyn­ted to such an office, as he knew euen by those things onely, which a little [Page 860] [...]e [...]ore he went about, was subiect to infinite dangers. Therfore the Lord mixeth therewith a consolation very commodious, and in season, wherein he promiseth to deliuer him out of the hands of the Iewes and Gentiles. Thus by the way, as though he had bene dooing of an other thing, he de­clareth that he was sent also vnto the Gentiles, to bring them lykewise into the societie and felowship of the Churche. In the meane season this place teacheth vs, that the Ministers must looke for hatred, persecutions, and all kindes of aduersitie in this world. For except this were their state and condition, it should not neede so often to confirme them, neither with the consolations nor promises of Chryst. These promises must diligently be considered, for by them we are taught howe Chryste neuer forsaketh his people in their tribulations. And yet muste they not so be vnderstan­ded, as though he would deliuer them from all kinds of aduersitie, and set them in safetie, or so preserue them, that they shall not perishe in body. For we reade that Paule at the last was beheaded by Nero, and the other Apostles also were cruelly put to death. But it is sayde that the Lorde deliuereth vs, when in this present worlde he assisteth vs with his spi­rite, giuing vs constancie of mynde, commoditie of dooing, and finally a mouthe and wisedome, agaynst the which our enimies are not able to re­siste with any probabilitie of reason. Agayne, when he shoreth vs vppe with consolations in the middle of our afflictions, and translateth vs out of the prison of thys body into the possession of hys kingdome, and pre­serueth our memorie and good name to remayne to posteritie. After this sorte we knowe he delyuered the holy Martyres, whose remembraunce florisheth at this day, euen among the enimies of the fayth. Which pro­mises, seeing they are both generall and alwayes true, there is no cause why we should suffer our selues to bee feared or ouercome with any at­temptes of this worlde. For who shall separate vs from the loue of God. &c. Reade the place. Rom. 8.

To conclude, he addeth the ende of all these thinges, which is, that through the ministerie of Paule the eyes of the blinde should bee opened, The ende & vse of the Gospell. that they beeing illuminated, might conuert from darkenesse vnto lyght, and beeing deliuered from the power of Sathan, might be reconciled vnto God, in whom they may receiue remission of their sinnes, and inheritance of the king dome of heauen through fayth, with all those whom God hath chosen vnto him selfe. These things conteyne in them the duetie of Mini­sters of the worde, and the true vse of the Gospell. For this cause, that thing is attributed vnto the Ministers, which is properly the worke of God only, as is declared at large. Therfore through the Gospel mens eies are opened that they may see God, and the way of saluation. By the Gos­pell men are conuerted from darknesse vnto light, so that hencefoorth they which were occupied in the works of darknesse, might do the dedes of the light. For the christian Philosophie consisteth not in vayne speculations, but in practise, 1. Corin. 3. which extendeth it selfe through all partes of a mans lyfe. Agayne, by the gospel men are brought out of the power of Sathan vnto God, to obey him & to serue him. Finally the gospel offreth vnto vs y e forgi­uenesse of sins, & the inheritāce of the kingdome of heuen. And we may not thinke that these things stand in vayne sound of words, but forasmuch as christ, which is the only author of these things, is preched through y e gospel, [Page 861] they are truely attributed to the preaching of the gospel, bicause the same gospel is not in vaine, but effectuous. Therfore the preching of the gospel containeth in it the cheefest and only treasure of our saluation. And the mi­nisters therof ought to haue this only end before their eyes, to bring men to be partakers of these things, and not to leade them about as it were in a vaine maze, and stagelike pompe of preaching. Furthermore, The order and manner of saluation. we haue heerein comprehended the whole order and manner of our saluation. For where these things are giuen vnto vs of God, it is euident that we want them of nature. Therefore of nature, we be blinde to perceiue any godly­nesse, and by our naturall corruption we deserue to waile and mourne vn­der the tirannie of Sathan. But by the goodnesse of God it commeth to passe, that we be illuminated by Christ, and be translated from the power of death and darknesse into his kingdome. For we being sanctified and iu­stified by his merite, enter into the kingdome of eternall life. And all these things (as we said ere while) God offreth vnto vs to be receiued by faith, through the gospell: by the which faith the scripture teach that we be pu­rified and made righteous, bicause by it only, power is giuen to vs, to im­brace Christ, and to receiue this goodnesse. These things might be decla­red more at large with their dueties, whome Christ hathe taken into the kingdome of his father. But bicause we haue oftentimes spoken therof, it shall be sufficient, to shewe as it were with the finger, the cheefe poyntes of euery thing. In the meane season we haue heere to bewaile the vnkinde and vnhappy blindnesse of the worlde, which contemning so plaine a way of saluation, turne them to the most intricate Laberinthes, and pitfals of eternall damnation. It is our partes to shewe our selues thankfull vnto God, and with constant faith to holde fast the only author of these good­nesses, which is our Lord and sauioure Iesus Christ: to whom be praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clxiiij. Homelie.

‘WHerfore O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient to the heauenly vi­sion, but shewed first vnto them of Damascus and at Ierusalem, and throughout all the costes of Iewrie, & then to the Gentiles, that they shuld repent and turne to God, and do such works as become them that repent. For this cause the Iewes caught me in the Temple, and went about to kill me. Seing therfore that I haue obtained helpe of God, I continue vnto this day, witnessing bothe to small and to great, saying none other things than those which the Prophetes and Moses did say shoulde come: that Christe should suffer, and that he should be the first that should rise from death, and should shew light vnto the people and to the Gentiles.’

PAVLE diligently reporteth the Historie of his conuersion before Agrippa, bicause thereby hee was able manifestly to proue, that he became a Christian man of no light heade, ne yet preached the gospell vnto the Gentiles of any rashe en­terprise, but that God was the aucthoure of all the things [Page 863] which he had hitherto done, who conuerted him when he was of a farre other minde, and commaunded him to preach the gospel vnto the Gentiles also. And after these things thus premised, he declareth what he did more ouer, and what happened vnto him, and thereof taketh an occasion to preache to those that were present.

Paule obey­eth God cō ­trary to the bidding of y e Priestes.Firste, hee confesseth plainely the obedience which hee shewed vnto the heauenly vision, which thing is diligently to bee noted. For if wee com­pare the commaundement of God, with the precepte that Paule receyued of the Priestes, wee shall perceiue they differed very muche one from an other. For the Priestes sent him to Damascus, with publique commission and aucthoritie, to bring those faithfull of Christe that were there to b [...]e putte in bandes and prisonne. But God commaunded him not onely to cease of from his doing, but also to preache the Gospell. Heere therfore he saithe he obeyed the calling of God, and that speedely and without all de­lay: and he is not ashamed to confesse the same, before those with whome hee knewe the Priestes were of more aucthoritie than hee was. There­fore hee teacheth vs by his Example, that wee must obay God more than man: and that wee muste make no delay, nor putting of, assoone as we be certaine what his will is. This rule who so euer foloweth, they dispatch them selfe at once from great anxietie and care, and cannot doe amisse.

The maner of true obe­dience.Also wee haue to consider the manner of this obedience, which wee may perceiue by the things, which Paule saithe hee did. For he did those things which God commaunded him to doe, and euen as hee commaunded him to doe them, preaching the Gospell bothe to the Iewes, and to the Gentiles. Therefore that is a true obedience, when wee accomplishe the commaun­dement of the Lorde without all exception. There are also which obey the Lorde, but yet but in parte onely, and as farre foorthe as seemeth for their owne commoditie: whereof the Scripture giueth vs Examples in the first of Saule, and Samuel the thirtienth and fiftienth. But God is of a farre other minde, Saule. 1 Sam. 13. &. 15 which forbiddeth vs to turne from his woorde either to the right hande or to the lefte, either to put any thing to it, or to take any thing from it. Therefore Paule did very well to take in hand the businesse appoynted him of God without any further deliberation, & to fulfil that that he was commaunded, according to the rule of Gods iniunction. Fur­thermore, while hee declareth what hee did, hee teacheth also what wee ought to preache in the gospell, and in what order to set it forthe.

j. Firste we muste laboure to bring men to repentaunce, forasmuche as it is manifest that we be all sinners, The points and order of Euangelike doctrine. and subiect to the wrath of God. Here­with we reade that the Baptiste begun, and Christe after him, who taught his Apostles to begin with the same. Whereby it appeareth that they are but slender Gospellers in these dayes, that woulde haue this principle or beginning omitted. Moreouer▪ the manner of true repentaunce is expres­sed, Math 10 Luke. 24 which is to tourne vnto God. For as wee in tourning from God, ij. doe greeuously sinne and perishe: so bothe our repentaunce and saluation consisteth cheefely in this, that we muste tourne to God againe, and so be reconciled vnto him. This muste bee done by the meane of Christe onely, who bothe woorketh true repentaunce in vs by his spirite, and reconci­leth vs vnto hys Father: hauing cancelled and blotted out the hand wri­ting of sinne and of the lawe which was againste vs.

[Page 863]Wherefore Peter in an other place, saith he was sent of God, to giue Israel [...] repentance and forgiuenesse of sinnes. Where the erroure of those men is confuted, which preach repentance without Christ, and send men to their owne workes and merites. The thirde pointe of Paules doctrine is that iij. men should worke worthy frutes of repentance, which it appeareth Iohn also required with great s [...]ueritie, and all the scriptures euery where will and commaund the same. For where God wil haue vs to be no hypocrites nor dissemblers, but challengeth vs wholely to himselfe, it is very requi­site, that we should proue our selues to be truely conuerted vnto god, both in our workes, and all other conuersation of our life. This shall we doe, if we lay away our former naughtie desires, and lead a newe kinde of life a­greeable vnto the lawes of God, touching the which newnesse of life, we reade very muche euery where in the Epistles of Paule. For heereby we be taught, that good works must not be taken for merites, but are requi­red as dueties prescribed, and due vnto God: forasmuche as we are neuer able to performe them, vnlesse we be regenerated of the spirite and merite of Christ, and be first conuerted vnto God. Luke. 17 And although we do what so e­uer things we are bounde to doe, yet be we vnprofitable seruauntes, as Christ himselfe teacheth.

Thus in three pointes, Paule comprehendeth the whole gospell, Paul is laid holde on, for his obeying of God. and sheweth howe he preached it in the same order. Nowe in this that folo­weth, he declareth what happened vnto him while he walked in this vo­cation, to the ende he would easily proue to euery man, howe vniustly the Iewes delt with him. For this cause truely (saith he) for that I endeuored my selfe to be obedient vnto God, the Iewes tooke me, and would haue kil­led me in the very Temple: and had done it also, but that I was deliuered through the present helpe of God. He mentioneth the Temple and the dā ­ger of death he was in, to declare that they were led rather of blinde af­fection, than moued with any iust cause: seeing that neither the holinesse of the Temple, nor publike lawe and equitie, coulde restraine them from such irefull proceeding. This place teacheth vs, that the obedience which the godly owe vnto God, is the cheefe cause of persecutions. For bothe the Prophets and the Apostles were hated of the worlde for none other cau­ses, but for that they laboured to bring men vnto God, by preaching the word of God. And now a dayes the seruaunts of Christ are in daunger of persecuting, for this cause onely, for that they put their trust onely in God through Christ, worship him only, feare him only, and serue him only, as he commaundeth. But the hainousnesse of this matter is the greater, for that they which laboure priuately and publikely to haue al men saued, are so euill requi [...]ed. In the meane season let this comfort vs, that we heare Paule was aided by God, and deliuered out of the handes of moste wicked cut throtes. For this is a general rule, & we haue promises euery where which teache vs, that God deliuereth his people out of temptations, 2. Peter. 2 1. Cor. 10 Psal. 34. &c and suffereth them not to be tried aboue their strengthes.

Howbeit after Paule had sufficiently proued, that he was guiltlesse, and was cast in prisone without desert, Paule prea­cheth the gospel vnto Agrippa. then hee turneth him to Agrippa the king, and to the other heaters, and with great boldnesse, beginneth his o­ration. And bicause it might seeme a maruell to any man, howe he was so constant in doing his office, seeing he had so oftentimes before bene in ad­uersitie [Page 864] and danger of the Iewes, therfore he first sheweth the reason ther­of: which was, that he was deliuered through the help of God, and ther­fore ought not to be slacke in his office. Thus he ascribeth vnto God the benifite of his deliuery, whereof it seemed the captaine was the aucthor, bicause he knewe the captaine was led by the hand and spirite of God. In the meane season Paules example teacheth vs, that those which haue once or twice proued & felt the helpe of God, ought to be inflamed with greater diligence, and not (as some vse) to waxe the more remisse and negligent, as though they had fulfilled all their duetie at once. For beside that we owe vnto God all kinde of duetie, the lawe of thankfulnesse requireth the more faithe and industrie of vs, least we might seeme vnki [...]de to God our benefactoure. Againe, bicause he would not seeme importune in preaching vnto them, Paule is a detter vnto all men. he declareth that he is bounde in duetie so to doe. For hee was detter vnto all men both smal and great. Thus he stirreth vp their mindes to thinke, that the gospell appertained vnto them also. This is very dili­gently to be considered, that we heare the gospell is preached by the com­maundement of God, to men of all states & degrees. For hereby we learne that there is no respect of persons with God: yea that he would haue all sortes of men to be saued. Therefore he hathe appoynted the ministers of the word to be the disposers and stewardes of all his houshold. Lette this comfort them that are cōpassed about with troubles, & also teach both mi­nisters and hearers their duetie, that neither the one at their pleasure get and procure them disciples after their owne calling, nor those other thinke they be at libertie, and not bounde to the rule of the gospell. At lengthe he repeateth what he taught: verely none other thing, but that that Moses and the Prophetes had foreshewed in times past. The sum of the gospell. He comprehendeth all his doctrine in three Articles, which it is euident were then moste in con­trouersie. The first was, that Christ was that sauioure that was promi­sed, should suffer death for vs. For this, of all other things was coumpted moste absurde, as the wordes read in the twelfth of Iohn, abundantly de­clare. The seconde was, that the same Christe should rise againe from the dead, and that the first but not in order. (For we reade that diuers other, before Christ, were raised againe) but in worthinesse and in power, as the aucthor of the resurrection and life of all men. The thirde was, that hee should illuminate with his worde and spirite, not only the Iewes, but also the Gentiles. And that Paule declared these things with many places and testimonies of scripture, the onely exclamation of Festus shall afterwarde proue. And surely there are euery where extant many testimonies bothe of Moses and the Prophets, wherby to proue all these things. Wherup­on we gather againe, that the doctrine of the gospell, is no newe thing, resting or consisting in a few of persons, but of most antiquitie, and allow­ed with the consent of all ages. Furthermore, howe in the scriptures are contained whatsoeuer things are needeful to be beleeued, seeing that Paul was able to proue all the mysteries of Christian faith by them. Lette vs therfore be contented with them only, and constantly holde fa [...] the faithe contained in them, that by thē we may attaine to life euerlasting, through Iesus Christ our Lord: to whome be blessing, honoure, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clxv. Homelie.

‘AS he thus spake for him selfe, Festus said with a loud voice: Paule thou art beside thy selfe. Much learning doth make thee madde. And Paule saide, I am not madde moste deare Festus, but speake forthe the wordes of truthe and sobernesse. For the King knoweth of these things, before whom also I spake freely. Neither thinke I that any of these things are hidden frō him, for this thing was not done in a corner. King Agrippa▪ beleeuest thou the Prophetes? I wotte well that thou beleeuest. Agrippa saide vnto Paule. Somwhat thou bringest me in minde for to become a christian. And Paule saide, I would to God, that not only thou, but also all that heare me to day, were not somewhat only, but altogither suche as I am, except these bands. And when he had thus spoken, the king rose vp, and the deputie, and Ber­nice, and they that sate with them. And when they were gone aparte, they talked betweene them selues, saying: This man dothe nothing worthy of death, or of bonds. Then saide Agrippa vnto Festus: this man mighte haue bene let lose, if he had not appealed vnto Caesar.’

AFter Luke hathe declared Paules oration, he sheweth what effect it toke with the hearers. And this is a very worthy place to be considered. For in two examples he describeth two kindes of men which heare the word of God in vaine. The end and vse of all these things is, that both ministers may learne how to deale with such fortes of men, and also all others vnderstand what to beware of, if they will heare the worde of God to their profite and commoditie.

The first kinde is set out in the example of Festus the Deputie, who is a president of vngodly persones, Festus is a president of those which heare the worde with a prophane intent. and of those which haue no knowledge nor taste at all, of any godlinesse. Where we haue first to consider Festus, and then Paule. He gaue eare vnto Paule, declaring his visions, and prouing al the mysteries of the christian faith and mans saluation, by the testimonies of the scriptures, whereof he had neuer heard any thing at all, as being a Gentile, which had more vnderstanding by all likelihode in warres, than in religion. Wherfore he supposeth that Paule in reasoning of such profoūd and difficulte matters, was madde, and like vnto those, that in their fran­tike fittes vse to imagine with themselues, monstrous and wonderfull things, and so vtter them without all reason: and very importunately hee interrupteth Paule in his speaking. Yet in this one thing he is not altogi­ther vnreasonable, that he imputeth the wante of wit, which he supposed to be in Paule, to ouermuche studie of learning, vpbraiding him with none other thing, as many vse to do in these dayes. This example teacheth vs, how litle the word of god preuaileth with thē which are led only w t mans reason. For this is their cōmon property to coūt that a mockery, that pas­seth the reach of their capacitie & reason. Wheras in the mean season they vnderstand nothing lesse than the things belonging to the spirite of God. Therfore it cānot be chosē but they must thinke the gospel of Iesus Christ [Page 866] crucified, to be the greatest foolishnesse in the worlde: bicause there is no­thing so absurde, and voide of reason, as to aske and hope for saluation in him, which was hanged and died on the Crosse among theeues and mur­therers. Therefore that that happened vnto Paule, preaching before Fe­stus, the same we read happened before vnto the Prophets, and afterward vnto the successoures of the Apostles also, namely that they were taken for men out of their wi [...]tes. Yea Christe himselfe was mocked of Pilate, what time he confessed he came into the world to preache the truthe. For Pilate thought him to be of the number of those men which had labored long in vaine to finde out the truthe, bicause all things among men are doubtfull and vncertaine: why therefore are we offended, bicause the gos­pell preuaileth so little in these dayes, seeing there is suche a multitude of men euery where which blinded with the reason of the fleshe, and distract in their mindes, receiue the word of God into the way which the infernall Iayes, that is to say, the affections & suggestiōs of sathan, by and by peck vp? Paule con­stantly and modestly defendeth his ministe­rie. But what doth Paul? Is he so feared with Festus importunate inter­ruption, that he holdes his peace, and so throughe his silence confirmeth the sinister suspition, that they had of his being out of his wit? No. Yea, rather he boldly defendeth the aucthoritie both of his ministery and of the gospell: I am not mad saith he (moste deare Festus) but I speake the wordes of truthe and sobrietie. Therfore he boldly putteth such slaunder away, yet modestly & with such reuerence as is due vnto Magistrates, least through impatiencie and ire, and rendering of railing againe, he should haue decla­red he had bene out of his wit in deede. Therefore, after a wise sort, he vt­terly denieth he was mad: and those wordes which seemed vnto Festus to be of a madde man, he declared to be most true and vttered by him after no curious sort, but with as muche sobrietie as could be, and this he proueth by most credible witnesses, among whome firste hee produceth the King, who could be ignorante of none of those things, which hitherto had beene said concerning Christ: bicause they were not done in a corner, or in secrete, but in the most famous Citie of all nations, and at the greatest & principal­lest feast of all other. Againe, he calleth all the Prophets also to witnesse, who foreshewed that these things should so come to passe, as he declared a little before more at large. And bicause his saying should haue the more waighte and aucthoritie, he boldly and freely defendeth the aucthoritie of the Prophets. For he turneth him vnto the king, and saith, Beleeuest thou O king Agrippa, the Prophetes? And not waiting till he had an answere, he preuenteth it, adding moreouer: I knowe that thou beleeuest. For he knew well that the maiestie and truthe of the scripture Propheticall, was yet such, euen among the most corrupt nation of the Iewes, that if any mā cal­led it in dout, all men would take him to be an vngodly person. And it is to be thought that Paul handled this mater the more at large, bicause Agrip­pa confessed by and by that he was greatly moued with his words. Now be it here we haue certain things to be diligently considered, bicause they make not a little for the cōmon instruction of all men. Which is the best wai of teaching. First, this place tea­cheth vs, that the best way of teaching is, that that Paul confesseth he had hitherto obserued, where he saith, he spake the words of truth & sobrietie. For aboue al things, ministers must haue a regarde of the truth, least they sel leasing, wherof Christ saith the deuill is the father, vnder the pretence [Page 867] of Goddes worde. And in treating of the mysteries of truth, let them vse a godly and holy sobrietie, giuing heede only to suche things, as may edifie men vnto godlinesse: Least while they folowe the curiositie of the fleshe, they bothe entangle themselues in vnprofitable and hurtfull questions, and also offende the weake and ruder sorte. Let them therefore remember that we knowe but in parte onely, and our Prophesying is vnperfite: but that heereafter there shall come a day, when withoute all impediment we shall beholde all the mysteries of the kingdome of heauen openly in the face of God.

Furthermore, Paules woordes teache vs, Christian religion is certain, and not to bée suspected of obscuritie. that the affaires of our salua­tion and Christian religion, are certaine, and that nothing of them is diffi­cult, or to be suspected. For as none of the things which happened vnto Christ, was done in corners: so those things which concerned Christ, and the way of saluation in him, were done in times past publikely and openly among the Fathers. For the Patriarkes to whome the promisses were made at the beginning, were no rascalles or diffamed. Also the deliuery of the people of Israell out of Egipte, was a thing well knowen vnto the Gentiles. The publishing of the lawe with so many myracles, was a fa­mous and a renoumed matter, all which things were figures of the my­steries of Christ. As touching the Prophets, no good man did euer suspect any falshoode in them. Furthermore, all the Monarchies bothe of the As­sirians, Persians, Grecians and Romanes had to doe with the nation of the Iewes, among whome the affaires of saluation were taughte. The voices of the Apostles did freely sound abrode in all the world, in so muche that all men knewe bothe what they did, and preached. This is a great dignitie of our faith, which is to be found in none other religion. This re­proueth the impudencie of those men which nowe a dayes call our beleefe in doubte and question. Furthermore this place teacheth vs, The scrip­ture of it self worthy of credite. that the auc­thoritie and credite of the holy scripture, is moste certaine, and that wee must suffer no man to call it in controuersie. For seing it is inspired of God, it is vnlawfull to doubt of it. For this cause Paule putteth it ou [...] of con­trouersie that Agrippa beleeued the Prophetes. And Christ hauing to doe with the Scribes of the Iewes, attributeth this vnto them, that they firmely beleeue, that life euerlasting is contained in the scripture▪ Iohn. 5. Howe muche more execrable is the impudeneie of our dayes, where some men wickedly cauill and scoffe at the scriptures, and other some wonder­fully deminishe the aucthoritie of them, while they contende they ought to be alowed and confirmed by the iudgement of men.

Furthermore, lette vs see the seconde kinde of hearers of the woorde, Agrippa is a paterne of those in whō the cares of this worlde chooke the seede of the woorde. of whome wee haue a patterne sette foorthe in Agrippa the King, and these are suche as being giuen vnto the worlde, lette the seede of the worde be ouergrowen with the cares and desires of the same. For hee dare not denie the Scriptures the aucthoritie whereof hee knewe was of God and infallible. He seeth also that those things which Paule saythe, are agreeable wyth the Scripture. Hee feeleth also certaine euidente mo­tions of the mynde, whereby hee was allured to take parte wyth Christe: and hee dissembleth not the same, bicause hee openly confesseth, that hee was somewhat persuaded. What letteth hym therefore, that hee goeth not forewarde, and publikely professeth Christe? [Page 868] Uerely the vnhappy liking that he had of the worlde, the [...]rendshippe and glory wherof seemed to him more excellent, than that he would forsake it and goe vnto them, whome many men hated and enuied, and other some thought to be out of their wittes. But would God we had no more exam­ples heereof, than Agrippa in these dayes, and that wee hearde not euery where suche as giue the gospell a singular commendation, but yet folowe the doctrine of Antichrist still, for feare of losing their heades and honor, or else for fear of putting their life in danger. In the meane season there ap­peareth in these men what a diuine and wonderful force the Gospel is of, which wresteth out of them, euen against their willes, and striue they ne­uer so much to the contrary, the confession of the truth: yet it nothing pro­fiteth them, bicause they dare to set them selues against the holy Ghoste.

A very chri­stian wishe of Paule.But as Paule very wisely and stoutly answereth Festus, so (bicause hee was able to doe no more) he setteth against the wordes of Agrippa, a very christian wishe, and inflamed with great feruencie of charitie. I wold wish (saith he) of God, that not onely thou, but also all those that heare mee this day, were not only in parte, but wholy suche as I am, these bondes excepted. And there is no doubt, but that Paule wished these things, euen from the heart: who otherwheres prayed for the Iewes bothe day and nighte, and wished to be accurssed for their sakes. We are taught by the way, that it is not sufficient for vs to beleeue in parte, but that there is required of vs euery day an increasing in faith, that we may at length growe into a per­fite man in Christ Iesus. And the opinion of those men is not to be allow­ed, which suppose one or two Articles to be sufficient vnto saluation. For so all the other should be vnprofitable and superfluous, which thing shuld derogate muche both from the wisedome of God, and also from his good­nesse. Moreouer Paules wishe teacheth vs, that Ministers haue no iuris­diction or power vpon the mindes of men, but that the spirite of God only worketh in them effectuously. For why should Paule trouble himselfe in vaine wishes, Iohn. 6 Math. 11. &c 1. Cor. 5 if he had beene able to haue tourned Agrippa his minde. But see what is saide to this purpose, bothe by Christe and by Paule. And we muste not let this passe, howe Paule excepteth his bondes. For althoughe they were nothing gree [...]ous vnto him, and that he knewe wel the cheefe glory of his Ministerie consisted in them, yet he wished the quietnesse and peace of other men, as farre forth as it stode with the commoditie of their faithe and saluation. For thus it becommeth all men to carie their owne crosse paciently, & yet in the meane season to prouide for all other mennes commoditie and tranquillitie, as muche as they are able. Heereby it ap­peareth with what spirite they are led, which enuie at all mennes felici­tie, or else of rash iudgement, condemne them as no good Christians, whō they see liue in any commodious or wealthy wise.

The inno­cencie of Paule.After these things, Luke ioyneth the ende of all this dooing, namely, howe all the assembly and auditorie brake vppe and departed, beeing ne­uer a whitte the better by reason of the impedimentes before rehearsed. But thys is wonderfull, that Paule is absolued and acquited againe by the consente of all menne, and yet for all that they sette him not at libertie. Whereby it appeareth howe little the worlde regardeth the state of the Godlye, whome they see afflycted wythoute deserte. The innocencie of Paule so often tymes tryed, maketh muche for the set­ting [Page 869] foorth of the dignitie of the Christian fayth. Which thing also re­proueth the temeritie of those men which cry out in these dayes, that the doctrine of the Gospell is sedicious, seeing that Paule, a most earnest prea­cher of the gospel, was able so oftentimes to purge himself from the crime of sedition, before prophane and heathen Iudges. Let no man therefore be moued with the slaunders of this worlde, but being constant in the do­ctrine of true fayth, let vs boldely serue God, which defendeth those that worship him in the middle of the tempestes of this worlde, and giueth them the inheritaunce of his kingdome, by Iesus Chryste our Lorde, to whom be prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xxvij. Chapiter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Clxvj. Homelie.

‘WHen it was concluded that we should sayle into Italie, they deliue­red both Paule, and certayne other prisoners, vnto one named Iuli­us, an vnder Captayne of Caesars souldiours. And we entred into a shippe of Adramicium, and loosed from lande, appoynted to sayle by the coastes of Asia, one Aristarchus out of Macedonia, of the Countrey of Thessalo­nia tarrying styll with vs. And the next day we came to Sidon. And Iulius courteously intreated Paule, and gaue him libertie to goe vnto his friends, and to refresh him selfe: and when we had launched from thence, we sayled harde by Cypers, bicause the winds were contrary. And when we had say­led ouer the sea of Cylicia and Pamphilia, we came to Myra, which is in Lycia. And there the vndercaptayne founde a ship of Alexandria, that say­led into Italie, and he put vs therein. And when we had sayled slowly many dayes, and scarse were come ouer agaynst Cindus (bicause the winde with­stoode vs) we sayled harde by the coste of Candy, ouer agaynst Salmo, and with much worke sayled beyonde it, and came to a place which is called the fayre hauens, nye whervnto was the citie of Lasea.’

THe Euangelist Luke in this Chapiter describeth the paynefull and daungerous nauigation of Paule the A­postle, The argu­ment of the Chapter. sent vnto Rome to appere before Caesar. Where surely at the first sighte, suche great diligence of the holy Ghost might seeme vayne & superfluous: but if a man would weigh euery thing tho­roughly, he shuld perceiue many things in the same moste worthy to be knowen and considered. For this Hystorie tea­cheth vs what the state of the godly is in this world. It setteth foorth vnto vs [Page 870] in Paule examples of pacience and constancie, it teacheth vs moreouer the infallible truth of Gods promises. For although al things in the world se­med to go crosse with Paul, & to hinder him from cōming to Rome: yet the truth of God, which had promised he should be brought before Caesar, bru­steth through al these impedimēts. There are yet besides this many other things ful of comfort & instruction, which we shal consider in their places.

Paul is brought to Rome among ma­lefactours.First, is declared how the Apostle was sent vnto Rome, where mentiō is made of one Iulius a Centurion or p [...]ie Capitayne, vnto whome Festus deliuered Paule among other prisoners to be carried. Heere is to be no­ted a singular diligence of the Romanes in administring the lawe, con­sidering they take suche paynes, and be at so great charges with sending of prisoners from one place to an other. There are also diuerse other ex­amples of this thing, Sée Valeri. Max. 16. Booke, and v. chapter. Esay. 53▪ Luke. 22. which gate them singular commendation and glo­ry. Yea, it is euident that by this meane chiefly they aduaunced thē selues to so great a glory of Empire. And the Scripture playnly teacheth, both in the .lxxij. Psalme, and in other places, that there is no more ready or commodious way than this, either to conserue, or to enlarge Empires and kingdomes. For that that fel out so luckely with the Romanes, we reade hath ben an help to many others, wherby to aspire & climb vp vnto power and glory. Agayne, we know how most florishing kingdomes haue soden­ly had a fall, when iustice and censure of publike lawes hath begun to be neglected. It behoueth vs chiefly to consider the case and state of the god­ly: for Paule is ioyned with other prisoners, who without all doubt were for the moste part greeuous and haynous misdoers. So the scripture tea­cheth vs, that Chryste was numbred with the wicked: which also many times chaunced vnto the martyres. With whose examples it behoueth vs in these days to be encoraged, that we be not offended at the moste vniuste iudgements of the world. Moreouer there appeareth in Paules miserable case a singular documēt of Gods goodnesse, wherby it cōmeth to passe that the pitiful cōpany of the prisoners hath such a cōforter & coūseler, through whose meanes we shal heare at length how they were al saued. And there is no doubt▪ but Paul vsed al maner of occasions to instruct & teach them the misteries of christian faith & religion, bicause we haue seene hitherto howe ernestly he desired the saluation of al men. Thus God giueth vs singular occasiō, euen then to do wel, when he semeth vtterly to haue no care of vs. Herevnto also belōg the things folowing: where we are taught y god had a speciall regarde of Paul in al these dangers. For first he ioyneth vnto him most faithful cōpanions, Paules com­panions. to help & succour him with their presence & mini­sterie. Amōg these was Luke the writer of this history, as appereth by the order of the whole story. Thē next Aristarchus the Macedonian, a mā with­out peraduenture very rich, Aristarchus which was able to susteine so great charges. For he wēt out of Grece with Paul to Ierusalē: & althogh he saw him appre­hēded by y Iewes, yet did he not forsake him, but for .ij. whol yeres togither & more he did faithfully help him, & now he accōpanieth him vnto Rome. Thus god vseth to ayde & succour his people, that they be not tēpted aboue their strēgth: & when they are vtterly forsakē of men, he is their defender. This exāple of Aristarchus is very notable, reprouing flaterers & parasits which vse to measure frendship by profite, meaning to suffer nothing for the truthes sake▪ insomuch that they are ashamed of the martirs of Christ. [Page 871] But we must haue a respect vnto God the rewarder, which recompenseth the fayth of Aristarchus with immortall glory and inheritance of the king­dome of heauen. An other argument of Gods prouidence and goodnesse, we heare it is, that the Centurion is so friendly vnto Paule. The Cen­turion is Paules frēd. For bothe he curteously intreateth him, and when he came to Sidon he giueth him leaue to go visite his friends, to recreat and refresh him selfe among them. The like we saw before in Lysias the Tribune, & Felix the Presidēt. So Abdias in times paste was a patrone & protectour of the Prophets, and Ieremie had friends while he was in prison, that succoured him, bothe with helpe and counsayle. Reade the first of the Kings, the .18. chapter, & Ieremie. 38. Of these things it behoueth vs also to take comfort, that we yelde not to the enterprises of tyrannes, but commende our selues and all our doings to God onely. Howbeit in this place we haue to consider Paule, who bee­ing in a citie very full of people, and standing on the sea coaste, where he might easily eyther haue hid him selfe, or haue slipped away: yet woulde vse no suche oportunitie and aduauntage of escape. The causes were, Paul would not flée, no not when he might. both for that he shoulde haue done vniustly, to haue brought the Captayne in danger, which had wel deserued of him, and also for that he had learned by the Oracle, that he must go to Rome. We are taught by this example, that we must not seeke our owne safetie by any vnlawfull meanes. For if in our distresses there appeare no way of escape, but suche as is repugnant vnto charitie, fayth, and iustice: then is it certayne that God hath determined of vs otherwise, whose will and pleasure it is meete we obey, least while we make prouision for our body and goodes, we lose our soule.

Now foloweth a diligent and long description of their nauigation or sailing, the course wherof let them that are desirous to know euery thing, Paules voy­age or naui­gation is ful of danger. searche for in the Geographers tables. We haue to consider howe it was a paynefull and daungerous voyage, seeing it is expressely declared that the windes were agaynst them. Howbeit God could easily haue remedied these incomberaunces, who by many examples hath declared himselfe to be the Lord & ruler of the sea. But thus it pleased him to haue his chosen vessel tried, that the glory both of his truth & power might seme the more euident. In the meane season it appeareth what state our life is in: verily a troublesome state, and like to a pilgrimage, wherin we see newe trauels and daungers euery day appeare. But chiefly this is to be seene in the life of those that are godly, which is continually assaulted with freshe cares and troubles. An example hereof we haue in Chryst our head who assone as he was borne found enimies, whose awaytes and trecheries made the whole course of his life vnpleasaunt & perillous. Paule also found euen the same, which wrastling a long time with the craftes and awaytes of the Iewes, is at length cōmitted to the sea, an element of all others most cru­el, the perils wherof he had also before proued, as appereth by the eleuēth chapter of the second Epistle to the Corinthians. Infinite other examples of this kinde might be repeated if neede so were. Let vs rather marke the vse of these things, which is, to arme our selues with constant fayth, and to ouercome al aduersitie, seeing it is euident that there is prepared for vs rewardes of eternall rest in heauen, which we shall enioy hereafter with Iesus Chryst: to whom bee prayse, honour, power, and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Clxvij. Homelie.

‘WHen much time was spent, and when sayling was now ieopardous, bycause also that they had ouerlong fasted, Paule put them in re­membraunce, and sayd vnto them. Sirs, I perceiue that this voyage will be with hurt and much damage, not of the lading and ship only, but also of our lyues. Neuerthelesse the vnder Captayne beleeued the gouernour and Ma­ster of the ship, more than those things which were spoken of Paule. And bicause the hauen was not commodious to winter in, many toke counsel to depart thence, if by any meanes they might attayne to Phenices, and there to winter. Which is an hauen of Candy, and lyeth towarde the South and Northwest winde. When the Southwinde blew, they supposing to obteine their purpose, loosed vnto Asson, and sayled paste all Candy, but not long after there arose agaynst their purpose a flawe of winde out of the North­east, and when the shippe was caught, and could not resist the winde, we let hir go, and draue with the weather. But we were caryed into an Isle, which is named Clauda, and had muche worke to come by a bote, which they tooke vp, and vsed helpe, and made fast the shippe, fearing least they should fall into the Syrtes: and so they let downe a vessell, and were caryed. The next day when we were tossed with an exceeding Tempest, they lightned the ship, and the thirde day we cast out with our owne hande the takeling of the Shippe. When at the laste neither the sunne nor starres appeared, no small tempest lay vpon vs. All hope that we should escape, was then taken away.’

THat that came to passe vnto the sonne of God, our saui­our Iesus Chryst, while he liued on the earth, to be enu­red and exercised with diuerse and dayly afflictions: the same Paule, both by his example in this place, and by ex­presse wordes in other places, teacheth vs, to remayne for all them which shall followe his steppes. For he that had nowe two whole yeres suffered to lye in bonds, and to feele the greefes of imprisonment, and had tryed day from day the fresh awayts and trecheries of enimies, is nowe committed to a most fierce ele­ment, to try the daungerous tempestes of the sea, and at length to proue the misfortunes of vnhappie shipwracke. For it was declared in the Ho­melie afore going, howe he came out of Syria, vnto the Isle of Candy by contrary windes, and very daungerous sayling. But yet followeth a de­scription of a farre greater daunger, which at length we shall heare ended with shipwracke, the order and going forwarde whereof Luke hath re­ported very truely and diligently, bycause in this narration which at the firste sighte seemeth bare and barren, God war­neth vs of danger, and giueth vs counsell in time. there fall out diuerse things which serue both for our learning and comforte.

Amongest the which this is worthy first to be noted, that God admo­nisheth bothe the souldiours and Mariners in tyme of the eminent daun­ger. For where they had layne at anker a long whyle in the fayre Hauen, [Page 873] neare vnto Las [...]a, and winter nowe drewe on. The Iewes faste beeing nowe ouerpaste, which was vsed to bee kepte in the seuenth moneth, See Leui. 16. which with vs falleth out betweene September and October, Paule diligently exhorteth them to putte off their vowe tyll an other tyme. Whiche thing it is euident that hee dyd not without the Reuelation of the holy Ghoste, bycause he playnely foresheweth the daungers that afterwarde followed. And heere wee haue chiefly to consider, howe God neuer for [...]aketh those that are his. For where he woulde haue all men to be saued, he warneth them of dangers in time, that they may take heede to themselues, and deuise some meanes howe to escape: and he at­tempereth his warnings in diuerse sortes. For sometimes he warneth vs by his Prophetes and preachers of his worde, which is his most com­mon way & vsage, and one of the chiefest tokens of his good will towards vs: touching the which thing see Amos the Prophet in his third chapter. Sometimes he reuealeth vnto vs priuately, by our friends and acquayn­taunce, in what daunger we be. He hath also his tokens of diuerse sortes, which declare his wrath towards sinners. Furthermore, he nippeth vs somtime by the eare with the secret inspiration of his spirite, and with our owne conscience. And we reade that some haue ben admonished by the mi­nisterie of Angels: all which things are so common & vsuall, that we nede not declare them by any examples. Let vs learne at the least wise to ac­knowledge the goodnesse of god, and not to contemne faithful & wholsome admonitions, least we be the authors of our owne destruction. For this is the ende of the froward and disobedient, as the examples of these men also shal afterward declare. But before we entreat therof, we haue somthings to say of Paule. For we heard before howe he was tolde by the heauenly Oracle, that he should go vnto Rome: which thing it is playne he firmely beleeued. Yet he abused not the Oracle, to put him selfe in daunger with­out cause, and so to tempte God. But rather beeing admonished of the daunger by a newe reuelation, he beleeueth it, and lykewise admonisheth other to haue a regarde vnto them selues. Whereby it appeareth, that the doctrine of fayth and prouidence of God, maketh not men to bee rashe and tempters of God. For euen as Chryst requireth wisedome in those that be his: so when soeuer God offereth vs any lawfull and due meanes of escape, it is certayne he would not haue vs to put our selues in daun­ger. Therefore it becommeth vs to vse these meanes of auoydaunce with feare and godlynesse.

Furthermore, Paules wholsome counsayle is not accepted, but to the greate hynderaunce and losse of them all is contemned. Paules ad­uise is des­pised. Where it be­houeth vs to consider the proceeding of all the matter, that wee may learne thereby howe it commeth to passe, that a greate many despyse wholsome counsayle, and procure their owne losse, and sometymes de­struction. The firste cause alleaged in this place is, for that the Centu­rion thought good to beleeue the gouernour and maister of the shippe, ra­ther than Paule. And in so doing, if a man woulde consider the reason of the fleshe, he seemeth it dyd very wisely, yet he erreth, and that fowely, bycause he esteemeth and regardeth the counsayle, not according to the cause, but after the authoritie of men, otherwyse he woulde easily haue perceyued, that it was not without a cause that Paule sayde it was ieo­pardous [Page 874] sayling, considering the wynter drewe on. And this is a very common errour, specially if God giue counsayle by the Ministers of hys worde. For, to giue eare vnto them, it seemeth to many men, not one­ly a greeuous, but also a very haynous offence. And there are nowe a dayes euery where Achabes and Sedechiases, whiche disdayne to heare the Micheases and Ieremyes, and thinke they them selues can giue beste counsayle, or else take vnto them other counsellers, whiche they thynke are more agreable wyth their humours and conditions. Heereby moste tymes it commeth to passe, that in daungers of warre wee flee vnto barbarous Nations, and blouddy Souldioures, to leagues of Princes, and to Fortresses and Holdes: in sycknesses to Phisitions onely, in neede and pouertie vnto vnlawefull artes, and wee geue eare vnto them which wee suppose haue had good successe heeretofore in lyke enterprises. Af­ter thys sorte menne are wrapped in many euilles and incumberaunces, whiche they myghte easily eschue, if they woulde admitte the worde of GOD onely, and the aduises and counsayles taken out thereof.

The other cause why they despised Paules counsayle was, for that the Rode or Hauen seemed not to them commodious inoughe to Wynter in. For thys cause they drewe vppe their Ankers, meaning to seeke some more commodious harbour. The same thing sloppeth vppe the way vn­to many wholesome counsayles, bycause wee bee not contente wyth pre­sente commodities, but seeke others, in our iudgemente better. For thus it commeth to passe, that whyle wee followe the insaciable and blinde af­fections of the fleshe, wee entangle our selues in the snares of sinne, and bee authours of our owne greatest myschiefes. Thys chaunced vn­to these Souldioures and Maryners, who despisyng the Hauen that God had appoynted them, at length by Shipwracke loste all that they hadde, and were also in hazarde of their lyues. Wee haue examples heereof euery where in Hystories, among whiche, thys one that wee reade of the Israelites is very singular, whiche beeyng weery of their present state and condition, desired to haue a king, and could be induced by no reasons, broughte by Samuell, to keepe styll that kinde of pollicie or gouernement that God had giuen them. Iulius Caesar wryteth the lyke thing of our Auncestours, the Heluetians, who beeing weerie of their natiue soyle and Countrey, went about to plant them selues in Fraunce, to their great losse and hinderaunce. The vse of all these thinges is, to make vs contented with the present state that God giueth vs, and to seeke no further. For by so doing we shall brydle the affections of the fleshe, and kepe our selues in doing our duetie. See what Paule hath written hereof. 1. Tim. 6. But to returne agayne vnto our men, there is a third thing that maketh them stiffe in their purpose, bicause they thought the south winde was very good to go away withall. And there is no doubt but a great ma­ny of them mocked Paule, as one that woulde haue hindered the toward­nesse of such successe by his coūsel, if they would haue giuen eare vnto him. But not long after they are greuously punished for their disobediēce. This is a very notable policy of the diuel, who commonly vseth to make the be­ginnings of sinne to seme easie and prosperous, therby to entise vs the ra­ther with the hope of good successe. For as sinne flattereth and fawneth vpon our corrupt nature: so in the beginning the successe thereof seemeth [Page 875] very fortunate: whereby it commeth to passe, that wee beeing dr [...]nken with fortune, doo wickedly despise all wholesome admonitions, and ma­ny tymes with laughing clappe our handes, and hysse at them. We [...] haue examples heereof euery where, therefore wee neede not stande long heerein. Thus the things that put adulterers, dronkardes, souldiours, and all kinde of mischeeuous doers in good hope of maruellous successe, are not long after the causes of gret calamities: which thing the contem­ners of Paules counsel, founde true, as now shall be declared.

For not long after, arose a Northeast winde, The punishmēt of gods counsel des­pised. notable euen by the pro­uerbe, which turneth their whole shippe hyther and thither round about, like as it had ben a wheele. So they proue to their great hinderaunce and losse, that suche can not long well prosper or go forward, as go about any thing agaynst Gods forbode. For most times it cōmeth to passe, that when they thinke they are in most prosperitie, some sodayne and vnloked for ca­lamitie quite ouerwhelmeth them. Whereof wee haue examples euery day, in adulterers, theeues, couetous persons, hired souldiers, and to con­clude, in al the vngodly, which the Prophet sayth, liue not out halfe their days. And this may be seene, not onely in priuate men, but also in king­domes and common weales, which are enl [...]ged by violence and vnrigh­teousnesse agaynst the lawes of God. For commonly some vnhappie ruine throweth them also downe, euen when all men thinke they are in moste safetie, and that their power is inuincible. This thing the fall of the Assi­rians and Babilonians teacheth vs, the ouerthrowes of the Persians, the destruction of the Greekes, and that ruine of the Romane Empire, which happened beyonde the expectation of all the worlde. Therefore there is no cause that eyther wee shoulde waxe insolent, [...] proude of our prosperitie, or bee greeued and offended at others. But rather let the worde of God be the squire and rule of all our doings, whose gu [...]ing▪ if wee follow, wee shall neither erre from the truthe, nor prouoke the [...] of God agay [...] vs.

Nowe followeth a more diligent description of that daunger that they procured vnto themselues. Mannes po­wer is of n [...] force against God. For a flawe or tempest of winde caught their shippe with suche violence, that they were not able to withstande it, and therefore they let hir driue whither she woulde with winde and wether. And although they were carried vnto the Ilande of Clauda, and seemed then to bee in good c [...]mforte, yet by and by after they were disappoy [...] of tha [...] hope and beganne to bee in daunger bothe of losing their [...]ote [...] and wholesh [...]ppe also. By which example wee are taughte▪ that their force is altogither in vayne, whome God by hys Iustice persecuteth▪ For w [...]ere [...]s God is the Lorde of Hostes, he is able to arme eue [...] the smallest▪ or least thinges that are, agaynst his enimies, so that they shall be able to vanquishe and subdue them. Thus the w [...]nde, which is the vaynest and vncertaynest thing that is, when God so pleaseth is able to subuerte and turne all thinges vpside downe. And wee reade howe the soote of the Furnace, Frogges, Lyce, [...]imicies, Flies, and moste small Wormes were the conquerours of Pharao. Let no man therefore truste eyther in his owne strength, or stryue agaynst God, going aboute to [...] ­nishe his sinne. For although sometyme the stubborne and disobedient seeme to haue some hope of helpe: yet whatsoeuer helpes they seeke for [Page 876] in the fleshe, they are vnperfecte, deceitefull, and vayne. The onely and certayne way of helpe and saluation is, to turne vnto God, and to be re­conciled vnto him.

What hap­peneth to such as will lose nothing at Gods bid­ding.Beside all these euils or distresses, they are compelled to caste out their goodes with their owne handes. And nowe their mindes are so muche altered, that where before they thought they dyd not ryde commodiou­sly inough by Lasea, they are nowe fayne of their owne accorde to throw out, euen their necessaries, and are carefull howe to escape wyth their lyfe, where before their onely rare was for commoditie and deligh­tes. This is commonly the state of all suche, which to obey God, wyll suffer no losse of any of the thinges which serue to mayntayne their ryot and pleasure. For at lengthe they are compelled to spende and to throwe away all, and lose those thinges, without the which lyfe can not bee mayntayned. For thys is a common and true saying: That that Chryste wyll not take, the Chequer wyll rake. And moste tymes suche as wyll not hazarde their goodes in the quarell of fayth and religion, are morselles for tyrants to tyre vpon. Likewise they that will not bridle their gluttonous luste, and desire of fraunching and feeding (as God com­maundeth them) are deliuere [...] to the Phisitians and Chirurgians, to be vexed and tormented. Beside that, for the moste parte suche men are so troubled in their consciences, that they woulde be glad to redeeme the rest and quiet thereof with all their goodes and riches, if it were possible. Let vs therefore dedicate our selues, and all that is ours vnto Chryst, which promiseth a lyberall and bountifull rewarde to all them, which for his names sake suffer losse of lyfe, or worldely goodes. Matthew. 19. Mark. 10. Let vs also caste away all those thynges that may hynder our salua­tion, bycause wee knowe that if that bee once loste, it can neuer bee reco­uered agayne.

Finally, for a great many dayes, neither the Sunne, nor the S [...]arres shyned, Paule hym selfe is in hazard with the despisers of God. and so at lengthe they were oute of all hope of [...]. And thys is lykewyse a common thyng, that they whiche re [...]e to walke in the lyghte of Gods worde, are wrapped in daungerous and deade­ly darkenesse. For wee haue none other Lode starre gi [...]en vs, by whose leading wee are able to holde our course and tyghte waye in the tempestuous Seas of this worlde. Heere is to bee obserued how God suffereth Paule also to bee in daunger, and to bee moste greeuou­sly tempted among these malefactoures, insomuche that hee to [...]neth hym vnto prayer, and hath neede to bee comforted at God [...] ha [...], as the thynges followyng wyll declare. Thys is the sta [...] of the godly in this worlde, which offendeth many menne, by [...]se [...] in suche lyke perill and hazarde, as the notorious [...]cked vs [...] [...]. And yet is their state of a farre other sorte. For all thinges worke vnto them for their profite and commoditie, and beeing of a good conscience in the myddest of their daungers, they knowe that Goddes eares are open vnto their prayers: and staying them selues vppon hys pro­myses, they wayte also for strength of hym to beare out the burthen, and looke for their deliuerie in due tyme and season. Where in the meane season the wycked are troubled wyth g [...]ltie con [...]ien [...], and for the moste parte their daungers are ended wy [...] their destru [...]ion. [Page 877] Lette vs therefore folowe the example of Paule, and wel marke the loade­starre of Gods word, that if happely we chaunce to come in danger in this vnhappy world, we may yet haue our hope of saluation firmely fixed and set in God, who will not suffer his people to be tēpted aboue their strēgth: and will giue vs happy successe, and deliuer vs out of all daungers, and at length wil take vs into the kingdome of his sonne Iesus Christ: to whom be praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clxviij. Homelie.

‘BVt after long abstinence, Paule stode forthe in the middest of them, and saide, Sirs, you should haue hearkened to me, and not haue loosed from Candie, neither to haue brought vnto vs this harme and losse. And nowe I exhort you to be of good cheare. For there shall be no losse of any mannes life among you, sauing of the shippe only. For there stode by me this night the Angel of God. Whose I am, and whom I serue, saying: feare not Paule, thou muste bee broughte before Caesar, and loe, God hathe giuen thee all them that saile with thee. Wherefore Sirs, be of good cheare, for I beleeue God, that it shall be euen as it was tolde me. Howebeit we must be cast into a certaine Ilande.’

WE declared of late, the horrible tempest that Paul and his companie were tossed in, which Luke saithe did blowe so boysteously, that they had no more hope of any escape or succor. But some man might heere maruell, howe Paule in the meane season behaued himselfe, either towardes God, whose promisses seemed here to quaile, or towards his companions, which through their rashnesse and diso­bedience, had procured themselues this euill chaunce. How be it, his talke which the Euangelist reporteth in this place, dothe euidently declare all this matter, which for many causes is worthy to be singularly cōsidered.

First, the time is noted, and what case they stoode in, Paul giueth comforte and counsel inaduersi­tie. when Paule made his oration: verely euen when they were greatly a hungred, & in the midst of the perils that hitherto haue beene described. And it was not without a cause, that hee spake not to them before this time, for while they were troubled about their businesse, he shuld haue had no commoditie therfore. But nowe being wearied bothe in body and minde, and being sette downe without all hope of any succoure, he sheweth them both counsel and com­fort in very good time. Whereby we gather, that he despaired not, nor was not ouercome with feare in the middle of daungers, but by Prayers fled vnto God, which so comforted him, that he was able to comforte and strengthen others. By this example we are taught, that we muste not by and by despaire in time of daunger, but put our whole hope and truste in God, which neuer forsaketh those that are his, as both his promisses, and also the examples of a great many of men do aboundantly declare. Ther­fore this is a shamefull erroure of those men, which assoone as they see no more hope in man, either vtterly despaire, or else turne them vnto saincts, [Page 878] and other vnlawfull meanes, and seeke counsel and helpe at their hands. But let vs see Paules oration being very shorte, according as the time ser­ued, but yet such, as containeth in it many things, moste worthy to be con­sidered.

He modest­ly rebuketh their former disobediēce.First, he vpbraideth them with their disobedience, whereby they pro­cured themselues so great a daunger. And he beginneth therewith, part­ly to make them knowe that their sinne was the cause of this euill: and partly to teach them by this present mischance to heare him the more wil­lingly. This dothe he yet moste modestly, so that he seemeth rather to ad­monish them of their duetie, than to cast them in the teethe with their mi­sery. We are taught by this place, to reproue in deede the rashnesse and disobedience of those, which procure their owne mischefe: but yet we must not ouer bitterly vpbraide those that are already afflicted, and miserable enough, least we heape sorow vpon sorow, on those that mourne. And ve­rily, they are much to blame, who being not able while things goe well, to do any good by their owne counsell, will in aduersitie bitterly taunte and deride other mennes deuises, who as they are vniust iudges of other men: so they adde calamitie to calamitie, a thing most disagreeing from christi­an charitie. Also Paule by his example reproueth those men, whose deuise at the first being refused, will neuer afterwarde giue any counsell againe, nor haue to doe with those, who before would not harken to their counsell.

He comfor­teth.This done, Paule with great boldnesse of minde, comforteth them. I ex­horte you (saithe he) to be of good cheare, for there shall bee no losse of any mannes life among you, saue of the ship only. Where wee haue cheefely to consider the dignitie of Paule, who though he were in bandes, yet farre ex­celled all the residue. For he seeming of all other the moste miserable, was able alone, in greatest ieoperdie and danger, both to comforte and counsell them. And this is the very peculiare work of Christ, that in his ministers, when they seeme the moste despised persons of all other, he doth most glo­riously triumphe. The examples of Martires teach vs this thing, which being in the middle of fire, and horrible torments, bothe by their voice and example, partly feared the beholders, and partly moued them to like con­stancie of faith. Wherevnto this also is to be referred, that nowe a dayes also we see those that are giuen altogither to the world and to sinne, if at any time they be in sicknesse or other daunger, they will seeke counsell and helpe, at the onely ministers of the worde, whome otherwise they yet hate worse than the Deuill.

He allea­geth the O­racle.Furthermore, least Paule might seeme some vaine trifler or busie body, he alleageth an Oracle, saying: For there stode by me this night, the angell of the Lord, whose I am, and whome I serue, saying: feare not Paule, thou must be brought before Caesar, and loe, God hath giuen vnto thee, all those, that saile with thee. Heere euery worde hath his weight, and teacheth vs diuers things worthy to be considered. For first God declareth vnto vs, his goodnesse, which is so great that he cannot forget the same, not when he correcteth vs according to our desertes. Neither is he alwayes angry, but comforteth vs in the middest of afflictions, and helpeth vs with his counsell, that we be not tempted, farther than we be able to beare▪ and he hath also suche a care of vs, that he hathe appoynted the Angels to be oc­cupied in safegarding vs: wherof we haue hitherto sene diuers examples. [Page 879] Furthermore, Paules plainnesse and simplicitie vsed about faithe and reli­gion, is to bee considered, for wee knowe hee was laide in bandes for the faithes sake, yet hee confessed the same freely, and plainely. In so muche that he boldely affirmeth, that he is not onely the seruaunt of God, but al­so worshippeth him. This is it that Christe requireth of vs, where hee commaundeth vs to confesse him before men. And wee reade howe the Martires also, did folowe this example of Paule, who would not so much, as dissemble their faithe in Christe, muche lesse flatly deny it. Moreouer Paules woordes teache vs, that it is not enoughe, for vs to say we belong vnto God, for as muche as it is euident, that the Deuils also, are subiecte to his commaundemente. But God requireth of vs all kinde of woorship and obedience: which excepte wee perfourme, the professing of Chrystes name, shall serue more to condemne vs, than to saue vs. Yet further this place teacheth vs, howe profitable it is to dwell among holy menne and worshippers of God. For as God gaue vnto Paule the liues of all them that were passengers with him: so is it euident, that he hathe oftentimes spared many which haue deserued destruction, for a fewes sake that haue bene good. For euery man knoweth what the scriptures say of Noe, Lot, Moses, and infinite others.

And yet these Examples muste not bee racked, to the ende to attribute godly honoure vnto Sainctes, and to aske of them such things as belong onely vnto God for to giue. For the vse of them serueth to farre other pur­pose. For God partely maketh the wicked beholding vnto his seruaunts, to the ende they may liue the more safely and commodiously among them: and partely by suche testimonies commendeth their faithe and religion. And as the godly vse to be profitable to those that liue with them: so again a fewe wicked, when they are lette runne at the long line, are moste times the destruction of whole common weales, as may be seene in the Exam­ple of Ionas, for whose sake we reade that bothe the Mariners and all the Passengers were in ieoperdie. Which things, if all men would wel marke and obserue, the godly should both be better regarded, and the companie of wicked men should be more detested.

Laste of all, Paule concludeth hys Oration, The promi­ses of God must be ta­ken holde of by faithe. and biddeth them to be of good cheare. Hee addeth thys moreouer: For I beleeue, that it shall be, euen as it was tolde mee. And for that they should the lesse dout heere­of, hee declareth howe and after what sorte they shoulde escape: saying they muste bee caste oute into a certaine Ilande. Where we are taughte, that the promisses of God muste bee receiued by faithe, bicause so they be ratified and confirmed: not for that Goddes truthe dependeth vppon vs, but bicause he promiseth vs his helpe and saluation vpon this condition, that none shall haue it, but those onely that beleeue it. In the Gospell, we haue examples heereof euery where. Heere is one thing very comforta­ble, that althoughe there bee but a fewe that beleeue, yet God can easily discerne betweene them and the wicked, and hath a regarde of those that be his, as the scripture teacheth vs it happened in times past to Iosue and to Caleb, whome onely God broughte into the lande of promisse, bicause they onely beleeued his promisses.

Let vs diligently occupy our selues in the consideration of these things, and wheras God offereth vs comfortes and counsels of saluation in these [Page 880] dayes also, let vs embrace them with stedfast faithe: for so shall it come to passe, that when we haue sailed through the tempestuous sea of this life, we shall be broughte to heauen, the hauen of eternall saluation, throughe Iesus Christ our Lord: to whome be praise, honoure, power and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clxix. Homelie.

‘BVt when the fourtienth night was come, as we were sailing in Adria, about midnight, the shipmen deemed that there appeared some country vnto them: and sounded and founde it .xx. fadomes. And when they had gone a litle further, they sounded again, and found .xv. fadomes. Then fea­ring least they should haue falne vppon some rocke, they cast foure ankers out of the sterne, and wished for the day. As the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they had let downe the boate into the sea vnder a co­loure, as though they wold haue cast ankers out of the foreship: Paule saide vnto the vnder captain, and to the souldiers: except these abide in the ship, yee can not be safe. Then the souldiers cut of the rope of the bote, and let it fall away. And when the day began to appeare, Paule besought them all to take meate, saying: this is the fourtenth day, that yee haue taried and cō ­tinued fasting, receiuing nothing at all. Wherefore I pray you to take meat: for this no doubt is for your health. for there shall not an haire fal from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he tooke breade, and gaue thankes to God, in presence of them al, and when he had broken it, he begun to eat. Then were they all of good chere, and they also toke meate.’

ALthough God suffreth his seruauntes many wayes to be tempted, yet (as we haue oftentimes declared) he assisteth them both with counsell and comforte: so that they be not ouercome with temptations. An euident example heereof, we haue in this storie. For where the tempest increased so vehemently, that there was no more hope left in man, God sendeth his Angell vnto Paule, to renue the former promisse: wherewith he was a freshe so confirmed, that he was able to confirme and comforte others also. And God did not with vaine wordes only holde the miserable creatures in hope, but most faithfully performed that he promised: as we shall see, when we come to the place. But before Luke commeth therevn­to, he declareth what was done in the meane season, and how some belee­ued the promisse of god, and some not, touching euery of the which points we shall speake in order.

And first of all, we haue to consider the Mariners, who being in the A­driaticke sea, The incre­dulitie and distrust of the Mary­ners. and perceiuing by certaine markes, that the lande was not farre of, vsed all the diligence that they coulde to gette vnto the shore. For letting downe a plumbet of lead, by a long line, they sounded for the depth of the sea, and prepared all other things necessary for that present season, which might seeme to be a worke of faith, considering they so buckled and framed themselues vnto the promisse of God. But when they had cast out [Page 881] their plumbet the seconde time, and perceyued that the sea waxed verie shaule, being stricken with a newe feare, and forgetting the promise and oracle of God, they go aboute dishonestly to runne awaye, for they hoyse ouer the boate, and gette them downe into it, and make as though they woulde hoyse out the ankers aforeship: where as they meant to prouide for themselues, and to leaue the passengers destitute of all hope and s [...] ­coure. Heere appeareth the propertie of the fleshe, and of all suche as pur­pose to followe the waye and reason thereof. The propertie of the flesh in dan­gers. These men at the firste are delyghted with the promyses of God, and frame themselues according­ly, that is, when the successe of things agreeth with the promyses, and when they thinke euerie thing will go forwarde and well. But assoone as daungers begyn once to appeare that dashe their hope of successe, they playnely renounce their fayth, and turne them to the counsels of the flesh, and shewe themselues moste dishoneste persons bothe towarde God and man. And that these Mariners dyd, we see the people of Israell dyd also, who when they fyrste hearde that God had promysed to sette them at li­bertie, embraced the deuice and counsell of God with great reuerence. But Pharao vexed with the demaunde or request of Moyses and Aaron, began to handle them more seruilely than before, then forgat they the promise of God, and fell to re [...]yling, saying: The Lord looke vnto you and iudge you, which hath made the sauour of vs, to stinke in the eyes of Pharao, Exod. 5 and in the eyes of his seruantes, and haue put a sworde in their hande to sley vs. And the same people when they shoulde go out of Egipt laden wyth golde and costly apparell, tooke their iourney ioyfully. But when they came to the red Sea, and sawe the Host of their enimies harde at their backes, they by and by accused Moyses and Aaron, the faythfull seruauntes of God, of treason and murther, Exod. 14. Agayne being miraculously delyuered out of that daunger, they declared their ioye of myndes wyth singing. But anone after perceyuing want and scarcitie of meate and drinke, they turne agayne to their murmuring and complayning. But what neede we re­hearse this of the Israelites, seeing we haue euerie where in these dayes the lyke examples? And this is commonly the chiefe cause why men fall from the fayth, and forgetting the commaundementes of God, neglecte their dutie. Let vs learne therefore to abandon the counsell of the fleshe, which so disagreeth with the worde of God, and in our temptations haue a respect onely vnto hys worde and not vnto the fleshe.: For the fleshe by reason it can see nothing, but the presente state of things, doth quickly dispayre. But true fa [...]th grounded vppon the worde of God onely, cannot fall [...] f [...]lter, [...] knoweth that God is [...], of whose wyll she is certified by hys worde. See the [...] of Abraham whiche Paul ▪ handleth in the fourthe to the Romaines diligently and trimly. The properties of those that are too confident or bolde. Agayne in these mar [...] we may see, what the propertie of suche bolde and confident persones is as despise [...] [...], and refuse godly and faythfull admonitions. For thus wee see they dyd before▪ where then persuaded the Centurion to sayle from Cand [...] to the coun­sell of Paule. But when they had brought bothe [...] and others in daunger then were they lyke [...]as [...]atdes afraide [...] sought dishonestly to forsake their tackle and compa [...]e. This is the propertie of all those whiche are dronken in the [...] of their owne wisedome. The lyke [Page 882] partes also play seditious persones, and those that are aucthoures of re­bellion in common weales, when daungers are on euery side at hand, they conuey themselues away. Thus Chore when he had made a stirre and vproare through oute the campe, he setteth himselfe quiet in hys tente. Num. 16. And Absalon while his souldioures are in the fight, rideth him­selfe vpon a Mule, taking his pleasure and pastime, when all other were in daunger. These examples teache vs to suspect suche kinde of men, and not to despise the wholesome counsell of sage and sober persons, which we see agreeable with the worde of God.

Paule com­maundeth to stay the Marriners.Nowe let vs returne vnto Paule, who throughe the secrete instincte of the holy Ghoste, perceiuing the Marriners intent, admonished the Cap­taine and souldioures to disappointe this thing. Heere we haue diligent­ly to consider the woordes of Paule. Except these men (sayth he) abide in the ship, you can not be safe. Yet God before this, had promised them all their safetie, whose Counsels can not be frustrate or made vaine. Howe then can they not escape, except the Marriners abide in the shippe? Doth the truthe of Goddes promisse depende vppon the false Marriners? But Paule reasoneth not in this place of the absolute power of god, who might easely haue deliuered them oute of all daunger, without helpe eyther of Marriners or shippe. But bicause hee had no certaine promisse of miracu­lous deliuery, yea hee was tolde that they muste all be cast a lande into a certaine Ilande: hee thoughte the order of nature, and the remedies that were at hande, were not to be despised, least by ouermuche confidence and truste in Goddes promisse, hee shoulde make them to tempt God. Which Example teacheth vs, that the prouidence of God and the faithe that con­sisteth therein, is no lette vnto the godly, to vse all other lawfull and ordi­nary meanes.

The right vse of Gods instrumēts or meanes.For God will haue the order appoynted by him to bee obserued, as by many Examples may bee declared. In sowing of corne the Scripture teacheth vs, that nothing succedeth, except God giue the increase. But the same Scripture testifieth, that God hathe appointed this order that the grounde shoulde bee tilled by oure laboure, and so muste receiue blessing from heauen, and bee made fitte to beare corne. So in the gouernaunce of an house, wee knowe that all endeuoure is superfluous, onlesse the Lorde builde the house. Prouer. 31 And yet in the scripture diligent and careful housholders are commended: and in setting forthe the praises of a good huswife or matrone, the holy Ghoste mighte [...] almost too industrious and care­full. Therefore Paule dothe well, in thinking the Marriners oughte not to bee lette goe, althoughe hee nothing dou [...]red in the promisse of God: following the Example of Christe, who where hee certainely knewe that he was commended to the ministerie and tuition of the Angels, coulde yet neuer be persuaded, to tempte God, in casting himselfe downe from the pi­nacle of the Temple. Yet we must take heede, that in vsing these lawfull meanes, wee attribute not too muche vnto them, and so swarue from the way of faith, which teacheth vs to haue [...] eyes [...]l fixed vpon god only.

But letting passe these men, let vs consider the captaine & the souldiers, who obeyed the words of Paule, The faithe of the cap­taine and souldioures. and by and by [...] asunder the ropes that the bote was tied with, & so let the bote fal into the sea. This is a singuler token of faith. For by this meanes they spoile thēselues of the bote, which [Page 883] might haue stode them in great steade, in the present perrill of shipwrack. But they had already learned to their losse and hynderaunce, that there was no greater safegarde of life, than that which Paule had taught them was in God. Therefore they thoughte good to bee obedient vnto him, howe soeuer the matter fell out. Lette vs followe the example of these menne, that thoughe we beleeue not at the beginning, yet at the leastwise being taught with oure daungers and domage, we may beleeue the word of God, and shew our selues obedient vnto the same.

Howebeit Luke againe sheweth howe Paule comforted them, Paule exhorteth them to take meat. counsel­ling them, furthermore howe to doe. For he exhorteth them to fall to their meate, alleaging most weightie reasons of his so bydding. The firste hee boroweth of the time. This (saythe hee) is the fouretenthe daye, whiche yee haue remayned fasting and taken nothing. Heereby he declareth the greate ieoperdie they were in, wherewith they were so encombred, that they had scarce leasure to thinke of any meate: certaynely all that whyle they made no ordinarie meales or repastes. The seconde reason hee boroweth of ne­cessitie. For this is expedient for your health. Otherwise although yee es­cape drowning, ye wil dye of hunger. Thirdly he repeateth the promise of God, wyth greate truste and confidence: For there shall not one haire fall from the head of any of you. And thus he answereth the obiection of them that might haue sayde, meate had bene to little purpose or profite for them that shortly after muste perishe and die, at length hee prouoketh them by example. For when he had thus sayd, he toke bread and gaue thanks to God in the sighte of them all, brake it, and beganne to eate, shewing no token of any fearefull or dismayed minde. Thus hee cheateth the mindes of them all, putting them in good hope of life, and to take their meat also, that they might be able to beare out the laboures and bruntes that were at hande: and heere maye we see the propertie of true faythe. For the nearer the daunger of shipwracke drewe, and the lesse hope appeared, The nature or propertie of fayth. the more bolde in minde Paule waxeth: insomuche as hee alone was able to encourage and embolden all the other. Where also it appeareth that they which are indued with true faithe, are profitable not onely vnto them selues, but also vnto all others: considering we see Paule alone ruleth all things, and comforteth and counselleth all menne. Lette vs therefore learne to make muche of suche menne, seeing the Histories of all nati­ons testifie that the contemning of suche good menne, hath beene the destruction of greate numbers. Moreouer this is most worthye to be obserued, howe Paule in suche a daunger going to his meate so hastily, forgetteth not to say grace, and that in the sighte of all menne. The disci­pline of the Table. This thing becommeth the godly, yea it is of righte required of all menne, seing we confesse in our prayer, that God fedeth vs with our dayly bread, and that our [...] meate cannot prosper with vs vnlesse it bee blessed of God. Whiche thing was the cause that Chryste also commended thys vsage so often vnto vs, by his owne example. Let those Hogges therefore bee ashamed bothe of their vnthankefulnesse and vngodlynesse, whiche goe vnto the table, without eyther any reuerence or gyuing of thanks, and scoffingly vse to vpbrayde suche men as too supersticious, whome they see followe the examples of Chryste and hys Apostles. These fellowes are lyke one daye to buye theyr stubbournesse full deare. [Page 876] But let vs remember the goodnesse of God, and doe oure duetie as well in aduersitie as in prosperitie, and god wil not faile vs of his help, who hath chosen vs to be his children, and made vs heirs of his heauenly kingdom, through his sonne Iesus Christ our sauioure: to whome be praise, honor, power, and glory for euer. Amen.

The .Clxx. Homelie.

‘WE were all togither in the ship, two hundred threescore and sixtene soules. And when they had eaten inough, they lightned the shippe, and cast out the wheate into the sea. When it was day, they knewe not the lande, but they spied a certaine hauen with a banke, into the which, they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the shippe. And when they had taken vp the ankers, they committed them selues vnto the sea, and loosed the rudder bandes, and hoised the maine saile to the winde, and drewe to land. And when they chaunced on a place which had the sea on both sides, they thrust in the shippe, and the foreship stucke faste and moued not, but the hinderparte brake with the violence of the waues. The souldioures counsell was to kill the prisonners, least any of them, when he had swomme out, should runne away. But the vndercaptaine willing to saue Paule, kepte them from their purpose: and commaunded that they which coulde swim, should cast themselues first into the sea, and escape to lande: and the other he commaunded to goe some on bourdes, and some on broken peeces of the ship. And so it came to passe, that they escaped all safe to lande.’

GOd is faithfull and true in his promisses, but yet he suffe­reth the faithe of his people to be tried sundry and many wayes: not that hee taketh any delite in our miseries and complaintes, but bicause it maketh greatly for the confir­mation of our faithe: considering we see that the truthe of God ouercommeth in all things, and can bee hindered no maner of wayes. And to this end is this history also to be referred, where God saueth Paule and his company from drowning, as hee promised hee would doe, and yet in the meane season, sometimes exercised their faithe with diuers temptations. This shall most euidently appeare, if we consi­der euery thing heerein in order.

The number of them which were with Paule in the same shippe, was two hundreth three score and sixtene soules. It as is declared pleased the holy Ghoste, to haue this number plainly expressed, partely for that the truthe of God might appeare the more certainly vnto vs, and partly that the miracle of the deliuerie, might seeme the more euident. For where all men knewe there were so many in number, none of them could be lacking, but the residue must know of it. And where in the daunger of shipwracke, euen a few vse to hinder and let one an other, while eche man prouideth for his owne safetie, with the perill of an other, God e [...]dently put forthe his hand, in that he broughte so many togither safe and sound vnto the shore. Heereby wee may gather, that it is as easie a thing for God, to saue a [Page 885] number, as a fewe. For as he hath all things in tale, and his prouidence stretcheth it selfe, euen vnto heares and little sparrowes: so is his power infinite and vnmeasurable, and can be ouercome neither with multitude of those that haue neede of his helpe, neither with greatnesse of daunger. Thus brought he all the Israelites togither safe through the red Sea: which was as easie for him to do, as to deliuer Moses onely, beeing caste out into the Riuer of Nilus. In like sorte he fedde all the people of Israell fortie yeres in the wildernesse miraculously, as easily as he afterwarde fedde Elias by the ministerie of Rauens. Herevnto king Asa had a respect, when beeing ready to ioyne battayle with an innumerable multitude of Ethiopians, he made his prayer vnto God in this wise: Lorde, it is no hard thing with thee to helpe, either many, or them that haue no power. Parali. 14. It is ve­ry profitable for vs to acknowledge God to be suche an one. For so doing, we shall be feared neither with our owne wante of power and myserie, nor with any multitude of daungers be brought into desperation.

Moreouer, when all they in the Shippe had taken meate, They caste their Corne into the sea. as Paule ex­horted them, they lightned the Shippe of all thinges in it, insomuch that they caste the corne also ouer the borde. For we heard before, how they had caste out the Marchaundise and Tackle of the shippe. And to this passe did necessitie driue these delicate persons, whiche contrary to the will of God woulde needes seeke a more commodious hauen, and would not bee contented with their present state and condition. In the meane season, this is a singular argument of their faith, which would throw ouer borde their corne also. For except they had certaynely beleeued that God would haue saued them, they woulde neuer haue bene perswaded to haue caste away that succour of their lyfe that onely remayned. But this example is set out for vs to follow, that wee also, when God so appoynteth it, shoulde likewise willingly forsake those thinges, without the which it seemeth our lyfe can not be mayntayned. This wee see Abraham hym selfe did, the Apostles, and many others, whose fayth the holy Ghoste commendeth in the Scriptures.

Now followeth the description of the wracke very breefe, The description of the shipwracke. yet suche as teacheth vs, that many thinges fell out therein, which had bene able to quayle the fayth, both of Paule, and others, if they would haue harkened rather to the wisedome of the flesh, than to the promises of God. For first although they see lande appeare a farre of, yet they knewe not whether it were shore or not. They are ignoraunt also, whether they should come a­mong their friends or enimies: bycause many times it chanceth, that they that escape shipwracke, light in vnharberous Countreys, where they suf­fer more harme of the barbarous people, than of the sea, which otherwise is a moste cruell element. Wherfore, the hope of succoure that shewed it selfe so farre of, had ioyned with it no little feare. Agayne, when they had with all their might laboured to get to the shore, they runne their shippe into a place that had the sea on both the sides, where the foreship stucke in the sande, and the sterne with violence of waues splete in sunder. And heere the truth of Gods Oracle declareth it selfe, by the which it was for­tolde that the shippe should perishe, which yet seemed nowe lyke to come safe and sounde to shore. Howbeit this ship may be called a figure of those men, which contrary to the worde of God seeme happie in their wycked­nesse, [Page 886] as though they should neuer be punished therefore. For common­ly suche men, when they seeme to haue escaped all daunger, haue a so­dayne destruction, as diuerse examples of suche men do testifie. See what is written of these men. Psalme. 37. and .73.

The deuise of the soul­diers in kil­ling the pri­soners.Thirdly, the Souldiours deuise to kill the prisoners, least any of them when he was gotte to shore shoulde take hym to hys heeles. And out of doubte they were moued to take thys bloudy counsayle for feare of the Lawes. An example whereof wee hadde before in the Souldiours of Herode, whose handes Peter escaped by the guyding of an Aungell. Actes. 11. Howebeit this is greate wickednesse, that they woulde not ex­cepte Paule, or spare hys lyfe, throughe whose counsayle and prayers their lyfe was preserued. But this is the propretie of the worlde, and of all those that serue the worlde, that they quickely forgette benefytes and good turnes, and recompence them moste tymes with haynous iniu­ries. Therefore they are very fooles, which seeke to please the worlde, and haue not rather a regarde vnto God, who is the onely and moste faythfull rewarder of all men. Moreouer as concerning the Souldi­ours deuise, the daunger that Paule and the others were nowe in, was more greeuous than the Shipwracke it selfe, in so muche that all the prisoners were nowe in a moste wofull case: and the promise of God see­med vayne, who had promised to saue them all. But the Lorde reme­dieth thys inconuenience in tyme also. For the Captayne beeing desi­rous to saue Paule, withstoode the Souldiours deuise, so that it tooke not effecte. He commaundeth also, that as many as could swimme, should fyrste take the Sea, and the residue followe them vppon broken bordes and fragmentes of the Shyppe▪ Heereby wisely prouiding that they shoulde not lette one an other in the businesse and sturre. And so it came to passe that they all escaped alyue and safe vnto the shore, as God had pro­mysed should come to passe. The truthe of Gods promise cannot be let or hindred. Heere the veritie of Gods promises is very notable, which we see can be hyndered by no aduersitie. Surely hitherto all thinges might seeme to haue conspired the death of Paule. For the Sea rageth with greate and mayne surges and waues. The winde ar­med the ayre also to their destruction. The earth holdeth faste the shippe, driuen and caried vpon hir. The lightes and starres of heauen withholde their shine from the miserable creatures. The false and vntrusty Mary­ners meane to runne away, and the cruel souldiours deuise in their minds a bloudy slaughter. But the truth of god, whose pleasure it was that they should be saued, ouercame all these things. Therfore these things ought to comfort vs also amyddest the daungers of this worlde. For experience teacheth vs, that the worlde fareth lyke a moste troublesome Sea. But wee haue the promises of God, who hath assured vs by his sonne, to bee alwayes present and assistaunt vnto his people. Therefore if God be with vs, who can bee agaynst vs? For surely wee beeing in safetie vnder hys protection, shall happily escape through all troubles and daungers, and come to the hauen of eternall blisse, where the euerlasting inheritaunce of the kingdome of heauen, is appoynted and prepared for vs by Iesus Chryste: to whome bee prayse, honoure, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .xxviij. Chapter vpon the Actes of the Apostles.

The .Clxxj. Homelie.

‘ANd when they were escaped, they knew that the Isle was called Mile­te, and the straungers shewed vs no little kindnesse, for they kindled a fire, and receyued vs euery one, bicause of the present rayne, and of the colde. And when Paule had gathered a bundle of stickes, and layde them on the fire, there came a Viper out of the heat, and caught him by the hand. When the straungers saw the beast hang on his hande, they sayde among them selues: No doubt this man is a Murtherer, whom though he haue es­caped the Sea, yet vengeaunce suffereth not to lyue. And he shooke off the Viper into the fire, and felt no harme. Howbeit they wayted whē he should haue swollen, or fallen downe deade sodenly. But after they had looked a great while, and sawe no harme came to him, they chaunged their mynde, and sayde, that he was a God.’

IT hath bene declared hither­to howe God had a care of Paule and hys Companions, as he promysed him in the middest of the daungers and tempestes of the sea. It foloweth, how he deliuered them afterwarde frō drow­ning, and howe he ministred an occasion to Paule to preach the Gospell, firste to those of Melite, and then vnto the Ro­manes. Whereby we are taught, that Gods works are perfit, and though we be tryed euery day with new daungers, that yet we must not cast away al hope, but looke euery day for newe benefites at Gods handes, which vseth to temper aduersitie with prosperitie, and to rayse vp discouraged mindes, with effectuous consolation. It shall be profitable to consider euery thing in the order wherin it is described.

First, Luke declared into what Iland they were cast alande, The hospi­talitie of those of Malta. & how they of the Iland receiued them. The Iland was Melite which now a days is called Malta, the place where the knightes of S. Iohns order haue their re­sidence, lying betweene Sicilia and Aphica. Luke commendeth the singu­lar humanitie of the people of Malta ▪ which receiued them & shewed them al kind of plesure, according as the time & place required. Thus her [...] is set forth a notable example of loue & hospitalitie for vs to folow. For without doubt these wrackwights were vnknowen vnto the people of Malta, and there was no hope of recompence to be loked for at their hands, whō they [Page 888] sawe spoyled of all their goodes. Yet bycause th [...]y see they [...] [...]y [...]erie, and haue neede of their helpe, they shewe them this [...]rtesie. And this is that thing that Chryste teacheth vs in the Parable of the Samaritane. Luke. 10. Thus it behoueth vs all to do, without any respect of persons, or hope of rewarde to come, to be louing and charitable vnto those whom God s [...]n­deth vnto vs to be succoured and helped. And chiefly we mus [...] r [...]member to be harberous vnto straungers, both for that they haue neede of m [...]ny things, and also for that the Apostle witnesseth, that suche doing hath [...]e [...] to the great commoditie of many, who sometimes haue receyued▪ Angels into their houses in likenesse of men. Hebr. [...]3. But this is a farre more excellent and profitable thing, that they which vouchsafe to take straungers into thei [...] houses make much of Chryst, and receiue him in them. And surely God v­seth to recompence suche curtesie and benefites with temporall rewardes also. For when the Sodomites were ouercome in battell by their enimies, and carried away as a bootie and pray, they were deliuered agayne by Abraham for Lot his sake. And not long after we shall heare how the peo­ple of Malta were by this occasion illuminated and lightned with the do­ctrine of the Gospel, bicause they so curteously intertayned these shipwrac­ked persons. I will now say nothing of our Predecessours, who by reason of their hospitalitie in Heluetia, did purchase themselues singular prayse with all Nations: whose steppes if we follow, we shall also get vnto our selues no small vtilitie and commendation. Here also let them seeke com­fort, which suffer banishment for religions sake. For he that was able to get vnto Paule, and the other wrackwights, the good wils of the men of Malta, the same is able also to get vs f [...]ends in euery place, bicause he hath the hartes o [...] al [...] men in his hande, and all the worlde obeyeth his com­maundement. Mark. 19. Therfore th [...] promise of Chryste, which hath promised a tennefolde rewarde to those which haue forsaken either house, either bre­thren and sisters, either landes, either friends, for his sake, and the Gos­pels, shall euery where be fulfilled.

But God would not haue Paule long to be vnknowen among the people of Malta, Paul by mi­racle was knowen to those of Malta. but strayghtway renowmed him with a singular miracle, wher­by he confirmed his Apostleship, and offred him a notable occasion of prea­ching. It shall be good to con [...]der [...]ue [...]y circumstaunce hereof. Amongest the which Paule first, as it is written▪ gathered dry stickes togither. And here let vs consider how Paule is busied in [...]eru [...]e occupations, who being w [...]ried with his bondes, and with the late daunger of tempest and ship­wracke, had yet occasion inough to haue taken his ease and reste. But he wel knew, that inpublike [...] to seeke his owne qui­etnesse, but that all men, one with an other, [...] bound (as much as in them lyeth) one to helpe an other. Therefore by his example the l [...]y [...]bbers of P [...]n [...]lope are reproued, who be [...]ing profitable neither for them selues, [...] for others, seeke to [...] of other mens la [...]ours. Which though they gl [...]ry in the [...] and progeny of Paule, yet show they so little of Paule [...] [...] doct [...]ne, or in their [...] it is [...] howe they can abide [...] whom they [...] so [...] [...]per, A vyper by­teth Paule. which b [...] all [...] Paule [...] by the [Page 889] hande. This verily was a straunge and sodayne hazarde of life, where­with both Paule mighte greatly haue bene put in feare, and also gaue oc­casiō to the people of Malta to haue a very euil opinion of him. For streight wayes they iudge he was some manqueller or murtherer, whom the ven­geance of God dyd persecute, and whom he purposed to punish with some straunge and rare example, although he escaped out of shipwracke. For the Gentiles fayne, that the goddesse [...] which we cal Vltione or vengeance, is assistaunt with Iupiter, & punisheth men for their offences, being taught euen by the law and lore of nature, that God vseth to punishe sinnes. And where murther hath bene counted euen from the beginning of the worlde, the moste haynous sinne of all others, they accused Paule of murther, ra­ther than of any other cōmon sinne, on whom they thought was shewed so rare and straunge an example. Let christian men here be ashamed of their crueltie, which followe and frequent warres for wages sake, and thinke it a commendable thing to shed innocent bloud, wheras we haue beside the lawe of nature the oracles of God, which teach vs, that as many as hired with money shed bloud, and affirme that landes polluted with murther, can be purged none other ways than by shedding the bloud of murtherers agayne, are accursed. Deut. 27. Num. 35. In the meane season let vs marke in this place the wonderfull prouidence of God in gouerning the affayres of this world, which vseth to set foorth both his own glory, and the glory of his people, by those things chiefly which seeme moste to let and hinder them. For Paule had ministred vnto him an occasion of preaching by that that seemed most to be to his reproch and slaunder. Thus it behoued, that Moses should first be throwen away, and banished out of the court, or euer he were appoynted to be the reuenger of the people. Wherof we haue ma­ny other lyke examples, the vse of which serueth partly bicause we should rashly condemne none, by reason of the afflictions they suffer: and partly bicause we should not to soone be offended with the aduersities that hap­pen vnto vs, seeing all things worke vnto the best for them that loue god. And those things that follow, teach vs that it so happened vnto Paule, for he beeing nothing afrayde with this soden chaunce, Paul shaketh off the viper without any hurte. shaketh off the Uiper into the fire, and felt no harme therof: yea by this means he findeth Chri­stes promise true, which saith, that those which would beleue should driue away serpents, and should drinke potions that had poyson in them, & yet not be hurt. Mat. 16. Hereof also may be gathered a generall doctrine, that the old serpent hath no power agaynst them that beleue in Christ. For al­though he inuade both our hands & feete, and blow the venome of sinne in­to our deuices & works, yet he can not bite vs to death, bicause we be hea­led with the stripes of Chryst, who through the merite of his death, & ma­iestie of his resurrection, hath troden downe, & crushed his head to peces. But let vs returne to the people of Malta, The people of Malta take Paule for a God. who seing Paule cōtrary to their opinion nothing hurt, knowing that the biting of a viper was most present poysoning, by and by altered their minde, and iudged him to be some one of the number of the gods: doubtlesse being deceiued with the error of the Gentiles, which vsed to take the authors of strange benefites, & workers of vnwonted effects & myracles, for gods. Thus Satan helde them occu­pied in the consideration of secūdary causes, lest if they had climbed higher they might haue come to the knowledge of the true God. And so with one [Page 890] pollicy he thought both to get into the minds of the people of Malta, and to make Paule to be honored as a god, meaning to hinder the fayth of Christ, wherby he knew his kingdome was chiefly assaulted. For Satan wil suf­fer euery mortal man to be honored & worshipped as a god, rather than the true god, vnto whom only such honor is due. The cause is, that while men are occupied in honoring of others, they runne into manyfest daunger of their saluation. But they that worship god only, casting away the yoke of the diuel, they finde true saluation. Let no man therfore maruell, that the worshipping of Saincts, which we know were sometime the chosen ves­sels of God, is mayntayned in the Popes kingdome with false signes and diuelish disceytes. For it greeueth not Satan that they are worshipped & inuocated, so long as he seeth their doctrine not regarded, which maketh men to worship God only, and the inheritors of life. And surely Satan his craft & subtiltie is very great, who although he were cōstrained in Paules dayes to giue place: yet afterwarde he planted euery where among those of Malta a supersticious opinion touching Paule, by those who bosting in Paules name and stocke, The family or stocke of Paule. vse to worke many wonders, aswell in killing as keeping vp of serpents. But their vngodlynesse is hereby easily confu­ted, in that they are so greatly delighted with serpents, which it is eui­dent, was the first instrument wherwith the diuell beguiled man. Let vs marke in this place the inconstancie of the people, a lyke example wherof, but in an other order, we saw before in those of Lystra. For they toke him for a malefactor, & wold haue stoned him, whom at the first they sayd was a God. But these men accoūt and take him for one of the gods, whom a lit­tle before they sayd was a murtherer. We haue many like thinges dayly falling out, which teach vs that the nature of the people is always diuers and changeable. Fooles they are therefore, and miserable people, which thinke there is any trust to be giuen vnto them, and put not their hope in God onely, which hath giuen vs his sonne Iesus Chryste to be an earnest reuenger of all euill done vnto vs: to whom be prayse, honour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Clxxij. Homelie.

‘IN the same quarters were lands of the chiefe man of the Ile, whose name was Publius, which receiued vs, and lodged vs three dayes courteously. And it fortuned that the father of Publius lay sicke of a feuer, and of a blou­dy fluxe, to whom Paule entred in, and prayed, and layde his hands on him, and healed him. So whē this was done, other also which had diseases in the Ile came, and were healed, which also did vs great honour. And when we departed, they laded vs with such things as were necessarie. After three mo­nethes, we departed in a ship of Alexandria, which had wintred in the Ile, whose badge was Castor and Pollux. And when we came to Syracuse, wee taried there three dayes, and from thence we fet a compasse, and came to Rhegium. And after one day the Southwinde blew, and we came the next day to Puteoli, where we founde brethren, and were desired to tary with them seuen dayes, and so came we to Rome.’

[Page 891] NOtable and full of comfort verily is that sentence of Iesus Chryst, which sayth: There is none that forsaketh house, Marke. 10. or brethren, or sisters, or parents, or wife, or children, or lands for my sake and the Gospels, but shall receiue an hundred folde now in this lyfe with persecutions, and in the world to come life euerlasting. And hereof Luke setteth vs out an euident example in this historie. For Paule, who for Christs sake and the gospels, had forsaken al things which are counted excellent and profitable in this world, and now from shipwrack was escaped into the Isle of Malta, found by & by innumerable brethren, sisters, parents, and most faithfull friends, with whom he had both house, and lands, and all kinde of goodes in com­mon. Yea, he that by reason of his bandes semed most miserable of al men, in that shipwrack was of such estimation with the people of Malta, that for his sake they pleasured both the mariners, the souldiers, & the prisoners, & all the residue of Paules company. And this shal appeare more playnly by those things that follow. For there is set foorth in Publius, The hospi­talitie of Publius. which was the chiefe man, or gouernour of the Ilande, a singular example of hospita­litie. For he at his farmes which were there neere adioyning, curteously entertayned them for three days togither. And his humanitie is the more notable, for that being a ruler & a rich man, he yet disdained not strangers, in such manyfold afflictiōs, as rich men for the most part vse to do, which think other mens mishaps appertayne nothing vnto them. Then next, for that he receiueth them al togither, which could not be without some trou­ble & very great cost. For we heard how there were in that ship two hun­dred, three score & sixtene persons, and al escaped safe vnto lande. Let riche men, & they that be in authoritie lerne here their duetie, not to thinke that God hath giuen to the [...] alone so great gifts: but let them remēber that they are appoynted but stewards. Wherfore let them be liberal vnto those that haue neede, so that their plenty may releue the others scarcity. And doubt­lesse this is a great offence of them, which forgetting their dutie, haue cō ­passion on no body, but passe ouer the cry of the poore with deaf eares, who at lēgth, according to the saying of Salomon, shal find the eares of god shut to their praiers: yea at the latter day they shal haue Christ to accuse them.

Furthermore, Math. 25. the people of Malta receiue a notable recōpense & amends for their hospitalitie, and that by the ministery of Paule. The re­warde of hospitali­tie. So that we may learne, there is no man so vyle but may procure vnto vs great vtilitie, so that we shew our selues curteous & liberal vnto him. For God can requite vs by any man, & their reward vseth not to be lost, that for gods sake, or for Chrystes, vse to benefite any body. In this present place are declared two rewardes, which these men receyued of Paule him selfe. Fyrste, the father of Publius receyued, who beeing sicke of a Feuer, and of a bloudy Fluxe, a disease vtterly vncurable, was restored to healthe by Paules meane. That this was a great benefite and pleasure, if wee consyder but the body onely, no man can denie, althoughe wee say nothing, howe by this occasion he was broughte vnto the fayth. Where we muste marke howe in thys cure Paule obserued the manner and order prescribed of Chryste. For bothe he vseth prayer, and layde hys handes vppon the sicke body. Wherby we are taught, that this miracle was not wrought▪ through the power of Paule, but of God, which after this sort woulde set [Page 892] forth his sonne Iesus Chryst, as Peter and Iohn haue before declared. For the Apostles wrought their miracles farre otherwise than Chryst, which vsing his absolute power by hys worde onely pronounced, draue away de­uils and diseases. But the Apostles and other holy seruauntes of Chryste did the same, by calling on the name of Chryste. Here is the errour of those men confuted, which bycause of the Miracles that holy men wrought, thinke they ought to be inuocated, and do not regarde how God is the au­thor of them, whose honour and glory the Sainctes chiefly sought. See more concerning this matter in the thirde and fourtenth Chapters. The seconde rewarde extended vnto more men. For the same of Publius father beeing healed, stirred vp other men also, so that they lykewise were deli­uered from diuers diseases. The ende and vse of all these things was, that they shoulde vnderstande Paule was the Minister of Chryst, which deliue­reth vs from infirmitie both of body and soule: and that we should there­fore seeke all saluation in his merite. But bycause we haue intreated here­of oftentimes in other places, let it nowe suffise briefly to haue touched these things.

But let vs see the people of Malta, who Luke sayth, requited with great thankfulnesse suche great benefites. The thank­fulnesse of the people of Malta. For they also both greatly honoured them, and when they should departe, gaue them whatsoeuer things were needefull vnto their voyage. These are manyfest fruites of fayth, by the which we are also taughte what we owe vnto them, by whose meane Chryst and the light of the Gospell shineth vnto vs. For where we ought to esteeme them as our parents, bicause we are regenerated through their ministerie, they deserue to be honoured: yet not with godly honour, but with such as we owe to our parents, and with such as it is mete for man to receyue of man. And surely Paule writeth, that the Elders which go­uerne well, are worthy of double honour. 1. Timoth. 5. Marke then I pray you, and God will, what ieoly gospellers they be that thinke them selues trim men, when they can steyne the good name of Ministers with scoffes and quippes. And as children owe vnto their parentes not onely honour, but also necessaries whereby to liue: so is it necessarie that the hearers prouide the ministers of the same. This God commaunded in tymes paste in the olde Testamente, as may be seene in the eightenth Chapter of the booke of Numbers, and in the fiue & twentith chapter of Deut. And Chryst forbiddeth his Apostles to cary money, or any other prouision with them, bicause they should liue of the ministery of the gospel like other laborers. And if it had not bene right and lawfull so to haue done, Math. 10. Luke. 9 and .10. then shoulde the Apostles haue offended, which receiued these things. But see more tou­ching this matter in the first to the Corinth. the ninth Chapter. Therfore great is the vnthankfulnesse of those men in these dayes (to say no worse) who giuing nothing them selues vnto the ministers, enuie and craftily be­guyle them of the things that other in times past haue giuen vnto them.

Paule is ca­ried in an Idolatrous shippe.But after the ende of three Monethes they returne to their voyage agayne by sea, the course wherof let them seeke in the Geographers Ta­bles, that desire to haue further instruction in euery suche poynt. We haue herein two things to obserue. The one is, that Paule and his company go on bord into a shippe of Alexandria, which after the errour of the Gentiles was thought to be vnder the patronage and defence of Castor and Pollux. [Page 893] Through which example, many men counte imagerie and superstition a­mong indifferent things, as thoughe a Christian man, touching the out­ward conuersation, mighte vse them without offending of God. But wee must likewise consider, that Paule did not this of his owne accorde, but of constraint, neither also consented vnto wicked superstition, either winked at any thing for fauoure of men. Therefore the example of Paule, maketh not for the defence of those dastardes, that vse to dissemble in matters of religion, to serue the time. The other is, howe after they had fette a long compasse about by the sea, they arriued at length from Syracusa a Citie of Cicile in Italie. And at Putesti they finde brethren or christians, with whom at their entreatie, they taried seuen dayes. Where also may be seene, The church at Putesti. the charitie of those brethren, which did vouchsafe at their great charges to chearishe and make much of straungers so long a while: and also the cur­tesie of the captaine and souldioures, which for a prisonners sake, would stay so many dayes. Heere appeareth also, the might and power of God, which maketh his seruauntes to be accepted and fauoured, and the maie­stie of the Sain [...]tes, which cheefely triumpheth vnder the crosse and af­flictions. For nowe Paule thoughe he were in bandes, yet like a King and Emperoure, hath souldiers obedient at his becke, and commaundement. The like wee haue seene also, many times before, and the Euangelistes teache vs, that the Baptist made Herode afraide. Why then are we offen­ded at the crosse and afflictions? Let vs rather constantly followe our vo­cation, seeing the hande of God is able to defende vs in the middest of oure ennimies, and looke for a rewarde in heauen, which oure sauioure Iesus Christ hathe purchased vs through his merite: to whome be praise, ho­nor, power, and glory foreuer. Amen.

The .Clxxiij. Homelie.

‘ANd from thence, when the brethren hearde of vs, they came to meete vs at Appiforum, and at the three tauernes. When Paule sawe them, he thanked God, and waxed bolde. And when we came to Rome, the vnder captaine deliuered the prisonners to the cheefe Captaine of the hoste. But Paule was suffered to dwell by himselfe, with a souldioure that kepte him. And after three dayes, Paule called the cheefe of the Iewes togither, and when they were come, he saide vnto them: Men, and brethren, thoughe I haue committed nothing againste the people or lawes of the Elders, yet was I deliuered prisonner from Ierusalem into the hands of the Romanes, which when they had examined me, would haue let me goe, bicause there was no cause of deathe in me. But when the Iewes spake contrary, I was constrained to appeale vnto Caesar: not that I had ought to accuse my na­tion of. For this cause then haue I called you, euen to see you, & to speake with you: bicause that for the hope of Israel, I am bounde with this chaine. And they saide vnto him: we neither receiued letters out of Iewrie pertai­ning vnto thee, neither any of the brethren that came, shewed or spake any harme of thee. But we will heare of thee what thou thinkest: for as concer­ning this secte, we knowe that euery where it is spoken against.’

[Page 894] ALl Paules affaires done in the time of his Apostleship, are very notable, and for many skilles singuler: yet the chefe among them is, his bringing out of Iewrie vnto Rome, with so great a preparation, there to plead Christes cause & the christian faith before Caesar. For how rare and inso­lent a thing this was, in the iudgement of the world, it shall easily appeare, if a man compare Paules persone, be­ing of small account and reputation, yea hated & enuied almost of all men, with the maiestie of Caesar, and the whole Romane Empire, whereof all nations and people stoode in feare. For it could neuer haue beene brought to passe, by any meanes of man, that either the Romane Presidents shuld haue taken so greate paines in suche a mannes behalfe, or that Nero the Emperor, a man wholely set on fire with voluptuousnesse and tyrannie, should haue suffered suche an one to haue come in his sighte, or to heare him, onlesse God had mightily stretched out his hande, whose affaires all these things in doing were. This was the cause that Luke described all this voyage so diligently, which the Lord, for many causes woulde haue notified that the fame and report of Paule going before, should excite and stirre vp the mindes of the Romanes to heare him. And this present place teacheth vs that the successe of Gods deuise was not in vaine, wherein many other things recourse, the consideration whereof is able singularly to enstruct and comfort vs.

The Ro­mane bre­thren, goe out to méete Paule.For Luke wryteth that the Brethren came oute of Rome vnto Appifo­rum, and to the place called in the vulgare tong Tipergote, whome when he saw, he gaue thankes vnto God, and conceiued thereby a greater bold­nesse of minde. In this place, aboue all other things, wee haue to consi­der God, by whose dispensation it is certaine, all these things came to passe. For it pleased him, that hys Seruaunte shoulde bee confirmed by the meeting of these Brethren, that hee mighte afterwarde the more boldly wade thoroughe with Chrystes cause. Whereunto also is to bee referred that wee heard laste, touching the Brethren of Puteoli. For al­thoughe Paule was bolde inoughe, and ready to suffer, not onely bondes, but deathe also, for the name of Christe: yet was hee a man, and wanted not his temptations. And surely hee mighte well haue feared, that hee shoulde haue laboured in vaine in Christes cause, in suche a Citie where­as vngodlynesse and tirannie raigned. God therefore to plucke this care oute of his minde, moueth these Brethren to goe and meete him, that hee mighte see howe there wanted not suche, as hee mighte confirme by the Example of his constancie, and as woulde helpe him with their Prayers in thys conflicte. Lette vs therefore bee encouraged by this Example, and constantly holde on in our vocation. For neither shall the godly zeale of Gods woorde want his frute, nor God himselfe faile vs, who can most easely gette vs euery where suche as will take parte with vs, bothe in la­boures and daungers.

The thank­fulnesse of the Romane brethren.Againe, the brethren at Rome, are also to be considered. For we knowe how Paule wrote an Epistle vnto them before these things came to passe, in the which hee declareth aboundantly, bothe his good will towardes [Page 895] them, and promiseth that hee woulde come vnto them. Therefore for this good tournes sake, they shewe themselues thankeful vnto him, although there were manye things that mighte haue discouraged them there­fro. For firste, hee commeth with no pompe or worshipfull traine: but is broughte bounde like a malefactoure with other prisonners. Who woulde not haue beene ashamed of suche a man? Or who woulde not haue feared some daunger by companying with him? Againe, it was a thing of it selfe daungerous among the Romanes, to professe the Christi­an faithe and Religion, which during the raigne of Tiberius (as Tertulli­an wryteth) was condemned by publike statute and decree.

Furthermore, these that mette him, were not onely in daunger, but the whole Congregation at Rome beside, for whome by this occasion, more diligent, and earnest searche and inquisition myghte haue beene made. But howesoeuer these matters wente, they thoughte it meete to declare theyr duetie of loue, to suche an Apostle which trauailed so earnestly in the behalfe of all menne: and therefore they had leiuer to incurre any daun­ger, than to bee founde flacke in dooing their duetie. These things teache vs what we owe vnto the Ministers of Christe, by whose ministerie wee are broughte vnto saluation, if at any time they happen to be in daunger for their faithe and doctrine. Lette vs not bee ashamed of them beeing in bandes, forasmuche as wee knowe that Christe was bounde, and that the woorde of God can not bee bounde. Againe, hee will heereafter accepte it as bestowed on him, that is bestowed on them. At lengthe, wee haue to consider Paule hymselfe also, of whome there are two things affir­med.

Firste, hee giueth thankes vnto God, Paule is en­couraged or confirmed by the mée­ting of the brethren. which is not so to bee vnderstan­ded, as thoughe hee hadde lette the brethren passe, and not once spoken vnto them. For whereas their good wil coulde not bee but acceptable vn­to him, it is no doubte, but that hee also gaue thankes vnto them. But cheefely he acknowledgeth the woorke of God, which stirred vppe theyr mindes to shewe them selfe so bolde. Thus it becommeth vs also to doe, to be thankefull vnto men, and to recompence them as muche as in vs is: yet so that wee forgette not God, vnto whome it behooueth vs to ascribe all goodnesse.

The seconde is, howe Paule is confirmed a freshe with newe boldnesse, when he seeth what vewers and beholders hee is like to haue in his con­flict. Wherby it appeareth, that holy men also, haue nede to be confirmed, as Christe teacheth by the example of Peter and the other disciples. For where he saithe, he had prayed for Peter: hee addeth by and by, and when thou art conuerted, strengthen thy brethren. They likewise which seeme moste perfecte men, haue neede also of doctrine and admonition, of exhorta­tion and reprehension. Therefore great is the ignorance and intollerable confidence of those, which forgetting they are men, reiecte wyth great lothsomnesse, all kinde of doctrine and correction.

Moreouer, when they were come to Rome, the Centurion deliuered Paule with the other prisonners, to the Captaine of the hoste. Paul is kept in an hired house at Rome. But not all after one sorte. For Paule was not put in prisone, but was at his libertie, to dwell in a priuate house, which he hired for himselfe, kept by one soul­dioure onely. Heere reason requireth we should speake somewhat in com­mendation [Page 896] of the Centurion, whome hitherto, wee haue seene bare Paule so muche good will. But cheefely let vs consider howe God gaue him the good will of this Captaine, as he did before get him the fauoure of Lysias the Captaine, of Felix, of Festus and others. Heere haue wee cheefely to consider the state of the godly. For in the worlde wee see commonly, they are reputed among the wicked, as it chaunced also vnto Christ. Yet in the meane season, Christe hathe suche a care of them, that they wante nothing that serueth either for their owne sauegard, or to the setting forth of gods glory. For to this ende is Paule permitted to dwel by himselfe, hauing but one souldioure only, appointed to watche him, which is not so muche his keeper, as a faithfull defender. Where also we see, that he lacked nothing that belonged to his liuing. Furthermore, he had libertie to comfort other Churches abrode, by his Epistles or letters, and also to call whome hee would vnto him, yea, to gather a Church or congregation together in his lodging, as most euidently shal appeare by those things that now follow.

Paule cal­leth togither the chéefe of the Iewes.For three dayes after, calling before him the cheefe of the Iewes, he re­porteth vnto them, bothe his imprisonment and appeale, which was the occasion, that afterwardes euery day, more and more people resorted vn­to him: to whome hee preached the Gospell. It is a singular example of kindenesse and loue, that is set forthe in Paule. For howe many, and howe heynous iniuries the Iewes had done vnto him, was wel knowne. They also were the only aucthors of the bonds he was in: yet hath he still a care for their saluation, and doth vouchsafe to call them, and render a reason of his doings vnto them. It is therfore most true that he wryteth, howe he prayed daily for them, Rom. 10.9 and wished to be seperated from Christe, so they might be saued. Math. 5 Let vs folow the affection of so godly a minde, and accor­ding to the rule of Christ, loue euen our ennimies, and learne with all dili­gence, to procure and set forward their saluation.

He put­teth away wrongfull suspitions.Howbeit, as touching Paules oration, it consisteth of such partes, as we shall in order consider. First he answereth the wrongful suspitions wher­with hee knewe hee was charged, as a seditious disturber of the Iewes publike peace, and as one that had wickedly broken and infringed the an­cient religion of the fathers, but he moste constantly denieth them bothe: where he saith he did nothing, neither against the people, neither against the ordinaunces of the elders. Thus, by his example, he teacheth that it is lawfull for Christian men, to defend their cause and good name against slaunderers, least peraduenture for their sakes, the doctrine of the Gospell be euill spoken of. This also is well to be marked, that the Ministers of Christ, neither offend againste the publike peace, nor againste the religion of the fathers, while they beat downe the superstitious affiance that men haue in ceremonies and workes, and faithfully teach Christes true religi­on. For the publike peace is not disturbed or broken, with the lawfull re­prehending of wickednesse, but with wickednesse it selfe, as the Prophets euery where declare. Again, it is euident that the faith which stayeth and resteth vpon Christe only, is the auncientest faithe of all other. Therefore, they that labor to restore that faith againe, and to purge it from the super­stitious traditions of men, are falsely accused of noueltie.

He excu­seth his ap­pealing.In the second parte, he rendreth a reason why he appealed vnto Caesar: which thing might haue gotten him great hatred among the Iewes. [Page 897] For they that appealed, seemed partly to allowe the aucthoritie of the Romanes, against the libertie of the Iewes: and partly, it is of it selfe a shame, and ioyned with the reproche of the iudge, to appeale vnto an o­ther. Therefore, bicause they should suspecte no suche thing in him, hee saithe hee was constrained so to doe, not that hee ment to accuse his nati­on before Caesar, but for the sauegarde of his owne life, which contrary to all right and equitie, the Iewes of Ierusalem lay in waite to haue. Where also wee are admonished, that ciuill or lawfull defence, is not denyed to Christian men, althoughe Christe forbiddeth vs to resist euill. For this ought to be vnderstanded of priuate reuenge, which althoughe we be for­bidden, yet the vse of lawes, and lawfull iudgementes, is graunted vnto all men: the which who so taketh away, he must needes also abrogate and take away all manner of Magistrates and Officers.

The thirde parte, He decla­reth y e state of the whole cōtrouersie. comprehendeth the state of the whole controuersie be­tweene him and the Iewes: for the hope of Israell (saythe he) am I bounde with this chaine. Thus hee calleth Christe, in whome the Iewes hoped for a kingdome and libertie, although they rightly knewe hym not, while they dreamed of a worldly kingdome, and of the libertie of the fleshe, by wrongfull vnderstanding the Prophesies, which thing was the cause that they persecuted him whome they hoped for, which God sente vnto them. This is a very common thing in the affaires of saluation, for they that bragge of the name of Christe, will wickedly refuse him, when they thincke they shall lose any gaine by him, or perceiue the libertie of the fleshe brideled by him. In the meane season, this manner of Paules spea­king, teacheth vs, that there is none other hope of saluation giuen vnto man, but that which is in Christe Iesus. For in him are all the promisses of God exhibited and fulfilled. Him onely the fathers wayted for. Mo­ses and the Prophetes sent vs vnto him. And the Apostles knewe none other Sauioure: in whome if wee also putte oure truste, we shall not be deceyued.

Nowe followeth the Answere of the Iewes, which standeth in two poyntes. For firste, they giue a notable testimonie of Paules innocencie, The Iewes beare wit­nesse of Paules in­nocencie. whereas they say, they neither receiued letters from any man, nor hearde by reporte any thing of him. For what shoulde the Priestes wryte any thing of Paule, whose innocencie they knewe all men perceyued? In the meane season heere appeareth the state of the godly, which thoughe they bee neuer so innocent, yet easily finde ennimies, by whose procurement they are either cast in prison, or else banished their country. And whether of these two come to passe, the ennimies being afterwarde carelesse, passe not, neyther is there any man which thinketh the care of suche persones belongeth any thing vnto him. And at lengthe they conceiue farther ha­tred againste them, and goe about to put the innocentes vnto deathe also. In the second part, the Iewes shew themselues desirous to heare Paules iudgement, concerning the faithe and religion of Christe, althoughe they knewe that all men euery where spake against it. And surely it is worthy of great commēdation, that they are not so blinded with the former iudge­mentes of other men to reiecte all declaration, and recoumpte of faithe, as nowe a dayes many vse to doe: who like Serpentes stoppe theyr eares, and so shutte the dore of the kingdom of heauen vpon themselues: whome [Page 898] if none other reason be able to moue, let them at least be ashamed, in that we see the Iewes more indifferent and vpright iudges in suche matters. But heere we haue specially to consider the state of the Gospell▪ which in all ages, euery where hath bene spoken against. For the Deuil, the Prince of this worlde, cannot suffer the doctrine of Christe, bicause Christe moste mightily subdueth his kingdom. Likewise naughtie and wicked persons, abhorre the light thereof, bicause they knowe it reproueth theyr wicked workes. And the iusti [...]iaries and hipocrites flee from the same, as a thing that detecteth our naturall corruption, and ouerturneth the confidence of all mannes rightuousnesse. Wherfore it cannot be chosen, but it shall haue ennimies on euery side. But this serueth bothe for our learning and com­forte. For it stirreth vs vp, to prepare our selues to the conflicte. And that we promisse not our selues sluggishe idlenesse. Againe it teacheth vs, that the power of the Gospel is of God, & inuincible, which hathe beene able so many yeares, to withstand the attempts of the world, & the Prince ther­of. For if a man woulde consider all other religions that euer were in the world, he shal perceiue that they haue falne of their owne accord, and haue come vnto nothing, althoughe no man euer assaulted them with force of armes. But the Christian religion, which is drawne out of the gospel, ha­uing had in all ages most fierse ennimies, which hathe persecuted it with fire and sword, indureth yet vnto this day, and shall indure vntill the later day, when Christ shal come vnto iudgement, to recompence the afflictions of his people with eternall ioy, and to reward his enimies with condigne paines for their wickednesse. Let no man therefore be offended with the stubbernesse of them that speake againste it, or with the fury of them that persecute it. For Iesus Christ, the Bridegrome of the Churche liueth and raigneth, who can most easily deliuer hi [...] out of the hands of hir ennimies. To him he praise, honor, glory and power for euer. Amen.

The .Clxxiiij. Homelie.

‘ANd when they had appointed him a day, there came many to him into his lodging, to whome hee expounded and testified the kingdome of God, and preached vnto them of Iesus, both out of the lawe of Moses, and out of the Prophets, euen from morning till night. And some beleeued the things which were spoken, and some beleeued not. But when they agreed not among themselues, they departed, after that Paule had spoken one woorde: well spake the holy Ghoste by Esay the Prophete vnto oure Fa­thers, saying: Go vnto this people and say: with your eares shal you hear, and not vnderstande, and with your eyes shall you see and no [...] perceyue▪ for the heart of this people is waxed grosse, and with their eares haue they had no lust to heare: and their eyes haue they closed, least they shoulde see with their eyes, and heare with their eares, and vnderstand with their harts, and should be conuerted, and I should heale them. Be it knowne therefore vnto you, that this saluation of God is sent vnto the Gentiles, and they shal heare it. And when he had said these words, the Iewes departed from him, and had great dispicions among themselues.’

[Page 899] ALthoughe the Ministers of Iesus Christ, and Preachers of the Gospell, are exercised with diuers tribulations, and are many times imprisoned and layde in bandes: yet the worde of God can not be bound or shutte in prisone, bicause the spirite of Christe breatheth where it pleaseth him, and is not subiecte to the will or pleasure of man. Yea as the doctrine of Christe throughe his deathe was the further enlarged, as hee promised it should come to passe: so also it encreaseth throughe the afflic­tions and punishmentes of the Ministers. An euident example heereof, is sette foorthe in the Historie of Paule. For although he had heretofore prea­ched the Gospell abrode in many places of the worlde: yet was there a greate dore opened vnto him being a prisonner, and in chaines: in that hee was permitted freely to preache vnto all men in the Citie of Rome, as it were in the sight and vpon the stage of all the world, and that with suche successe, that his doctrine pierced into the Emperors court also, as may be gathered by the salutations or greetings sent to the Philippians. Phil. 4. Surely it was a straunge and very wonderfull thing, wherin men might consider the prouidence and power of Christe, but that they will be blinde in the cleare light. Furthermore Luke declareth howe this thing came to passe, and out of many Sermons he choseth one, whereby we may iudge of all the other. But we shall speake of all the circumstances in order.

First, the Euangelist noteth the time and place, saying: Paule prea­cheth in an house. they resorted to Paules lodging, vpon a day appointed. For at those dayes it was not per­mitted christians to haue any churches: neither though they had had chur­ches, had it bene lawfull for Paule to haue taught in them, being a prison­ner and in bondes. Therefore as in other places the Apostles preached in priuate houses: so heere also Paule assembleth them in the house which he had hired, wherby we gather, that the worship and doctrine of god ought not so to be tyed to any place, as thoughe it helped or auailed any thing to saluation. For it is euident that the woorde of God hathe aucthoritie of it self. Also God heareth praiers in euery place, so that we pray in faith, and lifte vp cleane handes vnto him. Wherefore, if necessitie vrge vs, we nede be carefull neither for time nor place. Howbeit when we enioy peace, and haue Christian magistrates, then we must haue a regard vnto order, which requireth bothe time and place. Therefore the examples of the pri­mitiue Churche doe nothing defende the furious clamoures of the Ana­baptistes, bicause necessitie in times passed compelled them in their assem­blies, to doe diuers things contrary to our vsage.

Secondly, heere is declared the argumente of Paules sermon, The argu­mente of Paules ser­mon. with the order of teaching that he vsed. For he expounded the kingdome of God, testifying and preaching vnto them Iesus Christe. But by the kingdome of God, we haue oftentimes said the Gospell is vnderstanded. And hereof Paule coulde not very well intreate, but he muste also confute the erroure of the Iewes, which of the Prophesies wrongfully vnderstoode, drea­med that the kingdome of their Messias should be worldly. Wherfore they were to be taught that that kingdom was spiritual, the beginning wher­of in this world, is the whole regeneration of man, & the newnesse of life, & the marke & end therof eternal felicitie, which is prepared for vs in hea­uen. And bicause the Iewes knewe not the aucthor of this kingdome, he [Page 900] did teache them that Iesus Christe was hee: vnto whome according to the office of an Apostle, he beareth witnesse plainely, and also exhorted all men to receiue him. Let vs heere obserue, how the doctrine of the gospell, is called the kingdome of God: verely, of the ende and effecte thereof. For it offreth vnto vs bothe the kingdome of God, and true felicitie, and brin­geth vs vnder the rule and gouernaunce of God, while it subdueth all our reason and vnderstanding, vnder the obedience of faithe. Heere as many, as glory in the name of the Gospell, are warned of their duetie. Let them remember that the kingdome of God is preached therein, and therefore lette them haue a care that God may raigne in them, that the kingdome of the Deuill may bee abolished, which we knowe Christe came in the fleshe to destroy. Againe, the Ministers are admonished of the true trade and way of Preaching the Gospell, vnto the which these three things are ne­cessary. First, they muste declare and open the mysteries of this king­dome, that the simpler sorte bee not seduced by false imaginations. Then they muste beare witnesse of Iesus Christe, that all men may vnderstand, howe hee is the aucthoure of this kingdome, and of true felicitie. Finally they muste instantly exhorte and persuade men, that they despise not the saluation offered in Christe.

The foun­taine of the Apostles doctrine.Thirdly, is declared the fountaine whence this doctrine springeth. For Paule reasoneth of Christe, oute of the lawe of Moses and the Prophetes, prouing that in him were performed, whatsoeuer things they foreshewed of the promised sauioure of mankinde. Thus he folowed the example of Christ himselfe, which vsed many times to bring testimonies out of them. This place teacheth vs, that no inuentions of man, but the worde of God comprehended in the scriptures, must be preached in the church. For wher the church is the housholde of God, it is not meete that any other woorde should be heard therein, but the good mannes of the house. Which is the cause that all the Prophets and the Apostles, are bounde vnto this com­maundement, as wee haue elsewhere declared. Therefore they are not a little to be blamed, who either teache other Doctrine themselues, or else heare and followe other: seeing this is the true marke of the Churche, to heare the voice of hir husbande onely. Psal. 45 Iohn. 10 See Psal. 45. Iohn. 10. Moreouer let vs marke the consent bothe of the Olde and Newe testament, least wee say (as some brainsicke persons doe) that the same belongeth nothing vn­to vs: and yet they bothe teache one selfe same Christe, and one selfe same way of saluation, and wee knowe nothing was fulfilled in the newe Testament, but the same was promised in the olde. Whereby it also ap­peareth that the faithe of Christe is of moste antiquitie, and is the onely way and meane, whereby all the electe, from the beginning of the worlde, haue beene saued. But bicause wee haue oftentimes otherwheres intrea­ted heereof, it may suffise for this time, to haue breefely poynted to these things, as it were with the finger.

Paule tea­cheth all the whole day.Fourthly, Luke declareth howe long Paule preached. Euen from the mornyng vntill the euening. Whereuppon wee maye gather that they also disputed, and that Paule aunsweared theyr argumentes. For it is not lyke, that they which were as yet vtterlye ignorant of Chryst, woulde haue hearde Paule wyth suche pacyence, but that they woulde sometime haue interrupted him in his saying. In the meane season heere [Page 901] is expressed an ardent desire, bothe in Paule, and in the hearers, whereof we had a like example before in the twentith chapter. This reproueth the slothfulnesse of our dayes, wherwith both diuerse Ministers of the word, and hearers also are sicke and accrased, who thinke all labour and time to muche, that is spent at the sermons. But one day shall come that hun­ger of the worde, wherof we reade in the Prophet. &c. Amos. 7.

Fifthly, the effect of so earnest and diligent a sermon is described. The effecte of Paules Sermon. For some beleeue, and some beleeue not. Yea a great disputation or contention riseth amongst them. Here we see what case the gospel is in, in this world. For where Chryst is set vp as a marke or signe to be spoken agaynst: it can not be that all men can receiue the Gospell with vniforme consent. Let no man therefore be offended with the paucitie or fewnesse of beleeuers, nor with the ranke croppe of controuersies in these dayes, seeing we heare that in tymes passed, when the sonne of God him selfe, and the Apostles preached, there were fewe that beleeued. Let this also serue to comforte ministers, when they see they haue little or nothing profited by their prea­ching. For then let them call to their minds that saying of Chryste: If they haue kept my worde, they will keepe yours also. Iohn. 15.

But Paule seuerely rebuketh their stubbornesse, and threatneth them with the horrible iudgement of God. Paule rebu­keth the stubbornesse of y e Iewes. For Chryste by his owne example teacheth vs to deale so with those, whom the milde and holeseme prea­ching of the Gospell can not moue, who many times rang in the eares of the Scribes and Phariseis greeuous manaces, and that horrible wo. So Paule likewise, bicause he would not seeme to yeelde in any thing to the affection of the fleshe, alleageth a Propheticall oracle out of the vj. of Esai, declaring that it was no rare or newe matter, that they so stoutly resisted the Gospell. For their fathers in times paste had done the lyke, and God had fortolde, that in the latter days, when the kingdome of Chryst should be reuealed, men should do the lyke also. Thus he confirmeth those that were weake in the fayth, whom the multitude and authoritie of the gain­sayers might haue hindred and offended. And herewith also he feareth other, in that he sayth, God had long agone ordeyned a punishement for them. This place of Esai is very notable, and is the oftenest cyted and al­leaged of any other in the new Testament. For all the Euangelists make mention heereof. Mathew in the thirtenth, Marke in the fourth, Luke in the eyght, and Iohn in the twelfth Chapiters. And Paule repeateth the same, in the tenth Chapiter to the Romanes. Therfore we muste not thinke the consideration thereof superstuous. For it conteyneth in it three thynges greatly belonging to vs also.

Fyrst, the sinne of the Iewes is described, in that they wittingly and willingly are blinde, and despise the knowen light of the truthe: The Iewes vnbeléefe was wilful. like vnto men, that hauing their perfecte sighte and hearing, make yet as if they were blinde and deafe. And that these were such, the Gospell in many pla­ces teacheth vs. Would to God these onely in times paste had bene suche, and that we had not euery where the lyke in our dayes also, who beeing conuinced, euen by the testimonie of their conscience, fayne yet as though they could not vnderstande the mysterie of the fayth. Yet here appeareth the brightnesse of Goddes woorde, which is so greate, that it mightily pierceth both the eyes and eares of men. For that worde which God hath [Page 902] set oute vnto vs as a Candle, is not darke and obscure. Therefore all the darkenesse is of man, a grosse and wilfull darkenesse, as the thinges following declare.

The cause of incredu­litie.Secondly, the Prophet describeth the cause of this euill: namely, an hart waxed grosse. So calleth he the mynd which is indurate or hardned with naughtie affections, so that it can be moued with no admonitions or exhortations of men. All suche dooings as thys Chryste expresseth in the Parable of a mariage and Gestes bydden to the mariage, where­in some hadde maryed a wyfe, some hadde bought Oxen, some other far­mes, whereabout they beeing occupied, refused to come vnto the mari­age. Heereby are vnderstanded suche men as beeing addicted to the flesh, and to earthly thinges, neglecte and despise thinges heauenly. Such e it appeareth the chiefe of the Iewes were, who had a greater regarde to their honour and aduauntage, than vnto Chryst and the kingdome of hea­uen: and nowe a dayes there can scarse bee shewed any other cause of the Gospelles contempte, than for that menne studie euery where to heape vp ryches, and to fulfyll the pleasures of the fleshe: so that they hadde rather lacke Chryste, than forsake these their desires. Thus it appeareth, that all they which perishe in their incredulitie, are inexcusa­ble. For The lyghte is come into the worlde, and menne haue loued darke­nesse more than it. &c. Iohn. 3. And Paule sayth, that a tyme should come, when menne shoulde not suffer the doctrine of truthe, but shoulde gette them selues false teachers, whiche shoulde speake thinges agreable to their fantasie and affections. It is euidente that this also hathe bene these many yeres fulfylled, according to the Letter, and at thys day is so ful­fylled, that a man shall fynde a greate many whiche shall confesse, that in the Gospell is taughte the true doctrine of Fayth and Religion, and yet wyll preferre the Popishe Religion before it, both bicause it bette [...] ly­keth the fleshe, and also for that it is more acceptable to the worlde. To speake nothing in the meane season of them which openly and with great clamour testifie, that they will neither heare nor suffer those that shall teach better or holesomer doctrine.

Howebeit the Prophete pronounceth the punishement that these men deserue, The punishment of in­credulitie. which is bothe manyfolde and horrible. For firste, they are not conuerted, that they may be healed. Therefore all hope of saluation is ta­ken from them. For where there is none other way of saluation, than to turne vnto God, and to be at one with him, it can not be but that all they that disdayne the worde of God, wherby they are called vnto this hole­some conuersion, and wherby the right way therto is taught them, must vtterly fall from saluation. Wherefore it muste needes be, that they must perish in their sinnes, Iohn. 8. as Chryste threatneth the Priestes of the Iewes. Then the next is, that this saluation is translated and caried vnto other. This god often threatneth vnto the Iewes, therby to mollifie their stony confidence. For where they were once adopted of God, and became his pe­culiars, they thought it was impossible that they shoulde fall from their dignitie. Yea they persuaded them selues that the kingdome of God muste fall, if God should forsake them. Paule therfore teacheth them that this af­fiance of theirs is most vayne, bicause God could easily translate his king­dome whole & sound in all parts vnto the Gentiles. And this he affirmed [Page 903] not of his owne head, but as hauing a respecte vnto the Oracles of God, wherby it was long agone prephesied, that it shuld so come to passe. Here­vnto belong the things read in Deut. 32. Deut. 32. They haue angred me with that which is no God, and prouoked me with their vanities. And I also will pro­uoke them with those which are no people. I will anger them with a foolishe Nation. &c. See also what is sayde in Oseas, to this purpose. And Christ sayth also expressely: The kingdome of God shall bee taken from you, Math. 21. and giuen to a Nation which shall bring foorth the fruites thereof. Nowe howe this came to passe and was verified, the whole order of this Booke abun­dauntly declareth. And Paule in the tenth and eleuenth to the Romanes more at large sheweth. And least any man shoulde thinke the iudgement of God stayeth heere, wee muste also marke that an horrible destruction, bothe of the Citie and whole Nation, followed as Chryste threat [...]e [...], assoone as the doctrine of the Gospell was taken from them, and carye [...] vnto the Gentyles. These thinges are worthy to be diligently and conti­nually obserued, that we also may learne heereby what to hope for, if we follow the Iewes and become vnkinde vnto God, and wickedly wrastle agaynst the doctrine of the Gospell, as they did. For God is constante in his iudgements, and the nation that doth the like he vseth to punish with like iudgements. Ierem. 5. And there is no cause why wee should thinke that the Gospell and kingdome of Chryste shall fayle, though we be for­saken, which persuasion, as we sayde erewhyle, deceiued the Iewes. For God is able of stones to rayse vp children vnto Abraham. And there be di­uerse coniectures which portende or shewe, that the Empire is lyke to returne into the East, and that the West shal be in seruitude agayne, a [...]cor­ding to the opinion of Lactantius. Whiche thing, if it come to passe, In his .vii. boke, and .xv chapter. we shall see the kingdome of Chryst greatly increase among the Turkes, and perhaps among the Iewes also. Touching which thing Paule in the eleuenth Chapter to the Romanes seemeth to prophesie some things, not altogither obscurely.

But let vs returne vnto Paules hearers▪ which Luke sayth▪ wente out, hauing begonne a great contention among themselues: The conten­tion of the Iewes about the doctrine of the Gos­pell. while some helde on in striuing against the doctrine of truth, and other some▪ labored to main­tayne the same. And here that sentence of Chryst is fulfilled, which saith, he woulde sende a sworde and diuision, whereby it shoulde come to passe, tha [...] they which were before moste intie [...] and familiar friendes, shoulde moste bitterly contende one with an other. Yet let no man thynke thys happeneth through any defaulte of the Gospell, seeyng the ende there­of is to vnite and knitte vs all togither in Chryste. Therefore all thys commeth to passe through the naughtinesse of the wicked and reprobate. Whose propertie it is, the more earnestly they are vrged with the worde of God, the more to rage and become madde, as the examples of Cayn, Pharao, Achab, Zedechias, & others, do testifie. But bicause the godly which know it is their dueties to defend the glory of God against all men, can not yeld vnto these men▪ hereof burst out al these flames of contention. But by this present place it easily appeareth, Paule profited somewhat with these men, bycause therewere that openly withstoode these wycked persons. For the word of God is neuer preached in vayne, bycause it is of it selfe fruitfull, and Chryst hath in all places his people, which know his [Page 904] voyce, and followe him. In the meane season we are taught our duetie, that if we will be godly and faythfull persons, wee muste constantly de­fende the quarell of truthe agaynst all men. For God requireth suche wor­shippers as are feruent and ardent in zeale, no warmlings and dastards, which can winke at all kinde of impietie, and can with pacient minds and eares, suffer all the scoffes of the wicked, suche as a man nowe a dayes may finde a number, who for this cause thinke them selues moste worthy to be praysed for wyse men and modest. But in deede they bee very dul­lardes, and destitute of all sense of godlynesse, which are not prouoked with blasphemies: and fooles also, which so muche esteeme the friendship of the worlde▪ that they denie vnto Chryst the duetie of godlynesse. Ther­fore let vs prepare our selues to that holesome conflicte and strife, which all the godly in this worlde muste suffer. For there is no cause why wee should feare the power of this worlde, forasmuche as we knowe we fight in his quarell, which one day shall breake in peeces all the gaynesayers with a Scepter of Iron, which is the sonne of God, our Lorde and Sa­uiour Iesus Chryste: to whome be prayse honour, power and glory, for euer. Amen.

The .Clxxv. Homelie.

‘AND Paule dwelte two yeres full in hys lodging, and receyued all that came in vnto hym, preachyng the kingdome of God, and tea­ching those things which concerne the Lorde Iesus with all confidence, no man forbidding him.’

OUr Lorde and Sauioure Iesus Chryste comforteth hys Disciples many times with this argument, that he wyll not leaue them destitute and succourlesse, but will be pre­sent▪ with them vntill the ende of the worlde. The truthe of which promises appeareth euery where, aswell at all other times, as also chiefly in aduersities, for thē is Chryst so nigh at hande vnto his seruauntes, that not onely he defendeth them mightely and faythfully, but also directeth those thinges which seeme dolefull and infortunate vnto their saluation, and to hys glory. Where­in the captiuitie of Paule may bee vnto vs in steede of a number of testi­monies. Whiche in the beginning mighte haue seemed vtterly to haue stopped the course of the Gospell, howebeit the Lorde so moderated it, that through the same the doctrine of the Gospell was rather aduaun­ced, than hindred. For by the occasion thereof, bothe the Romane Presi­dents, and Souldiours heard the Gospell. And at lengthe the preachyng thereof fylled Rome, yea the iudgement place, and the Emperours court. But bycause these thinges haue bene spoken of before, other thynges whiche remayne to bee considered in thys Hystorie muste briefly bee runne ouer.

[Page 915]Firste, the Euangelist expresseth the tyme of Paules captiuitie, saying: Paule was in prison two yeres togither. that he abode two yeres togither in an house, which he had hyred of hys owne charges, beeing garded with that Souldiour, of whome we made mention before. And before that he lay in pryson whole two yeres also, vnder Felix. And it is lyke, that there ranne some monethes betweene Felix his departure out of the Prouince, and the tyme of Paules sending vnto Rome. Furthermore, wee muste allowe foure monethes at the least for his Nauigation and tyme that he spent in Malta. Thus Paules capti­uitie endured fiue yere, all which time he found this one commoditie, that he was not thrust into prison, but was in open warde, whereby he had oc­casion to preache euery where offred him. Heere wee haue to consider the state which the godly bee in, in this worlde, who alone for the most parte, are counted suche wicked persons as are vnmeete to enioy either libertie or lyfe. But in the meane season, what a sorte of wicked and slaunderous menne, trowe yee, lyued at their pleasure, vnder Nero, a moste ryotous tyrante? But Paule alone, as it were some publike plague or calamitie of the whole worlde, is kepte in prison. The like curtesie the Prophetes in tymes paste, and after them Iohn the Baptist, and at length the sonne of God him selfe founde: who was put to death among theeues and mur­therers, and was counted a greater malefactour than Barrabas the mur­therer. The ende of all which thinges is, that we should not be offended at the lyke in these dayes. For it is not meete that the Scholers and ser­uauntes state shoulde be better than the teachers and masters. Further­more we knowe, that they which are partakers of Chrystes afflictions in this worlde, shall reigne with him hereafter in heauen. 2. Timo. 2. Here appea­reth also the infinite goodnesse of God, which preserued Paule so long a tyme in open warde: verily for his electes sake, vnto whome by this oc­casion he woulde haue his Gospell to be reuealed. For this farre passed the hope bothe of Paule, and of all other the faythfull. Bycause vnder Nero, a moste vicious and cruell tyraunt, no man woulde euer haue loo­ked for the same. Here therefore, let as many as walke in Gods callyng, fetche counsayle. For as long as wee bee occupied in Gods affayres, and so as it is requisite for our saluation, God will easily defende vs, among moste cruell enimies: who was able to saue Noah in the middest of the waues of the floude, which ouerflowed all the worlde, and Ionas that lay hidde in the belly of the houge Whale. And the same when tyme shall so require, will translate vs from all misfortunes into the internall kingdome of his sonne.

Furthermore, let vs see what Paule dyd in this two yeres space: Paule being in prison, preacheth & writeth. He receiued (sayth he) all that came in vnto him, preaching the kingdome of God, and teaching those thinges which concerne the Lorde Iesus with all confidence, no man forbidding him. He dyd then th [...] same in bondes, which he had done before beeing at his libertie, bycause he vnderstoode he was nowe the Apostle and seruaunt of Iesus Chryst, aswell as be­fore. And he dyd not onely preache, but also sent letters, now to one place, nowe to an other, and bothe instructed and comforted the congregations abroade, insomuche as if a man consider those times, we shall confesse we haue receiued more profite and commoditie by Paules bondes, than of all his doings and sayings beside, while he went at libertie oueral the world. [Page 916] For those times may we thāke for those singular Epistles, written as the holy Ghost endited them, to the Ephesians, to the Philippians, to the Col­lossians, to the Hebrues, to Philemon, and the seconde to Timothe. Which the Churche vntill this day hathe kepte and preserued, as moste singular and precious Iewels. Howbeit many thinges mighte haue feared Paule either to haue written, or to haue taughte. For this doctrine was the cause he was put in pryson. Also he alone trauayled in this quarell at Rome. Lykewise at the firste meeting he founde the Iewes lyke vnto them selues, that is to say, stubborne and disobedient. Furthermore, that earnest desire that he had to write vnto forrein nations might seeme to de­clare a minde somewhat inconstant and vnquiet. And it might be thought next neighbour to sedition, to teache and confirme men in that fayth and religion, which we sayde before, was condemned by the whole consent of the Senate. Againe, he was in daunger to be depriued at length of this li­bertie, and to haue had more bonds layde vpon him, & to haue ben cast into some inner prison and dungeon. And we muste not thinke, that he was so blockishe, that he did not perceiue and consider these thinges. But he that knew that he ought his life vnto Christe, coulde not by these persuasions be pulled from doing his duetie. And this is verily a wonderfull example, whereby we be taught how muche we owe vnto God, if at any tyme we perceiue we be holpen and defended by him in the middest of dangers and aduersitie. For then we must be feared neither with dangers paste, neither with dangers present, or to come, but must be inflamed with greter zeale, that by our bolde defending the glory of God, we may shewe our selues thankful to him accordingly. Therfore that reason of fleshly wisdome that many in these dayes follow, is playnly foolish and peruerse, which thinke we should hold our peace bicause of enimies & dangers on euery side appe­ring, as though it were in y e enimies power to hinder or further the course of the Gospel. Nay it becommeth vs the more boldly to go forward with Gods quarel, bicause we plainly find his truth & power so apparant in the middle of our dangers. But touching Paules doctrine Luke sayth three things, Paul prea­cheth the kingdome of God. which we must not let passe. The first is, what he preached: name­ly, the kingdome of God, wherof we haue intreted oftē times before. And here by way of exposition he addeth: teaching those things which concerne the Lord Iesus. Wherby we gather, that then the kingdome of God is prea­ched, when Chryste is preached. For there is none other way to come vn­to that kingdome, than the same which all the Scriptures with one con­sent shew vs to be in Christe Iesus. For he onely it is that hath destroyed the kingdome of the diuel, & the works therof, he only is the mediator be­tweene God and vs. 1. Timo. 2. Colos. 2. Mat. 3. &. 17. Iohn. 14. He only hath put out the hande writing of sinne that was against vs, and purchased vs the good will of his father. Therfore it is not without a cause that he saith: No man cōmeth vnto the father, but by me. These things only are sufficient to disproue all other religions which shew vs the kingdome of God, or any way of saluation beside Christ. Se­cōdly is declared, Paule pre­cheth plain­ly. how Paule preached with al confidence or boldnesse, that is to say, plainely and freely, so that for fauour of men he cloked & dissem­bled nothing. For he was not ashamed of the gospel of Iesus Christ, as he testifieth otherwheres. Neither feared he the tirānie of the world & prince thereof, bicause he had learned of a long time to wrastle therewith. And [Page 917] verily Chryst requireth such ministers as will do his businesse diligently, and leaue nothing vnto the worlde, nor to the wisedome of the flesh, which vnder a fayre pretence of modestie, bringeth in a dastardly dissembling of the truthe, and a denyall of the right fayth. Paules successe. Thirdly is declared the suc­cesse that Paule had in his preaching. Which by this onely argument ap­peareth, was moste prosperous or luckie, bycause there was none whiche forbadde him to preache. And this me thinketh is the greatest miracle of all others, that God wrought to Paule. For alwayes before this tyme, whersoeuer he came, he founde enimies, who either by secrete awaytes, or else by open force and sedition, alwayes troubled him, and would hyn­der him in his teaching, and at lengthe draue him out of their Cities. But when he was brought to Rome as a prisoner, there he teacheth, beeing in bondes, where Nero, a monster of mankinde was Emperoure, where bothe the Christian and Iewishe religion was hated and enuied, where all men were bewytched, either with the vayne superstition of the Gods, or with an Epicurious contempte of all religion. Where finally the di­uell seemed to haue the chiefe See of his kingdome, there preached he Chryste freely two yeres togither, no man forbidding hym. Of whiche thing wee can shewe none other cause, but that God woulde brydle the mindes of all men with a mightie hande, that though all would not yelde to the doctrine of the Gospell, yet they shoulde not be so bolde as to with­stande it. Thus in a Citie that was the Lady and maistresse of the world, the Apostle beeing a captiue, triumpheth by preaching Chryste crucified, bringing many more vnto the obedience of Chryste, than any Emperoure euer subdued. The lyke wee reade happened in tymes paste, when Da­niell, beeing ledde captiue to Babylon, defended the true Religion, bothe constantly and prosperously. And althoughe the chiefe of the kingdome were muche agaynst it, yet firste he instructed Nabuchodonosor, and af­terwarde Darius, with some knowledge of the true God, and was the authour, that they dyd by publike Proclamations spread farre and neare the honour and glory of God ouer all their kingdomes. Wherevnto also this deserueth to be referred, that when the Romane Emperours vsed all kinde of outragious crueltie agaynst the name of Chryste and his Churche, yet were there many tymes founde, euen in their owne courtes, and among the chiefe of them, suche as greatly fauoured the Christians, and openly defended the true religion. Some of which afterwarde, when the enimies of Chryst were taken away, were aduaunced to the Empire, as may be seene in the Stories of Iouinian and Valentinian the Empe­rours. Thus Christ declareth his power where a man would least thinke. Nor it is no harde thing for him to brydle the willes of men, bycause he compasseth in the sea with bounds, which causeth the same to lay down his swelling waues and surges. Therfore as many as are strong in him, Iob 38. Ierem. 5. let them hope for his present ayde, and they shall neuer be disappoynted of their hope.

Nowe what Paule dyd after the two yeres were expired, What Paul did after the two yeres were expi­red. Luke dothe not declare, ending in this place his hystorie, according to the instincte of the holy spirite, which would not haue the Church ouercharged with too many writings or bokes: and therfore he hath writen onely those things which may suffise for the instruction of our fayth and life. Howebeit out [Page 918] of Paules owne Epistles may some coniectures be taken, wherby it is de­clared what he afterwarde did. For in his seconde Epistle to Timothe, and fourth Chapter, he expresseth playnly that he pleated his cause before the Emperour, saying he was deliuered through the benefite of God, when he was redy to be offred. And writing to the Philippians, among other things he sayth: I hope shortely to sende Timotheus vnto you, assone as I shall see howe my matters will go, and I truste in the Lorde that I my selfe also shall shortly come. And writing to Philemon the Colossian, he sayth: Moreouer prepare me a place to lodge in, for I trust that through the helpe of your pray­ers I shall be giuen vnto you. Agayne in the .xiij. to the Hebrues, he sayth: Pray for vs, and this I desire you the more instantly to do, that I may the soner be restored vnto you. Knowe yee that brother Timothe is deliuered, with whome (if he come shortly) I will see you. Yet before he was led prisoner to Rome, he was minded to go into Spayne, as the Epistle to the Ro­manes in the .xv. Chapter declareth. Of the which thinges men gather, not altogither without a cause, that he was set at libertie, and so returned through Grece, and Asia the lesse [...], into Syria, and when he had saluted the Easte Churches, wente through Italie and Fraunce into Spayne. Thus according to the opinion of these men he preached the Gospell ten yeres, after he was set at libertie: and at length beeing called backe to Rome agayne in the laste yere of Nero, loste his heade, and receiued the crowne of Martyrdome, when he had preached Chryste vnto the moste parte of the worlde seuen and thirtie yeres long togither. But bycause our salua­tion dependeth not on suche poyntes as these, I will not contende herein ouer muche with any man. And [...]e thinketh they deserue not very much of Christian fayth and Religion, which laboure in searching foorth those thinges which the holy Scriptures haue passed ouer in silence▪ For in so doing bothe the Scriptures are more negligently handled, and the super­sticious haue occasion giuen them to be occupied in doubtfull and vnpro­fitable questions, neglecting the doctrine of the Apostles, and so being be­witched with fables, do greeuously [...]ire in matte [...]s of faith and saluation▪ And surely, as God would haue Moses sepulchre or buriall place, in times paste vnknowen, and the holy Ghost hath left fewe things in memorie in the olde Testament, touching the martyrdomes of the Prophetes: so in this present Treatise: Luke hath described th [...] [...]de, but of two persons onely, namely of Stephen and [...] the Apostle, beeing contented to say this onely of the residue, that they moste constantly preached, and confes­sed Chryst in all kindes of aduersitie: [...]o commending vnto vs the studie of the Apostles doctrine, which maketh men followers of the Apostles, and partakers with them of the heauenly inheritaunce. Wherefore wee also in this place muste principally obserue and followe▪ that feruent and continuall trauayle of Paule, in setting foorth the glory of Chryste. And wee muste not bee offended at his [...]de▪ For hereby Chryste maketh those that worshippe him lyke vnto him selfe in this worlde, to the ende that hereafter they may bee partakers with him in heauen of his glory and kingdome.

A conclusiō, with a repe­tition of the Premisses.Hitherto we haue expounded this booke, according to the grace of God giuen vnto vs. We haue seene therin the forme, fayth and doctryne of the primatiue Church, which we also must keepe and obserue in these dayes, [Page 919] if we will be coumpted to be of Christe his Churche. For we must giue no eare vnto those, which say, that many things are necessarily required a­bout religion, and the way of saluation that the primatiue Churche lac­ked. Whose rashnesse, or rather impudencie, I know not whether a man may more maruell at. For heerein they accuse the Apostles, either of neg­ligence, or of vntrustnesse: and feare not to prefer themselues before those, whose examples the holy Ghost hathe set forthe to all men that will be counted the members of Christ, and attaine to saluation in him to folowe. And who will thinke that they which continued whole eight and twentie yeeres, in the faithe and religion taughte by the Apostles, lacked any of those things, without the which saluation could not be obtained? But if they were saued without those things, which certaine bolde superstitious persons afterwardes brought in, who will then deny vs saluation, which folowe their steppes? No man I thinke, but hee that is led with the mad­nesse and frensie of the Manichees, will accuse all this boke of falshode. We haue seene also the state, that the church is in in this world, being molested with continuall tribulations, whiles bothe open ennimies and false bre­thren, vexe and disquiet the same. Wee haue seene the vnworthy case that the Ministers are in, and howe slenderly the world requiteth them. Wee haue seene also the mighty hand and power of Iesus Christe, whereby he faithfully defendeth his Churche in the middest of the waues of persecuti­ons, and by the crosse of his seruauntes, moste gloriously triumpheth ouer the world and Prince therof. Let vs therfore diligently vse these things, to the instruction and confirmation of oure faithe, that being strong in the same, and ouercomming al dangers, according to the example of the Apostles and primatiue Churche, we may come to the inheritaunce of the kingdome of heauen, prepared for vs from euerlasting▪ [...] Iesus Christe our King and Priest: To whome be prayse, honoure, power, and glorye for euer. Amen.

FINIS.
I fought be said amisse, remember man it spake,
If well, do thou alone (O Christ) the glory take.

THE IVDGEMENT of S. Hierome vppon the Actes of the Apostles.

The Actes of the Apostles seme to set forthe but a bare History onely, and to weaue as it were, the infancie and be­ginning of the Church: but if we con­sider, howe Luke the wryter of them is that Physition, whose praise is in the Gospell, we shall at once perceiue eue­ry woorde of him to be a medicine for the sicke and languishing soule.

IMPRINTED AT LON­don by Henrie Denham, dwel­ling in Pater noster rowe, at the signe of the Starre.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.